USC Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism
T
he USC Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism is a national leader in education and scholarship in the fields of communication, journalism, public diplomacy and public relations. Established in 1971 through the generosity of Ambassador Walter
H. Annenberg, the school offers a comprehensive curriculum emphasizing the core skills of leadership, innovation, service and entrepreneurship and drawing upon the resources of a networked university located in the media capital of the world. USC Annenberg’s commitment to the converged practice of communication and journalism, interdisciplinary studies, and collaboration makes it unique among peer institutions. Students learn from both theory and practice, and the school’s programs put it at the crossroads of media, entertainment technology and globalization — an intersection with an unlimited number of possible paths. The school’s nationally accredited journalism program provides experience for students in all
USC Annenberg — ranked fifth among journalism graduate schools by NewsPro magazine — demonstrated its commitment to multidisciplinary projects with practical applications for society by debuting the USC Annenberg Innovation Lab. At the open house, graduate student Lauren Fenton, left, explains an Interactive GeoSurface Map, a land-use storytelling tool that uses geographic data of oildrilling locations in the Los Angeles area.
media platforms, with a digital newsroom, state-of-the-art editing equipment for radio and television news production and the opportunity to work at on-campus media outlets, including Annenberg TV News, Annenberg Radio News and Neon Tommy, USC Annenberg’s digital news site. The school’s public relations program prepares students to thrive in the information age, learning to write and communicate targeted messages across multiple platforms. The School of Communication’s multidisciplinary curriculum requires students to examine the processes and effects of discourse occurring in cross-cultural, public, international, organizational and mass media contexts. USC Annenberg’s active internship program and study abroad opportunities give students the broad, global perspective required to be successful professionals. USC Annenberg alumni fill top posts throughout the communication and media industries — including film, television, radio, newspapers, telecommunication, multimedia, advertising, public relations and publishing — as well as in government, education and nonprofit agencies around the world. These actively involved alumni remain an invaluable resource to students and faculty. USC Annenberg’s 108 faculty members have been widely recognized in diverse fields, earning Pulitzer Prizes, Emmys, duPont-Columbia Silver Batons, Guggenheim Fellowships and MacArthur grants, among others. As recognized leaders with global scholarly impact, they have produced groundbreaking research on networked societies, digital literacy, community information systems and new economic models for journalism. Their expertise challenges and inspires USC Annenberg students and prepares them to become communication leaders of tomorrow.
490
USC Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism
Administration
Bruce Missaggia, MBA, CFM, CMA, CRA, Associate Dean, Finance
Geneva Overholser, M.A., Director, School of Journalism
Francesca De Marco, M.A., Assistant Dean, Development and Alumni Relations
Allyson Hill, M.A., Assistant Dean, Admissions
Ernest James Wilson III, Ph.D., Dean, Walter H. Annenberg Chair of Communication Abigail Kaun, Ph.D., Associate Dean, Academic Programs and Student Affairs argaret McLaughlin, Ph.D., Associate Dean, M Faculty Affairs and Research, Professor of Communication
Larry Gross, Ph.D., Vice Dean, Director, School of Communication
James Vasquez, B.A., Assistant Dean, Operations
School of Communication USC Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism 305 (213) 740-0900 (academic inquiries) (213) 740-3951 (administrative) (213) 821-0770 (admission inquiries) FAX: (213) 740-3913 annenberg.usc.edu Director: Larry Gross, Ph.D. Associate Director: Imre S. Meszaros, Ed.D.
Associate Professors: Francois Bar, Ph.D.; Joshua Kun, Ph.D.; Randall Lake, Ph.D.; Sheila T. Murphy, Ph.D.; Stephen O’Leary, Ph.D.; Kwan Min Lee, Ph.D.; Patricia Riley, Ph.D. (Director, Global Communication Master’s Program); Kenneth K. Sereno, Ph.D.*; Stacy Smith, Ph.D.; Douglas Thomas, Ph.D.; Dmitri Williams, Ph.D.
University Professor and Annenberg Family Chair in Communication Leadership: Geoffrey Cowan, LL.B. Wallis Annenberg Chair in Communication Technology and Society: Manuel Castells, Ph.D. Norman Lear Chair in Entertainment, Media and Society: Martin H. Kaplan, Ph.D. Provost Professor of Communication, Journalism and Cinematic Arts: Henry Jenkins, Ph.D. Professors: Jonathan D. Aronson, Ph.D.; Sandra Ball-Rokeach, Ph.D.; Anne Balsamo, Ph.D.; Sarah Banet-Weiser, Ph.D.*; Manuel Castells, Ph.D.; Peter Clarke, Ph.D.; Michael J. Cody, Ph.D.; Geoffrey Cowan, LL.B.*; Nicholas Cull, Ph.D. (Chair, Public Diplomacy Master’s Program); Janet Fulk, Ph.D.; G. Thomas Goodnight, Ph.D. (Chair, Doctoral Program); Larry Gross, Ph.D.; Thomas A. Hollihan, Ph.D.; Andrea Hollingshead, Ph.D.; Henry Jenkins, Ph.D.; Doe Mayer, M.A. (Cinematic Arts); Margaret McLaughlin, Ph.D.; Lynn C. Miller, Ph.D.; Peter R. Monge, Ph.D.*; Ernest J. Wilson III, Ph.D.
Emeritus Professor: Walter R. Fisher, Ph.D. *Recipient of university-wide or school teaching award.
Assistant Professors: Michael Ananny, Ph.D.; Taj Frazier, Ph.D.; Yu Hong, Ph.D.; Lian Jian, Ph.D.; Kjerstin Thorson, Ph.D. (Journalism)
Faculty
Walter H. Annenberg Chair in Communication: Ernest J. Wilson III, Ph.D.
Adjunct Faculty: Vincent Brook, Ph.D.; Anne Framroze; Michael Overing, J.D.; Paula Patnoe-Woodley, M.A.; Jillian Pierson, Ph.D.; Kelton Rhoads, Ph.D.; Clinton Schaff; Justin Cody Simms
Clinical Professors: Daniel Durbin, Ph.D.; Colleen M. Keough, Ph.D.; Robert Scheer; Jonathan Taplin; Rebecca Weintraub, Ph.D. (Director, Communication Management Master’s Program) Clinical Associate Professors: Ben Lee, Ph.D.; Susan Resnick West, Ph.D.; Christopher Smith, Ph.D.; Gordon Stables, Ph.D. (Director, Trojan Debate Squad); Alison Trope, Ph.D. Clinical Assistant Professors: Daniela Baroffio, Ph.D.; Mathew Curtis, Ph.D.; Brad Shipley, Ph.D.; Paolo Sigismondi, Ph.D.; Kimberlie Stephens, Ph.D. Lecturer: Dorine Lawrence-Hughes, J.D. Research Professor: Jeffrey Cole, Ph.D. (Director, Center for the Digital Future)
Degree Programs
The School of Communication offers programs of study leading to a B.A. in Communication; minors in Sports Media Studies, Communication and the Entertainment Industry, Interactive Media and the Culture of New Technologies, Global Communication, Health Communication, Professional and Managerial Communication, Communication Law and Media Policy, Cultural Studies and Interdisciplinary Law and Society; a progressive degree in Master of Communication Management; an M.A. and Ph.D. in Communication; an M.A. in Global Communication (in conjunction with the London School of Economics); a Master of Communication Management and a Master of Public Diplomacy. The Master of Public Diplomacy combines the resources of the Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism and the USC Dornsife College of Letters, Arts and Sciences’ School of International Relations. The Communication Management P rogram has established dual degree programs with the USC Gould School of Law and Hebrew Union College.
Communication Undergraduate Degrees
491
Undergraduate Degrees The School of Communication offers programs of study leading to a B.A. degree and minors in Communication and the Entertainment Industry, Interactive Media and the Culture of New Technologies, Global Communication, Health Communication, Professional and Managerial Communication, Sports Media Studies, and Communication Law and Media Policy. Many communication majors pursue, with the school’s encouragement, a double major with another discipline or a minor to complement the major. Through careful planning, students can complete these options within four years. Students must consult with an undergraduate academic adviser at least once each semester to explore course selections within the major, the minor, general education offerings and electives. Admission Admission is competitive. Fall 2011 incoming freshmen had an average GPA of 3.70 with an SAT score of 1945-2180 (middle 50%). Transfer students had an average college GPA of 3.67. For admission information and deadlines, refer to the USC Admission Website. All transfer applicants must review the transfer admission application guidelines on the Annenberg Website. Contact the Annenberg Admissions Office for more information. USC exclusively uses the Common Application for freshman and transfer admission. Applicants must submit the Common Application and USC Supplement, both of which can be accessed at www.commonapp.org. Students currently enrolled at USC who wish to change their major to communication must file a formal application with all supporting documents through the Annenberg Student Services Office. Students who entered USC as freshmen must have 32 units completed with a minimum GPA of 3.0. Students who entered USC as transfers must have 16 units completed at USC with a minimum GPA of 3.0. The 3.0 GPA is a minimum standard and does not guarantee admission. Upon admission to the School of Journalism, students will lose transfer credits earned in journalism and public relations course work completed at another college or university. For current USC students, the application period is the first week of classes each fall and spring semester. No applications will be accepted after the first week of classes.
Students who have not been admitted to the communication major or one of the minors may complete a maximum of 20 communi cation (COMM) units at USC. No further communication course work may be taken until the student is admitted. Students who complete the maximum number of units without gaining admission to the school will be advised to select another major. Students are encouraged to contact the Annenberg Student Services Office, ASC 140, (213) 740-0900, for advisement on change of major criteria and major requirements. In certain cases, students may be referred to Dornsife College Advising, CAS 120, (213) 740-2534, to consult with an adviser to select another major.
Students must maintain a minimum 2.0 overall GPA in upper division course work applied toward the major. Further, no more than 16 upper division elective units may be taken prior to completion of the entire core. No more than 4 units of COMM 380 may be counted toward the department major. The School of Communication is committed to ensuring that all declared communication majors follow the necessary requirements. Mandatory advisement is required of all communication majors each semester prior to registration. All students taking communication classes are held to the highest academic integrity standards and may be denied admission or have admission revoked as a result of conduct violations.
Bachelor of Arts in Communication
Qualified non-majors (generally, students with junior/senior status, a minimum 3.0 GPA and a declared major elsewhere at the university) with appropriate academic preparation may be permitted to enroll in communication electives without fulfilling prerequisite requirements. Application for a waiver should be made to an undergraduate adviser.
General Education Requirements The university’s general education program provides a coherent, integrated introduction to the breadth of knowledge you will need to consider yourself (and to be considered by other people) a generally well-educated person. This program requires six courses in different categories, plus writing, foreign language and diversity requirements, which together comprise the USC Core. See pages 63 and 250 for more information. Course Requirements REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
Select 16 units from the following list: COMM 200 Communication and Social Science 4 COMM 201 Rhetoric and the Public Sphere 4 COMM 202 Communication and Technology 4 COMM 203 Communication and Mass Media 4 COMM 206 Communication and Culture 4 COMM 207 Economic Thinking for Communication and Journalism, and 2 COMM 208 Media Economics: Perspectives on Communication Industries 2 and two of the following three: COMM 204 Public Speaking 4 COMM 301L Empirical Research in Communication 4 COMM 322 Argumentation and Advocacy 4 ELECTIVES UNITS
Five 300-400 level COMM courses 20 One 400-level non-cross-listed COMM course (excluding COMM 443, COMM 490, COMM 494, COMM 499) 4
Academic Integrity Policy The School of Communication maintains a commitment to the highest standards of ethical conduct and academic excellence. Any student found responsible for plagiarism, fabrication, cheating on examinations, or purchasing papers or other assignments will be reported to the Office of Student Judicial Affairs and Community Standards and may be dismissed from the School of Communication. There are no exceptions to the school’s policy. Curriculum Areas of Study By design, the courses in the curriculum tend to cluster into different areas of study. These areas represent important foci in the communication discipline and are areas in which the school’s faculty possess special expertise. Four such areas of study are described below. They are not mutually exclusive, nor do they exhaust the curriculum; rather, they represent partially overlapping areas of unusual depth. Students may specialize in one of these areas or may design individual programs of study by choosing other combinations of electives that best meet their needs and career objectives. Relevant courses for the clusters are posted on the Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism Website (ascweb.usc.edu).
492
USC Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism
Media, Law and Politics Option: This option is designed for students who are interested in careers in government and public service, the law, and political and legal consulting, as well as advanced graduate study. Students examine communication processes in the public sphere and learn how to participate competently in these practices. Courses emphasize: the role of persuasion in the political and legal processes; the techniques used by individuals, institutions and social movements to influence public affairs; the history, design, implementation and evaluation of political campaigns; the role of public opinion; ethical issues in public communication, including the influence of media in the political and justice systems, the role of the First Amendment and the changing nature of freedom of expression in a mass- mediated environment, and problems of public participation.
Entertainment, Communication and Society Option: This option is for students who wish to pursue careers in the entertainment industry, as well as students interested in the relationship of communication and entertainment to popular culture, globalization, cultural studies, marketing, advertising and ethics. Students taking this option will be well prepared for graduate study; they will also be able to enter the entertainment industry with a grounding in the theory, roles, issues and effects of entertainment. Courses emphasize: the theoretical underpinnings of entertainment studies; the historical context of entertainment; the roles and effects of entertainment concepts in “high art” and popular culture; the impact of entertainment on politics; advertising in an entertainment society; the blurring of marketing and entertainment and the effects of this on culture; the effects of entertainment in general and specifically on constructions of race and childhood; issues in the blurring of fact and fiction; ethical dilemmas; and the globalization of entertainment industries.
Organizational and Interpersonal Communication Option: This option is most relevant to students interested in careers in business, management, human resources and development, corporate communication, and consulting, as well as advanced graduate study. Courses emphasize: interpersonal communication processes that affect and reflect personality, motives, beliefs, attitudes and values; communication’s role in the development, maintenance and disintegration of social, family and intimate relationships; managing interpersonal conflict; communication between superiors and subordinates and in teams; communication’s role in determining organizational culture; managing information in organizations; and the role of information technology in processes of globalization. Communication and Culture Option: This option will be attractive to a broad range of students whose careers have an international or multicultural dimension, from those interested in foreign service, travel and consulting to those seeking careers in the arts. In addition, students taking this option will be well prepared for advanced graduate study. Courses emphasize: communication as an essential component of culture and cultural production; cultural forces that shape communication practices; cultural barriers to communication; gender and diversity issues in human and mass communication and cultural production; media representations of race, ethnicity and gender; the production of meaning in diverse modes such as art, religion, popular culture and technology; and cultural criticism.
Progressive Degree Program
This progressive degree program allows USC students to complete a bachelor’s degree and a Master of Communication Management in as little as five years. Students with a 3.0 overall GPA or higher in all classes taken at the university level are eligible to apply for admission to the degree program during their junior year, however a 3.0 GPA does not guarantee acceptance. Current students must attend a mandatory information session conducted by Annenberg Admissions before initiating the application process. Students admitted into the progressive degree program begin taking master’s level courses in their senior year and may complete the master’s degree in year five. For information on the application process, refer to the Annenberg Website, annenberg.usc.edu/ currentstudents. Click on progressive degree. For further details on progressive degree programs, see page 86. Minor in Sports Media Studies
In a university with a unique historical relationship to sports and sports media, this 24-unit minor examines the role of sports and sports media in culture, how the presentation of sports in media has evolved, has been shaped by cultural issues and, itself, impacted culture. The minor in sports media studies serves student interest in understanding sports media, how it functions, how to interact effectively with it, and how it has been and may be used for social change. Requirements for admission are a minimum 3.0 GPA and completion of a minimum of 32 units (sophomore standing).
REQUIRED CORE COMMUNICATION COURSE
UNITS
COMM 383 Sports, Communication and Culture 4 ELECTIVES UNITS
Choose five classes from the following: COMM 300 Foundations for the Study of Entertainment, Communication and Society 4 COMM 310 Media and Society 4 COMM 387 Sports and Social Change 4 COMM 363 Media Consumption 4 JOUR 380 Sports, Business and Media in Today’s Society 4 JOUR 432 Sports Commentary 4 MOR 479 The Business of Sports 4 OT 333 Sports Ethics 4 Minor in Communication and the Entertainment Industry
This minor offers courses that examine the theory, social impact and economics of the music, film and television industries. Students will learn strategies for analyzing popular culture texts; management and public relations in the entertainment field; and social, cultural and political issues related to entertainment. USC provides a broad array of courses that equip students with tools to evaluate the marketing of entertainment and the cultural products of the film, television, theatre and music industries. This minor is intended to encourage students in a variety of majors to draw upon these properties in preparation for different careers in the entertainment industry. Admission requirements are a minimum 3.0 grade point average and completion of 32 units (sophomore standing). The 3.0 GPA is a minimum standard and does not guarantee admission. REQUIRED CORE COMMUNICATION COURSES (CHOOSE THREE OF FOUR)
UNITS
COMM 300 Foundations for the Study of Entertainment, Communication and Society 4 COMM 310 Media and Society 4 COMM 384 Interpreting Popular Culture 4 COMM 395 Gender, Media and Communication 4 ELECTIVES UNITS
Choose 3-4 courses (12 units). One (4 unit) course must be in COMM; 8 units must be in an outside area. COMM 306 The Communication Revolution, Entertainment and the Arts 4 COMM 339 Communication Technology and Culture 4
Communication Undergraduate Degrees
COMM 340 The Cultures of New Media 4 COMM 360 The Rhetoric of Los Angeles 4 COMM 395 Gender, Media and Communication 4 COMM 430 Global Entertainment 4 COMM 431 Global Strategy for the Communications Industry 4 COMM 432 American Media and Entertainment Industries 4 COMM 455 Advertising and Society 4 COMM 456 Entertainment, Marketing and Culture 4 COMM 457 Children and Media 4 COMM 458 Race and Ethnicity in Entertainment and the Arts 4 COMM 465 Gender in Media Industries and Products 4 COMM 480 Nonverbal Communication 4 COMM 498 Ethical Issues in Entertainment and Communication 4 CTCS 409 Censorship in Cinema 4 CTCS 464 Film and/or Television Genres 4 CTPR 386 Art and Industry of the Theatrical Film 4 CTPR 410 The Movie Business: From Story Concept to Exhibition 2 CTPR 460 Film Business Procedures and Distribution 2 or 4 CTPR 461 TV Station Management 2 JOUR 452 Public Relations in Entertainment 4 JOUR 459 Fact and Fiction: From Journalism to the Docudrama 4 JOUR 466 People of Color and the News Media 4 JOUR 467 Gender and the News Media 4 MUIN 360 Introduction to Music Law 4 MUIN 370 Distribution of Recorded Music and Music Publishing 4 MUIN 385 Radio in the Music Industry 4 THTR 487 Promotion for the Performing Arts 4 Total units: 24 Minor in Interactive Media and the Culture of New Technologies
The World Wide Web, electronic mail and many other interactive technologies are changing the way we learn, the way we work and the way we gather and exchange information in all areas of our lives. The 24-unit minor in interactive media and the culture of new technologies focuses on the wide-ranging social, cultural and economic ramifications of these new technologies and equips students with the basic technical skills necessary to excel in this age of the communication revolution.
493
Requirements for admission are a minimum 3.0 GPA and completion of a minimum of 32 units (sophomore standing). The 3.0 GPA is a minimum standard and does not guarantee admission. REQUIRED CORE COMMUNICATION COURSES
UNITS
COMM 202 Communication and Technology 4 COMM 339 Communication Technology and Culture 4 COMM 340 The Cultures of New Media 4 ELECTIVES – CHOOSE THREE FROM THE FOLLOWING
UNITS
COMM 310 Media and Society 4 COMM 321 Communication in the Virtual Group 4 COMM 345 Social and Economic Implications of Communication Technologies 4 COMM 350 Video Games: Content, Industry, and Policy 4 COMM 384 Interpreting Popular Culture 4 COMM 395 Gender, Media and Communication 4 COMM 422 Legal Issues and New Media 4 COMM 431 Global Strategy for the Communication Industry 4 COMM 465 Gender in Media Industries and Products 4 COMM 486 Human and Technological Systems in Organizations 4 COMM 487 Communication and Global Organizations 4 CTIN 309 Introduction to Interactive Entertainment 4 CTIN 462 Critical Theory and Analysis of Games 4 CTIN 463 Anatomy of a Game 4 CTIN 488 Game Design Workshop 4 Total units: 24 Minor in Professional and Managerial Communication
The ability to succeed in today’s workplace necessitates a growing number of communication skills. As today’s increasingly global and highly competitive marketplace grows in complexity, the need to understand intercultural differences, the power of structure in the workplace and other issues such as dealing with interpersonal conflicts continues to increase. This 24-unit minor will provide students interested in the management of people, resources or products with these necessary tools. Requirements for admission are a minimum 3.0 GPA and completion of a minimum of 32 units (sophomore standing).
REQUIRED CORE COMMUNICATION COURSES
UNITS
COMM 320 Small Group and Team Communication 4 COMM 375 Business and Professional Communication 4 COMM 385 Survey of Organizational Communication 4 ELECTIVES – CHOOSE THREE FROM THE FOLLOWING:
UNITS
COMM 302 Persuasion 4 COMM 304 Interpersonal Communication 4 COMM 308 Communication and Conflict 4 COMM 315 Health Communication 4 COMM 321 Communication in the Virtual Group 4 COMM 322 Argumentation and Advocacy 4 COMM 324 Intercultural Communication 4 COMM 345 Social and Economic Implications of Communication Technologies 4 COMM 388 Ethics in Human Communication 4 COMM 431 Global Strategy for the Communications Industry 4 COMM 486 Human and Technological Systems in Organizations 4 COMM 487 Communication and Global Organizations 4 Total units: 24 Minor in Communication Law and Media Policy
The rapid advance in information and communication technologies raises serious questions about the limits of free speech, censorship, and the impact of present and emerging communication policies on domestic and international industries. To address these developments, this 24-unit cross-departmental minor combines courses from communication, law, economics, political science and journalism. This minor not only enables students to understand what is occurring in the communication revolution, it also prepares them to participate in the movement as critics and advocates. Requirements for admission are a minimum 3.0 GPA and completion of a minimum of 32 units (sophomore standing).
USC Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism
494
REQUIRED CORE COMMUNICATION COURSES
UNITS
COMM 371 Censorship and the Law: From the Press to Cyberspace 4 COMM 322 Argumentation and Advocacy 4 COMM 421 Legal Communication 4 ELECTIVE COURSES
UNITS
Choose three from the following. One must be in COMM; two must be in an outside area. COMM 324 Intercultural Communication 4 COMM 345 Social and Economic Implications of Communication Technologies 4 COMM 370 The Rhetoric of Ideas: Ideology and Propaganda 4 COMM 388 Ethics in Human Communication 4 COMM 402 Public Communication Campaigns 4 COMM 412 Communication and Social Movements 4 COMM 422 Legal Issues and New Media 4 COMM 489 Campaign Communication 4 ECON 330 The Political Economy of Institutions 4 ECON 434 Economic Analysis of Law 4 JOUR 373 The Ethics of Television Journalism 4 JOUR 460 Social Responsibility of the News Media 4 LAW 200x Law and Society 4 LAW 201x Law and Politics: Electing a President 4 POSC 441 Cultural Diversity and the Law 4 POSC 442 The Politics of Human Differences: Diversity and Discrimination 4 Total units: 24 Minor in Global Communication
The rise of global firms and international changes that followed the end of the cold war raise new opportunities and challenges. This minor provides students from fields such as business, journalism, engineering and political science an understanding of the dynamic nature of global relations, communications and technology. The global communication minor consists of six 4-unit courses, three from international relations and three from communication. Students are required to complete IR 305 Managing New Global Challenges; two additional IR upper division courses, at least one of which must be a course which focuses on a specific region; COMM 487 Communication and Global Organizations; and two elective courses relevant to global communication. See the School of International Relations, page 378, for complete course requirements.
Minor in Health Communication
Honor Society
This minor is designed to appeal to students with a wide range of interests, including those with a general interest in promoting healthy lifestyle practices through communication. These students will be prepared to seek future job opportunities from various areas including the managed care industry, hospitals, wellness programs, broadcast and cable companies, private and governmental agencies as well as other organizations looking for experts with demonstrated knowledge in health-related fields.
Lambda Pi Eta is a national communication/ journalism honor society that is open to declared communication, journalism and public relations majors who have completed (or are currently registered for) at least 60 units, at least 12 of which are in the major. To be eligible, students must have a USC GPA and a major GPA of 3.5 or higher.
For degree requirements or to apply to this minor, contact the Department of Preven tive Medicine, Keck School of Medicine, page 794. Minor in Cultural Studies
See the Department of English, page 340.
Honors in Multimedia Scholarship
This program offers qualified undergraduate students an opportunity to approach their discipline(s) of study through the critical application of multimedia expression and scholarship. The student experience will be characterized by smaller classes taught by leading faculty members and enriched by a program of lecture series, visiting scholars, symposia and conferences. For complete program requirements, see the School of Cinematic Arts, page 224.
Minor in Law and Society
See the Department of Political Science, page 439. Minor in Photography and Social Change
See the Department of Sociology, page 471. Debate Squad
The Trojan Debate Squad provides an opportunity for outstanding students (3.0 GPA or better), both communication majors and non-majors, to compete in an intensive intercollegiate laboratory setting. Whatever the student’s intended career, the skills he or she develops in research, critical thinking and oral advocacy will be invaluable. The team has an excellent record in both team policy debate and individual speaking events and has traveled widely both nationally and abroad. Honors Program
The School of Communication offers an 8-unit honors program for exceptional students. To qualify, students must have a 3.5 GPA both overall and in the COMM major after completing the core courses (16 units from COMM 200, COMM 201, COMM 202, COMM 203, COMM 206, COMM 207 and COMM 208 and two of COMM 204, COMM 301L and COMM 322). To graduate with School of Communication honors, a student must maintain a 3.5 overall and COMM major GPA and receive at least a B+ or higher in the two honors courses. Students either take COMM 495 Honors Seminar or work with a professor to customize a 400-level COMM course for honors status (4 units). All honor students complete COMM 497x Honors Thesis (4 units). Contact an undergraduate adviser for further information and application forms.
Annenberg International Programs
Semester or Year in Amsterdam Through the Council on International Education Exchange, students study at the University of Amsterdam. The first week students spend in orientation sessions which include an overview of the academic program, an introduction to Amsterdam and to Dutch society and culture, as well as excursions in and around the city. Students enroll in the offerings taught in English at the University of Amsterdam. Such courses include communication, art, history, economics, environmental sciences, computer science, history, philosophy, literature, social science and theology. Semester in Australia This spring semester program offers students the chance to study at one of Australia’s premier universities, in one of the country’s most exciting cities. Students take communication courses that count for major credit at USC at the University of New South Wales (UNSW) and can choose from a wide variety of elective courses. UNSW is located in Kensington, just south of the center of Sydney and its commercial hub. The program gives students the chance to explore mass media and communication in a challenging environment with a distinct world view, very different from that of the United States. Semester in Buenos Aires This fall semester program offers students the opportunity to study Latin American culture and study at the Universidad de San Andres, a small liberal arts college in the suburbs of Buenos Aires. Students will live and learn in this vibrant metropolis while taking communication courses that count toward major credit at USC. Buenos Aires is one of
Communication Graduate Degrees
the largest cities in Latin America and will give students the chance to explore the world view of Latin America and how it relates to communication, mass media and the world at large. The program will immerse students in South American culture. With classes being taught exclusively in Spanish, this program requires a high degree of proficiency in Spanish, both written and oral (2.5 years of college-level Spanish or the equivalent required). No special arrangements will be made for students who cannot meet language requirements.
Summer in Ireland This summer program offers Annenberg undergraduate students the chance to participate in a formal international internship program in Dublin for two months each summer. The aim of the program is to provide students with theoretical as well as practical experiences working, living and navigating within the international global communications environment. The program is designed around a summer-long online Annenberg course and an eight-week full-time unpaid internship in Dublin.
Semester in Hong Kong The semester program offers students the opportunity to learn about Chinese culture at the Chinese University in Hong Kong, a bilingual institution. The program also gives students the experience of living in Hong Kong where they can witness the “one country, two systems” experiment. Courses in English are offered in fine arts, literature, history, Japanese studies, intercultural studies, music, philosophy, computer science, anthropology, economics, international relations, as well as journalism and communication. For students interested in Chinese language, courses are offered in Putonghua (Mandarin) or Cantonese. Extracurricular activities include the opportunity to teach English in rural China, monthly dinner talks with Asian studies specialists and excursions to local areas of interest.
Semester in London The semester program offers students the opportunity to study communication in London, the most important center of media in Europe. Many of the communication courses offered include British media guest lecturers and site visits. The program includes one-day visits to such places as Stonehenge, Stratford, Oxford, Cambridge and Windsor. Planned activities within London include theatre and museum visits and a reception with USC alumni residing in the London area. Semester in New Zealand Annenberg’s New Zealand program offers students the opportunity to travel into the Southern Hemisphere. Each spring, students can study at the Auckland University of Technology (AUT), a world-class institution which offers students the chance to take communication courses that count toward
495
major credit at USC, all the while exploring the beautiful city of Auckland and the surrounding countryside. The AUT program offers communication students an exciting way to broaden their understanding of media and mass communication in a challenging environment with an outlook distinctly different from that of the United States and Southern California. Semester in Singapore The program offers students the opportunity to study at Nanyang Technological University in Singapore. The Republic of Singapore is a modern city-state boasting the world’s busiest ports. Singapore has emerged as an important regional center for trade, communications, tourism, and banking. Despite rapid growth and soaring skyscrapers, Singapore remains one of the cleanest, greenest and safest cities in the world, blending Western-style development with Eastern-style culture. A wide array of communication and journalism courses are offered. For more information, contact Annenberg International Programs at (213) 821-2180 or ascintl@usc.edu.
Graduate Degrees Degree Programs
The School of Communication offers programs of study leading to a professional Master of Communication Management, a M.A./M.Sc. in Global Communication in collaboration with the London School of Economics, a Master of Public Diplomacy and research-oriented Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy degrees in Communi cation. The Master of Public Diplomacy combines the resources of the Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism and the USC Dornsife College of Letters, Arts and Sciences’ School of International Relations. In addition, special programs enable students to earn dual degrees in communication management and law (USC Gould School of Law) and in communication management and Jewish nonprofit management (Hebrew Union College).
The degree programs are designed to ensure that students are educated in substantive studies that constitute the discipline of communication and provide a basis for competing effectively in the job market. All students seeking the degrees in communication management and global communication will take a range of courses that prepare them for successful professional management careers in communication-related businesses, organizations and fields. All students pursuing the research-oriented degrees (M.A. and Ph.D. in Communication) are required to take two theory courses that introduce them to inquiry in human communication and two research methods courses that acquaint them with the historical/critical and social scientific techniques available to conduct scholarly research. These requirements strengthen the student’s appreciation of the intellectual bases of human communication study and further the concept of a community of scholars and practitioners in
the profession. Students specialize in one of five available tracks: rhetoric and political communication; media, culture and community; interpersonal and health communication; organizational communication; or information and society. In addition, students are encouraged to sample courses in the remaining tracks, thus obtaining an education of unparalleled breadth and depth. Admission Requirements
Master of Communication Management, Master of Arts in Global Communication, Master of Public Diplomacy and Master of Public Diplomacy (Practitioner and Mid-Career Professional) The school accepts students from a broad range of academic backgrounds in social sciences, humanities, physical sciences or professional schools. Some are employed or have work experience in communication-related fields. Others apply immediately after completing baccalaureate degrees.
496
USC Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism
Criteria: The faculty admission committees consider many criteria in the admission selection process: not only the academic record, but professional and work-related accomplishments are taken into account. The minimum criteria are the equivalent of a U.S. bachelor’s degree and a 3.0 GPA for all undergraduate and graduate work completed. For admission to communication management and public diplomacy, scores on the General Test of the Graduate Record Examinations are required. (Applicants to the communication management degree program may submit Graduate Management Admissions Test scores in lieu of the GRE.) Scores on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) are required for applicants whose native language is not English. Letters of recommendations from those persons familiar with the applicant’s work – preferably academically – are required also. In addition, applicants must submit a statement of purpose, transcripts of all previous college and university work attempted, resume and writing samples.
Procedure: Admission is granted for the fall semester only; the application deadline is December 1. Applicants are strongly encouraged to take the Graduate Record Examinations prior to November 1. Refer to the Annenberg Website for application guidelines.
Applicants to the global communication degree program must apply to USC and the London School of Economics. Participation in this degree program requires that students simultaneously gain admission to LSE and USC. GRE or GMAT scores are not required for admission. All students will begin their studies in London at the LSE. Procedure: Admission is granted for fall for all graduate degree programs. In addition, communication management also offers admission for spring. Refer to the Annenberg Website for application guidelines, deadlines and filing periods. Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy Students may enter from a variety of academic fields and majors. Applicants whose undergraduate work was in fields other than communication may be admitted on the condition that adequate preparation in directly relevant areas is evident. Completion of a master’s degree in communication is not required for admission to the Doctor of Philosophy. Criteria: All applicants must submit the online USC Graduate Admission Application and Annenberg Supplemental Form with three letters of recommendation from faculty qualified to comment on their capacities for a rigorous program of study. Completion of a basic descriptive statistics course is recommended. In addition, a personal statement, transcripts from all colleges/universities attended, resume, and sample of scholarly writing are required. The M.A. in Communication is earned as part of the Ph.D. program.
Degree Requirements
The Global Communication, Master of Arts in Communication and Doctor of Philosophy in Communication are awarded under the jurisdiction of the Graduate School. Refer to the Graduate School section of this catalogue, page 97, and the Requirements for Graduation section, page 86, for general regulations. All courses applied toward the degrees must be courses accepted by the Graduate School. Master of Communication Management
Each student chooses a track and follows the course of study for that track. A faculty academic adviser assists the student to build on earlier academic and work experience in order to achieve desired professional goals. Residence Students may pursue the Master of Communication Management on either a full- or part-time basis. Full time, the degree can be finished in one calendar year; part time, all degree work can be finished in one-and-ahalf to two-and-a-half years. With permission from a School of Communication committee, a maximum of 4 graduate units may be transferred from another accredited institution. Foreign Language Requirement There are no foreign language requirements for this degree. Research Tool Requirement Students take one 4-unit research course as a prerequisite for CMGT 597 Communication Research Practicum. The list of approved research methods courses is available from the faculty adviser and graduate studies director. Course Requirements Thirty-two units (usually eight courses) in approved graduate-level course work are required. Students will take 4 units of a track core course. They will take 12 units from an elective list for their chosen track. They will take the research tool prior to the capstone Communication Research Practicum (CMGT 597). Of the remaining elective units, up to 8 may be taken at USC outside the School of Communication; these courses must be approved by the director of the Master of Communication Management program and may be selected from a variety of disciplines, depending upon student needs and career
interests. All remaining course work must be chosen from Annenberg School offerings, either from the CMGT course list or from approved electives. Graduate Certificate in Entertainment Communication Management
This certificate program is for students who have already earned master’s degrees and who wish to pursue or expand careers in the entertainment industry. Students will study the latest areas of entertainment-related research, theory and application. They will have a strong grounding in the theory, roles, issues and effects of entertainment as well as the impact of entertainment and new entertainment technologies on society, behavior and the entertainment industry. Students take 16 units of graduate course work that may not be used or have been used for any other degree or certificate program, of which 4 units may be cognate courses. A partial list of courses includes: COMM 575 Advocacy and Social Change in Entertainment and the Media 4 CMGT 542 Business Strategies of Communication and Entertainment Firms 4 CMGT 543 Managing Communication in the Entertainment Industry 4 CMGT 547 Distribution of Recordings: Media, Retail and Online Channels 4 CMGT 548 Issues in Children’s Media 4 CMGT 558 The International Entertainment Marketplace 4 CMGT 581 Media in Social Services: Design and Evaluation of Campaigns 4 CMGT 583 Social Marketing and Entertainment Education 4 CMGT 586 Entertainment Media: Content, Theory and Industry Practices 4 Graduate Certificate in Health Communication Management
This certificate program is for students holding master’s degrees who wish to pursue or expand careers in health communication. Students will study the most recent theoretical and practical developments in the area of health communication and how this information can be used to improve public health as well as individual behavior. Students take 16 units of graduate course work beyond the master’s degree, of which 4 units may be cognate courses. One course must be from preventive medicine, public
Communication Graduate Degrees
health, pharmacology or other health science program which focuses on “what is communicated” in health communication. A partial list of courses includes:
Students take 16 units of graduate course work beyond the master’s degree, of which 4 units may be cognate courses. A partial list of courses includes:
COMM 575 Advocacy and Social Change in Entertainment and the Media 4 CMGT 510 Communication, Values, Attitudes, and Behavior 4 CMGT 520 Social Roles of Communication Media 4 CMGT 541 Integrated Communication Strategies 4 CMGT 548 Issues in Children’s Media 4 CMGT 581 Media in Social Services: Design and Evaluation of Campaigns 4 CMGT 583 Social Marketing and Entertainment Education 4 CMGT 599 Special Topics 2-4, max 8
CMGT 502 Strategic Corporate Communication 4 CMGT 510 Communication, Values, Attitudes, and Behaviors 4 CMGT 541 Integrated Communication Strategies 4 CMGT 548 Issues in Children’s Media 4 CMGT 581 Media in Social Service: Design and Evaluation of Campaigns 4 CMGT 584 Communication and the Multicultural Marketplace 4 CMGT 587 Audience Analysis 4 CMGT 599 Special Topics 2-4, max 8
Graduate Certificate in International and Global Communication Management
This certificate program is for students holding master’s degrees who wish to pursue or expand careers in communication technologies. Students will study the latest developments in new communication and media technologies and their application in a variety of organizational and social contexts.
This certificate program is for students holding master’s degrees who wish to pursue or expand careers in international and global communication management. Students will study the latest developments in information and communication technologies, regulations and policies, and industry practices within a global context.
Students take 16 units of graduate course work beyond the master’s degree, of which 4 units may be cognate courses. A partial list of courses includes:
Students take 16 units of graduate course work beyond the master’s degree, of which 4 units may be cognate courses. A partial list of courses includes: COMM 553 Political Economy of Global Telecommunications and Information COMM 559 Globalization, Communication and Society CMGT 531 Communication and the International Economy CMGT 557 Communication Policy in the Global Marketplace CMGT 545 Communication and Global Competition CMGT 558 The International Entertainment Marketplace CMGT 582 Communication for International Development CMGT 583 Social Marketing and Entertainment Education Graduate Certificate in Marketing Communication Management
This certificate program is for students holding master’s degrees who wish to pursue or expand careers in marketing communication. Students will study the latest developments in marketing communication research and theory and the application to marketing communication issues.
Graduate Certificate in New Communication Technologies
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
COMM 534 The Culture of New Technologies 4 COMM 544 The Arts and New Media 4 CMGT 528 Web Design for Organizations 4 CMGT 530 Social Dynamics of Communication Technologies 4 CMGT 533 Emerging Communication Technologies 4 CMGT 535 Online Communities for Organizations 4 CMGT 547 Distribution of Recordings: Media, Retail and Online Channels 4 CMGT 566 Communication Law and New Technologies 4 CMGT 571 Communications Technologies 4 CMGT 574 Tele-Media: A Strategic and Critical Analysis 4 CMGT 599 Special Topics 2-4, max 8 Graduate Certificate in Strategic Corporate and Organizational Communication Management
This certificate program is for students holding master’s degrees who wish to pursue or expand careers in corporate communication and communication consulting. Students will study the latest developments in
497
organizational communication research and theory and the application to business communication issues. Students take 16 units of graduate course work beyond the master’s degree, of which 4 units may be cognate courses. A partial list of courses includes: CMGT 500 Managing Communication 4 CMGT 502 Strategic Corporate Communication 4 CMGT 505 Communication in Work Settings 4 CMGT 510 Communication, Values, Attitudes, and Behavior 4 CMGT 535 Online Communities for Organizations 4 CMGT 573 Evaluating Communication Needs 4 CMGT 576 Communication Strategies for Conflict Management 4 CMGT 599 Special Topics 2-4, max 8 Master of Arts in Global Communication
The Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism collaborates with the London School of Economics and Political Science (LSE) to provide the course work necessary for students to become fully engaged with the phenomenon of global communication through this dual master’s degree program. Upon satisfaction of all program requirements, students will be awarded a Master of Arts (M.A.) in Global Communication by USC as well as a Master of Science (M.Sc.) in Global Media and Communications, by the LSE. Residence This is a two-year program during which students spend their first year at the LSE and their second year at USC. Foreign Language/Research Tool Requirements There are no foreign language requirements. Students take a one-term research methods course as part of their course work at the LSE. Course Requirements The Master of Arts in Global Communication requires 42 units; the equivalent of 18 units earned at LSE and 24 units earned at USC. Year at LSE: The LSE academic year has three terms. Students will complete classes approved by faculty at the LSE. Students must earn at least 3 units at LSE, which articulates as 18 units at USC. Year at USC: Students must complete COMM 598 as well as 20 elective units (5 courses) from the School of Communication graduate curriculum, excluding COMM 525, COMM 526, COMM 550 and COMM 552.
498
USC Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism
Students may choose one of their elective courses from a department outside Annenberg with the approval of their advisers.
Requirements for the completion of this degree program are 49 units, including the required substantive paper or alternative project. The course requirements are as follows:
Students will produce a final research project on global communication that will be the product of work done both at the LSE and Annenberg. Students complete a research project during the summer after their year at the LSE for which grades are awarded by LSE faculty. A passing grade is required. They will continue to develop this project during the year at Annenberg in COMM 598 and must earn a grade of B minus or higher.
PUBLIC DIPLOMACY REQUIREMENTS (12 UNITS)
UNITS
PUBD 502 Historical and Comparative Approaches to Public Diplomacy 4 PUBD 504 Global Issues and Public Diplomacy 4 PUBD 596 Practicum in Public Diplomacy Research 4 PUBLIC DIPLOMACY TOOLBOX COURSES
Master of Arts in Communication
Individuals seeking the Master of Arts in Communication are expected to acquire and demonstrate a general knowledge of human communication, including humanistic and social scientific approaches.
(12 UNITS)
UNITS
Any three approved PUBD courses INTERNSHIP (1 UNIT)
IR 591
Field Study
Not more than two approved 400-level courses may be applied to a student’s program and a maximum of 4 semester units with grades of B or better may be accepted by transfer from another institution of higher learning. The minimum acceptable GPA for successful completion of this program is 3.0. The majority of students choose the comprehensive examination option. The examination consists of six hours of writing, taken on two different days. Permission to take an M.A. degree with thesis can be obtained only by application to the school screening committee. Master of Public Diplomacy
The Master of Public Diplomacy combines the resources of the Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism and the USC Dornsife College of Letters, Arts and Sciences’ School of International Relations. This program is designed for students who already have a substantial undergraduate background in social sciences or relevant professional experience in subjects such as communications, film and media studies, journalism, political science, public relations and international relations. Students in the program may decide to emphasize public diplomacy training most appropriate for a career in public service, the corporate world or in a nongovernmental organization (NGO) working in the ever-expanding global civil society.
ELECTIVES (16 UNITS)
1 UNITS
Any two approved IR courses 8 Any two approved COMM or CMGT courses 8 OTHER ELECTIVES (COGNATE, COMM, CMGT, IR) (8 UNITS)
(8 UNITS)
UNITS
PUBD 500 Introduction to the Advanced Study of Public Diplomacy PUBD 596 Practicum in Public Diplomacy Research
4 4
PUBLIC DIPLOMACY TOOLBOX COURSES (8 UNITS)
UNITS
Select two approved PUBD courses ELECTIVES (8 UNITS FROM COMMUNICATION OR INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS)
UNITS
Approved IR courses Approved COMM or CMGT courses OTHER ELECTIVES
UNITS
COMMUNICATION AND INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
The program, arranged in consultation with the school’s coordinator of doctoral studies, provides two options: degree with comprehensive examination requires a total of 32 units (normally eight courses), including core courses COMM 525, COMM 526, COMM 550 and COMM 552 and four electives; or degree with thesis requires successful completion of core courses, three electives and 4 units of COMM 594ab Master’s Thesis.
PUBLIC DIPLOMACY CORE REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
These units may be taken from the School of Communication, School of International Relations or any graduate program at USC. Courses must be approved by the Public Diplomacy program director. Master of Public Diplomacy (Practitioner and Mid-Career Professional)
This program is designed for students who already have at least five years experience working in public diplomacy (engaged in international advocacy, international publicity/ public relations, international b roadcasting, cultural and/or exchange work or other work which the admissions committee deems to fall within their definition of public d iplomacy). The program is taught over a single calendar year beginning with a summer course introducing the advanced study of public diplomacy and ending with the submission of a piece of research work in the middle of the following summer. Students interested in this program are required to take the Graduate Record Examinations (GRE). Requirements for the completion of this degree program are 32 units including a substantive paper or alternative project. Core courses are taught in the School of Communication and the School of Interna tional Relations, USC Dornsife College of Letters, Arts and Sciences. With approval of the program director, students may select electives from the entire USC graduate curriculum.
(COGNATE, COMM, CMGT, IR) (8 UNITS)
UNITS
These units may be taken from the School of Communication, School of International Relations or any graduate program at USC. Doctor of Philosophy in Communication
Students in the doctoral program learn theories that guide research into communication processes and effects and into institutions and technologies that lend pattern to communication. Applicants for the Ph.D. are expected to acquire and demonstrate humanistic and behavioral knowledge of communication while acquiring skills requisite to scholarly research in the discipline. Screening Procedures Student progress is carefully monitored by the School of Communication faculty. Students are normally screened at the end of their first year of graduate study. At that time they must have completed no fewer than 16 and no more than 24 units, including COMM 525, COMM 526, COMM 550 and COMM 552. Students are evaluated on subject matter competence, teaching potential and their ability to conduct independent research. Upon successful passage of the screening procedure, the student has 30 days in which to form a guidance committee. Course Requirements The student is required to take a minimum of 76 units and write an approved dissertation. Four core courses — COMM 525, COMM 526, COMM 550 and COMM 552 — and COMM 794ab Doctoral Dissertation are required for all students. Students specialize in one of five tracks by completing a minimum of three courses (12 units) in one of the following: (1) Rhetoric and Political Communication: COMM 509, COMM 511, COMM 512, COMM 513, COMM 514, COMM 515, COMM 517, COMM 518, COMM 521, COMM 522, COMM 580, COMM 599, COMM 610;
Communication Graduate Degrees
(2) Media, Culture and Community: CMGT 587, COMM 516, COMM 519, COMM 534, COMM 544, COMM 575, COMM 580, COMM 584, COMM 599, COMM 605, COMM 618, COMM 620, COMM 629, COMM 653, COMM 654, COMM 660, COMM 662; (3) Interpersonal and Health Communication: CMGT 587, COMM 504, COMM 524, COMM 562, COMM 599, COMM 602, COMM 615, COMM 620, COMM 625, COMM 650; (4) Organizational Communication: COMM 508, COMM 524, COMM 585, COMM 599, COMM 620, COMM 635, COMM 636, COMM 637, COMM 638, COMM 640, COMM 641, COMM 645, COMM 648, COMM 652; (5) Information and Society: COMM 546, COMM 553, COMM 570, COMM 582, COMM 599, COMM 605, COMM 620, COMM 630, COMM 631, COMM 635, COMM 645, COMM 647, COMM 660, COMM 662. In addition, students must take at least two courses in one other track outside their specialization (8 units total). Students also pursue an approved cognate elective program of study in which at least two courses (normally 8 units) are taken in a related field outside the Annenberg School. Students entering the School of Communication with a master’s degree may, with permission, apply part of their previous graduate course work to the cognate requirement. Students in the organizational communication track are required to take at least two methods classes in addition to the core courses, COMM 550 and COMM 552. If taken in a department or unit other than the School of Communication, these courses cannot also be counted toward the student’s cognate requirement. Research Tool Requirement Doctoral students are expected to demonstrate methodological competence in an area of specialization prior to taking the qualifying examination. Such competence is usually demonstrated through course work (the successful completion, with grade B or better, of selected course work in addition to their content courses that is approved by the Ph.D. guidance committee taken in the school and/or related departments), and by completion of a preliminary research project. Under special circumstances, students with an exceptional prior background in research methods may demonstrate their competence by successfully passing a research tool examination designed and administered by the Ph.D. guidance committee.
Guidance Committee This committee is composed of five USC faculty members, at least three of whom are from the School of Communication. Students are expected to work closely with the members of their guidance committee, especially their committee chair, in selecting advanced course work and shaping areas of interest and research. In addition to helping the student plan a program, the committee administers the oral portion of the qualifying examination and approves the dissertation committee. Qualifying Examination Qualifying examinations for the Ph.D. usually are taken in the third year of study following completion of all required courses and a preliminary research paper. The examination includes both written and oral portions. The written portion is composed by committees of faculty in the relevant areas of study; the oral portion is administered by the student’s guidance committee. Students must pass both portions to be advanced to candidacy. Students must confer with their guidance committee chair, not later than the second week of the semester during which the examinations are to be taken, regarding distribution of written examination hours among subject matter areas. Doctoral Dissertation The dissertation is an original research project contributing to knowledge about human communication and should demonstrate a high level of competence in methodologies of scholarly inquiry. Defense of Dissertation Dissertations are defended in a formal meeting with the three-member dissertation committee. The school prefers that the defense oral be taken prior to final typing so that recommended changes can be made in the final manuscript. Dual Degree in Law (J.D.) and Master of Communication Management
Academic training in law and in communication management provides a powerful background for careers in business, entertainment or government life. The USC Gould School of Law and the School of Communication collaborate in a program that enables these educational opportunities. Students complete both the J.D. and the Master of Communica tion Management in three years, the time normally required for the law degree alone. Students must complete 20 units (five c ourses) of communication courses at the School of Communication: one core class from the student’s preferred track; one method course; CMGT 597; and the remaining two courses may be from either core or elective offerings.
499
To earn the J.D., all students (including dual degree students) must complete 35 numerically graded law units at USC after the first year. The associate dean of the USC Gould School of Law may make exceptions to this rule for students enrolled in law school honors programs. First Year: Required law school courses. Second and Third Years: 20 units of communi cation courses; 38 units of law courses, of which 8 units must be approved as appropriate for acceptance by the School of Communication toward its degree. All students take CMGT 597 in the third year. Application to pursue the dual degree should be made before completion of 15 units of work in law or 8 units toward the Master of Communication Management degree. Admission by the law school to its J.D. degree will be evaluated as a substitute for GRE scores. Dual Degree in Master of Communication Management/Jewish Nonprofit Management
The dual degree program, Communication Management/Jewish Nonprofit Management, offers students the opportunity for advanced study of sophisticated communication processes and technologies in the context of the nonprofit arena. The program has been developed by the Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism and Hebrew Union College-Jewish Institute of Religion’s School of Jewish Nonprofit Management (formerly the HUC-JIR School of Jewish Communal Service) to combine the study of communication theory, processes and technologies with postgraduate education in Jewish nonprofit management and leadership. The goal of this program is for graduates to perform more effectively in the nonprofit sector, having received specific training in areas such as organizational communication, media impacts and policy. Students of this program are admitted separately to each school. Four of the 52 required credits of graduate course work at Hebrew Union College are used to fulfill the School of Communication’s cognate option. In addition, the student will complete 24 credits of the school’s course work including CMGT 597, as well as the School of Jewish Nonprofit Management’s thesis requirements. Those interested in this program should contact the Office of Admissions, Hebrew Union College-Jewish Institute of Religion, 3077 University Avenue, Los Angeles, CA 900073796 for comprehensive information about the application process.
500
USC Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism
Courses of Instruction C O M M U N I C AT I O N ( C O M M )
COMM 206 Communication and Culture (4)
The terms indicated are expected but are not guaranteed. For the courses offered during any given term, consult the Schedule of Classes.
Examines cultural institutions, ideologies, artifacts, and productions; role of culture in everyday life; cultural studies as methodology; culture and power.
COMM 140x Nature and Impact of Communications (4) Nature of communications
COMM 207 Economic Thinking for Communication and Journalism (2) Introduc-
COMM 308 Communication and Conflict (4)
COMM 141 Applied Debate (4) Fundamen-
COMM 208 Media Economics: Perspectives on Communication Industries (2)
COMM 310 Media and Society (4) Interplay
and their impact upon people; examination of empirical evidence showing impact of media and the organization of media institutions. Not available for major credit. tals of debate and critical thinking; participate in classroom and public on-campus audience debates; engage in experiential learning in community settings. COMM 200 Communication and Social Science (4, FaSp) Social scientific inquiry into
human communication; core theories of message production and reception in interpersonal, group and organizational contexts.
COMM 201 Rhetoric and the Public Sphere (4) Humanistic approaches to inquiry in com-
munication; qualitative research techniques; core theories of message production and reception in social, political, cultural and mediated contexts. COMM 202 Communication and Technology (4) Survey of cultural, social, political,
and economic impacts of new communication technologies, including written language, the printing press, the telephone, television, and cyberspace. COMM 203 Communication and Mass Media (4) Survey of mass communication
research; history, content, effects, theories and policy implications of various media. COMM 204 Public Speaking (4) Principles
and practices of effective oral communication; analysis of the speaking-listening process; selection and organization of speech materials; use of new presentation technologies. COMM 205 Communication Practicum (2, max 4) Students address communication
issues in a field setting. They will evaluate communication practices using interview methodology. Projects are jointly evaluated by internship supervisor and professor. Open to communication majors only. Graded CR/NR. Prerequisite: COMM 200; recommended preparation: sophomore standing.
tion to microeconomic and macroeconomic principles; analysis of contemporary issues in media, communication and journalism industries from an economic perspective.
Application of economic principles in the areas of media ownership, market structure, industry regulations, media convergence, and entrepreneurship in new media. Prerequisite: COMM 207. COMM 300 Foundations for the Study of Entertainment, Communication and Society (4) Theoretical foundation for understanding
the construction, consumption, and consequences of entertainment from classical to contemporary times; situates entertainment within the ecology of information and communication. Recommended preparation: COMM 200, COMM 201.
COMM 307 Sound Clash: Popular Music and American Culture (4) Music as inter-cultural
communication and method for exploring race and ethnicity in the constitution of American culture and American self; role of music industry.
Nature and functions of communication in human conflict; development of communication skills for managing conflict productively in interpersonal, organizational and intercultural contexts. between media and society, including family and children’s socialization, inter-group relations and community, pornography and violence, gender and race, media ethics, conduct of politics. COMM 315 Health Communication (4)
Behavioral approaches to health communication; communication competencies in health care settings, theories of risky behaviors, and behavioral change programs; special emphasis on AIDS-related issues. Recommended preparation: COMM 301L. COMM 320 Small Group and Team Communication (4) Group process theories
COMM 301L Empirical Research in Communication (4) Experimental and survey meth-
relevant to communicative behavior in small group/team settings, including information exchange, decision making, leadership, and meetings; student team projects testing theoretic propositions.
COMM 302 Persuasion (4) Theories and
COMM 321 Communication in the Virtual Group (4) Communication processes in global
ods for communication study; basic statistical concepts, procedures, and tests. Prerequisite: COMM 200. research in social influence; strategies and tactics of persuasive communications in such settings as politics, public relations, advertising, business. COMM 303 Learning from Case Studies in Communication (4) Case study approaches
to communication research; reliability, validity, generalizability, and ethics in qualitative social research; cases in communication policy and practices. COMM 304 Interpersonal Communication (4) Analysis of face-to-face interaction;
role of communication in the development, maintenance and destruction of relationships; communication processes in managing interpersonal conflict. COMM 306 The Communication Revolution, Entertainment and the Arts (4)
Explorations of the effect of digital tech nology on the entertainment business. Relationships among technology, economy, popular culture, entertainment and art.
computer networks; formation, maintenance, and decline of virtual groups; privacy and access; introduction to computer networks for communication students and researchers.
COMM 322 Argumentation and Advocacy (4) Basic argumentation theory including anal-
ysis, research and evidence, case construction, refutation; discursive and visual argument; diverse fields of advocacy including law, politics, organizations, interpersonal relations.
COMM 323 Public Deliberation (4) Introduc-
tion to deliberative democracy in culture and governance; examines historical and contemporary institutions of democratic discourse and emerging communication norms.
Courses of Instruction
COMM 324m Intercultural Communication (4) Cultural variables and social psychological
processes that influence intercultural inter action; relationship between communication and culture in diverse settings including business, medicine, and education.
COMM 360 The Rhetoric of Los Angeles (4)
Representations of Los Angeles communicated in diverse media; the city as a rhetorical text; analysis of cultural identities, art, architecture, and representations in popular culture.
501
COMM 383m Sports, Communication and Culture (4) Rhetorical and critical approaches
to sports and public discourse; application to sports organizations, the news and popular media; representations of gender and race in sports.
COMM 363 Media Consumption (4) COMM 325 Intercultural Britain: Media, History and Identity (4) Examines urgent
social and political issues as they are shaped, represented and expressed by the institutions of media, culture and communication within the United Kingdom. COMM 330 Rhetoric in Classical Culture (4)
Theories of communication and persuasion in ancient Greece and Rome; cultural and social contexts of classical rhetorical theory; major historical figures and concepts. Recommended preparation: COMM 201. COMM 335 Rhetoric in Contemporary Culture (4) Theories of communication
and persuasion in contemporary society; cultural and social contexts of contemporary rhetorical theory; major theorists, concepts and controversies. Recommended preparation: COMM 201. COMM 339 Communication Technology and Culture (4) Examination of philosophies and
popular representations of technology from the origins of western culture to the present and identifies the complex attitudes toward technology.
COMM 340 The Cultures of New Media (4)
Cultural implications of computer-mediated communication and related media. Ideological responses to media innovation; debates over artificial intelligence, virtual communities, and virtual reality. Recommended preparation: COMM 339. COMM 345 Social and Economic Implications of Communication Technologies (4)
Social and economic impacts of information and communication technologies; social factors that shape technological change; issues include access, privacy, freedom of expression, productivity, democratic control. COMM 350 Video Games: Content, Industry, and Policy (4) Introduction to the medium;
Theoretical approaches to the study of media consumption and audiences; examines international media and consumption practices; explores new media’s impact on consumption.
COMM 384 Interpreting Popular Culture (4) Popular culture as an indicator of cultural
COMM 364 Comparative Media: United States and the United Kingdom (4) Cross-
COMM 385 Survey of Organizational Communication (4) The role of information,
COMM 365 The Rhetoric of London (4, FaSpSm) Examination of the modern city as
COMM 387 Sports and Social Change (4)
national approaches to the study of U.S. and U.K. media; focuses on news and entertainment media products; examines content, industries, technologies and audiences.
a communicative text with London as the case study.
COMM 366 Designing Media and Communication Projects for Social Change (4)
Students explore the theoretical and practical issues involved in designing effective media and communication projects for social change in international contexts. COMM 370 The Rhetoric of Ideas: Ideology and Propaganda (4) Techniques of propa-
ganda in public discourse; communication strategies through which ideas become ideologies; case studies in wartime and corporate propaganda, imperialism, and cultural colonialism. COMM 371 Censorship and the Law: From the Press to Cyberspace (4) The study
of current and historical battles over the limits of free expression from press and public parks to television, movies, music and cyberspace. (Duplicates credit in former JOUR 371.) COMM 372 The Image of the Journalist in Popular Culture (4) (Enroll in JOUR 375) COMM 375 Business and Professional Communication (4) Oral and written com-
history of video games; video games as aesthetic products, cultural products, economic outputs; policy issues, effects, and sites of community.
munication skills demanded in the workplace including informative and persuasive speeches; interviewing; team communication; and training material preparation. Recommended preparation: COMM 204.
COMM 355 Advertising and Communication (4) Advertising as a mode of communica-
COMM 380 Forensics Laboratory (1-4, max 8) Directed individual research studies
tion; U.S. advertising history and institutions; economic and policy contexts (domestic and global); critical analysis of advertising texts.
of contemporary problems. Supervised laboratory experience. Open only to members of the University debate squad. COMM 382 Sports, Business and Media in Today’s Society (4) (Enroll in JOUR 380)
values, a producer and reflection of cultural meaning, and a means of communication; theory and case studies.
persuasion, and meanings in organizations. Topics include organizational culture, leadership, decision-making, networks, power, diversity and the global workplace.
Application of critical, sociological and rhetorical theories to sports events and sport media; examination of the role of sports in enacting social change. COMM 388 Ethics in Human Communication (4) Value perspectives on commu-
nication in varied settings: interpersonal, organizational, and public. Issues of truth and responsibility in family and social interactions, advertising, and governmental communication. COMM 390 Special Problems (1-4) Super-
vised, individual studies. No more than one registration permitted. Enrollment by petition only. COMM 395m Gender, Media and Communication (4) Issues of gender in commu-
nication, including: media representations of femininity and masculinity; and gender’s role in communication at the interpersonal, public, and cultural levels. COMM 396 Fashion, Media and Culture (4)
Fashion as a form of communication and culture; fashion’s role in identity, body politics, art, nationhood, celebrity and Hollywood culture, youth cultures and subversive practices. COMM 400 Seminar in Communication (4, max 12) Advanced readings in communi-
cation theory and research (broadly defined); specialized interest areas of individual faculty on the frontiers of knowledge; seminar topics change each semester. COMM 401 Audience Analysis (4) Examines
audience analysis methodologies including focus groups, shadow juries, surveys, test marketing and content analysis; application of statistical sampling procedures, data analysis, interpretation and presentation. Prerequisite: COMM 301L.
502
USC Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism
COMM 402 Public Communication Campaigns (4) Theory and research in public
COMM 430 Global Entertainment (4) Survey
COMM 411 Communication Criticism (4)
COMM 431 Global Strategy for the Communications Industry (4) Addresses the practical
health communication campaigns; design, implementation, and evaluation; extensive discussion of historical case studies and reasons for success or failure. Methods and functions of criticism in forms of public communication; historical-contextual, textual, and interpretive procedures; diverse theoretical approaches including formalism, dramatism, genre, and ideology. Prerequisite: COMM 201. COMM 412 Communication and Social Movements (4) Social and political move-
ments as rhetorical phenomena; ideology, organization, and influence of such movements as civil rights, “New Left,” feminism, “New Right,” environmentalism. COMM 413 Propaganda, Ideology and Public Controversy (4) Seminar examining
the relationship between propaganda, ideology, critical thinking and rhetoric; application to contemporary controversies, both domestic and global; role of public argument. (Duplicates credit in COMM 370.) COMM 421 Legal Communication (4)
nalytical and communicative aspects of A judicial argument; philosophy and techniques of jury trials, cross examination, and appellate advocacy; research, preparation, and presentation of case briefs. Prerequisite: COMM 322. COMM 422 Legal Issues and New Media (4) Examines laws and regulatory policies
shaping new media, especially the Internet; impact of regulation on development and use of communication technology. COMM 424 Millennium in the Media (4)
The new millennium in history, religion and mass media. Utopian and apocalyptic conceptions of the future from oral culture to printing, film, broadcasting, and Internet. Recommended preparation: COMM 200, COMM 201. COMM 425 Communicating Religion (4)
Genres of religious communication, including sermon, prayer, ritual, polemic, and revival. Impact of technological and cultural change on religious advocacy, beliefs, and practices. COMM 426 Religion, Media and Hollywood: Faith in TV (4) How religion, ethics
and spirituality are embedded, embodied and emplotted in television drama; how secular texts represent “lived religion” to increasingly diverse audiences.
of economic, political, and cultural dimensions of the global entertainment marketplace; focuses on the international production and distribution of media products and services. Prerequisite: COMM 300.
and theoretical aspects of the international economy that are most relevant to management strategy in the communications industry. COMM 432 American Media and Entertainment Industries (4) Examines the history,
technology, regulations and business practices of American broadcast and entertainment industries.
COMM 456 Entertainment, Marketing and Culture (4) Explores blurring of entertain-
ment, marketing and culture in advanced information economies; intersections of culture and media and their social ramifications. Prerequisite: COMM 300; recommended preparation: COMM 200, COMM 201. COMM 457 Children and Media (4) Explores
construction of “childhood” in media and popular culture, including television, m ovies, video games, toys, magazines, and music. Examines children as a unique audience. Prerequisite: COMM 300; recommended prepa ration: COMM 200, COMM 201. COMM 458m Race and Ethnicity in Entertainment and the Arts (4) Examines how
Examines music’s unique characteristics as a communicative form and the cultural, economic, political and social influences in music interpretation and production.
race and ethnicity as social categories are shaped by communication media; focuses on how race and ethnicity sustain entertainment and media industries. Prerequisite: COMM 300; recommended preparation: COMM 200, COMM 201.
COMM 443 Communicating Health Messages and Medical Issues (4) How commu-
COMM 459 Fact and Fiction: From Jour nalism to the Docudrama (4) (Enroll in
COMM 440 Music as Communication (4)
nication — interpersonal, mass media, and information technologies — shapes health behavior. Topics: doctor-patient consults; public campaigns; health issues in entertainment, news, and on the Internet. COMM 450 Visual Culture and Communication (4) Examines issues of visual images in
communication related to history, modernity, cityscapes, news media, advertising, evidence, science, digital technology, and globalization. Recommended preparation: AHIS 100, COMM 201, FA 150. COMM 451 Visual Communication and Social Change (4) Analysis of photography’s
evolution; new strategies for the photographic image, photo documentary work and global social issues; analysis of images on blogs and Websites. COMM 454 Media, Money, and Society (4)
Money as communication; social scientific analysis of money and financial markets; money and popular culture; the business press; representations of Wall Street in Hollywood cinema.
JOUR 459)
COMM 460 Collaboration and Group Decision Making (4) Advanced seminar examin-
ing the theoretical, empirical and practical aspects of human and technological communication in group processes; experiential and/ or field experiences in group observation. COMM 465m Gender in Media Industries and Products (4) Examination of the effect of
gender stratification in media industries upon the cultural products they create, especially gender and gender/race role portrayals.
COMM 466m People of Color and the News Media (4) (Enroll in JOUR 466m) COMM 467 Gender and the News Media (4) (Enroll in JOUR 467) COMM 468 Cross-Cultural Negotiations: Communication and Strategy (4) Applica-
tion of intercultural communication theories and negotiation theories in the preparation and execution of global negotiations; strategies for creating mutual gains and sustained partnerships.
COMM 455 Advertising and Society (4)
Examination of the role of advertising in contemporary society as an economic force and a cultural form of representation. Recommended preparation: COMM 200, COMM 201.
COMM 470 Information and Communication Technologies Strategic Analysis (4) Frameworks for strategically analyzing
information and communication technologies; issues of regulation, control and social impacts of evolving ICTs; original research project of ICT strategy. (Duplicates credit in COMM 345.)
Courses of Instruction
COMM 473 Advanced Issues in Communication and Technology (4) Advanced level
COMM 495 Honors Seminar (4, max 8)
COMM 475 Environmental Communication (4) Communication about environmental
COMM 496x Honors Internship (2-4, max 4)
readings into human-computer interfaces; social interaction with artifacts; concept of presence, and emerging social and psychological issues of new communication and computer technologies. Prerequisite: 301L.
controversies in the public sphere: history of environmentalism; forms of citizen participation; media coverage; advocacy campaigns and movements; scientific and industrial discourses. COMM 480 Nonverbal Communication (4)
Theory and research; examination of the influence of environmental factors, physical behavior, and vocal cues on human communication. COMM 482 Comparative Media in Europe (4) (Enroll in JOUR 482) COMM 486 Human and Technological Systems in Organizations (4) How communica-
tion and information technologies are linked to organizational control, design, cultures; technology and competitive advantage; ethics and policy issues; technology-mediated work. Recommended preparation: COMM 385.
Advanced study of issues in communication; recent developments in communication and rhetorical theories. Open only to students in COMM Honors Program. Recommended for seniors. Recommended preparation: COMM 301L. Field experience in applying communication principles to settings in organizations, campaigns, law, or other contexts; analysis and assessment of issues and problems experienced. Not available for graduate credit. Open only to COMM honors students or COMM seniors with 3.0 GPA overall. Corequisite: COMM 301L. COMM 497x Honors Thesis (4, FaSp) Writing
of the honors thesis. Not available for graduate credit. Open only to COMM honors students; seniors only.
COMM 498 Ethical Issues in Entertainment and Communication (4) Examines social
and political controversies over conflicting ethical standards for communication in a variety of media: mass-media, communication technology, and entertainment. Prerequisite: COMM 300; recommended preparation: COMM 200, COMM 201. COMM 499 Special Topics (2-4, max 8)
COMM 487 Communication and Global Organizations (4) The role of communica-
tion in global organizations; information, networks, and communication technologies for global organizing; computer-based col laborative work and virtual organizations. Recommended preparation: COMM 385. COMM 488 Communication Research in Organizations (4) Seminar in application
of communication research tools; diagnosis and analysis of communication problems; current topics in organizational communication scholarship; students complete original research projects. Recommended preparation: COMM 385.
Selected topics in communication. COMM 504x Interpersonal Communication (4) Theories of communication behav-
ior in relatively unstructured, face-to-face situations; examination of decoder-encoder, message, channel, and situational variables. Not available for Master of Communication Management students. COMM 508x Power, Politics and Conflict in Communication (4) Human communicative
behavior involving the creation and resolution of conflict in interpersonal, small group, and formal organizational settings. Not available for Master of Communication Management students.
COMM 489 Campaign Communication (4)
Problems in political communication: creating an informed electorate, use of mass media, factors in voter persuasion. Guest experts in political analysis, opinion polling, communication evaluation. COMM 490x Directed Research (2-8, max 8)
Individual research and readings. Not available for graduate credit. COMM 494x Research Practicum (2-4, max 4) Students gain research experience
in the design, implementation, analysis, and reporting of communication research. Students serve as research assistants to faculty members. Not available for graduate credit.
COMM 509x Classical Rhetorical Theory (4)
Theories of rhetoric from the fifth century B.C. through the fifth century A.D.; emphasis on the Sophists, Plato, Aristotle, Cicero, Quintilian, and St.. Augustine. Not available for Master of Communication Management students. COMM 511x Contemporary Rhetorical Theory (4) Theories of rhetoric from the 18th
century to the present; emphasis on Perelman, Burke, Habermas, Grassi, and Booth. Not available for Master of Communication Management students.
503
COMM 512x Rhetorical Criticism (4) heories and methods of assessing popular T
persuasive art forms such as contemporary drama, music, poetry, and journalism as well as traditional forms of public address. Not available for Master of Communication Management students. COMM 513x Neoclassical Rhetorical Theory (4) Theories of rhetoric from the fifth cen-
tury A.D. through the 18th century; emphasis on dictamin, praedicandi, poetriae, Alquin, Ramus, Port-Royalists, Bacon, Campbell, Blair, and Whately. Not available for Master of Communication Management students. COMM 514x Social Movements as Rhetorical Form (4) Study of the rhetoric of social
change; methodologies for analysis and appraisal; investigation of specific collective protest and reform movements. Not available for Master of Communication Management students. COMM 515x Postmodern Rhetorical Theory (4) Implications of postmodernity for rhetori-
cal theory and criticism; issues of textuality, agency, and subjectivity in communication; study of selected postmodern figures. Not available for Master of Communication Management students. COMM 516x Feminist Theory and Communication (4) Implications of feminist
theory for communication; topics include epistemology, critique of science/technology, women and language, feminist approaches to media and film, women and the workplace. Not available for Master of Communication Management students. COMM 517x Rhetorical Theory and Culture (4) Issues of culture in recent rhetorical theory;
in-depth examination of representative idealist, pragmatist, structuralist, critical, and postmodern accounts of the symbolic construction of cultural forms. Not available for Master of Communication Management students. COMM 518x American Public Address (4)
History and criticism of major American speakers and speeches with reference to the social, political, and intellectual background of their times. Not available for Master of Communication Management students. COMM 519x Cultural Studies in Communication (4) Theoretical foundations, history,
and development of cultural studies in communication; implications of issues of nationalism, colonialism, technologies, popular culture, and politics of bodies for communication. Not available for Master of Communication Management students.
504
USC Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism
COMM 521x Argumentation (4) Foundation
COMM 550 Quantitative Research Methods in Communication (4) Epistemological
COMM 575 Advocacy and Social Change in Entertainment and the Media (4) Examines
COMM 522x Kenneth Burke’s D ramatistic Theory (4) Studies the contributions of
COMM 552 Qualitative Research Methods in Communication (4) Developing
COMM 578 New Media Literacies (4)
expertise in qualitative methods, including participant-observation, ethnography, discourse analysis and historiography in communication research. Not open to Master of Communication Management students.
Examines intersection of education and participatory culture, literacy and media change, the participation gap, informal learning and knowledge communities, emerging social skills and cultural competencies.
COMM 524x Small Group Process (4)
COMM 553 Political Economy of Global Telecommunications and Information (4)
COMM 579 Entrepreneurship in the New Media (4) Examination of how the digital
of critical deliberation; the nature of informal reasoning; logical and ethical problems; analysis and appraisal of naturalistic argument. Not available for Master of Communication Management students.
Kenneth Burke, among the most significant figures in the development of contemporary rhetorical theory and criticism. Not available for Master of Communication Management students. ontemporary theoretical models; probC lems in determination and measurement of variables in small group communication environments; assessment of recent research. Not available for Master of Communication Management students. COMM 525x Humanistic and Social Scientific Approaches to Human Communication I (4) Overview of the humanistic and social
scientific approaches to the study of com munication; emphasis on rhetorical/critical and macro social scientific perspectives. Not available for Master of Communication Management students.
COMM 526x Humanistic and Social Scientific Approaches to Human Communication II (4) Overview of the humanistic and social
scientific approaches to the study of communication; emphasis on macro and micro social scientific, symbolic and structural perspectives. Not available for Master of Communication Management students.
COMM 534 The Culture of New Technologies (4) In-depth approach to cultural impact
of the Internet, multimedia, digital imaging, CD-ROM and virtual reality in context with photographic realism, artificial intelligence and virtual communities. COMM 544 The Arts and New Media (4)
Organization, economics, and policy of arts as affected by new technologies. Architecture, design, advertising, and fashion as context. Implications for arts promotion, management, and funding. COMM 546 Diffusion Theory and Research (4) Diffusion of new ideas over time among
the members of a system. Emphasis upon the spread and adoption of new communication technologies.
assumptions, design, and beginning methods of quantitative analysis in communication research. Not open to Master of Communication Management students.
The political, economic, regulatory, and technological changes that are together creating a new world information economy. The politics of international telecommunications is emphasized. COMM 554 Regression and Multivariate Communication Research (4) Advanced
analysis of variance, regression models, path analysis, MANOVA, and discriminant analysis. Not open to Master of Communication Management students. COMM 556 Advanced Methods in Communication Research (4) Structural Equation
Modeling, LISREL, log linear and other advanced statistical methods used in contemporary communication research. Not open to Master of Communication Management students. COMM 559 Globalization, Communication and Society (4) Comparative analysis of
social, cultural and political impacts of communication technology and media; emphasis given to communication’s influence in the social dimensions of globalization. (Duplicates credit in former CMGT 559.) COMM 561 Leading and Communicating Change in Global Organizations (4) Com-
munication perspectives on the process and outcomes of globalization; role of large media organizations in the global flow of information; and leadership and multiculturalism. COMM 562x Cognitive Approaches to Communication (4) Cognitive theory and
research and its application to communication phenomena and processes. Not available for Master of Communication Management students. COMM 570 Economics of the Communication Industries (4) The economic forces
that determine the structure and outputs of communication and media industries, including newspapers, broadcasting, cable, and telecommunications.
how diverse groups (i.e., governmental agencies, advertisers, health organizations, advocacy groups, actors, social scientists) attempt to influence audiences through entertainment and traditional media channels.
revolution is creating news media entrepreneurs, and changing the way news is disseminated by journalists and heard by consumers. COMM 580 Media and Politics (4) Mass
media in American political life, including political reporting, election campaigns, nonelectoral politics, and the media as a political issue. COMM 582 International Communication: National Development (4) Roles of media
institutions and communications behavior in national development, including political, economic, and social spheres; Western and non-Western conceptions of development processes. COMM 584 Interpreting Popular Culture (4)
The use of semiotic, literary, psychoanalytic, and other approaches for describing and interpreting popular cultural phenomena, including television, advertising, film, music, and fashion. COMM 585x Organizational Communication (4) Theory and research; field experi-
ence in analyzing and solving communication problems in organizations. Not available for Master of Communication Management students. COMM 590 Directed Research (1-12)
Research leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the school. Graded CR/NC. (Duplicates credit in former COMM 590.) COMM 594abz Master’s Thesis (2-2-0)
Credit on acceptance of thesis. Graded IP/CR/NC. COMM 598 Practicum in Global Communication Research (4) Development and assess-
ment of research into global communication; selection of appropriate research methodologies; and production of scholarly research. Open to M.A. in Global Communication students only.
Courses of Instruction
COMM 599 Special Topics (2-4, max 8) COMM 602 Seminar in Persuasion (4)
Classical and contemporary theories of persuasion, attitude formation and change; impact of cognition, affect and emotions; cultural and group influences; message strategies and framing. Not open to Master of Communication Management students. COMM 605 Advanced Macro Theories of Communication I (4) Advanced macro theo-
ries of communication and culture creation/ change; emphasis on structural-functionalism, neo-Marxism, critical theory, symbolic interactionism, phenomenology, post-structuralism, deconstruction. COMM 610 Studies in Rhetorical Theory (4, max 12) Problems in rhetorical theory
and criticism; advanced, specialized interest areas of individual faculty on the frontiers of knowledge.
COMM 630 Communication Technology and Social Change (4) Impact of techno-
logical advances on human communication practices and theories; trends, forecasts, implications. COMM 631x Minds and Media (4)
Sociopsychological consequences of human interaction with media and computers; evolution of minds; effects of media forms and contents on cognition and affection; concept of presence. Not available for Master of Communication Management students. COMM 635 Economics of Information (4)
Applications of macro and microeconomic principles: economic role of the information sector; production, distribution, and pricing of information products; information in the functioning of markets. COMM 636 Interpretive and Cultural Approaches in Organizational Communication (4) Interpretive, critical and cultural
Evaluation of research about communication in patient care, health campaigns for diverse publics, tools for disease management, and outreach to producers in mass media.
research in organizational communication; emphasis on narrative approaches to ethnographic studies, critical essays, and quantitative intercultural research in organizational communication.
COMM 616 Health Communication for Prevention (4) Examination of health communi-
COMM 637 Current Readings in Organizational Communication (4) Recent devel-
COMM 615 Health Communication (4)
cation efforts for the prevention of diseases or other adverse physical or mental health outcomes by the promotion of behavior change. COMM 618 Mass Media Effects (4) Theo-
retical and research questions about mass communication effects; criticism and interpretation of current research and theory, and formulation of new theory. COMM 620 Studies in Communication Theory (4, max 12) Current problems
in communication theory and research: advanced, specialized interest areas of individual faculty on the frontiers of knowledge. COMM 625 Theory Construction in Communication (4) The nature of theories; concep-
tual and methodological problems in theory construction; application to contemporary issues in communication research. COMM 629 Global Culture (4) Examines
the relationship of culture to globalization, ranging from nationalism and colonialism to global cultural products, multinational cultural production, diasporic cultures, global media, and cosmopolitanism.
opments in organizational communication theory and research; emerging issues and methodologies; future directions.
COMM 638 Global, International and Intercultural Communication in Organizations (4) Communication processes in global
organizational transformation; influences of information technology, intercultural variables, and globalization on decision-making, operations and practices of international and transnational organizations.
COMM 640 Communication and Organizational Change (4) Analysis of communication
and information networks in organizations and their relationships with communication technologies, organizational behavior, and management.
COMM 641 Organizations and Communication Technologies (4) Communication tech-
nology impacts on organizations; organizational influence on technology development and deployment; methods for organizational communication technology studies; critiques and implications for theory and research. COMM 645 Communication Networks (4)
Conceptual and analytic issues in network perspectives; emphasis on communication patterns, processes, content, influences and impacts.
505
COMM 646 Negotiating Boundaries in Environmental Research (2) Examines how
environmental disciplines are discursively constructed; explores problems of utilizing scientific/technical results in policy-making arenas; and introduces strategic communication skills. COMM 647x Network Society (4) Advanced
research seminar examining the interaction between communication technology, society, economy, politics and culture from inter disciplinary and cross-cultural perspectives. Not available for Master of Communication Management students.
COMM 648 Online Communities and Networks (4) Examination of academic research
on the social, cultural, political, and economic effects of online communities; policy implications of this research; mobile technology’s role in community building. Not open to Master of Communication Management students. COMM 650 Survey Construction and Validation (4) Principles of survey construction
and validation; format selection, sampling, question wording, adaptation for international audiences, response option formats, order, and avoiding acquiescence bias and breakoffs. COMM 652 Field Research in Communication (4) Examines quantitative and qualitative
field methods in communication research; survey development and scaling, content analysis, ethnographic study; quasi-experimental design; time series analysis. COMM 653 Research, Practice and Social Change (4) Examination of theoretical mod-
els and best practices of academic research and advocacy relationships; students conduct a community-based research project using a model of community-based participatory research. COMM 654 Art, Artists and Society (4)
Cultural and temporal differences in defining arts, artists and audiences; transmitting cultural beliefs through art; understanding aesthetic responses; experiences of alienation and incomprehension with art. COMM 660 Entertainment and Games (4)
Contemporary meaning of “entertainment,” historical and cultural developments of entertainment; entertainment as psychological process of responding to/interacting with various media. Not open to Master of Communication Management students.
506
USC Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism
COMM 662 Video Games Research (4)
CMGT 504 Writing for Strategic Communication (4) Writing skills necessary for
istory and content, motivation and selecH tion, reception and reaction processes, and effects of video games; students conduct original research into video game usage and effects. Not open to Master of Communication Management students. COMM 675 Independent Study (1-4)
A supervised course tailored to specific student interests. The professor and student develop a syllabus that permits exploration of advanced or specialized topics. Graded CR/NC. COMM 694 Preliminary Research Paper (2)
Independent research designed to demonstrate the student’s ability to conceptualize, conduct, and present scholarly research. Parallel to COMM 794. Graded CR/NC. COMM 790 Research (1-12) Research lead-
ing to the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the school. Graded CR/NC.
COMM 794abcdz Doctoral Dissertation (2-2-2-2-0) Credit on acceptance of disserta-
tion. Graded IP/CR/NC.
an organizational communicator; review of strategic writing fundamentals; development of portfolio of diverse media applications based on strategic corporate communication requirements. CMGT 505 Communication in Work Settings (4) How work settings determine commu-
CMGT 500 Managing Communication (4)
Production and distribution of information within large organizations; information networks, organization structure, control and decision-making functions. Resources necessary for effective organizational communication systems. CMGT 501 Communication Management Pro-Seminar (4) Central issues of theory and
practice in the management of communication; broad introduction to all areas of the program. Open to Master of Communication Management students only.
CMGT 502 Strategic Corporate Communication (4) Roles, responsibilities and require-
ments of communication functions within corporations; design and implementation of communication plans; strategic message production for internal and external audiences. CMGT 503 Strategic Communication Consulting (4) Communication consulting skills
including facilitation, training, presentation coaching, benefits writing, speech writing, and communicating organizational change; consulting basics, proposals, cost estimating, and final reports.
images of groups, channel political power, promote consumption of goods. Social and political theories as tools in evaluating media impact.
CMGT 528 Web Designs for Organizations (4) Students learn to assess organizations’
nication: basic structures of communication, influence of technology, social contexts, and physical space. Applications to management.
online needs, to examine the use of the Internet in terms of electronic commerce and global pressures, and design Web page strategies.
CMGT 506 Images and Image Management (4) Examines images and image manipula-
CMGT 530 Social Dynamics of Communication Technologies (4) Impact of television,
CMGT 507 Information Management (4)
CMGT 531 Communication and the International Economy (4) Examines the impact of
tion in communication, management and social control. Synthesizes work ranging from cognition and interpersonal behavior to mass media and popular culture. Develops conceptual frameworks for understanding information, uncertainty, ambiguity, and knowledge. Principles for decisionmaking, awareness of biases, mathematics of risk-taking, and practices for sense-making. (Duplicates credit in former COMM 507.)
CMGT 508 Communicating Strategy and Change (4) Examination of role of communiC O M M U N I C AT I O N M A N A G E M E N T (CMGT)
CMGT 520 Social Roles of Communication Media (4) How mass media shape public
cation in developing and implementing business strategy; critical assessment and practice with models, tools, and techniques for communicating change. CMGT 509 Influential Communication in the Marketplace (4) Promotional messages
as both creative expressions and agents for behavioral change; application of social science theories of persuasion and compliance in interpersonal and mass-media venues. CMGT 510 Communication, Values, Attitudes and Behavior (4) Theory and research
on value and attitude formation and change; consequences for communication and behavior. CMGT 511 Health Communication (4)
onnections between health providers’ C communication and patients’ well-being; consultation language, nonverbal behavior, physical settings, design of media messages, information technologies in patient education and care. CMGT 515 Innovation and the Information Economy (4) Analysis of the innova-
tion dynamics fueled by the information and communication technology revolution; economic, technological, institutional and personal underpinnings of innovation and entrepreneurship.
satellites, computers, and other new technologies; competing theories about the role of technology in society; historical effects of introducing new technologies.
global economic changes on communications industries, the political and economic forces shaping these industries and the roles of its managers. CMGT 532 Development of American Electronic Media Industry (4) Origins of Ameri-
can radio and television broadcasting industry and analysis of its development into the contemporary media industry; covers history, technology, regulation, and business practices. CMGT 533 Emerging Communication Technologies (4) Basics of multimedia; new forms
of audio and video interactive technologies; computer communication networks; social, political, cultural, interpersonal, organizational issues related to emerging communication technologies. (Duplicates credit in former COMM 533.) CMGT 534 Introduction to Online Communities (4) History, technologies and
theories of online communities; their uses for organizations; social networking; identity and privacy; participation; collaboration; advocacy and collective action: games and entertainment. CMGT 535 Online Communities for Organizations (4) How Web-based technologies
affect organizational communication, including issues related to collaboration, innovation and knowledge management, forecasting, and networking. (Duplicates credit in former COMM 535.) CMGT 536 Team Communication and Leadership (4) Theories of effective team
communication and leadership; case studies of effective and ineffective teams and leaders; teamwork and communication development; and distributed work teams.
Courses of Instruction
CMGT 537 The Industry, Science and Culture of Video Games (4) History, social
dynamics, and cultural impact of video games; developments in technology and design; issues confronting the video game industry and organizations.
CMGT 538 Technologies for Online Communities (4) Survey of contemporary tech-
CMGT 547 Distribution of Recordings: Media, Retail and Online Channels (4)
Cultural and critical analyses of radio and recording industry development and business strategy; influence of legal and regulatory institutions, impact of new forms of distribution. CMGT 548 Issues in Children’s Media (4)
nologies, platforms, languages, collaborative methodologies, and how they are used in combination to produce “social networking” Websites and other related media.
Historical review of children’s programming; programming genres; ethical and business issues of marketing to children; children’s uses of various media.
CMGT 540 Uses of Communication Research (4) Applications of both data and
CMGT 549 Case Studies in Digital Entertainment (4) Explores foundation of U.S. media
interpretation in communications management. Topics include: audience ratings, surveys, experimental tests of programs and campaigns, formative evaluation, secondary data sources. CMGT 541 Integrated Communication Strategies (4) Communication strategies for
product marketing and advertising; communication’s role in developing domestic and international marketplaces; practical applications of persuasion theory. CMGT 542 Business Strategies of Communication and Entertainment Firms (4) An overview of business strategies in media
policy in the digital age; students prepare White Papers on an urgent issue of contemporary digital media and entertainment policy. CMGT 550 Hollywood 3.0–Entertainment Industry in the Convergence Age (4) In-
depth analysis of the challenges confronting the entertainment industry in the wake of media convergence including a survey of media convergence history and theories. CMGT 551 Communicating Entertainment Media Identities (4) Understanding dynam-
industries. Emphasis on Internet and changing business models. Case studies. Students prepare business plans for digital start-ups.
ics in entertainment markets enabled by emerging digital technologies; broad and niche strategies to target appropriate audiences, building audience engagement with entertainment content identities.
CMGT 543 Managing Communication in the Entertainment Industry (4) Examina-
CMGT 555 Online Marketing Communication Development and Analysis (4) Analysis
tion, application and critique of traditional and contemporary organizational communication theory as it applies to the entertainment industry’s unique internal and external environments.
and development of online communication and marketing campaigns; exploration of current Internet best practices in social media, SEM, privacy, location-based marketing, and online measurement.
CMGT 544 Creating Organizational Identity: Meaning Through Messages (4) Use of rhe-
CMGT 556 Global Marketing Communication (4) Communication strategies in a global
CMGT 545 Communication and Global Competition (4) How communication tech-
CMGT 557 Communication Policy in the Global Marketplace (4) Comparative analy-
torical theories and communication models to create organizational identification with internal and external audiences; the role of values and ethics in creating identities.
nologies are used to secure competitive advantage; how firms use communication systems to sustain effective positioning in an industry; convergence of communication industries. CMGT 546 Sports Media and Society (4)
History and evolution of sports media industry; traditional, new and alternative sports media; globalization of sports; sports promotions and personalities.
marketing environment; analysis of globallocal challenges and opportunities; effective global integrated communication to create and sustain competitive advantage.
sis of various countries’ communication and information technology policies; examines developments in telecommunications, broadcasting, and entertainment industries and policy questions for global media marketplace. CMGT 558 The International Entertainment Marketplace (4) Global influences on enter-
tainment industries (broadcasting, film, telecommunications, Internet, video games, and music); case analyses of specific organizations and geographic regions; impact on local cultures.
507
CMGT 559 Global Hollywood (4) Examines
the influence of the transglobal flow of media between the U.S. entertainment industries and other national media industries. CMGT 560 Communications Policy (4) Evolv-
ing regulation of telephone, radio, television, cable, print, and other media. Major policymakers and decision points in policy-making at local, state, national, and international levels. CMGT 565 Communication Law and Broadcasting (4) History and present status of
broadcast regulations; emphases on First Amendment, character of regulatory agencies, impact of court decisions, influence of technological advances. CMGT 566 Communication Law and New Technologies (4) Development of law in
newer technologies. Cases include cable television, low power television, direct broadcast satellites, teletext, video cassettes, telephone, data networks, computer regulation. CMGT 567 Internet Policy, Practice and Regulation (4) Examines how legal decisions impact
commercial and personal uses of the Internet; regulatory responses to court decisions. CMGT 571 Communications Technologies (4) Basic technological concepts necessary
to understand the workings of modern communications products and services, to include frequency, bandwidth, electricity, modulation, and digital conversion. CMGT 572 Telephone, Data, and Video Telecommunication Systems (4) Technological
principles and workings of telephone, data, and video telecommunication systems. Issues for management and policy from a technological perspective. Prerequisite: CMGT 571.
CMGT 573 Evaluating Communication Needs (4) Participation as consultants in field proj-
ects. Use of organizational, interpretive, and statistical methods to design organizational communication systems is emphasized.
CMGT 574 Tele-Media: Strategic and Critical Analysis (4) Strategic and critical analyses of
emerging and new communication technologies from historical, business, financial, consumer, and policy perspectives. CMGT 576 Communication Strategies for Conflict Management (4) Communication
strategies for effective negotiation, mediation and facilitation of disputes; structures for public interventions; emergence of online dispute resolution systems.
508
USC Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism
CMGT 577 Communicating Corporate Social Responsibility (4) Evolution, models, metrics
CMGT 587 Audience Analysis (4) Funda-
and stakeholders. Key communication issues in designing and implementing initiatives, CSR reporting, strategic partnerships and online communities. Analysis of communication paradoxes. CMGT 580 Chinese Media and Society (4)
The political economy of communications and information in China’s broader process of development and reentry into global capitalism; particular media and communication conditions and policies. CMGT 581 Media in Social Services: Design and Evaluation of Campaigns (4) Theory
and research issues in the use of media for changing behavior in health, public safety, welfare, and other areas of social services. (Duplicates credit in former COMM 581.)
CMGT 582 Communication for International Development (4) Comparison of traditional
communication programs and newer information and communication technologies for analyzing needs of international communities; design, implementation, monitoring, and evaluation of development-related projects. CMGT 583 Social Marketing and Entertainment Education (4) Theoretical foundations
of social marketing and entertainment education; uses of dramatic serials, telenovelas and animation to promote human rights; program design, evaluation. CMGT 584 Communication and the Multi cultural Marketplace (4) Popular culture
and marketing communication; race, gender, sexual orientation and consumer culture; consumption patterns and identity, loyalty and self-actualization; cultural marketing campaigns and sociopolitical conflict. CMGT 585 Communication Leadership in the Entertainment Industry (4) Examination
of the communicative elements of leadership in entertainment products and processes; the role of communication experts in supporting, coaching and facilitating entertainment leadership. CMGT 586 Entertainment Media: Content, Theory, and Industry Practices (4) Examina-
tion of social scientific theory and research on patterns of media content; effects of mass media exposure on individuals and society; and industry practices.
mental principles of audience research; critique of existing methodologies; implications for global audiences and mass media markets. CMGT 590 Directed Research (1-12)
Research leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the school. Graded CR/NC. (Duplicates credit in former COMM 590.) CMGT 591 Communication Internship (1-2, max 2) Field experience in applying com-
munication principles to settings in organizations, campaigns, or other contexts; analysis and assessment of issues and problems. Open to Communication Management and M.A., Global Communication students only. CMGT 592 Theory and Practice of Professional Presentations (2) Application of com-
munication and persuasion theories in the creation of oral presentations; critical assessment of the role of new technologies for professional presentations. Not available for students in the M.A. and Ph.D. programs in communication. Graded CR/NC.
CMGT 597 Communication Research Practicum (2, 4, max 4) Students design and pro-
duce an original project appropriate for their emphasis area within the Master of Communication degree; oral defense of project. Open to Master of Communication Management students only. (Duplicates credit in former COMM 597.) Prerequisite: CMGT 540.
PUBD 508 The Rhetoric of War and Peace (4) Special exercise in “Think Tank” proce-
dure that explores rhetorics of war and peace from a 21st century perspective. PUBD 509 Advocacy in Public Diplomacy: Argumentation and Debate (4) Skills and
theory based approach to the criticism and development of public diplomacy campaigns. Emphasizes the instruction of advocacy skills to assess the utility of specific campaigns. PUBD 510 Technologies and Public Diplomacy (4) Explores relationship between
diplomacy and technological change. Emphasis on question of how new media may force us to rethink traditional frameworks of public diplomacy. PUBD 512 Cultural Diplomacy (4) Provides
overview of formal cultural diplomacy and concentrates on ways in which non- governmental entities communicate across international boundaries and the effects of those interchanges.
PUBD 514 Corporate Diplomacy (4) Provides
basic public diplomacy and public relations tools for global organizations and their foreign publics. PUBD 515 Transnational Diplomacy and Global Security (4) Examination of the
historical and theoretical basis of diplomatic relationships between states, international organizations, and transnational non-state actors in developing global peace and security policies.
CMGT 599 Special Topics (2-4, max 8) PUBD 516 International Broadcasting (4) PUBLIC DIPLOMACY (PUBD)
PUBD 500 Introduction to the Advanced Study of Public Diplomacy (4) Introduction
to the advanced academic study of public diplomacy from multidisciplinary perspectives: including media and communication, international relations and history.
PUBD 502 Historical and Comparative Approaches to Public Diplomacy (4) Exam-
ines historical and comparative approaches to public diplomacy. Explores public diplomacy operations in public and private settings, by individuals and institutions. Reviews traditional, critical, war, and peace perspectives. PUBD 504 Global Issues and Public Diplomacy (4) Focuses on critical global issues/
challenges that require some form of intervention from the international community. Taught with active leading strategies: case studies and “problem-based learning.”
History, context and practice of global international broadcasting strategies; technological and financial parameters that shape future international broadcasting strategies; use of radio, television, and Internet. PUBD 518 International Exchanges and Public Diplomacy (4) Examination of edu-
cational and cultural exchanges; variety and experience of participants, flagship exchange programs, economic and social implications of the programs, and measurement of outcomes. PUBD 519 News Media and the Foreign Policy Process (4) Analysis of news media’s
role in contemporary diplomacy; historical context; consideration of the professional practices of journalists and those who devise and implement foreign policy. PUBD 520 Regional Studies in Public Diplomacy (4, max 16) In-depth examination of
historical, political, economic, cultural factors that influence public diplomacy efforts within specific geographic regions.
School of Journalism
PUBD 522 Hard Power, Soft Power and Smart Power (4) Institutional and cultural
perspectives on instruments of state power: military, intelligence, trade, and traditional diplomacy; strategic analyses for determining proper use; desirability of combining resources. PUBD 524 The Public Diplomacy of Trade (4) Public diplomacy’s role in shaping ideas
about trade and development and in creating trade agreements, and the use of trade agreements as public diplomacy.
PUBD 526 Public Diplomacy Evaluation (4)
Critical examination of challenges and benefits of measuring public diplomacy’s impact; terminology and mechanics of evaluation, the measurement community, and varying approaches for evaluation. PUBD 590 Directed Research (1-12) Research
509
PUBD 596 Practicum in Public Diplomacy Research (4) Development and production of
original research-based project in the area of public diplomacy. Graded CR/NC.
PUBD 599 Special Topics (2-4, max 8) Special
topics in the area of public diplomacy.
leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the school. Graded CR/NC.
School of Journalism USC Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism 303 (213) 740-0900 (academic inquiries) (213) 740-3914 (administrative) (213) 821-0770 (admission inquiries) FAX: (213) 740-8624 annenberg.usc.edu Director: Geneva Overholser, M.A. Associate Director: Laura Castañeda, Ed.D. Associate Director: William Celis, M.S.
Associate Professors: William Celis, M.S., Jonathan Kotler, J.D.*; Joshua Kun, Ph.D.; Andrew Lih, M.S.; Larry Pryor, M.S.; Sandy Tolan, BFA; Jian Wang, Ph.D.; Diane Winston, Ph.D. Assistant Professors: Mike Ananny, Ph.D.; Kjerstin Thorson, Ph.D. Professors of Professional Practice: Daniel Birman, M.A.; Laura Castañeda, Ed.D.; Serena Cha, M.S.; Jennifer Floto, M.A.*; Gabriel Kahn, B.A.; Willa Seidenberg, B.A.; Erna Smith, B.J.; Gerald Swerling, M.S.
Faculty
Walter H. Annenberg Chair in Communication: Ernest J. Wilson III, Ph.D. University Professor and Annenberg Family Chair in Communication Leadership: Geoffrey Cowan, LL.B. Wallis Annenberg Chair in Journalism and Democracy: Jay T. Harris, B.A. Knight Chair in Media and Religion: Diane Winston, Ph.D. Provost Professor of Communication, Journalism and Cinematic Arts: Henry Jenkins, Ph.D. Professors: K.C. Cole, B.A.; Geoffrey Cowan, LL.B.*; Ed Cray, B.A.; Félix Gutiérrez, Ph.D.; Jay T. Harris, B.A.; Henry Jenkins, Ph.D.; Judy Muller, B.A.; Bryce Nelson, M.Phil.*; Geneva Overholser, M.A.; Tim Page, B.A.; Michael Parks, B.A.; Joe Saltzman, M.S.*; Philip Seib, J.D.; Roberto Suro, M.S.
Associate Professors of Professional Practice: Sasha Anawalt, B.A.; Marc Cooper; Matthew LeVeque, B.A.; Stacy Scholder, B.A.; Burghardt Tenderich, Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Professional Practice: Robert Hernandez, B.A. Senior Lecturers: Mary Murphy, B.A.; Richard Reeves, M.E. Lecturers: Alan Abrahamson, J.D.; Dana Chinn, MBA; Alan Mittelstaedt, B.A. Emeritus Professors: Murray Fromson; A.J. Langguth, B.A.; Clancy Sigal, B.A. Emeritus Associate Professor: William Robert Faith, Ph.D. *Recipient of university-wide or college teaching award.
Degree Programs
The School of Journalism offers Bachelor of Arts degrees in Print and Digital Journalism, Broadcast and Digital Journalism and Public Relations. It also offers minors in News Media and Society and in Advertising.
At the graduate level, Master of Arts degrees are awarded in Journalism, Specialized Journalism and Strategic Public Relations. Students completing the M.A. in Journalism must select one of the five tracks: LongForm Video, News Video, Audio, Text or Digital. Journalism students learn the techniques of writing, reporting and production for long-form video, news video, audio, text and digital media. They also learn about the role of a free press in a democracy and the historical, legal and ethical aspects of journalism, past, present and future. The Long-Form Video track enables students to produce video documentaries for any medium including television and digital media. The News Video track enables students to work in any video news environment including television and digital media. The Audio track enables students to do news or long-form journalism in any audio environment including radio and digital media. The Text track enables students to do news or long-form journalism in any text environment including news papers, magazines, other print publications and digital media. The Digital track provides a thorough grounding in Website production combining traditional journalism with the ability to think flexibly and in an interactive technology environment. The Specialized Journalism degree is designed for experienced professionals and recent journalism graduates interested in developing specialized r eporting expertise. The Strategic Public Relations degree emphasizes the requisite skills of that discipline, with an emphasis on strategic problem solving, public relations theory and techniques, writing, research-based planning and analysis, case studies, and the application of the discipline to specific industry categories.
510
USC Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism
The school stresses a broad-based liberal arts education to enhance writing and reporting, and encourages undergraduate students to pursue double majors or minors in disciplines outside the school. In addition to offering international study programs, the school also provides specialized reporting classes in government and public affairs, international affairs, science, religion, education, urban ecology, demography, sports, entertainment, the environment, and the arts.
Students seeking to learn journalism principles and improve their multimedia skills should write and report for neontommy.com (Annenberg Digital News), atvn.org (Annenberg TV News), annenbergradio.org (Annenberg Radio News), intersectionssouthla.org (Intersections South LA) and impact.uscannenberg.org (Impact newsmagazine program). Journalism majors are also encouraged to write and report for the
independent student newspaper, the Daily Trojan, at dailytrojan.com.
Admission Requirements
Core Curriculum
Admission is competitive. Fall 2011 incoming freshmen had an average GPA of 3.70 with an SAT score of 1945-2180 (middle 50%). Transfer students had an average college GPA of 3.67. For admission information and deadlines, refer to the USC Admission Website. All transfer applicants must review the transfer admission application guidelines on the Annenberg Website; contact the Annenberg Admissions Office for more information. Upon admission to the School of Journalism, students will lose transfer credits earned in journalism and public relations course work completed at another college or university. USC exclusively uses the Common Application for freshman and transfer admission. Applicants must submit the Common Application and the USC Supplement, both of which can be accessed at www.commonapp.org. In addition to the university writing samples, a one-page statement of intent is required; instructions are included with the USC Supplement.
The School of Journalism’s core curriculum prepares students to write and report for print, broadcast and online media. Print and digital journalism, and broadcast and digital journalism students are required to complete both print and broadcast newswriting and print and broadcast reporting classes. Print and digital journalism majors must complete a newspaper editing and design class; broadcast and digital journalism majors must complete a broadcast production class. In addition to the online media elements integrated into the newswriting and reporting classes, print and digital journalism and broadcast and digital journalism majors must complete an introduction to online media course.
The school also advises its students to participate in at least two internships before graduation. The Annenberg Career Development Office has listings for paid and unpaid internships from around the country.
Undergraduate Degrees The School of Journalism offers Bachelor of Arts degrees in Print and Digital Journalism, Broadcast and Digital Journalism and Public Relations. The school also offers minors in Advertising and News Media and Society. Journalism students are encouraged to pursue double majors or minors in other areas of study. They must consult with an undergraduate journalism adviser at least once each semester to receive academic advisement covering major course selection and university degree requirements. To meet accrediting guidelines, a minimum of 80 units must be completed outside the major area of journalism, with no fewer than 65 units completed in liberal arts and sciences course work. A maximum of 16 units of course work taken prior to high school graduation and a combined 32 units of AP, IB and pre-high school graduation course work will count toward this requirement. Journalism and public relations majors can take up to a maximum of 48 journalism units; however, the major unit total (44 units) cannot be exceeded, unless the student has fulfilled the liberal arts and sciences requirement (65 units). A grade point average of at least C (2.0) on all baccalaureate units attempted at USC, as well as on the combined USC-transfer GPA, is required for undergraduate degrees. A minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.0 in all upper division courses applied toward the major is also required. Students must complete each journalism class with at least a grade of C- in order to count the course toward a major requirement. Journalism courses with a grade of D+ or below must be repeated; courses may only be retaken once.
Students currently enrolled at USC who wish to change their major to journalism must file a formal application with all supporting documents through the Annenberg Student Services Office. Students who entered USC as freshmen must have 32 units completed with a minimum GPA of 3.0. Students who entered USC as transfers must have 16 units completed at USC with a minimum GPA of 3.0. The 3.0 GPA is a minimum standard and does not guarantee admission. General Education Requirements
The university’s general education program provides coherent, integrated introduction to the breadth of knowledge you will need to consider yourself (and to be considered by other people) a generally well-educated person. This program requires six courses in different categories, plus writing, foreign language and diversity requirements, which together comprise the USC Core. See pages 63 and 250 for more information.
Grammar, Spelling and Punctuation (GSP) Requirement Journalism majors enrolling in JOUR 202 and public relations majors enrolling in JOUR 209 will take a diagnostic exam at the beginning of the semester to prepare for the Grammar, Spelling and Punctuation exam (GSP). The instructors will administer the GSP exam on the last day of class. Students who do not pass the GSP exam may re-take it in the semester immediately following their enrollment in JOUR 202 or JOUR 209. Students will be notified of the exam dates at the start of the semester. Students must pass the GSP exam by the completion of that following semester or they will not be allowed to progress in the School of Journalism and will be dismissed from the major. Note: Students with disabilities may register with the Disabilities Services and Programs office (DSP) so the DSP staff can assess the nature of the students’ disabilities and recommend the appropriate accommodations to be provided for each student.
Journalism Undergraduate Degrees
Broadcast and Digital Journalism Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts REQUIRED COURSES, LOWER DIVISION
Public Relations Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts UNITS
JOUR 201 History of News in Modern America JOUR 202 Newswriting: Print JOUR 203 Newswriting: Broadcast REQUIRED COURSES, UPPER DIVISION
4 3 3 UNITS
JOUR 302 Reporting: Print 3 JOUR 303 Reporting: Broadcast 3 JOUR 306 Production: Broadcast 3 JOUR 309 Introduction to Online Media 3 JOUR 310 Investigative Reporting 4 JOUR 462 Law of Mass Communication 4 Two courses from: JOUR 402 Advanced Television Reporting 4 JOUR 403 Television News Production 4 JOUR 405 Non-Fiction Television 4 JOUR 409 Radio News Production 4
6
Print and Digital Journalism Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts JOUR 201 History of News in Modern America JOUR 202 Newswriting: Print JOUR 203 Newswriting: Broadcast REQUIRED COURSES, UPPER DIVISION
UNITS
4 3 3 UNITS
JOUR 302 Reporting: Print 3 JOUR 303 Reporting: Broadcast 3 JOUR 308 Newspaper Editing and Design 3 JOUR 309 Introduction to Online Media 3 JOUR 310 Investigative Reporting 4 JOUR 462 Law of Mass Communication 4 Two courses from: JOUR 431 Feature Writing 4 JOUR 435 Writing Magazine Non-Fiction 4 JOUR 440 Environmental Journalism 4 JOUR 448 Government and Public Affairs Reporting 4 Plus 6 upper division journalism elective units chosen in consultation with an adviser
REQUIRED COURSE, LOWER DIVISION
UNITS
JOUR 209 Effective Writing for Strategic Public Relations 4 REQUIRED COURSES, UPPER DIVISION
UNITS
JOUR 350 Strategic Public Relations: An Introduction 4 JOUR 351ab Strategic Public Relations Media and Content 4-4 JOUR 353 Theoretical Foundations of Strategic Public Relations 4 JOUR 428 Social, Legal and Ethical Foundations of Public Relations 4 JOUR 429 Business and Economic Foundations of Public Relations 4 JOUR 450 Advanced Strategic Public Relations 4 JOUR 463 Strategic Public Relations Research, Analysis and Insights 4 Plus 8 upper division journalism elective units chosen in consultation with an adviser 8
Plus 6 upper division journalism elective units chosen in consultation with an adviser
REQUIRED COURSES, LOWER DIVISION
511
6
Select one additional course from the following: MKT 405 Advertising and Promotion Management 4 MKT 425 Direct Response and Internet Marketing 4 MKT 470 Marketing Research 4 Total units
24
News Media and Society Minor
News media and society is a journalism minor that explores the responsibilities, the influence, the ethics and the diversity of the news media. It explores the myths about news media in the United States and explains what the news media are, how they work, what they do wrong and what they do right, and why they are important to a society whose citizens depend on the free and unfettered flow of information. This minor will help all students in all majors to understand one of the most important and misunderstood forces in American society: the news media. News media and society benefits every student at the university because it gives students a new appreciation and understanding of the news media that so much influence their lives on a daily basis.
Advertising Minor
The advertising minor is designed for students interested in building a career in, or developing a better understanding of, the field of advertising. It explores the key role played by advertising in today’s global economy. At no time has advertising been more successful or more controversial than it is today, and this program will explore both the positives and the negatives. Emphasis is placed throughout the program on both the practical skills required to meet the demands of the marketplace and the theoretical underpinnings of those practices. Program content includes: the history of advertising; creation of written and visual advertising elements; the measurement, selection and analysis of media; the concept of “branding;” the role of advertising in creating and maintaining successful brands; the analysis of advertising campaign case studies; and the creation of integrated marketing communications campaigns. REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
JOUR 340 Introduction to Advertising 4 JOUR 341 Advertising Copywriting 4 JOUR 342 Advertising Media and Analysis 4 JOUR 343 Advertising Design and Production 4 MKT 406 Practicum in Advertising and Promotion Design 4
REQUIRED COURSE, LOWER DIVISION
UNITS
JOUR 201 History of News in Modern America REQUIRED COURSES, UPPER DIVISION
4 UNITS
COMM 371 Censorship and the Law: From the Press to Cyberspace 16 upper division journalism units
4 16
Total units
24
Students are urged to choose their 16 upper division units from these classes: JOUR 373 The Ethics of Television Journalism 4 JOUR 375 The Image of the Journalist in Popular Culture 4 JOUR 460 Social Responsibility of the News Media 4 JOUR 466 People of Color and the News Media 4 JOUR 467 Gender and the News Media 4 Minor in Nonprofits, Philanthropy and Volunteerism
This four course minor enables students to learn about the nonprofit sector – its organizations, philanthropy and voluntary action. See complete description in the USC Price School of Public Policy section on page 875.
512
USC Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism
Annenberg International Programs
Spring Semester in New Zealand (Journalism and Public Relations) The semester program offers students the opportunity to study at the Auckland University of Technology in New Zealand, a leading southern hemisphere school of journalism and media studies. Fully integrated into the university and its vibrant urban surroundings with strong connections to the nation’s indigenous heritage, the program allows students to earn 8 units that fulfill journalism electives and 8 units of general electives.
Spring Semester in London (Journalism) The semester program offers students the opportunity to study at City University in London. Participants will be close observers of the British media and will have an opportunity for personal and direct comparison between the more structured and governmentally controlled media system of the United Kingdom and the laissez faire approach to media regulation in the United States. Students earn 8 USC journalism elective units and 8 social sciences units. Spring Semester in London (Public Relations) In the spring of their junior year, USC Annenberg public relations students spend a spring semester at the University of West minster in London, one of the leading British institutions for the academic and professional study of public relations and media, culture and society. Students will be integrated into the University of Westminster, and will take courses across the four Westminster campus locations around central London. Students will live in the central London district of Bloomsbury, and will be immersed into the public relations and media hub that is London. Students earn a total of 16 units at Westminster; up to 8 USC upper division journalism elective units toward their public relations major and 8 general electives units.
International Communication Studies — London, Paris, Prague and Rome The International Communication Studies program (ICS) allows undergraduate students to study a range of approaches to public communication media across Europe. Students divide the five-week course into stays in Los Angeles, London, Paris, Prague and Rome. In addition to regular class meetings, students discuss the interplay of current world issues and international media practices with communication practitioners from international news and public relations media, government institutions, private industry and global organizations.
For further information, contact Annenberg International Programs at (213) 821-2180, email ascintl@usc.edu, or visit annenberg.usc.edu/international. Honor Society
Lambda Pi Eta is a national communication/ journalism honor society that is open to declared communication, journalism and public relations majors who have completed (or are currently registered for) at least 60 units, at least 12 of which are in the major. To be eligible, students must have a USC GPA and a major GPA of 3.5 or higher. Academic Integrity Policy
Since its founding, the USC School of Journalism has maintained a commitment to the highest standards of ethical conduct and academic excellence. Any student found plagiarizing, fabricating, cheating on examinations, and/or purchasing papers or other assignments faces sanctions ranging from an “F” on the assignment to dismissal from the School of Journalism.
Students enroll in JOUR 482 Comparative Media in Europe (4 units).
Graduate Degrees The School of Journalism offers three Master of Arts degree programs: Journalism, Specialized Journalism and Strategic Public Relations. Students completing the M.A. in Journalism will choose one of five tracks: Long-Form Video, News Video, Audio, Text or Digital. The Long-Form Video track is for students interested in video documentary production. The News Video track is for students interested in television news and other video news environments including the Web. The Audio track is for students interested in radio production, both news and long-form, or any other audio news environments. The Text track is for students interested in any form of print or electronic publication including newspapers and magazines, or any other text news environment. The Digital track is for students interested in exploring Website production and other interactive technology environments. The Specialized Journalism degree is designed for experienced professionals and recent journalism graduates interested in developing specialized reporting expertise. The Strategic Public Relations degree is designed to train students for management-level public relations and
communication positions in all types of public and private sector organizations. Admission Requirements
Prerequisites An applicant must have the equivalent of a four-year bachelor’s degree from an accredited college or university. Criteria Minimum recommended criteria are a 3.0 GPA for undergraduate work and all graduate work, and valid Graduate Record Examinations (GRE) General Test scores; the GMAT is not accepted in lieu of the GRE. International applicants are required to take the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) and should receive a score of at least 114-115 on the Internet-based exam. All completed applications are reviewed by the faculty admission committee even if the applicant’s academic quality is below the minimum recommendations. Applicants are strongly encouraged to take the Graduate Record Examinations one month prior to the application deadline. GRE scores are valid for five years and TOEFL is valid for two years.
In addition, applicants are judged on a statement of purpose, résumé, writing sample and three letters of recommendation submitted on their behalf. Professional journalism or public relations experience is not required for the two-year degree program but will be considered. Professional work experience is required for the nine-month degree programs in Specialized Journalism. A professional work bibliography and samples must be uploaded to the online application. Procedure Applicants must complete and submit the online USC Graduate Admission Application. Please refer to the Annenberg graduate application guidelines on the Annenberg Website for details before initiating your application. In addition, international students must submit official TOEFL scores for admission consideration and, after submitting the online graduate admission application, a Confidential Statement for Financing Studies at USC.
Journalism Graduate Degrees
513
Applicants must upload the following materials to the online USC Graduate Admission Application: statement of purpose, writing sample and résumé. Letters of recommendation may be submitted online or mailed to the Annenberg Admissions Office by the applicant’s recommenders. GRE and TOEFL scores must be reported electronically from the Educational Testing Service (ETS). The USC institution code is 4852. Unofficial transcripts may be uploaded to the online application; official copies must be mailed to USC Graduate Admission.
Residence The School of Journalism will accept only 4 units of approved transferred graduate credit. Normally, full-time students in the Master of Arts in Journalism and the Master of Arts in Strategic Public Relations can complete the program in four semesters. The Master of Arts in Specialized Journalism can be completed in a ninemonth enrollment cycle that includes the two-week summer session, plus the fall and spring semesters. These programs may be attended on a part-time basis.
one full-time USC faculty member from outside the School of Journalism, either from the School of Communication or another unit on the USC campus. Students must secure approval of the professional project or thesis prior to enrollment in JOUR 594a. Students who elect the thesis option are required to enroll in JOUR 594ab (2-2 units), normally during their second year of study. The 4 units will count toward the approved elective units. Specialized journalism students normally enroll in JOUR 594ab (2-2 units) in their single year of study.
The Annenberg School admits new students to the M.A. in Journalism and the M.A. in Strategic Public Relations degree programs for the fall semester only. The online application deadline for admission and departmental scholarship award consideration is January 2. Students usually receive admission notifications by March 31.
Foreign Language/Research Tool Requirements There is no foreign language or research tool requirement for the master’s degree.
The comprehensive examination option allows students to complete the degree by passing a comprehensive examination in their last semester of course work. The comprehensive examination option is not available to students in the specialized journalism degree program.
New students are admitted to the M.A. in Specialized Journalism and the M.A. in Specialized Journalism (The Arts) for the summer session only. Refer to the graduate application guidelines on the Annenberg Website for application filing dates.
Course Requirements A master’s degree in journalism requires 40 units and a master’s degree in strategic public relations requires 40 units. To graduate, students may elect the thesis or comprehensive examination option. Students electing the thesis option are required to enroll in JOUR 594ab (2-2 units). A master’s degree in specialized journalism requires 34 units. Specialized journalism students must complete the professional project thesis option and enroll in JOUR 594ab (2-2 units).
Degree Requirements
These degrees are under the jurisdiction of the Graduate School. Refer to the Require ments for Graduation section (page 86) and the Graduate School section of this catalogue (page 97) for general regulations. All course work applied toward a degree must be approved by the School of Journalism and the Graduate School. Master of Arts
Studies toward the Master of Arts in Jour nalism and the Master of Arts in Strategic Public Relations require 40 units of prescribed courses and approved electives in the student’s field of study. Students may take, with prior approval, two of their electives outside the school. No more than 12 units of 400-level course work may be applied toward the Master of Arts in Journalism and the Master of Arts in Strategic Public Relations. Studies toward the Master of Arts in Specialized Journalism require 34 units of prescribed courses and approved electives. No more than 10 units of 400-level course work may be applied toward the Master of Arts in Specialized Journalism. A GPA of 3.0 must be maintained for all work. Students whose grade point averages fall below 3.0 will be placed on academic probation and must improve according to established terms if they are to remain in the school. In the case of courses offered on Credit/No Credit (CR/NC) basis, faculty review of competence will be substituted for grades.
Grammar, Spelling and Punctuation (GSP) Journalism and strategic public relations graduate students are required to complete an online tutorial about Grammar, Spelling and Punctuation (GSP). Specialized journalism graduate students are not required to take this online tutorial. Students are strongly advised to complete the tutorial over the summer prior to beginning classes. They are required to complete the tutorial before the end of the fall semester of their first year. Students who fail to complete the GSP tutorial within the stated time frame will not be allowed to progress in the program and will be dismissed from the School of Journalism. Note: Students with disabilities may register with the Disabilities Services and Programs office (DSP) so the DSP staff can assess the nature of the students’ disabilities and recommend the appropriate accommodations to be provided for each student. Thesis/Comprehensive Examination The thesis option will take one of two forms: (1) a professional project presenting the results of an extensive print, broadcast, public relations or new media project completed by the student; or (2) a research thesis presenting the results of primary research undertaken by the student. In either case, students must establish a guidance committee of three faculty members. The committee must be chaired by a faculty member from the School of Journalism and must include
Multimedia Journalism Curriculum Students enrolled in the Master of Arts in Journalism are required to take 12 units of multimedia journalism courses (JOUR 506, JOUR 507, JOUR 509, JOUR 514, JOUR 516 and JOUR 518) in their first year. These courses provide intensive preparation considered necessary for graduate studies in journalism at USC. In the 21st century, it is imperative that all journalists understand the basic techniques of writing, reporting and production for text, video, audio and digital media. Upon graduation, students will be routinely expected to function in all news media whether it be in traditional media such as television, radio, newspapers and magazines, or whether it be in new media such as electronic publications, Websites and new video and audio environments. The 12-unit multimedia journalism curriculum ensures that every student has a background in all media before completing the more advanced courses in the 40-unit Master of Arts in Journalism. The six multimedia journalism courses are: JOUR 506 Multimedia Journalism I: Text enables students to learn the basics of newswriting and news judgment for text including newspapers, magazines and other publications as well as electronic and new media environments. Students also learn the fundamentals of journalism ethics, how to cover a diverse society, how to pitch stories and how to blog as well as Web aggregation and search optimization skills.
514
USC Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism
JOUR 507 Multimedia Journalism I: Video and Audio enables students to learn the basics of video journalism for broadcast and the Web. Students learn how to write for the ear and the eye. They learn the techniques of newswriting; shooting and incorporating video with audio into television and Web news reports; and the basics of videography and video editing.
In addition, students must select one of the following tracks and complete the requirements for that track:
JOUR 509 Multimedia Journalism I: Digital enables students to learn the basics of multimedia literacy including still photography, video and audio. Students learn contemporary digital storytelling as well as the legal, ethical and business implications of digital media and journalism. JOUR 514 Multimedia Journalism II: Text enables students to refine the skills they learned in JOUR 506, reporting and writing daily news and feature stories on deadline for text. They learn beat reporting and interview skills, sourcing, research, fact checking and Web aggregation as well as developing more news blogging and search optimization skills. JOUR 516 Multimedia Journalism II: Video and Audio enables students to refine the skills they learned in JOUR 507, reporting and writing for television, radio and the Internet. They learn how to pitch stories, how to shoot, write and produce video and audio news packages; and how to incorporate standups and creative visual storytelling techniques. JOUR 518 Multimedia Journalism II: Digital enables students to create online story packages with multiple elements including text, visuals, audio, interactivity and navigation. They also learn online ethics and basics of copyright law, design, typography, color and photo usage. Master of Arts in Journalism COURSE REQUIREMENTS (40 UNITS)
UNITS
JOUR 505 Journalism: Past, Present and Future 3 JOUR 506 Multimedia Journalism I: Text 2 JOUR 507 Multimedia Journalism I: Video and Audio 2 JOUR 509 Multimedia Journalism I: Digital 2 JOUR 514 Multimedia Journalism II: Text 2 JOUR 516 Multimedia Journalism II: Video and Audio 2 JOUR 518 Multimedia Journalism II: Digital 2 JOUR 560 Seminar in Mass Communication Law 3
Long-Form Video: JOUR 521 Documentary Pre-Production JOUR 522 Video Documentary Production Plus 16 approved elective units.*
3 3
News Video: JOUR 524 Advanced Broadcast Reporting Plus 19 approved elective units.*
3
*Students electing the thesis option are required to enroll in JOUR 594ab (2-2 units) and must complete 18 units of approved elective courses. Students electing the comprehensive examination option must complete 22 units of approved elective courses.
Master of Arts in Specialized Journalism COURSE REQUIREMENTS (34 UNITS)
Audio: JOUR 523 Public Radio Reporting Plus 19 approved elective units.*
3
Text: One course from: JOUR 512 Advanced Interpretive Writing 3 JOUR 517 Advanced Investigative Reporting 3 JOUR 519 Advanced Magazine Writing 3 JOUR 584 Specialized Reporting: Education, Youth and Learning 3 JOUR 585 Specialized Reporting: Religion 3 JOUR 586 Specialized Reporting: Science 3 JOUR 588 Specialized Reporting: Urban Ecology 3 JOUR 589 Specialized Reporting: The Changing U.S. Population 3 Plus 19 approved elective units.* Digital: JOUR 551 Intermediate Online Publishing JOUR 555 Multimedia and Graphics in Online Publishing Plus 16 approved elective units.*
3 3
*Students electing the thesis option are required to enroll in JOUR 594ab (2-2 units), which count toward elective units.
Master of Arts in Strategic Public Relations COURSE REQUIREMENTS (40 UNITS)
JOUR 568 Critical Thinking and Crisis Management 3 GSBA 520 Business Fundamentals for Non-Business Professionals 3 Plus 22 units of approved elective courses*
UNITS
JOUR 580 Introduction to Specialized Journalism 2 JOUR 581 Specialized Journalism: Research Methods 3 JOUR 582 Specialized Journalism: Reporting Decisions 3 JOUR 594ab Master’s Thesis 2-2 One course from: JOUR 584 Specialized Reporting: Education, Youth and Learning 3 JOUR 585 Specialized Reporting: Religion 3 JOUR 586 Specialized Reporting: Science 3 JOUR 588 Specialized Reporting: Urban Ecology 3 JOUR 589 Specialized Reporting: The Changing U.S Population 3 Plus 19 units of approved elective courses 19* *One elective course must be taken from an Annenberg School program in JOUR, COMM, CMGT or PUBD.
The Master of Arts in Specialized Journalism is a program focusing on experienced professionals who are choosing to specialize in a field of journalism that requires advanced reporting skills and subject matter expertise. The program is also open to recent journalism school graduates with records of excellence in their university classes and internships and to other outstanding applicants with demonstrated aptitude and expertise in journalism.
UNITS
JOUR 504 Public Relations Research and Evaluation 3 JOUR 508 Introduction to Strategic Public Relations 3 JOUR 510 Legal, Ethical and Social Foundations of Public Relations 3 JOUR 535 Specialized Writing for Public Relations 3
Students must begin the program in early August, enrolling in a required 2-unit, intensive summer session course focused on journalism and society and on new media. In addition to the formal classes, the course includes multimedia skills workshops as integral parts. This gateway course provides the master’s students with a working knowledge of the specialized journalism background and the multimedia storytelling skills necessary
Journalism Graduate Degrees
for study in the program. It sets the stage for two semesters of access to courses as substantively broad as a major research university such as USC makes available and for advanced courses in the School of Journalism’s graduate program. In the fall semester, students will enroll in two courses in the School of Journalism, including a research methods course for journalists and typically a specialized reporting course. With the advice of their faculty mentors, students will select elective course work totaling 8 units appropriate to their fields of specialization. These courses will be drawn from regular graduate and 400 level courses taught across the university and will require approval of the faculty mentor in the School of Journalism. Students also will begin research for their master’s professional project. These projects will be extended works of journalism, such as a full-length magazine article, similar radio, television or multimedia treatments or the equivalent in their professional field. In the spring semester, students will enroll in a journalism seminar focused on the reporting and analysis of decision making and typically an approved elective in the Annenberg School. Students will also enroll in elective course work totaling 8 units, chosen again from offerings across the university and in consultation with their faculty mentors. Finally, students will complete their master’s professional project. The nine-month program has been designed for a summer session, fall and spring semester enrollment cycle; however, students may also elect to complete the program on a part-time basis. Master of Arts in Specialized Journalism (The Arts) COURSE REQUIREMENTS (34 UNITS)
UNITS
JOUR 580 Introduction to Specialized Journalism 2 JOUR 582 Specialized Journalism: Reporting Decisions 3 JOUR 591 Arts Writing Practicum 3 JOUR 592 Specialized Journalism: Reporting the Arts 3 JOUR 593 Arts Criticism and Commentary 3 JOUR 594ab Master’s Thesis 2-2 Approved elective courses* 16 * The elective course work must be taken from faculty-recommended lists in at least two arts schools, with at least 8 units from one school. The arts schools are Architecture, Cinematic Arts, Fine Arts, Music and Theatre.
The Master of Arts in Specialized Journalism (The Arts) is a program for journalists as well as recent graduates holding bachelor’s degrees in journalism or one of the arts or experienced practitioners with a background in the arts who seek to specialize in coverage of the arts and culture. Students will complete 18 units of specialized journalism course work, including a master’s professional project, taken within USC Annenberg’s School of Journalism and 16 units of approved elective course work from faculty-recommended lists in at least two arts schools with at least 8 units from one school. The arts schools are Architecture, Cinematic Arts, Fine Arts, Music and Theatre. Students must begin the program in early August, enrolling in a required 2-unit intensive two-week summer session course focused on journalism and society and on new media. In addition to the formal classes, the course includes discussions and workshops as integral parts. This gateway course provides master’s students with a working knowledge of the specialized journalism background and the multimedia storytelling skills necessary for study in the program. It sets the stage for two semesters of access to courses as substantively broad as a major research university such as USC makes available. In the fall semester, students will enroll in an arts writing practicum and an arts reporting seminar. With the advice of their faculty mentors, students will select elective course work totaling 8 units appropriate to their fields of specialization. These courses will be drawn from regular graduate and 400-level courses taught across the arts schools and will require approval of a three-member committee composed of the faculty mentor in the School of Journalism, another member of the journalism faculty and a faculty member from the relevant discipline. Students also will begin research for their master’s professional project. These projects may be full-length magazine (print or broadcast) treatments of issues in their field or similar professional work. In the spring semester, students will enroll in a journalism course focused on the reporting and analysis of decision-making and an arts criticism and commentary course. Students will enroll in elective course work totaling 8 units, chosen again from offerings across the arts schools and in consultation with the mentors and approved by a three-member committee. Finally, students will complete their master’s professional project.
515
The nine-month program has been designed for a summer session, fall and spring semester enrollment cycle; however, students also may elect to complete the program on a part-time basis with the approval of the director of the School of Journalism. Annenberg International Programs
Graduate Journalism Internships — China (Hong Kong or Shanghai), South Africa or United Kingdom Journalism master’s degree students may spend eight weeks at internships in Cape Town, Hong Kong, London or Shanghai during the summer after their first year of graduate study at USC. Students apply to Annenberg International Programs in the fall semester of their first year. From midMay to mid-July, they then enroll in JOUR 540 International Journalism Seminar I and JOUR 545 International Internships in the Media while working full-time at internships with prominent media organizations. For more information, contact Annenberg International Programs at (213) 821-2180 or ascintl@usc.edu. Graduate Strategic Public Relations Internships — China (Hong Kong or Shanghai), South Africa or United Kingdom Strategic Public Relations master’s degree students may spend eight weeks at internships in Cape Town, Hong Kong, London or Shanghai during the summer after their first year of graduate study at USC. Students apply in the fall semester of their first year. From mid-May to mid-July, they then enroll in JOUR 540 International Journalism Seminar I and JOUR 545 International Internships in the Media while working fulltime at internships with prominent public relations organizations. For more information, contact Annenberg International Programs at (213) 821-2180, go to annenberg.usc.edu/international, or email ascintl@usc.edu. Academic Integrity Policy
Since its founding, the USC School of Journalism has maintained a commitment to the highest standards of ethical conduct and academic excellence. Any student found plagiarizing, fabricating, cheating on examinations and/or purchasing papers or other assignments faces santions ranging from an “F” on the assignment to dismissal from the School of Journalism.
516
USC Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism
Courses of Instruction JOURNALISM (JOUR)
The terms indicated are expected but are not guaranteed. For the courses offered during any given term, consult the Schedule of Classes. JOUR 090x Internships in the Media (1, max 8, FaSpSm) Intensive experience in the news
and other media. Minimum time requirement; enables students to acquire skills and knowledge that cannot be gained in the classroom. Graded CR/NC. Open to journalism majors only. Not available for degree credit.
JOUR 302 Reporting: Print (3, Sp) Introduc-
tion to basic reporting techniques, public records reporting and beginning investigative journalism. Social responsibility and ethical framework for print journalists. Prerequisite: JOUR 202, JOUR 203; concurrent enrollment: JOUR 303. JOUR 303 Reporting: Broadcast (3, Sp)
Introduction to field reporting, audio and visual media. Social responsibility and ethical framework for broadcast journalists. Prerequisite: JOUR 202, JOUR 203; concurrent enrollment: JOUR 302.
JOUR 190 Introduction to Journalism (2, Fa)
Survey of all media and outlets including print, broadcasting, public relations and online journalism, plus analysis of what it means to be a professional journalist. JOUR 201 History of News in Modern America (4, FaSp) Understanding news today.
A survey of how news is gathered, weighed, and disseminated and how historical events have shaped news in the 20th century. JOUR 202 Newswriting: Print (3, Fa) Intro-
duction to basic skills of print newswriting, news judgment, construction of print news stories. Social responsibility and ethical framework for print journalists. Typing ability required. Concurrent enrollment: JOUR 203. JOUR 203 Newswriting: Broadcast (3, Fa)
Introduction to broadcast newswriting with emphasis on the ear and eye. News judgment. Social responsibility and ethical framework for broadcast journalists. Typing ability required. Concurrent enrollment: JOUR 202. JOUR 204 Newswriting: Online (2) Introduc-
tion to online newswriting with emphasis on context and relationship of topics to the story. Social responsibility and ethical framework for online journalists. Typing ability required. JOUR 209 Effective Writing for Strategic Public Relations (4, FaSp) Focus on
the unique writing requirements of social, online, broadcast, print and other media in public relations/strategic communication; emphasis on judgment, context and audience understanding. JOUR 210x Basics of Broadcast Newsroom Production for Non-Majors Only (2, FaSp)
Introduction to broadcast newsroom production; preparation and treatment of form and content; procedures, problems, ethics, and practice in planning and producing a nightly newscast. Open to non-journalism majors only. Not available for degree credit to journalism majors. Graded CR/NC.
JOUR 304 Reporting: Online (2) Introduc-
tion to computer assisted reporting, precision reporting including statistics. Social responsibility and ethical framework for online journalists. Prerequisite: JOUR 202, JOUR 203, JOUR 204. JOUR 306 Production: Broadcast (3, Fa)
Studio and field production for audio and visual media. Social responsibility and ethical framework involving broadcast non-fiction production. Prerequisite: JOUR 302, JOUR 303. JOUR 308 Newspaper Editing and Design (3, Fa) Copyediting and newspaper produc-
tion layout. Headline and caption writing. Design. Social responsibility and ethical framework involving print production. Prerequisite: JOUR 302, JOUR 303.
JOUR 309 Introduction to Online Media (3, FaSp) Convergence journalism and online
skill sets. Blogs and Web content production. Social responsibility and ethical framework in digital information technology. Prerequisite: JOUR 302, JOUR 303.
JOUR 341 Advertising Copywriting (4, Fa)
Writing and editing for advertising and commercial copy for all media. Prerequisite: JOUR 340. JOUR 342 Advertising Media and Analysis (4, Fa) Selling, planning, buying for the
media; advertising’s relationship to society and business; media choice. Prerequisite: JOUR 340. JOUR 343 Advertising Design and Pro duction (4, Sp) Production of advertising
materials; emphasis on the creation and design of advertising elements. Prerequisite: JOUR 340. JOUR 350 Strategic Public Relations: An Introduction (4, FaSp) Strategies and prac-
tices in the growing field of public relations/ strategic communication, including landmark cases; special emphasis on historical roots, evolution, current and future practice. JOUR 351ab Strategic Public Relations Media and Content (4-4, FaSp) a: Introduc-
tion to media relations, social media and influencer engagement; intensive writing and creating multimedia content for traditional, emerging and social media. Prerequisite: JOUR 350. b: Advanced course in writing, digital content and multimedia creation; production of communications collateral for social and owned media channels targeting an array of audiences. JOUR 353 Theoretical Foundations of Strategic Public Relations (4, Sp) Emphasis on
conceptual, intellectual and analytical skills; knowledge of applied theory for the changing field of public relations/strategic communication. Prerequisite: JOUR 350.
JOUR 310 Investigative Reporting (4, FaSp)
Reportorial and analytical skills and techniques required for portraying and evaluating contemporary newsworthy events; lectures, discussions. Prerequisite: JOUR 302, JOUR 303.
JOUR 371 Censorship and the Law: From the Press to Cyberspace (4) (Enroll in
COMM 371)
JOUR 330 Photojournalism (4, FaSp) Empha-
JOUR 373 The Ethics of Television Journalism (4, Sp) Ethical questions in television
JOUR 340 Introduction to Advertising (4, FaSp) History and development of adver-
JOUR 375 The Image of the Journalist in Popular Culture (4) The impact of conflicting
sis on fundamental skills necessary for photojournalism including camera techniques, story ideas and digital darkroom.
tising; basic advertising campaigns showing relationships of marketing, creative, print and electronic media.
journalism; the application of these moral dilemmas to prepare students for dealing with similar issues in their lives.
images of reporters in movies and television on the American public’s perception of newsgatherers in the 20th century. A decade-bydecade evaluation.
Courses of Instruction
JOUR 380 Sports, Business and Media in Today’s Society (4, FaSp) An inside look at
the symbiotic relationship of sports and the media — from the interdependence of sports and media, to the coverage of sports in newspapers, magazines, radio and television. The economic and ethical issues involved, the conflicts of interest, the history and current status of sports coverage in American media today. JOUR 381 Entertainment, Business and Media in Today’s Society (4, FaSp) An
examination of the symbiotic relationship of the entertainment business and the media; press coverage of the entertainment industry; Hollywood’s relationship with news media. JOUR 390 Special Problems (1-4, Irregular)
Supervised, individual studies. No more than one registration permitted. Enrollment by petition only. JOUR 400 Interpretive Writing (4) Weekly
assignments in the shorter forms of news paper and magazine writing: essays, reviews, editorials, opinion-page articles, profiles; analyses of major 20th century journalists. Prerequisite: JOUR 302, JOUR 303. JOUR 402 Advanced Television Reporting (4, FaSp) Role of the broadcast journalism
reporter; similarities and differences between print and electronic media; application of audio-video equipment; analysis and practical experience. Prerequisite: JOUR 306. JOUR 403 Television News Production (4, FaSp) Production of television news pro-
grams; preparation and treatment of form and content; procedures, problems, and practice in planning and producing broadcast news materials. Prerequisite: JOUR 306. JOUR 405 Non-Fiction Television (4, FaSp)
Presentation and selection in non-fiction television programs including documentaries, electronic magazines and news series; ethical problems, field research, reporting, interviewing, pre‑production. Prerequisite: JOUR 306. JOUR 406 Advanced Broadcasting Production (2) Advanced analysis, methods, and
techniques of radio and television production; preparation and treatment of complex form and content; procedures, problem-solving, and practice. Prerequisite: JOUR 402. JOUR 407 Newsradio (4) Production of radio
news: research, reporting, writing, preparation and treatment of form and content: procedures, problems and practice in producing radio news programs.
517
JOUR 409 Radio News Production (4, Sp)
JOUR 430 Writing the Film Review (4, Sp)
Reporting for public radio news: writing newsgathering, editing, vocal delivery. Study of standards, content and ethics. Prerequisite: JOUR 202, JOUR 203.
Techniques of writing the film review; preparation and treatment of form and content; problems, responsibilities and ethics of film reviewing. Prerequisite: JOUR 302, JOUR 303.
JOUR 410 Radio Documentary (4) In-depth
JOUR 431 Feature Writing (4, FaSp) Tech-
JOUR 412 Introduction to Online Publishing (4) Introduction to the methods, theory and
JOUR 432 Sports Commentary (4, Fa)
reporting for public radio news: writing, editing, advanced vocal delivery. P roduction of long-form radio features and short documentaries. Prerequisite: JOUR 409.
niques of writing newspaper feature stories, including the profile, the light feature, the news feature, the in-depth story; the art of narrative writing. Prerequisite: JOUR 302, JOUR 303.
production of news publishing on the World Wide Web including basic HTML, graphics production and news design.
echniques of reporting and writing sports T columns and commentary for print, video, radio and Web-based media.
JOUR 413 Introduction to Online Journalism (4) An introduction to the methods and
JOUR 433 Writing About Science (4, Sp)
theory of news publishing on the World Wide Web, with an emphasis on journalism skills and techniques. (Duplicates credit in JOUR 412.) Prerequisite: ITP 101x or ITP 105x. JOUR 420 Advanced Photojournalism (4)
Emphasis on advanced photojournalism techniques for complex photo storytelling; focus on style, content, design, expression and ethics. Prerequisite: JOUR 330. JOUR 421 Photo Editing for News Media (4) Emphasis on understanding, selection
and power of photographs; how they work in concert with words and graphics to inform the public. JOUR 422 Visual Journalism (4) Emphasis on
photographic storytelling in print, video and Web-based media; understanding of visual thinking and imagery techniques. JOUR 425 Advanced Radio News Production (4) Production of public radio news:
producing real-time newscasts for Annenberg Radio News. Newsgathering, assigning stories, anchoring, interviewing, working with reporters, editing and producing live programming. Prerequisite: JOUR 409. JOUR 428 Social, Legal and Ethical Foundations of Public Relations (4, FaSp) Covers
the complex intersection of legal standards and regulations, ethical practices and decision making, and social responsibilities for public relations/strategic communication practitioners. Prerequisite: JOUR 350. JOUR 429 Business and Economic Foundations of Public Relations (4, FaSp) Rela-
tionship between public relations/strategic communication and other organizational disciplines; understanding business goals and objectives; economic literacy; financial/ investor relations; how PR/communication agencies are built and managed. Prerequisite: JOUR 350.
echniques of writing about science, includT ing news, profiles, features and commentary. JOUR 435 Writing Magazine Non-Fiction (4, FaSp) A seminar in “how to” interview,
research, write – and place – professional quality articles for a full range of magazines/ newspapers including women’s, sports, ethnic, local and national. Prerequisite: JOUR 302, JOUR 303. JOUR 436 Magazine Production (4) Publish-
ing and production technologies; economics of magazine publishing including cost analysis, marketing, advertising, and circulation. Prerequisite: JOUR 302, JOUR 303. JOUR 438 Editing Magazine Non-Fiction (4) Editing magazine non-fiction; defining
audiences; editorial functions from assigning stories to creating page layouts. Prerequisite: JOUR 302, JOUR 303. JOUR 440 Environmental Journalism (4, Sp)
Techniques of reporting and writing about the environment. Includes both theory and practice needed for reporters specializing in this area of journalism. Prerequisite: JOUR 302, JOUR 303. JOUR 441 Sports Reporting (2, Sp) News
and feature coverage of sporting events, including social and economic factors influencing sports in America. Prerequisite: JOUR 302, JOUR 303.
JOUR 442 Advanced Reporting in Spanish (4) Coverage of news trends and events
in Spanish, including spot news, profiles, features, essays, backgrounders, and analysis of media. Conducted in Spanish. Prerequisite: JOUR 302, JOUR 303. JOUR 443 Business Reporting (2) Tech-
niques of reporting and writing about business, economics and finance. Prerequisite: JOUR 302, JOUR 303.
518
USC Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism
JOUR 444 Reporting on Religion (4) rovides print, online and broadcast jourP
JOUR 455 Public Relations for Non-Profit Organizations (4, Sp) Introduction to the
nalists with basic tools for reporting on the religion angle of news stories. Prerequisite: JOUR 302, JOUR 303. JOUR 446 Entertainment Reporting (2, Sp)
Techniques of reporting and writing about the entertainment business, economics and finances. Analysis of the skills and background needed for reporters specializing in this area of the news. Prerequisite: JOUR 302, JOUR 303. JOUR 447 Arts Reporting (2, Sp) Tech-
niques of reporting and writing about the arts, including television, film, theatre, music, graphic arts, architecture and design. Prerequisite: JOUR 302, JOUR 303. JOUR 448 Government and Public Affairs Reporting (4, Fa) Techniques for covering
beats that are the foundation of daily newspaper reporting, including crime, education, immigration and local government. Prerequisite: JOUR 302, JOUR 303. JOUR 449 Reporting Los Angeles (2)
Specialized reporting class focused on Los Angeles that requires intensive fieldwork in the neighborhoods, ethnic communities and among local institutions such as City Council, hospitals, police departments, social work agencies, etc. Prerequisite: JOUR 302, JOUR 303.
s pecialized field of public relations for nonprofit and non-governmental organizations; emphasis on case studies, strategic and critical thinking, and campaign development. Prerequisite: JOUR 350. JOUR 456 Public Relations for Diverse Audiences (4) Researching, planning, exe
cuting and evaluating communications campaigns aimed at audiences segmented by culture, lifestyle and other factors. Prerequisite: JOUR 350. JOUR 457 The Role of Celebrity in Public Relations (4) Understanding of the history
and application of celebrity in public relations, focusing on the entertainment industry and the notoriety attached to politics and the media. JOUR 458 Public Relations in Politics and Political Campaigns (4, Fa) Application of
public relations principles to the context of political campaigns; emphasis on message development and delivery; relationship between candidate, news media, and electorate.
JOUR 459 Fact and Fiction: From Journalism to the Docudrama (4) Historical, legal and
ethical limitations to the misrepresentation of fact. Includes print and broadcast journalism, books, theatre, cinema and new technology.
JOUR 465m Latino News Media in the United States (4, Fa) History and growing
importance of Latino print and broadcast news media in covering immigration, discrimination, culture, social differences and other aspects of U.S. Latino life. JOUR 466m People of Color and the News Media (4, Sp) Reporting and portrayal of
people of color in the United States; impact of racial diversity on media, employment and access, and development of media for individuals and communities of color. Open to non-majors.
JOUR 467 Gender and the News Media (4 )
Gender and news media evolving images of women and men in print and electronic media. Impact of gender in content and style of news, television and cinema. Open to non-majors. JOUR 468m The American Press and Issues of Sexual Diversity (4, Fa) Examines how
news media reflect and affect perception of gay/lesbian issues; provides historical- contemporary context; arms students to bypass rhetoric and knowledgeably evaluate facts. JOUR 469 Money, Markets and Media (4, Sp) Practical approach to understanding
and writing about economic concepts through current events, case studies and historical examples. JOUR 470 Community Journalism (2, FaSp)
JOUR 450 Advanced Strategic Public Relations (4, FaSp) In-depth study of methods for
planning, managing and evaluating strategic communication campaigns; critical analysis of contemporary cases; development of campaigns for real world clients. Prerequisite: JOUR 351b, JOUR 353, JOUR 463.
JOUR 460 Social Responsibility of the News Media (4, Sp) News media as instruments of
constructive social change; standards of ethics and aesthetics; interactions between news media and cultural settings; social responsibility of news media personnel. JOUR 461 Literature of Journalism (4)
JOUR 451 Promotional Public Relations (4, Sp) Principles and practices of public rela-
tions as a basic component in the promotion and marketing of goods and services; regulatory considerations; consumerism. Prerequisite: JOUR 350.
JOUR 452 Public Relations in Entertainment (4, Sp) Public relations in the design, promo-
tion, and presentation of popular entertainment, including films, broadcasting, music, expositions, amusement parks, resorts and arenas.
JOUR 454 Sports Public Relations (2, FaSp)
Introduction to the field of sports information and promotion, including lectures, media assignments, role-playing, and presentations by sports professionals. Junior standing.
Survey of journalistic careers and times; the influence of editing and reporting on such American writers as Whitman, Twain, Cather, Crane, Runyon, Lardner, and Hemingway. JOUR 462 Law of Mass Communication (4, FaSp) Press law; government controls on
the news media; legal responsibilities of the journalist. JOUR 463 Strategic Public Relations Research, Analysis and Insights (4, FaSp)
Identification of key strategic insights that drive successful communication campaigns, based on research techniques including surveys, content evaluation and social media monitoring.
Analyses of ethnic and community issues in community journalism. Students work with local youth to write, edit and design school newspapers and other media. Prerequisite: JOUR 302, JOUR 303. JOUR 474 Interviewing and Profile Writing (2, Sp) Techniques of, and intensive applica-
tion in researching and writing interviews and profiles for newspapers and magazines. Prerequisite: JOUR 302, JOUR 303.
JOUR 475 Publications Design and Technology (4, FaSp) Art, typography, and other
graphic elements in publication design; traditional, contemporary, and advanced production methods, processes, and equipment; representative examples; practice in design. JOUR 476 Reporting Urban Affairs (4, Sp)
Examination of U.S. urban issues with an eye toward history for context; study of emerging 21st century solutions for urban communities. Prerequisite: JOUR 302, JOUR 303.
Courses of Instruction
JOUR 477 Web Analytics for News and Nonprofit Organizations (2, FaSp) Introduc-
tion to using Web traffic and other audience behavior data to manage Websites and social media for news and nonprofit organizations.
JOUR 482 Comparative Media in Europe (4, Sm) Examines print, broadcast and public
relations media and their interactive roles in multi-national and supra-national settings at sites in both Western and Eastern Europe. Recommended preparation: JOUR 350.
JOUR 483 Negotiating and Reporting Global Change (4) Examines 12 recent history-
shaping decisions, negotiations and outcomes; considers how these decisions were reached, reported, positioned publicly and interpreted in retrospect.
JOUR 484 American Religion, Foreign Policy and the News Media (4, Sp) Exploration of
the influence of American religion on foreign policy from Colonial Era to present; how the news media, reporting on international stories, shapes public opinion. JOUR 485 Multimedia PR Content: Digital/ Social Media Lab (2, Fa) Hands-on lab; Web
and new social distribution platforms; development and management of online content and personal brands; social media trends and applications. JOUR 486 Multimedia PR Content: Intro duction to Digital Design Tools (2, Sp)
Hands-on lab; producing multimedia content; basic principles of design; tools and techniques to create digital images and layouts. JOUR 487 Multimedia PR Content: Introduction to Audio/Video Tools (2, Fa) Hands-on
lab; audio/video tools for conceiving, shooting, editing, delivering and archiving compelling stories for online audiences; personal brand building; digital storytelling trends and applications. JOUR 490x Directed Research (2-8, max 8, FaSpSm) Individual research and readings.
Not available for graduate credit.
JOUR 498 Honors Seminar (2, Sp) Intensive
JOUR 504 Public Relations Research and Evaluation (3, Fa) Covers the use of primary
psychographic and demographic research, pre- and post-campaign testing, and other highly quantifiable research techniques in program development and evaluation.
JOUR 505 Journalism: Past, Present and Future (3, Fa) Analyzes history of journalism
as the key to understanding its future. Examines critical and ethical questions of who makes news, who covers it and why. JOUR 506 Multimedia Journalism I: Text (2, Fa) Basics of newswriting and news judg-
ment for text. Fundamentals of journalism ethics, covering a diverse society, pitching stories, blogging and Web aggregation. Concurrent enrollment: JOUR 507, JOUR 509. JOUR 507 Multimedia Journalism I: Video and Audio (2, Fa) Basics of video journal-
ism for broadcast and the Web. Newswriting, shooting and editing images and audio into television and Web news reports. Videography and editing. Concurrent enrollment: JOUR 506, JOUR 509. JOUR 508 Introduction to Strategic Public Relations (3, Fa) A survey of the profession,
focusing on the key role of strategic public relations in today’s information-based society; provides a social, economic and political context for the program. JOUR 509 Multimedia Journalism I: Digital (2, Fa) Basics of multimedia literacy including
still photography, video and audio. Contemporary digital storytelling. Legal, ethical and business implications of digital media and journalism. Concurrent enrollment: JOUR 506, JOUR 507.
JOUR 510 Legal, Ethical and Social Foundations of Public Relations (3, Sp) Explores the
origins, effects of, and processes for adhering to the complex network of legal, ethical and social responsibilities of the contemporary PR practitioner. JOUR 512 Advanced Interpretive Writing (3, Sp) Analysis and writing of editorials,
study of a subject of contemporary relevance or of professional importance to journalists. Prerequisite: admission to Honors Program.
essays, Op‑Ed page articles, profiles, and other shorter forms of journalism, combined with study of historic practitioners of those forms.
JOUR 499 Special Topics (2-4, max 8, FaSpSm) Selected topics in journalism.
JOUR 513 Advanced Newswriting and Reporting (3) Reportorial and analytical skills
JOUR 500 Media and Society (3, Fa) Analysis
of major theories on the role of communication media and society with special emphasis on the role and responsibility of the news media.
and techniques required in searching out and evaluating newsworthy events. Research and publication of stories.
519
JOUR 514 Multimedia Journalism II: Text (2, Sp) Reporting and writing daily news
and feature stories on deadline for text. Beat reporting, interviewing, sourcing, research, fact checking, Web aggregation, blogging, search optimization skills. Prerequisite: JOUR 506; concurrent enrollment: JOUR 516, JOUR 518. JOUR 516 Multimedia Journalism II: Video and Audio (2, Sp) Reporting and writing
for television, radio and Internet. Pitch, shoot, write, and produce video and audio news packages, incorporating standups and creative visual storytelling techniques. Prerequisite: JOUR 507, concurrent enrollment: JOUR 514, JOUR 518. JOUR 517 Advanced Investigative Reporting (3, Fa) Advanced reportorial and analyti-
cal skills and techniques required for evaluating newsworthy events. Group research and publication of stories on important current topics. JOUR 518 Multimedia Journalism II: Digital (2, Sp) Online story packages with multiple
elements including text, visuals, audio, interactivity and navigation. Online ethics and basics of copyright law, design, typography, color, photo usage. Prerequisite: JOUR 509; concurrent enrollment: JOUR 514, JOUR 516. JOUR 519 Advanced Magazine Writing (3, Fa) Reporting and preparation of articles
for publication; analysis of magazine nonfiction markets; research and writing, techniques, and analysis of magazine markets.
JOUR 520 Advanced Broadcast Newswriting (3) Writing for broadcast, preparation and
presentation. Responsibility and ethics of broadcast newswriting. Form and content of broadcast news presentation. Similarities and differences between media. JOUR 521 Documentary Pre-Production (3, Sp) Pre-production of video documentary
including selection of topic, diversity, ethical and legal problems, research and reporting techniques, interviewing, writing, balanced presentation, visual and audio literacy. JOUR 522 Video Documentary Production (3, Fa) Production of video documentary
including research and reporting techniques, writing, interviewing, fieldwork, editing, legal issues, economics, aesthetics, balanced presentation, ethics, diversity and production problems. JOUR 523 Public Radio Reporting (3, Fa)
Reporting for public radio-style news: writing, newsgathering, editing, vocal delivery. Techniques applicable for broadcast or Web audio stories.
520
USC Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism
JOUR 524 Advanced Broadcast Reporting (3, Fa) Reporting and writing broadcast news;
JOUR 540 International Journalism Seminar I (3) Historical perspective of foreign cor-
JOUR 566 Public Relations for Multicultural and Niche Audiences (2) Developing, man-
JOUR 542 Foreign Reporting (3) News
JOUR 568 Critical Thinking and Crisis Management (3, Sp) Introduction to the concept
analysis and practical experience; role of the broadcast journalism reporter; similarities and differences between media; application of audio-visual equipment.
JOUR 525 Public Radio Documentary (3, Sp)
Advanced production techniques for public radio-style reports: writing, sound, editing, narrative voice. Techniques applicable for broadcast features or Web audio documentaries. Prerequisite: JOUR 523. JOUR 526 Advanced Broadcast News Production (3) Production of television news
respondence; examination of the working conditions, problems and consequences of reporting from abroad.
s tories analyzed, researched, and critiqued for validity and background; projects to include editorials, news stories, magazine articles or broadcast reports. JOUR 543 Field Study (3) Study of contem-
porary institutions in selected regions of the world. Graded CR/NC.
aging and evaluating campaigns designed to reach audiences segmented by culture, lifestyle and other factors.
of critical thinking and its practical application to a variety of public relations challenges and opportunities; emphasis on formulating and evaluating problems from multiple perspectives. JOUR 569 Ethics in Public Relations (3)
programs; preparation and treatment of form and content; procedures, problems and practice in planning and producing broadcast news materials.
JOUR 545 International Internships in the Media (1, Sm) Intensive field experience at
international news media and public relations organizations. Graded CR/NC.
Application of public relations principles to ethical conduct in a business, government agency, non-profit organization or consulting entity; emphasis on applicable cases and dialogue.
JOUR 529 International Journalism and Public Relations Seminar (2) Preparatory
JOUR 550 Introduction to Online Publishing (3) Methods, theory and publishing of online
JOUR 571 Advanced Sports Reporting (3, Fa) Seminar in how to report and write
JOUR 551 Intermediate Online Publishing (3, Fa) Advanced concepts in online publish-
JOUR 572 Reporting on Entertainment and Popular Culture (3, Fa) Reporting about
course for Annenberg’s summer international internships programs. Introduction to the history, politics, culture and media landscape of the internship country. JOUR 530 Strategic Public Relations Management (3, Sp) An analytical, case study-
based approach to strategic campaign planning, management and execution, with heavy emphasis on problem solving and the role of research. JOUR 532 International Public Relations (3)
Public information policies and practices of national and supranational government units and national and multinational corporations involved in international relations. JOUR 534 Case Studies in Public Relations (3, Sp) Analysis of landmark and contempo-
rary public relations cases; evaluation of current literature, programs, and professional personnel; identification of emerging issues. JOUR 535 Specialized Writing for Public Relations (3, Fa) Intensive focus on the
specialized writing requirements of online, broadcast, print and other public relations media; includes content analysis of strategic public relations materials. JOUR 536 Digital, Social and Mass Media Public Relations Strategies (3, FaSp) Analysis of shifting media environment;
development and execution of multi-platform campaigns based on organizational goals and audience characteristics. JOUR 538 Advanced Entertainment Public Relations (3, Sp) In-depth study of the
creation and protection of reputations for entertainment properties of all types and the characteristics that distinguish it from other disciplines.
news; HTML skills, graphics production and design theory.
ing; focus on databases, editing, scripting and authoring applications for news Websites. JOUR 555 Multimedia and Graphics in Online Publishing (3, Sp) Focuses on the
process of creating multimedia, images and graphics for news storytelling on the Web; integration of interactive content, animation and video. Prerequisite: JOUR 551. JOUR 556 Online Journalism Seminar (3, Sp) Writing and reporting for the Internet
and other technology platforms; computerassisted reporting; multimedia storytelling. Prerequisite: JOUR 551.
JOUR 560 Seminar in Mass Communication Law (3, FaSpSm) Analysis of major elements
of mass communication law, legal issues in contemporary mass communication, and the impact of legal trends on professional journalists.
JOUR 563 Promotional and Product Public Relations (3, Sp) Planning, managing and
evaluating integrated communications campaigns utilizing public relations strategies in concert with advertising and other marketing disciplines; emphasis on research, case studies and campaign development. JOUR 565 Corporate Public Relations and Reputation (3, Fa) Planning, managing
and evaluating strategic public relations campaigns that achieve corporate business goals by effectively communicating with key constituencies and managing organizational reputation.
sports: news, previews, profiles, features, columns.
entertainment, popular culture and their impact on American society; survey of past media coverage and current practices.
JOUR 575 Advocacy and Social Change in Entertainment and the Media (4, Fa) (Enroll
in COMM 575)
JOUR 576 The Image of the Journalist in Popular Culture Seminar (3, Sp) Study
and analysis of the conflicting images of the journalist in popular culture and its impact on the public’s perception of the media and newsgatherers. JOUR 580 Introduction to Specialized Journalism (2, Sm) Understanding the role of
specialized journalism and its changing role in U.S. news media; audience interest in areas of specialized coverage. JOUR 581 Specialized Journalism: Research Methods (3, Fa) Advanced skills in the use of
expert sources, scholarly resources, computerassisted and investigative reporting in specialized journalism; social and ethical issues in specialized reporting. JOUR 582 Specialized Journalism: Reporting Decisions (3, Sp) Reporting and analysis of
decision making; case studies and analytical tools in dissecting decisions for readers, listeners and viewers.
JOUR 583 Managing Communication in the Entertainment Industry (4, Fa) (Enroll in
CMGT 543)
Courses of Instruction
521
JOUR 584 Specialized Reporting: Education, Youth and Learning (3, Fa) Reporting and
JOUR 588 Specialized Reporting: Urban Ecology (3, Fa) Reporting and writing on
JOUR 592 Specialized Journalism: Reporting the Arts (3, Fa) Reporting and writing on
JOUR 585 Specialized Reporting: Religion (3, Sp) Reporting and writing on religion;
JOUR 589 Specialized Reporting: The Changing U.S. Population (3, Fa) Reporting
JOUR 593 Arts Criticism and Commentary (3, Sp) Writing workshops and independent
JOUR 590 Directed Research (1-12, FaSpSm)
JOUR 594abz Master’s Thesis (2-2-0, FaSpSm) Credit on acceptance of thesis.
writing on education; survey of historical and contemporary issues affecting children, families and public education.
s urvey of world religion, religion and public life – including politics, gender and science. JOUR 586 Specialized Reporting: Science (3, Fa) Reporting and writing on science;
survey of scientific research fields and evaluation of evidence and claims. JOUR 587 Audience Analysis (4, Fa) (Enroll
in CMGT 587)
urban ecology; survey of the urban landscape as an environment and human impact on these communities.
and writing on immigration and other forms of demographic change; survey of immigration, the journalism it has generated and the impact of coverage.
Research leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. JOUR 591 Arts Writing Practicum (3, Fa)
Intensive writing workshop on the craft of arts criticism and persuasive writing of different arts genres.
the arts; strategies for arts journalism in the digital era; survey of essays and reviews by great critics.
fieldwork; development of critical skills to write socially valuable criticism and commen tary about art, entertainment and culture. Prerequisite: JOUR 591.
Graded IP/CR/NC.
JOUR 599 Special Topics (2-4, max 8, FaSpSm) Seminar in selected topics in
journalism.
Ostrow School of Dentistry of USC
F
ounded in 1897, the Ostrow School of Dentistry of USC continues a longstanding tradition as one of the nation’s top dental schools. The Ostrow School of Dentistry maintains a global reputation for excellence in clinical education by providing students
with unique, intensive clinical experiences using the most advanced techniques and technologies in the field. Graduates form a tightly knit community of proud alumni, provide top-notch patient care, conduct world-class research and lead the oral health field. The core of the Ostrow School of Dentistry’s strength rests primarily with its expert educators. Their world-renowned expertise, combined with the school’s innovative learner-centered curricula, provides students with the strong clinical education they need in order to become the next generation of great oral health professionals. The school’s curricula include the Doctor of Dental Surgery program, the baccalaureate in dental hygiene program and several postdoctoral specialty programs: endodontics, general practice residency, operative dentistry, oral and maxillofacial surgery, orofacial pain and oral medicine, orthodontics, pediatric dentistry, periodontology and prosthodontics. Other available degrees include combined DDS/MBA and DDS/M.S. programs, gerontology programs, a distance learning master of science program in orofacial pain and oral medicine, master’s and Ph.D.
The Ostrow School of Dentistry of USC dedicates itself to community outreach through programs such as Dental Explorers, a twoweek immersion experience that welcomes more than 40 high school, college and postbaccalaureate students to campus each summer. The participants do everything from attending lectures to shadowing USC dental students to constructing artificial teeth. “The atmosphere is so welcoming here,” said Andrea Ustarez, a California State University, Los Angeles, graduate who participated in the program. “You hear about the Trojan Family, but now I’ve gotten to witness it.”
opportunities in the craniofacial biology program, and an advanced standing program for inter national dentists. The Ostrow School of Dentistry is a valuable facet of one of the country’s leading private, researchintensive universities. Consistently at the top of the list for research funding among all dental schools, the school’s celebrated status as a dental and craniofacial research powerhouse offers students many opportunities. Students enrich their education through activities in the laboratory and bolster their clinical talents with strong scientific foundations. The Ostrow School of Dentistry and its students also benefit from its location within the city of Los Angeles. With one of the richest traditions of community service of any dental school, the school creates and maintains partnerships that not only provide valuable clinical experiences to the students but also help the most vulnerable members of society improve their oral health. Serving the surrounding community, whether in the school’s dental clinics or at community outreach sites throughout Los Angeles and Southern California, helps students develop not only their clinical proficiency but also their skills in treating all members of an incredibly diverse community with care and compassion.
524
Ostrow School of Dentistry
Ostrow School of Dentistry of USC dentistry.usc.edu
Charles M. Goldstein Professor of Community Dentistry: Roseann Mulligan, DDS, M.S.
Administration
Avishai Sadan, DMD, Dean
G. Donald Montgomery Professor of Dentistry: Sigmund H. Abelson, DDS, MACM
Mahvash Navazesh, DMD, Associate Dean of Academic Affairs and Student Life
USC Associates Assistant Professor of Dentistry: Michael L. Paine, DDS, Ph.D.
Sigmund H. Abelson, DDS, Associate Dean of Clinical Affairs
Professors: Yang Chai, DDS, Ph.D.*; Chih‑Kuang Casey Chen, DDS, Ph.D.; Glenn Clark, M.S., DDS; Paul C. Denny, Ph.D.*; Tina F. Jaskoll, Ph.D.; Stanley F. Malamed, DDS; Michael Melnick, DDS, Ph.D.; Cedric Minkin, Ph.D.; Roseann Mulligan, M.S., DDS; Mahvash Navazesh, DMD; Janet Moradian-Oldak, Ph.D.; Michael Paine, BDS, Ph.D.; Pragna Patel, Ph.D.; Ilan Rotstein, DDS; Avishai Sadan, DMD; Michael L. Schneir, M.S., Ph.D.; Harold C. Slavkin, DDS; Jorgen Slots, MBA, DDS, Ph.D., DMD; Malcolm L. Snead, DDS, Ph.D.
Yang Chai, DDS, Ph.D., Associate Dean of Research Roseann Mulligan, M.S., DDS, Associate Dean of Community Health Programs and Hospital Affairs and Chair, Division of Dental Public Health and Pediatric Dentistry Ilan Rotstein, DDS, Associate Dean of Continuing Education and Chair, Division of Endodontics, Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery and Orthodontics Casey Chen, DDS, Ph.D., Chair, Division of Periodontology, Diagnostic Sciences and Dental Hygiene Richard Kahn, DDS, Ph.D., Chair, Division of Restorative Sciences Paul Denny, Ph.D., Interim Chair, Division of Biomedical Sciences James Gordon, M.A., M.Ed., Ed.D., Associate Dean and Chair, Division of Biokinesiology and Physical Therapy Florence Clark, M.S., Ph.D., Associate Dean and Chair, Division of Occupational Science and Occupational Therapy Faculty
G. Donald and Marian James Montgomery Professor in Dentistry: Avishai Sadan, DMD George and Mary Lou Boone Chair in Craniofacial Molecular Biology: Yang Chai, DDS, Ph.D. Don and Sybil Harrington Foundation Chair in Esthetic Dentistry: Pascal Magne, DMD, Ph.D. Rex Ingraham Chair in Restorative Dentistry: Richard L. Kahn, DDS* Sykes Family Chair in Pediatric Physical Therapy, Health and Development: Linda Fetters, Ph.D. Wayne G. and Margaret L. Bemis Professor of Endodontics: James H.S. Simon, DDS Ralph W. and Jean L. Bleak Professor of Restorative Dentistry: Winston Wan-Li Chee, BDS
Associate Professors: Winston Wan-Li Chee, BDS; George C. Cho, DDS; Steven D. Goodman, Ph.D.; Richard L. Kahn, DDS*; Robert G. Keim, DDS, Ed.D.; Anh Dao Le, DDS, Ph.D.; Ralph L. Leung, M.S., DDS; Pascal Magne, DMD, Ph.D.; Glenn Sameshima, DDS, Ph.D.; Songtao Shi, DDS, Ph.D.; Arnold Tiber, DDS, Ph.D.; Homayoun H. Zadeh, DDS, Ph.D. Associate Professor (Librarianship): John P. Glueckert, MLIS Assistant Professors of Dentistry: Ruchi Bajpai, Ph.D.; Amy Merrill-Brugger, Ph.D.; Jin Ho Phark, DMD; Parish P. Sedghizadeh, DDS Visiting Associate Professor: Sillas Duarte Jr., DMD Professors of Clinical Dentistry: Jane Forrest, RDH, Ed.D.; Michael Jorgensen, DDS; Diane Melrose, BSDH, M.A.; Michael J. Mulvehill III, DDS, MBA*; Hessam Nowzari, DDS; Alvin Rosenblum, DDS; James H.S. Simon, DDS; Dennis-Duke R. Yamashita, DDS Associate Professors of Clinical Dentistry: Loris Abedi, DDS*; Sigmund Abelson, DDS, MACM; Gardner Beale, DDS; Jucheng Chen, DDS, Ph.D.; Joyce Galligan, R.N., DDS; Ripsik Gukasyan, DDS; Michelle Ikoma, DDS; Kian Kar, M.S., DDS; James W. Kim, DDS; Thomas Allen Levy, M.S., DDS; Niel Nathason, MPH, M.A.; Randy Phillips, DDS; Jose Polido, DDS; Sandra K. Rich, MPH, Ph.D.; Ramon Roges, DDS; Eddie Sheh, DDS*; Donna Smith, RDH, M.S.Ed.; Richard Udin, DDS; Stephen Yen, DMD, Ph.D.
Assistant Professors of Clinical Dentistry: Tae Ahn, DDS*; Lupe Arevalo, RDH*; Kim Austin, DDS; Jessica De Bord, MSD, DDS; Laura Elizondo, DDS; Reyes Enciso, Ph.D.; Sharon Faust, DDS; Richard Green, M.S.Ed., DDS; Veronica Greene, MPH, DDS; Helia Hooshangi, DDS; Julie Jenks, M.S., MPH, DDS; Boris Keselbrener, DDS; Tae Kim, DDS; Satish K.S. Kumar, MDS; Janet Lent, DDS; Richard S. Lin, DDS; W. Michael Madden, DDS; Ali Ostadali Makhmalbaf, DDS; Karen Matsumura-Lem, RDH, DDS; John Morzov, DDS; Eleanor Nielsen, BSDH; Andrea C. Pinnick, DDS; Saravanan Ram, MDS; Piedad Suarez, DDS; Santosh Sundaresan, DDS; Thomas Tanbonliong, Jr., DDS; Antonia Teruel, DDS, Ph.D.; Chieng Christian Tu, RDH*; Dinh L. Vo, DDS; Christina Wong, DDS Research Professor: Margarita Zeichner-David, Ph.D. Research Assistant Professors: Matthew K. Lee, M.D.; Yan Zhou, Ph.D. Clinical Professors: Ralph B. Allman, M.S., DDS; Calvin Lau, DDS, MBA Clinical Associate Professors: Barbara D. Edwards, RDH; John Kishibay, DMD, Ph.D.; Bach Le, DDS, M.D.; Anthony Park, DDS; Paul Parminter, DDS; Hovhanness Shnorhokian, DMD, Ph.D.; Arman Torbati, DDS Clinical Assistant Professors: Mainul Ahsan, Ph.D.; Vartuhi Avanesian, DDS; Nasrin Bahari Chopiuk, Ph.D.; Yaara Berdan, DDS; Theodore Burnett, DDS; Juan Camerena, DDS; Sibel Dincer, DDS, M.S.; Brent Fung, DDS; Alon Frydman, DDS; Ellen M. Grady, B.A.; Stan Hanes, DDS; David Kang, DDS; Clara Kim, DMD; Daniel Kolzet, DMD; Jennifer I-Chen Lo, DDS; Joel McPherson, DDS; Lisa Oshiro, RDH; Maria Paranhos, DDS, Ph.D.; Narendranath Ravindranath, Ph.D.; Lucille Rotstein, B.Ch.D.; Daniel Schecter, DDS; Liane K. Sakai, DDS; Tota Shimizu, M.S.Ed., DDS; Marlene Talley, DDS; Jettie Uyanne, DDS; Fabiana Varjao, Ph.D.; Suzanne Wenzlaff, DDS; Kiyomi Yamazaki, DDS, Ph.D.; Zaw Win Tun, BDS, M.Sc. Clinical Instructors: Linda Brookman, RDH; Alfred Friedman, DDS; Shahrok Jedian, DDS; Senovita Lopez, RDH; Stacy Love, DDS; Gerald McClellan, DDS; Michael Rabinovici, DDS; Carlos Sanchez, RDH; Gail Stewart, M.A.; Arthur Womack, DDS; Eugene Zakaryan, DDS *Recipient of university-wide or school teaching award.
General Information
Degrees Offered
The Ostrow School of Dentistry awards the following degrees: the Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene; the Master of Science, Orofacial Pain and Oral Medicine; the Doctor of Dental Surgery; the Doctor of Dental Surgery/Master of Business Administration; the Doctor of Dental Surgery/Master of Science in Gerontology; the Advanced Operative Dentistry Certificate/M.S.,
525
Craniofacial Biology; the Advanced Orthodontics Certificate/M.S., Craniofacial Biology; the Advanced Pediatric Dentistry Certificate/M.S., Craniofacial Biology; the Advanced Pediatric Dentistry Certificate/ Ph.D., Craniofacial Biology; the Advanced Periodontology Certificate/M.S., Craniofacial Biology; Advanced Dental Education Certificate programs in Endodontics,
Operative Dentistry, Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, Oral Facial Pain and Oral Medicine, Pediatric Dentistry, Periodontology, and Prosthodontics; Master of Science in Craniofacial Biology; Doctor of Philosophy in Craniofacial Biology. The school also offers a minor in craniofacial and dental technology.
guidelines are available in the office of Academic Affairs, DEN 218.
academic probation if 2 units or more of failure are recorded at the end of any trimester; if a second consecutive academic warning is warranted; or if, in the judgment of the Student Professional Performance Evaluation Committee, probation is warranted.
General Information The Grading System
Grades are issued by members of the faculty to indicate to students their level of achievement and to provide information to committees given the responsibility of reviewing a student’s total academic record and assigning honor or deficient status. Newly admitted students to the Doctor of Dental Surgery (DDS) program, the Advanced Standing Program for International Dentists and Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene (B.S.) students are bound by the university grading system (excluding plus/ minus grades), which is detailed in the Academic Standards section of this catalogue (page 37). Grades used by course directors of required advanced specialty classes are: “Cr” – credit, “CrH” – credit with honors and “NCr” – no credit. Other notations appearing on the transcript are: “IP” – indicates that the grade in a course is not issued until a subsequent trimester; “IN” – incomplete work; “ICW” – incomplete clinical work; “MG” – missing grade; “W” – withdraw. Students pursuing a Master of Science or Doctor of Philosophy in Craniofacial Biology and students in dental hygiene, doctoral and international classes should refer to the Academic Standards section of this catalogue, page 37. Probation and Disqualification
A student evaluation policy has been developed that outlines methods by which the faculty can recognize outstanding achievements by students and identify those who have difficulty meeting the school’s academic standards. In this policy, the procedures dealing with the assignment and consequences of aca demic status, including academic probation and disqualification, are outlined in detail. It is hoped that the development of specific guidelines will eliminate confusion and minimize the amount of time spent in determining the student’s status, thus allowing faculty and students to concentrate on their primary responsibility – the training of dental health professionals. Copies of student e valuation
DDS (includes Advanced Standing Program for International Dentists) A student will be placed on academic probation if a “D” or “F” final grade is received; if the student fails the National Board Part I; if the student fails to take the National Board Part I during the timeframe designated by the curriculum committee; if in the judgment of the Student Professional Performance Evaluation Committee, probation is warranted by other academic factors; if recommended by the group practice director, due to quality and/or quantity of clinical work. A student will be placed on clinical probation upon recommendation of the group practice director if a grade of “F” is received in any of the graded categories of group practice performance, or, in the judgment of the group practice director, probation is warranted by other factors related to the delivery of health care or clinical accomplishment. A student will be considered for disqualification if (1) a second academic probation is warranted; (2) a failing grade is not reconciled; (3) at the end of the academic year the grade point average for the preceding year is below 2.0; (4) academic probation is warranted while repeating a trimester on probation; (5) a deficiency in any area is determined by the Student Professional Performance Evaluation Committee to be insurmountable; (6) at the end of the second trimester of the Advanced Standing Program for International Dentists (ASPID), the cumulative average is less than 2.0; and (7) at the recommendation of the group practice director, based on severe and irreconcilable deficiencies relating to the quality and/or quantity of patient treatment. B.S., Dental Hygiene Students A student will be placed on academic warning if (1) the GPA for any given Academic Time Unit (ATU) is less than 2.0; (2) a failing grade is received in a 1-unit (or less) course; (3) a grade of “D” is received in a 3-, 4- or 5-unit course. A student will be placed on
A student will be placed on clinical probation if a grade of “F” is received in any of the graded categories of group practice performance, or, in the judgment of the group practice director, probation is warranted by other factors related to the delivery of health care or clinical accomplishment. A student will be considered for disqualification if (1) a third probation is warranted at the end of any trimester; (2) a failing grade is not reconciled; (3) at the end of the academic year the grade point average for the preceding year is below 2.0; (4) academic probation is warranted while repeating a trimester on probation; and (5) a deficiency in any area is determined by the Student Professional Performance Evaluation Committee to be insurmountable. In addition to the Dental School evaluation policy (which evaluates courses taken in the Dental School), students in the Dental Hygiene Program are also bound by the university’s academic status requirements. Advanced Specialty Students A student will be placed on academic probation if a failing grade is received in any course or if, in the judgment of the program director, a student’s performance warrants such status due to academic or other factors. A student may be disqualified if the stipulations of a probationary period are not met by the required deadline, a failing grade is not reconciled in the period specified by the course director, or if a deficiency in any area is acquired which is determined by the program director to be insurmountable. A student who is placed on academic probation a second time can continue in the program only with the approval of the program director and the Advanced Student Professional Performance Evaluation Subcommittee.
526
Ostrow School of Dentistry
Honor Status
c ompleted. Withdrawal is not permitted after the 12th week of a trimester.
The Ostrow School of Dentistry recognizes excellence in achievement by assigning special honor status during the course of study and by presentation of awards upon graduation. Dean’s List Students who complete all course work by a prescribed deadline and earn a grade point average of 3.5 or above for a trimester are placed on the Dean’s List. Students shall not be placed on the Dean’s list if they are on deficient academic status during that trimester (i.e., academic probation and continued academic probation). Omicron Kappa Upsilon Honor List The local chapter of Omicron Kappa Upsilon (OKU), a national dental honor fraternity recognizes the top 10 percent of each doctoral dental class at the end of each academic year (August) by including these students on the OKU Honor List. The determination of the top 10 percent is based on a yearly GPA. It should be noted that placement on the OKU Honor List has no relationship to membership in OKU, which is based on overall academic achievement and professional development. Graduation Awards There are numerous awards made each year at graduation to recognize excellence in members of the graduating doctoral, dental hygiene and ASPID classes. A complete listing is available at the Ostrow School of Dentistry. Voluntary Withdrawal/Leave of Absence
The Ostrow School of Dentistry recognizes that in some special instances it may be necessary or beneficial for a student to interrupt or discontinue dental education. A student wishing to withdraw from school or request a leave of absence must contact the Office of Academic Affairs for procedures to be followed. An approved leave of absence will not be granted for more than one year. Students at the School of Dentistry who have not been formally dropped by the school, are considered enrolled each term unless they have submitted a letter of intent to withdraw. A student’s verbal indication that he or she intends to withdraw or failure to settle a fee bill are not sufficient to eliminate the student from class rosters. Final course grades will be collected for students who do not have a letter of intent to withdraw on file with the Office of Academic Affairs. A student who withdraws at any time during the first three weeks of a trimester will receive no grades for enrolled courses. A student who withdraws after three full weeks of an Academic Time Unit (ATU) will receive a mark of “W” for all enrolled courses not
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
The University of Southern California recognizes and acts in full compliance with regulations set in accordance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (The Buckley Amendment). A student may have access to all records about him or her maintained by the university except those considered confidential under the act. Students of the School of Dentistry wishing to review records or to appeal for a change in those records should contact the Ostrow School of Dentistry of USC Registrar. A small charge may be made to cover the time and costs of duplication of the record. Tuition and Fees (Estimated)
Tuition at the Ostrow School of Dentistry is charged on a flat fee basis for enrollment in the regular degree and advanced certificate programs of the school. Exceptions do not apply to students who have courses waived based on their prior education. In such cases, students are charged the standard flat fee for the program in which they are enrolled. Auditors pay the regular tuition rate. Auditors are not required to participate in class exercises (discussions and examinations); they receive no grades or credit. The information outlined here is for Ostrow School of Dentistry fees and tuition deposits only. For information about Ostrow School of Dentistry tuition and university fees, refer to the Tuition and Fees section of this catalogue, page 42. The university reserves the right to assess new fees or charges as it may determine. Processing Fee (not refundable): Domestic applicants...............................$85.00 Graduates of foreign dental schools or students requiring a student visa.....145.00 Commitment Deposit (not refundable) Dentistry...............................................1,500.00 Dental Hygiene......................................500.00 International Dental and Advanced..............................................1,500.00 Pre-Tuition Payment (refundable in accordance with the refund policy)....................................................1,500.00 Mandatory Fees (School of Dentistry fees only; for other fees, refer to the Tuition and Fees section of this catalogue.) CDA Dues.....................................................10.00 Doctoral dental and Advanced Standing Program for International Dentists students only; spring only. ASDA Dues...................................................70.00 Doctoral dental program and Advanced Standing Program for International Dentists students only; fall only.
Special Fees Transcript Fee...........................................10.00 Gown Usage Fee....................................165.00 Disability Insurance (Doctoral, Advanced Standing Program for International Dentists and Advanced Certificate).....108.00 Scrubs (first year only)...........................210.00 Student Issue
Figures shown below are approximate. The School of Dentistry reserves the right to change fees at any time. DDS Program 1st Year Instruments and supplies.. $8,636.00 IMS Fee.................................4,317.00 Textbooks..............................4,489.00 2nd Year Instruments and supplies.....3,753.00 IMS Fee.................................4,317.00 Textbooks..............................2,419.00 3rd Year Instruments and supplies........144.00 IMS Fee.................................4,317.00 Textbooks.................................391.00 4th Year Instruments and supplies..........29.00 IMS Fee.................................2,878.00 Textbooks.................................505.00 Advanced Standing Program for International Dentists Incoming (Su 2012) Instruments and supplies............................... $8,406.00 IMS Fee.................................1,439.00 Textbooks.....................................0.00 1st Year Instruments and supplies.......................................86.00 IMS Fee.................................4,317.00 Textbooks.................................391.00 2nd Year Instruments and supplies.....................................244.00 IMS Fee.................................2,878.00 Textbooks.................................505.00 Advanced Dentistry Programs IMS Fee Endodontics, 1st Year......... $2,099.00 Endodontics, 2nd Year..........2,450.00 Orthodontics, 1st Year...........1,080.00 Orthodontics, 2nd Year............927.00 Orthodontics, 3rd Year.............618.00 Pediatric Dentistry, 1st Year ..................................2,099.00 Pediatric Dentistry, 2nd Year...........0 Periodontology, 1st Year........2,253.00 Periodontology, 2nd Year......2,253.00 Periodontology, 3rd Year..........772.00 Prosthodontics, 1st Year........2,450.00 Prosthodontics, 2nd Year......2,057.00 Prosthodontics, 3rd Year..........618.00 Orofacial Pain and Oral Medicine, 1st Year.................2,057.00 Orofacial Pain and Oral Medicine, 2nd Year..................618.00
Undergraduate Degree
Dental Hygiene Program 1st Year Instruments and supplies............................... $2,894.00 IMS Fee.................................1,517.00 Textbooks..............................1,445.00 2nd Year Instruments and supplies.....................................302.00 IMS Fee.................................1,011.00 Textbooks.................................874.00
527
Financial Aid
Detailed information concerning financial aid programs available to dental students can be obtained by contacting the Ostrow School of Dentistry of USC Office of Financial Aid at (213) 740‑2841 or uscsdfa@usc.edu.
Undergraduate Degree Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene The mission of the USC Department of Dental Hygiene is to educate and prepare dental hygiene leaders for careers in a diverse and changing health care environment. Implicit in this is a desire to provide a liberal education as well as outstanding clinical experiences. The baccalaureate dental hygiene program is a combination of dental and dental hygiene sciences, supporting sciences and general education. The curriculum reflects the core values of the profession in private and public health settings. The program is committed to creating a humanistic, educational environment that will facilitate the development of responsible, ethical, oral health professionals who are sensitive to the patient needs and competent in the dental hygiene process of care. Educational and clinical services provided by dental hygiene students include dental health education, patient assessment, disease prevention and non-surgical periodontal therapy for a diverse population of patients. The program strives to produce graduates who will advance the profession of dental hygiene and improve dental health care through evidence-based research and scholarly activities. Finally, graduates are competent in selfassessment and scientific methodology in preparation for lifelong learning. The Bachelor of Science degree in Dental Hygiene requires two academic years of pre-dental hygiene courses followed by two additional years of enrollment in the dental hygiene program.
Admission
Admission to the school is granted through the Office of Dental Admissions and Student Affairs that receives and processes all applications, evaluates credentials and mails letters of acceptance to applicants who qualify for entrance. Because of the university’s selective admissions policy and limited enrollment, only those applicants are accepted who present evidence of intellectual promise and strong personal qualifications, including good moral character and sound health. Prior to enrollment, accepted students must provide evidence of sound health and meet the school’s health requirements. (Before registration, the Student Health Service form, signed by the applicant’s attending physician, must be filed with the Student Health Center.) Admission to the university in all cases is determined by the Office of Dental Admissions and Student Affairs and appropriate selection committees.
Applications for the Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene should be filed well in advance of February 1 of the year in which the student wishes to be admitted. The program begins in the fall. Applicants for admission are requested to file their applications before they have completed one full year of college predental work or pre-hygiene class. Although students may transfer to USC at any time and begin prerequisite course work, the dental hygiene curriculum begins in the junior year. Admission to the university does not guarantee admission to the dental hygiene program. Two applications are required, one for the USC Undergraduate Admission Office and one for the School of Dentistry. See the Undergraduate Education Admission section of this catalogue. Admission Requirements
Application forms may be obtained by mail, online or in person from the Office of Dental Admissions and Student Affairs. A nonrefundable $25 fee must be sent with the completed dental hygiene application. An additional application fee must be submitted to the USC Undergraduate Admission Office. Credentials for admission must include complete records of all previous college or university work. The student must request the registrar of each school attended to forward one official transcript of record directly to the Office of Dental Admissions and Student Affairs. These should include the program of studies in which the applicant is currently registered. The university does not initiate requests for these credentials.
Between 30 and 40 students are admitted each year for the curriculum that leads to the Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene. The Committee on Admissions examines credentials and bases its decision on the objective evaluation of these factors: pre professional training, evidence of scholarship and personal evaluation of the student. Minimum entrance requirements include: graduation from an accredited secondary school and completion of the following courses which may be transferred in from another college or university or taken at USC prior to bring admitted to the dental hygiene program. General Biology One semester with lab is required.
528
Ostrow School of Dentistry
Anatomy One semester with lab is required.
All entrance requirements must be completed by June 15 preceding the September of admission, and complete final credentials must be on file in the Ostrow School of Dentistry of USC Office of Admission and Student Affairs by July 15 preceding enrollment. Notification of acceptance will be sent by the Office of Admission and Student Affairs after May 1.
General Chemistry with Lab One year is required. English Composition One year is required. Must include course work equivalent to WRIT 140 and one semester of any transferable English course.
Orientation
General Physiology Lab One semester is required. General Microbiology One semester is required. Nutrition One semester is required. Introduction to Sociology One semester is required. General Psychology One semester is required. Public Speaking One semester is required. General Education Requirements The university’s general education program provides a coherent, integrated introduction to the breadth of knowledge you will need to consider yourself (and to be considered by other people) a generally well-educated person. This program requires six courses in different categories, plus writing and diversity requirements, which together comprise the USC Core. See pages 63 and 250 for more information. All dental hygiene students have to follow the university’s general education requirements. There is no minimum number of transfer units you must complete before applying to admissions. No foreign course work will be accepted. Dental hygiene prerequisites and lower division general education categories must be completed or in progress by the time of application to the dental hygiene program. All prerequisite course work including required general education course work must be completed with a grade of “C” or better. The following courses are not transferable: dental assisting, dental technology, secretarial science (typing, shorthand, etc.), or other technically or vocationally related courses.
Students who have been accepted into the program and who have reserved their place in the class by paying the appropriate tuition deposit will be forwarded orientation materials by July 15. Orientation is traditionally scheduled during the week before the first week of classes. The purpose of the program is to acquaint incoming students with the School of Dentistry, its policies, programs, faculty and facilities. Incoming students receive financial counseling and purchase their initial equipment issue as part of orientation activities. Graduation Requirements
A student is eligible for the Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene after attaining the qualitative and quantitative level expected in the dental hygiene curriculum. This specifically includes: no marks of “F,” “IN,” “ICW,” “IP” or “MG”; no conditions existing at the termination of the final trimester that would result in academic probation, clinical probation or academic disqualification. In addition, each student must have demonstrated the characteristics expected of a health professional and have fulfilled the financial and other obligations required for graduation. In addition to meeting the academic requirements indicated above, students must have a completed administrative clearance form on file in the Office of Academic Affairs before a degree can be conferred. This administrative clearance indicates that the student has met financial and other obligations to the university and to the student’s patients. Curriculum
Courses listed are required for completion of the degree. Course listings are current as of 2012-2013 and are subject to change without notice by action of the Ostrow School of Dentistry and the university.
Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene Curriculum REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
AMED 502 Emergency Medicine 2 AMED 524 Pain and Anxiety Control 2 ANAT 521 Head and Neck Anatomy 2 DBIO 310 Oral Biochemistry 2 DHIS 310 Basic Tissues and Histology and Embryology 2 DHYG 311ab Fundamentals of Clinical Dental Hygiene Practice 3-3 DHYG 314L Dental Morphology Laboratory 1 DHYG 316 Patient Education in Preventive Dental Care 1 DHYG 318 Dental Specialties 2 DHYG 320 Preventive Dental Therapy 2 DHYG 401 Introduction to Advanced Dental Hygiene 2 DHYG 410abc Clinic: Dental Hygiene 2-7 each (3, 6, 6) DHYG 412 Preventive Dental Care Programs 1 DHYG 414ab Advanced Dental Hygiene 2-2 DHYG 422 Essentials of Dental Hygiene Practice 1 DHYG 424ab Research Methods 1-1 DHYG 516ab Community Oral Health 2-2 DIAG 415 Radiographic Techniques 1 DIAG 521 Principles of Oral Radiology 2 DMAT 316L Dental Materials and Clinical Procedures 2 DPHR 410 Principles of Pharmacology 2 GSPD 504 Dental Treatment of the Geriatric and Special Patient 2 HBHV 310 Interactional Skills in Dental Hygiene 1 MBIO 310 Principles of Microbiology and Immunology 2 OCCL 310 Fundamentals of Dental Morphology 1 OMOD 506 Infection Control 1 PEDO 310 Principles of Dentistry for Children 1 PERI 310ab Introduction to Periodontal Diseases 1-1 PERI 415 Basic Periodontal Therapy 1 PERI 504 Advanced Periodontics 1 PTHL 312abc Medicine and Pathology 1-3-2
Professional Degrees
Minor in Craniofacial and Dental Technology
The Ostrow School of Dentistry, the Viterbi School of Engineering Department of Biomedical Engineering and the Dornsife College of Letters, Arts and Sciences Department of Biological Sciences jointly offer the minor in craniofacial and dental technology. This minor is designed to prepare engineering, pre-dental, pre-medical and biological sciences undergraduates to enter the dental biotechnology industry as well as to introduce them to recent innovations in craniofacial sciences and therapeutics. The course work introduces students to concepts in craniofacial histology and embryology, head-and-neck anatomy, genetics, biochemistry and biotechnology as well as applications to dental diagnostics, imaging and dental therapies (dental implants, restorative dentistry, craniofacial genetics). This minor requires 16 core units and a minimum of 4 units of electives. Students who have not fulfilled prerequisite requirements for core or elective courses will have to take additional units, depending on their major. In addition, students must take at least 16 units not used for their major or offered by their major department. Please see a biomedical engineering, biological sciences or Ostrow School of Dentistry adviser for specific program requirements.
CORE REQUIRED COURSES, UPPER DIVISION
529
UNITS
DENT 412 Fundamentals of Craniofacial and Dental Technology 3 DHIS 310 Basic Tissues and Histology and Embryology 2 BISC 320L Molecular Biology 4 BISC 325* Genetics 4 BME 410* Introduction to Biomaterials and Tissue Engineering 3 Total core units:
ENGR 305 Engineering Biology Matters 3 HP 340L Health Behavior Statistical Methods 4 HP 350L Health Behavior Research Methods 4 MASC 310 Materials Behavior and Processing 3 Total elective units:
4-8
*Prerequisite required
16
ELECTIVES UNITS
Enroll in at least two courses from the following: BISC 330L* Biochemistry 4 BISC 403* Advanced Molecular Biology 4 BISC 406L* Biotechnology 4 BISC 410* Applications of Molecular Biology to Medicine 4 BISC 435* Advanced Biochemistry 4 BME 404* Biomechanics 3 BME 416 Development and Regulation of Medical Products 3 BME 451* Fundamentals of Biomedical Microdevices 3 DENT 221 Introduction to Dentistry 1
Progressive Degree Program in Public Health
The public health program admits a limited number of USC undergraduate students to pursue the MPH degree while completing a bachelor’s degree. Applicants to the program must have completed 64 units of course work and must submit their applications prior to completion of 96 units of course work. Applicants do not have to submit GRE scores, but are expected to have a minimum GPA of 3.5 at the time of application. The application for admission to a progressive degree program must be accompanied by an approved course plan proposal and letters of recommendation from two USC faculty members. The requirements for both the bachelor’s degree and the MPH degrees must be satisfied. For further details on progressive degree programs, see page 86.
Professional Degrees Doctor of Dental Surgery The Doctor of Dental Surgery (DDS) program covers 11 consecutive 14-week trimesters. The course of study maximizes the interrelationship of all basic sciences and clinical detail sciences required by the Commission on Dental Accreditation of the American Dental Association. USC’s reputation for excellent preparation of its graduates for private practice has been enhanced by curriculum changes that permit students to begin clinical experience in their first year. At the same time, opportunity and encouragement are given to those who might elect to pursue careers in teaching and research.
Admission
The Ostrow School of Dentistry admits 144 students each year for the curriculum leading to the Doctor of Dental Surgery. Admission to the school is granted through the Office of Admission and Student Affairs which receives and processes all applications, evaluates credentials and notifies applicants who qualify for entrance by forwarding letters of acceptance. Students are selected by the Admissions Committee, which bases its decision on consideration of an applicant’s personal qualities, aptitude and superior scholarship necessary for the successful study and practice of dentistry. Candidates who have received or will receive a bacca laureate or higher degree will be considered more favorably than applicants who have
fulfilled only minimum requirements. As a precondition of enrollment, accepted students must undergo a background screening and provide evidence of sound health and meet the school’s health requirements. Admission information may be obtained by mail, online or in person. Address inquiries to: Ostrow School of Dentistry of USC, Office of Admission and Student Affairs, 925 W. 34th Street, Room 201, Los Angeles, CA 90089-0641, (213) 740-2841, email: uscsdadm@usc.edu or access the school’s Website at dentistry.usc.edu.
530
Ostrow School of Dentistry
Admission Requirements
a manual dexterity test may be required as part of an interview process; (7) complete transcripts of undergraduate and graduate work, including degree notations, must be on file in the Office of Admission and Student Affairs by July 15 prior to enrolling; (8) residency requirements: as a private institution, USC seeks a culturally and geographically diverse population. Therefore, out-of-state applicants are evaluated and selected based on the same criteria as California residents.
Minimum entrance requirements include: (1) graduation from an accredited secondary school, with credit for at least 12 academic units, including three in English, three in one laboratory science course, two in one foreign language and two in college preparatory mathematics; (2) a minimum of 60 semester units, or the equivalent completed or in progress, at the time of application, in an accredited college or university in the United States or Canada. A baccalaureate or higher degree is preferred. No more than 60 semester hours earned at a community college will be accepted and preference is given to candidates who complete the science prerequisites at a four year institution; (3) required courses, semester hours with laboratory required: 8 units each – one year’s completed course – of general biology (zoology), inorganic chemistry, organic chemistry, physics; other courses: English composition (8 units or one year), philosophy, history or fine arts (8 units or one year). All prerequisite course work must be completed with a grade of “C” or better; (4) it is strongly suggested that students take additional upper division courses. Biochemistry, human or comparative anatomy, embryology, histology, genetics, physiology, psychology, sociology and economics are examples of recommended courses; (5) all students who apply for admission to the School of Dentistry are required to take the Dental Admission Test (DAT), given under the auspices of the Council on Dental Education of the American Dental Association. The Dental Admission Test must be taken no later than February 1 of the year for which formal application is made. To expedite the admissions process, it is recommended that the DAT be taken during a testing period before filing formal application through the Associated American Dental Schools Application Service (AADSAS). Test scores more than two years old will not be accepted. Applicants should check with the Dental Admissions Office. Full information about the test is sent to all applicants upon request, or can be obtained from the Division of Educational Measurements, Council on Dental Education, American Dental Association, 211 East Chicago Avenue, Chicago, IL 60611. No action can be taken on the application until DAT scores have been received. (6) An interview at the School of Dentistry may be required of all applicants who appear qualified for consideration as determined by the Office of Admission and Student Affairs, although this interview may be waived for exceptionally qualified candidates as determined by the Dental Admissions Committee;
No applicant will be denied admission on the basis of race, religion, creed or disability. All admitted students must provide evidence that functional health is sufficient to meet professional demands, both in the student role and as an entry-level practitioner. Application Procedure
(1) An application form should be obtained from the Associated American Dental Schools Application Service (AADSAS) by writing: AADSAS, 1625 Massachusetts Avenue, N.W., Suite 600, Washington, D.C. 20036-2212 or access the online version at www.adea.org or email: csraadsas@adea.org. (2) The AADSAS application form should be filled out and returned to AADSAS. USC requires that the application be received by AADSAS no later than February 1 of the year in which enrollment is anticipated. Early application and file completion is recommended for applicants desiring an off-site interview. Do not send the application form to USC directly. (3) Applicants are required to pay a nonrefundable $85 processing fee, which should be forwarded directly to admissions (international students requiring a student visa must submit a $145 processing fee). (4) Notification from the Office of Admissions and Student Affairs will be sent, indicating that the application has been received from AADSAS. (5) Candidates who are being seriously considered for acceptance will be sent an invitation for an interview and will be required to submit additional information. No interview can be granted unless the file is complete, including DAT scores. The interview may be waived for exceptional candidates as determined by the admissions committee. (6) Notification of acceptance will be sent by the Office of Admissions and Student Affairs sometime after December 1. (7) A non-refundable commitment fee of $1,500 is required from students by the deadline indicated in their acceptance letter to hold a place in the entering class. A second commitment fee of $1,500 is required by May 1. Applicants accepted after May 15 are required to pay a flat fee of $3,000 within 15 days from the date of their acceptance letter to hold a place in the entering class; applicants accepted after July 1 are required to pay a $3,000 commitment fee within two days. These non-refundable fees will
be applied toward tuition upon enrollment. (8) Preregistration for the first year dental class is held before orientation. (9) All entering students are required to prepay $3,000 toward the initial tuition by July 1. (10) As a precondition of enrollment, accepted students undergo a background screening and provide evidence of sound health and meet the school’s health requirements. Orientation
Students who have been accepted into the predoctoral dental program and who have reserved their place in the class will receive information on orientation during the first two weeks in July. Orientation takes place prior to the first week of classes. The purpose of the orientation program is to acquaint incoming students with the school, its policies, programs, faculty and facilities. Incoming students receive financial counseling and receive their initial equipment issue during this orientation period. Graduation Requirements
A student is eligible for the Doctor of Dental Surgery after successfully attaining the qualitative and quantitative level expected in the doctoral curriculum, specifically: has met the 2.0 GPA requirement for graduation; has no conditions existing at the termination of the final academic time unit that would qualify him or her for academic probation, clinical probation or academic disqualification; has no marks of “F,” “IN” or “MG”; has passed Part I and Part II of the National Dental Board Examinations; has demonstrated the personal characteristics expected of a professional; has fulfilled his or her financial obligations as well as all other obligations and requirements for graduation. In addition to meeting the academic requirements indicated above, students must have a completed administrative clearance form on file in the Office of Academic Affairs before a degree can be conferred. This administrative clearance indicates that the student has met financial and other obligations to the university and to the student’s patients. Curriculum
The curriculum leading to the Doctor of Dental Surgery degree undergoes constant change to meet the challenges of modern dental practice. Course listings are current as of 2012-2013 and are subject to change without notice by action of the Ostrow School of Dentistry and the university.
Professional Degrees
Doctor of Dental Surgery Curriculum – Traditional Program REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
AMED 502 Emergency Medicine 2 AMED 523 Pharmacosedation II 1 AMED 524 Pain and Anxiety Control 2 ANAT 521 Head and Neck Anatomy 2 ANAT 522 Systemic Human Anatomy 3 ANAT 523 Head and Neck Dissection 1 CMDT 501 Introduction to Community Dentistry Programs 1 CMDT 502ab Contemporary Dental Practice 2-2 CMDT 507abc Ethical Issues in the Practice of Dentistry 0-0-1 CMDT 601 Mobile Clinic 1 DBIO 501 Biochemistry and Molecular Biology 2 DIAG 521 Principles of Oral Radiology 2 DIAG 522 Radiographic Techniques 1 DMAT 505 Dental Materials Update 1 DMAT 521ab Dental Materials 2-2 DPHR 501 Pharmacology 3 ENDO 501 Clinical Endodontics 1 ENDO 502 Advanced Endodontics 1 ENDO 521 Preclinical Endodontics 3 ENDO 562abcd Clinic: Concentrated Early Endodontics 0-0-0-1 ENDO 563ab Clinic: Endodontic Therapy 0-2 FPRO 521 Preclinical Fixed Prosthodontics I 3 FPRO 522 Preclinical Fixed Prosthodontics II 3 FPRO 561abcd Clinic: Fixed Prosthodontics I 0-0-0-3 FPRO 562ab Clinic: Fixed Prosthodontics II 0-3 GSPD 504 Dental Treatment of the Geriatric and Special Patient 2 GSPD 562abc Clinic: Geriatric Dentistry 0-0-1 GSPD 563abc Clinic: Special Patient Care 0-0-1 HBHV 501 Behavioral Skills in Dentistry 1 HBHV 502 Interactional Skills 1 HBHV 504 Patient Education and Management 1 HBHV 550 Communications in Clinical Dentistry 1 HBHV 561abcde Clinic: Behavioral Dentistry 0-0-0-0-1
INDD 501 Applied Growth and Development 1 INTB 504 Human Craniofacial Development and Genetics 3 INTB 521 Basic and Medical Microbiology 2 INTP 503ab Evaluation of Scientific Information in Clinical Practice 0-1 INTR 503 Preclinical Diagnosis and Treatment Planning 2 INTR 524abcdef Clinical Practice 0-0-0-0-0-3 INTR 550ab Introduction to Clinical Dentistry 0-1 INTR 551abcde Clinical Diagnosis and Treatment Planning 0-0-0-0-1 INTR 553abcdef Clinic: Diagnosis and Treatment Planning 0-0-0-0-0-2 INTX 501abcdefh Integrated Basic and Applied Science I 1-1-2-2-2-2-1 INTX 502abcdef Integrated Basic and Applied Science II 1-1-2-3-1-2 MBIO 501 Immunology 2 OCCL 502 Occlusion 1 OCCL 521ab Dental Morphology and Function 3-2 OCCL 522 Occlusion Laboratory 1 OMOD 501 Emergency Dental Treatment 1 OMOD 502 Chronic Orofacial Pain 2 OMOD 506 Infection Control 1 OMOD 551abcd Clinic: Physical Evaluation 0-0-0-1 OMOD 562abcd Clinic: Hospital Dentistry 0-0-0-1 OMOD 563abcdef Clinic: Emergency Dental Treatment 0-0-0-0-0-1 OPER 521ab Preclinical Operative Dentistry I 1-3 OPER 522 Preclinical Operative Dentistry II 3 OPER 561abcd Clinic: Operative Dentistry I 0-0-0-6 OPER 562ab Clinic: Operative Dentistry II 0-6 ORTH 501ab Seminar: Orthodontics 0-1 ORTH 521 Preclinical Orthodontics 2 ORTH 561abcdef Clinic: Orthodontic Therapy 0-0-0-0-0-2 PEDO 501 Clinical Pediatric Dentistry 1 PEDO 521 Preclinical Pediatric Dentistry 2 PEDO 551abc Clinic: Dentistry for Children I 0-0-2
531
PEDO 561abc Clinic: Dentistry for Children II 0-0-1 PERI 502 Periodontal Diseases and Elements of Therapeutic Judgment 2 PERI 504 Advanced Periodontics 1 PERI 521 Periodontal Surgery 2 PERI 550ab Clinic: Introductory Periodontal Therapy 1-1 PERI 561abcd Clinic: Periodontal Therapy I 0-0-0-1 PERI 562ab Clinic: Periodontal Therapy II 0-2 PTHL 501 Oral Pathology 4 PTHL 504ab Seminar: Oral Pathology 0-0 REST 501 Preclinical Operative and Fixed Prosthodontics (Conjoint) 2 REST 503ab Clinical Restorative Dentistry 1-1 REST 504 Diagnosis and Treatment Planning 1 REST 521 Preclinical Operative/ Fixed Prosthodontics Laboratory 3 REST 522 Aesthetics in Dentistry 1 RPRO 502 Removable Complete Prosthodontics 1 RPRO 503ab Preclinical Removable Prosthodontics and Implants 2-1 RPRO 510 Implant Dentistry 1 RPRO 513 Removable Partial Prosthodontics 1 RPRO 523ab Preclinical Removable Prosthodontics and Implants Laboratory 1-1 RPRO 550 Removable Complete Prosthodontics Clinic I 1 RPRO 561abcd Clinic: Removable Complete Prosthodontics I 0-0-0-2 RPRO 562ab Clinic: Removable Complete Prosthodontics II 0-3 RPRO 571abcdef Clinic: Removable Partial Prosthodontics 0-0-0-0-0-2 SURG 501 Oral Surgery 2 SURG 562abc Clinic: Oral Surgery I 0-0-1 SURG 563abc Clinic: Oral Surgery II 0-0-1 SURG 564abcd Clinic: Hospital Oral Surgery 0-0-0-1
Five units of selective courses are required in addition to the above.
532
Ostrow School of Dentistry
Advanced Placement Doctoral Dental Degree
For additional information and an application, contact: Ostrow School of Dentistry of USC, Office of Admission and Student Affairs, 925 W. 34th Street, Room 201, Los Angeles, CA 90089-0641, (213) 740-2841, email: uscsdadm@usc.edu or access the school’s Website at dentistry.usc.edu.
The Advanced Placement DDS program allows the outstanding student who has completed a Bachelor of Science in Dental Hygiene to waive several courses in order to complete the doctoral dental degree in 151 units rather than the 185 units for the regular program. Admission Requirements In addition to the entrance requirements to the Ostrow School of Dentistry, the following additional requirements must be met: (1) bachelor’s degree from the USC dental hygiene program completed within five years of the projected date of entry into the doctoral dental program; (2) a minimum grade point average of 3.0 (A = 4.0) in the dental hygiene program and a minimum “C” grade in each of the courses waived; (3) two letters of recommendation from faculty in the dental hygiene program.
DDS/MBA
In response to changes in dental care delivery systems and to the increasing complexity of dental care financing, the Ostrow School of Dentistry offers an innovative program for individuals desiring knowledge in both dental science and business administration. The DDS/MBA dual degree program is a five-year program offered cooperatively by the Ostrow School of Dentistry and the Marshall School of Business. Students must complete all requirements established by both schools for their respective degrees.
Degree Requirements The student in the Advanced Placement DDS program must complete all the DDS required courses except for the following: DPBL 501ab, DPBL 502ab, DPBL 503ab and DPBL 504ab.
The program involves completion of the first year in the Ostrow School of Dentistry, the second in the Marshall School of Business, and then completion of the balance of the slightly modified dentistry program. A total of 48 units must be completed in the Marshall School of Business.
Six-Year Program
First Year: required dentistry courses
The School of Dentistry offers a six-year predental/dental program. The main purposes of the Accelerated Dental Acceptance Program Track (ADAPT) are (1) to continue to attract high quality applicants to the Ostrow School of Dentistry of USC, (2) to encourage students interested in dentistry to take their predental education at USC, and (3) to offer an opportunity for quality students to complete their education at an outstanding private university. Only students who are completing their senior year in high school are eligible to apply. Application Procedures (1) Complete and submit the USC undergraduate admissions application by the priority deadline of December 15. (2) Complete and submit the ADAPT application and essay to the Ostrow School of Dentistry of USC by February 1. (3) In addition, forward the following items directly to the School of Dentistry: (a) $85 application fee, (b) 2" x 2" passport-style photograph, (c) two letters of recommendation from high school science teachers, (d) copies of SAT scores and high school transcripts, and copy of acceptance letter from USC.
Second Year: required MBA courses and graduate business electives Third to Fifth Year: Completion of the remainder of required dentistry courses and graduate business elective courses sufficient to bring the total units completed in the Marshall School to at least 48. Dual degree students may not count courses taken outside the Marshall School of Business toward the 48 units. The dentistry requirement of four units of selective courses will be met by Marshall School courses. The program may be completed in five calendar years. Admission Requirements Students who have successfully completed one year in the School of Dentistry will be considered for admission to the Marshall School of Business. All requirements for admission to the regular MBA program (grade point average, GMAT score, etc.) must be fulfilled by the dental student for admission to the Marshall School of Business. The DDS and the MBA degrees are awarded simultaneously upon completion of their requirements by the Ostrow School of Dentistry and the Marshall School of Business.
DDS/M.S. in Gerontology
The DDS/M.S. dual degree program extends over five years and is offered cooperatively by the Ostrow School of Dentistry and the Davis School of Gerontology. The program addresses the challenges facing oral health care providers as the number of older persons needing dental care increases. With the evolution of care toward patients who live longer lives, graduating dentists will be better prepared to provide service to the aging population in community settings and health care facilities. The student spends the first year taking required DDS courses in the Dental School. Gerontology course work will be introduced in the second year and continue through the fifth year. Gerontology Requirements The Master of Science in Gerontology requires 38 units of course and fieldwork which includes the core content of the M.S. in Gerontology program. REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
GERO 475 Ethical Issues in Geriatric Health Care 4 GERO 508 The Mind and Body Connection through the Lifespan 4 GERO 520 Life Span Developmental Psychology 4 GERO 530 Life Span Developmental Sociology 4 GERO 540 Social Policy and Aging 4 GERO 555 Integrating Gerontology: A Multidisciplinary Approach 4 GERO 591 Field Practicum 6 GERO 593 Research Methods 4 ELECTIVE COURSES
UNITS
Four units to be selected from the following list in consultation with the adviser: GERO 522 Counseling Older Adults and Their Families 4 GERO 550 Administration and System Management in Programs for Older Adults 4 GERO 554 Evaluation: Incorporating Evidence-Based Practices 4
Professional Degrees
Dentistry Requirements The DDS requires 185 units of credit. The Ostrow School of Dentistry will waive CMDT 501, CMDT 507abc, GSPD 562abc, HBHV 501, HBHV 504, INTP 503ab and electives totaling 10 units from the required curriculum. In its place, students are required to take INTP 651 Experience in Dental Teaching (4), INTP 502ab Human Relations in Dental Practice (2-2), GSPD 610 Clinical Gerontology (1), GSPD 612 Special Patient Care Clinic (1). Program Adaptation The Davis School of Gerontology will waive 14 units of credit: GERO 510 Physiology of Development and Aging (4); GERO 589 Case Studies in Leadership and Change Management (4); GERO 591 Field Practicum
533
(2) and GERO electives (4). These requirements will be replaced by INTP 651 (4), INTP 502ab (2-2), GSPD 610 (1), GSPD 612 (1) and INTX 502e (1).
(3) Applicants must have a 3.0 cumulative GPA in the last two years of undergraduate school and be competitive with the incoming class.
Admission Requirements In addition to the entrance requirements to the Ostrow School of Dentistry (listed on page 529), the following additional requirements must be met:
(4) Performance on the Graduate Record Examinations to the satisfaction of the School of Gerontology and competitive with the incoming class.
(1) Applicants must meet the admission requirements of both the Graduate School and the Dental School. (2) Applicants must hold a bachelor’s degree in any academic field.
(5) Evidence of leadership and motivation. (6) Completion of the M.S. in Gerontology application including a written statement regarding commitment to the field of geriatric dentistry, letters of reference, etc.
Doctor of Dental Surgery – Problem Based Learning Program The Problem Based Learning Program has been designed to address the recommendations developed by the National Academy of Sciences Institute of Medicine in their report, “Dental Education at the Crossroads – Challenges and Change.” This program will present the identical set of curricular learning outcomes that were approved by the American Dental Association Council on Dental Accreditation. The Dental Problem Based Learning Program represents an alternative approach to the Ostrow School of Dentistry curriculum rather than a new curriculum.
Periodic individual meetings held each trimester by PBL faculty members help to communicate each student’s progress. Peer feedback may also play an integral role in the PBL curriculum. Graduation Requirements
Graduation requirements are identical to those for the Doctor of Dental Surgery; refer to the Graduation Requirements section under the Doctor of Dental Surgery traditional program. Problem Based Learning Curriculum REQUIRED COURSES
The objective of the Problem Based Learning Program is to educate a student who will be committed to lifelong, self-motivated learning, skilled in the techniques of problem solving in a clinical setting, well-prepared to deal with the future advances in dental therapy and dental care delivery, able to deal with the medical presentations of dental patients, effective in group learning/accomplishment environments and highly skilled in the delivery of dental health care of outstanding quality. Admission Requirements
Minimum admission requirements are identical to those for the Doctor of Dental Surgery; refer to the Admission Requirements section under the Doctor of Dental Surgery. Curriculum
The problem based learning curriculum achieves the identical set of curricular learning outcomes found in the Ostrow School of Dentistry curriculum. However, the methodology and course structure differ. For instance, greater emphasis is placed on clinical observation and the small group learning experience.
DPBL 501abc Dental Problem Based Learning – Human Structure I DPBL 502abc Dental Problem Based Learning – Human Function I DPBL 503abc Dental Problem Based Learning – Human Behavior I DPBL 504abc Dental Problem Based Learning – Human Clinical Dentistry I DPBL 511abc Dental Problem Based Learning – Human Structure II DPBL 512abc Dental Problem Based Learning – Human Function II DPBL 513abc Dental Problem Based Learning – Human Behavior II
UNITS
3-3-3
8-8-8
2-2-2
4-4-4
2-2-2
5-5-5
3-3-2
DPBL 514abc Dental Problem Based Learning – Human Clinical Dentistry II 7-7-8 DPBL 521abc Dental Problem Based Learning – Human Structure III 1-1-1 DPBL 522abc Dental Problem Based Learning – Human Function III 1-1-1 DPBL 523abc Dental Problem Based Learning – Human Behavior III 1-1-1 DPBL 524abc Dental Problem Based Learning – Human Clinical Dentistry III 14-14-14 DPBL 531ab Dental Problem Based Learning – Human Structure IV 1-1 DPBL 532ab Dental Problem Based Learning – Human Function IV 1-1 DPBL 533ab Dental Problem Based Learning – Human Behavior IV 1-1 DPBL 534ab Dental Problem Based Learning – Human Clinical Dentistry IV 13-13
534
Ostrow School of Dentistry
Advanced Standing Program for International Dentists This program is designed to teach qualified dentists from other countries the knowledge and skills available in the United States. Time necessary to complete the program depends upon the doctor’s ability; a minimum of two years is usually required. About eight months will be devoted to fundamental, technical and academic procedures. The remaining time is devoted to clinical training as necessary to achieve graduation qualifications. Graduation from the Advanced Standing Program for International Dentists leads to a DDS degree but does not give automatic licensure to practice dentistry. However, graduates are eligible to take the State Board Dental Examinations in most of the United States. (A few states still require U.S. citizenship.) Additional information may be requested from the Ostrow School of Dentistry of USC, Office of Admissions and Student Affairs, 925 W. 34th Street, Room 201, Los Angeles, CA 90089-0641, (213) 740-2841, email: uscsdadm@usc.edu or access the school’s Website at dentistry.usc.edu.
examination may be administered. (10) Com plete official documents (transcripts) of all college and university course work, including dental education in the original language accompanied by certified English translation when necessary. (11) Certification of dental degree. Candidates chosen will be those who demonstrate the best qualifications in all academic and practical skills. (12) As a precondition of enrollment, accepted students must provide evidence of sound health and meet the school’s health requirements. Student Visas
The I-20 Student Visa is issued to the applicant only after complete admission and acceptance has been granted. Before the papers can be processed, the applicant must present a copy of the I-94 form (white sheet in the passport) and a notarized statement of financial support for tuition and expenses for one year ($120,000) to the Advanced Standing Program for International Dentists. These materials must be submitted at the time of application. The International Admission Office will issue the I-20 visa upon receipt and approval of these documents.
Admission
Prospective students must apply to the Advanced Standing Program for International Dentists. Selected applicants will be tested in October and accepted based on the following requirements: (1) completion of the formal application (before September 15 for admission to the program in April). A $145 processing fee must accompany the application. (2) Successful completion of the National Boards Part I examination of the American Dental Association (ADA). A score of 75 percent must be attained in each category. Higher scores are advantageous in evaluation of the candidate’s academic level. (3) Proficiency in English is an important key to success in the program. To demonstrate competence in English, applicants must score 250 (computer-based), 600 (paper-based) or 100 (Internet-based) on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). Information on the TOEFL can be obtained from the Educational Testing Service at www.ets.org. (4) A small group problem-based interview evaluation session with members of the School of Dentistry. (5) Two letters of recommendation from dental school faculty. (6) A brief but accurate account of clinical experience. (7) Personal statement. (8) Docu mentary proof of license to practice from a Ministry of Health or proper governing body. (9) Satisfactory completion of and compe tence in the following academic and artistic entrance examinations to be given to invited applicants in October: (a) fixed prostho dontics (practical); (b) operative dentistry (practical). In addition, a separate written
Financial Assistance
The United States government requires all international applicants to provide proof of ability to pay tuition and living expenses before a formal letter of admission or the forms needed to obtain a visa will be issued. International students are not eligible to participate in U.S. federal financial aid programs. Please contact the Ostrow School of Dentistry of USC Office of Financial Aid to discuss other financing options at (213) 740‑2841 or uscsdfa@usc.edu. Curriculum
Each candidate for the DDS degree should complete the course of instruction in two years, however, some individuals may need more time. The first four to eight months will be spent in preclinical exercises to acquaint the student with the fundamental technical procedures used at USC. The balance will be used for clinical procedures related to diagnosis and treatment of patients. Grade Point Average Standards
Since this is a short program and highly concentrated, a GPA of 2.0 (A = 4.0) must be maintained each trimester. Therefore, each applicant will be provisionally accepted. If a doctor is unable to maintain an average GPA of 2.0, he or she will be asked to resign.
Periodic meetings each trimester by the entire Advanced Standing for International Dentists faculty to evaluate each student’s progress are used to help counsel the students more effectively in their course work. From these meetings, recommendations are made regarding advancement, special programs and disqualification. Graduation Requirements
In order to receive the Doctor of Dental Surgery (DDS) degree, students in the Advanced Standing Program for International Dentists must: (1) successfully complete all the required courses and clinical patient care assigned in trimesters VI, VII, VIII, IX, X and XI of the Problem Based Learning DDS curriculum; (2) pass Part I and Part II of the National Dental Board Examinations; and (3) achieve all of the competencies defined for the DDS curriculum and complete all required clinical performance evaluations. All assessments of progress to degree completion will be equivalent for all students seeking the DDS degree. In addition to meeting the academic requirements indicated above, students must have a completed administrative clearance form on file in the Office of Academic Affairs before a degree can be conferred. This administrative clearance indicates that the student has met financial and other obligations to the university and to the student’s patients. Advanced Standing Program for International Dentists Curriculum REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
DPBL 511c Dental Problem Based Learning – Human Structure II 2 DPBL 512c Dental Problem Based Learning – Human Function II 5 DPBL 513c Dental Problem Based Learning – Human Behavior II 2 DPBL 514c Dental Problem Based Learning – Human Clinical Dentistry II 8 DPBL 521abc Dental Problem Based Learning – Human Structure III 1-1-1 DPBL 522abc Dental Problem Based Learning – Human Function III 1-1-1 DPBL 523abc Dental Problem Based Learning – Human Behavior III 1-1-1
Advanced Programs in Dental Education
DPBL 524abc Dental Problem Based Learning – Human Clinical Dentistry III 14-14-14 DPBL 531ab Dental Problem Based Learning – Human Structure IV 1-1 DPBL 532ab Dental Problem Based Learning – Human Function IV 1-1
535
DPBL 533ab Dental Problem Based Learning – Human Behavior IV 1-1 DPBL 534ab Dental Problem Based Learning – Human Clinical Dentistry IV 13-13
100
Advanced Programs in Dental Education The Ostrow School of Dentistry offers advanced d ental education programs in general dentistry, endodontics, general practice residency, operative dentistry, orofacial pain and oral medicine, oral and maxillofacial surgery, pediatric dentistry, periodontology and prosthodontics, all leading to a certificate. The Ostrow School of Dentistry in conjunction with the Graduate School also offers combined programs in operative dentistry and craniofacial biology, in orthodontics and craniofacial biology, in pediatric dentistry and craniofacial biology, and in periodontology and craniofacial biology leading to a Master of Science degree and a certificate. In conjunction with the Keck School of Medicine, the Ostrow School of Dentistry offers a combined program leading to an M.D. degree and a certificate in oral and maxillofacial surgery. The Ostrow School of Dentistry also offers an online master’s degree in orofacial pain and oral medicine. In addition to clinical seminars and clinical experience, students take basic science courses with advanced students from other departments. The certificate curriculum consists of a core of basic science subjects plus clinical seminars and clinical experience. Elective subjects may also be selected by the student with the approval of the program director. The estimated lengths of programs are as follows: Endodontics, 24 months General Dentistry, 12 months General Practice Residency, 12 months Operative Dentistry, 24 or 36 months Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, 48 months Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery/M.D., 72 months Orofacial Pain and Oral Medicine, 24 months Orofacial Pain and Oral Medicine (online), 36 months Orthodontics, 36 months
Pediatric Dentistry, 24 or 36 months Periodontology, 36 months Prosthodontics, 36 months All programs will begin on July 1. Admission Requirements
Applicants must hold the Doctor of Dental Surgery or Doctor of Medical Dentistry degree and must present the appropriate degrees, approved transcripts and affidavits as prescribed by the Office of Dental Admissions and Student Affairs. Admission Procedures
Prospective students should apply through the Postdoctoral Application Support Service (PASS) at www.adea.org/pass. Prospective students to the integrated M.D. degree/oral and maxillofacial surgery certificate program should apply through the American Medical College Application Service (AMCAS). For selection and admission to the periodontics/ CBY, orthodontics/CBY, and pediatrics/CBY dentistry programs, applicants are required to take the Aptitude Section of the Graduate Record Examinations; a score of 1000 or above is desired for pediatric dentistry. For selection and admission for orthodontics and periodontics/CBY, a combined score (verbal and quantitative) of 1100 or better is required. The last acceptable test is in September of the year preceding desired admission. For further information regarding the GRE, applicants may contact a university in their area or write to: USC Center for Testing and Assessment, University Park, Los Angeles, CA 90089-0052, or visit the GRE Website at www.gre.org. The following material is also required to complete the application: (1) a PASS application and a $85 processing fee (graduates of foreign dental schools or students requiring a visa must submit a $145 processing fee). Applications and information for the PASS application are available at PASS, Suite
600, 1625 Massachusetts Avenue N.W., Washington, D.C. 20036-2212, or online at www.adea.org/pass; (2) applicants for General Dentistry, General Practice Residency, Orthodontic, Pediatric Dentistry and Oral Surgery programs must submit applicant agreement forms to the Postdoctoral Dental Matching Program. Information and forms can be obtained online at www.natmatch.com/ dentres; (3) a 2" x 2" passport style photograph of the applicant; (4) one official copy of the applicant’s dental school transcript with degree notation. Foreign transcripts and degree notations must be submitted with a certified English translation; (5) three letters of recommendation: (a) one from the program director or chairman of the specific graduate department applied to, or someone who is currently a pedodontist, orthodontist, etc.; (b) one from a full-time faculty member in the basic sciences; (c) a general character reference from applicant’s superior in service, or an individual by whom he or she was employed; (6) board scores Part I and Part II for all programs with the exception of the operative dentistry certificate and operative dentistry/CBY programs; MCATs are required for the Integrated M.D. degree/oral maxillofacial surgery certificate program. GRE scores are required for operative dentistry/CBY, orthodontics, periodontics/CBY and pediatric/ CBY programs. International students are required to take GREs for the two-year certificate program. These requirements may be waived at the discretion of the program director; (7) a biographical statement; (8) applicants may be asked to be available for an interview. If one is necessary, applicants will be contacted by the director of the individual advanced program; (9) applicants will be required to pay a non-refundable $1,500 tuition deposit upon notification of acceptance. (10) As a precondition to enrollment, accepted students must provide evidence of sound health and meet the school’s health requirements.
536
Ostrow School of Dentistry
Timetable for Applications
Completed applications and related information are reviewed first by the faculty of the department of interest. In selecting applicants for admission the faculty considers academic records and personal qualifications. Final approval for admission rests with the advanced education coordinating committee. Responsibility for advising the student after admission rests with the department chair.
Applications for admission to advanced programs must be received as follows: Endodontics, Sept. 1 Periodontology, Sept. 1 Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, Oct. 1 Orofacial Pain and Oral Medicine, Oct. 1 Orofacial Pain and Oral Medicine (online), Oct. 1 Orthodontics, Oct. 1 General Dentistry, Oct. 15 General Practice Residency, Oct. 15 Operative Dentistry, Nov. 1 Pediatric Dentistry, Nov. 1 Prosthodontics, Nov. 1
Student Issue – Advanced Programs
Dental units in the school’s clinics are equipped with Midwest Company type tubing and couplers for low and high speed air hand pieces. Advanced students must provide their own adapters to fit the school’s couplers unless the students’ present hand pieces are already so modified. The Dental Bookstore will assist in such conversions, if necessary. The bookstore has some low speed air hand pieces available for purchase.
Orientation
A departmental orientation session is usually held the first week of classes, beginning in late June. Incoming students are acquainted with the Ostrow School of Dentistry, its policies, procedures, faculty and facilities.
Students accepted into an advanced program should consult their program directors about needed equipment.
Advanced Endodontics Curriculum
ENDO 702 Seminar: Advanced Clinical Endodontics 2 ENDO 703abcd Seminar: Review of Endodontic Literature 1-1-1-1 ENDO 704ab Seminar: Surgical Endodontics 2-2 ENDO 705ab Seminar: Endodontic Case Presentation 4-4 ENDO 710 Seminar: Endodontic Practice Management 2 ENDO 711 Alternatives in Endodontics 4 ENDO 761abcdef Clinic: Advanced Endodontics 1-9 each ENDO 790 Directed Research: Endodontics 1-12 PTHL 601 Advanced Oral Pathology Seminar 2
Advanced Endodontics The advanced endodontics certificate program is a 24-month course of study. This program provides students with the background information and clinical experience necessary for a specialist in the practice of endodontics, and also offers activities in research and teacher-training for students interested in academic endodontics. Students are prepared for certification examination by the American Board of Endodontists. Emphasis is placed on the interaction of this specialty with other specialties and with general dentistry. The program in endodontics is accredited by the Commission on Dental Accreditation, a specialized accrediting body recognized by the Council on Postsecondary Accreditation and the United States Department of Education.
REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
ADNT 701 Research Methodologies in Dentistry 2 ADNT 702 Physical Diagnosis 2 ADNT 704ab Oral Biology 1-13 each ADNT 710 Internship: Dental Education 1-5 AMED 750abc Physical Evaluation and Anesthesia 2-2-1 ANAT 701 Advanced Head and Neck Anatomy 1 DHIS 701 Advanced Oral Histology 2 DMAT 701 Advanced Biomaterials 2 DPHR 701 Advanced Pharmacology 1 ENDO 521 Preclinical Endodontics 3 ENDO 701abcd Seminar: Biological Basis of Endodontic Therapy 1-1-1-1
Advanced Operative Dentistry The advanced program in operative dentistry offers a 24-month, 143-unit course culminating in a Certificate in Operative Dentistry or a combined 36-month, 162‑unit program leading to a Certificate in Operative Dentistry and Master of Science in Craniofacial Biology. The objective of the program is to produce skilled dental professionals with in-depth knowledge, technical and scientific background to become cutting-edge clinicians, professors and researchers. The program is structured to provide proficiency in scientific methodology and clinical expertise in mastering the most advanced techniques in preventive, operative, digital (CAD/CAM), esthetic, and adhesive dentistry.
The curriculum provides a solid foundation and proficiency in diagnosis, prognosis, prevention, treatment, restoration, management of developmental defects and discoloration, and rehabilitation of severely damaged dentition using a myriad of restorative techniques customized for the patient needs. Strong emphasis will be placed on meeting the patient’s biological, functional and esthetic wishes. Research is an integral part of the program. A strong, clinically relevant and fundamental research component is provided for longterm evaluation of restorative techniques and materials. Residents must perform and complete original research projects. The program
encourages the residents to present their research in renowned scientific meetings and to submit for publication. The residents of the combined operative dentistry certificate/ Master of Science in craniofacial biology are required to defend a master’s thesis to fulfill the thesis requirements. Additionally residents will gain teaching experience through assisting in the DDS teaching program. The experience gained in clinical dentistry, research and teaching will provide graduates the skills and the background needed to pursue academic careers.
Advanced Programs in Dental Education
Advanced Operative Dentistry Certificate (143 units) REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
ADNT 702 Physical Diagnosis 2 ADNT 704ab Oral Biology 1-13 each ADNT 710 Internship: Dental Education 1-5 AMED 750abc Physical Evaluation and Anesthesia 2-2-1 ANAT 701 Advanced Head and Neck Anatomy 1 CBY 574 Statistical Methods in Bioexperimentation 3 CBY 579L Craniofacial Molecular Genetics 4 CBY 585 Systematic Research Writing 3 CBY 590 Directed Research 1-12 DHIS 701 Advanced Oral Histology 2 DMAT 701 Advanced Biomaterials 2 DPHR 701 Advanced Pharmacology 1 OPER 701ab Seminar: Advanced Operative Dentistry I 2-2 OPER 702abL Advanced Dental Morphology for Esthetic Restoration 3-3 OPER 705L Dental Photography 1 OPER 710abcde Seminar: Advanced Operative Dentistry II 1 each OPER 720abcdef Seminar: Advanced Operative Dentistry III 1 each OPER 730abc Seminar: Advanced Operative Dentistry IV 1 each OPER 740abc Seminar: Advanced Operative Dentistry V 2 each OPER 750abc Seminar: Advanced Operative Dentistry VI 2 each
537
OPER 760abcde Seminar: Advanced Operative Dentistry VII 1 each OPER 765abc Seminar: Advanced Operative Dentistry VIII 1 each OPER 770abcdefL Scientific Investigation in Operative Dentistry 1-3, max 14 OPER 780abc Treatment Planning in Operative Dentistry 2 each OPER 795abcdef Clinic: Advanced Operative Dentistry 1-3, max 14 REST 708ab Dental Ceramics, Color, and Aesthetics 2-2 REST 710a Implant Dentistry 1 REST 721ab Principles of Occlusion 2-2 Advanced Operative Dentistry Certificate/ M.S., Craniofacial Biology (162 units) REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
ADNT 702 Physical Diagnosis 2 ADNT 704ab Oral Biology 1-13 each ADNT 710 Internship: Dental Education 1-5 AMED 750abc Physical Evaluation and Anesthesia 2-2-1 ANAT 701 Advanced Head and Neck Anatomy 1 CBY 574 Statistical Methods in Bioexperimentation 3 CBY 579L Craniofacial Molecular Genetics 4 CBY 585 Systematic Research Writing 3 CBY 590 Directed Research 1-12 CBY 594ab Master’s Thesis 2-2 CBY 671 Epistemology and Ethos of Bioscience 2 DPHR 701 Advanced Pharmacology 1 DHIS 701 Advanced Oral Histology 2
DMAT 701 Advanced Biomaterials 2 OPER 701ab Seminar: Advanced Operative Dentistry I 2-2 OPER 702abL Advanced Dental Morphology for Esthetic Restoration 3-3 OPER 705L Dental Photography 1 OPER 710abcdefh Seminar: Advanced Operative Dentistry II 1 each OPER 720abcdefh Seminar: Advanced Operative Dentistry III 1 each OPER 730abcd Seminar: Advanced Operative Dentistry IV 1 each OPER 740abc Seminar: Advanced Operative Dentistry V 2 each OPER 750abc Seminar: Advanced Operative Dentistry VI 2 each OPER 760abcdefh Seminar: Advanced Operative Dentistry VII 1 each OPER 765abcd Seminar: Advanced Operative Dentistry VIII 1 each OPER 770abcdefhL Scientific Investigation in Operative Dentistry 1-3, max 14 OPER 780abcdef Treatment Planning in Operative Dentistry 2 each OPER 795abcdefhij Clinic: Advanced Operative Dentistry 1-3, max 14 REST 708ab Dental Ceramics, Color, and Aesthetics 2-2 REST 710a Implant Dentistry 1 REST 721ab Principles of Occlusion 2-2
Advanced Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery The advanced education program in oral and maxillofacial surgery is a continuous 48-month course of study that prepares the graduate for the practice of oral and maxillofacial surgery. The program in oral surgery is accredited by the Commission on Dental Accreditation, a specialized accrediting body recognized by the Council on Postsecondary Accredita tion and the United States Department of Education. The program also meets the requirements of the American Association of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeons. The program is conducted at the Ostrow School of Dentistry and at the LAC+USC
Medical Center. The course provides graduates with the necessary background for certification by the American Board of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery. Certificates are awarded upon successful completion of the 48-month course. Advanced Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery Curriculum REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
ADNT 702 Physical Diagnosis 2 ADNT 704c Oral Biology 1 ADNT 710 Internship: Dental Education 1-5
PTHL 601 Advanced Oral Pathology Seminar 2 PTHL 701 Clinicopathologic Conference 3-12 SURG 701ab Seminar: Advanced Oral Surgery 2-2 SURG 702ab Seminar: Review of the Oral Surgery Literature 2-2 SURG 708ab Orthognathic Surgery 2-2 SURG 761abcd Clinic: Advanced Oral Surgery 1-10 each SURG 763abcd Clinic: Advanced Hospital Oral Surgery and Anesthesia 1-10 each
Ostrow School of Dentistry
538
Integrated M.D. Degree/Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery Certificate Program The Ostrow School of Dentistry of USC and the Keck School of Medicine of USC offer a continuous 72‑month integrated course of study leading to a medical degree in addition to a certificate in oral and maxillofacial surgery that prepares the graduate for the practice of oral and maxillofacial surgery. The program is fully integrated and will include advanced placement into the established medical school curriculum. During the first three years, the student will function in the capacity of a medical student as well as a resident in the oral and
maxillofacial surgery program. After the completion of the medical school curriculum, the M.D. degree will be awarded. This is required before the student can continue in the specially designed surgical internship portion of the program. At the completion of the surgical internship, the student is qualified for medical licensure. During the fourth through sixth year, all required rotations and surgical training will be completed to fulfill the educational requirements of the Commission of Dental Accreditation of the American Dental Association and
the American Association of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgeons. The program is conducted at the Schools of Dentistry and Medicine and at the LAC+USC Medical Center. The course of study provides the graduates with the necessary background for certification by the American Board of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery. The oral and maxillofacial surgery certificates are awarded upon successful completion of the entire 72-month course.
Advanced Orofacial Pain and Oral Medicine The advanced orofacial pain and oral medicine program consists of a 24-month program leading to a certificate. This program can be combined with a Master of Science or a Ph.D. degree for the interested student but separate applications to these programs are required. The certificate curriculum is designed with a series of didactic courses where the students will gain knowledge about the diagnosis, pathobiology and treatment of different oral and maxillofacial diseases and disorders. In addition to these courses, the student will gain clinical experience diagnosing and treating patients with the following diseases: temporomandibular disorders; infectious, dysplastic, neoplastic proliferative, erosive and ulcerative oral and pharyngeal mucosal diseases as well as the common perioral-facial cutaneous diseases. The student will also learn about and work with patients who have various salivary, neurogenic, osseous, and odontogenic infections, tumors and diseases including oral neuropathic pain, oral spasticity, migraine, tension type and chronic daily headache disorders. This program has been accredited by the Commission on Dental Accreditation of the American Dental Association. Advanced Orofacial Pain and Oral Medicine Certificate REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
ADNT 701 Research Methodologies in Dentistry 2 CBY 579L Craniofacial Molecular Genetics 4 OFPM 701 CPR, Blood and Airborne Infections and Common Emergencies for Dental Residents 1 OFPM 702ab Soft Tissue Disease for Dental Residents 1-2
OFPM 703 Local Anesthesia, Minor Surgery and Biopsy Procedures for Dental Residents 1 OFPM 704 Bony Pathology, Radiology and Advanced Imaging for Dental Residents 1 OFPM 705 Neurogenic Based Oral and Facial Pains for Dental Residents 2 OFPM 706 TMD, Orthopedics, Rheumatology and Physical Therapy for Dental Residents 2 OFPM 707 Pharmacology Series for Dental Residents 2 OFPM 708 Physical Evaluation and Laboratory Diagnostics for Dental Residents 2 OFPM 709 Headaches for Dental Residents 2 OFPM 721 Neurosciences for Dental Residents 2 OFPM 722 Internal Medicine and Systemic Disease for Dental Residents 2 OFPM 723 Systems Physiology, Motor Disorders and Sleep Apnea for Dental Residents 2 OFPM 724 Psychological and Psychometric Assessment for Dental Residents 2 OFPM 725 Epidemiology, Nutrition and Aging for Dental Residents 2 OFPM 726 Immunology and Immunosuppression for Dental Residents 2 OFPM 727 Infectious Disease, Oral Microbiology and Virology for Dental Residents 2 OFPM 728 Case Presentations by OFP‑OM Residents 2
Master of Science, Advanced Orofacial Pain and Oral Medicine
The Master of Science degree in orofacial pain and oral medicine program consists of a 36-month hybrid program (online and face-to-face) leading to a master’s degree in orofacial pain and oral medicine (OFPOM). The curriculum is designed to provide practicing dentists with advanced knowledge and training in the areas of orofacial pain and oral medicine including sleep medicine. The program consists of a series of 14 online didactic courses where the students will gain knowledge about the underlying science as well as the diagnosis, pathobiology and treatment of different oral and maxillofacial diseases and disorders. In addition to these courses, the student will attend USC for two weeks each summer during the three-year period for an additional three face-to-face assessment courses where they will be tested for knowledge acquisition using a set of objective standardized clinical examinations, oral interviews and written examinations. They will also be required to prepare a final portfolio of cases and conduct and present a research project report. During their visits to USC, the residents will gain experience diagnosing and treating patients in the USC OFOPM center. During the year, the residents will attend weekly video conferences where online students are required to analyze, diagnose and prepare treatment plan cases that are posted for analysis. These cases will cover the following diseases: temporomandibular disorders; infectious, dysplastic, neoplastic proliferative, erosive and ulcerative oral and pharyngeal mucosal diseases. Students will also learn about and work with patients who have various salivary, neurogenic, osseous, and odontogenic infections, tumors and diseases including oral neuropathic pain, oral spasticity, migraine, tension type and chronic daily headache and sleep apnea disorders.
Advanced Programs in Dental Education
M.S., Advanced Orofacial Pain and Oral Medicine REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
ADNT 701 Research Methodologies in Dentistry 2 OFPM 702ab Soft Tissue Disease for Dental Residents 1, 2 OFPM 704 Bony Pathology, Radiology and Advanced Imaging for Dental Residents 1 OFPM 705 Neurogenic Based Oral and Facial Pains for Dental Residents 2 OFPM 706 TMD, Orthopedics, Rheumatology and Physical Therapy for Dental Residents 2
539
OFPM 707 Pharmacology Series for Dental Residents 2 OFPM 710ab Knowledge Assessment for OFPOM Residents 1, 1 OFPM 721 Neurosciences for Dental Residents 2 OFPM 722 Internal Medicine and Systemic Disease for Dental Residents 2 OFPM 723 Systems Physiology, Motor Disorders and Sleep Apnea for Dental Residents 2 OFPM 724 Psychological and Psychometric Assessment for Dental Residents 2
OFPM 725 Epidemiology, Nutrition and Aging for Dental Residents 2 OFPM 726 Immunology and Immunosuppression for Dental Residents 2 OFPM 727 Infectious Disease, Oral Microbiology and Virology for Dental Residents 2 OFPM 729abcd Capstone Project for OFPOM Residents 0.5 each OFPM 730abcde Case Portfolio Preparation by Online OFPOM Residents 0.5 each
Advanced Orthodontics/Craniofacial Biology Curriculum
ORTH 705abc Orthodontic Practice Management 2-2-2 ORTH 706 Surgical Orthodontics 2 ORTH 707 Interdisciplinary Aesthetic Treatment 2 ORTH 708 Information Technology in Orthodontic Practice 2 ORTH 709 Advanced Information Technology in Orthodontic Practice 2 ORTH 721 Biomechanics and Orthodontic Technic 8 ORTH 751abcdefhi Clinic: Advanced Orthodontics 1-10 each PERI 752 Interdisciplinary Treatment: An Orthodontic Perspective 2
Total 32.5
Advanced Orthodontics The advanced orthodontics certificate program is a 34-month course of study leading to a certificate in orthodontics and a Master of Science degree in craniofacial biology. The program in orthodontics is accredited by the Commission on Dental Accreditation of the American Dental Association, a specialized accrediting body recognized by the Council on Postsecondary Accreditation and the United States Department of Education. Upon completion of all requirements, the graduate is eligible for examination and certification by the American Board of Orthodontics. The program has as its primary mission the preparation and training of residents for clinical practice in the specialty of orthodontics. This is achieved through a broad, in-depth curriculum designed to develop proficiency in clinical orthodontics with a solid foundation in fundamental and advanced biological and mechanical principles. Graduate-level courses in the basic sciences are the core didactic component of the program. Research is also an integral part of the program, and each resident must complete an original research project to fulfill a thesis requirement.
REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
ADNT 710 Internship: Dental Education 1-5 CBY 574 Statistical Methods in Bioexperimentation 3 CBY 578 Pathological Conditions of the Craniofacial Complex 3 CBY 579L Craniofacial Molecular Genetics 4 CBY 585 Systematic Research Writing 3 CBY 590 Directed Research 3 CBY 594abz* Master’s Thesis 2-2-0 CBY 671 Epistemology and Ethos of Bioscience 2 ORTH 701ab Cephalometrics: Growth and Development 2-4 each ORTH 702 Seminar: Review of Orthodontic Literature 5 ORTH 703abcdefhi Seminar: Advanced Orthodontics 2-8 each ORTH 704abc** Seminar: Orthodontics in Theory and Practice 2-2-2
*Students will be re-enrolled in CBY 594z until completion of the thesis. Tuition will be charged in each trimester of enrollment beyond Summer Session II. **Elective course
Advanced Pediatric Dentistry The advanced pediatric dentistry certificate program is a 24-month course of study designed to provide students with the background information and clinical experience necessary for the practice of pediatric dentistry. The program in pediatric dentistry is accredited by the Commission on Dental Accreditation, a specialized accrediting body recognized by the Council on Postsecondary
Accreditation and the United States Depart ment of Education. The program also meets the educational requirements of the American Board of Pediatric Dentistry. First year studies emphasize advanced pediatric dentistry theory and clinical treatment of the “healthy” child. Students develop a
sound basis in genetics, growth and development, nonpharmacologic and pharmacologic behavior management, physical evaluation, research methodology, statistics, interceptive orthodontics, prevention and a review of pediatric dental literature. Second year studies concentrate on dental care of children
540
Ostrow School of Dentistry
with physical, medical, mental and emotional disabilities. The second year student serves as a hospital-based resident at Childrens Hospital Los Angeles, Long Beach Memorial Medical Center or Children’s Hospital of Orange County. Residents also rotate to Rancho Los Amigos National Rehabilitation Center. Students gain experience in performing operating room procedures, oral conscious sedation, participating on interdisciplinary teams, providing emergency treatment and treating children with medical disabilities and pathologies in the hospital environment.
of this catalogue for further information. The first year of the program would be spent in craniofacial biology and the second and third years spent in the pediatric dentistry program. After successful completion of the craniofacial biology program the student would be reviewed by the Pediatric Dentistry Admissions Committee and admitted into the certificate program. The student must satisfactorily complete the Master of Science program to be eligible for the Pediatric Dentistry Certificate. Advanced Pediatric Dentistry Certificate
In addition to the two-year program, opportunities are available to combine the basic certificate program with a master’s or doctoral degree in Craniofacial Biology (CBY). The purpose of the combined pediatric dentistry/craniofacial biology program is to prepare highly qualified specialists in pediatric dentistry who can assume leadership positions in dental education, service to the community, dental research and dental care of children with developmental disabilities and medically compromising conditions. The structured curriculum of this three-year program offers a strong didactic component in basic biological science and in clinical sciences as well as intensive clinical pediatric dentistry training. An individual who elects to apply to the combined program in craniofacial biology and advanced pediatric dentistry would submit a simultaneous application to the Ostrow School of Dentistry and the Graduate School. See the Craniofacial Biology section
REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
ADNT 701 Research Methodologies in Dentistry 2 ADNT 706 Seminar: Diseases of Childhood 2 ADNT 707 Behavior of the Child Patient 2 ADNT 710 Internship: Dental Education 1-5 AMED 750abc Physical Evaluation and Anesthesia 2-2-1 DMAT 701 Advanced Biomaterials 2 DPHR 701 Advanced Pharmacology 1 PEDO 701ab Seminar: Advanced Pediatric Dentistry 8-15 each PEDO 702ab Comprehensive Review of Pediatric Dentistry 5-7 each PEDO 703abcde Interceptive Orthodontics 2-5 each
PEDO 704ab Prevention in Pediatric Dentistry 2-2 PEDO 705 Pediatric Diseases 2 PEDO 706 Dental Care for Pediatric Patients with Disabilities 2 PEDO 707 Seminar: Cleft Palate Rehabilitation 1-9 PEDO 708 Practice Management 1 PEDO 709 Conscious Sedation in Pediatric Dentistry 1 PEDO 721 Pediatric Physical Evaluation 2 PEDO 761abcde* Clinic: Advanced Pediatric Dentistry 2-10 each PEDO 771abcdef* Clinic: Hospital Pediatric Dentistry 2-15 each PEDO 772abcde Clinic: Interceptive Orthodontics 1-3 each PEDO 773 Hospital Pediatric Clinics 2-4 PEDO 774 Clinical Genetics in Pediatric Dentistry 9 PEDO 790ab Directed Research: Pediatric Dentistry 1-6 each *In addition to the required courses, a combined minimum of 36 units of PEDO 761 and PEDO 771 must be satisfactorily completed, as directed by the program director.
Advanced Periodontology The advanced periodontology program offers two options: (1) a 36-month, 183-unit course of study leading to a certificate in peri odontology, or (2) a dual 36-month, 183-unit program leading to both a certificate and a Master of Science in Craniofacial Biology. The program in periodontology is accredited by the Commission on Dental Accreditation, a specialized accrediting body recognized by the Council on Postsecondary Accredita tion, and the United States Department of Education. The program also meets the educational requirements of the American Board of Periodontology. Preparation for the certification process is an integral part of the curriculum, and all graduates are expected to become diplomates.
The curriculum provides a sound foundation in those basic sciences and medical subjects which apply directly to clinical periodontics. Emphasis is placed on the interaction of periodontics with other specialties and general dentistry. The central theme of the curriculum is that periodontology is the scientific basis to all of clinical dentistry. The program is structured to produce skilled periodontists with the technical and scientific abilities to provide periodontal services to the community and to prepare students for teaching careers. This program also provides a portion of the requirements necessary for an advanced degree in a basic science.
A core oral biology curriculum combined with fundamentals of physical diagnosis, anatomy, pathology, microbiology, research interpretation and design, and pharmacology constitute the biological foundation upon which the advanced postdoctoral student builds his or her skills. The program provides knowledge and clinical expertise in all types of periodontal treatment required for the practice of oral health care including the placement and care of dental implants. Clinical experience in pharmacosedation and treatment of special care patients is available for those who are interested in these fields. The program faculty believe that graduates should be dedicated to the concept of being a continuous student and should contribute to periodontics and to dentistry by practice, education, publication and/or research.
Advanced Programs in Dental Education
Advanced Periodontology Certificate (183 units) REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
ADNT 702 Physical Diagnosis 2 ADNT 703a-f, h-j Seminar: Combined Treatment Planning 2 each ADNT 704ab Oral Biology 1-13 each ADNT 710 Internship: Dental Education 1-5 AMED 750abc Physical Evaluation and Anesthesia 2-2-1 ANAT 701 Advanced Head and Neck Anatomy 1 CBY 574 Statistical Methods in Bioexperimentation 3 CBY 575 Biologic Basis of Oral-Facial Disease 3 CBY 576 Biochemical Aspects of Periodontal Disease 3 CBY 585 Systematic Research Writing 3 CBY 590 Directed Research 6 CBY 674 Advanced Oral Microbiology 2 DHIS 701 Advanced Oral Histology 2 DPHR 701 Advanced Pharmacology 1 PERI 701ab Seminar: Review of Current Periodontal Literature 2-3 PERI 702ab Seminar: Periodontal Treatment Procedures 2-2 PERI 704a-f, h-j Seminar: Periodontal Therapy 2 each PERI 708 Seminar: Clinical Basis of Periodontics 4 PERI 710 Clinical Periodontal Photography 1 PERI 711 Occlusal Therapy in Periodontics 2
541
PERI 713a-f, h-j Treatment Planning in Periodontics 2 each PERI 716ab Seminar: Special Topics in Periodontal Disease 3-3 PERI 750 Advanced Periodontal Instrumentation 3 PERI 752 Interdisciplinary Treatment: An Orthodontic Perspective 2 PERI 761a-f, h-j Clinic: Advanced Periodontics 1-10 each PTHL 601 Advanced Oral Pathology Seminar 2 REST 710abcd Implant Dentistry 1-1-1-1 REST 782a-e Clinic: Implant Prosthodontics 1-10 each Advanced Periodontology Certificate/M.S., Craniofacial Biology (183 units) REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
ADNT 702 Physical Diagnosis 2 ADNT 703a-f, h-j Seminar: Combined Treatment Planning 2 each ADNT 704ab Oral Biology 1-13 each ADNT 710 Internship: Dental Education 1-5 AMED 750abc Physical Evaluation and Anesthesia 2-2-1 ANAT 701 Advanced Head and Neck Anatomy 1 CBY 574 Statistical Methods in Bioexperimentation 3 CBY 575 Biologic Basis of Oral-Facial Disease 3 CBY 576 Biochemical Aspects of Periodontal Disease 3 CBY 579L Craniofacial Molecular Genetics 4 CBY 582L Laboratory Methods 3 CBY 585 Systematic Research Writing 3 CBY 590 Directed Research 6
CBY 594ab Master’s Thesis 2-2 CBY 671 Epistemology and Ethos of Bioscience 2 CBY 674 Advanced Oral Microbiology 2 DHIS 701 Advanced Oral Histology 2 DPHR 701 Advanced Pharmacology 1 PERI 701ab Seminar: Review of Current Periodontal Literature 2-3 PERI 702ab Seminar: Periodontal Treatment Procedures 2-2 PERI 704a-f, h-j Seminar: Periodontal Therapy 2 each PERI 708 Seminar: Clinical Basis of Periodontics 4 PERI 710 Clinical Periodontal Photography 1 PERI 711 Occlusal Therapy in Periodontics 2 PERI 713a-f, h-j Treatment Planning in Periodontics 2 each PERI 716ab Seminar: Special Topics in Periodontal Disease 3-3 PERI 750 Advanced Periodontal Instrumentation 3 PERI 752 Interdisciplinary Treatment: An Orthodontic Perspective 2 PERI 761a-f, h-j Clinic: Advanced Periodontics 1-10 each PTHL 601 Advanced Oral Pathology Seminar 2 REST 710abcd Implant Dentistry 1-1-1-1 REST 782a-e Clinic: Implant Prosthodontics 1-10 each
Advanced Prosthodontics The program in advanced prosthodontics is a 36-month course of study designed to teach didactic and clinical skills leading to competency in the specialized practice of prosthodontics. The program provides a basic science foundation, incorporating studies in physical diagnosis, anatomy, oral pathology, pharmacology and oral biology. Proficiency in fixed, removable and implant prosthodontics will be developed during the course of study from a practical and didactic aspect. There is a strong emphasis on applying principles of esthetics toward oral reconstructions and
implant prosthodontics. Periodontally compromised patients are frequently encountered, so the program is closely allied with the advanced program in periodontology. Treatment planning and integrated care with allied specialties is a strength of the program. In addition to developing clinical skills, the program requires a research methodology course and a research project.
Clinical experience in implant placement and didactic study in maxillofacial prosthetics are offered: students who want more experience in clinical care may devote more time to treating these patients. The program in advanced prosthodontics is accredited by the Commission on Dental Accreditation, a special accrediting body recognized by the Council on Postsecondary Accreditation and the United States Department of Education. The program also meets the requirements of the American Board of Prosthodontics. A certificate is awarded upon successful completion of the program.
Ostrow School of Dentistry
542
Advanced Prosthodontics Certificate REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
ADNT 701 Research Methodologies in Dentistry 2 ADNT 702 Physical Diagnosis 2 ADNT 703abcdefhi Seminar: Combined Treatment Planning 2 each ADNT 704ab Oral Biology 1-13 each AMED 750abc Physical Evaluation and Anesthesia 2-2-1 ANAT 701 Advanced Head and Neck Anatomy 1 CBY 575 Biologic Basis of Oral-Facial Disease 3 DMAT 701 Advanced Biomaterials 2 DPHR 701 Advanced Pharmacology 1
PTHL 601 Advanced Oral Pathology Seminar 2 REST 701 Orientation to Advanced Prosthodontics 5 REST 702abcdefhi Seminar: Treatment Planning 2 each REST 703abcdefh Seminar: Review of the Prosthodontic Literature – Fixed 1 each REST 704abcdefh Seminar: Review of the Prosthodontic Literature – Removable 1 each REST 705 Advanced Fixed Prosthodontics Techniques 1
REST 706 Advanced Complete Denture Techniques 1 REST 708ab Dental Ceramics, Color, and Aesthetics 2-2 REST 709ab Seminar: Removable Partial Dentures 1-2 REST 710ab Implant Dentistry 1-1 REST 712 Maxillofacial Prosthodontics 2 REST 721ab Principles of Occlusion 2-2 REST 761abcdefhij Clinic: Advanced Prosthodontics 1-10 each REST 781 Clinic: Maxillofacial Prosthetics 1-8 REST 782abc Clinic: Implant Prosthodontics 1-10 each REST 790 Directed Research: Prosthodontics 1-12
Under supervision of the faculties of the Ostrow School of Dentistry of USC, the Greater Los Angeles V.A. and the Keck School of Medicine of USC, the residents rotate through oral surgery, emergency medicine, anesthesia, operating room dentistry, care for the handicapped and other disciplines. Approximately 80 percent of the resident’s time is devoted to delivery of oral health care and its management to the medically compromised patient.
Along with patient treatment, the residents are required to take courses in physical evaluation and anesthesia, endodontics, peri odontics, dental implants, dental technology, maxillofacial prosthodontics, oral pathology and practice management. The residents are also required to present patient cases to the faculty.
General Practice Residency The general practice residency program is a 12-month, full-time residency program designed in conformance with the guidelines of the Council on Dental Education and the Commission on Dental Accreditation of the American Dental Association. The program is structured to increase diagnostic acumen, general knowledge and clinical ability in dentistry. The program is conducted primarily at the Los Angeles County+USC Medical Center, one of the nation’s largest teaching hospitals, and at the Veterans Administration Los Angeles Ambulatory Care facility in downtown Los Angeles. Some of the training is also conducted at Rancho Los Amigos Medical Center, West L.A. Veterans Administration Hospital, the Ostrow School of Dentistry of USC and other community facilities.
The program emphasizes the treatment of a wide range of oral health disorders, medical considerations related to dental care, the ability to treat medically compromised and handicapped patients and teaches how to provide dental care in a hospital environment interacting with health care providers of various disciplines. Inherent in the year of training, a philosophy of practice addresses the medical psychosocial and oral health care needs of the patient.
Residents receive a monthly stipend during their training program and are granted a certificate upon satisfactory completion of the program. The program in general practice is accredited by the Commission on Dental Accreditation, a specialized accrediting body recognized by the Council on Postsecondary Accredita tion and the United States Department of Education.
Advanced Education in General Dentistry Residency The advanced education in general dentistry program is a 12-month, full-time residency program designed in accordance with the guidelines of the Council on Dental Education and the Commission on Dental Accreditation of the American Dental Association. A certificate is awarded upon satisfactory completion of the program. The program is conducted primarily at the Ostrow School of Dentistry of USC, along
with the Los Angeles County+USC Medical Center, one of the nation’s largest teaching hospitals. Some of the training is also conducted at the USC Dental Clinic at the Union Rescue Mission and Ostrow School of Dentistry of USC Mobile Clinic.
a monthly stipend during their training program.
The program is designed for the person who is planning a career in general dentistry in private practice, community health care environments, dental education, and/ or an advanced specialty. Residents receive
All clinical experiences are supervised by the faculty of the Ostrow School of Dentistry of USC and the Keck School of Medicine of USC. The program provides experience to
An optional second year is available to individuals who have completed the first year of the program.
Graduate Degrees
residents in the delivery of comprehensive, multidisciplinary oral health care to healthy and medically compromised patients, including pediatric, adult and geriatric patients in private practice, hospital and community care settings. The AEGD program is accredited by the ADA Commission on Dental Accreditation.
543
Advanced Education in General Dentistry Certificate YEAR ONE REQUIRED COURSES (24 UNITS)
UNITS
ADNT 702 Physical Diagnosis 2 AEGD 701abc Advanced Comprehensive Oral Health Care 2-3-3 AEGD 761abc Advanced Comprehensive Oral Health Care Delivery I 1-1-2 AEGD 762ab Hospital Oral Surgery and Anesthesia 1-1 AMED 750abc Physical Evaluation and Anesthesia 2-2-1 DPHR 701 Advanced Pharmacology 1 REST 710ab Implant Dentistry 1-1
YEAR TWO REQUIRED COURSES (12 UNITS)
UNITS
ADNT 710 Internship: Dental Education 3 AEGD 702abc Review of Dental Literature 1-1-1 AEGD 764abc Advanced Comprehensive Oral Health Care Delivery II 2-2-2
Graduate Degrees Craniofacial Biology Ostrow School of Dentistry of USC DEN 218 (213) 740-1001 (323) 442-1728 FAX: (213) 740-2376 Email: paine@usc.edu Director: Michael L. Paine, BDS, Ph.D. Faculty
Professors: Yang Chai, DDS, Ph.D.; Winston Chee, DDS; Casey Chen, DDS, Ph.D.; George Cho, DDS; Cheng-Ming Chuong, M.D., Ph.D. (Medicine); Glenn Clark, DDS, Ph.D.; Paul Denny, Ph.D.; Tina Jaskoll, Ph.D.; Michael Melnick, DDS, Ph.D.; Cedric Minkin, Ph.D.; Mahvash Navazesh, DMD; Hessam Nowzari, DDS, Ph.D.; Janet Moradian-Oldak, Ph.D.; Michael Paine, BDS, Ph.D.; Pragna Patel, Ph.D.; Michael Schneir, Ph.D.; Harold C. Slavkin, DDS; Jorgen Slots, DDS, Ph.D.; Malcolm Snead, DDS, Ph.D.; David Warburton, M.D. (Medicine); Margarita Zeichner-David, Ph.D. Associate Professors: Steven Goodman, Ph.D.; Robert Keim, DDS, Ph.D.; Anh Le, DDS, Ph.D.; Sandra Rich, RDH, Ph.D.; Glenn Sameshima, DDS, Ph.D.; Songtao Shi, DDS, Ph.D.; Arnold Tiber, DDS, Ph.D.; Stephen Yen, DMD, Ph.D.; Homayoun Zadeh, DDS, Ph.D.
Assistant Professors: Ruchi Bajpai, M.S., Ph.D.; Roger De Filippo, M.D. (Medicine); Reyes Enciso, Ph.D.; Matt Lee, M.D.; Ching-Ling Lien, Ph.D.; Amy Merrill-Brugger, Ph.D.; Laura Perin, Ph.D.; Saravanan Ram, DDS; Parish P. Sedghizadeh, M.S., DDS; Wei Shi, M.D., Ph.D. (Medicine); Mark Urata, M.D., DDS; Yan Zhou, Ph.D.
Admission Requirements
Craniofacial biology is concerned with the 足evolution, growth, structure and function of oral tissues and the oral region; and with the etiology and pathogenesis of numerous diseases and malformations. These involve studies at various levels of biological organization, from the molecular and subcellular to the organismic. Craniofacial biology comprises a large, rapidly increasing body of k 足 nowledge that has both clinical and academic importance.
Applications
The objective of the program is primarily, but not exclusively, to prepare health science graduates for entry into careers in academic environments as clinical scholars or as members of multidisciplinary teams of health professionals in academic centers of clinical and basic health science research.
The graduate program in craniofacial biology offers academic graduate training to individuals with a Doctor of Dental Surgery, Medical Doctor or equivalent degree. Applicants with Bachelor of Science degrees in areas such as biology and chemistry are also encouraged to apply. Formal application to the USC Office of Graduate Admission and the graduate program in craniofacial biology is required for Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy objectives. All postsecondary transcripts are required and must be forwarded to the Office of Graduate Admission for application to either Master of Science or Doctor of Philosophy objectives. An undergraduate grade point average (GPA) of 3.0 or better, and a combined verbal and quantitative score of 1100 or better on the Graduate Record Examinations general test are required. Three letters of recommendation describing academic abilities and personal attributes must be submitted on behalf of the applicant. Personal interviews may be required.
544
Ostrow School of Dentistry
Master of Science This degree is under the jurisdiction of the Graduate School. Students should also refer to the Requirements for Graduation section, page 86, and the Graduate School section of this catalogue for general regulations, page 97. All courses applied toward the degree must be courses accepted by the Graduate School. The Master of Science degree in craniofacial biology offers the clinician (DDS, M.D. or equivalent) the opportunity to obtain clinical research knowledge and skills in the area of craniofacial biology. Such training will include research into the causes of craniofacial diseases and anomalies, as well as normal development and function. The course of study is particularly directed toward those clinicians committed to pursuing a career in research and teaching. Degree Requirements
A total of 32 units is required that includes eight courses in craniofacial biology, four units of 594ab Thesis and necessary units of 590 Thesis Research. All students must achieve a 3.0 grade point average in the craniofacial biology courses. Four core courses in cranio facial biology are required for all students: CBY 574, CBY 579L, CBY 585 and CBY 671.
The four remaining courses required may be selected from any offered by the craniofacial biology program or other graduate programs and selected by the students and their mentors to best support their research interests. All students are required to complete a thesis based on the student’s research following a thesis protocol approved by a committee of craniofacial biology faculty. An advisory committee, comprising the research adviser and two additional faculty members, will establish thesis requirements to be completed by the student. Graduate Certificate in Craniofacial Biology
The Certificate in Craniofacial Biology is intended to provide dentists in post-graduate dental education with experience in graduate education and insight into the requirements to complete a graduate degree. This will provide the students with additional information relative to selecting academic careers. All certificate students must have a dental degree and have been admitted to a post-graduate dental education program sponsored by the Ostrow School of Dentistry of USC.
Degree Requirements A total of six CBY courses and 18 units of course work is required for the certificate. The six courses may be selected from the following list: CBY 573, CBY 574, CBY 575, CBY 576, CBY 577L, CBY 579L, CBY 583, CBY 585, CBY 587, CBY 672, CBY 673, CBY 674. The credit received for these classes may be applied toward either the M.S. or Ph.D. in Craniofacial Biology should the student decide later to pursue an advanced degree. Admissions Criteria Only residents enrolled in advanced dental education and specialty programs will be eligible for the completion of the Certificate in Craniofacial Biology. Residents accepted into the following programs will be eligible: Advanced Education in General Dentistry, General Practice Residency, Endodontics, Orofacial Pain/Oral Medicine, Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery, Orthodontics, Pediatric Dentistry, Periodontology, Prosthodontics. These residents must complete all the requirements for admission to the dental advanced education programs and have been accepted to these programs by the criteria established by the advanced dental education program faculty.
Doctor of Philosophy The Doctor of Philosophy degree in cranio facial biology is awarded under the jurisdiction of the Graduate School. Students should also refer to the Requirements for Graduation section, page 86, and the Graduate School section of this catalogue for general regulations, page 97. All courses applied toward the degree must be courses accepted by the Graduate School. This program is designed to provide health science-oriented training for the professional with interests in academic, as well as clinical, aspects of craniofacial biology. New Student Orientation Committee
All new students seeking Master of Science and/or Doctor of Philosophy degree objectives will be assigned to an orientation committee. This committee will function to advise and guide new students through their first semester. Thereafter, each student will identify a mentor and assemble a guidance committee.
Guidance Committee
Screening Procedure
During the second semester of study each graduate student should select a guidance committee. The guidance committee must include five faculty members who will be of assistance in the student’s education. The student’s mentor will serve as chair of the guidance committee. One committee member must be a USC faculty member from outside the program. The graduate program director will be ex officio a member of all guidance committees.
As soon as the student has satisfactorily completed the core courses and selected the committee, a screening meeting with the guidance committee should be called. The screening procedure may consist of an oral examination; the student will outline his research progress and be examined on academic development. The committee may recommend that the student take specific additional course work and that readings in certain areas be initiated to remedy deficiencies. A brief report will be given to the student and included in his or her file. The student will meet with the committee each semester; they shall agree when the student is prepared to take the qualifying examination in the next semester or if the student should resign or be dropped from the program.
The guidance committee will monitor the student’s progress, recommend readings or additional training, and determine when the student is ready for the qualifying examination. It is the student’s responsibility to meet with the guidance committee at least once during every semester of each academic year. The results of these formal meetings should be summarized by the student in a written statement and submitted to the program director each semester.
Course Requirements
A total of 60 units is required for the Ph.D. Eight didactic courses at the graduate level are required. The core required CBY courses are CBY 574, CBY 579L, CBY 585 and CBY 587.
Courses of Instruction
The remaining graduate-level courses may be selected from courses offered by any department, following consultation with the graduate mentor and graduate program director. It is highly recommended that Ph.D. students take the PIBBS core curriculum on the Health Sciences Campus. Students must achieve a 3.0 GPA or better in their course work. Students with a Doctor of Dental Surgery or other professional degree may be granted waivers for having completed equivalent course work. It is the student’s responsibility to obtain from the Graduate School the Request for Permission to Take the Ph.D. Qualifying Examination form which must be signed by all committee members. This form must be completed 60 days before the qualifying examination.
Qualifying Examination
The Ph.D. qualifying examination is offered during the fall or spring semesters. A written examination will cover specific subject areas of the core curriculum, as well as topics selected by the guidance committee. After successfully completing all parts of the written examination, the student will prepare and submit an original research proposal to the guidance committee which presents, in National Institutes of Health (NIH) format, the student’s proposed dissertation research. If the submitted proposal is acceptable, an oral examination will be conducted. This examination will include a defense of the proposal and could also include material from the written examination and related topics. A student failing any part of the examination may be allowed one additional opportunity to pass that portion, at the
545
discretion of the guidance committee, within the regulations of the Graduate School governing the repetition of qualifying examinations. Dissertation
The doctoral dissertation is to focus upon an original research problem which reflects the creative scholarly abilities of the candidate and contributes to the general advancement of biological understanding, as well as to an understanding of the theoretical basis of disease and its treatment. Defense of the Dissertation
An oral examination on a rough or final copy of the dissertation is conducted within one month following submission of the manuscript to the committee.
Continuing Education The Office of Continuing Education provides education courses, participation programs and national and international symposia in many areas of the dental profession. These educational activities are designed to offer updated and innovative concepts to dentists, dental hygienists, dental technicians and auxiliary personnel, and to provide the dental community with the opportunity for lifelong learning from outstanding scholars. In addition, the courses fulfill continuing education requirements of the California Board of Dental Examiners for relicensure of
dentists and auxiliaries. The Ostrow School of Dentistry of USC is a recognized American Dental Association (ADA) and a Continuing Education Recognition Program (CERP) provider. Courses are given at regular intervals in the various subjects of dentistry: oral health, dental esthetics, oral medicine, physical diagnosis, dental materials, dental laboratory techniques, dental management, endodontics, periodontics, implants, oral surgery, restorative dentistry, fixed and removable prosthodontics, instrumentation, occlusion, oral pathology,
dental hygiene, dental auxiliary education, patient education, pharmacology, principles of dental practice, radiology, sedation and emergencies. Information on schedules of classes may be obtained by writing to: Ostrow School of Dentistry of USC, Office of Continuing Education, Room 201J, University Park, Los Angeles, CA 900890641, (213) 821-2127, FAX: (213) 740-3973, email cedental@usc.edu or refer to the school’s Website at www.uscdentalce.org.
Courses of Instruction The terms indicated are expected but are not guaranteed. For the courses offered during any given term, consult the Schedule of Classes. D E N T I S T RY ( D E N T )
DENT 221 Introduction to Dentistry (1)
History and current role of dental science in the health services field; review of research; overview of dental procedures with laboratory experience and practice observation.
DENT 412 Fundamentals of Craniofacial and Dental Technology (3, Sp) Biomedi-
cal engineering and technology applied to oral health professions. Dental biomaterials, CAD-CAM, digital dental technology and tissue engineering applications to cranio facial diseases, disorders, and enhancements. Junior standing. (Duplicates credit in former BME 412.)
and clinical experience in physical diagnosis relevant to practice of the dental specialties. Lecture, 1 hour; demonstration, 1 hour. ADNT 703abcdefhij Seminar: Combined Treatment Planning (2 each) Interdisciplin-
ary consideration of complex cases which involve several of the dental specialties. ADNT 704abc Oral Biology (1-13 each)
A D VA N C E D D E N TA L E D U C AT I O N CONJOINT PROGRAM (ADNT)
DENT 402 Formal Science-Writing (2)
A scientist-taught, lecture-workshop-tutorial format for developing skills in formal sciencewriting (e.g., abstracts, journal articles, grants). Not open to students in the School of Dentistry. Prerequisite: upper division standing in science and preprofessional majors.
ADNT 702 Physical Diagnosis (2) Didactic
ADNT 701 Research Methodologies in Dentistry (2) Critical evaluation of the scien-
tific principles in the development, execution, and interpretation of methodologies used in dentistry.
Interdisciplinary consideration of contemporary biology of the cell, bone, teeth, periodontium, occlusion, dental pulp, pain and human growth and development.
546
Ostrow School of Dentistry
ADNT 706 Seminar: Diseases of Childhood (2) Intraoral hard and soft tissue pathologic
A N AT O M Y ( A N AT )
conditions in children, common bacterial and viral diseases and their transmission in the pediatric dental environment. Seminar, 2 hours. Graded CR/NC.
ANAT 321 Head and Neck Anatomy (2)
ADNT 707 Behavior of the Child Patient (2)
ANAT 501 Functional Neuroanatomy- Neurophysiology (3) Structure and function
Child and adolescent psychological growth and development: Human communication, needs, motivation, and learning. Critical analysis of patient management, team treatment, and practice administration. Lecture, 2 hours. ADNT 710 Internship: Dental Education (1-5) Practical experience teaching predoc-
toral students. Units and hours variable.
Anatomy of the head and neck with lecture and laboratory demonstration for dental hygienists.
of the human nervous system. Includes participation in neurology clinics at LAC+USC Medical Center.
AEGD 701abc Advanced Comprehensive Oral Health Care (2-3-3) Comprehensive,
multidisciplinary oral health care delivery concepts and methods for the general dentist. Registration limited to students in the AEGD certificate program, Year 1. Graded CR/NC. AEGD 702abc Review of Dental Literature (1-1-1) Comprehensive review of relevant
dental literature pertaining to advanced comprehensive, multidisciplinary oral health care delivery for the general dentist. Registration limited to students in AEGD certificate program, Year 2. Graded CR/NC. AEGD 761abc Advanced Comprehensive Oral Health Care Delivery I (1-1-2) Clinical
applications of comprehensive, multidisciplinary oral health care delivery concepts and techniques for the first year AEGD resident. Registration limited to students in AEGD certificate program, Year 1. Graded CR/NC. AEGD 762ab Hospital Oral Surgery and Anesthesia (1-1) Clinical applications of
advanced oral surgery and maxillofacial prosthetics, pharmacology, and anesthesia in a hospital setting. Registration limited to students in AEGD certificate program, Year 1. Graded CR/NC. AEGD 764abc Advanced Comprehensive Oral Health Care Delivery II (2-2-2) Clinical
applications of comprehensive, multidisciplinary oral health care delivery concepts and techniques for the second year AEGD resident. Registration limited to students in AEGD certificate program, Year 2. Graded CR/NC.
Theory and techniques for pain control, anxiety includes: local anesthetics; drugs, adjunctive premedication, techniques in oral, rectal, intramuscular, inhalation sedation, prevention, management of complications. (Duplicates credit in the former AMED 521 and AMED 522.) AMED 605abcde Seminar: Intravenous Sedation (0-0-0-0-4) Review of the literature
and a selection of case studies in intravenous sedation.
ANAT 521 Head and Neck Anatomy (2, Fa)
Detailed morphology of the head and neck emphasizing considerations applicable to dentistry; morphology of the thorax; osteology of the skull. ANAT 522 Systemic Human Anatomy (3)
A D VA N C E D E D U C AT I O N I N G E N E R A L D E N T I S T RY ( A E G D )
AMED 524 Pain and Anxiety Control (2, Sp)
Structure and function of the human body; organ systems and morphology of the abdomen and pelvis; axilla and arm; osteology of the skull. ANAT 523 Head and Neck Dissection (1)
Laboratory experience in dissection of the structures of the human head and neck with emphasis on the osteology and morphology of the face.
AMED 606abcde Clinical Intravenous Sedation (0-0-0-0-3) Management of patients
receiving intravenous sedation, including physical evaluation, patient monitoring, recognition and management of unconscious airway and emergency situations; IV sedation procedures. AMED 610 Physical Diagnosis/Cardiology (1) Participation in the Cardiac Clinic at
LAC+USC Medical Center; experience in cardiac auscultation, abnormal breath sounds, use of cardiac drugs, and prosthetic valve management. AMED 613abcde Clinic: Intravenous Sedation (0-0-0-0-3) Clinical experience
ANAT 701 Advanced Head and Neck Anatomy (1) Detailed study of structure and
function of the orofacial region including recent research and advances in dentistry.
in intravenous sedation including physical evaluation, patient monitoring, and management of unconscious airway. Prerequisite: AMED 606e.
ANAT 722 Advanced Head and Neck Anatomy Laboratory (1) Dissection of the
AMED 750abc Physical Evaluation and Anesthesia (2-2-1) In-depth examination of
head and neck with emphasis on the osteology and morphology of the face. Prerequisite: ANAT 701 enrollment.
physical evaluation, emergency medicine, basic life support, inhalation sedation, intravenous sedation, local anesthesia, and patient monitoring; includes clinical experience.
ANESTHESIA AND MEDICINE (AMED) B I O C H E M I S T RY ( D B I O )
AMED 421 Seminar: Teaching Local Anesthesia (1) Techniques of teaching local anes-
thesia to dental hygiene students.
AMED 502 Emergency Medicine (2) Recog-
nition and management of life-threatening emergencies, including unconsciousness, altered consciousness, respiratory distress, convulsions, drug-related emergencies, and chest pain.
AMED 523 Pharmacosedation II (1) Intro-
duction to intravenous sedation; evaluation of patient, selection of technique and procedure; prevention of complications, recognition and management of complications; introduction to general anesthesia.
DBIO 310 Oral Biochemistry (2, Fa)
iochemical insight into oral tissues and B saliva — emphasizing anti-microbial protection (systemic and therapeutic) against demineralization and connective tissue destruction. DBIO 501 Biochemistry and Molecular Biology (2) Biochemical properties of carbo
hydrates, lipids, amino acids, proteins, and nucleic acids — emphasizing molecular structure-function interrelatedness, integrated metabolism, and molecular biology of the cell.
Courses of Instruction
C R A N I O FA C I A L B I O L O G Y ( C B Y )
CBY 583 Craniofacial Clinical Genetics (4)
CBY 571 Biochemistry (4, Fa) (Enroll in
Principles of human genetics; clinically oriented normal and abnormal human embryology; diagnosis and natural history of human craniofacial birth defects; genetic counseling and bioethics.
CBY 573 Molecular Embryology (4) Prin-
CBY 585 Systematic Research Writing (3, FaSpSm) Enhancement of critical research
CBY 561 Molecular Genetics (4, Sp) (Enroll
in INTD 561) INTD 571)
ciples of developmental biology; emphasis on molecular genetics and cell and molecular mechanisms of tissue interaction and morphodifferentiation. CBY 574 Statistical Methods in Bioexperi mentation (3) Experimental design and
thinking by fulfilling anticipated conceptual components of the journal article; perfection of writing skills by correcting inter- and intrasentence flaws. CBY 586x Scientific Writing Practicum (3)
analysis as applied to all levels of biologic organization; hypothesis construction; probability; univariate and multivariate analysis; basic epidemiology.
Development of writing skill while completing a discipline-required project (proposal, dissertation, journal article). Seminar and tutorial format. Not for graduate credit. Prerequisite: CBY 585 or DENT 402.
CBY 575 Biologic Basis of Oral-facial Disease (3, FaSpSm) Cell and molecular
CBY 587 Cell and Molecular Biology of Craniofacial Tissues (3) Contemporary cell
biology of oral tissues in disease: emphasis on immunopathology. (Duplicates credit in former CBY 575a). CBY 576 Biochemical Aspects of Periodontal Disease (3, FaSpSm) Cell and molecular
and molecular biology as applied to the development, structure, and function of craniofacial tissues.
CBY 590 Directed Research (1-12) Research
biology of oral tissues in disease; emphasis on molecular oral pathology. (Duplicates credit in former CBY 575b).
leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC.
CBY 577L Principles of Teratology (4) Envi-
CBY 594abz Master’s Thesis (2-2-0) Credit
ronmental factors associated with human congenital malformations; emphasis on druginduced birth defects; limited laboratory using avian and mammalian animal models. CBY 578 Pathological Conditions of the Craniofacial Complex (3, FaSpSm) Acquired
and inherited, systemic and local disease resulting in clinical craniofacial morbidity: cellular and molecular expression as related to etiology, diagnosis, treatment, and prognosis.
on acceptance of thesis. Graded IP/CR/NC. CBY 599 Special Topics (2-4, max 8) Semi-
nars on craniofacial biology in subject areas of special interest to faculty and students. CBY 671 Epistemology and Ethos of Bioscience (2) Classical and contemporary
thought on knowledge acquisition, truth, and method as applied to bioscience; characteristic spirit, beliefs, and moral assumptions of bioscientists in modern history.
CBY 579L Craniofacial Molecular Genetics (4) Principles and methodologies of mamma-
CBY 672 Advances in Development and Differentiation (2) Integration of recent
CBY 580ab Seminars in Craniofacial Biology (2-2) Seminars presented by recognized
CBY 673 Biomineralization (2) Fundamental
lian molecular genetics; laboratory exercises applied to pre- and postnatal craniofacial growth and development.
researchers in the various disciplines relating to craniofacial biology; selected readings in preparation for discussion. Graded CR/NC.
advances in cell and molecular developmental biology into classical and emerging thematic frameworks. principles and mechanisms of matrix mediated biomineralization in model systems from bacteria to humans.
temporary methods of laboratory analysis, including theoretical and practical exposure to procedures and equipment in the research laboratory.
CBY 790 Research (1-12) Research leading
to the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. CBY 794abcdz Doctoral Dissertation (2-2-2-2-0) Credit on acceptance of disserta-
tion. Graded IP/CR/NC.
C O M M U N I T Y D E N T I S T RY ( C M D T )
CMDT 501 Introduction to Community Dentistry Programs (1) Lectures and practi-
cal field experiences introducing the role of the dentist in a variety of organized public health programs. CMDT 502ab Contemporary Dental Practice (2-2) Economic, legal, and professional
aspects of dental practice; alternative careers in dentistry. CMDT 507abc Ethical Issues in the Practice of Dentistry (0-0-1) Examination of the
major ethical issues in the current practice of dentistry; study of effective and proper methods of addressing the issues. CMDT 601 Mobile Clinic (1) Clinic experi-
ence in provision of dental care for children of low income agricultural workers through use of mobile dental clinic on location. CMDT 603 Multiphasic Experiences in Extramural Dentistry (1) Community responsibili-
ties of dentists in a dynamic society. Practical experiences include consultations and visitations to private offices, group practices, hospitals, and neighborhood health clinics. CMDT 606 Business Principles in Dentistry (2) Overview of basic business administration
principles, including economics, accounting, marketing, finance, entrepreneurship, and strategic planning as relevant to the practice of dentistry.
CMDT 607abc Sports Dentistry (0-0-2) The
role of the dentist in prevention, diagnosis, and treatment of sports related dental trauma; recognition and correct referral of sports injuries and medical problems; clinical treatment of athletes including exposure to cerebral concussion, hypothermia, heat stroke and Sudden Death Syndrome. CMDT 608abc Community Service (0-0-1)
CBY 674 Advanced Oral Microbiology (2) CBY 582L Laboratory Methods (3) Con-
547
Cell and molecular aspects of microbiology as applied to oral infections: microbial physiology and genetics; oral microbial ecology; host resistance factors in oral infections.
Two one-hour seminars plus four separate days of field experience. Participate in health fairs, classroom screening, health education, career counseling, and other community projects.
548
Ostrow School of Dentistry
D E N TA L H Y G I E N E ( D H Y G )
DHYG 415ab Directed Clinical Teaching (2-2)
DIAG 522 Radiographic Techniques (1)
DHYG 311ab Fundamentals of Clinical Dental Hygiene Practice (3-3) Principles and
Experience in clinical teaching with super vision and evaluation of undergraduate dental hygiene and doctoral dental students engaging in patient care.
Clinical applications of radiographic chairside and darkroom techniques; quality control and evaluation of the radiograph.
techniques of clinical dental hygiene with emphasis on preventive dentistry; laboratory and preclinical experience in techniques of complete oral prophylaxis services; and clinical application thereof.
DHYG 417 Issues in Dental Health Care Delivery (1) Study of current trends in pub-
DIAG 523 Oral Maxillofacial Imaging (2, Sm) Clinical application of intraoral and
lic health care delivery, manpower, finance mechanisms, and quality assurance.
extraoral radiographic techniques; emphasis upon radiation physics, biology, safety, film and digital imaging and image interpretation.
DHYG 422 Essentials of Dental Hygiene Practice (1) A review of the moral, legal, and
DIAG 615 Digital and Oral Maxillofacial Imaging (2-4, FaSp) Introduction to com-
DHYG 424ab Research Methods (1-1) ritical evaluation of scientific literature; C
DIAG 621 CAD/CAM in Dentistry (1) Mod-
performed in selected dental specialty areas with emphasis on the role of the dental hygienist.
techniques of writing and coordinating scientific information for research papers; techniques for preparation of scientific table clinics. Graded IP.
DHYG 320 Preventive Dental Therapy (2, Sp) Study of etiology, risk factors and preven-
DHYG 430 Seminar: Initial Periodontal Therapy (2) Presentation of selected clinical
D E N TA L M AT E R I A L S ( D M AT )
DHYG 314L Dental Morphology Laboratory (1) Fundamentals of tooth morphology and
characteristics of the deciduous and permanent dentition. Laboratory, 3 hours.
DHYG 316 Patient Education in Preventive Dental Care (1) Principles and methods for
teaching and motivating patients to practice effective oral care.
DHYG 318 Dental Specialties (2) Procedures
tive management of periodontal disease and dental caries. Setting up community and individual preventive oral health care programs. DHYG 401 Introduction to Advanced Dental Hygiene (2) Principles and techniques of
advanced dental hygiene with emphasis on advanced root instrumentation and dental hygiene treatment planning. DHYG 410abc Clinic: Dental Hygiene (2-7 each) Application of advanced tech-
niques with emphasis on increased proficiency in skills: principles of prevention; periodontal examination; root planing; soft tissue curettage; local anesthesia; inhalation sedation. DHYG 411ab Dental Literature Review (2-2)
Seminar-discussion and analysis of current dental literature in selected topics related to dental hygiene practice. DHYG 412 Preventive Dental Care Programs (1) Methods for development and implemen-
tation of programs involved with the delivery of preventive dental care.
ethical responsibilities of the dental hygienist. Other topics: securing a position, dental economics, taxes, insurance, and human relationships in the dental office. Lecture, 1 hour.
cases with documentation of clinical findings, diagnosis, treatment planning, and therapy. DHYG 431 Seminar: Periodontal Treatment Planning (2) Periodontal treatment planning;
case presentations of uncomplicated peri odontitis progressing to complex treatment involving multidisciplinary approach. DHYG 460abcd Clinic: Advanced Dental Hygiene (2-2-1-1) Clinical experience in
advanced dental hygiene; preventive and therapeutic skills with emphasis on advanced periodontal instrumentation and expanded functions for the registered dental hygienist. DHYG 516ab Community Oral Health (2, Fa; 2, Sp) a: Introduction of core concepts, val-
ues, and methods of dental public health practice as it relates to the dental hygienist. b: Strategies for implementation and evaluation of community health programs.
development of dental hygiene curriculum, including teaching and learning strategies, curriculum design, course development and evaluation methods. DHYG 414ab Advanced Dental Hygiene (2-2) Advanced dental hygiene techniques:
treatment, referral and maintenance of the advanced periodontitis patient emphasizing treatment planning and patient management.
ern principles of dental Computer Assisted Design/Computer Assisted Manufacturing and will fabricate such restorations in the laboratory.
DMAT 316L Dental Materials and Clinical Procedures (2) Biomechanical principles,
properties, and manipulation of dental materials; armamentarium for various dental procedures. DMAT 505 Dental Materials Update (1) iocompatibility of dental materials, restorB
ative materials and techniques update, critical analysis of published literature. Includes specific laboratory testing research methodology and design of clinical trials. DMAT 521ab Dental Materials (2-2) Proper-
ties, biomechanical function, manipulation, and clinical application of dental materials. Correlates restorative, biological, and materials sciences. DMAT 701 Advanced Biomaterials (2) undamental principles of materials science F
and clinical dentistry relative to proper selection and manipulation of dental materials.
ORAL DIAGNOSIS AND RADIOLOGY (DIAG)
DIAG 415 Radiographic Techniques (1) DHYG 413ab Dental Hygiene Educational Concepts (2-2) Educational concepts for
puter based imaging in dentistry. Student will learn to use video cameras, scanners, intraoral sensors and advanced imaging technology. Open to dentistry and dental hygiene majors only. Prerequisite: DIAG 521, DIAG 522.
linical application of radiographic chairside C and dark room techniques and quality control. DIAG 521 Principles of Oral Radiology (2) Introduction to ionizing radiation and
its use in the health professions; radiation biology, physics and hygiene; descriptive terms used in radiography, with illustrations; documentation.
D E N TA L P R O B L E M B A S E D L E A R N I N G (DPBL)
DPBL 501abc Dental Problem Based Learning — Human Structure I (3-3-3, FaSpSm)
Problem based learning presentation of normal and abnormal structures including anatomy, cell biology, embryology, histology, pathology from cells, tissues and organs of the human body. All material discussed with direct relationship to a well-characterized human clinical case. Acceptance to D.D.S. program required.
Courses of Instruction
DPBL 502abc Dental Problem Based Learning — Human Function I (8-8-8, FaSpSm)
Problem based learning presentation of normal and abnormal function including biochemistry, endocrinology, genetics, immunology, microbiology, nutrition, pharmacology, physiology from cells, tissues and organs of the human body. All material discussed with direct relationship to a well-characterized human clinical case. Acceptance to D.D.S. program required. DPBL 503abc Dental Problem Based Learning — Human Behavior I (2-2-2, FaSpSm)
Problem based learning presentation of normal and abnormal behavior including communication, ethics, multiculturalism, patient management, phobias associated with treatment of patients with and without special needs. All material discussed with direct relationship to a well-characterized human clinical case. Acceptance to D.D.S. program required. DPBL 504abc Dental Problem Based Learning — Human Clinical Dentistry I (4-4-4, FaSpSm) Problem based learning approach to
the delivery of dental health care. Didactic, preclinical and clinical principles of endo dontics, geriatrics, oral diagnosis, oral pathology, oral radiology, oral surgery, orthodontics, pediatric dentistry, periodontics, prostho dontics and restorative dentistry will be presented with a direct relationship to a wellcharacterized human clinical case. Acceptance to D.D.S. program required. DPBL 511abc Dental Problem Based Learning — Human Structure II (2-2-2, FaSpSm)
Problem based learning presentation of normal and abnormal structures including anatomy, cell biology, embryology, histology, pathology from cells, tissues and organs of the human body. All material discussed with direct relationship to a well-characterized human clinical case. Prerequisite: DPBL 502c. DPBL 512abc Dental Problem Based Learning — Human Function II (5-5-5, FaSpSm)
Problem based learning presentation of normal and abnormal function including biochemistry, endocrinology, genetics, immunology, microbiology, nutrition, pharmacology, physiology from cells, tissues and organs of the human body. All material discussed with direct relationship to a well-characterized human clinical case. Prerequisite: DPBL 502c. DPBL 513abc Dental Problem Based Learning — Human Behavior II (3-3-2, FaSpSm)
Problem based learning presentation of normal and abnormal behavior including communication, ethics, multiculturalism, patient management, phobias associated with treatment of patients with and without special needs. All material discussed with direct relationship to a well-characterized human clinical case. Prerequisite: DPBL 502c.
DPBL 514abc Dental Problem Based Learning — Human Clinical Dentistry II (7-7-8, FaSpSm) Problem based learning approach to
the delivery of dental health care. Didactic, preclinical and clinical principles of endo dontics, geriatrics, oral diagnosis, oral pathology, oral radiology, oral surgery, orthodontics, pediatric dentistry, periodontics, prostho dontics and restorative dentistry will be presented with a direct relationship to a wellcharacterized human clinical case. Prerequisite: DPBL 504c. DPBL 521abc Dental Problem Based Learning — Human Structure III (1-1-1, FaSpSm)
Problem based learning presentation of normal and abnormal structures including anatomy, cell biology, embryology, histology, pathology from cells, tissues and organs of the human body. All material discussed with direct relationship to a well-characterized human clinical case. Prerequisite: DPBL 511c. DPBL 522abc Dental Problem Based Learning — Human Function III (1-1-1, FaSpSm)
Problem based learning presentation of normal and abnormal function including biochemistry, endocrinology, genetics, immunology, microbiology, nutrition, pharmacology, physiology from cells, tissues and organs of the human body. All material discussed with direct relationship to a well-characterized human clinical case. Prerequisite: DPBL 512c.
549
DPBL 532ab Dental Problem Based Learning — Human Function IV (1-1, FaSp)
Problem based learning presentation of normal and abnormal function including biochemistry, endocrinology, genetics, immunology, microbiology, nutrition, pharmacology, physiology from cells, tissues and organs of the human body. All material discussed with direct relationship to a well-characterized human clinical case. Prerequisite: DPBL 512c. DPBL 533ab Dental Problem Based Learning — Human Behavior IV (1-1, FaSp)
roblem based learning presentation of P normal and abnormal behavior including communication, ethics, multiculturalism, patient management, phobias associated with treatment of patients with and without special needs. All material discussed with direct relationship to a well-characterized human clinical case. Prerequisite: DPBL 523c. DPBL 534ab Dental Problem Based Learning — Human Clinical Dentistry IV (13-13, FaSp) Problem based learning approach to
the delivery of dental health care. Didactic, preclinical and clinical principles of endodontics, geriatrics, oral diagnosis, oral pathology, oral radiology, oral surgery, orthodontics, pediatric dentistry, periodontics, prosthodontics and restorative dentistry will be presented with a direct relationship to a well-characterized human clinical case. Prerequisite: DPBL 502c.
DPBL 523abc Dental Problem Based Learning — Human Behavior III (1-1-1, FaSpSm)
Problem based learning presentation of normal and abnormal behavior including communication, ethics, multiculturalism, patient management, phobias associated with treatment of patients with and without special needs. All material discussed with direct relationship to a well-characterized human clinical case. Prerequisite: DPBL 502c.
ENDODONTICS (ENDO)
ENDO 501 Clinical Endodontics (1) Diag-
nosis and treatment procedures for basic clinical endodontics, including management of endodontic emergencies; relationship of endodontics to the various dental disciplines. ENDO 502 Advanced Endodontics (1)
DPBL 524abc Dental Problem Based Learning — Human Clinical Dentistry III (14-14-14, FaSpSm) Problem based learning
approach to the delivery of dental health care. Didactic, preclinical and clinical principles of endodontics, geriatrics, oral diagnosis, oral pathology, oral radiology, oral surgery, orthodontics, pediatric dentistry, periodontics, prosthodontics and restorative dentistry will be presented with a direct relationship to a well-characterized human clinical case. Prerequisite: DPBL 502c. DPBL 531ab Dental Problem Based Learning — Human Structure IV (1-1, FaSp) Problem based learning presentation of
normal and abnormal structures including anatomy, cell biology, embryology, histology, pathology from cells, tissues and organs of the human body. All material discussed with direct relationship to a well-characterized human clinical case. Prerequisite: DPBL 502c.
Theoretical principles for the treatment of advanced endodontic cases; alternative methods of endodontic therapy; introduction to interspecialty cases. ENDO 521 Preclinical Endodontics (3)
Theoretical principles of endodontic therapy related to pulpal and periapical disease; training in procedures of localizing, preparing, and filling the root canal of human teeth. ENDO 562abcd Clinic: Concentrated Early Endodontics (0-0-0-1) Early clinical experi-
ence including assigned clinic demonstration block. ENDO 563ab Clinic: Endodontic Therapy (0-2) Clinical experience emphasizing diag-
nosis, treatment planning, and endodontic patient management.
550
Ostrow School of Dentistry
ENDO 610 Clinical Advanced Endodontics (2) In-depth discussion of endodontic surgery,
FPRO 522 Preclinical Fixed Prosthodontics II (3) Fundamentals of aesthetic restorations;
retreatment, and hemisection cases; includes clinical experience in advanced endodontic cases.
ENDO 701abcd Seminar: Biological Basis of Endodontic Therapy (1-1-1-1) Investigation
of the theoretical and biological bases of clinical endodontic procedures. ENDO 702 Seminar: Advanced Clinical Endodontics (2) Course designed to train
students in the management of simple and complex endodontic cases. ENDO 703abcd Seminar: Review of Endodontic Literature (1-1-1-1) Critical review
and analysis of classical and current endodontic literature. ENDO 704ab Seminar: Surgical Endodontics (2-2) Indications, principles, and techniques
fabrication of posterior and anterior porcelainfused-to-metal restorations and anterior porcelain jacket crown; restoration of endodontically treated teeth.
dontic principles in patient treatment.
FPRO 562ab Clinic: Fixed Prosthodontics II (0-3) Clinical application of fixed prostho
dontic principles in patient treatment.
FPRO 601 Advanced Fixed Prosthodontics (4) Critical review and evaluation of the fixed
prosthodontic literature; guided experience in the laboratory and clinical phases of fixed prosthodontic therapy. G E R I AT R I C A N D S P E C I A L PAT I E N T D E N T I S T RY ( G S P D )
ENDO 705ab Seminar: Endodontic Case Presentation (4-4) Student presentation of
GSPD 504 Dental Treatment of the Geriatric and Special Patient (2) Social, psychological,
ENDO 710 Seminar: Endodontic Practice Management (2) Organizing, staffing, and
evaluation of an endodontic practice. Modes and patterns of management including use of auxiliaries. Emphasis on endodontist-general practitioner relationship; legal aspects of dental practice. Seminar, 2 hours. ENDO 711 Alternatives in Endodontics (4)
Alternative endodontic techniques presented by guest clinicians. Emphasis on endodontics and its relationship with periodontal, restorative, and surgical disciplines. ENDO 761abcdef Clinic: Advanced Endodon tics (1-9 each) Advanced clinical experience
emphasizing the diagnosis and management of complicated endodontic cases.
ENDO 790 Directed Research: Endodontics (1-12) Principles of planning, organizing, and
executing a clinical or educational research project. Graded CR/NC.
HBHV 310 Interactional Skills in Dental Hygiene (1) Training in the application of
behavioral and communication skills.
HBHV 501 Behavioral Skills in Dentistry (1) FPRO 561abcd Clinic: Fixed Prosthodontics I (0-0-0-3) Clinical application of fixed prostho
of surgical endodontics.
cases for critique and analysis.
H U M A N B E H AV I O R ( H B H V )
economic and health factors which influence dental care for the geriatric and special patient populations; specific considerations and modifications of conventional dental treatment.
GSPD 562abc Clinic: Geriatric Dentistry (0-0-1) Clinical experience in dental treatment
of geriatric patients at an extramural site.
GSPD 563abc Clinic: Special Patient Care (0-0-1) Clinical experience in treatment of
the physically, medically, or mentally disabled patient. GSPD 610 Clinical Gerontology (1) Clinical
application of principles of geriatric dentistry. Evaluation, treatment planning, and clinical care of elderly patients at residential and skilled-nursing care facilities. GSPD 612 Special Patient Care Clinic (1)
Clinical experience in the evaluation, diagnosis, treatment planning and management of oral problems in special needs patients.
Introduction to key personal, interpersonal, and professional factors that shape the doctorpatient relationship; ways interactional skills influence the effectiveness, durability, and satisfaction of the doctor-patient relationship. HBHV 502 Interactional Skills (1) Introduc-
tion to purpose, objectives, and principles of clinical interviewing. HBHV 504 Patient Education and Management (1) Management of difficult patients;
psychology and behavioral treatment of pain; patient education of treatment planning; smoking cessation program. HBHV 550 Communications in Clinical Dentistry (1) Verbal and nonverbal communi-
cation in clinical dentistry; clinical experience in use of manual, verbal, and non-verbal communication skills during a traumatic injection procedure. HBHV 561abcde Clinic: Behavioral Dentistry (0-0-0-0-1) Clinical application of behavioral
dentistry principles. Data collection, case presentation, fear reduction (iatrosedation), and tobacco cessation. HBHV 601 Understanding Stress in Dental Practice (2) Investigation of the approaches
to understanding and managing stress, especially the stress issues in dentistry. I N T E R D I S C I P L I N A RY — B A S I C SCIENCES (INTB)
INTB 504 Human Craniofacial Development and Genetics (3) Principles of human embry-
ology and genetics; craniofacial developmental biology; molecular genetics, cytogenetics, clinical orofacial genetics, genetic counseling; bioethics. INTB 521 Basic and Medical Microbiology (2) Fundamentals of microbial structure,
FIXED PROSTHODONTICS (FPRO)
HISTOLOGY (DHIS)
FPRO 520 Preclinical Fixed Prosthodontics (ISP) (2) Basic fundamentals of fixed prostho
DHIS 310 Basic Tissues and Histology and Embryology (2, Fa) Histology of basic tissues,
dontics; preparation for clinical procedures in posterior PFM’s, posterior mandibular FPD’s and in restoring endodontically treated teeth.
oral histology, orofacial embryology, orofacial clefts and functional correlates. DHIS 701 Advanced Oral Histology (2)
FPRO 521 Preclinical Fixed Prosthodontics I (3) Fundamentals and principles of posterior
prosthodontic procedures, including diagnosis, biomechanic principles, and construction of fixed prosthodontic restorations.
Microscopic anatomy, ultrastructure and histochemistry of developing and functional oral tissues; based on recent advanced in oral LM, TEM, and SEM histology.
growth and physiology; major bacterial, viral and fungal diseases, symptoms, course, control and treatment; emphasis on diseases related to dental management. INTB 601 Advances in Oral Biology (2)
Review of basics of scientific methodology; comparison between and indications for scientific studies and case reports; critical review of current dental literature.
Courses of Instruction
INTB 603 Systematic Approach to Scientific Writing (2) Study of dental research publica-
tion and review of writing principles; focus on logical arrangement of information, avoidance of common writing flaws, attainment of syntactical fluency. INTB 604 Clinics in Craniofacial Malformations (2) Diagnosis, treatment, and rehabilita-
tion of craniofacial malformations; principles of health care of craniofacial malformation patients. Includes hospital clinical observation. INTB 650abcdef Dental Research Participation (1-6 each) Assist in research in basic
science, biomedical, or clinical dental areas. Experience in research strategy, design and methods using practical scientific problem solving.
INDD 652 Externship (1-6) Dental experi-
ence at an off-site location — not limited to clinical experience. Student participation must be approved by Associate Dean for Student and Academic Life. INDD 690abcdef Directed Dental Research (1-12 each) Dental clinical and/or basic sci-
ence research under faculty guidance; proposal developed, research conducted, conclusion drawn, paper written. Units determined by extent of research. Graded CR/NC. I N T E R D I S C I P L I N A RY — P R A C T I C E DYNAMICS (INTP)
INTP 501 Behavioral Strategies in Dentistry (2) Improvement of time and stress man-
551
I N T E R D I S C I P L I N A R Y — R E S T O R AT I V E D E N T I S T RY ( I N T R )
INTR 503 Preclinical Diagnosis and Treatment Planning (2) Interdisciplinary course
focusing on diagnosis and treatment planning through didactic course work and workshops which will include data collection/assessment, diagnosis and treatment planning methodologies, and specialty considerations. INTR 524abcdef Clinical Practice (0-0-0-0-0-3, FaSpSm) The clinical component of existing
didactic courses in Practice Management and Human Behavior. Graded IP. INTR 550ab Introduction to Clinical Dentistry (0-1) Clinical operatory preparation;
agement and effectiveness in working with others; establishment of goals in dentistry; effective presentation of ideas. For Advanced Standing Program for International Dentists.
asepsis and sterilization; preventive dentistry; introduction to physical evaluation, extra- and intra-oral examinations, treatment sequencing, dental specialty areas; includes clinical assisting.
INTP 502ab Human Relations in Dental Practice (2-2) Introduction to behavioral
at an off-site location — not limited to clinical experience. Student participation must be approved by Associate Dean, Academic Affairs.
concepts related to pain, fear, sedation; interviewing, treatment planning; care of geriatric and handicapped patients; patient education; includes principles of clinical application.
INTR 551abcde Clinical Diagnosis and Treatment Planning (0-0-0-0-1) Large and
INTB 690abcdef Directed Dental Research (1-12 each) Dental clinical and/or basic sci-
INTP 503ab Evaluation of Scientific Information in Clinical Practice (0-1) Practical
INTR 553abcdef Clinic: Diagnosis and Treatment Planning (0-0-0-0-0-2) Clinical
INTP 650 Dental Research Participation (1-6)
INTR 652 Externship (1-6) Dental experience
INTB 651abcd Experience in Dental Teaching (1-6 each) Practical teaching experience
in dental laboratory and clinic settings under faculty supervision. Includes instruction in effective methods. INTB 652 Externship (1-6) Dental experience
ence research under faculty guidance; proposal developed, research conducted, conclusion drawn, paper written. Units determined by extent of research. Graded CR/NC. I N T E R D I S C I P L I N A RY — D E V E L O P M E N TA L D E N T I S T R Y ( I N D D )
INDD 501 Applied Growth and Development (1) Clinical relevance of chronological
and biological assessment of maturation related primarily to diagnosis and prognosis. INDD 650abcdef Dental Research Participation (1-6 each) Assist in research in basic
science, biomedical, or clinical dental areas. Experience in research strategy, design and methods using practical scientific problem solving.
INDD 651abcd Experience in Dental Teaching (1-6 each) Practical teaching experience
in dental laboratory and clinic settings under faculty supervision. Includes instruction in effective methods.
guidelines for critically appraising scientific information applicable to the clinical practice of dentistry. Seminars will complement lectures with examples. Assist in research in basic science, biomedical, or clinical dental areas. Experience in research strategy, design and methods using practical scientific problem solving. INTP 651 Experience in Dental Teaching (1-6) Practical teaching experience in dental
laboratory and clinic settings under faculty supervision. Includes instruction in effective methods. INTP 652 Externship (1-6) Dental experience
at an off-site location — not limited to clinical experience. Student participation must be approved by Associate Dean for Student and Academic Life. INTP 690 Directed Dental Research (1-12)
Dental clinical and/or basic science research under faculty guidance; proposal developed, research conducted, conclusion drawn, paper written. Units determined by extent of research. Graded CR/NC.
small group seminars focusing on diagnosis and treatment planning involving multiple specialty case presentations; integrated therapy, contingency plans and case presentations will be included.
experience in diagnostic procedures and treatment planning in care of dental patients. Includes student preparation of documentation of patient care and seminar. at an off-site location — not limited to clinical experience. Student participation must be approved by Associate Dean for Student and Academic Life. INTR 690abcdef Directed Dental Research (1-12 each) Dental clinical and/or basic sci-
ence research under faculty guidance; proposal developed, research conducted, conclusion drawn, paper written. Units determined by extent of research. Graded CR/NC. I N T E R D I S C I P L I N A RY — S U R G I C A L SCIENCES (INTS)
INTS 651abcd Experience in Dental Teaching (1-3, max 6) Practical teaching experi-
ence in dental laboratory and clinic settings under faculty supervision. Includes instruction in effective methods.
INTS 652 Externship (1-6) Dental experience
at an off-site location — not limited to clinical experience. Student participation must be approved by Associate Dean for Student and Academic Life.
552
Ostrow School of Dentistry
INTS 690abcdef Directed Dental Research (1-12 each) Dental clinical and/or basic sci-
OCCL 502 Occlusion (1) Principles of occlusion
ence research under faculty guidance; proposal developed, research conducted, conclusion drawn, paper written. Units determined by extent of research. Graded CR/NC.
as related to clinical application of techniques and procedures to diagnose and treatment plan malfunctions of the stomatognathic system. OCCL 521ab Dental Morphology and Function (3-2) Fundamentals of tooth form;
ation and laboratory-based diagnostic procedures and methods appropriate for the diagnosis of oral medicine and chronic orofacial pain disordered patients.
OCCL 522 Occlusion Laboratory (1) Labora-
OFPM 709 Headaches for Dental Residents (2, Sm) Seminars on the diagnosis, prevention
principles of occlusion. I N T E R D I S C I P L I N A RY — D I A G N O S T I C SCIENCES (INTX)
INTX 501abcdefh Integrated Basic and Applied Science I (1-1-2-2-2-2-1) Principles
of anatomy, histology, physiology, pathology applied to patient evaluation and management. Focuses on cell and connective tissue biology, neuromuscular, blood, endocrine and cardiovascular systems.
tory experience in functional analysis and correction of occlusal disharmonies.
OCCL 601 Advanced Concepts of Occlusion (1) Historical perspective of occlusion;
occlusal equilibration, effect of occlusal adjustment, instrumentation useful in occlusal therapy. Includes clinic and laboratory experience.
INTX 502abcdef Integrated Basic and Applied Science II (1-1-2-3-1-2) Principles
of anatomy, histology, physiology, pathology applied to patient evaluation and management. Focuses on respiratory, genito-urinary, gastrointestinal, hepato-biliary systems, oral biology, nutrition and hospital dentistry.
O R O FA C I A L PA I N O R A L M E D I C I N E (OFPM)
INTX 651abcd Experience in Dental Teaching (1-6 each) Practical teaching experience
common dental emergencies, and blood and airborne pathogens in dental patients.
in dental laboratory and clinic settings under faculty supervision. Includes instruction in effective methods. INTX 690abcdef Directed Dental Research (1-12 each) Dental clinical and/or basic sci-
ence research under faculty guidance; proposal developed, research conducted, conclusion drawn, paper written. Units determined by extent of research. Graded CR/NC. MICROBIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY (MBIO)
MBIO 310 Principles of Microbiology and Immunology (2) Fundamental concepts of
microbiology and immunology. Bacterial, viral and fungal diseases are correlated with host responses; oral manifestations of infectious disease. Emphasis on sanitation and sterilization. MBIO 501 Immunology (2) Fundamentals
of immunology; basic immunopathology, especially concerning the oral cavity, including immunogenetics; hypersensitivities and inflammation; auto-immune diseases. OCCLUSION (OCCL)
OCCL 310 Fundamentals of Dental Morphology (1) Fundamentals of tooth form;
carving of the permanent teeth.
OFPM 708 Physical Evaluation and Laboratory Diagnostics for Dental Residents (2, Sm) Seminars discussing physical evalu-
OFPM 701 CPR, Blood and Airborne Infections and Common Emergencies for Dental Residents (1, Sm) CPR training, review of
OFPM 702ab Soft Tissue Disease for Dental Residents (a: 1, Sm; b: 2, Fa) Seminars on
the various mucosal, cutaneous, gingival and salivary diseases and lesions in the oral and maxillofacial region.
OFPM 703 Local Anesthesia, Minor Surgery and Biopsy Procedures for Dental Residents (1, Sm) Seminars on local anesthesia methods
and minor surgical procedures appropriate for the oral and maxillofacial region. OFPM 704 Bony Pathology, Radiology and Advanced Imaging for Dental Residents (1, Sm) Review of the oral and maxillofacial
region osseous and odontogenic pathologies and the various imaging methods used to examine this anatomic region. OFPM 705 Neurogenic Based Oral and Facial Pains for Dental Residents (2, Sp)
Seminars on the diagnostic and therapeutic procedures appropriate for chronic neurogenic based pain disorders that occur in the orofacial region. OFPM 706 TMD, Orthopedics, Rheumatology and Physical Therapy for Dental Residents (2, Fa) Seminars on various topics
relating to the diagnosis and management of Temporomandibular disorders. OFPM 707 Pharmacology Series for Dental Residents (2, Fa) Seminars on common medi-
cations used in the practice of oral medicine and chronic orofacial pain.
and management (including pathophysiologic mechanisms) of episodic and chronic headache disorders. OFPM 710ab Knowledge Assessment for OFPOM Residents (1-1, Sm) Assessment
and feedback summarizing knowledge base acquired in online courses. Open only to master’s students. Recommended preparation: OFPM 702b, OFPM 703, OFPM 704, OFPM 705, OFPM 706, OFPM 707, and OFPM 721. OFPM 721 Neurosciences for Dental Residents (2, Fa) Seminars on the neurophysi-
ologic and neuroanatomic bases of chronic orofacial pain disorders.
OFPM 722 Internal Medicine and Systemic Disease for Dental Residents (2, Sp) Semi-
nars on common systemic diseases and the potential interactions with oral disease and treatment.
OFPM 723 Systems Physiology, Motor Disorders and Sleep Apnea for Dental Residents (2, Fa) Seminars on various topics
relating to oral motor disorders and sleep disordered breathing (as it relates to the mandible and tongue.) OFPM 724 Psychological and Psychometric Assessment for Dental Residents (2, Sm)
Seminars on various topics relating to bio behavioral diagnosis and, where appropriate, psychological management of patients with chronic illness in the orofacial region. OFPM 725 Epidemiology, Nutrition and Aging for Dental Residents (2, Sm) Seminar
on the epidemiology of oral disease and nutritional topics as related to the aging patient. OFPM 726 Immunology and Immunosuppression for Dental Residents (2, Fa)
Seminar course on immunology and immuno suppression as it relates to diseases in the oral and maxillofacial region. OFPM 727 Infectious Disease, Oral Microbiology and Virology for Dental Residents (2, Sm) Seminar organized around infectious
diseases in the oral, pharyngeal and nasal region.
Courses of Instruction
OFPM 728 Case Presentations by OFP-OM Residents (2, Sp) Case presentations by
rofacial Pain/Oral Medicine residents in O which each resident presents and defends the diagnostic and treatment methods selected for a particular case. OFPM 729abcd Capstone Project for OFPOM Residents (.5-.5-.5-.5, Fa) In the first
three trimesters (OFPM 729abc) students will present their progress towards the final trimester (OFPM 729d) goal of defending their capstone research reports. Graded IP/ NC/CR, with full credit on acceptance of the capstone research report. Open only to master’s students. OFPM 730abcde Case Portfolio Preparation by Online OFPOM Residents (.5-.5-.5-.5-.5, Sm) In the first four trimesters (OFPM
730abcd) students will present their progress towards the final trimester (OFPM 730e) goal of defending a portfolio of 18 clinical cases. Graded IP/NC/CR with full credit on acceptance of final case portfolio. Open only to master’s students. ORAL MEDICINE ORAL DIAGNOSIS (OMOD)
OMOD 501 Emergency Dental Treatment (1) Dental emergencies in a general dental
practice; emphasis on diagnosis of pain, trauma, infections, abscesses, myofacial problems, pulpal considerations, restorative goals; interrelationship of these areas. OMOD 502 Chronic Orofacial Pain (2) urrent concepts of pain mechanisms; appliC
cation to differential diagnosis, treatment, and management of chronic head, neck, and dental pain. OMOD 505 Oral Medicine (2) Detection,
recognition, assessment, management and treatment modification of medical conditions presented by dental patients. OMOD 506 Infection Control (1) Infection
control and clinical asepsis in the dental office; ethical and legal aspects; specific agents of disease; epidemiology.
OMOD 551abcd Clinic: Physical Evaluation (0-0-0-1) Obtaining medical history, perform-
ing modified physical exams and clinical laboratory tests, establishing physical status. Understanding rationale and indications for modifying dental therapy; clinic and seminar.
OMOD 562abcd Clinic: Hospital Dentistry (0-0-0-1) Clinical experience in dentistry
for the medically compromised and physically handicapped patient in a hospital environment.
OMOD 563abcdef Clinic: Emergency Dental Treatment (0-0-0-0-0-1) Experience in man-
agement and treatment of emergency dental problems, including diagnosis of the pain cause, provision of appropriate therapy, and post operative instructions to the patient. O P E R AT I V E D E N T I S T R Y ( O P E R )
OPER 520 Preclinical Operative Dentistry (ISP) (3) Preparation for clinical work through
study of fundamentals of cavity design and restoration of cavity preparations on extracted teeth mounted in a manikin. OPER 521ab Preclinical Operative Dentistry I (1-3) Introduction to terminology, materials,
and instruments used in operative dentistry; fundamentals of amalgam restoration; principles of cavity preparation; amalgam manipulation, condensation, and carving using extracted teeth. OPER 522 Preclinical Operative Dentistry II (3) Fundamentals of cavity design; restora-
tion of cavity preparations on extracted teeth mounted in the manikin. OPER 561abcd Clinic: Operative Dentistry I (0-0-0-6) Clinical experience treating patients
using all modalities of operative dentistry.
OPER 562ab Clinic: Operative Dentistry II (0-6) Clinical experience treating patients
using all modalities of operative dentistry.
OPER 620 Conservative Cast Gold Restorations (2) Principles of cavity preparation,
fabrication technique and finishing for conservative cast gold restorations; includes lab and clinic.
OPER 701ab Seminar: Advanced Operative Dentistry I (2-2, Fa) In-depth study of the
biomechanics applied to cavity preparation according to material selection, bonding procedures, and protection of the pulp-dentin. Graded CR/NC. Open only to Advanced Operative Dentistry Certificate students.
OPER 702abL Advanced Dental Morphology for Esthetic Restorations (a: 3, Sm; b: 3, Fa) In-depth study of the dental morphology,
dental optical properties, and laboratorial procedures for restorative replication of esthetical and morphological aspects found in the natural tooth. Graded CR/NC. Open only to Advanced Operative Dentistry Certificate students.
553
OPER 705L Dental Photography (1, Fa) Basic
principles of dental photography and its use in clinical dentistry for shade selection, replication of dental esthetic components, and clinical case documentation. Graded CR/NC. Open only to Advanced Operative Dentistry Certificate students.
OPER 710abcdefh Seminar: Advanced Operative Dentistry II (1-1-1-1-1-1-1, FaSpSm)
Advanced knowledge and scientific background of the principles of adhesion to dental structures and analysis of bonding effectiveness of different adhesive methods and bonding degradation. Graded CR/NC. Open only to Advanced Operative Dentistry Certificate students. OPER 720abcdefh Seminar: Advanced Operative Dentistry III (1-1-1-1-1-1-1, FaSpSm) Advanced studies, technical, and
scientific background of esthetic bonded direct restorations with in-depth analysis of mechanical, physical, and optical properties of resin composite restorations. Graded CR/NC. Open only to Advanced Operative Dentistry Certificate students. OPER 730abcd Seminar: Advanced Operative Dentistry IV (1-1-1-1, FaSpSm) In-depth
study, analysis, and treatment involved in the management of discolored and developmental defects of the teeth. Graded CR/NC. Open only to Advanced Operative Dentistry Certificate students. OPER 740abc Seminar: Advanced Operative Dentistry V (2-2-2, FaSpSm) Cariology
and proficiency of dental caries management using preventive methods and minimally invasive restorative techniques. Graded CR/NC. Open only to Advanced Operative Dentistry Certificate students. OPER 750abc Seminar: Advanced Operative Dentistry VI (2-2-2, FaSpSm) Advanced
studies of restorative techniques of severely damaged teeth, selection and use of different post systems, core build-up, and bonding to the root canal. Graded CR/NC. Open only to Advanced Operative Dentistry Certificate students. OPER 760abcdefh Seminar: Advanced Operative Dentistry VII (1-1-1-1-1-1-1, FaSpSm) Proficiency in advanced esthetic
indirect restorations for anterior and posterior teeth, including preparation designs, material selection, cementation and bonding procedures, and alternative resin-bonded fixedpartial dentures. Graded CR/NC. Open only to Advanced Operative Dentistry Certificate students.
554
Ostrow School of Dentistry
OPER 765abcd Seminar: Advanced Operative Dentistry VIII (1-1-1-1, FaSpSm)
ORTH 701ab Cephalometrics: Growth and Development (2-4; 2-4) Principles and
Advanced studies of computer-generated restorations (CAD/CAM) and digital imaging in dentistry for anterior and posterior teeth. Graded CR/NC. Open only to Advanced Operative Dentistry Certificate students. OPER 770abcdefhL Scientific Investigation in Operative Dentistry (1-3, max 14, FaSpSm) Enhancement of critical research
thinking by development and experimentation of different scientific methodologies in operative dentistry, journal article writing and submission for publication. Graded CR/NC. Open only to Advanced Operative Dentistry Certificate students. OPER 780abcdef Treatment Planning in Operative Dentistry (2-2-2-2-2-2, FaSpSm)
Seminars led by students and invited guests to discuss, analyze and propose a treatment sequence for esthetic challenge clinical cases involving complex multidisciplinary treatment. Graded CR/NC. Open only to Advanced Operative Dentistry Certificate students. OPER 795abcdefhij Clinic: Advanced Operative Dentistry (1-3, max 14, FaSpSm)
Advanced clinical and laboratorial treatment of patients in need of complex multidisciplinary treatment, with special emphasis on esthetic and bonded restorations. Graded CR/NC. Open only to Advanced Operative Dentistry Certificate students. ORTHODONTICS (ORTH)
ORTH 501ab Seminar: Orthodontics (0-1)
Clinical use of cephalometrics and orthodontic prediction; removable orthodontic appliances and their design; case analysis; mixed dentition cases; adult tooth positioning; ortho dontic banding; molar uprighting. ORTH 521 Preclinical Orthodontics (2)
valuation, prevention, and treatment of E dento-facial malformations. Construction of basic appliances to treat orthodontic problems encountered by the general practitioner. ORTH 561abcdef Clinic: Orthodontic Therapy (0-0-0-0-0-2) Diagnosis and limited treatment
of orthodontic problems encountered in general practice. Diagnosis of complex orthodontic problems requiring treatment by a specialist. Prerequisite: ORTH 521 for a; a before b, etc. ORTH 674 Clinical and Molecular Bone Biology (2, Sp) Explore the impact of the
application of new molecular techniques to bone biology research on our understanding of osteoporosis, osteosarcoma, hypercalcemis, etc. Open to advanced program students in dentistry only.
mechanics; measurement techniques; developmental morphology; analysis and diagnosis; treatment rationales; gross radiological anatomy and osteology; facial growth. Hours vary.
ORTH 791 Library Research (1-6) Organized
literature searching and compiling of published data for purposes of developing writing and investigative skills. PAT H O L O G Y ( P T H L )
ORTH 702 Seminar: Review of the Ortho dontic Literature (5) Two trimester Course
Review of current orthodontic literature.
ORTH 703abcdefhi Seminar: Advanced Orthodontics (2-8 each, FaSpSm) Advanced
diagnosis and treatment of complex ortho dontic cases. Asymmetrical treatment. Hours vary. ORTH 704abc Seminar: Orthodontics in Theory and Practice (2-2-2) Review of vari-
ous approaches to orthodontic treatment; includes presentation of cases.
ORTH 705abc Orthodontic Practice Management (2-2-2, FaSpSm) Office management
and patient relations in orthodontic practice.
ORTH 706 Surgical Orthodontics (2) Diagno-
sis, treatment, prognosis, and management of orthognathic problems. Lecture and demonstration, 2 hours. ORTH 707 Interdisciplinary Aesthetic Treatment (2, Sp) Commonly encountered inter-
disciplinary aesthetic problems. Communication and teamwork between orthodontists and general dentists, as well as other specialists will be emphasized. ORTH 708 Information Technology in Orthodontic Practice (2, Fa) Practical appli-
cations of information technology in contemporary orthodontics. Topics include office management systems, videocaphalometrics, and video imaging in orthodontic practice. ORTH 709 Advanced Information Tech nology in Orthodontic Practice (2, Sm) Follows ORTH 708 and is designed to pro-
vide background and up-to-date information on advanced technologies in orthodontic practice. ORTH 721 Biomechanics and Orthodontic Technic (8) Primary orthodontic techniques
and basic diagnostic procedures. Typodont treatment of malocclusion, record taking, retention appliances, and beginning biomechanics.
ORTH 751abcdefhi Clinic: Advanced Orthodontics (1-10 each, FaSpSm) Clinical
orthodontics; clinical techniques, diagnostic procedures, and applied clinical therapy to selected cases of malocclusion with emphasis on therapy and supervised treatment.
PTHL 312abc Medicine and Pathology (1-3-2, FaSpSm) An integrated approach to
clinical, gross and microscopic study of basic disease processes, systemic pathology, oral pathology, internal medicine, pathophysiology, physical evaluation and emergency medicine for significant organ systems. Clinicalpathologic correlation stressed. Evaluation, classification, and differential diagnosis of oral lesions; disease recognition and dental treatment modification. PTHL 501 Oral Pathology (4, Sm) Clinical
radiographic, gross and microscopic characteristics of mucosal, skin, fibroseous and salivary gland diseases; odontogenic tumors and cysts; benign and malignant neoplasms and iatrogenic conditions. PTHL 504ab Seminar: Oral Pathology (0-0)
Clinico-pathologic discussion of oral pathosis cases. A variety of “unknown” cases representing diagnostic problems are analyzed. Etiology, pathogenesis, clinical/radiographic features, therapy and prognosis are stressed. PTHL 601 Advanced Oral Pathology Seminar (2) Detailed discussion and analysis of
many cases representing a wide variety of oral pathologic conditions stressing differential diagnosis and clinical-pathologic correlations. PTHL 701 Clinicopathologic Conference (3-12) Clinicopathologic correlation of dis-
eases of the head and neck. Seminar, 1 hour. Presented at LAC+USC Medical Center. P E D I AT R I C D E N T I S T R Y ( P E D O )
PEDO 310 Principles of Dentistry for Children (1) Role of the dental hygienist in
dental care for the child patient. Principles of pediatric dentistry as related to education of the child patient and the parent. Lecture, 1 hour. PEDO 501 Clinical Pediatric Dentistry (1)
Scientific principles underlying contemporary pediatric dentistry, including prevention of disease; dental anomalies; habits and other problems in occlusal development; behavior management; child abuse.
Courses of Instruction
PEDO 521 Preclinical Pediatric Dentistry (2)
PEDO 708 Practice Management (1, FaSpSm)
Principles and techniques of cavity preparations in primary teeth; pulpal therapy; stainless steel crowns; space maintenance; diagnosis, treatment planning.
Discussion of issues related to the contemporary practice of pediatric dentistry (seminars and office visitations). Topics include: purchasing a practice, associateships, hospital affiliations, practice administration and marketing, computers, jurisprudence and auxiliary utilization.
PEDO 551abc Clinic: Dentistry for Children I (0-0-2) Structured clinical experience in car-
ing for the dental needs of the child patient. Includes special case seminars.
PEDO 561abc Clinic: Dentistry for Children II (0-0-1) Dental treatment of the child patient;
preventive and restorative dentistry; space maintenance and interceptive orthodontic procedures.
PEDO 701ab Seminar: Advanced Pediatric Dentistry (8-15 each, FaSpSm) Discussions
of literature related to pediatric dentistry. Biologic considerations in operative dentistry, odontogenesis, dental trauma, physiology of occlusion, pulpal biology. Graded CR/NC. PEDO 702ab Comprehensive Review of Pediatric Dentistry (5-7 each, FaSpSm)
Critical analysis of current pediatric dentistry literature and case conferences related to the application of contemporary issues in dentistry for the complex child patient. PEDO 703abcde Interceptive Orthodontics (2-5 each) Recognition, evaluation, and treat-
PEDO 709 Conscious Sedation in Pediatric Dentistry (1, Sm) Seminar topics include:
PERIODONTICS (PERI)
PERI 310ab Introduction to Periodontal Diseases (1-1, FaSp) Introduction to peri
odontal disease; emphasis on identification of normal periodontium, distinguishing of gingival and periodontal diseases; includes data collection and classification of gingival and periodontal diseases. PERI 415 Basic Periodontal Therapy (1)
review of pharmacology and effectiveness of commonly used oral agents, methods of administration, regulatory guidelines, patient monitoring, management of sedation related emergencies.
Basic therapeutic modalities of periodontal treatment; general principles and methods of surgical periodontal treatment.
PEDO 721 Pediatric Physical Evaluation (2)
pathologic processes; pathogenesis, classification and clinical features of gingivitis; peri odontitis; other related diseases of periodon tium including diagnosis and initial phases of treatment.
Assessment of patient health status; evaluation and management of acute and chronic disease states which may be observed in the pediatric dental practice.
PERI 502 Periodontal Diseases and Elements of Therapeutic Judgment (2) Periodontal
PEDO 761abcde Clinic: Advanced Pediatric Dentistry (2-10 each, FaSpSm) Clinical
PERI 504 Advanced Periodontics (1) Peri
PEDO 771abcdef Clinic: Hospital Pediatric Dentistry (2-15 each, FaSpSm) Treatment of
PERI 521 Periodontal Surgery (2) General
application of advanced pediatric dentistry techniques in routine and special problem cases in the outpatient environment. Hours vary. Graded CR/NC.
ment of developing orthodontic problems appropriate to the pediatric dentist; emphasis on diagnosis; laboratory experience included.
the child patient in the hospital environment. Emphasis placed on treatment and management with physical, mental, or emotional disabilities.
PEDO 704ab Prevention in Pediatric Dentistry (2-2) Discussions and readings pertain-
PEDO 772abcde Clinic: Interceptive Orthodontics (1-3 each) Clinical application and
ing to the analysis and incorporation of the many components of prevention into the contemporary pediatric dentistry practice.
555
treatment procedures for tooth guidance, preventative and interceptive orthodontics.
odontics as related to endodontics, orthodontics, and restorative dentistry; bone induction, osseous grafting, splinting, management of furcation lesions; maintenance, recall, and referral. principles and methods of surgical periodontal treatment; includes laboratory exercises. PERI 550ab Clinic: Introductory Periodontal Therapy (1-1) Laboratory and clinical devel-
opment of periodontal therapy procedures; basic instrumentation principles.
PERI 561abcd Clinic: Periodontal Therapy I (0-0-0-1) Supervised treatment of periodontal
disease at all levels of complexity.
PEDO 773 Hospital Pediatric Clinics (2-4) PEDO 705 Pediatric Diseases (2) Discussion
of medical conditions seen by the pediatric dentist in the hospital environment. Conditions include childhood cancer, HIV, heart disease, diabetes mellitus and blood dys crasias. Graded CR/NC.
PEDO 706 Dental Care for Pediatric Patients with Disabilities (2) Medical, dental, psycho-
logical, and social problems of children with developmental disabilities; effect of problems on delivery of pediatric dentistry. Graded CR/NC. PEDO 707 Seminar: Cleft Palate Rehabilitation (1-9) Three trimester course discussions
and case conferences related to treatment of patients with oral and facial anomalies: includes interceptive and corrective orthodontics, preventive and restorative treatment, and selected oral surgery-prosthetic rehabilitative procedures. Seminar, 3 hours.
Observation and participation in affiliated hospital clinics: anesthesiology, hematology, and genetic clinics; grand pediatric rounds and other conferences. PEDO 774 Clinical Genetics in Pediatric Dentistry (9) Genetic principles of oral, facial
and cranial malformations; technique and theory of clinical genetics, differential diag nosis and treatment of disorders of the cranio facial complex. PEDO 790ab Directed Research: Pediatric Dentistry (1-6 each) An examination and
analysis of clinical and laboratory problems in dentistry for children leading to completion of an original research project. Graded CR/NC.
PERI 562ab Clinic: Periodontal Therapy II (0-2) Supervised treatment of periodontal
disease at all levels of complexity.
PERI 602 Current Controversies in Peri odontology (2) Examination of the major
controversies in the field of periodontology; emphasis on the efficacy of current treatment modalities and future trends. PERI 603abc Advanced Periodontal Surgery (0-0-2) Surgical management of more com-
plex osseous and muco-gingival defects.
PERI 701ab Seminar: Review of Current Periodontal Literature (2-3) Review and
critical evaluation of the current periodontal literature. PERI 702ab Seminar: Periodontal Treatment Procedures (2-2) Presentation of
various techniques in current periodontal treatment.
556
Ostrow School of Dentistry
PERI 703ab Seminar: Periodontal Case Presentation (1-2) Formalized presentation
PERI 761abcdefhij Clinic: Advanced Peri odontics (1-10 each) Clinical experience in
REST 504 Diagnosis and Treatment Planning (1) Utilizing a restorative approach,
of treatment of clinical cases involving soft tissue and osseous management; rationale for the therapy; surgical wound healing; dental implant surgery.
PERI 771ab Periodontal Therapy in the Hospital (1-1) Role of the periodontist in
REST 521 Preclinical Operative/Fixed Prosthodontics Laboratory (3) Experience
PERI 708 Seminar: Clinical Basis of Peri odontics (4) Evaluation of the literature deal-
PERI 790ab Directed Research: Periodontics (1-6 each) Research in clinical and experi-
REST 522 Aesthetics in Dentistry (1) Defini-
PERI 710 Clinical Periodontal Photography (1) Demonstration of techniques used
PHARMACOLOGY (DPHR)
and discussion of clinical cases treated by advanced students.
PERI 704abcdefhij Seminar: Periodontal Therapy (2 each) Presentation and discussion
ing with various types of therapy including the objectives of treatment.
in intraoral photography for periodontal purposes, emphasis on proper clinical case documentation in seminar presentation and Specialty Board Certification. PERI 711 Occlusal Therapy in Periodontics (2) Anatomy of the TMJ mandibular move-
ments; occlusal anatomy and their interrelationships; methods of occlusal correction using anatomy and mandibular movements as a guide. PERI 713abcdefhij Treatment Planning in Periodontics (2 each) Presentation of clinical
findings, diagnoses, and plan of treatment of clinical cases by advanced students.
PERI 715 Treatment of Special Care Patients (3) Periodontal care and treatment of older
population groups, handicapped patients, and other types of special patients, settings, and situations. PERI 716ab Seminar: Special Topics in Peri odontal Disease (3-3) Discussion of topics
of immediate importance and controversy. Experts in the field are invited to participate as guest speakers. PERI 750 Advanced Periodontal Instrumentation (3) Advanced root preparation
techniques including design and manufacturing characteristics of various instruments, sharpening techniques, and root morphology as it relates to advanced instrumentation principles. PERI 752 Interdisciplinary Treatment: An Orthodontic Perspective (2) Effective
recognition, evaluation and understanding of the orthodontic treatment phase required in interdisciplinary treatment plans; includes laboratory and clinical experience; applicable to orthodontics, periodontology, prosthodontics.
the treatment of patients with all types and degrees of involvement of periodontal disease. Includes placement of dental implants. Graded CR/NC.
hospital therapy. Treatment of complex cases in the hospital environment.
mental periodontology. Graded CR/NC.
DPHR 410 Principles of Pharmacology (2)
Basic principles of drug action; application of drugs in the prevention and treatment of disease; harmful effects of drugs on biological systems. Lecture, 2 hours. DPHR 501 Pharmacology (3) General prin-
ciples of drug action: prescription writing; toxicology; pharmacology of drugs affecting cardiovascular, autonomic, endocrine, and central nervous systems; drug control of pain, anxiety, infection. DPHR 601 Clinical Drug Therapy in Dentistry (2) Clinical pharmacology of drug
therapy important to dental practice using case history disease signs and symptoms and attendant drug therapy. DPHR 701 Advanced Pharmacology (1)
Pharmacologic principles and practice of drug use to control anxiety, pain, and infection. Treatment of drug and medical emergencies as they relate to dental specialty practice.
enhance students’ knowledge and ability to choose treatment best suited for existing dental conditions, patients’ requests and their financial ability.
in cavity preparation; casting fabrication and cementation on extracted teeth and plastic dentiforms. tion and relationship of elements of aesthetics; application in patient motivation and care. REST 553ab Seminar: Review of Literature in Restorative Dentistry (2-2) Critical
evaluation of classical literature in restorative dentistry. REST 602ab Participation in Advanced Dental Care (0-3) Participation in advanced
dental treatment in Faculty Private Practice Clinic, techniques of difficult case presentation and efficiency in practice. Clinic and seminar. REST 701 Orientation to Advanced Prostho dontics (5) Preclinical overview of materials,
techniques, instrumentation, and treatment procedures necessary for providing advanced prosthodontic care in the clinical environment. REST 702abcdefhi Seminar: Treatment Planning (2 each) Seminars led by students
with case presentations of complex multi disciplinary treatment plans, completed therapy and staff conferences.
REST 703abcdefh Seminar: Review of the Prosthodontic Literature — Fixed (1 each)
Weekly two hour seminars devoted to review of the historic, classic, and current literature in fixed prosthodontics.
R E S T O R AT I V E D E N T I S T R Y ( R E S T )
REST 314 Physiology of Occlusion for Hygienists (1) Biology and function of the
gnathostomatic system. Role of the hygienist in diagnosis and treatment of occlusal dysfunctions. REST 501 Preclinical Operative and Fixed Prosthodontics (Conjoint) (2) Fundamental
concepts of restoring an individual tooth with a cast restoration; principles of cavity preparation; casting fabrication and cementation. REST 503ab Clinical Restorative Dentistry (1-1) Application of pre-clinical procedures
in operative dentistry, fixed prosthodontics, removable prosthodontics, and dental materials.
REST 704abcdefh Seminar: Review of the Prosthodontic Literature — Removable (1 each) Weekly two hour seminars devoted
to review of the historic, classic, and current literature in removable prosthodontics. REST 705 Advanced Fixed Prosthodontics Techniques (1) Tooth preparation and
advanced laboratory techniques necessary to implement full mouth rehabilitation. REST 706 Advanced Complete Denture Techniques (1) Advanced laboratory and
clinical skills for a specialty prosthodontic practice.
Courses of Instruction
REST 708ab Dental Ceramics, Color, and Aesthetics (2-2) Theory of color and dental
aesthetics; history and development of dental ceramics; design and techniques in fabrication of ceramo-metal restorations. REST 709ab Seminar: Removable Partial Dentures (1-2) Diagnosis, treatment plan-
ning, and design of removable partial dentures using extracoronal and intracoronal retainers. REST 710abcd Implant Dentistry (1-1-1-1)
Implant modalities and types; basis for selection; techniques of placement and of super vision of prosthodontic restoration. Includes a review of classic implant literature. REST 712 Maxillofacial Prosthodontics (2)
Theory and techniques for fabrication of prostheses to correct maxillofacial deformities including cleft palate. REST 721ab Principles of Occlusion (2-2)
Application of current occlusal concepts in removable prosthodontics. Techniques of occlusal adjustment and additive waxing for development of occlusal morphology. REST 761abcdefhij Clinic: Advanced Prosthodontics (1-10 each) Students treat
patients with complex interdisciplinary problems. A minimum of five full mouth reconstructions and 10 sets of complete dentures will be completed.
557
RPRO 503ab Preclinical Removable Prostho dontics and Implants (2-1) Introduction to
RPRO 571abcdef Clinic: Removable Partial Prosthodontics (0-0-0-0-0-2) Clinical
RPRO 510 Implant Dentistry (1) Principles
RPRO 602 Advanced Removable Prostho dontics (4) Critical review and evaluation
disciplines of removable complete and partial dentures and implants, including classification and progress of edentulism, support sources and principles, design, fabrication and evaluation. and use of implants in dentistry: includes history, biological basis, types, diagnosis and treatment planning, surgical and restorative procedures, and limitations. RPRO 511 Preclinical Removable Partial Prosthodontics I (1) Partial denture diagno-
sis and treatment planning; basic principles of partial denture design, fabrication, and function.
RPRO 512 Preclinical Removable Partial Prosthodontics II (1) Partial denture design,
fabrication, and function; repair; patient education.
RPRO 513 Removable Partial Prosthodontics (1) Clinical removable partial prosthodontic
treatment including diagnosis, treatment planning and clinical techniques.
RPRO 521 Preclinical Removable Complete Prosthodontics Laboratory (1) Fundamental
theory for the fabrication of removable complete dentures.
experience in diagnosis, treatment planning, and laboratory procedures necessary for the treatment of the partially edentulous patient. Includes seminars related to clinical treatment.
of the removable prosthodontic literature; guided experience in the laboratory and clinical phases of removable prosthodontic therapy. (Duplicates credit in 604abc.) RPRO 603 The Edentulous Patient — Conventional or Implant Prosthesis (1)
Effective management of the edentulous patient who is unable to adapt to a prosthesis; includes a review of implant dentistry with a hands-on session. RPRO 604abc Advanced Removable Pros thodontics (0-0-4) Critical review and evalu-
ation of the removable prosthodontic literature; guided experience in the laboratory and clinical phases of removable prosthodontic therapy. (Duplicates credit in 602.) RPRO 605 Prosthodontic Seminar: Removable Partial Prosthodontics (1) Provides
fourth year dental students with an advanced didactic foundation for treating the partially edentulous patient with a removable partial.
tion of prostheses to correct maxillofacial deformities.
Laboratory experience in the fabrication of removable complete and partial dentures and implants.
RPRO 655abc Dental Implants (0-0-4) Overview of surgical and prosthodontic implant treatment concepts and modalities; laboratory and clinic experience in fabrication and placement of implant retained prostheses.
REST 782abcde Clinic: Implant Prosthodontics (1-10 each) Clinical procedures in
RPRO 532 Preclinical Removable Partial Prosthodontics Laboratory II (1) Laboratory
O R A L S U R G E RY ( S U R G )
REST 781 Clinic: Maxillofacial Prosthetics (1-8) Clinical experience in fabrica-
implants for prosthodontic rehabilitation.
REST 790 Directed Research: Prosthodontics (1-12) Opportunities for research in clinical
and experimental prosthodontics. Graded CR/NC. R E M O VA B L E P R O S T H O D O N T I C S (RPRO)
RPRO 501 Preclinical Removable Complete Prosthodontics (1) Fundamental theory
for the fabrication of removable complete dentures.
RPRO 502 Removable Complete Prosthodontics (1) Complete denture treatment:
phases, clinical procedures, philosophy, concept, rationale, and need.
RPRO 523ab Preclinical Removable Prostho dontics and Implants Laboratory (1-1)
experience in fabrication of removable partial dentures. RPRO 550 Removable Complete Prosthodontics Clinic I (1) Clinical demonstration
with supervised clinic experience in construction, repair, and evaluation of the removable complete denture. RPRO 561abcd Clinic: Removable Complete Prosthodontics I (0-0-0-2) Diagnosis,
treatment planning, and care of edentulous patients. Complex cases involving temporomandibular joint dysfunction, surgical and congenital defects; seminars on clinical treatment. RPRO 562ab Clinic: Removable Complete Prosthodontics II (0-3) Diagnosis, treatment
planning, and care of edentulous patients. Complex cases involving temporomandibular joint dysfunction, surgical and congenital defects; seminars on clinical treatment.
SURG 501 Oral Surgery (2) Introduction to
surgical dentistry, armamentarium and procedures; exodontics; infection; post operative care; repair of bone and soft tissue; acute injury; cysts, sinuses, nerve injury, biopsy. SURG 562abc Clinic: Oral Surgery I (0-0-1)
Supervised clinical experience in health history, surgical evaluation, extraction of teeth, and minor oral surgery procedures. Includes special case seminars. SURG 563abc Clinic: Oral Surgery II (0-0-1)
Supervised clinical experience in health history, surgical evaluation, extraction of teeth, and minor oral surgery procedures. Includes special case seminars.
558
Ostrow School of Dentistry
SURG 564abcd Clinic: Hospital Oral Surgery (0-0-0-1) Observation of inpatient and
SURG 701ab Seminar: Advanced Oral 足Surgery (2-2) Problems in advanced oral
outpatient oral and maxillofacial surgery, participation in clinic care of patients with dento-alveolar pathology, introduction to management of medically compromised patient.
SURG 611abc Oral and Maxillofacial 足Surgery (0-0-4) More advanced instruction in
oral and maxillofacial surgery and related diseases as appropriate to the practice of general dentistry; extensive clinical experience.
surgery and hospital oral surgery including student presentations and critique of clinical cases. SURG 702ab Seminar: Review of the Oral Surgery Literature (2-2) Critical analysis
of recent oral surgery and other related literature.
SURG 708ab Orthognathic Surgery (a: 2, Fa; b: 2, Sp) Surgical planning and treatment of
patients with skeletal deformities.
SURG 721 Surgical Anatomy (2) Intensive
review of anatomy relevant to the practice of oral surgery. Includes dissections and animal surgery. SURG 761abcd Clinic: Advanced Oral Surgery (1-10 each) Clinical evaluation and
surgical treatment of dento-alveolar disease in out-patient clinic. SURG 763abcd Clinic: Advanced Hospital Oral Surgery and Anesthesia (1-10 each)
Surgical treatment of patients and service in medical anesthesia at the LAC+USC Medical Center.
USC Rossier School of Education
T
he USC Rossier School of Education is one of the world’s premier centers for the study of urban education. The school is committed to preparing teachers, researchers, counselors, administrators and curricular specialists for leadership positions. The mission of
the School of Education is to strengthen urban education locally, nationally and globally. Educators in urban areas face a unique set of challenges, including poverty, density, mobility and immigration; strained social conditions around housing, healthcare and crime; and cultural and linguistic diversity. Urban education takes place in many contexts including pre-kindergarten through high school, human services, higher education and workplace settings. We seek to transform urban education by:
• P reparing and developing educational leaders who are change agents with a commitment to improving urban education and competencies to address the complex educational and social issues facing urban communities.
Richard Aqui and 90 other local high school seniors gained the good study habits, financial smarts and writing skills needed for college success through USC Rossier’s four-week, tuitionfree SummerTIME program. Through this and other outreach efforts, USC Rossier strengthens urban education locally, nationally and globally.
• L eading the search for innovative, efficacious and just solutions to the challenges in urban education by engaging in research on educational practices and policy.
• C reating mutually beneficial partnerships to rethink curriculum, improve educational environments and develop sound policy. Our vision is to be a premier and distinctive School of Education, defined by innovative educational programs and scholarship that directly impact policy and practice in urban education. The School of Education is committed to four academic themes that guide all academic, research and service efforts within our school and serve as a guide for meeting the school’s mission. These themes are leadership, diversity, learning and accountability.
560
USC Rossier School of Education
USC Rossier School of Education Waite Phillips Hall 1100 (213) 740-8313 www.usc.edu/dept/education
Associate Professors: Patricia Burch, Ph.D.; Darnell Cole, Ph.D.; Alicia Dowd, Ph.D.; Robert G. Keim, Ed.D. (Dentistry); Adrianna Kezar, Ph.D.; Brendesha Tynes, Ph.D.
Research Associate Professor: Gisele Ragusa, Ph.D.
Administration
Assistant Professors: Lauren Anderson, Ph.D.; Mary Helen Immordino-Yang, Ph.D.; Tatiana Melguizo, Ph.D.; Morgan Polikoff, Ph.D.; Michelle Riconscente, Ph.D.; Jamy Stillman, Ph.D.; Katharine O. Strunk, Ph.D.
Executive in Residence: Michael Escalante, Ed.D.
Karen Symms Gallagher, Ph.D., Dean Dominic J. Brewer, Ph.D., Vice Dean, Research Lawrence O. Picus, Ph.D., Vice Dean, Faculty Affairs Melora Sundt, Ph.D., Vice Dean, Academic Programs Blair Sillers, Chief of Staff Faculty
Emery Stoops and Joyce King-Stoops Dean’s Chair in Education: Karen Symms Gallagher, Ph.D. Richard T. Cooper and Mary Catherine Cooper Chair in Public School Administration: Guilbert C. Hentschke, Ph.D. T. & I. Katzman/Ernst Chair in Educational Entrepreneurship: David Dwyer, Ph.D. Irving R. and Virginia Archer Melbo Chair in Education: Rudy Castruita, Ed.D. Clifford H. and Betty C. Allen Professor of Urban Leadership: Dominic J. Brewer, Ph.D. Diane and MacDonald Becket Professor of Educational Policy: Priscilla Wohlstetter, Ph.D. Stephen Crocker Professor of Education: Robert Rueda, Ph.D. Leslie Wilbur and Norma Lash Wilbur-Evelyn Keiffer Professor of Higher Education: William G. Tierney, Ph.D. University Professors: Lloyd Armstrong, Jr., Ph.D.; William G. Tierney, Ph.D. Professors: Ron Avi Astor, Ph.D. (Social Work); Estela Mara Bensimon, Ed.D.; Dominic J. Brewer, Ph.D.; Michael Diamond, Ph.D. (Business, Social Work); Guilbert C. Hentschke, Ph.D.; Harold F. O’Neil Jr., Ph.D.; Lawrence O. Picus, Ph.D.; Marleen Pugach, Ph.D.; Robert Rueda, Ph.D.; Gale Sinatra, Ph.D.; John B. Slaughter, Ph.D. (Engineering); Priscilla Wohlstetter, Ph.D.
Professors of Clinical Education: Reynaldo R. Baca, Ph.D.; Rudy M. Castruita, Ed.D.; Rudy F. Crew, Ed.D.; Raymond John Gallagher, Ph.D.; Pedro Garcia, Ed.D.; Dennis Hocevar, Ph.D., Michael Jackson, Ed.D. (Student Affairs); Sandra N. Kaplan, Ed.D.; Anthony B. Maddox, Ph.D.; Susan Metros, MFA (Technology Enhanced Learning); Margo Pensavalle, Ed.D.; Darlene Robles, Ph.D.; Sylvia Rousseau, Ed.D.; Julietta Shakhbagova, Ph.D.; Melora Sundt, Ph.D. Associate Professors of Clinical Education: Mary Andres, Psy.D.; Ruth Gim Chung, Ph.D.; Ginger Clark, Ph.D.; Robert Filback, Ph.D.; Frederick W. Freking, Ph.D.; Michael Genzuk, Ph.D.; Alan G. Green, Ph.D.; Kimberly Hirabayashi, Ph.D.; William E. Maxwell, Ph.D.; Eugenia Mora-Flores, Ph.D.; Mark Power Robison, Ph.D.; Gary Scott, Ed.D.; Julie Slayton, Ph.D.; Kathy Stowe, Ed.D.; Denzil Suite, Ph.D. (Student Affairs); Tracy Poon Tambascia, Ed.D.; Patricia Tobey, Ph.D. (Student Affairs); Kristan M. Venegas, Ph.D. Assistant Professors of Clinical Education: Shafiqa Ahmadi, J.D.; Paula Carbone, Ph.D.; Lynne Goldfarb, Ph.D.; Walton Green, M.S.; Angela Hasan, Ph.D.; Amy Johnson, Ed.D. (Student Affairs); Courtney Malloy, Ph.D.; Brandon Martinez, Ed.D.; Lynette Merriman, Ed.D. (Student Affairs); John Pascarella, Ph.D.; Helena Seli, Ph.D.; Maura Sullivan, Ph.D.; Kenneth Yates, Ed.D. Assistant (Teaching) Professors of Clinical Education: Jenifer Crawford, Ph.D.; Kimberley Ferrario, Ph.D.; Brooke Howland, Ed.D.; Corinne E. Hyde, Ed.D.; Emmy Min, Ph.D. Research Professors: David Dwyer, Ph.D.; Jerome Lucido, Ph.D.; Allen Munro, Ph.D.
Research Assistant Professor: Joanna Smith, Ph.D.
Lecturers: Donna M. Brinton, M.A.; Priscilla Caraveo, M.A.; Deborah Detzel, M.A.; Katie FitzSimons, M.A.; Marge Hoctor, M.A.; Pamela Yamamoto Ireland, M.A.; Sonja Lovelace, M.A.; Stephen MacIsaac, M.A.; Kathleen O’Connor, M.A.; Heather Robertson, Ed.D.; Priscilla Taylor, M.A. Emeritus Professors: Robert L. Baker, Ph.D.; Earl Carnes, Ph.D.; Myron H. Dembo, Ph.D.; Robert Ferris, Ed.D.; Mabel E. Hayes, Ph.D.; Edward J. Kazlauskas, Ph.D.; Frederick Knirk, Ed.D.; Steven Krashen, Ph.D.; Johanna K. Lemlech, Ed.D.; James Magary, Ph.D.; Merle Marks, Ed.D.; William G. Millington, Ed.D.; Leonard L. Murdy, Ed.D.; William F. O’Neill, Ph.D.; Donald E. Polkinghorne, Ph.D.; William M. Rideout, Jr., Ph.D.; Audrey J. Schwartz, Ed.D.; Robert A. Smith, Ph.D.; Eddie Williams, Ed.D.; Kathleen Wulf, Ph.D. Emeritus Professor of Clinical Education: Stuart E. Gothold, Ed.D. Emeritus Professor of Clinical Psychology: Rodney K. Goodyear, Ph.D. Degree Programs
The Rossier School of Education offers the following degree programs: Master of Arts, Teaching; Master of Arts, Teaching, Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages; Master of Education, Advanced Instruction; Master of Education, Educational Counseling; Master of Education, Postsecondary Administration and Student Affairs; Master of Education, School Counseling; Master of Marriage and F amily Therapy; Doctor of Education/Master of Business Administration (Ed.D./MBA); Doctor of Education (Ed.D.); Global Executive (Ed.D.); and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) in Urban Education Policy. The Rossier School of Education also offers the Ed.D. at the Hawaii, Orange County and Sacramento centers.
Graduate Degrees
561
Graduate Degrees Admission
Applicants for admission to graduate degree programs must have a bachelor’s degree or its equivalent from an accredited institution. Admission to graduate programs in the Rossier School of Education is highly selective and competitive. A grade point average of 3.0 (A = 4.0) is usually expected as well as satisfactory scores on the Graduate Record Examinations (GRE) General Test and three letters of recommendation. For specific information on admission and application procedures, contact the Office of Admission and Recruitment, (213) 740-0224. Satisfactory Academic Progress
Students must maintain a grade point average of 3.0 (A = 4.0) or better to stay in good academic standing. Consistent with USC’s overall policies for graduate students, factors other than satisfactory grades may also be taken into consideration in decisions regarding a student’s continuation in a graduate degree program. These factors include satisfactory performance in fieldwork or credentialing requirements, or meeting programdefined professional standards, which are
communicated to students at the beginning of the program. Students who do not earn or maintain a 3.0 (A = 4.0) grade point average in an academic term will be given an academic warning in the following term. Students may also be given an academic warning if they are have not fulfilled non-GPA related requirements, as defined by their degree program. The academic warning provides notification that the student is subject to dismissal. A student who is not in good academic standing is subject to dismissal, and may be dismissed from a program whenever, in the judgment of the associate dean for academic programs and the program director of the program in question, it is unlikely that the student will successfully complete his or her program. Time Limit for Degree Completion
The time limit for completing a master’s degree is five years. The time limit for completing a doctoral degree is eight years. For students who earned an applicable master’s degree within five years prior to admission to the doctorate, the time limit for completion is six years.
The time limit begins with the first course at USC applied toward a specified degree and ends the semester during which all requirements are met. A primary consideration of the setting of time limits is the currency of the course work and research with respect to the date the degree is to be conferred. Equally important is the concern that the faculty members serving as advisers or committee members be available to the student for the duration of graduate studies at USC. Occasionally a student finds it impossible to comply with prescribed time limits for completion of a degree. If a significant delay is likely to occur, the student must make arrangements in advance by petitioning for an extension of time. Such petitions will be considered when there is clear justification based on sound academic or critical personal reasons. An academic department may grant an extension of up to one year at a time for a maximum of two years.
Master’s Degrees Master of Arts in Teaching, Multiple Subject, Single Subject and Single Subject (Music Education)
The Master of Arts in Teaching is designed for individuals who wish to complete requirements for a California preliminary t eaching credential or to strengthen their ability to facilitate learning for all students in a K-12 environment (non-credential). Three programs are available: Multiple Subject, Single Subject and Single Subject (Music Education).
and social science. The non-credential option requires a minimum of 30 units; the credential option requires a minimum of 32 units. Single Subject (Music Education) The MAT Single Subject (Music Education) offers two tracks: choral/general and instrumen tal. A minimum of 35 units is required. The Multiple Subject and Single Subject emphases are available online. CORE COURSES
Multiple Subject The MAT Multiple Subject is designed for those interested in teaching at the elementary level. The non-credential option requires a minimum of 30 units; the credential option requires a minimum of 32 units. Single Subject The MAT Single Subject is designed for those interested in teaching at the secondary level. The emphasis offers specializations in English, science (biological sciences, chemistry, geoscience or physics), mathematics
UNITS
EDUC 501 Instruction for Teaching English as a New Language 3 EDUC 516 Framing the Social Context of High Needs Schools 3 EDUC 518 The Application of Theories of Learning to Classroom Practice 3 EDUC 519 Human Differences 3
Additional course work for the Bilingual, Cross Cultural, Language and Academic Development (BCLAD) Credential: EDUC 558 Culture Learning in Schools: Latino
3
MULTIPLE SUBJECT UNITS
EDUC 504 Foundations of Literacy Development and Instruction 2 EDUC 551 Teaching Physical Education 1 EDUC 554 Visual and Performing Arts in Elementary Subjects 2 EDUC 556 Integrating English Language Arts and Social Studies 5 EDUC 566 Teaching Mathematics and Science 4
USC Rossier School of Education
562
Credential Track EDUC 568ab
Guided Practice
3-3
Non-Credential Track EDUC 569ab Capstone Portfolio in Learning and Instruction 2-2 SINGLE SUBJECT UNITS
EDUC 505 Integrating Literacy in Secondary Content Instruction 2 EDUC 506 New Media Literacies in High Needs Schools 2 Additional course work in the subject matter area to be approved by the subject area faculty lead 3 Select one of the following: EDUC 502ab Teaching Science in Secondary Classrooms EDUC 509ab Teaching Mathematics in Secondary Classrooms EDUC 513ab Teaching English Language Arts in Secondary Classrooms EDUC 541ab Teaching Social Studies in Secondary Classrooms Credential Track EDUC 568ab Guided Practice
3-4 3-4
3-4 3-4
3-3
Non-Credential Track EDUC 569ab Capstone Portfolio in Learning and Instruction 2-2 SINGLE SUBJECT (MUSIC EDUCATION) UNITS
EDUC 512 Reading and Writing Methods for Secondary Teaching 2 MUED 510 Leading a Music Program in a Public School Setting 2 MUED 515 Using Technology in the Classroom 2 MUED 540 Motivation and Discipline in the Music Classroom 2 MUED 549ab Directed Teaching: Public School Music 2-2 Additional course work for Instrumental Track MUED 522ab Teaching Public School Instrumental Music 3-2 MUED 524 Teaching and Conducting Public School Instrumental Ensembles 4 MUED 526 Teaching General/Choral Music for Instrumentalists 2 Additional course work for Choral/General Track MUED 532 Teaching General Music K-8 3 MUED 534 Teaching and Conducting Public School Choral Ensembles 4
MUED 536 Teaching Instrumental Music for Vocalists MUED 547 Vocal Pedagogy in the Public School Classroom
2 2
Master of Arts in Teaching, Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages
The MAT, Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages is designed to prepare aspiring English language teachers, domestic and international, to successfully provide instruction for children, youth or adults in the United States or abroad. This is a noncredential option. A minimum of 30 units is required. The program may be completed on campus or online. REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
EDUC 501 Instruction for Teaching English as a New Language 3 EDUC 505 Integrating Literacy in Secondary Content Instruction 2 EDUC 506 New Media Literacies for High Needs Schools 2 EDUC 510 Foundations of Learning for the TESOL Classroom 3 EDUC 516 Framing the Social Context of High Needs Schools, or EDUC 563 Teaching from a Comparative and International Perspective 3 EDUC 521 Assessment and Instruction for Diverse English Learners 3 EDUC 526ab Capstone in Teaching English Learners, or EDUC 540ab Practicum in Teaching English as a Second or Foreign Language 2-2 EDUC 561 Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages Pedagogy I 3 EDUC 562 Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages Pedagogy II 4 EDUC 571 Systems of the English Language 3 Master of Education, Advanced Instruction
The Master of Education in Advanced Instruction provides current teachers with an in-depth exposure to pedagogy and teacher leadership development. The curriculum is designed to challenge experienced teachers to utilize technology in student-centered ways to improve learning outcomes, provide access to advanced interdisciplinary pedagogical practice, develop their capacity to inititate leadership with peers around improving instruction, and increase their understanding of successful instruction for learners with diverse needs.
Applicants to the program should have significant teaching experience. Public school teachers must hold a current teaching credential; private school teachers without a credential must be able to demonstrate at least three years of full-time teaching experience. Two letters of recommendation are required. There are five areas of concentration in the advanced instruction program: (1) Teaching Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics (STEM) in Elementary Schools to support teachers interested in fostering enthusiastic, confident and creative learning; (2) Differing Abilities, which focuses on understanding the range of learner needs in today’s classroom; (3) Education Specialist Credential, for graduates of the Rossier MAT program seeking to add a Mild/Moderate Disabilities authorization; (4) Secondary Curriculum concentration provides Social Studies and English teachers with methods for integrating the arts, literacy and c ivics; and (5) Teaching Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics (STEM) in Secondary Schools provides an opportunity for secondary teachers to engage in an advanced, interdiscplinary study of instruction in STEM. Degree Requirements The advanced instruction program requires a minimum of 32 units including required core courses and completion of a concentration area. REQUIRED CORE
UNITS
EDUC 506 New Media Literacies in High Needs Schools 2 EDUC 516 Framing the Social Context of High Needs Schools 3 EDUC 518 Application of Theories of Learning to Classroom Practice 3 EDUC 529 Political and Academic Issues Affecting Gifted Students 3 EDUC 550 Multimedia Literacy 3 EDUC 564 Teacher Leadership 2 EDUC 569ab Capstone Portfolio in Learning and Instruction 2-2 EDUC 573 Introduction to Special Education 3
Concentration Areas Students select a concentration area from one the following: TEACHING SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY, ENGINEERING, AND MATHEMATICS (STEM) IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS
UNITS
EDUC 581 STEM Education from a Project-Based Learning Approach 3
Graduate Degrees
EDUC 584 Facilitating Creativity and Innovation in STEM Classrooms 3 EDUC 585 Action Research Project 3 DIFFERING ABILITIES
UNITS
EDUC 530 Differentiated Curriculum and Pedagogy for Gifted Students 3 EDUC 575 Assessment and Curriculum for Students with Disabilities 3 EDUC 576 Establishing and Maintaining an Effective Classroom Ecology 3 EDUCATION SPECIALIST CREDENTIAL
UNITS
EDUC 530 Differentiated Curriculum and Pedagogy for Gifted Students 3 EDUC 574 Collaboration, Families and Case Management 3 EDUC 575 Assessment and Curriculum for Students with Disabilities 3 EDUC 576 Establishing and Maintaining an Effective Classroom Ecology 3 EDUC 577 Guided Practice: Mild/ Moderate Disabilities 3 THE SECONDARY CURRICULUM
UNITS
EDUC 552 Literacies in the Content Area 3 EDUC 557 Civics Education 3 EDUC 578 Integrating the Arts into the Secondary Curriculum 3 TEACHING SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY, ENGINEERING, AND MATHEMATICS (STEM) IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS
UNITS
EDUC 555 STEM Education in Secondary Classrooms 3 EDUC 559 Discourse Analysis and Technology in STEM Classrooms 3 EDUC 580 Transforming STEM Education into Teaching Science 3 Master of Education, Educational Counseling
The Master of Education degree in Educational Counseling is designed for individuals seeking a career or advancement opportunities in postsecondary education as an academic or outreach counselor. The degree includes a theoretical and practical background in student affairs and counseling. The program meets current requirements for postsecondary counseling positions in the California state system, particularly for those who wish to work in the public community college system. A minimum of 48 units is required.
REQUIRED COURSES
563
UNITS
EDCO 503 Ethical and Legal Issues in Counseling EDCO 541 Theories in Counseling EDHP 500 Foundations of Higher, Adult, and Professional Education EDHP 552 The Politics of Difference EDHP 563 Student Affairs Work in College EDHP 580 The Community College EDHP 587 Fieldwork in Higher, Adult and Professional Education EDHP 593ab Master’s Seminar, or EDHP 594ab Master’s Thesis EDHP 687 Student Development in Higher Education EDPT 502 Learning and Individual Differences EDUC 500 The Counseling Process EDUC 508 Creating Communities of Interest EDUC 547 Career Development: Theory and Process EDUC 570 Research Methods and Data Analysis for Counselors EDUC 609 Academic Advising in Postsecondary Education EDUC 637 Group Counseling: Theory and Process
3 3
3 3 3 3
3 4 3 3 3 2 3
3 3 3
Master of Education, Postsecondary Administration and Student Affairs
The Master of Education, Postsecondary Administration and Student Affairs provides current and prospective professionals working in various capacities within two-year, four-year and professional postsecondary institutions with the theoretical foundation and practical applications to excel in a variety of higher education administrative and students services positions (academic advising and support services). Students will have an opportunity to develop an area of proficiency such as student affairs, athletic administration or academic advising. A minimum of 41 units of graduate-level course work is required. REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
EDHP 500 Foundations of Higher, Adult, and Professional Education 3 EDHP 551 Applied Educational Ethnography 3 EDHP 552 The Politics of Difference 3 EDHP 563 Student Affairs Work in College 3 EDHP 587 Fieldwork in Higher, Adult, and Professional Education 4 EDHP 594ab Master’s Thesis, or 2-2 EDUC 616 Higher Education Seminar 3
EDHP 657 Management of Student Services in Higher Education 3 EDHP 679 Legal Issues in the Administration of Higher Education 3 EDHP 687 Student Development in Higher Education 3 EDUC 508 Creating Communities of Interest 2 EDUC 570 Research Methods and Data Analysis for Counselors 3 Approved electives 9 Master of Education, School Counseling
The Master of Education, School Counseling is geared toward socially responsible individuals who are aware that many of the issues pupils confront have societal origins. Designed to prepare educators interested in becoming school counselors in grades pre-K through grade 12, successful candidates will obtain the Master of Education, School Counseling degree along with USC recommendation for the Pupil Personnel Services School Counseling Credential. Forty-nine units of course work, 100 clock hours in a practicum experience and 600 clock hours of supervised field experience are required. REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
EDCO 503 Ethical and Legal Issues in Counseling 3 EDCO 505 Counseling and Collaborative Consultation in the School Setting 3 EDCO 541 Theories in Counseling 3 EDCO 574 School Counseling Practicum 2 EDCO 575 School Counseling Field Experience 4 EDUC 500 The Counseling Process 3 EDUC 508 Creating Communities of Interest 2 EDUC 511 Introduction to Counseling 3 EDUC 520 Counseling for College and Career Readiness I 2 EDUC 570 Research Methods and Data Analysis for Counselors 3 EDUC 600 Counseling for College and Career Readiness II 2 EDUC 607 Role of School Counselors in Student Learning and Motivation 3 EDUC 608 School Connectedness, Climate, and Classroom Management 2 EDUC 612 Application of Human Development Theory in School Counseling 3 EDUC 618 School Counseling Professional Portfolio 2
564
USC Rossier School of Education
EDUC 621 Measurement and Evaluation for School Counselors 3 EDUC 637 Group Counseling: Theory and Process 3 EDUC 638 Cross-Cultural Counseling: Research and Practice 3
REQUIRED COURSES
Master of Marriage and Family Therapy
The program for the Master of Marriage and Family Therapy is offered for those students seeking to prepare for the practice of marriage and family therapy. Students who complete this specialized professional degree program and who fulfill the additional state-mandated requirements are eligible for the State of California’s Marriage and Family Therapy license. A minimum of 60 units is required.
UNITS
EDCO 541 Theories in Counseling Psychology 3 EDUC 500 The Counseling Process 3 EDUC 507 Professional Identity, Law and Ethics for Counselors 3 EDUC 508 Creating Communities of Interest 2 EDUC 515 Theories of Marriage and Family Therapy 3 EDUC 544 Measurement Procedures for Counselors 3 EDUC 546 Psychopathology for Marriage and Family Therapists 3 EDUC 547 Career Development: Theory and Process 3 EDUC 553 Psychopharmacology and the Effects of Substance Abuse 3
EDUC 570 Research Methods and Data Analysis for Counselors 3 EDUC 583 Counseling through the Lifespan 3 EDUC 633 Child and Elder Abuse and Domestic Violence 2 EDUC 634 Couples Counseling 3 EDUC 635 Psychotherapy with Children and Adolescents 3 EDUC 636 Perspectives on Human Sexuality 3 EDUC 637 Group Counseling: Theory and Process 3 EDUC 638 Cross-Cultural Counseling: Research and Practice 3 EDUC 644 Practicum in Counseling 3 EDUC 645ab Fieldwork in Counseling 3-3 EDUC 646ab Marriage and Family Therapy Capstone: Leadership Project 1-1
Certificate Programs Certificate in School Counseling
The School Counseling Certificate program is designed for students enrolled in the Master of Marriage and Family Therapy (MMFT) program who wish to complete additional requirements to earn USC recommendation for a Pupil Personnel Services: School Counseling Credential. Application information is available in the Master’s Program Office. REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
EDCO 505 Counseling and Collaborative Consultation in the School Setting 3 EDCO 574 School Counseling Practicum 2 EDCO 575 School Counseling Field Experience 4 EDUC 511 Introduction to Counseling 3 EDUC 520 Counseling for College and Career Readiness I 2 EDUC 600 Counseling for College and Career Readiness II 2
EDUC 607 Role of School Counselors in Student Learning and Motivation 3 EDUC 608 School Connectedness, Climate, and Classroom Management 2 EDUC 618 School Counseling Professional Portfolio 2 EDUC 621 Measurement and Evaluation for School Counselors 3 Total units required
26
Certificate in Gifted Education
Aligned with USC Rossier’s mission to serve high-need students in urban centers, the Certificate in Gifted Education provides graduates of the Master of Arts in Teaching program with the competencies to respond to the needs, interests and abilities of gifted students in either heterogeneous regular classrooms or specific magnet school classrooms defined for gifted and high-ability students.
The Certificate in Gifted Education enables graduates to recognize the manifestations of giftedness among cultural, linguistic and economically diverse students in urban schools, to facilitate the identification of underrepresented students as gifted and to provide differentially appropriate curriculum for them. REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
EDUC 529 Political and Academic Issues Affecting Gifted Students 3 EDUC 530 Differentiated Curriculum and Pedagogy for Gifted Students 3 Credential Track EDUC 568ab Guided Practice
3-3
Non-Credential Track EDUC 550 Multimedia Literacy 3 EDUC 569ab Capstone Portfolio in Learning and Instruction 2-2
Dual Degree Program Doctor of Education/Master of Business Administration
The Rossier School of Education and the Marshall School of Business jointly offer a dual degree program that emphasizes educational leadership and management competencies across the wide variety of education- related organizations in the public, non-profit and for-profit sectors and is designed to prepare students to assume executive leadership positions in these organizations, including
schools, universities, educating businesses, regional, state and federal education agencies, education research institutions, and private foundations with education missions. Graduates of the Ed.D./MBA program will be prepared to significantly improve the scope and quality of educational services to targeted populations through the application of management skills to the field of education and of education principles to business enterprises.
A total of 90 units is required for the dual degree: 48 units in the Marshall School of Business and 42 units in the Rossier School of Education. Students must apply to both the Marshall School of Business and the Rossier School of Education.
Doctoral Degrees
565
Doctoral Degrees The Rossier School of Education offers the Doctor of Philosophy in Urban Education Policy (Ph.D.) and the Doctor of Education (Ed.D.). Both doctoral programs place strong emphasis on the acquisition of inquiry skills and on the collaborative and interdisciplinary study of issues mutually engaging to both students and the Rossier School of Education faculty members. Both degrees emphasize the acquisition of appropriate research and inquiry skills, but the application of these skills is expected to differ. The Ed.D. student is trained to use educational inquiry skills to solve contemporary educational problems, while the Ph.D. student is trained to contribute to the general and theoretical knowledge about educational issues. The Ed.D. is administered by the Rossier School of Education; the Ph.D. is administered by the Graduate School.
Core Program Ed.D. students are required to complete 12 units of core course work: EDUC 522 Challenges in Urban Education: Accountability, EDUC 523 Challenges in Urban Education: Diversity, EDUC 524 Challenges in Urban Education: Leadership, and EDUC 525 Challenges in Urban Education: Learning.
Ph.D. students must also consult the Graduate School section of this catalogue for regulations and requirements pertaining to the degree.
Electives In consultation with assigned advisers, students select a minimum of 14 units of elective course work.
Doctor of Education (Ed.D.)
Admission to Candidacy Admission to candidacy is a formal action taken by the faculty of the Rossier School of Education. That action is based upon passing the qualifying examination.
Preliminary Review The Ed.D. preliminary review must be passed before the student has completed more than 21 units. Passing the preliminary review is prerequisite to continuing in the program. Advisement Committee The student selects a three-member advisement committee in consultation with the adviser upon applying to take the qualifying examination. The committee chair must have a fulltime appointment in the Rossier School of Education. One member of the committee may be a faculty member elsewhere or a full-time professional educator holding a doctorate and with strength in the area of the dissertation topic, if nominated by the committee chair and approved by the executive director of the Ed.D. program. Areas of Concentration There are four areas from which students must select a specialization: K-12 Leadership in Urban Education Settings, Educational Psychology, Higher Education/Community College Leadership and Teacher Education in Multicultural Societies. Unit Requirement The Ed.D. requires completion of 60 units of course work. A maximum of 4 dissertation units (794 Doctoral Dissertation) may be applied toward the degree. Students admitted with Advanced Standing complete a minimum of 43 units.
Methods All Ed.D. students must complete EDUC 532 Inquiry Methods I and EDUC 536 Inquiry Methods II for a total of 6 units. Research Students must complete 6 units of research course work (EDUC 792 Critique of Research in Education and EDUC 790 Research).
Doctoral Dissertation A dissertation based upon original research is required. An acceptable dissertation must show technical mastery of a special field, capacity for independent research and scholarly ability. The student must be enrolled in 794 Doctoral Dissertation each fall and spring semester after admission to candidacy until the dissertation has been approved. A minimum of two semesters (4 units) is required. Enrollment in 794 prior to admission to candidacy is not permitted and such registration is invalid. Global Executive (Ed.D.)
The Global Executive Ed.D. curriculum is designed to enhance the professional experience of senior educational leaders and policy makers by: • Increasing their understanding of global trends and the implications of those trends; • Challenging them to use evidence and theory-based approaches in problem solving; • Developing their capacity to effectively use complex data in decision making; and • Providing access to key leaders and leading education scholars.
Classes are delivered in Los Angeles and in Hong Kong. The total units required for the degree is 60. A maximum of 4 project units (EDUC 764 Consulting Project) may be applied toward the degree. Students admitted with advanced standing complete a minimum of 50 units. REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
EDUC 619 Framing Educational Leadership in a Global Context 4 EDUC 620 Fundamentals of Creativity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship 2 EDUC 623 Understanding Research That Informs Leadership 2 EDUC 624 Educational Organizations: Governance and Finance I 2 EDUC 626 Fostering Entrepreneurship in Educational Systems 2 EDUC 627 Education Performance Problems: Role of Learning 3 EDUC 628 Educational Organizations: Governance and Finance II 2 EDUC 629 Consulting Practicum Context Analysis 4 EDUC 631 Locating Educational Performance Problems 3 EDUC 723 Evaluating and Assessing Educational System Outcomes 3 EDUC 724 Creating Policy Alternatives for Educational Settings 3 EDUC 725 Analyzing Effectiveness of Educational Systems 3 EDUC 726 Making Choices: Deciding Among Policy Alternatives 4 EDUC 727 Implementing Policy in Educational Systems 3 EDUC 728 Global Trends: Emerging Ideas, Emerging Markets 3 EDUC 729 Assessing Policy Impact in Educational Settings 3 EDUC 764abcdz Consulting Project 1-1-1-1-0 Additional course work to be approved by program faculty Doctor of Philosophy in Urban Education Policy (Ph.D.)
Program Requirements The Ph.D. program requires a minimum of 63 units of course work, comprising the following elements: Core Block (16 units), Concentration Block (15 units), Research Block (15 units), Cognate Block (12 units) and Dissertation Proposal and Dissertation Block (5 units).
10
566
USC Rossier School of Education
Core Block The core represents the essential knowledge that serves as the groundwork for later course work and for other research and scholarly activities within the program and beyond with a particular focus on urban education. This work is completed in the first year of full-time study.
a student passes the qualifying examination and has advanced to candidacy). The disser tation block is designed to prepare students for their dissertation research and continues through the writing and defense of the dissertation. The process involves intensive collaboration with the adviser and the guidance committee.
portfolio. The teaching portfolio documents and reflects the student’s development and productivity in thinking about course content and instructional delivery. The research portfolio documents and reflects the student’s development and productivity in research and writing from the point of entry into the program.
Transfer of Course Work The maximum number of transfer credits that can be applied toward the degree is 20 units. The faculty of the student’s degree program determines whether transfer credit is applicable toward a specific graduate degree.
Admission to Candidacy Admission to candidacy is a formal action taken by the faculty that is based upon passing the qualifying examination and completing all Ph.D. course requirements (with the exception of 794 Doctoral Dissertation). Notification of admission or denial of admission to candidacy is by letter from the associate vice provost for graduate programs.
REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
EDUC 630 Organization and Policy: Current Issues EDUC 640 The Research University in the 21st Century EDUC 642 Controversies in Learning and Instruction EDUC 650 Globalization and the Nation-State: Theories of Change
4 4 4
4
Concentration Block Courses in this block are linked to two of the four areas of concentrations available in the Rossier School of Education (higher education/community college leadership and leadership in urban education settings). Courses in this block permit students to consider applied problems in collaboration with advanced Ed.D. students. Research Block Courses in this block provide the basic tools to pursue systematic, programmatic, empirical investigation. It includes qualitative and quantitative elements with the understanding that complex educational problems require a variety of investigative approaches. Areas required include research design, analysis of variance/multiple regression, qualitative methods, and one elective in measurement, advanced qualitative or quantitative analysis, or a related area. Courses may be taken inside or outside the Rossier School of Education. Cognate Block This block is designed for students to pursue interdisciplinary approaches to educational issues, and may consist of courses inside or outside the Rossier School of Education. The specific courses are determined in conjunction with the adviser. Dissertation Block This block includes preparation for the qualifying examination and initial dissertation proposal. It is taken during the semester of the qualifying examination and EDUC 794ab Dissertation (minimum of 4 units taken after
Faculty Adviser A designated faculty member provides the academic advisement for entering graduate students at the point of admission. A faculty member is appointed to serve as the adviser until an approved guidance committee is established. Screening Process When students have completed the core course work, the doctoral screening committee assesses their performance and makes a decision about their readiness to continue in the program. Students are notified of the results by the Ph.D. program chair. If the decision is to continue, a formal program of studies and a guidance committee is established. Guidance Committee The guidance committee is composed of at least five members. A minimum of three, including the chair, must be from the Rossier School; one must be a faculty member from outside the Rossier School. Normally, all members of the guidance committee are regular faculty with the rank of assistant professor or above in departments offering the Ph.D. Qualifying Examinations As a prerequisite to candidacy for the Ph.D., students must pass written and oral qualifying examinations. The written qualifying examination is designed to assess a student’s readiness to undertake dissertation research and to assess the student’s ability to critically analyze and synthesize theoretical and methodological knowledge. The oral portion consists, in part, of a teaching and research
Dissertation Committee After admission to candidacy and approval of the dissertation proposal, the Ph.D. guidance committee is known as the dissertation committee and is usually reduced to three members. The committee will include one faculty member from outside the Rossier School of Education and will be chaired by a tenure track faculty member. Doctoral Dissertation After the qualifying examination is passed, students must enroll in 794 Doctoral Dissertation each semester, except summer session, after admission to candidacy until all degree requirements have been completed. A minimum of two semesters (4 units) is required. A maximum of 4 dissertation units may be applied to satisfy the degree requirement. While enrolled in 794a, students will develop a dissertation proposal in collaboration with the adviser. The dissertation committee grants final approval for the proposal. Credit for 794a and permission to enroll in 794b will only be given after the dissertation proposal is approved. IRB (Human Subjects Institutional Review Board) approval is required for all dissertation studies.
Credential Programs
567
Credential Programs A credential is a license issued by the Cali fornia Commission on Teacher Credentialing (CCTC) to persons wishing to legally teach or perform certain other professional services in California’s public schools. USC is one of several institutions authorized to recommend qualified persons to the CCTC for receipt of credentials. There are two categories of credentials offered in the Rossier School: teaching and service. Requirements for these credentials may be obtained by calling the appropriate phone number listed below. Credential requirements may change due to state law. Students are advised to consult periodically with the Rossier School of Education for current credential requirements. Teaching Credentials
California has a two-tier credential structure. A five-year preliminary credential is the first credential issued after an individual meets basic credential requirements. A clear credential is issued when all credential requirements have been completed. Multiple Subject Teaching (MST) authorizes the holder to teach in a self-contained classroom such as the classrooms in most elementary schools. A teacher authorized for multiple subject instruction may be assigned to teach in any self-contained classroom (preschool, grades K-12 or many subjects within a self-contained classroom). This classroom situation is generally found in preschool and elementary grades or in classes organized primarily for adults. In addition, the holder of a Multiple Subject Teaching Credential may serve in a core or team teaching setting. Single Subject Teaching (SST) authorizes the holder to teach a specific subject(s) named on the credential in departmentalized classes such as those in most middle schools academic area. This classroom situation is generally found in middle and senior high schools. A teacher authorized for single subject instruction may be assigned to teach any subject on his or her authorized fields at any grade level: preschool, grades K-12 or in classes organized primarily for adults. Multiple and Single Subject Teaching with a Bilingual Emphasis in Spanish (BCLAD) authorizes the holder with bilingual capabilities to teach to a bilingual student population.
Both credentials authorize instruction to English learners. All teacher candidates must meet the following requirements in order to be recommended/endorsed for a teaching credential: successful evidence of completion and passing of the TPA (Teaching Performance Assessment) and verification of training in cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) that covers infant, child and adult CPR skills. Teacher certification rules and requirements vary greatly by state. Completion of a CCTC-approved program does not guarantee certification or licensure in another state. Prospective teacher candidates are strongly advised to learn about their state’s requirements and to review the following accreditation statements:
Prospective Washington state students are advised to contact the Office of the Superintendent of Public Instruction at (360) 725-6320 or profed@k12.wa.us to determine whether this education program is approved for teacher certification or endorsements in Washington state. In addition, teachers are advised to contact their individual school district as to whether this program may qualify for salary advancement. Missouri USC is approved by the Missouri Coordinating Board for Higher Education to deliver its online program to residents.
Indiana Accredited in Indiana by the Indiana Commission on Proprietary Education (CPE).
Tennessee USC is authorized by the Tennessee Higher Education Commission. This authorization must be renewed each year and is based on an evaluation by minimum standards concerning quality of education, ethical business practices, health and safety, and fiscal responsibility.
Minnesota The University of Southern California is registered as a private institution with the Minnesota Office of Higher Education pursuant to sections 136A.61 to 136A.71. Registration is not an endorsement of the institution. Registration does not mean that credits earned at the institution can be transferred to all other institutions.
If a complaint is not settled at the institutional level, the student may contact the Tennessee Higher Education Commission, Nashville, TN 37243-0830, (615) 741-5293. If the institution uses a mediation clause in its enrollment agreement, the catalogue must describe the steps required of the student and/or the institution to initiate the mediation process.
Washington USC is authorized by the Washington Higher Education Coordinating Board (HECB) and meets the requirements and minimum educational standards established for degreegranting institutions under the DegreeGranting Institutions Act. This authorization is subject to periodic review and authorizes USC to advertise, recruit and offer a student teaching component for the following degree program: Master of Arts in Teaching. Authorization by the HECB does not carry with it an endorsement by the board of the institution or its programs. Any person desiring information about the requirements of the act or the applicability of those requirements to the institution may contact the HECB at P.O. Box 43430, Olympia, WA 98504-3430.
For inquiries, contact the MAT@USC office at (213) 743-2127. Services Credentials
The Administrative Services Credential authorizes the holder to provide a variety of services in grades 12 and below, including preschool, and in classes organized primarily for adults. USC recommends candidates for the Clear Preliminary Administrative Services Credential. A prerequisite for admission to this program is admission to the Ed.D. program. For inquiries, contact the Ed.D. Program Office, (213) 740-9323.
568
USC Rossier School of Education
The Pupil Personnel Services: School Counseling Credential allows the holder to provide the following services:
USC recommends candidates for the School Counseling Credential that also authorizes the holder to perform the following duties:
• Techniques for facilitating individual growth and development to achieve academic success • Human assessments • Problem prevention and early intervention • Consultation services • Psychological education • Coordination and development of school services • Legal enablement and constraints • Referral and utilization of services
• Develop, plan, implement and evaluate a school counseling and guidance program that includes academic, career, personal and social development. • Advocate for the high academic achievement and social development of all students. • Provide schoolwide prevention and intervention strategies and counseling services.
• Provide consultation, training and staff development to teachers and parents regarding students’ needs. • Supervise a district-approved advisory program as described in California Education Code, Section 40600. For inquiries, contact the Master’s Program Office, (213) 740-3255.
Special Programs USC Language Academy
Director: Kate O’Connor The USC Language Academy provides yearround English as a Second Language (ESL) instruction for academic and professional preparation. Students rapidly improve their English skills through non-credit intensive study, campus involvement, and cultural and educational activities. Instruction is offered at six proficiency levels and is designed to help students succeed in university classrooms and in life. Distinctive benefits include individualized learning experiences, small class sizes, TOEFL test preparation, business English and more. Students also explore life and culture in Los Angeles through weekly activities arranged by academy staff. The academy arranges student housing in university apartments or residence halls so that students may experience American university life in a comfortable, convenient and safe location and have opportunities to interact with USC students.
The USC Language Academy prepares inter national students for the next step in their academic or professional careers.
The Office of Professional Development Programs also offers annual institutes including:
To learn more about programs, contact the USC Language Academy at (213) 740-0080, or email langacad@usc.edu.
• Summer Gifted Institute and Teacher Demonstration School: intended for teachers of gifted and high-ability learners
Professional Development
• School-wide Improvement Institute: designed to provide best practices from high-poverty, high-achieving schools
Director: Colleen Dietz The Office of Professional Development Programs offers a variety of non-degree and certificate programs for the education professional. Certificate programs include: School Business Management Certificate, Professional Preparation for Reading, Training for the Teaching of the Twice Exceptional Student, and Differentiated Curriculum for Gifted and High-Ability Learners.
• Teaching for Learning: Connecting Brain and Cognitive Science with the Classroom: for teachers and administrators in K-12 and higher education who wish to make connections between cognitive research and the classroom • Higher Education Leadership Institute: convenes a range of programs addressing contemporary issues in higher education for college and university senior executives For further information, contact the Office of Professional Development Programs at (213) 743-1585 or email rsoepdp@usc.edu.
Courses of Instruction
569
Courses of Instruction The terms listed are expected but are not guaranteed. For the courses offered during any given term, consult the Schedule of Classes. E D U C AT I O N ( E D U C )
EDUC 200 Introduction to the Teaching Profession (2) Gateway to the minor in the
Teaching Profession and the major in Bachelor of Science in General Studies. Identification and discussion of current issues and trends in schools and the teaching profession. Introduction to the development of a professional portfolio. EDUC 204L Sociological Foundations of Education (3, FaSp) Introduction to the
sociological foundations of education through focused study of schools, teacher-student relations, and classroom processes as they relate to social stratification. EDUC 205L Child Development and Learning in Schools (3, FaSp) Introduction to pro-
cesses of development and learning in school aged children, with an emphasis on school contexts. EDUC 392 Undergraduate Research Methods (2, Sp) (Enroll in AMST 392)
EDUC 417 Content to Pedagogy: From Science Content to Science Curriculum (2, FaSp) An overview of the goals and con-
EDUC 502ab Teaching Science in Secondary Classrooms (3-4, FaSpSm) Strategies, meth-
tent of science instruction at the elementary level coupled with appropriate science curricular and pedagogical models. Concurrent enrollment: EDUC 424a or EDUC 424b.
ods, and materials for teaching science to all learners in secondary classrooms. b: (Duplicates credit in EDUC 539.) Open only to M.A.T. Single Subject and Single Subject (online) students.
EDUC 418 Content to Pedagogy: From Social Sciences to Social Studies (2, FaSp)
EDUC 504 Foundations of Literacy Development and Instruction (2, FaSpSm) Applica-
Content, concepts, methods, and values for integrating the social sciences in the social studies. Concurrent enrollment: EDUC 424a or EDUC 424b. EDUC 419 Content to Pedagogy: P.E. for Elementary Students (2, Sp) Transformation
of content in Physical Education to curriculum in the elementary classroom. Corequisite: EDUC 424b. EDUC 424ab Curriculum and Methods in Elementary Education (2-2, FaSp) Curricu-
lum materials and teaching procedures in the elementary school. Prerequisite: EDUC 410; concurrent enrollment: a: EDUC 425a; b: EDUC 425b.
EDUC 425ab Observation and Directed Teaching in Elementary Schools (3-3, FaSp)
EDUC 409 Foundations of Language Education (3, FaSp) Overview of research and cur-
rent theories in bilingual, second language, and foreign language instruction.
Observation and experience in teaching under supervision in elementary schools (one semester at the kindergarten-primary level and one semester in the intermediate or upper grades). Concurrent enrollment: a: EDUC 424a; b: EDUC 424b.
EDUC 410 The Teaching of Reading and Writing (4, FaSp) Analysis of reading/
EDUC 490x Directed Research (2-8, max 8, FaSpSm) Individual research and readings.
writing processes; methods/materials for teaching literacy in elementary schools; issues in biliteracy and instruction; classroom observation/participation in small-group instruction. Admission to the major. EDUC 413 Methods and Models of Instruction for Language Minority Students (2, FaSp) Curriculum materials and teaching
strategies for use in successfully teaching language minority students in both elementary and secondary schools. EDUC 415 Content to Pedagogy: Mathematics in the Elementary School (2, FaSp)
Bridging college-level mathematics content and elementary school curricula to design developmentally appropriate mathematics instruction. Concurrent enrollment: EDUC 424a or EDUC 424b. EDUC 416 Content to Pedagogy: Art in the Elementary School (2, Sp) Transformation of
content in art to curriculum in the elementary classroom. Corequisite: EDUC 424b.
Not available for graduate credit.
EDUC 499 Special Topics (2-4, max 8, FaSp)
Seminar in selected topics in education. Specific topics to be determined at the time seminar is offered. EDUC 500 The Counseling Process (3)
Theoretical foundations, models, values, and assumptions underlying psychological counseling; cross-cultural perspectives, ethical and legal considerations. (Duplicates credit in former EDCO 500.) Concurrent enrollment: EDUC 507. EDUC 501 Instruction for Teaching English as a New Language (3, FaSpSm) Teaching
linguistically and culturally responsively to linguistic minority students. Topics include learning theories, sociocultural contexts of language development, and assessment of language and non-language competencies. (Duplicates credit in EDUC 543ab.) Open only to M.A.T. and M.A.T. (online) students.
tion of a balanced, integrated, interactive perspective to teaching reading in an elementary classroom. Foundational skills needed in the developmental phase of learning to read. Open only to M.A.T. Multiple Subject and Multiple Subject (online) students. EDUC 505 Integrating Literacy in Secondary Content Instruction (2, FaSpSm) Facilita-
tion, mediation and intervention in the development of literacy and language integrated within the content areas. Connection between language and literacy to developing content knowledge. Open only to M.A.T. Single Subject, Single Subject (online), TESOL and TESOL (online) students.
EDUC 506 New Media Literacies in High Needs Schools (2, FaSpSm) Instructional pro-
cedures and resources for encouraging secondary students’ interests in communications, cultural studies, media production, and literacy education. Open only to M.A.T. Single Subject, Single Subject (online), TESOL and TESOL (online) students. EDUC 507 Professional Identity, Law and Ethics for Counselors (3) History of the field
of counseling and professional identity development for counselors are addressed. Examination of current legal, ethical, and other professional issues in counseling. Concurrent enrollment: EDUC 500. EDUC 508 Creating Communities of Interest (2, FaSpSm) Framing the graduate experi-
ence for master’s students. Establishing a professional foundation and philosophy as educators.
EDUC 509ab Teaching Mathematics in Secondary Classrooms (3-4, FaSpSm) Strategies,
methods, and materials for teaching mathematics to all learners in secondary classrooms. b: (Duplicates credit in EDUC 545.) Open only to M.A.T. Single Subject and Single Subject (online) students.
570
USC Rossier School of Education
EDUC 510 Foundations of Learning for the TESOL Classroom (3, FaSpSm) Relationship
EDUC 519 Human Differences (3) Equity
of learning theories to second language learning and to student assessment, motivation, self-regulation, and classroom management in the TESOL classroom. Open only to M.A.T. TESOL and TESOL (online) students.
and diversity in learning environments. Issues in teaching special populations. Beliefs about how people learn. Inclusive environment for special populations in the general classroom. Open only to M.A.T. and M.A.T. (online) students.
EDUC 511 Introduction to Counseling (3, Fa) The role of the school counselor. An
EDUC 520 Counseling for College and Career Readiness I (2, Fa) Theoretical foun-
overview of key elements in increasing access to and equity for primary and secondary education for all students. EDUC 512 Reading and Writing Methods for Secondary Teaching (2, Fa) Analysis of
reading/writing processes; methods for teaching literacy in grades 9-12; issues in biliteracy and instruction. EDUC 513ab Teaching English Language Arts in Secondary Classrooms (3-4, FaSpSm)
Strategies, methods, and materials for teaching English to all learners in secondary classrooms. b: (Duplicates credit in EDUC 535.) Open only to M.A.T. Single Subject and Single Subject (online) students. EDUC 514 School Counseling Seminar (3, Sp) Current issues and problems in school
counseling; emphasis is on K-12 learning and achievement. EDUC 515 Theories of Marriage and Family Therapy (3) Major psychotherapeutic
dations of individual and systemic characteristics that impact college and career choices. Consideration of economic, political, social, and policy issues. EDUC 521 Assessment and Instruction for Diverse English Learners (3, FaSpSm)
Assessment practices and strategies in English language instruction with special attention to learner differences (social, cultural, physical, intellectual) that influence academic performance. Open only to M.A.T. TESOL and TESOL (online) students.
Learning theories and instructional practices for teaching. Procedures involved in curriculum development, planning, evaluation, and practical application. Open only to M.A.T. and M.A.T. (online) students.
EDUC 530 Differentiated Curriculum and Pedagogy for Gifted Students (3, FaSpSm)
Recognizing the talent and potential of gifted and high ability students. How gifted education can be generalized to affect the education of all students. Open only to M.A.T. students.
EDUC 532 Inquiry Methods I (3, Sp) Logic
educational settings. Open only to Ed.D. students.
EDUC 525 Challenges in Urban Education: Learning (3, Fa) Theory and research in
EDUC 518 Application of Theories of Learning to Classroom Practice (3, FaSpSm)
Examination of the political and academic issues affecting gifted and high-ability students. Psychosocial reasons contributing to achievement and underachievement. Institutional and personal factors inhibiting potential. Open only to M.A.T. students.
EDUC 523 Challenges in Urban Education: Diversity (3, Fa) Diversity issues in urban
accountability theory and practice in urban education settings. Open only to Ed.D. students.
EDUC 516 Framing the Social Context of High Needs Schools (3, FaSpSm) Introduc-
Examination of critical issues in diverse contemporary classrooms (social class, language, race, ethnicity, and ability); includes practices in relation to schools and community. Open only to M.A.T. and M.A.T. (online) students.
EDUC 529 Political and Academic Issues Affecting Gifted Students (3, FaSpSm)
EDUC 531 Student Disability Issues in Higher Education (3, Fa) History of the dis-
EDUC 524 Challenges in Urban Education: Leadership (3, Sp) Theories, principles, and
EDUC 517ab Understanding the Social Context of Urban Schools (2-2, FaSpSm)
Using a framework of course development, students present a course proposal, linking the theoretical, methodological and practical principles gained from all course work in the program.
EDUC 522 Challenges in Urban Education: Accountability (3, Sp) Issues related to
orientations relating to family systems, marital relationships, and communications theory applied to the family unit. (Duplicates credit in former EDCO 515.) Prerequisite: EDUC 500, EDUC 507, EDCO 541.
tion to the Master of Arts in Teaching Program. Relationship between the actions of the teacher and student learning in the classroom and school context. (Duplicates credit in EDUC 517ab.) Open only to M.A.T. and M.A.T. (online) students.
EDUC 528 Course Proposal Project (2, Sm)
concepts of leadership in urban K-12 schools and institutions of higher education. Open only to Ed.D. students.
learning, motivation, and instruction for diverse educational settings. Open only to Ed.D. students.
EDUC 526ab Capstone in Teaching English Learners (2-2, FaSpSm) The culminating
experience for in-service teachers in the Master of Arts in Teaching, Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages Program. Open only to M.A.T. TESOL and TESOL (online) students. Graded CR/NC. EDUC 527 Assessment in the Language Classroom (2, Sm) Introduces students to
relevant research in language assessment, reviews concepts of reliability and validity and examines assessment practices in the classroom.
ability movement; current research on the success of students with disabilities in higher education; legal and management issues. and methods of quantitative data analysis in the examination of educational issues and the framing of solutions for them. Open only to Ed.D. students. EDUC 535 Teaching Secondary English and Language Arts (4, FaSpSm) Instructional
procedures, techniques, strategies, and resources for teaching English in secondary classrooms. Open only to M.A.T. students.
EDUC 536 Inquiry Methods II (3, Sp) Logic
and methods of qualitative data analysis in the examination of educational issues and the framing of solutions for them. Open only to Ed.D. students. Prerequisite: EDUC 532. EDUC 539 Teaching Secondary Science (4, FaSpSm) Instructional procedures, tech-
niques, strategies, and resources for teaching science in secondary classrooms. Open only to M.A.T. students. EDUC 540ab Practicum in Teaching English as a Second or Foreign Language (2) The
culminating experience for beginning teachers in the Master of Arts in Teaching, Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages Program. Open only to M.A.T. TESOL and TESOL (online) students. Graded CR/NC.
Courses of Instruction
EDUC 541ab Teaching Social Studies in Secondary Classrooms (3) Strategies, methods,
and materials for teaching social studies to all learners in secondary classrooms. a: (Duplicates credit in former EDUC 534.) b: (Duplicates credit in former EDUC 542b.) Open only to M.A.T. Single Subject and Single Subject (online) students. EDUC 542 Teaching Secondary Social Studies (4, FaSpSm) Instructional procedures,
techniques, strategies, and resources for teaching social studies in secondary classrooms. Open only to M.A.T. students.
EDUC 543ab Methods in Teaching English as a New Language (1-1) Teaching linguisti-
cally and culturally responsively to linguistic minority students. Topics include learning theories, sociocultural contexts of language development, and assessment of language and non-language competencies. Open only to M.A.T. students. (Duplicates credit in former EDUC 543.)
EDUC 544 Measurement Procedures for Counselors (3) Educational and psychological
instruments; psychometric concepts and the rationale for the use of psychological instruments in the counseling relationship. (Duplicates credit in former EDCO 544.)
EDUC 545 Teaching Secondary Mathematics (4, FaSpSm) Instructional procedures, tech-
niques, strategies, and resources for teaching mathematics in secondary classrooms. Open only to MAT students.
EDUC 546 Psychopathology for Marriage and Family Therapy (3) Theories of psycho-
logical impairment emphasizing diagnosis of child and family dysfunction. Practice in utilizing DSM-IV classification of case studies. (Duplicates credit in former EDCO 546.) EDUC 547 Career Development: Theory and Process (3) Theories and process of
career development; principles of career and leisure planning and counseling applicable throughout life. (Duplicates credit in former EDCO 548.) EDUC 550 Multimedia Literacy (3, FaSpSm)
Applying new technology in the classroom. Exploration of the use of multimedia tools to increase literacy. Examination of multiple forms of technology to facilitate learning. Open only to M.A.T. and Gifted Education Certificate students. EDUC 551 Teaching Physical Education (1, FaSpSm) Instructional approaches for
integrating physical education content across the elementary curriculum. Open only to M.A.T. students.
EDUC 552 Literacies in the Content Area (3, FaSpSm) Literacy and language within
content areas. Developing reading, writing, speaking and listening skills for real audiences. Academic language. EDUC 553 Psychopharmacology and the Effects of Substance Abuse (3, Sp) Focus on
the effects of psychotropic medication, alcohol, and other substances on behavior. The professional and ethical issues for marriage and family therapists. EDUC 554 Visual and Performing Arts in Elementary Subjects (2, FaSpSm) Instruc-
tional approaches for integrating visual and performance arts content across the ele mentary curriculum. Open only to M.A.T. students. EDUC 555 STEM Education in Secondary Classrooms (3, FaSpSm) Developing innova-
tive practices in designing inquiry-based lesson plans to faciliate integrating the STEM disciplines as a foundation for teaching. EDUC 556 Integrating English Language Arts and Social Studies (5, FaSpSm) Strate-
gies and methods for integrating English language arts in social studies classrooms. Reinforces the concept of social studies as a conduit to further student learning. (Duplicates credit in EDUC 567.) Open only to M.A.T. Multiple Subject and Multiple Subject (online) students.
571
EDUC 562 Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages Pedagogy II (4) Intro-
duction to micro-components of effective teaching, including curriculum and lesson planning, lesson sequencing and delivery, and creating a classroom environment conducive to English language learning. EDUC 563 Teaching from a Comparative and International Perspective (3, FaSpSm)
Examines the social context of schooling from a comparative and international perspective, connections between cultural beliefs and societal values; issues of social stratification and marginalization. EDUC 564 Teacher Leadership (2, FaSpSm)
Strategies of leadership that lead from influencing learning in the classroom to influencing learning across an entire school. Becoming an instructional leader. EDUC 566 Teaching Mathematics and Science (4, FaSpSm) Instructional approaches
for integrating mathematics and science with other content areas in elementary and secondary classrooms. Open only to M.A.T. students. EDUC 567 English and Language Arts in Elementary Social Studies (4, FaSpSm)
I ntegrating English and language arts development with learning in elementary social studies classrooms. Factors affecting the teaching and learning of social studies and language arts. Open only to M.A.T. students.
EDUC 557 Civics Education (3, FaSpSm)
Uses of pedagogical practices for increasing student engagement in the study of history and civics. Becoming critical thinkers, problem solvers, and effective citizens. EDUC 558 Culture Learning in Schools: Latino (3) History, values, beliefs, and the
demography of Spanish-speaking people; implications for the American classroom. Conducted in Spanish.
EDUC 559 Discourse Analysis and Technology in STEM Classrooms (3, FaSpSm) Using
multiple assessment strategies and technology to assess mathematical and scientific thinking and performance. EDUC 560 Primary Language Instruction in a Bilingual Setting (3, Fa) Bilingual pro-
grams, their goals, personnel, teaching methods, and materials. EDUC 561 Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages Pedagogy I (3) Overview
of approaches in Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages and methods for teaching reading, writing, listening, speaking, along with grammar, vocabulary, and pronunciation. Open only to M.A.T. TESOL and TESOL (online) students.
EDUC 568ab Guided Practice (3-3) Super-
vised practicum in observation and teaching. Focus on planning, implementing, and assessing instruction for whole classes and individual students. Open only to M.A.T. students. Graded CR/NC. (Duplicates credit in former EDUC 568.) EDUC 569ab Capstone Portfolio in Learning and Instruction (2-2) The culminating expe-
rience in the Master of Arts in Teaching Program for students in the non-credential track. Open only to M.A.T. students. (Duplicates credit in former EDUC 569.) EDUC 570 Research Methods and Data Analysis for Counselors (3) Various research
designs and their appropriateness for addressing different research questions. Threats to validity and other challenges in research. Basic statistical methods and their use. Recommended preparation: beginning statistics course.
572
USC Rossier School of Education
EDUC 571 Systems of the English Language (3) Exploration of English language systems
EDUC 583 Counseling through the Lifespan (3) Developmental issues and life events
including words, sounds, sentence structure, and discourse and application of this knowledge to teaching English as second or foreign language.
EDUC 572ab Teaching in an International and Intercultural Context (2-2, Fa) Examines
social context of education from an international and intercultural perspective, linkages between societal values, culture, and schooling, and implications for the role of teachers.
from infancy to old age and their effect upon individuals, couples, and family relationships. EDUC 584 Facilitating Creativity and Innovation in STEM Classrooms (3, FaSpSm)
The role of creativity in STEM education. Theories and approaches to facilitating creative and innovative thinking.
EDUC 608 School Connectedness, Climate, and Classroom Management (2, Fa) Preven-
tion, education, and training for achievement. Data collection for assessment and evaluation of school climate, crisis and classroom management conducive to learning and success. EDUC 609 Academic Advising in Post secondary Education (3, Fa) Contemporary
EDUC 585 Action Research Project (3, FaSpSm) Design and implementation of a
issues in academic advising in postsecondary education. Examines and analyzes relevant theories, policies, and practices related to academic advising.
EDUC 573 Introduction to Special Education (3, FaSpSm) Effective and appropriate edu-
EDUC 590 Directed Research (1-12, FaSpSm)
EDUC 610 Higher Education Administration in China (3, Sm) Examination of student
EDUC 574 Collaboration, Families and Case Management (3, FaSpSm) Planning and
EDUC 593ab Master’s Seminar (2-2) An
Analysis and discussion of critical issues in intercollegiate athletics. Student-athlete academic and social accountability; challenges of NCAA policies; commercialization, marketing, and fundraising in college athletics.
EDUC 594abz Master’s Thesis (2-2-0) Credit
EDUC 612 Application of Human Development Theory in School Counseling (3, FaSpSm) A theoretical perspective of human
cational settings for students with disabilities. Legal and professional responsibilities. Components for an inclusive classroom.
implementing effective educational services for students receiving special education services. Potential interventions for family support. Coordination of services. EDUC 575 Assessment and Curriculum for Students with Disabilities (3, FaSpSm)
Developing effective educational interventions for students with disabilities. Formal and informal assessment. Curriculum strategies. EDUC 576 Establishing and Maintaining an Effective Classroom Ecology (3, FaSpSm)
Environmental and personal factors affecting student achievement. Intervention methodologies. Creating an effective learning environment. EDUC 577 Guided Practice: Mild/Moderate Disabilities (3, FaSpSm) Supervised practi-
cum in observation and teaching. Focus on planning, implementing, and assessing instruction for whole classes and individual students with mild/moderate disabilities.
EDUC 578 Integrating the Arts into the Secondary Curriculum (3, FaSpSm) Methods
for integrating the arts into secondary classroom instruction. Critical and creative thinking, aesthetic education.
EDUC 580 Transforming STEM Education into Teaching Science (3, FaSpSm) The con-
vergence of science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM) as a foundation for teaching science. EDUC 581 STEM Education from a ProjectBased Learning Approach (3, FaSpSm)
Model-based reasoning and inquiry as a means of integrating STEM disciplines.
STEM-based project.
Research leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC.
affairs and higher education administration practices in the People’s Republic of China. Course concludes with a trip to China. EDUC 611 Athletic Administration (3, Sp)
examination and analysis of research and literature in the student’s area of focus. Graded IP/CR/NC. (Duplicates credit in former EDCO 593ab.) on acceptance of thesis. Graded IP/CR/NC. EDUC 599 Special Topics (1-4, max 9, FaSpSm) Selected topics in various areas of
education.
EDUC 600 Counseling for College and Career Readiness II (2, Fa) Planning and
implementing theoretical foundations of college and career counseling. The application of contextually relevant strategies for assisting in college and career choices. EDUC 605 Framing Educational Leadership (1, Fa) Critical analysis and creative
expression applied to problems of practice. Supported and unsupported assertions. Evidence-based decision-making. The quality of evidence used to support arguments. Graded CR/NC. Open only to doctoral students. EDUC 606 International Studies Seminar (1, FaSpSm) Analyzing educational challenges
and opportunities in international and global contexts. Understanding the global context of international education and issues facing international and global urban education. Course includes an overseas trip. Open only to doctoral students. Graded CR/NC.
EDUC 607 Role of School Counselors in Student Learning and Motivation (3, FaSpSm)
The process of identifying and assessing learning and motivational issues in schools, the application of research-based interventions, and the evaluation of effectiveness of these interventions.
development across the lifespan. Issues and challenges faced by school counselors.
EDUC 613 Gender Issues in Athletic Administration (3, Sp) Overview of Title IX and
gender issues in institutions of higher education and implications for public schools. EDUC 614 Research and Assessment in Higher Education (3, Sm) Theory and prac-
tice of outcomes assessment, program evaluation, and research design in postsecondary educational administration. EDUC 615 Ethics in Athletic Administration (3, Fa) Ethical concerns in intercollegiate
a thletics. Review, analysis, and discussion of ethical and moral conduct in sports. Rele vance of social justice to ethical behaviors. EDUC 616 Higher Education Seminar (3, FaSp) Capstone seminar course focused
on the future of student affairs and higher education.
EDUC 617 The Student Athlete in Higher Education (3, Fa) Examination of student
athletes in higher education. Effective strategies for counseling and advising college student athletes; issues and challenges of athletic amateurism. EDUC 618 School Counseling Professional Portfolio (2, Fa) Preparation of an electronic
resource portfolio that addresses a field based practice. The culminating experience for the M.Ed., School Counseling program.
Courses of Instruction
EDUC 619 Framing Educational Leadership in a Global Context (4, Sm) Globalization as
a distinct phenomenon. Assessment of impact of globalization on educational systems and institutions. Open only to doctoral students. EDUC 620 Fundamentals of Creativity, Innovation, and Entrepreneurship (2, Sm) The
EDUC 629 Consulting Practicum Context Analysis (4, Sp) Preparation, design, and
analysis of an education-related problem. Open only to doctoral students.
EDUC 630 Organizations and Policy: Current Issues (4, FaSp) Study of contempo-
genesis and facilitation of creative ideas in educational practice. The transformation of creativity into innovation and entrepreneurship. Open only to doctoral students.
rary issues in educational organizations, policy and change in K-12 and higher education with an explicit focus on the improvement of urban education. Open to students admitted to the Ph.D. only.
EDUC 621 Measurement and Evaluation for School Counselors (3, Fa) The use of formal
EDUC 631 Locating Educational Performance Problems (3, Sp) Development and
and informal assessments to improve student achievement and well-being. Use of assessment data for intervention and evaluation. EDUC 623 Understanding Research That Informs Leadership (2, Fa) Understanding,
interpreting, and applying education research. Open only to doctoral students. EDUC 624 Educational Organizations: Governance and Finance I (2, Fa) Overview of
economic concepts of education. Linkages between economic growth, development, and education. Impact of globalization. Open only to doctoral students. EDUC 625ab Induction Plan and Assessment of Candidate Competence (1-1, FaSpSm) The development of an individual-
ized induction plan and assessment of competence for meeting requirements for the Clear Administrative Services Credential. (EDUC 625a duplicates credit in former EDUC 595; EDUC 625b duplicates credit in former EDUC 596.) Graded CR/NC. EDUC 626 Fostering Entrepreneurship in Educational Systems (2, Fa) The role of
entrepreneurship in education and conditions that support entrepreneurism within an educational organization. How social entrepreneurship partnerships improve educational outcomes. Open only to doctoral students. EDUC 627 Education Performance Problems: Role of Learning (3, Sp) Contemporary
perspectives on learning and motivation. Strategies and tools for identifying, diagnosing, and solving learning and motivational challenges and opportunities. Open only to doctoral students. EDUC 628 Educational Organizations: Governance and Finance II (2, Sp) Diver-
sification and differentiation of educational institutions globally. The finances of higher education. Open only to doctoral students. Prerequisite: EDUC 624.
implementation of strategies for locating, solving and evaluating solutions to performance problems in educational organizations. Open only to doctoral students. EDUC 633 Child and Elder Abuse and Domestic Violence (2) A review of laws
573
EDUC 640 The Research University in the 21st Century (4, FaSp) An examination of
the current transformation of the American research university with a focus on key issues that confront academics who work in research universities. Open to students admitted to the Ph.D. only. EDUC 642 Controversies in Learning and Instruction (4, FaSp) An introduction to
learning research and theory, issues in learning and educational psychology situated in the context of diverse, urban settings. Open to students admitted to the Ph.D. only. EDUC 644 Practicum in Counseling (3)
Supervised clinical work with clients, including adults, couples, children, and families. (Duplicates credit in former EDCO 560.) Prerequisite: EDUC 500, EDUC 507, EDUC 546, EDCO 541.
g overning mandated reporting of child and elder abuse, the procedures involved, as well as etiology, effects, and treatment interventions.
EDUC 645ab Fieldwork in Counseling (3-3)
EDUC 634 Couples Counseling (3) Exam-
EDUC 646ab Marriage and Family Therapy Capstone: Leadership Project (1-1, FaSp)
ines relational development and change, strategies for intervention with couples, and selected issues in couples relationship functioning. Prerequisite: EDUC 500, EDUC 507, EDCO 541. EDUC 635 Psychotherapy with Children and Adolescents (3) Training in unique diagnos-
tic considerations in working with children and adolescents. Exposure to empirically supported treatment modalities for children and adolescents. (Duplicates credit in former EDCO 554.) Prerequisite: EDUC 500, EDUC 507, EDCO 541. EDUC 636 Perspectives on Human Sexuality (3) The physiological-psychological and
socio-cultural variables associated with sexual identity and sexual behavior with an emphasis upon sexual dysfunctions. (Duplicates credit in former EDCO 516.) Prerequisite: EDUC 507.
Supervised field experience in a clinical setting. Graded CR/NC. (Duplicates credit in former EDCO 561.) Prerequisite: EDUC 644.
An evidence-based leadership project, designed to enhance fieldwork site functioning. Includes needs assessment, literature review, project design, implementation, and evaluation. EDUC 650 Globalization and the NationState: Theories of Change (4, FaSp) The
impact of globalization on educational public policies and practices: an examination of technology, information and communications, and their influence on transnational and national politics. Open to students admitted to the Ph.D. only. EDUC 653 Advanced Qualitative Research (3, Sp) Interactive seminar that explores the
theoretical underpinnings and practicalities of interviews, portraiture, focus groups, life histories, and cultural biographies. Recommended preparation: introductory statistics.
EDUC 637 Group Counseling: Theory and Process (3) Theory, research, and practice of
EDUC 689 Fiscal Support and Expenditure in Higher Education (3, Sp) Analyses of pri-
EDUC 638 Cross-Cultural Counseling: Research and Practice (3) An examination
EDUC 700 Research and Practice in the Preparation of Teachers (3) Research on
group counseling. Includes laboratory experience. (Duplicates credit in former EDCO 542.) Prerequisite: EDUC 500, EDUC 507, EDCO 541.
of the cultural, socioeconomic, and language factors that may affect culturally differentiated populations; alternative cross-cultural counseling approaches. (Duplicates credit in former EDCO 551.)
vate and public financial support and expenditure patterns; includes recent trends in state and federal legislation related to higher education.
the preparation of teachers for diverse pop ulations. Measures of teacher quality and student achievement. Existing practices in teacher education from multiple perspectives.
574
USC Rossier School of Education
EDUC 701 Pedagogy in Teacher Education (3) A critical examination of pedagogical
EDUC 712 Issues in Human Motivation (3)
practices in teacher education. The design of pedagogical approaches and programs for diverse and underserved students in urban schools.
Analysis of motivational principles; diagnosis and solutions to motivation gaps in learning environments; and motivation and efficacy theories and principles. Open to doctoral 足students only.
EDUC 702 Curriculum, Teacher Preparation, and Student Learning (3) The process and
EDUC 713 Issues in Lifespan Development (3) An examination of issues related to the
role of curriculum in a variety of urban settings, teacher preparation, and professional growth. The philosophical and psychological foundations of curriculum development. Open to doctoral students only.
EDUC 703 Examining Literacy Theories and Practice (3) Literacy theories as practiced
in urban, teacher education and professional development settings using an inquiry approach to examine best practice. Open to doctoral students only. EDUC 704 Evaluation and Assessment in Teacher Education (3, Fa) Evaluation and
assessment in the context of public schools, teacher preparation and professional growth in urban settings. Policy implications of data-based decision making and program implementation. EDUC 706 Proseminar in Higher Education (3) Critical issues in urban higher
education from historical and philosophical perspectives. EDUC 707 Administration in Higher 足Education (3, Fa) Administrative issues
in higher education. Academic leadership related to undergraduate and graduate education. Quality standards and assessment. How administrators create efficiency, effectiveness, performance, and change. EDUC 708 Advanced Student Development Theory (3, Fa) Examination of traditional and
emergent student development theories.
EDUC 709 Finance in Higher Education (3)
Local, national, and global economic and policy environments and their effect on institutional policies and practices. EDUC 710 Assessment, Organizational Learning and Performance (3) The role of
assessment in higher education. An analysis of the purpose and value of particular assessment approaches and instruments, in particular those addressing classroom learning and institutional effectiveness. EDUC 711 Social Factors Influencing Learning and Motivation (3) Social psychological
principles and research techniques applied to educational problems; school environment, group behavior, teacher effectiveness, teacher-student interaction, behavioral change. Open to doctoral students only.
development of diverse students and the development of environments that promote motivated behavior. Open to doctoral students only.
EDUC 714 Measurement and Evaluation for Decision-Making (3, Sm) Collecting, analyz-
EDUC 721 Leadership for Superintendents (3, Sm) The role of the superintendent in
establishing a focus on student achievement and holding school sites accountable. How superintendents support student learning through leadership. (Duplicates credit in former EDPA 618.) Open only to doctoral students. EDUC 723 Evaluating and Assessing Educational System Outcomes (3, Sm) Evaluating
impact. Examination of key assessment theories; planning and implementation of learning and program effectiveness. Open only to doctoral students.
ing, and using quantitative data to solve problems of practice and in evaluating educational institutions, programs, and policies. Open only to doctoral students.
EDUC 724 Creating Policy Alternatives for Educational Settings (3, Sm) Effective
EDUC 715 Current Research in Learning (3)
EDUC 725 Analyzing Effectiveness of Educational Systems (3, Fa) Organizational
Current research in the application of learning theories, and the applicability of this research across a variety of contexts. Open to doctoral students only.
policy-making and constructing alternatives. Open only to doctoral students.
change and development in the context of educational settings. How change and reform occur. How to foster change and transformation. Open only to doctoral students.
EDUC 716 Instructional Leadership (3, Sm)
Examines the role of instructional leaders in improving student performance; current issues in curriculum design and implementation; and effective instructional leadership approaches for school improvement. (Duplicates credit in former CTSE 688.) Open only to doctoral students. EDUC 717 Schooling as an Economic Enterprise (3, Fa) Applying economic theory to
the study of education. Application of market theory to education, partnerships, allocation of resources, and the examination of educational enterprises. (Duplicates credit in former EDPA 615.) Open only to doctoral students. EDUC 718 Maximizing Human Resources in Education (3, Sm) Strategically understand-
ing the management of human capital to ensure high student performance. How to attract and retain top quality teachers. (Duplicates credit in former EDPA 610.) Open only to doctoral students. EDUC 719 The Policies and Politics of Education Governance (3, Fa) Major issues
facing educators in the 21st century. Emphasis on how educational policy can focus on incentives for schools to improve student learning. (Duplicates credit in former EDPA 613.) Open only to doctoral students. EDUC 720 Leadership for Principals (3, Sm)
The role of the principal as an instructional leader with a focus on improving student achievement. (Duplicates credit in former EDPA 600.) Open only to doctoral students.
EDUC 726 Making Choices: Deciding Among Policy Alternatives (4, Fa) Models of
decision making including cost-benefit analysis, risk-benefit analysis, and decision analysis. Ethical considerations and the political environment. Open only to doctoral students. EDUC 727 Implementing Policy in Educational Systems (3, Sp) Effective policy-
making. Human and financial resources to support implementation. Targeting resources to support implementation to attain policy goals. Open only to doctoral students. EDUC 728 Global Trends: Emerging Ideas, Emerging Markets (3, Sp) Examination of
a range of emerging markets in education. Global efforts of institutions of higher education to access new markets through collaborations and offshore endeavors. Open only to doctoral students. EDUC 729 Assessing Policy Impact in Educational Settings (3, Sp) Theory and
practice of educational policy evaluation. Limits of rationality and the political forces that shape policy. Preparation of an evaluation design. Open only to doctoral students. EDUC 764abcdz Consulting Project (1-1-1-1-0, FaSpSm) Credit on acceptance
of consulting project. Graded CR/NC. Open only to doctoral students. Prerequisite: EDUC 629.
Courses of Instruction
EDUC 790 Research (1-12, FaSpSm)
Research leading to the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. EDUC 791 Proposal for Doctoral Dissertation (1, FaSpSm) Preparation of initial disser-
tation proposal. Graded CR/NC.
EDCO 574 School Counseling Practicum (1-2, max 2, FaSpSm) Supervised practice in
school counseling. Graded CR/NC. Prerequisite: EDCO 503, EDCO 541.
EDCO 575 School Counseling Field Experience (1‑4, max 4, FaSpSm) Supervised field
experience in applying knowledge and skills within a K-12 school setting. Graded CR/NC. Prerequisite: EDCO 574.
EDUC 792 Critique of Research in Education (3, FaSp) A survey and critical analysis
of selected research and literature. Graded CR/NC. Open to students admitted to the Ed.D. only.
CURRICULUM, TEACHING AND S P E C I A L E D U C AT I O N ( C T S E )
CTSE 593ab Master’s Seminar (2-2, FaSpSm) EDUC 794abcdz Doctoral Dissertation (2-2-2-2-0, FaSp) Credit on acceptance of
dissertation. Graded IP/CR/NC.
An examination and analysis of research and literature from the student’s area of focus. Required of all master’s candidates who do not enroll in the Master’s Thesis (594abz). Graded CR/NC.
E D U C AT I O N C O U N S E L I N G ( E D C O )
EDCO 030x The Process of Paraprofessional Counseling for Young Adults (2, Sp)
E D U C AT I O N A L P O L I C Y, P L A N N I N G A N D A D M I N I S T R AT I O N ( E D PA )
Explores the theoretical processes involved in paraprofessional counseling with specific application to issues faced by young adults. Graded CR/NC.
EDPA 308 Politics and American Education (4, FaSp) Historical study of political, leg-
EDCO 324m Asian American Psychology (4, Sp) Psychological issues of Asian Ameri-
cans such as cultural identity, intergenerational conflict, stereotypes, interracial dating and marriage, educational achievement, and mental health. EDCO 503 Ethical and Legal Issues in Counseling (3, Sp) Examination of current legal,
ethical, and other professional issues in the practice of counseling and psychotherapy. Prerequisite: EDUC 500. EDCO 504 Behavior Management in the Classroom (3, Sp) Analysis of student
behavior in school settings. Emphasis is on a problem-solving functional approach to behavioral changes. EDCO 505 Counseling and Collaborative Consultation in the School Setting (3, Sp)
Theory and practice of collaborative consultations provided by school counselors and school psychologists to improve student achievement and the learning environment. EDCO 506 Development, Administration and Evaluation of Pupil Personnel Services (3, Fa) Develop skills in the evaluation and
management of pupil personnel services programs in the public schools for comprehensive support of student learning and achievement.
EDCO 541 Theories in Counseling (3, FaSp)
Theory, research, and practice of psychological counseling. Corequisite: EDUC 500.
islative, judicial decisions that have shaped American education; interaction of educators, courts, legislative bodies; emphasis on indepth analysis of current issues. EDPA 612 Qualitative Methods in Educational Research (3, SpSm) Overview of the
assumptions, methods and techniques of qualitative educational research; discussion and application of analytical tools derived from anthropology, sociology, history, and related social sciences. E D U C AT I O N A L P S Y C H O L O G Y A N D TECHNOLOGY (EDPT)
EDPT 110 Motivation and Learning Strategies (4, FaSp) Applying research in cognitive
psychology and motivation theory to improve students’ learning in different academic disciplines. EDPT 310 Parental Influences on Children’s Educational Development (4, FaSp) Basic
principles and theories of child development and learning with emphasis on parent-child, parent-school, and child-school relationships. EDPT 502 Learning and Individual Differences (3, FaSpSm) Theory and research in
learning, development, and individual differences, and social psychology related to education or training contexts.
575
EDPT 520 Human Lifespan Development (3, FaSp) Fundamentals of human physical,
motor, mental, social, and emotional development, spanning the prenatal period through late adulthood. EDPT 540 Introduction to Educational Measurement and Evaluation (3, FaSp)
Survey of theories, concepts, and procedures for assessing intellective and non-intellective characteristics and for evaluating individual and program performances. EDPT 550 Statistical Inference (3, FaSpSm)
Application of statistical techniques in education; emphasis on underlying principles and concepts coupled with selected inferential techniques using desk-top computer software. EDPT 570 Language and Cultural Diversity in Learning (3, Fa) Analysis of current
research and theory regarding the influences of language and culture on learning and cognition, with a special focus on academic achievement and instructional transactions. EDPT 571 Instructional Design (3, FaSp) ormulation and design of effective instrucF
tion; emphasis on analysis of media characteristics and instrumentation requirements. EDPT 576 Technology in Contemporary Education and Training (3, FaSp) Develop-
ment and scope of instructional technology and its role in modern educational and training systems; overview of instructional development; innovation and trends in the field. EDPT 642 Measurement Theory (3, Fa)
Mathematical concepts and psychometric theory underlying test construction and interpretation; emphasis on current research in the area. Prerequisite: EDPT 652. EDPT 652 Multiple Regression (3, Sp)
Multiple regression, factorial analysis of variance, path analysis. Prerequisite: introductory statistics. EDPT 654 Multivariate Statistical Techniques (3, FaSpSm) Multivariate statistical
procedures in the analysis of behavioral inquiries; particular emphasis on multivariate analysis of variance. Prerequisite: EDPT 652. EDPT 655 Advanced Research Methods in Education (3, Sp) Focuses on principles
of research design in education including literature synthesis, formulation of research problem and questions, selection of methodology and integration of research proposal. Prerequisite: EDPT 550.
576
USC Rossier School of Education
H I G H E R A N D P O S T S E C O N D A RY E D U C AT I O N ( E D H P )
EDHP 552 The Politics of Difference (3)
EDHP 593ab Master’s Seminar (2-2, FaSpSm)
Explores strategies for restructuring institutions of higher education to improve student support and achievement among historically marginalized groups.
An examination and analysis of research and literature in the student’s area of focus. Required for all master’s candidates who do not enroll in the Master’s Thesis (594abz). Graded CR/NC.
EDHP 500 Foundations of Higher, Adult, and Professional Education (3, Fa) Contem-
porary issues in higher, adult, and professional education in the United States; analytic per spectives from various disciplines (history, philosophy, sociology); implications for policy and practice. EDHP 502 Administration of Higher, Adult, and Professional Education (3, Sp) Policies
and theories for governance and management. Relations between historical and contemporary organizational processes in postsecondary education. Critique and applications of current research. EDHP 503 Curriculum, Teaching, and Learning in Higher, Adult, and Professional Education (3, Sp) Curriculum, teaching, and
learning strategies for general, vocational, and professional education; planning for lifelong learning; theories, policies, and practices for higher, adult, and professional education. EDHP 551 Applied Educational Ethnography (3, Fa) Research for improving leadership in
higher, adult, and professional education. Ethnographically motivated field designs, observations, focused and unstructured interviews and unobtrusive techniques.
EDHP 560 Feminist Theory (4, FaSpSm)
(Enroll in SWMS 560) EDHP 563 Student Affairs Work in College (3, Fa) Principles, services, and organizational
patterns of student affairs programs and services for two-year, four-year and professional higher education institutions.
EDHP 565 Intervention Strategies in College Student Development (3, Sp) Exploration
of current campus issues such as violence, diversity and academic remediation, and their related intervention strategies (policy-based, programmatic, and counseling-based). EDHP 580 The Community College (3, SpSm) The community college movement;
history; aims; curriculum; types of administrative organization; teaching procedures; relation to lower and higher institutions; profiles of faculty and students; evaluation. EDHP 587 Fieldwork in Higher, Adult, and Professional Education (1-8, max 8, FaSpSm)
Structured participation in supervised teaching or administrative activities. Assignments matched with student’s goals, training, experience. Graded CR/NC. Recommended preparation: EDHP 563, EDHP 565.
EDHP 594abz Master’s Thesis (2-2-0, FaSpSm) Required for all master’s candidates
who do not enroll in the Master’s Seminar (593ab). Credit on acceptance of thesis. Graded IP/CR/NC.
EDHP 657 Management of Student Services in Higher Education (3, Sp) Delivery
of student services and programs in higher education, organizational behavior, management systems, administrative procedures, and alternative leadership styles. EDHP 679 Legal Issues in the Administration of Higher Education (3, Sm) Analysis
of legal issues related to the administration of higher education; emphasis on relations with students, faculty, staff, alumni, and campus communities. Prerequisite: EDHP 500 or appropriate experience. EDHP 687 Student Development in Higher Education (3, Sp) Theories of college student
development and application of developmental models to program design, interventions, outreach, and research programs.
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
C
ourses in engineering were first offered at USC in the 1905-06 academic year in the basement of one of the oldest buildings on campus. Today, 174 full-time, tenure track faculty (and more than 300 total faculty) serve about 2,000 undergraduates and 4,000
graduate students, utilizing extensive and technically advanced laboratories, classrooms and live interactive high-speed Internet broadcast systems. Government and industry annually fund more than $168 million worth of research. USC Viterbi is innovative, elite and internationally recognized for creating new models of education, research and commercialization firmly rooted in real world needs. The school’s first p riorities are the education of outstanding students and the pursuit and publication of research. As the school’s faculty and students extend the frontiers of engineering knowledge through their research, they also apply engineering and technology to address societal challenges. The school stimulates and encourages qualities of scholarship, leadership and character that mark the true
Bandit, a robot used to encourage social development in autistic children, is just one of the numerous innovative projects USC Viterbi had on display at the seventh annual international Robotics: Science and Systems Conference, where Maja Matari´c, vice dean for research and Bandit’s lead programmer, led a session on robot-human interaction.
academic and professional engineer — to serve California, the nation and the world. At USC Viterbi, we call this the enabling power of Engineering+. The school prepares students to translate invention to innovation and advances the continuing education of engineering and scientific personnel to provide professional engineering leadership to solve community, regional, national and global problems. Viterbi undergraduate support programs complement and strengthen the academic experience, enhancing both depth and scope. The Klein Institute for Undergraduate Engineering Life fosters leadership, cross-disciplinary activity and globalization; the Freshman Academy exposes first-year students to current research; and the Engineering Writing Program (EWP) develops communication skills. Viterbi graduate education is outstanding preparation for advanced research and professional careers. The Ph.D. program is built around fellowships, teaching assistantships and research appointments, and has produced a steady increase in doctoral degrees. The master’s and professional programs are national and global leaders in advanced training for professional engineers.
578
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
Administration
James E. Moore II, Ph.D., Vice Dean
Linda Rock, M.A., Vice Dean
Timothy Pinkston, Ph.D., Vice Dean
Kelly Goulis, M.S., Senior Associate Dean
S. Joe Qin, Ph.D., Vice Dean
Louise A. Yates, M.S., Senior Associate Dean
Cauligi Raghavendra, Ph.D., Vice Dean
David Murphy, Chief Financial Officer
Yannis C. Yortsos, Ph.D., Dean John O’Brien, Ph.D., Executive Vice Dean Herbert Schorr, Ph.D., Vice Dean Maja Matari´c, Ph.D., Vice Dean
Degrees and Requirements The Viterbi School of Engineering offers the following undergraduate curricula leading to the Bachelor of Science in: Aerospace Engineering; Applied Mechanics; Astronautical Engineering; Biomedical Engineering; Chemical Engineering; Civil Engineering; Computer Engineering and Computer Science; Computer Science; Computer Science/Business Administration; Computer Science (Games); Electrical Engineering; Environmental Engineering; Industrial and Systems Engineering; Mechanical Engineering; and Physics/Computer Science. Minor programs are offered in: Applied Computer Security; Astronautical Engineering; Computer and Digital Forensics; Computer Science; Construction Planning and Management; Craniofacial and Dental Technology; Engineering Management; Engineering Technology Commercialization; Enterprise Information Systems; Environmental Engineering; Innovation: The Digital Entrepreneur; Interactive Multimedia; Materials Science; Petroleum Engineering and Polymer Science; 3-D Animation; Video Game Design and Management; Video Game Programming; Web Technology and Applications. Graduate curricula leading to the Master of Science in: Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering (Computational Fluid and Solid Mechanics); Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering (Dynamics and Control); Aerospace Engineering; Astronautical Engineering; Biomedical Engineering; Biomedical Engineering (Medical Imaging and Imaging Informatics); Chemical Engineering; Civil Engineering; Civil Engineering (Construction Engineering); Civil Engineering (Structural Engineering); Civil Engineering (Transportation Engineering); Civil Engineering (Transportation Systems); Civil Engineering (Water and Waste Management); Computer Engineering; Computer Science; Computer Science (Computer Networks); Computer
Science (Computer Security); Computer Science (Game Development); Computer Science (High Performance Computing and Simulations); Computer Science (Human Language Technology); Computer Science (Intelligent Robotics); Computer Science (Multimedia and Creative Technologies); Computer Science (Software Engineering); Electrical Engineering; Electrical Engineering (Computer Networks); Electrical Engineering (Electric Power); Electrical Engineering (Multimedia and Creative Technologies); Electrical Engineering (Telecommunications); Electrical Engineering (VLSI Design); Electrical Engineering (Wireless Health Technology); Engineering Management; Environmental Engineering; Financial Engineering; Green Technologies; Health Systems Management Engineering; Industrial and Systems Engineering; Manufacturing Engineering; Materials Engineering; Materials Science; Mechanical Engineering; Mechanical Engineering (Energy Conversion); Mechanical Engineering (Nuclear Power); Medical Device and Diagnostic Engineering; Operations Research Engineering; Petroleum Engineering; Petroleum Engineering (Smart Oilfield Technologies); Product Development Engineering; and Systems Architecting and Engineering. Graduate curricula leading to the Master of Construction Management. Graduate curricula leading to the Engineer degree in: Aerospace Engineering; Astronautical Engineering; Chemical Engineering; Civil Engineering; Electrical Engineering; Industrial and Systems Engineering; Materials Science; Mechanical Engineering; and Petroleum Engineering.
Through the Graduate School, graduate curricula leading to the Doctor of Philosophy in: Aerospace Engineering; Astronautical Engineering; Biomedical Engineering; Chemical Engineering; Civil Engineering; Computer Engineering; Computer Science; Electrical Engineering; Engineering (Environmental Engineering); Industrial and Systems Engineering; Materials Science; Mechanical Engineering; and Petroleum Engineering. Graduate certificates in: Astronautical Engineering; Engineering Technology Commercialization; Health, Technology and Engineering; Health Systems Operations; Network Centric Systems; Smart Oilfield Technologies; Software Architecture; Systems Architecting and Engineering; and Transportation Systems. Undergraduate Program Accreditation
The Bachelor of Science degrees in aerospace engineering, biomedical engineering, chemical engineering, civil engineering, computer engineering and computer science, electrical engineering, environmental engineering, industrial and systems engineering, and mechanical engineering are accredited by the Engineering Accreditation Commission of ABET, abet.org. The Bachelor of Science degrees in computer engineering and computer science and in computer science are accredited by the Computing Accreditation Commission of ABET, abet.org.
Undergraduate Degrees
579
Undergraduate Degrees Change of Major to Engineering USC undergraduate students who have not been admitted to the Viterbi School of Engineering may apply to add an engineering major with the approval of the Associate Dean for Admission for the Viterbi School. Students seeking approval to add an engineering major must complete required prerequisite courses and submit a Request
to Change Major to Engineering form to the Admission and Student Affairs Office in Ronald Tutor Hall 110. Approval is granted on the basis of academic performance at USC and in the required prerequisite courses in the Viterbi School within a specific number of semesters.
Non-engineering students may complete a maximum of four engineering courses. No further engineering courses may be taken unless admission has been approved.
by other people) a generally well-educated person. This program requires six courses in different categories, plus writing and diversity requirements, which together comprise the USC Core. See pages 63 and 250 for more information. In addition, students pursuing a degree in computer science must meet the foreign language requirement described on page 252.
Mathematics (16 units minimum)
Common Requirements Certain general requirements are common to all undergraduate curricula for Bachelor of Science degrees in Engineering. These are as follows: Total Units
A minimum total of 128 acceptable units is required to earn the Bachelor of Science in Engineering. Exceptions are: biomedical engineering with an emphasis in electrical engineering, 133 units; biomedical engineering with an emphasis in mechanical engineering, 132 units; chemical engineering, 129 units; chemical engineering with an emphasis in biochemical engineering, 133 units; chemical engineering with an emphasis in environmental engineering, 132 units; chemical engineering with an emphasis in nanotechnology, 128 units; chemical engineering with an emphasis in petroleum engineering, 133 units; chemical engineering with an emphasis in polymer/materials science engineering, 133 units; civil engineering, 131 units; civil engineering with an emphasis in building science, 135-36 units; civil engineering with an emphasis in environmental engineering, 130 units; civil engineering with an emphasis in structural engineering, 131 units; computer science/business administration, 135 units; computer science (games), 128 units; electrical engineering, 131 units; environmental engineering, 131-134 units. Not more than 4 units may be physical education activity courses, provided the department allows it in the program. General Education Requirements
The university’s general education program provides a coherent, integrated introduction to the breadth of knowledge you will need to consider yourself (and to be considered
The provost has allowed an exception to the rules governing the general education program for students in the Viterbi School of Engineering, who may elect to satisfy the requirement for Category IV with a “wild card” course, which may be a second course in Categories I, II or VI, or with a score of 4 or 5 on the Advanced Placement U.S. History exam. Students in the engineering “3-2” program are not required to satisfy general education requirements and the WRIT 140 or WRIT 130 requirement; these students are understood to have satisfied USC’s general education requirements when they have satisfied the general education requirements and lower level writing requirement at their previous institution. All students must, however, complete the WRIT 340 requirement.
Sixteen units or more, including three semesters of calculus, are required. Basic Sciences (12 units minimum)
Twelve units or more of biology, chemistry or physics are required. Residence Requirement
All students must complete a minimum of 64 units at USC in order to receive a USC degree. In addition, the Viterbi School of Engineering requires that students complete all upper division units required for the major in residence. For students in the Viterbi School of Engineering “3-2” Program, at least 48 units must be earned in courses taken at USC. Scholarship Requirement in Major Subject
For graduation with a bachelor’s degree, a grade point average of C (2.0) or higher is required in all upper division courses applied toward the major including any approved substitutes for these courses taken at USC. Additional scholarship requirements for the various majors are listed under the departmental headings. Grade Point Requirement
Students in aerospace, astronautical and mechanical engineering complete Social Issues and WRIT 130 in different semesters. In all other respects, students in the Viterbi School of Engineering must satisfy the general education requirements as described on pages 63 and 250.
A grade point average of at least 2.0 is required on all course work attempted at USC. Transfer students must meet these averages, both on residence work attempted and on combined transferred and residence courses attempted.
580
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
Probation/Disqualification
and free tutoring) provided by the Viterbi Admission and Student Affairs Division.
A student whose overall GPA falls below 2.0 is placed on academic probation. Continued enrollment requires clearance from an academic review counselor. Each semester, students on academic probation are required to receive academic advisement. Proof of advisement must be filed with the Academic Review Department before any registration requests will be processed. The only acceptable proof of advisement is an official academic review advisement record signed by the student’s academic adviser and a representative from the Viterbi Admission and Student Affairs Division. Academic review advisement forms may be obtained from Tutor Hall of Engineering (RTH) 110 or John Hubbard Hall 113. Students on probation are encouraged to utilize the academic services (advisement
Students on academic probation who do not raise their overall GPA to 2.0 after two semesters of enrollment (excluding summers) will be academically disqualified from the university. However, if a student earns a minimum semester GPA of 2.3 in the second or any subsequent probation semester but has not yet reached an overall 2.0 GPA, the student will not be disqualified and will be allowed to enroll an additional semester. Petitions for readmission after academic disqualification are initiated by the student through the Academic Review Department. All grade issues (IN, MG, etc.) must be resolved prior to the submission of such a petition. Before petitioning for readmission, a student must complete a minimum of
12 semester units of transferable course work (applicable to USC degree requirements) with a minimum 3.0 GPA. University residency requirements will determine whether these units are accepted as transfer credit. As readmission to the university is never guaranteed, any indication of strong academic performance beyond the 12 unit minimum would strengthen a readmission petition. Students must petition for readmission by December 30 for the spring semester, by May 1 for the summer session and by August 15 for the fall semester. Late petitions will not be accepted. A non-refundable fee determined by the Academic Review Office must accompany all readmission petitions.
Special Educational Opportunities Viterbi Admission and Student Affairs Division
Klein Institute for Undergraduate Engineering Life
The Viterbi Admission and Student Affairs Division, located in Ronald Tutor Hall of Engineering (RTH) 110, begins to assist students as soon as they express an interest in engineering and continues working with them until, and in some cases after, they graduate.
The Klein Institute for Undergraduate Engineering Life (KIUEL) was established to provide Viterbi undergraduates with a variety of personal and professional activities designed to enhance undergraduate engineering student life experiences outside the classroom. KIUEL plans programs around leadership, service learning and globalization, and cross-disciplinary learning. Past KIUEL events have included the KIUEL Weekend for Leaders, the KIUEL Showcase and the Senior Design Expo. For more information, visit viterbi.usc.edu/kiuel.
The office is not only responsible for working with prospective students, but with continuing students as well. It directs special services and programs, provides a variety of support services, sponsors student organizations, is involved with student government and acts as a liaison with other university offices. The Viterbi Admission and Student Affairs Division enables engineering students to have a successful experience at USC. Center for Engineering Diversity and Women in Engineering Program (WIE)
The Center for Engineering Diversity (CED) provides a variety of services for historically underrepresented students in engineering (African-American, Hispanic and Native American students, including women). Prior to their first semester in Viterbi, freshmen can participate in a three-week summer residential program (Summer Research Institute). Contact the Center for Engineering Diversity at (213) 740-1999 for more information.
Merit Research Program
Every year, a select group of promising incoming freshmen are invited by faculty to work on projects in their research laboratories. These student researchers actively participate in the development of new technology throughout their undergraduate careers. In addition to giving students excellent firsthand experience, this program can help offset the cost of education since each participant earns wages for his or her work. This renewable award is separate from other financial assistance offered by the university. The student must apply for renewal of his or her award by March 1 of each year. Continuing students can use the same application form to apply for the award starting in their sophomore year.
First Year Excellence
The First Year Excellence (FYE) program helps first-year students develop strong connections to the university and the Viterbi school. FYE promotes academic exploration and success through its co-curricular programs, support services and resources during students’ first year. Freshman academies, introductory courses and the Viterbi Spotlight Series help guide students as they explore engineering. Academic advisers work with all freshman students to ensure they are on track academically and to assist with a cclimating to college life and USC. Free tutoring, groupled supplemental instruction sessions, workshops and seminars on time management and networking with faculty are available to students to assist them in accomplishing their goals. Viterbi Career Services
The Viterbi School of Engineering provides extensive career services to all students. Students are encouraged to register with Viterbi Career Services their first year at USC. By doing so, they will be kept informed of all career-related events such as company information sessions, career preparation workshops, industry luncheons and career fairs. In addition, students are able to participate in the school’s extensive on-campus interview program.
Undergraduate Degrees
USC’s Viterbi School of Engineering attracts employers not only from Southern California, but from across the country. A few of the many companies that have recently hired Co‑ops, interns and permanent employees from the Viterbi school include: Accenture, Amgen, Alcon Laboratories, Inc., BAE Systems, Chevron Corporation, Cisco Systems, Inc., Clark Construction, Google, HewlettPackard Development Company, L.P., IBM, Intel, Jet Propulsion Laboratory, Kiewit Corporation, Lockheed Martin Corporation, Microsoft Corporation, Morley Builders, NASA, Northrop Grumman Corporation, Parsons Corporation, Raytheon, Stryker Corporation, Turner Construction Company, Walt Disney Imagineering and Yahoo. Cooperative Education By participating in the Co-op Program, students can earn degree credit and industry work experience before they graduate. Co-op improves students’ understanding of the relationship between theory and practice, helps them fine tune their career goals and aids in the acquisition of important engineering skills. Students’ work assignments are closely related to their specific degree program and are appropriate to their current academic level. Participation in the program is open to all full-time undergraduate engineering majors. Students are eligible to apply for Co-op the second semester of their sophomore year. Though the sequence may vary, students typically have one summer work experience in addition to one semester immediately preceding or following one of the summer sessions. While on assignment, students enroll in a 1‑2 unit course (ENGR 395) that aids in the integration of both on-campus and off-campus learning. With departmental approval, credit toward a degree may be earned upon completion of this course. 3-2 Program
For those students wishing greater depth and breadth in the liberal arts, the Viterbi School of Engineering has developed agreements with more than 20 liberal arts colleges nationwide in which a student attends a liberal arts institution for his or her first three years of college, pursuing pre-engineering courses in addition to a solid program in the liberal arts. At the end of the three years,
upon recommendation from the liberal arts college, the student enters the Viterbi School of Engineering as a junior and, in two years, completes the remaining requirements for a B.S. degree. After these five years are complete, the student will receive two degrees — a B.A. from the liberal arts college and a B.S. from USC. Engineering Overseas Programs
Every summer the Viterbi School of Engineering sponsors a seven-week academic program in either Florence, London, Paris, Madrid, Rome or another location which provides students with the opportunity to enroll in engineering and humanities courses, as well as participate in a directed studies project. This program is open to all engineering majors. International Exchange Programs
The Viterbi School of Engineering International Exchange Program gives undergraduate students the opportunity to broaden their exposure to the global context of engineering theory and practice by spending a semester or year abroad in a challenging academic environment at an international host institution. The International Exchange Program allows students to satisfy technical electives and/or approved degree requirements by attending approved partner institutions. This program is open to students entering their junior or senior year. Students apply at the Viterbi Student Affairs Office. Candidates must meet all admission requirements of both the Viterbi School of Engineering as well as those of the international host institution. Contact the Admission and Student Affairs Office for a complete list of international exchange partners. Honor Societies
The Viterbi School of Engineering has established a variety of honor societies to recognize academic excellence, creativity and service. These are: Alpha Pi Mu (industrial and systems engineering), Chi Epsilon (civil engineering), Eta Kappa Nu (electrical engineering), Omega Chi Epsilon (chemical engineering), Omega Rho (industrial and systems engineering), Pi Tau Sigma (mechanical engineering), Sigma Gamma Tau (aerospace engineering), Tau Beta Pi (nationwide honor society), Upsilon Pi Epsilon (computer science).
581
Minor in Engineering Technology Commercialization
The undergraduate minor in engineering technology commercialization is interdisciplinary in nature, requiring courses from both the business and engineering schools and providing education in the economic, technological and management aspects of commercializing new engineering ideas. Business courses include those in technology entrepreneurship, case studies in new ventures and an elective in business plans. Engineering courses cover engineering economy and engineering law. There is also a dean’s seminar jointly taught by the business and engineering schools. Elective courses in technologically specific areas of commercialization, such as biomedical devices, are also included. This program is especially suited to engineering majors. A minimum of 16 units is required for the minor. Courses required for a student’s major that are listed below are not included in the unit total. REQUIRED COURSES (15 UNITS)
UNITS
BAEP 452 Cases in Entrepreneurship 4 BUAD 301 Technical Entrepreneurship 3 CE 404 Business and Intellectual Property Law for Engineers 3 ENGR 493x Dean’s Seminar in Entrepreneurship 2 ISE 460 Engineering Economy 3 ELECTIVE COURSES (2-4 UNITS)
UNITS
BAEP 454 The Entrepreneurial Business Plan 4 BME 416 Development and Regulation of Medical Products 3 ISE 344 Engineering Team Management 3 ISE 440 Work, Technology, and Organization 3 ISE 490x Directed Research 2-3
Directed research units can be in any department and supervised by any faculty but must be approved by the faculty chair of USC Stevens Institute for Innovation, a dean within the engineering school or a designate identified by an engineering dean to count toward this minor. This ensures that the directed research is relevant to technology commercialization.
582
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
Graduate Degrees General Requirements The Viterbi School of Engineering recommends candidates for the Master of Science degree in: aerospace engineering, astronautical engineering, biomedical engineering, chemical engineering, civil engineering, computer engineering, computer science, electrical engineering, environmental engineering, financial engineering, green technologies, health systems management engineering, industrial and systems engineering, manufacturing engineering, materials engineering, materials science, mechanical engineering, medical device and diagnostic engineering, operations research engineering, petroleum engineering, product development engineering, and systems architecting and engineering. Several areas of emphasis and specialization are available within these disciplines. All graduate work in the Viterbi School of Engineering is under the jurisdiction of the Viterbi School except the Doctor of Philos ophy degree, which is under the jurisdiction of the USC Graduate School. All prospective graduate engineering students should apply to the USC Office of Graduate Admission. Admission
Two classes of students are admitted to take courses for graduate credit: admitted and conditionally admitted students. These classifications are determined by the Office of Graduate Admission on the recommendations of the appropriate department in the Viterbi School of Engineering. Admitted Students This is the status of a grad uate student pursuing work leading toward an advanced degree. The student has been accepted into the degree program without any conditions. Conditionally Admitted The chair of a major department in the Viterbi School of Engineering may recommend that a student be admitted under certain conditions. Conditional admission is granted when a student’s admission records are incomplete or when deficiency courses must be taken but the student appears to be otherwise admissible. The conditions must be met before the completion of two semesters of enrollment or 12 units of course work, whichever comes first. If the conditions on admission are not met within the given time period,
the student may not be allowed to register for course work in subsequent semesters. When the conditions have been met, the academic department will remove the restrictions that have been placed on the student’s registration. Criteria In order to qualify for admission, applicants are expected to present strong academic records and show superior accomplishment in their engineering courses. Admission decisions will be based on Graduate Record Examinations test scores and transcripts of previous school work. Individual departments may set higher admission standards than the Graduate School. In some departments letters of recommendation and a statement of purpose are required and should be sent directly to the department office. Doctor of Philosophy applicants who have published professional papers in their field may forward copies to the department, and they will be considered together with the other credentials submitted. Procedure Applicants to graduate programs must pre sent credentials to the Office of Graduate Admission showing that they have completed an acceptable curriculum for the bachelor’s degree if their degree objective is a Master of Science and an acceptable curriculum for a Master of Science degree if the degree objective is the Engineer degree or the Doctor of Philosophy. In some departments students with outstanding records will be admitted for the doctoral program without first receiving the Master of Science degree. If the previous degree is not in the field in which the student wishes to pursue graduate study, it may be necessary to make up undergraduate deficiencies in the area of the desired specialty. Applicants must take the Graduate Record Examinations. Satisfactory scores on the general test are required for admission to full graduate standing in most programs. Consult the department office for further information. Once the application for admission has been sent, arrangements should be made immediately to have official transcripts of all previous undergraduate and graduate school work forwarded directly to the USC Office of Graduate Admission from the
schools attended. If the Graduate Record Examinations general and subject tests have been taken, the scores should be sent to the Office of Graduate Admission by arrangement with the Educational Testing Service. If the tests have not been taken, the applicant should register to take them on the earliest available date. The departments will review the application files and select for admission those students offering the greatest promise for completing graduate studies. Progressive Degree Programs
The progressive degree program allows quali fied undergraduate students the opportunity to complete an integrated program of study joining a bachelor’s degree program and a master’s degree program in the same or dif ferent departments. Applicants for a progressive degree program must have completed 64 units of course work applicable to their undergraduate degree since graduating from high school. (Credit by exam and course work taken prior to high school graduation are excluded). Applicants must submit their application prior to completion of 96 units of course work. Normally, the application is submitted in the fall semester of the third year of enrollment at USC. The application for admission to a progressive master’s program must be accompanied by a departmentally approved course plan proposal and two letters of recommendation. All application materials can be obtained from the Viterbi Admission and Student Affairs Office (RTH 110, viterbi.usc.edu/pdp). Progressive degree program students must fulfill all the requirements for both the bachelor’s degree and the master’s degree. The total number of units for the master’s degree, however, may be reduced by a maximum of one-third. A minimum of two-thirds of the units required for the master’s degree must be at or above the 500 level. Students will be subject to undergraduate academic progress standards and policies while in undergraduate status and master’s academic progress standards and policies while in graduate status. The degrees may be awarded separately, but the master’s degree will not be awarded before the undergraduate degree. The time limit for completing a progressive degree program is 12 semesters. For more information, refer to page 87.
Graduate Degrees
Residence Requirements The typical time required for earning a Master of Science degree is one and one-half academic years. Students entering the Viterbi School of Engineering with course or credit deficiencies require a correspondingly longer period. A candidate must complete the last four semester units of course work at USC. Up to four transferred units will be accepted from another engineering school upon verification by Degree Progress and with the approval of the major department.
Grade Point Average Requirements A grade point average (GPA) of 3.0 (A = 4.0) is required for the master’s degree in all engineering programs. The minimum GPA must be earned on all course work applied toward the master’s degree and on all 400-level and above course work attempted at USC beyond the bachelor’s degree. A minimum grade of C (2.0) is required in a course to receive graduate credit. Work graded C- or below is not acceptable for subject or unit credit toward any graduate degree. Transfer units count as credit (CR) toward the master’s degree and are not computed in the grade point average.
Prerequisites Prerequisite is a bachelor’s degree in engineering, allied fields or science. If the graduate field is different from the field of the bachelor’s degree, there may be undergraduate deficiencies assigned by the major department, and these must be made up by taking and passing either the assigned courses or the final examination in these courses before proceeding with the graduate courses.
Course Selection There are two program options for the master’s degree, one with a thesis and the other without. Courses are selected to fit the special needs of individual students, must form an integrated program leading to a definite objective and must be approved in advance by the department. Only courses numbered 400 and above may be applied for degree credit.
Deficiency Courses New students may be required to demonstrate satisfactory preparation for the graduate program with previously completed course work. In cases where preparation is not demonstrated, up to 9 units of deficiency course work may be required in addition to the normal degree requirements.
Program without Thesis The minimum requirement is 27 units; 18 of these units must be at the 500 level and at least 18 units must be in the major department and closely related departments. Specific requirements are listed under each department.
General Requirements for the Master of Science
Credit for required deficiency courses may not be applied toward a graduate degree. A deficiency course within the same discipline taken after the higher level course has been passed will not be available for unit or grade point credit. Placement Examinations Enrollment in certain 500- and 600-level courses in the disciplines of computer engineering and electrical engineering will require a student to either take and pass the corresponding 400-level prerequisite at USC, or pass a placement exam in the corresponding course. Not all 400-level prerequisite courses taken instead of a placement exam are available for degree credit. No unit or grade point credit is given for placement exams. Please consult with an academic adviser or refer to the department Website at ee.usc.edu for information on specific courses and placement exam details.
Program with Thesis The minimum requirement is 27 units; four of these units are to be thesis. At least 16 units, not including thesis, must be at the 500 level or higher, and at least 18 units must be in the major department. A total of not less than four nor more than eight units of 590 Directed Research and 594ab Master’s Thesis must be included in the program. The minimum thesis requirement in 594a is two units; in 594b, two units. Master’s Thesis The thesis, when it is required, is regarded as an important part of the work of the candidate for a master’s degree. It is not intended to be a piece of highly recondite research, but it must be a serious, considerable and publishable piece of work demonstrating the writer’s power of original thought, thorough grasp of the subject matter and ability to pre sent material in a scholarly manner and style. The thesis presents the results of an investigation of an approved subject in the major department. It is supervised throughout by a thesis committee, appointed by the chair of the student’s major department. The committee is usually composed of two members of the major department and one other member of the faculty.
583
The student will register in courses 594a and b respectively during the final two semesters of the master’s program as determined by discussion with an adviser. (Concurrent registration for 594a and b during the same semester is permitted when a student’s progress makes completion of all requirements likely within one semester.) If the thesis has not been completed within these two semesters, the candidate must register for 594z each semester until the thesis has been accepted but no additional unit credit will be earned. A student readmitted to candidacy by petition to the graduate study committee must reregister for 594a and 594b. Final acceptance of the thesis is based upon the recommendation of all members of the thesis committee. For requirements concerning format of master’s thesis see the Graduate School section of this catalogue. Candidates who find it necessary to be excused from registration in 594a or 594b for a semester must formally report before the beginning of the semester to the Viterbi Office of Graduate and Professional Programs that they will be inactive during that semester and request a leave of absence. During a leave of absence a candidate will not be entitled to assistance from the thesis committee or to the use of university facilities. The granting of a leave of absence does not change the candidate’s responsibility for meeting the time schedule for the completion of degree requirements. Leave will be granted only under exceptional circumstances. Progress Toward the Degree Graduate students are expected to make regular progress toward their degrees as defined by the faculty of their respective departments and within the time limits allowed. Graduate students’ progress and performance are reviewed each semester. Students making unsatisfactory progress receive a formal written warning and are placed on a semester of academic warning with specific conditions to be met for continuation in the program. Please refer to catalogue sections Academic Warning and Dismissal of Graduate Students, page 39; Grade Point Average Requirements, page 85; and the Website of the Office of Graduate and Professional Programs (GAPP) at viterbi.usc.edu/gapp. Department Approval for Non-major Courses Prior departmental approval is required for non-major courses to be taken and applied toward a graduate degree. Students must consult with the faculty adviser for formal written permission to take courses outside the major department for degree credit.
584
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
A copy of the faculty adviser’s written approval must be kept in the department file and retained by the student until graduation.
General Requirements for the Engineer Degree
Time Limit It is expected that work for a Master of Science in engineering will be completed within a maximum of five calendar years. An academic department may grant an extension of up to one year at a time for a maximum of two years. Courses taken more than seven years prior to the date upon which the degree is to be awarded cannot be included for the degree. Admission to Candidacy Application for admission to candidacy for the Master of Science is a separate step from admission to graduate standing. The requirements for admission to candidacy are: (1) the applicant must be admitted to regular graduate standing and must have removed all undergraduate deficiencies, and (2) the applicant must submit a complete program approved by the major department showing the course work, research and thesis (if required). Application for graduation should be made at the beginning of the semester in which the requirements for the master’s degree are to be completed. Students are strongly advised to file for graduation as soon as the registration process has been completed so that their names may appear in the printed Commencement program and so that any discrepancies in their records may be resolved. Late filing may delay conferral of the degree. Application forms for graduation with the master’s degree may be obtained from the student’s academic department. This application should be returned to the student’s academic department. Changes in the program after admission to candidacy are made by petition to the graduate study committee. Second Master’s Degree
A graduate student who already holds a master’s degree from USC or another acceptable engineering school in a related field may apply a limited number of previously earned units toward the second master’s degree. The maximum number of units allowed for transfer is four. In all cases, permission of the chair of the major department is required. All credit, including the units from the first master’s degree, must be earned within seven calendar years. General Requirements for the Master of Engineering Degree
The Viterbi School does not currently offer degree programs with the Master of Engineering designation.
The Engineer degree is awarded under the jurisdiction of the Viterbi School of Engineering. This degree is granted upon completion of a comprehensive curriculum beyond the general course requirements for the Master of Science and after successfully passing an engineer’s qualifying examination. The required curriculum is intended to give students broad preparation in two areas of engineering, together with a minimum number of units in these areas to prepare them for the interdisciplinary nature of the many complex problems they will encounter in practice today. The degree is also intended to fulfill a growing need in industry for students with comprehensive advanced engineering training, but not necessarily with the research orientation developed by the Ph.D. student. The Engineer degree is a terminal degree. Students who complete the Engineer degree will not be considered for admission to the Ph.D. program. The Engineer degree is offered in aerospace engineering, astronautical engineering, chemical engineering, civil engineering, electrical engineering, environmental engineering, industrial and systems engineering, mechanical engineering, petroleum engineering and materials science. Prerequisites There are three basic prerequisites for the Engineer Degree Program: a Master of Science degree or completion of 27 units of acceptable course work, application for admission to the Viterbi School of Engineer ing and acceptance to the program by the appropriate department. Course Requirements The Engineer degree requires a minimum of 30 units of graduate course work beyond the Master of Science degree; up to 6 units at the 400 level may be counted at the discretion of the student’s guidance committee if the committee finds them necessary for the student’s program. The course work must form a balanced program of study leading to a definite concentration in two fields of engineering, a minimum of 12 units in one field, nine in another; nine units are elective and may be taken outside the Viterbi School of Engineering, but must be acceptable for graduate credit. The distribution of course work will be governed by the student’s guidance committee and should be considered in conjunction with the course work done for the Master of Science degree. A candidate for the Engineer degree may substitute a project under the supervision of a faculty member for 6 units of course work. In order to have the project credited toward the degree, the student must register in 690 Directed Research during the course of the
project; total 690 Directed Research registration should be 6 units. A student wishing to work on a project must make arrangements with a member of the faculty to supervise and evaluate work, and obtain the approval of the committee chair prior to completing more than 15 units of course work. In many cases the project may be related to the candidate’s work outside the university but must still be supervised by a faculty member. Distribution of the course work should take into account the nature of the project. Grade Point Average Requirement A minimum grade point average of 3.0 must be earned on all course work applied toward the Engineer degree. This average must also be achieved on all 400-level and above course work attempted at USC beyond the bachelor’s degree. A minimum grade of C (2.0) is required in a course to receive graduate credit. Work graded C- or below is not acceptable for subject or unit credit toward any graduate degree. Transfer units count as credit (CR) toward the Engineer degree and are not computed in the grade point average. Residence Requirements A candidate must complete the last four units of course work at USC. At least 26 units must be taken in residency at USC. A maximum of four transfer units not counted toward a previous degree may be allowed with adviser approval. Guidance Committee After being granted graduate standing the student must form a guidance committee. The committee is made up of three full-time faculty members who are specialists in the student’s areas of concentration, with at least two from the major department. Forms for appointment of the committee are available from the student’s academic department. The student is responsible for finding a faculty member from one area of concentration who will act as the chair of the guidance committee. The chair will assist in selection of the other members. Advisement of the student after formation of the committee will be by the committee chair. Qualifying Examination The student must satisfactorily complete an engineer’s qualifying examination administered by his or her guidance committee. This examination will cover both areas of concentration and will consist of at least one written and one oral examination. This examination is normally taken during the last semester of course work toward the degree. Students who choose to take the examination in the semester following the completion of course requirements may do so up until the end of the third week of classes without registering. After that date they must register for GRSC 810 to maintain continuous enrollment in
Graduate Degrees
the program. Results of the examination are reported to the Viterbi Office of Graduate and Professional Programs and forwarded to the Office of Academic Records and Registrar. Transfer Credits Up to four units of graduate course work may be transferred from an accredited institution to be applied toward the Engineer degree. Transfer work must have been done after receipt of the Master of Science degree and must be approved by the guidance committee. Reserving Course Credit A student who receives the Master of Science degree at USC may reserve a limited number of units taken prior to the receipt of the Master of Science degree for credit toward the Engineer degree. To reserve credit, the course must have been taken during the last semester as a Master of Science candidate, not used toward the Master of Science degree, be acceptable to the student’s committee, and approved by petition to the graduate study committee of the Viterbi School of Engineering. Time Limit The student must complete all requirements within five calendar years. Admission to Candidacy After satisfactorily completing the qualifying examination, and no later than the beginning of the last semester of course work, the student must file for candidacy. This is a separate and distinct step which sets forth the entire academic program fulfilling the degree requirements and is used as a working basis for awarding the degree. General Requirements for the Doctor of Philosophy
This degree is granted under the jurisdiction of the USC Graduate School. Students should also refer to the Requirements for Graduation section and the Graduate School section of this catalogue for general regulations. All courses applied toward the degree must be courses accepted by the Graduate School. Thirteen Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) programs are offered: aerospace engineering, astronautical engineering, biomedical engineering, chemical engineering, civil engineering, computer engineering, computer science, electrical engineering, engineering (environmental engineering), industrial and systems engineering, materials science, mechanical engineering and petroleum engineering. Deficiency Courses New students may be required to demonstrate satisfactory preparation for the graduate program with previously completed course work. In cases where preparation is not
demonstrated, up to 9 units of deficiency course work may be required in addition to the normal degree requirements. Credit for required deficiency courses may not be applied toward a graduate degree. A deficiency course within the same discipline taken after the higher level course has been passed will not be available for unit or grade point credit. Placement Examinations Enrollment in certain 500- and 600-level courses in the disciplines of computer engineering and electrical engineering will require a student to either take and pass the corresponding 400-level prerequisite at USC, or pass a placement exam in the corresponding course. Not all 400-level prerequisite courses taken instead of a placement exam are available for degree credit. No unit or grade point credit is given for placement exams. Please consult with an academic adviser or refer to the department Website at ee.usc.edu for information on specific courses and placement exam details. Foreign Language Requirements There is no foreign language requirement for engineering majors. Course Requirements Satisfactory completion of at least 60 units of approved graduate level course work with a cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0 is required of all Ph.D. students in engi neering. A minimum grade of C (2.0) is required in a course to receive graduate credit. Work graded C- or below is not acceptable for subject or unit credit toward any graduate degree. Undergraduate prerequisites and graduate course work will be required in accordance with the regulations of the major department or program and the recommendations of the student’s guidance committee. Transfer units are subject to approval by the Office of Degree Progress (for course work taken at institutions in the U.S.) or by the Office of Graduate Admission (for course work taken at institutions outside the United States) and by the guidance committee. Screening Procedure The original admission decision admitting a student to the Ph.D. program is based on the student’s previous academic records, Graduate Record Examinations scores and other evidence of scholastic abilities indicating promise for completing graduate studies. It is also a prerequisite that all Ph.D. students successfully complete the screening procedures designated by the department. These usually consist of a written and an oral examination administered by the faculty. Students who fail
585
the screening procedure will be advised that they are not recommended to continue in the Ph.D. program and that any additional work may not be counted toward the degree. Guidance Committee The Ph.D. student’s program of study is supervised by the guidance committee, which is formed immediately after passing the screening examination. The committee consists of five tenure-track faculty members, four from the major department and one from outside the department. Reporting the screening procedures and forming the guidance committee are accomplished by filing the appropriate forms obtainable from the Graduate School Website, usc.edu/schools/GraduateSchool. Qualifying Examinations The qualifying examinations are taken during the last semester of the second year of graduate study or, at the latest, in the fifth semester or equivalent. The Request to take the Qualifying Examinations must be filed in the semester prior to taking the examinations and at least 30 days before beginning the examinations. The examinations are intended to determine the extent of the student’s knowledge in basic science and engineering areas as well as the ability to do original and scholarly research. The guidance committee decides the nature of the qualifying examinations (both oral and written portions) according to the policies applicable in each department. The examinations may be scheduled at any time during the semester provided that all members of the committee are available to administer them. All portions of the examinations must be completed within 60 days. After passing the qualifying examinations the Ph.D. student is admitted to candidacy by the Dean of Graduate Studies and the dissertation committee is established. After this step students will normally engage in at least one year of full-time graduate study and research on campus. Doctoral Dissertation An acceptable dissertation based on original investigation and supervised directly by the dissertation committee is required. The dissertation must show mastery of a special field, capacity for independent research and a scholarly result. Candidates are expected to keep all members of the dissertation committee informed of their progress at all stages of the dissertation. Defense of the Dissertation After satisfactorily meeting all other requirements and after the research and writing of the dissertation are substantially complete, the Ph.D. candidate must pass a general final oral examination devoted to the major
586
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
field and to the topic of the dissertation. The examination will be conducted in such a manner as to determine to the satisfaction of the dissertation committee that the candidate has attained the stage of scholarly advancement and power of investigation demanded by the university for final recommendation to the doctorate. The faculty are invited to attend and to participate in the final oral examination. However, only the dissertation committee may vote. Unanimous approval of the committee is required for the student to upload the dissertation to the Graduate School.
Departmental Requirements The requirements and regulations set forth in this portion of the catalogue are to be construed as the minimal requirements only as established by the Graduate School. In addition, students must meet all the requirements established by their department. Progress Toward the Degree Graduate students are expected to make regular progress toward their degrees as defined by the faculty of their respective departments
and within the time limits allowed. Graduate students’ progress and performance are reviewed each semester. Students making unsatisfactory progress receive a formal written warning and are placed on a semester of academic warning with specific conditions to be met for continuation in the program. Please refer to catalogue sections Academic Warning and Dismissal of Graduate Students, page 39; Grade Point Average Requirements, page 85; and the Website of the Office of Graduate and Professional Programs (GAPP) at viterbi.usc.edu/gapp.
Special Educational Opportunities Distance Education Network
Established in 1972, the USC Viterbi School of Engineering’s Distance Education Network (DEN) is a pioneer in the distance learning arena, using cutting-edge technology to enable professional engineers to take USC engineering courses for graduate degree credit without coming to the campus. Today, over 1,300 DEN students, enrolled around the world, are pursuing over 45 degree programs – more choices than at any other research university. DEN breaks down geographical and scheduling barriers, allowing students to take classes anytime and anywhere. Remote DEN students receive support from administrative and technical staff and enjoy access to all things the Viterbi School has to offer. The Viterbi School has made it possible for all on-campus students enrolled in the school’s graduate courses to receive free access to the archived lectures of courses offered via DEN. This valuable study aid enables students to review lectures throughout the semester. For more information, visit viterbi.usc.edu/gapp.
Engineering The courses listed in the following section have been designed for specific groups of students for various purposes as indicated in the course descriptions. Certain courses have restrictions related to their applicability for degree credit. Students should consult the academic adviser in the major department for further information.
Graduate Certificate in Engineering Technology Commercialization
The graduate certificate in engineering technology commercialization provides USC engineers with the knowledge, skill set and confidence to manage intellectual property and technology innovation and enables them to connect with colleagues in industry and venture capital to address real-world problems through technology transfer and commercialization. This certificate program provides an opportunity for graduate students to understand the process of evaluating the feasibility of their ideas and inventions and the confidence to commercialize their ideas. It also provides an opportunity for practicing engineers to obtain an academically rigorous foundation of technology commercialization which drives their company. The program is interdisciplinary in nature, requiring courses from both the business and engineering schools and providing education in the economic, technological and management aspects of commercializing new engineering ideas. Applicants to this program are expected to have a degree in engineering or science from an accredited institution, an undergraduate GPA of at least 3.0 on a 4.0 scale, and a score
of at least 650 on the quantitative portion and 400 on the verbal portion of the GRE test. A total of 12 units is required for the certificate. REQUIRED CORE COURSES (6 UNITS)
UNITS
BAEP 551 Introduction to New Ventures 3 ISE 585 Strategic Management of Technology 3 ELECTIVE COURSES (6 UNITS)
UNITS
ISE 515 Engineering Project Management 3 ISE 517 Modern Enterprise Systems 3 ISE 527 Quality Management for Engineers 3 ISE 544 Management of Engineering Teams 3 ISE 555 Invention and Technology Development 3 ISE 565 Law and Finance for Engineering Innovation 3
Engineering
587
Courses of Instruction ENGINEERING (ENGR)
ENGR 395abcdx Cooperative Education Work Experience (1 or 2, max 5) Supervised
ENGR 100abcd Engineering Honors Collo quium (1-1-1-1) Recent developments in a
highly technological society with emphasis on selected topics. Enrollment limited to members of the Viterbi School of Engineering Honors Program. Graded CR/NC.
work experience in a professional environment related to a specific degree program, academic level, and career objective. Acceptance into Cooperative Education Program required. Graded IP/CR/NC. Degree credit by departmental approval.
ENGR 101 Introduction to Engineering (3, Fa) Gateway to the majors and minors
ENGR 400 Engineering Honors Project (1-3, max 12, FaSpSm) Supervised interdis-
in engineering. Introduction to engineering disciplines. Historical and current trends in engineering; ethical and societal factors in engineering solutions. Hands-on design experiences; field trips; USC laboratory tours. ENGR 102 Engineering Freshman Academy (2, Fa) Introduction to the profession of engi-
neering. Ethical, political and societal consequences of engineering innovations and the impact of engineering on everyday life. Team project and guest lectures. Open to freshmen only. Graded CR/NC. ENGR 150L Engineering Science and Systems: From Humans to Robots (3, Fa)
Hands-on multidisciplinary engineering course that uses robotics as a theme to cover material from all areas of engineering. Laboratory; programming; team projects; end-ofsemester exhibition. Open only to freshmen. Recommended preparation: Basic programming experience (e.g., C, C++, C#, Java, Python). ENGR 301 Technical Entrepreneurship (3)
(Enroll in BUAD 301) ENGR 305 Engineering Biology Matters (3, Fa) Engineering students will learn bio-
logical phenomena in the context of engineering principles and explore biological mechanisms and processes as analogies for designing engineered systems. Recommended preparation: CHEM 105aL, MASC 110L. ENGR 345 Principles and Practices of Global Innovation (3, Sp) Learner-centered, cross-
cultural, technology-enabled approaches to principles and industrial practices leveraging cultural diversity to inspire innovations for competitive global markets. Requires an extended semester of 22 weeks, including 2-week overseas project in early summer.
ciplinary studies and projects. Enrollment limited to members of the Viterbi School of Engineering Honors Program. Graded CR/NC. ENGR 493x Dean’s Seminar in Entrepreneurship (2, Sp) Overview of starting and
developing a new business. Discussions with successful business leaders and entrepreneurs. Not available for students admitted to the Entrepreneur Program. Open only to seniors or graduate students in business or engineering. Graded CR/NC. (Duplicates credit in former BUAD 493x.) ENGR 499 Special Topics (2-4, max 8)
Current developments in the field of engineering. ENGR 501x Engineering Writing and Communication for Master’s Students (3, FaSp)
Academic and discipline-specific writing skills. Emphasis on structure of discourse and writing process. Presentation and oral communication skills also addressed. Graded CR/NC. Credit Restrictions: May be taken for degree credit only toward M.S. degrees in Industrial and Systems Engineering; Engineering Management; Manufacturing Engineering and Entrepreneurship; Operations Research Engineering; and the Master of Engineering in Environmental Quality Management. ENGR 502x Writing Skills for Engineering Ph.D. Students (3, FaSp) Writing of engineer-
ing curriculum- and research-related projects for Ph.D. students. Focus is on conference papers, dissertations and proposals, journal articles, and other forms. Graded CR/NC. Not available for degree credit for the master’s degree.
ENGR 503x Oral Communication Skills for Engineering Ph.D. Students (3, FaSp) Academic and professional presentation skills
for Ph.D. students. Preparation for qualifying exams, conference paper presentations, and other forms of oral communication. Use of visual aids and poster displays included. Graded CR/NC. Not available for degree credit for the master’s degree. ENGR 504x Fellowship Proposal Writing for Engineering Ph.D. Students (2, FaSp)
Preparation of essays and other materials for research fellowship applications. Graded CR/NC. Open only to Ph.D. engineering students. Not available for degree credit. ENGR 596 Internship in Engineering (1, max 3, FaSpSm) Part-time or full-time, practical
work experience in the student’s field of study. The internship must be located at an off-campus facility. Students are individually supervised by faculty. May not be taken until the student has completed at least one semester of enrollment in the graduate program. Graduate standing in engineering. Graded CR/NC. ENGR 599 Special Topics (2-4, max 9) Cur-
rent developments in the field of engineering; topics to be selected each semester.
588
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering Aerospace Engineering Headquarters: Robert Glenn Rapp Engineering Research Room 101 (213) 740-5353 FAX: (213) 740-7774 Email: ame@usc.edu Mechanical Engineering Headquarters: Olin Hall of Engineering Room 430 (213) 740-8762 FAX: (213) 740-8071 Email: ame@usc.edu Chair: Geoffrey R. Spedding, Ph.D.*
Professors: Charles Campbell, Ph.D.; Julian Domaradzki, Ph.D.**; Marijan Dravinski, Ph.D.; Fokion Egolfopoulos, Ph.D.*; Henryk Flashner, Ph.D.; Roger Ghanem, Ph.D. (Civil and Environmental Engineering); Yan Jin, Ph.D.; Michael E. Kassner, Ph.D. (Materials Science); Tony Maxworthy, Ph.D.**; E. Phillip Muntz, Ph.D.** (Radiology); Paul K. Newton, Ph.D.; Larry G. Redekopp, Ph.D.*; Paul Ronney, Ph.D.; Satwindar S. Sadhal, Ph.D.; Geoffrey Spedding, Ph.D.*; Firdaus E. Udwadia, Ph.D. (Civil and Environmental Engineering, Information and Operations Management, Systems Architecting Engineering and Mathematics); Hai Wang, Ph.D.; Bingen Yang, Ph.D.
Faculty
Philip and Cayley MacDonald Early Career Chair: Andrea Hodge, Ph.D.
Associate Professors: Eva Kanso, Ph.D.; Denis Phares, Ph.D.; Geoffrey R. Shiflett, Ph.D.*
Northrop Chair in Engineering: Hai Wang, Ph.D.
Assistant Professors: Veronica Eliasson, Ph.D.; Andrea Hodge, Ph.D.
Arthur B. Freeman Professor of Engineering: E. Phillip Muntz, Ph.D.** (Radiology)
Associate Professor of Engineering Practice: M. Oussama Safadi, Ph.D.*
Gordon S. Marshall Professor of Engineering Technology: Roger Ghanem, Ph.D. (Civil and Environmental Engineering)
Research Associate Professor: Adam Fincham, Ph.D.
Joint Appointments: Daniel Erwin, Ph.D.* (Astronautics); Mike Gruntman, Ph.D. (Astronautics); Petros Ioannou, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering — Systems); Berok Khoshnevis, Ph.D. (Industrial and Systems Engineering); Joseph Kunc, Ph.D. (Astronautics, Physics); Stephen C-Y Lu, Ph.D. (Industrial and Systems Engineering); Sami F. Masri, Ph.D. (Civil and Environmental Engineering); Steven Nutt, Ph.D. (Materials Science); Constantinos Sioutas, Ph.D. (Civil and Environmental Engineering); Costas Synolakis, Ph.D. (Civil and Environmental Engineering); Francisco Valero-Cuevas, Ph.D. (Biomedical Engineering) William E. Leonhard Professor of Engineering Emeritus: Terence G. Langdon, Ph.D., D.Sc.** (Materials Science and Geological Sciences) Emeritus Professors: Ron Blackwelder, Ph.D.*; Fred Browand, Ph.D.; Melvin Gerstein, Ph.D.; Clarke Howatt, M.S.; S. Lampert, Ph.D.; Robert Mannes, M.S., P.E.*; Donald E. Shemansky, Ph.D. *Recipient of university-wide or school teaching award.
Smith International Professor of Mechanical Engineering: Tony Maxworthy, Ph.D.**
Research Associate: Anita Penkova, Ph.D.
**Recipient of university-wide or school research award.
Mechanical Engineering Honor Society: Pi Tau Sigma Aerospace Engineering Honor Society: Sigma Gamma Tau
Zohrab A. Kaprielian Fellow in Engineering: Eva Kanso, Ph.D.
Degree Requirements Educational Program Objectives
The undergraduate programs in Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering endeavor to prepare students to achieve the following objectives: (1) Graduates will be professionals working in engineering or in related areas such as computer science, business, law, medicine or public service, at both large- and small-scale businesses.
(2) Graduates will engage in lifelong learning, such as continuing their education through graduate school or professional development courses. (3) Graduates will make use of modern and cutting-edge tools, such as advanced computer software and state-of-the-art laboratory equipment. (4) Graduates will be both competent technical innovators and industrial leaders.
(5) Graduates will incorporate societal, ethical and environmental considerations into technical decisions. (6) Graduates will effectively communicate and work with persons and teams of diverse technical and non-technical backgrounds.
Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering
589
Aerospace Engineering Degrees Bachelor of Science in Aerospace Engineering
The requirement for this degree is 130 units. A cumulative grade point average of C (2.0) is required in all upper division courses applied towards the major, regardless of the department in which the courses are taken. See the common requirements for undergraduate degrees section, page 579. COMPOSITION/WRITING REQUIREMENT
WRIT 130 WRIT 340
Analytical Writing Advanced Writing
GENERAL EDUCATION (SEE PAGE 63)
UNITS
4 3 UNITS
AME 341aLbL Mechoptronics Laboratory I and II 3-3 AME 404 Computational Solutions to Engineering Problems 3 AME 436 Energy and Propulsion 3 AME 441aL Senior Projects Laboratory 3 AME 451 Linear Control Systems I 3 AME 481 Aircraft Design 4 Astronautics ASTE 280 Astronautics and Space Environment I MAJOR ELECTIVES
General education+ 20
AME core electives** Technical electives***
PRE-MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
Total units:
Math Requirement MATH 125 Calculus I MATH 126 Calculus II MATH 226 Calculus III MATH 245 Mathematics of Physics and Engineering I
UNITS
MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
3 6 130
4 4 4
*Satisfies GE Category III requirement.
4
***Technical electives consist of (1) any upper division course in engineering except CE 404, CE 412 and ISE 440, or (2) an upper division course in chemistry, physics or mathematics and MATH 225. No more than 3 units of 490 Directed Research course work can be used to satisfy the technical elective requirement.
Physics Requirement PHYS 151L* Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics and Thermodynamics 4 PHYS 152L Fundamentals of Physics II: Electricity and Magnetism 4 PHYS 153L Fundamentals of Physics III: Optics and Modern Physics 4 Chemistry Elective CHEM 105aL* General Chemistry, or CHEM 115aL Advanced General Chemistry, or MASC 110L Materials Science
3
**Any upper division AME courses.
+The university allows engineering majors to replace the GE Category IV with a second course in Categories I, II or VI.
Minor in Engineering Technology Commercialization
See listing in the Special Educational Opportunities section, page 581. Master of Science in Aerospace Engineering 4 UNITS
Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering AME 105 Introduction to Aerospace Engineering 4 AME 150L Introduction to Computational Methods 4 AME 201 Statics 3 AME 204 Strength of Materials 3 AME 231L Mechanical Behavior of Materials 3 AME 261 Basic Flight Mechanics 4 AME 301 Dynamics 3 AME 302 Dynamic Systems 3 AME 308 Computer-Aided Analysis for AeroMechanical Design 3 AME 309 Dynamics of Fluids 4 AME 310 Engineering Thermodynamics I 3
In addition to the general requirements listed in this catalogue, the department has identified requirements in the following areas of specialization: aerodynamics/fluid dynamics; aerospace controls; aerospace design; aerospace structures; computational fluid dynamics; hypersonics/kinetics of gases and plasmas; propulsion; and space science. Core requirements and elective requirements are defined for each area of specialization. Information on the current approved courses that comprise these core and elective requirements is available from the department.
Master of Science, Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering (Computational Fluid and Solid Mechanics)
The program prepares students for professional careers in engineering companies that develop products using computational tools of fluid and solid mechanics. The program also provides the necessary background for pursuing higher degrees, Engineer and Ph.D., in aerospace and mechanical engineering with specializations in computational fluid mechanics, computational solid mechanics and computational heat transfer. The degree course work provides a necessary background in basic aerospace and mechanical engineering disciplines (solid mechanics, fluid mechanics, heat transfer), engineering mathematics and numerical methods. The capstone project courses, AME 535b and CE 551, provide practical examples using existing numerical programs to simulate structures, heat transfer and fluid flows as well as commercial mathematical packages for analyzing data. Admission requirements follow the general admission rules for aerospace and mechanical engineering graduate programs. The program requires completion of a minimum of 27 units and a cumulative GPA of at least 3.0 for graduation. The program with thesis requires 28 units, four of which are thesis units. REQUIRED CORE COURSES (24 UNITS)
UNITS
AME 404 Computational Solutions to Engineering Problems 3 AME 509 Applied Elasticity, or CE 507 Mechanics of Solids I 3 AME 525 Engineering Analysis 3 AME 526 Engineering Analytical Methods 3 AME 530a Dynamics of Incompressible Fluids 3 AME 535a Introduction to Computational Fluid Mechanics 3 AME 535b Introduction to Computational Fluid Mechanics, or CE 551 Computer-Aided Engineering Project 3 CE 529a Finite Element Analysis 3
Selected technical electives from the following list or other electives approved by a graduate adviser: 3 units.
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
590
TECHNICAL ELECTIVES
UNITS
AME 511 Compressible Gas Dynamics 3 AME 516 Convection Processes 3 AME 590 Directed Research 1-12 AME 599 Special Topics 2-4, max 9 ASTE 545 Computational Techniques in Rarefied Gas Dynamics 3 CE 529b Finite Element Analysis 3 CE 541a Dynamics of Structures 3 CE 542 Theory of Plates 3
One core class requirement may be waived at the discretion of a graduate adviser if a student documents that he or she completed or is enrolled in an equivalent course. The waived class must be replaced by a technical elective. Credit for one course of not more
than 4 units from another accredited institution may be approved by a graduate adviser. The Master’s Thesis (4 units) may be substituted for a technical elective class (3 units). Master of Science in Product Development Engineering
See the listing under Product Development Engineering, page 679.
Engineer in Aerospace Engineering
Requirements for the Engineer in aerospace engineering are the same as the general requirements. Three to 6 of the units required for the degree must be AME 690. Prior approval must be obtained from the guidance committee before registration in AME 690. Doctor of Philosophy in Aerospace Engineering
The Doctor of Philosophy with a major in aerospace engineering is also offered. See general requirements for graduate degrees.
Master of Science in Systems Architecting and Engineering
See the listing under Systems Architecting and Engineering, page 682.
Graduate Certificate in Engineering Technology Commercialization
See listing in the Special Educational Opportunities section, page 586.
Mechanical Engineering Degrees The department offers a Bachelor of Science degree in Mechanical Engineering. Additionally, petroleum engineering exists as an emphasis within the mechanical engineering program. An area of emphasis appears in parenthesis after the primary major name on the transcript. Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering
The requirement for the degree is 128 units. A cumulative grade point average of C (2.0) is required in all upper division courses applied towards the major, regardless of the department in which the courses are taken. See the common requirements for undergraduate degrees section, page 579.
Physics Requirement PHYS 151L* Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics and Thermodynamics PHYS 152L Fundamentals of Physics II: Electricity and Magnetism PHYS 153L Fundamentals of Physics III: Optics and Modern Physics Chemistry Elective CHEM 105aL* General Chemistry, or CHEM 115aL Advanced General Chemistry, or MASC 110L Materials Science MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
COMPOSITION/WRITING REQUIREMENT
WRIT 130 Analytical Writing WRIT 340 Advanced Writing GENERAL EDUCATION (SEE PAGE 63)
UNITS
4 3 UNITS
General education+ 20 PRE-MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
Math Requirement MATH 125 Calculus I MATH 126 Calculus II MATH 226 Calculus III MATH 245 Mathematics of Physics and Engineering I
UNITS
4 4 4 4
4
4
4
AME 441aL Senior Projects Laboratory 3 AME 443L Control Systems Laboratory 3 AME 451 Linear Control Systems Analysis, or AME 420 Engineering Vibrations 3 Materials Science MASC 310 Materials Behavior and Processing 3 MAJOR ELECTIVES
4 UNITS
Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering AME 101L Introduction to Mechanical Engineering and Graphics 3 AME 150L Introduction to Computational Methods 4 AME 201 Statics 3 AME 204 Strength of Materials 3 AME 301 Dynamics 3 AME 302 Dynamic Systems 3 AME 308 Computer-Aided Analysis for Aero-Mechanical Design 3 AME 309 Dynamics of Fluids 4 AME 310 Engineering Thermodynamics I 3 AME 331 Heat Transfer 3 AME 341aLbL Mechoptronics Laboratory I and II 3-3 AME 404 Computational Solutions to Engineering Problems 3 AME 409 Senior Design Project 4
AME core electives** AME design elective*** Technical electives Total units:
UNITS
3 3 6 128
*Satisfies GE Category III requirement. **Any upper division course in AME. ***An approved AME design course (select from AME 408, AME 430, or any special topic design course). +The university allows engineering majors to replace the GE Category IV with a second course in Categories I, II or VI.
Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering Emphasis in Petroleum Engineering The requirement for the degree with an emphasis in petroleum engineering is 128 units. A cumulative GPA of 2.0 or higher is required for all upper division course work in engineering, science and mathematics. See the common requirements for undergraduate degrees section, page 579.
Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering
COMPOSITION/WRITING REQUIREMENT
WRIT 130 Analytical Writing WRIT 340 Advanced Writing GENERAL EDUCATION (SEE PAGE 63)
UNITS
4 3 UNITS
General education+ 20 PRE-MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
Math Requirement MATH 125 Calculus I MATH 126 Calculus II MATH 226 Calculus III MATH 245 Mathematics of Physics and Engineering I Physics Requirement PHYS 151L* Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics, Waves and Sounds PHYS 152L Fundamentals of Physics II: Electricity and Magnetism PHYS 153L Fundamentals of Physics III: Optics and Modern Physics Chemistry Elective CHEM 105aL* General Chemistry, or CHEM 115aL Advanced General Chemistry, or MASC 110L Materials Science MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
4 4 4 4
591
Petroleum Engineering PTE 461 Formation Evaluation 3 PTE 463L Introduction to Transport Processes in Porous Media 3 PTE 464L Petroleum Reservoir Engineering 3 PTE 465L Drilling Technology and Subsurface Methods 3 Total units:
128
*Satisfies GE Category III requirement. **Any upper division course in AME. +The university allows engineering majors to replace the GE Category IV with a second course in Categories I, II or VI.
4
4
4
4 UNITS
Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering AME 101L Introduction to Mechanical Engineering and Graphics 3 AME 150L Introduction to Computational Methods in Mechanical Engineering 4 AME 201 Statics 3 AME 204 Strength of Materials 3 AME 301 Dynamics 3 AME 302 Dynamic Systems 3 AME 308 Computer-Aided Analysis for AeroMechanical Design 3 AME 309 Dynamics of Fluids 4 AME 310 Engineering Thermodynamics I 3 AME 331 Heat Transfer 3 AME 341aLbL Mechoptronics Laboratory I and II 3-3 AME 404 Computational Solutions to Engineering Problems 3 AME 408 Computer-Aided Design of Mechanical Systems 3 AME 409 Senior Design Project 4 AME 441aL Senior Projects Laboratory 3 AME 443L Control Systems Laboratory 3 AME 451 Linear Control Systems I 3
Minor in Music Recording
A minor in music recording is offered through the Thornton School of Music to provide undergraduate students with the background necessary to enter the field of recording engineering and to familiarize them with the design needs of modern recording equipment. The minor is recommended to mechanical engineering majors with extensive musical training who would like to combine their technical and musical abilities while learning the engineering applications of physical and mathematical principles to the art of music recording. See the listing under the USC Thornton School of Music, page 817. Master of Science in Mechanical Engineering
Requirements for the Master of Science in mechanical engineering are the same as set forth in the general requirements. Six of the required units must be in AME 525 and AME 526 or courses in engineering analysis approved in advance in writing by the Department of Mechanical Engineering. The specific sequence of courses that constitutes an acceptable program must be approved in advance. Requirements for Graduation Without Thesis, 27 units total with 3.0 GPA: AME 525 and AME 526 or approved mathematics (6); 500 level courses in major department (12); approved 400 or 500 level courses (9). With Thesis, 27 units total with 3.0 GPA: AME 525 and AME 526 or approved mathematics (6); 500 or 600 level courses in major department (12) not including thesis; maximum AME 594ab — thesis (4); approved 400 or 500 level units (5) (a maximum total of 8 units combining AME 590 and AME 594ab).
Recommended Programs of Study The program of study depends upon the student’s interest and background. During the first semester at USC, students must consult with a departmental faculty adviser in the area of concentration and draw up a plan of study, which must be approved by the adviser. Besides the common requirements, listed below are several areas in mechanical engineering with specific courses identified as core and core electives. Groups of courses in other combinations and from other departments within the university may be approved if a particular coordinated interest can be demonstrated. In some instances students whose background is not in mechanical engineering may be required to take additional course work. Common Requirements Engineering Analysis (6 units): AME 525, AME 526 Engineering electives (3-6 units): Approved 400-, 500- or 600-level courses Engineering Design Core courses (9 units): AME 503, AME 505, AME 509 Core electives (6 units): Two courses from AME 404, AME 527, AME 541, ASTE 520, ASTE 523, CE 529, SAE 549 Thermal and Fluid Sciences Core courses (12 units): Four courses from one of the selected areas: Combustion: AME 436, AME 513, AME 514, AME 530a Fluid Dynamics: AME 457, AME 511, AME 530a, AME 535a Heat Transfer: AME 457, AME 515, AME 516, AME 517 Core electives (6 units): Take two courses from the following list, not duplicating the above selection: AME 436, AME 457, AME 511, AME 513, AME 514, AME 515, AME 516, AME 517, AME 530a, AME 533, AME 535a, AME 535b, AME 537 Mechanics and Materials Core courses (12 units): AME 509, AME 559, AME 560, AME 584 Core elective (3 units): One of AME 542, AME 588, CE 529a Microelectromechanical Systems (MEMS) Core courses (12 units): AME 455, AME 537, BME 551, EE 607 Core elective (3 units): One of AME 535a, ASTE 501a, ASTE 545
592
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
Dynamics and Control Students interested in this area may follow the M.S., Aerospace and Mechanical Engi neering (Dynamics and Control) described below.
AME 516 Convection Processes 3 AME 517 Radiation Heat Transfer 3 AME 530a Dynamics of Incompressible Fluids 3 AME 530b Dynamics of Incompressible Fluids 3 AME 533 Multi-Phase Flows 3 AME 535a Introduction to Computational Fluid Mechanics 3 AME 577 Survey of Energy and Power for a Sustainable Future 3 AME 578 Modern Alternative Energy Conversion Devices 3 CHE 502 Numerical Methods for Diffusive and Convective Transport 3 EE 526 Renewable Energy in Power Systems 3 ENE 516 Hazardous Waste Management 3
Master of Science in Mechanical Engineering (Nuclear Power)
The program offers the degree of Master of Science in mechanical engineering with specialization in nuclear power. It is structured so that students who have all the prerequisites can complete the entire program through distance education. It is intended for students with an undergraduate degree in engineering. However, students with a physics and/or chemistry background can be accommodated with the completion of certain prerequisites. Courses FUNDAMENTAL UNITS
AME 525 Engineering Analysis 3 AME 526 Engineering Analytical Methods 3 CORE
AME 534 Nuclear ThermalHydraulics 3 AME 581 Introduction to Nuclear Engineering 3 AME 582 Nuclear Reactor Physics 3 AME 583 Effects of Radiation on Health 3 CE 571 Nuclear Safety and Security: Human Performance and Safety Culture 3 ELECTIVES — CHOOSE 6 UNITS
AME 457 Engineering Fluid Dynamics 3 AME 515 Advanced Problems in Heat Conduction 3
Total units:
27
Master of Science in Mechanical Engineering (Energy Conversion)
See Sustainable Infrastructure Systems, page 680.
The program equips students to apply their knowledge to a variety of complex systems encountered in nature and society, especially those in civil, mechanical and aerospace engineering and applied mechanics. Students will be given advisement in the first semester of their study. In addition to AME 525 and AME 526, students are required to take the following core courses: AME 521, AME 522, AME 524, AME 541, AME 552. Elective courses can be chosen in areas of specific interest to the student such as orbital dynamics, spacecraft control, aircraft dynamics and control, chaos and chaotic d ynamics, random vibrations, computer control of mechanical systems and robotics. The program provides the graduate student with a broad, well-rounded, advanced education that can be applied to many specific, technologically advanced fields in which dynamics and control play a pivotal role. Master of Science in Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering (Computational Fluid and Solid Mechanics)
See listing under Aerospace Engineering Degrees, page 589. Engineer in Mechanical Engineering
Master of Science in Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering (Dynamics and Control)
The Master of Science with emphasis in dynamics and control educates and trains multidisciplinary professionals in the modeling, analysis, simulation and control of complex time-evolutionary systems. It is a program of study that encompasses advanced analytical dynamics, nonlinear dynamical systems, linear and nonlinear dynamics and vibrations, and linear and nonlinear control.
Requirements for the Engineer in Mechan ical Engineering degree are the same as set forth in the general requirements. Six of the units required for the degree must be AME 690. Prior approval must be obtained from the committee before registration in AME 690. Doctor of Philosophy in Mechanical Engineering
The Doctor of Philosophy in m echanical engineering is also offered. See general requirements for graduate degrees.
Courses of Instruction AME 105 Introduction to Aerospace Engineering (4, Fa) Gateway to the Aerospace
AME 201 Statics (3, FaSp) Analysis of forces
The terms indicated are expected but are not guaranteed. For the courses offered during any given term, consult the Schedule of Classes.
Engineering major. Introduction to flight vehicle performance and propulsion. Elements of the physics of gases. Laboratory: computers and graphics; model rocket and glider test flights.
AME 101L Introduction to Mechanical Engineering and Graphics (3, Fa) Gateway to
AME 150L Introduction to Computational Methods (4, Sp) Computer programming;
AME 204 Strength of Materials (3, FaSp)
A E R O S PA C E A N D M E C H A N I C A L ENGINEERING (AME)
the bachelor of science degree in mechanical engineering. Introduction to mechanical engineering disciplines and practice; graphical communication and layout of machine parts; introduction to computer-aided drafting and drawing.
organization of problems for computational solution; introduction to software for computation and graphics; applications to engineering problems. Corequisite: MATH 125.
acting on particles and rigid bodies in static equilibrium; equivalent systems of forces; friction; centroids and moments of inertia; introduction to energy methods. Prerequisite: MATH 125; recommended preparation: AME 101, PHYS 151L.
Stress, strain and deflection of mechanical elements due to tension, shear, bending, or torsion; combined loads; energy methods, statically indeterminate structures; strengthbased design. Prerequisite: AME 201 or CE 205.
Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering
AME 222 Fundamentals of Audio Engineering (3, Fa) (Enroll in EE 222) AME 231L Mechanical Behavior of Materials (3, Sp) Material properties of metals, ceram-
ics, and composites; stress-strain relationships; microstructural characteristics; fracture, fatigue, and creep; effects of processing. Corequisite: AME 204. AME 261 Basic Flight Mechanics (4, Sp) erformance of flight vehicles; maximum P
speed, rate-of-climb, range, and endurance; basic stability and control, weight, and balance; computer exercises. Recommended preparation: AME 150L. AME 291 Undergraduate Design Projects I (1, max 4, FaSp) Analysis, design, fabrication,
and evaluation of devices intended for entry in local and national design competitions. Intended for lower division students or those with little prior project experience. Graded CR/NC. AME 301 Dynamics (3, FaSp) 2-D and 3-D
kinematics and dynamics of particles and rigid bodies; systems of particles and rigid bodies; coupled rigid bodies; introduction to vibrations. Prerequisite: AME 201 or CE 205; recommended preparation: PHYS 151L. AME 302 Dynamic Systems (3, Fa) Modeling
of lumped parameter elements and systems; free and forced response of first and second order systems; design oriented approach to dynamic systems. Corequisite: MATH 245; AME 309 or CE 309; AME 301 or CE 325. AME 303 Dynamics of Machinery (3, Sp)
Kinematics and dynamics of machines; balancing of rotating and reciprocating machinery; gyroscopic effects; critical speeds; energy variation in machinery; introduction to mechanism design. Prerequisite: AME 301 or CE 325. AME 305 Mechanical Design (3, Fa) Design
and analysis of mechanical elements including shafts, bearings, springs, screws, belts and gears; strength, fatigue and deflection considerations in machine design. Prerequisite: AME 204 or CE 225. AME 308 Computer-Aided Analysis for Aero-Mechanical Design (3, FaSp) Introduc-
tion to the finite element method; practical application of computer analysis tools for structural Analysis and design. Recommended preparation: MATH 245.
AME 309 Dynamics of Fluids (4, FaSp)
Fluid statics; conservation of mass, momentum, and energy in integral and differential form; applications. Laminar and turbulent pipe flow; compressible flow; potential flow over bodies. Recommended preparation: AME 310. AME 310 Engineering Thermodynamics I (3, FaSp) Fundamental laws of thermo
dynamics applied to actual and perfect gases and vapors; energy concepts, processes, and applications. Prerequisite: MATH 226; recommended preparation: PHYS 151L, high-level programming language.
593
AME 408 Computer-Aided Design of Mechanical Systems (3, FaSp) Design of
mechanical systems using advanced graphics techniques; computer-aided drafting, design optimization, elements of computer graphics, solids modeling; introduction to computeraided manufacturing. AME 409 Senior Design Project (4, Sp)
Modeling, analysis, integration, layout and performance analysis of a mechanical system to meet specified design requirements. Prerequisite: senior standing. AME 410 Engineering Design Theory and Methodology (3, Fa) Product planning and
AME 312 Engineering Thermodynamics II (3, Sp) Application of thermodynamic
task clarification, voice of customers, quality function deployment, conceptual and embodiment design, axiomatic theory of design, product quality and manufacturability, design decision-making. Junior standing. Recommended preparation: AME 305.
AME 331 Heat Transfer (3, Sp) General prin-
AME 412 Molecular Theory of Gases (3, Irregular) Molecular structure; intermolecu-
principles to fluid flow, power cycles, and refrigeration. Prerequisite: AME 310; recommended preparation: high-level programming language. ciples underlying heat transfer by conduction, convection, and radiation; steady flow and transient flow. Prerequisite: AME 310; corequisite: AME 309 or CE 309.
lar potentials; molecular processes in gases; molecular interpretation of concepts of classical thermodynamics; radiative transport phenomena in gases. Prerequisite: AME 310.
AME 341abL Mechoptronics Laboratory I and II (3-3, FaSp) A coordinated laboratory
AME 420 Engineering Vibrations I (3, Fa)
and lecture sequence on aeromechanical instrumentation and device control stressing the symbiotic integration of mechanical, optical and electronic components. Prerequisite: PHYS 152L, MATH 126.
Theory of free and forced vibrations with and without damping; systems of single and multiple degrees of freedom; iteration; methods; vibration isolation; instrumentation. Prerequisite: MATH 245.
AME 353 Aerospace Structures I (3, Irregular) Shear and bending in symmetrical and
AME 423L Loudspeaker and Sound-System Design (3, Sp) (Enroll in EE 423L)
unsymmetrical sections; torsion, column, and thin sheet analysis and design, including plastic failures and open section crippling. AME 390 Special Problems (1-4) Supervised,
individual studies. No more than one registration permitted. Enrollment by petition only. AME 403 Stress Analysis (3, Sp) Theories
of failure, shear center, unsymmetrical bending, curved beams, torsion of non-circular sections; cylinders, rotating discs, thermal stresses, inelastic strains, energy methods. Prerequisite: AME 204. AME 404 Computational Solutions to Engineering Problems (3, Fa) Mathematical
aspects of the solutions to typical advanced mechanical engineering problems. Modeling, simulation, computational aspects, computer solutions, and computational tools. Recommended preparation: FORTRAN, MATLAB and Maple.
AME 428 Mechanics of Materials (3) (Enroll
in CE 428)
AME 430 Thermal Systems Design (3, Fa)
Design methodology for thermal systems; boilers, condensers, air conditioning systems, power plants and other systems with thermal energy interaction. Recommended preparation: AME 312 and AME 331. AME 436 Energy and Propulsion (3, Fa)
Performance and analysis of reciprocating, jet, rocket engines, and hybrid systems. Characteristics of inlets, compressors, combustors, turbines, nozzles and engine systems. Energy and environmental problems. Prerequisite: AME 310; AME 309 or CE 309. AME 441abL Senior Projects Laboratory (3-3, FaSp) Individual engineering projects
designed and constructed to model and test a physical principle or system. Prerequisite: AME 341bL.
594
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
AME 443 Control Systems Laboratory (3, Sp) Vibration measurement and analysis;
AME 465L Drilling Technology and Sub surface Methods (3) (Enroll in PTE 465L)
simulation, design, and experimental verification of mechanical control systems; identification of system parameters, implementation of controllers, verification of closed-loop performance via experimentation and stimulation. (Duplicates credit in former AME 442bL.) Prerequisite: AME 420 or AME 451 or EE 482. AME 451 Linear Control Systems I (3, FaSp)
Transform methods, block diagrams; transfer functions; stability; root-locus and frequency domain analysis and design; state space and multiloop systems. Prerequisite: MATH 245. AME 453 Engineering Dynamics (3, Sp)
Principles of dynamics applied to mechanical and aerospace problems. Introduction to gyroscopic motion and rigid body dynamics. Prerequisite: MATH 245. AME 455 Introduction to MEMS (3, Sp) Intro-
duction to micro-electro-opto-mechanical systems; scaling effects on material properties, fluid flows, dynamical behavior; fabrication methods; design considerations for MEMS sensors and actuators. Recommended preparation: AME 301, AME 309 and AME 310. AME 457 Engineering Fluid Dynamics (3, Fa)
Laminar and turbulent boundary layer flow with and without heat transfer; boundary layer separation, stability, transition and control; introduction to compressible fluid flow. Prerequisite: AME 310; AME 309 or CE 309. AME 458 Theory of Structures II (3) (Enroll
in CE 458)
AME 459 Flight Mechanics (3, Fa) Applica-
tions of basic aerodynamics to aircraft and missile performance, power and thrust, stability and control, compressibility effects. Recommended preparation: AME 309. AME 460 Aerodynamic Theory (3) Basic
relations describing the inviscid flow field about bodies and wings moving at subsonic and supersonic speeds. Prerequisite: AME 309. AME 461 Formation Evaluation (3) (Enroll
in PTE 461)
AME 462 Economic, Risk and Formation Productivity Analysis (4) (Enroll in PTE 462) AME 463L Introduction to Transport Processing in Porous Media (3) (Enroll in
PTE 463L)
AME 464L Petroleum Reservoir Engineering (3) (Enroll in PTE 464L)
AME 466 High-Speed Aerodynamics (3)
Transonic and supersonic aerodynamics; application to high-speed airplanes. Prerequisite: AME 460.
AME 510 Introduction to Continuum Mechanics (3, Irregular) Theories of con-
tinuous media such as linear and nonlinear theories of elasticities, theories of ideal, compressible and viscous fluids. Prerequisite: AME 525, AME 526. AME 511 Compressible Gas Dynamics (3, Sp)
AME 477 Solar System Exploration (3, Irregular) Overview of current knowledge of
solar system heliosphere, with emphasis on atmospheric and magnetospheric structure, including experimental methods of observation. Prerequisite: MATH 245.
Thermodynamics, kinetic theory, compressible flow equations, shock and expansion waves, similarity, shock-expansion techniques and linearized flow applied to bodies, characteristics, theory of boundary layers. AME 513 Principles of Combustion (3, Fa)
AME 481 Aircraft Design (4, Sp) Aircraft
design and analysis, design requirements and specifications; integration of structure, propulsion, control system, and aerodynamic configuration; performance analysis and prediction. Recommended preparation: AME 309, AME 353. AME 490x Directed Research (2-8, max 8)
Individual research and readings. Not available for graduate credit. AME 491 Undergraduate Design Projects II (1, max 4, FaSp) Analysis, design, fabrica-
tion, and evaluation of devices intended for entry in local and national design competitions. Intended for students with prior project experience. Upper division standing. Graded CR/NC. AME 499 Special Topics (2-4, max 8) Course
content to be selected each semester from recent developments in mechanical engineering and related fields. AME 503 Advanced Mechanical Design (3, Fa) Specific problems and methods of
analysis in mechanical systems design.
AME 504 Metallurgical Design (3, Irregular)
Relationship between metallurgical and environmental factors and the behavior of materials. Prerequisite: AME 303. AME 505 Engineering Information Modeling (3, Sp) Symbolic and object-oriented
modeling, product and process modeling for design and manufacturing, information models for computer integrated and collaborative engineering, information modeling for lifecycle engineering. AME 507 Mechanics of Solids I (3) (Enroll
in CE 507)
AME 509 Applied Elasticity (3, Sp) Con-
densed treatment dealing with engineering applications of the principles of e lasticity, using the theories of elasticity, elastic stability, and plates and shells. Prerequisite: AME 403.
Thermochemistry, equilibrium, chemical kinetics, flame temperature, flame velocity, flame stability, diffusion flames spray combustion, detonation. Equations of motion including reaction, heat transfer, and diffusion. AME 514 Applications of Combustion and Reacting Flows (3, Sp) Advanced topics and
modern developments in combustion and reacting flows including ignition and extinction, pollutant formation, microscale and microgravity combustion, turbulent combustion and hypersonic propulsion. Recommended preparation: AME 513. AME 515 Advanced Problems in Heat Conduction (3, Sp) Review of analytical
methods in heat conduction; moving boundaries melting and freezing; sources and sinks, anisotropic and composite media; numerical methods for steady and unsteady problems. Recommended preparation: AME 331, AME 526. AME 516 Convection Processes (3, Sp)
Analysis of isothermal and nonisothermal boundary layers. Exact and approximate solutions of laminar and turbulent flows. Variableproperty and high-speed effects; dimensional analysis. Prerequisite: AME 457; recommended preparation: AME 526, AME 331. AME 517 Radiation Heat Transfer (3, Fa)
Radiation properties; black body radiation; shape factors of radiation network analogy and solar radiation. Prerequisite: AME 331; corequisite: AME 525 or AME 526. AME 521 Engineering Vibrations II (3, Fa)
Multi-degree of freedom systems; modal analysis. Rayleigh’s quotient. C ontinuous systems; modal analysis. Beams, rods, membranes. Colocations, Galerkin, Rayleigh Ritz methods; finite elements. Prerequisite: AME 420. AME 522 Nonlinear Dynamical Systems, Vibrations, and Chaos (3, Fa) Lagrange
e quations; nonlinear maps and differential equations; fixed points; periodic motion; qualitative/quantitative and local/global analysis; higher order systems; stability; bifurcations; chaos; fractals. Recommended preparation: AME 420, AME 524, AME 525.
Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering
AME 523 Random Vibrations (3, Irregular) Random processes, ergodic theory. Ito
calculus. Linear systems under stationary and nonstationary excitations. FokkerPlanck equations. Failure analysis and first passage problems. Prerequisite: AME 420, basic probability (or MATH 407), AME 451 recommended. AME 524 Advanced Engineering Dynamics (3, Fa) Principle of virtual work, constraints,
Lagrange’s equations, Gibbs-Appell equations, Gauss’s Principle, Theory of Rotations, dynamics of rigid bodies, Hamiltonian mechanics, Hamilton-Jacobi equation. Recommended preparation: AME 521, AME 525. AME 525 Engineering Analysis (3, FaSpSm)
Typical engineering problems discussed on a physical basis. Vector analysis; functions of complex variables, infinite series, residues. AME 526 Engineering Analytical Methods (3, FaSpSm) Typical engineering problems
discussed on a physical basis. Fourier series; Fourier integrals; Laplace transform; partial differential equations; Bessel function. AME 527 Elements of Vehicle and Energy Systems Design (3, Irregular) Design syn-
thesis of aero/hydro/mechanical systems; techniques of design; conceptual thinking; problem definition, configurational development, analytic engineering approximation, oral briefings and group problem solving. Graduate standing. AME 528 Elements of Composite Structure Design (3, Irregular) Compliance, strength,
endurance properties of advanced composites are developed, including semi-monocoque structure, beams, plates, panels. Applications of theory to optimal design of components and systems. Graduate standing or departmental approval required. AME 529 Aircraft Structures Analysis (3, Sp)
The direct stiffness (finite element) method for analysis of semimonocoque structures; energy methods; elasticity, plates and shells, vibration, and stability; system identification. AME 530ab Dynamics of Incompressible Fluids (3-3, FaSp) A unified discussion of
low-speed fluid mechanics including exact solutions; approximation techniques for low and high Reynolds numbers; inviscid flows; surface waves; dynamic stability; turbulence. AME 532ab Flight Vehicle Stability and Control (3-3, FaSp) Response of flight to lin-
ear, nonlinear, and randomly defined disturbances. Generation and measurement of error signals in navigational systems. Stability and control techniques. Recommended preparation: AME 459.
AME 533 Multi-Phase Flows (3, Sp) Physics
of the interaction between phases, empirical and analytical methods of solution to relevant technological problems. Prerequisite: AME 457. AME 534 Nuclear Thermal-Hydraulics (3, Fa)
Thermal-fluid phenomena for nuclear power stations. Heat generation by nuclear reactions, conduction in fuel rods, and transport of generated heat by convection, boiling, and condensation. Open only to master’s and doctoral students. Prerequisite: AME 457 or AME 530a; and AME 526 and AME 581; recommended preparation: undergraduate degree in engineering. AME 535ab Introduction to Computational Fluid Mechanics (3-3, FaSp) a: Convergence,
consistency, stability: finite difference, finite element, and spectral methods; direct and iterative procedures for steady problems; linear diffusion and advection problems; nonlinear advection problems. Recommended preparation: AME 525. b: Generalized curvilinear coordinates; grid generation; numerical techniques for transonic and supersonic inviscid flows; boundary layer flows; reduced Navier-Stokes equations; compressible and incompressible viscous flows. Recommended preparation: AME 511 or AME 530a, AME 535a. AME 537 Microfluidics (3, Fa) Introduction
to fluid dynamics in the microscale. S caling parameters, dynamic, thermodynamic, electro osmotic and electrochemical forces. Flow in microdevices, external flow measurement and control, microvalves and micropumps. Limited to students with graduate standing. Recommended preparation: AME 309, MATH 445. AME 539 Multi-body Dynamics (3, Sp) inematics and kinetics of rigid body motion, K
quaternions; elastic vibrations of continua; geometric and material nonlinearities; Galerkin methods; meshless finite elements; complex dynamical systems; computational methods. AME 541 Linear Control Systems II (3, Fa)
State space representation, linearization, solution of state equations; controllability and observability; state feedback, state observers; optimal control; output feedback. Prerequisite: AME 451. AME 542 Theory of Plates (3) (Enroll in
CE 542)
AME 543 Stability of Structures (3) (Enroll
in CE 543)
595
AME 544 Computer Control of Mechanical Systems (3, Sp) Computer control as applied
to machine tools, mechanical manipulators, and other mechanical machinery; discrete time controller design; microprocessor implementation of motion and force control servos. Prerequisite: AME 451. AME 545 Modeling and Control of Distributed Dynamic Systems (3, Sp) Modeling
and analysis of complex flexible mechanical systems; distributed transfer function synthesis; frequency-domain control methods; smart structure design; applications in vibration and noise control. Prerequisite: AME 521 and AME 541. AME 548 Analytical Methods in Robotics (3, Irregular) Homogeneous transformations;
formal description of robot manipulators; kinematic equations and their solution; differential relationships; dynamics; control; static forces; compliance. Prerequisite: EE 545; EE 482 or AME 451; knowledge of linear algebra. AME 549 Systems Architecting (3, FaSm)
(Enroll in SAE 549) AME 550ab Seminar in Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering (1-1, FaSp) Recent
developments and research in aerospace and mechanical engineering and related fields. Oral and written reports. Graded CR/NC. Open only to AME graduate students. AME 551 Mechanical Behavior of Engineering Materials (3) (Enroll in MASC 551) AME 552 Nonlinear Control Systems (3, Sp)
Phase plane, describing functions, applications to mechanical and aerospace systems. Lyapunov direct and indirect methods, applications; Popov circle criteria applications. Prerequisite: AME 541. AME 553abL Digital Control Systems (3-1)
(Enroll in EE 543abL) AME 559 Creep (3, Fa) Behavior of engi-
neering materials at elevated temperatures; thermal stresses; creep mechanisms; interpretation of creep data; methods of predicting long-term strains. AME 560 Fatigue and Fracture (3, Sp)
Behavior of materials under cyclic and static fatigue; plastic instability; life-time predictions; brittle and ductile fracture; crack propagation and plastic blunting. AME 561 Dislocation Theory and Applications (3) (Enroll in MASC 561) AME 567 Collaborative Engineering Principles and Practice (3, Sp) (Enroll in ISE 567)
596
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
AME 572L Experimental Engineering Projects (3) Experimental methods appropriate to
AME 582 Nuclear Reactor Physics (3, Sp)
of aerosol formation and evolution, aerosol effects on health and climate, and the principles of aerosol measurement. Open only to master’s and doctoral students.
Neutron-induced fission chain reactions, reactor criticality. Neutron transport and diffusion in nuclear reactors. Mathematical/ computational foundation for diffusion theory and transport calculations for fission reactor design/analysis. Open only to master’s and doctoral students. Prerequisite: AME 526 and AME 581; recommended preparation: undergraduate degree in engineering and PHYS 153L.
AME 575 Advanced Engineering Analysis (3, Fa) Solution of engineering problems by
AME 583 Effects of Radiation on Health (3, Sp) Nuclear physics relevant to human
engineering research, emphasizing interdisciplinary investigations. Individual projects. AME 573: Aerosol Physics and Chemistry (3, Sp) Examination of the fundamentals
methods of calculus variations, integral equations, asymptotic expansions. Prerequisite: CE 525ab or AME 525 and AME 526. AME 576 Advanced Engineering Analytical Methods (3, Sp) Solution of engineering
problems by methods of linear and nonlinear partial differential equations of first and second order; perturbations. Prerequisite: CE 525ab or AME 525 and AME 526.
AME 577 Survey of Energy and Power for a Sustainable Future (3, Fa) Power production
includes conventional fossil fuels, synthetic fuels, hydroelectric, solar, wind, geothermal, biomass, and nuclear. The environmental consequences of various energy sources are discussed. Open only to graduate students and AME seniors. Recommended preparation: B.S. in Aerospace Engineering, Mechanical Engineering or Physics. AME 578 Modern Alternative Energy Conversion Devices (3, Sp) Alternative
energy/power conversion including fuel cells, photovoltaic, batteries, and biologically inspired energy processes; biomass conversion and utilization; Environmental implications of alternative energy processes. Open only to graduate students and AME seniors. Recommended preparation: B.S. in Aerospace Engineer, Mechanical Engineering or Physics. AME 579 Combustion Chemistry and Physics (3, Sp) Thermodynamics of combustion
processes. Reaction mechanisms of hydrocarbon combustion. Pollutant formation. Theories and application of thermochemical kinetics and reaction rate theories. Transport in reacting flows.
AME 581 Introduction to Nuclear Engineering (3, Fa) Review of basic nuclear physics,
binding energy, reactor kinetics, thermal transport in reactor systems, radioactivity, shielding, reactor safety and health effects of radiation, risk assessment. Open only to graduate students. Recommended preparation: Undergraduate degree in engineering; AME 310, MATH 245, PHYS 153L.
health. Biological effects of radiation, quantification and measurement of different types of radiation affecting living tissue, radiation protection, nuclear accidents. Open only to master’s and doctoral students. Prerequisite: AME 526 and AME 581; recommended preparation: undergraduate degree in engineering and PHYS 153L. AME 584 Fracture Mechanics and Mechanisms (3, Fa) Failure modes, stress concentra-
tions, complex stress analysis, linear elastic fracture mechanics, yielding fracture mechanics, experimental methods, environmental assisted fracture and fatigue. Prerequisite: AME 403.
AME 587 Gas-Surface Processes (3, Irregular) Examination of the basic physical chem-
istry of the interaction of photons and low density gas phase particles with solid-state materials. Recommended preparation: ASTE 535, AME 486.
AME 588 Materials Selection (3, Sp) Mate
rials selection in relationship to design and fabrication, economic considerations, methodology of selection, performance parameter; case studies. AME 590 Directed Research (1-12) Research
leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC.
AME 594abz Master’s Thesis (2-2-0) Credit
on acceptance of thesis. Graded IP/CR/NC.
AME 599 Special Topics (2-4, max 9) Course
content will be selected each semester to reflect current trends and developments in the field of mechanical engineering.
AME 620 Aero and Hydrodynamic Wave Theory (3) Linear and nonlinear wave motion
in fluids: group velocity, dispersion, wave action, wave patterns, evolution equations, solitons and solitary waves, resonance phenomena. Recommended preparation: AME 526 and CE 309.
AME 621 Stability of Fluids (3) Linear
and nonlinear stability analysis applied to free shear layers, boundary layers and jets; Rayleigh-Benard convective instabilities and centrifugal instability of rotating flows. Recommended preparation: AME 530b. AME 623 Dynamics of Stratified and Rotating Flows (3) Fluid motions in which den-
sity gradients and/or rotation are important, including internal wave motions with rotation, flow past obstacles, viscous effects, singular perturbations. Recommended preparation: AME 530b. AME 624 The Fluid Dynamics of Natural Phenomena (3) Application of the basic con
cepts of rotating, stratified fluid motion to problems in meteorology, oceanography, geophysics and astrophysics. AME 626 Singular Perturbation Methods (3) Asymptotic series, W.K.B. approximation,
method of steepest descent, stationary phase; matched asymptotic expansions and method of multiple scales applied to ordinary and partial differential equations. Recommended preparation: AME 526. AME 630 Transition to Chaos in Dynamical Systems (3) Bifurcation theory and universal
routes to chaos in deterministic systems; application to maps and differential flows; characterization of strange attractors. Recommended preparation: AME 526.
AME 640 Advanced Theory of Elasticity (3)
(Enroll in CE 640) AME 645 Uncertainty Modeling and Stochastic Organization (3) (Enroll in
CE 645)
AME 647 Multiscale Methods in Mechanics (3) (Enroll in CE 647) AME 651 Statistical Theories of Turbulence (3) Stationary stochastic processes. Isotropic
turbulence; governing equations for the velocity correlation and spectrum functions. Turbulent diffusion. Scalar fluctuations in a turbulent field. Recommended preparation: AME 530b. AME 652 Turbulent Shear Flows (3) Free
shear layers. Turbulent flows in pipes and channels. Turbulent boundary layers. Effects of compressibility. Sound radiation by turbulence. Recommended preparation: AME 530b.
Applied Mechanics
AME 690 Directed Research (1-4, max 8)
Laboratory study of specific problems by candidates for the degree Engineer in Mechanical Engineering. Graded CR/NC.
597
AME 790 Research (1-12) Research leading
to the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC.
AME 794abcdz Doctoral Dissertation (2-2-2-2-0) Credit on acceptance of disserta-
tion. Graded IP/CR/NC.
AME 694abz Thesis (2-2-0) Required for the
degree Engineer in Aerospace Engineering. Credit on acceptance of thesis. Graded IP/CR/NC.
Applied Mechanics Kaprielian Hall 210 (213) 740-0603 FAX: (213) 744-1426 Email: ceedept@usc.edu usc.edu/cee Bachelor of Science in Applied Mechanics
The requirement for this degree is 128 units. A cumulative grade point average of C (2.0) is required in all upper division courses applied towards the major, regardless of the department in which the courses are taken. This program is administered by the staff of the Departments of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering and Civil Engineer足ing. Students may register in either of these two departments and still qualify for this degree. See common requirements for undergraduate degrees section, page 569. COMPOSITION/WRITING REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
WRIT 140* Writing and Critical Reasoning 4 WRIT 340 Advanced Writing 4 GENERAL EDUCATION (SEE PAGE 63)
8 UNITS
General education* + 24 PRE-MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
Math Requirement MATH 125 Calculus I MATH 126 Calculus II MATH 226 Calculus III MATH 245 Mathematics of Physics and Engineering I MATH 445 Mathematics of Physics and Engineering II
UNITS
4 4 4 4 4
Physics Requirement PHYS 151L Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics and Thermodynamics PHYS 152 Fundamentals of Physics II: Electricity and Magnetism PHYS 153L Fundamentals of Physics III: Optics and Modern Physics
MAJOR ELECTIVES
4
4
128
**The choice of free electives in the fourth year requires approval of the administering department.
4 36 UNITS
Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering AME 310 Engineering Thermodynamics I 3 AME 341a Mechoptronics Laboratory I 3 AME 441aL Senior Projects Laboratory 3 2 3 3 3
Electrical Engineering EE 326L Essentials of Electrical Engineering 4
4
*GE Category VI and WRIT 140 are taken concurrently.
Civil Engineering CE 205 Statics CE 225 Mechanics of Deformable Bodies CE 309 Fluid Mechanics CE 325 Dynamics
Total units:
4 28
4
Chemistry Elective CHEM 105aL General Chemistry
MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
Free electives** Technical electives Approved electives in computer programming
24
+The university allows engineering majors to replace the GE Category IV with a second course in Categories I, II or VI.
598
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
Astronautical Engineering Robert Glenn Rapp Engineering Research Building (RRB) 228 (213) 821-5817 FAX: (213) 821-5819 Email: aste@usc.edu astronautics.usc.edu Chair: Daniel A. Erwin, Ph.D.* Faculty
IBM Chair in Engineering Management: F. Stan Settles, Ph.D Professors: Daniel A. Erwin, Ph.D.* (Aerospace Engineering); Mike Gruntman, Ph.D.
(Aerospace Engineering, Systems Architecting Engineering); Darrell L. Judge, Ph.D. (Physics and Astronomy); Joseph A. Kunc, Ph.D. (Physics and Astronomy, Aerospace Engineering, Systems Architecting Engineering)
Research Professor: Herbert Schorr, Ph.D. (Computer Science)
Associate Professor: Joseph Wang, Ph.D.
*Recipient of university-wide or school teaching award.
Research Associate Professor: Sergey Gimelshein, Ph.D.
Adjunct Professors: Robert Brodsky, Ph.D.; Gerald Hintz, Ph.D.; James Wertz, Ph.D.
Aerospace Engineering Honor Society: Sigma Gamma Tau
Adjunct Associate Professor: Michael Kezirian, Ph.D.
Degree Requirements Educational Program Objectives
The Bachelor of Science degree program in Astronautical Engineering has the following objectives: (1) Graduates will apply technical skills in mathematics, science and engineering to solve complex problems of modern astronautical engineering practice. (2) Graduates will use advanced tools and techniques of engineering, and will innovate to advance the state of the art when needed. (3) Graduates will design and build complex engineering systems according to specifications and subject to technical as well as economic constraints. (4) Graduates will communicate with skill as members and leaders of multidisciplinary teams. (5) Graduates will make engineering decisions using high professional and ethical standards, taking into account their global, environmental and societal context.
Bachelor of Science in Astronautical Engineering
The Bachelor of Science in Astronautical Engineering prepares students for engineering careers in the space industry, for research and development in industry and government centers and laboratories, and for graduate study. The program combines a core in the fundamentals of engineering, specialized work in astronautics and space technology, and technical electives to broaden and/or deepen the course work. The requirement for this degree is 128 units. A cumulative grade point average of C (2.0) is required in all upper division courses applied towards the major, regardless of the department in which the courses are taken. See also the common requirements for undergraduate engineering degrees section, page 569. COMPOSITION/WRITING REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
WRIT 130 Analytical Writing WRIT 340 Advanced Writing
4 4
8
GENERAL EDUCATION (SEE PAGE 63)
(6) Graduates will learn continuously throughout their careers in order to adapt to new knowledge and discoveries and to meet future challenges.
REQUIRED LOWER DIVISION COURSES
UNITS
General education* + 20
UNITS
AME 150L Introduction to Computational Methods 4 AME 201 Statics 3 AME 204 Strength of Materials 3 ASTE 101L Introduction to Astronautics 4 ASTE 280 Astronautics and Space Environment I 3 CHEM 105aL General Chemistry, or CHEM 115aL Advanced General Chemistry, or MASC 110L Materials Science 4 MATH 125 Calculus I 4 MATH 126 Calculus II 4 MATH 226 Calculus III 4 MATH 245 Mathematics of Physics and Engineering I 4 PHYS 151L* Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics and Thermodynamics 4 PHYS 152L Fundamentals of Physics II: Electricity and Magnetism 4 PHYS 153L Fundamentals of Physics III: Optics and Modern Physics 4
Astronautical Engineering
REQUIRED UPPER DIVISION COURSES
UNITS
AME 301 Dynamics 3 AME 308 Computer-Aided Analysis for Aero-Mechanical Design 3 AME 341abL Mechoptronics Laboratory 3-3 AME 404 Computational Solutions to Engineering Problems 3 AME 441aL Senior Projects Laboratory 3 AME 451 Linear Control Systems I 3 ASTE 301ab Thermal and Statistical Systems 3-3 ASTE 330 Astronautics and Space Environment II 3 ASTE 421x Space Mission Design 3 ASTE 470 Spacecraft Propulsion 3 ASTE 480 Spacecraft Dynamics 3 Elective Technical elective** 12 Total units:
128
*Satisfies GE Category III requirement. **Technical electives consist of (1) any upper division course in engineering except CE 404, CE 412 and ISE 440, or (2) an upper division course in chemistry, physics or mathematics and MATH 225. No more than 3 units of 490 course work can be used to satisfy the technical elective requirement. +The university allows engineering majors to replace the GE Category IV with a second course in Categories I, II or VI.
599
critically important for contributing to development of complex space systems. Prerequisite courses: MATH 125, MATH 126 and MATH 226; PHYS 151L and PHYS 152L.
TECHNICAL ELECTIVE REQUIREMENT (6 UNITS) REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
ASTE 280 Astronautics and Space Environment I ASTE 301a Thermal and Statistical Systems I ASTE 330 Astronautics and Space Environment II ASTE 420 Spacecraft Design ASTE 470 Spacecraft Propulsion ASTE 480 Spacecraft Dynamics
3 3 3 3 3 3
Total minimum units:
18
The space industry employs a wide variety of engineers (electrical, mechanical, chemical, civil, etc.); scientists (physicists, astronomers, chemists); and mathematicians. These engineers participate in development of advanced space systems but they usually lack the understanding of basic fundamentals of astronautics and space systems. The minor in astronautical engineering will help overcome this deficiency and provide unique opportunities for USC engineering, science and mathematics students, by combining their basic education in their major field with the industry specific minor in astronautical engineering. Required course work consists of a minimum of 18 units. Including prerequisites, the minor requires 38 units. Three courses, or 9 units, at the 400 level will be counted toward the minor degree. The course work is a balanced program of study providing the basic scientific fundamentals and engineering disciplines
Two 3-unit courses. Students are advised to select these two elective courses from the list of core electives or from other courses in astronautical engineering or from other science and engineering graduate courses, as approved by the faculty adviser. No more than 3 units of directed research (ASTE 590) can be applied to the 27-unit requirement. New courses on emerging space technologies are often offered; consult the current semester’s course offerings, particularly for ASTE 599 Special Topics. ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS REQUIREMENT
Master of Science in Astronautical Engineering
(CHOOSE ONE COURSE: 3 UNITS)
This degree is in the highly dynamic and technologically advanced area of astronautics and space technology. The program is designed for those with B.S. degrees in science and engineering who wish to work in the space sector of the defense/aerospace industry, government research and development centers, and laboratories and academia. The program is available through the USC Distance Education Network (DEN). The general portion of the Graduate Record Examinations (GRE) and two letters of recommendation are required.
Minor in Astronautical Engineering
This program is for USC students who wish to work in the space industry and government space research and development centers and who are pursuing bachelor’s degrees in science, mathematics or engineering with specializations other than in astronautical engineering.
ASTE 585 Spacecraft Attitude Control 3 ASTE 586 Spacecraft Attitude Dynamics 3
Required courses: 27 units CORE REQUIREMENT (12 UNITS)
UNITS
ASTE 470 Spacecraft Propulsion ASTE 520 Spacecraft System Design ASTE 535 Space Environments and Spacecraft Interactions ASTE 580 Orbital Mechanics I
3 3 3 3
CORE ELECTIVE REQUIREMENT (6 UNITS — CHOOSE TWO COURSES)
UNITS
ASTE 501ab Physical Gas Dynamics 3-3 ASTE 523 Design of Low Cost Space Missions 3 ASTE 527 Space Studio Architecting 3 ASTE 552 Spacecraft Thermal Control 3 ASTE 553 Systems for Remote Sensing from Space 3 ASTE 554 Spacecraft Sensors 3 ASTE 556 Spacecraft Structural Dynamics 3 ASTE 570 Liquid Rocket Propulsion 3 ASTE 572 Advanced Spacecraft Propulsion 3 ASTE 581 Orbital Mechanics II 3 ASTE 583 Space Navigation: Principles and Practice 3 ASTE 584 Spacecraft Power Systems 3
UNITS
AME 525 Engineering Analysis 3 AME 526 Engineering Analytical Methods 3 CE 529a Finite Element Analysis 3 EE 517 Statistics for Engineers 3 PHYS 510 Methods of Theoretical Physics 3
At least 21 units must be at the 500 or 600 level. Areas of Concentration: Students choose core elective and technical elective courses that best meet their educational objectives. Students can also concentrate their studies in the desired areas by selecting corresponding core elective courses. Presently, ASTE faculty suggest the following areas of concentration: SPACECRAFT PROPULSION
Choose two core electives from: ASTE 501ab Physical Gas Dynamics 3-3 ASTE 570 Liquid Rocket Propulsion 3 ASTE 572 Advanced Spacecraft Propulsion 3 ASTE 584 Spacecraft Power Systems 3 SPACECRAFT DYNAMICS
Choose two core electives from: ASTE 556 Spacecraft Structural Dynamics ASTE 581 Orbital Mechanics II ASTE 583 Space Navigation: Principles and Practice ASTE 585 Spacecraft Attitude Control ASTE 586 Spacecraft Attitude Dynamics
3 3 3 3 3
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
600
SPACE SYSTEMS DESIGN
Choose two core electives from: ASTE 523 Design of Low Cost Space Missions 3 ASTE 527 Space Studio Architecting 3 (SAE 549 System Architecting I, 3 units, is also suggested as a technical elective for this area of concentration.)
on page 572. Each student wishing to undertake the Engineer program must first be admitted to the program and then take the screening examination. Further guidance concerning admission, screening exam and the full completion of courses, including those given outside the Astronautics and Space Technology division, can be obtained from the ASTE student adviser, program coordinators and faculty in each technical area.
SPACECRAFT SYSTEMS
Choose two core electives from: ASTE 552 Spacecraft Thermal Control ASTE 553 Systems for Remote Sensing from Space ASTE 554 Spacecraft Sensors ASTE 584 Spacecraft Power Systems
Doctor of Philosophy in Astronautical Engineering 3 3 3 3
SPACE APPLICATIONS
ASTE 527 Space Studio Architecting 3 ASTE 553 Systems for Remote Sensing from Space 3 ASTE 554 Spacecraft Sensors 3 Engineer in Astronautical Engineering
The Engineer degree in Astronautical Engineering is in the highly dynamic and technologically advanced area of space technology. The program is designed for those with Master of Science degrees in science and engineering who want to prepare for work in the space industry, government research and development centers and national laboratories. The applicant may be required to take one to two upper division undergraduate courses. The Engineer degree in Astronautical Engineering is awarded in strict conformity with the general requirements for the USC Graduate School. See the general requirements for graduate degrees
The Ph.D. in Astronautical Engineering is awarded in strict conformity with the general requirements of the USC Graduate School. See general requirements for graduate degrees on page 572. The degree requires a concentrated program of study, research and a dissertation. Each student wishing to undertake a doctoral program must first be admitted to the program and then take the screening examination. This examination will emphasize comprehension of fundamental material in the graduate course work. Further guidance concerning admission, the screening exam and the full completion of courses, including those given outside the Division of Astronautical Engineering, can be obtained from the ASTE student adviser and program coordinators.
required course work. The required course work consists of 12 units; students will choose four 3-unit courses from the following: REQUIRED COURSES (CHOOSE FOUR)
UNITS
ASTE 501ab Physical Gas Dynamics 3-3 ASTE 520 Spacecraft System Design 3 ASTE 523 Design of Low Cost Space Missions 3 ASTE 527 Space Studio Architecting 3 ASTE 535 Space Environments and Spacecraft Interactions 3 ASTE 552 Spacecraft Thermal Control 3 ASTE 553 Systems for Remote Sensing from Space 3 ASTE 556 Spacecraft Structural Dynamics 3 ASTE 572 Advanced Spacecraft Propulsion 3 ASTE 580 Orbital Mechanics I 3 ASTE 581 Oribital Mechanics II 3 ASTE 583 Space Navigation: Principles and Practice 3 ASTE 584 Spacecraft Power Systems 3 ASTE 585 Spacecraft Attitude Control 3 ASTE 586 Spacecraft Attitude Dynamics 3 ASTE 599 Special Topics 3
Most classes are available through the USC Distance Education Network (DEN).
Certificate in Astronautical Engineering
The Certificate in Astronautical Engineering is designed for practicing engineers and Âscientists who enter space-related fields and/or want to obtain training in specific space-related areas. Students enroll at USC as limited status students; they must apply and be admitted to the certificate program after completion of no more than 9 units of
Credit for classes may be applied toward the M.S., Engineer or Ph.D. in Astronautical Engineering, should the student decide later to pursue an advanced degree. In order to be admitted to the M.S. program, the student should maintain a B average or higher in courses for the certificate and must satisfy all normal admission requirements. All courses for the certificate must be taken at USC. It is anticipated that other classes on emerging space technologies will be added to the list of the offered classes in the future.
ASTE 280 Astronautics and Space Environment I (3, Sp) Solar system, two-body
ASTE 291 Team Projects I (1, max 4, FaSp)
Courses of Instruction A S T R O N A U T I C S A N D S PA C E TECHNOLOGY (ASTE)
The terms indicated are expected but are not guaranteed. For the courses offered during any given term, consult the Schedule of Classes. ASTE 101L Introduction to Astronautics (4, Fa) Gateway to the Astronautical Engineer-
ing major. Introduction to space, space exploration and the space business. Elements of orbits, spacecraft systems, rocket propulsion, and communications. Laboratory: introduction to graphics, computation and simulation.
problem, orbits, Hohmann transfer, rocket equation, space environment and its effects on space systems, sun, solar wind, geomagnetic field, atmosphere, ionosphere, magnetosphere. (Duplicates credit in former AME 282.) Prerequisite: MATH 226, PHYS 152L.
Participation in ASTE undergraduate student team projects. Intended for lower-division students or those with little prior project experience. ASTE 301ab Thermal and Statistical Systems (3-3, FaSp) Thermodynamics and statis-
tical mechanics; kinetics of atoms, molecules, and photons; compressible fluid dynamics. (Duplicates credit in former AME 311ab.) Prerequisite: MATH 245, PHYS 153L.
Astronautical Engineering
ASTE 330 Astronautics and Space Environment II (3, Fa) Basics of spacecraft dynam-
ics, Euler’s equation, introduction to space plasma physics, spacecraft in plasma, radiation effects on space systems, space instrumentation: detectors, analyzers, spectrometers. (Duplicates credit in former AME 382.) Prerequisite: ASTE 280, PHYS 153L. ASTE 390 Special Problems (1-4) Supervised,
individual studies. No more than one registration permitted. Enrollment by petition only. ASTE 420 Spacecraft Design (3, Fa) Space-
craft mission design, space environment, attitude determination and control, telecommunications, propulsion, structures and mechanisms, thermal control, power systems, launch systems and facilities. (Duplicates credit in former AME 482.) Prerequisite: junior or senior standing in engineering or physics. ASTE 421x Space Mission Design (3, Sp)
Space systems engineering process: requirements definition; trade studies; system integration; technical reviews; cost and schedule development; case studies; ethics. Capstone design experience. Open only to seniors. Not for graduate credit. Prerequisite: ASTE 330 ASTE 445 Molecular Gas Dynamics (3)
Physical description of kinetic nature of gas flows; distribution function; introduction to the Boltzmann equation; free-molecule flow; surface and molecular reflection properties; Monte-Carlo flow calculations. (Duplicates credit in former AME 485.) Recommended preparation: AME 309 or ASTE 301b. ASTE 470 Spacecraft Propulsion (3) Intro-
duction to rocket engineering. Space missions and thrust requirements. Compressible gas dynamics. Propellant chemistry and thermodynamics. Liquid- and solid-fueled rockets. Nuclear and electric propulsion. (Duplicates credit in former AME 473.) Prerequisite: senior or graduate standing. ASTE 480 Spacecraft Dynamics (3) Two-body
motion, rigid-body motion, attitude dynamics and maneuvers, spacecraft stabilization: gravity gradient, reaction wheels, magnetic torques, thruster attitude control. (Duplicates credit in former AME 483.) Prerequisite: senior standing. ASTE 490x Directed Research (2-8, max 8, FaSpSm) Individual research and readings.
Not available for graduate credit.
ASTE 499 Special Topics (2-4, max 8) Course
content to be selected each semester from current developments in astronautics, space technology, and related fields. ASTE 501ab Physical Gas Dynamics (3-3, FaSp) a: Molecular structure; radiative pro-
cesses; microscopic description of gas phenomena; translational, rotational, vibrational, and electronic freedom degrees; particle energy distributions; microscopic representation of thermodynamic functions. Prerequisite: graduate standing or departmental approval. b: Kinetic concepts in gas physics; thermal non-equilibrium; intermolecular potentials; transport of radiation and particles in hightemperature gas; dissociation and ionization equilibrium; energy relaxation. (Duplicates credit in former AME 520ab.) Prerequisite: ASTE 501a. ASTE 520 Spacecraft System Design (3) ystem components; vehicle structure, proS
pulsion systems, flight dynamics, thermal control, power systems, telecommunication. Interfaces and tradeoffs between these components. Testing, system reliability, and integration. (Duplicates credit in former AME 501.) ASTE 523 Design of Low Cost Space Missions (3, Sp) Reviews all aspects of space
mission design for practical approaches to reducing cost. Examines “LightSat” mission experience and potential applicability to large-scale missions. (Duplicates credit in former AME 506.) Graduate standing in engineering or science. Recommended preparation: ASTE 520 or some experience in space engineering. ASTE 527 Space Studio Architecting (3, Sp)
Programmatic/conceptual design synthesis/ choice creation methods for complex space missions. Aerospace system engineering/ Architecture tools to create innovative projects. Evaluated by faculty/industry/NASA experts. Graduate standing in engineering or science. (Duplicates credit in former AME 557). Recommended preparation: ASTE 520 or experience in space industry. ASTE 535 Space Environments and Spacecraft Interactions (3) Space environments
and interactions with space systems. Vacuum, neutral and ionized species, plasma, radiation, micrometeoroids. Phenomena important for spacecraft operations. (Duplicates credit in former AME 585.)
ASTE 491 Team Projects II (1, max 4, FaSp)
Participation in ASTE undergraduate student team projects. Intended for students with prior project experience.
ASTE 541 Partially Ionized Plasmas (3)
Review of microscopic processes involving particles and radiation, and their impact on properties of high-temperature gases and plasmas in local thermal equilibrium and non-equilibrium. (Duplicates credit in former AME 586.)
601
ASTE 545 Computational Techniques in Rarefied Gas Dynamics (3, Irregular) Particle-
based computational simulation methods for rarefied, high-speed flows. Molecular collision kinetics. Monte Carlo direct simulation and related techniques. (Duplicates credit in former AME 564.) Recommended preparation: ASTE 501a and skill in FORTRAN programming.
ASTE 552 Spacecraft Thermal Control (3, Sp)
Spacecraft and orbit thermal environments; design, analysis, testing of spacecraft thermal control system and components; active and passive thermal control, spacecraft and launch vehicle interfaces. Graduate standing in engineering or science. ASTE 553 Systems for Remote Sensing from Space (3) The operation, accuracy, resolu-
tion, figures of merit, and application of instruments which either produce images of ground scenes or probe the atmosphere as viewed primarily from space. (Duplicates credit in former AME 502.) Graduate standing in engineering or physics.
ASTE 554 Spacecraft Sensors (3, Fa) Space-
craft sensors from concept and design to building, testing, interfacing, integrating, and operations. Optical and infrared sensors, radiometers, radars, phased arrays, signal processing, noise reduction. Graduate standing in engineering or science. Recommended preparation: ASTE 520. ASTE 556 Spacecraft Structural Dynamics (3) Applied analytical methods (vibrations
of single and multi-degree of freedom systems, finite element modeling, spacecraft applications); requirements definition process; analytical cycles; and design verification. Graduate standing in engineering or science. ASTE 557 Spacecraft Structural Strength and Materials (3) Spacecraft structural
strength analysis and design concepts overview; spacecraft material selection; analysis of composite materials; finite element method; spacecraft configuration; structural testing; bolted joint design. Open only to master’s, professional, and doctoral students. ASTE 570 Liquid Rocket Propulsion (3, Sp)
Liquid-propelled rocket propulsion systems. Capillary devices for gas-free liquid acquisition in zero gravity. Ground and in-orbit operations. Propellant life predictions and spacecraft end-of-life de-orbiting strategies. Prerequisite: ASTE 470.
602
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
ASTE 572 Advanced Spacecraft Propulsion (3, Sp) Nuclear, electric, sails, and far-term
ASTE 584 Spacecraft Power Systems (3, Sp)
propulsion systems. Overviews of nozzles, heat transfer, electromagnetics, rarefied gases, and plasma physics. Analysis of electrothermal, electrostatic and electromagnetic thrusters. Graduate standing in engineering or science. (Duplicates credit in former AME 573.) Recommended preparation: ASTE 470. ASTE 580 Orbital Mechanics I (3) Physical
principles; two-body and central force motion; trajectory correction maneuvers; position and velocity in conic orbits; Lambert’s problem; celestial mechanics; orbital perturbations. (Duplicates credit in former AME 580.) ASTE 581 Orbital Mechanics II (3, Fa)
Theory of perturbations of orbits; numerical methods in orbital mechanics; satellite dynamics; averaging methods; resonance; mission analysis. (Duplicates credit in former AME 581.) Prerequisite: ASTE 580. ASTE 583 Space Navigation: Principles and Practice (3, Sp) Statistical orbit determina-
tion: (weighted) least squares, batch and sequential (Kalman) processing, illustrative examples; online ephemeris generation: potentially hazardous asteroids, comets, satellites; launch: vehicles, payloads, staging. Graduate standing in engineering or science. (Duplicates credit in former AME 558.) Recommended preparation: ASTE 580.
Introduction to solar arrays, batteries, nuclear power sources, mechanical energy storage. Application theory of operation, practical considerations. Subsystem topologies and performance. Design optimization techniques. Graduate standing in engineering or science. (Duplicates credit in former AME 508.) ASTE 585 Spacecraft Attitude Control (3, SpSm) Review of attitude dynamics, grav-
ity gradient stabilization, attitude stabilization with a spin, attitude maneuvers, control using momentum exchange devices, momentumbiased stabilization, reaction thruster control. (Duplicates credit in former AME 582.) Prerequisite: AME 451 or EE 482; recommended preparation: a course in dynamics.
ASTE 594abz Master’s Thesis (2-2-0, FaSpSm) Credit on acceptance of thesis.
Graded IP/CR/NC.
ASTE 599 Special Topics (2-4, max 9) Course
content to be selected each semester from current developments in astronautics, space technology, and related fields. ASTE 690 Directed Research (1-4, max 8, FaSpSm) Laboratory studies of specific
roblems by candidates for the degree p Engineer in Astronautical Engineering. Graded CR/NC. ASTE 694abz Thesis (2-2-0, FaSpSm)
Required for the degree Engineer in Astronautical Engineering. Credit on acceptance of thesis. Graded IP/CR/NC.
ASTE 586 Spacecraft Attitude Dynamics (3)
Dynamics of systems of particles and rigid bodies; spacecraft attitude systems; attitude maneuvers (spin, precession, nutation, etc.); attitude stabilization and attitude determination; simulation methods. (Duplicates credit in former AME 583.)
ASTE 790 Research (1-12, FaSpSm) Research
ASTE 590 Directed Research (1-12, FaSpSm)
dissertation. Graded IP/CR/NC.
Research leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the division. Graded CR/NC.
leading to the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the division. Graded CR/NC. ASTE 794abcdz Doctoral Dissertation (2-2-2-2-0, FaSpSm) Credit on acceptance of
Biomedical Engineering Denny Research Building 140 (213) 740-7237 FAX: (323) 821-3897 Email: bmedept@usc.edu bme.usc.edu Chair: Norberto M. Grzywacz, Ph.D. Faculty
Dwight C. and Hildagarde E. Baum Chair in Biomedical Engineering: Norberto M. Grzywacz, Ph.D. Chonette Chair in Biomedical Technology: David Z. D’Argenio, Ph.D. David Packard Chair in Engineering: Theodore W. Berger, Ph.D. Cornelius J. Pings Chair in Biomedical Sciences: Mark Humayun, Ph.D. (Opthalmology)
Provost Associate Professor of Biomedical Engineering, Neurology, Biokinesiology, and Physical Therapy: Terence D. Sanger, M.D., Ph.D. (Opthalmology) Professors: Michael O. Arbib, Ph.D. (Computer Science, Neurobiology); Theodore W. Berger, Ph.D. (Neurobiology); Roberta D. Brinton, Ph.D. (Molecular Pharmacology and Toxicology); Peter S. Conti, M.D., Ph.D. (Radiology); David Z. D’Argenio, Ph.D.*; Norberto M. Grzywacz, Ph.D.; Mark S. Humayun, Ph.D. (Ophthalmology); Michael C.K. Khoo, Ph.D. (Pediatrics); Kwang Jin Kim, Ph.D. (Medicine and Physiology); Richard Leahy, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering and Radiology); Gerald E. Loeb, M.D.; Anupam Madhukar, Ph.D. (Chemical Engineering and Materials Science, Physics); Vasilis Z. Marmarelis, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering); Jill McNitt‑Gray, Ph.D. (Exercise Science); Chrysostomos Nikias, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering); K. Kirk Shung, Ph.D.; Armand R. Tanguay Jr., Ph.D.
(Electrical Engineering, Materials Science); Stanley M. Yamashiro, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering) Associate Professors: Robert H.-P. Chou, M.D., Ph.D. (Physiology and Biophysics); Daniel P. Holschneider, M.D. (Psychiatry); Tzung K. Hsiai, M.D., Ph.D.; Hossein Jadvar, M.D., Ph.D. (Radiology); Shuliang Jiao, Ph.D. (Ophthalmology); Zhong-Lin Lu, Ph.D. (Psychology); Jill McNitt-Gray, Ph.D. (Exercise Science); Bartlett W. Mel, Ph.D.; Ellis Meng, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering); Krishna Nayak, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering); Alapakkam P. Sampath, Ph.D. (Physiology and Biophysics); Terence D. Sanger, M.D., Ph.D. (Neurology, Biokinesiology); Stefan Schaal, Ph.D. (Computer Science); Nicolas Schweighofer, Ph.D. (Biokinesiology); Francisco Valero-Cuevas, Ph.D. (Biokinesiology); James D. Weiland, Ph.D. (Ophthalmology); Jesse T. Yen, Ph.D.
Biomedical Engineering
Assistant Professors: Andrea Armani, Ph.D. (Chemical Engineering and Materials Science); Tansu Celikel, Ph.D. (Neurobiology); Jason Kutch, Ph.D. (Biokinesiology); Noah Malmstadt, Ph.D. (Chemical Engineering and Materials Science); J. Andrew MacKay, Ph.D. (Pharmacology and Pharmaceutical Sciences); Pin Wang, Ph.D., (Chemical Engineering and Materials Science) Associate Professor of Engineering Practice: Jean‑Michel I. Maarek, Doc.Ing. Research Professors: Daniel L. Farkas, Ph.D. (Cedars-Sinai Medical Center); Jonathan G. Lasch, Ph.D. (AMI-USC); Alfred E. Mann, M.S. (AMI-USC); Donald J. Marsh, M.D.; Robert V. Shannon, Ph.D. (House Ear Institute); Qifa Zhou, Ph.D. Research Associate Professors: Qian-Jie Fu, Ph.D. (House Ear Institute); John J. Granacki, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering-Systems/ISI); Dong Song, Ph.D.
603
Research Assistant Professors: Jonathan M. Cannata, Ph.D.; Rahman Davoodi, Ph.D.; Alireza Dibazar, Ph.D.; Arkadivsz Gertych, Ph.D. (Cedars-Sinai Medical Center); Jason Kutch, Ph.D.; Clara Lajonchere, Ph.D.; Rongsong Li, Ph.D.; Eun Jin Lee, Ph.D.
Adjunct Professor: Joseph H. Schulman, Ph.D. (Alfred E. Mann Foundation)
Associate Professors of Research: Stefan Bluml, Ph.D. (Radiology); Brent J. Liu, Ph.D. (Radiology); Tishya A.L. Wren, M.D., Ph.D. (Orthopedics/Pediatrics Childrens Hospital and Radiology)
Adjunct Assistant Professors: Leonid Litvak, Ph.D. (Advanced Bionics Corp.); Philip Requejo, Ph.D. (Rancho Los Amigos Medical Center and Kinesiology)
Adjunct Associate Professors: Samuel Landsberger, Sc.D. (Rancho Los Amigos); Shirin Towfigh, M.D. (Cedars Sinai)
Emeritus Professors: George A. Bekey, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering, Computer Science and Speech Science); Edward K. Blum, Ph.D. (Mathematics, Computer Science); H. K. Huang, D.Sc. (Radiology)
Assistant Professors of Research: Stephan G. Erberich, Ph.D. (Radiology); Tracy C. Grikscheit, M.D. (Surgery and Childrens Hospital); Bo Han, Ph.D. (Surgery); Natasha Leporé, Ph.D. (Radiology and Childrens Hospital); Paraq Mallick, Ph.D. (Medicine); Rex A. Moats, Ph.D. (Pathology, Radiology); Greg T. Mogel, M.D. (Radiology); John C. Wood, Ph.D. (Pediatric Cardiology, Childrens Hospital)
*Recipient of university-wide or school teaching award.
Degree Requirements Educational Program Objectives
Graduates of our undergraduate program are expected to: • engage in a professional career in the biomedical or other related industries, or enroll in advanced graduate studies including medical school; • work in a technically competent manner to address challenges in engineering or their chosen professions, taking into consideration ethical and societal concerns; • work in multidisciplinary teams and communicate effectively with other engineers and professionals;
These are biochemical engineering, electrical engineering, and mechanical engineering. An area of emphasis appears in parenthesis after the primary major name on the transcript. The requirement for the degree is 128 units. A cumulative grade point average of C (2.0) is required in all upper division courses applied towards the major, regardless of the department in which the courses are taken. See common requirements for undergraduate degrees, page 569. Technical electives are to be selected from an approved list available in the department office.
Bachelor of Science in Biomedical Engineering
The Department of Biomedical Engineering offers a Bachelor of Science degree in Biomedical Engineering. Additionally, there are three possible areas of emphasis within this biomedical engineering program major.
UNITS
WRIT 140* Writing and Critical Reasoning 4 WRIT 340 Advanced Writing 3 GENERAL EDUCATION (SEE PAGE 63)
UNITS
General education* + 20 PRE-MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
Math Requirement MATH 125 Calculus I MATH 126 Calculus II MATH 226 Calculus III MATH 245 Mathematics of Physics and Engineering I
UNITS
4 4 4 4
4
4
Chemistry Elective CHEM 105aL** General Chemistry, or CHEM 115aL** Advanced General Chemistry 4 CHEM 105bL General Chemistry, or CHEM 115bL Advanced General Chemistry 4 MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
Bachelor of Science in Biomedical Engineering COMPOSITION/WRITING REQUIREMENT
• continue to develop their technical knowledge and professional skills, as evidenced by participation or leadership in relevant professional societies; continuing education; or attendance at relevant workshops, meetings or seminars.
Physics Requirement PHYS 151L** Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics and Thermodynamics PHYS 152L Fundamentals of Physics II: Electricity and Magnetism
UNITS
Biomedical Engineering BME 101 Introduction to Biomedical Engineering 3 BME 210 Biomedical Computer Simulation Methods 3 BME 302L Medical Electronics 4 BME 402 Control and Communication in the Nervous System 3 BME 403 Physiological Systems 3 BME 405L Senior Projects: Measurements and Instrumentation 4 BME 410 Introduction to Biomaterials and Tissue Engineering 3 BME 423 Statistical Methods in Biomedical Engineering 3 BME 425 Basics of Biomedical Imaging 3
604
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
Biology BISC 120L** General Biology: Organismal Biology and Evolution BISC 220L General Biology: Cell Biology and Physiology BISC 320L Molecular Biology
Chemistry Elective CHEM 105aL** General Chemistry, or CHEM 115aL** Advanced General Chemistry 4 CHEM 105bL General Chemistry, or CHEM 115bL Advanced General Chemistry 4
4 4 4
MAJOR ELECTIVES
UNITS
Technical elective
2
Total units:
132
*GE Category VI is taken concurrently with WRIT 140. **Satisfies GE Category III requirement.
Chemistry CHEM 322aLbL Organic Chemistry Electrical Engineering EE 150L Engineering Computational Methods EE 202L Linear Circuits EE 301L Linear Systems MAJOR ELECTIVES
MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
4-4
3 4 4 UNITS
Technical electives
9
Total units:
128
*WRIT 140 is taken concurrently with GE Category VI. **Satisfies GE Category III requirement. +The university allows engineering majors to replace the GE Category IV with a second course in Categories I, II or VI.
Bachelor of Science in Biomedical Engineering Emphasis in Biochemical Engineering
The requirement for the degree with an emphasis in biochemical engineering is 132 units. A cumulative grade point average of C (2.0) is required in all upper division courses applied towards the major, regardless of the department in which the courses are taken. See general education and additional common requirements for undergraduate degrees, page 569. COMPOSITION/WRITING REQUIREMENT
UNITS
WRIT 140* Writing and Critical Reasoning 4 WRIT 340 Advanced Writing 3 GENERAL EDUCATION (SEE PAGE 63)
UNITS
General education* + 20 PRE-MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
Math Requirement MATH 125 Calculus I MATH 126 Calculus II MATH 226 Calculus III MATH 245 Mathematics of Physics and Engineering I Physics Requirement PHYS 151L** Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics and Thermodynamics PHYS 152L Fundamentals of Physics II: Electricity and Magnetism
UNITS
4 4 4 4
4
4
UNITS
Biomedical Engineering BME 101 Introduction to Biomedical Engineering 3 BME 210 Biomedical Computer Simulation Methods 3 BME 402 Control and Communication in the Nervous System 3 BME 403 Physiological Systems 3 BME 405L Senior Projects: Measurements and Instrumentation 4 BME 410 Introduction to Biomaterials and Tissue Engineering 3 BME 416 Development and Regulation of Medical Products 3 BME 423 Statistical Methods in Biomedical Engineering 3 Biology BISC 120L** General Biology: Organismal Biology and Evolution 4 BISC 220L General Biology: Cell Biology and Physiology 4 BISC 320L Molecular Biology 4 BISC 330L Biochemistry 4 Chemistry CHEM 322aLbL Organic Chemistry
4-4
Chemical Engineering CHE 330 Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics 3 CHE 350 Introduction to Separation Processes 3 CHE 460L Chemical Process Dynamics and Control 3 CHE 489 Biochemical Engineering 3 Electrical Engineering EE 150L Engineering Computational Methods EE 202L Linear Circuits
3 4
Materials Science MASC 310 Materials Behavior and Processing 3
+The university allows engineering majors to replace the GE Category IV with a second course in Categories I, II or VI.
Bachelor of Science in Biomedical Engineering Emphasis in Electrical Engineering
The requirement for the degree with an emphasis in electrical engineering is 133 units. A cumulative grade point average of C (2.0) is required in all upper division courses applied towards the major, regardless of the department in which the courses are taken. See common requirements for undergraduate degrees s ection, page 569. COMPOSITION/WRITING REQUIREMENT
UNITS
WRIT 140* Writing and Critical Reasoning 4 WRIT 340 Advanced Writing 3 GENERAL EDUCATION (SEE PAGE 63)
UNITS
General education* + 20 PRE-MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
Math Requirement MATH 125 Calculus I MATH 126 Calculus II MATH 226 Calculus III MATH 245 Mathematics of Physics and Engineering I MATH 445 Mathematics of Physics and Engineering II Physics Requirement PHYS 151L** Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics and Thermodynamics PHYS 152L Fundamentals of Physics II: Electricity and Magnetism PHYS 153L Fundamentals of Physics III: Optics and Modern Physics
UNITS
4 4 4 4 4
4
4
4
Chemistry Elective CHEM 105aL** General Chemistry, or CHEM 115aL** Advanced General Chemistry 4 CHEM 105bL General Chemistry, or CHEM 115bL Advanced General Chemistry 4
Biomedical Engineering
MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
Biomedical Engineering BME 101 Introduction to Biomedical Engineering 3 BME 210 Biomedical Computer Simulation Methods 3 BME 402 Control and Communication in the Nervous System 3 BME 403 Physiological Systems 3 BME 405L Senior Projects: Measurements and Instrumentation 4 BME 423 Statistical Methods in Biomedical Engineering 3 BME 425 Basics of Biomedical Imaging 3 Biology BISC 220L General Biology: Cell Biology and Physiology BISC 320L Molecular Biology Chemistry CHEM 322aL Organic Chemistry Electrical Engineering EE 101 Introduction to Digital Logic EE 150L Engineering Computational Methods EE 201L Introduction to Digital Circuits EE 202L Linear Circuits EE 301L Linear Systems EE 338 Physical Electronics EE 348L Electronic Circuits I EE 357 Basic Organization of Computer Systems MAJOR ELECTIVES
4 4
4
3 3 4 4 4 3 4 3 UNITS
Technical electives
4
Total units
133
*WRIT 140 is taken concurrently with GE Category VI. **Satisfies GE Category III requirement. +The university allows engineering majors to replace the GE Category IV with a second course in Categories I, II or VI.
Bachelor of Science in Biomedical Engineering Emphasis in Mechanical Engineering
The requirement for the degree with an emphasis in mechanical engineering is 132 units. A cumulative grade point average of C (2.0) is required in all upper division courses applied towards the major, regardless of the department in which the courses are taken. See common requirements for undergraduate degrees section, page 569.
COMPOSITION/WRITING REQUIREMENT
605
UNITS
WRIT 140* Writing and Critical Reasoning 4 WRIT 340 Advanced Writing 3 GENERAL EDUCATION (SEE PAGE 63)
UNITS
General education* + 20 PRE-MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
Math Requirement MATH 125 Calculus I MATH 126 Calculus II MATH 226 Calculus III MATH 245 Mathematics of Physics and Engineering I Physics Requirements PHYS 151L** Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics and Thermodynamics PHYS 152L Fundamentals of Physics II: Electricity and Magnetism PHYS 153L Fundamentals of Physics III: Optics and Modern Physics
4 4 4 4
4 4
Chemistry CHEM 322aL Organic Chemistry
4
Electric Engineering EE 150L Engineering Computational Methods EE 202L Linear Circuits
3 4
Materials Science MASC 310 Materials Behavior and Processing 3 MAJOR ELECTIVES
4
4
UNITS
Technical electives
6
Total units:
132
*WRIT 140 is taken concurrently with GE Category VI. **Satisfies GE Category III requirement.
4
Chemistry Elective CHEM 105aL** General Chemistry, or CHEM 115aL** Advanced General Chemistry 4 CHEM 105bL General Chemistry, or CHEM 115bL Advanced General Chemistry 4 MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
Biology BISC 220L General Biology: Cell Biology and Physiology BISC 320L Molecular Biology
UNITS
Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering AME 201 Statics 3 AME 204 Strength of Materials 3 AME 301 Dynamics 3 AME 302 Design of Dynamic Systems 3 AME 308 Computer-Aided Analysis for Aero-Mechanical Design 3 AME 309 Dynamics of Fluids 4 Biomedical Engineering BME 101 Introduction to Biomedical Engineering 3 BME 210 Biomedical Computer Simulation Methods 3 BME 402 Control and Communication in the Nervous System 3 BME 403 Physiological Systems 3 BME 404 Biomechanics 3 BME 405L Senior Projects: Measurements and Instrumentation 4 BME 423 Statistical Methods in Biomedical Engineering 3
+The university allows engineering majors to replace the GE Category IV with a second course in Categories I, II or VI.
Minor in Craniofacial and Dental Technology
For a complete listing, see the USC Ostrow School of Dentistry, page 529. Minor in Engineering Technology Commercialization
See listing in the Special Educational Opportunities section, page 581. Master of Science in Biomedical Engineering
The Master of Science in Biomedical Engineering is awarded in strict conformity with the general requirements of the Viterbi School of Engineering. At least 28 approved units must be satisfactorily completed, of which at least 19 units must be at the 500 level or above. Four of these units may be thesis BME 594abz. The master’s degree program provides students with a broad background, linking physiology with engineering science, necessary for entering interdisciplinary careers in medical technology or pursuing further graduate studies in a related field.
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
606
REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
BME 501 Advanced Topics in Biomedical Systems 4 BME 502 Advanced Studies of the Nervous System 4 BME 511 Physiological Control Systems 3 BME 513* Signal and Systems Analysis 3 BME 533 Seminar in Bioengineering 1 BME 594abz Master’s Thesis (2-2-0), or Technical Elective (4) 4 Electives Technical 9
28
*Students who have taken an advanced undergraduate or master’s level course in system and signal analysis may substitute BME 523 for BME 513 with departmental approval.
Master of Science in Biomedical Engineering (Medical Imaging and Imaging Informatics)
Completion of the Master of Science in Biomedical Engineering (Medical Imaging and Imaging Informatics) requires that at least 29 approved units must be satisfactorily completed of which at least 19 units must be at the 500 level or above. REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
BME 501 Advanced Topics in Biomedical Systems 4 BME 513 Signal and Systems Analysis 3 BME 525 Advanced Biomedical Imaging 4 BME 527 Integration of Medical Imaging Systems 3 BME 528 Medical Imaging Informatics 3 BME 535 Ultrasonic Imaging 3 EE 569 Introduction to Digital Image Processing 3 Electives Technical 6
29
Master of Science in Medical Device and Diagnostic Engineering
This program is designed to provide the knowledge and skills needed for the development of medical devices and diagnostic techniques, including aspects of medical product regulation and product development. The course of study requires successful completion of 28 units of course work and has been designed to be completed in three semesters of full-time study. Students in the program will complete a 19-unit core as well as selecting a 6-unit specialization (or “track”) and one elective from a list provided by the department.
REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
BME 501 Advanced Topics in Biomedical Systems, or BME 502 Advanced Studies of the Nervous System 4 BME 513 Signal and Systems Analysis 3 BME 650 Biomedical Measurement and Instrumentation 3 MPTX 511 Introduction to Medical Product Regulation, or BME 416 Development and Regulation of Medical Products 3 MPTX 515 Quality Systems and Standards, or ISE 527 Quality Management for Engineers 3 ISE 545 Technology Development and Implementation 3 Technical elective 3 Complete 6 units from one track from the following lists: Regulation Track MPTX 513 Regulation of Medical Devices and Diagnostics RSCI 527 Medical Product Safety
6
3 3
Medical Technology and Device Science Track BME 535 Ultrasonic Imaging 3 BME 551 Introduction to Bio-MEMS and Nanotechnology 3 BME 552 Neural Implant Engineering 3 BME 620L Applied Electrophysiology 4 Product Development Track ISE 515 Engineering Project Management 3 ISE 555 Invention and Technology Development 3
28
Technical Elective (one course) Applicable courses include: AME 503, BME 511, BME 535, BME 551, ISE 507, ISE 508, ISE 544, MPTX 517, RSCI 528 and courses listed in alternate tracks to that chosen. Other courses may be applicable; please see an adviser for approval. Viterbi Integrated Master of Science Program (VIP) for the General Master of Science in Biomedical Engineering
The Viterbi Integrated Master of Science Program (VIP) will allow selected undergraduates from U.S. institutions partnered with the Viterbi School to complete a general Master of Science in Biomedical Engineering with a 6-unit reduction of the total 28 units required.
The VIP Master of Science in Biomedical Engineering is subject to the following requirements: (1) a total of at least 22 units is required; (2) all units must be taken in biomedical engineering; (3) all units must be taken at the 500 or 600 level; (4) minimum grade point average of 3.0 must be earned on all course work applied toward the master’s degree in biomedical engineering. This average must also be achieved on all course work attempted at USC beyond the bachelor’s degree. The students will complete 400-level preparatory courses at their undergraduate institution before entering USC. The 400-level courses may be taken toward the undergraduate requirements. They must be acceptable equivalents to at least two of the USC courses listed below: BME 402 Control and Communication in the Nervous System BME 403 Physiological Systems BME 404 Biomechanics BME 405L Senior Projects: Measurements and Instrumentation BME 410 Introduction to Biomaterials and Tissue Engineering BME 423 Statistical Methods in Biomedical Engineering BME 425 Basics of Biomedical Imaging
3 3 3
4
3 3 3
After admission, students will complete the following courses (22 units) within three semesters: BME 501 Advanced Topics in Biomedical Systems 4 BME 502 Advanced Studies of the Nervous System 4 BME 511 Physiological Control Systems 3 BME 513 Signal and Systems Analysis 3 BME 533 Seminar in Bioengineering 1 BME 594abz Master’s Thesis, or 2-2-0 Technical Elective 4 Electives 3
Students applying to the VIP must be recommended by a faculty representative at a partner undergraduate institution; complete the regular graduate admission application (with exception of the GRE); and hold junior standing in biomedical engineering with a 3.5 GPA or better on major related course work.
Biomedical Engineering
Doctor of Philosophy in Biomedical Engineering
The objective of the Doctor of Philosophy is to produce independent investigators who can make original scholarly contributions and apply advanced engineering concepts and techniques to the understanding and solution of biomedical problems. This program is intended to prepare the student for a career in academic research and teaching, or as an independent investigator in industrial or 足government laboratories. The requirements listed are special to this department and must be read in conjunction with the general requirements of the Graduate School.
Screening Examination Process By the end of the third semester of graduate study, all students must have completed the screening examination process to determine whether or not they will be allowed to continue in the Doctor of Philosophy program. Those who fail will be dropped from the program, although they may be permitted to complete the additional requirements necessary to obtain the Master of Science degree. Guidance Committee During the third semester, the student must make a tentative major field selection as described above and form a guidance committee. The latter administers the qualifying examination.
This program is designed to be normally completed in four years of full-time work beyond the Bachelor of Science degree (including summers). The first two years are devoted primarily to formal course work and the last two to research. In view of the flexible program, each student is assigned an adviser who will guide him or her in the selection of courses. By the end of the third semester of graduate study the student must have completed the Ph.D. screening examination. Subsequently, he or she is required to make a tentative major field selection (e.g., biomedical imaging, signal processing, neural engineering) and pass a qualifying examination. In accordance with the requirements of the Graduate School, at least 60 units of credit beyond the Bachelor of Science degree are required, with a minimum grade point average of 3.0. Students are required to take BME 533, the graduate biomedical engineering seminar course, for three semesters during their studies.
Qualifying Examination The qualifying examination will normally be taken during the fourth semester of full-time academic study. The examination requires the preparation of a comprehensive written research proposal that presents a research question, critically reviews the pertinent literature and outlines the proposed experimental, analytical and computational procedures required to answer the question. The proposal must be defended in an oral examination.
Requirements for Admission Bachelor of Science degree in engineering or a natural science, and satisfactory scores on the Graduate Record Examinations. Under足 graduate work should include a basic course in biology, physics, organic chemistry, biochemistry, differential equations and digital computation. Students lacking any of these will be required to make up the deficiency during the first two years of graduate work.
Administrative Director: George Tolomiczenko, Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Neurology
Students who have completed all requirements for the Master of Science degree offered in this department may apply for admission to the Ph.D. program. In this case, all courses taken in the M.S. program may be applied toward the requirements of the doctoral degree.
Graduate Certificate in Engineering Technology Commercialization
See listing in the Special Educational Opportunities section, page 586. Graduate Certificate in Health, Technology and Engineering (HTE@USC)
Academic Director: Terry Sanger, M.D., Ph.D., Provost Associate Professor of Biomedical Engineering, Neurology, Biokinesiology, and Physical Therapy
This program offers current second-year USC Ph.D. engineering students and first-year M.D. students an opportunity to learn about and gain experience in medical device and process innovation. Through project-based and interdisciplinary collaboration, students will augment their current programs with a set of courses and lab experiences linking medical and engineering research groups.
607
By applying design-informed approaches toward problem identification and solution prototyping, students will be involved in all the steps of medical device or process innovation from conception to commercialization. The program aims to create interdisciplinary, boundary-spanning, inventive entrepreneurs seeking early practical experience with device and method innovation in health care. Program participants will form bonds with a group of like-minded medical students and engineers who will be their mentors, colleagues and contacts as they advance in their careers. The courses unique to the program include a seminar sequence (Topics in Health, Technology and Engineering), which must be taken during the first two years of involvement with the HTE@USC program, a case studies sequence taken during the second year and a research course to earn projectrelated credits: COURSES UNITS
BME 566abcd Topics in Health, Technology and Engineering: 2-2-2-2 BME 567ab Case Studies in Health, Technology and Engineering 2-2 BME 790 Research 12
Other required courses that are part of the M.D. curriculum (Ph.D. students enroll in INTD course versions of the same courses open only to HTE students on CR/NC basis): INTD 621ab Introduction to Clinical Medicine (ICM) for HTE 3-3 INTD 622L Pre-clinical System Block for Health, Technology and Engineering 3-9
Candidates interested in applying should contact HTE@USC via email at hte@usc.edu.
608
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
Courses of Instruction BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING (BME)
The terms indicated are expected but are not guaranteed. For the courses offered during any given term, consult the Schedule of Classes. BME 101 Introduction to Biomedical Engineering (3, Fa) Historical development and
survey of major areas comprising biomedical engineering: theoretical neurobiology and systems physiology, biomedical instrumentation, artificial organ and prosthetic devices, biomedical computer applications. BME 201 Biomedical Engineering Practice (2, Fa) Examination of the technical and
practical challenges involved in the development of medical devices, including neural implants, in industry and the clinical setting. Recommended preparation: BME 101. BME 210 Biomedical Computer Simulation Methods (3, Sp) Computational methods for
simulation of circulatory, respiratory, pharmaco kinetic, and neural models. Quadrature, differential equations, systems of linear equations, simulation languages, experimental statistics. Prerequisite: EE 150L; corequisite: MATH 245. BME 302L Medical Electronics (4, Sp) Elec-
tronic design and measurements for medical applications. Use of integrated circuits, biopotential measurements, static and dynamic calibration of physiological transducers. Prerequisite: EE 202L. BME 350 Biomedical Engineering Industrial Project (3, Sp) Training in specific skills
relevant to biomedical industry. Placement in summer internship following successful completion of the course. Junior standing. Prerequisite: BME 210.
BME 390 Special Problems (1-4) Supervised,
individual studies. No more than one registration permitted. Enrollment by petition only. BME 402 Control and Communication in the Nervous System (3, Sp) An introduction
to the structural and functional elements common to nervous systems, with emphasis on cellular dynamics, interneuronal communication, sensory and effector systems. Prerequisite: BISC 220L, BME 210, MATH 245. BME 403 Physiological Systems (3, Fa)
A thorough bioengineering treatment of the physiological properties of various mammalian organ systems: e.g., cardiovascular, respiratory, renal, and musculoskeletal. Prerequisite: BISC 220L, MATH 245; corequisite: EE 202L.
BME 404 Biomechanics (3, Fa) M echanical
properties of biological tissues and fluid transport in physiological systems: blood rheology; bioviscoelastic solids and fluids; gas flow and mixing; prosthesis design. Prerequisite: PHYS 151L; MATH 245; AME 201. BME 405L Senior Projects: Measurements and Instrumentation (4, FaSp) Application
of instrumentation and measurement techniques to biomedical engineering projects involving measurement, replacement or augmentation of biomedical systems. Prerequisite: BME 210, EE 202L. BME 410 Introduction to Biomaterials and Tissue Engineering (3, Fa) Application of
principles of physical chemistry, biochemistry, and materials engineering to biomedical problems, e.g., materials selection and design for implants and tissue replacement. Prerequisite: CHEM 322aL. BME 412 Craniofacial and Dental Technology (4) (Enroll in DENT 412) BME 414 Rehabilitation Engineering (3, Sp)
An introduction to rehabilitation technology: limb and spinal orthoses; limb prostheses; functional electrical stimulation; sensory aids. Recommended preparation: AME 201.
BME 452 Introduction to Biomimetic Neural Engineering (3, Fa) Engineering principles,
biology, technological challenges and stateof-the-art developments in the design of implantable biomimetic microelectronic devices that interface with the nervous system. Prerequisite: EE 202; recommended preparation: basic biology and electronics. BME 489 Biochemical Engineering (3, Sp)
(Enroll in CHE 489) BME 490x Directed Research (2-8, max 8)
Individual research and readings. Not available for graduate credit. BME 499 Special Topics (2-4, max 8) Current
trends and developments in the field of biomedical engineering. BME 501 Advanced Topics in B iomedical Systems (4, FaSp) Advanced topics in
selected biomedical systems: cardiopulmonary, neuromuscular, renal and endocrine. BME 502 Advanced Studies of the Nervous System (4, Fa) Advanced topics on the
structure and function of the nervous system examined from the viewpoint of computational systems science. BME 504 Neuromuscular Systems (3, Fa)
BME 416 Development and Regulation of Medical Products (3, Sp) An introduction to
the process of medical product development with emphasis on the regulations that govern the design, fabrication, and maintenance of medical products. Junior standing. BME 423 Statistical Methods in Biomedical Engineering (3, Fa) Applications of paramet-
ric and non-parametric tests, analysis of variance, linear regression, time-series analysis, and autoregressive modeling, with biomedical applications to statistical analysis of biomedical data. Prerequisite: BME 210. BME 425 Basics of Biomedical Imaging (3, Fa) Engineering, clinical applications and
modern physics concepts underlying X-ray imaging, Computed Tomography (CT), nuclear medicine, positron emission tomography, Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI), ultrasound imaging. Prerequisite: PHYS 152L. BME 451 Fundamentals of Biomedical Microdevices (3, Fa) Introduction to biomed-
ical microdevices with emphasis on microtechnologies and biomedical microelectro mechanical systems (bioMEMS). Principles for measurement of small-scale biological phenomena and clinical applications. Prerequisite: EE 202L; recommended preparation: basic biology and electronics.
Introduces the fundamentals of mathematical, Newtonian, and robotic analysis applicable to multi-muscle biomechanical systems. Combines physiology with numerical simulations to understand and predict motor function. Recommended preparation: Matlab programming, fundamentals of mechanics, linear algebra. BME 505abL Laboratory Projects in Biomedical Engineering (4, FaSpSm) Integration
of biomedical science, engineering principles and state-of-the-art technology for the study of selected physiological systems in the laboratory setting. Laboratory. Graded CR/NC.
BME 511 Physiological Control Systems (3, Fa) Application of control theory to physi-
ological systems; static analysis of closed-loop systems; time-domain analysis of linear control identification methods; nonlinear control. Recommended preparation: BME 513. BME 513 Signal and Systems Analysis (3, Sp) Classification; representation; sta-
tistical analysis; orthogonal expansions; least-squares estimation; harmonic analysis; Fourier, Laplace, and Z transforms; the linear system; filtering; modeling and simulation; linear control theory.
Biomedical Engineering
BME 523 Measurement and Processing of Biological Signals (3, Fa) Acquisition, analy-
BME 552 Neural Implant Engineering (3, Sp)
BME 525 Advanced Biomedical Imaging (4, Sp) Advanced scientific and engineering
BME 566abcd Topics in Health, Technology and Engineering (a: 2, Fa; b: 2, Sp; c: 2, Fa; d: 2, Sp) Interdisciplinary approach to
sis, and display of biological data using digital computers; laboratory applications of digital signal processing and real time analysis. Prerequisite: BME 513.
principles of biomedical imaging including magnetic resonance, X-ray computed tomography, single photon and positron emission tomography, magnetoencephalography and electroencephalography. BME 527 Integration of Medical Imaging Systems (3, Fa) Medical imaging quality,
compression, data standards, workflow analysis and protocols, broadband networks, image security, fault tolerance, picture archive communication system (PACS), image database and backup. BME 528 Medical Imaging Informatics (3, Sp) Picture archive communication sys-
tem (PACS) design and implementation; clinical PACS-based imaging informatics; telemedicine/teleradiology; image content indexing, image data mining; grid computing in large-scale imaging informatics; imageassisted diagnosis, surgery and therapy. Prerequisite: BME 425 or BME 525, BME 527. BME 533 Seminar in Bioengineering (1, max 3, FaSp) Graded CR/NC. BME 535 Ultrasonic Imaging (3, Sp) All
Advanced studies of the basic neuroscience, engineering design requirements and technological issues associated with implantable neural prostheses, with particular emphasis on retinal and cortical function.
impart the skills, knowledge and familiarity with stages of collaborative projects related to medical device and methods innovation in health care settings. Open only to health, technology and engineering majors. c: Concurrent enrollment: BME 567a. d: Concurrent enrollment: BME 567b.
BME 567ab Case Studies in Health, Technology and Engineering (a: 2, Fa; b: 2, Sp)
Learning from cases illustrating paths from health care problems to solutions. Faculty, students and invited guests will provide examples of both successful and unsuccessful innovation attempts. Open only to health, technology and engineering majors. a: Concurrent enrollment: BME 566c. b: Concurrent enrollment: BME 566d. BME 575L Computational Neuroengineering (3, Sp) Introduction to computational
modeling in neuroengineering, anchored in examples of brain function. Topics include transduction, synapses, spiking, networks, normalization, learning, Bayesian models, and Kalman filtering. Prerequisite: BME 502.
609
BME 650 Biomedical Measurement and Instrumentation (3, Sp) Design of measure-
ment systems and biomedical instrumentation; architecture of electronic instruments used to measure physiological parameters, analysis of major process functions integrated in these instruments. Open to M.S., Medical Device and Diagnostic Engineering and biomedical engineering Ph.D. students only. Recommended preparation: BME 513. BME 670 Early Visual Processing (4, Fa)
Interdisciplinary topics in biological and artificial low-level visual processing. Retina, lateral geniculate nucleus; computer vision; neurophysiology, retinal prosthesis; molecular biology, phototransduction; edge detection; movement. Open to graduate students only. Prerequisite: NEUR 524 or BME 502 or CSCI 574. BME 671 Late Visual Processing (4, Sp)
Interdisciplinary topics in biological and artificial high-level visual processing. Visual cortex; computer vision; neurophysiology; psychophysics; MRI; computational models; orientation selectivity; steropsis; motion; contours; object recognition. Open to graduate students only. Prerequisite: NEUR 524 or BME 502 or CSCI 574. BME 680 Modeling and Simulation of Physiological Systems (3, Irregular) Mathematical
theories and computation techniques for modeling physiological systems, with emphasis on cardiorespiratory, metabolic-endocrine, and neuronal functions.
aspects of ultrasonic imaging including ultrasound and tissue interaction, ultrasonic transducers, instrumentation, imaging methods, clinical applications, bioeffects, safety, and recent developments in the field.
BME 590 Directed Research (1-12) Research
leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC.
BME 790 Research (1-12) Research appli-
BME 536 Ultrasonic Transducers (3, Fa)
BME 594abz Master’s Thesis (2-2-0) Credit
tion. Graded IP/CR/NC.
Background and foundation covering the design, fabrication and testing of ultrasonic transducers and arrays. Design approaches, modeling tools will be discussed. Design project assigned. BME 551 Introduction to Bio-MEMS and Nanotechnology (3, Sp) Principles
and biomedical applications of micro- electromechanical systems (MEMS) and nano technology, including microfluidics, nanowire sensors, nanomotors, quantum dots, biofuel cells and molecular imaging. Recommended preparation: Basic biology and electronics.
on acceptance of thesis. Graded IP/CR/NC. BME 599 Special Topics (2-4, max 9) Current
trends and developments in the field of biomedical engineering.
BME 620L Applied Electrophysiology (4, Fa)
The theoretical basis and applied design principles for medical devices and instrumentation that interact with electrically excitable tissues of the body. Prerequisite: BME 502.
cable to the doctorate. Graded CR/NC.
BME 794abcdz Doctoral Dissertation (2-2-2-2-0) Credit on acceptance of disserta-
610
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
Chemical Engineering – Mork Family Department of Chemical Engineering and Materials Science HEDCO Building 216 (213) 740-2225 FAX: (213) 740-8053 Email: chemsche@vsoe.usc.edu chems.usc.edu Chair: Steven R. Nutt, Ph.D. Faculty
Zohrab A. Kaprielian Dean’s Chair in Engineering and Chester F. Dolley Chair in Petroleum Engineering: Yannis C. Yortsos, Ph.D. Fluor Early Career Chair in Engineering: Andrea M. Armani, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering, Chemistry) M.C. Gill Chair in Composite Materials: Steven R. Nutt, Ph.D. (Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering) Omar B. Milligan Chair in Petroleum Engineering: Iraj Ershaghi, Ph.D., P.E. N.I.O.C. Chair in Petroleum Engineering: Muhammad Sahimi, Ph.D. Robert E. Vivian Chair in Energy Resources: Theodore T. Tsotsis, Ph.D.
Fluor Professor in Process Engineering: S. Joe Qin, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering and Industrial and Systems Engineering) Kenneth T. Norris Professor of Engineering: Anupam Madhukar, Ph.D. (Physics and Biomedical Engineering) Judge Widney Professor of Chemical Engineering and Chemistry: Ray R. Irani; Ph.D. (Chemistry)
Associate Professors: Wenji Victor Chang, Ph.D.; Edward Goo, Ph.D.; Kristian Jessen, Ph.D.; C. Ted Lee Jr., Ph.D.*; Katherine S. Shing, Ph.D.*; Pin Wang, Ph.D. Assistant Professors: Malancha Gupta, Ph.D.; Andrea Maria Hodge, Ph.D. (Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering); Behnam Jafarpour, Ph.D.; Noah Malmstadt, Ph.D.; Jongseung Yoon, Ph.D.
Professors: Edward Crandall, Ph.D., M.D. (Medicine); P. Daniel Dapkus, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering); Martin Gundersen, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering); Rajiv K. Kalia, Ph.D. (Physics and Computer Science); Michael Kassner, Ph.D. (Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering); Terence G. Langdon, Ph.D., D.Sc. (Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering and Earth Sciences); Florian Mansfeld, Ph.D.; Aiichiro Nakano, Ph.D. (Computer Science, Physics and Biomedical Engineering); George Olah, Ph.D. (Chemistry); Richard Roberts, Ph.D. (Chemistry); Richard Stegemeier, M.S. Eng.; Armand R. Tanguay Jr., Ph.D. (Electrical and Biomedical Engineering); Mark E. Thompson, Ph.D. (Chemistry); Priya Vashishta, Ph.D. (Physics, Computer Science and Biomedical Engineering); Chongwu Zhou, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering)
Research Professors: Fred Aminzadeh, Ph.D.; Peter Will, Ph.D. (Astronautics, Space Technology and Industrial Systems); Don Zhang, Ph.D. (Civil and Environmental)
• To obtain employment and succeed in organizations where physical, chemical or biochemical transformations are utilized to produce products and services that benefit society.
Bachelor of Science in Chemical Engineering Degree
Emeritus Professors: Elmer L. Dougherty, Ph.D.; Murray Gershenzon, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering); Ronald Salovey, Ph.D.* *Recipient of university-wide or school teaching award.
Chemical Engineering Honor Society: Omega Chi Epsilon
Degree Requirements Educational Program Objectives
Chemical engineering is the only engineering discipline that makes extensive use of chemical transformations (reactions) in addition to physical transformations (refining, molding or machining) to achieve added value. Chemical engineers are employed in virtually all manufacturing industries, from the basic chemical, biochemical, materials, energy, food, pharmaceutical and microelectronics industries to the myriad consumer product industries. Our various curricula are designed to produce graduates who are broadly educated as well as highly adaptable. Graduates of the Bachelor of Science in Chemical Engineering programs are prepared to achieve any of the following accomplishments:
• To pursue graduate or professional education in a variety of related fields. • To engage in continuous personal and professional development through lifelong learning. • To assume leadership roles in their employment organization or community.
The Mork Family Department of Chemical Engineering offers a Bachelor of Science degree in Chemical Engineering. Additionally, there are five possible areas of emphasis within this chemical engineering program major. These are: biochemical engineering (133 units); environmental engineering (132 units); nanotechnology (128 units); petroleum engineering (133 units); and polymer/materials science (133 units). An area of emphasis appears in parentheses after the primary major name on the transcript. Sample student schedules are located on the department Web page (chems.usc.edu).
Chemical Engineering
611
Common Requirements for the B.S. Degree and All Areas of Emphasis (108 units) See also common requirements for undergraduate degrees section, page 569.
CHE 480 Chemical Process and Plant Design 3 CHE 485 Computer-Aided Chemical Process Design 3
COMPOSITION/WRITING COURSES
*GE Category VI is taken concurrently with WRIT 140.
In addition to the previously listed common requirements, students must also take the following courses: BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES COURSES
UNITS
WRIT 140* Writing and Critical Reasoning 4 WRIT 340 Advanced Writing 3
**Diversity course must double count as a GE course in calculating the total unit count for the degree.
GENERAL EDUCATION (SEE PAGE 63)**
***Satisfies GE Category III requirement.
UNITS
General education+ 20 CHEMISTRY COURSES
UNITS
CHEM 105aL General Chemistry, or CHEM 115aL Advanced General Chemistry 4 CHEM 105bL General Chemistry, or CHEM 115bL Advanced General Chemistry 4 CHEM 300L Analytical Chemistry 4 CHEM 322aL Organic Chemistry 4 CHEM 430a Physical Chemistry 4 MATH COURSES
MATH 125 Calculus I MATH 126 Calculus II MATH 226 Calculus III MATH 245 Mathematics of Physics and Engineering I PHYSICS COURSES
PHYS 151*** Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics and Thermodynamics PHYS 152 Fundamentals of Physics II: Electricity and Magnetism CHEMICAL ENGINEERING COURSES
UNITS
4 4 4 4 UNITS
Additional Requirements for Individual Degrees
Bachelor of Science in Chemical Engineering The requirement for the degree in the absence of an area of emphasis is 129 units. A cumulative grade point average of C (2.0) is required in all upper division courses applied towards the major, regardless of the department in which the courses are taken. In addition to the previously listed common requirements, students must also take the following courses:
CHEM 322bL CHEM 430b
Organic Chemistry, or Physical Chemistry
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING COURSES
4
4 UNITS
CHE 120 Introduction to Chemical Engineering 3 CHE 205 Numerical Methods in Chemical Engineering 3 CHE 330 Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics 3 CHE 350 Introduction to Separation Processes 3 CHE 442 Chemical Reactor Analysis 3 CHE 443 Viscous Flow 3 CHE 444abL Chemical Engineering Laboratory 3-3 CHE 445 Heat Transfer in Chemical Engineering Processes 2 CHE 446 Mass Transfer in Chemical Engineering Processes 2 CHE 460L Chemical Process Dynamics and Control 3
ADDITIONAL ELECTIVES (8-9 UNITS)
BISC 403 Advanced Molecular Biology, or approved bio-engineering elective** 3-4 BME 410 Introduction to Biomaterials and Tissue Engineering 3 CHE 489 Biochemical Engineering 3 ENGINEERING ELECTIVE
UNITS
CHE 405 Applications of Probability and Statistics for Chemical Engineers, or ISE 460 Engineering Economy 3 *Students in the biochemical engineering option must take a minimum of 48 engineering units total to graduate.
UNITS
4 UNITS
CHE 405 Applications of Probability and Statistics for Chemical Engineers 3 CHE 476 Chemical Engineering Materials 3 CHE Technical Elective An upper division CHE course
BISC 300L Introduction to Microbiology 4 BISC 320L Molecular Biology 4 BISC 330L Biochemistry 4 BIO-ELECTIVES UNITS
+The university allows engineering majors to replace the GE Category IV with a second course in Categories I, II or VI.
CHEMISTRY TECHNICAL ELECTIVE
UNITS
3 UNITS
Suggested Courses CE 205 Statics 2 EE 438L Processing for Microelectronics 3 ISE 460 Engineering Economy, or BUAD 301 Technical Entrepreneurship 3
Bachelor of Science in Chemical Engineering Emphasis in Biochemical Engineering The requirement for the degree with an emphasis in biochemical engineering is 133 units.* A scholarship average of C (2.0) or higher is required for all upper division courses taken in chemical engineering, biomedical engineering and biological sciences.
**Student may combine a 3-unit approved bio- engineering elective with 1 unit of free elective.
Bachelor of Science in Chemical Engineering Emphasis in Environmental Engineering The requirement for the degree with an emphasis in environmental engineering is 132 units. A cumulative grade point average of C (2.0) is required for all upper division courses applied towards the major, regardless of the department in which the courses are taken. In addition to the previously listed common requirements, students must also take the following courses: CHEMICAL ENGINEERING COURSES
UNITS
CHE 405 Applications of Probability and Statistics for Chemical Engineers 3 CHE 476 Chemical Engineering Materials 3 CHE 486 Design of Environmentally Benign Process Plants 3 OTHER COURSES
UNITS
CE 453 Water Quality Control 3 CE 463L Water Chemistry and Analysis 3 ISE 460 Engineering Economy, or BUAD 301 Technical Entrepreneurship 3 PTE 463L Introduction to Transport Processes in Porous Media 3
612
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
Air Pollution Elective ENE 428 Air Pollution Fundamentals, or ENE 429 Air Pollution Control
Bachelor of Science in Chemical Engineering Emphasis in Petroleum Engineering The requirement for the degree with an emphasis in petroleum engineering is 133 units. A cumulative grade point average of C (2.0) is required for all upper division courses applied towards the major, regardless of the department in which the courses are taken. In addition to the previously listed common requirements, students must also take the following courses:
3
Bachelor of Science in Chemical Engineering Emphasis in Nanotechnology The requirement for the degree with an emphasis in nanotechnology is 128 units. A cumulative grade point average of C (2.0) is required for all upper division courses applied towards the major, regardless of the department in which the courses are taken. In addition to the previously listed common requirements, students must also take the following courses: CHEMISTRY COURSE
UNITS
CHEM 453 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry 4 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING AND MATERIALS SCIENCE COURSES
UNITS
CHE 487 Nanotechnology and Nanoscale Engineering through Chemical Processes 3 CHE 491 Nanotechnology Research for Undergraduates (two semesters) 2-2 MASC 350L Nanostructured Materials: Design, Synthesis, and Processing 3 NANO TECHNICAL ELECTIVE
UNITS
EE 438L Processing for Microelectronics, or CHE 489 Biochemical Engineering, or PTE 463L Introduction to Transport Processes in Porous Media 3 OTHER COURSE
UNITS
CHE 405 Applications of Probability and Statistics for Chemical Engineers or ISE 460 Engineering Economy, or BUAD 301 Technical Entrepreneurship 3
CHEMISTRY COURSE
UNITS
Chemistry Technical Elective CHEM 322bL Organic Chemistry, or CHEM 430b Physical Chemistry
OTHER CHEMICAL ENGINEERING/ MATERIALS SCIENCE COURSES
UNITS
CHE 472 Polymer Science and Engineering 3 CHE 476 Chemical Engineering Materials, or MASC 310 Materials Behavior and Processing 3 MASC 350L Nanostructured Materials: Design, Synthesis, and Processing 3 POLYMER/MATERIALS ELECTIVES (CHOOSE THREE COURSES)
UNITS
PTE 461 Formation Evaluation 3 PTE 463L Introduction to Transport Processes in Porous Media 3 PTE 464L Petroleum Reservoir Engineering 3 PTE 465L Drilling Technology and Subsurface Methods 3
BME 410 Introduction to Biomaterials and Tissue Engineering 3 CHE 474L Polymer Science and Engineering Laboratory 3 CHE 475 Physical Properties of Polymers 3 CHE 477 Computer Assisted Polymer Engineering and Manufacturing 3 CHE 487 Nanotechnology and Nanoscale Engineering through Chemical Processes 3 EE 438L Processing for Microelectronics 3 MASC 440 Materials and the Environment 3
OTHER COURSE
OTHER COURSE
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING COURSES
4 UNITS
CHE 405 Applications of Probability and Statistics for Chemical Engineers 3 CHE 476 Chemical Engineering Materials 3 PETROLEUM ENGINEERING COURSES
UNITS
UNITS
ISE 460 Engineering Economy, or BUAD 301 Technical Entrepreneurship 3
Bachelor of Science in Chemical Engineering Emphasis in Polymer/Materials Science The requirement for the degree with an emphasis in polymer/materials science is 133 units. A cumulative grade point average of C (2.0) is required for all upper division courses applied towards the major, regardless of the department in which the courses are taken. In addition to the previously listed common requirements, students must also take the following courses: CHEMISTRY COURSES
CHEM 322bL CHEM 430b
UNITS
Organic Chemistry, or Physical Chemistry
4
UNITS
CHE 405 Applications of Probability and Statistics for Chemical Engineers, or ISE 460 Engineering Economy, or BUAD 301 Technical Entrepreneurship 3 Minor in Engineering Technology Commercialization
See listing in the Special Educational Opportunities section, page 586.
Chemical Engineering
613
Graduate Degrees Master of Science in Chemical Engineering
The Master of Science in chemical engineering is awarded in strict conformity with the general requirements of the USC Viterbi School of Engineering with the exception that the minimum unit requirement is 28. Registration in either CHE 550ab or CHE 590 is required. Engineer in Chemical Engineering
Requirements for the Engineer in chemical engineering are the same as set forth in the general requirements. See general requirements for graduate degrees. Only available to graduate students currently enrolled.
Departmental Policies and Requirements In addition to the general requirements for the Ph.D. described in this catalogue, candidates in chemical engineering are required to demonstrate proficiency in the following fields: thermodynamics, fluid flow, heat and mass transfer and chemical engineering kinetics. Registration in CHE 550ab is required of all students. More detailed statements of the departmental requirements may be found in a brochure available upon request from the Mork Family Department of Chemical Engineering and Materials Science office.
Chemical Engineering Three-Two Plan
A special curriculum is available for obtaining a Bachelor of Science degree in chemical engineering and a Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Arts degree in a letters, arts and sciences major in five years. For further information see departmental advisers. Similar programs are available in cooperation with certain liberal arts colleges. Such programs are particularly suited for obtaining a Bachelor of Science in chemistry at the liberal arts college and a Bachelor of Science in chemical engineering at USC. Graduate Certificate in Engineering Technology Commercialization
Doctor of Philosophy
The Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) degree in chemical engineering is awarded in conformity with the general requirements of the Graduate School. See general requirements for graduate degrees.
See listing in the Special Educational Opportunities section, page 586.
Courses of Instruction CHEMICAL ENGINEERING (CHE)
The terms indicated are expected but are not guaranteed. For the courses offered during any given term, consult the Schedule of Classes.
CHE 390 Special Problems (1-4) Supervised,
individual studies. No more than one registration permitted. Enrollment by petition only. CHE 405 Applications of Probability and Statistics for Chemical Engineers (3, Fa)
in chemical engineering using graphics and computers. Mass and heat balances. Corequisite: MATH 125; CHEM 105aL or CHEM 115aL.
Principles of probability and statistics, random variables and random functions. Application to chemical engineering problems, including process design, process safety, heterogeneous materials and processes. Prerequisite: MATH 245.
CHE 205 Numerical Methods in Chemical Engineering (3, Sp) Computational tools
CHE 410 Introduction to Biomaterials and Tissue Engineering (3, Fa) (Enroll in
CHE 120 Introduction to Chemical Engineering (3, Sp) Problem-solving techniques
for solving numerical problems in Chemical Engineering. Prerequisite: MATH 125.
BME 410)
CHE 442 Chemical Reactor Analysis (3, Fa) CHE 330 Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics (3, Fa) Elements of chemical engi-
neering thermodynamics, including generalized correlations of properties of materials, phase behavior, physical and chemical equilibria. Corequisite: MATH 226. CHE 350 Introduction to Separation Processes (3, Sp) Use of equilibrium phase rela-
tions and principles of material and energy balance for design, operation, and optimization of separation procedures such as distillation, absorption, etc. Prerequisite: CHEM 105bL or CHEM 115bL; recommended preparation: CHE 330.
Basic concepts of chemical kinetics and chemical reactor design. Prerequisite: MATH 245. CHE 443 Viscous Flow (3, Sp) Constitutive
equations and rate laws, momentum equations and kinetic theory of Newtonian, NonNewtonian and complex flows. Applications to chemical engineering systems. Corequisite: CHE 350, MATH 245. CHE 444abL Chemical Engineering Laboratory (3-3, FaSp) Resolution of chemical
engineering problems that require original planning, observations, and data interpretation. Written and oral reports. Prerequisite: CHE 330, CHE 350, CHE 442; corequisite: CHE 443.
CHE 445 Heat Transfer in Chemical Engineering Processes (2) Phenomenological rate
laws, differential and macroscopic equations, and elementary kinetic theory of heat transfer processes with emphases on conduction and convection. (Duplicates credit in AME 331.) Prerequisite: CHE 443, MATH 245.
CHE 446 Mass Transfer in Chemical Engineering Processes (2, Sp) Molecular and con-
tinuum approaches to diffusion and convection in fluids and multicomponent mixtures; simultaneous mass, heat and momentum transfer; steady-state and time-dependent diffusion; Maxwell-Stefan equations. Prerequisite: MATH 245, CHE 443, CHE 445. CHE 460L Chemical Process Dynamics and Control (3, Sp) Simulation, stability, and auto-
matic control of chemical processes. Open and closed loop control schemes and introduction to optimal control theory. Computer implementation and laboratory application. Prerequisite: CHE 120; corequisite: MATH 245.
CHE 461 Formation Evaluation (3) (Enroll in
PTE 461)
CHE 462 Economic, Risk and Formation Productivity Analysis (4) (Enroll in PTE 462) CHE 463L Introduction to Transport Processes in Porous Media (3) (Enroll in
PTE 463L)
614
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
CHE 464L Petroleum Reservoir Engineering (3) (Enroll in PTE 464L)
CHE 487 Nanotechnology and Nanoscale Engineering through Chemical Processes (3)
CHE 465L Drilling Technology and Subsurface Methods (3) (Enroll in PTE 465L) CHE 472 Polymer Science and Engineering (3,Sp) The preparation, characterization, and
properties of synthetic polymers. An interdisciplinary approach to polymers as materials. Recommended preparation: CHEM 322aL. CHE 474L Polymer Science and Engineering Laboratory (3, Sp) Experimental methods for
the preparation, characterization, and properties of synthetic polymers. Recommended preparation: CHE 472.
Properties and processing of nanomaterials including polymeric, metallic, and ceramic nanoparticles, composites, colloids, and surfactant self-assembly for templated nanomaterial production. Prerequisite: CHEM 105aL or CHEM 115aL or MASC 110L. CHE 489 Biochemical Engineering (3, Sp)
Application of chemical engineering princi ples to biological and biochemical processes and materials. Design of biochemical reactors and of processes for separation and purification of biological products. Prerequisite: CHE 330, BISC 320L.
CHE 532 Vapor-Liquid Equilibrium (3) Ther-
modynamics of phase relations; prediction and correlation of phase behavior. Prerequisite: CHE 330. CHE 540 Viscous Flow (3) Fluid mechanical
problem of interest to chemical engineers involving laminar flows of incompressible fluids, viscous-dominated creeping flows, and motion of bubbles and drops. Prerequisite: CE 309 or AME 309 or CHE 443. CHE 541 Mass Transfer (3) Fundamentals
of mass transfer within a single phase and between phases; applications to separation processes. Recommended preparation: CHE 445.
CHE 490x Directed Research (2-8, max 8) CHE 475 Physical Properties of Polymers (3, Fa) Theoretical methods and semi-
empirical correlations for estimating mechan ical, thermodynamic, transport, optical, and electrical properties of polymer solutions, melts, networks, glasses, polymer blends and semi-crystalline polymers. Recommended preparation: CHE 472 and CHEM 430a. CHE 476 Chemical Engineering Materials (3, Sp) Chemical and physical properties of
solid materials used by chemical engineers, including polymers, metals, and ceramics. Materials design for industrial applications. Prerequisite: CHEM 322aL. CHE 477 Computer Assisted Polymer Engineering and Manufacturing I (3, Sp) Estima-
tion of physical, mechanical, chemical and processing properties of thermal plastics. Major molding processes. Mold flow simulation and residual stresses analysis. Case studies. Prerequisite: junior class standing. CHE 480 Chemical Process and Plant Design (3, Sp) Applications of unit operations, ther-
modynamics, kinetics, and economic balance; energy conservation in heat exchanger networks and in sequencing of separational devices. Safety aspects. Prerequisite: senior standing.
CHE 485 Computer-Aided Chemical Process Design (3, Fa) Use and optimization of mod-
ern computer software for chemical process design. Prerequisite: CHE 442, CHE 443.
CHE 486 Design of Environmentally Benign Process Plants (3, Sp) Chemical Process
Plants interact with the environment as an integrated system. This course discusses design procedures to minimize unwanted effluents to air, water and solid wastes. Corequisite: CHE 480 or CHE 485.
Individual research and readings. Not available for graduate credit. CHE 491 Nanotechnology Research for Undergraduates (2) Independent research
in nanotechnology. Research project selected by the student in close consultation with a research mentor. Graded CR/NC. Prerequisite: CHE 487. CHE 499 Special Topics (2-4, max 8) Course
content to be selected each semester from recent developments in chemical engineering and related fields. CHE 501 Modeling and Analysis of Chemical Engineering Systems (3, Fa) Application
of mathematics to problems in chemical engineering; mathematical modeling, differential and integral equations, linear systems analysis and stability, asymptotic and numerical methods. Graduate standing. CHE 502 Numerical Methods for Diffusive and Convective Transport (3, Sp) Numerical
solution of ordinary and partial differential equations describing fluid flow, diffusion with chemical reaction, and conduction in heterogeneous media. Graduate standing. CHE 510 Energy and Process Efficiency (3, Sp) Management and engineering strate-
gies utilized to improve energy efficiency. Open only to graduate students.
CHE 542 Chemical Engineering Kinetics (3, Sp) Reaction kinetics applied to problems
of engineering design and operation. Recommended preparation: CHE 442.
CHE 544 Heat Transmission (3) Principles of
conduction, radiation, and convection of heat; application to chemical and related industries. Recommended preparation: CHE 330, CHE 445. CHE 550ab Seminars in Chemical Engineering (0-1, max 2, FaSp) Seminars to cover
recent developments in the field of chemical engineering given by invited speakers. Master’s students must register for two semesters; Ph.D. students must register for four semesters. Graded IP/CR/NC. Recommended preparation: graduate standing. CHE 554 Principles of Tissue Engineering (3, Fa) Advanced scientific and engineer-
ing principles of tissue engineering including stem cell biology, biomaterial scaffolds, protein-surface interaction, bioreactor, and selected bioartificial organs (e.g., kidney, bone, skin). Recommended preparation: CHE 476, CHE 489. CHE 560 Advanced Separation and Bio separation Processes (3, Sp) Experimental
techniques for separation and bioseparation processes and theoretical and computational techniques for modeling them. Graduate standing.
CHE 513 Principles of Combustion (3)
(Enroll in AME 513) CHE 523 Principles of Electrochemical Engineering (3) (Enroll in MASC 523) CHE 530 Thermodynamics for Chemical Engineers (3, Sp) Application of thermo-
dynamics to chemical engineering systems. Recommended preparation: CHE 330. CHE 531 Enhanced Oil Recovery (3) (Enroll
in PTE 531)
CHE 572 Advanced Topics in Polymer Kinetics and Rheology (3, Fa) Kinetics of polymer
synthesis reactions and rheology of polymer solutions. Recommended preparation: CHE 442, CHE 472. CHE 582 Fluid Flow and Transport Processes in Porous Media (3) (Enroll in PTE 582)
Materials Science
615
CHE 590 Directed Research (1-12) Research
CHE 599 Special Topics (2-4, max 9) Course
CHE 790 Research (1-12) Research leading
CHE 594abz Master’s Thesis (2-2-0) Credit
CHE 611 Stochastic Modeling and Simulation (3) (Enroll in CE 611)
CHE 794abcdz Doctoral Dissertation (2-2-2-2-0) Credit on acceptance of disserta-
leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. on acceptance of thesis. Graded IP/CR/NC. CHE 596 Chemical Reactions in the Atmosphere (3) (Enroll in ENE 596)
content will be selected each semester to reflect current trends and developments in the field of chemical engineering.
to the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC.
tion. Graded IP/CR/NC.
CHE 690 Directed Research (1-4, max 8, FaSpSm) Laboratory study of specific prob-
lems by candidates for the degree Engineer in Chemical Engineering. Graded CR/NC.
Materials Science – Mork Family Department of Chemical Engineering and Materials Science Vivian Hall of Engineering 602 (213) 740-4339 FAX: (213) 740-7797 Email: chemsmas@vsoe.usc.edu chems.usc.edu Chair: Steven R. Nutt, Ph.D.
Assistant Professors: Andrea Armani, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering); Andrea Hodge, Ph.D. (Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering); Jongseung Yoon, Ph.D. Emeritus Professors: Murray Gershenzon, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering); Ronald Salovey, Ph.D.
Faculty
Fluor Early Career Chair in Engineering: Andrea M. Armani, Ph.D. (Chemistry, Electrical Engineering) M.C. Gill Chair in Composite Materials: Steven R. Nutt, Ph.D. (Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering) Kenneth T. Norris Professor of Engineering: Anupam Madhukar, Ph.D. (Physics) Professors: P. Daniel Dapkus, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering); Martin Gundersen, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering); Rajiv K. Kalia, Ph.D. (Physics and Computer Science); Michael E. Kassner, Ph.D. (Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering); Terence G. Langdon, Ph.D., D.Sc. (Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering and Earth Sciences); Anupam Madhukar, Ph.D. (Physics); Florian Mansfeld, Ph.D. (Chemical Engineering); Aiichiro Nakano, Ph.D. (Computer Science, Physics and Biomedical Engineering); Steven R. Nutt, Ph.D. (Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering); Charles G. Sammis, Ph.D. (Earth Sciences)*; Armand R. Tanguay Jr., Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering, Biomedical Engineering); Mark E. Thompson, Ph.D. (Chemistry); Priya Vashishta, Ph.D. (Physics, Computer Science and Biomedical Engineering); Chongwu Zhou, Ph.D. (Chemistry, Electrical Engineering) Associate Professor: Edward Goo, Ph.D.
*Recipient of university-wide or school teaching award.
Minor in Materials Science
A minor in materials science is open to all undergraduate students in engineering. This minor provides students with the background and skills necessary to understand and use advanced materials in different engineering applications. Students are required to complete a minimum of 16 units of course work consisting of both core requirements and elective courses. Students must include at least four upper division courses of either three or four units in the minor program. Students must apply to the Viterbi School of Engineering for the minor, and departmental approval is required. The program is outlined as follows:
ELECTIVES UNITS
BME 410 Introduction to Biomaterials and Tissue Engineering 3 CE 334L Mechanical Behavior of Materials 3 CE 428 Mechanics of Materials 3 CE 467L Geotechnical Engineering 4 CHE 472 Polymer Science and Engineering 3 CHE 476 Chemical Engineering Materials 3 MASC 350 Nanostructured Materials: Design, Synthesis, and Processing 3 MASC 439 Principles of Semiconductor Processing 3 Master of Science in Materials Science
In addition to the general requirements for the Master of Science degree, add the following required courses: CHE 501; EE 471; MASC 501, MASC 503, MASC 504, MASC 505 and MASC 561. The six remaining units for the degree may be electives chosen with departmental approval. Engineer in Materials Science
REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
CE 225 Mechanics of Deformable Bodies 3 CHE 476 Chemical Engineering Materials, or CE 334L Mechanical Behavior of Materials 3 MASC 310 Materials Behavior and Processing 3 MASC 440 Materials and the Environment 3 Adviser approved electives (minimum) 4
16
Requirements for the Engineer in materials science degree are the same as set forth in the general requirements for graduate degrees.
616
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
Master of Science in Materials Engineering
work for this degree in either the Materials Science or Aerospace and Mechanical Engi neering departments. The specific courses that constitute an acceptable program must be approved in advance by the administering department.
Doctor of Philosophy in Materials Science
MASC 440 Materials and the Environment (3, Sp) Interactions of metals, alloys and
MASC 504 Diffusion and Phase Equilibria (3, Sp) Phase equilibria; phase diagrams; dif-
Students with an interest in the characterization, selection and processing of engineering materials, and in materials problems related to engineering design may work toward a Master of Science in materials engineering. This degree is awarded in conformity with the general requirements of the Viterbi School of Engineering. Students may elect to
The Doctor of Philosophy with a major in materials science is awarded in strict conformity with the general requirements of the USC Graduate School. It includes the course requirements for the Master of Science degree. See general requirements for graduate degrees.
Courses of Instruction M AT E R I A L S S C I E N C E ( M A S C )
The terms indicated are expected but are not guaranteed. For the courses offered during any given term, consult the Schedule of Classes.
composite materials with liquid and gaseous corrosive environments; corrosion protection by alloying and application of inhibitors and metallic or organic coatings.
MASC 110L Materials Science (4, FaSp)
fusion; planar defects; nucleation and growth; spinodal decomposition; phase transformation. Prerequisite: MASC 503. MASC 505 Crystals and Anisotropy (3, Fa)
Chemical bonding and structure in crystalline, amorphous, and molecular solids; tendency and mechanisms for chemical change; homogeneous and heterogeneous equilibria. Prerequisite: high school chemistry.
MASC 471 Applied Quantum Mechanics for Engineers (3) (Enroll in EE 471)
MASC 310 Materials Behavior and Processing (3) Principles of mechanical behavior
MASC 475 Physical Properties of Polymers (3) (Enroll in CHE 475)
MASC 506 Semiconductor Physics (3, Fa)
MASC 476 Chemical Engineering Materials (3) (Enroll in CHE 476)
MASC 511 Materials Preparation (3) Prin-
and processing of materials. Relationships between mechanical properties, microstructure, and processing methods. Composites and nonmetallics included.
MASC 472 Polymer Science and Engineering (3) (Enroll in CHE 472)
MASC 499 Special Topics (2-4, max 8) MASC 334L Mechanical Behavior of Materials (3) (Enroll in CE 334L) MASC 350L Nanostructured Materials: Design, Synthesis, and Processing (3, Sp)
Structure, properties, synthesis, processing and design of metallic, ceramic, polymeric, electronic, photonic, composite, nanophase and biomaterials; nanostructures, micro fabrication and smart materials. Prerequisite: CHEM 105a or CHEM 115a or MASC 110L, PHYS 152. MASC 437 Fundamentals of Solid State (3)
Atomic theory; wave mechanics; crystal structure; lattice vibrations; elasticity theory; free electron and tight bonding approximations. Prerequisite: MASC 110L or EE 338, PHYS 153L, and MATH 445. MASC 438L Processing for Microelectronics (3) (Enroll in EE 438L) MASC 439 Principles of Semiconductor Processing (3) Principles relevant to semi-
conductor processing are covered. Topics include bulk and epitaxial crystal growth, photolithography, evaporation, sputtering, etching, oxidation, alloying, and ion implan tation. Prerequisite: MASC 110L, EE 338.
Course content will be selected each semester to reflect current trends and developments in the field of materials science. MASC 501 Solid State (3, Sp) Atomic struc-
ture, bonding in covalent, ionic and Van der Waals crystals, Brillouin zones, lattices, diffraction, electronic states, lattice vibrations, specific heat, electrical conductivity, and magnetism. Prerequisite: EE 471. MASC 502 Advanced Solid State (3, Fa)
Semiconductors, dielectrics and metals, thermoelectric effects, magnetism, magnetic resonance and superconductivity. Prerequisite: MASC 501. MASC 503 Thermodynamics of Materials (3, Fa) Classical thermodynamics, chemi-
cal potential, pure phases and mixtures; interphase relationships; binary and ternary solutions; free energy and activity; galvanic cell, electrochemical potential and Pourbaix diagram.
Stereographic projection; Laue back reflection method; crystal orientation; line and planar crystalline defects; tensors; susceptibility; permeability and permittivity; stress and strain; piezoelectricity; elasticity. (Enroll in EE 506) ciples and techniques of materials preparation; purification, crystal growth from liquid and vapor phases, sintering. Prerequisite: MASC 504. MASC 514L Processing of Advanced Semiconductor Devices (3, Fa) Statistical design
of experiments, vapor deposition of thin film dielectrics, plasma etching, advanced lithography, in-situ sensors, process monitoring, quality control, assurance/reliability. Prerequisite: EE 504. MASC 523 Principles of Electrochemical Engineering (3) Electrochemical techniques;
mass, charge, and heat transfer; electrochemical thermodynamics and electrode kinetics; electrochemical reactors; optimization; materials and corrosion; experimental modeling of industrial processes. MASC 524 Techniques and Mechanisms in Electrochemistry (3) Modern electrochem-
istry; in-situ techniques; in-situ probes of the near-electrode region; ex-situ emersion techniques; cyclic voltammetry, electroxidation, electrochemical reduction, reactive film formation, enzyme electrochemistry. MASC 534 Materials Characterization (3, Fa)
Characterization of solids by optical microscopy, electron microscopy, (TEM, SEM) and elemental and structural analysis (EPMA, ESCA, AES, SIMS, HEED, LEED, SED).
Petroleum Engineering
MASC 535L Transmission Electron Microscopy (4) Transmission electron microscopy
and techniques. Specimen-electron beam interaction, electron diffraction and image formation. X‑ray microanalysis. Laboratory involves hands-on training on the transmission electron microscope. (Duplicates credit in former MASC 536L.) Recommended preparation: MASC 505.
MASC 570 Introduction to Photovoltaic Solar Energy Conversion (3) Introduction
to the physical principles, implementation materials, devices, and manufacturing costs of solar cells and panels for photovoltaic conversion of solar radiation to electricity. MASC 575 Basics of Atomistic Simulation of Materials (3, Fa) Building a parallel com-
617
MASC 594abz Master’s Thesis (2-2-0) For
the master’s degree. Credit on acceptance of thesis. Graded IP/CR/NC. MASC 598 Materials Science Seminar (1)
Seminar in Materials Science research. To be taken only once for graduate credit. Graded CR/NC.
MASC 548 Rheology of Liquids and Solids (3) (Enroll in CHE 548)
puter from components; molecular dynamics method; computation of structural, thermodynamics and transport properties; simulation projects. Prerequisite: Undergraduate course in thermodynamics or statistical physics; recommended preparation: Fortran, Unix/Linux.
MASC 551 Mechanical Behavior of Engineering Materials (3, Sp) Mechanical prop-
MASC 576 Molecular Dynamics Simulations of Materials and Processes (3, Sp)
MASC 610 Molecular Beam Epitaxy (3)
erties of materials; macroscopic mechanical behavior related to structure and microstructure of the material; elementary dislocation theory related to basic strengthening mechanisms; fatigue and fracture; nanomaterials. Recommended preparation: MASC 310.
Molecular dynamics method for atomistic simulations of materials and processes, simulations using parallel computing, correlation functions for structural and dynamical properties plus simulation project. Prerequisite: MASC 575.
Basic principles, ultra high vacuum, machine considerations, source purity and calibrations temperature measurements, surface morphology and chemistry, growth procedures, III-V, II-VI and silicon MBE. Prerequisite: MASC 501, MASC 503.
MASC 559 Creep (3) (Enroll in AME 559)
MASC 583 Materials Selection (3) (Enroll in
MASC 690 Directed Research (1-4, max 8)
MASC 539 Engineering Quantum Mechanics (3) (Enroll in EE 539)
MASC 560 Fatigue and Fracture (3) (Enroll
in AME 560)
MASC 561 Dislocation Theory and Applications (3, Sp) Elasticity theory; types, sources,
motion, interaction of dislocations; stress fields and strain energies; partial dislocations and stacking faults; principles of work-hardening.
AME 588)
MASC 584 Fracture Mechanics and Mechanisms (3) (Enroll in AME 584) MASC 590 Directed Research (1-12) Research
leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC.
MASC 599 Special Topics (2-4, max 9) MASC 601 Semiconductor Devices (3)
(Enroll in EE 601) MASC 606 Nonequilibrium Processes in Semiconductors (3, Sp) (Enroll in EE 606)
Laboratory study of specific problems by candidates for the degree Engineer in Materials Science. Graded CR/NC. MASC 790 Research (1-12) Research leading
to the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. MASC 794abcdz Doctoral Dissertation (2-2-2-2-0) Credit on acceptance of disserta-
tion. Graded IP/CR/NC.
Petroleum Engineering – Mork Family Department of Chemical Engineering and Materials Science Hedco Building 316 (213) 740-0322 FAX: (213) 740-0324 Email: chemspte@vsoe.usc.edu chems.usc.edu
Omar B. Milligan Chair in Petroleum Engineering: Iraj Ershaghi, Ph.D., P.E.
Chair: Steven R. Nutt, Ph.D.
Associate Professor: Kristian Jessen, Ph.D.
Director: Iraj Ershaghi, Ph.D., P.E.
Assistant Professor: Behnam Jafarpour, Ph.D.
Faculty
Lecturers: Stephen Cheung, Ph.D.; Donald Clarke, M.S.; Robert Ehrlich, Ph.D.; Donald G. Hill, Ph.D.; Bradford Pierce, M.S.; Andrei
Zohrab A. Kaprielian Dean’s Chair in Engineering and Chester F. Dolley Chair in Petroleum Engineering: Yannis C. Yortsos, Ph.D.
William M. Keck Professor of Energy Resources: Donald M. Paul, Ph.D.
Popa, Ph.D.; Ehsan Tajer, Ph.D.; Wenlong Xu, Ph.D.; Ke-Thia Yao, Ph.D.; Victor M. Ziegler, Ph.D. Research Professor: Fred Aminzadeh, Ph.D.; Dongxiao Zhang, Ph.D. Emeritus Professor: Elmer L. Dougherty, Ph.D. Petroleum Engineering Honor Society: Pi Epsilon Tau
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
618
Degree Requirements Bachelor of Science in Chemical Engineering Emphasis in Petroleum Engineering
Master of Science in Petroleum Engineering
See the listing under Chemical Engineering, page 612. Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering Emphasis in Petroleum Engineering
Master of Science in Petroleum Engineering (Smart Oilfield Technologies)
See the listing under Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering, page 590. Minor in Petroleum Engineering
A minor in petroleum engineering consisting of 16 required units is available to undergraduate majors in various fields of engineering and applied science. Besides preparing for graduate study in petroleum engineering, the program will prepare students for careers in areas of national need such as the exploration, recovery and production of subterranean resources, and the underground disposal of hazardous wastes. Prerequisite courses: MATH 125, MATH 126, MATH 226, MATH 245, PHYS 151L and CHEM 105aL REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
PTE 461 Formation Evaluation 3 PTE 462 Economic, Risk and Formation Productivity Analysis 4 PTE 463L Introduction to Transport Processes in Porous Media 3 PTE 464L Petroleum Reservoir Engineering 3 PTE 465L Drilling Technology and Subsurface Methods 3
The Master of Science in petroleum engineering is awarded in strict conformity with the general requirements of the Viterbi School of Engineering. A student may be permitted to elect the program without thesis upon approval from the department.
16
PTE 587 Smart Completions, Oilfield Sensors and Sensor Technology 3 PTE 588 Smart Oilfield Data Mining 3 PTE 589 Advanced Oilfield Operations with Remote Visualization and Control 3
The Master of Science in petroleum engineering (smart oilfield technologies) is awarded in strict conformity with the general requirements of the Viterbi School of Engineering. A student may be p ermitted to elect the program without thesis upon approval from the department. Course requirements are similar to the existing M.S. degree in petroleum engineering in terms of core requirements.
These classes will be available through the USC Distance Education Network (DEN). The credit for classes may be applied toward the M.S. or Ph.D. in petroleum engineering should the student decide later to pursue an advanced degree. In order to be admitted to the M.S. program, the student should maintain a B average or higher in courses for the certificate program and must satisfy all normal admission requirements. All courses for the certificate must be taken at USC.
Certificate in Smart Oilfield Technologies
Engineer in Petroleum Engineering
The certificate in smart oilfield techniques is designed for practicing engineers and scientists who enter petroleum engineering related fields and/or who wish to obtain training in the specific smart oilfields area. The applicants may enroll at USC as limited status students. They must apply and be admitted to the program before they complete 9 units of the required course work. The certificate program is open to applicants with an undergraduate degree in engineering or sciences who meet the admission criteria as limited students. The required courses consist of the following 12 units:
Requirements for the Engineer degree in petroleum engineering are the same as set forth in the general requirements. See general requirements for graduate degrees.
REQUIRED COURSES
Doctor of Philosophy
The Doctor of Philosophy with a major in petroleum engineering is also offered. See general requirements for graduate degrees.
UNITS
PTE 586 Intelligent and Collaborative Oilfield Systems Characterization and Management
3
Courses of Instruction PETROLEUM ENGINEERING (PTE)
The terms indicated are expected but are not guaranteed. For the courses offered during any given term, consult the Schedule of Classes. PTE 202x Energy and Society (4, Irregular)
Study of the impact of the development, production, and global distribution of energy on societal, political, and economic behavior. Not available for major credit to engineering majors. Prerequisite: pass Math Skill Level.
PTE 390 Special Problems (1-4) Supervised,
individual studies. No more than one registration permitted. Enrollment by petition only. PTE 411x Introduction to Transport Processes in Porous Media (3, Fa) Properties
of porous rocks; capillary effect, single phase and multiphase flow through porous media; diffusion and dispersion, miscible displacement, heat transfer. Lecture, 3 hours. Not available for credit to Petroleum Engineering majors. Prerequisite: MATH 245, CHEM 105aL or CHEM 115aL, PHYS 151L, CE 309.
PTE 412x Petroleum Reservoir Engineering (3, Fa) Properties of reservoir fluids, volumet-
ric and material balances for gas and oil reservoirs; reservoir modeling concepts. Lecture, 3 hours. Not available for credit to Petroleum Engineering majors. PTE 461 Formation Evaluation (3, Fa) Concepts of petroleum geology, interpreta-
tion of downhole surveys and measurements including well logs, MWD, mud logs and samples. Corequisite: PTE 463L.
Petroleum Engineering
PTE 462 Economic, Risk and Formation Productivity Analysis (4, Sp) Principle of
economic evaluation, risk analysis, reserves estimation, decline curves, energy prices, and well transients for flow prediction. Prerequisite: PTE 461. PTE 463L Introduction to Transport Processes in Porous Media (3, Fa) Properties of
porous rocks; capillarity effect, single-phase and multiphase flow through porous media; diffusion and dispersion, miscible displacement, heat transfer. Lecture, 3 hours; laboratory, 3 hours. Prerequisite: MATH 245, CHEM 105aL or CHEM 115aL, PHYS 151L. PTE 464L Petroleum Reservoir Engineering (3, Sp) Properties of reservoir fluids, volu-
metric and material balances for gas and oil reservoirs; reservoir modeling concepts. Lecture, 3 hours; laboratory, 3 hours. Prerequisite: PTE 463L. PTE 465L Drilling Technology and Subsurface Methods (3, Fa) Theory and practice
in drilling technology; mechanical properties of reservoir rocks; well completion; acidizing and fracturing, oil production technology. Lecture, 3 hours; laboratory, 3 hours. Prerequisite: PTE 464L. PTE 466 Petroleum Geology (3, Sm) Intro-
ductory topics of physical and historical geology will be focused on the components that relate to the formation of oil and gas accumulations. PTE 490x Directed Research (2-8, max 8)
Individual research and readings. Not available for graduate credit. PTE 499 Special Topics (2-4, max 8) Course
content to be selected each semester from recent developments in petroleum engineering and related fields. PTE 502 Advanced Reservoir Characterization (3, Irregular) Sources of data for
reservoir characterization; cross-disciplinary integration; geologic models; sequence stratigraphic, lithologic, well test and geophysical models; 4-D seismic; compartmentalized and fractured reservoirs; error and risk analysis. Graduate standing in PTE. Prerequisite: PTE 411x, PTE 461. PTE 507 Engineering and Economic Evaluation of Subsurface Reservoirs (3, Fa) Stud-
ies, data and methods for estimating size of underground fluid deposits for predicting physical and economic behavior of designed flow schemes, and for quantifying uncertainty. Prerequisite: PTE 464L.
PTE 508 Numerical Simulation of Subsurface Flow and Transport Processes (3, Sp)
Formulation and solution of the equations describing the underground flow of fluids through porous media. Includes mass (contaminant) transport in single and multiphase flow. Recommended preparation: PTE 507. PTE 511 Advanced Phase Behavior of Petroleum Reservoir Fluids (3, Irregular) From
classical thermodynamics to engineering application; equations of state based calculations; PVT experiments; reservoir fluid characterization; PT-flash calculations and stability analysis; compositional grading; transport properties. Open only to graduate students. Recommended preparation: CHE 330, MATH 226. PTE 512 Gas Injection Processes – Analytical Solutions and Analysis (3, Fa) Gas injection
and enhanced oil/gas recovery; conservation equations; flow and phase behavior; displacement efficiency; dispersion; method of characteristics; development of multicontact miscibility in multicomponent systems. Open only to graduate students. Recommended preparation: CHE 330, MATH 226 and MATH 245 (or similar). PTE 514 Drilling Engineering (2, 2 years, Fa)
Rock mechanics; rotary drilling processes; bit selection; optimizing bit weight and rotational speed; well hydraulics and control; casing design and cementing; directional and offshore drilling. PTE 517 Testing of Wells and Aquifers (3, Sp) Principles of well testing; down hole
device; Aquifer tests; slug tests; DST; pressure transient modeling in homogeneous and heterogeneous systems; parameter estimation; computer aided techniques. Prerequisite: PTE 464L. PTE 531 Enhanced Oil Recovery (3, 2 years, Sm) Survey of current enhanced oil recovery
processes, including water-flooding, miscible displacement, and thermal oil recovery. Prerequisite: PTE 464L; recommended preparation: PTE 507.
619
PTE 555 Well Completion, Stimulation, and Damage Control (3, Sm) This course reviews
current practices related to well completion methods, wellbore stimulation, and damage control. Formation damage prevention and stimulation methods are emphasized. Prerequisite: graduate standing. PTE 572 Geostatistics (3, Irregular) Use of
geostatistical methods for exploration and development of mineral and petroleum resources, application of semivariogram, kriging, cokriging, nonlinear and parametric estimation and conditional stimulation. Graduate standing. Recommended preparation: knowledge of statistics. PTE 578 Advanced Production Engineering (2, 2 years, Sp) Principles of oil well and gas
well production; design of artificial lift systems and surface operations; field problems of enhanced oil recovery operations.
PTE 581 Environmental Technology in the Petroleum Industry (3, Irregular) This course
examines engineering and scientific princi ples necessary for understanding, assessing, and remediating environmental problems in the petroleum industry including drilling, production, transportation and refining operations. Graduate standing. PTE 582 Fluid Flow and Transport Processes in Porous Media (3, 2 years, Fa) Principles
of single and multiphase flow through porous media; mechanisms of immiscible and miscible displacement; momentum, heat and mass transport in porous media. PTE 586 Intelligent and Collaborative Oilfield Systems Characterization and Management (3, Fa) Review of soft comput-
ing methods such as neural networks, fuzzy logic, problematic reasoning in reservoir characterization, dynamic reservoir modeling, oilfield data integration and analysis of uncertainty in prediction. Limited to students with graduate standing. Recommended preparation: prerequisites for non-majors.
PTE 542 Carbonate Rocks (2, Irregular)
PTE 587 Smart Completions, Oilfield Sensors and Sensor Technology (3, Sp)
Classification; porosity development; source rocks; wettability; capillary pressure curves; compressibility; surface areas; relative permeabilities; various petrophysical properties; formation evaluation; overpressures; thin section analysis.
Intelligent Wellbore completion, technology of subsurface and surface sensors, deployment and data acquisition, telemonitoring and feedback, reliability of sensors, data transmission, systems networks. Recommended preparation: prerequisites for non-majors.
PTE 545 Corrosion Control in Petroleum Production (2, Irregular) Types of corro-
PTE 588 Smart Oilfield Data Mining (3, Fa)
sion encountered in petroleum production; methods for practical control including use of inhibitors, coatings, and cathodic protection. Prerequisite: CHEM 430a.
Methods for oilfield data mining, data preparation mining images, prediction and knowledge discovery, subset selection, pattern recognition. Limited to students with graduate standing. Recommended preparation: prerequisites for non-majors.
620
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
PTE 589 Advanced Oilfield Operations with Remote Immersive Visualization and Control (3, Sp) Immersive subsurface and
PTE 594abz Master’s Thesis (2-2-0) For the
surface environments, web based monitoring and feedback, visualizing risk, unattended operation. Limited to students with graduate standing. Recommended preparation: prerequisites for non-majors. PTE 590 Directed Research (1-12) Research
leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC.
master’s degree. Credit on acceptance of thesis. Graded IP/CR/NC.
PTE 599 Special Topics (2-4, max 9) Course
content will be selected each semester to reflect current trends and developments in the field of petroleum engineering.
PTE 611 Stochastic Modeling and Simulation (3) (Enroll in CE 611)
PTE 690 Directed Research (1-4, max 8, FaSpSm) Laboratory study of specific prob-
lems for candidates for the degree engineer in petroleum engineering. Graded CR/NC.
PTE 790 Research (1-12) Research leading to
the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. PTE 794abcdz Doctoral Dissertation (2-2-2-2-0) Credit on acceptance of disserta-
tion. Graded IP/CR/NC.
Civil Engineering – Sonny Astani Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering Kaprielian Hall 210 (213) 740-0603 FAX: (213) 744-1426 Email: ceedept@usc.edu usc.edu/cee Chair: Lucio Soibelman, Ph.D. Faculty
John and Dorothy Shea Early Career Chair in Civil Engineering: Patrick Lynett, Ph.D. Fred Champion Professor of Civil and Environmental Engineering: Constantinos Sioutas, Sc.D. Gordon S. Marshall Professor of Engineering Technology: Roger Ghanem, Ph.D. (Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering) Professors: James C. Anderson, Ph.D.*; Jean Pierre Bardet, Ph.D.; Peter Gordon, Ph.D. (Policy, Planning, and Development; Economics); Genevieve Giuliano, Ph.D. (Policy, Planning, and Development); Ronald C. Henry, Ph.D. (Environmental Engineering); Jiin-Jen Lee, Ph.D., P.E. (Environmental Engineering)*; Vincent W. Lee, Ph.D.; Sami F. Masri, Ph.D. (Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering); Najmedin Meshkati, Ph.D., CPE (Industrial and Systems Engineering); James Moffett, Ph.D. (Marine Environmental Biology); James Moore, Ph.D. (Industrial and Systems Engineering; Public Policy); Massoud Pirbazari, Ph.D. (Environmental Engineering, Associate Director of Environmental Engineering); Lucio Soibelman,
Ph.D.; Costas Synolakis, Ph.D. (Aerospace Engineering); Mihailo Trifunac, Ph.D.; Firdaus E. Udwadia, Ph.D. (Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering); L. Carter Wellford, Ph.D.; John P. Wilson, Ph.D. (Sociology); Hung Leung Wong, Ph.D.* Associate Professor: Erik A. Johnson, Ph.D. (Associate Chair) Assistant Professors: Burcin Becerik-Gerber, D.Des.; Amy L. Rechenmacher, Ph.D. Adjunct Associate Professor: Le Dam Hanh‑Griffin, Ph.D. Adjunct Assistant Professor: Navid Nastar, Ph.D. Research Professors: Maria I. Todorovska, Ph.D.; Yan Xiao, Ph.D., P.E.; Dongxiao Zhang, Ph.D. Research Assistant Professors: Jose C. Borrero, Ph.D.; John Caffrey, Ph.D.; Philip M. Fine, Ph.D.; Scott Fruin, Ph.D. (Environmental Health, Keck School of Medicine); John A. Kuprenas, D.Eng., P.E.; Andrea Polidori, Ph.D. Professors of Engineering Practice: Gregg E. Brandow Jr., Ph.D., P.E.; Henry M. Koffman, P.E. Associate Professor of Engineering Practice: Dana Sherman, Esq.
Emeritus Professors: Mihran S. Agbabian, Ph.D., P.E.; George V. Chilingar, Ph.D.; Joseph S. Devinny, Ph.D.; Geoffrey Martin, Ph.D.; Paul Seide, Ph.D. *Recipient of university-wide or school teaching award.
Chi Epsilon Civil Engineering Honor Society
Chi Epsilon is dedicated to the purpose of maintaining and promoting the status of civil engineering as a profession. Chi Epsilon was organized to recognize the characteristics of the individual civil engineer deemed to be fundamental to the successful pursuit of an engineering career and to aid in the development of those characteristics in the civil engineering student. To contribute to the improvement of the profession, Chi Epsilon fosters the development and exercise of sound traits of character and technical ability among civil engineers. Chi Epsilon is based on broad principles of scholarship, character, practicality and sociability. Civil engineering students who rank in the upper one-third of the junior or senior class are eligible for membership. These qualifications will make one eligible but not necessarily acceptable. Each member must be well skilled in all four of the basic principles.
Civil Engineering
621
Degree Requirements Educational Program Objectives
The undergraduate programs in civil engineering have the following objectives: (1) Professional Achievement Graduates will be successful in their chosen field of engineering, compete effectively as problem-solvers in a world of technological change and become leaders in industry, academic or governmental institutions. (2) Societal Impact Graduates will make use of their knowledge of global and societal issues, environmental considerations and sustainability objectives to create a safe and healthy world. (3) Organizational and Team-Building Skills Graduates will use their organizational abilities, communication skills and strengths in collaborative teamwork to foster a productive and efficient work environment in the organizations with which they are associated. (4) Professional Development Graduates will uphold high ethical and professional standards, be active in professional engineering organizations, support the advancement of the practice of engineering and obtain professional licensure. (5) Continuing Education Graduates will engage in lifelong learning and be prepared to pursue graduate studies in engineering or other diverse fields such as business, law or medicine.
in each of the following courses: CE 205, CE 225, CE 309 and CE 325. See also common requirements for undergraduate degrees section, page 569. COMPOSITION/WRITING REQUIREMENT
UNITS
WRIT 140* Writing and Critical Reasoning 4 WRIT 340 Advanced Writing 3 GENERAL EDUCATION (SEE PAGE 63)
UNITS
General education* + 20 PRE-MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
Chemistry Requirement CHEM 105aL General Chemistry, or CHEM 115aL Advanced General Chemistry 4 Math Requirement MATH 125 Calculus I MATH 126 Calculus II MATH 226 Calculus III MATH 245 Mathematics of Physics and Engineering I
4 4 4 4
Physics Requirement PHYS 151L** Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics and Thermodynamics 4 PHYS 152L Fundamentals of Physics II: Electricity and Magnetism 4
CE 207L Introduction to Design of Structural Systems 2 CE 225 Mechanics of Deformable Bodies 3 CE 309 Fluid Mechanics 3 CE 325 Dynamics 3 CE 334L Mechanical Behavior of Materials 3 CE 358 Theory of Structures I 3 CE 402 Computer Methods in Engineering 3 CE 408 Risk Analysis in Civil Engineering 3 CE 451 Water Resources Engineering 3 CE 453 Water Quality Control 3 CE 456 Design of Steel Structures 3 CE 467L Geotechnical Engineering 4 CE 471 Principles of Transportation Engineering 3 Capstone Courses CE 473 Engineering Law, Finance, and Ethics CE 480 Structural System Design, or CE 465 Water Supply and Sewage System Design
Other Requirements GEOL 305Lx Introduction to Engineering Geology, or BISC 220L General Biology: Cell Biology and Physiology 4
The department offers a Bachelor of Science degree in Civil Engineering. Additionally, there are three possible areas of emphases within this civil engineering program major. These are building science, environmental engineering and structural engineering. An area of emphasis appears in parentheses after the primary major name on the transcript. Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering The requirement for the degree is 131-132 units. A cumulative grade point average of C (2.0) is required for all courses taken at USC as well as all upper division courses applied towards the major, regardless of the department in which the courses are taken. In addition, a minimum grade of C must be earned
60-61 UNITS
Elective Civil Engineering Design Kernel*** Civil Engineering Design Kernel Course Total units:
6 6
131-132
*GE Category VI is taken concurrently with WRIT 140. MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering (131-132 Unit Program)
3
Courses from Other Engineering Departments EE 202L Linear Circuits, or EE 326L Essentials of Electrical Engineering 4
MAJOR ELECTIVES
All curricula leading to a degree must be approved by the Astani Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering; please note this includes transfer credit and units for courses waived for subject credit only, which have been approved through the Degree Progress department.
3
UNITS
Engineering ENGR 102 Engineering Freshman Academy 2 Civil Engineering CE 106 Design and Planning of Civil Engineering Systems, or 2 CE 110 Introduction to Environmental Engineering 3 CE 107 Introduction to Civil Engineering Graphics 3 CE 108 Introduction to Computer Methods in Civil Engineering 2 CE 205 Statics 2
**Satisfies GE Category III requirement. ***Design kernel courses must be selected from the following list of design courses: CE 457, CE 465, CE 466, CE 476, CE 478, CE 482, CE 484 and CE 485. +The university allows engineering majors to replace the GE Category IV with a second course in Categories I, II or VI.
Tracks
In addition to the core courses, students are required to select one of the following tracks: General, Construction or Water Resources.
622
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
General Track Choose one of the following: CE 480 as the capstone course and CE 482 as a required design kernel course; or CE 465 as the capstone course and CE 466 or CE 476 as a required design kernel course.
Math Requirement MATH 125 Calculus I MATH 126 Calculus II MATH 226 Calculus III MATH 245 Mathematics of Physics and Engineering I
The civil engineering electives may be chosen freely.
Physics Requirement PHYS 151L** Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics and Thermodynamics 4 PHYS 152L Fundamentals of Physics II: Electricity and Magnetism 4
Construction Track Select CE 480 as the capstone course and CE 482 as a required design kernel course. Replace CE 453 with CE 412. CE 460 is a required elective. The other civil engineering elective must be chosen from the following list: CE 461, CE 462, CE 469 and CE 470. Water Resources Track Select CE 465 as the capstone course and select one of the following as a required design kernel course: CE 466 or CE 476. The civil engineering electives must be selected from the following list: CE 466, CE 476, CE 477 and CE 490. All curricula leading to a degree must be approved by the Astani Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering; please note this includes transfer credit and units for courses waived for subject credit only, which have been approved through the Degree Progress department. Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering Emphasis in Structural Engineering The requirement for the degree with an emphasis in structural engineering is 131-132 units. A cumulative grade point average of C (2.0) is required for all courses taken at USC as well as all upper division courses applied towards the major, regardless of the department in which the courses are taken. In addition, a minimum grade of C must be earned in each of the following courses: CE 205, CE 225, CE 309 and CE 325. See also common requirements for undergraduate degrees section, page 569. COMPOSITION/WRITING REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
WRIT 140* Writing and Critical Reasoning 4 WRIT 340 Advanced Writing 3 GENERAL EDUCATION (SEE PAGE 63)
UNITS
General education* + 20 PRE-MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
Chemistry Requirement CHEM 105aL General Chemistry, or CHEM 115aL Advanced General Chemistry 4
Other Requirements GEOL 305Lx Introduction to Engineering Geology MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
4 4 4 4
Capstone Courses CE 480 Structural System Design 3 CE 482 Foundation Design 3 Courses from Other Engineering Departments EE 202L Linear Circuits, or EE 326L Essentials of Electrical Engineering 4 MAJOR ELECTIVES
Elective***
69-70 UNITS
Civil Engineering
Total units:
3 131-132
*GE Category VI is taken concurrently with WRIT 140.
4 32
**Satisfies GE Category III requirement. ***The civil engineering elective must be selected from the following courses: CE 409a, CE 478.
UNITS
Engineering ENGR 102 Engineering Freshman Academy 2 Civil Engineering CE 106 Design and Planning of Civil Engineering Systems, or 2 CE 110 Introduction to Environmental Engineering 3 CE 107 Introduction to Civil Engineering Graphics 3 CE 108 Introduction to Computer Methods in Civil Engineering 2 CE 205 Statics 2 CE 207L Introduction to Design of Structural Systems 2 CE 225 Mechanics of Deformable Bodies 3 CE 309 Fluid Mechanics 3 CE 325 Dynamics 3 CE 334L Mechanical Behavior of Materials 3 CE 358 Theory of Structures I 3 CE 402 Computer Methods in Engineering 3 CE 408 Risk Analysis in Civil Engineering 3 CE 451 Water Resources Engineering 3 CE 456 Design of Steel Structures 3 CE 457 Reinforced Concrete Design 3 CE 458 Theory of Structures II 3 CE 459 Introduction to Structural Dynamics 3 CE 460 Construction Engineering 3 CE 467L Geotechnical Engineering 4 CE 473 Engineering Law, Finance, and Ethics 3
+The university allows engineering majors to replace the GE Category IV with a second course in Categories I, II or VI.
All curricula leading to a degree must be approved by the Astani Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering; please note this includes transfer credit and units for courses waived for subject credit only, which have been approved through the Degree Progress department. Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering Emphasis in Building Science The requirement for the degree with an emphasis in building science is 135-136 units. A cumulative grade point average of C (2.0) is required for all courses taken at USC as well as all upper division courses applied towards the major, regardless of the department in which the courses are taken. In addition, a minimum grade of C must be earned in each of the following courses: CE 205, CE 225, CE 309 and CE 325. See also the common requirements for undergraduate degrees section, page 569. COMPOSITION/WRITING REQUIREMENT
UNITS
WRIT 140* Writing and Critical Reasoning 4 WRIT 340 Advanced Writing 3 GENERAL EDUCATION (SEE PAGE 63)
UNITS
General education* + 20 PRE-MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
Chemistry Requirement CHEM 105aL General Chemistry, or CHEM 115aL Advanced General Chemistry 4
Civil Engineering
Math Requirement MATH 125 Calculus I MATH 126 Calculus II MATH 226 Calculus III MATH 245 Mathematics of Physics and Engineering I
MAJOR ELECTIVES
4 4 4 4
Elective****
623
UNITS
Civil Engineering
Total units:
3 135-136
*GE Category VI is taken concurrently with WRIT 140.
Physics Requirement PHYS 151L** Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics and Thermodynamics 4 PHYS 152L Fundamentals of Physics II: Electricity and Magnetism 4
**Satisfies GE Category III requirement.
Other Requirements GEOL 305Lx Introduction to Engineering Geology
****The civil engineering elective must be selected from the following courses: CE 451, CE 453, CE 460, and CE 471.
MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
4 UNITS
Engineering ENGR 102 Engineering Freshman Academy 2 Civil Engineering CE 106 Design and Planning of Civil Engineering Systems, or 2 CE 110 Introduction to Environmental Engineering 3 CE 107 Introduction to Civil Engineering Graphics 3 CE 108 Introduction to Computer Methods in Civil Engineering 2 CE 205 Statics 2 CE 207L Introduction to Design of Structural Systems 2 CE 225 Mechanics of Deformable Bodies 3 CE 309 Fluid Mechanics 3 CE 325 Dynamics 3 CE 334L Mechanical Behavior of Materials 3 CE 358 Theory of Structures I 3 CE 408 Risk Analysis in Civil Engineering 3 CE 456 Design of Steel Structures 3 CE 457 Reinforced Concrete Design 3 CE 458 Theory of Structures II 3 CE 467L Geotechnical Engineering 4 Architecture courses ARCH 114 Architecture: Culture and Community ARCH 214b History of Architecture ARCH 205abL*** Building Science I ARCH 305abL*** Building Science II ARCH 405abL*** Building Science III
***The School of Architecture requires a minimum grade of C in ARCH 205ab, ARCH 305ab and ARCH 405ab in order to continue in the building science design sequence.
+The university allows engineering majors to replace the GE Category IV with a second course in Categories I, II or VI.
All curricula leading to a degree must be approved by the Astani Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering; please note this includes transfer credit and units for courses waived for subject credit only, which have been approved through the Degree Progress department. Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering Emphasis in Environmental Engineering The requirement for the degree with an emphasis in environmental engineering is 129-130 units. A cumulative grade point average of C (2.0) is required for all courses taken at USC as well as all upper division courses applied toward the major, regardless of the department in which the courses are taken. In addition, a minimum grade of C must be earned in each of the following courses: CE 205, CE 225, CE 309 and CE 325. See also common requirements for undergraduate degrees s ection, page 569. COMPOSITION/WRITING REQUIREMENT
GENERAL EDUCATION (SEE PAGE 63)
UNITS
General education* + 20 PRE-MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
2 3 4-4 4-4 4-4
UNITS
WRIT 140* Writing and Critical Reasoning 4 WRIT 340 Advanced Writing 3
UNITS
Chemistry Requirement CHEM 105aL General Chemistry, or CHEM 115aL Advanced General Chemistry 4 CHEM 105bL General Chemistry, or CHEM 115bL Advanced General Chemistry 4
Math Requirement MATH 125 Calculus I MATH 126 Calculus II MATH 226 Calculus III MATH 245 Mathematics of Physics and Engineering I
4 4 4 4
Physics Requirement PHYS 151L** Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics and Thermodynamics 4 PHYS 152L Fundamentals of Physics II: Electricity and Magnetism 4 Other Requirement BISC 220L General Biology: Cell Biology and Physiology, or GEOL 305Lx Introduction to Engineering Geology 4 MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
Engineering ENGR 102 Engineering Freshman Academy 2 Civil and Environmental Engineering CE 106 Design and Planning of Civil Engineering Systems, or 2 CE 110 Introduction to Environmental Engineering 3 CE 108 Introduction to Computer Methods in Civil Engineering 2 CE 205 Statics 2 CE 210L Introduction to Environmental Engineering Microbiology 3 CE 225 Mechanics of Deformable Bodies 3 CE 309 Fluid Mechanics 3 CE 325 Dynamics 3 CE 334L Mechanical Behavior of Materials 3 CE 358 Theory of Structure I 3 CE 408 Risk Analysis in Civil Engineering 3 CE 451 Water Resources Engineering 3 CE 453 Water Quality Control 3 CE 463L Water Chemistry and Analysis 3 CE 467L Geotechnical Engineering 4 CE 473 Engineering Law, Finance, and Ethics 3 CE 485 Wastewater Treatment Design 3 ENE 400 Environmental Engineering Principles 3 ENE 428 Air Pollution Fundamentals 3 ENE 429 Air Pollution Control 3
624
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering AME 310 Engineering Thermodynamics I
Math Requirement 3
60-61
MAJOR ELECTIVE
6
Total units:
129-130
*GE Category VI is taken concurrently with WRIT 140. **Satisfies GE Category III requirement.
+The university allows engineering majors to replace the GE Category IV with a second course in Categories I, II or VI.
All curricula leading to a degree must be approved by the Astani Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering; please note this includes transfer credit and units for courses waived for subject credit only, which have been approved through the Degree Progress department. Bachelor of Science in Environmental Engineering (131-134 Unit Program)
The program has two tracks: Track 1: Environmental Systems and Processes (131-132 units); Track II: Environmental Biotechnology (133-134 units). A cumulative grade point average of C (2.0) is required for all courses taken at USC as well as all upper division courses applied towards the major, regardless of the department in which the courses are taken. In addition, a minimum grade of C must be earned in each of the following courses: CE 205 and CE 309 or ENE 410. See also common requirements for undergraduate degrees section, page 569. UNITS
WRIT 140* Writing and Critical Reasoning 4 WRIT 340 Advanced Writing 3 UNITS
General education* + 20 PRE-MAJOR REQUIREMENTS (BOTH TRACKS)
4
Physics Requirement PHYS 151L** Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics and Thermodynamics 4 PHYS 152L Fundamentals of Physics II: Electricity and Magnetism 4
***Kernels must be selected from the following list of design courses: CE 465, CE 466, CE 476, CE 482, CE 484, ENE 486.
GENERAL EDUCATION (SEE PAGE 63)
4 4 4
UNITS
Design kernel***
COMPOSITION/WRITING REQUIREMENT
MATH 125 Calculus I MATH 126 Calculus II MATH 226 Calculus III MATH 245 Mathematics of Physics and Engineering I
UNITS
Chemistry Requirement CHEM 105aL General Chemistry, or CHEM 115aL Advanced General Chemistry 4 CHEM 105bL General Chemistry, or CHEM 115bL Advanced General Chemistry 4 CHEM 322aL Organic Chemistry 4
36
PRE-MAJOR REQUIREMENTS (TRACK II ONLY)
UNITS
Chemistry Requirement CHEM 322bL Organic Chemistry
4
Courses from Other Departments CHE 330 Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics 4 GEOL 305Lx Introduction to Engineering Geology 4 MAJOR REQUIREMENTS (TRACK I ONLY)
Civil and Environmental Engineering ENE 429 Air Pollution Control
UNITS
Engineering ENGR 102 Engineering Freshman Academy 2 Civil and Environmental Engineering CE 106 Design and Planning of Civil Engineering Systems, or 2 CE 110 Introduction to Environmental Engineering 3 CE 108 Introduction to Computer Methods in Civil Engineering 2 CE 205 Statics 2 CE 210L Introduction to Environ mental Engineering Microbiology 3 CE 309 Fluid Mechanics, or ENE 410 Environmental Fluid Mechanics 3 CE 408 Risk Analysis in Civil Engineering 3 CE 451 Water Resources Engineering 3 CE 453 Water Quality Control 3 CE 463L Water Chemistry and Analysis 3 CE 465 Water Supply and Sewage System Design 3 CE 473 Engineering Law, Finance, and Ethics 3 CE 484 Water Treatment Design 3 CE 485 Waste Water Treatment Design 3 ENE 400 Introduction to Environ mental Engineering Principles 3 ENE 428 Air Pollution Fundamentals 3 ENE 486 Design of Solid and Hazardous Waste Engineering Systems 3
UNITS
3
Courses from Other Departments BISC 220L General Biology: Cell Biology and Physiology 4 PTE 463L Introduction to Transport Processes in Porous Media 3 MAJOR REQUIREMENTS (TRACK II ONLY)
MAJOR REQUIREMENTS (BOTH TRACKS)
55-56
10 UNITS
Civil and Environmental Engineering ENE 487 Environmental Biotechnology and Bioremediation 3 Courses from Other Departments BISC 320L Molecular Biology BISC 330L Biochemistry
4 4
11
MAJOR ELECTIVES (TRACK I ONLY)
UNITS
Design kernel***
3
Total (Track I):
131-132
Total (Track II):
133-134
*GE Category VI is taken concurrently with WRIT 140. **Satisfies GE Category III requirement. ***Kernels must be selected from the following design courses: CE 443, CE 466, CE 476, or CHE 442. +The university allows engineering majors to replace the GE Category IV with a second course in Categories I, II or VI.
Minor in Environmental Engineering
See listing on page 632. Minor in Construction Planning and Management
This program covers the most current theories and practice of construction planning and management. The program provides a valuable adjunct credential to professional school students pursuing careers in business administration, public administration, architecture, environmental studies, and other areas; and a unique opportunity for professional focus to students in the USC Dornsife College of Letters, Arts and Sciences.
Civil Engineering
Construction activities are complex. In contemporary society, effective planning and management of these activities requires specialized knowledge of the technical, economic and policy environment. This program couples the knowledge of how construction activities are organized with a broader understanding of the urban system in which construction projects are embedded. With the exception of statistics, all of the required courses are within the Astani Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering and the USC Price School of Public Policy. Any USC undergraduate who has completed the equivalent of two full-time semesters in good standing is eligible to pursue the minor program. This minor program is rigorous enough to serve as an introductory credential for students subsequently electing to pursue advanced studies in development, urban planning, construction management, architecture or allied fields. Courses required Seven courses consisting of at least 23 units are required for the minor. Statistics Students must complete an adviser approved course in statistics. Candidate courses include ECON 317, EE 364, ISE 220, MATH 208, PPD 303, PSYC 274, SOCI 314 and similar courses. The statistics course must be at least three units.
625
Theme 3 PPD 357* Government and Business 4 PPD 435 Analyzing Real Estate Markets for Planning and Development 4 ELECTIVES (SELECT ONE)
17 UNITS
CE 404 Business and Intellectual Property Law for Engineers 3 CE 412 Contracts and Specifications 3 PPD 437* Advanced Finance and Investment for Planning and Development 4 *Prerequisite required.
Advisement is provided by the Astani Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering. Students will normally complete statistics before enrolling in CE 461 but can be permitted to complete statistics as a corequisite subject to adviser approval. Students are advised to take CE 460 and CE 461 before taking CE 462. Students electing PPD 437 must have completed PPD 362. Minor in Engineering Technology Commercialization
See listing under the Special Educational Opportunities section, page 586. Master of Science in Civil Engineering
CORE COURSES
UNITS
CE 460 Construction Engineering 3 CE 461 General Construction Estimating 3 CE 462 Construction Methods and Equipment, or CE 469 Sustainable Design and Construction, or CE 470 Building Information Modeling and Integrated Practice 3 Theme Requirement: Two courses, both from Theme 1 or Theme 2 or Theme 3 Theme 1 PPD 358 Urban and Regional Economics 4 PPD 362 Real Estate Fundamentals for Planning and Development 4 Theme 2 FBE 400x Introduction to Real Estate Finance and Development 4 FBE 466 Management of Real Estate Development: Feasibility Studies 4
The Master of Science in civil engineering is awarded in strict conformity with the general requirements of the USC Viterbi School of Engineering. A student may receive the Master of Science in civil engineering with a special option by specializing in one of the following courses of study: construction engineering; structural engineering; and transportation engineering. Students specializing in the transportation option and completing a thesis must include in their program 4 units of CE 594ab. A general Master of Science in civil engineering without special designation is also given. Students pursuing this program will choose between the following special options: general, earthquake engineering, structural mechanics, water resources or ocean and coastal engineering. A student who wishes to pursue the Master of Science in civil engineering without special designation and who has an interest in public works may take a selected sequence of 12 units in the USC Price School of Public Policy. For further information, see the Public Administration Professional Sequence section in the USC Price School of Public Policy, page 903.
Master of Science in Civil Engineering (Transportation Systems)
See Sustainable Infrastructure Systems, page 680. Master of Science in Civil Engineering (Water and Waste Management)
See Sustainable Infrastructure Systems, page 680. Master of Science in Environmental Engineering
Students with a bachelor’s degree in engineering or science may work toward the Master of Science in environmental engineering. Students with degrees in fields other than engineering or science may be admitted on the recommendation of a program adviser and program director. Selection of courses will be determined through consultation with a program adviser to provide a maximum of training in the student’s area of interest in environmental problems. Master of Construction Management
Students possessing a bachelor’s degree and with sufficient training in capital management and statistics may pursue the Master of Construction Management. The purpose of the Master of Construction Management program is to educate and train multidisciplinary professionals to understand and execute the broad array of technical and non-technical activities associated with construction management. The program provides special attention to the function of the constructor in real estate development. The program is drawn from the M.S., Civil Engineering program in construction engineering and management, and from the Marshall School of Business. Applicants to the program are expected to have completed undergraduate course work in engineering economy or business finance. CORE CURRICULUM
UNITS
ARCH 511L Seminar: Building Systems 4 CE 501 Functions of the Constructor 3 CE 502 Construction Accounting and Finance, or 3 ACCT 509 Concepts of Financial and Management Accounting, or 4 ISE 566 Financial Accounting Analysis for Engineering 3 CE 556 Project Controls – Budgeting and Estimating 3 CE 566 Project Controls – Planning and Scheduling 3
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
626
TRACK REQUIREMENT: TWO COURSES, BOTH FROM TRACK 1, TRACK 2, OR TRACK 3
UNITS
Track 1: Finance Track FBE 400x* Introduction to Real Estate Finance and Development 4 FBE 489 Real Estate Capital Markets 4 FBE 570* Advanced Topics in Real Estate Finance 3 FBE 589* Mortgages and MortgageBacked Securities and Markets 3 FBE 591* Real Estate Finance and Investment 3 Track 2: Real Estate Development Track FBE 466* Management of Real Estate Development: Feasibility Studies 4 FBE 470* Advanced Real Estate Analysis 4 FBE 565 Economics of Urban Land Use: Feasibility Studies 3 FBE 566 Real Estate Finance, Investments and Development 3 Track 3: Architecture, Engineering and Construction (AEC) Technology Track CE 470 Building Information Modeling and Integrated Practice 3 CE 469 Sustainable Design and Construction, or CE 570 Building Information Modeling for Collaborative Construction 3 Additional adviser approved technical and advanced electives 10-11 Total minimum units
33
General Requirements Residence and Course Load The normal time required for earning the Master of Construction Management is three semesters, including one summer semester beginning in June and continuing through the spring semester ending in May. Students are expected to participate in extracurricular activities associated with the Master of Con struction Management program, including the speaker series and field trips. A candidate must complete the last four semester units of course work at USC.
Students electing the certificate program apply to the USC Astani Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering. Course prerequisites for the program are:
Students who wish to take a leave of absence for a semester or longer must request it from the chairman of the Astani Department in writing. Such leaves may be granted for up to one year.
(4) one course in a contemporary high level programming language.
Engineer in Civil Engineering
Requirements for the Engineer in civil engineering are the same as set forth in the general requirements. Doctor of Philosophy in Civil Engineering and Doctor of Philosophy in Engineering (Environmental Engineering)
The Doctor of Philosophy with a major in civil engineering and the Doctor of Philos ophy with a major in engineering (environmental engineering) are also offered. See general requirements for graduate degrees, page 572. Areas of specialization for Doctor of Philos ophy level students are: structural engineering, structural mechanics, earthquake engineering, coastal engineering, water resources engineering, construction engineering and management, soil mechanics and foundation engineering, hydrology, hydrodynamics and transportation.
*Prerequisite required.
Graduate Certificate in Engineering Technology Commercialization
The minimum requirement for the Master of Construction Management degree is 33 units. At least three elective courses totaling at least 9 units are required for this degree. These may be taken from the USC Astani Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering, other engineering departments, the USC Price School of Public Policy, the USC School of Architecture, the USC Davis School of Gerontology, the USC Gould School of Law or the USC Marshall School of Business subject to adviser approval. Admission to some classes requires advanced prerequisites and is subject to availability and approval of the instructor.
See listing under the Special Educational Opportunities section, page 586. Graduate Certificate in Transportation Systems
The graduate certificate in Transportation Systems is an interdisciplinary program administered by the USC Astani Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering. The certificate program allows students to specialize in transportation applications, while simultaneously receiving a degree in their home department. The certificate in transportation systems combines elements of transportation engineering with transportation policy, planning and project management. The program is especially appropriate for students intending to pursue careers as developers of transportation technologies, or as implementors of technologies within government agencies.
(1) one course in statistics or uncertainty, equivalent to ISE 225, PPD 404x or CE 408; (2) one course in engineering economy, equivalent to ISE 460; (3) one course in microeconomics, equivalent to ECON 203; and
These prerequisites may be satisfied after enrollment in the certificate program by taking the indicated courses or their equivalent. Graduate students cannot receive credit for courses numbered below 400. Detailed admissions requirements are published by the USC Astani Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering. The courses taken for the certificate may be applied later to the Master of Science in Civil Engineering, transportation option. Qualified students holding a bachelor’s degree also have the option of enrolling in the certificate program without receiving a separate graduate degree. The curriculum consists of five graduate courses for a total of 17 units. CERTIFICATE REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
CE 471 Principles of Transportation Engineering, or CE 519 Transportation Engineering 3 CE 583 Design of Transporation Facilities, or CE 585 Traffic Engineering and Control 3 ISE 515 Engineering Project Management 3 PPD 633 Urban Transportation Planning and Management 4 PPD 634 Institutional and Policy Issues in Transportation 4
Civil Engineering
627
Courses of Instruction CIVIL ENGINEERING (CE)
The terms indicated are expected but are not guaranteed. For the courses offered during any given term, consult the Schedule of Classes. CE 106 Design and Planning of Civil Engineering Systems (2, Fa) History of civil
engineering; introduction to the synthesis and design of systems dependent upon civil engineering technology; the structuring, modeling, and simulation of such systems. CE 107 Introduction to Civil Engineering Graphics (3, Sp) Graphic communication and
drawing; use of instruments, lettering, dimensioning, and detailing of engineering drawing; free-hand sketching, drafting, and modeling. CE 108 Introduction to Computer Methods in Civil Engineering (2, Sp) Computer pro-
gramming, organization of problems for computational solution, flow charts, programming; numerical methods; analysis and solution of civil engineering problems. CE 110 Introduction to Environmental Engineering (3, Fa) Basic concepts of environmen-
tal engineering. Air, water, and soil pollution control technologies; pollution prevention strategies. Design of simple water distribution and treatment systems. CE 205 Statics (2, FaSp) Statics of particles
and rigid bodies; equivalent force systems; distributed forces; applications to trusses, frames, machines, beams, and cables; friction; moments of inertia. Prerequisite: PHYS 151L. CE 207L Introduction to Design of Structural Systems (2, Sp) Structural materials,
components and systems; gravity and lateral forces; structural performance and failures; introduction to structural plans and analysis; computer applications, case studies, design project. Prerequisite: CE 107, CE 205; corequisite: CE 225. CE 210L Introduction to Environmental Engineering Microbiology (3, Fa) Principles
of environmental microbiology; waterborne pathogens; microorganisms and air pollution; microorganisms in soil; water pollution microbiology; biodegradation of hazardous chemicals; eutrophication. Corequisite: CHEM 105aL or CHEM 115aL; recommended preparation: CE 106 or CE 110. CE 225 Mechanics of Deformable Bodies (3, Sp) Analysis of stress and strain; axial,
flexural, and torsional behavior of slender bars; elastic deflections; combined stresses; introduction to elastic stability and energy methods. Prerequisite: CE 205.
CE 309 Fluid Mechanics (3, Fa) Fluid stat-
ics; relative velocity field; total acceleration; divergence theorem; conservation of mass, energy, and momentum applied to engineering problems in laminar and turbulent flow. Prerequisite: MATH 226; corequisite: CE 325. CE 325 Dynamics (3, Sp) Elements of vec-
tor algebra; dynamics of particles, systems of particles and rigid bodies; kinematics; momentum relations, energy methods; vibrations; Euler’s equations of motion. Prerequisite: CE 205. CE 334L Mechanical Behavior of Materials (3, Fa) Measurement of stress and strain;
tensile, impact, creep, and fatigue behavior; statistical methods, brittle fracture; properties of structural materials. Prerequisite: CE 225 or AME 204. CE 358 Theory of Structures I (3, Fa) Defor-
mations and deflections of elastic systems; statically indeterminate beams, arches, and frames; secondary stresses. Prerequisite: CE 225.
CE 390 Special Problems (1-4) Supervised,
individual studies. No more than one registration permitted. Enrollment by petition only. CE 402 Computer Methods in Engineering (3, Sp) Fundamentals of analog and digital
computers; simulation of nonlinear physical systems; numerical analysis and solution of engineering problems. Prerequisite: CE 108 and MATH 245. CE 404 Business and Intellectual Property Law for Engineers (3, Fa) An examination
of legal issues confronting the professional engineer. Topics include the legal system, contracts, risk management, forms of doing business, capital formation and intellectual property rights. Upper division standing.
CE 412 Construction Law and the Property Development Process (3, Sp) Legal aspects
of property development and construction: land use, construction practices and specifications, architecture and engineering contracts, agency, subcontracting, professional registration, liability, insurance, liens, and bonds. Recommended preparation: CE 404 or a general business law course. CE 428 Mechanics of Materials (3) Analysis
of stress and deformation; equations of elasticity; bending of beams; elastic instability; torsion problems; introduction to plates and shells; elastic wave propagation; numerical methods. Prerequisite: CE 225. CE 443 Environmental Chemistry (3, Fa)
Chemistry of water, gas, liquid and solid wastes. Chemical principles applicable to environmental engineering. Prerequisite: CHEM 105bL or CHEM 115bL. CE 451 Water Resources Engineering (3, Sp) Discussion of broad perspectives on
control and utilization of water, quantitative hydrology, ground water, probability concept, economic study, hydraulic structures, multipurpose water resources projects. Prerequisite: CE 309 or ENE 410. CE 453 Water Quality Control (3, Fa)
Water quality criteria and fundamental of acceptability. Natural purification of surface waters. Processes employed in the treatment of waste waters for disposal or re-use. Prerequisite: CHEM 105aL or CHEM 115aL; corequisite: CE 309 or ENE 410. CE 456 Design of Steel Structures (3, Fa)
Fundamentals of analysis and design of steel structures; structural elements; simple and eccentric connections; design project. Prerequisite: CE 207L, CE 225; corequisite: CE 358. CE 457 Reinforced Concrete Design (3, Sp)
CE 408 Risk Analysis in Civil E ngineering (3, Fa) Realization of nondeterministic
problems in civil engineering; quantitative analysis of structural and system reliability; optimal design and design with specified risk. Prerequisite: CE 225, MATH 226.
Strength and deformation of reinforced concrete; beams in flexure and shear; bond and development of bars; deflections; columns; slabs; footings; introduction to prestressed concrete. Prerequisite: CE 207L, CE 225; corequisite: CE 358.
CE 409abL Computer-Aided Design (3-3)
CE 458 Theory of Structures II (3, Sp)
Applications of interactive computer graphics to design problems; automated drafting; 3-D graphic algorithms. Analysis of design process from information processing viewpoint. Prerequisite: CE 225.
Matrix algebra; stiffness method; force method; computer analysis of planar structures. Prerequisite: CE 108 and CE 358 or AME 150L and AME 353.
628
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
CE 459 Introduction to Structural Dynamics (3, Fa) Response of single and multiple
CE 469 Sustainable Design and Construction (3, FaSp) Leadership in Energy and
degree of freedom systems to dynamic excitation; structural modeling and approximate solutions; introduction to earthquake resistant design. Corequisite: CE 458.
Environmental Design (LEED); Green Building strategies; Carbon Footprinting; calculating the embodied energy of building materials; cyclical processes in design and construction.
CE 460 Construction Engineering (3, FaSp)
Introduction to the construction processes; estimating and bidding, construction administration, planning and scheduling, equipment and methods, labor relations, cost control systems, and safety. CE 461 General Construction Estimating (3, Fa) Theory of estimating. Quantity sur-
veying; unit cost synthesis and analysis. Bid organization and preparation; competitive simulations and exercises. CE 462 Construction Methods and Equipment (3, Sp) Current procedures in selected
fields of construction; organization and planning; equipment economics; machinery. CE 463L Water Chemistry and Analysis (3, Sp) Chemistry of water purification tech-
nology and water pollution control. Chemical processes in natural and engineering aquatic environments; physical/chemical and biological characterization of water and wastewater. Prerequisite: CE 453, CHEM 105b or CHEM 115bL. CE 464 Geotechnical Engineering (3) Fun-
damentals of soil mechanics and foundation engineering; soil classification, seepage, stress-strain behavior, shear strength, consolidation, design of retaining structures and foundations, and slope stability. CE 465 Water Supply and Sewerage S ystem Design (3, Sp) Design of water supply sys-
tems, storm drains, sanitary sewers, and lift stations. Prerequisite: CE 453.
CE 466 Design of Free-Surface Hydraulic Systems (3, Sp) Hydrological and hydraulic
design for uniform and non-uniform flows, channel transition, sedimentation controls, design discharge for tributary watersheds, flood routing, flood detention, computer aided design. Prerequisite: CE 309.
CE 467L Geotechnical Engineering (4, Sp)
Fundamentals of geotechnical engineering; soil classification, seepage, stress-strain behavior, shear strength, consolidation, design of retaining structures and foundations, and slope stability. Soil testing. (Duplicates credit in CE 464.) Prerequisite: CE 225.
CE 470 Building Information Modeling and Integrated Practice (3, Fa) Building Informa-
tion Modeling, current BIM technologies; coordination of design and construction; information management throughout building lifecycle; project delivery systems and technologies for integrated practice. CE 471 Principles of Transportation Engineering (3, Fa) Planning, design, construc-
CE 484 Water Treatment Design (3, Fa)
Predesign studies, precipitation softening, coagulation and flocculation, sedimentation, filtration, sludge handling, chlorination, chloramination, ozonation; plant hydraulics, flow measurement, pumps, instrumentation and control, tertiary treatment. Prerequisite: CE 451, CE 463L, CE 473. CE 485 Wastewater Treatment Design (3, Sp) Process kinetics, mass balance, reactor
design, pretreatment, clarification, chemical treatment, biological treatment (aerobic and anaerobic), disinfection, sludge treatment, nitrogen and phosophorus removal, carbon adsorption. Prerequisite: CE 451, CE 463L, CE 473.
tion, maintenance, and operation of facilities for air, water, rail, and highway transit systems. Junior or senior standing.
CE 490x Directed Research (2-8, max 8)
CE 473 Engineering Law, Finance and Ethics (3, Fa) An examination of the legal, financial
CE 495 Seminars in Civil Engineering (1, FaSp) Information necessary for success-
and ethical issues regularly considered by all practicing engineers. Upper division standing. CE 476 Design of Pressurized Hydraulic Systems (3, Sp) Application of hydraulic
principles to the engineering design of hydraulic structure with pressurized flow, piping network, water hammer, surge suppression, pumps and turbines, manifold hydraulic design. Prerequisite: CE 309. CE 477 Civil Infrastructure Information Systems (3) Information systems and their
use in the planning, design, construction, and operation of civil infrastructure projects. Project management and knowledge management for infrastructure systems development. Prerequisite: CSCI 201, CE 402. CE 478 Timber and Masonry Design (3, Fa)
Characteristics and properties of wood; beams, columns, trusses, connectors, and diaphragms. Properties of masonry, working stress and strength design, seismic design requirements. CE 480 Structural Systems Design (3, Sp)
Evaluate, design and analyze buildings. Organize and perform calculations for vertical loads, wind loads, and seismic loads on building projects. Prerequisite: CE 456 or CE 457 or CE 478; CE 358, CE 467L, CE 473, CE 482. CE 482 Foundation Design (3, Fa) Analysis
and design principles of building foundations, including spread footings, piles, drilled shafts, sheetpile walls and retaining structures. Prerequisite: CE 467.
Individual research and readings. Not available for graduate credit.
ful transition to engineering practice with emphasis on substantive engineering topics, employee rights and responsibilities, communication skills, ethic and lifelong learning. Graded CR/NC. Open only to upper division engineering majors. CE 499 Special Topics (2-4, max 8) Course
content to be selected each semester from recent developments in civil engineering and related fields. CE 501 Functions of the Constructor (3, Fa)
Systems, processes, and constraints governing the initiation, direction, engineering, and delivery of major construction projects. Professional construction management, responsibilities, and practice. CE 502 Construction Accounting and Finance (3, Fa) Cost control, finance, and
engineering economy for construction operations.
CE 503 Microbiology for Environmental Engineers (3) Basic microbiology of water,
air, and soil. Application of microbiology to the practice of environmental pollution control.
CE 504 Solid Waste Management (3) Char-
acterization, production, storage, collection, and transport of solid wastes; alternative disposal methods; design principles and environmental impact; management of radiological solid wastes. CE 506 Heavy Construction Estimating (3, Fa) Methods engineering, work analysis
and pricing for route construction. Grading, draining, paving, haul economy, plant-materials production, pipeline and bridge building.
Civil Engineering
CE 507 Mechanics of Solids I (3, Fa) Analysis
of stress and strain; constitutive equations for elastic materials; plane stress and strain; torsion; introduction to plates and shells; energy methods. CE 508 Mechanics of Solids II (3) Thermal
stresses; introduction to elastic stability; yield criteria; constitutive equations for elastoplastic materials; elastoplastic stress analysis; viscoelasticity and creep. Prerequisite: CE 507 or CE 428. CE 509 Mechanics of Solids III (3) Advanced
topics in mechanics of solids; complex variable methods for plane problems; threedimensional problems; introduction to fracture mechanics. Prerequisite: CE 507. CE 510 Groundwater Management (3)
Groundwater hydrology, aquifer testing technology, groundwater quality and contamination, geophysical method, well design and development, basin water balance, computer modeling, legal aspects, groundwater management system. CE 511 Flood Control Hydrology (3) Flood
frequency, storm characteristics, net rain; surface drainage, peak discharge, flood runoff. CE 513L Instrumental Methods for Environmental Analysis (3) Advanced techniques
in gas, water, liquid, and solid waste analysis; theoretical and experimental consideration of electrometric, photometric, manometric, and chromatographic techniques for measurements of environmental pollution. Lecture, 2 hours; laboratory, 3 hours. Prerequisite: CE 463L. CE 514ab Advanced Sanitary Engineering Design (3-3) Design of water and waste treat-
ment works. Prerequisite: CE 453.
CE 515 Sustainable Infrastructure Systems (3) Explores broad issues and mitigation
measures involved in the analysis and design of complex, uncertain, interacting infrastructure systems needing to be resilient and sustainable. CE 516 Geohydrology (3) Principles of
groundwater motion; acquifer characteristics, prospecting, practical engineering problems, well design, maintenance and rehabilitation; hydrodynamic dispersion, field testing essentials and procedures, groundwater quality, artificial recharge. CE 517 Industrial and Hazardous Waste Treatment and Disposal (3, 2 years, Sm)
Physical, chemical, and biological treatment processes for industrial and hazardous wastes; pretreatment systems, biodegradation of toxic chemicals; groundwater and soil decontamination; biofilters for air decontamination. Prerequisite: CE 463L.
CE 518 Carbon Capture and Sequestration (3) The needs for carbon capture and seques-
tration (CCS) and systematic introduction to CCS technologies. Main topics include: introduction to global change, world energy consumption, greenhouse gases control, carbon capture and separation, and carbon sequestration. CE 519 Transportation Engineering (3)
Principles of analysis and planning. Characteristics of transportation systems. Urban and regional systems. Relationship between environment and transportation systems. Estimating the impact of decisions. CE 520ab Ocean and Coastal Engineering (3-3) Linear and nonlinear wave theories
with engineering applications; wind waves; wave spectra; wave interactions with marine structures; ship mooring, harbor resonance; sediment transport; diffusion processes. Prerequisite: a: CE 309 or ENE 410. CE 522 Groundwater Hydrologic Modeling (3) Simulation of groundwater hydrologic
processes through mathematical, analog, and physical models. CE 523 Process Kinetics and Dynamics in Environmental Engineering (3) Concepts
and application of processes that affect water quality in natural and engineered systems. Major processes include: flocculation, sedimentation, filtration, oxidation, adsorption and membrane processes. Prerequisite: CE 453 or CE 463L. CE 525ab Engineering Analysis (3-3) Typical
engineering problems discussed on a physical basis. Setup and solution of problems by means of the existing mathematical tools.
CE 528 Seismic Analysis and Design of Reinforced Concrete Bridges (3, Sp) Funda-
mental concepts, methods and current codes used in the analysis and design of reinforced concrete bridge structures. Experimental and earthquake observations of bridge performance. Prerequisite: CE 457; recommended preparation: CE 538. CE 529ab Finite Element Analysis (a: 3, Fa; b: 3, Sp) Basic concepts; stiffness method;
variational methods; displacement method; isoparametric formulation; plane stress and strain; plates and shells; dynamics; stability; nonlinear analysis, heat transfer; computer applications.
CE 530 Nonlinear Mechanics (3) Nonlinear
problems in structural dynamics; elasticplastic response; approximate methods of nonlinear analysis; stability theory; stability of periodic nonlinear oscillations; Liapounov’s method; nonlinear buckling problems.
629
CE 531 Soil Mechanics (3) Soil formation;
clay mineralogy; steady state seepage; mechanical coupling between interstitial water and soil skeleton; experimental soil behavior and its modeling with constitutive equations. Prerequisite: CE 464. CE 532 Principles of Foundation Engineering (3) Fundamental methods in foundation
engineering; plastic collapse, limit equilibrium, bearing capacity, slope stability; soilstructure interaction; application of numerical methods, finite differences and finite elements. Prerequisite: CE 464. CE 533 Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering (3) Provides a design-oriented under-
standing of the “state-of-the-practice” of soil mechanics and foundation engineering aspects of earthquake engineering. CE 534 Design of Earth Structures (3)
Designed to provide a thorough understanding of the analytical and design principles underlying the construction of a broad range of earth structures. CE 535ab Earthquake Engineering (a: 3, Fa; b: 3, Sp) Fundamentals of earthquake
engineering; characteristics of earthquakes; seismicity; response of linear and n onlinear multidegree systems; basic concepts in earthquake-resistant design; foundation problems.
CE 536 Structural Design for Dynamic Loads (3) Earthquake resistant design criteria with
application to steel reinforced concrete and timber structures. Design of blast resistant structures and structures subject to impact loads. Prerequisite: CE 459 or CE 541a.
CE 537 Advanced Reinforced Concrete (3, Fa) Behavior of reinforced concrete mem-
bers in terms of strength and deformation; relationship between behavior and building code requirements.
CE 538 Prestressed Concrete (3, Sp) Funda-
mental principles of prestressing by pre- and post-tensioning; elastic and time dependent losses; stress analysis and design of prestressed and precast concrete structures. CE 539 Advanced Steel Structures (3, Sp)
Design of tubular members and plate girders; design for torsional and seismic loads; general flexural theory; introduction to plastic design; connections.
630
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
CE 540 Limit Analysis of Structures (3)
CE 549 Building Design Project (3, Sp) Inte-
Plastic analysis and design of frames. Fundamental theorems of plastic analysis; general methods of plastic analysis, design requirements, minimum weight design theorems and applications, shakedown theorems. CE 541ab Dynamics of Structures (a: 3, Fa; b: 3, Sp) a: Forced vibrations of discrete
MDOF systems; modal analysis; energy methods; analytical dynamics; vibration of continuous systems; wave propagation; computational techniques; application of commercial software tools. b: Continuous system responses; approximate methods; introduction to structural control; random vibration concepts; response of continuous systems to random excitation; nonlinear systems (geometric theory), (approximate methods). Prerequisite: CE 541a. CE 542 Theory of Plates (3) Theory of plate
bending; rectangular and circular plates; anisotropic plates; energy methods; numerical methods; large deformations; sandwich plates. Prerequisite: CE 428 or CE 507. CE 543 Stability of Structures (3) C ritical
loads of columns, beams, thin-wall bars, plates, shells; stability of frames and trusses; effect of inelastic behavior of materials; effect of dynamic loading. CE 544 Theory of Shell Structures (3) Gen-
eral bending theory of shells; membrane theory; shells of revolution; numerical methods; dynamic response. Prerequisite: CE 428 or CE 507. CE 545ab Advanced Finite Element Method in Structural and Continuum M echanics (3-3) a: Finite elements in nonlinear
grated design project following design office procedures. A building will be designed in detail using the team approach. Capstone for M.Eng. in Structural Design. Prerequisite: CE 459 or CE 541a, CE 458 or CE 529a, CE 537; corequisite: CE 539. CE 550 Computer-Aided Engineering (3)
Basic concepts of computer-aided engineering. Modeling; simulation; visualization; optimization; artificial intelligence; manufacturing; information management. Organization and management of computer-aided engineering projects. CE 551 Computer-Aided Engineering Project (3) Computer-aided engineering in a
project environment. Responding to RFPs; conceptual design; preliminary analysis; overall and detailed analysis and design; tradeoff studies; project management; project presentation. CE 552 Managing and Financing Public Engineering Works (3, FaSpSm) Tools for
improving the efficiency and effectiveness of public engineering works, taking into account the political and policy context. Graduate standing. Recommended preparation: micro economic theory. CE 553 Chemical and Biological Processes in Environmental Engineering (3) Chem-
istry of softening, coagulation, disinfection, oxidation, corrosion control, dry and wet combustion and ion exchange; aerobic and anaerobic processes and the ecology of liquid and solid waste treatment. Prerequisite: CE 453.
mechanics, elasticity, plasticity, viscoelasticity; advanced finite element applications in fracture mechanics, heat transfer, fluid mechanics; computational implementation of finite element method. Prerequisite: CE 529a. b: Mathematical aspects of the finite element method; correctness of discretizations for elliptic, parabolic, and hyperbolic equations; accuracy and convergence considerations; stability of time dependent algorithms. Prerequisite: CE 545a.
CE 554 Risk and Reliability Analysis for Civil Infrastructure Systems (3, Sp) Elements of
CE 546 Structural Mechanics of Composite Materials (3) Applications and manufacturing
CE 556 Project Controls – Budgeting and Estimating (3, FaSp) Fundamental principles
of composites: anisotropic materials; laminated composite plates and shells; buckling and dynamics; strength and failure; interlaminar stresses; delamination; thermal properties; design considerations.
feasibility, reliability, and risk analysis of civil infrastructure systems, simulation, optimization, life-cycle cost, evaluation and decision making.
CE 555 Underwater Structures (3) Loads on
underwater structures; stress analysis of typical structural elements; buckling problems; dynamic response. Prerequisite: CE 507.
and practices of cost estimating, budgeting, and cost control of construction projects. Case studies and software exercises based on project data. (Duplicates credit in the former CE 556a.) Open only to graduate students in engineering, architecture, business, or urban and regional planning.
CE 557 Advanced Building Estimating (3, Sp)
Processes in compiling a bid for construction of non-residential building.
CE 558 International Construction and Engineering (3, Sp) Business development and
project management in international markets. Topics include marketing, planning, contracts and negotiations, procurement, logistics, personnel and financing. Construction operations in adverse environments. Graduate standing in engineering, architecture, business, or urban planning required. CE 559 Strategic Planning in Construction Engineering (3, Sp) Elements and tech-
niques of strategic planning for construction engineering. Fundamentals of engineering as a service sector enterprise. Assessment of markets (including international issues), competitors, and technology. Aspects of overseas engineering business. Management of technology and the role of R&D. Emphasis on concepts. Recommended preparation: CE 502. CE 560 Simulation of Civil Infrastructure Systems Performance (3) Time/space and
frequency/wave number domain analysis, spectral representation of wind, earthquake and other natural loads, FEM techniques for system response simulation. CE 561 Uncertainty Quantification (3)
Methods of quantifying uncertainty in civil engineering and related fields. Basic uncertainty modeling; advanced topics such as reliability analysis, Bayesian updating, random processes, random fields. CE 562ab Hydromechanics (3-3) Analytical
solution of civil engineering problems concerned with hydraulic flow; water hammer, free-surface flow, waves and seepage flow; application of theory to research and design. CE 563 Chemistry and Biology of Natural Waters (3) Chemical and biological limnology;
cycles of carbon, nitrogen, phosphorous, sulfur, and other biologically-mediated chemical transformations; effect of pollution on biology and chemistry of natural waters. Prerequisite: CE 443 and CE 453. CE 564 Methods for Assessment and Protection of Environmental Quality (3)
Natural ecosystems, technologies for control and remediation of air, water, and soil pollution; natural hazards and urban lifeline systems; Design For The Environment (DFE). CE 565 Wave Propagation in Solids (3) lastic waves in infinite and semi-infinite E
regions; plates and bars; steady-state and transient scattering; dynamic stress concentration; viscoelastic and plastic bodies.
Civil Engineering
CE 566 Project Controls – Planning and Scheduling (3, FaSp) Fundamental principles
and practices of planning, CPM scheduling, and resource management. Development of project schedules using CPM theory applied to current and emerging software applications. (Duplicates credit in the former CE 556b.) Open only to graduate students in engineering, architecture, business, or urban and regional planning. Recommended preparation: CE 556. CE 567 Smart Infrastructures (3) Exami-
nation of smart infrastructures relating to energy, water, waste and transportation drawing from the fields of engineering, sustainability, communications, sociology, and psychology. CE 570 Building Information Modeling for Collaborative Construction (3, Sp) Multi
disciplinary and geographically distributed virtual project teams used to simulate engineering and construction problems for projects selected in collaboration with industry partners. Open only to Master’s and Doctoral students. Prerequisite: CE 470; recommended preparation: CE 556, CE 566. CE 571 Nuclear Safety and Security: Human Performance and Safety Culture (3) Pro-
vides an overview of human-systems integration considerations, human performance and safety culture in the nuclear power operations. CE 572 Construction Labor Management (2) Unionism in construction. Craft tradi-
tion, objectives, regulation, motivation, labor force economics, productivity, and technical change. Hiring systems, supervision of project labor operations, jurisdictional administration. CE 579 Introduction to Transportation Planning Law (3) Federal and state statu-
tory and regulatory requirements affecting California transportation systems, including transportation planning and funding law; and government contracting, environmental, and civil rights requirements. CE 580 Law and Finance for Engineering Innovation (3) (Enroll in ISE 565) CE 581 Negotiation For Engineering Management (3, Sp) (Enroll in ISE 581)
CE 583 Design of Transportation Facilities (3) Planning, design, staging, construction,
test, and maintenance of the public works and facilities for land, water, and air transportation. Prerequisite: CE 519, CE 457. CE 585 Traffic Engineering and Control (3, Sp) Conceptual engineering geometric
design, installation, and calibration of vehicular storage and traffic controls; safe flow optimization of vehicles on various thoroughfares. Recommended preparation: CE 471.
631
CE 633 Urban Transportation Planning and Management (4, 2 years, Fa) (Enroll in
PPD 633)
CE 634 Institutional and Policy Issues in Transportation (4, Sp) (Enroll in PPD 634) CE 640 Advanced Theory of Elasticity (3)
Curvilinear tensors; equations of nonlinear elasticity; elementary solutions; small deformations superimposed on large deformations; bifurcation of equilibrium states; nonlinear shell theory. Prerequisite: CE 507.
CE 586x Management for Engineers (4)
(Enroll in AME 589x) CE 587 Transportation Energy Analysis (3)
Energy consumption and socioeconomic impacts of past, present, and future transportation systems; analysis of alternatives between energy-intensive and low-cost transportation modes. CE 588 Railroad Engineering (3) Railroad
infrastructure including passenger and freight operations, track alignment (horizontal and vertical) design, basic components and terminology used in rail design and an understanding of this mode of transportation. Recommended preparation: CE 471. CE 589 Port Engineering: Planning and Operations (3, Fa) Physical and operational
characteristics of marine ports; impact analysis of modern logistics on port operation, planning and management; optimization and efficiency solutions for container terminals. CE 590 Directed Research (1-12) Research
CE 645 Uncertainty Modeling and Stochastic Optimization (3) Introduction to
the mathematical foundations, numerical algorithms, and computational tools necessary for solving problems of optimization under uncertainty. Open only to graduate students. CE 647 Multiscale Methods in Mechanics (3)
Behavior of man-made and natural materials at different scales; experimental methods to characterize behavior; governing equations, interscale coupling, information exchange; probabilistic representations; error analysis. Open only to master’s, doctoral, and professional students. Prerequisite: AME 525 or AME 526 or CE 525b. CE 690 Directed Research (1-4, max 8)
Laboratory study of specific problems by candidates for the degree Engineer in Civil Engineering. Graded CR/NC. CE 692 Transportation and the Environment (4) (Enroll in PPD 692)
leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC.
CE 694abz Thesis (2-2-0) Required for the
CE 594abz Master’s Thesis (2-2-0) Credit on
the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC.
acceptance of thesis. Graded IP/CR/NC.
CE 599 Special Topics (2-4, max 9) Course
content will be selected each semester to reflect current trends and developments in the field of civil engineering. CE 611 Stochastic Modeling and Simulation (3) Stochastic methods for modeling and
simulating physical, chemical and biological processes. Topics include: Stochastic partial differential equations, Monte Carlo simulations, moment equation methods, stochastic expansions. Open only to graduate students.
degree Engineer in Civil Engineering. Credit on acceptance of thesis. Graded IP/CR/NC. CE 790 Research (1-12) Research leading to
CE 794abcdz Doctoral Dissertation (2-2-2-2-0) Credit on acceptance of disserta-
tion. Graded IP/CR/NC.
632
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
Environmental Engineering – Sonny Astani Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering Kaprielian Hall 210 (213) 740-0603 FAX: (213) 744-1426 Email: ceedept@usc.edu usc.edu/cee Director: Lucio Soibelman, Ph.D. Associate Director: Massoud Pirbazari, Ph.D.
Research Assistant Professor: Scott Fruin, Ph.D. (Environmental Health, Keck School of Medicine)
Faculty
Fred Champion Professor of Civil and Environmental Engineering: Constantinos Sioutas, Sc.D. Professors: Ronald C. Henry, Ph.D. (Civil Engineering); Jiin-Jen Lee, Ph.D., P.E. (Civil Engineering)*; James Moffett, Ph.D. (Marine Environmental Biology); Massoud Pirbazari, Ph.D. (Civil Engineering); Lucio Soibelman, Ph.D. (Civil Engineering)
Emeritus Professors: Joseph S. Devinny, Ph.D. (Civil Engineering); George V. Chilingar, Ph.D. *Recipient of university-wide or school teaching award.
Degree Requirements Educational Program Objectives
Environmental engineers are the technical professionals who identify and mitigate environment damage. Environmental engineers provide safe drinking water, treat and properly dispose of wastes, maintain air quality, control water pollution and remediate sites contaminated by spills of hazardous substances. They monitor the quality of the air, water and land and develop improved means to protect the environment. The undergraduate programs in environmental engineering have the following objectives: (1) Professional Achievement Graduates will be successful in their chosen field of engineering, compete effectively as problem solvers in a world of technological change, and become leaders in industry, academic or governmental institutions. (2) Societal Impact Graduates will make use of their knowledge of global and societal issues, environmental considerations and sustainability objectives to create a safe and healthy world. (3) Organizational and Team-Building Skills Graduates will use their organizational abilities, communication skills and strengths in collaborative teamwork to foster a productive and efficient work environment in the organizations with which they are associated. (4) Professional Development Graduates will uphold high ethical and professional standards, be active in professional engineering organizations, support the advancement of the practice of engineering and obtain professional licensure.
(5) Continuing Education Graduates will engage in lifelong learning, and be prepared to pursue graduate studies in engineering or other diverse fields such as business, law or medicine. Bachelor of Science in Environmental Engineering
See listing on page 624, Civil Engineering. Minor in Environmental Engineering
A minor in environmental engineering provides students with a basic knowledge of our environment, potential causes for its deterioration, methods to prevent or mitigate environmental hazards, and the means to improve its quality at reasonable costs. Students will learn how to control water pollution, maintain air quality, treat and properly dispose of wastes, and remediate sites contaminated due to improper disposal of hazardous waste. This minor also enhances students’ employment opportunities in the field of environmental engineering. The program provides the necessary infrastructure for the pursuit of graduate studies in environmental engineering. The minor in environmental engineering is offered to undergraduates in various fields of engineering and natural sciences.
CE 463L Water Chemistry and Analysis 3 ENE 201 Introduction to Applied Environmental Science and Engineering 4 ENE 410 Environmental Fluid Mechanics 3 ENE 428 Air Pollution Fundamentals, or ENE 429 Air Pollution Control 3 ENE 495 Seminars in Environmental Engineering 1
minimum 20
Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering Emphasis in Environmental Engineering
See listing under Civil Engineering on page 623. Master of Science in Environmental Engineering
See listing under Civil Engineering on page 625. Engineer in Environmental Engineering
Requirements for the Engineer in Environmental Engineering are the same as set forth in the general requirements. See page 584.
Prerequisite courses CHEM 105aLbL or CHEM 115aLbL; MATH 125, MATH 126 and MATH 226, and PHYS 151L.
Ph.D. in Engineering (Environmental Engineering)
REQUIRED COURSES
Sustainable Cities Graduate Certificate
UNITS
CE 443 Environmental Chemistry 3 CE 453 Water Quality Control 3
See listing under Civil Engineering on page 626. See the listing in the USC Price School of Public Policy section on page 893.
Environmental Engineering
633
Courses of Instruction E N V I R O N M E N TA L E N G I N E E R I N G (ENE)
ENE 463L Water Chemistry and Analysis (3)
(Enroll in CE 463L)
ENE 513L Instrumental Methods for Environmental Analysis (3) (Enroll in CE 513L)
The terms indicated are expected but are not guaranteed. For the courses offered during any given term, consult the Schedule of Classes.
ENE 465 Water Supply and Sewerage System Design (3) (Enroll in CE 465)
ENE 514ab Advanced Sanitary Engineering Design (3-3) (Enroll in CE 514ab)
ENE 486 Design of Solid and Hazardous Waste Engineering Systems (3, Fa) Engi-
ENE 516 Hazardous Waste Management (3)
ENE 201 Introduction to Applied Environmental Science and Engineering (4) Gateway
to B.S. in Civil Engineering (Environmental Engineering), B.S., Environmental Engineering, and Minor in Environmental Engineering. Fundamental concepts of environmental science and engineering. Pollution control and remediation for air, water and soil. Pollution remediation for developing countries.
neering design of solid and hazardous waste facilities such as waste minimization, secured landfill, and hazardous waste treatment. Prerequisite: ENE 400. ENE 487 Environmental Biotechnology and Bioremediation (3) Understanding
individual studies. No more than one regis tration permitted. Enrollment by petition only.
and designing microbiological processes for environmental protection; learning how processes in environmental biotechnology work; emerging applications for bioremediation of hazardous chemicals in the environment. Prerequisite: CE 210L, BISC 320L.
ENE 400 Environmental Engineering Principles (3, Sp) Analysis of water, air, and
ENE 495 Seminars in Environmental Engineering (1, FaSp) Hazardous waste man-
ENE 390 Special Problems (1-4) Supervised,
land pollution, including hazardous waste and engineering of mitigation measures. Water and waste water treatment analysis. Prerequisite: CHEM 105bL or CHEM 115bL; MATH 226; PHYS 152L. ENE 410 Environmental Fluid Mechanics (3) Equation of motion; continuity, momen-
tum, energy principles; dimensional analysis, similitudes; groundwater flows; transports in conduits and channels; mixing, dispersion in environments; manifold diffusers; hydraulic transients. (Duplicates credit in CE 309 and AME 309.) Prerequisite: MATH 245.
agement, biodegradation of environmental pollutants, groundwater problems, waste minimization, energy resources, and air pol lution control.
Standards and regulations for the management of hazardous waste: identification, transportation, monitoring, storage, treatment, and disposal practices. ENE 517 Industrial and Hazardous Waste Treatment and Disposal (3) (Enroll in
CE 517)
ENE 518 Environmental Systems Engineering and Management (3) Evaluat-
ing, implementing and managing effective environmental systems to prevent pollution, conserve energy and resources, reduce risks and achieve sustainability in business and industries. ENE 523 Process Kinetics and Dynamics in Environmental Engineering (3) (Enroll in
CE 523)
ENE 502 Environmental and Regulatory Compliance (3) Federal and state environ-
ENE 526 Particulate Air Pollutants: Properties/Behavior/Measurement (3) Gaseous and particulate air pollutants, their
ENE 503 Microbiology for Environmental Engineers (3) (Enroll in CE 503)
ENE 535 Air Pollution Management: Exposure, Health Effects and Risk (3, Sp)
mental laws; environmental impact assessment techniques; permitting for industrial facility construction and operation. Prerequisite: graduate standing.
measurement and instrumentation methods, and their effects on the environment and human health; studies on toxicity and risk assessment of selected pollutants.
ENE 428 Air Pollution Fundamentals (3, Fa)
ENE 504 Solid Waste Management (3)
Air pollution effects on man, vegetation, materials; pollutant sampling and analysis; air quality standards and criteria; meteorological factors and dispersion modeling. Prerequisite: MATH 245, PHYS 151L, CHEM 105bL or CHEM 115bL; recommended preparation: ENE 400 or CHE 350.
(Enroll in CE 504)
Pollutant sampling; occupational, community, and personal exposures; receptor modeling; data analysis; health effects of air pollutants.
ENE 505 Energy and the Environment (3, Fa) Environmental effects of energy
ENE 553 Chemical and Biological Processes in Environmental Engineering (3) (Enroll in
ENE 429 Air Pollution Control (3, Sp) mission surveys; engineering controls of E
aerosols and gaseous contaminants at emission sources, disposition of contaminants. Field trips. Senior standing. Prerequisite: ENE 428; CE 309 or ENE 410.
development using fossil and fissile fuels, geothermics, photosynthesis, and other sources. Relationship of elemental cycles to the life supporting systems. ENE 506 Ecology for Environmental Engineers (3, Fa) The role of environmental engi-
neering in maintaining stability of freshwater, marine, and terrestrial ecosystems; macroscopic plant and animal forms as indicators of water quality.
ENE 443 Environmental Chemistry (3)
(Enroll in CE 443) ENE 453 Water Quality Control (3) (Enroll
in CE 453)
ENE 510 Water Quality Management and Practice (3, Fa) Surface and ground water
quality and resources management; water pollution in aquatic environment; water/ wastewater infrastructure systems and management.
CE 553)
ENE 560 Environmental Aspects of Oil and Gas Production (3) Environmental aspects of
drilling for and producing oil and gas, and the necessary safety practices. Attention is given to the urban areas. ENE 563 Chemistry and Biology of Natural Waters (3) (Enroll in CE 563) ENE 580 Applied Environmental Engineering Biotechnology (3) Fundamentals of
bioremediation processes; bioremediation technologies for decontamination of air, water, and soil; global applications of bioremediation techniques.
634
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
ENE 590 Directed Research (1-12) Research
ENE 596 Chemical Reactions in the Atmosphere (3, Fa) Chemical reactions and scav-
leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. ENE 594abz Master’s Thesis (2-2-0) Credit
on acceptance of thesis. Graded IP/CR/NC.
ENE 794abcdz Doctoral Dissertation (2-2-2-2-0) Credit on acceptance of disserta-
enging processes important in urban air pollution. Effects of solar irradiation on vehicle exhaust gases, oxides of nitrogen and sulfur.
tion. Graded IP/CR/NC.
ENE 790 Research (1-12) Research leading to
the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC.
Computer Engineering Undergraduate Degree Education Program Objectives
The undergraduate program in computer engineering and computer science has the following objectives: (1) Graduates will design and develop computer hardware that reflects the exigencies imposed by software design and development considerations. (2) Graduates will develop software that makes efficient use of current and developing hardware technologies. (3) Graduates will continue to develop the scientific and engineering skills and knowledge that will enable them to design and implement computer systems that effectively and efficiently integrate developing hardware and software technologies. (4) Graduates will be exposed to extensive work experiences in both the areas of computer engineering and computer science. (5) Most graduates will enter employment in their field. (6) Some graduates will undertake graduate education in computer engineering and/or computer science.
Bachelor of Science in Computer Engineering and Computer Science
PRE-MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
Students attaining the Bachelor of Science degree in computer engineering and computer science would possess the scientific and engineering skills and knowledge that would enable them to design and implement computer systems that effectively and efficiently integrate developing hardware and software technologies. This degree is administered jointly by the Departments of Computer Science and Electrical Engineering. The requirement for the degree is 128 units. A cumulative grade point average of C (2.0) is required in all upper division courses applied towards the major, regardless of the department in which the courses are taken. In addition, CECS majors must complete a minimum of 30 units of course work in humanities and social sciences. COMPOSITION/WRITING REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
WRIT 140* Writing and Critical Reasoning 4 WRIT 340 Advanced Writing 3 GENERAL EDUCATION (SEE PAGE 63)
UNITS
General education* + 20 ENGINEERING UNITS
(7) Graduates will engage in lifelong learning and understand contemporary developments in the field. (8) The reputations of the electrical engineering and computer science departments, which jointly sponsor the CECS program, for attracting quality students and producing quality graduates, will be continuously improved.
ENGR 102
Freshman Academy
2
UNITS
Math MATH 125 Calculus I 4 MATH 126 Calculus II 4 MATH 225 Linear Algebra and Differential Equations 4 MATH 226 Calculus III 4 EE 364 Introduction to Probability and Statistics for Electrical Engineering and Computer Science 3 Physics PHYS 151L** Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics and Thermodynamics 4 PHYS 152L Fundamentals of Physics II: Electricity and Magnetism 4 Science elective***
4
MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
Computer Science CSCI 101L Fundamentals of Computer Programming 3 CSCI 102L Data Structures 3 CSCI 200 Object-Oriented Programming 3 CSCI 201L Principles of Software Development 3 CSCI 271 Discrete Methods in Computer Science 3 CSCI 303 Design and Analysis of Algorithms 3 CSCI 377 Introduction to Software Engineering 3 CSCI 402 Operating Systems 3
Computer Engineering
Electrical Engineering EE 101 Introduction to Digital Logic 3 EE 106L Introduction to Computer Engineering/Computer Science 2 EE 201L Introduction to Digital Circuits 4 EE 328Lx Circuits and Electronics for Computer Engineers 4 EE 357 Basic Organization of Computer Systems 3 EE 454L Introduction to Systems Using Microprocessors 4 EE 457 Computer Systems Organization 3 Engineering Economy/Business Elective +
Senior Design Project CSCI 477ab Design and Construction of Large Software Systems, or EE 459L Embedded Systems Design Laboratory
635
2-2 3
Electives Technical elective ++ 12 Free elective 1-3 Total units:
128
*GE Category VI is taken concurrently with WRIT 140. **Satisfies GE Category III requirement.
***Any course in physics, biology or chemistry beyond the basic science requirement or in another scientific discipline. See adviser for list of approved courses. +Engineering Economy/Business Elective (1 course) Applicable courses include: BUAD 301, BAEP 450x, ISE 460 ++Technical Electives (4 courses) Applicable courses include: CSCI 300, CSCI 351, CSCI 445, CSCI 459, CSCI 460, CSCI 464, CSCI 477ab, CSCI 480, CSCI 485, CSCI 486, CSCI 490x, CSCI 491ab, CSCI 499; EE 450, EE 459L, EE 465, EE 477L, EE 490x, EE 499; MATH 458. Students may also choose one adviser-approved course from the 300- and 400-level ITP offerings. Other courses may be applicable; please see an adviser for approval.
3-4
Graduate Degrees The graduate program in computer engineering, offered through the Department of Electrical Engineering, is designed to provide students with an intensive background in the analysis, structure, design and function of digital computers and information processing systems. In addition to giving each student a fundamental background in digital logic, computer architecture and operating systems, a wide variety of elective courses allows for study in the following specialized areas: artificial intelligence; computer architecture; computer networks; computer system performance; design automation; fault-tolerant computers; microprocessors; parallel processing; real-time systems; robotics; and VLSI design. Master of Science in Computer Engineering
The Master of Science in Computer Engi neering is earned by completing an integrated program of at least 27 units of approved course work in computer engineering and computer science. No more than three courses (maximum 12 units) may be counted at the 400 level – at least 18 adviser-approved units must be taken at the 500 or 600 level. All applicants must have taken the entrance requirement courses (or equivalent in other institutions) in order to be admitted to the program. Entrance requirement course credit cannot be applied toward the degree. A fundamental course may be waived by taking a placement exam. In case a placement exam is not offered, a fundamental course may be waived by a designated faculty member.
At least 18 units must be taken at the 500level or above. At least 18 units must be taken in electrical engineering, 15 of which must be taken at USC. Units taken outside of electrical engineering or computer science must be approved in advance by a computer engineering adviser and must be substantive in content and related to the degree objective. Up to 3 units of Directed Research (EE 590) with a computer engineering faculty member may be applied toward the degree. ENTRANCE REQUIREMENT COURSES
UNITS
EE 550 Design and Analysis of Computer Communication Networks, or EE 555 Broadband Network Architectures 3 EE 557 Computer Systems Architecture 3 EE 577a VLSI System Design 3 Students must take at least 6 units from the following list of elective courses (cannot overlap with the core courses):
UNITS
CSCI 455x Introduction to Programming Systems Design 4 EE 357 Basic Organization of Computer Systems 3 tudents must take or waive all four of the S following fundamental courses (with the option of EE 450 or EE 465): FUNDAMENTAL COURSES
CORE COURSES
Computer Science: CSCI 545, CSCI 546, CSCI 547, CSCI 551, CSCI 555, CSCI 558L, CSCI 561, CSCI 565, CSCI 570, CSCI 584, CSCI 585, CSCI 595 Electrical Engineering: EE 532, EE 536ab, EE 549, EE 550, EE 552, EE 554, EE 555, EE 557, EE 558, EE 560, EE 577ab, EE 579, EE 630, EE 650, EE 652, EE 653, EE 657, EE 658, EE 659, EE 677, EE 680, EE 681
UNITS
CSCI 402x Operating Systems 3 EE 450 Introduction to Computer Networks, or EE 465 Probabilistic Methods in Computer Systems Modeling 3 EE 457 Computer Systems Organization 3 EE 477L MOS VLSI Circuit Design 4 Students must take at least two of the following core courses (with the option of EE 550 or EE 555):
A minimum grade point average of 3.0 (A = 4.0) must be earned on all course work applied toward the master’s degree in computer engineering. This average must also be achieved on all 400-level and above course work attempted at USC beyond the bachelor’s degree. Transfer units which count as credit (CR) toward the master’s degree are not computed in the grade point average. All other Viterbi School of Engineering requirements for the Master of Science apply.
636
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
Doctor of Philosophy in Computer Engineering
Theory Area Courses CSCI 570 Analysis of Algorithms 3 EE 465 Probabilistic Methods in Computer Systems Modeling, or EE 549 Queuing Theory for Performance Modeling 3 EE 562a Random Processes in Engineering 3 EE 565a Information Theory 3 MATH 410 Fundamental Concepts of Modern Algebra, or MATH 425a Fundamental Concepts of Analysis 4 MATH 432 Applied Combinatorics, or MATH 533 Combinatorical Analysis and Algebra 4
The requirements for the Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) degree in computer engineering are in strict conformity with the requirements of the Graduate School. Program requirements for the Ph.D. in computer engineering are the same as those for the Ph.D. in electrical engineering except that the major field is computer engineering. See general requirements for graduate degrees. Screening and qualifying examinations are administered by the computer engineering faculty. Students should contact the Electrical Engineering-Systems Department Office for further information. COURSE REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
The following course work must be completed; these courses can be included in the 60-unit course work requirement: Take two courses from theory area and four courses from the other three areas (hardware, software and systems), including at least one course from each area to total six courses.
Hardware Area Courses EE 536a Mixed Signal Integrated Circuit Design 3 EE 552 Asynchronous VLSI Design 3 EE 557 Computer Systems Architecture 3
Software Area Courses CSCI 565 Compiler Design, or CSCI 595 Advanced Compiler Design 4 CSCI 577a Software Engineering 4 CSCI 585 Database Systems 3 Systems Area Courses CSCI 551 Computer Communications 3 CSCI 555 Advanced Operating Systems 3 CSCI 561 Foundations of Artificial Intelligence 3 EE 543a Digital Control Systems 3 EE 554 Real Time Computer Systems 3 EE 550 Design and Analysis of Computer Communication Networks, or EE 555 Broadband Network Architectures 3 EE 569 Introduction to Digital Image Processing 3
Computer Science Henry Salvatori Computer Science Center 300 (213) 740-4494 FAX: (213) 740-7285 Email: csdept@usc.edu Chair and Seeley G. Mudd Professor of Engineering: Shanghua Teng, Ph.D.
Charles Lee Powell Chair in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science: Melvin Breuer, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering) Henry Salvatori Chair in Computer Science: Leonard M. Adleman, Ph.D. Seeley G. Mudd Professor of Engineering: Shanghua Teng, Ph.D.
Faculty
Fletcher Jones Chair in Computer Science: Michael A. Arbib, Ph.D.
TRW Professor of Software Engineering: Barry Boehm, Ph.D.
Robert G. & Mary G. Lane Early Career Chair: Murali Annavaram, Ph.D.
Professors: Leonard Adleman, Ph.D. (Molecular Biology); Michael Arbib, Ph.D. (Biomedical Engineering, Electrical Engineering); Barry Boehm, Ph.D. (Industrial and Systems Engineering); Leana Golubchik, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering); Ramesh Govindan, Ph.D.; Ellis Horowitz, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering); Ming-Deh Huang, Ph.D.; Sven Koenig, Ph.D.; Maja Matari´c, Ph.D. (Neuroscience Center); Dennis McLeod, Ph.D.; Gerard Medioni, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering); Neno Medvidovic, Ph.D.; Aiichiro Nakano, Ph.D. (Biomedical Engineering, Materials Science, Physics); Ulrich Neumann, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering); Ramakant Nevatia,
Gordon S. Marshall Chair in Engineering: Aristides A.G. Requicha, Ph.D. David Packard Chair in Manufacturing Engineering: Stephen C-Y Lu, Ph.D. (Mechanical Engineering, Industrial and Systems Engineering) Charles Lee Powell Chair in Engineering: Viktor Prasanna, Ph.D.
Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering); Aristides Requicha, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering); Paul Rosenbloom, Ph.D.; Cyrus Shahabi, Ph.D.; Gaurav Sukhatme, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering); Milind Tambe, Ph.D.; Shanghua Teng, Ph.D. Associate Professors: Shahram Ghandeharizadeh, Ph.D.; Laurent Itti, Ph.D.; Stefan Schaal, Ph.D. (Neuroscience Center) Assistant Professors: Jernej Barbic, Ph.D.; Shaddin Dughmi, Ph.D.; William GJ Halfond, Ph.D.; Ethan Katz-Bassett, Ph.D.; David Kempe, Ph.D.; Yan Liu, Ph.D.; Fei Sha, Ph.D.; Minlan Yu, Ph.D. Joint Professors: Irving Biederman, Ph.D. (Psychology); Edward Blum, Ph.D. (Mathematics); Melvin Breuer, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering); Todd Brun, Ph.D.; Tim Ting Chen, Ph.D. (Computational Molecular Biology); Kai Hwang, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering); Rajiv Kalia, Ph.D. (Physics); Carl Kesselman, Ph.D. (Industrial and Systems Engineering); Bhaskar Krishnamachari, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering); C-C Jay Kuo, Ph.D.
Computer Science
(Signal and Image Processing); Stephen Lu, Ph.D. (Industrial and Systems Engineering); Shri Narayanan, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering); Fernando Ordonez, Ph.D. (Industrial and Systems Engineering); Viktor Prasanna, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering); Konstantinos Psounis, Ph.D.; C.S. Raghavendra, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering); Irving Reed, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering); Boris Rozovsky, Ph.D. (Mathematics); Nicolas Schweighofer, Ph.D. (Biokinesiology and Physical Therapy); Francisco Valero-Cuevas (Biomedial Engineering); Priya Vashishta, Ph.D. (Material Science, Physics); Michael Waterman, Ph.D. (Mathematics); Richard Weinberg, Ph.D. (Cinematic Arts); John Wilson, Ph.D. (Geography) Adjunct Professors: Michael Carey, Ph.D., Danny Cohen, Ph.D.; Rick Selby, Ph.D.; Sethu Vijayakumar, Ph.D.; Roger Zimmermann, Ph.D. Adjunct Associate Professors: Steve Chien, Ph.D.; Mary Hall, Ph.D.; Larry Matthies, Ph.D.; Zhengyou Zhang, Ph.D.
Adjunct Assistant Professors: Aude Billard, Ph.D.; Alexander Egyed, Ph.D.; Andrew Howard, Ph.D.; Auke Ijspeert, Ph.D.; Steve Jacobs, Ph.D.; Marcelo Kallmann, Ph.D.; Sofus Macskassy, Ph.D.; Chris Mattmann, Ph.D.; Xin Wang, Ph.D. Research Professors: Paul Debevec, Ph.D.; Yolanda Gil, Ph.D.; John Heidemann, Ph.D.; Randall Hill, Ph.D.; Jerry Hobbs, Ph.D.; Carl Kesselman, Ph.D.; Kevin Knight, Ph.D.; Craig Knoblock, Ph.D.; Herbert Schorr, Ph.D.; William Swartout, Ph.D. Research Associate Professors: Ann L. Chervenak, Ph.D.; Ewa Deelman, Ph.D.; Andrew Gordon, Ph.D.; Jonathan Gratch, Ph.D.; Eduard Hovy, Ph.D.; Robert Lucas, Ph.D.; Daniel Marcu, Ph.D.; Stacey Marsella, Ph.D.; Robert Neches, Ph.D.; Clifford Neuman, Ph.D.; Wei-Min Shen, Ph.D.; Joseph Touch, Ph.D.
637
Pedro Diniz, Ph.D.; Alexandre Francois, Ph.D.; Aram Galstyan, Ph.D.; Abhijeet Ghosh, Ph.D.; Liang Huang, Ph.D.; Jihie Kim, Ph.D.; Zornitsa Kozareva, Ph.D.; Kristina Lerman, Ph.D.; Anton Leuski, Ph.D.; Rajiv Maheswaran, Ph.D.; Donald Metzler, Ph.D.; Jelena Mirkovic, Ph.D.; Louis-Philippe Morency, Ph.D.; Patrick Pantel, Ph.D.; Pieter Peers, Ph.D.; Pedro Szekely, Ph.D.; David Traum, Ph.D.; Wei Ye, Ph.D.; Suya You, Ph.D. Lecturers: Claire Bono; William Cheng, Ph.D.; St. John Colon, MFA; Aaron Cote, Ph.D.; Michael Crowley, Ph.D. (Senior Lecturer); Scott Easley, B.A.; Massoud GhyĂĄm-Khah, Ed.D.; Parag Havaldar, Ph.D.; Krishnamurthy Narayanaswamy, Ph.D.; Farid Parvini, Ph.D.; Saty Raghavachary, Ph.D.; Shawn Shamsian, Ph.D.; Sheila Tejada, Ph.D. (Senior Lecturer); David Wilczynski, Ph.D.; Michael Zyda, Ph.D. (Professor of Engineering Practice)
Research Assistant Professors: Jose Luis Ambite, Ph.D.; Yu-Han Chang, Ph.D.; David Chiang, Ph.D.; Young Cho, Ph.D.; Morteza Dehghani, Ph.D.; David DeVault, Ph.D.;
Emeritus Professor: George Bekey, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering, Biomedical Engineering)
(3) Citizenship in the Global Community Graduates have shown the capabilities and communication skills necessary to function effectively either as individuals, members or leaders of multidisciplinary teams in a diverse global economy.
major, regardless of the department in which the courses are taken. Computer science is a department in the USC Viterbi School of Engineering; however, the Bachelor of Science degree with a major in computer science is awarded through the USC Dornsife College. Candidates must complete general education requirements; see pages 63 and 250.
Bachelor of Science Educational Program Objectives
(1) Technical Competence Graduates have solved problems encountered in modern practice using the mathematics skills and knowledge about computer hardware and software learned at the university. Graduates have worked on projects in which they were required to model, analyze, design and experimentally evaluate components or systems to achieve desired technical specifications subject to the reality of economic constraints.
Graduates have shown an understanding of the importance of high ethical and professional standards as well as the significance of engineering decisions and solutions in a global, environmental and societal context. Bachelor of Science in Computer Science
(2) Professional Development Graduates have followed a career path for which they have been trained either through suitable employment or graduate studies. Graduates have adapted or extended their professional skills in order to compete effectively in a world of rapid technological change. Graduates have moved into fields with strong information technology components, such as business, law, cinema and music, through graduate-level studies and the process of lifelong learning.
The undergraduate program in computer science is an interdisciplinary program leading to the Bachelor of Science in computer science. The program is designed to provide both an academic and professional orientation. General admission requirements for the undergraduate program are the same as those of the university and the USC Viterbi School of Engineering and include 3 to 5 units of mathematics and one unit of science (biology, chemistry or physics) together with satisfac tory scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test and Achievement Tests. The requirement for the degree is 128 units. A cumulative grade point average of C (2.0) is required for all courses taken at USC as well as all upper division courses applied towards the
COMPOSITION/WRITING REQUIREMENT
UNITS
WRIT 140* Writing and Critical Reasoning 4 WRIT 340** Advanced Writing 3 GENERAL EDUCATION (SEE PAGE 63)
UNITS
General education* + 20 PRE-MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
Math Requirement MATH 125 Calculus I 4 MATH 126 Calculus II 4 MATH 225 Linear Algebra and Differential Equations 4 MATH 226 Calculus III 4 EE 364 Introduction to Probability and Statistics for Electrical Engineering and Computer Science 3
638
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
Basic Science One of the following two course sequences: BISC 120L*** and BISC 220L, or CHEM 105aLbL***, or PHYS 151L*** and PHYS 152L
Foreign Language Requirement Three semesters of a single language and passing the skill level examination in that language or passing the skill level examination in a foreign language.
8
Other Requirements Science elective**** Foreign language MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
4 12 UNITS
Engineering ENGR 102 Engineering Freshman Academy 2 Computer Science CSCI 101L Fundamentals of Computer Programming 3 CSCI 102L Data Structures 3 CSCI 200L Object Oriented Programming 3 CSCI 201L Principles of Software Development 3 CSCI 271 Discrete Methods in Computer Science 3 CSCI 303 Design and Analysis of Algorithms 3 CSCI 377 Introduction to Software Engineering 3 CSCI 402x Operating Systems 3 CSCI 477ab Design and Construction of Large Software Systems 2-2 Electrical Engineering EE 101 Introduction to Digital Logic 3 EE 106Lx Introduction to Computer Engineering/Computer Science 2 EE 201L Introduction to Digital Circuits 4 EE 357 Basic Organization of Computer Systems 3 Engineering economy/business elective 3-4 Free electives 0-1 Technical electives 12 Total units:
128
*GE Category VI is taken concurrently with WRIT 140. **WRIT 340 Advanced Writing (Communication for Engineers) is strongly recommended for CSCI majors. ***Satisfies general education requirement.
Technical Electives (four courses) Applicable courses include: CSCI 300, CSCI 351, CSCI 445, CSCI 459, CSCI 460, CSCI 464, CSCI 480, CSCI 485, CSCI 490x, CSCI 499; EE 450, EE 454L, EE 459L, EE 465, EE 477L, EE 490x, EE 499; MATH 458. Other courses may be applicable; please see an adviser for approval. Engineering Economy/Business Elective (one course) Applicable courses include: BUAD 301, BAEP 450x, ISE 460 Bachelor of Science in Computer Science (Games)
The goal of the B.S. in Computer Science (Games) program is to graduate students with a solid grounding in computer science and a cross-disciplinary background in game development. Topics covered in the crossdisciplinary game development portion of the degree program include game production, visual design for games and interactives, computer animation, video game programming, game hardware architectures, game engine programming, serious game development, introductory and intermediate game design, and two semester-long final game projects. Students graduating from this program will be capable of engineering next-generation games and simulations and their technologies in the entertainment and serious game fields. Additionally, graduates from this program will be able to further their education in graduate programs in game development and computer science. This degree will be offered by the USC Dornsife College of Letters, Arts and Sciences. The requirement for the degree is 128 units. A cumulative grade point average of C (2.0) is required for all courses taken at USC as well as all upper division courses applied towards the major, regardless of the department in which the courses are taken. Requirements for the B.S. in Computer Science (Games): COMPUTER SCIENCE AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING (36 UNITS)
****Any course in physics, biology or chemistry beyond the basic science requirement or in another scientific discipline. See adviser for a list of approved electives. +The university allows engineering students to replace GE Category IV with a second course in Categories I, II or VI.
UNITS
CSCI 101L Fundamentals of Computer Programming 3 CSCI 102L Data Structures 3 CSCI 200 Object-Oriented Programming 3 CSCI 201L Principles of Software Development 3 CSCI 271 Discrete Methods in Computer Science 3
CSCI 303 Design and Analysis of Algorithms 3 CSCI 377 Introduction to Software Engineering 3 CSCI 402x Operating Systems 3 CSCI 460 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence 3 CSCI 480 Computer Graphics 3 EE 352L Computer Organization and Architecture 3 EE 450 Introduction to Computer Networks 3 GAME DEVELOPMENT (40 UNITS)
UNITS
CSCI 180 Survey of Digital Games and Their Technologies 3 CSCI 281 Pipelines for Games and Interactives 3 CSCI 486 Serious Games Development 3 CSCI 491abL Final Game Project 4-2 CTAN 452 Introduction to 3-D Computer Animation 2 CTIN 484L Intermediate Game Development 2 CTIN 488 Game Design Workshop 4 CTIN 489 Intermediate Game Design Workshop 2 EE 452L Game Hardware Architectures 3 ITP 280 Video Game Production 4 ITP 380 Video Game Programming 4 ITP 485 Programming Game Engines 4 MATH (11-12 UNITS)
UNITS
MATH 125 Calculus I 4 MATH 126 Calculus II 4 MATH 225 Linear Algebra and Linear Differential Equations, or 4 EE 241 Applied Linear Algebra for Engineering 3 SCIENCE (4 UNITS)
UNITS
PHYS 151L* Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics and Thermodynamics 4 WRITING (7 UNITS)
UNITS
WRIT 140 Writing and Critical Reasoning WRIT 340 Advanced Writing GENERAL EDUCATION (20 UNITS)**
4 3 UNITS
The major will comply with the university general education and diversity requirements. *General Education requirements total 24 units. However, PHYS 151L also satisfies the GE Category III requirement. **The foreign language requirement will be waived for students in this program.
Computer Science
TECHNICAL ELECTIVES
UNITS
Choose a minimum of 6 units from the following: CSCI 351 Programming and Multimedia on the World Wide Web 3 CSCI 477ab*** Design and Construction of Large Software Systems 2-2 CSCI 485 File and Database Management 3 CSCI 490x Directed Research 2-8 CSCI 499 Special Topics 2-4 CTAN 330 Animation Fundamentals 2 CTAN 443L 3-D Animation and Character Design 2 CTIN 401L Interface Design for Games 2 CTIN 403 Advanced Visual Design for Gamers 2 CTIN 404L Usability Testing for Games 2 CTIN 405L Design and Technology for Mobile Experiences 2 CTIN 406L Sound Design for Games 2 CTIN 458 Business and Management of Games 2 CTIN 459L*** Game Industry Workshop 4 CTIN 462 Critical Theory and Analysis of Games 4 CTIN 463 Anatomy of a Game 4 CTIN 482 Designing Online Multiplayer Game Environments 2 CTIN 483 Introduction to Game Development 4 CTIN 492L Experimental Game Topics 4, max 8 EE 320 Digital Media Basics for Multimedia 3 ENGR 395abc*** Cooperative Education Work Experience (students who take 3 units of Co-op may use it as one technical elective). 1 or 2, max 5 Total units required for degree:
128
Other courses may be eligible subject to adviser approval. ***highly recommended Note: Students are strongly encouraged to take at least 1 unit of internship Note: Free elective units: (3-4 units) Note: If a student chooses MATH 225 (4), then no units of free electives would be needed to complete the degree requirements. If EE 241 (3) is chosen, then the student would require 4 units of free electives.
639
Bachelor of Science in Computer Science/ Business Administration
The combined Bachelor of Science degree program in computer science/business administration offers qualified students the opportunity to gain an educational foundation in both areas. Students must meet the admission requirements for both the Computer Science department in the Viterbi School of Engineering and the Marshall School of Business. The degree is administered by the Computer Science department. Students should work with advisers in both the Marshall School and the Viterbi School in making appropriate course selections. The requirement for the degree is 135 units. A cumulative grade point average of C (2.0) is required for all courses taken at USC as well as all upper division courses applied toward the major, regardless of the department in which the courses are taken. ENGINEERING REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
CSCI 101L Fundamentals of Computer Programming 3 CSCI 102L Data Structures 3 CSCI 200 Object-Oriented Programming 3 CSCI 201L Principles of Software Development 3 CSCI 271 Discrete Methods in Computer Science 3 CSCI 303 Design and Analysis of Algorithms 3 CSCI 351 Programming and Multimedia on the World Wide Web 3 CSCI 377 Introduction to Software Engineering 3 CSCI 460 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, or CSCI 480 Computer Graphics, or CSCI 485 File and Database Management 3 CSCI 477ab Design and Construction of Large Software Systems 2-2 CSCI technical electives (see department for approved list) 6 EE 101 Introduction to Digital Logic 3 EE 201L Introduction to Digital Circuits 4 ENGR 102 Freshmen Academy Seminar 2 MATH 125 Calculus I 4 MATH 126 Calculus II 4 MATH 225 Linear Algebra and Linear Differential Equations, or 4 EE 241 Applied Linear Algebra for Engineering 3 Basic science requirements I and II* 4-4 Total engineering units:
65-66
BUSINESS REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
ACCT 410x Accounting for Non-Business Majors BUAD 302 Communication Strategy in Business BUAD 304 Organizational Behavior BUAD 306 Business Finance BUAD 307 Marketing Fundamentals BUAD 497 Strategic Management
4 4 4 4 4 4
Business Electives 300- or 400-level ACCT, BAEP, non-required BUAD, BUCO, FBE, IOM, MKT or MOR 8 ECON 351x Microeconomics for Business 4 ECON 352x Macroeconomics for Business 4 BUAD 310 Applied Business Statistics, or 4 EE 364 Introduction to Probability and Statistics for Electrical Engineering 3 Total business units
43-44
Total program units:
108-110
*Basic science requirement: PHYS 151L and PHYS 152L or CHEM 105abL or BISC 120L and BISC 220L
Physics/Computer Science Major Requirements for the Bachelor of Science
This program is intended for students with dual interests in physics and computer science who wish to complete the essential courses for both majors within their normal four year career. See the Physics and Astronomy Department section, page 431, for course requirements. Bachelor of Science in Computer Engineering and Computer Science
See the listing under Computer Engineering, page 634. Minor in Computer Science
The computer science minor introduces the concepts, tools and techniques that are involved in the programming of c omputers. The minor prepares students to achieve mastery in several current programming languages. In addition, the student will learn about creating effective user interfaces and how to build applications that are available on the Internet.
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
640
REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
Lower division (12 units) CSCI 101L Fundamentals of Computer Programming 3 CSCI 102L Data Structures 3 CSCI 200 Object-Oriented Programming 3 CSCI 201L Principles of Software Development 3 ELECTIVES UNITS
12 units selected from the following courses: CSCI 351 Programming and Multimedia on the World Wide Web 3 CSCI 377 Introduction to Software Engineering 3 CSCI 445 Introduction to Robotics 4 CSCI 460 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence 3
CSCI 477ab Design and Construction of Large Software Systems 2-2 CSCI 480 Computer Graphics 3 CSCI 485 File and Database Management 3 CSCI 499 Special Topics 2-4 Total: 24 units Note: Students majoring in business may wish to take CSCI 477 and CSCI 485: These courses will prepare them to utilize computers in a corporate setting. Note: Students majoring in fine arts or cinematic arts may wish to take CSCI 460 and CSCI 480: These courses will prepare them to apply computers to movies and online games. Note: Students majoring in chemistry or physics may prefer to take CSCI 445 and CSCI 460: These courses will prepare them to create sophisticated software for scientific applications.
Minor in Engineering Technology Commercialization
See listing under the Special Educational Opportunities section, page 586. Minor in 2-D Art for Games
This interdisciplinary minor integrates three major disciplines (fine arts, computer science and interactive media) to develop the 2-D visual skills necessary to conceptualize and illustrate images for games. For more information, see Roski School of Fine Arts, page 690. Minor in 3-D Art for Games
The focus of the 3-D Art for Games minor is a trans-disciplinary approach that incorporates the creative, technological and team-based communication skills necessary to develop 3‑D art skills for video games. For more information, see Roski School of Fine Arts, page 690.
Graduate Degrees The requirements listed below are special to this department and must be read in conjunction with the general requirements of the USC Viterbi School of Engineering for master’s degrees and the general requirements of the USC Graduate School for Ph.D. degrees, page 102. The graduate program in computer science provides intensive preparation in the basic concepts and techniques related to the design, programming and application of digital computers. Both the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees are offered.
A Master of Science degree with a specialization in computer networks is offered. This specialization prepares students in the areas of computer communications, networks and distributed processing.
A Master of Science degree with specialization in software engineering is also offered. The program seeks to prepare students for an industrial leadership career in software engineering. It also serves as an introduction to this area for students who wish to pursue advanced studies and research leading to a Ph.D.
Admission and Prerequisites
A Master of Science degree with specialization in intelligent robotics is also offered. This program seeks to prepare students for an industrial career in the development of computer systems for CAD/CAM (ComputerAided Design and Manufacturing) and robotics. It also serves as an introduction to this area for students who wish to pursue advanced studies and research leading to a Ph.D. The emphasis is on the domain of mechanical, electromechanical and mechatronic products. (CAD for digital systems is covered by a separate program offered by the Electrical Engineering-Systems department.)
A Master of Science in computer science (multimedia and creative technologies) is also offered, see page 678. A Master of Science in computer science (high performance computing and simulations) is also offered, see page 642. Admission is determined by the Office of Admission and the Viterbi School of Engineering, in consultation with the Com puter Science Department. The applicant is required to have a bachelor’s degree or its equivalent from an accredited college or university; satisfactory scores on the verbal and quantitative portions of the aptitude test of the Graduate Record Examinations (one advanced test from computer science, mathematics or engineering is recommended); and a substantial background in computing constitutes a minimum requirement. Foreign students must earn a satisfactory score on the Test of English as a Foreign Language.
Master of Science in Computer Science
Requirements for Graduation without a Thesis A minimum grade point average of 3.0 must be earned on all course work applied toward the master’s degree in computer science. This average must also be earned on all graduate courses completed at USC (400level and above). Transfer units count as credit (CR) toward the master’s degree and are not computed in the grade point average. The required courses are as follows: CSCI 570 and one course from each of the following two categories: I. CSCI 551, CSCI 555, CSCI 571, CSCI 577a, CSCI 585, EE 557; II. CSCI 545, CSCI 561, CSCI 564, CSCI 574, CSCI 580, CSCI 582. A maximum of 9 units may be taken at the 400 level from approved courses in either electrical engineering or computer science; the remaining units must be approved courses at the 500 or 600 level. CSCI 590 and ENGR 596 may be counted for a maximum of 6 units. Total units required for the degree is 27. No examination is required for the degree. Other requirements for the Master of Science in computer science are the same as set forth in the general requirements for Viterbi School of Engineering master’s degrees.
Computer Science
Thesis Option With the approval of a supervising professor, qualified students may be allowed to pursue a thesis option. Students pursuing the thesis option must satisfy all of the policies and course requirements for the master’s degree with the following exceptions: A maximum of 6 units from approved courses may be taken at the 400 level in either electrical engineering or computer science; and CSCI 590 and ENGR 596 may be counted for a maximum of 2 units. In addition, these students must enroll in a minimum of two semesters of CSCI 594abz for a maximum of 4 units. Total units required for the degree is 27. The thesis must comply with all requirements set by the Graduate School. The thesis option is available to students pursuing degrees in the following programs: M.S. in computer science and M.S. in computer science with specializations in computer networks, software engineering, intelligent robotics, multimedia and creative technologies, computer security and high performance computing simulations. Master of Science in Computer Science (Game Development)
The goal of the M.S. in Computer Science (Game Development) program is to graduate students with a core in computer science, an engineering-oriented game development core and a concentration in one of the key research directions in game development infrastructure, cognition and games, immersion and serious games. Infrastructure is researching and developing the software and hardware infrastructure necessary for the development of the future of interactive games and large-scale simulations; massively multiplayer online games (MMOGs) and simulation networks; game engines and tools; instant games; wireless and mobile games and infrastructures; and next generation consoles. Cognition and games is developing theories for modeling and simulating computer characters and story; developing methods for modeling, simulating and displaying human emotion; analyzing large-scale game play; and developing theories for infusing pedagogy with game play. Immersion is researching and developing the technologies to engage the mind of the game player via sensory stimulation; reading the human emotional state and providing that as an input to the game; and emotionally adaptive game software architectures. Serious games and simulations is developing a theory for the deployment of games and simulations for purposes of education and training, health, public policy and strategic communication; game evaluation; serious game development; and human performance engineering. Students graduating from this program will be capable of engineering next generation games and simulations and their required technologies immediately upon graduation in the entertainment and serious game fields. Additionally, graduates from this
641
program will be able to further their education in graduate programs in game development and computer science. The long-term goal with this M.S. degree is to establish research and development directions that create a science of games and an accompanying archival literature that improves game development for both serious and entertainment purposes. CSCI (9 UNITS)
UNITS
CSCI 570 Analysis of Algorithms CSCI 580 3-D Computer Graphics and Rendering
3 3
One of the following: CSCI 555 Advanced Operating Systems 3 CSCI 561 Foundations of Artificial Intelligence, or CSCI 573 Advanced Artificial Intelligence 3 CSCI 571 Web Technologies 3 CSCI 577a Software Engineering 4 CSCI 585 Database Systems 3 EE 557 Computer Systems Architecture 3 GAME DEVELOPMENT CORE (11 UNITS)
UNITS
CTIN 488 Game Design Workshop 4 CSCI 522 Game Engine Development 4 EE 452 Game Hardware Architectures 3 PROJECT CLASSES (7 UNITS)
CSCI 529ab
UNITS
Advanced Game Projects 4-3
ELECTIVES UNITS
Complete two courses from one of the following areas of concentration: Infrastructure; Cognition and Games; Immersion; Serious Games. Infrastructure CSCI 503 Parallel Programming 3 CSCI 520 Computer Animation and Simulation 3 CSCI 522 Game Engine Development 4 CSCI 523 Networked Games 3 CSCI 524 Networked Artificial Intelligence 3 CSCI 526 Advanced Mobile Devices and Game Consoles 3 Cognition and Games CSCI 524 Networked Artificial Intelligence 3 CSCI 534 Affective Computing 3 CSCI 541 Artificial Intelligence Planning 3 CSCI 543 Software Multiagent Systems 3 CSCI 573 Advanced Artificial Intelligence 3
Immersion CSCI 520 Computer Animation and Simulation 3 CSCI 523 Networked Games 3 CSCI 537 Immersive Environments 3 CSCI 538 Human Performance Engineering 3 CSCI 574 Computer Vision 3 CSCI 588 Specification and Design of User Interface Software 3 CTAN 502a Experiments in Stereoscopic Imaging 2 CTIN 488 Intermediate Game Design Workshop 4 EE 619 Advanced Topics in Automatic Speech Recognition 3 Serious Games CSCI 486 Serious Games Development 3 CSCI 520 Computer Animation and Simulation 3 CSCI 537 Immersive Environments 3 CSCI 538 Human Performance Engineering 3 Other courses may be eligible subject to adviser approval. Total units: 33 Master of Science in Computer Science (Computer Networks)
Under the networks option students must satisfy the requirements for the Master of Science in Computer Science and the following courses must be included in the program: EE 450, CSCI 551, CSCI 555 and three of the following: CSCI 558; CSCI 599 or CSCI 694a or CSCI 694b; EE 549, EE 550 and EEÂ 555. Total units required for the degree is 27. Students who can demonstrate that they have already taken these courses (or equivalent) may be waived out of the requirement by a memo from their faculty adviser. All courses must be approved by a faculty adviser. A list of suggested electives is available from the department office. Master of Science in Computer Science (Computer Security)
Completion of this program satisfies all the requirements for the Master of Science in computer science. REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
CSCI 530 Security Systems 4 CSCI 531 Applied Cryptography 3 CSCI 551 Computer Communications 3 CSCI 555 Advanced Operating Systems 3 CSCI 570 Analysis of Algorithms 3 CSCI 577a Software Engineering, or 4 CSCI 578 Software Architectures 3
642
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
At least one of the following courses: CSCI 545 Robotics 3 CSCI 561* Foundations of Artificial Intelligence 3 CSCI 564 Brain Theory and Artificial Intelligence 3 CSCI 573* Advanced Artificial Intelligence 3 CSCI 574 Computer Vision 3 CSCI 580 3-D Graphics and Rendering 3 CSCI 582 Geometric Modeling 3
CSCI 580 3-D Graphics and Rendering 3 CSCI 583* Computational Geometry 3 CSCI 595 Advanced Compiler Design 4 CSCI 653* High Performance Computing and Simulations 3 EE 653 Advanced Topics in Microarchitecture 3 EE 657* Parallel and Distributed Computing 3 EE 659* Interconnection Networks 3 MATH 501 Numerical Analysis and Computing 3
At least two of the following courses: CSCI 556 Introduction to Cryptography 3 CSCI 558L Internetworking and Distributed Systems Laboratory 3 CSCI 571 Web Technologies 3 CSCI 585 Database Systems 3 CSCI 599** Special Topics 2-4, max 9 CSCI 694a Topics in Computer Networks and Distributed Systems 3 Total Units:
28
*CSCI 561 or CSCI 573 is recommended for this specialization. CSCI 573 may be used in place of CSCI 561 to satisfy the requirements for the general M.S. degree. **Topics must be pre-approved by an adviser. Course must be a minimum of 3 units.
Master of Science in Computer Science (High Performance Computing and Simulations)
*Courses offered through the Distance Education Network (DEN).
Students in the MSCS-HPCS program must satisfy the current core requirements for the Master of Science in computer science and the following elective courses must be included in the program: REQUIRED CORE COURSE
CSCI 596* Scientific Computing and Visualization TECHNICAL ELECTIVE COURSES
Computational Science/Engineering Application Track AME 535a* Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics, or AME 535b* Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 CE 529a* Finite Element Analysis 3 CHE 502 Numerical Methods for Diffusive and Convective Transport 3 EE 553* Computational Solution of Optimization Problems 3 MASC 575* Basics of Atomistic Simulations of Materials 3 MATH 578a Computational Molecular Biology 3 PHYS 516 Methods of Computational Physics 3 PTE 582* Fluid Flow and Transport Processes in Porous Media 3 Adviser approved remainder of elective units 6
Master of Science in Computer Science (Human Language Technology)
UNITS
3 UNITS
Three of the following courses – students must take courses from both the computer science track and the computational science/engineering application track.
Computer Science Track CSCI 503 Parallel Programming 3 CSCI 520 Computer Animation and Simulation 3 CSCI 551* Computer Communications 3 CSCI 558L Internetworking and Distributed Systems Laboratory 3
Human Language Technology (HLT) – also known as Computational Linguistics and Natural Language Processing – focuses on the treatment of human languages by computer. This field has experienced unprecedented growth over the past few years, thanks to the Internet and the availability of text online. Since the early 1950s, the computational linguistics research community has developed theories and applications for a wide variety of language uses and languages. Theoretical interests overlap with appropriate areas in linguistics, philosophy, psychology and neuroscience; algorithmic issues pertain to machine learning, mathematics/statistics and information theory in signal processing.
Typical applications include Web search, machine translation, speech recognition, automated question answering, text summarization, information extraction (including opinions, facts), analysis and management of electronic bulletin boards and chat rooms, product development tracking, news tracking for intelligence gathering and international commerce, and information gathering for report generation. To obtain a Master of Science in Computer Science with specialization in Human Language Technology, degree students must satisfy the requirements for the Master of Computer Science. At least 27 units must be completed with the following distribution requirements: REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
CSCI 544 Natural Language Processing 3 CSCI 562 Empirical Methods in Natural Language Processing 3 CSCI 561* Foundations of Artificial Intelligence, or CSCI 573 Advanced Artificial Intelligence 3 CSCI 570 Analysis of Algorithms 3 At least one of the following courses: CSCI 551 Computer Communications 3 CSCI 555 Advanced Operating Systems 3 CSCI 571 Web Technologies 3 CSCI 577a Software Engineering 4 CSCI 585 Database Systems 3 EE 557 Computer Systems Architecture 3 *CSCI 561 also satisfies the breadth requirements for the M.S., Computer Science. COMPUTER SCIENCE ELECTIVES
UNITS
It is recommended that the remaining units be satisfied from the following computer science electives: CSCI 545 Robotics 3 CSCI 564 Brain Theory and Artificial Intelligence 3 CSCI 567 Machine Learning 3 CSCI 580 3-D Graphics and Rendering 3 CSCI 574 Computer Vision 3 CSCI 582 Geometric Modeling 3 CSCI 590 Directed Research (up to 6 units for non-thesis students only) 1-12 CSCI 599 Special Topics (subject to adviser review of the topic) 2-4, max 9
Computer Science
NON-COMPUTER SCIENCE ELECTIVES
UNITS
Students may take up to two courses from other departments for credit toward the degree. These courses must either be chosen from the following list, or (with permission from one of the M.S. program directors) appropriate courses from linguistics, mathematical statistics, electrical engineering, neuroscience, philosophy and psychology. Suggested courses include: EE 519 Speech Recognition and Processing for Multimedia 3 EE 619 Advanced Topics in Automatic Speech Recognition 3 LING 530 Generative Syntax 3 MATH 505a Applied Probability, or MATH 505b Applied Probability 3 MATH 541a Introduction to Mathematical Statistics, or MATH 541b Introduction to Mathematical Statistics 3 Master of Science in Computer Science (Multimedia and Creative Technologies)
See the listing under Multimedia and Creative Technologies, page 678. Master of Science in Computer Science (Software Engineering)
Students must satisfy all requirements for the Master of Science degree in Computer Science. In addition, they must take the following courses, CSCI 510, CSCI 577ab and CSCI 578, plus three of the following six courses: CSCI 503, CSCI 511, CSCI 555, CSCI 585, CSCI 588 and EE 557 (EE 557, CSCI 555, CSCI 577a, and CSCI 585 may be used to satisfy both the general master’s degree requirements and the specialization requirements.) Students may also include research for an optional master’s thesis in their programs. Master of Science in Computer Science (Intelligent Robotics)
Students must take CSCI 545 and three of the following courses: CSCI 445, CSCI 547, CSCI 584, and CSCI 593. Other requirements are the same as for the Master of Science degree in computer science, described above. (CSCI 561 and CSCI 545 may be used to help satisfy both the general master’s requirements and the specialization requirements.) Students may include in their programs research for an optional master’s thesis conducted in collaboration with industry.
643
Graduate Certificate in Software Architecture
This certificate program will provide engineers with the skills required to face the increasingly complex future in architecting systems, systems of systems and softwareintensive systems. Students will be exposed to the concepts, principles and state-of-theart methods in software architectures. This program introduces principles and approaches for modeling systems using SysML; applies software engineering process models and management approaches to the design and architecture of large software systems; and guides the architect through every phase of the conception, implementation, deployment and finally retirement of software systems. It is expected that participants in the certificate program will have completed an undergraduate degree in computer science or a related field and will have several years of practical experience in software engineering and/or systems engineering. If students are later admitted to the Master of Science in Computer Science, the courses taken for the certificate may be applied to that program. REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
CSCI 568 Requirements Engineering 3 CSCI 578 Software Architectures 3 SAE 547 Model-Based Systems Architecting and Engineering 3 SAE 549 Systems Architecting 3 ELECTIVES (CHOOSE ONE)
Screening Procedure When a student has completed 21 units or more of graduate level studies or no later than his or her fourth semester in computer science at USC, he or she must apply for screening. The screening evaluation takes place during the regular review of Ph.D. students; based upon the student’s performance in course work, overall record, and research potential, the screening evaluation determines whether or not the student will be allowed to continue toward the Ph.D. A screening determination of “pass,” “no pass” or “postpone” is made; in the latter case, the student must reapply for screening the subsequent semester(s) until a “pass” or “no pass” determination is made.
UNITS
CSCI 510 Software Management and Economics 3 CSCI 530* Security Systems 4 CSCI 555* Advanced Operating Systems 3 CSCI 577a Software Engineering 4 CSCI 577b Software Engineering 4 CSCI 589** Software Engineering for Embedded Systems 3 EE 557*** Computer Systems Architecture 3 SAE 541 Systems Engineering Theory and Practice 3 Total Units:
Admission to the Ph.D. program in computer science is highly selective, based upon a superior academic record, prior training in computer science, letters of recommendation, a statement of purpose and Graduate Record Examinations scores. Applicants are expected to have completed the equivalent course work necessary to satisfy the general breadth requirements outlined in the Master’s Admissions and Prerequisites section (see page 630). Particular attention is given to the applicant’s potential to perform original research in an area of computer science. Since research potential is a key factor in the evaluation, new students are strongly urged to begin research with a computer science faculty member as soon as possible. See general requirements for graduate degrees.
15
*Prerequisite: CSCI 402 **Prerequisite: CSCI 577a ***Prerequisite: EE 457
Doctor of Philosophy in Computer Science
The Doctor of Philosophy degree in computer science is awarded in strict conformity with the general requirements of the USC Graduate School.
Guidance Committee After passing the screening procedure, the student must select a dissertation adviser and form a guidance committee consisting of the dissertation adviser and at least four other faculty members. The committee must include a faculty member from another department who does not hold a joint appointment in computer science. All guidance committees must be approved by the department chair and the Graduate School. Course Requirements Each Ph.D. student is expected to demonstrate breadth of knowledge as well as depth in a chosen area of concentration. Hence, the required courses fall into two groups: (1) a common core, required of all doctoral students, and (2) additional required courses which depend on the student’s area of concentration. The common core consists of five courses selected from the following five groups. Students must complete one class from each group: Group 1: EE 557 Computer Systems Architecture, CSCI 551 Computer Communications, CSCI 555 Advanced Operating Systems; Group 2: CSCI 577a Software Engineering, CSCI 571 Web Technologies, CSCI 585 Database Systems;
644
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
Group 3: CSCI 545 Robotics, CSCI 561 Foundation of Artificial Intelligence, CSCI 564 Brain Theory and Artificial Intelligence; Group 4: CSCI 574 Computer Vision, CSCI 580 Graphics and Rendering, CSCI 582 Geometric Modeling; Group 5: CSCI 670 Advanced Analysis of Algorithms, CSCI 581 Logic and its Applications, MATH 501 Numerical Analysis and Computation. A minimum GPA of 3.5 must be obtained in these five core courses.
Each student must select a specialization as his or her area of concentration. Each specialization requires a minimum of three additional courses. Specific specialization requirements (which may change as the fields change) will be provided to the students by the department.
In addition, all Ph.D. students must register for two semesters of CSCI 597 Seminar in Computer Science Research for a maximum of 2 units during their first year. Ph.D. programs in computer science are grouped into the following specializations: Network and Systems (Interaction); Databases (Interaction); Software Engineering (Interaction); Robotics (Autonomy); Intelligent Agents and Organizations (Autonomy); Natural Language Processing (Autonomy); Graphics and Multimedia (Immersion); Vision (Immersion); Theory of Computation: Genomic, Molecular and Quantum Computation (Computation); Brain Theory and Neural Networks (Computation); High Performance Computing and Parallel Computation (Computation).
Required courses may be taken in any chronological order, with due attention to prerequisites, and may precede or follow the Screening Evaluation.
Permission to take the qualifying examination must be obtained from the dean of graduate studies at least 60 days prior to its occurrence, and must be taken in the semester for which permission is granted. The guidance committee administers the qualifying examination and evaluates the student’s performance. If the examination is failed, the guidance committee may recommend that the student repeat the examination 6-12 months later. The examination cannot be taken more than twice.
A total of 60 units, at least 40 at the 500 level or above, beyond the bachelor’s degree is required (including the above required courses). A minimum grade point average of 3.5 must be maintained. Students with a Master of Science degree may transfer up to 27 units.
Dissertation An acceptable dissertation based upon original research is required. The dissertation must show mastery of some special field, must be an original contribution to that field and must be presented in scholarly form.
Qualifying Examination All doctoral students must pass a qualifying examination in computer science within four years before being admitted to candidacy. The qualifying examination tests the student’s broad knowledge of computer science and deep insight into a chosen area of research.
Defense of the Dissertation When all other requirements are satisfied, the candidate must pass a public final oral examination in defense of the dissertation.
CSCI 110 Introduction to Digital Logic (3)
CSCI 201L Principles of Software Development (3, FaSp) The object-oriented para-
Graduate Certificate in Engineering Technology Commercialization
See listing in the Special Educational Opportunities section, page 586.
Courses of Instruction COMPUTER SCIENCE (CSCI)
The terms indicated are expected but are not guaranteed. For the courses offered during any given term, consult the Schedule of Classes. CSCI 101L Fundamentals of Computer Programming (3, FaSp) Introduction to
the design of solutions to computer solvable problems. Algorithm design, solution implementation using a high-level programming language, program correctness and verification. CSCI 102L Data Structures (3, FaSp) L inear
lists, strings, arrays, and orthogonal lists; graphs, trees, binary trees, multilinked structures, sorting techniques; dynamic storage allocation; applications. Prerequisite: CSCI 101L. CSCI 106Lx Introduction to Computer Engineering/Computer Science (3, Fa)
(Enroll in EE 106Lx)
(Enroll in EE 101) CSCI 120L Introduction to Programming for Computer Scientists (3, FaSp) Introduction
to the field of Computer Science and Engineering: survey of major disciplines; foundations for using a high-level programming language to design solutions to computer solvable problems. Open only to: Computer Engineering and Computer Science, Computer Science, Computer Science (Games), Computer Science/Business Administration majors.
CSCI 180 Survey of Digital Games and Their Technologies (3, Fa) Historical, techni-
cal, and critical approach to the evolution of computer and video game architectures and game design, from its beginnings to the present day. CSCI 200L Object-Oriented Programming (3, FaSp) The principles of object-oriented
programming are examined using Java. Topics include graphics, graphical user interfaces and multi-threaded programming. (Duplicates credit in the former CSCI 105.) Prerequisite: CSCI 102.
digm for programming-in-the-large (using the C++); UNIX tools for software development; developing window-based applications under X-windows. Prerequisite: CSCI 200. CSCI 271 Discrete Methods in Computer Science (3, FaSp) Propositional and first-
order logic; general proof techniques, proofs by induction; applications to program verification; counting/discrete probability; graphs, trees, other discrete structures; Basic algorithms and complexity. Prerequisite: CSCI 102, MATH 125. CSCI 280 Video Game Production (4, FaSpSm)
(Enroll in ITP 280) CSCI 281 Pipelines for Games and Inter actives (3, FaSp) Explores the aesthetic
evelopment/technical implementation necd essary to achieve unique, compelling, intuitive visual design in games. Students will develop group visual game design portfolios.
Computer Science
CSCI 300 Introduction to Intelligent Agents Using Science Fiction (3, Fa) Fundamental
concepts of intelligent agents and multiagent interactions using science fiction short stories and movie clips; topics include decision theory, game theory, auctions, swarms, teamwork, emotions. Prerequisite: CSCI 101L. CSCI 303 Design and Analysis of Algorithms (3, FaSp) Upper and lower bounds on sort-
ing and order median. Deterministic and random computation, data structures, NPcompleteness, cryptography, Turing machines and undecidability. Prerequisite: CSCI 102 and CSCI 271. CSCI 320 Digital Media Basics for Multi media (3, FaSp) (Enroll in EE 320) CSCI 351 Programming and Multimedia on the World Wide Web (3, Sp) HTML
programming for creating home pages, installation and modification of Web server, writing programs that offer enhanced services, manipulation of graphics, video and sound. Prerequisite: CSCI 102L. CSCI 352L Computer Organization and Architecture (3, Sp) (Enroll in EE 352L) CSCI 357 Basic Organization of Computer Systems (3) (Enroll in EE 357) CSCI 377 Introduction to Software Engineering (3) Introduction of principles, meth-
ods, techniques and tools for multi-person construction of multi-version software systems. Prerequisite: CSCI 102. CSCI 380 Video Game Programming (4, FaSpSm) (Enroll in ITP 380)
CSCI 390 Special Problems (1-4) Supervised,
individual studies. No more than one registration permitted. Enrollment by petition only. CSCI 402 Operating Systems (3, FaSpSm)
Basic issues in concurrency, deadlock control, synchronization scheduling, memory management, protection and access control, inter-process communication, and structured design. Laboratory experiences with Unixlike operating system. Prerequisite: CSCI 201L or CSCI 455x; EE 357 or EE 352L. CSCI 410x Translation of Programming Languages (3) Concepts of assemblers, com-
pilers, interpreters and their design; macro assemblers, Polish notation and translation techniques; operator precedence parsing, push down automata, code generation. Not available for graduate credit to computer science majors. Prerequisite: CSCI 201; corequisite: EE 357.
CSCI 445 Introduction to Robotics (4, Fa)
Designing, building and programming mobile robots; sensors, effectors, basic control theory, control architectures, some advanced topics, illustrations of state-of-the-art. Teamwork; final project tested in a robot contest. Junior standing or higher. Prerequisite: CSCI 101L or C language programming.
645
CSCI 477ab Design and Construction of Large Software Systems (2-2, FaSp) Pro-
gramming methodologies; intra-group and inter-group communication; software lifecycle; software economics. A large software project is a central aspect of the course. Prerequisite: CSCI 201, CSCI 377. CSCI 480 Computer Graphics (3, FaSp)
CSCI 450 Introduction to Computer Networks (3) (Enroll in EE 450) CSCI 452L Game Hardware Architectures (3, Sp) (Enroll in EE 452L) CSCI 454L Introduction to Systems Design Using Microprocessors (4) (Enroll in
EE 454L)
CSCI 455x Introduction to Programming Systems Design (4, FaSp) Intensive intro-
duction to programming principles, discrete mathematics for computing, software design and software engineering concepts. Not available for credit to computer science majors, graduate or undergraduate. Prerequisite: departmental approval. CSCI 457 Computer Systems Organization (3) (Enroll in EE 457)
Hardware for interactive graphic systems; picture representations; data structures for graphics; picture processing techniques; languages for graphics; survey of applications such as animation and simulation. Prerequisite: CSCI 102. CSCI 485 File and Database Management (3, FaSp) File input/output techniques, basic
methods for file organization, file m anagers, principles of databases, conceptual data models, and query languages. Prerequisite: CSCI 201. CSCI 486 Serious Games Development (3, Fa) Develop applications of interactive
technology that extend beyond the traditional videogame market: education, health, training, policy exploration, analytics, visualization, simulation, the arts and therapy. Prerequisite: CTIN 488; corequisite: ITP 485.
CSCI 458 Numerical Methods (4) (Enroll in
CSCI 487 Programming Game Engines (4, FaSp) (Enroll in ITP 485)
CSCI 459 Computer Systems and Applications Modeling Fundamentals (3, Sp) Tech-
CSCI 490x Directed Research (2-8, max 8)
MATH 458)
niques and tools needed to construct/evaluate models of computer systems and applications. Analytical and simulation methods, capacity planning, performance/reliability evaluation, and decision-making. Prerequisite: MATH 225, CSCI 201. CSCI 460 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence (3, FaSp) Concepts and algorithms
underlying the understanding and construction of intelligent systems. Agents, problem solving, search, representation, reasoning, planning, communication, perception, robotics, neural networks. Junior standing. Prerequisite: CSCI 102L or CSCI 455x. CSCI 464 Foundations of Exotic Computation (3, Sp) Introduction to new approaches
to computation: quantum – inspired by quantum mechanics; neural – inspired by the study of the brain; and molecular – inspired by the genome. Prerequisite: MATH 225 or MATH 245 or EE 241. CSCI 465 Probabilistic Methods in Computer Systems Modeling (3) (Enroll in EE 465)
Individual research and readings. Not available for graduate credit. CSCI 491abL Final Game Project (4-2, FaSp)
a: Design, iterative prototyping, and development of a first playable level. Prerequisite: CSCI 486. b: Design, iterative stage 2 prototyping and development of a refined game. CSCI 495 Senior Project (3) (Enroll in
PHYS 495)
CSCI 499 Special Topics (2-4, max 8)
Selected topics in computer science. CSCI 501 Numerical Analysis and Computation (3) (Enroll in MATH 501) CSCI 502ab Numerical Analysis (3-3) (Enroll
in MATH 502ab)
CSCI 503 Parallel Programming (3, Sp)
Exploration of parallel programming paradigms, parallel computing architectures, hands-on parallel programming assignments, contemporary and historical examples and their impact, context with parallel algorithms. Recommended preparation: CSCI 102 or CSCI 455; EE 452 or EE 457.
646
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
CSCI 504ab Numerical Solutions of Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations (3)
CSCI 526 Advanced Mobile Devices and Game Consoles (3, Sp) Explore the complex
CSCI 542 Neural Computation with Artificial Neural Networks (3, Sp) Computation
CSCI 529ab Advanced Game Projects (4-3, FaSp) a: Team projects intended to address
CSCI 543 Software Multiagent Systems (3, Sp) Investigate computational systems
(Enroll in MATH 504ab) CSCI 505ab Applied Probability (3-3) (Enroll
in MATH 505ab)
CSCI 510 Software Management and Economics (3, Fa) Theories of management
and their application to software projects. Economic analysis of software products and processes. Software cost and schedule estimation, planning and control. Prerequisite: graduate standing. CSCI 511 Personal Software Process (PSP) and Project (3, Sp) Individual analysis, plan-
ning, development and maintenance of a software product or development artifact, using the principles and practices of PSP. Analysis of project’s lessons learned.
CSCI 520 Computer Animation and Simulation (3, Sp) Fundamental techniques of com-
puter animation and simulation, knowledge and/or experience in the design, scripting, production and post-production stages of computer animation. Prerequisite: CSCI 480. CSCI 521 Optimization: Theory and Algorithms (3, Fa) (Enroll in ISE 520)
engineering process required to design and build a real-time graphics engine to support physical realism on mobile devices. Recommended preparation: CSCI 480, CSCI 580 or an equivalent course in graphics.
the multifaceted technical and creative challenges that are inherent to comprehensive game development. Recommended preparation: CSCI 522 or CTIN 488. b: This course provides students in various areas of game specialization the practice of design, iterative stage 2 prototyping and development of a refined game. CSCI 530 Security Systems (4, FaSp) Protect-
ing computer networks and systems using cryptography, authentication, authorization, intrusion detection and response. Includes lab to provide practical experience working with such systems. Prerequisite: CSCI 402. CSCI 531 Applied Cryptography (3, Fa)
Intensive overview of cryptography for practitioners, historical perspective on early systems, number theoretic foundations of modern day cryptosystems and basic cryptanalysis.
CSCI 522 Game Engine Development (4, Fa)
The principles of developing game engines targeted at modern PC and game console hardware.
CSCI 533 Combinatorial Analysis and Algebra (3) (Enroll in MATH 533) CSCI 534 Affective Computing (3, Sp)
CSCI 523 Networked Games (3, Fa) Design
and implementation of networked games, from the origins of the supporting technologies in distributed systems, visual simulations, networked virtual environments, and shipped games. Recommended preparation: CSCI 480, CSCI 580 or an equivalent course in graphics.
Overview of the theory of human emotion, techniques for recognizing and synthesizing emotional behavior, and design application. Prerequisite: CSCI 561. CSCI 536 Linear Programming and Extensions (3, Fa) (Enroll in ISE 536) CSCI 537 Immersive Environments (3)
CSCI 524 Networked Artificial Intelligence (3, Sp) Networked game communication
architectures, protocol development, architecting networked game AI clients/services. Character following, knowledge representation and reasoning, dynamic play strategies, search, learning, and planning. Recommended preparation: CSCI 480, CSCI 580 or an equivalent course in graphics. CSCI 525 Advanced Game System Development (2, Sp) Topics include: game engine/
tool development, AI/autonomous character integration, game networking, performance measurement/enhancement, character animation systems, mobile devices, game consoles, next generation gameplay. Prerequisite: CSCI 522 or CSCI 523 or CSCI 524 or CSCI 526 or CSCI 529b; recommended preparation: significant participation in a prior game development effort.
Design and implementation of immersive environments, from the origins of the supporting technologies in visual simulation, to interactive 3-D graphics and interfaces, and interactive games. Prerequisite: CSCI 580. CSCI 538 Human Performance Engineering (3) Tools and techniques for addressing issues
related to Human Performance Engineering (HPE) of computing systems. Prerequisite: CSCI 537.
CSCI 541 Artificial Intelligence Planning (3, Irregular) Foundations and techniques of
automated planning, including representations of actions and plans, approaches to planning, controlling search, learning for planning, and interaction with the environment. Prerequisite: CSCI 561.
and adaptation in networks of interconnected distributed processing units; classical and statistical approaches to neural nets; state-ofthe-art neural network research. Recommended preparation: basic statistics, linear algebra.
in which several software agents or software agents and humans interact. CSCI 544 Natural Language Processing (3, Sp) Examination of the issues which
enable computers to employ and understand natural language; knowledge representation, memory modeling, parsing, language analysis, story understanding, and generation. Recommended preparation: CSCI 562. CSCI 545 Robotics (3, Sp) Fundamental skills
for modeling and controlling of dynamic systems for robotic applications and graphics animations; control theory; k inematics; dynamics; sensor processing; real-time operating systems; robot labs. Prerequisite: C‑programming, basic linear algebra, calculus. CSCI 546 Intelligent Embedded Systems (3, Sp) Survey of techniques for the design of
large-scale, distributed, networked, embedded systems. Examples include sensor/actuator networks, wearable computing, distributed robotics and smart spaces. CSCI 547 Sensing and Planning in Robotics (3, Fa) Introduction to software methods in
robotics including sensing, sensor fusion, estimation, fault tolerance, sensor planning, robot control architectures, planning and learning. CSCI 548 Information Integration on the Web (3, Sp) Foundations and techniques
in information integration as it applies to the Web, including view integration, wrapper learning, record linkage, and streaming dataflow execution. Prerequisite: CSCI 561, CSCI 585; recommended preparation: CSCI 571, CSCI 573. CSCI 549 Nanorobotics (3, Sp) Introduction
to nanotechnology. Nanorobotic systems: sensing; actuation and propulsion; control; communication; power; programming and coordination of robot swarms. Nanomanipulation and nanoassembly with atomic force microscopes. Graduate standing in science or engineering. CSCI 551 Computer Communications (3, FaSp) Protocol design for computer
communication networks, network routing, transport protocols, internetworking. Prerequisite: CSCI 402, EE 450 and C-language programming.
Computer Science
CSCI 552 Asynchronous VLSI Design (3)
(Enroll in EE 552) CSCI 553 Computational Solution of Optimization Problems (3) (Enroll in EE 553) CSCI 554 Real Time Computer Systems (3)
(Enroll in EE 554) CSCI 555 Advanced Operating Systems (3, FaSp) Advanced issues in computer orga-
nization, naming, kernel design, protection mechanisms and security policies, reliable computing, data base OS, secure networks, systems specification, decentralized systems, real time systems. Prerequisite: CSCI 402. CSCI 556 Introduction to Cryptography (3, Sp) Modern secret codes. Public key
c ryptosystems of Rivest-Shamir-Adelman, Diffie-Hellman and others. The underlying number theory and computational complexity theory. Prerequisite: CSCI 570 or CSCI 581. CSCI 557 Computer Systems Architecture (3) (Enroll in EE 557) CSCI 558L Internetworking and Distributed Systems Laboratory (3, FaSp) Students
complete laboratory exercises in operating system and network management, distributed systems, TCP/IP, SNMP, NFS, DNS, etc. Term project required. Prerequisite: CSCI 402 and EE/CSCI 450; recommended preparation: CSCI 551 and CSCI 555.
CSCI 565 Compiler Design (4, Sp) Formal
CSCI 574 Computer Vision (3, Fa) Descrip-
CSCI 566 Neural Network Self-Organization (3, Sp) Differential equations for network
CSCI 575 Wireless and Mobile Networks Design and Library (3) (Enroll in EE 579)
grammar; parsing methods and lexical analysis; code generation; local and global code optimization; and dynamic allocation. Prerequisite: CSCI 455x.
pattern formation. Dynamic link architecture. Simulation of brain organization processes (retinotopy, orientation columns) and face recognition by elastic matching. Recommended preparation: CSCI 564 and either MATH 225 or MATH 245. CSCI 567 Machine Learning (3, Fa) Statistical
methods for building intelligent and adaptive systems that improve performance from experiences; focus on theoretical understanding of these methods and their computational implications. Recommended preparation: Undergraduate level training or course work in linear algebra, multivariate calculus, basic probability and statistics; an undergraduate level course in Artificial Intelligence may be helpful but is not required. CSCI 568 Requirements Engineering (3, Fa)
Techniques for successful requirements analysis and requirements engineering (RE) of software-intensive systems. Systematic process of developing requirements through cooperative problem analysis, representation, and validation. CSCI 570 Analysis of Algorithms (3, FaSpSm)
CSCI 559 Mathematical Pattern Recognition (3-3) (Enroll in EE 559) CSCI 560L Advanced Microcomputer-Based Design (3) (Enroll in EE 560L) CSCI 561 Foundations of Artificial Intelligence (3, FaSp) Foundations of symbolic
intelligent systems, search, logic, knowledge representation, planning, learning. Recommended preparation: good programming and algorithm analysis skills. CSCI 562 Empirical Methods in Natural Language Processing (3, 2 years, Fa) Acquiring computer-tractable linguistic
knowledge has always been a bottleneck in building natural language systems. We will examine statistical techniques for extracting knowledge automatically from online text. Prerequisite: CSCI 561. CSCI 564 Brain Theory and Artificial Intelligence (3, Fa) Introduces neural modeling,
distributed artificial intelligence and robotics approaches to vision, motor control and memory. Prerequisite: graduate standing.
647
Explores fundamental techniques such as recursion, Fourier transform ordering, dynamic programming for efficient algorithm construction. Examples include arithmetic, algebraic, graph, pattern matching, sorting, searching algorithms. CSCI 571 Web Technologies (3, FaSpSm)
Advanced study of programming languages with application to the Web. Languages for client-side and server-side processing. Examples taken from: HTML, Java, JavaScript, Perl, XML and others. Recommended preparation: knowledge of at least two programming languages. CSCI 572 Information Retrieval and Web Search Engines (3, Sp) Examines key
aspects of information retrieval as they apply to search engines; web crawling, indexing, querying and quality of results are studied. Prerequisite: CSCI 351, CSCI 485. CSCI 573 Probabilistic Reasoning (3, Fa)
Reasoning under uncertainty, statistical directed and undirected graphical models, temporal modeling, inference in graphical models, parameter learning, decisions under uncertainty. Recommended preparation: An undergraduate level course in probability theory.
tion and recognition of objects, shape analysis, edge and region segmentation, texture, knowledge based systems, image understanding. Prerequisite: CSCI 455x.
CSCI 576 Multimedia Systems Design (3, FaSp) State-of-the-art technology for net-
worked multimedia systems such as: system design, I/O technologies, data management, data compression, networking and telecommunications. Design of real-world multi media solution. Recommended preparation: familiarity with C or C++. CSCI 577ab Software Engineering (4-4, FaSp) a: Software life cycle processes; plan-
ning considerations for product definition, development, test, implementation, maintenance. Software requirements elicitation and architecture synthesis. Team project. b: Software development, test, implementation, and maintenance methods. CASE tools and software environments. Software product engineering, configuration management, quality engineering, documentation. Application via projects. Prerequisite: a: graduate standing; b: CSCI 577a. CSCI 578 Software Architectures (3, Sp)
Study of concepts, principles and scope of software system architectures, including architectural styles, languages, connectors, middleware, dynamism, analysis, testing and domain-specific approaches. CSCI 579ab Computational Molecular Biology (3-3, FaSp) (Enroll in MATH 578ab) CSCI 580 3-D Graphics and Rendering (3, Fa) The process of creating images from
3-D models. Includes transformations, shading, lighting, rasterization, texturing, and other topics. CSCI 581 Logic and its Applications (3) ormal systems, first order logic, truth, comF
pleteness, compactness, Godel incompleteness, recursive functions, undecidability. Selected applications, e.g., theorem proving, artificial intelligence, program verification, databases, computational complexity. Prerequisite: CSCI 430 and MATH 470. CSCI 582 Geometric Modeling (3, Sp) Math-
ematical models and computer representations for three-dimensional solids; underlying topics from set theory, geometry, and topology. Fundamental algorithms; applications to CAD/CAM and robotics. Prerequisite: EE 441 and CSCI 102 or equivalent knowledge of linear algebra and data structures.
648
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
CSCI 583 Computational Geometry (3)
CSCI 591ab Applied Software Engineering (3-3, Sp) a: Engineering software systems:
Geometric algorithms from graphics, vision, geometric modeling, and optimization are studied in a unified way. Topics include proximity, motion planning, Voronoi diagrams, convex hulls. Prerequisite: CSCI 303. CSCI 584 Control and Learning in Mobile Robots and Multi-Robot Systems (3, Fa)
Survey of robot control and learning methods from technical papers. Control architectures, adaptation, learning, cooperation, distributed vs. centralized approaches, cooperative and competitive systems. Prerequisite: CSCI 445 or CSCI 460 or CSCI 547 or CSCI 561.
negotiating goals; defining life cycle and process; project planning; defining requirements, architecture and design; incorporating COTS; analyzing project artifacts. b: Engineering software systems: design, implement, test and maintain software product; management of quality, configuration and transition. Open to Software Engineering Certificate Program students only. (Duplicates credit in CSCI 577ab.) Recommended preparation: experience in software development. CSCI 592 Emerging Best Practices in Software Engineering (3, SpSm) Perspective
Database system architecture; conceptual database models; semantic, object-oriented, logic-based, and relational databases; user and program interfaces; database system implementation; integrity, security, concurrency and recovery. Open only to computer science graduate students.
and experiences with emerging best practices, including integrated maturity models, distributed and mobile software, RAD, agile methods, COTS, assessment and integration, portfolio and product line management. Open to Software Engineering Certificate Program students only. Recommended preparation: CSCI 510.
CSCI 586 Database Systems Interoperability (3, Sp) Federated and multi-database sys-
CSCI 593 Autonomous Learning and Discovery Agents (3) Active systems, using
CSCI 587 Geospatial Information Management (3, Fa) Techniques to efficiently store,
CSCI 594abz Master’s Thesis (2-2-0, FaSpSm)
CSCI 585 Database Systems (3, FaSpSm)
tems, database networking, conceptual and schematic diversity, information sharing and exchange, knowledge discovery, performance issues. Prerequisite: CSCI 585.
manipulate, index and query geospatial information in support of real-world geographical and decision-making applications. Prerequisite: CSCI 485 or CSCI 585. CSCI 588 Specification and Design of User Interface Software (3, Fa) The design and
implementation of user interface software. Study of issues relating to human/computer interaction. Visual design and real-time interfaces.
CSCI 589 Software Engineering for Embedded Systems (3) Software engineering meth-
ods and techniques for embedded, resource constrained, and mobile environments. Applications to real-time operating systems and wireless networking systems. Class project. Prerequisite: CSCI 577a. CSCI 590 Directed Research (1-12) Research
leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC.
their own actions, percepts, and mental constructions, abstract a model from an unfamiliar environment in order to accomplish their missions. Prerequisite: CSCI 573. Credit on acceptance of thesis. Graded IP/CR/NC. CSCI 595 Advanced Compiler Design (4)
Code generation, data-flow analysis, global optimization, register allocation, data dependency analysis, unimodular transformations, vectorization, parallelization, data and computation decomposition. Prerequisite: CSCI 565.
CSCI 652 Low-Power Wireless Networks (3, Fa) (Enroll in EE 652) CSCI 653 High Performance Computing and Simulations (3, Sp) Advanced
high-performance computer simulation techniques; multiscale deterministic and stochastic simulation algorithms on parallel and distributed computing platforms; immersive and interactive visualization of simulation data. Prerequisite: CSCI 596 or CSCI 580. CSCI 658 Diagnosis and Design of Reliable Digital Systems (3) (Enroll in EE 658) CSCI 664 Neural Models for Visually Guided Behavior (3, max 9) Review of neural
mechanisms of visuo-motor coordination, and methods for constructing models of these mechanisms. Topics include locomotion, cognitive maps, looking, reaching and grasping. Prerequisite: CSCI 564. CSCI 670 Advanced Analysis of Algorithms (3, FaSp) Fundamental techniques for design
and analysis of algorithms. Topics include: dynamic programming; network flows; theory of NP-completeness; linear programming; approximation, randomized, and online algorithms; basic cryptography. Prerequisite: CSCI 570; recommended preparation: familiarity with algorithms and discrete mathematics. CSCI 671 Randomized Algorithms (3, Sp)
Standard techniques in the design and analysis of randomized algorithms and random structures. Topics include tail bounds, Markov Chains, VC-dimension, probabilistic method. Prerequisite: CSCI 570 or CSCI 670; recommended preparation: basic background in probability. CSCI 672 Approximation Algorithms (3, Sp)
CSCI 596 Scientific Computing and Visualization (3, Fa) Hands-on training on the
basics of parallel computing and scientific visualization in the context of computer simulations in science and engineering. Prerequisite: CSCI 101L or CSCI 455x; CSCI 102L; MATH 458. CSCI 597 Seminar in Computer Science Research (1, max 2, FaSp) Introduction of
Ph.D. students to a broad range of computer science research. Two semesters registration required. Open to Computer Science doctoral students only. CSCI 598 Mathematical Foundations for Computer-Aided Design of VLSI Circuits (3, Sp) (Enroll in EE 581) CSCI 599 Special Topics (2-4, max 9) Course
content to be selected each semester from recent developments in computer science.
Algorithmic techniques include combinatorial algorithms and rounding of linear and semidefinite programs. Applications include network design, graph cuts, covering problems, and approximation hardness. Prerequisite: CSCI 570 or CSCI 670; recommended preparation: basic background in probability and linear algebra. CSCI 673 Structure and Dynamics of Networked Information (3, Sp) Algorithms
for analyzing network data and spreading information over networks. Focuses on broadly applicable mathematical tools and techniques, including spectral techniques, approximation algorithms and randomization. Prerequisite: CSCI 570 or CSCI 670; recommended preparation: basic background in probabilities, linear algebra.
Electrical Engineering
CSCI 674ab Advanced Topics in Computer Vision (3-3) Selected topics from current
active research areas including image segmentation, shape analysis and object recognition, inference of 3-D shape, motion analysis, knowledge-based system, neural nets. Prerequisite: CSCI 574. CSCI 675 Topics in Engineering Approaches to Music Cognition (3, max 6) (Enroll in
ISE 575)
CSCI 685 Advanced Topics in Database Systems (3, Sp) Advanced techniques in
database management. Topics include opti mization, cache management, data mining and knowledge discovery, decision support, spatial indexes, parallel and distributed systems, extendible storage. Prerequisite: CSCI 485 or CSCI 585.
649
CSCI 790 Research (1-12) Research leading
to the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. CSCI 794abcdz Doctoral Dissertation (2-2-2-2-0) Credit on acceptance of disserta-
tion. Graded IP/CR/NC.
CSCI 694ab Topics in Computer Networks and Distributed Systems (3-3) Current top-
ics in network and distributed systems; verbal and written presentation skills, effective critiquing, and evaluation. Prerequisite: CSCI 551 or CSCI 555.
Ming Hsieh Department of Electrical Engineering Electrical Engineering-Systems Hughes Aircraft Electrical Engineering Center 100 (213) 740-4446 FAX: (213) 740-4449 Email: studentinfo@ee.usc.edu Electrical Engineering-Electrophysics Powell Hall of Information Sciences and Engineering 604 (213) 740-4700 FAX: (213) 740-8677 Email: eepdept@usc.edu Co-Chairs: Alexander A. Sawchuk, Ph.D. (Systems); Eun Sok Kim, Ph.D. (Electrophysics) Associate Chair (Systems): Antonio Ortega, Ph.D. Associate Chair (Curriculum and Student Services): Edward W. Maby, Ph.D. Faculty
Presidential Chair: Andrew J. Viterbi, Ph.D.
George T. Pfleger Chair in Electrical Engineering: Robert W. Hellwarth, Ph.D. Charles Lee Powell Chair in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science: Melvin Breuer, Ph.D. Charles Lee Powell Chair in Engineering: Viktor Prasanna, Ph.D. Steven and Kathryn Sample Chair in Engineering: Alan E. Willner, Ph.D. Leonard Silverman Chair: Alexander A. Sawchuk, Ph.D. Andrew and Erna Viterbi Chair in Communications: Solomon W. Golomb, Ph.D. WISE Junior Gabilan Chair: Michelle Povinelli, Ph.D. Fred H. Cole Professor of Electrical Engineering: Robert A. Scholtz, Ph.D.
Presidential Chair: Simon Ramo, Ph.D.
William M. Hogue Professor of Electrical Engineering: William H. Steier, Ph.D.
Kenneth C. Dahlberg Early Career Chair: Rahul Jain, Ph.D.
Stephen and Etta Varra Professor: Sanjit Mitra, Ph.D.
William M. Keck Chair in Engineering: P. Daniel Dapkus, Ph.D.
Viterbi Professor of Engineering: Shrikanth Narayanan, Ph.D.
Robert G. and Mary G. Lane Early Career Chair: Murali Annavaram, Ph.D.
Ming Hsieh Faculty Fellow in Electrical Engineering: Seyed-Hossein Hashemi, Ph.D.
Fred W. O’Green Chair in Engineering: Leonard M. Silverman, Ph.D.
Ming Hsieh Faculty Fellow in Electrical Engineering: Bhaskar Krishnamachari, Ph.D.
Colleen and Roberto Padovani Early Career Chair in Electrical Engineering: Alexandros G. Dimakis, Ph.D.
Professors: Melvin Breuer, Ph.D.* (Computer Science); Giuseppe Caire, Ph.D.; John Choma, Ph.D.*; Keith M. Chugg, Ph.D.; P. Daniel Dapkus, Ph.D. (Materials Science); Michel Dubois, Ph.D.; Solomon W. Golomb, Ph.D. (Mathematics); Martin Gundersen, Ph.D. (Materials Science, Physics); Sandeep Gupta, Ph.D.; Robert W. Hellwarth, Ph.D. (Physics); Kai Hwang, Ph.D. (Computer Science); Petros Ioannou, Ph.D.; B. Keith Jenkins, Ph.D.; Edmond Jonckheere, Ph.D. (Mathematics); Eun Sok Kim, Ph.D.; Bart Kosko, Ph.D. (Law); Chung-Chieh Kuo, Ph.D. (Computer Science); Richard Leahy, Ph.D.* (Biomedical Engineering, Radiology); Anthony F. J. Levi, Ph.D. (Physics); Daniel Lidar, Ph.D. (Chemistry); William C. Lindsey, Ph.D.; Jerry M. Mendel, Ph.D.; Sanjit Mitra, Ph.D.; Urbashi Mitra, Ph.D.; Mahta Moghaddam, Ph.D.; Andreas Molisch, Ph.D.; Shrikanth Narayanan, Ph.D. (Computer Science, Linguistics, Psychology); C. L. Max Nikias, Ph.D.; John O’Brien, Ph.D.; Antonio Ortega, Ph.D.; Alice C. Parker, Ph.D.*; Massoud Pedram, Ph.D.; Timothy Pinkston, Ph.D.; Viktor Prasanna, Ph.D. (Computer Science); C. Raghavendra, Ph.D. (Computer Science); Simon Ramo, Ph.D.; Michael J. Safonov, Ph.D.; Steven B. Sample, Ph.D.; Alexander A. Sawchuk, Ph.D.*; Robert A. Scholtz, Ph.D.; Leonard Silverman, Ph.D.; John Silvester, Ph.D.; John B. Slaughter, Ph.D. (Education); William H. Steier, Ph.D.; Armand R. Tanguay Jr., Ph.D. (Biomedical Engineering, Materials Science); Andrew J. Viterbi, Ph.D.; Alan E. Willner, Ph.D.*; Zhen Zhang, Ph.D.; Chongwu Zhou, Ph.D.
650
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
Associate Professors: Murali Annavaram, Ph.D.; Peter Beerel, Ph.D.; Todd Brun, Ph.D. (Computer Science, Physics); Stephen B. Cronin, Ph.D.; Hossein Hashemi, Ph.D.; Bhaskar Krishnamachari, Ph.D. (Computer Science); Christos Kyriakakis, Ph.D.; Krishna Nayak, Ph.D. (Biomedical Engineering, Medicine); Michael Neely, Ph.D.; Aluizio Prata Jr., Ph.D.*; Konstantinos Psounis, Ph.D. (Computer Science); Wei Wu, Ph.D.
Professors of Engineering Practice: Edward W. Maby, Ph.D.; Gandhi Puvvada, M.S.; Monte Ung, Ph.D.
Assistant Professors: Michael Shuo-Wei Chen, Ph.D.; Alexandros G. Dimakis, Ph.D.; Rahul Jain, Ph.D. (Industrial and Systems Engineering); Michelle Povinelli, Ph.D.; Benjamin W. Reichardt, Ph.D.
Emeritus Professors: Alvin Despain, Ph.D.; Hans H. Kuehl, Ph.D.*; Irving S. Reed, Ph.D. (Mathematics, Computer Science); Charles L. Weber, Ph.D.; Lloyd Welch, Ph.D. (Mathematics)
Adjunct Professors: Dan Goebel, Ph.D.; Patric Muggli, Ph.D.; Mostafa Shiva, Ph.D.
Emeritus Instructor: Sidney A. Wielin, B.S.
Associate Professor of Engineering Practice: Mark Redekopp, M.S. Senior Lecturer: Douglas Burke, Ph.D. Lecturer: Shahin Nazarian, Ph.D.
Joint Faculty
Adjunct Associate Professors: Mohammed Beshir, Ph.D.; Serge Dubovitsky, Ph.D.; Edgar Satorius, Ph.D.; Ali A. Zahid, M.S. Research Professors: Michael Fritze, Ph.D.; Preston Marshall, Ph.D. Research Associate Professors: Jeffrey Draper, Ph.D.; John Granacki, Ph.D. (Biomedical Engineering); Chunqi Jiang, Ph.D.; Joseph Touch, Ph.D. (Computer Science); P. Thomas Vernier, Ph.D. Research Assistant Professors: Panayiotis Georgiou, Ph.D.; Justin Haldar, Ph.D.; Anand Joshi, Ph.D.; Sungbok Lee, Ph.D.; Bindu Madhavan, Ph.D.
Joint Professors: Michael Arbib, Ph.D. (Computer Science, Neurobiology, Biomedical Engineering); Stanley P. Azen, Ph.D. (Preventive Medicine and Biomedical Engineering); Jack Feinberg, Ph.D. (Physics); Leana Golubchik, Ph.D. (Computer Science); Ramesh Govindan, Ph.D. (Computer Science); Norberto Grzywacz, Ph.D. (Biomedical Engineering); Tomlinson Holman, B.S. (Cinematic Arts); Ellis Horowitz, Ph.D. (Computer Science); Vasilis Z. Marmarelis, Ph.D. (Biomedical Engineering); Gerard Medioni, Ph.D. (Computer Science); Ulrich Neumann, Ph.D. (Computer Science); Ramakant Nevatia, Ph.D. (Computer Science); Si-Zhao Qin, Ph.D. (Chemical Engineering); Aristides Requicha, Ph.D. (Computer Science); Cyrus
Shahabi, Ph.D. (Computer Science); Gaurav Sukhatme, Ph.D. (Computer Science); William G. Wagner, Ph.D. (Physics); Curt F. Wittig, Ph.D. (Chemistry, Physics); Stanley M. Yamashiro, Ph.D. (Biomedical Engineering) Joint Associate Professors: Elaine Chew, Ph.D. (Industrial and Systems Engineering); Jia Grace Lu, Ph.D., (Physics); Ellis Meng (Biomedical Engineering) Joint Assistant Professors: Andrea M. Armani, Ph.D. (Chemical Engineering and Materials Science); Benham Jafarpour, Ph.D. (Chemical Engineering, Materials Science); Jongseung Yoon, Ph.D. (Chemical Engineering, Materials Science) Joint Research Professor: Fred Aminzadeh, Ph.D. (Chemical Engineering, Materials Science) Joint Research Assistant Professors: Young Cho, Ph.D. (Computer Science); Houchun Harry Hu, Ph.D. (Radiology) Joint Emeritus Professors: George A. Bekey, Ph.D. (Computer Science, Biomedical Engineering); Murray Gershenzon, Ph.D.* (Materials Science) *Recipient of university-wide or school teaching award.
Electrical Engineering Honor Society: Eta Kappa Nu
Degree Requirements Educational Program Objectives
The electrical engineering program objectives are designed to promote technical competence, professional development, and citizenship in the global community. Technical Competence Graduates will apply their technical skills in mathematics, science and engineering to the solution of complex problems encountered in modern electrical engineering practice. Graduates will model, analyze, design and experimentally evaluate components or systems that achieve desired technical specifications subject to the reality of economic constraints. Professional Development Graduates will compete effectively in a world of rapid technological change and assume leadership roles within industrial, entrepreneurial, academic or governmental
environments in the broad context of electrical engineering. Some graduates who choose to redirect their careers will be employed in diverse fields such as healthcare, business, law, computer science, multimedia and music through 足graduate-level studies and the process of lifelong learning. Citizenship in the Global Community Graduates will use their communication skills to function effectively both as individuals and as members of multidisciplinary and multi足 cultural teams in a diverse global economy. Graduates will engage in highly ethical and professional practices that account for the global, environmental and societal impact of engineering decisions.
Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering
The requirement for the degree is 131 units. A cumulative grade point average of C (2.0) is required for all courses taken at USC as well as all upper division courses applied towards the major, regardless of the department in which the courses are taken. See also the common requirements for undergraduate degrees section, page 569. COMPOSITION/WRITING REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
WRIT 140* Writing and Critical Reasoning 4 WRIT 340 Advanced Writing 3 GENERAL EDUCATION (SEE PAGE 63)
UNITS
General education* + 20
Electrical Engineering
PRE-MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
Math Requirement MATH 125 Calculus I MATH 126 Calculus II MATH 226 Calculus III MATH 245 Mathematics of Physics and Engineering I MATH 445 Mathematics of Physics and Engineering II Physics Requirement PHYS 151L** Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics and Thermodynamics PHYS 152L Fundamentals of Physics II: Electricity and Magnetism PHYS 153L Fundamentals of Physics III: Optics and Modern Physics Chemistry Elective CHEM 105aL General Chemistry, or CHEM 115aL Advanced General Chemistry, or MASC 110L Materials Science MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
4 4 4
MAJOR ELECTIVES
651
UNITS
Electives See requirements for graduation 37 Total units:
131
4
*GE Category VI is taken concurrently with WRIT 140.
4
**Satisfies GE Category III requirement. +The university allows engineering majors to replace the GE Category IV with a second course in Categories I, II or VI.
4
4
4
4 UNITS
Engineering ENGR 102 Engineering Freshman Academy 2 Computer Science EE 355x Software Design for Engineers 3 Electrical Engineering EE 101 Introduction to Digital Logic 3 EE 105 Introduction to Electrical Engineering 3 EE 150L Engineering Computational Methods 3 EE 202L Linear Circuits 4 EE 301L Linear Systems 4 EE 330 Electromagnetics I 3 EE 364 Introduction to Probability and Statistics for Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, or EE 464 Probability Theory for Engineers 3 Industrial and Systems Engineering ISE 460 Engineering Economy, or BUAD 301 Technical Entrepreneurship 3
Requirements for Graduation: Engineering Electives Entry-Level Electives Students are required to take four entry-level electives from the following list: EE 201L (4), EE 241 (3), EE 322 (3), EE 337L (3), EE 338 (3), EE 348L (4), EE 357 (3). Advanced Electives Students must fulfill a minimum requirement of three 400-level elective courses in electrical engineering. Of these, one must be a capstone design course from the following list: EE 422x (3), EE 423Lx (3), EE 434Lx (4) EE 447Lx (4), EE 459Lx (3), EE 484x (3). Free Electives Free elective courses that complete the 37-unit elective requirement are to be chosen in consultation with the student’s academic adviser. Students are encouraged to pursue minor options when satisfying this requirement. Bachelor of Science in Computer Engineering and Computer Science
See the listing under Computer Engineering, page 634. Minor in Music Recording
A minor in music recording is offered through the USC Thornton School of Music to provide undergraduate students with the background necessary to enter the field of recording engineering and to familiarize them with the design needs of modern recording equipment. The minor is recommended to electrical engineering majors with extensive musical training who would like to combine their technical and musical abilities while learning the engineering applications of physical and mathematical principles to the art of music recording. See the listing under the Thornton School of Music, page 817. Minor in Engineering Technology Commercialization
See listing in the Special Educational Opportunities section, page 581.
Master of Science in Electrical Engineering
A minimum grade point average of 3.0 must be earned on all course work applied toward the master’s degree in electrical engineering. This average must also be achieved on all 400-level and above course work attempted at USC beyond the bachelor’s degree and through an accumulation of no more than 45 units. Transfer units count as credit (CR) toward the master’s degree and are not computed in the grade point average. In addition to the general requirements of the Viterbi School of Engineering, the Master of Science in electrical engineering is also subject to the following requirements: (1) a total of at least 27 units is required; (2) every non-EE course for graduate credit requires prior written adviser approval recorded each semester on a special request form in the student’s department file; (3) no more than three courses (maximum 12 units) may be counted at the 400 level – at least 18 adviser-approved units must be taken at the 500 or 600 level; (4) at least 18 units must be taken in electrical engineering, those not in EE require written adviser approval and must be technical in nature; (5) to achieve a degree of breadth in their program, students are encouraged to take two technical courses outside their area of specialization but within EE; (6) at least 21 of the 27 units must be taken in the Viterbi School of Engineering; (7) units to be transferred (maximum four with adviser approval) must have been taken prior to taking classes at USC — interruption of residency is not allowed. The aerospace controls option is available as an area of emphasis for MSEE students interested in learning to apply innovative control techniques to aerospace control problems. In addition to 18 approved units of electrical engineering courses, students in this option will take at least three of the following aerospace and mechanical engineering courses: AME 453 Engineering Dynamics (3); AME 531 Aerodynamics of Wings and Bodies (3); AME 532ab Flight Vehicle Stability and Control (3-3); AME 525 Engineering Analysis (3); AME 526 Engineering Analytical Methods (3); ASTE 580 Orbital Mechanics I (3). Master of Science in Electrical Engineering (Computer Networks)
Under the computer networks option students must satisfy the M.S., Electrical Engineering requirements with the exception that only 15 units of EE are required. It is expected that each student in this program will take or have taken the equivalent of the following fundamental courses: CSCI 402x, EE 450, EE 457Lx, and EE 465. The following required courses must be included: CSCI 551, EE 549 or EE 550, and EE 555. Suggested elective courses include: CSCI 530, CSCI 555, CSCI 558L, CSCI 570, CSCI 694a, CSCI 694b, EE 532, EE 535, EE 554,
652
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
EE 557, EE 558, EE 579, EE 590, EE 599, EE 650, EE 652, EE 659. Any other course must be approved by a faculty adviser. No more than three courses (maximum 12 units) may be counted at the 400 level – at least 18 adviser-approved units must be taken at the 500 or 600 level. Total units required for the degree is 27.
The remaining courses must be technical electives approved by the adviser, and can including the following: EE 501, EE 502, EE 504L, EE 506, EE 540, EE 554, EE 560, EE 590, EE 601 and EE 677.
Master of Science in Electrical Engineering (Electric Power)
See listing in the Sustainable Infrastructures Systems section, page 681. Master of Science in Electrical Engineering (Multimedia and Creative Technologies)
See listing under Multimedia and Creative Technologies, page 678.
Master of Science in Electrical Engineering (Wireless Health Technology)
The Master of Science in Electrical Engineering (Wireless Health Technology) reflects a partnership between the Viterbi School of Engineering, the Keck School of Medicine, and other institutions engaged in health care research. The program of study features targeted engineering courses, a rigorous exposure to general medicine, and relevant internship practice (a total of 38 units). REQUIRED COURSES (28 UNITS)
Master of Science in Systems Architecting and Engineering
See the listing under Systems Architecting and Engineering, page 682. Master of Science in Electrical Engineering (Telecommunications)
See Sustainable Infrastructures Systems, page 681. Master of Science in Electrical Engineering (VLSI Design)
The Master of Science in Electrical Engineering (VLSI design) is earned by successfully completing the normal requirements for the Master of Science in electrical engineering, with the following additional required courses: EE 536a; EE 577a; EE 577b or EE 536b; and EE 552. If a student chooses to take EE 536b as well as EE 577b, the student may either count EE 536b as one of the courses for Area 2 or EE 577b as one of the courses for Area 1 or Area 3. No more than three courses (maximum 12 units) may be counted at the 400 level – at least 18 adviserapproved units must be taken at the 500 or 600 level. The students must also take two courses from one of the following areas and one course from a second area: Area 1: CSCI 455x, EE 560, EE 577b (see above), EE 658, EE 680 and EE 681. Area 2: EE 448L, EE 504L, EE 536b (see above), EE 537 and EE 630. Area 3: CSCI 455x, CSCI 570, EE 557, EE 560, EE 577b (see above), EE 659 and EE 677. With explicit approval of a faculty adviser, EE 599 Special Topics and/or 3 units of EE 590 Directed Research may be used to meet requirements for any of the approved areas.
UNITS
EE 450 Introduction to Computer Networks 3 EE 535 Mobile Communications 3 EE 562a Random Processes in Engineering 3 EE 579 Wireless and Mobile Networks Design and Laboratory 3 GM 530abc Foundations of Medicine, Anatomy, Physiology, and Pathology 12 GM 597ab Health Technology Internship 4 Take two electrical engineering electives from the following list (6 units): CSCI 545 Robotics 3 CSCI 561 Foundations of Artificial Intelligence 3 EE 519 Speech Recognition and Processing for Multimedia 3 EE 550 Design and Analysis of Computer Communication Networks 3 EE 559 Mathematical Pattern Recognition 3 EE 564 Communication Theory 3 EE 565a Information Theory 3 EE 567 Communication Systems 3 Take one global heath elective from the following list (4 units) GM 500 Basic Concepts in Global Health 4 GM 501 Critical Issues in Global Health 4 GM 502 Global Epidemiology of Diseases and Risk Factors 4 Total:
38 units
Students are expected to have a background in probability equivalent to EE 464 or EE 465; a background in linear algebra equivalent to EE 441; and experience with a programming language such as C or C++. Admitted students who do not meet
prerequisites by placement examination will be assigned courses to complete the deficiencies. Financial Engineering
Electrical Engineering Building 100 (213) 740-4447 FAX: (213) 740-4449 Email: eesystem@usc.edu Faculty Contact: Professor Petros Ioannou, ioannou@usc.edu Master of Science in Financial Engineering The objective of this program is the training of graduate students with engineering, applied mathematics or physics backgrounds in the application of mathematical and engineering tools to finance. Financial engineering is a multidisciplinary education program that involves the Viterbi School of Engineering, the Marshall School of Business and the Dornsife College of Letters, Arts and Sciences (Department of Economics). Financial e ngineering uses tools from finance and economics, engineering, applied mathematics and statistics to address problems such as derivative securities valuation, strategic planning and dynamic investment strategies, and risk management, which are of interest to investment and commercial banks, trading companies, hedge funds, insurance companies, corporate risk managers and regulatory agencies. A minimum grade point average of 3.0 must be earned on all course work applied toward the master’s degree in financial engineering. Transfer units count as credit (CR) toward the master’s degree and are not computed in the grade point average. In addition to the general requirements of the Viterbi School of Engineering, the Master of Science in financial engineering is also subject to the following requirements: (1) a total of at least 27 units is required, 18 of which have to be from the Viterbi School of Engineering; (2) every plan of study requires prior written approval by the contact faculty of the program; (3) units to be transferred (maximum of four with adviser approval) must have been taken prior to taking classes at USC; interruption of residency is not allowed. Curriculum Students are expected to have a background in probability at the level of USC’s EE 465 and linear algebra at the level of USC’s EE 441. Admitted students who do not meet prerequisites by placement examination will be assigned courses to complete the deficiencies.
Electrical Engineering
The degree requirements are minimum of 27 units (18 units have to be from the School of Engineering) which corresponds to nine, three-unit courses. Three of the courses are required and the other six are electives from a restricted list of courses: REQUIRED UNITS
GSBA 548 Corporate Finance ISE 563 Financial Engineering EE 512 Evolution Theory of Stochastic Processes ELECTIVES (ADVISER APPROVED)
3 3 3 UNITS
Finance, Business, Economics Area: Two courses (6 units) from the following: ECON 500 Microeconomic Analysis and Policy 4 ECON 501 Macroeconomic Analysis and Policy 4 ECON 613 Econometric and Financial Time Series I 4 FBE 529 Financial Analysis and Valuation 3 FBE 535 Applied Finance in Fixed Income Securities 3 FBE 543 Forecasting and Risk Analysis 3 FBE 554 Trading and Exchanges 3 FBE 555 Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management 3 FBE 559 Management of Financial Risk 3 FBE 589 Mortgages and MortgageBacked Securities and Markets 3 ISE 566 Financial Accounting Analysis for Engineering 3 Optimization, Simulations, Stochastic Systems: Three courses (9 units) from the following: CE 645 Uncertainty Modeling and Stochastic Optimization 3 CSCI 570 Analysis of Algorithms 3 EE 464 Probability Theory for Engineers 3 EE 465 Probabilistic Methods in Computer Systems Modeling 3 EE 517 Statistics for Engineers 3 EE 553* Computational Solution of Optimization Problems 3 EE 556 Stochastic Systems and Finance 3 EE 562a Random Processes in Engineering 3 ISE 520* Optimization: Theory and Algorithms 3 ISE 536 Linear Programming and Extensions 3 ISE 538 Elements of Stochastic Processes 3 ISE 539 Stochastic Elements of Simulation 3 *Students cannot receive credit for both ISE 520 and EE 553
653
Systems and Control Area: One course (3 units) from the following: AME 541* Linear Control Systems II 3 EE 500 Neural and Fuzzy Systems 3 EE 585* Linear System Theory 3 EE 587 Nonlinear and Adaptive Control 3 EE 588 Linear Quadratic Control 3 *Students cannot receive credit for both EE 585 and AME 541
Viterbi Integrated Master of Science Program (VIP) for the General Master of Science in Electrical Engineering
The Viterbi Integrated Master of Science Program (VIP) allows selected undergraduates from U.S. institutions that are partnered with the Viterbi School to complete the Master of Science in Electrical Engineering with a 6-unit reduction of the total 27 units required.
To be eligible for the VIP program, students must have completed the equivalent of at least two 400-level preparatory courses at their undergraduate institution from the list below prior to enrollment at USC. A designated department adviser for the USC VIP program must approve the course selections. UNITS
Complete equivalent of at least two courses EE 401 Transform Theory for Engineers EE 441 Applied Linear Algebra for Engineering EE 448L Communication Electronics EE 450 Introduction to Computer Networks EE 454L Introduction to System Design Using Microprocessors EE 457 Computer Systems Organization EE 464 Probability Theory for Engineers EE 465 Probabilistic Methods in Computer Systems Modeling
3 4 3 3 3
Students applying to the VIP must be recommended by a faculty representative at a partner undergraduate institution; complete the regular graduate admission application (with exception of the GRE); and hold junior standing in electrical engineering with a 3.5 GPA or better on major related course work. Second Master’s Degree
The VIP Master of Science in Electrical Engineering is subject to the following requirements: (1) students must complete a total of at least 21 units; (2) at least 18 units must be completed at the 500 or 600 level; (3) at least 18 units must be taken in electrical engineering; (4) a minimum grade point average of 3.0 must be earned on all course work applied toward the master’s degree in electrical engineering and all course work attempted at USC beyond the bachelor’s degree. Students are encouraged to complete two technical courses outside their area of specialization but within EE to achieve a degree of breadth in their plan of study.
PREPARATORY COURSES
EE 470 Electromagnetics II EE 477L MOS VLSI Circuit Design EE 482 Linear Control Systems EE 483 Introduction to Digital Signal Processing CSCI 402x Operating Systems
3 3 4 3
4 3 3
3
A graduate student who already holds a master’s degree from USC or another accredited engineering school may apply up to four units toward a second master’s degree with the permission of the chair of the major department. All credit, including the transferred units, must be earned within seven calendar years. Engineer in Electrical Engineering
Requirements for the Engineer in electrical engineering are the same as those listed under Engineer degree, except that both areas of concentration must be in electrical engineering. Doctor of Philosophy in Electrical Engineering
The Doctor of Philosophy with a major in electrical engineering is awarded in strict conformity with the general requirements of the USC Graduate School. See general requirements for graduate degrees. Depart mental requirements for this degree consist of a concentrated program of study and research and a dissertation. Each student wishing to undertake a doctoral program must first be admitted to the program and then take the screening examination. This examination will emphasize comprehension of fundamental material in one of the 13 specialized areas of electrical engineering listed below. Listed under each area are courses offered by the Department of Electrical Engineering which will provide basic background for the examination and partial preparation for the dissertation. Not all courses listed are required for preparation for the screening examination in any specific area. Consult a separately published guide, available from the department office, for more information concerning examination content and scheduling. Further guidance concerning the full completion of courses, including those given outside the department, which are recommended for preparation for the dissertation, can be obtained from the faculty in each technical area.
654
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
Major Fields in Electrical Engineering — Electrophysics Students may major in the following fields: Electromagnetics-EE 570ab, EE 571ab, EE 572ab, EE 573ab, EE 576, EE 578, EE 604; Plasma Science-EE 539, EE 570ab, EE 572ab; Power and Machinery-EE 510, EE 521, EE 524, EE 525; Quantum Electronics-EE 529, EE 530, EE 531, EE 539, EE 540; Solid State-EE 501, EE 502, EE 504L, EE 506, EE 507, EE 508, EE 537, EE 601, EE 604, EE 606, EE 607; Integrated Circuits-EE 471, EE 501, EE 504L, EE 506, EE 536ab, EE 537, EE 540, EE 569, EE 577, EE 585, EE 601, EE 604, EE 605, EE 606, EE 630; Optics-EE 529, EE 530, EE 531, EE 539, EE 540, EE 559, EE 566, EE 569, EE 589, EE 642, EE 669.
Major Fields in Electrical Engineering — Systems Students may major in the following fields: Biomedical Engineering and BiomathematicsEE 593; Communication Theory-EE 535, EE 550, EE 551, EE 562ab, EE 563, EE 564, EE 565ab, EE 566, EE 567, EE 568, EE 569, EE 583, EE 595, EE 664, EE 666, EE 667, EE 669; Computer Engineering-CSCI 561, EE 532, EE 545, EE 547, EE 548, EE 549, EE 550, EE 552, EE 553, EE 554, EE 555, EE 557, EE 560, EE 574, EE 577ab, EE 578, EE 579, EE 650, EE 653, EE 657, EE 658, EE 677, EE 680, EE 681 (see program listing for the Master of Science in Computer Engineering); Intelligent Systems-EE 559, CSCI 561, CSCI 574; Signal Processing-EE 500,
EE 517, EE 519, EE 522, EE 559, EE 562a, EE 566, EE 569, EE 583, EE 586L, EE 589, EE 591, EE 592, EE 596, EE 619, EE 669; Systems and Controls-EE 553, EE 563, EE 585, EE 586, EE 587, EE 588, EE 593.
EE 201L Introduction to Digital Circuits (4, FaSp) Digital system design and imple-
EE 320 Digital Media Basics for Multimedia (3, FaSp) Digital media basics for creating
Graduate Certificate in Engineering Technology Commercialization
See listing in the Special Educational Opportunities section, page 586.
Courses of Instruction ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING (EE)
The terms indicated are expected but are not guaranteed. For the courses offered during any given term, consult the Schedule of Classes. EE 101 Introduction to Digital Logic (3, FaSp) Boolean algebra; number systems;
Boolean function synthesis; binary arithmetic; codes; combinational logic devices; sequential circuits; state machine design and implementation. EE 105 Introduction to Electrical Engineering (3, Fa) Gateway to the majors in Electri-
cal Engineering. An overview of modern electrical engineering: communications, computers, circuits, components, controls, electromagnetics, microelectronics; principles of commercial products such as FAX, modem, copier, CD-ROM, ATM networks. EE 106L Introduction to Computer Engineering/Computer Science (2, Fa)
Examination of key disciplines of computing systems: architecture, operating systems, digital logic, VLSI, networks, AI, robotics, graphics, and algorithms. Includes hardware/ software laboratory tours and exercises. Open only to B.S., Computer Engineering and Computer Science and B.S., Computer Science majors. EE 120L Introduction to Programming for Computer Scientists (3, FaSp) (Enroll in
CSCI 120L)
EE 150L Engineering Computational Methods (3, Fa) Algorithms and computational
methods for efficient solution of engineering problems. Introduction to engineering software tools.
mentation; synchronous design of datapath and control; schematic/Verilog-based design, simulation, and implementation in Field Programmable Gate Arrays; timing analysis; simple CPU design. Prerequisite: EE 101.
multimedia applications including analog and digital representation, media editing, interface construction, CD ROM and network delivery. Corequisite: ITP 210. EE 322 Introduction to Digital Audio (3, Fa)
EE 202L Linear Circuits (4, FaSpSm) Lumped
circuit elements; network equations; zeroinput and zero-state responses; sinusoidal steady-state analysis; impedance; resonance; network functions; power concepts; transformers; Laplace transforms. Prerequisite: PHYS 152L; corequisite: MATH 245. EE 222 Fundamentals of Audio Engineering (3, Fa) Introduction to basic audio
engineering principles and techniques, with emphasis on practical sound-system analysis and design. Sound measurements, microphones, amplifiers, loudspeakers, and system integration. EE 241 Applied Linear Algebra for Engineering (3, FaSp) Introduction to the theory of
matrices, vector spaces, least-squares approximation and MATLAB. Applications to communications, control and signal processing. Prerequisite: MATH 126. EE 301L Linear Systems (4, FaSp) Represen-
tation and analysis of linear time-invariant systems primarily for the continuous time case. Convolution, Fourier series and transform, Laplace transform, c ontrols and communications applications. Prerequisite: EE 202L.
Fundamentals of sound, acoustics and digital audio signal processing. EE 326Lx Essentials of Electrical Engineering (4) Network analysis and theorems; transient
analysis; transformers; semiconductor physics and circuits; power amplifiers, modulation and demodulation, and pulse, digital, and switching circuits. Introduction to instrumentation. Not available for credit to electrical engineering majors. Prerequisite: PHYS 152L, MATH 126. EE 328Lx Circuits and Electronics for Computer Engineers (3, Fa) Introduction to
the physical principles of governing analog circuits for data conversions and data communications. Elementary device behavior for digital systems. Not available for credit to electrical engineering majors. Prerequisite: PHYS 152L. EE 330 Electromagnetics I (3, FaSp) Basic
static and dynamic electromagnetic field theory and applications; electrostatics, magnetostatics, Maxwell’s equations, energy flow, plane waves incident on planar boundaries, transmission lines. Prerequisite: EE 202L, MATH 445, PHYS 152L.
Electrical Engineering
EE 337L Engineering Nano-Systems (3, Sp)
Methods to control and exploit the phenomena of nano-science, and the integration of nano-technology into systems. Development of fundamental concepts through a series of experimental modules. (Duplicates credit in former EE 238L.) Prerequisite: PHYS 152L. EE 338 Physical Electronics (3) Semiconduc-
tor device characteristics and applications. Physical models of electronic conduction in solids, p-n junctions, bipolar and field effect transistors and other solid-state devices. Prerequisite: EE 202L, PHYS 152L. EE 348L Electronic Circuits (4, FaSp) Basic
analog and digital circuit design using Bipolar Junction Transistors, Field Effect Transistors and integrated circuits. Corequisite: EE 338. EE 351 Programming and Multimedia on the World Wide Web (3, Sp) (Enroll in
CSCI 351)
EE 352L Computer Organization and Architecture (3, Sp) Computer organization and
architecture. Concepts include: computer evolution and performance, system busses, cache memory, internal and external memory, input/output, operating system support, computer arithmetic. Prerequisite: CSCI 102. EE 355x Software Design for Electrical Engineers (3) Object-oriented programming tech-
niques, basic data structures, and elementary complexity analysis for the modeling, simulation, and solution of engineering problems. Not available for credit for CSCI, CSGM, CSBA, or CECS majors. (Duplicates credit in former CSCI 355x). Prerequisite: EE 150. EE 357 Basic Organization of Computer Systems (3, FaSp) Organization and opera-
tion of the processor, memory and I/O of a minicomputer at the machine language level; assembly language programming; data representation and computer arithmetic. Prerequisite: EE 101, EE 201L, and a high level programming language. EE 364 Introduction to Probability and Statistics for Electrical Engineering and Computer Science (3, FaSp) Introduction
to concepts of randomness and uncertainty: probability, random variables, statistics. Applications to digital communications, signal processing, automatic control, computer engineering and computer science. Prerequisite: MATH 225 or MATH 245. EE 370 Electromechanics (3) Ferromagnetism
and transformers. Energy conversion in singly and multiply excited systems. Concepts in rotating machinery analysis. Direct energy conversion. Prerequisite: EE 330.
EE 390 Special Problems (1-4) Supervised,
individual studies. No more than one registration permitted. Enrollment by petition only. EE 401 Transform Theory for Engineers (3, Fa) Complex variables, Cauchy Riemann
conditions, contour integration and residue theory; Fourier transform; Laplace transform; sampling theory. Discrete time filters, discrete and fast Fourier transform. Prerequisite: EE 301L and MATH 445.
655
EE 443 Introduction to Power Systems (3)
Components of power systems. Analysis techniques in electrical power generation transmission and utilization. Environmental and economic considerations in system operations and planning. Recommended preparation: EE 370. EE 444 Power Systems Technology (3, Fa)
AME 455)
Comprehensive assessment of the technical, environmental, and regulatory challenges that affect the future delivery and utilization of electric power. Case-study analysis. Prerequisite: EE 202L.
EE 422x Electromagnetic Systems Design (3, FaSp) Applied electromagnetics for large-
in CSCI 445)
EE 415 Introduction to MEMS (3) (Enroll in
and small-scale electromechanical systems. Comprehensive design project. Capstone design experience. Open only to seniors. Not available for graduate credit. Prerequisite: EE 330. EE 423Lx Loudspeaker and Sound-System Design (3, Sp) Project-based design of loud-
speaker transducers, filters, and enclosures. Measurement of transfer functions, acoustical performance, distortion, Thiele-Small parameters, and power handling. Listening evaluations. Capstone design experience. Open only to seniors. Not available for graduate credit. Prerequisite: EE 301L or AME 302; PHYS 152L; recommended preparation: EE 330. EE 434Lx Digital Signal Processing Design Laboratory (4) Experiments and design
project in digital signal processing (e.g., real-time DSP, acoustics, video) including: systems specification, preliminary analysis, trade-off studies, implementation, presentation. Capstone design experience. Open only to seniors. Not available for graduate credit. Prerequisite: EE 483; recommended preparation: EE 469. EE 436 Introduction to Condensed Matter Physics (4, Irregular, Sp) (Enroll in PHYS 440) EE 438L Processing for Microelectronics (3) Applications and electrical evaluation of
selected processes used in electronic microfabrication. (Duplicates credit in former MASC 438L.) Prerequisite: EE 338. EE 439 Principles of Semiconductor Processing (3) (Enroll in MASC 439) EE 441 Applied Linear Algebra for Engineering (3, FaSpSm) Introduction to linear
algebra and matrix theory and their under lying concepts. Applications to engineering problems. Prerequisite: MATH 445.
EE 445 Introduction to Robotics (4) (Enroll
EE 447Lx Mixed Signal Electronic Circuits (4)
Application of solid-state electronic devices to the design of linear and mixed-signal systems. Laboratory experiments and projects involving the design of electronic hardware. Capstone design experience. Open only to seniors. Not available for graduate credit. Prerequisite: EE 348L. EE 448L Communication Electronics (4, FaSp) Analysis, design, and experimental
evaluation of transistor-level communication circuits and micro-systems. Transmission lines, impedance matching, noise, distortion, tuned amplifiers, mixers, oscillators, phaselocked loops. Prerequisite: EE 348L. EE 450 Introduction to Computer Networks (3, FaSpSm) Network architectures; layered
protocols, network service interface; local networks; long-haul networks; internal protocols; link protocols; addressing; routing; flow control; higher level protocols. Prerequisite: junior standing. EE 452L Game Hardware Architectures (3, Fa) Architectural principles underlying
modern game console hardware design; introduction to the programming techniques, optimization strategies, and hardware insights to create powerful games. Prerequisite: EE 352L. EE 454L Introduction to System Design Using Microprocessors (4, FaSp) Operation
and timing of 8/16/32-bit microprocessors; asynchronous and synchronous SRAM interface; burst and pipelined bus cycles, parallel and serial I/O, interrupt controller, DMA controller, bus protocols. Prerequisite: EE 201L and EE 357; recommended preparation: EE 457. EE 455x Introduction to Programming Systems Design (4) (Enroll in CSCI 455x)
656
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
EE 457 Computer Systems Organization (3, FaSpSm) Register Transfer level machine
EE 472 Introduction to Lasers and Laser Systems (3, Fa) Electric dipole transitions;
organization; performance; arithmetic; pipelined processors; exceptions, out-of-order and speculative execution, cache, virtual memory, multi-core multi-threaded processors, cache coherence. Prerequisite: EE 201 and EE 357. EE 459Lx Embedded Systems Design Laboratory (3, Sp) Specification, design,
implementation, testing and documentation of a digital system project using embedded processors, programmable logic; analog I/O interfaces and application specific hardware. Capstone design experience. Open only to seniors. Not available for graduate credit. Prerequisite: EE 454L. EE 460 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence (3) (Enroll in CSCI 460) EE 464 Probability Theory for Engineers (3, FaSpSm) Axiomatic foundations of prob-
traveling wave and resonant amplifiers; laser pumping and rate equations; threshold, frequency, and power output of lasers; holography; laser communication systems. Corequisite: EE 470. EE 473L Lasers and Optics Laboratory (3, Sp) Introductory design/research labora-
tory in lasers and optics, which typically includes fiber optics, photonics, electrooptics, optical sensors, optical communication, optical signal processing and computing. Corequisite: EE 470. EE 474 Introduction to Photonics (3, Sp)
Photonic system requirements; waveguide modes and dispersion; optical fiber modes, loss and dispersion; principles of operation of lasers, optical amplifiers, detectors and modulators; noise. Prerequisite: EE 330, EE 338. EE 475 Wireless Communication Technology (3, Fa) Fundamentals of wireless com-
ability, random variables, functions of several random variables, introduction to statistics, sequences of random variables. Prerequisite: EE 301L and MATH 445.
munication from a device point of view. Lab experiments and design project. Recommended preparation: EE 241, EE 483
EE 465 Probabilistic Methods in Computer Systems Modeling (3, FaSp) Review of
EE 476 Chemical Engineering Materials (3, Sp) (Enroll in CHE 476)
probability; random variables; stochastic processes; Markov chains; and simple queueing theory. Applications to program and algorithm analysis; computer systems performance and reliability modeling. Prerequisite: MATH 407 or EE 364. EE 467 Introduction to Communication Systems (3) Analog and digital commu
nication systems. (De)modulation and (de)multiplexing of AM/FM/PM, noise, digital data formats, error rates, and spectral analysis. Review of wireless, networking, and optical systems. Prerequisite: EE 301L EE 469 Introduction to Digital Media Engineering (3) Fundamentals of digital media
representation, for audio, images and video signals. Sampling; Fourier and z-transforms; FFT; filter design; image segmentation, image and video compression standards. Prerequisite: EE 301L; EE 364 or MATH 407. EE 470 Electromagnetics II (3) Dynamic field
theory and elementary solutions to Maxwell’s equations. Introduction to propagation and radiation of electromagnetic fields. Prerequisite: EE 330. EE 471 Applied Quantum Mechanics for Engineers (3) Introductory quantum
mechanics and applications. Schrodinger equation, atomic and molecular processes, time- dependent perturbation theory. Applications to lasers, solid-state demos and gaseous devices. Prerequisite: EE 330 or graduate standing.
EE 482 Linear Control Systems (3, FaSpSm)
Analysis of linear control systems; continuous and sampled-data systems, various sta bility criteria; frequency response and root locus compensation techniques. Prerequisite: EE 301L or graduate standing. EE 483 Introduction to Digital Signal Processing (3, FaSp) Fundamentals of
digital signal processing covering: discrete time linear systems, quantization, sampling, Z-transforms, Fourier transforms, FFTs and filter design. Prerequisite: EE 301L. EE 484x Communication System Design (3, Sp) Design and analysis of analog and
digital communication systems. System models, requirements, development, performance analysis and component selection techniques. Comprehensive system design project. Capstone design experience. Open only to seniors. Not available for graduate credit. Prerequisite: EE 364, EE 475; recommended preparation: EE 467. EE 485 Telecommunications Technology (3) Technical development of the telecom-
munications industry and the accompanying regulatory environment. Case-study analysis. Prerequisite: EE 301L. EE 490x Directed Research (2-8, max 8)
EE 477L MOS VLSI Circuit Design (4, FaSp)
Analysis and design of digital MOS VLSI circuits including area, delay and power minimization. Laboratory assignments including design, layout, extraction, simulation and automatic synthesis. Prerequisite: EE 328Lx or EE 338. EE 478Lx Digital Electronic Circuit Design (4, Sp) Design of digital electronic circuits.
Laboratory experiments and an extensive term project using digital hardware. Capstone design experience. Open only to seniors. Not available for graduate credit. Prerequisite: EE 348L. EE 479 Analog and Non-Linear Integrated Circuit Design (3, Fa) Analysis and design
techniques for CMOS analog and non-linear integrated circuits. Frequency and noise characteristics of broadband amplifiers. Feedback, oscillators, and phase-locked loops. Prerequisite: EE 348L. EE 480 Introduction to Nanoscience and Nanotechnology (3, Fa) Next-generation
nanoscale materials and electronic devices: nanoscale fabrication and characterization, nanomaterials, nanoelectronics, and nanobiotechnology. Prerequisite: EE 338. EE 481L Control Systems Laboratory (3, Sp)
(Enroll in AME 443L)
Individual research and readings. Not available for graduate credit. EE 499 Special Topics (2-4, max 8) Course
content will be selected each semester from current developments in the field of electrical engineering. EE 500 Neural and Fuzzy Systems (3) Neural
networks and fuzzy systems, including: neuron structure and dynamics, unsupervised and supervised learning, network models and architectures, network stability and learning convergence. Recommended preparation: EE 464. EE 501 Solid State (3) (Enroll in MASC 501) EE 502 Advanced Solid State (3) (Enroll in
MASC 502)
EE 504L Solid-State Processing and Integrated Circuits Laboratory (3) Laboratory
oriented with lectures keyed to practical procedures and processes. Solid-state fabrication and analysis fundamentals; basic device construction techniques. Prerequisite: BSEE. EE 506 Semiconductor Physics (3) Semicon-
ductor bonds, crystallography, band structure assumptions, group theory, band structure results, k.p. method, quantum wells, wires and dots, superlattices, amorphous, organic semiconductors, defects, statistics, surfaces. Prerequisite: MASC 501.
Electrical Engineering
657
EE 509 Electromagnetics for Semiconductor Photonics (3) Overview of electromagnetics
EE 521 Power Systems Analysis and Design (3) Power system planning, studies, and
EE 531 Nonlinear Optics (3) Theory of non-
design; time-domain modeling and analysis of power-system networks; power flow, stability, fault, and economic dispatch analysis; symmetrical components. Prerequisite: EE 443.
linear optical susceptibility and application to self-focusing, harmonic generation, and parametric interactions. Raman and Brillouin scattering. Coherent spectroscopy. Prerequisite: EE 470.
EE 510 Symmetrical Components (3) The
EE 522 Immersive Audio Signal Processing (3, Sp) Fundamentals of digital audio signal
EE 532 Wireless Internet and Pervasive Computing (3, Fa) Wireless Internet access
needed to understand and design photonic devices. Includes discussion of waveguides and resonant cavities and an introduction to photonic crystals.
theory of symmetrical components and their use in power system analysis; sequence impedances of system components; other transformations and applications. EE 512 Evolution Theory of Stochastic Processes (3) Probability theory and stochastic
processing, room acoustics, and psycho acoustics. Algorithms for real-time implementation of immersive audio systems for integrated media applications. Prerequisite: EE 301L; recommended preparation: EE 483.
processes, including renewal theory, Markov chains, Brownian motion, martingales, and stochastic calculus. Applications in communication networks, queuing theory, and financial systems. Prerequisite: EE 441 and EE 464 or EE 465.
EE 524 Transients in Power Systems (3)
EE 513 Solid State Energy Devices (3)
EE 525 Power System Protection (3) Theory
Design and operation of solar photovoltaic energy converters, thermovoltoic energy converters, thermoelectric energy converters, and solid state light emitters; their roles in renewal and conservation of energy. Recommended preparation: EE 338. EE 515 High Voltage Technology (3) High
voltage engineering basic concepts; theoretical, design, and practical aspects of overvoltages, travelling-waves, insulation, and aging; breakdown mechanisms; insulation coordination. EE 517 Statistics for Engineers (3, Sp)
Presents statistics with engineering emphasis. Topics include confidence intervals, hypothesis testing, estimation, regression, nonparametric tests, analysis of variance, quality control, and experimental design. Recommended preparation: EE 464 or other probability course. EE 519 Speech Recognition and Processing for Multimedia (3, Fa) Speech production,
acoustics, perception, synthesis, compression, recognition, transmission. Coding for speech, music, and CD-quality. Feature extraction. Echo cancellation. Audio, visual synchronization. Multimedia, internet use. Prerequisite: EE 483. EE 520 Introduction to Quantum Information Processing (3, Sp) Introduces the basics
of quantum computation and quantum information theory: quantum bits and registers, unitary gates, algorithms, error correction, and quantum cryptography. Recommended preparation: EE 441, EE 464.
Overvoltages during faults, voltage recovery, arcing faults, restrikes, theory of switching surges. Systems grounding, traveling waves, lightning and surge protection, insulation coordination. Prerequisite: EE 443.
technologies, 3G cellular systems, WAP and PKI protocols, mobile computing devices, network security for mobile E-commerce, software and middleware for pervasive, cluster, grid, and Internet computing. Prerequisite: EE 450; recommended preparation: EE 457. EE 534 Materials Characterization (3)
(Enroll in MASC 534) EE 535 Mobile Communications (3, Fa) The
of system and equipment protection, characteristics of relays, relay coordination, and system considerations. Prerequisite: EE 510.
mobile communication channel; techniques used to combat the channel; cellular communications; multiple-access techniques; example mobile communication systems. Prerequisite: EE 441, EE 567, EE 464 or EE 465; recommended preparation: EE 562a, EE 564.
EE 526 Renewable Energy in Power Systems (3) Renewable energy sources and their
EE 536ab Mixed-Signal Integrated Circuit Design (3-3, FaSp) a: MOSFET operation
integration in electrical networks. Power-flow control from highly variable resources. Cost analysis and planning. EE 527 Net-Centric Power-System Control (3) Control and stability of large-scale sys-
tems such as the electric power grid. Integration with information networks. Corequisite: EE 521; recommended preparation: EE 484 or equivalent. EE 528 Power Electronics (3) Fundamentals
of switched-mode power converters operating under steady-state and transient conditions. Feedback control systems. Magnetic circuit design. EE 529 Optics (3) Basic graduate level optics
including wave optics, foundations of geometric optics, optical elements, aberration theory, Hermite-Gaussian beams, multilayer structures, and matrix techniques. Recommended preparation: EE 470 or graduate standing. EE 530 Optical Materials, Instruments and Devices (3) Anisotropic materials and devices;
properties of metals; design and theory of selected optical instruments; properties of electrooptic, acoustooptic, and spatial light modulators; optical detectors. Prerequisite: EE 529.
and models; voltage references and biasing; elementary amplifier configurations; design techniques for high-speed operational amplifiers, comparators and transconductors; compensation methods. b: Non-linear integrated circuits, data-converter architectures and implementations, comprehensive design project. Prerequisite: EE 479. EE 537 Modern Solid-State Devices (3, Fa)
Integrated-circuit technologies for mixedsignal communication and data systems. Constituent device models and their limitations. Contemporary research topics. Prerequisite: EE 338. EE 539 Engineering Quantum Mechanics (3, Fa) Quantum mechanics for engi-
neering majors who work with solid-state devices, quantum electronics, and photonics. Schroedinger equation, perturbation theory, electronic and optical processes. EE 540 Introduction to Quantum Electronics (3) Fundamentals of light amplification; laser
amplifiers and oscillators; atomic pumping; maser and laser systems; definitions of coherence; measurements in quantum electronics. Prerequisite: EE 470.
658
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
EE 541 Radio Frequency Filter Design (3, Fa) Theory and realization of passive and
EE 552 Asynchronous VLSI Design (3, FaSp)
transconductance-based active filters for radio frequency communications. Distributed and quasi-distributed passive filters. Circuit testing via scattering parameters. Prerequisite: EE 348. EE 543abL Digital Control Systems (a: 3, Fa; b: 1) a: Design, analysis, and implementation
of digital control systems using microcomputers; Z-transform methods; frequency domain and state space approach; computational aspects; sampling and quantization. Prerequisite: EE 482. b: Modeling of real processes; design and implementation of digital control systems in the controls laboratory. (Lab is required for the b section only.) (Duplicates credit in former EE 485abL.) Prerequisite: EE 543a. EE 544 Radio Frequency Systems and Hardware (3, Sp) Elements of radio fre-
quency communication systems: modulation/ demodulation strategies, transmission-channel impairments, performance criteria, hardware (low-noise amplifiers, mixers, oscillators), digital back-end, contemporary case studies. Prerequisite: EE 301L, EE 348L, EE 364. EE 545 Robotics (3, FaSp) (Enroll in
CSCI 545)
EE 546 Intelligent Embedded Systems (3, Sp) (Enroll in CSCI 546) EE 547 Sensing and Planning in Robotics (3, Fa) (Enroll in CSCI 547) EE 548 Analytical Methods in Robotics (3)
(Enroll in AME 548) EE 549 Queueing Theory for Performance Modeling (3, Sp) Review of Poisson and
Markov processes; Markovian and non- Markovian queueing systems; networks of queues; priority queueing; applications of the theory to computer systems and communication networks. Prerequisite: EE 464 or EE 465. EE 550 Design and Analysis of Computer Communication Networks (3, Fa) Applica-
tions of stochastic modeling and optimization techniques to communication network design and analysis. Data link control; performance models; multi-access channels; routing and flow control. Prerequisite: EE 450, EE 464 or EE 465; recommended preparation: EE 549. EE 551 Principles of Radar (3, Irregular) ignal propagation, reflections from targets; S
radar equation; detection of scintillating targets; resolution; ambiguity functions; clutter rejection; tracking radars. Prerequisite: EE 562a; recommended preparation: EE 470.
Asynchronous channels and architectures; implementation design styles; controller synthesis; hazards, and races; Petri-nets; performance analysis, and optimization; globally asynchronous locally synchronous design. Open only to graduate students. Prerequisite: EE 477. EE 553 Computational Solution of Optimization Problems (3, Sp) Computer algorithms
for system optimization. Search techniques, gradient methods, parameter optimization in control systems. Optimization with constraints; linear and nonlinear programming. Random search techniques. Prerequisite: EE 441.
EE 559 Mathematical Pattern Recognition (3, Sp) Distribution free classification, dis-
criminant functions, training algorithms; statistical classification, parametric and nonparametric techniques, potential functions; non-supervised learning. Prerequisite: EE 464; corequisite: EE 441. EE 560 Digital System Design-Tools and Techniques (3, Sm) ASIC design, FPGAs,
VHDL, verilog, test benches, simulation, synthesis, timing analysis, post-synthesis simulation, FIFOs, handshaking, memory interface, PCI bus protocol, CAD tools, design lab exercises. Prerequisite: EE 457, EE 454L; recommended preparation: familiarity with CAD tools.
EE 554 Real Time Computer Systems (3, Sp)
Structure of real-time computer systems; analog signals and devices; scheduling, synchronization of multiprocessors; reliability, availability; serial/parallel computations; real-time operating systems and languages; design examples. Prerequisite: EE 457. EE 555 Broadband Network Architectures (3, FaSp) Broadband network architectures
and services, technologies for high-speed access and core networks, optical infrastructure for layered network architectures, high performance switch and router architectures. Prerequisite: EE 450 and EE 464 or EE 465. EE 556 Stochastic Systems and Finance (3) Introductory probability; Markov chains;
Martingales and stopping times; Brownian motion; Ito’s calculus and formula; BlackScholes formula; arbitrage pricing and risk neutral measures; options. Prerequisite: EE 441 and EE 464 or EE 465; recommended preparation: EE 562a or EE 562b or ISE 538. EE 557 Computer Systems Architecture (3, FaSp) Computer architecture from a
design perspective: Pipelined processors, speculative execution, VLIW, vector processors, memory systems, interconnection networks, shared-memory and message- passing multiprocessors, chip multiprocessors. Prerequisite: EE 457. EE 558 Optical Fiber Communication Systems (3, FaSp) State-of-the-art optical
fiber communication systems. Emphasis on optoelectronic-device and communicationsystems issues necessary to provide highspeed and/or networked optical communications. Recommended preparation: EE 338; basic knowledge of optics, semiconductor, and communications concepts.
EE 561 Foundations of Artificial Intelligence (3‑3, FaSp) (Enroll in CSCI 561) EE 562ab Random Processes in Engineering (a: 3, FaSpSm; b: 3, Irregular) a: Random
vectors, sequences, and functions. Linear transformations, second moment theory, spectral densities, narrowband processes, Gaussian processes, correlation detection, linear minimum mean square error estimation. Prerequisite: EE 441, EE 464. b: Orthogonal or independent increment processes. Poisson processes. Nonlinear operations on random processes; power-law detectors. Markov chains and processes; the Fokker-Planck equation; level crossing problems. Prerequisite: EE 562a. EE 563 Estimation Theory (3, Fa) Parameter
estimation and state estimation technique including: least squares, BLUE, maximumlikelihood, maximum a posteriori, Kalmanprediction, Kalman-filtering and Kalman smoothing and extended Kalman filtering. Prerequisite: EE 562a.
EE 564 Communication Theory (3) Elemen-
tary statistical design theory with applications to the design of digital communications receivers and radar receivers; signal design in digital communications. Prerequisite: EE 441, EE 464; corequisite: EE 562a; recommended preparation: EE 401. EE 565ab Information Theory (a: 3, Fa; b: 3, Irregular) Information measures; asymp-
totic equipartition property; source coding theorem; noiseless coding; cryptography, channel coding theorem; rate distortion theory; Gaussian channels; multiple user source and channel theory. Prerequisite: EE 464 or EE 465. EE 566 Optical Information Processing (3, Fa) Coherent and incoherent optical
transforming, imaging and two-dimensional information processing systems; optical image processing, spatial frequency response and filtering; optical and digital holography. Recommended preparation: EE 401.
Electrical Engineering
EE 567 Communication Systems (3, Fa)
Analysis of communication systems operating from very low to optical frequencies. Comparison of modulation and detection methods. System components description. Optimum design of communication systems. Corequisite: EE 464 or EE 465; recommended preparation: EE 441. EE 568 Error Correcting Codes (3, Sp) Finite
field theory; linear block codes, convolutional codes, algebraic codes; decoding methods; examples. Prerequisite: EE 441 and EE 464. EE 569 Introduction to Digital Image Processing (3, FaSp) Image sampling, 2-D image
transform, image enhancement, geometric image modification, morphologic processing, edge detection, texture analysis, image filtering and restoration. Graduate standing. Recommended preparation: EE 401, EE 464.
EE 570ab Advanced Electromagnetic Theory (3-3) Static and dynamic electromagnetic
field theory; solution of scalar and vector boundary value problems; Kirchhoff radiation theory; geometrical optics and geometrical diffraction theory. Prerequisite: EE 470. EE 571ab Microwave Networks (3-3)
a: Microwave network theory for transmission lines and waveguides, discontinuities, impedance transformers, resonators, multi-junction networks, periodic structures, non-reciprocal and active devices. Prerequisite: EE 470. b: Parameter matrices, approximate design procedures for distributed networks from lumped networks, coupled lines, equivalent coupled-line circuits, Kuroda’s identities, and capacitance matrix transformations. Prerequisite: EE 571a. EE 572ab Plasma Dynamics (3-3) Particle
EE 578 Reflector Antennas (3) Introduction
to the analytical and numerical techniques used in the analysis and design of modern reflector antenna systems, including physical optics, asymptotic techniques, shaping and feeds. Prerequisite: EE 470. EE 579 Wireless and Mobile Networks Design and Laboratory (3, Sp) Mobile ad
EE 580 Optical Communications (3, Sp)
ods in optical information processing. Interferometry, propagation, imaging with partially coherent light; statistics of randomly inhomogeneous media, photon counting, holography, photographic and optical detectors. Prerequisite: EE 566; corequisite: EE 562a.
Analysis and design of optical and fiber optical systems; direct detection, heterodyning, laser modulation formats; receiver analysis and fiber modeling; digital error probabilities. Prerequisite: EE 562a. EE 581 Mathematical Foundations for Computer-Aided Design of VLSI Circuits (3, Sp) Mathematical techniques employed
in computer-aided-design systems, including: graph theory, algorithmic and heuristic techniques for combinatorial problems, data structures and modeling. Corequisites: EE 457, EE 477. EE 583 Adaptive Signal Processing (3, Sp)
Weiner filtering, linear prediction, method of steepest descent, stochastic gradient algorithms, recursive least-squares (RLS), fast RLS, RLS with systolic arrays, QRDleast squares methods, blind deconvolution. Prerequisite: EE 483, EE 562a. EE 584 Chaotic Systems (3, Fa) Logistic map,
EE 573ab Antenna Analysis (3-3) Analysis
EE 585 Linear System Theory (3, FaSpSm)
of idealized antenna models, including the dyadic Green’s function, reciprocity, aperture radiation, methods of moments, geometrical and physical optics, reflectors, arrays. Prerequisite: EE 470.
Analysis of linear dynamical systems by statespace techniques; controllability, observability, stability, passivity. Application of feedback control and network synthesis. Prerequisite: EE 441.
EE 574 Computer Vision (3, Fa) (Enroll in
EE 586L Advanced DSP Design Laboratory (4) Real-time adaptive signal processing
circuit simulation; basic device physics; simple device layout; structured chip design; timing; project chip; MOS logic; system design silicon compilers. Prerequisite: EE 477; b: VLSI design project; chip level design issues: power and clock distribution, packaging, I/O; design techniques; testability; chip fabrication and test.
bility, Parameter Identification, direct and indirect adaptive control for linear and non linear systems. Design analysis, stability, robustness and applications. Backstepping, feedback linearization. Prerequisite: EE 482, EE 585. EE 588 Linear Quadratic Control (3, Sp)
chaotic bifurcation, strange attractors, and fractals. Conservative dynamical systems and measure preserving transformations. Ergo dicity. Kolmogorov-Sinai entropy. Chaotic/ stochastic realization. Chaos in feedback. Prerequisite: EE 562a.
EE 577ab VLSI System Design (a: 3, FaSp; b: 3, FaSp) a: Integrated circuit fabrication;
EE 587 Nonlinear and Adaptive Control (3, Fa) Nonlinear systems, Lyapunov Sta-
hoc networks: ad hoc and geographic routing, resource discovery, medium access control, IP-mobility, mobility modeling, wired-wireless networks. Lab: wireless LAN measurement, mobile-IP, ad hoc routing. Prerequisite: CSCI 551 or EE 550 or EE 555; recommended preparation: programming, network simulation.
drifts, collision phenomena, Boltzmann and Vlasov equations, hydrodynamic equations, Coulomb interactions; waves in a cold and hot plasma, plasma oscillations, Landau damping, hydromagnetic waves.
CSCI 574)
659
design projects using special purpose DSP processors. Suitable project areas include acoustics, speech, arrays, image compression and biomedical signal processing. Prerequisite: EE 583 or EE 569.
Linear systems with quadratic cost, Riccati equations, observers, Kanman-Bucy filters, separation principle, discrete linear optimal control systems. Prerequisite: EE 585; recommended preparation: EE 482, EE 562a. EE 589 Statistical Optics (3) Statistical meth-
EE 590 Directed Research (1-12, FaSpSm)
Research leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. EE 591 Magnetic Resonance Imaging and Reconstruction (3, Sp) Principles of
magnetic resonance imaging. Spin physics, Fourier-based acquisition and reconstruction, generation of tissue contrast, fast imaging, artifact correction, advanced image reconstruction. Prerequisite: EE 483, familiarity with MATLAB; recommended preparation: EE 441, EE 464, BME 525. EE 592 Computational Methods for Biomedical Imaging (3, Sp) Analytic tomo-
graphic reconstruction from projections in 2-D and 3-D; algorithms for model based reconstruction; maximum likelihood and Bayesian methods; applications to CT, PET and MRI. Prerequisite: EE 483, EE 562a. EE 593 Multivariable Control (3, Fa) Feed-
back performance analysis; robustness and stability margins; sensitivity; disturbance attenuation; design tradeoffs; singular value, characteristic locus, and inverse Nyquist array design methods. Prerequisite: EE 482 and EE 585. EE 594abz Master’s Thesis (2-2-0, FaSpSm)
For the master’s degree. Credit on acceptance of thesis. Graded IP/CR/NC. EE 595 Algebraic Coding Theory (3, Fa)
Finite field theory; Reed Solomon codes; algebraic codes; algebraic decoding methods; examples. Prerequisite: EE 441, EE 464.
660
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
EE 596 Wavelets (3, Fa) The theory and
EE 619 Advanced Topics in Automatic Speech Recognition (3, Sp) Advanced top-
application of wavelet decomposition of signals. Includes subband coding, image compression, multiresolution signal processing, filter banks, and time-frequency tilings. Prerequisite: EE 441, EE 483; recommended preparation: EE 569, MATH 570a. EE 597 Wireless Networks (3, Fa) Introduc-
tion to wireless networking technologies; fundamental architectural and design principles used at all protocol layers; optimization and performance evaluation using mathematical analysis and simulations. Prerequisite: EE 450, EE 464 or EE 465; recommended preparation: EE 467, familiarity with Matlab and C programming. EE 598 Electrical Engineering Research Seminar (1, max 2) Introduction to research
in electrical engineering. Topics vary by semester. May be repeated for up to one unit of credit for M.S. students, two units of credit for Ph.D. students. Open only to master’s and doctoral students. Graded CR/NC. EE 599 Special Topics (2-4, max 9) The course
content will be selected each semester to reflect current trends and developments in the field of electrical engineering.
EE 601 Semiconductor Devices (3) General-
ized device performance criteria. Charge storage, tunneling, transport and avalanche in majority, minority, and transferred carrier devices. Device interface phenomena. Noise; integration of devices. Recommended preparation: EE 472 or EE 537. EE 606 Nonequilibrium Processes in Semiconductors (3) Non-equilibrium processes in
modern semiconductor devices. Carriers lifetime and trapping; luminescence; hot carrier and high field effects. EE 607 Microelectromechanical Systems (3, FaSp) Exploration of the technology
methods and physical principles of MEMS, and survey various MEMS of current interest. Prerequisite: EE 504. EE 608L Microelectromechanical Systems Laboratory (3, Fa) Lab fabrication and analy-
sis of several MEMS applications, including diaphragm-based sensors and actuators, microfluidic components, and deformable mirror array. EE 612 Science and Practice of Nanotechnology (3, Fa) In-depth discussions of
important topics in nanotechnology, including both the implementation and the underlying theory. Prerequisite: EE 330 or EE 470.
ics in automatic speech recognition, speaker recognition, spoken dialogue, conversational multimedia interfaces. Recommended preparation: EE 464, EE 519, CSCI 544. EE 632 Integrated Communication Systems (3) Analysis and design of high-speed inte-
grated communication systems at circuit and system levels. Emphasis on broadband wireless applications. Transceiver architectures, amplifiers, oscillators, frequency synthesizers. Prerequisite: EE 536a. EE 635 Advanced Wireless Communications (3) Fundamentals of advanced wireless sys-
tems, including multi-antenna, cognitive, and cooperative systems as well as exploration of current standards in wireless networks in use today. Prerequisite: EE 535; recommended preparation: basic programming course.
EE 653 Advanced Topics in Microarchitecture (3) Current research topics related to
microprocessor architecture. Dynamically/ statically scheduled processors, multithreading, chip multiprocessors, systems on a chip. Power, performance, complexity, dependability issues. Impact of technology. Prerequisite: EE 557. EE 657 Parallel and Distributed Computing (3, FaSpSm) Scalable multiprocessor systems
and clusters, virtual machine, service oriented architecture, network-based computing, peerto-peer, grid and cloud based storage and computing, case studies. Prerequisite: EE 457; recommended preparation: EE 450. EE 658 Diagnosis and Design of Reliable Digital Systems (3, Fa) Fault models; test
generation; fault simulation; self-checking and self-testing circuits; design for testability; fault tolerant design techniques; case studies. Prerequisite: graduate standing.
EE 642 Advanced Geometrical Optics (3)
First order design of optical systems; origin of aberrations and their effects on wave propagation and imaging based on geometrical and physical optics. Prerequisite: EE 529. EE 645 Uncertainty Modeling and Stochastic Optimization (3) (Enroll in CE 645) EE 648 Network Economics and Games (3)
Economics of networks; game theory, mechanism design and auctions in networks; spectrum sharing mechanisms in communications; pricing of differentiated services; network security. Prerequisite: EE 450 and EE 464 or EE 465. EE 649 Stochastic Network Optimization (3, Sp) Optimization of wireless and ad-hoc
mobile networks; opportunistic scheduling, flow control; backpressure routing; queue stability; energy-delay and utility-delay trade offs. Prerequisite: EE 464 or EE 465. EE 650 Advanced Topics in Computer Networks (3, Irregular) Protocol modeling:
EE 659 Interconnection Networks (3, Sp)
Theory, design and analysis of interconnection networks for multiprocessor systems. Study of direct and indirect topologies, deadlock-free routing, flow control, network interfaces, optical interconnects. Prerequisite: EE 557. EE 664 Advanced Topics in Communication Theory (3, Irregular) Synchronization in
digital communication systems, tracking loop theory, acquisition and tracking, carrier and suppressed carrier waveforms, other advanced topics in communication theory. Prerequisite: EE 564. EE 666 Data Communication (3, Irregular)
Receiver design for modulations and channels with memory. Iterative and adaptive detection and decoding algorithms. Application to fading, intersymbol interference, and interference limited channels. Prerequisite: EE 564; recommended preparation: EE 568, EE 563 or EE 583.
flow and congestion control, dynamic routing, distributed implementation; broadcast communication media and multiple access protocols; local networks, satellite networks, terrestrial radio networks. Prerequisite: EE 450 or EE 465; recommended preparation: EE 550 or CSCI 551.
Beamforming principles, monopulse and conical-scan concepts, phased arrays, synthetic multiple beam arrays; signal processing techniques for synthetic aperture formation, adaptivity, and retro-directing. Prerequisite: EE 562a.
EE 652 Low-Power Wireless Networks (3, Fa) Implementation of low-power wire-
EE 669 Multimedia Data Compression (3, Sp) Lossless compression, audio/speech
less protocols for medium access, scheduling, multi-hop routing, congestion control, localization, synchronization. IP stack for the Internet of Things. Wireless sensor network applications. Prerequisite: EE 450; recommended preparation: CSCI 402, strong programming skills, and experience with Linux.
EE 667 Array Signal Processing (3, Sp)
coding, vector quantization, fractal compression, JPEG and JPEG-2000, video compression techniques and MPEG standards, video transmission over wired and wireless networks. Recommended preparation: EE 464.
Green Technologies
EE 674ab Advanced Topics in Computer Vision (3-3, Irregular) (Enroll in CSCI 674ab) EE 675 Topics in Engineering Approaches to Music Cognition (3, max 6) (Enroll in
ISEÂ 575)
661
EE 681 Computer-Aided Design of Digital Systems II (3) Theory and techniques for
EE 691 Advanced Magnetic Resonance Imaging (3, Fa) Advanced clinical and
EE 690 Directed Research (1-4, maximum number to be determined by the department, FaSpSm) Laboratory study of specific
EE 790 Research (1-12, FaSpSm) Research
design and analysis of digital logic; specification, formal models; hardware-descriptive languages; formal verification, high level synthesis; logic synthesis. Prerequisite: EE 557, EE 680.
research applications, sparse sampling, RF pulse design, analysis of free precession sequences, NMR relaxation, in-vivo spectroscopy and other advanced topics. Prerequisite: EE 441, EE 562a, EE 591.
EE 677 VLSI Architectures and Algorithms (3)
VLSI models; measures of area, volume and time; mapping algorithms; systolic arrays; area time tradeoffs; applications to signal and image processing problems. Prerequisite: EE 557. EE 680 Computer-Aided Design of Digital Systems I (3, Sp) Synthesis; partitioning;
problems by candidates for the degree Engineer in Electrical Engineering. Graded CR/NC.
leading to the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC.
EE 794abcdz Doctoral Dissertation (2-2-2-2-0, FaSpSm) Credit on acceptance of disserta-
placement; routing of digital circuits; integrated circuit design methods; simulation at the switch, gate, register transfer and system levels. Prerequisite: EE 581; recommended preparation: EE 577a.
tion. Graded IP/CR/NC
Green Technologies Office of Graduate and Professional Programs Olin Hall of Engineering 106 (213) 740-4488 FAX: (213) 821-0851 Email: masters@gapp.usc.edu
These 18 units may reflect courses offered by other schools if cross-listed in a department in the Viterbi School. Students with B.S. degrees in engineering and science disciplines can be accepted into the program. REQUIRED COURSES
Program Director: Edward W. Maby, Ph.D. Master of Science in Green Technologies
Green Technologies is a highly interdisciplinary degree program that emphasizes green systems and the environment, energy technology and efficiency, and sustainability and society. The discipline seeks opportunities for alternative sourcing, conservation, efficiency and repurposing through an understanding of product life cycles from origins to recycling or inevitable disposal. Green technologists will design products, processes and complex infrastructure systems to promote sustainable attributes of importance to the environment and the global community. The Green Technologies program requires a minimum of 27 units (typically nine courses). At least 18 units must be at the 500-level or above, and at least 18 units must be com pleted in the Viterbi School of Engineering.
UNITS
Students are required to take two courses in each of three topical areas: Green Systems and the Environment (two courses) CE 515 Sustainable Infrastructure Systems 3 ISE 576 Industrial Ecology: Technology-Environment Interaction 3 Energy Technology and Efficiency (two courses) CHE 510 Energy and Process Efficiency 3 Also take only one of the following: AME 577 Survey of Energy and Power for a Sustainable Future 3 EE 513 Solid State Energy Devices 3 EE 526 Renewable Energy in Power Systems 3 ENE 505 Energy and the Environment 3
Sustainability and Society (two courses) CE 469 Sustainable Design and Construction 3 Also take one of the following:* ARCH 519 Sustainability in the Environment: Infrastructures, Urban Landscapes, and Buildings 3 CE 567 Smart Infrastructures 3 ENE 502 Environmental and Regulatory Compliance 3 GEOG 581 Concepts for Spatial Thinking 4 MOR 566 Sustainability and Competitive Advantage 3 POSC 546 Seminar in Environmental Policy 4 PPD 692 Transportation and the Environment 4 PPDE 632 Sustainable Cities 4 Electives (three courses)
9
Electives shall be chosen in consultation with an adviser to develop technical specialization in an area of interest to the student. This may include up to 3 units of directed research. *Additional courses from this list may be used to fulfill the elective requirement.
662
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
Daniel J. Epstein Department of Industrial and Systems Engineering Ethel Percy Andrus Gerontology Center 240 (213) 740-4893 FAX: (213) 740-1120 Email: isedept@usc.edu usc.edu/dept/ise/ Chair: Julia L. Higle, Ph.D. Program Director, Systems Architecting and Engineering: Azad Madni, Ph.D. Associate Director, Systems Architecting and Engineering: George Friedman, Ph.D. Faculty
Daniel J. Epstein Chair in Industrial and Systems Engineering: Sheldon M. Ross, Ph.D.
Professors: Maged Dessouky, Ph.D.*; Randolph Hall, Ph.D.; Carl F. Kesselman, Ph.D. (Computer Science); Behrokh Khoshnevis, Ph.D. (Civil and Environmental Engineering; Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering); Azad Madni, Ph.D.; Najmedin Meshkati, Ph.D. (Civil and Environmental Engineering)*; James E. Moore II, Ph.D. (Civil and Environmental Engineering; Public Policy); Suvrajeet Sen (Electrical Engineering; Computer Science); Milind Tambe, Ph.D. (Computer Science); Detlof von Winterfeldt (Public Policy) Associate Professors: Elaine Chew, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering/Systems, Music); Mansour Rahimi, Ph.D.
Epstein Family Chair: Dorit S. Hochbaum, Ph.D.
Assistant Professors: Yong Chen, Ph.D.; Qiang Huang, Ph.D.; Rahul Jain, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering/Systems); Alejandro Toriello, Ph.D.; Shinyi Wu, Ph.D.
IBM Chair in Engineering Management: F. Stan Settles, Ph.D. (Astronautical Engineering)
Adjunct Professors: Paul J. Kern; Michael Mann, Ph.D.
Gordon S. Marshall Early Career Chair in Engineering: Qiang Huang, Ph.D.
Adjunct Associate Professors: Daniel Harvey, Ph.D.; James Hines; Thomas McKendree, Ph.D.; Tasos Soukias, Ph.D.; Marilee Wheaton
David Packard Chair in Manufacturing Engineering: Stephen C-Y Lu, Ph.D. (Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering, Computer Science) Fluor Professor in Process Engineering: S. Joe Qin, Ph.D. (Chemical Engineering and Materials Science, Electrical Engineering/Systems) TRW Professor of Software Engineering: Barry Boehm, Ph.D. (Computer Science)
Research Professors: Yigal Arens, Ph.D.; Wanda M. Austin, Ph.D.; Malcolm Currie, Ph.D.; Mohamed I. Dessouky, Ph.D.; Stephen C. Hora, Ph.D. (Public Policy) Research Associate Professor: Fernando Ordoñez, Ph.D. (Computer Science) Research Assistant Professors: Jo Ann Lane, Ph.D.; Greg Placencia, Ph.D.; Richard Waltz, Ph.D. Professor of the Practice of Industrial and Systems Engineering: George Friedman, Ph.D.
Associate Professor of the Practice of Engineering Management: Dana Sherman, Esq. (Civil and Environmental Engineering) Associate Professor of the Practice of Industrial and Systems Engineering: Geza Bottlik, Engineer, P.E.; Kurt Palmer, Ph.D.* Senior Lecturers: Nitin Kale, M.S. (Information Technology Program); Richard Vawter, M.S. (Information Technology Program) Emeritus Professors: Clinton J. Ancker Jr., Ph.D., P.E.; Gerald A. Fleischer, Ph.D., P.E.; Homer H. Grant, M.S.; Ralph Keeney, Ph.D. (Information and Operations Management); Gerald Nadler, Ph.D., P.E.; Peter Will, Ph.D. *Recipient of university-wide or school teaching award.
Honor Societies
Alpha Pi Mu Alpha Pi Mu is the industrial engineering honor society. Qualifications for election are: juniors in the upper one-fifth of their class; seniors in the upper one-third of their class; master’s degree students who have completed at least one-third of the courses required for their degree and rank among the top 10 students in all ISE master’s degree programs; and doctoral students recommended by the department chair. The adviser is Kurt Palmer, Associate Professor of the Practice of Industrial and Systems Engineering, (213) 740-5960. Omega Rho Omega Rho is the operations research honor society to recognize academic excellence in operations research and encourage study of operations research, management science and closely associated disciplines. Election is by nomination only during the spring semester. The adviser is Alejandro Toriello, Professor, (213) 740-4891.
Undergraduate Degree Requirements Undergraduate Education Program Mission
The mission of the Daniel J. Epstein Department of Industrial and Systems Engineering undergraduate programs is to: (1) Provide students: the skills and knowledge to obtain employment and achieve leadership with the industrial and systems engineering profession or to proceed with
graduate education; the intellectual resources to continue life-long learning; and the knowledge of professional ethics and critical reasoning skills necessary for contributing to society. (2) Provide employers of industrial and systems engineering professionals with candidates who are technically competent,
business aware, collaborative, able to communicate effectively, and ethically grounded. (3) Maintain and enhance the reputation of the Epstein department within the engineering, business and academic communities.
Industrial and Systems Engineering
Undergraduate Education Program Objectives
Graduates of the Bachelor of Science in Industrial and Systems Engineering programs are prepared to achieve any of the following accomplishments: (1) Obtain employment in an organization that values people who demonstrate both technical competence and business awareness. (2) Pursue graduate or professional education. (3) Assume a leadership role in their employment organization or community. (4) Utilize critical reasoning, collaboration and creativity to contribute to society. Undergraduate Education Program Outcomes
Industrial and systems engineering provides an education that blends information technology, engineering and management, with a strong emphasis on people skills, problemsolving skills and communication skills. Our program prepares students for successful careers by teaching students to: (1) Describe the essential components and inter-connective relationships within complex systems. (2) Design and execute experiments and create mathematical, numerical, heuristic and other objective models. (3) Synthesize inventive and innovative solutions for creation and improvement of products, processes and systems. (4) Generate and validate solutions to a problem. (5) Work with others in a collaborative environment and contribute to the success of an organization. (6) Clearly articulate and communicate findings. (7) Understand contemporary developments in the field.
The Department of Industrial and Systems Engineering offers a Bachelor of Science degree in Industrial and Systems Engineering. Additionally, information systems engineering exists as an emphasis within this industrial and systems engineering program major. An area of emphasis appears in parentheses after the primary major name on the transcript. Bachelor of Science in Industrial and Systems Engineering
The requirement for the degree is 128 units. A cumulative grade point average of C (2.0) is required for all upper division courses applied towards the major, regardless of the department in which the courses are taken. See the common requirements for undergraduate degrees, page 569. COMPOSITION/WRITING REQUIREMENT
For additional information, visit usc.edu/ dept/ise.
UNITS
WRIT 140* Writing and Critical Reasoning 4 WRIT 340 Advanced Writing 3 GENERAL EDUCATION (SEE PAGE 63)
UNITS
General education* + 20 PRE-MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
Math Requirement MATH 125 Calculus I MATH 126 Calculus II MATH 225 Linear Algebra and Linear Differential Equations MATH 226 Calculus III
4 4 4 4
Physics Requirement PHYS 151L** Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics and Thermodynamics 4 PHYS 152L Fundamentals of Physics II: Electricity and Magnetism 4 Chemistry Elective CHEM 105aL General Chemistry, or CHEM 115aL Advanced General Chemistry, or MASC 110L Materials Science
Business ACCT 410x Accounting for NonBusiness Majors
Electrical Engineering AME 341a Mechnoptonics Laboratory I, or 3 EE 326L*** Essentials of Electrical Engineering 4 Computer Science CSCI 101L Fundamentals of Computer Programming 3 ISE 382 Database Systems: Concepts, Design and Implementation 3 Industrial and Systems Engineering ISE 105 Introduction to Industrial and Systems Engineering 2 ISE 220 Probability Concepts in Engineering 3 ISE 225 Engineering Statistics I 3 ISE 232L Manufacturing Processes 3 ISE 310L Production I: Facilities and Logistics 4 ISE 330 Introduction to Operations Research I 3 ISE 331 Introduction to Operations Research II 3 ISE 370L Human Factors in Work Design 4 ISE 410 Production II: Planning, Scheduling and Control 3 ISE 426 Statistical Quality Control 3 ISE 435 Discrete Systems Simulation 3 ISE 440 Work, Technology, and Organization 3 ISE 460 Engineering Economy 3 ISE 495abx Senior Design Project 2-2 MAJOR ELECTIVES
UNITS
Approved engineering electives*** Free electives Total units:
3 7 128
*GE Category VI is taken concurrently with WRIT 140. **GE Category III is fulfilled by PHYS/CHEM requirement.
4
Economics Requirement ECON 203 Principles of Microeconomics 4 MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
(8) Describe the principles for managing and operating production systems within their area of emphasis.
663
UNITS
4
Engineering ENGR 102 Engineering Freshman Academy 2
***Students selecting EE 326 are only required to complete 2 units of approved engineering elective. +The university allows engineering majors to replace the GE Category IV with a second course in Categories I, II or VI.
Bachelor of Science in Industrial and Systems Engineering Emphasis in Information Systems Engineering The requirement for the degree with an emphasis in information systems engineering is 128 units. A cumulative grade point average of C (2.0) is required for all upper division courses applied towards the major, regardless of the department in which the courses
664
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
are taken. Students must choose either the computer science track or the information and operations management track. See the common requirements for undergraduate degrees, page 569.
ISE 330 Introduction to Operations Research: Deterministic Models 3 ISE 382 Database Systems: Concepts, Design and Implementation 3 ISE 410 Production II: Planning and Scheduling 3 ISE 435 Discrete Systems Simulation 3 ISE 440 Work, Technology, and Organization 3 ISE 460 Engineering Economy 3 ISE 470 Human/Computer Interface Design 3 ISE 495abx Senior Design Project 2-2
During the freshman year, students in either track enroll in a common set of required courses. By the sophomore year, students enroll in required and elective courses for one track or the other. COMPOSITION/WRITING REQUIREMENT
UNITS
WRIT 140 Writing and Critical Reasoning 4 WRIT 340 Advanced Writing 3 GENERAL EDUCATION (SEE PAGE 63)
UNITS
General education* + 20 PRE-MAJOR REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
Math Requirement MATH 125 Calculus I MATH 126 Calculus II MATH 226 Calculus III MATH 225 Linear Algebra and Linear Differential Equations
4 4 4 4
Physics Requirement PHYS 151 Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics and Thermodynamics 4 PHYS 152 Fundamentals of Physics II: Electricity and Magnetism 4 Chemistry Elective CHEM 105aL General Chemistry, or CHEM 115aL Advanced General Chemistry, or MASC 110L Materials Science
4
Engineering ENGR 102 Engineering Freshman Academy 2 COMPUTER SCIENCE TRACK
UNITS
Computer Science CSCI 101L Fundamentals of Computer Programming 3 CSCI 102L Data Structures 3 CSCI 200L Object-Oriented Programming 3 CSCI 201L Principles of Software Development 3 Industrial and Systems Engineering ISE 105 Introduction to Industrial and Systems Engineering 2 ISE 220 Probability Concepts in Engineering 3 ISE 225 Engineering Statistics I 3 ISE 310L Production I: Facilities and Logistics 4
Electives** Computer science elective Information technology program/ information and operations management electives Approved engineering elective Free electives
3
6 3 9
INFORMATION AND OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT TRACK
UNITS
Business IOM 431 Managing the Digital Revolution for Your Business 4 IOM 433 Business Information Systems Analysis and Design 4 IOM 435 Business Database Systems 4 Computer Science CSCI 101L Fundamentals of Computer Programming 3 ITP 482L Engineering Database Applications 3 Industrial and Systems Engineering ISE 105 Introduction to Industrial and Systems Engineering 2 ISE 220 Probability Concepts in Engineering 3 ISE 225 Engineering Statistics I 3 ISE 310L Production I: Facilities and Logistics 4 ISE 330 Introduction to Operations Research: Deterministic Models 3 ISE 410 Production II: Planning and Scheduling 3 ISE 435 Discrete Systems Simulation 3 ISE 440 Work, Technology, and Organization 3 ISE 460 Engineering Economy 3 ISE 470 Human/Computer Interface Design 3 ISE 495abx Senior Design Project 2-2
Electives** Information technology program/ information and operations management electives Approved engineering elective Free electives Total units:
6 3 10 128
*GE Category III is fulfilled by PHYS/CHEM requirement. **Electives in the CSCI/ITP/IOM or approved engineering electives lists are geared so that students can take courses in an area of interest. Courses not listed may be petitioned for approval through the department. +The university allows engineering majors to replace the GE Category IV with a second course in Categories I, II or VI.
Computer Science Electives: CSCI 351, CSCI 377, CSCI 485, EE 450 ITP/IOM Electives: ITP 215Lx, ITP 320Lx, ITP 321x, ITP 325x, ITP 454x, ITP 457x, ITP 486, ITP 487, IOM 428 Approved Engineering Electives: Any of the courses listed below that are not specifically required in a student’s program may be selected to satisfy the approved engineering elective requirement. Substitutions of a graduate level ISE course will be considered upon petition. AME 341a, AME 341B, CE 408, CE 460, CE 471, ISE 331, ISE 426, ISE 470, ITP 482L. Minor in Engineering Management
This minor is designed to provide students who have a sound foundation in mathematics and the sciences with tools and skills for managerial analysis and problem solving. Science and technology are driving significant portions of American and global economies. Individuals, companies and governments are demanding products, services and systems, which grow more complicated every day. Suppliers are forced by competition to provide goods and services efficiently and economically. Scientists and engineers are trained in scientific and technical subjects which form an excellent base for building complex, technical products, services and systems. But more and more, scientists and engineers are managing the financial, material and human resources required to turn abstract ideas into physical and virtual reality, often without any formal management training. This minor provides that training, a complement to any science or technology degree.
Industrial and Systems Engineering
Application Procedures Applicants must be upper division students in good standing and complete the Change/Addition of Major, Minor or Degree Objective form. The minor is not open to industrial and systems engineering majors. PREREQUISITES UNITS
ISE 220 Probability Concepts in Engineering (or equivalent) ISE 225 Engineering Statistics I (or equivalent) MATH 125 Calculus I
3
665
MATH 126 Calculus II 4 MATH 225 Linear Algebra and Linear Differential Equations (or equivalent) 4 MATH 226 Calculus III 4
ISE 370L Human Factors in Work Design 4 ISE 440 Work, Technology, and Organization 3 ISE 460 Engineering Economy 3
REQUIRED COURSES
Minor in Engineering Technology Commercialization
UNITS
BUAD 301 Technical Entrepreneurship 3 ISE 330 Introduction to Operations Research: Deterministic Models 3
See listing in the Special Educational Opportunities section, page 586.
3 4
Graduate Degree Requirements Master of Digital Supply Chain Management
AT LEAST ONE COURSE FROM THE ACCOUNTING AREA IS REQUIRED (3 UNITS)
This interdisciplinary program is offered jointly with the Department of Information and Operations Management in the Marshall School of Business. The program is available via distance education. See page 163 for program requirements.
CE 502 ISE 566
Construction Accounting and Finance Financial Accounting Analysis for Engineering
Ethel Percy Andrus Gerontology Center 240 (213) 740-4893
Program Director: Geza Bottlik, Engineer, P.E. This program is designed primarily, but not exclusively, for graduate engineers whose career objectives lead to increasing technical management responsibilities. Students interested in the engineering management objectives may also want to consider the M.S., Industrial and Systems Engineering/MBA dual degree program. Master of Science in Engineering Management A total of 30 units is required for the degree. A minimum of 18 units must be taken in the Epstein Department of Industrial and Systems Engineering. A total of 21 units must be at the 500 level or above. The program is available via distance education. Applicants to the program are expected to have a degree in engineering or the equivalent. REQUIRED COURSES (6 UNITS)
ISE 500 ISE 561
ISE 515 ISE 544 ISE 564 ISE 565
Engineering Management Decisions and Statistics 3 Economic Analysis of Engineering Projects 3
3
UNITS
Engineering Project Management 3 Management of Engineering Teams 3 Performance Analysis 3 Law and Finance for Engineering Innovation 3
AT LEAST ONE COURSE FROM THE QUANTITATIVE METHODS AREA IS REQUIRED (3 UNITS)
UNITS
ISE 513 Inventory Systems 3 ISE 514 Advanced Production Planning and Scheduling 3 ISE 525 Design of Experiments 3 ISE 527 Quality Management for Engineers 3 ISE 530 Introduction to Operations Research 3 Electives (12 units): Four courses for at least 12 units chosen to form a coherent program with the consent of the adviser. Health Systems Management Engineering Program
UNITS
3
AT LEAST TWO COURSES FROM THE ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT AREA ARE REQUIRED (6 UNITS)
Engineering Management Program
UNITS
Ethel Percy Andrus Gerontology Center 240 (213) 740-4893 Program Director: Shinyi Wu, Ph.D. This program is jointly sponsored by the Epstein Industrial and Systems Engineering Department and the USC Price School of Public Policy and administered by the
Epstein Industrial and Systems Engineering Department. This degree is designed for students with sufficiently quantitative bachelor’s degrees in engineering, the sciences or applied social science who are interested in operations management and health care applications, and whose career objectives lead to increasing technical management responsibilities in large health care organizations, particularly hospitals. Students with less quantitative social science or other non-technical backgrounds interested in health administration objectives may also want to consider the Master of Health Administration program in the USC Price School of Public Policy. Master of Science in Health Systems Management Engineering At least 34 units are required for the degree. Some combinations of courses may require students to complete more than 34 units. Admitted students may count courses taken for completion of the Graduate Certificate in Health Systems Operations toward this degree. This program is available via distance education. Applicants to the program are expected to have mathematical competence representative of that provided by an undergraduate degree in engineering; competence in basic descriptive and inferential statistics; competence in microeconomics; and competence in accounting at the level of PPD 516 Financial Accounting for Health Care Organizations, ACCT 509 Concepts of Financial and Management Accounting, or ISE 566 Financial Accounting Analysis for Engineering. Admitted students who do not meet the course work requirements will be assigned courses to complete the deficiencies.
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
666
CORE (FOUR COURSES, 14 UNITS)
UNITS
ISE 507 Six-Sigma Quality Resources for Health Care ISE 508 Health Care Operations Improvement PPD 509 Problems and Issues in the Health Field PPD 545 Human Behavior in Public Organizations
3 3 4 4
ECONOMICS AND FINANCE (SELECT TWO COURSES, AT LEAST 6 UNITS)
UNITS
ISE 561 Economic Analysis of Engineering Projects 3 ISE 562 Value and Decision Theory 3 ISE 563 Financial Engineering 3 PPD 510a Financial Management of Health Services 4 PPD 514 Economic Concepts Applied to Health 4 INFORMATION SYSTEMS (SELECT ONE COURSE, AT LEAST 2 UNITS)
3 3 3 3 2
MANAGEMENT (SELECT AT LEAST TWO COURSES, UNITS
ISE 515 Engineering Project Management 3 ISE 544 Management of Engineering Teams 3 ISE 527 Quality Management for Engineers 3 ISE 564 Performance Analysis 3 PPD 513 Legal Issues in Health Care Delivery 2 PPD 517 Concepts and Practices in Managing Health Care Organizations 2 QUANTITATIVE METHODS (SELECT TWO COURSES, AT LEAST 6 UNITS)
UNITS
Select one course, at least 3 units: ISE 530 Introduction to Operations Research PPD 557 Modeling and Operations Research Select one course, at least 3 units: ISE 525 Design of Experiments ISE 562 Value and Decision Theory ISE 570 Human Factors in Engineering
3 4 4
Students may not simultaneously satisfy the Quantitative Methods and Economics and Finance requirements with only ISE 562 Value and Decision Theory. Two courses are needed. Master of Science in Industrial and Systems Engineering
Production ISE 511L Mechatronic Systems Engineering 3 ISE 513 Inventory Systems 3 ISE 517 Modern Enterprise Systems 3 SAE 551 Lean Operations 3 Systems Performance ISE 544 Management of Engineering Teams 3 ISE 564 Performance Analysis 3 ISE 570 Human Factors in Engineering 3
The Master of Science in industrial and systems engineering is awarded in strict conformity with the general requirements of the Viterbi School of Engineering. This program enhances the technical capabilities of the industrial engineer. The program is available via distance education.
Information Systems ISE 580 Advanced Concepts in Computer Simulation ISE 582 Web Technology for Industrial Engineering ISE 583 Enterprise Wide Information Systems
The M.S. program is for students who want to become technical leaders in the field of industrial and systems engineering. Applicants to the program are expected to have a bachelor’s degree in an engineering discipline with undergraduate course work in computing, probability and statistics, and engineering economy. Admitted students who do not meet prerequisites will be assigned courses to complete the deficiencies.
Quantitative Methods ISE 532 Network Flows 3 ISE 536 Linear Programming and Extensions 3 ISE 538 Elements of Stochastic Processes 3 ISE 563 Financial Engineering 3
3 3 3
UNITS
BME 527 Integration of Medical Imaging Systems BME 528 Medical Imaging Informatics ISE 583 Enterprise Wide Information Systems PM 538 Introduction to Biomedical Informatics PPD 511 Health Information Systems AT LEAST 6 UNITS)
ISE 580 Advanced Concepts in Computer Simulation PM 603 Structural Equation Modeling PPD 558 Multivariate Statistical Analysis
3 4
3 3 3
A total of 30 units is required for the degree, of which at least 18 units must be completed in the Epstein Department of Industrial and Systems Engineering. Of the 30 units, 20 must be at the 500 level or above. REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
ISE 514 Advanced Production Planning and Scheduling 3 ISE 515 Engineering Project Management 3 ISE ELECTIVES (CHOOSE ONE FROM EACH GROUP) UNITS
Systems Design ISE 510 Advanced Computational Design and Manufacturing 3 ISE 525 Design of Experiments 3 ISE 527 Quality Management for Engineers 3 ISE 576 Industrial Ecology: Technology-Environment Interaction 3 SAE 541 Systems Engineering Theory and Practice 3 SAE 549 Systems Architecting 3
Adviser approved electives Total units:
9 30
Operations Research Engineering Program
Ethel Percy Andrus Gerontology Center 240 (213) 740-4891
Program Director: Maged Dessouky, Ph.D. Master of Science in Operations Research Engineering The Master of Science in operations research engineering is conferred upon candidates who hold bachelor’s degrees in engineering, mathematics, science or related fields who successfully complete an integrated program (with departmental approval in advance) of not less than 30 units. The program must include not less than 21 units of industrial and systems engineering courses related to operations research and 9 units of approved electives. Students will be required to make up deficiencies in mathematics and statistics. Additional courses or examinations may be required at the discretion of the department before full admission to the program. The General Test of the Graduate Record Examinations (GRE) is required. Additional information is available from the department. This program is available via distance education.
Industrial and Systems Engineering
REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
ISE 532 Network Flows 3 ISE 536 Linear Programming and Extensions 3 ISE 538 Elements of Stochastic Processes 3 ISE 580 Advanced Concepts in Computer Simulation 3 ISE 582 Web Technology for Industrial Engineering, or ISE 583 Enterprise Wide Information Systems 3 Select at least two of the following 10 courses: 6 units CE 645 Uncertainty Modeling and Stochastic Optimization 3 ISE 513 Inventory Systems 3 ISE 514 Advanced Production Planning and Scheduling 3 ISE 520 Optimization: Theory and Algorithms 3 ISE 525 Design of Experiments 3 ISE 539 Stochastic Elements of Simulation 3 ISE 562 Value and Decision Theory 3 ISE 563 Financial Engineering 3 ISE 576 Industrial Ecology: Technology-Environment Interaction 3 SAE 541 Systems Engineering Theory and Practice 3 400- or 500-level computer science course, approved by faculty adviser
3
Two electives, approved by faculty adviser
6
30
Master of Science in Product Development Engineering
This interdisciplinary program is offered jointly with the Department of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering. The program is available via distance education. See the listing under Product Development Engineering, page 679. Master of Science in Systems Architecting and Engineering
667
This alternative requires 66 units for graduates of industrial and systems engineering undergraduate curricula and leads to both a Master of Science in industrial and systems engineering and the Master of Business Administration. The dual degree provides an education of great depth.
Graduate Certificate in Engineering Technology Commercialization See listing in the Special Educational Opportunities section, page 586.
The total number of units required for the MBA program is 48 including all required courses in an MBA program and graduate business electives sufficient to bring the total units completed in the Marshall School of Business to at least 48. Dual degree students may not count courses taken outside the Marshall School of Business toward the 48 units. Viterbi School of Engineering REQUIRED COURSES
(MINIMUM 18 UNITS)
ISE 514 Advanced Production Planning and Scheduling 3 ISE 515 Engineering Project Management 3 ISE ELECTIVES (CHOOSE ONE FROM EACH GROUP)
9
Systems Design (3 units) ISE 525 Design of Experiments ISE 527 Quality Management for Engineers SAE 541 Systems Engineering Theory and Practice
Graduate Certificate in Health Systems Operations This 17-unit graduate certificate is jointly sponsored by the Epstein Industrial and Systems Engineering Department and the USC Price School of Public Policy (Master of Health Administration program), and administered by the Epstein ISE Department. This certificate is designed for students with bachelor’s degrees in applied social science, engineering or the sciences, who are interested in operations management and health care applications. The courses taken for the certificate may be applied later to the Epstein ISE Department’s Master of Science in Engineering Management degree, the USC Price School of Public Policy’s Master of Health Administration degree or the jointly sponsored M.S. in Health Systems Management Engineering degree subject to approval of the appropriate academic unit. This program is available via distance education. REQUIRED COURSES
Information Systems (3 units) ISE 580 Advanced Concepts in Computer Simulation ISE 582 Web Technology for Industrial Engineering ISE 583 Enterprise Wide Information Systems Quantitative Methods (3 units) ISE 532 Network Flows ISE 536 Linear Programming and Extensions ISE 538 Elements of Stochastic Processes Elective Chosen with adviser approval 3
See the listing under Systems Architecting and Engineering, page 682. The program is available via distance education.
Dual Degree Program (M.S., Industrial and Systems Engineering/MBA)
Requirements for the Engineer in industrial and systems engineering are the same as set forth in the general requirements.
The USC Marshall School of Business in conjunction with the Epstein Department of Industrial and Systems Engineering offers a program leading to the degree of Master of Business Administration/Master of Science in industrial and systems engineering.
Graduate Certificates
18
Engineer in Industrial and Systems Engineering
Doctor of Philosophy in Industrial and Systems Engineering
The degree Doctor of Philosophy in industrial and systems engineering is also offered. See general requirements for graduate degrees.
UNITS
ISE 507 Six-Sigma Quality Resources for Health Care 3 ISE 508 Health Care Operations Improvement 3 PPD 509 Problems and Issues in the Health Field 4 PPD 513 Legal Issues in Health Care Delivery, and 2 PPD 517 Concepts and Practices in Managing Health Care Organizations, or 2 PPD 514 Economic Concepts Applied to Health 4 PPD 557 Modeling and Operations Research (4), or ISE 530 Introduction to Operations Research (3), or ISE 562 Value and Decision Theory (3) 3-4
17-18
Graduate Certificate in Network Centric Systems See listing under Systems Architecting and Engineering, page 683. The program is available via distance education. Graduate Certificate in Optimization and Supply Chain Management This abbreviated interdisciplinary program is offered jointly with the Department of Information and Operations Management in the Marshall School of Business. See page 164 for program requirements.
668
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
Graduate Certificate in Systems Architecting and Engineering See listing under Systems Architecting and Engineering, page 683. The program is available via distance education.
Graduate Certificate in Transportation Systems This abbreviated interdisciplinary program is offered jointly with the Astani Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering and the USC Price School of Public Policy. See listing under Civil Engineering, page 626.
Graduate Certificate in System Safety and Security Applications for this program are not currently being accepted.
ISE 331 Introduction to Operations Research: Stochastic Models (3, Sp) Stochas-
ISE 422L Configuring Enterprise Resource Planning Systems (3, FaSp) (Enroll in
Courses of Instruction INDUSTRIAL AND SYSTEMS ENGINEERING (ISE)
The terms indicated are expected but are not guaranteed. For the courses offered during any given term, consult the Schedule of Classes. ISE 105 Introduction to Industrial and Systems Engineering (2, FaSp) A combination
of plant tours, laboratory experiences, and lecture are used to introduce the philosophy, subject matter, aims, goals, and techniques of industrial and systems engineering. ISE 220 Probability Concepts in Engineering (3, Fa) Techniques for handling uncertain-
ties in engineering design: discrete and continuous random variables; expectations, probability distributions and transformations of random variables; limit theorems; approximations and applications. Corequisite: MATH 226. ISE 225 Engineering Statistics I (3, Sp)
Sampling distributions; parameter estimation, hypothesis testing; analysis of variance; regression; nonparametric statistics. Prerequisite: ISE 220. ISE 232L Manufacturing Processes (3, Fa)
Basic manufacturing processes including casting, machining, forming and welding; current trends in manufacturing processes including polymer, ceramic and composite material processing, and electronic device fabrication; introduction to numerical control and computer integrated manufacturing. Recommended preparation: MASC 110L or CHEM 105aL or CHEM 115aL. ISE 310L Production I: Facilities and Logistics (4, Sp) Facilities layout and design; mate-
rial handling and transportation; site selection and sourcing; supply chain management. Prerequisite: ISE 330; corequisite: ISE 460.
tic processes; Markov chains; queueing theory and queueing decision models; probabilistic inventory models. Prerequisite: ISE 220; recommended preparation: ISE 330. ISE 344 Engineering Team Management (3)
Examine team formation and team dynamics including organizational behavior, group dynamics, psychology, and business management, all in the context of engineering development; decision-making and negotiation. Open only to juniors and seniors. ISE 370L Human Factors in Work Design (4, Fa) Physiological systems and psychologi-
cal characteristics; ergonomics; anthropometry; effects of the physical environment on humans; occupational safety and health; work methods. Prerequisite: ISE 225. ISE 382 Database Systems: Concepts, Design and Implementation (3, Sp) Con-
cepts in modeling data for industry applications. Designing and implementing robust databases. Querying databases to extract business intelligence; Global Enterprise Resource Planning with databases. Prerequisite: CSCI 101L.
to linear programming; transportation and assignment problems; dynamic programming; integer programming; nonlinear p rogramming. Prerequisite: MATH 225.
ISE 426 Statistical Quality Control (3, Fa)
Quantitative aspects of statistical quality control (process control, acceptance sampling by attribute and by variable, rectifying inspection), quality assurance and the management of QC/QA functions. Prerequisite: ISE 225. ISE 435 Discrete Systems Simulation (3, Fa)
Model design to simulate discrete event systems with basic input and output analysis using high order languages, applied to industrial systems analysis and design problems. Prerequisite: ISE 220, CSCI 101L; corequisite: ISE 225. ISE 440 Work, Technology, and Organization (3, Sp) Impact of technology on work
and organizational design; effects of automation; design of improvement programs; information infrastructures; teams; individ ual behavioral outcomes. Upper division standing. ISE 455Lx Enterprise Information Portals (3, Sp) (Enroll in ITP 455Lx)
ISE 460 Engineering Economy (3, FaSpSm) ISE 390 Special Problems (1-4) Supervised,
individual studies. No more than one registration permitted. Enrollment by petition only. ISE 404 Business and Intellectual Property Law for Engineers (3) (Enroll in CE 404) ISE 410 Production II: Planning and Scheduling (3, Fa) Production planning, forecast-
ing, scheduling, and inventory; computer integrated decision systems in analysis and control of production systems. Corequisite: ISE 330.
ISE 415 Industrial Automation (3, Irregular) ISE 330 Introduction to Operations Research: Deterministic Models (3, Fa) Introduction
ITP 422L)
Traditional (automobile) and modern (computer based) concepts in Industrial Automation. Computer control concepts (sensors, actuators), robotics, flexible manufacturing systems. Prerequisite: senior level status.
Utilizing principles of economic analysis for choice of engineering alternatives and engineering systems. Pre-tax and after-tax economy studies. Upper division standing. ISE 470 Human/Computer Interface Design (3, Sp) Essentials of human factors and com-
puter interface for the design, development, implementation, and evaluation of integrated media systems. ISE 482L Engineering Database Applications (3) (Enroll in ITP 482L) ISE 487Lx Data Warehouses and Business Intelligence (3) (Enroll in ITP 487)
Industrial and Systems Engineering
ISE 488x Managing Supply Chains with Advanced Planning and Optimization (3)
(Enroll in ITP 488x) ISE 490x Directed Research (2-8, max 8, FaSp) Individual research and readings. Not
available for graduate credit.
ISE 495abx Senior Design Project (2-2 FaSp)
a: Preparation and development of the senior project proposal. Not available for graduate credit. Senior standing in industrial and systems engineering. Corequisite: ISE 225, ISE 310; ISE 382 or IOM 435. b: Group work on an industrial engineering design problem in an organization. Not available for graduate credit. Senior standing in industrial and systems engineering. Corequisite: ISE 370 or ISE 470; ISE 435. ISE 499 Special Topics (2-4, max 8) Course
content to be selected each semester from recent developments in industrial and systems engineering and related fields.
ISE 500 Engineering Management Decisions and Statistics (3, FaSpSm) Case-based deci-
sion and statistical analysis. Framing engineering management situations with statistical methods. Experiments, regression, ANOVA, hypothesis, factor analysis. Open only to fifthyear seniors and master’s students. ISE 502 Construction Accounting and Finance (3) (Enroll in CE 502) ISE 507 Six-Sigma Quality Resources for Health Care (3, Fa) Comprehensive study of
Six-Sigma and Lean metrics, methods, and systems with emphasis on their application to health care services. ISE 508 Health Care Operations Improvement (3, Sp) Improving operations, patient
flow, quality and processes. Students will become familiar with methods for implementing change in health care settings such as hospitals or clinics. ISE 510 Advanced Computational Design and Manufacturing (3) Study advanced con-
cepts behind computational representations, algorithms, and mathematical foundations, and their applications in computer-aided design and manufacturing. Develop handson computational skills in team projects. Recommended preparation: bachelor’s degree in industrial engineering; programming experience, C++ preferred.
ISE 511L Mechatronic Systems Engineering (3, Sp) Use of mechanical, electrical, and
computer engineering, math, and computer science to design of high performance and sophisticated products and processes and systems involving mechatronic. Recommended preparation: bachelor’s degree in engineering or physical sciences, and preliminary knowledge of programming in C.
669
ISE 528 Advanced Statistical Aspects of Engineering Reliability (3) Advanced statisti-
cal methods applied to reliability engineering. Experimental design analysis and interpretation of multifactor reliability problems. ISE 530 Introduction to Operations Research (3, Sp) Linear programming, integer pro-
ISE 512 Software Management and Economics (3, Fa) (Enroll in CSCI 510)
gramming, transportation and assignment problems, networks, dynamic programming, Markovian models, and queueing. Prerequisite: MATH 225, ISE 220.
ISE 513 Inventory Systems (3, Sp) Deter-
ISE 532 Network Flows (3, Sp) Tree, path,
ministic and stochastic demand systems with static/dynamic models. Practice in inventory management, computerized procedures, materials requirements planning, just-in-time production, Kanban systems. ISE 514 Advanced Production Planning and Scheduling (3, FaSm) Advanced concepts in
production planning and scheduling including resource allocation, lot sizing, flow shop and job shop scheduling, workforce scheduling and assembly line balancing. Recommended preparation: prior knowledge of operations research and probability theory. ISE 515 Engineering Project Management (3, FaSpSm) Applying industrial and systems
engineering skills to problems drawn from industry, while working in teams of 3-4 students. Teach project management skills and provide direct experience in managing and executing a group project.
ISE 517 Modern Enterprise Systems (3, FaSp)
Study of various aspects of integrated manufacturing and service enterprises including management, design and production functions, interfaces and related resources and information systems. Recommended preparation: manufacturing processes, probability, statistics, computer programming. ISE 520 Optimization: Theory and Algorithms (3, Fa) Conditions for optimality.
Nonlinear programming algorithms for constrained and unconstrained problems. Special problems such as quadratic, separable, fractional, geometric programming. Prerequisite: MATH 225 or EE 441. ISE 525 Design of Experiments (3, FaSp)
Planning data collection to investigate relationships between product/process design choices (materials, temperatures, etc.) and performance, empirical modeling to predict performance, identification of the best design choices. Recommended preparation: ISE 225. ISE 527 Quality Management for Engineers (3, FaSp) Principles of quality manage-
ment, quality philosophies and frameworks, quality leadership and strategic planning, process management, and performance measurements.
flow problems, formulation and solution techniques. Methods for minimal cost flows. Applications. Prerequisite: ISE 330 or ISE 536. ISE 536 Linear Programming and Extensions (3, Fa) Linear programming models for
resource allocation; simplex and revised simplex methods; duality; sensitivity; transportation problems; selected extensions to large scale, multiobjective, and special structured models. Prerequisite: MATH 225 or EE 441. ISE 538 Elements of Stochastic Processes (3, Sp) Random variables, stochastic pro-
cesses, birth-and-death processes, continuous and discrete time Markov chains with finite and infinite number of states, renewal phenomena, queueing systems. ISE 539 Stochastic Elements of Simulation (3, Sp) Simulation techniques combined with
probabilistic analysis for solving problems in inventory theory, queuing theory, financial engineering, decision analysis, and other fields having a stochastic element. Corequisite: ISE 538. ISE 543 Case Studies in Systems Engineering (3, FaSp) (Enroll in SAE 543)
ISE 544 Management of Engineering Teams (3, FaSp) Design and management of engi-
neering teams. Group decision-making, motivation, leadership, infrastructural requirements, performance measurement, team diversity, conflict, and integration. ISE 545 Technology Development and Implementation (3, Fa) Principles and prac-
tices of technology development and implementation, with application to products and systems in manufacturing and services. ISE 549 Systems Architecting (3, FaSp)
(Enroll in SAE 549) ISE 554 Innovation and the Engineering Enterprise (3) Examination of innovation
in engineering enterprises including human behavior and human resources, organizational development, engineering management, business structures, financing the enterprise and intellectual property.
670
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
ISE 555 Invention and Technology Development (3, Sp) This project-oriented course
ISE 567 Collaborative Engineering Principles and Practice (3, Sp) Scientific principles and
ISE 581 Negotiation For Engineering Management (3, Sp) Decision making techniques
ISE 556 Stochastic Systems and Finance (3, Sp) (Enroll in EE 556)
ISE 568 Machine Learning (3, Fa) (Enroll in
ISE 582 Web Technology for Industrial Engi neering (3, Fa) A fast-paced, project-based
elaborates on the process of engaging creative thought, tools and techniques for invention, and issues involved in bringing inventions to the production phase. Graded CR/NC.
industrial practices defining how a team of stakeholders should collaboratively work together to reach agreement on complex engineering tasks. Open only to graduate students in engineering. CSCI 567)
ISE 560 Analysis of Algorithms (3, FaSp)
(Enroll in CSCI 570) ISE 561 Economic Analysis of Engineering Projects (3, FaSp) Economic evaluations of
engineering systems for both government and private industry; quantitative techniques for evaluating non-monetary consequences; formal treatment of risk and uncertainty. Prerequisite: ISE 460. ISE 562 Value and Decision Theory (3, Fa)
Decision making under risk conditions; utility theory; sufficient statistics; conjugate prior distributions; terminal and pre-posterior analysis; Bayesian statistics versus classical statistics. ISE 563 Financial Engineering (3, Sp) Con-
cepts underlying the economic analysis of engineering projects; applications to call and put options; utility theory and mathematical optimizations models; and simulation. Recommended preparation: ISE 220 or an equivalent course in probability. ISE 564 Performance Analysis (3) Measure-
ment systems for performance analysis. Determination of performance metrics, analytical models, case studies. Cross-industry comparisons, measures for manufacturing and service systems, information and knowledge workers. ISE 565 Law and Finance for Engineering Innovation (3) Students will identify, formu-
late and resolve legal, financial and ethical issues affecting innovation in engineering organizations including legal structures, financing and intellectual property rights. Open only to graduate students. ISE 566 Financial Accounting Analysis for Engineering (3, Sp) Identification, formula-
tion, and solution of financial accounting problems in engineering enterprises. Legal context of financial decisions, process cost determination and allocation, financial reports, and reporting systems. Open only to graduate students.
ISE 570 Human Factors in Engineering (3, Fa) Psychological and physiological charac-
teristics of humans; how they limit engineering design of machines and human-machine systems.
ISE 571 Human Factors Issues in Integrated Media Systems (3) Psychological, cognitive,
physical and social characteristics of human factors and how they affect information technology design, development and evaluation for integrated media systems. ISE 573 Work Physiology (3) Survey of meta-
for the engineering manager including negotiation principles, contract negotiation, dispute resolution, auctions, bidding, voting and coalition formation.
introduction to designing and implementing interactive Web applications. Emphasizes skills for building engineering and market research applications requiring information gathering, analysis, representation. Prerequi site: ISE 382. ISE 583 Enterprise Wide Information Systems (3, FaSp) The role of enterprise
resource planning systems (ERPs) in an organization and the task of implementing and managing the IS function. ISE 585 Strategic Management of Technology (3, FaSp) Management skills and tools
bolic processes in the performance of physical work, study of individual and environmental factors affecting these processes.
for technology intensive enterprises. Life cycle analysis of technology from planning through exploitation, obsolescence and renewal.
ISE 574 Probabilistic Reasoning (3, Fa)
ISE 587 Risk Analysis (4) (Enroll in PPD 587)
(Enroll in CSCI 573) ISE 575 Topics in Engineering Approaches to Music Cognition (3, max 6) Computa
tional research in music cognition, including computational methods for music analysis, such as the abstracting and extracting of pitch and time structures. Computational research in expressive performance, the manipulation of parameters (e.g., tempo, loudness, articulation) to focus attention, facilitate parsing, and create emotional affect. Open to graduate engineering students only. Recommended preparation: programming experience (C++ or Java), basic signal processing and music theory. ISE 576 Industrial Ecology: TechnologyEnvironment Interaction (3) Concepts
and methods to analyze the environmental impacts of industrial systems, including lifecycle assessment, material flow analysis, design for environment and sustainable consumption. ISE 580 Advanced Concepts in Computer Simulation (3, Sp) Coverage of various stages
of simulation processes using a project and case study oriented approach; an introduction to available simulation tools and modern simulation concepts. Prerequisite: ISE 220, ISE 435.
ISE 589 Port Engineering: Planning and Operations (3, Fa) (Enroll in CE 589) ISE 590 Directed Research (1-12) Research
leading to the master’s degree; maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. ISE 594abz Master’s Thesis (2-2-0) Credit on
acceptance of thesis. Graded IP/CR/NC.
ISE 599 Special Topics (2-4, max 9, Fa) Course
content will be selected each semester to reflect current trends and developments in the field of industrial and systems engineering. ISE 645 Uncertainty Modeling and Stochastic Optimization (3, Sp) (Enroll in CE 645) ISE 651 Seminar in Industrial and Systems Engineering (1, max 4, FaSp) Current
research, guest speakers in the field; review papers; guidance in preparing research proposals and special projects. (Duplicates credit in the former ISE 650abc.) Open only to fifthyear seniors and master’s students. Graded CR/NC. ISE 670 Advanced Analysis of Algorithms (3, Fa) (Enroll in CSCI 670)
Information Technology Program
ISE 671 Randomized Algorithms (3, Sp)
(Enroll in CSCI 671) ISE 690 Directed Research (1-4, max 8, FaSpSm) Laboratory study of specific prob-
lems by candidates for the degree Engineer in Industrial and Systems Engineering. Graded CR/NC.
671
ISE 790 Research (1-12, FaSpSm) Research
leading to the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC.
ISE 794abcdz Doctoral Dissertation (2-2-2-2-0) Credit on acceptance of disserta-
tion. Graded IP/CR/NC.
Information Technology Program Olin Hall 412 (213) 740-4542 Email: itp@usc.edu itp.usc.edu Director: Michael Crowley, Ph.D. Instructors: Patrick Dent, M.S.; Joseph Greenfield, M.S.; Trina Gregory, B.A.; Nitin Kale, M.S.; Sanjay Madhav, B.S.; Tom Sloper, B.A.; Chi So, M.S.; Ashish Soni, M.S.; Richard Vawter, M.S.; Lance Winkel, MFA All ITP courses are open to non-engineering majors. The “x” designation indicates that engineering students require prior departmental approval to count 100-level and above ITP courses for major credit. Minors
ITP minors are open to undergraduate students in all majors. To apply for a minor, students should meet the regular admissions standards and have a declared USC major. Students will complete an application for the minor with the Viterbi School of Engineering. For specific information on admission and application procedures, contact the Information Technology Program at (213) 740-4542. Minor in 3-D Animation
The 3D animation minor is a cross-disciplinary program merging theoretical concepts and state of the art techniques to prepare students to apply 3D animation across a wide range of industry applications. The courses integrate three major disciplines – cinema, fine arts and information technology.
Requirements for completion (five core courses plus minimum 9 units of electives) Minimum units: 22
Requirements for completion (five core courses plus one elective) Minimum units: 18
CORE COURSES (13 UNITS)
REQUIRED COURSES (14 UNITS)
UNITS
CTAN 330 Animation Fundamentals 2 CTAN 451 History of Animation 2 FADW 101 Introduction to Drawing 4 ITP 215Lx 3D Modeling, Animation, and Special Effects 2 ITP 414x Seminar and 3D Portfolio Development 3 ELECTIVE COURSES (9 UNITS)
UNITS
ITP 305x Advanced 3D Modeling, Animation, and Special Effects 3 ITP 315x 3D Character Animation 3 ITP 360x 3D Compositing and Visual Effects 3 ITP 470x Information Technology Practicum 3-4 CTAN 452 Introduction to 3-D Computer Animation 2 Minor in Applied Computer Security
The minor in applied computer security combines both theoretical concepts and technical skills to prepare students for a career in information security while incorporating their major field of work. Students will study various areas of computer security, including hacking, ethics, forensics, networking and security management. Electives are available depending on the students’ academic and professional goals.
UNITS
ITP 125Lx From Hackers to CEOs: Introduction to Information Security 2 ITP 325x Ethical Hacking and Systems Defense 3 ITP 357x Enterprise Network Design 3 ITP 370x Information Security Management 3 ITP 375x Digital Forensics 3 ELECTIVE (4 UNITS)
UNITS
ITP 425x Web Application Security 4 ITP 457 Network Security 4 ITP 475x Advanced Digital Forensics 4 Minor in Computer and Digital Forensics
The computer and digital forensics minor combines both theoretical concepts and practical skills to prepare students for a career as a digital forensics investigator. Students will study various areas of cyber-forensics, including forensic methodologies and processes, digital evidence-gathering and preservation, investigations and examinations, and court presentation. Electives are available depending on the students’ academic and professional goals. Requirements for completion (three core courses plus minimum 12 units of electives) Minimum units: 21 REQUIRED COURSES (THREE COURSES, 9 UNITS)
UNITS
ITP 125Lx From Hackers to CEOs: Introduction to Information Security 2 ITP 375x* Digital Forensics 3 ITP 475x* Advanced Digital Forensics 4
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
672
LAW AND POLICY ELECTIVE (CHOOSE ONE, 3-4 UNITS)
REQUIRED COURSES (9 UNITS) UNITS
LAW 200 Law and Society 4 CE 404 Business and Intellectual Property Law for Engineers 3 PPD 342 Crime and Public Policy 4 SOCI 353 Public Policy and Criminal Justice 4 FORENSIC ELECTIVES (CHOOSE TWO, 6 UNITS)
UNITS
ITP 445* Macintosh, OSX and iOS Forensics 3 ITP 446* Enterprise and Network Forensics 3 ITP 447* Mobile Device Security and Forensics 3 ITP 448* Electronic Discovery 3 ELECTIVE COURSE (CHOOSE ONE, 3-4 UNITS)
UNITS
CSCI 485* File and Database Management 3 IR 304 Espionage and Intelligence 4 IR 381 Introduction to International Security 4 ISE 382* Database Systems: Concepts, Design and Implementation 3 ITP 320x Enterprise Wide Information Systems 3 PSYC 463* Criminal Behavior 4 PSYC 465* Introduction to Forensic Psychology 4 *Prerequisite required
Minor in Enterprise Information Systems
The 21st century has seen tremendous growth in global enterprises, which has required robust and integrated information systems to support streamlined business processes. These Enterprise Information Systems, also known as Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) systems, have continued to mature and dominate the information systems of corporations. Most Fortune 500 companies have adopted ERP systems. This minor combines business process management and information technology to prepare students for technical careers as well as business consulting in the ERP domain. Students will study various areas of ERP implementation, configuration, business intelligence, security and supply chain management. Electives are available depending on the Âstudents’ academic and professional goals. Requirements for completion (three core courses plus minimum 7 units of electives) Minimum units: 16
UNITS
ITP 320x Enterprise Wide Information Systems 3 ITP 422 Configuring Enterprise Resource Planning Systems 3 ITP 454x Enterprise Resource Planning, Design, and Implementation 3 ELECTIVES (CHOOSE MINIMUM 7 UNITS OF WHICH MINIMUM 3 UNITS SHOULD HAVE ITP PREFIX)
UNITS
ACCT 371a Introduction to Accounting Systems 2 ACCT 371b Introduction to Accounting Systems 2 ACCT 410x Foundations of Accounting 4 ACCT 478 Accounting Systems Design 4 ACCT 479 Accounting Systems Development 4 BUAD 311 Operations Management 4 IOM 431 Managing the Digital Revolution for Your Business 4 IOM 433 Business Information Systems Analysis and Design 4 IOM 435 Business Database Systems 4 ISE 382 Database Systems: Concepts, Design and Implementation 3 ITP 421x Advanced Programming for Enterprise Information Systems 3 ITP 455Lx Enterprise Information Portals 3 ITP 470x Information Technology Practicum 1-4, max 8 ITP 486 Securing and Auditing Enterprise Resource Planning Systems 3 ITP 487 Data Warehouses and Business Intelligence 3 ITP 488x Managing Supply Chains with Advanced Planning and Optimization 3 PPD 318 Financial Accounting in Public and Nonprofit Organizations 4 Minor in Innovation: The Digital Entrepreneur
The Minor in Innovation: The Digital Entrepreneur is jointly sponsored by the Information Technology Program in the Viterbi School of Engineering and the Lloyd Greif Center for Entrepreneurial Studies in the Marshall School of Business. The minor is designed for students from a range of backgrounds who are interested in starting their own digital ventures, working for start-up companies, or pursuing traditional jobs with large corporations and consulting firms that may involve launching new digital business units. Students will learn all major elements of launching a digital venture including
ideation, feasibility analysis, high-tech product management, online customer acquisition, technology implementation, online business models and monetization. Students will work on launching a digital venture in a team-based environment in the capstone class. The Information Technology Program in the Viterbi School of Engineering handles advising and admissions relating to the minor, consulting as needed with the Grief Center for Entrepreneurial Studies in the Marshall School of Business. Requirements for completion (six core courses plus minimum 6 units of electives) Minimum units: 26 REQUIRED COURSES (20 UNITS)
UNITS
BAEP 451 The Management of New Enterprises 4 BAEP 452* Feasibility Analysis 4 ITP 466x Building the High-Tech Startup 4 ITP 476x Technologies for Interactive Marketing 4 ITP 496x*+ The Digital Startup Launchpad Lab 2 (capstone course; corequisite: BAEP 496) BAEP 496*+ The Digital Startup Launchpad 2 ELECTIVE COURSES (6 UNITS)
UNITS
BAEP 423 Management of Small Businesses 4 BAEP 460 Seminar in Entrepreneurship 2 BUAD 304 Leading Organizations 4 BUAD 307 Marketing Fundamentals 4 IOM 462 Managing a Small Business on the Internet 2 ITP 310Lx* Design for User Experience 2 MKT 425* Direct Response and Internet Marketing 4 *Prerequisite required +ITP 496 and BAEP 496 must be taken in the same semester.
Minor in Video Game Design and Management
The video game design minor integrates theoretical concepts and practical skills to prepare students for a career in interactive entertainment, specifically the video game industry. Through integration of two major disciplines (cinema and information technology), students will be exposed to a variety of design concepts related to creating video games including: level design, game-play control, user interface, multiplayer, game mechanics, and storytelling. As opposed to the video game programming minor where
Information Technology Program
students will be writing code and programming game engines, students in the video game design and management minor will apply design concepts to different game genres and use game design software tools to create a working demo of a video game during the course of the minor program.
design minor where the focus is applying design concepts and using software design tools, students in the video game programming minor will evaluate, write and debug code, in addition to creating a game engine during the course of the minor.
Requirements for completion (seven core courses) Minimum units: 24
Requirements for completion (five core courses plus 8 units of electives) Minimum units: 26
REQUIRED COURSES (24 UNITS)
CORE COURSES (18 UNITS)
UNITS
CTIN 483 Introduction to Game Development 4 CTIN 484L* Intermediate Game Development 2 CTIN 488 Game Design Workshop 4 CTIN 489* Intermediate Game Design Workshop 2 ITP 280 Video Game Production 4 ITP 391x Designing and Producing Video Games 4 ITP 491x Level Design and Development for Video Games 4 *CTIN 483 and CTIN 488 are prerequisites; enrollment in CTIN 484L and CTIN 489 is concurrent.
Minor in Video Game Programming
The video game programming minor integrates the theoretical concepts and practical skills to prepare students for a career in interactive entertainment, specifically the video game industry. Through integration of two major disciplines (computer science and information technology), students will be exposed to a variety of programming concepts related to creating video games including: 3-D graphics, artificial intelligence, particle systems, rendering, collision detection, game algorithms, physics concepts, and math formulas. In contrast to the video game
CSCI 101L Fundamentals of Computer Programming 3 CSCI 102L Data Structures 3 ITP 280 Video Game Production 4 ITP 380 Video Game Programming 4 ITP 485 Programming Game Engines 4 ELECTIVE COURSES (8 UNITS – 4 UNITS MUST BE ITP)
CSCI 460 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence 3 CSCI 480 Computer Graphics 3 ITP 382 Mobile Game Programming 4 ITP 461* Artificial Intelligence in Video Games 1 ITP 481** Video Game Graphics 1 ITP 484 Multiplayer Game Programming 4 *ITP 461 requires concurrent enrollment with CSCI 460. **ITP 481 requires concurrent enrollment with CSCI 480.
673
Minor in Web Technologies and Applications
The Web technologies and applications minor is designed to help students incorporate the Web in their major field of study by combining theoretical concepts and practical applications of Web technologies. Upon completion of the minor, students will be able to design, develop and apply major Web technologies and advancements. The broad areas of study will be publishing, programming, databases, and multimedia. An elective will be chosen depending on the students’ academic and professional goals. Requirements for completion (five core courses plus one elective) Minimum units: 18 CORE COURSES (15 UNITS)
UNITS
ITP 104x Internet Publishing Technologies 2 ITP 300x Database Web Development 3 ITP 301Lx Interactive Web Development 4 ITP 310x Design for User Experience 2 ITP 460x Web Application Project 4 ELECTIVE (ONE COURSE)
UNITS
ITP 404x Developing Web Services and Application Programming Interfaces 3 ITP 411x Interactive Multimedia Production 3 ITP 470x Information Technology Practicum 3 CSCI 455x Introduction to Programming Systems Design 4
Courses of Instruction I N F O R M AT I O N T E C H N O L O G Y PROGRAM (ITP)
The terms indicated are expected but are not guaranteed. For the courses offered during any given term, consult the Schedule of Classes. All ITP courses are open to non-engineering majors. The “x” designation indicates that engineering students require prior departmental approval to count 100-level and above ITP courses for major credit. ITP 031x Introduction to Microsoft Excel (1)
Spreadsheet applications on microcomputers using Microsoft Excel; fundamentals of problem solving and data analysis using a wide variety of spreadsheet features. Not available for degree credit. Graded CR/NC.
ITP 050x Microsoft Power Point (1) Over-
view of how to create professional and colorful screen presentations, overhead transparencies, outlines and 35 mm slides using a presentation graphics program. Not available for degree credit. Graded CR/NC. ITP 065x Microsoft Access (1) Microsoft
Access will allow students to learn how to plan, define, create, and modify a database in the Windows environment. Not available for degree credit. Graded CR/NC.
ITP 090x Introduction to Adobe Photoshop (2, FaSp) Basic concepts of colors; color cali-
bration tools; scanning, importing and exporting images; painting, editing, fill, and type tools; using layers, masks, filters, and color correction. Not available for degree credit. Graded CR/NC. ITP 101x Introduction to Information Technology (4, FaSp) Introduction to computer
hardware, operating systems, networks, programming. Survey of application software in business and industry. Computer issues in the work place and society.
674
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
ITP 104x Internet Publishing Technologies (2, FaSp) Basic Internet publishing
ITP 168x Introduction to MATLAB (2) Fun-
using HTML and other Web technologies. Concepts and theory of Web publishing and production. Introduction to page layout and design. Not available for major credit in electrical engineering or computer science. ITP 105x Introduction to Computer Technologies and Applications (2) The course
offers a primer in computer technologies and applications essential to academic and career success. Not available for major credit to engineering majors. ITP 109x Introduction to Java Programming (2, FaSp) Introduction to object-oriented soft-
ware design for business problems. Creation of console applications, windowed applications, and interactive Web applets. Not available for major credit in electrical engineering or computer science.
ITP 110x Introduction to C Programming (2)
Fundamentals of C; a survey of C compilers; the role of C in developing Unix and other operating systems. Prerequisite: knowledge of a higher-level language.
damentals of MATLAB: a high-performance numeric computation and visualization environment. Overview of linear algebra and matrix manipulation; using 2-D and 3-D plotting routines; programming in MATLAB; basic numerical analysis. Recommended preparation: MATH 118x or MATH 125. ITP 204x Fundamentals of Web Development (4) Programming fundamentals
necessary for Web development. Scripting languages, development tools and techniques for creating interactive, dynamic Web pages. Prerequisite: ITP 104x. ITP 209x Object Oriented Programming Using Java (3) Basic object-oriented concepts
and object-oriented analysis and design as they relate to Java technology. Object-oriented programming for developing applications with Java technology. Prerequisite: ITP 109x. ITP 210x Multimedia Applications for Windows (2) Focuses on creating powerful
presentations with affordable multimedia hardware and software; integrates sound, video and animation into windowing environment. Prerequisite: ITP 101x.
ITP 115 Programming in Python (3, FaSp)
Learn how to program using Python. With its high level data structures and clear syntax, Python is an ideal first language. ITP 125Lx From Hackers to CEOs: Introduction to Information Security (2, FaSp)
I ntroductory course in computer security. Fundamentals of information security management. Threats to information integrity. Ethical hacking concerns and practice. Policies and Procedures. Not available for major credit in Engineering. ITP 140 Mobile Application Technologies (2, FaSp) Technologies, devices, operating
systems, and tools of mobile applications, as well as the mobile industry. Students will use tools to create apps for different mobile devices. ITP 150x Introduction to Visual BASIC (2)
This course provides students with no previous programming experience with the basics for and creating their own interactive windows applications using visual programming techniques. Prerequisite: high school algebra. ITP 165x Introduction to C++ Programming (2) Fundamentals of C++ syntax and seman-
tics, including function prototypes, overloading, memory management, abstract data types, object creation, pointers to class members, and I/O streams. Prerequisite: any high-level programming language.
ITP 220Lx Digital Video Editing and Motion Graphics (2) Techniques for digital, non-
linear video editing and compositing. Special video effects, rendering and compression for multimedia, the Web, and broadcast. Not available for major credit for EE or CSCI majors. Recommended preparation: general PC-based computer proficiency.
ITP 225x The UNIX System (2) UNIX system
concepts; the Shell command language; utilities, editors, file structure, and text formatters. C Shell, Bourne Shell, and the awk programming language. Prerequisite: ITP 101x. ITP 230x Video Game Quality Assurance (4, FaSp) Survey game software development
through quality assurance and in-depth analysis of the development cycle with a focus on bug testing systems and methodologies. Not available for major credit in electrical engineering. ITP 260x Internet Technologies (4) Overview
of emerging technologies on the Internet including multimedia components, networking, security tools, web-based databases, and wireless systems. ITP 280 Video Game Production (4, FaSp)
ITP 211x Multimedia Authoring (2) Intro-
duction to interactive multimedia programming; integrated audio, graphics, video, and animation for interactive multimedia; object oriented programming, web, CD‑ROM, and hybrid applications. Recommended preparation: programming experience. ITP 212x Digital Media Design and Management (3) Design and composition as it
applies to digital media, including web, CD, interactivity, and motion graphics. Media management, client relations, project and asset management. ITP 215Lx 3D Modeling, Animation, and Special Effects (2, FaSp) Developing a 3D
animation from modeling to rendering: Basics of surfacing, lighting, animation and modeling techniques. Advanced topics: compositing, particle systems, and character animation. Not available for major credit in engineering. Recommended preparation: knowledge of any 2D paint, drawing or CAD program. ITP 216x Web Animation and Interactivity (2, FaSp) 2-D vector graphics for web and
animation. Scripting techniques for inter activity. Action Script syntax, logic and control. Recommended preparation: basic computer knowledge.
History of video games; overview of game genres; phases of video game development (concept, preproduction, production, postproduction); roles of artists, programmers, designers, and producers. ITP 300x Database Web Development (3, Fa) Fundamental theory and technolo-
gies for creating dynamic, database-driven Websites: Structured Query Language. Prerequisite: ITP 104x; recommended preparation: ITP 204x. ITP 301Lx Interactive Web Development (4, Sp) Design, programming techniques for
creating interactive, dynamic Web pages. Web development technologies and techniques include scripting fundamentals, Javascript, dynamic HTML, Actionscript, and Flash. Not available for major credit in e ngineering. Prerequisite: ITP 104x. ITP 304L Technologies for Building Online Political Campaigns (4) Key technology com-
ponents necessary in building a successful online political campaign. Fundamentals of implementing, marketing and managing an online political campaign. ITP 305x Advanced 3D Modeling, Animation, and Special Effects (3, Sp) Advanced
modeling, surfacing, and animation techniques as well as dynamics, scripting, and other advanced 3D automation procedures. Not available for major credit in engineering. Prerequisite: ARCH 207a or ITP 215Lx.
Information Technology Program
ITP 309x Developing Enterprise Applications Using Java (3) Java architecture and
key logic for business components; Servlets, Server Pages and Enterprise Java Beans technologies, to design and construct secure and scalable n-tier applications.
ITP 357x Enterprise Network Design (3)
Network technologies. Strategies for managing thousands of systems. Routers and managed switches. Integrated operating systems (IOS). Windows and Linux networking. Subnets. Not available for major credit in engineering. Prerequisite: ITP 125Lx.
675
ITP 391x Designing and Producing Video Games (4) Key elements for designing effec-
tive video games and the processes involved in early development; roles of producer and manager, marketing and sales, and considerations pertaining to licensing and franchises. Prerequisite: ITP 280.
ITP 310Lx Design for User Experience (2, Fa)
Concepts, techniques, practices, workflows and tools for design from the perspective of user experience. Not available for major credit in engineering. Prerequisite: ITP 104x. ITP 315x 3D Character Animation (3)
Advanced exploration of the process of bringing 3D characters to life from concept to model, and through production to finished performance. Not available for major credit in electrical engineering. Prerequisite: ITP 215Lx. ITP 320x Enterprise Wide Information Systems (3, FaSp) The role Information
Systems play in an organization. Integration of Business Processes by using Enterprise Resource Planning Systems (ERP). Not available for major credit in engineering. ITP 321x Programming Enterprise Wide Information Systems (2) Programming
enterprise applications using ABAP/4. Topics include: ABAP/4 Development Workbench, Data Dictionary, Subroutines and Functions, database tables, data objects, and designing reports. Prerequisite: ITP 320Lx. ITP 325x Ethical Hacking and Systems Defense (3, FaSp) Hacking from a defense
ITP 360x 3D Compositing and Visual Effects (3) Advanced techniques for 3D animation
ITP 404x Developing Web Services and Application Programming Interfaces (3, Fa)
and visual effects development including 3D pre-visualization, match moving, dynamics, multi-pass rendering, and digital compositing. Not available for major credit in engineering. Prerequisite: ITP 215Lx.
Programming and scripting necessary to use and develop Web services and Application Programming Interface (APIs). Not available for major credit in Engineering. Prerequisite: ITP 301Lx.
ITP 370x Information Security Management (3, Sp) Management techniques for security
ITP 411x Interactive Multimedia Production (3, FaSp) Interactive multimedia title devel-
ITP 375x Digital Forensics (3, Fa) Forensic
ITP 414x Seminar and 3D Portfolio Development (3, Sp) Advanced processes for devel-
projects. Security team management. Laws and regulations for information security. Disaster recovery. Security Audits. Not available for major credit in engineering. Prerequisite: ITP 125Lx.
science techniques. Digital evidence preservation and presentation. Processes and methodologies for digital analysis. Not available for major credit in engineering. Prerequisite: ITP 125Lx. ITP 377x Linux System Administration (3)
Installation, customization and administration of Linux in a networked environment. Prerequisite: ITP 225x. ITP 380 Video Game Programming (4, FaSp)
opment cycle. Programming a time-based authoring tool; design, develop, and deliver a multimedia title on the Web and state-of-theart storage media. Prerequisite: proficiency in object-oriented programming.
oping 3D animation, showcasing skill sets, and qualifications for positions within the 3D animation industries; including demo reel, media, and website creation. Not available for major credit in engineering. Prerequisite: ITP 215Lx and ITP 305x or ITP 315x or ITP 360x. ITP 420x Structuring Data for the Web (3)
Building web applications focused on content in web documents; develop XML d ocument using DTD, DOM, XSL; facilitate data interchange between Websites. Prerequisite: ITP 300x.
perspective. Hacker ethics and laws. Penetration testing. Vulnerability assessment. Securing workstations, servers, and networks. Not available for major credit in engineering. Prerequisite: ITP 125Lx.
Underlying concepts and principles required for programming video games (topics include vectors, transformations, 3-D math, geometric primitives, matrices). Prerequisite: CSCI 102L or ITP 165x.
ITP 330x Interactive 3-D Environments (3)
ITP 382x Mobile Game Programming (4)
Introduces techniques to design and develop interactive, multi-user 3-D, 2-D, and textual environments, for business, personal communications, education, and gaming for the web and CD. Prerequisite: ITP 211x.
Programming methodologies for writing mobile game applications for handheld devices, including the following programming considerations for embedded systems: graphics, screen size, memory, programming interfaces. Recommended preparation: previous programming experience.
ented Programming for Enterprise information systems. Working with classes, objects, database tables, SQL. Designing reports and Graphical user interfaces. Leveraging service oriented architecture. Not available for credit for engineering majors. Prerequisite: ITP 320x; recommended preparation: object oriented programming.
ITP 383 Database Systems: Concepts, Design and Implementation (3, Sp) (Enroll
ITP 422L Configuring Enterprise Resource Planning Systems (3) Business process inte-
ITP 342L Mobile Application Development (3) Develop applications for mobile devices
such as iPhones and iPads (iOS) and other smart phones (Android). Build a mobile application from start to finish. Prerequisite: ITP 140.
ITP 345x Video Game Art and Animation (3) Create art and modeling for video games.
Model, texture, light, and animate a sequence to be used in a video game engine. Prerequisite: ITP 215Lx.
in ISE 382)
ITP 385x IT Consulting and Professional Services (3) Information Technology (IT)
Consulting life cycle. Client relationships. Problem evaluation, solution development and implementation. Systems analysis and evaluation. Third party consulting. Not available for major credit in engineering. Prerequisite: ITP 101 or ITP 125.
ITP 421x Advanced Programming for Enterprise Information Systems (3) Object Ori-
gration is the core advantage of using ERP systems. Analyze, configure, and test business processes for a company from the ground up. (Duplicates credit in former ITP 322.) Prerequisite: ITP 320Lx or ISE 583.
676
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
ITP 425x Web Application Security (4) Web
ITP 460x Web Application Project (4) Skills
application security techniques. eCommerce vulnerabilities. Online fraud. Solutions to spam and identity theft. Not available for major credit in Engineering. Prerequisite: CSCI 351 or ITP 301Lx or ITP 325x. ITP 440x Enterprise Data Management (3)
Advanced concepts in database management; design, customization, maintenance and management of a database in an enterprise environment. Prerequisite: IOM 435 or ITP 300. ITP 445 Macintosh, OSX, and iOS Forensics (3) Digital forensics. Digital evidence. Apple.
Mac. Macintosh. OSX. iOS. iPhone. iPad. Prerequisite: ITP 375x. ITP 446 Enterprise and Network Forensics (3, Fa) Enterprise server analysis. Network
device forensic analysis. SQL server. Microsoft servers. Linux servers. Exchange servers. LAMP servers. Prerequisite: ITP 375x; recommended preparation: ITP 357x. ITP 447 Mobile Device Security and Forensics (3, Sp) Mobile device security. Mobile
device forensics. Android. Blackberry. Windows phone. Symbian. Prerequisite: ITP 375x.
to plan, analyze, build, and launch professional Websites for real clients. Includes project management, documentation, technology assessment, security, user interface and quality assurance. Not available for major credit in Engineering. Lecture: 3 hours; Lab: 3 hours. Prerequisite: ITP 301Lx. ITP 461x Artificial Intelligence in Video Games (1) Concepts and programming tech-
niques for building artificial intelligence into video games. Games AI topics include: finite state machines, pathfinding, A-Life and flocking, and genetics. Prerequisite: CSCI 102L; corequisite: CSCI 460. ITP 466 Building the High Tech Startup (4) Teach students the basic technologies
and processes involved in building web and mobile startups. Students will be introduced to the different aspects of building a web startup including online business models, Product management, Agile development processes, technology platforms and operations, customer development and online marketing. ITP 470x Information Technology Practicum (1-4, max 8, FaSpSm) Independent technol-
ITP 448 Electronic Discovery (3, Sp) Elec-
ogy project related to specific topics under the direction of a faculty member. Not available for graduate credit in engineering. Recommended preparation: appropriate 300-level course work to topic of study.
ITP 454x Enterprise Resource Planning, Design, and Implementation (3) Process and
ITP 475x Advanced Digital Forensics (4, Sp)
tronic Discovery. eDiscovery. Electronically stored information. Civil litigation and discovery. Electronic evidence. Prerequisite: ITP 375x and LAW 200.
requirements to implement an Enterprise Resource Planning System (ERP). Set up server, implement ERP system, then transfer and configure database for case company. Not for major credit for Electrical Engineering students. Prerequisite: ITP 320x. ITP 455Lx Enterprise Information Portals (3)
Enterprise Information Portals for various case companies will be explored. Student will design, install, configure and administer core functionalities of a basic portal solution. Prerequisite: ITP 320Lx. ITP 457 Network Security (4) Network
olicy and mechanism, firewalls, malicious p code; intrusion detection, prevention, response; cryptographic protocols for privacy; risks of misuse, cost of prevention, and societal issues. Prerequisite: ITP 357x.
Advanced forensic techniques. Live image analysis. Network level forensic investigation. Server forensic techniques. Deposition and trial. Not available for major credit in Engineering. Prerequisite: ITP 375x.
ITP 481x Video Game Graphics (1) Practical
approach to understanding the methods and programming techniques used in real-time graphics, data structures and algorithms in games, rendering techniques, and particle systems. Prerequisite: CSCI 102L; corequisite: CSCI 480.
ITP 482L Engineering Database Applications (3) Planning and implementation of engi-
neering information systems that interface with a large database. Emphasis is placed on web-based data entry and retrieval. Prerequisite: ISE 382 or IOM 435.
ITP 484x Multiplayer Game Programming (4)
Designing, building, and programming a fully functional multiplayer game with online or network capabilities, a platform-independent network library and back-end database. Prerequisite: CSCI 102L or ITP 165x. ITP 485 Programming Game Engines (4, FaSp) Techniques for building the core
components of a game engine; 2-D/3-D graphics, collision detection, artificial intelli gence algorithms, shading, programming input devices. Prerequisite: CSCI 102L, ITP 380. ITP 486 Securing and Auditing Enterprise Resource Planning Systems (3) Management
and technical issues related to the security of ERP systems. Students will audit ERP systems and apply appropriate security controls. Prerequisite: ITP 320x. ITP 487 Data Warehouses and Business Intelligence (3) Rigorous modeling process
leading from data to decisions. Explores theory and practice of Data Warehouses. Deriving Business Intelligence for strategic enterprise management. Prerequisite: ITP 320x.
ITP 476 Technologies for Interactive Marketing (4) Designed to introduce students
ITP 488x Managing Supply Chains with Advanced Planning and Optimization (3)
to technologies, concepts and strategies in the emerging online advertising ecosystem. Through lectures, discussions, and projects, students learn strategies and tactics to drive traffic to a website. They learn how to analyze and measure the efficacy of their plans. Lastly, they will work with a real client and with a real budget to craft and execute an online marketing plan.
Drivers and obstacles to the process of coordinating the flow of material/information along the logistics chain. Optimize the supply network, from raw materials to sales. Not available for major credit in engineering except toward undergraduate and graduate programs offered by the Epstein Department of Industrial and Systems Engineering. Prerequisite: ITP 320x.
ITP 480x Information Technology Internship (1-4, max 8) Practical experience in applying
ITP 491x Level Design and Development for Video Games (4) Theories and practices of
information technology skills in real-world settings. Supervised internship at companies and start-ups. Balancing academic rigor with corporate challenges and deadlines. Not available for graduate credit. Graded CR/NC. Recommended preparation: knowledge of chosen function area.
defining, prototyping, testing, and refining a video game level, development of game level documents, and the tools for managing the development process. Prerequisite: ITP 391x.
Multimedia and Creative Technologies
ITP 496 The Startup Launchpad Lab (2) A
real world, hands-on learning experience on what it’s like to actually start a high-tech company. Students will work in teams to design, prototype and implement version 1.0 of a high tech web or mobile startup. Prerequisite: BAEP 451, BAEP 452, ITP 466 and ITP 476; corequisite: BAEP 496.
677
ITP 555 Functionality of Enterprise Resource Planning Systems (1) The functionality
of Enterprise Resource Planning Systems (ERPs); the methods of implementation and the integration of information throughout an organization are discussed and analyzed. Concurrent enrollment: ACCT 555; recommended preparation: ACCT 547.
ITP 499x Special Topics (2-4, max 8)
Recent developments in computers and data processing.
Manufacturing Engineering Ethel Percy Andrus Gerontology Center 240 (213) 740-4893 FAX: (213) 740-1120 Email: isedept@usc.edu Program Director: B. Khoshnevis, Ph.D. Master of Science in Manufacturing Engineering
Manufacturing engineering at USC is a multidisciplinary program that confers the degree of Master of Science and is designed to produce graduates capable of responding to the needs of modern, up-to-date manufacturing. These graduates should be able to design, install and operate complex manufacturing systems made up of people, materials, automated machines and information systems. The Departments of Computer Science, Electrical Engineering, Industrial and Systems Engineering, Materials Science, Mechanical Engineering, and Entrepreneurship participate in the Manufac turing Engineering Program.
Course work in the program will train students in traditional manufacturing engineering topics, such as materials selection and process design. Additional courses will include the more modern, system-level concepts of integrated product and process design, applications of modern information technology to design and manufacturing, hands-on laboratories using advanced manufacturing equipment and commercial software, and entrepreneurship. Curriculum A total of 30 units is required beyond the B.S. degree. A minimum of 21 units must be at the 500 level or above. A maximum of 6 units of electives may be taken from nonengineering departments. At least three courses must be taken in the student’s selected area of specialization.
REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
CSCI 585 Database Systems, or ISE 510 Advanced Computational Design and Manufacturing 3 ISE 511L Mechatronic Systems Engineering 3 ISE 517 Modern Enterprise Systems, or ISE 576 Industrial Ecology: Technology-Environment Interaction 3 ISE 525 Design of Experiments, or AME 525 Engineering Analysis 3 Approved electives* 18
30
*A list of approved electives in specialization areas is available from the department. Departmental approval is required for courses not listed.
Multimedia and Creative Technologies Minor in Interactive Multimedia
A minor in interactive multimedia is open to undergraduate students in all majors. This minor provides students with the skills and knowledge necessary to apply and develop interactive multimedia tools within a variety of industries. Although this program is geared towards the non-technical student, computer literacy is a key component to being successful in this program.
Students must apply to the program through the Viterbi School of Engineering, and approval of the student’s adviser will be required on the application form. Students are required to complete a minimum of 19 units of course work consisting of both core requirements and elective courses. Successful completion of the interactive multimedia minor requires a minimum of a 2.0 GPA in the following courses.
CORE COURSES
UNITS
CTIN 309 Introduction to Interactive Media 4 EE 320x Digital Media Basics for Multimedia 3 ITP 101x Introduction to Information Technology, or 4 ITP 105x* Introduction to Computer Technologies and Applications 2
678
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
ITP 210x Multimedia Applications for Windows (corequisite to EE 320) 2 JOUR 413 Introduction to Online Journalism 4
GRAPHICS AND VISION TRACK
Total core units: Elective Courses: Students will choose two elective courses from the following list:
13-15 6-8 units
Cinematic Arts CTIN 483 Introduction to Game Development 4 CTIN 488 Game Design Workshop 4 Engineering EE 450 Introduction to Computer Networks ITP 301Lx Interactive Web Development, or CSCI 351* Programming and Multimedia on the World Wide Web
3 4
3
*Prerequisites waived if students are competent in programming.
Journalism JOUR 417 Online Journalism Management 2 Fine Arts (Multimedia Design) FADN 302 Design II 4 FAIN 310 Digital Photo Studio 4 FAIN 315 Internet Studio: Online Experimentation and Expression 4 FAIN 410 Advanced Digital Photo Studio 4 FASC 436 Art and Technology 4
Total units required for completion of minor: 19‑23 units Total units including all prerequisite courses: 26-36 Master of Science in Computer Science (Multimedia and Creative Technologies)
Students may earn a specialization in multimedia and creative technologies by completing the general requirements for the Master of Science in computer science and the following additional courses: Every student must complete CSCI 576 Multimedia Systems Design (3). Students must also complete at least two courses selected from one of the two specialization tracks: Graphics and Vision or Networks and Databases.
UNITS
CSCI 480 Computer Graphics 3 CSCI 520 Computer Animation and Simulation 3 CSCI 574 Computer Vision 3 CSCI 580 3-D Graphics and Rendering 3 CSCI 582 Geometric Modeling 3 CSCI 674 Advanced Topics in Computer Vision 3 EE 569 Introduction to Digital Image Processing 3 NETWORKS AND DATABASES TRACK
UNITS
CSCI 551 Computer Communications 3 CSCI 558L Internetworking and Distributed Systems Laboratory 3 CSCI 585* Database Systems 3 CSCI 586 Database Systems Interoperability 3 CSCI 694ab Topics in Computer Networks and Distributed Systems 3-3 EE 450 Introduction to Computer Networks 3
Suggested Core and Elective Courses Since this specialization is systems oriented, it is recommended (but not required) that students select CSCI 555 Advanced Operating Systems and EE 557 Computer Systems Architecture as two of their three core courses. Additional electives may be taken from the two tracks or from the partial list of suggestions below. CSCI 561* Foundations of Artificial Intelligence 3 CSCI 573 Advanced Artificial Intelligence 3 CSCI 577ab* Software Engineering 4-4 CSCI 583 Computational Geometry 3 CSCI 588 Specification and Design of User Interface Software 3 CSCI 590 Directed Research 1-12 EE 554 Real Time Computer Systems 3 ISE 571 Human Factor Issues in Integrated Media Systems 3 ISE 575 Topics in Engineering Approaches to Music Cognition 3, max 6 ITP 411x Interactive Multimedia Production 3 *Also satisfies a core course requirement in the Âgeneral requirements for the M.S. degree in Computer Science.
Master of Science in Electrical Engineering (Multimedia and Creative Technologies)
Students may earn a specialization in multimedia and creative technologies by completing the general requirements for the Master of Science in Electrical Engineering and the following additional requirements: (1) At most four units of electives can be taken outside of the Viterbi School of Engineering with adviser approval. Some examples are CTAN 452 Introduction to 3-D Computer Animation (2 units) and CTIN 483 Introduction to Game Development (4 units). (2) Computer science courses that are crosslisted with EE can (but do not have to) count toward the 18 EE units. Up to nine units of other CSCI courses that either are or are not cross-listed can also be used. Multimedia and creative technologies draws heavily on concepts and techniques from computer science. (3) Students must include the following three courses in their program EE 483 Introduction to Digital Signal Processing 3 EE 519 Speech Recognition and Processing for Multimedia 3 EE 569 Introduction to Digital Image Processing 3
A course can be waived if a student can demonstrate equivalent knowledge of the material and if the course instructor will certify it. (4) Students must include six courses from the following list of courses in their programs for a total of 18 units. Approved Courses for the Multimedia Specialization COURSES IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
UNITS
EE 450 Introduction to Computer Networks 3 EE 522 Immersive Audio Signal Processing 3 EE 555 Broadband Network Architectures 3 EE 577a VLSI System Design 3 EE 586L Advanced DSP Design Laboratory 4 EE 596 Wavelets 3 EE 619 Advanced Topics in Automatic Speech Recognition 3 EE 669 Multimedia Data Compression 3
Product Development Engineering
COURSES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
UNITS
CSCI 455x Introduction to Programming Systems Design 4 CSCI 480 Computer Graphics 3 CSCI 485 File and Database Management 3 CSCI 551 Computer Communications 3 CSCI 571 Web Technologies 3 CSCI 574 Computer Vision 3 CSCI 576 Multimedia Systems Design 3 CSCI 580 3-D Graphics and Rendering 3 CSCI 582 Geometric Modeling 3 CSCI 585 Database Systems 3 COURSES FROM THE SCHOOL OF CINEMATIC ARTS
COURSE IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
679
UNITS
ITP 411x Interactive Multimedia Production 3
(5) Students may replace courses in the above list with a combined maximum of multimedia-related EE 599 or CSCI 599 Special Topics courses in their programs. Every course requires prior approval from the faculty adviser, recorded each semester on the plan of study form. (6) Students may include a maximum of 6 units of EE 590 Directed Research in their programs. Before registering for these units, the faculty adviser must approve a written description of the intended multimedia research project signed by the faculty member who will supervise the student.
has either EE 441 or EE 464 as a prerequisite, then the student must first take and pass the placement examination that is given each semester for either EE 441 or EE 464 before taking the approved course. Information about placement exams can be found at ee.usc.edu. (8) Although not required, students should be proficient in C or C++ programming, at the level taught in CSCI 455x. (9) Although not required, ITP 411x Integrated Multimedia Production (3 units) will provide the student with hands-on experience in using multimedia application tools. This will help the student prepare a portfolio, which is expected by the industry from students who major in a multimedia program.
UNITS
CTAN 452 Introduction to 3-D Computer Animation 2, max 4 CTIN 483 Introduction to Game Development 4
(7) Students entering this program are expected to have already completed, either at USC or at another institution, formal course work equivalent to USC course EE 364 Introduction to Probability and Statistics for Electrical Engineering. If an approved course
Product Development Engineering Olin Hall of Engineering, 430 (213) 740-5353 FAX: (213) 740-8071 Email: mspde@usc.edu Program Director: Stephen C-Y Lu, Ph.D. Master of Science in Product Development Engineering
The Master of Science in product development engineering (MS PDE) is an interdisciplinary graduate degree program at USC jointly offered by the Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering and the Daniel J. Epstein Industrial and Systems Engineering (ISE) departments. The Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering department manages this joint degree program. Students can enter this program in either the fall or spring semesters, and it is available to full-time and part-time students. Admission The program has the following admission requirements: • A bachelor’s degree in an area of engineering or science; • An undergraduate cumulative GPA of 3.0 or above; and • Satisfactory general GRE scores of at least 400 verbal, 650 quantitative and 550 analytical.
The MS PDE program requires a minimum of 27 units to complete. Although it is mainly a course work-based program, students can choose to complete the program with or without a thesis requirement. For the thesis option, 4 of the 27 units are to be thesis. At least 16 units, not including thesis, must be at the 500 level or higher, and at least 18 units must be from the AME and ISE departments. For the non-thesis option, 18 of the 27 units must be at the 500 level or higher from the AME and ISE departments, and/or closely related departments. As well, students can choose to take up to 6 units of directed research (e.g., AME 590 or ISE 590). Students must maintain a minimal cumulative GPA of 3.0 in USC course work to graduate. The program’s prerequisite is a minimum of one 400 level course in either engineering design or engineering economy. Admitted students who do not meet this prerequisite will be assigned appropriate USC course(s) to complete the deficiencies. Deficiency courses, if taken at the 400 level, may be counted toward 27 units as general electives with adviser approval.
Depending on the academic background and career interests of students, the program offers two areas of specialization, product development technology and product development systems. The product development technology specialization will prepare students for a career as future product development engineers, while the product development systems specialization will prepare students as future product development managers. Students entering this program must declare their choice of an area of specialization and follow the requirements of each area of specialization to graduate. Curriculum The required 27 units are grouped into four categories of courses for each area of specialization as follows: REQUIRED COURSES (6 UNITS)
UNITS
AME 503 Advanced Mechanical Design 3 ISE 545 Technology Development and Implementation 3
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
680
PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT SYSTEMS REQUIRED COURSES (6 UNITS)
UNITS
ISE 515 Engineering Project Management 3 ISE 544 Management of Engineering Teams 3 PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT SYSTEMS TECHNICAL ELECTIVES (6 UNITS)
UNITS
ISE 415 Industrial Automation 3 ISE 460 Engineering Economy 3 ISE 470 Human/Computer Interface Design 3 ISE 511L Mechatronics Systems Engineering 3 ISE 517 Modern Enterprise Systems 3 ISE 525 Design of Experiments 3 ISE 527 Quality Management for Engineers 3 ISE 528 Advanced Statistical Aspects of Engineering Reliability 3 ISE 555 Invention and Technology Development 3 ISE 561 Economic Analysis of Engineering Projects 3 ISE 567 Collaborative Engineering Principles and Practice 3
ISE 576 Industrial Ecology: Technology-Environment Interaction 3 ISE 580 Advanced Concepts in Computer Simulation 3 ISE 585 Strategic Management of Technology 3 SAE 541 Systems Engineering Theory and Practice 3 PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT TECHNOLOGY REQUIRED COURSES (6 UNITS)
UNITS
AME 505 Engineering Information Modeling 3 AME 525 Engineering Analysis, or AME 526 Engineering Analytical Methods 3 PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT TECHNOLOGY TECHNICAL ELECTIVES (6 UNITS)
UNITS
AME 408 Computer-Aided Design of Mechanical Systems 3 AME 410 Engineering Design Theory and Methodology 3 AME 481 Aircraft Design 3 AME 501 Spacecraft System Design 3 AME 504 Metallurgical Design 3 AME 506 Design of Low Cost Space Missions 3 AME 527 Elements of Vehicle and Energy Systems Design 3
AME 528 Elements of Composite Structure Design 3 AME 544 Computer Control of Mechanical Systems 3 AME 588 Materials Selection 3 CE 550 Computer-Aided Engineering 3 CE 551 Computer-Aided Engineering Project 3 ISE 567 Collaborative Engineering Principles and Practice 3 ISE 576 Industrial Ecology: Technology-Environment Interaction 3 SAE 549 Systems Architecting 3 GENERAL ELECTIVES (9 UNITS)
UNITS
Adviser-approved electives (Must be upper-division 400- or 500-level courses; up to 4 units can be transferred from other institutions) Total units required for degree
27
Sustainable Infrastructure Systems The Sustainable Infrastructure Systems program prepares students for immediate and effective participation in the modern infrastructure workforce through a common core that includes smart-system design for sustainable infrastructures, the societal and regulatory context of infrastructure engineering decisions, and construction management. Five plans of study for the Master of Science degree allow for specialization based on background and interest. Master of Science in Civil Engineering (Transportation Systems) REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
CE 471 Principles of Transportation Engineering 3 CE 501 Functions of the Constructor 3 CE 515 Sustainable Infrastructure Systems 3 CE 579 Introduction to Transportation Planning Law 3
PPD 633 Urban Transportation Planning and Management 4
Master of Science in Civil Engineering (Water and Waste Management) REQUIRED COURSES
ELECTIVE COURSES (FOUR COURSES, OTHER ELECTIVES UPON APPROVAL*)
UNITS
CE 583 Design of Transportation Facilities 3 CE 585 Traffic Engineering and Control 3 CE 589 Port Engineering: Planning and Operations 3 PPD 634 Institutional and Policy Issues in Transportation 4 PPD 692 Transportation and the Environment 4 *Note: Students electing the Master of Science in Civil Engineering (Transportation Systems) degree option are expected to have a background in statistics and uncertainty equivalent to ISE 225 or CE 408, and engineering economy equivalent to ISE 460. Admitted students who do not meet these prerequisites can satisfy the requirements by taking appropriate, adviser-approved electives.
UNITS
CE 451 Water Resources Engineering 3 CE 453 Water Quality Control 3 CE 476 Design of Pressurized Hydraulic Systems 3 CE 501 Functions of the Constructor 3 CE 515 Sustainable Infrastructure Systems 3
Systems Architecting and Engineering
ELECTIVE COURSES (FOUR COURSES, OTHER ELECTIVES WITH APPROVAL*)
UNITS
CE 504 Solid Waste Management 3 CE 510 Groundwater Management 3 CE 511 Flood Control Hydrology 3 CE 516 Geohydrology 3 CE 520a Ocean and Coastal Engineering 3 *Note: Students electing the Master of Science in Civil Engineering (Water and Waste Management) degree option are expected to have a background in fluid mechanics equivalent to CE 309 or ENE 410. Admitted students who do not meet this prerequisite will be assigned a course to complete the deficiency.
Master of Science in Electrical Engineering (Telecommunications)
Master of Science in Mechanical Engineering (Energy Conversion)
REQUIRED COURSES
REQUIRED COURSES
REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
CE 515 Sustainable Infrastructure Systems 3 CE 501 Functions of the Constructor 3 EE 443 Introduction to Power Systems 3 EE 444 Power Systems Technology 3 EE 521 Power Systems Analysis and Design 3 ELECTIVE COURSES (FOUR COURSES, OTHER ELECTIVES WITH APPROVAL)
UNITS
EE 513 Solid State Energy Devices 3 EE 524 Transients in Power Systems 3 EE 525 Power System Protection 3 EE 526 Renewable Energy in Power Systems 3 EE 527 Net-Centric Power-System Control 3
UNITS
UNITS
CE 501 Functions of the Constructor 3 CE 515 Sustainable Infrastructure Systems 3 EE 450 Introduction to Computer Networks 3 EE 475 Wireless Communication Technology 3 EE 485 Telecommunications Technology 3
AME 430 Thermal Systems Design 3 AME 577 Survey of Energy and Power for a Sustainable Future 3 AME 578 Modern Alternative Energy Conversion Devices 3 CE 501 Functions of the Constructor 3 CE 515 Sustainable Infrastructure Systems 3
ELECTIVE COURSES (FOUR COURSES,
ELECTIVE COURSES (FOUR COURSES,
OTHER ELECTIVES WITH APPROVAL*)
Master of Science in Electrical Engineering (Electric Power)
681
UNITS
EE 544 Radio Frequency Systems and Hardware 3 EE 550 Design and Analysis of Computer Communication Networks 3 EE 555 Broadband Network Architectures 3 EE 558 Optical Fiber Communication Systems 3 EE 567 Communication Systems 3 *Note: Students electing the Master of Science in Electrical Engineering (Telecommunications) degree option are expected to have a background in probability and statistics equivalent to EE 464 or EE 465, and linear algebra equivalent to EE 441. Admitted students who do not meet prerequisites by placement examination will be assigned courses to complete the deficiencies.
OTHER ELECTIVES WITH APPROVAL*)
UNITS
AME 513 Principles of Combustion 3 AME 514 Applications of Combustion and Reacting Flows 3 AME 579 Combustion Chemistry and Physics 3 AME 581 Introduction to Nuclear Engineering 3 ENE 505 Energy and the Environment 3 *Students are encouraged to consider electives in other infrastructure programs.
Students with M.S. degrees in engineering or science disciplines can be accepted in these programs. Students must satisfy all other departmental degree requirements.
Systems Architecting and Engineering Ethel Percy Andrus Gerontology Center 240 (213) 740-4893 FAX: (213) 740-1120 Email: isedept@usc.edu Program Director: Azad M. Madni, Ph.D. Email: azad.madni@usc.edu Associate Director: George Friedman, Ph.D. Email: georgejfriedman@yahoo.com Associate Director: James Hines Email: jhines@usc.edu
Associate Director: Scott Jackson Email: jackessone@cox.net
Andrew and Erna Viterbi Chair in Communications: Solomon W. Golomb, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering, Mathematics)
Faculty
IBM Chair in Engineering Management: F. Stan Settles, Ph.D. (Industrial and Systems Engineering, Astronautics)
TRW Professor of Software Engineering: Barry Boehm, Ph.D. (Computer Science, Industrial and Systems Engineering)
David Packard Chair in Manufacturing Engineering: Stephen C-Y Lu, Ph.D. (Industrial and Systems Engineering, Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering)
Professors: Michael O. Arbib, Ph.D. (Biomedical Engineering, Computer Science, Neurobiology); Barry Boehm, Ph.D. (Computer Science, Industrial and Systems Engineering); John Choma, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering,
682
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
Electrophysics); Maged Dessouky, Ph.D. (Industrial and Systems Engineering); Roger Ghanem, Ph.D (Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering, Civil Engineering); Solomon W. Golomb, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering, Mathematics); Michael Gruntman, Ph.D. (Astronautics and Space Technology); Randolph Hall, Ph.D. (Industrial and Systems Engineering); Petros A. Ioannou Ph.D., (Electrical Engineering); Behrokh Khoshnevis, Ph.D. (Industrial and Systems Engineering); Yan Jin, Ph.D. (Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering); Joseph Kunc (Astronautics and Space Technology, Physics); Stephen C-Y Lu, Ph.D. (Industrial and Systems Engineering, Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering); Azad M. Madni, Ph.D. (Industrial and Systems Engineering); Sami F. Masri, Ph.D. (Civil Engineering, Mechanical Engineering); Gerard Medioni, Ph.D. (Computer Science); Jerry M. Mendel, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering); Najmedin Meshkati, Ph.D. (Industrial and Systems Engineering, Civil Engineering); James E. Moore, Ph.D. (Industrial and Systems Engineering, Civil Engineering, Public Policy); Sheldon M. Ross, Ph.D. (Industrial and Systems Engineering); Suvrajeet Sen, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering, Computer Science);
F. Stan Settles, Ph.D. (Industrial and Systems Engineering, Astronautics); Firdaus Udwadia, Ph.D. (Civil Engineering, Mechanical Engineering); Detlof von Winterfeldt (Industrial and Systems Engineering, Policy, Planning, and Development); Charles L. Weber, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering); L. Carter Welford, Ph.D. (Civil Engineering); Alan Willner, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering) Associate Professor: Mansour Rahimi, Ph.D. (Industrial and Systems Engineering) Adjunct Professor: Michael Mann, Ph.D. (Industrial and Systems Engineering)
Associate Professors of the Practice of Systems Architecting and Engineering: Geza Bottlik, Engineer, P.E. (Industrial and Systems Engineering); Kurt Palmer, Ph.D. (Industrial and Systems Engineering) Emeritus Professors: Elliot Axelband, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering); George Bekey, Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering, Computer Science, Biomedical Engineering); Ralph Keeney, Ph.D. (Industrial and Systems Engineering); Gerald Nadler, Ph.D., P.E. (Industrial and Systems Engineering); Peter Will, Ph.D. (Industrial and Systems Engineering) Honor Societies
Adjunct Associate Professors: James Hines; Thomas McKendree, Ph.D.; Marilee Wheaton Research Professor: Malcolm R. Currie, Ph.D. (Industrial and Systems Engineering)
Omega Alpha Association Omega Alpha Association is the systems engineering honor society. The adviser is Professor Stan Settles, (213) 740-0263.
Professor of the Practice of Systems Architecting and Engineering: George Friedman, Ph.D. (Industrial and Systems Engineering)
Degree Requirements Master of Science in Systems Architecting and Engineering
This program is recommended to graduate engineers and engineering managers responsible for the conception and implementation of complex systems. Emphasis is on the creative processes and methods by which complex systems are conceived, planned, designed, built, tested and certified. The architecture experience can be applied to defense, space, aircraft, communications, navigation, sensors, computer software, computer hardware, and other aerospace and commercial systems and activities. A minimum grade point average of 3.0 must be earned on all course work applied toward the master’s degree in systems architecting and engineering. This average must also be achieved on all 400-level and above course work attempted at USC beyond the bachelor’s degree. Transfer units count as credit (CR) toward the master’s degree and are not computed in the grade point average.
In addition to the general requirements of the Viterbi School of Engineering, the Master of Science in systems architecting and engineering is also subject to the following requirements: (1) a total of at least 30 units is required, consisting of at least three units in the technical management area, three units in the general technical area, and 12 units in the technical specialization area; (2) every plan of study requires prior written approval by the director of the systems architecting and engineering program recorded on the study plan in the student’s file; (3) no more than nine units at the 400 level may be counted toward the degree — the remaining units must be taken at the 500 or 600 level; (4) at least 24 of the 30 units must be taken in the Viterbi School of Engineering; (5) units to be transferred (maximum of four with adviser approval) must have been taken prior to taking classes at USC; interruption of residency is not allowed; (6) no more than 6 units of Special Topics courses (499 or 599) may be counted for this degree;
(7) thesis and directed research registrations may be allowed to individual students only by special permission of the supervising faculty member and the program director; (8) a bachelor’s degree in an engineering field and a minimum of three years systems experience are recommended prior to taking Systems Architecting and Design Experience courses. This program is not recommended for recent bachelor’s degree graduates. REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
ISE 460 Engineering Economy, or ISE 561 Economic Analysis of Engineering Projects, or ISE 563 Financial Engineering, or SAE 560 Economic Considerations for Systems Engineering SAE 541 Systems Engineering Theory and Practice SAE 549 Systems Architecting One design-related course approved by the director
3 3 3
3
Systems Architecting and Engineering
ELECTIVES UNITS
Adviser-approved electives in technical management area Adviser-approved electives in general technical area Adviser-approved electives in technical specialization area
3 3 12
Technical Management Area: Take one course (3 units) from the following: CE 556ab Project Cost Estimating, Control, Planning and Scheduling 3-3 IOM 525* Quality Improvement Methods 3 IOM 527* Managerial Decision Analysis 3 IOM 537* Global Businesses and Markets: Strategies Enabled by Technology 3 IOM 580* Project Management 3 ISE 515 Engineering Product Management 3 ISE 517 Modern Enterprise Systems 3 ISE 544 Management of Engineering Teams 3 ISE 562 Value and Decision Theory 3 ISE 585 Strategic Management of Technology 3 MOR 561* Strategies in High-Tech Businesses 3 SAE 550 Systems Architecting and the Political Process 3 *USC Marshall School of Business course.
General Technical Area: Take one course (3 units) from the following: CSCI 510 Software Management and Economics 3 CSCI 577ab Software Engineering 4-4 IOM 535* Database Management 3 ISE 580 Advanced Concepts in Computer Simulation 3 SAE 542 Advanced Topics in Systems Engineering 3 SAE 543 Case Studies in Systems Engineering and Management 3 SAE 550 Systems Architecting and the Political Process 3 SAE 551 Lean Operations 3 *USC Marshall School of Business course.
Technical Specialization Area: Twelve units are required, usually in the student’s present or intended technical specialty. Courses are intended to complement the student’s prior education and experience toward becoming a well-rounded systems architect-engineer or architect-manager. With a few exceptions, the courses should come from the recommended list, and usually all from a single specialization.
The student may choose from a large variety of technical specializations spanning all departments in the Viterbi School of Engi neering. Flexibility is emphasized in this choice; the program director is expected to work closely with the student in choosing the best set of courses to meet the student’s need. Several sample specializations are listed below but are not intended to be complete. Recommended Courses Aerospace and Mechanical Systems: AME 503, AME 504, AME 521, AME 532a, AME 544, AME 548, AME 560, AME 588 Artificial Intelligence/Neural Networks: CSCI 460, CSCI 545, CSCI 561, CSCI 564, CSCI 566, CSCI 567, CSCI 574; EE 547 Automation and Control Systems: EE 543a, EE 547, EE 585, EE 587, EE 588, EE 593 Communication and Signal Processing Systems: EE 551, EE 562a, EE 563, EE 564, EE 567, EE 580, EE 582, EE 583 Computer and Information Systems: CSCI 485, CSCI 551, CSCI 585, EE 552, EE 554, EE 561, EE 562a, EE 574, EE 658 Construction: CE 501, CE 519, CE 525ab, CE 533, CE 536, CE 556ab, CE 583 Engineering Management Systems: ISE 515, ISE 530, ISE 535, ISE 544, ISE 562, ISE 580, ISE 585; SAE 541, SAE 550 Integrated Media Systems: EE 450, EE 469, EE 522, EE 555, EE 569, EE 596; CSCI 480, CSCI 551, CSCI 574, CSCI 576, CSCI 585, CSCI 588 Manufacturing Systems: AME 588; EE 561ab; ISE 511, ISE 514, ISE 516, ISE 517, ISE 544, ISE 570 Network-centric: CSCI 402, CSCI 530, CSCI 551, CSCI 555, CSCI 558L, CSCI 577ab, EE 550, SAE 574 Software Process Architecture: CSCI 510, CSCI 577b, CSCI 665; EE 554, EE 557; ISE 544, ISE 562, ISE 564 Systems: EE 598; ISE 515, ISE 520, ISE 525, ISE 527, ISE 528, ISE 532, ISE 535, ISE 536, ISE 538, ISE 544, ISE 562, ISE 580, ISE 585; SAE 541, SAE 542
683
Graduate Certificate in Systems Architecting and Engineering
The graduate certificate in systems architecting and engineering is designed for practicing engineers engaged in the creation and design of complex innovative systems, in aerospace and commercial fields. Entering students are expected to have a bachelor’s degree in engineering or a related field from an accredited institution. Three years of industry experience are recommended. Students are required to earn a cumulative B average or higher in courses taken for the certificate. The courses taken for the certificate may be applied later to the Master of Science in Systems Architecting and Engineering. REQUIRED COURSES – CHOOSE FOUR
UNITS
ISE 460 Engineering Economy, or ISE 561 Economic Analysis of Engineering Projects, or SAE 560 Economic Considerations for Systems Engineering 3 ISE 515 Engineering Project Management 3 ISE 544 Management of Engineering Teams 3 SAE 541 Systems Engineering Theory and Practice 3 SAE 542 Advanced Topics in Systems Engineering 3 SAE 549 Systems Architecting 3
In addition, one 3- or 4-unit elective course shall be taken from the list of those approved for the Master of Science in Systems Archi tecting and Engineering. All programs of study will be approved by the director of the Systems Architecting and Engineering program. Graduate Certificate in Network Centric Systems
This 15-unit graduate certificate is jointly sponsored by the Epstein Industrial and Systems Engineering, Hsieh Electrical Engineering and Computer Science departments, and administered by the Epstein ISE Department. This certificate is designed for practicing engineers engaged in the creation and design of complex innovative network centric systems in aerospace and commercial fields. Entering students are expected to have a bachelor’s degree in engineering or a related field from an accredited institution. Three years of industry experience are recommended. Students are required to earn a cumulative B average or higher in courses taken for the certificate. The courses taken for the certificate may be applied later to the Master of Science in Computer Science, Electrical Engineering or Systems Architecting Engineering with departmental approval.
USC Viterbi School of Engineering
684
REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
SAE 574 Net-centric Systems Architecting and Engineering 3 Choose 4 courses from one area of emphasis: 12 Computer Science Emphasis Required CSCI course CSCI 551 Computer Communications 3 CSCI Electives (choose three courses, 9 units) CSCI 530 Security Systems 4 CSCI 531 Applied Cryptography 3 CSCI 546 Intelligent Embedded Systems 3
CSCI 555 Advanced Operating Systems 3 CSCI 556 Introduction to Cryptography 3 CSCI 558L Internetworking and Distributed Systems Laboratory 3 CSCI 561 Foundations of Artificial Intelligence 3 CSCI 573 Advanced Artificial Intelligence 3 CSCI 576 Multimedia Systems Design 3 CSCI 585 Database Systems 3 Electrical Engineering Emphasis Required EE course EE 535 Mobile Communications
3
EE Electives (choose three courses, 9 units) EE 541 Radio Frequency Filter Design 3 EE 544 Radio Frequency Systems and Hardware 3 EE 550 Design and Analysis of Computer Communication Networks 3 EE 555 Broadband Network Architectures 3 EE 562ab Random Processes in Engineering 3-3 EE 564 Communication Theory 3 EE 567 Communication Systems 3 EE 579 Wireless and Mobile Networks Design and Laboratory 3 EE 666 Data Communication 3
15
Courses of Instruction SYSTEMS ARCHITECTING AND ENGINEERING (SAE)
The terms indicated are expected but are not guaranteed. For the courses offered during any given term, consult the Schedule of Classes. SAE 496 Systems Engineering Through Motorsports (3, FaSp) Applied systems
architecting, engineering and management to motorsports from design to validation and verification; venues include drag racing, grand prix Formula SAE racing, DARPA Challenges. SAE 499 Special Topics (2-4, max 8) Course
content to be selected each semester from recent developments in Systems Architecting and Engineering and related fields. SAE 541 Systems Engineering Theory and Practice (3, FaSpSm) Integration of engineer-
ing problem solving methodologies based on systems concepts. Application to complex, large scale technical systems and problems faced by engineering managers. Case studies. (Duplicates credit in former ISE 541). SAE 542 Advanced Topics in Systems Engineering (3, FaSp) Advanced topics in inte-
gration software management and systems engineering, probabilistic foundations of decision-based theory, quantitative risk management, decision-based design, and safety aspects of systems engineering. (Duplicates credit in former ISE 542). Prerequisite: SAE 541.
SAE 543 Case Studies in Systems Engineering and Management (3, FaSp) Real-world
SAE 560 Economic Considerations for Systems Engineering (3) Impact of economic
SAE 547 Model-Based Systems Architecting and Engineering (3) Approaches for model-
SAE 574 Net-Centric Systems Architecting and Engineering (3, FaSp) In-depth exami-
case studies in DoD, NASA, and commercial arenas, employing new methodologies to cover the fundamental positive and negative development learning principles of systems engineering. Prerequisite: SAE 541, SAE 549.
ing systems using software such as SySML; modeling system, requirements, structure, behavior, and parametrics; mapping to hardware description language and behavioral code generation. Recommended preparation: Modeling and simulation courses. SAE 549 Systems Architecting (3, FaSp)
Introduction to systems architecture in aerospace, electrical, computer, and manufacturing systems emphasizing the conceptual and acceptance phases and using heuristics. Prerequisite: B.S. degree in a related field of engineering. SAE 550 Systems Architecting and the Political Process (3) Analysis of risks inherent
in managing high-tech/high-cost governmentfunded engineering programs; tools and techniques for coping with the impacts of politically-driven budgets on the engineering design process. (Duplicates credit in former ISE 550). Recommended preparation: two years of work experience. SAE 551 Lean Operations (3, Sp) Study of
lean principles and practices as applied to automotive, aerospace and other industries.
factors for systems architects and engineers, tools for understanding these factors, fundamental quantitative analysis of cash flow, life-cost estimating for systems and software engineering.
nation of the technical design approaches, tools, and processes to enable the benefits of net-centric operations in a networked systems-of-systems.
SAE 590 Directed Research (1-12, FaSpSm)
Research leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. SAE 594abz Master’s Thesis (2-2-0, FaSpSm)
Credit on acceptance of thesis. Graded IP/CR/NC. SAE 599 Special Topics (2-4, max 9, FaSpSm)
Course content will be selected each semester to reflect current trends and developments in the field of systems architecting and engineering.
USC Roski School of Fine Arts
F
irst organized in 1883, the USC Roski School of Fine Arts is the oldest art school in Southern California. A supportive environment for experimentation in visual art, the school encourages interdisciplinary, progressive approaches to studio art, design, cura
torial practice and critical studies. With equal emphasis on making and thinking, USC Roski prepares artists, designers, curators and writers to impact visual culture in new ways. Each year the school attracts 275 undergraduate majors, 175 undergraduate minors and 35 gradu ate students. USC Roski also welcomes more than 1,000 liberal arts, science and business students to its classes. The school’s undergraduate programs develop students’ visual acuity, technical abil ity and critical insight. Students pursuing a B.A. have ample opportunity to take advantage of the wide-ranging academic offerings at USC, while BFA students can immerse themselves more fully in the production of studio art. A faculty of distinguished, dedicated artists and designers teach inno vative and comprehensive courses in painting, drawing, printmaking, sculpture, ceramics, photog raphy, design, digital media and critical studies. Students have the freedom to work across media in order to push perceived boundaries and discover their individual creative voices. The school’s highly competitive Master of Fine Arts program has quickly risen in prominence and
While the white tempera paint on art major Neena Holzman cracked and dried, she modeled Epitaph in Wax, a sculpture created by fellow student Ariel McCleese, at the opening reception of 400 Percent, an exhibition showcasing advanced student work.
competes with the nation’s finest graduate art programs. With spacious private studios; an extra ordinary lineup of visiting artists, critics and curators; and just 16 enrolled students, the program provides an expansive though individualized experience. The Master of Arts, Art and Curatorial Practices in the Public Sphere program is a platform for scholarship in contemporary art that addresses social questions of public space and the public sphere. Individually, each student pro duces a thoroughly researched master’s thesis; together, they engage in a curatorial practicum, culminating in an exhibition project that explores city-space. As a place to study art, Southern California is unparalleled. The region boasts major museums such as the Getty Center, the Los Angeles County Museum of Art (LACMA), the Museum of Contemporary Art (MOCA), the Norton Simon Museum and the Hammer Museum, as well as a constellation of other influential art schools. In addition to hundreds of commercial galleries and alternative spaces, Los Angeles is home to a great number of artists and designers, who make the city one of the world’s creative capitals. Leading museums, galleries, advertising agencies, design firms, artist studios, and the music and film industries offer emerging artists and designers a wealth of internship and employment opportunities.
686
USC Roski School of Fine Arts
Watt Hall of Architecture and Fine Arts 104 (213) 740-2787 FAX: (213) 740-8938 Email: roski@usc.edu roski.usc.edu
Assistant Professor: Frances Stark, MFA Assistant Professor of Fine Arts Practice: Shannon Ebner, MFA Assistant Professor of the Practice of Art Criticism: Rhea Anastas, Ph.D.
Administration
Rochelle Steiner, Ph.D. Dean Faculty
Ruth Weisberg Professorship in Drawing: Ruth Weisberg, M.A.* Professors: Jud Fine, MFA; Robbert Flick, MFA*; Margaret Lazzari, MFA*; Ron Rizk, MFA; Rochelle Steiner, Ph.D.; Ruth Weisberg, M.A.* Associate Professors: Bob Alderette, MFA; Sharon Lockhart, MFA; Charlie White, MFA
Full-time Lecturers: Caroline Clerc, MFA; Sherin Guirguis, MFA; Karen Koblitz, MFA; Lisa Lapinski, MFA; Haven Lin-Kirk, MFA; Ann Page, BFA; Julia Paull, MFA; Jennifer West, MFA Adjunct Faculty: China Adams, MFA; Chris Barnard, MFA; Tanya Batura, MFA; Maura Brewer, MFA; Kristin Calabrese, MFA; Steve Child, MFA; Molly Corey, M.A.; Xavier Fumat, MFA; Oona Gardner, MFA; Rita Gonzalez, MFA; Phyllis Green, MFA;
LouAnne Greenwald, MFA; Peter Holzhauer, MFA; Carmine Iannacone, MFA; Patrick Jackson, MFA; Helen Kim, MFA; Andrew Kuchera, MFA; Karen Liebowitz, MFA; Karen Moss Familian, Ph.D.; Thomas Muller, MFA; Richard Parker, MFA; Jennifer Phelps, MFA; Joseph Potts, MFA; Jonathan Pylypchuk, MFA; Jean Robison, MFA; Thomas Schorer, MFA; Julie Schustack, MFA; Alex Segade, MFA; Paul Sietsema, MFA; Carol Stakenas, B.F.A.; A.L. Steiner, B.A.; Jamie Sweetman, MFA; John Tain, B.A.; Caroline Thomas, MFA; Osvaldo Trujillo, MFA; Noura Wedell, Ph.D.; Alexis Weidig, MFA; Ewa Wojciak, MFA; Mark Wyse, MFA Emeritus Professor: Jay Willis, M.A. *Recipient of university-wide or school teaching award.
General Information Degrees Offered
At the undergraduate level, the school offers the Bachelor of Fine Arts. The Bachelor of Arts in Art is offered in conjunction with the Dornsife College of Letters, Arts and Sciences. The Roski School of Fine Arts also offers six minor programs in studio arts and participates in a 3-D animation minor in conjunction with the Viterbi School of Engineering’s Information Technology Program, a communication design minor in conjunction with the Marshall School of Business and the Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism, and a 2-D art for games minor and 3-D art for games minor with the Viterbi School of Engineering and the School of Cinematic Arts. Degrees offered at the graduate level are: Master of Fine Arts and Master of Arts, Art and Curatorial Practices in the Public Sphere. A dual degree is also available: Master of Arts, Art and Curatorial Practices in the Public Sphere/Master of Planning. Minimum Grade Point Average Requirements
A minimum grade of C (2.0) or higher is required in all studio and art history courses for all undergraduate majors and minors in the Roski School of Fine Arts. A grade of Cor lower will not satisfy a major or minor
requirement. A minimum grade point average of 3.0 must be maintained by all candidates for the Master of Fine Arts and Master of Arts. Undergraduate Admission
Admission to the Roski School of Fine Arts at the undergraduate level is granted through the USC Office of Admission. Freshman applicants applying by December 1 for the fall semester will receive priority consideration for admission to the university. The deadline for transfer applicants for the fall semester is February 1. Undergraduate applicants must upload a portfolio of images and an artist statement at the school’s Website. Specific requirements and additional information are available at roski. usc.edu/undergrad or email finearts@usc.edu. Students who have not been admitted to the Roski School of Fine Arts may complete a maximum of 20 units of fine arts course work at USC. No further course work may be taken until admitted. Students who are interested in becoming fine arts majors or minors should meet with the Roski School’s advisers as soon as possible, preferably during their first semester taking art classes. Advisers can be contacted through the school’s Student Services Office, Watt Hall 116, (213) 821-1290, for advisement and assistance.
Graduate Admission
Applications for admission to the graduate programs are evaluated by the USC Office of Graduate Admission before being forwarded to the school. Students must be admitted by both the USC Graduate School and the Roski School of Fine Arts. The Graduate School’s general admission requirements include official transcripts of all previous college and university work, and three letters of recommendation from instructors or persons able to comment on the applicant’s creative work and/or scholarly potential. Applicants to the MFA degree must upload a portfolio of images and an artist statement at the school’s Website. Specific requirements and additional information are available at roski.usc.edu/mfa. Applicants to the M.A. degree are encouraged to review program requirements at roski.usc.edu/ma. Advisement
Academic advisement is provided to fine arts majors, minors and graduate students through the Student Services Office in Watt Hall 116, (213) 821-1290. All students who are interested in taking art courses are welcomed and encouraged to make an appointment for advisement as well. The staff advisers
Undergraduate Degrees
provide information regarding academic life at the university, program requirements, policies and procedures to assist students with their degree completion. Majors are required to meet with advisers before registering each semester. Appointments may be scheduled at most times during the academic year.
687
International Study Options
Fine arts majors may take advantage of art courses offered through study abroad programs in Canberra, Australia; Cape Town, South Africa; and Florence or Cortona, Italy. These options are described on page 71.
Please contact the USC Overseas Studies Office in CAS 104, (213) 740-3636, or www.usc.edu/schools/college/overseas for complete information, program requirements and applications.
Undergraduate Degrees Bachelor of Fine Arts The BFA is a four-year studio intensive program in preparation for a career in the fine arts, design and/or related fields or pursuit of a master of fine arts degree. With few required courses or electives and a wide variety of media from which to choose, the BFA provides ample opportunity to explore and develop a strong personal vision in art. Introductory courses focus on technique and conceptual context while building a solid grounding in art history and critical theory. Advanced students work on self-generated independent projects under the guidance and mentoring of individual faculty members. Emphasis in the last year is on the production of a professional quality portfolio of work. Curriculum Requirements
The BFA requires a total of 128 units, including 96 units of fine art requirements. In addition to the fine arts required courses, BFA students are encouraged to explore in greater depth an area of art in which they have an interest. Students should select electives based on their personal and professional goals and in consultation with academic
advisers. Electives are typically clustered in a particular field but may be spread across different areas.
Fine Arts electives: Select 24 additional units from any 100-299 studio courses, no “x” classes
REQUIRED COURSES
Select 40 additional units from any 300-499 studio courses
UNITS
FACS 150 Visual Culture and Literacy I 4 FACS 250 Visual Culture and Literacy II 4 FACS 350 Art Theory and Criticism 4 FACS 450x Senior Seminar 4 FADN 102 Design Fundamentals 4 FADW 101 Introduction to Drawing: Studio Projects, Methods, Materials 4 FASC 106 Sculpture I 4 One course from the following: AHIS 363 Race, Gender and Sexuality in Contemporary Art 4 AHIS 370 Modern Art III: 1940 to the Present 4 PAS 371 Art in the Public Realm: Contemporary Issues 4
Total units: 96 General Education Requirements
The university’s general education program provides a coherent, integrated introduction to the breadth of knowledge you will need to consider yourself (and to be considered by other people) a generally well-educated person. This program requires six courses in different categories, plus writing and diversity requirements, which together comprise the USC Core. See pages 63 and 250 for more information.
Bachelor of Arts, Art The Bachelor of Arts program offers a more flexible and broad academic education than the bachelor of fine arts (BFA) degree while still providing a meaningful experience in the studio area that can be an asset in preparing for many art-related careers. The degree provides the student with the opportunity to double major or to combine an art major with a minor in various fields. Some possibilities for minors include communication, multimedia, education, business, film, animation and many other options.
Curriculum Requirements
The bachelor of arts (B.A.) requires a total of 128 units including 64 units of fine arts requirements. In addition to the fine arts required courses. B.A. students should select electives based on their personal and professional goals and in consultation with academic advisers. Electives are typically clustered in a particular field but may be spread across different areas.
REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
FACS 150 Visual Culture and Literacy I 4 FACS 250 Visual Culture and Literacy II 4 FACS 350 Art Theory and Criticism 4 FADN 102 Design Fundamentals 4 FADW 101 Introduction to Drawing: Studio Projects, Methods, Materials 4 FASC 106 Sculpture I 4
688
USC Roski School of Fine Arts
One course from the following: AHIS 363 Race, Gender and Sexuality in Contemporary Art 4 AHIS 370 Modern Art III: 1940 to the Present 4 PAS 371 Art in the Public Realm: Contemporary Issues 4
Select 24 additional units from the following: 300-499 studio. At least four units must be from one of the following classes: FACE 412, FADN 402, FADW 401, FAIN 410, FAIN 420, FAPH 409, FAPR 411, FAPT 405, FASC 406
Fine Arts electives: Select 12 additional units from any 100-299 studio courses, no “x” classes
General Education Requirements
Total units: 64
to consider yourself (and to be considered by other people) a generally well-educated person. This program requires six courses in different categories, plus writing, foreign language and diversity requirements, which together comprise the USC Core. See pages 63 and 250 for more information.
The university’s general education program provides a coherent, integrated introduction to the breadth of knowledge you will need
Minor Programs Minors in Fine Arts
The Roski School of Fine Arts offers minors in fine arts as supplements to major fields of specialization in other departments and schools for students whose academic programs do not permit the opportunity to pursue one of the school’s regular degree options. There are six intensive studio minors — in painting, drawing, photography, sculpture, two-dimensional studies, and digital mediabased imaging — as well as interdisciplinary minors in communication design, 2-D art for games, 3-D animation and 3-D art for games. There is a separate application for fine arts minors available at roski.usc.edu/minors. Candidates for the minors in the Roski School of Fine Arts will be counseled by an academic adviser in the school. Minor in Communication Design The core of this minor is communication design. In addition to courses in design, visual literacy and digital imaging, this minor includes optional courses in business, communication, journalism and marketing, allowing students to translate their design foundation in ways that are directly relevant to their career paths. The total number of units required for the minor is 24. REQUIRED COURSES (24 UNITS)
FADN 102
Design Fundamentals
One lower division course (4 units) chosen from the following: FACS 150 Visual Culture and Literacy I FADN 202 Design II (corequisite: FADN 203)
UNITS
4
4 4
FAIN 210 Introduction to Digital Photography 4 FAIN 220 Introduction to Video and Time-based Experimentation 4 Four upper division courses (16 units) chosen from the following: ACCT 410x Foundations of Accounting 4 BAEP 423 Management of Small Businesses 4 BAEP 451 The Management of New Enterprises 4 BAEP 454 The Entrepreneurial Business Plan 4 BUAD 307 Marketing Fundamentals 4 COMM 321 Communication in the Virtual Group 4 COMM 339 Communication Technology and Culture 4 COMM 340 The Culture of New Media 4 COMM 375 Business and Professional Communication 4 FADN 302 Design III 4 FADN 332ab Typography 2, 2 FADN 333 New York Design Study Tour 2 FADN 402 Advanced Design Projects 4, max 12 FAIN 310 Digital Photo Studio 4 FAIN 315 Internet Studio: Online Experimentation and Expression 4 FAIN 320 Video Studio 4 FAIN 410 Advanced Digital Photo Studio 4, max 12 FAIN 420 Advanced Video Studio 4, max 12 JOUR 340 Introduction to Advertising 4 JOUR 342 Advertising Media and Analysis 4 JOUR 343 Advertising Design and Production 4
MKT 405 Advertising and Promotion Management 4 MKT 406 Practicum in Advertising and Promotion Design 4 MKT 450 Consumer Behavior and Marketing 4
Minor in Digital Media-based Imaging This minor deals with art making using new technologies, including digital photography, digital video and computer imaging. Course work includes choice of classes in history of photography, digital media, visual literacy and computer imaging. The professional aspects of this minor assist students in developing careers in fine arts, communication, engineering, film, journalism and in any area where there is a need for flexible and creative imaging using digital media. The total number of units required for the minor is 28. REQUIRED COURSES (28 UNITS)
UNITS
Lower division FACS 150 Visual Culture and Literacy I 4 FAIN 210 Introduction to Digital Photography 4 FAIN 220 Introduction to Video and Time-based Experimentation 4 FAPH 209 Photography 4 Three upper division courses (12 units) chosen from the following: AHIS 373 History of Photography 4 AHIS 469 Critical Approaches to Photography 4 CTAN 451 History of Animation 2 FACS 350 Art Theory and Criticism 4 FAIN 310 Digital Photo Studio 4 FAIN 315 Internet Studio: Online Experimentation and Expression 4
Minor Programs
FAIN 320 Video Studio FAIN 410 Advanced Digital Photo Studio FAIN 420 Advanced Video Studio
4 4, max 12 4, max 12
Minor in Drawing Students enrolled in the minor in drawing will develop their creativity and technical drawing skills, as well as deepen their understanding of contemporary art. Foundation courses provide the fundamentals of spatial rendering, composition, figure drawing and visual expression. Advanced courses require more ambitious projects, personal direction, research and sustained focus. The minor is available to all USC students who wish to develop their abilities to communicate through visual means, or who wish to develop skills for conceptualization and problem solving. The minor in drawing can assist the students in art-related work, as well as creative pursuits such as printed works with images, games and animation. A total of 20 units are required for this minor. REQUIRED COURSES (8 UNITS)
UNITS
FADW 101 Introduction to Drawing: Studio Projects, Methods, Materials 4 FADW 201 Intermediate Drawing 4 Optional extra lower-division course: FACS 150 Visual Culture and Literacy I
4
ELECTIVES UNITS
Three upper division courses (12 units) chosen from the following: FADW 301 Advanced Drawing 4 FADW 331 Studies in Drawing and Painting 4, max 12 FADW 401 Topics in Advanced Drawing 4, max 12 FAPR 311 Printmaking 4 FAPR 411 Topics in Advanced Printmaking 4, max 12
Minor in Painting Within both western and non-western traditions, painting has a long history as a site for aesthetic experience and cultural questioning. This minor allows students to immerse themselves in painting, as well as developing a grasp of the critical issues surrounding it. Foundation courses provide the fundamentals of color, composition, medium and drawing. Advanced courses require more ambitious projects, personal direction, research and sustained focus. Students majoring in many areas of the humanities may pursue this minor to augment their understanding of one of the key media in the arts. The minor is available to all USC students who wish to develop their painting skills. A total of 24 units are required for this minor.
REQUIRED COURSES (24 UNITS)
689
UNITS
Three lower division courses (12 units) chosen from the following: FACS 150 Visual Culture and Literacy I 4 FADW 101 Introduction to Drawing: Studio Projects, Methods, Materials 4 FAPT 105 Painting I 4 FAPT 205 Painting II 4 Three upper division courses (12 units) chosen from the following: FACS 350 Art Theory and Criticism 4 FADW 331 Studies in Drawing and Painting 4, max 12 FAPR 311 Printmaking 4 FAPR 411 Topics in Advanced Printmaking 4, max 12 FAPT 305 Advanced Painting 4 FAPT 405 Topics in Advanced Painting 4, max 12
Minor in Photography The photography minor provides an in-depth experience in all aspects of photography. The well-equipped darkrooms allow individual hands-on exploration of black and white and color processes, camera types, historical and traditional printing methods, lighting and film technology. It also includes a foundation in photo theory and criticism. This minor is appropriate for students interested in an intense experiential exploration of the medium of photography. The total number of units required for the minor is 28. REQUIRED COURSES (28 UNITS)
UNITS
Lower division courses (12 units) FACS 150 Visual Culture and Literacy I 4 FAIN 210 Introduction to Digital Photography 4 FAPH 209 Introduction to Photography 4 One upper division course (4 units) chosen from the following: AHIS 373 History of Photography 4 AHIS 469 Critical Approaches to Photography 4 Three upper division courses (12 units): FACS 350 Art Theory and Criticism 4 FAIN 310 Digital Photo Studio 4 FAIN 410 Advanced Digital Photo Studio 4, max 12 FAPH 309ab Intermediate Photography 4-4 FAPH 409 Topics in Advanced Photography 4, max 12
Minor in Sculpture This minor focuses on making, organizing and manipulating objects and their spatial relationships in a range of materials such as wood, fiberglass, clay, plaster, latex and metal. Course work includes choice of classes in sculpture, ceramics, visual literacy, public art, moldmaking, metal and casting. The three-dimensional skills taught in this minor intersect with many other disciplines including architecture, cinematic arts, special effects, engineering design, urban planning and any other areas where skills in maquette and model building are relevant. The total number of units required for the minor is 28. REQUIRED COURSES (28 UNITS)
FACS 150 Visual Culture and Literacy I FASC 106 Sculpture I
UNITS
4 4
Eight lower division units chosen from the following: FACE 112 Ceramics 4 FACE 212 Wheel Throwing 2 FACE 213 Clay and Glazes 2 FACE 214 3-D/Actual and Virtual 4 FADW 101 Introduction to Drawing: Studio Projects, Methods, Materials 4 FASC 136 Modeling and Mold Making 2 FASC 206 Sculpture II 4 FASC 236 Metal 2 FASC 246 Construction Techniques 2 Three upper division courses (12 units) chosen from the following: FACE 312 Advanced Ceramics 4 FACE 412 Topics in Advanced Ceramics 4, max 12 FASC 306 Advanced Sculpture 4 FASC 366 Art and Site 4 FASC 406 Topics in Advanced Sculpture 4, max 12 FASC 436 Art and Technology 4 PAS 371 Art in the Public Realm: Contemporary Issues 4
Minor in Two-Dimensional Studies This minor is designed for students who wish to augment their understanding of art in general in two-dimensional areas, rather than complete a minor that focuses on one medium. This minor provides a broad scope of courses in 2-D media and studies. This minor is open to any USC student, especially those interested in animation to sharpen their drawing, color and compositional skills. Students interested in the vast varieties of digital visual communication can develop better color and compositional skills. Total number of units required is 28.
USC Roski School of Fine Arts
690
REQUIRED COURSES (28 UNITS)
UNITS
Four lower division courses (16 units) chosen from the following: FACS 150 Visual Culture and Literacy I 4 FADN 102 Design Fundamentals 4 FADW 101 Introduction to Drawing: Studio Projects, Methods, Materials 4 FADW 201 Intermediate Drawing 4 FAIN 210 Introduction to Digital Photography 4 FAPT 105 Painting I 4 FAPT 205 Painting II 4 Three upper division courses (12 units) chosen from the following: FADW 301 Advanced Drawing 4 FADW 331 Studies in Drawing and Painting 4, max 12 FADW 401 Topics in Advanced Drawing 4, max 12 FAIN 310 Digital Photo Studio 4 FAPR 311 Printmaking 4 FAPR 411 Topics in Advanced Printmaking 4, max 12 FAPT 305 Advanced Painting 4 FAPT 405 Topics in Advanced Painting 4, max 12
Minor in 2-D Art for Games This interdisciplinary minor integrates three major disciplines (fine arts, computer science and interactive media) to develop the 2-D visual skills necessary to conceptualize and illustrate images for games. Skills include figure drawing, perspective, camera angles, point of view, story boarding, character development and illustration techniques. Software programs such as Illustrator, InDesign and Flash will be utilized in basic interface and interactive design assignments. Although game genres include 3-D examples, this minor will focus on the 2-D graphics for 2-D games and 3-D interface design. The minor includes fine arts courses as well as game design, game technology, production pipelines and play testing courses in computer science and interactive media. A minimum of 28 units is required for this minor. REQUIRED LOWER DIVISION COURSES (12 UNITS)
REQUIRED UPPER DIVISION COURSES (12 UNITS)
REQUIRED UPPER DIVISION COURSES UNITS
CTIN 488 Game Design Workshop 4 CTIN 491L Advanced Game Project I 4 FASC 436 Art and Technology 4 ELECTIVES (AT LEAST 4 UNITS CHOSEN FROM THE FOLLOWING)
UNITS
CSCI 281 Pipelines for Games and Interactives 3 CSCI 486 Serious Games Development 3 CTAN 330 Animation Fundamentals 2 CTAN 451 History of Animation 2 CTAN 452 Introduction to 3-D Computer Animation 2, max 4 CTIN 484L Intermediate Game Development 2 CTIN 489 Intermediate Game Design Workshop 2 CTIN 493L Advanced Game Project II 2, max 4 FACS 150 Visual Culture and Literacy I 4 FADN 203 Digital Tools for Design 2 FADW 301 Advanced Drawing 4 FADW 331 Studies in Drawing and Painting 4, max 12 FAIN 210 Introduction to Digital Photography 4 FAPT 105 Painting I 4 ITP 280 Video Game Production 4 Note: A minimum of 28 units is required for this minor.
Minor in 3-D Art for Games The focus of the 3-D art for games minor is a trans-disciplinary approach that incorporates the creative, technological and team-based communication skills necessary to develop 3-D art skills for video games. It includes a choice of courses from fine arts, computer science, information technology, interactive media and animation and digital arts. In preparation for the transition from the theoretical assignment to professional practice, students will present game prototypes to outside professionals at “Demo Days” at the end of each semester. The minimum number of units is 28. REQUIRED LOWER DIVISION COURSES
UNITS
FADN 102 Design Fundamentals 4 FADW 101 Introduction to Drawing: Studio Projects, Methods, Materials 4 FADW 201 Intermediate Drawing 4
(13 UNITS)
UNITS
CSCI 281 Pipelines for Games and Interactives 3 FACE 214 3-D/Actual and Virtual 4 FASC 106 Sculpture I 4 ITP 215x 3D Modeling, Animation and Special Effects 2
(11-12 UNITS)
UNITS
CTIN 488 Game Design Workshop, or 4 CSCI 486 Serious Games Development 3 CTIN 491L Advanced Game Project I 4 FASC 436 Art and Technology 4 ELECTIVES (3-4 UNITS CHOSEN FROM THE FOLLOWING)
UNITS
CSCI 180 Survey of Digital Games and Their Technologies 3 CSCI 486* Serious Games Development 3 CTAN 330 Animation Fundamentals 2 CTAN 451 History of Animation 2 CTAN 452 Introduction to 3-D Computer Animation 2, max 4 CTIN 483 Introduction to Game Development 4 CTIN 488* Game Design Workshop 4 CTIN 489 Intermediate Game Design Workshop 2 CTIN 493L Advanced Game Project II 2, max 4 FACS 150 Visual Culture and Literacy I 4 FACS 350 Art Theory and Criticism 4 FAIN 210 Introduction to Digital Photography 4 FAIN 220 Introduction to Video and Time-based Experimentation 4 FAIN 315 Internet Studio: Online Experimentation and Expression 4 FAIN 330 Ideas in Intermedia 4 ITP 280 Video Game Production 4 *Can be taken as elective if not taken as upperdivision requirement. Note: A minimum of 28 units is required for this minor.
Minor in 3-D Animation The 3-D animation minor merges theoretical concepts and practical skills to prepare students for a career in their major field of work with incorporation of 3-D animation and interactive technologies. Through integration of three major disciplines (cinema, fine arts and information technology), students gain a solid foundation in a wide range of important industry and academic skills. Two concentrations are available depending on professional goals and career or industry objectives. Refer to the Viterbi School of Engineering’s Information Technology program, page 671, for course requirements.
Graduate Degrees
691
Graduate Degrees Master of Fine Arts A two-year program administered in collaboration with the Graduate School, the Master of Fine Arts is a professional degree in the practice of art preparing students to pursue careers as professional artists. With an influential and innovative faculty and expansive facilities, the MFA program is one of the most ambitious, energetic and forward- thinking MFA programs in the United States. In addition to close, constant interaction with the permanent faculty, students participate in regular seminars, lectures, discussions, and studio visits with leading artists, critics, curators and theorists from around the world. The school’s immersion in the contemporary art community is a critical component of the MFA program.
The opportunity to gain experience as a teaching assistant is available on a competitive basis. All incoming students, regardless of country of citizenship, are considered for departmental funding and teaching assistantships; a separate application is not required. Program Requirements
At least 48 units are required for the Master of Fine Arts, to be distributed as follows: FA 515 Visiting Artist Forum, 6 units, FA 520 Individual Studies, max 16 units; FA 555 Seminar in Art Theory and Criticism, 8 units; FA 550 Seminar: Contemporary Issues, 4 units; FA 551 Fine Art and Interdisciplinary Studies, 8 units; 400 or 500-level electives outside of Fine Arts, 4 units; 594abz Master’s Thesis, 4 units.
Master of Fine Arts students are evaluated by faculty during reviews held near the end of each semester. Before a student is recommended for the Master of Fine Arts, a comprehensive review of past work and professional goals is held. An exhibition of work at the end of the course of study and a written thesis, documented with visual material, complete the Master of Fine Arts program. A minimum grade point average of 3.0 on all graduate work is required for the Master of Fine Arts degree.
Master of Arts, Art and Curatorial Practices in the Public Sphere The Master of Arts, Art and Curatorial Practices in the Public Sphere is a two-year master’s degree administered by the Roski School of Fine Arts, in collaboration with the Graduate School, preparing students for careers as curators, organizers, critics and scholars. The program is an interdisciplinary research laboratory that focuses on the role of contemporary art and curatorial practices in relation to public space and the public sphere. The course of study encompasses seminars on curatorial practice/organizational methods; social, urban and media theory; critical writing; exhibition histories; and selected topics in art and architectural history. Students examine how artists, curators, organizers, architects and other cultural producers engage public space and analyze the cultural conditions of the public sphere. The program features a curatorial practicum in which students collaborate on the development and organization of a city-space exhibition project. Students are also responsible for the research and writing of a thesis that develops innovative concepts and new scholarship on the interrelationships between art, public space and the public sphere.
Admission Requirements
Program Requirements
Requirements for admission: (1) a Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Fine Arts degree, or equivalent, from an accredited school; (2) a minimum 3.0 overall GPA; (3) three letters of recommendation; (4) two writing samples (one academic paper and the admission essay). The GRE General Test is required. International applicants are required to take the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL).
A minimum of 33 units is required, taken during a consecutive two-year period, distributed as follows:
Thesis Requirements
A master’s thesis committee comprises three members: a primary reader, a secondary reader and the director of the program. The thesis committee is established and contingent upon satisfactory completion of the second semester’s course work. Advancement to candidacy is determined by the director of the program, in consultation with other faculty. Curatorial Practicum Requirement
All students participate in the group curatorial practicum course for three consecutive terms (which complements the thesis requirement).
FIRST YEAR, FALL
UNITS
PAS 549 Methodologies of Art Writing 3 PAS 561 Curatorial/Organizational Models 2 PAS 571 Histories of Art in the Public Sphere 3 FIRST YEAR, SPRING
PAS 555a PAS 572 PAS 581
8 UNITS
Curatorial Practicum Contemporary Art in the Public Sphere Critical Conversations
SECOND YEAR, FALL
2 3 3 8 UNITS
PAS 555b Curatorial Practicum PAS 585 Theorizing the Public Realm PAS 594a Master’s Thesis Elective
2
9
3 2 2
USC Roski School of Fine Arts
692
SECOND YEAR, SPRING
UNITS
PAS 555c Curatorial Practicum 2 PAS 591 Field Internship Experience 1 PAS 594b Master’s Thesis 2 Elective 3
8
Elective Requirement Candidates for the Master of Arts, Art and Curatorial Practices in the Public Sphere must complete a minimum of 5 units of graduate level electives, chosen from either the Master of Arts, Art and Curatorial Practices in the Public Sphere program, or another relevant area in the university (with departmental approval).
Dual Degree Master of Arts, Art and Curatorial Practices in the Public Sphere/Master of Planning The Master of Arts, Art and Curatorial Practices in the Public Sphere/Master of Planning dual degree program offers an unusually rich opportunity for students interested in developing a new knowledge base to become successful professionals working in the arena of organizing art projects in urban public space, planning and community development. Los Angeles and the facilities at USC provide a unique learning laboratory to educate a more competitive professional with a better understanding of both the administration of public art and issues of urban planning. Students must complete the following requirements in this program: 70 units, including 28 units in the Master of Arts, Art and Curatorial Practices in the Public Sphere program, 22 in policy, planning, and development, and 20 in a field of study with no more than 8 units taken from other USC programs. MASTER OF ARTS, ART AND CURATORIAL PRACTICES IN THE PUBLIC SPHERE (28 UNITS)
UNITS
PAS 549 Methodologies of Art Writing 3 PAS 555abc Curatorial Practicum 2-2-2 PAS 561 Curatorial/Organizational Models 2 PAS 571 Histories of Art in the Public Sphere 3 PAS 572 Contemporary Art in the Public Sphere 3 PAS 581 Critical Conversations 3
PAS 585 Theorizing the Public Realm 3 PAS 591 Field Internship Experience 1 PAS 594ab Master’s Thesis 2-2 POLICY, PLANNING, AND DEVELOPMENT (22 UNITS)
UNITS
PPD 500 Intersectoral Leadership 2 PPD 501a Economics for Policy, Planning and Development 2 PPD 524 Planning Theory 2 PPD 525 Statistics and Arguing from Data 2 PPD 526 Comparative International Development 2 PPD 529 Legal Environment of Planning 2 PPD 531L Planning Studio 4 PPD 533 Planning History and Urban Form 2 PPD 627* Design Skills for Urban Planners 4 Note: 2-unit courses may be offered in seven-and-ahalf week blocks. *PPD 627 is the methodology course for the Preservation and Design of the Built Environment concentration. Students who choose to do a concen tration other than Preservation and Design of the Built Environment need to take the respective methodology course.
Dual degree students, like all other MPl students, must take a comprehensive examination and fulfill the internship requirement.
Field of Study (20 units) No more than 8 units from outside the Roski School of Fine Arts and the USC Price School of Public Policy. The MPl program requires students to declare their concentration during the fall semester prior to taking the comprehensive examination in the spring semester. Students are required to complete the gateway course and methodology course related to their concentration as part of their preparation for their comprehensive examination. The student’s concentration must contain a 4-unit methodology course, a 4-unit gateway course and 8 other units directly concerned with the subject matter of the concentration. Capstone Projects Students must complete a master’s thesis or final thesis project through the Roski School of Fine Arts and the MPl comprehensive examination through the USC Price School of Public Policy. Internship All students must complete 400 hours of internship through the USC Price School of Public Policy. This internship may be partially or completely fulfilled through prior professional experience.
Courses of Instruction
693
Courses of Instruction The terms indicated are expected but are not guaranteed. For the courses offered during any given term, consult the Schedule of Classes.
FA 515 Visiting Artist Forum (1, max 6, FaSpSm) Lecture and discussion course in
F I N E A R T S ( FA )
FA 520 Individual Studies (1-5, max 16, FaSpSm) Investigation of creative problems
FA 140x A Cultural Guide to Los Angeles (2, FaSp) An experiential and critical survey
of the cultural phenomena that make up Los Angeles: dance, music, theater, film; emphasis on visual arts. Not available for major credit to fine arts majors. Graded CR/NC. FA 207abx Two-Dimensional Art Workshop (a: 2, max 8, Fa; b: 2, max 8, FaSp) a: Studio
practice to develop standards of judgment and appreciation of the visual arts. Not available for credit to studio majors. b: Continuation of a. FA 208abx Three-Dimensional Art Workshop (a: 2, max 8, FaSp; b: 2, max 8, FaSp)
a: Studio practice to develop standards of judgment and appreciation of the visual arts. Not available for credit to studio majors. b: Continuation of a. FA 300 Professional Practices (2, FaSp)
Instruction on producing written and visual documentation of art/design work, proposals, statements, and portfolios; applications for art/design employment opportunities, grants, research projects, and graduate school. Open only to sophomores, juniors and seniors. FA 390 Special Problems (1-4) Supervised,
individual studies. No more than one registration permitted. Enrollment by petition only. FA 418 Independent Studies in Studio Arts (1-4, max 10, FaSpSm) Independent research
of specific topics under the direction of a faculty member. Administrative and faculty approval required. Recommended preparation: appropriate 300-level course work.
FA 419 Professional Internship in the Arts (2, max 4, FaSpSm) An experiential/academic
opportunity in a museum, gallery, community cultural center, or related facility. Lectures, seminars, written analysis, and working internship. Open to upper division fine arts majors. FA 490x Directed Research (2-8, max 8, FaSpSm) Individual research and readings.
Not available for graduate credit.
FA 499 Special Topics (2-4, max 8, FaSpSm)
Comprehensive exploration of particular aspects of visual art.
the professional practice of art featuring formal presentations by visiting artists.
through various media. Course may be repeated; maximum number of units to be determined by adviser.
FA 550 Seminar: Contemporary Issues (1, max 4, FaSp) Study of issues relative to
current directions in the visual arts; analysis and implications of forces contributing to conceptual development.
C E R A M I C S ( FA C E )
FACE 112 Ceramics (4, FaSpSm) Practical and
theoretical exploration of the nature of surface, form, volume and mass as fundamental elements of clay sculpture and the ceramic object. (Duplicates credit in former FA 112.) FACE 212 Wheel Throwing (2, FaSp) An
introductory course using wheel throwing techniques for ceramics to explore a variety of forms through three-dimensional exercises. (Duplicates credit in former FA 212.) FACE 213 Clay and Glazes (2, Sp) Provides
FA 551 Fine Art and Interdisciplinary Studies (4, max 12, Fa) Issues and theories
a foundation in clay and glaze materials as they relate to making ceramic art. (Duplicates credit in former FA 213.) Prerequisite: FACE 112.
FA 555 Seminar in Art Theory and Criticism (4, max 8, Sm) An intensive seminar taught
FACE 214 3-D/Actual and Virtual (4) A conceptually inventive introduction to clay and computer modeling. An investigation of the relationship between actual and virtual objects and how it affects our perception. (Duplicates credit in former FA 214.)
of contemporary art in relation to philosophy, history, literature, music, theatre, film, culture, politics, science, psychology and other disciplines.
by well-known visiting critics, writers and artists addressing the deconstruction of a variety of theories in the humanities, including art, film, literature, and philosophy. FA 560 Studies in Two-Dimensional Media (1-8, max 22) Investigation of creative prob-
lems through two-dimensional media. Course may be repeated; maximum number of units to be determined by adviser. FA 570 Studies in Three-Dimensional Media (1-8, max 22) Investigation of creative prob
lems through three-dimensional media. Course may be repeated; maximum number of units to be determined by adviser.
FACE 312 Advanced Ceramics (4, FaSpSm)
Directed examination of aesthetic concepts and investigation into personal ideas as they relate to the development of a creative visual language in ceramics. (Duplicates credit in former FA 312.) Prerequisite: FACE 112. FACE 412 Topics in Advanced Ceramics (4, max 12, FaSpSm) Continued directed
examination of aesthetic concepts and investigation into personal ideas as they relate to the development of a creative visual language in ceramics. (Duplicates credit in former FA 412.) Prerequisite: FACE 312.
FA 580 Studies in Intermedia (1-8, max 22)
C R I T I C A L S T U D I E S ( FA C S )
Investigation of creative problems through intermedia. Course may be repeated; maximum number of units to be determined by adviser.
FACS 150 Visual Culture and Literacy I (4, FaSp) Introduction to modern and con-
FA 590 Directed Research (1-12, FaSpSm)
Research leading to the graduate degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. Prerequisite: departmental approval, approval by Dean of School of Fine Arts or formal contract for research project. FA 594abz Master’s Thesis (2-2-0, FaSpSm)
Credit on acceptance of thesis. Graded IP/CR/NC.
temporary visual culture with emphasis on the major aesthetic theories and practices of the past 150 years. (Duplicates credit in former FA 150.) FACS 250 Visual Culture and Literacy II (4, FaSp) Critical examination of the key
developments and theoretical discourses of 20th century visual culture. (Duplicates credit in former FA 250.) Recommended preparation: FACS 150. FACS 350 Art Theory and Criticism (4, FaSp)
An intellectual framework for the practice of art making; the historical context for current ideas. (Duplicates credit in former FA 350.)
694
USC Roski School of Fine Arts
FACS 450x Senior Seminar (4, FaSp) Con-
FADN 432 Special Projects in Design (2, max 6, FaSp) Students work on projects
FAIN 220 Introduction to Video and Timebased Experimentation (4, FaSp) An intro-
D R A W I N G ( FA D W )
FAIN 310 Digital Photo Studio (4, FaSp)
FADW 101 Introduction to Drawing: Studio Projects, Methods, Materials (4, FaSpSm)
A technically and conceptually intensive studio in digital 2-D imaging/photography. (Duplicates credit in former FA 310.) Prerequisite: FAIN 210.
temporary professional issues facing the studio artist; current directions in the visual arts; forces and attitudes affecting the practicing artist in our society. Available for credit to art and fine arts majors only. (Duplicates credit in former FA 450x.)
for outside clients, and receive instruction in professional practices, advanced design techniques, and sophisticated technology. By invitation or portfolio review only. Only open to upper division students. (Duplicates credit in former FA 432.) Prerequisite: FADN 302.
ductory course exploring contemporary processes and practices of video experimentation including the camera, desktop production, and editing. Experimentation with multiple modes of execution, presentation, and distribution. (Duplicates credit in former FA 215 and former FA 220.)
D E S I G N ( FA D N )
FADN 102 Design Fundamentals (4, FaSp)
Introduction to the basic elements and processes of visual communication and design. Instruction includes studio projects, lectures and readings. Various media used. (Duplicates credit in former FA 102.) FADN 202 Design II (4, FaSp) Exploration
of essential elements of traditional and digital design, including color and image-text integration, editing information, typography and sequencing. (Duplicates credit in former FA 202.) Prerequisite: FADN 102; corequisite: FADN 203. FADN 203 Digital Tools for Design (2, FaSp)
Exploration of the processes of germination, ideation and application/execution in design integrated with computer usage. (Duplicates credit in former FA 203.) Corequisite: FADN 202. FADN 302 Design III (4, FaSp) Advanced
exploration of typography and image-text integration, including collaborative projects, pre-press and proofing techniques, narrative concepts and information architecture. (Duplicates credit in former FA 302.) Prerequisite: FADN 202. FADN 332ab Typography (2-2, FaSp) a: The
study of visual communication through the use of letterforms from historical tradition to contemporary experimental rebellion. b: Continuation of a. (Duplicates credit in former FA 332ab.)
FADN 333 New York Design Study Tour (2, Sp) Historical and contemporary aspects
An introduction to drawing, both skill and perception oriented, as the basic tool for all the visual arts. (Duplicates credit in former FA 101a.) FADW 201 Intermediate Drawing (4, FaSpSm) Drawing methods and concepts,
with emphasis on observing and rendering the human form and anatomy. Continued acquisition of skills, with compositional, gestural, and interpretive elements. (Duplicates credit in the former FA 101b.) Prerequisite: FADW 101a. FADW 301 Advanced Drawing (4, FaSpSm)
Directed examination of personal approaches in drawing; emphasis on making visual and artistic decisions and developing an appropriate attitude towards individual expression. (Duplicates credit in former FA 301.) Prerequisite: FADW 201. FADW 331 Studies in Drawing and Painting (4, max 12, FaSpSm) A studio examina-
tion of rotating topics in drawing/painting, either media-based or content-driven, with individual and collaborative projects; topics change each semester. By invitation only or request by portfolio submission. Open only to sophomores, juniors and seniors. (Duplicates credit in the former FA 331.) Recommended preparation: FADW 301 or FAPT 305. FADW 401 Topics in Advanced Drawing (4, max 12, FaSpSm) Continued directed
of the New York design world, including a one-week trip to New York City to visit design firms, studios and museums. Airfare and accommodations extra. By application only. (Duplicates credit in former FA 333.)
examination of personal approaches in drawing, emphasis on making visual and artistic decisions and developing an appropriate attitude toward visual expression. (Duplicates credit in former FA 401.) Prerequisite: FADW 301.
FADN 402 Advanced Design Projects (4, max 12, FaSp) Advanced information design
I N T E R M E D I A ( FA I N )
within a flexible curriculum. Emphasis on team-oriented projects. (Duplicates credit in former FA 402.) Prerequisite: FADN 302.
FAIN 210 Introduction to Digital Photography (4, FaSp) An introductory course explor-
ing the processes and practices of digital capture, imaging and printing, from web-based image posting to large-scale printing. (Duplicates credit in former FA 210.)
FAIN 315 Internet Studio: Online Experimentation and Expression (4, FaSp) A
technically and conceptually intensive studio exploring contemporary processes and practices of Internet art and online expression. FAIN 320 Video Studio (4, FaSpSm) An
intensive video studio in the understanding and method of time-based, narrative and non-narrative art. (Duplicates credit in former FA 320.) Prerequisite: FAIN 220. FAIN 330 Ideas in Intermedia (4, max 8, FaSp) An examination of the impact of
digital media on contemporary culture, with attention to a particular, changing topic each semester. (Duplicates credit in former FA 330.) FAIN 410 Advanced Digital Photo Studio (4, max 12, FaSp) Intensive open studio
environment for individually-directed student art projects in digital media, with an emphasis on 2-D photography. (Duplicates credit in former FA 410.) Prerequisite: FAIN 310.
FAIN 420 Advanced Video Studio (4, max 12, FaSp) An intensive open studio environ-
ment for individually-directed student art projects in digital media, with an emphasis on video. (Duplicates credit in former FA 420.) Prerequisite: FAIN 320. P H O T O G R A P H Y ( FA P H )
FAPH 209 Introduction to Photography (4, FaSp) Introduction to the practice of
photographic image-making within fine arts. Emphasis on developing technical skills in relation to personal vision. Work in black and white. (Duplicates credit in the former FA 209a.)
Courses of Instruction
FAPH 309ab Intermediate Photography (4-4, FaSp) Instruction in photographic
image-making within fine art; development of technical skills in relation to personal vision; working with color, medium-format cameras, and s tudio lighting. a: Duplicates credit in the former FA 209b; b: Duplicates credit in the former FA 309. Prerequisite: FAPH 209. FAPH 409 Topics in Advanced Photography (4, max 12, FaSp) In-depth exploration of
photographic and artistic concepts as they apply to the articulation of personal work. (Duplicates credit in former FA 409.) Prerequisite: FAPH 309b. P R I N T M A K I N G ( FA P R )
FAPR 311 Printmaking (4, FaSp) Introductory
course in various printmaking techniques; necessary skills and inherent expressive qualities of different printmaking methods are explored. (Duplicates credit in former FA 311.)
FAPR 411 Topics in Advanced Printmaking (4, max 12, FaSp) Directed examination of
specific printmaking media in relation to personal aesthetic goals and expressive concepts. (Duplicates credit in former FA 411.) Prerequisite: FAPR 311. PA I N T I N G ( FA P T )
FAPT 105 Painting I (4, FaSpSm) Practi-
cal introduction to oil and acrylic pigments, painting equipment, processes, and media. Also, primary experience in: color, composition and perception through representational and abstract painting. (Duplicates credit in former FA 105.) FAPT 205 Painting II (4, FaSpSm) Con-
tinuation of practical and theoretical skills introduced in Painting I. Color in personal expression, perception, and content; cultural subjects/objects and symbols signifying a personal language. (Duplicates credit in the former FA 205a.) Prerequisite: FAPT 105. FAPT 305 Advanced Painting (4, FaSpSm)
Directed examination of aesthetic concepts; investigation into personal ideas related to the development of a creative visual language in painting. (Duplicates credit in former FA 305.) Prerequisite: FAPT 205. FAPT 331 Studies in Drawing and Painting (4, max 12, FaSpSm) (Enroll in FADW 331)
FAPT 405 Topics in Advanced Painting (4, max 12, FaSpSm) Directed paint-
ing with continued emphasis on personal choices regarding appropriation of conceptual images and arrangement, material processes, scale, number of paintings. Ongoing critical response to painting. (Duplicates credit in former FA 405.) Prerequisite: FAPT 305. S C U L P T U R E ( FA S C )
FASC 106 Sculpture I (4, FaSp) Practical
and theoretical introduction to sculpture as dimensional manipulation. Primary exploration of form, mass, gravity, surface, structure and associative recognition in three- dimensional art. (Duplicates credit in former FA 106.)
695
FASC 366 Art and Site (4) Exploration
focusing on site as a major component of art work in both content and form, emphasizing multidimensional work in relation to context, material and intent. (Duplicates credit in former FA 366.) Prerequisite: FASC 106. FASC 406 Topics in Advanced Sculpture (4, max 12, FaSp) Individual direction of
the study of aesthetic issues in sculpture; investigation of an individual creative vision. (Duplicates credit in former FA 406.) Prerequisite: FASC 306. FASC 436 Art and Technology (4, FaSp)
An interdisciplinary course between art and engineering that addresses creative thinking in the manipulation of media and the communication of ideas. (Duplicates credit in former FA 436.)
FASC 136 Modeling and Mold Making (2, FaSp) Introduction to plaster mold mak-
ing using clay and wax for both ceramics and sculpture. Exploration of casting materials. (Duplicates credit in former FA 136.)
P U B L I C A R T S T U D I E S ( PA S )
FASC 206 Sculpture II (4, FaSp) Contin-
and theoretical perspectives of contemporary public art issues explored through case studies and discussions with artists, architects, and designers engaging the public realm.
ued examination of the concepts of three- dimensional art: interrelation of material and image, public, human and intimate scale. (Duplicates credit in former FA 206.) Prerequisite: FASC 106. FASC 236 Metal (2, FaSp) Introduction to
metal in fine art. Emphasis on technical proficiencies and effective solutions working in a variety of metals. (Duplicates credit in former FA 236.) Recommended preparation: FASC 106. FASC 246 Construction Techniques (2)
Exploration of art fabrication and the techniques and philosophies of working with a variety of materials. (Duplicates credit in former FA 246.) Recommended preparation: FASC 106. FASC 306 Advanced Sculpture (4, FaSp)
Directed examination of three-dimensional aesthetic concepts; development of an individual creative vision. (Duplicates credit in former FA 306.) Prerequisite: FASC 206. FASC 334 Space/Motion/Site: Investigating Performance and Installation (2) Explora-
tion of performance and installation art, including historical influences and integration of multimedia and new technologies. (Duplicates credit in former FA 334.) FASC 335 New Genres: Experimental Practices in Contemporary Art (4) Ideas in
New Genres, topic changes each semester. (Duplicates credit in former FA 335.)
PAS 371 Art in the Public Realm: Contemporary Issues (4, FaSp) Critical frameworks
PAS 400 New Models of Art in City-Space (4) A focused examination of innovative
processes utilized by contemporary local, national and international artists working in the public/social spaces of cities. PAS 499 Special Topics (2-4, max 8, FaSp)
Comprehensive exploration of particular aspects of public art. PAS 549 Methodologies of Art Writing (3, Fa) Writing methods on art practices in
the public sphere and public space, by curators, organizers, critics, scholars and artists. PAS 550 Social Space, Publics and CounterPublics (1) Seminar on interconnections
between art, social space, media culture, in relation to notions of audience, community, and publics.
PAS 555abc Curatorial Practicum (a: 2, Sp; b: 2, Fa; c: 2, Sp) Students collaborate as a
group for three terms to conceptualize and organize an exhibition project in an urban public space.
PAS 561 Curatorial/Organizational Models (2, Fa) Overview of strategies utilized by
art organizations, curators, museums and non-profit/alternative spaces to conceptualize, develop, and organize art projects in the public realm.
696
USC Roski School of Fine Arts
PAS 571 Histories of Art in the Public Sphere (3, Fa) Topics in the history of the
PAS 582 Seminar: Contemporary Issues (3)
PAS 572 Contemporary Art in the Public Sphere (3, Sp) Thematic investigation of art-
PAS 585 Theorizing the Public Realm (3, Fa)
avant-garde in relation to public space and the public sphere, focusing on critical moments during the 20th Century.
ists who engage social space/the public realm, emphasizing practices and critical issues in contemporary art from the 1970s to the present. PAS 581 Critical Conversations (3, Sp) A
series of conversations with visiting artists, curators, organizers, critics, architects and theorists on seminal issues regarding the public sphere and public space.
Thematic seminar on the most recent developments of art in public space, and analysis of debates regarding the theorization of public space/the public sphere. Graded CR/NC. Interdisciplinary exploration of theories of public space and the public domain, from the 19th century to the present.
PAS 591 Field Internship Experience (1, max 2, FaSpSm) Supervised internship in
an art institution or an art agency, or with an independent curator or artist, on projects and research specific to public space. Graded CR/NC. Recommended preparation: completion of first year of courses. PAS 594abz Master’s Thesis (a: 2, Fa; b: 2, Sp; z: 0, FaSpSm) Credit on acceptance of
thesis. Graded IP/CR/NC.
PAS 590 Directed Research (1-12, FaSpSm)
Research leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC.
PAS 599 Special Topics (2-4, max 8)
USC Davis School of Gerontology
T
he USC Davis School of Gerontology explores all aspects of human development and aging. Course work and research opportunities in biology, psychology, sociology, policy and aging services make up the breadth of its multidisciplinary curriculum.
Founded in 1975, USC Davis is not only the nation’s premiere school of gerontology, it is also the first. Named in honor of Leonard Davis, a philanthropist and businessman who pioneered insurance plans for the elderly through his involvement in AARP and his own company Colonial Penn Life Insurance, the school continues to provide ground-breaking solutions to issues facing an aging population. USC Davis is committed to providing students with a broad theoretical understanding of lifespan development as well as dynamic post-graduate career placement. Students on all levels often enroll in semester-long internship programs. Working with our internship director, students can apply their gerontological knowledge to an array of industries such as health, medicine, business, finance, policy, direct services, program development, counseling and many other fields. USC Davis School’s Bachelor of Science degrees can be pursued with a health science, a social science or a global emphasis. The school also offers four master’s degrees, nine dual master’s
USC Davis professor Valter Longo, left, brought a group of students to his hometown of Genoa, Italy, to study the relationship between healthy aging and lifestyle — especially food choices. “We would laugh at the irony: one minute in class, we were learning about the benefits of caloric restriction, and the next minute, we were biting into the best pesto gnocchi in the world!” said graduate student Elaine Martini.
programs, a graduate certificate, and an esteemed Ph.D. program in gerontology. The school’s research and services arm is the Ethel Percy Andrus Gerontology Center. To date the ever-expanding center now houses the USC Biology of Aging Program, the California Center for Long Term Care Integration, the Fall Prevention Center of Excellence, the Long Beach Longitudinal Study, the Longitudinal Study of Generations, the Society for the Study of Social Biology, and the USC/UCLA Center on Biodemography and Population Health.
698
USC Davis School of Gerontology
USC Davis School of Gerontology (213) 740-5156 FAX: (213) 740-0792 Email: ldsgero@usc.edu www.usc.edu/gero
Jeffrey McCombs, Ph.D. (Pharmacy); Christian Pike, Ph.D.; John P. Walsh, Ph.D.* Assistant Professors: Cleopatra Abdou, Ph.D.; Sean Curran, Ph.D.; Susan Enguidanos, Ph.D.; Tara Lynn Gruenewald, Ph.D.; Ana Marie Yamada, Ph.D. (Social Work)
Administration
Pinchas Cohen, M.D., Dean and Executive Director of the Ethel Percy Andrus Gerontology Center Bob Knight, Ph.D., Associate Dean Maria Henke, M.A., Assistant Dean Faculty
William and Sylvia Kugel Dean’s Chair in Gerontology: Pinchas Cohen, M.D. AARP University Chair in Gerontology: Eileen Crimmins, Ph.D.* ARCO/William F. Kieschnick Chair in the Neurobiology of Aging: Caleb E. Finch, Ph.D. James E. Birren Chair in Gerontology: Kelvin J.A. Davies, Ph.D., D.Sc. The Golden Age Association/Frances Wu Chair in Chinese Elderly: Iris Chi, Ph.D. (Social Work) Edna M. Jones Chair in Gerontology: Valter D. Longo, Ph.D. Rita and Edward Polusky Chair in Education and Aging: Elizabeth M. Zelinski, Ph.D.* UPS Foundation Chair in Gerontology: Jon Pynoos, Ph.D.* Merle H. Bensinger Professor of Gerontology: Bob G. Knight, Ph.D. Mary Pickford Foundation Professor of Gerontology: Kathleen H. Wilber, Ph.D.* Albert L. and Madelyne G. Hanson Family Trust Assistant Professor: Susan H. Enguidanos, Ph.D. Professors: Kathleen Chambers, Ph.D. (Psychology); Margaret Gatz, Ph.D. (Psychology); Martin Levine, Ph.D. (Law, Psychiatry and the Behavioral Sciences); Mara Mather, Ph.D.; John J. McArdle, Ph.D. (Psychology); Michal Mor-Barak, DSW (Social Work); Roseann Mulligan, DDS (Dentistry); Robert C. Myrtle, DPA (Public Policy); Mike Nichol, Ph.D. (Pharmacy and Public Policy); Victor Regnier, M.Arch. (Architecture); Edward L. Schneider, M.D.; Lon Schneider, M.D. (Psychiatry and Neurology); Merril Silverstein, Ph.D.; John Tower, Ph.D. (Biological Sciences); Bradley R. Williams, Pharm.D. (Clinical Pharmacy) Associate Professors: Maria Aranda, Ph.D. (Social Work); Loren G. Lipson, M.D. (Medicine);
Research Professors: Todd Morgan, Ph.D.; Albert Rizzo III, Ph.D. Research Associate Professors: Gennady Ermak, Ph.D.; Roseann Giarrusso, Ph.D.; Jung Ki Kim, Ph.D. Research Assistant Professors: Garnik K. Akopian, M.D., Ph.D.; Donna Benton, Ph.D.; Thomas Parsons, Ph.D. Adjunct Professors: Neal Cutler, Ph.D.; Fernando Torres-Gil, Ph.D.* Adjunct Associate Professors: Joanna Davies, Ph.D.; Monika White, Ph.D. Adjunct Research Professor: Larry Rubenstein, Ph.D. Adjunct Research Assistant Professor: Tracy Armstrong, Ph.D. Adjunct Clinical Professor: Robert M. Tager, M.D. Clinical Professor: Anne Katz, Ph.D. Clinical Associate Professors: Raquel D. Arias, M.D.; Michael Gilewski, Ph.D.; Carl Renold, Ph.D.; Debra Sheets, Ph.D. Clinical Assistant Professors: Aaron Hagedorn, Ph.D.; Freddi Segal-Gidan, Ph.D. Emeritus Professors: Vern Bengtson, Ph.D.; James E. Birren, Ph.D.; Gerald A. Larue, Ph.D. Emeritus Associate Professor: Phoebe Liebig, Ph.D. *Recipient of university-wide or college teaching award.
Programs
The Davis School of Gerontology offers a Bachelor of Science in Human Development and Aging, a Bachelor of Science in Lifespan Health, undergraduate classes through the health and humanity major in the USC Dornsife College of Letters, Arts and Sciences, two minors in aging and a progressive Master of Science in Gerontology open to all undergraduate students.
The School of Gerontology offers several graduate degrees including: a Master of Science in Gerontology; a Master of Aging Services Management; a Master of Arts in Gerontology; a Master of Long Term Care Administration (with the Marshall School of Business and the Price School of Public Policy). All master’s degrees are offered online and onsite. The School of Gerontology offers the premiere Ph.D. in Gerontology program in the nation. The program is not offered online. Non-degree graduate students may complete 16 units of gerontology and be awarded a graduate level certificate in gerontology (also available online). Master’s degree students may pursue one of several dual degrees, which are jointly offered with other professional schools. These are the Master of Science in Gerontology and the Master of Business Administration (M.S./ MBA) with the Marshall School of Business; the Master of Science in Gerontology and the Doctor of Dental Surgery (M.S./DDS) with the Ostrow School of Dentistry; the Master of Science in Gerontology and the Juris Doctor (M.S./J.D.) with the Gould School of Law; the Master of Science in Gerontology and the Master of Public Administration (M.S./ MPA), the Master of Science in Gerontology and the Master of Health Administration (M.S./MHA), and the Master of Science in Gerontology and the Master of Planning (M.S./MPl) with the Price School of Public Policy; the Master of Science in Gerontology and the Master of Social Work (M.S./MSW) with the School of Social Work; and the Master of Science in Gerontology and the Doctor of Pharmacy (M.S./Pharm.D.) with the School of Pharmacy. In addition to the degree and minor programs, overview courses in aging are offered for undergraduates enrolled in other units of the university. Many gerontology courses can be credited as elective units. Honor Society
The student honor society is Sigma Phi Omega, the national honor society formed in 1980 to recognize the excellence of those who study gerontology. The organization seeks to promote scholarship and professionalism, and to recognize exemplary attainment in the field of aging. Undergraduates must have a GPA of at least 3.3 and graduate students a GPA of at least 3.5. Sigma Phi Omega is administered by the Association for Gerontology in Higher Education, an educational unit of the Gerontological Society of America.
Undergraduate Programs
Ethel Percy Andrus Gerontology Center
The Andrus Gerontology Center initiates, designs and executes basic and applied research on the many phases of development and aging, and provides for graduate and post-graduate training in the biological, social, behavioral and policy sciences.
Specific areas of study include neurobiology, cognitive science, biology, social organization behavior, human service delivery, biodemography and social policy.
699
The Andrus Center offers a multidisciplinary research training program in gerontology. It is directed toward graduate students pursuing the Ph.D. as well as a limited number of post-doctoral fellows who develop research and academic careers in specialized areas of gerontology. Research training is carried out within individual disciplines.
Undergraduate Programs Bachelor of Science in Human Development and Aging The Bachelor of Science in Human Development and Aging is an undergraduate degree offered at the USC Davis School of Gerontology in the social sciences. Students in this program often pursue careers related to older adults in business, law, the nonprofit sector or government agencies. Students may also specialize in a health science track. The health science track combines the core gerontology curriculum with the prerequisites for admission to medical school and other health-related fields including: dentistry, pharmacy, occupational/physical therapy, physician assistant programs and others. In addition, students will participate in a supervised practicum experience in which they will become directly involved with aging c lients in a health care setting. Students planning to pursue a B.S. are urged to notify the school of this intent as early as possible during their undergraduate study. This will help ensure that the student receives proper advisement and that the student is alerted to any special requirements or program modifications. During the freshman and sophomore years, students enroll primarily in general education required courses as specified by the university and the Human Development and Aging gateway course (GERO 200). During their junior and senior years, students enroll in required and elective courses in the School of Gerontology as well as other courses throughout the university. These courses are selected in consultation with an adviser and reflect the personal and professional interests of the students.
The honors program is available to juniors who maintain a GPA of 3.5 in gerontology and a GPA of 3.3 in other USC course work. The honors program includes mentored training in research and course work relevant to research methodology and statistics. A grade point average of at least C (2.0) on all units attempted at USC is required for undergraduate degrees. The School of Gerontology requires a minimum 2.0 grade point average in upper division courses applied toward the major. General Education Requirements
The university’s general education program provides a coherent, integrated introduction to the breadth of knowledge you will need to be considered a generally well-educated person. This program requires six courses in different categories, plus writing and diversity requirements, which together comprise the USC Core. See pages 63 and 250 for more information. Foreign Language or Programming Skills (12 Units)
Students must satisfy the skill level requirement in one language or complete ITP 101x and additional ITP 100-level programming courses to total 12 units. Students in the health science track are required to complete only ITP 101x.
Degree Requirements REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
GERO 200 Gerontology: The Science of Adult Development 4 GERO 320 Psychology of Adult Development 4 GERO 330 Society and Adult Development 4 GERO 340 Policy, Values, and Power in an Aging Society 4 GERO 350 Administrative Problems in Aging 4 GERO 416 Health Issues in Adulthood 4 GERO 481 Case Management for Older Adults 4 GERO 491 Practicum 4 GERO 492 Senior Seminar 4 General Education 24 Writing Requirement 8 Foreign Language or Programming 12 Gerontology electives 12 One approved statistics course 4 General electives in gerontology or related disciplines (8 units upper division) 32 Total:
128
RECOMMENDED GENERAL ELECTIVES
UNITS
ANTH 305 Childhood, Birth and Reproduction 4 HP 402 Maternal and Child Health 4 LING 405 Child Language Acquisition 4 PSYC 100 Introduction to Psychology 4 PSYC 336L* Developmental Psychology 4 PSYC 437* Adolescent Development 4 SOCI 305 Sociology of Childhood 4 SOCI 369 The Family in a Changing Society 4 SOCI 385 Population, Society, and Aging 4 *Prerequisite required.
700
USC Davis School of Gerontology
Health Science Track in Human Development and Aging
RECOMMENDED GENERAL ELECTIVES
Requirements for Admission The listed requirements for admission to the health science track in human development and aging will not differ from existing requirements for admission to the Bachelor of Science in Human Development and Aging. However, because health professional schools are very competitive, USC students interested in this program will be expected to have achieved at least a 3.0 grade point average (A = 4.0). Students entering the program from high schools or transferring from community colleges will also be expected to meet the minimum admission standards. Degree Requirements SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
UNITS
BISC 120Lx General Biology: Organismal Biology and Evolution 4 BISC 220L General Biology: Cell Biology and Physiology 4 CHEM 105abL* General Chemistry 4-4 CHEM 322abL* Organic Chemistry 4-4 MATH 125* Calculus I 4 PHYS 135abL* Physics for the Life Sciences 4-4 GERONTOLOGY UPPER DIVISION CORE COURSES
36 UNITS
GERO 310* Physiology of Aging 4 GERO 320 Psychology of Adult Development, or GERO 330 Society and Adult Development 4 GERO 340 Policy, Values, and Power in an Aging Society 4 GERO 414* Neurobiology of Aging 4 GERO 495 Practicum in Geriatric Care 4 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
20 UNITS
ITP 101x Introduction to Information Technology General Education Writing Requirement Gerontology upper division electives General electives in gerontology or related disciplines (8 units upper division) Total:
4 24 8 12 24 72 128
UNITS
ANTH 305 Childhood, Birth and Reproduction 4 BISC 480* Developmental Biology 4 HP 402 Maternal and Child Health 4 LING 405 Child Language Acquisition 4 PSYC 100 Introduction to Psychology 4 PSYC 336L* Developmental Psychology 4 PSYC 437* Adolescent Development 4 SOCI 305 Sociology of Childhood 4 SOCI 369 The Family in a Changing Society 4 SOCI 385 Population, Society, and Aging 4 *Prerequisite required.
Honors Program in Human Development and Aging
USC Davis offers an honors program to outstanding students already pursuing studies for the B.S. in Human Development and Aging degree. This program offers students an opportunity to participate in mentored undergraduate research, taking course work in research methods and statistics in aging, and experience in writing an honors thesis that summarizes the research project. Honors students are required to complete GERO 497abc for a total of 6-8 units, beginning in the fall or spring of the junior year. In the senior year, they must complete GERO 593 Research Methods with a minimum grade of B. GERO 593 is offered only in the fall semester. Completion of the program requires a minimum GPA of 3.5 in gerontology and 3.3 in other courses. The program leads to the designation on the transcript of Bachelor of Science in Human Development and Aging with Honors. The student takes 2 units of GERO 497a in the fall or spring of the junior year as a mentored research course to begin the process of developing an honors thesis. This would be in lieu of elective units. In the fall of the junior or senior year the student would complete GERO 593 for 4 units and 2 units of GERO 497b, both in lieu of elective units. Also during the fall semester, the research design and methods for the honors thesis are finalized and the research project begun. In the spring, the student would register for 2‑4 units of GERO 497c in lieu of elective units. The goal for that semester is to complete the research and write the honors thesis.
Degree Requirements REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
GERO 200 Gerontology: The Science of Adult Development 4 GERO 320 Psychology of Adult Development 4 GERO 330 Society and Adult Development 4 GERO 340 Policy, Values, and Power in an Aging Society 4 GERO 350 Administrative Problems in Aging 4 GERO 416 Health Issues in Adulthood 4 GERO 481 Case Management for Older Adults 4 GERO 491 Practicum 4 GERO 492 Senior Seminar 4 General Education 24 Writing Requirement 8 Foreign Language or Programming 12 Gerontology electives 12 One approved statistics course 4 Electives in gerontology and related disciplines 20-22
116-188
GERONTOLOGY HONORS COURSES
UNITS
GERO 497abc* Honors Seminar GERO 593 Research Methods
2, 2, 2-4 4
10-12
Total:
128
Requirements for Completion of the Health Science Honors Track SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
UNITS
BISC 120Lx General Biology: Organismal Biology and Evolution 4 BISC 220L General Biology: Cell Biology and Physiology 4 CHEM 105abL* General Chemistry 8 CHEM 322abL* Organic Chemistry 8 MATH 125* Calculus I 4 PHYS 135abL* Physics for the Life Sciences 8 GERONTOLOGY UPPER DIVISION CORE COURSES
36 UNITS
GERO 310* Physiology of Aging 4 GERO 320 Psychology of Adult Development, or GERO 330 Society and Adult Development 4 GERO 340 Policy, Values and Power in an Aging Society 4 GERO 414* Neurobiology of Aging 4 GERO 495 Practicum in Geriatric Care 4
20
Undergraduate Programs
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
ITP 101x Introduction to Information Technology 4 General Education 24 Writing Requirement 8 Gerontology upper division electives 8 Electives in gerontology and related disciplines 16-18
GERONTOLOGY HONORS COURSES
701
UNITS
GERO 497abc* Honors Seminar GERO 593 Research Methods
2, 2, 2-4 4
10-12
Total:
128
*Prerequisite required.
60-62
Bachelor of Science in Lifespan Health The Bachelor of Science in Lifespan Health prepares students for admission to a graduate or professional school with an emphasis on the biomedical aspects of health including disease prevention, detection and treatment. This program is designed for students wishing to pursue graduate studies in a health field such as medicine, pharmacy, occupational/physical therapy, psychology and other related fields. Admission to this program is granted through USC’s admission process, described in the admission section of this catalogue. The same foreign language requirement for the B.S. in Human Development and Aging is required
as well as the USC Core (see pages 63 and 250 for more information). Students must enroll in the following courses: GERONTOLOGY REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
GERO 200 Gerontology: The Science of Adult Development 4 GERO 310* Physiology of Aging 4 GERO 320 Psychology of Adult Development 4 GERO 416 Health Issues in Adulthood 4 GERO 483 Global Health and Aging 4 GERO 492 Senior Seminar 4 GERO 495 Practicum in Geriatric Care 4
Choose three from the following four courses: GERO 414* Neurobiology of Aging 4 GERO 437** Social and Psychological Aspects of Death and Dying 4 GERO 475 Ethical Issues in Geriatric Care 4 GERO 481 Case Management for Older Adults 4 Electives 32 Gerontology electives 12 *Prerequisite required. **GERO 437 must be taken for 4 units of credit
Bachelor of Arts in Health and Humanity The USC Davis School of Gerontology offers undergraduate classes through the Health and Humanity major in the USC Dornsife College of Letters, Arts and Sciences (see page 364).
Progressive Degree in Gerontology/Master of Science in Gerontology The progressive degree program allows high performing students to integrate their current undergraduate major with a Master of Science in Gerontology. Students with at least a 3.0 overall GPA may apply for admission to the degree program in their junior year.
Students will meet with the gerontology student adviser to develop a course plan that must be approved by the School of Gerontology and the student’s home department. Students admitted into the progressive degree program begin taking master’s level courses in their senior year and will complete the master’s degree in year five. For more information on the admission process, see the gerontology student adviser. For further details on progressive degree programs, see page 86.
702
USC Davis School of Gerontology
Minors in Aging The undergraduate minor program gives students the option of combining their major with an emphasis in gerontology, the study of aging. The minors provide students with the opportunity to supplement their education with a life course perspective of aging processes.
available to students who have completed 4 units of prerequisites (BISC 220L or BISC 221L) as part of their major requirements. Upon completion of 20 units and graduation, the minor is noted on the student’s transcript. Course Requirements
The minor programs, which are multidisciplinary in nature, allow the student to survey the sociological, political, psychological and biological aspects of aging; to gain an understanding of the current services available to older persons; and to examine the contemporary policy issues facing the field. Individuals, Societies and Aging This minor is a fit for students in business, engineering, communication, cinematic arts, or arts and sciences interested in developing a broad knowledge of issues in aging. Based largely on disciplines in the behavioral and social sciences, students learn how aging will impact their lives, families and careers. Upon completion of 20 units and graduation, the minor is noted on the student’s transcript. Science, Health and Aging The Science, Health and Aging minor is appropriate for students working toward careers in medicine, dentistry, pharmacy, biological sciences, public health or other health related fields. Admission to the minor is only
Individuals, Societies and Aging REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
GERO 320 Psychology of Adult Development 4 GERO 330 Society and Adult Development 4 GERO 340 Policy, Values, and Power in an Aging Society 4 Select two from the following: GERO 380 Diversity in Aging 4 GERO 416 Health Issues in Adulthood 4 GERO 435 Women and Aging: Psychological, Social and Political Implications 4 GERO 437 Social and Psychological Aspects of Death and Dying 4 GERO 481 Case Management for Older Adults 4 GERO 491 Practicum 4
Science, Health and Aging REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
GERO 310 Physiology of Aging 4 GERO 414 Neurobiology of Aging 4 GERO 416 Health Issues in Adulthood, or GERO 496 Introduction to Clinical Geriatrics 4 Select two from the following: GERO 415 Neuroaffective Disorders of Aging 4 GERO 421 Managed Care for an Aging Society 4 GERO 437 Social and Psychological Aspects of Death and Dying 4 GERO 475 Ethical Issues in Geriatric Health Care 4 GERO 495 Practicum in Geriatric Care 4
20
20
Graduate Degrees Master’s Degrees in Gerontology Master of Science in Gerontology
The Master of Science in Gerontology prepares graduates to assume major leadership roles in the field of aging, primarily in the planning, administration and evaluation of programs in the private and public sectors, as well as executive positions in the delivery of direct services to older people and their families and in the instruction of older adults and service providers. The Master of Science in Gerontology requires 44 units of course work. This includes 32 units of required courses and 12 units of electives. As part of this curriculum, a field practicum assures that these skills can be applied in agencies and institutional settings.
All students take core courses in physiological, psychological, sociological, social policy and professional issues relating to aging, as well as research methods and the capstone course. The course work includes instruction on the processes of aging and professional courses designed to develop the skills needed for practice. The field practicum includes one or two semesters of practical experience working in an organizational setting. Continuous registration in the program is required. There is a five year completion time limit for the degree. Leaves of absence are available for limited times and are excluded from the total time limit. A maximum of two absences (one year each) is allowed. Most courses are offered on campus and online.
Prerequisites for Admission Students applying for admission to the Master of Science in Gerontology program must have a bachelor’s degree from an accredited college or university. In selecting applicants for admission, the School of Gerontology considers both academic potential (as reflected in undergraduate study and scores on the Graduate Record Examinations) and professional potential (as reflected in experience, references and career goals). The school requests information from applicants to supplement that supplied by the USC Application for Graduate Admission. Such supplemental information usually includes a resume, statement of interest in gerontology and letters of reference. Interviews may be required.
Graduate Degrees
Probation and Disqualification Probation and Warning Any graduate student whose cumulative or semester grade point average in the university falls below B (3.0) will be placed on academic probation. A graduate student whose semester average falls below B (3.0) but whose cumulative grade point average in the university is 3.0 (A = 4.0) or higher will be placed on academic warning. Disqualification A graduate student on academic probation will be disqualified if his or her cumulative record accumulates more than 12 units of C work. A graduate student, whether on probation or not, will be subject to disqualification if the Student Affairs Committee of the USC Davis School at any time determines deficiency in academic achievement. Common Requirements All candidates for the Master of Science degree must complete the following common requirements: REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
GERO 510 Physiology of Development and Aging 4 GERO 520 Life Span Developmental Psychology 4 GERO 530 Life Span Developmental Sociology 4 GERO 540 Social Policy and Aging 4 GERO 589 Case Studies in Leadership and Change Management 4 GERO 591 Field Practicum 4 GERO 593 Research Methods 4
28
Capstone Course GERO 555 Integrating Gerontology: A Multidisciplinary Approach 4 Suggested Electives 12 elective units: GERO 522 Counseling Older Adults and Their Families 4 GERO 543 Continuum of Care: A Systems Perspective 4 GERO 550 Administration and System Management in Programs for Older Adults 4 GERO 551 Applied Policy Skills in Aging 4 GERO 554 Evaluation: Incorporating Evidence-Based Practices 4 GERO 591 Field Practicum 4
703
Common requirements for all programs include the 28 required units and GERO 555, totaling 32 units. In addition, each candidate must complete the 12 units of electives chosen from the complete list of electives approved by the student’s adviser. Field Practicum The field practicum provides the opportunity for the student to gain valuable experience and develop needed skills by working in a community agency or institution. It involves a minimum of 240 hours of involvement. Students may elect to take an additional 4 units of GERO 591 Field Practicum as an elective. Field placement assignments are made by the internship coordinator of the school in consultation with the student and in accordance with the resources available in the community. Every effort is made to secure placement which will reflect the student’s capacity to assume the responsibilities of a professional in gerontology. Evaluations of the student’s performance are sent to the school by the community agency; the student receives a grade of credit/no credit in GERO 591 Field Practicum.
In addition to the 32 units of common requirements for the M.S. in Gerontology, the following courses are required to earn the certificate. UNITS
PPD 509 Problems and Issues in the Health Field 4 PPD 510a Financial Management of Health Services, or PPD 516 Financial Accounting for Health Care Organizations 4 PPD 545 Human Behavior in Public Organizations, or PPD 557 Modeling and Operations Research 4 Elective 4
The Advanced Placement M.S. program allows the outstanding student who has completed a Bachelor of Science in Gerontology to waive several courses in order to complete the master’s degree in 36 units rather than the 44 units for the regular program. REQUIRED COURSES
16
ONE SPECIALIZED COURSE FROM THE FOLLOWING:
GERO 550 Administration and System Management in Programs for Older Adults 4 PPD 600 Management of Managed Care Organizations 4 PPD 601 Management of Long-Term Care Organizations 4
UNITS
GERO 510 Physiology of Development and Aging, or GERO 520 Life Span Developmental Psychology, or GERO 530 Life Span Developmental Sociology, or GERO 540 Social Policy and Aging 4 GERO 555 Integrating Gerontology: A Multidisciplinary Approach 4 GERO 591 Field Practicum 8 GERO 593 Research Methods 4 Gerontology skill requirements 12 Gerontology electives 4
Master of Science with Specialization in the Health Service Area and Ambulatory Care Certificate
CORE COURSES
Advanced Placement Master of Science in Gerontology
36
Program Adaptation Three of the following courses, GERO 510, GERO 520, GERO 530 and GERO 540, will be waived for students in the advanced placement track. Advanced placement students admitted to dual degree programs (page 706) must meet curriculum requirements for the respective programs. Progressive Degree in Gerontology
A progressive degree program allows qualified undergraduate students the opportunity to complete an integrated program of study joining a bachelor’s degree and a master’s degree in the same or different departments. The progressive degree program in gerontology allows students in their junior year to apply for the Master of Science in Geron tology program and complete both degrees in five years. Students must fulfill all the requirements for both the bachelor’s degree and the master’s degree. The total number of units for the master’s degree, however, may be reduced by a maximum of one third. Students must obtain permission from both the bachelor’s degree granting program and the USC Davis School of Gerontology. This program may be particularly attractive to students majoring in biology, psychology, policy and sociology. For more information on progressive degrees, see the entry under Undergraduate Programs, page 67, or Graduate and Professional Education, page 87.
704
USC Davis School of Gerontology
Master of Aging Services Management
GERO 510 Physiology of Development and Aging 4 GERO 520 Life Span Developmental Psychology 4 GERO 522 Counseling Older Adults and Their Families 4 GERO 530 Life Span Developmental Sociology 4 GERO 540 Social Policy and Aging 4 GERO 541 Health Care Delivery Models: Comparative Approaches 4 GERO 543 Continuum of Care: Systems Perspective 4 GERO 550 Administration and Systems Management in Programs for Older Adults 4 GERO 551 Applied Policy Skills in Aging 4 GERO 554 Evaluation: Incorporating Evidence-Based Practices 4 GERO 560 Complementary Medicine for Health and Longevity 4 GERO 585 The Aging Family 4 GERO 593 Research Methods 4
The Master of Aging Services Management provides an opportunity for those seeking careers in the aging services industries to acquire skills and knowledge related to management of services, products and programs for older persons. The program requires a minimum of 12 units of core courses (three courses) and 20 units of electives (five courses). All graduate level courses are offered on campus and via the Internet. Continuous registration in the program is required. Leaves of absence are available for limited times and are excluded from the total time. In order to participate in online courses, students will be required to have access to a computer with multimedia capability including a modem, printer and CD-ROM drive; an Internet provider with email and an Internet browser; and word processing software. Specific details regarding the computer requirements will be provided by the department. This program is available as a progressive degree (see Progressive Degree in Gerontology). Students applying to the Master of Aging Services Management must have a bachelor’s degree from an accredited college or university with a GPA of 3.0. If the applicant’s GPA falls below 3.0 the GRE will be required. Students must choose a minimum of 12 units of core courses from the following: CORE COURSES (MINIMUM OF 12 UNITS)
UNITS
GERO 500 Perspectives on a Changing Society: An Introduction to Aging 4 GERO 501 Applied Legal and Regulatory Issues in Aging 4 GERO 502 Marketing and Shifts in Consumer Decision Making 4 GERO 504 Current Issues in Aging Services Management 4 GERO 589 Case Studies in Leadership and Change Management 4
12
Students must select up to five courses (for a total of 20 units) from the following courses or any other adviser-approved elective: SUGGESTED ELECTIVE COURSES (20 UNITS)
UNITS
GERO 505 Behavioral and Social Consequences of Design and Environment 4 GERO 506 Technological Innovations in Aging (Gerontechnology) 4 GERO 507 End of Life Care 4 GERO 508 The Mind and Body Connection through the Lifespan 4
Total:
20
Master of Arts in Gerontology
The M.A. in Gerontology provides an opportunity to acquire skills and formal training in gerontology. The online program requires 28 units of course work. Most courses are offered online and on campus. Continuous registration in the program is required. Leaves of absence are available for limited times and are excluded from the total time limit. In order to participate in the online courses, students will be required to have access to a multimedia computer with modem, printer and CD-ROM drive; an Internet provider with email and an Internet browser; and word processing software. Specific details regarding the computer requirements will be provided by the department. Admission standards and prerequisites are the same as listed for the Master of Science in Gerontology with the exception that students in the online M.A. program are expected to have a significant amount of experience working in human services, health care, business or similar settings. Students are not required to have taken an approved additional course.
REQUIRED COURSES (20 UNITS)
UNITS
GERO 500 Perspectives on a Changing Society: An Introduction to Aging 4 GERO 508 The Mind and Body Connection through the Lifespan 4 GERO 520 Life Span Developmental Psychology 4 GERO 530 Life Span Developmental Sociology 4 GERO 540 Social Policy and Aging 4
20
Students must select two courses (for a total of 8 units) from the following courses: ELECTIVE COURSES (8 UNITS)
UNITS
GERO 522 Counseling Older Adults and Their Families GERO 550 Administration and System Management in Programs for Older Adults GERO 560 Complementary Medicine for Health and Longevity GERO 585 The Aging Family GERO 589 Case Studies in Leadership and Change Management Total:
4
4 4 4 4
28
Graduate Level Certificate in Gerontology
The residential graduate certificate in gerontology program provides an opportunity for those who have completed a bachelor’s degree in another profession or discipline and are employed in the field of aging to acquire a greater understanding of gerontology theory and research. The program consists of 16 units of gerontology content designed to familiarize the student with several areas of the field which relate to professional practice. In addition to three of the four required core course areas for the certificate program (GERO 510, GERO 520 or GERO 522, GERO 530 or GERO 585, GERO 540), each student will have the option to choose one elective course which meets his or her particular area of interest. Certificate students do not take a field practicum. Students admitted to the non-degree certificate program are expected to enroll each semester until the program is completed.
Graduate Degrees
Online Graduate Level Certificate in Gerontology
The online graduate certificate in gerontology program provides an opportunity for those with a bachelor’s degree in another profession or discipline who are employed in the field of aging to acquire a greater understanding of gerontology theory and research. The program consists of 16 units of gerontology courses designed to familiarize the student with several areas of the field which relate to professional practice. Students complete the introductory course, GERO 500, two of the four required core course areas (GERO 508 or GERO 510 or, GERO 520 or GERO 522, GERO 530 or GERO 585, and GERO 540), and one elective course in a particular area of interest. The required courses are delivered via the Internet. The courses are offered in sequential order and are restricted by availability. Continuous registration in the non-degree program is required. Leaves of absence are available for limited times and are excluded from the total time limit. Entering students are encouraged to begin their course of study by taking GERO 500. In order to participate in the online courses, students will be required to have access to a multimedia computer with modem, printer and CD-ROM drive; an Internet provider with email and an Internet browser; and word processing software. The department will provide specific details regarding the computer requirements. Master of Long Term Care Administration
The Master of Long Term Care Administration provides an opportunity for professionals who are currently working in a long term care profession to acquire skills and formal training in long term care administration. The online program requires 28 units of course work. The required courses are in sequential order and are restricted by availability. Continuous registration in the program is required. Leaves of absence are available for limited times and are excluded from the total time limit. In order to participate in the online courses, students will be required to have access to a multimedia computer with modem, printer and CD-ROM drive; an Internet provider with email and an Internet browser; and word processing software. Specific details regarding the computer requirements will be provided by the department. Admission standards are the same as for the Master of Science in Gerontology.
705
Transfer Credits An admission credit evaluation is prepared for graduate students with previous graduate level course work. This review indicates which courses the university will approve but it is the relevant school (Gerontology, Business, or Public Policy) that determines if any of these courses are appropriate for this degree. A maximum of 4 units may be used toward the master’s degree. Graduate transfer credit will not be granted for life experience, credit by examination, non-credit extension courses, correspondence courses or thesis supervision. Graduate transfer credit will not be granted for any course work taken elsewhere after the student has been admitted and enrolled at USC unless the student receives prior written approval from the department. REQUIRED COURSES (24 UNITS)
UNITS
ACCT 509 Concepts of Financial and Management Accounting 4 FBE 587 Legal and Regulatory Environment of Long Term Care 4 GERO 500 Perspectives on a Changing Society: An Introduction to Aging 4 GERO 508 The Mind and Body Connection through the Lifespan, or GERO 522 Counseling Older Adults and Their Families 4 PPD 601 Management of Long-Term Care Organizations 4 PPD 649 Concepts and Practices in Public Personnel Administration 4
Students must select one course (for a total of 28 units) from the following courses. ELECTIVE COURSE (4 UNITS)
UNITS
GERO 520 Life Span Developmental Psychology 4 GERO 530 Life Span Developmental Sociology 4 GERO 540 Social Policy and Aging 4 GERO 589 Case Studies in Leadership and Change Management 4 Pharm.D./Graduate Certificate in Gerontology
This integrated program in pharmacy and gerontology prepares students with an interest in geriatric pharmacy to assume leadership roles at academic, administrative or policy levels within the profession.
The program involves the completion of 16 units of core courses in physiology, psychology, sociology and social policy aspects of aging offered by the School of Gerontology. In addition, students are required to complete 8 units of approved elective courses in gerontology or geriatric pharmacy to be credited toward the requirements for the Pharm.D. and the Graduate Certificate in Gerontology. REQUIRED COURSES IN GERONTOLOGY
UNITS
GERO 508 The Mind and Body Connection through the Lifespan, or GERO 510 Physiology of Development and Aging 4 GERO 520 Life Span Developmental Psychology, or GERO 522 Counseling Older Adults and Their Families 4 GERO 530 Life Span Developmental Sociology, or GERO 585 The Aging Family 4 GERO 540 Social Policy and Aging 4
16
ELECTIVES IN GERONTOLOGY AND GERIATRIC PHARMACY (8 UNITS)
UNITS
GERO 554 Evaluation: Incorporating Evidence-Based Practices 4 GERO 555 Integrating Gerontology: A Multidisciplinary Approach 4 PHRD 655 Geriatric Pharmacy I 3 PHRD 656 Geriatric Pharmacy II 3 PHRD 703 Long Term Care Clerkship 6 PHRD 706 Geriatrics Clerkship 6 PHRD 730 Acute Care Geriatrics Clerkship 6 PHRD 731 Advanced Geriatrics Clerkship 6
It is expected that the program can be successfully completed by candidates taking electives in geriatric pharmacy or gerontology during the regular semester and completing one core course in gerontology during each summer in the four year Pharm.D. program. Admission Requirements Students who have a baccalaureate degree from an accredited college or university must submit separate applications to the USC School of Pharmacy and the USC Davis School of Gerontology. All requirements for admission to the regular Pharm.D. program must be fulfilled by the candidate. GRE scores are not required for admission to the certificate program.
706
USC Davis School of Gerontology
Dual Degree Programs The USC Davis School of Gerontology cooperates with six other professional schools at USC in offering programs in which the student receives two master’s degrees. These degrees provide the student with the knowledge and skills of gerontology as well as those of the other professional field. The dual degrees require more course work than the M.S. alone, but offer the graduate greater breadth of education and employment options. Dual degrees currently available are the Master of Science in Gerontology and the Master of Business Administration (M.S./MBA) with the Marshall School of Business; the Master of Science in Geron tology and the Doctor of Dental Surgery (M.S./DDS) with the Ostrow School of Dentistry; the Master of Science in Gerontology and the Juris Doctor (M.S./J.D.) with the Gould School of Law; the Master of Science in Gerontology and the Master of Public Administration (M.S./MPA), the Master of Science in Gerontology and the Master of Health Administration (M.S./ MHA), and the Master of Science in Gerontology and the Master of Planning (M.S./MPl) with the Price School of Public Policy; the Master of Science in Gerontology and the Master of Social Work (M.S./MSW) with the School of Social Work; and the Master of Science in Gerontology and the Doctor of Pharmacy (M.S./Pharm.D.) with the School of Pharmacy. Students must apply to both schools simultaneously and, if accepted to both, participate in specially designed programs combining the courses of each school. Admission to Dual Degree Programs
Applicants to any of the dual degree programs must submit two application forms to the Office of Admissions; one indicating gerontology as the major and one indicating the other degree as the major. Each of the schools must accept the student for admission. Acceptance into one school’s degree program does not imply acceptance into the dual degree program. Gerontology and Business Administration
The M.S./MBA dual degree combines knowledge of the older population with the skills of business management. The program prepares graduates for a number of roles in both public and private sector organizations including the marketing of products or services to seniors, human resource development with older workers and retirement benefits.
Gerontology Requirements The Master of Science in Gerontology requires 30 units of course and fieldwork which covers the core content of the M.S. program. REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
GERO 510 Physiology of Development and Aging 4 GERO 520 Life Span Developmental Psychology 4 GERO 530 Life Span Developmental Sociology 4 GERO 540 Social Policy and Aging 4 GERO 555 Integrating Gerontology: A Multidisciplinary Approach 4 GERO 591 Field Practicum 4 Gerontology electives 6
30
Business Administration Requirements The Master of Business Administration will require 48 units of credit. Required courses include: all required courses in an MBA program; MOR 548 Competitive Advantage Through People (3); one marketing elective chosen from among MKT 512 Marketing and Consumer Research, MKT 525 Consumer Behavior, MKT 560 Marketing Strategy and Policy and MKT 569 Contemporary Marketing Problems (3); and additional graduate business electives sufficient to bring the total units completed in the Marshall School of Business to at least 48. Dual degree students may not count courses taken outside the School of Business toward the 48 units. Program Adaptation The USC Davis School of Gerontology will waive 18 units of electives, plus GERO 593 Research Methods (4 units) and GERO 589 Case Studies in Leadership and Change Management (4 units), which are required in the regular M.S. program. Students will be exposed to research and professional issues in business administration course work. Gerontology and Dentistry
The M.S./DDS dual degree program extends over five years and is offered cooperatively by the Ostrow School of Dentistry and the Davis School of Gerontology. The program addresses the challenges facing oral health care providers as the number of older persons needing dental care increases. With the evolution of care toward patients who live longer lives, graduating dentists will be better prepared to provide service to the aging population in community settings and health care facilities. See the Ostrow School of Dentistry of USC, page 532, for course requirements.
Gerontology and Pharmacy
The emerging impact of the elderly on the health care system has created a need for health care providers who understand the unique needs of the elderly. As drug therapy remains the primary therapeutic option for chronic disease, the demand for prescription drugs will continue to rise. There is a demand for pharmacists who are equipped to meet the pharmaceutical care needs of this population. Geriatric pharmacy is becoming increasingly recognized as a specialty. Pharmacists with expertise in gerontology and geriatrics are in an excellent position to play a leading role in health policy and direct patient care. The Pharm.D./M.S., Gerontology program will provide extensive education and training in the unique health care needs of older adults. It will allow student pharmacists with a career interest in geriatrics or gerontology to work with health care planning or delivery organizations to develop and implement progressive pharmaceutical care programs for the elderly. Application and Admissions Requirements Students applying for the dual degree program must meet the respective admission requirements for each program. This includes having completed a baccalaureate degree from an accredited college or university with a minimum G.P.A. of 3.0 and a minimum GRE score of 1000. Students will not be given special consideration for admission to either program because they are applying for the dual degree. Students may apply to the dual Pharm.D./M.S. degree program in two ways. First, they may apply at the time they submit their Pharm.D. application by concurrently submitting applications to both programs. Students, who elect this approach, must identify themselves on both applications as potential dual degree students. Students who are admitted to both programs will be offered admission to the Pharm.D. and will be offered admission to the dual degree program contingent on passing all courses in their first year of the Pharm.D. with a minimum 3.0 G.P.A. Students who are accepted by only one program may choose to attend that program, but will not be eligible for the dual degree. Second, students can apply to the dual degree by submitting an application to the M.S. in Gerontology program during their first year of enrollment in the Pharm.D. prior to the M.S., Gerontology published application deadline. Students, who elect this approach, must apply through the School of Pharmacy. Students admitted to the M.S. program using this approach will be offered admission to the dual degree
Dual Degree Programs
contingent on passing all courses in their first year of the Pharm.D. with a minimum 3.0 G.P.A. Students accepted to the dual degree program must maintain a minimum 3.0 G.P.A. in their gerontology and Pharm.D. courses. Graduation Requirements Students must complete all requirements for the Pharm.D. and M.S. degrees as listed in the catalogue with a minimum cumula tive 3.0 G.P.A. Students must complete 44 Gerontology units as indicated. The Davis School of Gerontology will waive GERO 589 Case Studies in Leadership and Change Management (4 units) because students enrolled in this program will have a primary professional focus on pharmacy. The Pharm.D. degree course requirements are listed in the School of Pharmacy section on page 856. GERONTOLOGY REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
GERO 510 Physiology of Development and Aging 4 GERO 520 Life Span Developmental Psychology 4 GERO 530 Life Span Developmental Sociology 4 GERO 540 Social Policy and Aging 4 GERO 555 Integrating Gerontology: A Multidisciplinary Approach 4 GERO 591 Field Practicum (480 hours) 8 GERO 593 Research Methods 4 Gerontology electives* 12
44
*Choose three of the following: GERO 522, GERO 543, GERO 550, GERO 551 or GERO 554.
Gerontology and Public Administration
The M.S./MPA dual degree offers the student interested in management of agencies and institutions the opportunity to gain indepth knowledge of the administrative and organizational processes and management skills necessary for the effective delivery of services to older persons. See the Price School of Public Policy, page 900, for course requirements. Gerontology and Health Administration
Students can specialize in health care administration (profit and non-profit) through the dual degree with the Price School of Public Policy’s Health Administration Program. See the Price School of Public Policy, page 901, for course requirements.
Gerontology and Planning
The M.S./MPl dual degree is one of few in the nation which combines the knowledge of the older population with the skills needed to plan services for older people. The MPl prepares the graduate for the responsibilities involved in development of public and private institutions and programs. The M.S. indicates a special focus on the older person and the skills to analyze and design programs for this growing population. See the Price School of Public Policy, page 896, for course requirement.
707
GERONTOLOGY REQUIREMENTS
GERO 510 Physiology of Development and Aging 4 GERO 520 Life Span Developmental Psychology 4 GERO 530 Life Span Developmental Sociology 4 GERO 540 Social Policy and Aging 4 GERO 591 Field Practicum 8 Gerontology electives 8 SOCIAL WORK REQUIREMENTS
Gerontology and Law
The M.S./J.D. dual degree combines the knowledge of the older population with understanding of the legal system. The program prepares graduates for a number of roles in both public and private sector organizations. Students are required to complete 110 units of course work, 74 from the Gould School of Law and 36 from the Davis School of Gerontology. The first year is devoted to required law courses, and the second, third and fourth years combine gerontology and law courses. To earn the J.D., all students (including dual degree students) must complete 35 numerically graded law units at USC after the first year. The associate dean may make exceptions to the rule for students enrolled in the law school honors program. See the Gould School of Law, page 739, for course requirements. Gerontology and Social Work
The M.S./MSW dual degree offers the student interested in direct service or community organization the credentials most valued in clinical and therapeutic practice. Taken in connection with the social work degree, the M.S. focuses course and fieldwork on the older person and prepares the student for social work with older persons and their families. In the M.S./MSW dual degree program, the student enrolls primarily in the first year program of the USC School of Social Work. During the summer session, courses are taken in the USC Davis School of Gerontology. Second year courses are taken in both schools and fieldwork during the second year is taken in the School of Gerontology. The research course is taken through the School of Social Work in the student’s concentration area. The School of Gerontology will waive GERO 589 Case Studies in Leadership and Change Management (4 units) and GERO 555 Integrating Gerontology: A Multidisciplinary Approach (4 units) because students enrolled in this program have a primary professional focus on social work.
UNITS
32 UNITS
SOWK 503 Human Behavior and the Social Environment I 3 SOWK 505 Human Behavior and the Social Environment II 3 SOWK 534 Policy and Practice in Social Service Organizations 3 SOWK 543 Social Work Practice with Individuals 4 SOWK 545 Social Work Practice with Families, Groups and Complex Cases 2 SOWK 562 Social Work Research 3 SOWK 586ab Field Practicum 3-3 SOWK 587ab Integrative Learning for Social Work Practice 2-2 SOWK 611 Leadership in the Social Work Profession and Organizations: Theory and Practice 3
31
In the second half of the social work program, students may enroll in one of four concentrations: Health; World of Work; Mental Health; or Community Organization, Planning and Administration (COPA). All students are required to take SOWK 611 Leadership in the Social Work Profession and Organizations: Theory and Practice. Required courses are selected based on the chosen concentration as follows: HEALTH UNITS
SOWK 631 Advanced Theories and Clinical Interventions in Health Care 3 SOWK 632 Program Planning and Evaluation in Health Care 3 SOWK 636 Policy in the Health Care Sector 3
USC Davis School of Gerontology
708
WORLD OF WORK
UNITS
SOWK 671 Clinical Intervention and Advanced Theories in Work Settings 3 SOWK 672 Improving Work Life Through Social Policy and Managing Organizational Development and Change 3 SOWK 673 Program Development, Training, Grant Writing and Program Evaluation in Work Settings 3 MENTAL HEALTH
UNITS
SOWK 605 Human Development and Mental Health 3 SOWK 625 Evaluation of Research: Mental Health 3 SOWK 645 Clinical Practice in Mental Health Settings 3
COMMUNITY ORGANIZATION, PLANNING, AND ADMINISTRATION (COPA)
UNITS
SOWK 629 Evaluation of Research: Community Organization, Planning and Administration 3 SOWK 639 Social Policy for Managers, Planners, and Community Organizers 3 SOWK 648 Management for Community and Social Services 3
Program Adaptations The School of Gerontology waives 12 units. The research course is taken through the School of Social Work in the student’s concentration area, and GERO 593, the research course, and GERO 555 are waived as well as one elective. The School of Social Work waives 12 units.
Course selection is done only with an academic adviser’s approval.
Doctor of Philosophy in Gerontology The purpose of the Ph.D. in Gerontology is to provide research training in the multidisciplinary field of aging. The program is designed to enhance the potential of able students to make scholarly and professional contributions to the field of gerontology through research and teaching. To obtain this goal, the Ph.D. in Gerontology provides (1) high level rigorous research training, (2) the acquisition and application of scientific knowledge in the field of aging and (3) the development of leadership skills. Admission Requirements
Applicants for admission to the doctoral program must meet the following requirements: (1) Recipient of a bachelor’s degree from an accredited college or university by anticipated enrollment date. (2) Academic promise, as evidenced by above average achievement in previous undergraduate and graduate education. A minimum GPA of 3.5 on all prior graduate work is required. In addition, a 3.25 GPA in an appropriate undergraduate major and a baccalaureate degree are required. (3) Personal qualities compatible with high level performance in gerontology and indicating a potential for leadership in the field. This includes a strong commitment to developing a scientific research program. Applicants to the Ph.D. program must submit a resume of professional and academic experience, three letters of reference (academic and professional), a statement of objectives and examples of written work.
(4) Satisfactory performance on the Graduate Record Examinations — existing test scores may be submitted if the GRE has been completed no more than five years prior to the date of application. A satisfactory score on the Verbal and Quantitative GRE is required. Students should also provide scores from the Analytic exam. (5) Submission of application materials as required. Instructions for application to the Doctor of Philosophy in Gerontology may be obtained by contacting the Davis School of Gerontology. Degree Requirements
Course Requirements Students must complete a minimum of 60 units of course work (with at least 24 of these units being completed in residency at USC), as well as additional dissertation units as required. All students will take courses in three areas: (1) A basic scientific core area, taught by School of Gerontology faculty, will stress the physiological, psychological, sociological and theoretical dimensions of both individual and population aging. Five required courses include GERO 510 Physiology of Development and Aging, GERO 520 Life Span Developmental Psychology, GERO 530 Life Span Developmental Sociology, GERO 540 Social Policy and Aging, and GERO 628 Theories of Aging. (2) A second core area will develop appropriate research tools for the students’ area of specialization. All students will learn data analysis skills, including appropriate statistics
as well as appropriate laboratory methods. It should be noted that the School of Gerontology requires all graduate students to demonstrate basic competence in statistics as a prerequisite of enrollment. (3) A third area will involve electives which allow students to concentrate in a substantive or analytic field of inquiry. Areas of concentration include but are not limited to: the biology of aging, social processes and aging, psychology of aging and aging policy; courses may be taken in relevant USC schools or departments. Aging is an inherently inter disciplinary field and each student must develop a set of electives in conjunction with his or her advisory committee that is appropriate for the area of concentration. Students will be advised about course selection during the first year by the Ph.D. committee. As soon as they have selected a specialization (e.g., biology, psychology, sociology, policy), an advisory committee of appropriate faculty will be appointed. The purpose of the advisory committee is to help the student in the selection of courses and research; to monitor the student’s progress; and to insure preparation for the qualifying examination. During the first year, the student is expected to complete two of the three semesters of the core courses in gerontology (GERO 510, GERO 520, GERO 530, GERO 540, GERO 628). Courses in research skills and specialization areas may also be taken in the first year and will be taken in subsequent years.
Courses of Instruction
709
Foreign Language Requirements
Screening Procedures
There are no foreign language requirements for the Ph.D. program.
When students have completed a minimum of 16 but not more than 24 units of doctoral course work, the doctoral advisory committee assesses their performance through a screening process and makes a decision regarding their ability to continue in the program. If the student is granted permission to continue, a guidance committee is established.
is successfully completed, the student then must develop and have a dissertation proposal approved before the student is officially admitted to candidacy for the Ph.D. degree.
Transfer Credits
Students with master’s degrees or prior graduate course work in gerontology can petition to apply the credit toward required courses. Petition for credit will be based on the Graduate School’s policies and requirements for “transfer of credit” and on approval by the doctoral advisory committee. Transfer credits toward the Ph.D. requirements will be limited to 20 units and must be credits taken within 10 years of entering the program. Time Limit
The normal time for completing the Ph.D. is four to five years (without a prior master’s degree). The first two years will consist of required and elective courses. The third year will consist of electives, the Ph.D. qualifying exams and completion of the dissertation proposal. The final year(s) will involve the completion of the dissertation. The maximum time to complete all requirements for the Ph.D. degree is eight years from the first course at USC applied toward the degree. Students who have completed an applicable master’s degree at USC or elsewhere within five years of the proposed enrollment in the Ph.D. program must complete the Ph.D. in six years.
Guidance Committee
The guidance committee is composed of five faculty members, at least three from the School of Gerontology and at least one who holds a primary appointment in another academic unit of the university. The function of the guidance committee is to oversee the development of the student’s academic progress through the qualifying examination, including the preliminary dissertation proposal. Qualifying Examination
As a prerequisite for candidacy for the Ph.D., students must pass a qualifying examination, which is multidisciplinary and comprehensive in nature and that necessitates independent study beyond course requirements. Students must have completed at least 28 units of course work in the doctoral program with a GPA of at least 3.25 before attempting the qualifying exam. The exam is designed to test mastery of knowledge and scholarly skills and to test readiness to undertake independent research. If the student fails this exam, it may be repeated one time. When the exam
Doctoral Dissertation
Upon admission to candidacy, a dissertation committee is established which consists of three members of the faculty, some of whom may be from the guidance committee, one of whom must hold his or her primary appointment outside the School of Gerontology. The dissertation committee has responsibility for providing guidance and consultation during the research process, approving the dissertation, conducting the final oral examination, and recommending the candidate for the Ph.D. degree. The doctoral dissertation should make an original contribution to the development of knowledge and theory in gerontology. Final Oral Examination
Upon approval of the final draft of the dissertation by all members of the dissertation committee, the candidate must pass a final oral examination. Upon successful completion of this final examination, the committee recommends the candidate to the Graduate School for award of the Ph.D. degree.
Courses of Instruction GERONTOLOGY (GERO)
The terms indicated are expected but are not guaranteed. For the courses offered during any given term, consult the Schedule of Classes. GERO 200 Gerontology: The Science of Adult Development (4, FaSp) Introduction
to adult development through the lifespan; biological, psychological, and social processes; gerontology as a career for the future. GERO 310 Physiology of Aging (4, Fa)
Effects of normative aging processes on homeostatic mechanisms and how these changes relate to development of disorder and disease in later life. Lecture and discussion. Prerequisite: BISC 220L or BISC 221L. GERO 320 Psychology of Adult Development (4, FaSp) How psychologists study
thinking, memory, emotions, personality, and behavior, and how people change in these throughout adulthood to old age. Recommended preparation: PSYC 100.
GERO 330 Society and Adult Development (4, FaSp) How social relationships affect
adults of different ages; the changing contract across generations; interaction of culture, race, family and social values with adult development. GERO 340 Policy, Values, and Power in an Aging Society (4, FaSp) How Americans’
political values affect public policy. Studies of landmark legislation to explore the social contract between generations and role of governments in social welfare. GERO 350 Administrative Problems in Aging (2 or 4, Fa) Analysis of the skills,
approaches and issues involved in the planning, development, and implementation of programs directed at meeting the needs of older persons. GERO 380m Diversity in Aging (4) Exploring
diversity in the older population and variability in the human aging process.
GERO 385 Transitions in Adulthood (2 or 4)
An exploration of the critical issues and transitions in the adult years, including careers, relationships, parenthood, and major turning points for personal development. GERO 390 Special Problems (1-4) Supervised,
individual studies. No more than one registration permitted. Enrollment by petition only. GERO 402 Housing for the Elderly: Policy, Programs, and Design (2) An overview of
housing policies, programs and design for the elderly, including analysis and evaluation of past, current and proposed government programs. GERO 411L Physiology, Nutrition, and Aging (2 or 4) Explores nutritional needs and the
physiological, psychological, and sociological relationships to nutrition. Laboratory experiments in assessment and evaluation.
710
USC Davis School of Gerontology
GERO 412L Exercise and Aging: Principles and Programs (2 or 4) Physiological, psycho-
GERO 452 Economic Issues and the Aged (2 or 4) Analysis of economic factors associ-
GERO 497abc Honors Seminar (2, 2, 2-4, FaSpSm) Advanced study of empirical
GERO 461 Seminar in Molecular and Computational Biology (2, FaSpSm) (Enroll in
GERO 498 Nutrition, Genes, Longevity and Diseases (4, Sm) Examines the role of nutri-
logical, and sociological aspects of exercise. Laboratory involvement in assessment and evaluation of fitness.
ated with the aged; implications for individuals, society, and the economy; lifecycle economics, retirement, income maintenance, and social security.
approaches in gerontology. Preparation, progress, presentation, and evaluation of Senior Honors Thesis research. Prerequisite: standing in Gerontology Honors Program.
GERO 414 Neurobiology of Aging (4, Fa)
Age-related changes in nervous system structure and function; relationship of brain changes to changes in cognitive function and perception; Alzheimer’s and Parkinson’s diseases. Lecture and discussion. Prerequisite: BISC 220L or BISC 221L. GERO 415 Neuroaffective Disorders of Aging (4, Sp) Methods of studying, evaluat-
ing, and treating cognitive, psychiatric, and behavioral problems associated with medical conditions of old age. GERO 416 Health Issues in Adulthood (4, Sp) Physiological, psychological, and
social health problems of adults as they are impacted by health choices throughout life. GERO 421 Managed Care for an Aging Society (4, FaSp) Examines key legislation,
policies, practice, and outcomes of managed care and how population aging affects health care delivery. GERO 423 Psychological Development through Autobiography (4) Introduction
to autobiography as a source of individual psychological development, with emphasis on integration of cognitive, emotional, and decision processes. GERO 435m Women and Aging: Psycho logical, Social and Political Implications (4)
BISC 461)
GERO 470 Aging and Business (4, Fa) An
introduction to the dynamic roles of business in an aging society focusing on workplace issues, marketing to mature consumers, and careers for business gerontologists.
are encountered in working with geriatric patients. Examination of ethical theory and the application of theory to clinical settings.
Analysis of physical, mental, and social agerelated changes as well as implications of population aging trends for individuals and society.
GERO 481 Case Management for Older Adults (4, Fa) Overview of the concepts,
GERO 501 Applied Legal and Regulatory Issues in Aging (4, Fa) Analysis of shifting
GERO 483 Global Health and Aging (4, Fa)
GERO 502 Marketing and Shifts in Consumer Decision Making (4, Fa) Branding,
characteristics, skills, and clinical issues of case management in a variety of settings serving older persons. Overview of the impact aging populations will have on global institutions from a variety of perspectives. Examination of public health policy issues. GERO 490x Directed Research (2-8, max 8)
Individual research and readings. Not available for graduate credit.
GERO 437 Social and Psychological Aspects of Death and Dying (2 or 4, FaSp) Introduc-
in‑depth integration of major research and professional themes in the study of human development and aging.
Consideration of the biological and socialcultural factors that govern the evolution of life spans and the life of humans and selected animal models. Prerequisite: BISC 112 or BISC 113 or BISC 120 or BISC 121; recommended preparation: statistics. GERO 451 Policy and Program Development in Aging (4) Policy trends and chang-
ing roles of local, state, and federal agencies in planning, managing, and evaluating programs in comprehensive, coordinated systems of service for older persons.
area of gerontology.
GERO 500 Perspectives on a Changing Society: An Introduction to Aging (4, Fa)
GERO 491 Practicum (2-8, max 8, FaSpSm)
GERO 440 Biodemography of Aging (4)
GERO 499 Special Topics (2-4, max 8, FaSpSm) Examination of special topics in the
GERO 475 Ethical Issues in Geriatric Health Care (4) Biomedical ethical issues that
Problems and resources of the middle-aged and older woman in a changing society; including discrimination, stereotypes, employment, social interaction, etc.
tion and critical survey of the current issues, concepts, and research of the social and psychological aspects of death and dying.
tion and genes and the impact each has on longevity and diseases, particularly diseases related to aging. Offered in Genoa, Italy.
Supervised experience in one or more community agencies. Graded CR/NC. GERO 492 Senior Seminar (4, Sp) An
GERO 495 Practicum in Geriatric Care (4, FaSpSm) Supervised experience in a
geriatric health care setting which allows students to put theories and ideas into practice. Graded CR/NC. Lecture, discussion, and fieldwork. GERO 496 Introduction to Clinical Geriatrics (4) Medical problems of older adults
emphasizing common geriatric syndromes, chronic illness, and alternative approaches to primary health care of older persons and their families. Upper division standing. Prerequisite: BISC 220L or BISC 221L.
legal and regulatory issues affecting the delivery of aging services.
marketing, and consumer behavior through examination of established, transitioning and emerging aging services and organizations. GERO 504 Current Issues in Aging Services Management (4, Sp) Basic skills needed for
an executive working in an aging services environment. Recommended for entry level administrators and managers.
GERO 505 Behavioral and Social Consequences of Design and Environment (4, Fa)
Examination of the behavioral and social consequences of design and the environment to create a more satisfying physical environment for both frail and active older adults. GERO 506 Technological Innovations in Aging (Gerontechnology) (4, Sp) Reflections
on shifts in preferences for aging in place and the market ramifications of innovations in science and technology on older consumers and service providers. GERO 507 End of Life Care (4, Sp) Examina-
tion of programs related to end of life care. Cultural competencies in working with a diverse population on end of life issues.
GERO 508 The Mind and Body Connection through the Lifespan (4, FaSpSm)
An introduction to mind-body processes involved in healthy aging. Examines the interplay of emotions, beliefs, and behaviors in shaping health-relevant biological processes.
Courses of Instruction
GERO 510 Physiology of Development and Aging (4, Sp) Examination of lifespan
physiology of human development, growth, and aging; major emphasis in the physiology of the later years and implications for health maintenance. GERO 519 Recent Advances in Neurobiology and Endocrinology of Aging (2 or 4)
Theories of the biology of aging and the effects of age on functional integrity of the total organism. GERO 520 Life Span Developmental Psychology (2 or 4, FaSm) Behavior from adult-
hood to old age; study of major components of behavior such as perception, cognitive processes, personality, intergenerational relationships, sexuality, and life styles. GERO 522 Counseling Older Adults and Their Families (2 or 4, Sp) Theory and
application of assessment and intervention techniques with older adults and their families. Topics include: treatment modalities, psychopathology, ethical and legal issues, brain disorders. GERO 529 Seminar in Psychological Aspects of Aging (2 or 4) Psychologi-
cal changes in the later years; perception; sensory factors; intelligence and memory; psychophysiological measures; personality; psychopathology. GERO 530 Life Span Developmental Sociology (4, Sp) Life span perspective on the
sociological theories of marriage and the family, inter-generational relationships, work and retirement, and other forms of social organization. GERO 540 Social Policy and Aging (4, Fa)
Major legislation and programs; examination and analysis of policy-making and political processes affecting development and implementation of programs for older persons. GERO 541 Health Care Delivery Models: Comparative Approaches (4) Examina-
tion of current trends and future prospects of finance and reimbursement systems. Topics include major legislation and programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. GERO 543 Continuum of Care: Systems Perspective (4) Structural and organizational
aspects of institutional and community programs; public policies, fiscal management, regulation, administration; obstacles to interagency coordination; the continuum of care.
GERO 550 Administration and System Management in Programs for Older Adults (4, Sp) Application of theories of administra-
tion and system management to public and volunteer programs and services for older adults including residential institutions and community programs.
711
GERO 591 Field Practicum (1-12, max 12, FaSpSm) Supervised experiential learning
in one or more organizations that serve older adults; includes a regularly scheduled seminar. Graded CR/NC. GERO 592 Multidisciplinary Research Seminar in Aging (2, max 8, FaSp) Multidis-
GERO 551 Applied Policy Skills in Aging (4, Sp) An overview and application of tech-
ciplinary perspectives on current research in gerontology, including physiology, neurobiology, health and medicine, psychology, sociology, and public policy. Topics will change each semester.
GERO 554 Evaluation: Incorporating Evidence-Based Practices (4, Sp) Examina-
GERO 593 Research Methods (4, Fa) An
niques and approaches used in the definition and analysis of policy problems in aging. Prerequisite: GERO 540.
tion of the evaluation of health and service delivery in aging services industries.
GERO 555 Integrating Gerontology: A Multidisciplinary Approach (4, Sp) Aging
introduction to research methods and their application to gerontology including problem formation, research design, data collection, descriptive and analytic statistics, interpretation, and report preparation.
(commonalities and distinctions) as addressed by biologists, psychologists, and sociologists. Topics include research perspectives, normative aging, functional decline and disability, and aging and society.
GERO 594abz Master’s Thesis (2-2-0, FaSpSm) Credit on acceptance of thesis.
GERO 556 Program Development (2 or 4)
area of gerontological study.
Principles and procedures of assessing needs, collecting resources, designing activities, and implementing programs for older people in a variety of community and institutional settings. GERO 560 Complementary Medicine for Health and Longevity (4, Sp) Alternative
healing practices and complementary medicine including Eastern medicine, herbal therapies, vitamin and dietary supplements for general health and specific issues in aging. Open to graduate students or undergraduate students with senior standing for undergraduate credit. Recommended preparation: GERO 500. GERO 570 Corporate Policies and Aging (4)
An introduction to the evolving roles of corporations in an aging society including such topics as retaining older workers, retiree benefits, and the mature consumer. GERO 585 The Aging Family (2 or 4, Sm)
Family processes and structure in families with aged persons will be reviewed, including marital and family therapy and intervention strategies. GERO 589 Case Studies in Leadership and Change Management (4, Fa) Examination of
case studies of issues affecting the aging services industries and the role industry leaders play in reacting to change.
GERO 590 Directed Research (1-12, FaSpSm)
Research leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC.
Graded IP/CR/NC.
GERO 599 Special Topics (2-4, max 8, FaSpSm) Examination of special topics in the GERO 610 The Aging Society (4, Sp) The
interaction of demographic and economic processes, with emphasis on how the contemporary nature of these interactions influence public policy response to an aging population. GERO 613 Health and Aging (4, Sp) Exami
nation of changes in health related to age, changes in health in populations over time, and the key health issues facing older persons. GERO 628 Theories of Aging (4) An examination of the nature and adequacy of existing explanations of aging. Focus will be on psychological, sociological, and biological paradigms, and on the epistemology of theory. GERO 640 Data Analysis Strategies (4, FaSpSm) Hands-on experience in developing
and testing hypotheses using various types of databases, data management and analysis strategies and written presentation of findings. Recommended preparation: GERO 593. GERO 645 Politics and Policy Processes in an Aging Society (4, Fa) Dynamics of the
policy-making process in the context of aging policy in the United States; focus on the political system and its social dynamics. GERO 790 Research (1-12, FaSpSm)
Research leading to the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. GERO 794abcdz Doctoral Dissertation (2-2-2-2-0, FaSpSm) Credit on acceptance of
dissertation. Graded IP/CR/NC.
USC Independent Health Professions at the Ostrow School of Dentistry
T
he USC Division of Biokinesiology and Physical Therapy and the Division of Occupational Science and Occupational Therapy are administered by the Ostrow School of Dentistry of USC. Both of these divisions offer outstanding education at
either the graduate or undergraduate level. The Division of Biokinesiology and Physical Therapy was established in 1944. For those wishing to enter the profession of physical therapy, the division offers the Doctor of Physical Therapy degree. For persons who are practicing physical therapists, the division offers a Master of Science program. In addition, the division offers the nation’s longest-standing Ph.D. degree program in Physical Therapy, now a Ph.D. in Biokinesiology. Experienced clinicians with a master’s degree in physical therapy may be eligible to apply for the Doctor of Physical Therapy in an Advanced Standing program. Clinicians seeking s pecialization in a specific area of practice may enter the Clinical Residency Program. The division is headquartered on the Health Sciences Campus; all degree programs are offered through the Graduate School.
In 2011, the USC Division of Occupational Science and Occupational Therapy hosted its first White Coat Ceremony, symbolizing the transition into professional health care. During the celebratory occasion, more than 200 graduate students recited the Oath of an Occupational Therapist, a pledge to “model and foster leadership, and facilitate spiritual, personal and professional growth in myself, my profession and in others.”
The Division of Occupational Science and Occupational Therapy opened in 1942 and is head quartered on the Health Sciences Campus. More than 50 percent of the recipients of the highest academic awards given by the American Occupational Therapy Association have been USC alumni. The division offers a professional degree program allowing students to earn a B.S. degree from the USC Dornsife College of Letters, Arts and Sciences and, in one additional year, an M.A. in occupational therapy. These graduates are eligible to sit for The National Board for Certification in Occupational Therapy as o ccupational therapists. The division offers three degrees in conjunction with the Graduate School: the Master of Arts for both currently registered occupational therapists or for persons with degrees in related fields, the world’s first Ph.D. in Occupational Science and the professional Occupational Therapy Doctorate (OTD). The division also confers an undergraduate minor in occupational science, one of only a few similar programs offered worldwide. The Division of Occupational Science and Occupational Therapy is fully accredited by the Accreditation Council for Occupational Therapy Education, 4720 Montgomery Lane, Bethesda, Maryland 20824-1220, (301) 652-2682.
714
USC Independent Health Professions
Biokinesiology and Physical Therapy Health Sciences Campus Center for the Health Professions 1540 E. Alcazar Street, CHP 155 Los Angeles, CA 90089-9006 (323) 442-2900 FAX: (323) 442-1515 pt.usc.edu
Michael Simpson, D.P.T.; Julie Tilson, P.T., DPT, NCS; Kimiko Yamada Heng, DPT, ATC, CSCS
Faculty
Instructors of Clinical Physical Therapy: Andrea Austin, P.T., DPT; Geoffrey Cariker, P.T., DPT; Aimee Diaz, P.T., SCS, ATC; Wilfred Diaz, P.T., DPT, OCS; Lori Ginoza, P.T., DPT, NCS; Julie A. Guthrie, P.T., DPT, OCS; Erin Hayden, P.T., DPT, OCS; Cole Hughlett, P.T., DPT; Nicole Irizarry, P.T., DPT; Sean Johnson, DPT, OCS; Yasuyuki Kasayama, DPT, OCS; Daniel Kirages, P.T., DPT, OCS, FAAOMPT; Cherise Lathan, P.T., DPT; Clarisa Martinez, DPT; David Richards, P.T., DPT; Jeffrey Rodrigues, P.T., DPT, CCS; Scott Russell, P.T., DPT; Erica Sigman, DPT, OCS; Jonathan Sum, P.T., DPT, OCS, CSCS
Associate Dean and Chair: James Gordon, Ed.D., P.T., FAPTA Associate Chair: Cheryl Resnik, P.T., DPT Professors: James Gordon, Ed.D., P.T., FAPTA; Carolee J. Winstein, Ph.D., P.T., FAPTA; Francisco Valero-Cuevas, Ph.D. Professors (Clinical Scholars): Linda Fetters, Ph.D., P.T.; Robert F. Landel, DPT, OCS, CSCS, MTC Associate Professors: Lucinda L. Baker, Ph.D., P.T.; Nina S. Bradley, Ph.D., P.T.; Sandra Howell, Ph.D., P.T.; Christopher Powers, Ph.D., P.T., FAPTA; George J. Salem, Ph.D.; Nicolas Schweighofer, Ph.D. Assistant Professor: Jason Kutch, Ph.D. Associate Professors of Clinical Physical Therapy: Beth Fisher, Ph.D., P.T.; Kornelia Kulig, Ph.D., P.T., FAPTA; Cheryl Resnik, P.T., DPT; Katherine Sullivan, Ph.D., P.T. Assistant Professors of Clinical Physical Therapy: Jesus Dominguez, Ph.D., P.T.; Jacquelyn Dylla, P.T., DPT; Rose Hamm, DPT, CWS; Yogi Matharu, DPT, OCS; Michael O’Donnell, P.T., DPT, OCS, FAAOMPT; Marisa Perdomo, P.T., DPT; Amy Pomrantz, P.T., DPT, OCS, ATC; E. Todd Schroeder, Ph.D.; Susan Sigward, Ph.D., P.T., ATC;
Assistant Professors of Research Physical Therapy: Steven Cen, Ph.D., Christina Dieli-Conwright, Ph.D.
Adjunct Associate Professors: Joseph Godges, DPT; Ning Lan, Ph.D.; Stephen Reischl, P.T., DPT, OCS; Rizkalla Zakhary, Ph.D. Adjunct Assistant Professors of Clinical Physical Therapy: Mike Andersen, P.T., DPT; Kyle F. Baldwin, P.T., DPT; Julia Burlette Itamura, P.T., DPT, OCS; Lily Cabellon, M.D.; Jason Cozby, DPT, OCS; Sharon DeMuth, P.T., DPT; Daniel Farwell, DPT; Sean Flanagan, Ph.D., ATC, CSCS; Robert Grego, Ph.D.; Larry Ho, P.T., DPT, OCS; Sally Ho, P.T., DPT, OCS; Robbin Howard, P.T., DPT, NCS; John Jankoski, MPT, NCS, OCS; Susan Layfield, P.T., DPT, M.S., OCS; Covey Lazoras, DPT, NCS; Rebecca Lewthwaite, Ph.D.; Ndidiamaka Matthews, P.T., DPT, NCS; John Meyer, P.T., DPT, OCS; Elizabeth Poppert, P.T., DPT, M.S., OCS; Gary Souza, P.T., DPT, OCS
Adjunct Instructors of Clinical Physical Therapy: Ginelle Amormino, P.T., DPT; Liz Bottrell, P.T., DPT; Julie Hershberg, P.T., DPT, NCS; Lauren Raquel Leporini, DPT; Mils Limcay, P.T., DPT, OCS; James Liston, M.Ed., CSCS; Jill Masutomi, P.T., DPT, PCS; Claire McLean, DPT, NCS; Lisa Meyer, P.T., DPT; Lisa Nocetti-DeWit, P.T., DPT, ATC; Cassandra Sanders-Holly, P.T., DPT; Claire Smith, P.T., DPT; Katie Weimer, P.T., DPT; Rami Weinberg, DPT, CSCS, OCS; Noriko Yamaguchi, P.T., DPT, CSCS; Maria Zibell, P.T., MPT Emeritus Professors: Helen J. Hislop, Ph.D., Sc.D., FAPTA; Jacquelin Perry, M.D. (Orthopedics) Emeritus Associate Professor: Lenore M. Krusell, M.A., P.T. Programs
The Division of Biokinesiology and Physical Therapy offers multiple degrees, certificates and clinical residency programs allowing graduates the opportunity to choose educational programs that will expose them to cutting-edge research and scientific advancements, in turn creating innovators in the physical therapy profession. The largest degree program is the three-year Doctor of Physical Therapy (DPT), which is offered in addition to a post professional DPT, and a post professional DPT and Master of Public Health dual degree. The division also offers a Ph.D. in Biokinesiology, one of the nation’s first Ph.D. degrees in physical therapy education, as well as a Ph.D. in Biokinesiology and Physical Therapy. The graduate curricula for the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees are open to all qualified students who are or are not physical therapists.
Master of Science Graduate study for the Master of Science in Biokinesiology is open to individuals who have a bachelor’s degree and who have a strong interest in movement science.
Admission Requirements
Admission requirements include a superior grade point average in cumulative undergraduate and graduate course work (if applicable). Applicants should score at least 600 in each area of the Graduate Record Examinations. Applicants are to provide the department with three letters of recommendation. The faculty may request a personal interview
before making a decision on admission. Admission will be considered for the fall semester only. The application deadline is November 1. All applicants should contact the Division of Biokinesiology and Physical Therapy for advisement.
Biokinesiology and Physical Therapy
715
Prerequisites
Degree Requirements
The prerequisite for applicants to the Master of Science program in biokinesiology is either: (a) a bachelor’s degree or higher with a science major or equivalent; or (b) a bachelor’s or master’s degree in physical therapy with appropriate basic science content. Courses completed at the time of application must include work (with appropriate laboratory study) in chemistry, physics, calculus and biology. Highly recommended is course work in anatomy, physiology, histology, kinesiology, trigonometry, neuroscience, analytical geometry, exercise physiology, biochemistry and computer programming. Applicants with no background in cellular or molecular biology may be required to take PT 509 in the entry-level DPT program. Candidates should have some degree of computer lit eracy. International applicants will be considered on a special evaluation of credentials.
Completion of the degree requires satisfactory completion of a minimum of 32 credits of course work at the 500 level or above, a research project (BKN 559 and BKN 590), and a comprehensive examination administered with the chair of the Biokinesiology Committee acting as the examination adviser.
Students deficient in certain prerequisites may be admitted subject to completion of requirements within two years after admission. An additional year may be granted upon review of the student’s program by a faculty committee. Work in any prerequisite subjects will not be part of the required units for the Master of Science.
REQUIRED COURSES
In order to fulfill the research project requirement, the following plan is suggested; however, each plan can be individualized based on the needs of the student and/or adviser: 1. Select a research professor (from the department) whose work interests them. This should be done by the end of the first year of study.
UNITS
BKN 550 Neurobehavioral Basis of Movement 4 BKN 551 Musculoskeletal and Biomechanical Basis of Movement 4 BKN 552 Physiological Basis of Voluntary Movement 4 BKN 559 Readings in Biokinesiology 1-4, max 8 BKN 590 Directed Research 1-12 PM 510L Principles of Biostatistics 4
Students must complete the three biokinesiology core courses (BKN 550, BKN 551, BKN 552) before sitting for their comprehensive examination. Substituting a course for one of the core courses may be allowed after receiving approval from the Biokinesiology Program Committee prior to the beginning of the course.
2. After receiving the professor’s approval, sign up for BKN 559 (4 units) and complete a semester reading the literature pertinent to the professor’s work. 3. The following semester, sign up for BKN 590 (4 units) and participate in an ongoing research project that is being conducted by the professor. The research paper must be completed within the semester for which BKN 590 units are being given. See the Doctor of Philosophy in Biokine siology section, page 717, for a list of courses available to M.S. students.
Doctor of Physical Therapy Post Professional Doctor of Physical Therapy Program
Applicants must be experienced physical therapy clinicians licensed to practice in the United States. Alternatively, foreign trained therapists must be graduates of institutions recognized by the American Physical Therapy Association. Applicants must also hold a master’s degree in physical therapy or a field related to physical therapy practice. Generally, a minimum grade point average of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale as well as a minimum score of 500 on each of the three components of the Graduate Record Examinations are required. The degree requirement includes successful completion of 30-31 units as described in the following three sections: REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
PT 573 Physical Examination and Differential Diagnosis in Patients with Medical Disorders 2 PT 585 Physical Examination and Differential Diagnosis in Patients with Neurological Disorders, or 2
PT 624a Neurological Differential Diagnosis and Therapeutic Interventions 3 PT 591 Physical Examination and Differential Diagnosis in Patients with Orthopedic Disorders 2 PT 605 Orthopedic Radiology 2 PT 607 Clinical Scanning 2 PT 608 Pharmacotherapeutics 2 ELECTIVES (A MINIMUM OF 9 UNITS IS REQUIRED, ONE FROM EACH CATEGORY IS RECOMMENDED)
UNITS
Anatomy BKN 551 Musculoskeletal and Biomechanical Basis of Movement 4 BKN 563 Biomechanics 2 BKN 573ab Advanced Dissection Anatomy 2 PT 514L Musculoskeletal Anatomy 4 PT 534 Neuroanatomy 3 PT 554L Analytical Anatomy 3 PT 622 Advanced Management of Spinal Disorders 3 PT 623 Advanced Management of Extremity Disorders 3
Neurobiology BKN 550 Neurobehavioral Basis of Movement 4 BKN 566 Neurobiology of Locomotion 2 BKN 578 Classic Readings in Biokinesiology 2 BKN 587ab Physiological Correlates of Therapeutic Exercise 4-4 BKN 593 Behavioral Basis of Motor Control and Learning 3 PT 509 Cellular and Systems Physiology 3 PT 546 Neuropathology 3 PT 549L Clinical Exercise Physiology 4 PT 569 Fundamentals of Neuroscience 4 PT 624bL Neurological Differential Diagnosis and Therapeutic Interventions 3
716
USC Independent Health Professions
Exercise Physiology BKN 552 Physiological Basis of Voluntary Movement 4 BKN 587ab Physiological Correlates of Therapeutic Exercise 4-4 BKN 588 Physiology and Biomechanics of Resistance Exercise 2 PT 509 Cellular and Systems Physiology 3 PT 549L Clinical Exercise Physiology 4 PT 571L Clinical Management of Cardiopulmonary Dysfunction 4 PT 622 Advanced Management of Spinal Disorders 3 PT 624bL Neurological Differential Diagnosis and Therapeutic Interventions 3
REQUIRED COURSES FOR CERTIFICATE IN
Capstone Project (PT 592) This required project provides the student with the opportunity to synthesize the learning experiences of the DPT program. It can take the form of a case study, a learning module for students or patients, a business plan for a unique form of health care delivery, or some other innovative concept. Work towards the completion of the project is done under the guidance of a single faculty member or a committee, depending on the magnitude and scope of the project. The primary faculty adviser will determine the unit value of the project.
Doctor of Physical Therapy and Master of Public Health
A clinical residency is also available as part of the post-professional DPT program.
Professional Entry-Level Doctor of Physical Therapy Program
Certificate in Orthopedic Physical Therapy Certificate in Neurologic Physical Therapy Clinical Residency Programs
These programs are directed at practicing clinicians who seek post-professional clinical residency education in orthopedic or neurologic physical therapy and wish to obtain an academic credential for its completion. Admission Requirements, Prerequisites and Degree Requirements Admission requirements such as grade point average, GRE scores and P.T. licensure are the same as those for the post-professional DPT. In addition to the above listed requirements, experience in orthopedic physical therapy as evidenced by the years in practice and post-graduate course work taken will be assessed in the applicant’s portfolio. The faculty may request a personal interview. Admission will be considered for fall semester only. Deadline for application is four months prior to the proposed starting date. All applicants should contact the Division of Biokinesiology and Physical Therapy for advisement. Completion of the certificate requires satisfactory completion of a minimum of 15 units.
ORTHOPEDIC PHYSICAL THERAPY
UNITS
PT 595abcd Residency in Advanced Clinical Physical Therapy 1-4 each PT 622 Advanced Management of Spinal Disorders 3 PT 623 Advanced Management of Extremity Disorders 3 REQUIRED COURSES FOR CERTIFICATE IN NEUROLOGIC PHYSICAL THERAPY
chemistry must include laboratories. The following courses are highly recommended: biochemistry, calculus, kinesiology, exercise physiology, neuroscience, genetics and a cross-cultural course in sociology. Applicants should be computer literate. Students from foreign countries must have completed one year of study in the United States prior to application. Credits from foreign institutions must be approved by the USC Office of Admission.
UNITS
PT 595abcd Residency in Advanced Clinical Physical Therapy 1-4 each PT 624abL Neurological Differential Diagnosis and Therapeutic Interventions 3-3
The Post Professional Doctor of Physical Therapy (DPT) and the Master of Public (MPH) dual degree program offers the opportunity for physical therapy clinicians to pursue a doctoral-level education in combination with an integrated approach to health care. The program spans four years. Students begin the first one to two years completing MPH core and elective course work in the Department of Preventive Medicine. The remaining years are devoted to program requirements in physical therapy.
This program comprises six semesters and two summer courses for completion of the required 115 units. Clinical experience (clerkship) is part of the curriculum during all three years. The Division of Biokinesiology and Physical Therapy awards the DPT to enrolled students who have satisfactorily completed the three-year curriculum. For successful completion, students must complete all course work with a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.75, meet all professional standards and pass all clinical clerkships.
Graduate Record Examinations (GRE) The GRE is required of all applicants. In general, minimum scores of 500 are required on each of the general test measures of verbal, quantitative and analytical ability. Applications Applications are available in September for the class entering in September of the following year. The deadline for receipt of applications is December 1 of each year. Only one class is admitted each year. The Admissions Committee reviews all information submitted. Applicants may be requested to appear for a personal interview. It is highly recommended that all applicants make an appointment to visit the division’s office located on the Health Sciences Campus and talk with students and members of the faculty. Notice of Acceptance Notice of acceptance will be sent to successful candidates no earlier than late January and continually thereafter until the class is filled. In no case will an acceptance be offered earlier than one year before anticipated enrollment. Candidates should reply to an offer of acceptance within three weeks enclosing a $1,000 deposit (nonrefundable) which is credited to tuition at the time of registration. A letter of withdrawal is required if applicants wish to relinquish their place in the class; release is granted automatically upon receipt of the letter.
Admission Requirements (Entry-Level)
Applicants are required to complete the equivalent of a U.S. baccalaureate degree at an accredited college or university prior to matriculation. Prerequisite course work must include: four courses in the biological sciences (including human anatomy, human physiology and either cell or molecular biology); one year of college physics; one year of college chemistry; one semester of college mathematics; two courses in psychology; one course in composition and writing; and one course in either literature or history. Human anatomy, human physiology, physics and
Degree Requirements (Entry-Level)
The DPT is awarded to enrolled students who have completed satisfactorily the threeyear curriculum of 115 credits (depending on electives chosen). The minimum number of credits required for graduation is 115. The minimum GPA required for graduation is 2.75. Clinical experience (clerkship) is part of the curriculum during all three years.
Biokinesiology and Physical Therapy
The Division of Biokinesiology and Physical Therapy uses a system of student evaluation and grading that is designed to encourage self-reliance, to stimulate the student’s independent quest for knowledge and to promote excellence in clinical and academic achievement. Faculty of the program are responsible for establishing evaluation criteria appropriate to the objectives of each course and for specifying the manner in which evaluative information is to be gathered. For clinical evaluation, descriptive comments based on the student’s performance are submitted by faculty and clinical instructors to the student’s permanent file. REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
PT 509 Cellular and Systems Physiology 3 PT 514L Musculoskeletal Anatomy 4 PT 516 Principles of Disease 2 PT 521L Basics of Patient Management 4 PT 529 Life Span Motor Control 3 PT 530ab Therapeutic Exercise 2-2 PT 534L Neuroanatomy 3 PT 536 Pathology of Cardiopulmonary Disease and General Medical Conditions 3 PT 539 Clinical Pharmacology 1 PT 546 Neuropathology 3
PT 549L Clinical Exercise Physiology 4 PT 551L Therapeutic Application of Physical Agents 2 PT 554L Analytical Anatomy 3 PT 561abcde Evidence for Physical Therapist Practice 2-2-2-2-2 PT 566 Disorders of the Musculoskeletal System 3 PT 569 Fundamentals of Neuroscience 4 PT 571L Clinical Management of Cardiopulmonary Dysfunction 4 PT 574 Clinical Biomechanics 3 PT 581L Clinical Management of the Patient with Neurological Dysfunction 5 PT 582 Mechanics of Human Gait 2 PT 583L Clinical Electrophysiology 3 PT 600abcdez Clinical Clerkship 1-3-1-1-3-0 PT 606 Clinical Imaging 2 PT 621L Clinical Management of the Patient with Musculoskeletal Dysfunction 5 PT 630 Integrated Management of the Upper and Lower Extremities 3
717
PT 631 Integrated Management of the Axial Skeletal System and Related Movement Disorders 3 PT 632 Integrated Patient Management Seminar 5 PT 650 Differential Diagnosis in Physical Therapy 2 PT 660 Advanced Clerkship with Academic Integration 5 PT 665 Advanced Clinical Clerkship 8 ELECTIVE COURSES
UNITS
PT 612L Physical Therapy Management of Spinal Disorders 2 PT 613L Physical Therapy Management of the Foot and Lower Quarter 2 PT 614L Evaluation and Management for Hand Dysfunction 2 PT 615 Management of the Complicated Patient 2 PT 618L Seminar in Advanced Neurological Rehabilitation 2 PT 619L Clinical Electrophysiology 2 PT 654 Physical Therapy Interventions in Pediatrics 2
Doctor of Philosophy in Biokinesiology The graduate program leading to the Doctor of Philosophy in Biokinesiology is designed to prepare candidates for research and teaching at the university level. Actual programs of study will be designed with a degree of flexibility directed toward individual students who seek to become independent scholars. Admission Requirements
Applicants must meet all general admission requirements of the university. Admission requirements include a superior grade point average in cumulative undergraduate and graduate course work (if applicable). In addition, applicants should score at least 600 in each area of the Graduate Record Examinations (GRE) and have some research experience. Students admitted for the Master of Science degree are not automatically admitted to the Doctor of Philosophy program. The Master of Science is not required as a prerequisite to the Ph.D. but may be advised.
Applicants must have a personal interview with the program faculty. A student can be considered for admission only when a member of the full-time Ph.D. faculty has agreed to serve as the student’s Ph.D. adviser. Three letters of recommendation and duplicate transcripts must be sent to the division for preliminary evaluation, although final acceptance is based upon the official USC application procedure. Prerequisites (Ph.D. Program)
The prerequisite for applicants to the Ph.D. program in biokinesiology is either: (a) a bachelor’s degree or higher with a science major or equivalent; or (b) a bachelor’s or master’s degree in physical therapy with appropriate basic science content. Courses completed at the time of application must include work (with appropriate laboratory study) in chemistry, calculus, physics and biology. Highly recommended is course work in anatomy, physiology, histology, cell biology, exercise physiology, kinesiology, biochemistry, neuroscience, trigonometry, analytical geometry and computer programming.
Candidates should be computer literate. International applicants will be considered upon evaluation of credentials by the USC Office of Admission. Students deficient in certain prerequisites may be admitted subject to completion of requirements within two years after admission. An additional year may be granted upon review of the student’s program by a faculty committee. Work in any prerequisite subject will not be part of the required 60 units for the Doctor of Philosophy. Screening Procedure
A screening procedure will be offered twice each year for qualified students. It must be taken prior to the completion of 24 units at the 500-level or higher. The purpose of the screening procedure is to assess the progress of the Ph.D. student and to determine whether that progress is sufficient to continue in the Ph.D. program. Passing the procedure is a prerequisite for continuation in the Ph.D. program.
718
USC Independent Health Professions
Course Requirements
BKN 567 Advanced Topics in Biomechanics 2 BKN 573ab Advanced Dissection Anatomy 2-2 BKN 575 Principles of Musculoskeletal Imaging 2 BKN 585 Systematic Research Writing 3 BKN 587ab Physiological Correlates of Therapeutic Exercise 4-4 BKN 588 Physiology and Biomechanics of Resistance Exercise 4 BKN 590 Directed Research 1-12 BKN 593 Behavioral Basis of Motor Control and Learning 3 BKN 594abz Master’s Thesis 2-2-0 BKN 599 Special Topics 2-4, max 8 BKN 615 Principles of Skeletal Adaptation 4 BKN 617 Modeling the Motor System: An Introduction 2 BKN 618L Modeling the Motor System: Laboratory 1 BKN 621 Electromyography in Research and Practice 3 BKN 623 Neuroplasticity and Neural Repair 3 BKN 672 Advanced Independent Study in Biokinesiology 1-4, max 8 BKN 790 Research 1-12 BKN 794abcdz Doctoral Dissertation 2-2-2-2-0
A minimum of 60 units is required for the Doctor of Philosophy degree. REQUIRED COURSE WORK
UNITS
BKN 550 Neurobehavioral Basis of Movement 4 BKN 551 Musculoskeletal and Biomechanical Basis of Movement 4 BKN 552 Physiological Basis of Voluntary Movement 4 BKN 790 Research 1-12 BKN 794abcdz Doctoral Dissertation 2-2-2-2-0 INTD 500* Ethics and Accountability in Biomedical Research 1 PM 510L** Principles of Biostatistics 4 PM 511aL** Data Analysis 4 *Or equivalent graduate ethics course. **Or equivalent graduate level statistics.
Ph.D. students must complete three core courses (BKN 550, BKN 551, BKN 552) before participating in the screening procedure. Substituting a course for one of the core courses may be allowed after receiving approval from the Biokinesiology Program Committee prior to the beginning of the course. Other course requirements (to complete 60 units) will vary according to the specific needs of each student. Course work other than departmental offerings is encouraged and may be required by the student’s guidance committee. COURSES AVAILABLE FOR M.S./PH.D. STUDENTS
UNITS
BKN 559 Readings in Biokinesiology 1-4, max 8 BKN 563 Biomechanics 2 BKN 566 Neurobiology of Locomotion 2
Foreign Language Requirement There is no foreign language requirement. Guidance Committee Upon successful completion of the screening examination the student and the major adviser will select a guidance committee for continuing course work and independent study. The guidance committee comprises five members: three to four full-time faculty from the Division of Biokinesiology and Physical Therapy, one whom serves as c ommittee chair, and one or two faculty members outside the division.
The guidance committee will recommend course work, independent study and readings in the major and cognate areas. Qualifying Examination The Ph.D. qualifying examination is offered during the fall or spring semesters. The qualifying examination concentrates on the student’s ability to demonstrate knowledge in the major academic area chosen and its relation to other areas of study offered in the department. The qualifying examination has both written and oral components. A student failing any part of the examination may be allowed one additional opportunity to pass that portion at the discretion of the guidance committee, within the regulations of the Graduate School governing the repetition of qualifying examinations. Dissertation Committee After the qualifying examination has been passed and a dissertation topic approved, the guidance committee shall be known as the dissertation committee and may be reduced to three members upon unanimous recommendation to the dean of graduate studies. One of the three members must be from outside the major division. The chair of the dissertation committee will be the principal research adviser. Dissertation and Oral Defense An acceptable dissertation based on original investigation is required. The dissertation must show technical mastery of a special field, capacity for independent research and scholarly ability. The dissertation and the defense or final oral must have the unanimous approval of the dissertation committee. The dissertation should be complete within three years of the date the proposal is approved.
Doctor of Philosophy in Biokinesiology and Physical Therapy The graduate program leading to the Doctor of Philosophy in Biokinesiology and Physical Therapy offers an opportunity for highly qualified students to prepare for careers in academic health care. The curriculum is designed for individuals who envision a career that combines training for physical therapy practice and scholarly research.
Admission Requirements
Applicants must have earned a bachelor’s degree with a superior grade point average as well as Graduate Record Examinations scores. A personal interview with program faculty is required. Prerequisite course work must include: four courses in the biological sciences with labs (including human anatomy, human physiology and cell or molecular biology); one year of college physics with lab;
one year of college chemistry with lab; one semester of college mathematics; two courses in psychology; one course in composition and writing; one course in literature or history. Courses that are highly recommended include: biochemistry, calculus, kinesiology, exercise physiology, neuroscience, genetics and a cross-cultural course in sociology.
Courses of Instruction
Application for admission to the Division of Biokinesiology and Physical Therapy requires submission of two sets of materials: special division application and university application forms. Students are admitted for study in the Ph.D. in Biokinesiology and Physical Therapy program beginning in the fall semester of each academic year. Both sets of applications must be submitted by December 1 of the previous year. At the time of admission to the program, the student must identify a faculty member who will serve as an adviser throughout every phase of study. Degree Requirements
This degree is under the jurisdiction of the Graduate School. Refer to the Requirements for Graduation section (page 86) and the Graduate School section of this catalogue (page 97) for general regulations. YEARS 1, 2 - REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
PM 510L Principles of Biostatistics 4 PM 511aL Data Analysis 4 PT 507 Professional Practice: Therapist Perspective 2 PT 509 Cellular and Systems Physiology 3 PT 514L Musculoskeletal Anatomy 4 PT 516 Principles of Disease 2 PT 521L Basics of Patient Management 4 PT 529 Life Span Motor Control 3 PT 534L Neuroanatomy 3 PT 536 Pathology of Cardiopulmonary Disease and General Medical Conditions 3 PT 539 Clinical Pharmacology 1 PT 546 Neuropathology 3 PT 547 Professional Practice: System Perspective 2
719
PT 549L Clinical Exercise Physiology 4 PT 551L Therapeutic Applications of Physical Agents 2 PT 554L Analytical Anatomy 3 PT 557 Professional Practice: Patient Perspective 2 PT 566 Disorders of the Musculoskeletal System 3 PT 569 Fundamentals of Neuroscience 4 PT 571L Clinical Management of Cardiopulmonary Dysfunction 4 PT 574 Clinical Biomechanics 3 PT 581L Clinical Management of the Patient with Neurological Dysfunction 5 PT 582 Mechanics of Human Gait 2 PT 583L Clinical Electrophysiology 3 PT 600abcdez Clinical Clerkship 1-3-1-1-3-0 PT 621L Clinical Management of the Patient with Musculoskeletal Dysfunction 5 YEARS 3, 4, 5 - REQUIRED COURSES
BKN 790 BKN 794abcdz
Research Dissertation
YEAR 6 - REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
1-12 2-2-2-2-0 UNITS
PT 630 Integrated Management of the Upper and Lower Extremities 3 PT 631 Integrated Management of the Axial Skeletal System and Related Movement Disorders 3 PT 632 Integrated Patient Management Seminar 5
PT 660 Advanced Clerkship with Academic Integration 5 PT 665 Advanced Clinical Clerkship 8
A minimum of 116 units is required for completion of this program. Estimated Calendar of Study
Basic and Clinical Science Foundation Courses (Years 1, 2) The student will enroll in all required course work and clinical experiences excluding BKNÂ 790, BKN 794abcdz, PT 630, PT 631, PT 632, PT 660, PT 665. Qualifying Exam (Year 3) The student will select a guidance committee and begin preparing a research proposal (register for BKN 790). During this time, the student is encouraged to enroll in key elective courses, both inside and outside the division, which will enhance research proposal development. The expectation is that the student will sit for the qualifying exam and achieve doctoral candidacy at the end of year three. Research and Dissertation Preparation (Years 4, 5) The student will complete the research project and prepare a dissertation (register for BKN 790 and BKN 794). The expectation is that the student will successfully defend the dissertation by the end of year five. Completion of Internship Requirement (Year 6) The student will complete the required internships to achieve clinical competency (register for PT 630, PT 631, PT 632, PT 660 and PT 665).
Courses of Instruction BIOKINESIOLOGY (BKN)
The terms indicated are expected but are not guaranteed. For the courses offered during any given term, consult the Schedule of Classes. BKN 504 Neuromuscular Systems (3, Fa)
(Enroll in BME 504) BKN 550 Neurobehavioral Basis of Movement (4, Sp) Introduction to the neurobehav-
ioral and neurobiological basis of movement. Review of information processing, neural basis of perception/action, motor systems, and higher cognitive function and behavior. Recommended preparation: biology and physiology.
BKN 551 Musculoskeletal and Biomechanical Basis of Movement (4, Fa) Introduction
to the mechanical properties of the musculoskeletal system. Review of connective tissue and muscle mechanics, arthrology, anatomical design and statics. Laboratory dissections illustrate biomechanical concepts. BKN 552 Physiological Basis of Voluntary Movement (4, Sp) Consideration of the
neuroÂmuscular and musculoskeletal physiology of voluntary movement. BKN 559 Readings in Biokinesiology (1-4, max 8, FaSpSm) Independent review and
synthesis of papers appearing in the current literature.
BKN 563 Biomechanics (2, 2 years, Sp)
Advanced study of the kinematics of human motion. Emphasis on the inverse dynamics solution to qualify forces and moments of force. Lecture and demonstration. BKN 566 Neurobiology of Locomotion (2)
Topics include developmental biology of embryonic motility, central pattern generators, descending neural regulation, sensory modulation, and perception/action influences on the motor control of locomotion. Prerequisite: BISC 524, BISC 525; recommended preparation: BKN 550.
720
USC Independent Health Professions
BKN 567 Advanced Topics in Biomechanics (2, Sp) Advanced examination of motion-
BKN 599 Special Topics (2-4, max 8, FaSpSm)
PT 514L Musculoskeletal Anatomy (4, Fa)
Studies of scientific theory in physical therapy.
Musculoskeletal anatomy, innervation, blood supply, and function: intensive study of the head, neck, trunk, and limbs. Lecture, dissection laboratory.
analysis techniques, applications and data interpretation. Magnetic tracking techniques, upper-extremity kinematics, energy/work/ impulse concepts, intersegmental dynamics, and EMG muscle modeling are examined. Prerequisite: BKN 563. BKN 573ab Advanced Dissection Anatomy (2-2, FaSpSm) Advanced analysis of systems
or structures with dissection. Emphasis on correlations with function.
BKN 575 Principles of Musculoskeletal Imaging (2, Sm) Basic principles of musculo-
skeletal imaging as it relates to biomechanics research. Topics include MRI physics, variable imaging parameters and selection of pulse sequences.
BKN 578 Classic Readings in Biokinesiology (2) A seminar course in which students read
and discuss classic scientific papers that have shaped the development of the movement sciences over the past 150 years. BKN 585 Systematic Research Writing (3, Sm) Development of analytical journal
reading skills and proficiency in scientific writing. Lecture and tutorial format. BKN 587ab Physiological Correlates of Therapeutic Exercise (4-4, FaSp)
a: Responses of the physically handicapped to exercise. Emphasis on muscle, energy metabolism, body temperature, environment, endocrine considerations. Strengthening, training, endurance, and evaluation of performance. b: Responses of the physically handicapped to exercise, with emphasis on cardiovascular and respiratory adaptations and pathology. BKN 588 Physiology and Biomechanics of Resistance Exercise (2, Sp) Science of
resistance-exercise prescription, adaptation, and outcome assessment. Topics include periodization, neuromuscular and connectivetissue adaptation, special populations, and biomechanical considerations.
BKN 615 Principles of Skeletal Adaptation (4, 2 years, Sm) Introduction to the integra-
tive physiology of skeletal adaptation to mechanical loading. Emphasis on mechanical and chemical regulation of bone mass. BKN 617 Modeling the Motor System: An Introduction (2, 2 years, Sp) Introduction
of basic principles and models of the primate motor system. Emphasis on arm control. BKN 618L Modeling the Motor System: Laboratory (1, 2 years, Sp) Introduction of
computer programming and implementation of computational models in a laboratory setting. BKN 621 Electromyography in Research and Practice (3, 2 years, Fa) Physiology and
electrophysiology of muscular contraction, how it is collected, quantified and processed. Uses of electromyographic information for research and clinical assessments. Recommended preparation: human anatomy, skeletal muscle physiology. BKN 623 Neuroplasticity and Neural Repair (3, 2 years, Fa) Integration of basic research
on neuroplasticity and clinical research on central nervous system reorganization after brain injury. Implication for neurorecovery and rehabilitation.
BKN 672 Advanced Independent Study in Biokinesiology (1-4, max 8, FaSpSm) Exam
ination of selected mechanisms underlying normal movement and pathological movement. Ph.D. students only.
BKN 790 Research (1-12, FaSpSm) Research
leading to the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC.
BKN 794abcdz Doctoral Dissertation (2-2-2-2-0, FaSpSm) Credit on acceptance of
dissertation. Graded IP/CR/NC.
PT 516 Principles of Disease (2, Fa) Princi
ples and mechanisms of genetics, immunology, infection, wound healing, and oncology. Lecture. PT 521L Basics of Patient Management (4, Fa) Development of basic decision-making
skills, professional behaviors and impairment assessment in patients with musculoskeletal neurologic and/or cardiopulmonary dysfunction. Lecture, laboratory. PT 529 Life Span Motor Control (3, Fa)
Introduction to sensorimotor systems, overview of current perspectives in motor control from fetus through late adulthood, and clinical tests of motor proficiency. Lecture, limited laboratory. PT 530ab Therapeutic Exercise (a: 2, Sp; b: 2, Sm) a: Theoretical and practical prin
ciples for evaluation of exercise need and prescription of exercise programs. Emphasis on approaches for patients with musculo skeletal deficits. (Duplicates credit in former PT 530.) b: Examination of needs analysis and prescription of exercise programs for special patient populations and assessment of current community trends in exercise and wellness. PT 534L Neuroanatomy (3, Sm) Organized
approach to structures in the brain, spinal cord and peripheral nervous systems that subserve motor, sensory, and integrative functions, memory, cognitive and special senses. Lecture, laboratory. PT 536 Pathology of Cardiopulmonary Disease and General Medical Conditions (3, Fa) Pathology and pathophysiological
mechanisms in disease of the cardiac, pul monary and circulatory systems; examination of diabetes, burns, and other disabling medical disorders. Lecture. Prerequisite: PT 509, PT 514L, PT 516, PT 521L, PT 529.
BKN 590 Directed Research (1-12, FaSpSm)
Research leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. BKN 593 Behavioral Basis of Motor Control and Learning (3, Fa) Seminar in movement
science dealing with the behavioral basis of motor control and learning from an information processing perspective. Recommended preparation: statistics; psychology. BKN 594abz Master’s Thesis (2-2-0) Credit
on acceptance of thesis. Graded IP/CR/NC.
PHYSICAL THERAPY (PT)
PT 539 Clinical Pharmacology (1, Fa)
PT 507 Professional Practice: Therapist Perspective (2, Fa) Identification of per-
Effects of commonly used drugs in patients with physical disability; side effects that alter physical performance or responses to exercise.
sonal values, attitudes and beliefs and their relationship to personal development into a health care provider. Emphasis on communication skills, ethics, and professional guidelines, laws and regulations. PT 509 Cellular and Systems Physiology (3, Fa) Selected subjects in cellular and sys-
tems physiology. Emphasis on molecular and cellular aspects of neuromuscular function; also renal and endocrine physiology.
PT 546 Neuropathology (3, Sp) Pathology
in the central and peripheral nervous systems that alter motor and sensory performance. Emphasis on loss of motion, excessive and involuntary movement disorders. Lecture. Prerequisite: PT 516, PT 534L.
Courses of Instruction
721
PT 547 Professional Practice: System Perspective (2, Sm) Analysis of the integration
PT 571L Clinical Management of Cardiopulmonary Dysfunction (4, Fa) Physical therapy
PT 595abcd Residency in Advanced Clinical Physical Therapy (1-4 each, FaSpSm) Resi-
PT 549L Clinical Exercise Physiology (4, Fa)
PT 573 Physical Examination and Differential Diagnosis in Patients with Medical Disorders (2, Fa) Physical assessment and
PT 600abcdez Clinical Clerkship (1-3-1-1-3-0, FaSpSm) a: Practical experience in two- or
of physical therapy practice into the national health care system; administration, budgeting and reimbursement for physical therapy services. Adaptation of the human body to exercise and the use of exercise to modify human function. Lecture and laboratory. PT 551L Therapeutic Application of Physical Agents (2, Sp) Physiologic responses to the
application of thermal, mechanical, electromagnetic and hydrodynamic therapeutic procedures. Evaluation procedures and intervention planning. Lecture, laboratory. Prerequisite: PT 521L. PT 554L Analytical Anatomy (3, Sp)
Detailed kinesiologic analysis of axial, spine, head, neck, face and bulbar muscles. Lecture, laboratory and clinical demonstration. Prerequisite: PT 514L. PT 557 Professional Practice: Patient Perspective (2, Sp) Examination of issues
related to professional-patient relationships, culture, lifestyles, ethnicity, gender and age. Emphasis on communication within a patient care model. PT 561abcde Evidence for Physical Therapist Practice (2-2-2-2-2) a: Introduction to
a patient-centered Evidence Based Practice model with emphasis on professional communication skills, ethics, professional guidelines, laws and regulations; b: introduction to acquiring, appraising and integrating research evidence; c: advanced critical analysis and application of research of evidence; d: advanced integration of patient values as influenced by culture, ethnicity, lifestyles, gender, and age into patient-centered clinical decision making; e: analysis of the integration of physical therapist practice into the national health care system; administration, budgeting and reimbursement for physical therapist services. PT 566 Disorders of the Musculoskeletal System (3, Sp) Regional description of
pathology and pathophysiological mechanisms of disorders of bone, connective tissue, and joints. Lecture, demonstration. PT 569 Fundamentals of Neuroscience (4, Sp) Detailed analysis of neurophysiologic
mechanisms underlying normal and abnormal motor and sensory function. Lecture. Prerequisite: PT 509, PT 516, PT 529, PT 534L.
evaluation and intervention in the care of patients with circulatory, cardiac, or pulmonary dysfunction. Lecture, case presentations, laboratory. Prerequisite: PT 521L.
differential diagnosis in common medical conditions. Emphasis on factors that influence physical therapy or require referral back to the physician. PT 574 Clinical Biomechanics (3, Fa) Intro-
duction to the principles of biomechanics (statics, dynamics) as they apply to physical therapy practice. Emphasis on tissue mechanics, joint function and gait. Lecture. Prerequisite: PT 554L. PT 581L Clinical Management of the Patient with Neurological Dysfunction (5, Fa)
Physical therapy theory and methods for intervention in neurological dysfunction. Lecture, laboratory. Neuroanatomy lab available. Prerequisite: PT 509, PT 516, PT 521L, PT 529, PT 534L. PT 582 Mechanics of Human Gait (2, Sp)
Introduction to both normal and pathological gait. Emphasis on the basic components of abnormal ambulation including temporalspatial factors, joint motion, kinetics, kinematics, and muscle activity. Lecture. PT 583L Clinical Electrophysiology (3, Sp)
Use of electrical currents to evaluate and treat musculoskeletal, neurological and wound disorders. Theory and practice. Lecture, laboratory. Prerequisite: PT 514L, PT 554L. PT 585 Physical Examination and Differential Diagnosis in Patients with Neurological Disorders (2, Fa) Physical examination and
differential diagnosis in neurologic disorders. Emphasis on factors that influence physical therapy or require referral back to the physician.
dency open to students pursuing a Graduate Certificate in Orthopedic Physical Therapy or Neurologic Physical Therapy or the postprofessional D.P.T. program. Graded CR/NC. P.T. Licensure required.
six-week physical therapy manual skills, decision making and professional behaviors. b: Practical experience in six-week physical therapy manual skills, decision making, and professional behaviors. c: Practical experience in two-week physical therapy p sychomotor skills, decision making and professional behaviors. d: Practical experience in twoweek physical therapy psychomotor skills, decision making and professional behaviors. e: Practical experience in six-week physical therapy psychomotor skills, decision making and professional behaviors. Graded CR/NC. PT 605 Orthopedic Radiology (2, Fa) Study of normal and pathologic skeletal radiographic examinations. PT 606 Clinical Imaging (2, SpSm) Elements
of reading roentgenographs, CAT and MRI scans for the physical therapist. Lecture, demonstration, practical experience. Open only to Biokinesiology and Physical Therapy graduate students. PT 607 Clinical Scanning (2, Sp) Survey of
diagnostic imaging for orthopedic and neurologic disorders seen in physical therapy practice. PT 608 Pharmacotherapeutics (2, Fa)
Indications, contraindications, physiologic mechanisms, and side-effects of pharmacologic agents. Analysis of interactions between drugs and physical therapy interventions. PT 612L Physical Therapy Management of Spinal Disorders (2, FaSpSm) Advanced
evaluation and treatment skills for the management of individuals with spinal disorders. Lecture, laboratory. Prerequisite: PT 600d.
PT 591 Physical Examination and Differential Diagnosis in Patients with Orthopedic Disorders (2, Sp) Physical examination and
PT 613L Physical Therapy Management of the Foot and Lower Quarter (2, Fa)
differential diagnosis in orthopedic disorders. Emphasis on factors that influence physical therapy or require referral back to the physician.
Advanced evaluation and treatment skills for management of individuals with lower extremity disorders. Lecture, laboratory. Prerequisite: PT 600d.
PT 592 Capstone Project (1-6, max 6, FaSpSm) Synthesis of knowledge gained in
PT 614L Evaluation and Management of Hand Dysfunction (2, Sp) Pathology, evalu-
the pursuit of D.P.T. degree through a case study, a learning module for students or patients, a business plan for a unique form of health care delivery, or some other innovative concept. The primary faculty adviser will determine the unit value of the project.
ation, differential diagnosis and treatment of hand and wrist dysfunction. Lecture, laboratory. Prerequisite: PT 600d.
722
USC Independent Health Professions
PT 618L Seminar in Advanced Neurological Rehabilitation (2, Sp) Advanced evaluation
PT 624abL Neurological Differential Diagnosis and Therapeutic Interventions (3-3, FaSp) Theoretical and practical founda-
treatment, and problem solving skills for the individual with neurological dysfunction. Lecture, laboratory. Prerequisite: PT 600d. Advanced evaluation and treatment of individuals with peripheral nerve disorders using electrotherapy. Lecture, laboratory. Prerequisite: PT 600d.
tions of clinical practice for specialization in neurologic physical therapy. a: Principles of neurologic differential diagnosis, mechanisms of neurorecovery and rehabilitation of focal neurologic disorders covered. b: Emphasis on advanced skills in neurologic differential diagnosis and rehabilitation for complex neurologic disorders.
PT 621L Clinical Management of the Patient with Musculoskeletal Dysfunction (5, Sp)
PT 630 Integrated Management of the Upper and Lower Extremities (3, FaSp)
Physical therapy theory and methods of evaluation and treatment of orthopedic dysfunction. Lecture, demonstration, laboratory. Dissection lab available. Prerequisite: PT 514L, PT 521L.
Advanced evaluation and management of upper and lower extremity disorders and related movement dysfunction. Prerequisite: PT 600e.
PT 619L Clinical Electrophysiology (2, Fa)
PT 622 Advanced Management of Spinal Disorders (3, FaSpSm) Theoretical and prac-
tical foundations in orthopedic rehabilitation of spinal disorders with emphasis on differential diagnosis from systemic manifestation. Lecture, laboratory, and case presentations. Open to licensed physical therapists only. PT 623 Advanced Management of Extremity Disorders (3, FaSpSm) Theoretical and prac-
tical foundations in orthopedic rehabilitation of occupational, recreational and athletic disorders of the extremities; emphasis on differential diagnosis from systemic manifestations. Lecture, laboratory, and case presentations. Open to licensed physical therapists only.
PT 631 Integrated Patient Management of the Axial Skeletal System and Related Movement Disorders (3, FaSp) Advanced
assessment and management of axial skeletal dysfunctions and related movement disorders. Prerequisite: PT 600e. PT 632 Integrated Patient Management Seminar (5, FaSp) Integration of physical
therapy management of complicated patients with concurrent musculoskeletal, cardiopulmonary and/or neurologic disorders. Prerequisite: PT 571L, PT 581L, PT 621L.
PT 642abc Evidence Based Practice (2-2-2, a: Sm, b: Fa, c: Sp) a: Practical considerations
of evidence-based practice including patient interviews and search methods. b: Development of critical analysis skills of evidence to enhance critical thinking. c: Focus on evidence-based decision making using patient perspectives to effect optimal function outcomes. PT 650 Differential Diagnosis in Physical Therapy (2, FaSpSm) Consideration of prin-
ciple of differential diagnosis with emphasis on mastering this skill. Open only to Bio kinesiology and Physical Therapy graduate students. Recommended preparation: completion of years 1 and 2.
PT 654 Physical Therapy Intervention in Pediatrics (2, Sm) Physical therapy manage-
ment of commonly encountered pediatric diagnoses. Seminar, clinical laboratory. Open to students enrolled in physical therapy degree programs only. PT 660 Advanced Clerkship with Academic Integration (5, FaSp) A 16-week clerkship
consisting of a minimum of 24 hours per week in a part-time setting. Emphasis on the care of orthopedic, neurologic, pediatric or complicated medical conditions. Graded CR/NC. Prerequisite: PT 600e. PT 665 Advanced Clinical Clerkship (8, FaSp)
A 16-week clerkship consisting of a minimum of 36 hours per week in a full-time setting. Emphasis on care of orthopedic, neurologic, pediatric or complicated medical conditions. Graded CR/NC. Prerequisite: PT 600e.
Occupational Science and Occupational Therapy Health Sciences Campus Center for the Health Professions 1540 Alcazar St., CHP 133 Los Angeles, CA 90089-9003 (323) 442-2850 Toll Free: (866) 385-4250 FAX: (323) 442-1540 Email: otdept@hsc.usc.edu ot.usc.edu Faculty
Associate Dean and Chair: Florence A. Clark, Ph.D., OTR/L Associate Chair: Ann Neville-Jan, Ph.D., OTR/L
Professors: Sharon Cermak, Ed.D.; Florence A. Clark, Ph.D., OTR/L; Gelya Frank, Ph.D.; Mary Lawlor, Sc.D., OTR/L; Cheryl Mattingly, Ph.D.; William Morgan, Ph.D. Associate Professors: Ann Neville-Jan, Ph.D., OTR/L Assistant Professors: Lisa Aziz-Zadeh, Ph.D.; Natalie Leland, Ph.D., OTR/L, BCG; Trudy Mallinson, Ph.D., OTR/L; Beth Pyatak, Ph.D., OTR/L; Shawn Roll, Ph.D., OTR/L, CWCE; Olga Solomon, Ph.D.; Barbara Thompson, Ph.D. Professor of Clinical Occupational Therapy: Linda Fazio, Ph.D., OTR/L
Associate Professors of Clinical Occupational Therapy: Erna Blanche, Ph.D., OTR/L; Katie Jordan, OTD, OTR/L; Linda Liang, M.A., OTR/L; Julie McLaughlin Gray, Ph.D., OTR/L Assistant Professors of Clinical Occupational Therapy: Sarah Bream, OTD, OTR/L; Carlin Daley, OTD, OTR/L; Camille Dieterle, OTD, OTR/L; Michelle Farmer, OTD, OTR/L; Don Gordon, Ph.D., OTR/L; Karrie Kingsley, OTD, OTR/L; Michael McNulty, OTD, OTR/L; Jaynee Meyer, OTD, OTR/L; Phoung Nguyen, OTD, OTR/L; Shannon O’Brien, OTD, OTR/L; Daniel Park, OTD, OTR/L; Lindsay Price, OTD, OTR/L; Samia Rafeedie, OTD, OTR/L; Chantelle Rice, OTD, OTR/L; Shelby Surfas, OTD,
Occupational Science and Occupational Therapy
ORT/L; Ashley Uyeshiro, OTD, OTR/L; Myka Winder, OTD, OTR/L
Saunders-Newton, Ph.D., OTR/L; Susan Spitzer, Ph.D., OTR/L
Instructors of Clinical Occupational Therapy: Mahjabeen Aftab, OTR/L; Catherine Crowley, OTD, OTR/L; Kim Eggleston, M.A., OTR/L; Kathleen Gross, M.A., OTR/L; Heather Kitching, M.A., OTR/L; Michelle Lee, OTD, OTR/L; Stephanie Mielke, OTD, OTR/L; Tessa Milman, OTD, OTR/L; Whitney Pike, B.S., OTR/L; Deborah Pitts, MBA, OTR/L; Lindsay Pugh, M.S., CCC-SLP; Janice Rocker, M.S., OTR/L; Joan Vartanian, B.S., OTR/L
Adjunct Instructors of Clinical Occupational Therapy: Susan Bowles, OTD, OTR/L; Cynthia Burt, M.A., OTR/L; Remy Chu, B.S., OTR/L; Lisa Deshaies, M.A., OTR/L; Heidi Dombish, M.S., OTR/L; Arlene Long, B.S., OTR/L; Karen Park, M.A.; Barbara Phillips, M.A., OTR/L; Tammy Richmond, M.A., OTR/L; Pamela Roberts, M.A., OTR/L; Joan Surfus, M.A., OTR/L; Ana Verran, M.A., OTR/L
Research Professor: Michael Carlson, Ph.D.
Emeritus Professors: Elizabeth J. Yerxa, Ed.D.; Ruth Zemke, Ph.D.
723
Occupational Science and Occupational Therapy is fully accredited by the Accredita tion Council for Occupational Therapy Education, 4720 Montgomery Lane, P.O. Box 31220, Bethesda, Maryland 20824-1220, (301) 652-2682. Entry into occupational therapy practice is at the graduate degree level only. In order to practice, students in the bachelor’s program must earn an M.A. degree in Occupational Therapy, sit for the National Board for Certification in Occupational Therapy (NBCOT) exam and apply for a license (in most states including California). Pi Theta Epsilon
Research Adjunct Professor: Susan Lipton Garber, Ph.D. Research Assistant Professors: Jesus Diaz, OTD, OTR/L; Cheryl Vigen, Ph.D. Research Adjunct Assistant Professor: Celso Delgado Jr., OTD, OTR/L Adjunct Associate Professor of Clinical Occupational Therapy: Diane Kellegrew, Ph.D., OTR/L Adjunct Assistant Professors of Clinical Occupational Therapy: Kiley Hanish, OTD, OTR/L; Susan McNulty, OTD, OTR/L; Bonnie Nakasuji, OTD, OTR/L, C/NDT; Rachel Proffitt, OTD, OTR/L; Clarissa
Degrees Offered
The Division of Occupational Science and Occupational Therapy offers a Bachelor of Science in Occupational Therapy, a minor in Occupational Science, and a Master of Arts in Occupational Therapy. The Master of Arts in Occupational Therapy is offered for students continuing their education following their undergraduate degree in occupational therapy, for those whose first degree is in another field and also for certified occupational therapists seeking a post-professional degree. The division also offers the Occupational Therapy Doctorate (OTD) and the Ph.D. in Occupational Science. The Division of
Pi Theta Epsilon is a national honor society for occupational therapy students and alumni. This society recognizes and encourages superior scholarship among students enrolled in entry-level graduate programs of occupational therapy across the United States. The Alpha Eta Chapter of Pi Theta Epsilon at the University of Southern California selects candidates early in the spring semester of each year based on their academic standing and their potential for leadership in the profession.
Bachelor of Science The undergraduate curriculum leads to the Bachelor of Science with a major in occupational therapy. Although professional study begins either during the junior year or in the summer preceding the senior year, students may apply to the major at any time. Successful completion of the Master of Arts degree and successful completion of a minimum of 24 full-time weeks of clinical fieldwork are required for eligibility to sit for the National Board for Certification in Occupational Therapy. Certification from the board and licensure (most states) are required to practice as an occupational therapist. (See page 725 for a description of the M.A. degree program.) Application Procedures for Incoming Freshman and Transfer Applicants
Students may request admission to the occupational therapy major when applying as freshmen or when transferring to USC. Students transferring from other institutions
need to enter USC no later than the first semester of their junior year. See the Undergraduate Admission section of this catalogue for admission procedures to the university. Admission Criteria for Current USC Students
After admission to USC, students wishing to add or change their major to occupational therapy should contact the division. Requirements for admission are: 1. an autobiographical statement which demonstrates an exploration and understanding of occupational therapy as a career choice 2. a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or higher in undergraduate course work for USC undergraduate and transferring students 3. a plan for completion of all USC Dornsife College of Letters, Arts and Sciences general education requirements and foreign language requirements by the beginning of the senior year
Application Procedures for Current USC Students
Applications will be reviewed when the following materials have been received by the Division of Occupational Science and Occupational Therapy: 1. Completed division application form 2. Current copy of the student’s STARS report 3. Autobiographical statement including: a. Reasons for wanting to enter the profession b. Understanding of occupational therapy c. Experience relevant to occupational therapy d. Summary of skills and accomplishments 4. Three letters of recommendation from professors, employers or other professionals, not related to the applicant, sent directly to the division or delivered in a sealed envelope. One letter should be from a professor.
724
USC Independent Health Professions
Deadlines
OT 260 Human Functional Anatomy for the Occupational Therapist (with laboratory), or 3 EXSC 301L Human Anatomy (with laboratory) 4 OT 261 Human Physiology for Occupational Therapists, 3 or BISC 307L General Physiology 4 PSYC 274 Statistics I, or 4 HP 340L Health Behavior Statistical Methods, and 4 HP 350L Health Behavior Research Methods 4 PSYC 336L Developmental Psychology 4 PSYC 360 Abnormal Psychology 4 Gerontology or adult development (recommended but not required)
Freshmen may apply anytime. Sophomores must apply by April 30 to begin the program in the fall of their junior year. Juniors must apply by January 15 to begin the program with an eight-week summer session prior to their senior year. Students transferring from other institutions need to enter USC no later than the first semester of their junior year. Program Requirements
A total of 128 units is required for the Bachelor of Science degree. An occupational therapy major cannot count any 300-level OT course toward the B.S. degree. General Education Requirements
The university’s general education program provides a coherent, integrated introduction to the breadth of knowledge needed to become a well-educated person. This program requires six courses in different categories, plus writing, diversity and foreign language requirements, which together comprise the USC Core. See pages 63 and 250 for more information. Required Pre-Professional Courses
We recommend that you meet with an admissions counselor within the division in order to determine course work that can be taken at USC or could be transferred and substituted for required course work. Before taking the advanced professional courses you must have completed the pre-professional required courses: • Within the last five years • With a minimum GPA of 3.0 (pass/fail or grades below a C are not accepted) • From an accredited junior college, four year college or university • Either in a classroom setting or online; however, anatomy must be completed in a classroom setting (refer to Course Work Taken Elsewhere on page 58) • For a total of three or four semester units each (with the exception of medical terminology which may be 1 or 2 units) Required Pre-Professional Courses (USC course numbers are noted) • Enrolled or transferring students who wish to transfer credit for courses taken at another institution must gain university approval: PRE-PROFESSIONAL COURSES
UNITS
OT 200 Medical Terminology for Health Professions 1 SOCI 200 Introduction to Sociology, or ANTH 201 Introduction to Social Anthropology 4
Four-week intensive courses are offered by the division in human anatomy (OT 260) and human physiology (OT 261) from mid-May to mid-June (just prior to the start of summer professional courses) for those students who have been unable to complete those courses earlier. These courses are also offered fall and spring semesters. Students may take OT 405L, OT 440 and OT 441 in the junior year, after having completed Human Anatomy and Developmental Psychology. Human Physiology must be completed by fall of the junior year. The remaining pre-professional courses must be completed by the start of the senior year. Required Professional Courses
Enrollment in professional occupational therapy courses is limited to junior and senior occupational therapy majors only. REQUIRED PROFESSIONAL COURSES
OT 405L OT 440L OT 441L
UNITS
Foundations: Occupation 4 Foundations: Kinesiology 2 Foundations: Neuroscience 2
Two of the following: OT 401L Practice Immersion: Physical Rehabilitation and Geriatrics (8), OT 402L Practice Immersion: Mental Health (8), or OT 403L Practice Immersion: Pediatrics (8) OT 410 Therapeutic Use of Self OT 411 Clinical Reasoning OT 430 Communication Skills for Effective Practice OT 451 Neuroscience of Behavior OT 470 Qualitative Research for Evidence-Based Practice OT 480 Quantitative Research for Evidence-Based Practice
Scholastic Standards
Undergraduate occupational therapy students must maintain a GPA of at least 3.0 (A = 4.0) in all required OT courses and successfully complete the Graduate Record Examinations in order to continue into the master’s (M.A.) program. If an undergraduate student’s OT grade point average (GPA) falls below 3.0, or if the cumulative undergraduate GPA falls below 3.0 at the end of the fall semester of the senior year, continuance is not assured. Advising
Advisement is available through the division. Minor in Occupational Science
The division offers a minor in the d ynamic discipline of occupational science. It is one of a select few programs in the world that offers undergraduates the opportunity to explore the fields of occupational science and occupational therapy. Unlike other creatures, humans are innately driven to fill their time with interesting, meaningful activities, which scholars call “occupations.” That is, humans need to be occupied. These occupations have a profound impact on physical and mental health, one’s sense of well-being and the experience of quality of life. Occupational Science seeks to understand the precise nature and function of occupations and the critical effect of daily activity on human beings. Scientists working in the field examine questions such as: what is the relationship between childhood occupations and adult competency and achievement; what constitutes a healthy balance of work, rest and leisure; what factors contribute to a good fit between a particular individual and his or her occupations; as well as many other issues. The minor in occupational science requires a total of 20 units: a gateway course (OT 250) for 4 units plus 16 units of upper division courses selected from ten courses. It is open to all majors at USC. An occupational therapy major cannot count any 300-level OT course toward the B.S. degree. LOWER DIVISION: GATEWAY COURSE
2 2 4 4 4 4
UNITS
OT 250 Introduction to Occupational Science and Occupational Therapy 4
Occupational Science and Occupational Therapy
UPPER DIVISION: 16 UNITS REQUIRED
UNITS
OT 300 Occupational Expressions of Diverse Identities and Lifestyles 4 OT 310 Creativity Workshop 2 OT 312 Creating a Sustainable Lifestyle 2 OT 320 The Nature of Human Occupation: Form, Function, and Meaning 4
725
OT 325 The Brain: Mind, Body and Self 4 OT 330 Perspectives on the Daily Life of Families 4 OT 333 Sports Ethics 4 OT 350 Disability, Occupations, and the Health Care System 4
OT 360 Creating the Self through Narrative: Acts of Life Story Production 4 OT 375 The Narrative Structure of Social Action: Narrative, Healing, and Occupation 4
• With each course totaling three or four semester units (with exception of medical terminology which may be 1 or 2 units) as follows (course numbers refer to USC courses, but prerequisites can be taken at any accredited college or university):
any time, preferably by February 15 for fall admission.
Master of Arts The Division of Occupational Science and Occupational Therapy offers a Master of Arts degree with two routes of entry. Those with a baccalaureate degree in occupational therapy will begin graduate course work in the postprofessional master’s degree program. Those with a baccalaureate degree in a field other than occupational therapy take additional 400-level courses before beginning graduate work in the entry-level master’s degree program. For students in the entry-level program, eligibility to sit for the National Board for Certification in Occupational Therapy examination occurs when all course work is completed, including the equivalent of 24 full-time weeks of clinical fieldwork, and the M.A. degree has been awarded. Admission Requirements
Applicants must have a bachelor’s degree from an accredited college or u niversity; a minimum grade point average of 3.0 (A = 4.0); total score of 1000 or higher on the General Test of the Graduate Record Examinations taken within five years of enrollment; three letters of recommendation and an autobiographical sketch/statement of purpose. A satisfactory score on the TOEFL within two years of enrollment is a requirement for most international students. Those with a baccalaureate degree in occupational therapy must have graduated from a World Federation of Occupational Therapy (WFOT) approved program. Those with a baccalaureate degree in a field other than occupational therapy also must have completed all of the following prerequisites: • Within five years of enrollment • Prior to the start of the program with a minimum GPA of 3.0 (pass/fail or grades below a C are not accepted) • From an accredited junior college, college or university • Either in a classroom setting or online; however anatomy must be completed in a classroom setting
For those with a baccalaureate degree in a field other than occupational therapy: applications for early decisions are due by November 30; all other applications are due February 15.
PREREQUISITES UNITS
OT 200 Medical Terminology for Health Professions 1 SOCI 200 Introduction to Sociology, or ANTH 201 Introduction to Social Anthropology 4 OT 260 Human Functional Anatomy for the Occupational Therapist (with laboratory) 3 EXSC 301L* Human Anatomy (with laboratory) 4 OT 261* Human Physiology for Occupational Therapists, 3 or BISC 307L General Physiology 4 PSYC 274 Statistics I, or 4 HP 340L Health Behavior Statistical Methods, and 4 HP 350L Health Behavior Research Methods 4 PSYC 336L Developmental Psychology 4 PSYC 360 Abnormal Psychology 4 Gerontology or adult development (recommended but not required) *If anatomy and physiology are combined, students must take two sequential semesters with a laboratory each semester (6-8 units).
Four-week intensive courses are offered by the division in human anatomy (OT 260) and human physiology (OT 261) from mid-May to mid-June (just prior to the start of summer professional courses) for those students who have been unable to complete those courses earlier. These courses are also offered fall and spring semesters. Application Procedures
For those with a baccalaureate degree in occupational therapy: applications are accepted at
Applications received after the February 15 deadline are considered on a space-available basis. Application materials include: 1) USC Online Graduate Application; 2) division online Supplemental Application for Graduate Admission; 3) three letters of recommendation; 4) transcripts from all colleges/universities attended; 5) results of the aptitude test of the Graduate Record Examinations; and 6) TOEFL scores if required. A personal interview may be requested. Please see the division Website for the most up-to-date application procedures. International Students
Students educated outside the United States must have their credentials evaluated by the Office of Admission before application to the division can be reviewed. See the Admission section of this catalogue. International students must demonstrate competency in English, as measured by the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). Degree Requirements
The M.A. degree is under the jurisdiction of the USC Graduate School. Students should also refer to the Graduate School section of this catalogue (page 97) for general regulations. All courses applied toward the degree must be courses accepted by the Graduate School. Requirements include: GPA of 3.0 in all course work attempted and all course work applied to the degree; at least two-thirds of units applied to the degree must be at the 500 level or higher.
726
USC Independent Health Professions
Courses prerequisite to master’s degree work for students entering the M.A. program with a degree other than occupational therapy include two of the following three: OT 401L, OT 402L, OT 403L, and all of the following: OT 405L, OT 410, OT 411, OT 430, OT 440L, OT 441L, OT 451, OT 470 and OT 480.
OT 504 Health Promotion and Wellness 4 OT 570 Occupation-Centered Programs for the Community, or OT 581 Quantitative Research for the Practicing Clinician 4 OT 580 Leadership Capstone 2 OT 585 Advanced Seminar in Occupational Science 2
REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
OT 451 Neuroscience of Behavior, 4 and OT 470 Qualitative Research for Evidence-Based Practice, 4 or OT 401 or OT 402 or OT 403 (Practice Immersion Courses) 8
Comprehensive Examination Option A minimum of 32 units is required: 20 units of required courses, 4 units of elective and 8 units of occupational therapy electives. All electives must be 500 level or above. Successful performance on a written comprehensive examination administered on campus each fall and spring semester completes the degree.
Thesis Option A minimum of 28 units is required: 20 units of required courses, 4 units of elective at 500 level or above, and 4 units of OT 594ab Master’s Thesis. Acceptance of the thesis by the guidance committee and the university completes the degree.
Doctor of Occupational Therapy The Occupational Therapy Doctorate (OTD) is a post-professional degree program that provides graduates with advanced knowledge and skills in one of four leadership concentrations: 1) advanced clinical practice; 2) clinical research; 3) policy and administration; and (4) pedagogy. OTD students graduate from the program with a strong foundation in occupational science as well as in-depth mentored residency experience. The OTD prepares graduates to secure positions as expert clinicians in specialty or emerging practice areas, as contributors to clinical research teams, as administrative leaders within health care organizations, and as non-tenure track faculty in institutions of higher education.
potential, previous academic record, clinical experiences and professional accomplishments will also be considered.
Course Requirements
International Students
REQUIRED OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY
Students educated outside the United States must have graduated from a program approved by the World Federation of Occupational Therapists (WFOT). USC maintains additional admissions requirements for international students (see the Admission section of this catalogue), including English language competence as measured by the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) examination. Application Procedures
Admission Requirements
Applicants for admission to the OTD program are expected to have at least a baccalaureate degree from an accredited college or university and must be certified or licensed as an occupational therapist or be eligible to sit for the National Board for Certification in Occupational Therapy (NBCOT) examination at time of matriculation. Domestic students not certified upon matriculation must pass the NBCOT examination by the end of the first semester of the program to maintain enrollment. At the discretion of the OTD director, some international students may not be required to obtain NBCOT certification. A minimum GPA of 3.0 (A = 4.0) and a minimum GRE combined verbal and quantitative score of 1000 are required. Applicants must have earned a minimum cumulative 3.0 GPA in the 400- and 500-level required courses. At least three letters of reference, an autobiographical statement of purpose and a current resume are required. Applicants’ leadership
Applications are accepted on a continuous basis. For consideration for fall semester admission, applications must be received by November 15 for maximum funding consideration. Applications received after November 15 will be considered on a space-available basis. Application requirements include: 1) USC Online Graduate Application; 2) Division of Occupational Science and Occupational Therapy online supplemental application for graduate admission; 3) three letters of reference; 4) autobiographical statement of purpose; 5) transcripts from all colleges/universities attended; and 6) GRE General Test scores. Degree Requirements
The degree is awarded under the jurisdiction of the Graduate School. Refer to the Requirements for Graduation section, page 86, and the Graduate School section, page 97, of this catalogue, for general regulations. All courses applied toward the degree must be accepted by the USC Graduate School.
Satisfactory completion of 60 units beyond the baccalaureate degree is required.
FOUNDATION COURSES (20 UNITS REQUIRED)
UNITS
OT 451 Neuroscience of Behavior 4 OT 470 Qualitative Research for Evidence-Based Practice 4 OT 504 Health Promotion and Wellness 4 OT 580 Leadership Capstone 2 OT 581 Quantitative Research for the Practicing Clinician 4 OT 585 Advanced Seminar in Occupational Science 2 REQUIRED OCCUPATIONAL SCIENCE CORE COURSES (8 UNITS REQUIRED)
UNITS
OT 620 Current Issues in Occupational Science and Occupational Therapy OT 621 Occupational Therapy Leadership: Contemporary Issues
4
4
Elective Courses (8 units required) Students will complete a minimum of 8 course units at the 500-level or higher. A minimum of 4 of these 8 elective units must be selected from courses outside the Division of Occupational Science and Occupational Therapy. Residency Requirement (24 units required) Students will complete 24 units of OT 686 residency. The residency ensures that graduates of the OTD program demonstrate competence in one of the following leadership concentrations: 1) advanced clinical practice; 2) clinical research; 3) policy and administration; and 4) pedagogy.
Occupational Science and Occupational Therapy
At least 20 units applied toward the OTD must be successfully completed before enrolling in OT 686. Students may complete their residency over three consecutive semesters (6 units, 6 units and 12 units) or over four consecutive semesters. It is highly recommended that one semester of OT 686 be enrolled full-time (12 units without any other simultaneous course enrollment). Fulltime residency ensures the opportunity for full immersion in residency. Faculty must approve each student’s residency plan prior to enrollment. OTD residency provides students the opportunity for mentorship by experts in their OTD leadership concentration (e.g., a master clinician, a world-class occupational science researcher, a leader in professional policy or administration, or a
727
faculty member with at least three years of academic experience).
complete at least 8 units of clinical occupational therapy courses, which may include:
Capstone Requirement In the final semester of enrollment, each student will submit a portfolio demonstrating competence in his or her chosen leadership concentration. The final portfolio will include documentation of both written and oral presentation skills and expertise as designated in the residency plan.
OT 500abc Clinical Problems in Occupational Therapy 2-4 each OT 560 Contemporary Issues in School-Based Practice 4 OT 564 Sensory Integration 4 OT 572 Ergonomics 4 OT 574 Enhancing Motor Control for Occupation 4 OT 583 Lifestyle Redesign 4 OT 590 Directed Research 1-12 OT 610 Sensory Integrative Dysfunction 4
Clinical Experience Criterion If the student has less than three years of clinical experience as a registered and/ or licensed occupational therapist at time of admission, he or she may be required to
Doctor of Philosophy The Ph.D. in Occupational Science educates individuals to engage in the scientific study of human occupation, the purposeful activities that constitute our life experiences. This important new science is chiefly concerned with the unique capacity of humans to develop adaptive skills, such as tool use and r elated occupational behaviors, and to choose and orchestrate daily occupations. It also seeks to understand the function, structure and interrelationship of these occupations and their impact on individuals and institutions. The focus on occupation distinguishes this program from closely-related disciplines such as psychology, sociology and anthropology. The program emphasizes the development of research skills and encourages students to organize and synthesize knowledge to contribute to occupational science theory, as opposed to therapeutic application.
Degree Requirements
This degree is awarded under the jurisdiction of the Graduate School. Refer to the Require ments for Graduation section (page 86) and the Graduate School section of this catalogue (page 97) for general regulations. All courses applied toward the degree must be courses accepted by the USC Graduate School. Course Requirements
Satisfactory completion of 60 units beyond the baccalaureate degree is required, including the following courses: REQUIRED CORE COURSES
UNITS
OT 640 Conceptual Foundations of Occupational Science 4 OT 641 The Nature of Occupation 4 OT 660 Research Practicum (2 units - six semesters) 12 REQUIRED CORE ELECTIVES (SELECT 5)
Admission Requirements
Applicants for admission to the Ph.D. program are expected to have a baccalaureate degree in an appropriate field, such as one of the biological or social sciences or occupational therapy, with a minimum GPA of 3.0 (A = 4.0) and a minimum score of 1100 on the verbal and quantitative sections of the Graduate Record Examinations. At least three academic letters of reference must also be submitted. Other considerations include evidence of academic potential based on master’s level study (if relevant), research skills and interest, and a statement of purpose. International students must demonstrate competency in English, as measured by the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) examination.
OT 604 Temporal Adaptation: Organization and Use of Time 4 OT 612 Information Processing and Occupation 4 OT 642 Therapeutic Uses of Self: Psychodynamic Perspectives 4 OT 643 Meaningful Engagement in Everyday Life 4 OT 644 Foundations of Research on Activity and Health 4 OT 645 Narrative, Healing and the Culture of Biomedicine 4 OT 646 Intersections of Occupational Science and Human Development 4 OT 650 Development of Adaptive Skills 4 OT 651 Adaptation and Disability 4 OT 653 Play and Occupation 4 OT 655 Work and Leisure 4
40 units of OT core courses must be completed. 20 of those units include the required courses OT 640 (4 units), OT 641 (4 units) and OT 660 (12 units). The remaining 20 units are to be selected from the other OT 600-level classes. Those students who also wish to participate in clinical practice in occupational therapy may opt to complete a master’s degree in occupational therapy. Such students are required to complete the requirements for that degree as well as the occupational therapy undergraduate major courses if they are not registered occupational therapists or eligible for registration prior to study. Cognate Requirement Completion of a minimum of 12 units in a topic area such as one of the following is required: quantitative research approaches, qualitative research approaches, neuroscience, social development, life span development or gerontology. Research Practicum Each student will enroll in 2 units of OT 660 Research Practicum in Occupation per semester for six consecutive semesters, for a total of 12 units. Students are required to begin enrolling in OT 660 in their first semester of doctoral study. In this practicum the student will develop research skills by working as part of a research team under the direction of a faculty member. Screening Procedures Departmental screening will be required. Passing this procedure is prerequisite to continuation in the doctoral program. Directions for obtaining and filing the Report on Ph.D. Screening Procedures are found in the Graduate School section of this catalogue.
728
USC Independent Health Professions
Dissertation Enrollment Doctoral students must submit a dissertation according to the policies and procedures described in the Graduate School section of this catalogue. Registration in OT 794 Doctoral Dissertation for a minimum of 4 units (2 units in each of two consecutive semesters) is required.
the student’s guidance committee, in either qualitative or quantitative research techniques through participation in course work and the research practicum.
Summary of All Course Requirements
Required core courses are OT 640 (4), OT 641 (4), OT 660 (12) for a total of 20 units. Required electives are five 600-level OT courses for a total of 20 units. Cognate courses are a minimum total of 12 units. Dissertation requires 2 units per semester for at least two semesters for a minimum total of 4 units. Additional 4 units can include 4 further units of dissertation or cognate. Total: 60 units
Guidance Committee
The guidance committee is composed of five faculty members. Three members of the committee must be regular faculty from the Division of Occupational Science and Occupational Therapy. One member must be from outside the division. Complete regulations for establishing a guidance committee are found in the Graduate School section of this catalogue. Qualifying Examination
The qualifying examination is comprehensive in nature and requires the student to demonstrate a grasp of content from the core courses and the cognate area. The examination is both written and oral and is set and administered by the student’s guidance committee. Refer to the Graduate School section of this catalogue for specific directions for filing a request to take the examination. Dissertation
Foreign Language or Research Skills
The Ph.D. in Occupational Science does not require the demonstration of competence in a foreign language. However, each student is expected to achieve expertise, as defined by
Doctoral students must submit a dissertation based on students’ original research according to the policies and procedures of the Graduate School section of this catalogue.
Upon approval of the preliminary copy of the dissertation by all members of the dissertation committee, the candidate must pass an oral defense of the dissertation. Upon successful completion of the oral defense and revisions, approval for final typing is granted and the committee recommends the candidate to the Graduate School for the Ph.D. Teaching
To prepare students for anticipated roles as faculty members, a teaching component is incorporated into the program. Students who receive teaching assistantships will be required to assist in relevant teaching assignments for a minimum of one academic year. Those who do not receive teaching assistantships are required to present a minimum of six lectures or laboratory sessions. Additional Information
Further information about the b accalaureate, master’s and doctoral programs can be obtained by writing or calling the USC Divi sion of Occupational Science and Occupa tional Therapy, 1540 Alcazar Street (CHP 133), Los Angeles, CA 90089-9003; (323) 442-2850, toll free (866) 385-4250, or by sending email to otdept@hsc.usc.edu. Information regarding the Division of Occupational Science and Occupational Therapy is available at ot.usc.edu.
Courses of Instruction O C C U PAT I O N A L S C I E N C E A N D O C C U PAT I O N A L T H E R A P Y ( O T )
OT 250 Introduction to Occupational Science and Occupational Therapy (4)
The terms indicated are expected but are not guaranteed. For the courses offered during any given term, consult the Schedule of Classes.
Introduction to concept of occupation and overview of human drive for meaningful activity; impact of occupations on health and well-being; analysis of personal occupational patterns; selected therapeutic applications.
OT 105g Culture, Medicine and Politics (4, Fa) (Enroll in ANTH 105g)
nology and hospital abbreviations useful for practice in health care.
OT 220 Lifestyle Design: Introduction to Occupational Therapy (2, FaSp) Introduction
OT 261 Human Physiology for Occupational Therapists (3, FaSp) Provides a general
to theoretical concepts concerning the relationship of engagement in activities (occupations) to health and well being. Application of these perspectives to students’ own lives.
of the diverse ways occupational practices become central to identity, reify standard social ideologies, and are manipulated to redress conventional standards. OT 310 Creativity Workshop (2, FaSpSm)
OT 260 Human Functional Anatomy for the Occupational Therapist (3, Sm) An anatomi-
cal survey of the human musculoskeletal, nervous, cardiovascular, respiratory, digestive and urinary system. Recommended preparation: introductory undergraduate course in biology.
OT 200 Medical Terminology for Health Professions (1) Foundation of medical termi-
OT 300 Occupational Expressions of Diverse Identities and Lifestyles (4) Exploration
overview of human physiology with special emphasis on physiologic systems supporting internal homeostatic mechanisms and human motion applicable for occupational therapists. Open only to OT majors. Recommended preparation: undergraduate biology course.
Theories and practice of the creative process in varied media, genres and occupations. Explores creativity in the arts, sciences, professions, evolution, daily life, and culture. OT 312 Creating a Sustainable Lifestyle (2)
Scientists and policymakers advocate lifestyle changes as crucial to solving the environmental crisis. Investigation into the development of habits that promote environmental sustainability and personal wellbeing. OT 320 The Nature of Human Occupation: Form, Function, and Meaning (4)
The complex nature of human occupation is covered from an interdisciplinary perspective. Emphasis is on how occupation contributes to human experience in a lived world.
Courses of Instruction
OT 325 The Brain: Mind, Body, and Self (4, FaSpSm) Exploration of neuroscience
as it impacts everyday living, from the fundamentals of neurons and synapses, to the neural basis of language, empathy, and social interaction. OT 330 Perspectives on the Daily Life of Families (4) Examines family structures and
processes, the occupational dimensions of families, and the meanings embedded in the acts of daily life of contemporary families. OT 333 Sports Ethics (4, FaSp) Critically
examines ethical issues central to the world of sports that range from matters of fair play and cheating to performance-enhancing drugs and gene-doping. OT 350 Disability, Occupations, and the Health Care System (4) Exploration of the
ways in which able-bodyism, sexism, racism, classism and homophobia contribute to occupational opportunities or barriers and weave their way into health care. OT 360 Creating the Self through Narrative: Acts of Life Story Production (4) Analysis of
life stories, life histories, and testimonies in social interactions, texts, and films. Life stories are an occupation to re-create the “Self” in response to conflict and change.
OT 375 The Narrative Structure of Social Action: Narrative, Healing and Occupation (4) Narrative as guide and structure of practi-
cal action. Special emphasis on chronic illness and disability and narrative structure of clinical interactions. OT 390 Special Problems (1-4) Supervised,
individual studies. No more than one registration permitted. Enrollment by petition only. OT 401L Practice Immersion: Physical Rehabilitation and Geriatrics (8, FaSp) Scientific
and theoretical underpinnings and knowledge and skills necessary for occupational therapy evaluation and intervention in adult rehabilitation and geriatrics; incorporates related Level I Fieldwork. Open only to upper division and master’s level occupational therapy majors. Prerequisite: OT 405L, OT 440L, OT 441L.
OT 402L Practice Immersion: Mental Health (8, FaSp) Scientific and theoretical underpin-
nings and knowledge and skills necessary for occupational therapy evaluation and intervention in mental health practice; incorporates related Level I Fieldwork. Open only to upper division and master’s level occupational therapy majors. Prerequisite: OT 405L, OT 440L, OT 441L.
OT 403L Practice Immersion: Pediatrics (8, FaSp) Scientific and theoretical underpin-
nings and knowledge and skills necessary for occupational therapy evaluation and intervention in pediatrics; incorporates related Level I Fieldwork. Open only to upper division and master’s level occupational therapy majors. Prerequisite: OT 405L, OT 440L, OT 441L.
729
OT 451 Neuroscience of Behavior (4, FaSp)
Foundation for understanding neural functions involved in typical/atypical behaviors; review of neural circuitry, experimental methods, basic behavioral systems, higher order cognitive functions and associated disorders. Open only to upper division and master’s level occupational therapy majors. Prerequisite: OT 405L, OT 440L, OT 441L.
OT 405L Foundations: Occupation (4, FaSp)
Introduction to basic tenets of occupational therapy history and practice, the profession’s language, and foundations of occupational science; incorporates experience and analysis of activities. Open only to upper division and master’s occupational therapy majors. OT 410 Therapeutic Use of Self (2, FaSp)
Exploration of efficacy, therapeutic use of self, empathy and mindfulness; development of self-awareness to support the art, craft and skill of effective therapeutic relationships. Open only to upper division and master’s level occupational therapy majors. Prerequisite: OT 405L, OT 440L, OT 441L. OT 411 Clinical Reasoning (2, FaSp)
Dynamic look at creation and application of professional knowledge and expertise; examines interrelationship between theory and practice; incorporates narrative and illness experiences in clinical reasoning. Open only to upper division and master’s level occupational therapy majors. Prerequisite: OT 410 and OT 401L or OT 402L or OT 403L. OT 430 Communication Skills for Effective Practice (4, FaSp) Principles of written,
verbal and non-verbal communication with professionals, clients and families, from a personal and professional perspective; group interventions; interview skills; advocacy as communication. Open only to upper division and master’s level occupational therapy majors. Prerequisite: OT 410 and OT 401L or OT 402L or OT 403L.
OT 470 Qualitative Research for EvidenceBased Practice (4, FaSp) Traditions and
methods of qualitative research; development of skills for research design, implementation and dissemination; critique of qualitative research for evidence-based practice and occupational science. Open only to upper division and master’s level occupational therapy majors. Prerequisite: OT 405L, OT 440L, OT 441L. OT 480 Quantitative Research for EvidenceBased Practice (4, FaSp) Traditions and
methods of quantitative research; emphasis on formulation of clear clinical questions; finding, evaluating, and applying evidence to a clinical problem; includes journal club. Open only to upper division and master’s level occupational therapy majors. Prerequisite: OT 410 and OT 401L or OT 402L or OT 403L.
OT 486 Clinical Internship with Seminar (1-2, max 6, FaSpSm) Clinical internship to
qualify for professional certification. Seminar to integrate theory with application of treatment principles for various populations. Graded CR/NC. Open only to OT majors. Prerequisite: completion of all OT major academic requirements. OT 490x Directed Research (2-8, max 8, FaSp) Individual research and readings. Not
available for graduate credit. Open only to OT majors.
OT 499 Special Topics (2-4, max 8, FaSpSm) OT 440L Foundations: Kinesiology (2, FaSpSm) Review of joint and muscle struc-
ture and function; application of basic biomechanical, neuromuscular and musculoskeletal principles to the analysis of everyday activities and therapeutic interventions. Open only to upper division and master’s occupational therapy majors. OT 441L Foundations: Neuroscience (2, FaSpSm) Application of basic neural function
to the analysis of daily living tasks and activities; review of pathological conditions that interfere with performance in occupation. Open only to upper division and master’s occupational therapy majors.
Course content to be selected in occupational therapy and occupational science. OT 500abc Clinical Problems in Occupational Therapy (2-4, 2-4, 2-4, FaSpSm)
Specific applications of occupational therapy practice in varied clinical/health settings. Seminar to integrate theory with application of intervention principles for various populations. Graded CR/NC. OT 504 Health Promotion and Wellness (4, FaSp) Examination of relationship of
occupation to health, well-being, participation; critical thinking about lifestyle factors influencing occupational engagement; occupational science and wellness in occupational therapy practice. Open only to occupational therapy majors.
730
USC Independent Health Professions
OT 505 Seminar in Occupational Therapy (2-4) Occupational therapy and the health
OT 574 Enhancing Motor Control for Occupation (4, FaSp) Laboratory examining
care system. Open only to OT majors. Graded CR/NC.
OT 555 Seminar: Implementation of the Advocacy Model (2-4, Sp) The patient as
decision-maker in chronic care; competency development through activities of daily living, leisure skills, time organization and life goal planning; action research. Open only to OT majors. OT 560 Contemporary Issues in SchoolBased Practice (4, FaSp) Current issues in
school-based occupational therapy evaluation, ongoing assessment and intervention. Topics include successful collaboration in inclusive classrooms and on IFSP and IEP teams. Open only to OT majors. Graded CR/NC. OT 564 Sensory Integration (4, Sp) Com-
prehensive overview of sensory integration theory and basic intervention principles. A case-based approach will facilitate the integration of sensory integration, evidence-based practice and occupational science. Open only to OT majors. Graded CR/NC. OT 570 Occupation-Centered Programs for the Community (4, FaSp) Development
of a proposal for new or extended services; includes trends analysis, needs assessment, literature review, marketing plan, mock funding request, program evaluation and presentation. Open only to occupational therapy majors. OT 571 Assistive Technology (4, Sp) rinciples of assessment, selection, training, P
and follow-up with clients in the use of assistive technologies to enable and enhance participation in a meaningful occupation. Open only to OT majors. Graded CR/NC. OT 572 Ergonomics (4, Sp) Focus on the
effects of physical design in the workplace on users’ injury rate, behavior, performance and stress levels. Intervention for repetitive motion included. Open only to OT majors. Graded CR/NC. OT 573 Hand Rehabilitation (4, Fa) ccupation-based evaluation and intervenO
tion for individuals with acute and chronic hand disorders. Topics include scar management, splinting, peripheral nerve injury, wound healing and physical agent modalities. Open only to OT majors. Graded CR/NC.
approaches to assessment and remediation of motor control following upper motor neuron lesions. An occupation-based approach to Neurodevelopmental Treatment (NDT) will be emphasized. Open only to OT majors. Graded CR/NC. OT 575 Dysphagia Across the Lifespan: Pediatrics through Geriatrics (2, Sp) A com-
prehensive investigation of the anatomy and physiology of normal and abnormal swallowing. Didactic and hands-on study of assessment and treatment interventions will be addressed. Open only to OT majors. Graded CR/NC. OT 576 Universal Design (4, Fa) Examina-
tion of the concepts and principles of universal design and the benefits of the approach for people with disabilities and for all individuals. Open only to Occupational Therapy and Occupational Science majors. Graded CR/NC. OT 578 Therapeutic Communication for the Healthcare Practitioner (2) Explores
the principles and practice of therapeutic communication including motivational interviewing, mindfulness, and cognitive behavioral therapy. Graded CR/NC. Not open to undergraduates. OT 580 Leadership Capstone (2, FaSp) Pro-
fessional capstone in leadership, advocacy, ethical reasoning, professional behavior, and public policy as it impacts the practice of occupational therapy; independent professional externship.
OT 581 Quantitative Research for the Practicing Clinician (4, FaSp) Traditions and
methods of quantitative research for practicing clinicians; emphasis on formulation of clear clinical questions; finding, evaluating, and applying evidence to a clinical problem. Open only to occupational therapy majors. OT 583 Lifestyle Redesign (4, Sp) Seminar
examining occupations and lifestyle redesign as a contribution to health and well-being. Topics include therapeutic process, needs assessment, design and marketing of lifestyle modules. Open only to OT majors. Graded CR/NC. OT 585 Advanced Seminar in Occupational Science (2, FaSp) Advanced analysis
of occupational science concepts including dimensions of occupation and the impact of occupation on health and wellbeing; factors associated with participation in occupation at the individual, community and global levels. Open only to occupational therapy majors.
OT 590 Directed Research (1-12, FaSpSm)
Research leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. Open only to OT majors. OT 594abz Master’s Thesis (2-2-0, FaSp)
Credit on acceptance of thesis. Graded IP/CR/NC. Open only to OT majors. OT 599 Special Topics (2-4, max 8, FaSpSm)
Recent developments in occupational therapy and occupational science. OT 604 Temporal Adaptation: Organization and Use of Time (4, 2 years, Fa) Environ-
mental, biological, psychological and sociocultural influences on perceptions of and utilization of time. Implications for human adaptation.
OT 610 Sensory Integrative Dysfunction (4, FaSpSm) Differential evaluation of sen-
sory integrative dysfunction; theory and procedure for enhancing the processing of sensory data by children with learning and behavior disorders. Prerequisite: admission by advance application and instructor’s approval only; must be certified as an occupational or physical therapist. OT 612 Information Processing and Occupation (4, 2 years, Fa) Phylogenesis and
ontogenesis of human information processing capacity enabling engagement in occupation; components and contributions to adaptation and coping. OT 620 Current Issues in Occupational Science and Occupational Therapy (4) Review
of current occupational science research as it is applied to practice; examination of leadership opportunities; development of proposal focusing on chosen area of study. Open only to occupational therapy doctoral students. Prerequisite: OT 585. OT 621 Occupational Therapy Leadership: Contemporary Issues (4) Examination of
themes in occupational therapy related to power, confidence, and identity; development of leadership skills; analysis of the impact of policy and advocacy on occupational therapy. Open only to occupational therapy doctoral students. OT 640 Conceptual Foundations of Occupational Science (4, FaSp) Analysis of the
conceptual foundations and methodological orientations for occupational science, understandings of disciplinary perspectives, formulation of theoretical arguments, and the interpretation of research data.
Courses of Instruction
OT 641 The Nature of Occupation (4, FaSp)
Theoretical and historical foundations for the study of occupation, engagement in living and learning in everyday life. OT 642 Therapeutic Uses of Self: Psycho dynamic Perspectives (4, FaSp) Survey
of the diversity of analytic conceptions of subjectivity and intersubjectivity. Emphasis on the way these ideas influence the notion of therapeutic efficacy within Occupational Science. OT 643 Meaningful Engagement in Everyday Life (4) Exploration of the subjective
experience of meaningful engagement in work, play, and the occupational pursuits of everyday life, drawing on contributions from the social sciences. OT 644 Foundations of Research on Activity and Health (4, FaSp) Examination of effec-
tiveness and efficacy research, study design and methodology, dimensions of adaptation and research methods through the lens of two division-based research programs. OT 645 Narrative, Healing and the Culture of Biomedicine (4, FaSp) Introduction to nar-
rative as analytic framework for considering chronic illness, disability, occupation, and the moral and cultural influences on the clinical reasoning of health professionals.
OT 646 Intersections of Occupational Science and Human Development (4, FaSp)
731
OT 660 Research Practicum (2, max 12)
Analysis of occupational science perspectives related to human development and participation in sociocultural practices and examination of developmental theories and their relationship to occupational science.
Experiential learning through immersion in one or more externally funded research groups in the Division, enabling intense participation in multi-skilled rsesearch groups. Graded CR/NC. Open only to Occupational Therapy and Occupational Science majors.
OT 650 Development of Adaptive Skills (4, Fa) Critical analysis of occupation as
OT 686 Residency (6 or 12, max 24, FaSpSm) Residency involving development,
means and product of human adaptation. Adaptive skill development from traditional and occupational science approaches. Research methods and results.
administration, evaluation, or policy formulation for occupation-centered programs in clinical or community settings. Development of portfolio for professional doctorate. Open to OT majors only. Graded CR/NC.
OT 651 Adaptation and Disability (4, Sp)
Social and cultural adaptation to disabilities and stigmatized medical conditions through anthropological studies of groups and individuals. Training in ethnographic methods with such populations. (Duplicates credit in former OT 551.) OT 653 Play and Occupation (4, 2 years, Sp) Major conceptual, theoretical, and
empirical studies of play; development and organization of play in relation to occupation; research on play as occupation. (Duplicates credit in former OT 553.) OT 655 Work and Leisure (4, Sp) Ontogen-
esis and phylogenesis of work and leisure. Systems view of person/environmental interactions affecting competence and satisfaction with activity. Occupation and the need for mastery.
OT 790 Research (1-12) Research leading to
the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. Open only to OT majors. OT 794abcdz Doctoral Dissertation (2-2-2-2-0, FaSp) Credit on acceptance of
issertation. Graded IP/CR/NC. Open only to d OT majors.
USC Gould School of Law
T
he USC Gould School of Law provides a forward-looking, interdisciplinary and interprofessional legal education guided by nationally renowned professors and informed by the diversity of a friendly and collegial student body. As one of the most diverse of
the nation’s top law schools, USC Law is made up of students from throughout the country and around the world whose ideas and experiences enrich the learning process and provide new perspectives on the law. Through close collaboration, interdisciplinary academic training and hands-on application of skills, students acquire the experiences and knowledge necessary to succeed as leaders in a global environment. USC Law alumni are partners in the world’s largest law firms, CEOs and presidents of multimilliondollar companies, and leaders in public service organizations. Since its founding in 1900, the school has produced hundreds of judges, and its graduates have held elected offices ranging from mayor of cities large and small to a United States senator.
Law student Michelle Mello discussed the benefits of higher education with local junior and senior high school students at the annual Mentor Day, hosted by USC Gould’s Street Law Society. Topics ranged from financial aid to the application process to more general words of inspiration. “Don’t let anyone knock you down, and you’ll succeed,” advised Amanda Smith, president of the Black Law Students Association.
734
USC Gould School of Law
USC Gould School of Law (213) 740-7331 Email: admissions@law.usc.edu
Rader Family Trustee Chair in Law and Provost Professor of Law and Political Science: Lee Epstein, Ph.D.
Provost Professor of Business, Law, and Political Economy: Mathew D. McCubbins, Ph.D. (Political Science and Public Policy)
Administration
Nathan and Lilly Shapell Chair in Law: Nomi M. Stolzenberg, J.D.
Provost Professor of Philosophy and Law: Gary Watson, Ph.D. (Philosophy)
UPS Foundation Chair in Law and Gerontology: Martin L. Levine, J.D., LL.D.
University Professor: Alexander Morgan Capron, LL.B.
Ervin and Florine Yoder Chair in Real Estate Law: George Lefcoe, LL.B.
University Professor, Emeritus: Marshall Cohen, M.A., M.A. (Oxon)
Herbert W. Armstrong Professor of Constitutional Law: Larry G. Simon, LL.B.
Professors: Anthony M. Bertelli, J.D., Ph.D. (Public Administration and Policy); Geoffrey Cowan, LL.B. (Journalism); David B. Cruz, M.S., J.D.*; Edward J. Finegan, Ph.D. (Linguistics); Geoffrey Garrett, Ph.D. (International Relations); Howard A. Gillman, Ph.D. (Political Science); Sofia Mary Gruskin, J.D., MIA (Preventive Medicine); Cynthia B. Herrup, Ph.D. (History); Ehud Kamar, LL.B., LL.M., LL.M., JSD; Edward D. Kleinbard, M.A., J.D.; Bart Kosko, J.D., Ph.D. (Electrical Engineering); Sharon A. Lloyd, Ph.D. (Philosophy); John G. Matsusaka, Ph.D. (Finance and Business Economics); Mathew McCubbins, M.S., Ph.D.; Claudia Moatti, Ph.D., HDR (Classics); Kevin J. Murphy, Ph.D. (Finance and Business Economics); John E. Rolph, Ph.D. (Information and Operations Management); Hilary M. Schor, Ph.D. (English); Dan Simon, LL.B., MBA, LL.M., SJD; Simon J. Wilkie, Ph.D. (Economics)
Robert K. Rasmussen, J.D., Dean* Scott A. Altman, J.D., Vice Dean Pauline M. Aranas, J.D., MLIS, Associate Dean and Deputy Director of the Law Library Albert O. Brecht, J.D., M.LL., Associate Dean and Chief Information Officer* Deborah A. Call, MBA, Associate Dean Raymond Flores, MBA, Associate Dean
Leon Benwell Professor of Law: Edwin M. Smith, J.D.*
Alice R. Galstian, MBA, CPA, Associate Dean and Chief Financial Officer
Virginia S. and Fred H. Bice Professor of Law: Scott A. Altman, J.D.
Daniel M. Klerman, J.D., Ph.D., Associate Dean
Roy P. Crocker Professor of Law: Jody David Armour, J.D.
Chloe T. Reid, J.D., Associate Dean
William T. Dalessi Professor of Law: Gregory C. Keating, J.D., Ph.D.
Elyn R. Saks, M.Litt., J.D., Associate Dean Robert M. Saltzman, J.D., Associate Dean* Matthew DeGrushe, M.Ed., Assistant Dean Leeanna Izuel, J.D., LL.M., Assistant Dean Brian M. Raphael, J.D., MLS*, Assistant Director of the Law Library Priya Sridharan, J.D., Assistant Dean Faculty
Dean and Carl Mason Franklin Dean’s Chair in Law: Robert K. Rasmussen, J.D.* Scott H. Bice Chair in Healthcare Law, Policy and Ethics: Alexander Morgan Capron, LL.B. Carolyn Craig Franklin Chair in Law and Religion: Ronald R. Garet, J.D., Ph.D.* Judge Edward J. and Ruey L. Guirado Endowed Chair in Law: Thomas D. Lyon, J.D., Ph.D.* Edward G. Lewis Chair in Law: Nancy C. Staudt, J.D., Ph.D. J. Thomas McCarthy Trustee Chair in Law: Christopher D. Stone, J.D. Robert C. Packard Trustee Chair in Law: Edward J. McCaffery, M.A., J.D.* George T. and Harriet E. Pfleger Chair in Law: Daria Roithmayr, J.D.
Frances R. and John J. Duggan Professor of Law: Elizabeth Garrett, J.D. Orrin B. Evans Professor of Law: Elyn R. Saks, M.Litt., J.D., Ph.D., LL.D. (Hon.) Judge Edward J. and Ruey L. Guirado Professor of Law: Mary L. Dudziak, J.D., Ph.D. Charles L. and Ramona I. Hilliard Professor of Law: Daniel M. Klerman, J.D., Ph.D. Maurice Jones, Jr. – Class of 1925 Professor of Law: Andrei Marmor, LL.B, Ph.D. Robert Kingsley Professor of Law: Susan Estrich, J.D. Richard L. and Antoinette Schamoi Kirtland Professor of Law: Gillian K. Hadfield, J.D., Ph.D. John B. Milliken Professor of Taxation: Thomas D. Griffith, MAT, J.D.* Dorothy W. Nelson Professor of Law: Michael H. Shapiro, M.A., J.D. Newton Professor of Constitutional Law: Rebecca L. Brown, J.D. Robert C. and Nanette T. Packard Professor of Law: Scott H. Bice, J.D.* John B. and Alice R. Sharp Professor of Law: Ariela J. Gross, J.D., Ph.D.
Associate Professors: Jonathan M. Barnett, M.Phil., J.D.; Kim Shayo Buchanan, LL.B./ J.D., LL.M., JSD; Shmuel Leshem, LL.B., MBA, JSD, LL.M.; Camille Gear Rich, J.D.; Nina Walton, LL.B., C.Phil., MPP, Ph.D.; Mark I. Weinstein, MSIA, M.B.A, Ph.D. (Finance and Business Economics); Gideon D. Yaffe, Ph.D. (Philosophy) Assistant Professors: Megan Hibler Reid, Ph.D. (Religion); Stephen Rich, M.A., J.D.; Diana I. Williams, Ph.D. (History) Adjunct Professors: Pauline M. Aranas, J.D., MLIS (Deputy Director, Law Library); Robert M. Saltzman, J.D.* Adjunct Assistant Professors: Catherine Coleman, J.D.; Leeanna Izuel, J.D., LL.M.; Tami Lefko, J.D. (Associate Director of LL.M. Legal Writing and Advocacy); Rebecca S. Lonergan, J.D. (Interim Co-director of Legal Writing and Advocacy); Paul Moorman, MLIS, J.D.; Linda Bassett Puertas, J.D.; Brian Raphael, MLS, J.D.; Julie A. Ryan, J.D. (Interim Co-director of Legal Writing and Advocacy)
USC Gould School of Law
Clinical Professors: Michael J. Brennan, LL.B.; Lee W. Campbell, J.D.; Niels W. Frenzen, J.D. Clinical Associate Professors: Michael Chasalow, J.D., MBA; Jack Lerner, J.D.; Heidi L. Rummel, J.D. Clinical Assistant Professor: Hannah R. Garry, M.A., J.D. Professor of the Practice of Law: Clare Pastore, J.D. Emeritus Professors: Marshall Cohen, M.A., M.A. (Oxon.) (Philosophy); W. David Slawson, M.A., LL.B.* (Torrey H. Webb Professor of Law, Emeritus) Clinical Emeritus Professor: Noel M. Ragsdale, J.D.* *Recipient of university-wide or school teaching award.
Degree Programs
Juris Doctor The Juris Doctor (J.D.) is the basic law degree. To obtain the degree, full-time attendance for six semesters is required. During the first year, the student takes a required curriculum of basic courses that examines fundamental legal institutions and addresses legal problems relevant to today’s society and the modern practice of law. During the second and third years the student must complete a writing requirement and at least one course that provides substantial instruction in professional skills generally regarded as necessary in the practice of law. The remainder of the courses taken in the last two years are primarily elective. Dual Degrees USC Law maintains dual degree programs with the graduate programs in a ccounting, business administration, economics, gerontology, pharmacy, philosophy, public administration, public policy, social work, political science, politics and international relations, religion, real estate development, and communication. These programs enable qualified students to earn a law degree (J.D.) and the appropriate master’s degree. If the master’s degree normally requires one year of study, a student in a dual degree program earns both degrees in only three years. If the master’s normally requires two years of post- baccalaureate courses, a total of four years is required. To earn the J.D., all students (including dual degree students) must complete 35 numerically graded law units at USC beyond the first year curriculum.
735
The goal of these programs is to encourage law students to gain a recognized competence in another discipline that has a direct relevance to the roles lawyers play in society. The dual degree programs are based on the premise that some topics covered in the law school are also covered in the programs of the cooperating departments, so that some credit toward the law degree may appropriately be given for specified graduate work taken in the cooperating department. Similarly, the cooperating departments have recognized that some credit toward the master’s degree may appropriately be awarded for certain work completed in the law school.
For detailed program and registration information, visit law.usc.edu/cle. For additional questions, call (213) 743-1772 or email cle@law.usc.edu.
LL.M. Degree The LL.M. program is a master’s degree program for foreign graduate students trained in law. This two-semester, full-time program introduces foreign lawyers to American law and the U.S. legal system and prepares them for leadership roles in the global market. After successfully completing the program, students will be awarded the Master of Laws degree.
The university reserves the right to assess new fees or charges as it may determine. The rates listed are subject to change without notice by action of the Board of Trustees.
MCL Degree The MCL program is a master’s degree program for foreign graduate students trained in law who have already earned their LL.M. degree. This two-semester, full-time program is focused on the study of comparative law. Students are provided with the opportunity to study the differences, similarities and interrelationships of different systems of law around the world. After successfully completing the program, students will be awarded the Master of Comparative Law degree. Continuing Legal Education
The law school’s Continuing Legal Education Program provides the legal community with the greatest variety of offerings of any law school in the west. USC Law has been approved as a provider of Minimum Continuing Legal Education (CLE) by the State Bar of California and offers general CLE and Legal Specialization Credit for lawyers, as well as continuing education credits for accountants and real estate professionals. USC Law is a national leader in continuing education, presenting six annual programs designed for sophisticated attendees from the bar, judiciary, accounting, business and law student communities and supported by both law firm and corporate sponsors. CLE programs in 2012-2013 include the Institute on Entertainment Law and Business, Trust and Estate Conference, Tax Institute, Institute for Corporate Counsel, Real Estate Law and Business Forum, and Intellectual Property Institute.
Tuition and Fees (Estimated)
Students in the law school’s J.D. program pay tuition of $25,319 per semester (13-17 units). For less than 13 units the tuition is $1,957 per unit, and tuition is an additional $1,957 for each unit over 17. Students in the law school’s LL.M. and MCL programs pay tuition of $25,319 per semester, for two semesters.
These fees are based upon current information available at the time of publication and are subject to possible later change. In addition to the mandatory fees charged to all USC students, law students must also join the Student Bar Association. In 2012-2013, this membership fee was $25 per semester. Admission Requirements — J.D. and Dual Degrees
First-year students must have a bachelor’s degree from an accredited college by the beginning of their law school classes. USC Law does not require applicants to take any specific college courses, and discourages prelaw students from enrolling in college courses that duplicate the law school curriculum. The faculty recommends college courses that are intellectually challenging and require disciplined study. Training in careful reading and skilled writing is most valuable, as are courses involving seminar discussion and sustained research. The student will find that a broad exposure to such fields as economics, philosophy, history, political science, anthropology, mathematics and psychology is more useful than narrow exposure to vocationally oriented courses. All applicants are required to take the Law School Admission Test (LSAT) administered by the Law School Admissions Council. Applicants must take the test no later than December if they seek to start law school the following August. Like most law schools, the USC Gould School of Law requires students to use the Law School Data Assembly Service (LSDAS). The LSDAS assembles an applicant’s transcripts and LSAT scores and forwards copies of them to law schools of the applicant’s choosing. An applicant who has previously registered with the LSDAS need only request on the appropriate form
736
USC Gould School of Law
that the name of the University of Southern California Gould School of Law be added to the list of schools to which the student is applying. Further information about the LSAT and the LSDAS may be obtained from the Law School Admission Council, 662 Penn St., Box 40, Newtown, PA 18940 and online at www.lsac.org.
Admission Requirements — LL.M. Degree
Detailed information regarding admission application procedures is available from the Dean of Admissions, University of Southern California Gould School of Law, University Park, Los Angeles, CA 90089-0074 and on the school’s Website (www.law.usc.edu). Transfer Students and Visiting Students A student in good standing at a law school that is approved by the American Bar Association may apply for admission with advanced standing either as a transfer student or as a visiting student. Transfer students enter USC Law after one year at another law school; they then spend two years at the law school and earn the J.D. degree from USC. Visiting students spend one or two semesters at the law school during their third year of law school; they are not eligible for a USC degree. For further information, please request Transfer/Visitor Information from the Admissions Office at USC Law. Transfer LL.M. Students Law students who are enrolled in USC Law’s LL.M. program for foreign lawyers may apply to the J.D. program as transfer LL.M. students during the transfer application period. Only USC Law LL.M. students may apply in this manner. Those who have already been awarded an LL.M. at another U.S. law school may apply as international J.D. applicants to the three-year program. For further information, request LL.M. transfer information from the Graduate and International Programs Office at USC Law.
Students submitting an application must have earned a basic law degree, a Bachelor of Laws (LL.B.) degree or the foreign equivalent. Some experience following the completion of the first professional degree is preferred. For further information, contact the law school at (213) 821-5916 or visit the school’s Website (law.usc.edu). Admission Requirements — MCL Degree
Students submitting an application must have earned a basic law degree, a Bachelor of Laws (LL.B.) degree or the foreign equivalent and will have previously earned their LL.M. degree. Some experience following the completion of the first professional degree is preferred. For further information, contact the law school at (213) 821-5916 or visit the school’s Website (law.usc.edu). Registration
Registration is handled by the Registration and Records Office of the USC Gould School of Law. First-year students will automatically be registered in their fall semester courses approximately two to three weeks prior to the beginning of the school year and for their spring semester courses approximately two to three weeks prior to the dates listed in the law school calendar for upper-division student registration.
that student’s general average. Other courses may not be repeated except on petition to the associate dean. A student with a weighted cumulative average of less than 3.0 at the end of the year will be placed on restricted enrollment. A student with a weighted cumulative average of less than 2.7 at the end of any year will not be permitted to continue. Credit/D/F After the first year, a student may take up to a total of 8 units on an elected CR/D/F basis, chosen from among courses otherwise graded in a normal manner. No more than 4 such units may be taken in a semester. The student must elect to take a course CR/D/F during the first two weeks of the semester. Courses or seminars may, at the instructor’s option, be designated prior to registration as not available for CR/D/F grading. To earn the J.D., all students (including dual degree students) must complete 35 numerically graded law units at USC beyond the first year curriculum. Students may also take such courses regularly offered only on a CR/D/F basis, in addition to courses taken under this rule. Withdrawals from Courses A student may not withdraw from a course later than two weeks after the first day of classes of any semester without permission of both the associate dean and the instructor.
Grading and Attendance Policies
Grading The grading system uses both numbers and letters in a range from 1.9 to 4.4 with lettergrade equivalents ranging from F to A+. The grade equivalents are: A+ (4.1-4.4); A (3.8-4.0); A- (3.5-3.7); B+ (3.3-3.4); B (3.0-3.2); B- (2.7-2.9); C+ (2.5-2.6); C (2.4); C- (2.1-2.3); D (2.0); and F (1.9). Students receiving a grade of 1.9 will not be given credit for the course toward graduation. A student who fails a first-year course must repeat the course, but both grades will be included in computing
Attendance Class attendance is an important part of law school education. It assists both the individual and fellow students in making the most of the educational opportunity offered. Students should, therefore, attend class regularly and participate in the discussion. Professors may require attendance and may take attendance into account in evaluating student performance.
must also complete a minimum of 65 of the required 88 units by attendance in regularly scheduled class sessions at the law school. A law student is expected to devote the major portion of his or her time to law studies; any outside employment must therefore be restricted. First-year students are not permitted to hold jobs, and second- and third-year students may not hold outside employment requiring more than 20 hours of work per week.
required to carry between 13 and 17 units each semester, unless special permission to carry a reduced or enlarged schedule is granted by the associate dean. After completion of the first full year of law study, students who are expecting a child may be given permission to carry a reduced load in their subsequent years, but they must complete all requirements for the degree within a reasonable period of time (usually within four years). All students must complete six fulltime semesters.
Juris Doctor The Juris Doctor is the basic law degree. To obtain the degree, a student must satisfactorily complete 88 units, be in full-time attendance for six semesters and complete all required courses. Several options are available through which students may, with appropriate permission, take courses outside the law school. Except with special permission, however, each student (including a dual degree student) must successfully complete at least 35 units beyond the first year curriculum, in law courses, taken at this law school, and graded in the normal manner. Each student
First-year students are required to carry the full load of courses prescribed for that year, and second- and third-year students are
Juris Doctor
Requirements for degrees, as well as the courses offered, may be changed by the faculty at any time. The associate dean may waive some requirements for individual students. The First Year
During the first year, the student takes a required curriculum of basic courses that examines fundamental legal institutions and addresses legal problems relevant to today’s society and the modern practice of law. In the fall semester, Law, Language, and Values introduces students to foundational concepts in legal reasoning, including theories of interpretation, the rule of law and normative reasoning. Torts I explores the individual’s obligation to refrain from harming others and studies the bases for compensating persons who suffer injuries — either by holding responsible whomever is at fault for the harm, or by invoking other principles of liability including the efficiency of resource allocation and spreading of losses. Procedure introduces students to the issues of what constitutes fair, adequate and efficient procedures in resolving legal disputes. Study focuses on the procedures outlined in Federal Rules of Civil Procedure. Contracts studies the law regulating consensual arrangements entered into for commercial purposes. It concerns such questions as what promises do and should the state enforce and what remedies are available when enforceable promises are breached. In the spring semester, students take Criminal Law, which studies issues relating to the decision, by legislature or court, to designate behavior as a “crime.” Significant attention is given to the moral, psychological and philosophical issues involved in ascribing criminal responsibility. Legal Profession examines the functions of the lawyer in modern society, the history and organization of the legal profession, as well as lawyers’ conflicting duties. It also looks into the adversary system, equal access to justice, and other problems of ethics and professional responsibility. Constitutional Law considers the delineation of spheres of responsibility between the judiciary and legislature, the nation and the state, and the government and the individual. Property analyzes the development of rules dealing with land, water and other natural resources, frequently from historical and economic perspectives.
All students take a year-long course, Legal Research, Writing and Advocacy. The course is coordinated with other first-year courses, and provides students an opportunity to draft pleadings and to prepare legal memoranda and briefs. Toward the end of the second semester, each student participates in a moot court argument based on work previously prepared for the course. Students study basic sources of the law — case reports, constitutions, statutes and interdisciplinary materials. There is no uniform method of teaching, but Socratic dialogue and class discussion are primarily employed to help the students analyze issues, reasons and arguments. Moreover, law school faculty have traditionally employed interdisciplinary approaches in analyzing legal problems. First-year classes meet in sections of 60 to 100 students, about half the class size of many law schools. The Second and Third Years
Requirements The upper two years of law study are primarily elective, with only two requirements. First, students must satisfy the upper division writing requirement, either by completing a major faculty-supervised writing project, such as a dissertation, or by taking a course with a substantial writing component. Second, students must enroll in course work that offers substantial instruction in professional skills generally regarded as necessary for the effective and responsible participation in the legal profession. Such course work includes simulation courses (including Trial Advocacy and Pretrial Advocacy), liveclient clinical offerings and courses involving the drafting of legal documents (including Contract Drafting and Negotiation). Course Offerings The basic courses that most students elect to take — for example: Business Organizations, Evidence, Taxation, and Gifts, Wills and Trusts — are offered every year and usually twice a year. Other courses listed are offered once a year, or in some cases, once every several years. Each year the law school attempts to provide upper-division students with a wide variety of optional specialized courses. Often these reflect the research interests of the faculty. Some examples in recent years have been Biotechnology and the Law, Global Warming, Counterterrorism and Homeland Security, Wrongful Convictions, Reproductive Rights, Special Education and Disability Law, and seminars on the Enron era. Because there are specialty courses in nearly every major area of the law, upperdivision students are able to concentrate in a particular area, or, if they prefer, pursue a broad, basic legal education.
737
Clinical Offerings The upper-division curriculum includes a variety of opportunities for clinical legal education. “Clinical” courses are of two kinds. First, clinical refers to courses in which the learning of legal principles occurs through actual work on cases in particular subject matter areas. For example, the law of prisoners’ rights and post-conviction remedies is taught in the Post-Conviction Justice Project, a course in which students represent inmates in the California Institution for Women. This representation is under the direct supervision of full-time law school faculty members. About 20 students participate each semester, traveling to the prison to meet with their clients on a regular basis, attending seminars at the law school, preparing briefs and papers, drafting habeas petitions, and negotiating and dealing with prosecutors and prison and court personnel. In addition, students make court appearances on behalf of clients in state and federal courts, as well as courts of appeals. The second type of clinical course concentrates on specific lawyering skills taught in a classroom setting through the use of hypothetical case materials, with actors and actresses playing the roles of clients. The best illustration of this form of clinical teaching is the three-course sequence of Pretrial, Trial and Appellate Advocacy, which covers the stages in the litigation process suggested by the course titles. In these courses, students actually perform, in a simulated courtroom or law office environment, the multiple tasks required of lawyers. Most work is done in small groups; students are videotaped and intensively reviewed by the instructors. A student can take part or all of this sequence. The three courses together require the student to do at least the following: client interviewing and counseling, legal research, fact-finding, drafting of legal documents, negotiation with opposing counsel, arguing pretrial motions to a judge, preparing witnesses to testify, selecting a jury, conducting direct and crossexamination, proposing and opposing exhibits and testimonial evidence, arguing to a jury, and drafting and arguing an appellate brief. The Post-Conviction Justice Project and the advocacy courses are not the only clinical courses in the curriculum, but they are useful examples of the variety of clinical teaching. A course in a specific area of law, like the Post-Conviction Justice Project, necessarily requires students to acquire basic courtroom, negotiation and client interviewing skills. The skills-oriented advocacy courses require students to be familiar with substantive areas like evidence, procedure and the law in the area of the hypothetical client’s problems.
738
USC Gould School of Law
These two kinds of clinical courses supplement each other, just as substantive knowledge and expert skills do in the practice of law. Considered as a whole, USC’s clinical courses provide the foundation of knowledge and skill necessary to begin the practice of law.
the Ford Foundation, the Lincoln Institute of Land Policy, the National Institute of Mental Health, and the Energy Research and Development Administration.
Judicial Externships and Clinical Internships The clinical opportunities listed previously are focused primarily within the law school. In addition, there are two categories of clinical options for students to pursue outside the law school in the actual environments of courts and law offices. The first of these, the judicial externship program, enables students to receive credit for full- or part-time work as an extern to a judge of the state or federal court. Students are selected by the judges themselves. USC students have served as externs in the California Supreme Court, U.S. Court of Appeals, U.S. District Court, U.S. Bank ruptcy Court, California Court of Appeal and Superior Court. During the externship, each student is supervised by the assistant dean and the placement supervisor. The second program, the clinical internship option, allows USC Law students to work part-time in government agencies, legal services programs or other nonprofit organizations under the supervision of practicing attorneys and faculty members. Students earn academic credit while providing representation to actual clients, learning important government processes or participating in large-scale impact litigation. Since the program includes more than 50 pre-approved agencies, students may choose from a wide range of clinical internships. Neither program is considered a regularly scheduled class session for purposes of graduation requirements. Individual Research Projects A wide variety of courses and institutes offers opportunities for upper-division students to engage in individual research under faculty supervision and often in conjunction with course offerings, as well as to participate in large research projects. Projects presently underway include the uses of ocean and sea resources, the development and regulation of geothermal energy, sentencing practices in felony cases, the effects of real estate taxation, the delivery of legal service to low- and middle-income persons, the civil commitment of elderly persons, the relationships between corporate law and actual corporate practices, and theoretical studies in law and economics. Such research projects are financed by grants from the Brookings Institution, the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, the National Science Foundation,
Independent research completed for academic credit is not considered a regularly scheduled class session for purposes of grad uation requirements. Courses Outside the Law School With the concurrence of the associate dean, a student may receive up to 12 units of J.D. credit for courses taken outside the law school. These courses must be on the graduate level and may be taken only at USC. Taking graduate level courses outside the law school is an alternative to the dual degree program; a student may not pursue both approaches. With the approval of the associate dean, a student may receive a limited number of J.D. credits for undergraduate language courses taken at USC. For purposes of meeting the 35-graded-units rule, all non-law courses are counted as CR/D/F units. A student may, with permission of the associate dean, enroll in and transfer the credit from a law course taken at another school that is a member of the Association of American Law Schools, if the course is equivalent to one included in the USC Law curriculum that will not be offered here during the semester the student takes the course. Credit will be granted only for courses graded “C” or better. A maximum of 5 such units may be counted toward the J.D. Courses taken outside of the law school are not considered regularly scheduled class sessions for purposes of graduation requirements. Course Selection in the Upper Division With such a variety of courses available, how do second- and third-year students go about selecting the program that will be best suited to their individual interests and ambitions? There are no precise rules or proven methods for selecting second- and third-year courses. To a large extent, these choices reflect each student’s personal assessment at the end of the first year — strengths and weaknesses, developing intellectual interests and first tentative career plans. For this reason, the combination of courses most desirable for one person will not necessarily be best for anyone else. Students are urged to be wary of the notion that there is a specific, recommended curriculum to follow. But reluctance to impose a model course of study does not mean that no guidance is available, for there are at least four ways of thinking about these choices that, in combination, will help each student choose the best array of courses.
One recommended approach to course selection is to choose courses taught by professors the student admires, without regard to subject matter. For each student there are teachers who are particularly able to create intellectual excitement and whose approach to analysis and teaching strikes a responsive note. Students will benefit as much from exposure to a specific professor’s analytic skills and approach to legal issues as from specific course content. A second approach is to choose courses that look exciting, without worrying about whether such courses are directly related to the student’s current career plans or to some idea of traditional curriculum. If it appears that a course will be intellectually interesting, will expose students to a new area of the law, or provide needed variety, there is already more than enough reason to enroll. Courses taken because of enthusiasm for either the instructor or the subject matter often lead to the richest academic experience of law school. The third way to make decisions about taking courses is to classify them according to clusters that emphasize similar issues or themes and then select from each area. For example, a student interested in ideas about family relationships will find them discussed in different contexts in Gifts, Wills, and Trusts; Family Law; and the Children’s Legal Issues Practicum. Trial Advocacy and Pretrial Advocacy are courses that teach practical litigation skills, relating various performance tasks to the underlying skills of legal writing, advocacy, legal counseling, negotiation, and factual analysis. A further example includes courses involving close work with statutes, such as Labor Law, Securities Regulation and Taxation, any of which will provide opportunities to develop important and transferable skills. Finally, students might think about selection as a way of building a wide substantive expertise in an area of particular interest. For example, the following courses are crucial to one anticipating a substantial wills and estate planning practice: Family Law; Community Property; Taxation; Estate Planning; Real Estate Transactions; and Gifts, Wills and Trusts. This kind of course planning requires some thought and investigation, since a casual examination might omit such courses as Community Property (which may affect one’s legal ability to transfer property by will), and Real Estate Transactions (since various forms of property ownership may dictate a specific will or create planning considerations).
Dual Degrees
These approaches to course selection describe only some of the ways in which students might make reasoned choices about their academic programs. Formal and informal academic counseling are available from the associate dean, the assistant deans
739
and other faculty. In addition, students are encouraged to follow the written recommendations available in the online Student Handbook available via the Student Portal on the USC Law School Website.
Dual Degrees Admission
Students may be accepted for a dual degree program when they are accepted to the law school, although most students do not apply until sometime in the first year. All programs require that students successfully complete the required first year of law school before beginning work toward the master’s degree. Credit toward the law degree may not be given for graduate work completed prior to the completion of the first year of law school, although some credit toward the master’s degree may be allowed by the faculty of the cooperating department of approved work completed prior to the first year of law school. Students are not eligible for either of their dual degrees until they complete the requirements for both degrees. All students (including dual degree students) must complete at least 35 numerically graded USC Law units beyond the first year curriculum. Following are general descriptions of the dual degree programs. Students interested in further information should consult the USC Law Admissions Office. Juris Doctor/Master of Arts in Economics
Students are required to complete 92 units of law and economics course work, 4 units of which must constitute a thesis acceptable to the faculties of the law school and the Department of Economics. Before enrolling in economics courses, students must have completed an undergraduate course in probability and statistical inference (e.g., BUAD 310). Students with undergraduate degrees in such disciplines as business, economics, mathematics and psychology will usually have taken such a course as part of their undergraduate program.
UNITS
ECON 500 Microeconomic Analysis and Policy ECON 511 Econometric Methods, or ECON 513 Practice of Econometrics
Four Units of Thesis: The thesis must be acceptable to both the faculty of the law school and the faculty of the Department of Economics. Thirty-nine Units of Law Courses: including one course in a subject matter related to economics (including but not necessarily limited to Taxation, International Business Transactions, Antitrust Law I, Regulated Industries, Labor Law, Administrative Process, Business Enterprise Taxation or Land Use Controls). In addition to the LSAT, students interested in this dual degree program are required to take the aptitude and advanced economic portions of the Graduate Record Examinations (GRE). Juris Doctor/Master of Science in Gerontology
First Year: Required law school courses. SECOND AND THIRD YEARS:
Two Additional Graduate Level Courses in Economics (8 units): ECON 680 Industrial Organization and ECON 681 Economics of Regulated Industries are recommended, but the student is free to choose any graduate level courses other than ECON 590 or ECON 790 in consultation with the program adviser. ECON 401 Mathematical Methods in Economics may be substituted for one of these courses, and ECON 417 Statistics for Economics or ECON 414 Introduction to Econometrics may be substituted for the other. (These three courses are applicable toward graduate credit.)
4 4
The J.D./M.S. dual degree combines the knowledge of the older population with understanding of the legal system. The program prepares graduates for a number of roles in both public and private sector organizations. Students are required to complete 110 units of course work, 74 from the law school and 36 from the Davis School of Gerontology. The first year is devoted to required law courses, and the second, third and fourth years combine gerontology and law courses. Gerontology Requirements The Master of Science in Gerontology will require 36 units of course and fieldwork that cover the core content of the M.S. program.
GERONTOLOGY REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
GERO 510 Physiology of Development and Aging 4 GERO 520 Life Span Developmental Psychology 4 GERO 530 Life Span Developmental Sociology 4 GERO 540 Social Policy and Aging 4 GERO 555 Integrating Gerontology: A Multidisciplinary Approach 4 GERO 591 Field Practicum 8 GERO 593 Research Methods 4 Gerontology elective 4
The Davis School of Gerontology will waive 16 units of electives, which are required in the regular M.S. program, as well as GERO 589 Case Studies in Leadership and Change Management because students enrolled in this program have a primary professional focus in law. Law School Requirements The law school requires 74 units of credit. FIRST YEAR REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
LAW 502 Procedure I 4 LAW 503 Contracts 4 LAW 504 Criminal Law 3 LAW 505 Legal Profession 3 LAW 507 Property 4 LAW 508 Constitutional Law I 4 LAW 509 Torts I 4 LAW 512 Law, Language, and Values 2 LAW 515 Legal Research, Writing and Advocacy I 3 LAW 516 Legal Research, Writing and Advocacy II 2
Elective Course Work The second and third year of law study are primarily elective with one requirement. Students must satisfy the upper division writing requirement, either by completing a major, faculty-supervised writing project such as a dissertation, or by taking a course with a substantial writing component. The law school will waive 14 units of electives which are required in the regular J.D. program.
740
USC Gould School of Law
Juris Doctor/Master of Business Administration
School of Pharmacy. Students admitted to the law school using this approach would be offered admission to the dual degree contingent on passing all courses in their first year of the Pharm.D. with a minimum 3.0 GPA. See the admissions section of the School of Pharmacy and the law school for specific requirements.
In addition to the LSAT, applicants to this dual degree program are required to take the Graduate Management Aptitude Test. Requirements for the dual degree program are listed in the Marshall School of Business section of this catalogue on page 159. Juris Doctor/Master of Business Taxation
The Leventhal School of Accounting offers a specialized 45-unit program in taxation leading to the Master in Business Taxation (MBT). However, up to 15 units of preliminary courses in the MBT program may be waived by the Leventhal School of Accounting in light of previous education or completion of a proficiency examination. The total number of units required may thus vary, but all students are required to complete a minimum of 30 units of business courses and maintain an overall grade point average of 3.0 for these courses. Students also must complete 76 law units to satisfy the J.D. portion of the dual degree. Requirements for this dual degree are listed in the Leventhal School of Accounting section of this catalogue on page 197. Juris Doctor/Pharm.D.
Admission Requirements Admission to the dual Pharm.D./J.D. program is competitive, and involves meeting admission requirements and gaining acceptance to both the School of Pharmacy and the law school. Students will not be given special consideration for admission to either program because they are applying for the dual degree. Students that have a baccalaureate degree may apply to the dual Pharm.D./J.D. degree program in two ways. First, they may apply at the time they submit their Pharm.D. application by concurrently submitting applications to both schools. Students who elect this approach must identify themselves on their Pharm.D. applications as potential dual Pharm.D./J.D. degree students. Students who are admitted to both schools will be offered admission to the dual degree contingent on passing all courses in their first year of the Pharm.D. with a minimum 3.0 GPA. Students pursuing the dual Pharm.D./J.D. degree must notify the law school in a timely fashion that they will be enrolling in the dual Pharm.D./J.D. degree program and will not matriculate at the law school until the following year. Students who are accepted only by one school may choose to attend that school but will not be eligible for the dual degree. Second, students can apply to the dual degree by submitting an application to the law school during their first year of enrollment in the Pharm.D. program prior to the law school’s published application deadline. Students who elect this approach must apply through the
Degree Requirements The professions of pharmacy and law are distinctly different, yet pharmacists are often involved in legal issues and lawyers frequently deal with pharmacy, drug, health care, product development and toxin-related matters. This dual degree program provides qualified students with an efficient mechanism for obtaining the expertise and professional credentials that will enable them to develop professional practices that bring together expertise in both areas. Overall Requirements A student is required to complete all work for both degrees within six years of the date of matriculation at the School of Pharmacy (Pharm.D.) and five years of matriculation at the law school (J.D.). The entire dual degree program will take six years to complete. Dual degree students will be allowed to use 12 units of approved J.D. course work (elective or required) to meet 12 units of Pharm.D. electives and 12 units of approved Pharm.D. course work (elective or required) to meet 12 units of J.D. electives. A faculty guidance committee will determine the exact program for each student, including the appropriateness of courses in one program used to meet elective requirements for the other program. A total of 208 units is required for the dual degree. Pharm.D. Requirements Dual degree students must successfully complete 144 units of Pharm.D. and acceptable J.D. units to receive the Pharm.D. degree. The 144 units must include 132 units of required and elective pharmacy course work plus 12 units of J.D. course work deemed acceptable to meet Pharm.D. elective requirements. Dual degree students should graduate with their Pharm.D. degrees at the completion of the first semester of the sixth academic year of the dual degree program. Students will be eligible to sit for the Pharmacy Board Exams after completion of the Pharm.D. degree requirements. However, dual degree students will not actually be awarded their Pharm.D. degrees until they complete requirements for both degrees. Juris Doctor Requirements Dual degree students must successfully complete 88 units of J.D. and acceptable Pharm.D. course work during the second to sixth years of the dual degree program to receive the J.D. degree. The 88 units must
be composed of 76 units of J.D. course work, including satisfaction of the upper-division writing requirement and any other substantive requirements, plus 12 units of Pharm.D. course work deemed acceptable to meet J.D. elective requirements. No J.D. credit will be awarded for Pharm.D. course work completed prior to matriculation in the law school. Students cannot receive the J.D. degree under requirements for the dual degree program without prior or simultaneous completion of the Pharm.D. degree. Both professions require passing a state board or bar exam to practice the respective professions. Neither of these degrees requires a thesis or comprehensive final exam. Recommended Program Pharm.D./J.D. dual degree students will begin with the first year of the Pharm.D. curriculum (36 units). During the second year, students will take the first year law core (33 units), plus 3-5 Pharm.D. units. Due to the rigor of the law school core, pharmacy courses during the first year of law school are limited to non-science courses. The third through fifth years of the program focus on Pharm.D. courses with sufficient law courses to maintain students’ educational momentum in law. Students should complete their Pharm.D. requirements during the fall of their sixth year of the program and their law course work also during the sixth year. Students must complete both degree requirements by the end of the sixth year of the program. Juris Doctor/Master of Public Administration
Students are required to complete 97 units of course work. Candidates for the dual degree must fulfill the statistics requirement of the MPA degree. See the Master of Public Administration section, page 886. Requirements for this dual degree program are listed in the USC Price School of Public Policy section of this catalogue, page 901. Juris Doctor/Master of Public Policy
The USC Price School of Public Policy and the law school offer a dual degree that enables qualified students to earn both a Juris Doctor and a Master of Public Policy in approximately four years of study. The dual degree allows students to acquire a blend of the analytic skills of public policy and an understanding of legal institutions and processes. This combination of knowledge is well suited for law students who want to affect the policy-making process and craft legislation to aid in achievement of public policy goals. It is equally appropriate for prospective policy analysts who are interested in law and public policy.
Dual Degrees
Students must apply to, and be accepted by, both schools. They may be accepted to the dual degree at the time of their acceptance to the law school or at the beginning of their second year of law school. Dual degree students spend the first year of the program completing the required first year of law school. The remaining units of law school courses and the required 36 units of core MPP courses are taken by students in the second through fourth years.
In the first year, students take their course work in the law school exclusively. The second and third years include 24 units of courses in international relations and 40 units in law. Students pursuing the dual degree must complete LAW 662 or LAW 764 and one additional international law course.
First and Second Years: Complete both the first year J.D. program of study and the first year MSW course of study.
Students pursuing the dual degree must complete 24 units within the School of International Relations at the 500 level or above. These students are required to successfully complete IR 500 International Relations Theory, either IR 513 Social Science and Historical Research Methods: Introduction to Research Design or IR 517 International Policy Analysis, and two domain courses selected from among IR 502 Conflict and Cooperation, IR 509 Culture, Gender, and Global Society, IR 521 Introduction to Foreign Policy Analysis, and IR 541 Politics of the World Economy. Like all other master’s students, students in the dual degree program must complete a substantive paper or alternative project. The requirements, standards and evaluation procedure for the substantive paper are identical to those listed for all M.A. students except that one member of the examining committee must come from the law school.
Third Year: Complete the second year J.D. program.
Juris Doctor/Master of Arts, Religion and Social Ethics
Students are required to complete 114 units of course work, including 78 units in the Gould School of Law and 36 units in the USC Price School of Public Policy. The MPP program has a statistics prerequisite. See the Master of Public Policy section, page 888. Requirements for this dual degree are listed in the USC Price School of Public Policy section (page 899). Juris Doctor/Master of Social Work
Students are required to complete 123 units of course work, including 76 units in the Gould School of Law and 47 units in the USC School of Social Work.
Fourth Year: Complete the core concentration courses (included SOWK 686a Field Practicum II) of the concentration selected in the MSW program, with the fourth course to be determined as part of the student’s individualized educational plan approved by that concentration. The final semester will be taken in the J.D. program in the spring. The law school gives credit for the third semester in the School of Social Work, while the latter recognizes law courses as substitutions for three social work courses and one semester of field instruction (for which a clinical law semester is substituted).
Students must complete 20 units in the graduate School of Religion, plus 4 units of thesis. First Year: Required law school curriculum. Second and Third Years: Students will take any two of the three core courses in the School of Religion and a maximum of three elective courses from Areas I and II. Students may substitute the third core course for an elective course. LAW 508 Constitutional Law or such other law course as the schools agree may be substituted for one of the electives. Students must also complete 36 additional law units.
Juris Doctor/Master of Arts, International Relations
Juris Doctor/Master of Communication Management
The USC Gould School of Law and the USC School of International Relations jointly offer a three-year program leading to the J.D. and M.A. degrees. (Students may extend the dual degree program to four years.) Applicants must apply to both the law school and the School of International Relations and meet requirements for admission to both. In addition to the LSAT, students interested in this program are required to take the Graduate Record Examinations (GRE). Law students may apply to the School of International Relations during their first year at the law school.
Students must complete 20 units (five c ourses) of communication courses at the School of Communication: one core class from the student’s preferred track; one method course; CMGT 597; and the remaining two courses may be from either core or elective offerings. First Year: Required law school courses. Second and Third Years: 20 units of communications courses and 38 units of law courses, of which 8 units must be approved as appropriate for acceptance by the Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism toward its degree. All students take CMGT 597 in the third year.
741
Application to pursue the dual degree should be made before completion of 15 units of work on law or 8 units toward the M.A. Admission by the law school to its J.D. degree will be evaluated as a substitute for GRE scores. Juris Doctor/Master of Real Estate Development
The Juris Doctor/Master of Real Estate Development dual degree program provides the opportunity for in-depth study of legal issues and real estate development. The increasingly regulatory environment developers work within demands that professionals in the real estate industry have a strong understanding of the legal system. Lawyers who plan to specialize in real estate law will benefit from a thorough understanding of the development process, including financial, planning, marketing and design issues. Application must be made to both the Gould School of Law and the USC Price School of Public Policy. This program normally requires three years (including one summer) of fulltime study in residence to complete. Students must have use of an approved laptop computer as required by instructors and must demonstrate calculator and spreadsheet skills; a calculator and/or spreadsheet class is offered online via the Internet. Requirements for completion of the dual degree program are 112 units, including 78 units in law and 34 units in planning. For a complete listing, see Public Policy (page 899). Juris Doctor/Master of Arts, Philosophy
Students must complete 24 units in the USC School of Philosophy and 69 units in the Gould School of Law. First Year: Required law school curriculum. Second and Third Years: The School of Philosophy prefers that students take at least one philosophy course each semester. During the four semesters, students must take at least 16 units at the 500 level, including PHIL 450 Intermediate Symbolic Logic and PHIL 500 Introduction to Contemporary Philosophical Literature; one 400- or 500-level course in ethics or social/political philosophy or aesthetics or philosophy of law; one 400- or 500-level course in metaphysics or epistemology or philosophy of language or philosophy of science or philosophy of mind; one 400- or 500-level course in the history of ancient or early modern philosophy; passage of the second year review, which shall include a research paper based on a completed seminar paper and
742
USC Gould School of Law
completion of a publishable research paper. Students must also complete 36 additional law units.
To obtain a Ph.D. in Political Science and International Relations, students must pass the screening process. After the completion of additional course work, students must take a Ph.D. qualifying examination in three fields. Students will be examined in two of their three fields of concentration. The third (“write-off”) field will be completed by taking at least three courses and passing them with a grade of B or better. The final requirement, following successful completion of the qualifying examination, is a doctoral dissertation.
Juris Doctor/Master of Arts, Political Science
The Department of Political Science and the Gould School of Law jointly offer a dual degree program leading to the J.D. and M.A. degrees. Applicants must apply to both the Department of Political Science and the law school and meet the requirements for admission to both. In addition to the LSAT, students interested in this program are required to take the Graduate Record Examinations (GRE). In the first year, students take their course work in the law school exclusively. The second and third years include 24 units in political science and 40 units in law. Like all other students in the political science M.A. program, students pursuing the dual degree must pass a master’s screening examination in their field of choice. If they wish to write a master’s thesis, they may do so in lieu of two courses. Juris Doctor/Doctor of Philosophy in Political Science and International Relations
The Department of Political Science and the Gould School of Law offer a dual degree program leading to the J.D. and Ph.D. degrees. Applicants must apply to the Department of Political Science, the School of International Relations and the law school, and meet requirements for admission to all. In addition to the LSAT, students interested in this program are required to take the Graduate Record Examinations (GRE). In the first year, students take their course work in the law school exclusively. To earn the J.D., all students (including dual degree students) must complete 35 numerically graded law units at USC after the first year. The associate dean may make exceptions to this rule for students enrolled in the law school honors programs. The second and third years include 40 units of courses in political science and 40 units of law. Students must take two methodology courses, POSC 500 and POSC 600, and three core courses to be selected from POSC 510, POSC 512, POSC 520, POSC 530 and POSC 540.
Other Graduate Courses
Students interested in combining an expertise in another discipline with the law degree may arrange individually to take approved graduate courses for limited credit toward the law degree. Students may receive up to 12 units for graduate work taken outside the law school with the prior permission of the administration. These units may be concentrated in a single appropriate discipline; they may not, however, be applied to another graduate degree in progress unless it is a certificate program offered by another department. J.D. Study Abroad Programs
USC Law offers four study abroad programs for J.D. students that provide o pportunities to learn about foreign legal systems and to experience different cultures. Qualified second- and third-year J.D. candidates are exposed to international law as they take part in exchange programs with leading partner institutions worldwide. International Semester Abroad Programs University of Hong Kong: The semester exchange program at the University of Hong Kong (HKU) allows USC Law J.D. students to experience Hong Kong and its legal culture and business in the Pacific Rim. HKU was established in 1911 and is a leading university in Asia. It is linked with over 80 partner institutions in 15 countries and has exchange programs with prominent universities worldwide. The language of teaching at HKU for its law courses is English.
Bocconi University: USC Law J.D. students have the opportunity to learn about law and business in Milan, Italy, in this semester exchange program with Bocconi University. An Italian course is available to interested exchange students who wish to study the language before the law program begins. Bocconi University, a private institution in Milan, Italy, has a global reputation as a research university in business, economics and law. Bocconi offers its exchange students law courses in English. These include courses in international and European law, international trade law, and comparative business and corporate law. University Jean Moulin Lyon 3: The semester abroad program at the University Jean Moulin Lyon 3 allows USC Law J.D. students the chance to study in English at a leading law school in Lyon, France. After earning the J.D. degree, graduates may elect to return to Lyon for a semester to complete an LL.M. in international and European law. The University Jean Moulin Lyon 3 is a public university ranked among the top in France. Lyon 3 is one of three universities in Lyon with a combined population of 100,000 students. Lyon is the second-largest city in France with a great selection of cultural and professional opportunities. Bond University: USC Law J.D. students have the opportunity to live in Queensland, on the Gold Coast of Australia, for a semester while studying at Bond University. Bond University has a distinctly global perspective, aspiring to a 50:50 ratio of Australian to international students, who come from 80 countries worldwide. Under the guidance of Australia’s most eminent legal professionals, internationally renowned criminologists and specialists, students benefit from the mentoring relationship fostered at Bond where professors take an active role in charting student success.
Graduate Degree Programs USC Law’s graduate degree programs include an LL.M. program and an MCL program for foreign law graduates. Through the graduate degree programs, students have opportunities to meet and interact with faculty and J.D. students and also with practicing lawyers from around the world.
Course requirements The LL.M. for foreign lawyers and MCL programs are intended for individuals who are trained in law abroad and wish to gain a basic knowledge of U.S. law and our legal
system and/or who wish to engage in comparative legal study.
Courses of Instruction
743
Certificate Programs The law school offers two certificates. Certificate in Business Law
J.D. students must complete at least 27 units of business-related classes to receive this certificate. Interested J.D. students must submit their applications for this certificate program after completing the first year of law school. J.D. students complete the certificate requirements during their second and third years of law school, and courses may count both toward the J.D. degree and the certificate. LL.M. students must complete at least 14 units of business-related classes to receive this certificate. LL.M. students complete the certificate requirements during the year they are taking their LL.M. course work, and courses may count both toward the LL.M. degree and the certificate.
All students are required to take both mandatory business law courses (such as business organizations) and a selection of elective business law courses (such as mergers and acquisitions, advanced contracts and bankruptcy).
LL.M. students must complete at least 14 units of entertainment-related classes to receive this certificate. LL.M. students complete the certificate requirements during the year they are taking their LL.M. course work, and courses may count both toward the LL.M. degree and the certificate.
Certificate in Entertainment Law
J.D. students must complete at least 21 units of entertainment-related classes to receive this certificate. J.D. students must submit their applications for this certificate program after completing the first year of law school. J.D. students complete the certificate requirements during their second and third years of law school, and courses may count both toward the J.D. degree and the certificate.
All students are required to take both mandatory entertainment law courses (such as intellectual property) and a selection of elective entertainment law courses (such as copyright, legal issues in music and sports law).
of policy and alternatives; the roles played by government, business and nonprofit organizations in public decision-making; and the legal bases for various areas of public policy. See Public Policy, page 875, for requirements.
Minor in Psychology and Law
Undergraduate Programs B.A. Philosophy, Politics and Law
This interdisciplinary program consists of nine courses chosen from philosophy, political science, law and anthropology courses. See Philosophy, page 422, for degree requirements.
Minor in Law and Society Minor in Law and Public Policy
The minor in law and public policy draws upon four fields of study: public policy and management, law, economics and political science. It provides students with an understanding of the political and economic contexts in which laws are made, as well as how legal institutions shape policy formulation. Students learn to analyze the consequences
This interdisciplinary program focuses on the effect of law on society and the way in which social forces influence the legal system. The idea is that students will understand the law if they look beyond “law in books” to “law in action.” See Political Science, page 439, for requirements.
This interdisciplinary minor brings together courses in psychology that focus on the social, ethical, cognitive and societal aspects of psychology and how it relates to law. This knowledge is augmented with law courses that identify the relationship between mental health, social psychology and law. See Psychology, page 452, for requirements.
Courses of Instruction LAW (LAW)
The terms indicated are expected but are not guaranteed. For the courses offered during any given term, consult the Schedule of Classes. Courses numbered 500 and above are open only to law students except by special permission from the associate dean. LAW 200x Law and Society (4) Sources
and structure of law; history of Bill of Rights emphasizing effect on criminal justice system; limits of law in solving problems in American society. Not available for major credit to law students.
LAW 201x Law and Politics: Electing a President (4) Examination of the rules
LAW 402 Psychology and Law (4, Sp)
and realities of American politics, and the role politics plays in American life and culture. Not available for major credit to law students.
Explores issues of responsibility and credibility. Intentional and unintentional behavior. Clinical biases. Topics include witness credibility, confessions, cults, hostages, battered persons, and repressed memories.
LAW 300 Concepts in American Law (4) The
LAW 403 Mental Health Law (4, Sp) Issues
main concepts and topics in American law, in the historical, economic and cultural contexts in which they have developed. Open only to students enrolled in the Philosophy, Politics and Law (PPL) major.
at the intersection of law and psychology, both civil – e.g., civil commitment – and criminal – e.g., the insanity defense. Emphasis on ethical issues.
744
USC Gould School of Law
LAW 404 Law and Psychology: Examining the Criminal Justice Process (4, FaSpSm)
LAW 510 Legal Research (0 or 1, FaSpSm)
Examination of the capacity of the criminal justice process to produce accurate verdicts. Application of psychological research on witnesses, detectives, suspects, judges and jurors. Recommended preparation: PSYC 100. LAW 444 Civil and Political Rights and Liberties (4) (Enroll in POSC 444) LAW 450 Internet Law (4, FaSp) Basic issues
of current Internet regulation, intellectual property rights, freedom of expression on the Internet, privacy, security, and jurisdiction and zoning as it relates to the Internet. Prerequisite: LAW 200. LAW 502 Procedure I (4, Fa) Consideration
of the participants in litigation – private and public plaintiffs, defendants, and courts. Information exchange, process, outcomes, and costs of lawsuits. LAW 503 Contracts (4, Fa) The interpre-
tation and enforcement of promises and agreements.
LAW 504 Criminal Law (3, Sp) The crime
problem and the legislative response to it through substantive criminal law; administration of criminal justice through police, prosecutorial, sentencing, and penological discretion. LAW 505 Legal Profession (2-4) Functions
of the lawyer in modern society; history and organization of the legal profession; the adversary system; equal access to justice; other problems of ethics and professional responsibility. LAW 507 Property (4, Sp) The idea of prop-
erty as understood through economic and philosophical concepts. Rights in land, water and other natural resources. Forms of shared ownership (e.g., landlord and tenant), and a survey of mechanisms for controlling land use. LAW 508 Constitutional Law I (4 or 5, Sp)
Considers the delineation of spheres of responsibility between the judiciary and legislature, the nation and the state, and the government and the individual. LAW 509 Torts I (4, Fa) Individual’s obliga-
tion not to harm others; bases for compensating persons who are harmed, either by holding responsible whoever is at fault or by invoking other principles of liability, including the efficiency of resource allocation and the spreading of losses.
Examination of the basic sources of law for federal and California jurisdictions, utilizing a vast array of sources from books to computerassisted research and analyzing research methodology and techniques. Graded CR/D/F. LAW 511ab Legal Writing (a: 1-2, Fa; b: 1-2, Sp) Two-semester course focusing
on developing analytic and communication skills. Lawyers will analyze legal principles and incisively apply them to facts. Graded CR/D/F. LAW 512 Law, Language and Values (2-4)
An introduction to legal interpretation and normative reasoning. Among the topics addressed are statutory and common law interpretation, the rule of law, externalities, and inequality. LAW 515 Legal Research, Writing and Advocacy I (2-3) Development of legal
research, writing and advocacy skills. Emphasis on objective legal writing, including memoranda, and researching case law through primary and secondary sources. LAW 516 Legal Research, Writing and Advocacy II (2, Sp) Continuation of LAW
515. Development of legal research, writing, and advocacy skills. Emphasis on persuasive legal writing, including appellate briefs, and researching statutory and administrative law. Participation in a moot court program. Prerequisite: LAW 515. LAW 520 Introduction to U.S. Legal System (2) The basic structure of government in the
U.S., including the constitutionally mandated division of power in the federal government and the federal system of power sharing between state and federal systems. A comparative perspective on selected substantive and procedural matters, such as common law reasoning, jury trials, adversary process, and various aspects of civil procedure. Open to LL.M. students only. LAW 521 Topics in American Law (1-4, FaSp) This course provides LL.M. and MCL
students with a survey of various topics in American law, including criminal law, evidence, family law, constitutional law, torts, wills and trusts, administrative law and property law. Open to LL.M. and MCL students only. LAW 522 Legal Writing Overview (3 or 4)
Develops written analytic skills. Includes short exercises that progress to drafting legal memoranda. Teaches advocacy through drafting legal briefs and client letters. Graded CR/D/F.
LAW 568 The Rights of Groups (4) (Enroll in
REL 568)
LAW 599 Special Topics (2-4, max 8) LAW 600 Taxation (3 or 4) Federal tax stat-
utes, technical issues and social problems involved in tax planning, tax litigation, and reform of the tax laws. LAW 601 Advanced Legal Writing Practicum (2-4) Requires students to draft legal
documents they were not exposed to in the first-year writing course, such as client letters, demand letters, and contracts. LAW 602 Criminal Procedure (2-4, FaSpSm)
Criminal procedure in the courts, and the regulation of law enforcement by the courts through rules of evidence and interpretation of the Bill of Rights. LAW 603 Business Organizations (3-5, FaSp)
Organization of economic activity – especially the modern corporation – as institutions of social power. The roles of managers, owners, and public regulatory agencies in shaping processes of decision-making. LAW 604 Real Estate Transactions Problems (1, Fa) Selected problems to supplement
LAW 605. Corequisite: LAW 605.
LAW 605 Real Estate Transactions (3-5, Fa)
The land transfer process: arrangements between buyers and sellers, brokers, escrows, recorders, title companies. Real estate financing through mortgages and other land security devices. LAW 606 Land Use Controls (3 or 4) The
regulation of land development through planning, zoning, subdivision controls and private devices. Mechanisms for coordinating regional development and financing new urban infrastructure. LAW 607 Gifts, Wills, and Trusts (3 or 4)
Gratuitous transfer of wealth, especially the transmission of wealth from one generation to the next as a settlement of family affairs. Comparative analysis of the legal mechanisms of gifts, wills, and trusts. Introduction to problems of fiduciary administration. LAW 608 Evidence (3 or 4) The purpose and
character of trial. Problems of adversary presentation and the nature of proof. The basis for admission and exclusion of evidence in judicial proceedings. LAW 609 Torts II (2 or 3) Remedies of the
law for injuries to an individual’s personal integrity or to his reasonable economic expectations, including the torts of misrepresentation, defamation, and assault.
Courses of Instruction
LAW 610 Advanced Civil Procedure (2-4, Sp)
This course will look at juries and judges as decision-makers during trials. As background, we will examine the constitutional rights to a civil and criminal jury trial, and then focus on such features of the jury as voir dire, peremptory challenges, instructions, deliberations and differences in perceptions. The scope of jury authority, including jury nullification, as well as various models for the proper role of the jury in our society. LAW 612 California Civil Procedure (2-4)
Examines the California rules of civil procedure. Emphasizes California law, with some discussion of the differences between state and federal procedure.
LAW 625 Remedies (3 or 4) Comparison of
the remedial goals of contracts, torts, and property and the impact of procedural devices in law and equity. Damages, injunctions, specific performance and restitution. Remedial theory and transactional application.
745
LAW 637 International Trade Policy (1-4)
Examination of the institutions and laws that regulate international economic relations. Students will be introduced to the major international agreements and national laws that regulate international trade goods, services and capital.
LAW 626 International Arbitration (2-4, Fa)
Steps in the arbitration process, attorney’s functions in the process, relation of arbitration to national courts, policy issues, issues involved when governments are parties to international commercial disputes. LAW 628 Real Estate Finance Problems (1, Sp) Selected problems to supplement
LAW 638 Topics in Alternative Dispute Resolution (2-4, max 6, Sp) Examines
selected topics in negotiation, mediation, or alternative dispute resolution. May be repeated with permission of the instructor as topics vary. Graded CR/D/F. LAW 639 Law and Literature (1-4, max 8)
LAW 629. Corequisite: LAW 629.
Selected topics in law and literature.
LAW 614 Accounting for Lawyers (2 or 3)
LAW 629 Real Estate Finance (2-4, Sp)
The lawyer’s skills needed to understand the financial affairs of a business client.
A survey of the major types of financing used for real estate and the basic techniques used to make real estate investment and financing decisions. Prerequisite: LAW 605.
LAW 640 The United States Supreme Court (1-4) Introduction to the state of the art in
LAW 615 Election Law (1-4) Consideration of
legal regulation of the right to vote and otherwise to participate in the electoral process. LAW 617 History of American Law (2 or 3)
Explores the interaction of law, culture, and politics in American society from the Revolution through the New Deal. LAW 618 Advanced Contracts (2-4, FaSp)
Students work in groups using principles of contract design analyzing concrete cases based on actual events in transactions handled by a large commercial law firm. LAW 619 Employment Law (2-4) Exami
nation of the evolving role of work in our society and the nature and scope of legal regulation of the employment relationship. LAW 620 Mortgage Law (2-4, Sp) Deals
to become professional mediators for civil cases in the L.A. County Superior Court, and mediate these cases.
cial transactions involving secured financing (other than land). Government regulation of such sales and borrowing through Article 9 of the Uniform Consumer Credit Code and other recent legislation.
LAW 632 Business for Lawyers (2-4) This
LAW 642 Secured Transactions (2-4) This is
course introduces law students to the tools, concept, and language of business. It is premised on the belief that to excel as a business lawyer, one must understand the business world from the perspective of the clients one counsels and assists. The course will cover, in compressed form, the basic subjects from the MBA program which are most useful to lawyers. LAW 633 Law and Economics (4) Employs
economic reasoning to explain and provide a normative basis for the analysis of property, contract, tort and criminal law and the legal process. Prerequisite: ECON 500 or ECON 503.
LAW 621 Gender Discrimination (1-4)
LAW 634 Legal Analysis of Evidence (2-4)
nalysis of the constitutional and s tatutory A debates about the meaning of equality, and the recognition and accommodation of difference.
Legal analysis of the rules of Evidence using problems designed to improve analytic skills and problem-solving. Taken in conjunction with Evidence. Corequisite: LAW 608.
LAW 622 Family Violence (2-4, Fa) Practi-
LAW 635 Employment Discrimination Law (2-4) Examines the regulation of employment
LAW 623 Family Law (3 or 4) Creating,
regulating and dissolving family relationships. Explore moral and power relations among men, women, children and the state. Develop skills to help clients in families.
LAW 641 Commercial Law (2 or 4) Commer-
LAW 630 Mediation Clinic (2-4, max 8, FaSp) Students receive the training required
with the rights and remedies of mortgage lenders and borrowers after the mortgage loan has gone into default. Recommended preparation: LAW 605.
cal and theoretical aspects of legal practice in cases involving family violence, including both spousal violence and child abuse.
legal and social-scientific work on the United States Supreme Court.
discrimination under federal law. Pays primary attention to issues of race, sex, age and disability discrimination. LAW 636 Labor Law (3 or 4) The interrela-
tion of labor, business, and government in collective bargaining, federal regulation of union and management practices and pressures, especially through the Taft-Hartley Act.
a course on Chattel paper and secured transactions involving personal property under Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code and some related bodies of law. LAW 643 Securities Fraud Litigation (2-4, FaSpSm) Examination of the laws governing
fraud in securities markets. Focus on several sections of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, including fraudulent statements and insider trading, fraud in the takeover context, fraud in proxies, and controlling personal liability. LAW 644 Corporate Taxation (2-4) Tax prin-
ciples and practice applicable to business, especially problems of formation, liquidation, and reorganization. Prerequisite: LAW 600. LAW 645 Realities of Commercial Lending (1-4, FaSpSm) Involves issues including loan
restructuring; what loan agreements cover; how representations, covenants, default and financial and repayment terms interrelate; and how security documents fit in. Graded CR/D/F. Prerequisite: LAW 642. LAW 646 Advanced Topics in Employment Discrimination (1-3) Reviews recent
Supreme Court decisions and legal scholarship with attention to statutory interpretation, consistency with constitutional antidiscrimination standards, and consistency with current understandings about discrimination.
746
USC Gould School of Law
LAW 647 Bankruptcy: Debtors and Creditors I (2 or 3) Bankruptcy of the poor,
LAW 658 Mergers and Acquisitions (1-4, Sp)
imprudent or unlucky, and of unsuccessful businesses. The mechanisms of our law for distributing the debtor’s property and discharging his obligations.
LAW 648 Topics in Entertainment Law (1-4, max 8) Contemporary topics in the field
of entertainment law.
LAW 649 Insurance (2 or 3) The pooling
of risks and distributing of losses. Actuarial foundation and contract problems of insurance. LAW 650 Entertainment Law (2-4, FaSp)
An examination of how the courts are handling selected, “cutting edge” topics in entertainment law. The topics will include the scope of and limitations on the right of publicity; fair use and parody defenses to copyright infringement; future technology clauses in rights contracts; and copyright and defamation issues arising in the online world. Previous entertainment law courses recommended, but not required. Corequisite: LAW 772.
Problems of integrating the corporate, securities, tax, business, antitrust, accounting and contractual aspects of corporate mergers and acquisitions. Prerequisite: LAW 603.
for students enrolled in LAW 650. Graded CR/D/F. C orequisite: LAW 650.
LAW 652 Persuasion (2-3, Fa) Analysis and
development of persuasive arguments using principles of persuasion; translation of the arguments into visual presentations using presentation models; persuasive presentation of visuals.
LAW 670 Advanced Moot Court Oral Arguments (1-3, max 3, Sp) Preparation
LAW 660 Trademark (1-4) A rigorous intro-
LAW 671 Advanced Moot Court Briefs (1-3, Sp) Preparation of briefs in approved
principles involved in structuring, negotiating and documenting agreements relating to the development, production and distribution of theatrical motion pictures. Prerequisite: LAW 650, LAW 772. duction to a law of trademarks. A trademark can be any word, symbol, design, sound, fragrance or product configuration that is used to distinguish the goods or services of one person from those of another, and to indicate the origin of the goods or services. LAW 661 National Security Law (2-4)
Examination of the nature of United States’ national security law, focusing on how it is created, violated and enforced. Principles of international law involving relations among governments. The function of international tribunals and organizations. LAW 663 European Union Law (2-4, FaSpSm) Introduction to the EU legal system
and an understanding of the functioning EU, constitutive treaties, and evolving judicial and regulatory system being established within Europe. LAW 664 Globalization and Law (2-4)
LAW 653 Legal Issues in the Music Industry (1-4, FaSp) The course will focus on contract
drafting and negotiation issues relevant to an artist’s pursuit of a career in the music business.
LAW 654 Legal Issues in the Television Industry (2-4) An in-depth study of television
industry legal concepts, contracts, business structures and economic models.
The impacts of globalization and legal reactions in a number of areas including constitutional law, trade law, military law and the environment. LAW 665 Art Law (2 or 3) Provides an over-
view, often from a litigation perspective, of legal issues affecting artworks and cultural property. LAW 667 Hale Moot Court Brief (2)
LAW 655 Environmental Law (2-4) Focus on
environmental law policy and practice. This course is a combination of regulatory and private law, with a special emphasis on disputes and regulations involving contamination in soil, water and air. LAW 657 International Protection of Intellectual Property (1-4) The laws concerning
how to enforce and exploit rights protecting media creations, marketing symbols, computer programs, new technologies, designs, know-how, and data across national borders.
the preparation of briefs and oral arguments in the Hale Moot Court honors competition. Graded CR/D/F.
LAW 659 Legal Issues in the Motion Picture Industry (2-4) Involves the legal and business
LAW 662 Public International Law (3-4) LAW 651 Entertainment Law Practicum (1-2, max 8, FaSpSm) Supervised internship
LAW 669 Moot Court Supervision (1-3, max 6, FaSp) Evaluation and supervision of
Invitation-only course offered to second-year students as part of the Hale Moot Court Honors Program. Students write an appellate brief. Open only to students in J.D. program (including dual degrees). LAW 668 Hale Moot Court Oral Advocacy (1, Sp) Invitation-only course for students
in the Hale Moot Court Honors Program. Students present an oral argument and judge first-year student rounds. Graded CR/NC. Prerequisite: LAW 667.
of oral arguments in approved moot court competitions, such as national and state prize rounds (other than Hale Moot Court Program). Graded CR/D/F.
moot court competitions, such as national and state prize rounds (other than Hale Moot Court Program). LAW 672 Jessup Moot Court Briefs (1-3, Fa)
Students prepare for competition by writing a brief on the issues in a problem that is the basis for the Jessup International Moot Court Competition. Participation is by faculty selection only. LAW 675 Mental Health Law (2-4 ) Studies
the important issues at the intersection of law and psychology/psychiatry, both civil and criminal. LAW 677 Quantitative Methods in the Law (2-4, FaSp) Introduces students to basic prin-
ciples of descriptive and inferential statistics, probability, and valuation.
LAW 678ab Review of Law and Social Justice Staff (1-4; 1-4) Writing, source-checking,
and preliminary editing of articles and comments for publication in the Review of Law and Social Justice. For second-year students serving as staff members on the Review. Graded CR/D/F. LAW 679ab Review of Law and Social Justice Writing (1; 1-4) Writing, source-
checking, and preliminary editing of articles and comments for publication in the Review of Law and Social Justice. For second-year students serving as staff members on the Review. Graded IP to numerical. LAW 680ab Review of Law and Social Justice Editing (1-3; 1-4) Supervision of
research and writing, and final editing of articles and comments for publication in the Review of Law and Social Justice. For officers of the Review. Graded IP to CR/D/F.
Courses of Instruction
LAW 681 Analytical Methods for Lawyers (2-4) Teaches important business and eco-
LAW 704 Poverty Law (2-4, FaSp) An intro-
LAW 682 Jessup Moot Court Oral Arguments (1, Sp) Students prepare oral argu-
LAW 705 Community Property (1-3) The
nomic concepts that will assist with problems lawyers in every practice area routinely encounter.
ments on the issues in a problem that is the basis for the Jessup International Moot Court competition. Participation is by faculty selection only. Graded CR/D/F. Prerequisite: LAW 672. LAW 683 Client Interviewing and Counseling (2, 3, FaSp) Introduction to a practice-
oriented approach to interviewing and counseling clients. Enables students to develop a useful framework for effectively interviewing and representing clients. LAW 685 Civil Discovery (2-4) Focuses on
the discovery phase of pre-trial litigation and many of the skills new lawyers are called upon to use right out of law school.
duction to the problem of poverty in the United States and to the response of government and the legal system to the problems of the poor. law of community property, including dispo sition of property on dissolution of the marriage and questions of conflict of laws. May be offered as a reading course. LAW 706 Public Health Law (2, 3, 4) Pro-
vides an introduction to the legal foundations of the public health system in the United States. LAW 708 Reviewing and Negotiating Business Contracts (2-4, FaSp) Covers the
fundamentals of reviewing and analyzing business contracts and strategies for negotiating business issues with an emphasis on developing practical skills. LAW 709 Contract Drafting and Negotiation (2-4, FaSp) Contract Drafting and
LAW 697 Foreign Relations and National Security Law (2-4, FaSp) This course will
examine the statutory, constitutional, and international legal structures that form the base of American diplomacy.
Negotiation will teach students the mechanics of drafting and negotiating sophisticated contracts from a variety of legal disciplines including entertainment law, real estate law and general corporate law.
LAW 700 Health Care Regulations (1-4)
LAW 711 Access to Justice Practicum (2-4)
Regulation of the medical profession; the physician-patient relationship; professional and institutional liability; health care institutions and delivery systems; quality control; access to health care services and problems of distribution and rationing; cost control, including government and private health care programs; patient rights; antitrust.
Real world advocacy projects involving issues such as civil rights, disability rights, foster care, welfare, and health care, among others.
LAW 701 Child Interviewing Seminar (1-4)
Students learn how to effectively interview child witnesses. Students will practice mock interviews, and may be eligible to conduct actual interviews of child witnesses. LAW 702 Children, Sexuality and the Law (2-4) Explores laws designed to protect
children from sexual abuse and exploitation, with a limited emphasis on foreign and international law for comparative perspective. LAW 703ab Children’s Legal Issues (1-4; 1-4)
Students will work on cases in the following areas: (1) Dependent and neglected children: All children who are wards of the court must have legal counsel. (2) Children with AIDS: Legal implications of such issues as health care and custody. (3) Guardianships or other temporary arrangements for children whose parents are terminally ill or are otherwise unable to care for them. Graded CR/D/F.
LAW 712 Negotiation and Mediation Advocacy (2 or 3, FaSp) Develops enhanced
negotiation skills and a working understanding of ADR processes and procedures in an interactive classroom experience. (Duplicates credit in LAW 638.) Graded CR/NC. LAW 713 International Human Rights (2-4, FaSp) This course will address the
international law and institutions which have developed since World War II for the protection of human rights. LAW 715 Law and Policy of Alternative Dispute Resolution (2-4) Exploration of the
origin, development, and practice of mediation, arbitration and other forms of ADR, emphasizing the policies underlying these increasingly significant and evolving areas.
LAW 716 Race and Gender in the Law (1-4)
Investigates the experience of women and people of color as they have encountered legal institutions and processes. LAW 717 Estate Planning (3, FaSp) Legal
and tax considerations important to the lawyer advising his client on the transmission of wealth from one generation to the next.
747
LAW 718 Sports Law (1-4, Sp) Sports law is
a blend of contract, labor, antitrust, agency, tax, intellectual property, tort, civil rights and constitutional law. LAW 719 Corporate Finance (3 or 4) Legal
and economic aspects of corporate finance including capital structure, policy, mergers, takeovers, and freeze-outs; analysis of policy relating to present law and possible reforms. LAW 720 Topics in Corporate Law (1-4, max 8, FaSp) Executive malfeasance, share-
holder rights, securities class actions, asset securitizations, hedge fund regulation and corporate social responsibility from a theoretical and corporate finance framework. LAW 723 Law, Literature and Feminism (1-4, FaSp) Looks at the interweaving of the
culture wars, feminism and law, with a particular focus on questions of choice, marriage, and the family. LAW 724 International Finance (2-4, FaSp)
An examination of international aspects of U.S. securities and banking law, capital markets and regulations, Eurobonds, Futures and Options, asset securitization, swaps and project finance. LAW 725 Bioethics and Law (3) Legal, ethical
and economic problems of advanced biological technologies, for example, behavior, genetic, and reproductive control; control of the processes of dying; organ transplantation and the use of artificial organs; regulation of scientific research and human experimentation. LAW 726 Stereotypes, Prejudice, and the Rule of Law (2-4, FaSp) An examination of
the role of race (and other markers of social marginality) in the administration of justice in American courts. LAW 727 Partnerships and Limited Liability Companies (2-4, FaSp) Deals with the for
mation, features and functions of general partnerships, limited partnerships and limited liability companies. Also focuses on business planning, recognizing business and legal objectives and selecting the appropriate entity to accomplish these objectives. LAW 728 Topics in Amateur Sports Law (1 or 2) Focuses on the legal and institutional
regulation of high school and collegiate sports and the business transactions that are an integral part of collegiate sports. LAW 730 Immigrants and the Constitution (2-4, FaSp) A focus on the constitutional
rights of noncitizens. The course will explore the role of immigrants and immigration in American history.
748
USC Gould School of Law
LAW 731 Gender, Crime and Justice Seminar (2-4, FaSp) Analyzes various criminal
LAW 745 Comparative Constitutional Law (2-4, FaSp) Comparison of the U.S. Consti-
LAW 762ab Interdisciplinary Law Journal Editing (1-3, Fa; 1-3, Sp) Supervision and
LAW 746 Critical Race Theory (2-4) Intersec-
LAW 763 Federal Courts: The Federal System II (3-5, FaSpSm) Problems of adju-
justice issues with a focus on the questions of how gender may shape and inform those issues.
tution with constitutions in other nations. Exploration of differences in structure and substance, with a focus on how nations address pluralism.
LAW 733 Corporate Reorganization (2 or 3)
Reorganization of failing corporations under Chapter XI of the Bankruptcy Act. Claims, protective committees, plans, tax considerations.
tionality, destruction and critical historiography; specifically affirmative action in education, hate speech and immigration reform.
LAW 734 Local Government Law (3 or 4)
Study and evaluation of the municipal and regional legal institutions. Emphasis on the crises in financing and governing the urban society. LAW 735 Employer Legal Advice Clinic (2-4, Sp) Provides legal advice to clients in
the area of employment law. Graded CR/D/F. Prerequisite: LAW 619. LAW 736 Small Business Clinic I (2-4, FaSpSm) Students provide legal assistance
to small businesses, entrepreneurs and nonprofit organizations that cannot pay market rates for legal services. Graded CR/NC. LAW 737 Small Business Clinic II (2-4, Sp)
Continuation of Small Business Clinic I. Prerequisite: LAW 736. LAW 738 Civil Rights Litigation (2-4, FaSp)
An examination of issues of class action and other impact civil rights litigation with an emphasis on federal court practice. LAW 741 Sentencing Law, Practice and Policy (2-4, FaSp) This seminar will explore
the law, purposes and practices of sentencing. Students will study and compare the different systems of sentencing and the procedures by which sentences are imposed. Students may also examine some actual pending criminal cases.
LAW 747 Constitution in the 20th Century (2-4) This course examines the impact of his-
torical events, world wars, the Cold War, and civil rights, and understanding the role of the Constitution in American life. LAW 748 Topics in Constitutional Law and Religious Ethics (2-4, FaSp) This seminar
will discuss religious views about the meaning and nature of human existence and address contested contemporary issues of constitutional law.
final editing of articles and comments for publication in the Interdisciplinary Law Journal. Graded IP to CR/D/F.
dication in a federal system. Allocation of authority between federal and state courts and among Congress, the Executive and the Courts; choice of federal and state law; jurisdiction of federal courts and significant rules of practice. LAW 764 International Business Transactions (3 or 4) Survey of legal aspects of inter-
national trade and investment transactions, including tax considerations.
LAW 765 Topics in Intellectual Property Law (1-4) Analyzes selected contributions to
intellectual property scholarship and explores some challenging problems in contemporary intellectual property law.
LAW 749 Securities Regulation (2-4, Sp)
Regulation by state and federal agencies of issuance of, and trading in, stocks, bonds, and other securities. Particular reference to SEC regulations.
LAW 766 Journal Note Writing Seminar (1-3, max 8) A special section of selected
LAW 751 Sexual Orientation and the Law (2-4, FaSp) Explores the ways in which
LAW 767ab Law Review Staff I (1-1 or 2)
American law has responded to the diversity that exists within human sexual orientation. LAW 753 Antitrust Law I (3 or 4) Laws
designed to preserve and promote business competition, with heavy emphasis on the federal antitrust laws. LAW 754 Antitrust and Intellectual Property Law (2-4) Covers the interface between anti-
trust law and intellectual property law.
seminars for second-year law students writing journal notes. Writing, source-checking, and preliminary editing of articles and comments for publication in the Southern California Law Review. For second-year students serving as staff members on the Review. Graded CR/D/F. LAW 768ab Law Review Writing (1-1 or 2)
Writing, source-checking and preliminary editing of articles and comments for publication in the Southern California Law Review. For second-year students serving as staff members on the Review. Graded IP to numerical.
LAW 758 Identity Categories (2-4, FaSp) LAW 742 Criminal Law Motion Practice (2-4, FaSp) This course instructs students on
Drawing on feminist legal theory, critical race theory, and lesbian/gay/bisexual and queer theory, this seminar will explore the treatment of identity categories in United States law.
LAW 743 Federal Criminal Law (2-4, max 8)
LAW 760ab Interdisciplinary Law Journal Staff (1-1 or 2, FaSp) Source-checking and
the law and strategy concerning most major criminal case motions. Students will draft and argue motions based on actual cases. Covered topics include offenses relating to fraud and political corruption, terrorism, narcotics, money laundering, organized crime, false statements and obstruction of justice. LAW 744 Comparative Islamic Law (2-4, FaSp) Course will cover basic principles of
Islamic transactional laws as adapted and incorporated into contemporary Islamic countries. Laws will be compared with U.S. and California.
preliminary editing of articles and comments for publication in the Interdisciplinary Law Journal. For third-year students serving as staff members on the Journal. Graded a: IP to CR/D/F; b: CR/D/F. LAW 761ab Interdisciplinary Law Journal Writing (1-1 or 2, FaSp) Writing of an article
for the Interdisciplinary Law Journal. For second-year students serving as staff members on the Journal. a: Graded IP to numerical. b: numerical.
LAW 769ab Law Review Editing (1-3, FaSp)
Supervision of research and writing, and final editing of articles and comments for publication in the Southern California Law Review. For officers of the Review. Graded IP to CR/D/F. LAW 771 Intellectual Property and Technology Law Clinic I (1-5, max 8, Fa) Provides
law students with the ability to represent clients (under the supervision of the professor) in cutting-edge issues of intellectual property and technology law. Corequisite: LAW 772. LAW 772 Intellectual Property (2 or 3)
The protection of intellectual property and encouragement of creativity. Explores copyright, trademarks, patents, and selected state law theories.
Courses of Instruction
LAW 773 Internet Law (2-4, Fa) Integration
of cyberspace and the Internet into existing legal structures. Topics include: First Amendment issues; intellectual property, privacy and child protection; criminal activity and governance and jurisdictional activities. LAW 774 Rights of Groups Seminar (2 or 3, FaSp) Explores the place of groups (such as
racial and ethnic groups, labor unions, family, neighborhood, class and religious groups) in the legal order governed and protected by the Constitution. Asks whether groups have rights comparable in stature to the rights of persons, and, if they do, how conflicts between the group rights and individual rights should be adjudicated. LAW 775 Immigration Law (2-5) The devel-
opment of immigration law to its present state.
LAW 776 Immigration Clinic I (2-4, FaSpSm)
tudents represent clients before ImmigraS tion and Customs Enforcement, the Immigration Court, and certain law enforcement agencies in cases including applications for relief under the Violence Against Women Act, for asylum, and for relief against deportation. Graded CR/D/F. LAW 777 Administrative Law and Regulatory Policy (1-4) Legal principles subject to
judicial control and the alternative ways in which agencies can be organized to serve their purposes.
LAW 789 Dissertation (1-4) Students should
register for 2 to 4 units of dissertation to engage in supervised research and writing that is expected to result in a paper of publishable quality. Any regular, full-time member of the faculty (including full-time visitors) may supervise students in this course upon agreement by the faculty member and the student. Other persons who teach in the J.D. program may supervise dissertation only upon approval of the Board of Review. A one unit registration for dissertation will be available only where the unit is to be added to the course where a paper is already required, in recognition that the student’s paper will require substantially more work than that expected of other students in the course. Students may take a total of 4 units of dissertation during their educational experience at the law school. LAW 792 Law and Philosophy (2-4, max 8, FaSp) Examination of the best scholarly work
currently done by legal, moral and political philosophers in the country.
LAW 793 Law and Economics Seminar (1-4, max 8) Key concepts and cutting-edge
research in law and economics. Workshops with leading scholars from around the country. LAW 795 Law of the Political Process (2-4, max 8) Examines the state and federal laws
regulating the political process and related Constitutional issues. LAW 796 Immigration Clinic II (2-4, Sp)
LAW 778 Sales (2-4, FaSp) Analysis of the
buying and selling of goods both in domestic and international transactions with a heavy focus on Article 2 of the Uniform Commercial Code.
Continuation of LAW 776. Prerequisite: LAW 776.
749
LAW 811 Law and Medicine (2-4, max 8)
Explores the “social determinants of health,” including medical, legal, social, environmental, and behavioral factors affecting the health of individuals and communities, especially poor, vulnerable populations. LAW 815 Deals (3-4) Examines the collabo
ration between business people aiming to accomplish a goal and lawyers translating their business objectives into contract language to achieve the goal. LAW 820 Pretrial Advocacy (3 or 4) Exam-
ines conceptual and practical aspects of interviewing, counseling, negotiation, settlement, drafting, and formal advocacy in the handling of legal cases. LAW 821 Trial Advocacy (3 or 4, FaSp)
Examines decision-making by counsel in the litigation of cases. Emphasis is given to decisions involving tactics and strategies and their implications for the functioning of legal institutions and substantive doctrine. Extensive use of simulated trial practice exercises. LAW 823 Statutory Interpretation (2 or 3)
Examines the change and evolution of law to discover its political roots and the ways policy making branches work to make and implement law. LAW 827 Counseling the Startup Company (2-4, Sp) Role of the attorney in startup firms:
business plan, employment agreements, lease, stock option plan, financing documents and distribution and strategic partnership arrangements.
LAW 797 Public Policy in Law: Analysis and Advocacy (1-4) Focuses on contemporary
LAW 839 Copyright (2-4) Study of federal
LAW 780 Intellectual Property and Technology Law Clinic II (2-4, max 4, Fa) Continua-
tion of LAW 771. Prerequisite: LAW 771.
policy problems, identifies relevant legal issues and utilizes multidisciplinary techniques found in law, political science, economics and history to formulate positions.
copyright law, analysis of property rights and interests created thereunder. Manner in which these rights can be exploited in the various entertainment media. Prerequisite: LAW 772.
LAW 781 Clinical Internship/Externship I (1-13, FaSpSm) A clinical internship or
LAW 798 Law, Mental Health and Ethics (2-4, max 8, FaSp) Focuses on one or two
LAW 840 Copyright and Fictional Characters (2-4) Involves the treatment of fictional
LAW 809 Deposition Strategies and Techniques (2, 3) Emphasizes strategies and
LAW 842 Partnership Taxation (2-4)
judicial externship allows a student to gain hands-on legal experience in legal settings. Students will be assigned to a legal services program, government agency, or state or federal judge under faculty supervision. Graded CR/D/F. LAW 782 Clinical Internship/Externship II (1-13, FaSp) Advanced clinical training/
externship. Graded CR/D/F.
LAW 787 International Sales of Goods (2-4)
topics per year at the intersection of law, mental health and ethics and explores them from an interdisciplinary perspective.
tactics in asking and objecting to questions at a deposition in a civil case. Students will conduct mock depositions. LAW 810 Patent Law (2 or 3, Sp) Patent
laws, litigation, and the process of prosecuting the patent application. The concept of invention and ownership of rights under patents.
characters by the courts and in new media and the fundamental copyright concepts that have shaped that treatment.
LAW 849 International Human Rights Clinic I (4-5) Students work under close faculty
supervision on cases and projects that involve the application of international law to address human rights violations.
750
USC Gould School of Law
LAW 850 International Human Rights Clinic II (4 or 5) Continuation of the Inter-
LAW 870 Legal Writing Fellows (1-4, max 7, FaSpSm) Assist in teaching writing and advo-
national Human Rights Clinic. Prerequisite: LAW 849. LAW 851 Topics in Criminal Law and Criminology (2-4, max 6) Selected topics in crimi-
nal law or criminology. May be repeated with permission of the instructor as topics vary. LAW 855 Topics in Maritime and Admiralty Law (2-4, max 6, FaSp) Taught in honor
of James Ackerman, USC Law graduate of 1948, this class examines selected topics in maritime and admiralty law. May be repeated with permission of the instructor as topics vary. LAW 859 Regulation of Telecommunications (2-4, FaSp) Concentration on the regu-
lation of broadcast television, cable television, telephone, and spectrum management. LAW 861 International Law Seminar (2-3, max 6, Sp) Investigation of selected prob-
lems of international law. May be repeated with permission of the instructor as topics vary.
LAW 863 International Negotiations and Mediation (2-4) Introduction to negotiation
and mediation from an international perspective. Development of essential skills for effective client representation in negotiation and mediation.
cacy. Responsibilities include helping prepare lesson plans and drafting writing assignments and sample answers; leading class exercises; and judging first-year moot court practice rounds. Graded CR/D/F. LAW 871 First Amendment (2-4, FaSp) reedom of expression (political speech, F
symbolic expression, obscenity, commercial speech, defamation), rights of access to the media, religious protection and prohibition of establishment of religion. LAW 872 Advanced Legal Writing and Advocacy: Appellate Advocacy (1-4, FaSp)
Students will research, write, and rewrite an appellate brief and may work on motions and oral advocacy as well. LAW 873 Judicial Opinion Writing (2-4)
tudents write a majority opinion and a S dissenting opinion based on cases pending before the U.S. Supreme Court. This is a writing-intensive course. LAW 874 Media Law in the Digital Age (1-3) Explores the interplay between the law,
politics, and media, particularly mass media, in the digital age. LAW 875 Theories of Constitutional Interpretation (1-4) Seminar course devoted
to different methods of reading the Constitution.
LAW 864 International Insolvency (1-4)
Deals with multi-jurisdictional insolvency. Examines the insolvency laws of several different countries as well as Chapter 15 of the US Bankruptcy Code and other issues. LAW 866 Homeland Security and Counter terrorism Law and Policy (2-4) Explores
the spectrum of interrelated legal and policy issues known as “homeland security” since the events of September 11, 2001. LAW 867 Corporate Fraud: Enron and the Financial Crisis of 2008 (2-4) The lessons
of the “Enron era” and the “financial crisis era” from many of the top practitioners in the field. LAW 868 Business Enterprise Taxation (2-4, FaSp) Examination of the taxation of
corporations, partnerships, and limited liability companies.
LAW 877 Major Trends in American Legal Thought (1-3) Survey of major trends in
American legal thought.
LAW 878 Evolutionary Game Theory and the Law (1-3) Uses the Evolutionary Game
Theory methodology to explore the dynamics of cooperative interaction among people, and the role that legal punishment plays. LAW 884 Constitutional Law: Equality and Liberty (3-4) Focuses on individual rights and
liberties, with special attention paid to equal protection and substantive due process.
LAW 886 Justice and the Foundations of Liberalism (1-4) Discusses John Rawls’
A Theory of Justice (1971), critical reactions to it and some possible extensions of Rawls’ theory of justice. LAW 887 Law and War in 20th Century America (1-3) Examines the experience of
war during the 20th century and the impact on American law, particularly the relationship between national security and individual rights. LAW 888 First Amendment: Law and Religion (1-3) Explores the laws that govern and
affect religious groups and religious beliefsystems and religious experience in the United States.
LAW 890 Directed Research (1-4) Directed
Research may be taken only with the approval of the Administrative Board. This course is intended for substantial independent research and study that does not result in a paper of publishable quality. It includes, but is not limited to, preparation of research memoranda for faculty research projects, empirical research for such projects, and supervised independent study. Directed research is to be supervised by a regular, fulltime faculty member (including full-time visiting faculty). Students may take a maximum of 4 units of Directed Research during their educational experience at the law school. LAW 891 Post-Conviction Justice Seminar I (1-5, max 5, Fa) Examines the substantive
rights of federal prisoners with respect to parole, sentencing, validity of conviction and conditions of confinement and the procedural mechanisms by which to enforce those rights. Under faculty supervision, students provide legal assistance to federal inmates in administrative and judicial proceedings. Graded CR/D/F. LAW 892 Post-Conviction Justice Seminar II (1-5, max 5, Sp) Continuation of LAW 891.
Prerequisite: LAW 891.
LAW 893 Advanced Clinical Training (1-5, max 10, FaSp) For third-year students
who wish to continue their clinical training.
Keck School of Medicine of USC
F
ounded in 1885, the Keck School of Medicine of USC is part of Keck Medicine of USC, a major center of medical research, education and patient care with more than 1,369 fulltime faculty members and a voluntary faculty of more than 4,000 physicians. Faculty of
the school include national leaders in each of its 24 clinical and basic science departments. Located on the university’s 30.8-acre Health Sciences Campus three miles northeast of downtown Los Angeles, the Keck School is adjacent to the Los Angeles County+USC Medical Center, one of the largest teaching hospitals in the United States. Keck’s faculty, students and residents serve more than one million patients each year through the Los Angeles County+USC Medical Center, the USC Norris Cancer Hospital, the Keck Hospital of USC, Doheny Eye Institute, Children’s Hospital Los Angeles, and a network of additional USC-affiliated hospitals throughout Southern California. More than 500 faculty physicians comprise the Keck Doctors of USC, caring for patients with a variety of complex medical needs as well as providing primary care.
The Keck Medicine Initiative will transform the future of health care by advancing research, medical education, patient care and infrastructure with support from the W. M. Keck Foundation’s $150 million lead gift. USC President C. L. Max Nikias, right, and Keck Foundation CEO and Chairman Robert Day celebrate the gift at a festive gathering on the USC Health Sciences Campus.
The new Eli and Edythe Broad CIRM Center for Regenerative Medicine and Stem Cell Research of USC, which opened in the fall of 2010, joins the Harlyne J. Norris Cancer Research Tower and USC Zilkha Neurogenetic Institute in providing state-of-the-art facilities for important scientific discovery. With more than $248 million in total federal research support, the Keck School ranks among the top U.S. medical schools in federal funding. Research programs in stem cell/regenerative medicine, cancer, genetics, neuroscience, preventive medicine, transplantation medicine, bioengineering and other key areas have attracted national recognition. The Keck School of Medicine of USC is at the forefront of medical education, with an integrated, modern curriculum. Keck was among the first medical schools to adopt Introduction to Clinical Medicine courses for first-year students, providing direct experience in patient care from the start of medical school.
752
Keck School of Medicine
Administration
Allan V. Abbott, M.D., Associate Dean, Curriculum and Continuing Medical Education
Lawrence M. Opas, M.D., Associate Dean, Graduate Medical Education
Coreen Rodgers, MBA, Chief Operating Officer
Raquel D. Arias, M.D., Associate Dean, Educational Affairs (Special Projects); Interim Associate Dean, Admissions
Michele T. Pato, M.D., Associate Dean, Academic Scholarship, and Della Martin Chair in Psychiatry
M. Elizabeth Fini, Ph.D., Vice Dean, Research Advancement
Glenn Ault, M.D., Associate Dean for Clinical Administration (LAC+USC Medical Center)
Althea M. Alexander, Assistant Dean, Student Diversity
Henri R. Ford, M.D., MHA, Vice Dean, Medical Education
Thomas A. Buchanan, M.D., Associate Dean, Clinical Research
Stanley P. Azen, Ph.D., Assistant Dean, Research Integrity
Judy Garner, Ph.D., Vice Dean, Faculty Affairs
Donna D. Elliott, M.D., Ed.D., Associate Dean, Student Affairs
Joyce Richey, Ph.D., Assistant Dean, Educational Affairs
Stephanie Hall, M.D., Associate Dean, Clinical Affairs (LAC+USC Medical Center)
Pamela B. Schaff, M.D., Assistant Dean, Curriculum
Deborah Johnson, Ph.D., Associate Dean, Graduate Affairs (Ph.D. Programs)
Frank R. Sinatra, M.D., Assistant Dean, Faculty Development
Elahe Nezami, Ph.D., Associate Dean, Graduate Affairs (Undergraduate, Master’s and Professional Degree Programs)
Sajaad Yacoob, M.D., Assistant Dean, Student Affairs
receive interview invitations, which take place on the Health Sciences Campus. The interview day consists of a tour, lunch with medical students, a financial aid session and two 45-minute interviews with one faculty member and one medical student. Interviews begin in mid-September and end in early March. Students receive acceptance letters beginning in October. Applicants placed on the alternate list may send additional information to update their files.
combination of social sciences, humanities and English composition courses. USC recommends that applicants take statistics and Spanish courses. The MCAT is required, and scores must be from within the previous three years of the date of matriculation.
Carmen A. Puliafito, M.D., MBA, Dean, May S. and John Hooval Dean’s Chair in Medicine
Keith Gran, B.S., MBA, President and CEO, USC Care Medical Group, Inc. Steven Mackey, B.S., Executive Director, Health Research Association Jane Brust, Associate Senior Vice President for Health Sciences Public Relations and Marketing
Admissions Doctor of Medicine Keith Administration Building 100C 1975 Zonal Avenue, Los Angeles 90089-9021 (323) 442-2552 FAX: (323) 442-2433 Associate Dean, Admissions: Raquel D. Arias, M.D. The Keck School of Medicine Committee on Admissions is responsible for selecting members of the entering class. The committee comprises both faculty and students. The committee reviews candidates whose academic achievement, commitment to service and personal qualities distinguish them from the many thousands of applicants who apply. The applicant’s undergraduate major may be in any subject area from an accredited college or university. Although sound preparation in the basic sciences is essential, a background in the humanities, and depth and breadth of personal experience are also important. General Admissions Information
All applicants must submit a supplemental application. The Keck School of Medicine of USC receives approximately 7,000 applications per year. Approximately 700 applicants
Requirements
All applicants to the Keck School of Medicine of USC M.D. program must complete a minimum of four full years or 120 semester hours of academic work at an accredited college or university by the time of matriculation. Applicants are strongly encouraged to complete all basic science requirements by the time of application. Required courses include two semesters, with associated labs, in biology, general chemistry, and physics. Applicants must complete one semester of organic chemistry with a lab component. In addition, applicants must complete a course in molecular biology and an additional 30 semester hours in a
International students must take at least one year of study in the United States prior to application; credits from abroad must be certified by a U.S. college both as to number of hours and course content. Individuals who have discontinued studies in medical school for academic reasons are not eligible to apply to the Keck School of Medicine. Medical College Admission Test (MCAT)
The MCAT is required of all applicants. Applicants are strongly urged to take the MCAT early in the year of application. Applicants to the 2013 entering class are required to take the MCAT no earlier than August 2010 and no later than August 2012. Scores from earlier administrations of the examination will not be accepted.
Admissions
Applications
The Keck School of Medicine of USC participates in the American Medical College Application Service (AMCAS). AMCAS reproduces and distributes an application and standardized academic record to participating medical schools designated by the student. The fee charged for this service depends upon the number of schools to which an application is sent. Applications may be obtained from its Website (www.aamc.org). Applications are available after June 1 for the class entering in August of the following year. Applications to USC must be returned to AMCAS before November 1, but earlier application is encouraged. The Keck School of Medicine of USC participates in the Early Decision Program. Interested applicants apply between June 1 and July 31 and are notified of the Admissions Committee’s decision by September 1.
The Committee on Admissions reviews all information submitted on the AMCAS application as well as any supplemental data; the school charges a $90 fee for this review. The most qualified candidates, as determined by this review, are invited for an interview. Personal Interviews
Personal interviews are a required aspect of the application process. Invited candidates participate in two interviews; one with a faculty member and the other with a medical student. Interviews are conducted at the Keck School of Medicine on the Health Sciences Campus of the University of Southern California.
753
Notice of Acceptance
Notices of acceptance will be sent to successful candidates beginning in October until the class is filled. Since Keck uses a rolling admissions process, it is highly recommended to submit a completed application early in the cycle. If not chosen for an interview, candidates are usually notified by March of the application year. Candidates must reply to an offer of acceptance within two weeks by sending a $100 deposit and completing an Essential Characteristics form. A letter of withdrawal is required if students wish to relinquish their place in the class; release is granted automatically when the letter is received.
M.D./Ph.D. Program The Keck School of Medicine has developed an M.D./Ph.D. program designed for individuals who aspire to a career in academic medicine or a leadership role within the biomedical industry. Students are expected to acquire the modern skills that are required for physician competence. Additionally, the M.D./Ph.D. program provides an opportunity for the development of research expertise and academic excellence while fulfilling the requirements for a Ph.D. degree. A joint program between the Keck School of Medicine and the California Institute of Technology (Caltech) was established in fall 1997 for the granting of the M.D./Ph.D. degree. Ph.D. studies may be carried out at Caltech or through collaboration between two laboratories at both institutions. The M.D. will be awarded from the Keck School of Medicine and the Ph.D. will be awarded from Caltech. The M.D./Ph.D. executive committee is responsible for selecting students for the M.D./Ph.D. program. Members of the committee review the qualifications of each applicant, including MCAT and Graduate Record Examinations (GRE) scores available, academic performance, letters of recommendation and research experience. The committee interviews candidates and then selects students for admission to the program. All applicants to the joint program interview at Keck School of Medicine and the California Institute of Technology.
The M.D./Ph.D. program enrolls two to eight students annually. Students have the option of doing the Ph.D. at USC or Caltech. Each student accepted to the program must also be accepted to the Keck School of Medicine. All positions are fully funded.
Students who are currently pursuing the medical curriculum at the Keck School of Medicine may apply to the M.D./Ph.D. program by contacting: M.D./Ph.D. Program, Keck School of Medicine, 1975 Zonal Avenue (KAM 314), Los Angeles, CA 90089-9023; (323) 442-2965, FAX: (323) 442-2318.
Requirements
Personal Interviews
Admission requirements for the M.D./Ph.D. program are those of one of the graduate programs concerned or Caltech and the Keck School of Medicine. Students select the basic science program of their choice during the first two years of the medical curriculum; descriptions of these programs are available from each department or program and Caltech.
All applicants are screened by members of the M.D./Ph.D. Executive Committee; candidates who meet the basic criteria of the program are then invited to be interviewed by members of the committee and faculty associated with the program.
General Information
Graduate Record Examinations (GRE)
To assist the M.D./Ph.D. Committee in its evaluation of candidates, applicants to the M.D./Ph.D. program are encouraged to provide recent GRE scores. The committee does not, however, require GRE scores in order to consider an application. Applications
Applicants to the Keck School of Medicine are advised to request information about the M.D./Ph.D. program at the time of application. In addition to completing the medical school application, applicants should indicate their interest in the M.D./Ph.D. program.
Notice of Acceptance
Students selected for acceptance to the M.D./ Ph.D. program are notified between January and May of each year. Students begin their program in the fall semester and register for courses in the medical curriculum at that time. Further information about the M.D./Ph.D. program at the Keck School of Medicine may be obtained by contacting: M.D./Ph.D. Program, Keck School of Medicine, 1975 Zonal Avenue (KAM 314), Los Angeles, CA 90089-9023; (323) 442-2965, FAX: (323) 442‑2318; email: mdphdpgm@hsc.usc.edu.
754
Keck School of Medicine
Graduate Degree Programs Admission standards for these curricula are established jointly by the Keck School of Medicine, its participating programs and the Graduate School. Applicants to graduate degree programs offered by departments of the Keck School
of Medicine must meet the general criteria for acceptance to the Graduate School. Each participating department may have additional requirements for application. The programmatic requirements for the Keck School of Medicine’s graduate programs are detailed in the Graduate Degree Programs section on page 763.
Further information about graduate degree programs at the Keck School of Medicine may be obtained by contacting: Office of the Associate Dean for Graduate Studies, Keck School of Medicine, 1975 Zonal Avenue (KAM B16), Los Angeles, CA 90089-9023; (323) 442-1607, FAX: (323) 442-1199.
Year II, and the Junior/Senior Continuum may be requested from the Office of Finan cial Aid. Tuition, mandatory fees and parking are the same for all years.
Required Fees (Estimated) Academic Year Tuition (two semesters) $50,246 Graduate Tuition (per unit) 1,473 Student Health Service Fee (annual) 506 Student Programming Fee (graduate) 75 Student Services Fee 25 Norman Topping Scholarship Fee 16 Health Insurance 1,288 Annual Dental Rate 136 Malpractice Insurance 25 (per term) Disability Insurance 61 (per term)
Tuition and Fees The tuition and fees listed below are estimated for fall semester, 2012. All fees are subject to change without notice by action of the University of Southern California Board of Trustees. The university reserves the right to assess new fees or charges. Tuition is not refundable; late registration fees are mandatory and cannot be waived. Tuition for each semester of the medical school curriculum is due and payable at the beginning of the semester. Registration is not permitted after the third week of instruction. Late payment of tuition is subject to a mandatory late fee. Average budgets for medical students will vary according to their year in the curriculum. Sample budgets for Year I,
Tuition for courses of the graduate curriculum is based upon the number of units assigned to each course. The Graduate Degree Programs section provides a department-by-department list of graduate course titles; the number following each title indicates the number of units for which tuition is charged. Late payment of tuition is subject to a mandatory late fee.
Optional Fees Parking fee, per semester (see Tuition and Fees, page 42).
Grading and Evaluation The Keck School of Medicine employs a system of evaluation and grading designed to encourage student self-reliance, to stimulate the student’s independent quest for knowledge and to promote excellence in academic achievement. For courses of the medical curriculum, the Keck School of Medicine does not award numerical or letter grades. The evaluation process leading to a pass or fail grade is based on performance of the student in relation to announced course criteria. Throughout medical school, students will be evaluated on their fund of knowledge, problem-solving ability, professional behavior, relevant personality traits and clinical and interpersonal skills. Additional information on grading and evaluation is contained in the handbook provided to every enrolled medical student.
Faculty instructors are responsible for establishing evaluation criteria appropriate to the objectives of each course, discipline and clerkship, and for specifying the manner in which evaluative information is to be gathered. Instructor comments on student performance form an integral part of a student’s total evaluation. For each evaluation, descriptive comments based on the student’s overall performance in relation to course criteria are submitted for permanent file to the office of the associate dean for student affairs, together with performance reports. The student’s permanent file is used to prepare a letter from the associate dean of Student Affairs of the Keck School of Medicine, which accompanies student applications for internships and residencies, and to
determine scholastic suitability for election to Alpha Omega Alpha, the medical school honor society. These records are maintained by the Office of Student Affairs; students may review their records during regular office hours. During the lifetime of the physician, the permanent student record may be consulted as evidence of completion of the required curriculum and as certification for licensure. Grading and evaluation policies for graduate degree programs and for joint M.D./Ph.D. degrees are established in conjunction with the Graduate School. In general, courses taken in partial fulfillment of graduate degree requirements receive letter grades that are recorded by the university.
Degrees and Requirements
755
Degrees and Requirements The Keck School of Medicine and its departments offer types of curricula leading to award of: the Doctor of Medicine; joint M.D./Ph.D.; joint M.D./MBA; joint M.D./MPH; a Master of Academic Medicine, MAM; Global Medicine, M.S.; Global Health, B.S.; graduate degrees in conjunction with the Graduate School in Applied Biostatistics/Epidemiology, M.S.; Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, M.S., Ph.D.; Biometry, M.S., Ph.D.; Biostatistics, M.S., Ph.D.; Cell and Neurobiology, M.S., Ph.D.; Clinical and Biomedical Investigations, M.S.; Epidemiology, Ph.D.; Experimental and Molecular Pathology, M.S.; Genetic, Molecular and Cellular Biology, Ph.D.; Molecular Epidemiology, M.S., Ph.D.; Molecular Microbiology and Immunology, M.S., Ph.D.; Nurse Anesthesia, M.S.; Physiology and Biophysics, M.S., Ph.D.; Psychology and Public Health, Ph.D./MPH; Statistical Genetics and Genetic Epidemiology, Ph.D.; Systems Biology and Disease, Ph.D. The Department of Family Medicine has one academic division: the Division of Physician Assistant Studies, which offers the Master of Physician Assistant Practice. The Department of Preventive Medicine has two academic divisions: the Health Behavior Research Division, which offers a B.S., Health Promotion and Disease Prevention Studies/ Master of Public Health; Master of Public Health; Pharm.D./Master of Public Health; Ph.D., Physical Therapy/Master of Public Health; Ph.D., Preventive Medicine (Health Behavior Research); and the Biostatistics Division, which offers M.S. programs in Biostatistics, Molecular Epidemiology, and Applied and Biostatistics/Epidemiology.
The division also offers Ph.D. programs in Biostatistics, Epidemiology, Molecular Epidemiology, and Statistical Genetics and Genetic Epidemiology. In addition, departments of the school have certificate programs in certain medical specialties. The Medical Education Committee is responsible for overall planning of the medical school curriculum. Separate curriculum committees plan and supervise the instructional programs for each year of medical school. Each of the committees includes student representatives and faculty members from the departments involved in each year’s teaching program. The curriculum of medical education at USC continues to emphasize preparation of the student to give optimal patient care. Students are progressively involved in patient care beginning with their first semester. The curriculum is patient-oriented, and students are expected to assume increasing responsibility for patient care as they acquire sufficient knowledge and skills. During the clinical experiences of the Junior/Senior Continuum students eventually attain a level equivalent to that of an intern. At the same time, the school recognizes that the explosion of knowledge and techniques brought about by the current “biotechnology revolution” is rapidly altering the practice of medicine. During the four years of medical school, students cannot be taught all that will
be needed for the practice of medicine — either now or in the years ahead. To a far greater degree than in the past, the present curriculum encourages students to acquire skills and habits of self-education and selfinstruction that will prepare them for lifelong learning. The faculty of the school recognize that while most students will eventually practice medicine, some will choose an academic research career. The plan of medical education fosters the development of individuals whose careers may be directed along this path. Faculty are available to counsel and encourage research participation by students during their medical school training. The curricula of the Keck School of Medicine and its departments acknowledge the crucial place of basic medical science in the advance of modern clinical practice. Both basic and clinical science are taught throughout the four years of the undergraduate medical curriculum. Basic science is taught both as pure basic science and in correlation with clinical science. In addition, a number of the school’s departments cooperate with the USC Graduate School to offer degree courses leading to the award of the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. Most of these graduate courses may also be taken as part of the school’s joint M.D./Ph.D. program.
Doctor of Medicine The Keck School of Medicine awards the Doctor of Medicine to enrolled students who have satisfactorily completed the four-year curriculum of the school. This curriculum integrates instruction in all departments of the school: Department of Anesthesiology, Department of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, Department of Cell and Neuro biology, Department of Dermatology, Department of Emergency Medicine, Department of Family Medicine, Division of Medical Education, Department of Medicine, Department of Molecular
Microbiology and Immunology, Department of Neurological Surgery, Department of Neurology, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, Department of Ophthalmology, Department of Orthopaedics, Department of Otolaryngology – Head and Neck Surgery, Department of Pathology, Department of Pediatrics, Department of Physiology and Biophysics, Department of Preventive Medicine, Department of Psychiatry and
the Behavioral Sciences, Department of Radiation Oncology, Department of Radiology, Department of Surgery and Department of Urology. The sections that follow provide a synopsis of the emphases and organization of this fouryear curriculum.
756
Keck School of Medicine
Years I-II (two academic years)
Introduction to Clinical Medicine (ICM) ICM expresses the strongly patient-centered orientation of the medical school curriculum. The student is introduced to patients and is involved in patient care activities from day one. Students are introduced to the principles of patient care and management and examine what it means to be a physician and how one becomes a physician.
The curriculum is designed to enhance the students’ understanding of the basic sciences and their relevance to clinical medicine. The methodology used will improve students’ problem-solving and independent study skills. Curriculum themes are delivered in a case-centered format with the integration of small-group learning sessions, directed independent study and newer instructional technologies emphasized. Year I-II begins in the first semester with Core Principles of Health and Disease followed by organ system review ending with Integrated Case Study section. There is an eight-week summer break between the first and second years. Students also take Introduction to Clinical Medicine and Professionalism and the Practice of Medicine. Each week of the academic year is composed of approximately 20 hours of lecture and small group sessions with an additional 20 hours of independent directed study, Introduction to Clinical Medicine and the Patient and Professionalism and the Practice of Medicine. Examinations in all systems throughout the first two years are graded Pass/Fail. Dean’s recognition is awarded on the basis of year-end comprehensive examinations and special projects. Core Principles of Biomedicine This introductory section provides the student with the fundamental knowledge necessary for the integrated study of the basic and clinical sciences in the subsequent human organ systems. Included in Core Principles are these major areas: molecular and cellular medicine, development and structural medicine, foundations of clinical medicine, evidenced-based medicine, preventive medicine including biostatistics, epidemiology and nutrition. This section is taught in an integrated fashion and includes the use of clinical case correlations. Gross Anatomy and Introduction to Clinical Medicine begin during this introductory section of the Year I-II curriculum. Gross Anatomy Cadaver dissection remains a unique teaching tool by which the three dimensional organization of the human body is studied. Gross Anatomy will begin in the Core Principles of health and disease system with the dissection of the body wall and major body cavities followed by head and neck dissection in the neurosciences system, limbs, dissection during the musculoskeletal system and pelvic cavity dissection in reproduction system. Continued study of gross anatomy by use of prosected anatomical specimens as well as computer programs, selected review lectures, and so on, continues throughout the integrated organ systems.
The major content areas of the course include communication in the setting of illness, the unified concept of health and disease (the biopsychosocial model), basic clinical skills and the correlation of basic science with clinical medicine. ICM emphasizes the systematic acquisition of the clinical skills of interviewing, history taking, physical examination, elementary clinical problem solving, and medical record keeping. Throughout the Year I-II continuum, the ICM clinical skills curriculum is integrated with basic science instruction. Students can therefore learn and apply basic science knowledge in the clinical setting. By encouraging a thorough understanding of the direct applications of basic science research to modern clinical medicine, instructors motivate the student to learn, use and retain more of the content and concepts presented in the basic science portions of the curriculum. A group of five or six students spends from four to eight hours each week with an instructor from the clinical faculty who remains with the group for one to two years. As the group deals with basic medical themes (death, pain and helplessness) and issues (patient responsibility, learning to live with ambiguity and uncertainty), instructors help students to cope with their own feelings. This format opens the door for student- faculty interaction and improvement of student-faculty communication. Instructors encourage students to take advantage of the learning experiences provided by their roles as helping and therapeutic persons. Students develop their ability to communicate with patients in the setting of illness and are guided by patient concerns to enhance their own growing knowledge, skills, abilities and responsibilities. Students are expected to acquire skills and habits of self-education and self-instruction that will prepare them for lifelong learning. The unified concept of health and disease presented in this course enables students to comprehend the human organism in all its complexity. Using their clinical experiences as a teaching model, students are taught to consider the patient as an integrated whole and to view the patient’s illness or disease as
more than simply a disruption of physiologic processes or a collection of physical findings. Additional learning experiences occur through workshops and focus experiences. ICM workshops provide standardized instruction in history taking and physical examination, as well as integrated instruction in areas that cross disciplines. These include physician well being, substance abuse, domestic violence, and ethics. Through focus experiences, students are encouraged to explore a variety of practice environments as well as communitybased health and social services. For example, students may visit outpatient clinical settings, a geriatrics long term care facility, a hospice care facility or homeless services organizations. Professionalism and the Practice of Medicine (PPM) The purpose of the PPM course is to create a community and social context to provide, identify and facilitate learning from professional role models for students throughout the first two years of the medical school curriculum, as well as to help students gain skills and competence in the areas of communication, the social and community context of health care, ethical judgment, self-awareness and reflection, self-care and personal growth, professionalism, cultural competence, and lifelong learning. The curriculum is dynamic and interactive, allowing for much smallgroup discussion and participation. Students are encouraged to work collaboratively and enhance small-group skills, in order to improve their participation in Introduction to Clinical Medicine (ICM), Gross Anatomy, MDL laboratories and large-group sessions, as well as to prepare them for the team work of their clinical years. The PPM course sessions meet on Monday afternoons, typically for two hours per session. The students meet in groups with two faculty members, who serve as their mentors throughout the first year of their pre-clinical education; at least one mentor is a clinician. The clinical faculty comes from multiple disciplines within Keck and the local community. While the course features large lectures, there is a great emphasis on smallgroup learning acquired from community leaders, faculty-mentored small-group discussions, student presentations and student-led sessions. The students participate in a core curriculum in Year I, which includes general topics such as cultural competence, ethics, health care policy and finance, professionalism, and empathy. In Year II, the students are allowed to select from nine different areas of interest (selectives), and meet in groups with faculty
Degrees and Requirements
having expertise in the given area. Examples of selectives presented include advanced ethics, medicine and the mind, spirituality and medicine, medical arts and humanities, global health, complementary and alternative medicine, medicine’s intersection with technology, physicians operating outside their comfort zones, and the future of health care. The PPM course provides students with an opportunity to build a professional identity, develop relationships with faculty mentors, and increase team-building and communitybuilding skills. Students receive an introduction to the concepts of professionalism and ethics, with a better understanding of their real-world implications. The PPM course encourages leadership while engaging in the process of learning, characterized by presentations within both small and large groups, as well as professional development through exposure to multiple professional, ethical, and cross-cultural scenarios, cases, and providers. Evaluation is provided through student submission of portfolios containing written self-reflections, responses to faculty and peer feedback, and evaluations completed over the course of a two-year longitudinal curriculum. Finally, PPM hones sensitivity and skills relevant to medical professionalism to better prepare students for their transition into the clinical years of the medical school curriculum. Organ System Review A sequence of study presenting integrated basic and clinical science instruction involving 10 human organ systems — Skin, Hematology and Clinical Immunology, Neurosciences, Musculoskeletal, Cardiovascular, Renal, Respiratory, Endocrine/Metabolism, Reproduction, Gastrointestinal/Liver — follows Core Principles of Biomedicine. Integrated Case Study This section completes the second year of the Year I-II continuum and emphasizes patient-centered problems that integrate the basic and clinical science presented in the preceding organ systems. Students will explore the multi-organ effects of disease processes and reinforce diagnostic reasoning skills. In addition, concepts of pathophysiology, evaluation and management that can be applied to any organ system will be included. This section will also reinforce the appropriate use of medical information resources, effective self-directed learning skills, and interpersonal and group communication skills. Separate review sessions of the important basic science and clinical concepts covered during the previous two years also occur during this seven-week section. These sessions will assist students in preparing to take Step I
of the United States Medical Licensing Examination (USMLE). By early spring of the second year of the Year I-II continuum, students are expected to select their academic clinical advisers and to begin arranging the schedule of clerkships to be taken during Year III-IV. By the end of the fall semester, Year II, each student receives information that describes the curriculum requirements of Year III-IV. Students choose the area of medical practice that they are most likely to pursue and an adviser is assigned from that discipline. The adviser counsels the student on clerkships and opportunities in graduate medical education. Year III-IV (two academic years)
The final two years of medical school are designed as a continuum of two calendar years, beginning in July at the end of Year II. During the spring of their second year, students schedule clerkship rotations to be taken during the two years. Each student’s program is designed with the assistance of faculty advisers and includes 50 weeks of required clerkships, 16 weeks of selective clerkships and 16 weeks of elective clerkships. All degree candidates are required to take Step I of the United States Medical Licensing Examination (USMLE) prior to entering Year III-IV and pass it before starting their senior year. Students must pass Step II CK and CS of the USMLE as a graduation requirement. During Year III-IV, each student may schedule 16 weeks of discretionary time for personal convenience, remedial work, funded research work and other non-curricular activities, such as investigating postgraduate training programs. Although every effort is made to provide flexibility in the scheduling of each student’s program, some inherent limitations are imposed by the maximum enrollment permitted for each clerkship. Students are a vital part of the university’s medical team, which provides health care for patients throughout the year. Vacations are therefore subject to some scheduling adjustments. Required Clerkships Family Medicine 6 weeks General Surgery 6 weeks Surgical Subspecialty 4 weeks Internal Medicine 6 weeks Internal Medicine Sub-internship 4 weeks Neurology 4 weeks Obstetrics and Gynecology 6 weeks Pediatrics 6 weeks Psychiatry 6 weeks Intersessions 2 weeks (two, one-week sessions)
757
Intersession I and II The Intersession curriculum is two one-week sessions established for Year III students that will enable learners to pause, reflect and consolidate the many and varied clinical experiences that they encounter in their third year of medical school; to promote advanced clinical skills, professional development, health policy formulation and ethical decision-making, and patient safety; and to further prepare for the residency application process. This individualized curriculum will allow students to revisit and focus basic-science topics through the prism of newly learned clinical material and to foster capacity for the analysis and formulation of health care policy in light of the political, economic, legal and social, and ethical dimensions of health care. Students will be instructed in a systemsbased approach to patient safety by stimulating the imagination, curiosity and skills of close observation and careful interpretation through engagement with the arts and humanities. Developing and building advanced clinical skills by acquiring, appraising and applying evidence in the context of individual patient decision-making, (i.e., Evidence Based Medicine) are two important goals of the Intersession curriculum. Providing comprehensive, coordinated and consistent career advising along with fostering the continuing professional development of the learners in the frame of clinical practice are key components. Finally, the curriculum will provide ongoing instruction in the provision of culturally competent care and prepare learners for their Required Community Project. Selective Clerkships Students are required to schedule 16 weeks of selective clerkships, chosen from a list of four- or six-week clerkships approved by the Clinical Curriculum Committee. Selective clerkships are carried out at USC-affiliated hospitals and encompass virtually all specialty areas. Information is available at medweb.usc.edu. Elective Clerkship The elective period consists of 16 weeks, during which electives may be taken on campus, at USC-affiliated hospitals or at more distant medical schools or medical centers. Approved on-campus electives that are offered regularly are listed in the elective catalogue.
758
Keck School of Medicine
Proposals for other on-campus and off-campus electives are reviewed individually by a committee composed of faculty members and students. All petitions must be submitted at least six weeks before the beginning of the rotation. Off-campus electives require documentation from the off-campus preceptor, endorsement of the student’s medical school adviser, and prior approval and review by the Clinical Curriculum Committee. Credit is not given for electives until an evaluation has been received from the preceptor and a critique of the elective submitted by the student. Students with an academic deficiency may not schedule off-campus electives.
Year III is devoted to ethics education by clinical role models and encompasses instruction in the core clerkship by ethical standardbearers. Students also participate in home hospice care and pain management cases.
Program in Medical Humanities, Arts and Ethics This curriculum begins with collaborative discourse about ethical problems to help students learn to identify, analyze and resolve clinical ethical problems. This exercise is followed by interim skill building/maintenance and by instructor facilitated discussion of videotaped ethics cases. In Year II, the program focuses on ethical discernment and action in simulated settings and the study of the human dimensions of medicine. In the first exercise, standardized patients interact with students to help teach the telling of bad news. Students also learn from the humanities about patients as persons. The program concludes with a forum theatre in which students must decide what action to take based on their own convictions.
During Intersession I and II, the program includes a series of sessions that focus on contemporary health care and the physicianin-society. The goal of the sessions is to provide students with the experience of integrating the principles, methods and bedside issues included in Year I-III of the program. Students practice applying the micro-level (individual/clinical) decisions to the ethical dilemmas and policy issues that face physicians at the mezzo-level (health care organizations), and to the macro-level (profession as a whole, state and nation). Topics include issues of professionalism; allocation of resources; the economics, organization and societal oversight of health care; and the care of dying patients. Fifth Year Research Option USC offers students the opportunity to take a full year of research experience with either a Keck School of Medicine faculty mentor or an approved faculty mentor at another institution. This program is open to any student in good to excellent academic standing who has completed his or her first year of medical
school. Students interested in the option should identify a faculty preceptor and present a description of the proposed research program and funds available in support of the program to the associate dean for curriculum. A stipend, comparable to that received by a graduate student at the postgraduate level, is available. Application for this program is made through the Office for Student Affairs (KAM 100B) and will be supervised through the Office of the Associate Dean for Student Affairs (KAM 100B). Dean’s research scholarships are available for selected dean’s research scholars pursuing this option. Baccalaureate/M.D. Program
The focus of this program is to assure these students admission to medical school (based upon the maintenance of their GPAs and requisite MCAT scores) and to allow them the opportunity to enrich their studies with a balanced liberal arts education. The goal is that these students will explore the diverse educational opportunities the University of Southern California has to offer and become members of the medical profession with a balance of medicine, science and the arts. The Baccalaureate/M.D. Program is not designed to advance these potential medical professionals with four years of science and medicine prior to attending medical school, but rather to allow them the necessary time to explore and develop into mature and serious students of medicine. There are no new admissions to this program beginning in academic year 2013-14.
M.D./Ph.D. Program Departments and programs of the University of Southern California and the California Institute of Technology participate in the joint M.D./Ph.D. degree program administrated by the USC Graduate School, the Keck School of Medicine and the California Institute of Technology. This program integrates the medical school curriculum with graduate curricula in the basic sciences, to provide a unified course of study leading to both the M.D. and Ph.D. degrees. This program is especially designed to prepare highly qualified students for careers in academic medicine and medical research. Formal course work and dissertation research provide the student with in-depth scientific preparation and research experience which enhances the application of basic science information to the diagnosis, treatment and prevention of disease.
Conversely, the Ph.D. education becomes more meaningful because of its diseaseoriented emphasis. The curriculum for M.D./Ph.D. students differs from that of Ph.D. graduate students in the basic sciences in that the former take medical school courses as well as selected graduate level basic science courses and specific courses designed for M.D./Ph.D. students. The integrated training of the M.D./Ph.D. program enables students to compress their total academic effort by applying some course work toward the requirements of both degrees. On average, completion of the combined program requires a total of eight years.
The following graduate programs participate in the M.D./Ph.D. program: Biochemistry and Molecular Biology Cell and Neurobiology Epidemiology Genetic Molecular and Cellular Biology Molecular Microbiology and Immunology Pathology Physiology and Biophysics Preventive Medicine Systems Biology and Disease Selected graduate programs from the Viterbi School of Engineering and the Dornsife College of Letters, Arts, and Sciences also participate in the combined degree program.
Degrees and Requirements
Time limits for qualifying examinations and other procedures are determined by considering M.D./Ph.D. students as medical students for the periods when they are following the medical curriculum and as full-time graduate students during their years of graduate research prior to advancement to the Junior/ Senior Continuum. M.D./Ph.D. candidates have the option of pursuing a laboratory experience before beginning the Year I medical curriculum through a laboratory rotation at either USC or the California Institute of Technology. This laboratory experience is strongly encouraged although not required. During the first two years of their program, M.D./Ph.D. students follow the medical school curriculum and gain added exposure to the basic science departments through a special survey course. Students are guided by the M.D./Ph.D. executive committee, which outlines the integration of the graduate program with the medical school curriculum and serves as the students’ liaison until they have selected a graduate program and graduate research adviser. The graduate programs vary widely in the extent to which they allow credit toward the Ph.D. for courses taken during the first two years of medical school. M.D./Ph.D. students are encouraged to select a graduate program by early spring of the second year of medical school. Students are required to apply for admission to the Ph.D. program of their choice by the recommended deadline on the graduate application.
Prior to entering Ph.D. studies, the Keck School of Medicine allows M.D./Ph.D. candidates the option of beginning their clinical training by taking the six-week required clerkship in Family Medicine, Internal Medicine or Pediatrics. This can provide an early introduction to clinical medicine and a context for integration with the basic sciences of the thesis years. Beginning with the third year of the M.D./ Ph.D. program, students enter their selected program as full-time graduate students. Although the content of graduate courses required of M.D./Ph.D. students is generally identical to that required of Ph.D. students in the same graduate program, M.D./Ph.D. students are permitted greater latitude in the scheduling of their graduate courses. Four years are commonly necessary to fulfill requirements for the Ph.D., including course work, qualifying examinations, independent dissertation research, and writing of the dissertation. After completion of the graduate program, the student is advanced to the Junior/Senior Continuum and completes the final two years of clinical training required by the medical school curriculum. No portion of clinical training is deleted from the joint program. Prior to entering the clinical component of the joint degree, students will be expected to participate in a clinical shadowing experience, which could be done throughout the Ph.D. studies or as part of an intensive program prior to entering the clinic. Students will also be required to participate in the Medical Scholars Program clinical tutoring
759
skills program held in April of each year and re-take the Year II Objective Structured Clinical Examination at the end of May with the s econd year medical students. Keck School of Medicine-Caltech M.D./Ph.D. Program
A joint program between the Keck School of Medicine and the California Institute of Technology (Caltech) was established for the granting of the M.D./Ph.D. degree. Students do their preclinical and clinical work at the Keck School of Medicine and their Ph.D. work with any member of the Caltech faculty, including the biology, chemistry, engineering, applied sciences divisions and interdisciplinary programs divisions. Admission to this joint program is made through the usual Keck/USC M.D./Ph.D. process. All applicants are interviewed at Keck School of Medicine and Caltech. Matriculated students in this program have the option of doing their Ph.D. at USC or Caltech. The M.D. degree will be awarded from the Keck School of Medicine and the Ph.D. from Caltech. Further information about the M.D./Ph.D. programs at the Keck School of Medicine may be obtained by contacting: M.D./Ph.D. Program, Keck School of Medicine, 1975 Zonal Avenue (KAM 314), Los Angeles, CA 90089-9023; (323) 442-2965, FAX: (323) 442-2318; Email: mdphdpgm@usc.edu.
M.D./MBA Dual Degree Program In response to the ongoing reorganization of health care delivery systems, and the growing awareness of the impact of business decisions on health care, the Keck School of Medicine and the Marshall School of Business jointly offer an innovative program for individuals seeking knowledge in both medicine and business administration. The program is designed to prepare its graduates to assume leadership in the design and management of health care systems.
At the conclusion of the program, students will have completed 48 units in the Marshall School of Business, including required and elective courses, and four years of courses in the Keck School of Medicine. Dual degree students may not count courses taken outside the Marshall School of Business toward the 48 units.
The M.D./MBA program spans five years. Interested students apply during their second or third year of medical school, and begin required MBA courses following successful completion of the first two or first three years of medical school. The remaining time is devoted to the clinical clerkships of the Keck School of Medicine and completion of graduate business elective courses.
Third or Fourth Year: Required MBA courses and graduate business electives.
First and Second Years: Required medicine courses.
Remaining Years: Keck School of Medicine core, selective, and elective clerkships and graduate business electives.
Admission Requirements Students who have a baccalaureate degree from an accredited college or university and have successfully completed at least two years in the Keck School of Medicine will be considered for admission to the Marshall School of Business (see page 154). All requirements for admission to the regular MBA Program (GPA, GMAT score, etc.) must be fulfilled by the medical student for admission to the Marshall School. The M.D. and the MBA degrees are awarded simultaneously upon completion of their requirements by the Keck School of Medicine and the Marshall School of Business.
760
Keck School of Medicine
M.D./Master of Public Health The joint M.D./MPH program at the Keck School of Medicine is designed for individuals who envision a medical career that combines public health and medical disciplines. Many individuals entering careers as medical doctors or public health practitioners wish to acquire not only medical practice competencies, but also an understanding of the history, organization, goals and philosophy of public health. The joint M.D./MPH program offers a broad-based orientation to public health while the student completes medical school requirements. The Master of Public Health degree provides increased knowledge of and sensitivity to the political, historical, economic and social environments of health promotion and health services delivery.
The M.D./MPH program spans five years (four years of medical school and one year of public health courses). Students begin the core MPH courses following the successful completion of the first two years of medical school. The last two years of the program are devoted to clinical clerkships of the School of Medicine and to the completion of the elective courses and practicum (field experience) of the MPH program. At the conclusion of the joint degree program, students will have completed 42-46 units in the Master of Public Health program and four years of courses in the Keck School of Medicine.
All students in the M.D./MPH program must meet course requirements, grade point average requirements and program proficiency requirements of both programs. Students must have a grade point average of 3.0 in the MPH curriculum to meet graduation requirements. The M.D. and the MPH degrees are awarded simultaneously upon completion of the Keck School of Medicine and the Master of Public Health program requirements. For more information, contact the MPH Program Office at (626) 457-6677.
Students who are enrolled in the Keck School of Medicine must apply to the Master of Public Health program no later than January of their second year. All requirements for admission to the regular MPH program must also be fulfilled by dual degree applicants.
Master of Science in Clinical, Biomedical, and Translational Investigations Admission
Candidates for admission include medical students, fellows or other health professionals. The program will consider applicants who satisfy all requirements for admission to the Graduate School. MCAT scores may be substituted for GRE scores. All graduate students must maintain a GPA of 3.0 throughout their graduate studies. The Master of Science in Clinical, Biomedical, and Translational Investigations is a joint effort to train medical students, residents, fellows or other health professionals, including faculty and other scientists conducting clinically related research, in clinical research methods to translate clinical, biomedical and technological discoveries into advances in p opulation-based, clinical or basic science research. The M.S. in Clinical, Biomedical, and Translational Investigations is available to medical students who have completed their second year of medical school, as well as MDs doing their fellowships at USC or Children’s Hospital Los Angeles (CHLA), and faculty interested in advancing their research careers. Tracks include: 1) patient-oriented translational research, 2) community-based intervention trials, 3) design, conduct and analyze clinical studies, 4) epidemiology and disease etiology, 5) molecular biology, 6) cell biology, 7) health outcomes research, 8) vision science, 9) environmental epidemiology, and 10) alternative options track.
For those trainees who do not wish to pursue an M.S. degree, the school offers a Certificate in Clinical, Biomedical, and Translational Investigations. The Keck School of Medicine, through an oversight committee that includes a director and senior staff, administers this program in conjunction with faculty representing basic science and clinical departments. The M.S. in Clinical, Biomedical, and Translational Investigations is designed to train students for future independent research careers in academic, government or private sector settings. The program gives students a solid background in the methodological aspects of research and in statistical thinking as applied to molecular epidemiology, as well as a solid grounding in biostatistical, epidemiological methods. General Requirements
Graduation requires the completion of 29 units, of which a maximum of 15 units are research track core courses taken in the first year (including summer sessions), with the remaining being directed to: 590 Directed Research (1-10 units) in an approved graduate-degree granting department for which research is being conducted and 594ab Thesis (2-2 units) in the same approved department taken in the second year. The equivalent of one year of full-time effort must be devoted to research leading to a master’s thesis.
Because the background and interests of applicants vary widely, the director will consult with each student prior to the first year to design a schedule of recommended courses. The direction of research will also be facilitated by mandatory attendance in the Recent Advances Journal Club workshop. At the end of the first year, the student must submit a final program to the director. This will summarize the courses taken, the proposed thesis title and the names and credentials of the thesis committee. One of the members of the thesis committee will be the student’s research adviser and will serve as the committee chair. For faculty, at least two members of the thesis committee must be from outside the student’s department. Certificate Program
Students who do not wish to pursue an M.S. degree may earn a university Certificate in Clinical, Biomedical, and Translational Investigations. The certificate program requires 12 credits and a minimum of six months of practical experience working on a research project approved by the oversight committee.
Degrees and Requirements
Recommended Core Courses for Each Research Track PATIENT-ORIENTED TRANSLATIONAL RESEARCH
HEALTH OUTCOMES RESEARCH
UNITS
MPTX 517 Structure and Management of Clinical Trials 4 PM 510L Principles of Biostatistics 4 PM 512 Principles of Epidemiology 4 PM 523 Design of Clinical Studies 3 PM 570 Statistical Methods in Human Genetics, or BIOC 543 Human Molecular Genetics 4 COMMUNITY-BASED INTERVENTION TRIALS
19 UNITS
PM 510L Principles of Biostatistics 4 PM 512 Principles of Epidemiology 4 PM 526 Communications in Public Health 4 PM 528 Program Design and Evaluation 4
PM 511a Data Analysis 4 PMEP 538 Pharmaceutical Economics 4 PMEP 539 Economic Assessment of Medical Care 4 PMEP 540ab Seminar in Pharmaceutical Economics and Policy 2-2 MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
UNITS
PM 510L Principles of Biostatistics 4 PM 511a Data Analysis 4 PM 523 Design of Clinical Studies 3 PM 538 Introduction to Biomedical Informatics 3 PM 570 Statistical Methods in Human Genetics 4
16
UNITS
15
17
UNITS
BME 670 Early Visual Processing 4 CNB 590 Directed Research 1-12 CNB 594abz Master’s Thesis 2-2-0 INTD 501 Recent Advances in Vision Science 1, max 4 INTD 531 Cell Biology 4 INTD 571 Biochemistry 4 PHBI 608a Advanced Cellular, Molecular and Systemic Physiology 2 PSCI 667 Intracellular Drug Delivery and Targeting 2
ENVIRONMENTAL EPIDEMIOLOGY
UNITS
PM 510L Principles of Biostatistics 4 PM 512 Principles of Epidemiology 4 PM 518a Statistical Methods for Epidemiological Studies I 3 PM 529 Environmental and Occupational Health: An Epidemiological Approach 3 Elective Options (select one course) PM 511a Data Analysis I 4 PM 533 Genetic and Molecular Epidemiology 3 PM 570 Statistical Methods in Human Genetics 4 PM 599 Special Topics 4
17-18
ALTERNATIVE OPTIONS TRACK (MINIMUM 15 UNITS)
Courses are determined by mentor and student, based on research interests, with approval from the Oversight Committee.
UNITS
18
PM 510L Principles of Biostatistics 4 PM 512 Principles of Epidemiology 4 PM 517a Research Methods in Epidemiology 3 PM 518a Statistical Methods for Epidemiological Studies I 3 PM 527 Epidemiology of Infectious Disease, or PM 529 Environmental and Occupational Health: An Epidemiological Approach, or PM 533 Genetic and Molecular Epidemiology 3
UNITS
INTD 504 Molecular Biology of Cancer, or INTD 555 Biochemical and Molecular Bases of Disease 4 INTD 531 Cell Biology 4 INTD 571 Biochemistry 4 PATH 552a Methods in Experimental Pathology 3
VISION SCIENCE EPIDEMIOLOGY AND DISEASE ETIOLOGY
16
BIOC 543 Human Molecular Genetics, or INTD 504 Molecular Biology of Cancer, or INTD 555 Biochemical and Molecular Bases of Disease, or MICB 551 Procaryotic Molecular Genetics 4 INTD 531 Cell Biology 4 INTD 561 Molecular Genetics 4 INTD 571 Biochemistry 4
CELL BIOLOGY
UNITS
16
DESIGN, CONDUCT AND ANALYSIS OF CLINICAL STUDIES
761
21-24
Seminars/Workshops
Participation is required in a Recent Advances Journal Club to learn how to read papers critically and develop the speaking skills necessary to explain a research paper. Faculty members in the program rotate as course directors in order to emphasize new topics. Students are expected to attend the threeday workshop on NIH Proposal Develop ment offered by Thomas Ogden, Ph.D., and a workshop on the principles of scientific manuscript preparation.
762
Keck School of Medicine
Certificate in Health, Technology and Engineering (HTE@USC) Academic Director: Terry Sanger, M.D., Ph.D., Provost Associate Professor of Biomedical Engineering, Neurology, Biokinesiology, and Physical Therapy Administrative Director: George Tolomiczenko, Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Neurology This program offers current second-year USC Ph.D. engineering students and first-year M.D. students an opportunity to learn about and gain experience in medical device and process innovation. Through project-based and interdisciplinary collaboration, students will augment their current programs with a set of courses and lab experiences linking medical and engineering research groups. By applying design-informed approaches toward problem identification and solution prototyping, students will be involved in all the steps of medical device innovation from conception to commercialization. The program aims to create interdisciplinary, boundary-spanning, inventive entrepreneurs seeking early practical experience with device and method
innovation in health care. Program participants will form bonds with a group of likeminded medical students and engineers who will be their mentors, colleagues and contacts as they advance in their careers. The courses unique to the program include a seminar sequence (Topics in Health, Technology and Engineering), which must be taken during the first two years of involvement with the HTE@USC program, a case studies sequence taken during the second year and a research course to earn projectrelated credits:
Other required courses that are part of the M.D. curriculum (Ph.D. students enroll in INTD course versions of the same courses open only to HTE students on CR/NC basis): INTD 621ab
INTD 622L
I ntroduction to Clinical Medicine (ICM) for HTE Pre-clinical System Block for Health, Technology and Engineering
3-3
3-9
Candidates interested in applying should contact HTE@usc.edu via email.
COURSES UNITS
BME 566abcd
BME 567ab
BME 790
opics in Health, T Technology and Engineering 2-2-2-2 Case Studies in Health, Technology and Engineering 2-2 Research 12
Ph.D. Programs in Biomedical and Biological Sciences (PIBBS) Keith Administration Building B-16 1975 Zonal Avenue Los Angeles, CA 90089-9031 (323) 442-1609 FAX: (323) 442-1199 Email: pibbs@usc.edu www.usc.edu/pibbs Program Director: Ite A. Laird-Offringa, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Surgery, Biochemistry and Molecular Biology The USC Ph.D. Programs in Biomedical and Biological Sciences (PIBBS) is a universitywide program that is an entryway into graduate studies and research leading to the Ph.D. degree in a broad range of biological and biomedical disciplines. Interdisciplinary studies that span multiple fields have sparked a startling surge in new discoveries that excite intellectually and also promise great benefits to society. Students will complete three research rotations in any of over 200 different research laboratories during their first year. In addition, they spend two semesters taking courses of their choice in a variety of disciplines such as biochemistry, epidemiology, (stem) cell biology, neurobiology, molecular genetics, cancer and physiology. At the end of the
second semester each student chooses a faculty member to serve as a thesis research adviser and chooses a specific Ph.D. program from among the participating programs listed. Subsequently, each student will focus on the completion of course requirements and qualifying examinations for the chosen Ph.D. program and will develop and complete an original research project that will serve as the basis for a doctoral dissertation. For information on application materials and descriptions of the research interests of participating faculty, see the PIBBS site on USCweb (www.usc.edu/pibbs). Participating Schools and Graduate Programs
Dornsife College of Letters, Arts and Sciences Department of Biological Sciences Marine Environmental Biology Molecular and Computational Biology Integrative and Evolutionary Biology Department of Chemistry Neuroscience Ostrow School of Dentistry Craniofacial Biology Viterbi School of Engineering Biomedical Engineering Davis School of Gerontology
Keck School of Medicine Genetic, Molecular and Cellular Biology Preventive Medicine Biostatistics Health Behavior Research Molecular Epidemiology Systems Biology and Disease School of Pharmacy Pharmacology and Pharmaceutical Sciences Molecular Pharmacology and Toxicology Pharmaceutical Sciences A detailed description of each of the Ph.D. programs listed here can be found by consulting the Catalogue index. Admission
Applicants to PIBBS must have a bachelor’s or master’s degree with a major emphasis in the natural sciences. Applicants must have a strong record of academic achievement, satisfactory performance on the general and advanced portions of the GREs. Three letters of recommendation are required, one of which should be from a laboratory research mentor. Previous research experience is expected. Students are admitted for the academic year beginning in the fall. Although there is no formal application deadline, complete applications received before December 1 will be given priority.
Graduate Degree Programs
Applications are submitted electronically. Please see the PIBBS Website for information: www.usc.edu/pibbs. Supporting materials should be sent to: PIBBS, University of Southern California, 1975 Zonal Avenue, KAM B-16, Los Angeles, CA 90089-9031. Financial Support
Admitted students are supported by research assistantships or fellowships during their two semesters in the PIBBS program. Tuition, health insurance and standard fees are also covered. After the student completes the PIBBS program and enters a specific Ph.D. program, similar support mechanisms are generally provided by the Ph.D. granting program.
Curriculum
Most students will choose from the following courses during a two-semester period: COURSES UNITS
BIOC 790 Research 1-12 (taken in conjunction with the rotation plan described below) INTD 504 Molecular Biology of Cancer, or INTD 555 Biochemical and Molecular Bases of Disease, or INTD 572 Systems Physiology and Disease I 4
763
INTD 531 Cell Biology INTD 561 Molecular Genetics INTD 571 Biochemistry INTD 573 Systems Physiology and Disease II
4 4 4 4
However, the list of courses for individual students may vary from this plan with permission of the program director. As part of the BIOC 790 course, each student will complete research rotations with three or more faculty members in participating Ph.D. programs. At the end of the second semester, each student will choose a faculty member to serve as dissertation adviser and will choose a specific Ph.D. program from the list of participating programs.
Graduate Degree Programs In conjunction with the Graduate School, the Keck School of Medicine offers graduate curricula on the Health Sciences Campus leading to the Doctor of Philosophy in two interdisciplinary programs: Genetic, Molecular and Cellular Biology (GMCB) and Systems Biology and Disease (SBD) with participating faculty from biochemistry and molecular biology, cell and neurobiology, molecular microbiology and immunology, physiology and biophysics and preventive medicine. In addition, individual departments offer degrees in biochemistry and molecular biology, cell and neurobiology, molecular microbiology and immunology, physiology and biophysics.
specific departments or contact: Office of Graduate Affairs, Keck School of Medicine, 1975 Zonal Avenue (KAM B-16), Los Angeles, CA 90089-9023; (323) 442-1607, FAX: (323) 442-1199.
The Departments of Preventive Medicine and Cell and Neurobiology along with the Price School of Public Policy offer the Master in Public Health with concentrated study in one of four tracks: health promotion and disease prevention, b iostatistics/epidemiology, nutrition, and health communication.
Participating faculty: School of Medicine faculty from both basic and clinical departments who perform research. Interested faculty from other schools including Pharmacy, Dentistry, Engineering and USC College are encouraged to request to become participating faculty.
The Department of Preventive Medicine also offers graduate curricula leading to Ph.D. degrees in biostatistics, epidemiology, molecular epidemiology, statistical genetics and genetic epidemiology or health behavior research.
The goal of the Ph.D. program in Genetic, Molecular and Cellular Biology (GMCB) is to train investigators to develop multidisciplinary strategies to elucidate the basic molecular and cellular mechanisms responsible for the ability of cells and organisms to reproduce, differentiate, communicate with each other, and respond to internal and external stimuli. Such studies will also logically facilitate our understanding of disease processes and the ability of organisms to defend themselves against disease.
Graduate credit is provided for some courses included in the Years I and II curriculum of the medical school. The following sections provide an overview of the departmental graduate studies programs. The requirements listed are those of the individual departments and must be taken in conjunction with the general requirements of the Graduate School. For further information regarding graduate studies in the medical sciences, consult the
Doctor of Philosophy in Genetic, Molecular and Cellular Biology
Genetic, Molecular, and Cellular Biology KAM B-16, MC 9031 (323) 442-1475 FAX: (323) 442-1199 Email: intbio@usc.edu Director: Henry Sucov
Major advances in biological and biomedical sciences frequently involve the bridging of ideas and technology from diverse disciplines. The Ph.D. program in genetic, molecular and cellular biology will emphasize breadth
of research training fostered by the broad range of research interests and technological emphasis among participating faculty members from a variety of academic departments and disciplines. Close interactions among faculty and students provide an ideal environment for learning not only the skills required to conduct experiments but also the skills required to form new liaisons and collaborations with other scientists in diverse fields. Admission Requirements A baccalaureate degree in life sciences or sufficient courses in mathematics and the life sciences is required to provide a strong background for studies in biomedical research. Appropriate undergraduate degrees would be biology, physiology, engineering, chemistry or computer science. Successful applicants must have satisfactory performance on the general and advanced portions of the GREs and three letters of recommendation. Previous research experience in a related field is expected but not required. Applicants who are accepted with minor deficiencies are expected to correct these during the first year. In general (although not exclusively), new graduate students apply for admission to USC through the Ph.D. Programs in Biomedical and Biological Sciences (PIBBS), and become enrolled in the genetic, molecular and cellular biology graduate program after having completed the first year’s course work and rotations. Application forms and information are available online at www.usc.edu/pibbs, or can be obtained from the PIBBS program, Office of Graduate Affairs, University of Southern California Keck School of Medicine, KAM B-16, 1975 Zonal Ave., Los Angeles, CA 90089-9031; email pibbs@usc.edu.
764
Keck School of Medicine
Degree Requirements These degrees are awarded under the jurisdiction of the Graduate School. Refer to the Requirements for Graduation section, page 86, and the Graduate School section, page 97, of this catalogue for general regulations. All courses applied toward the degrees must be courses accepted by the Graduate School.
Research). Within the first two years, each student must take a statistics course (PM 510L Principles of Biostatistics (4) or equivalent); students who have previously taken an undergraduate or graduate course in statistics or one in which statistical methods were emphasized should petition to request permission to waive this requirement. In the second and subsequent years, students are required to take BIOC 573 Optimal Research Presentations by Ph.D. Students. For these required courses, opting out, delaying or substituting a class requires the approval of the advisory committee of the program.
Advisory Committee The student will be advised during the first year by the genetic, molecular and cellular biology executive committee. The purpose of the executive committee is to help the student in the selection of courses, selection of research rotations and, ultimately, a mentor and laboratory, to monitor the student’s progress, and to ensure preparation for the screening procedure at the end of the first year. Course Requirements A minimum of 60 units is required, consisting of formal courses, seminars and research credits. At least 24 of the 60 units are to be formal graduate course work (lecture or seminar courses). Students must complete 16 units of course work before they are considered for the screening procedure. Additional course work relevant to the research interests of the student may be required by the student’s guidance committee or by the student’s academic adviser in addition to the required 24 units. Lab Rotations During the first year, students sign up for BIOC 790 Research (4 units each semester) and rotate through the labs of three mentor members of the program (potential research advisers). By the first summer of graduate study, but no later than after 18 months in the program, each student is expected to have selected a research adviser. In the first year, in addition to lab rotations, students are also required to take two 4-unit graduate-level courses each semester. In the second year, courses are selected with the approval of the student’s guidance committee with reference to the research area in which the student is working. The GMCB program requires students to take courses in biochemistry, cell biology and molecular genetics; a list of recommended/suggested courses that will satisfy these requirements is distributed to all students at the beginning of each academic year. During the first summer term, all students take an ethics class (INTD 500 Ethics and Accountability in Biomedical
Screening Procedures At the end of the first year, each student is required to pass a screening procedure based on the first year’s required courses submitted by reports from the genetic, molecular, and cellular biology faculty to the executive committee, which is intended to expose any weaknesses in the student’s abilities. Progress must be judged satisfactory in two areas: maintenance of satisfactory performance in course work and satisfactory completion of all research rotations. Qualifying Examination The qualifying examination, administered by the guidance committee, should demonstrate a conceptual grasp of the major area of interest chosen and an understanding of the general framework and approaches of hypothesisdriven research. Annual Research Appraisal After advancing to candidacy, progress on dissertation research by each student is evaluated annually with an Annual Research Appraisal (ARA). Dissertation At the last ARA before the defense of the dissertation, the student submits an outline draft to the dissertation committee. Defense An acceptable dissertation based upon completion of an original investigation is required. The candidate must defend an approved draft of the dissertation in a public oral defense. The dissertation committee will then meet with the student in a closed session and complete the oral examination.
Doctor of Philosophy in Systems Biology and Disease
Systems Biology and Disease KAM B-16, MC 9031 (323) 442-1475 FAX: (323) 442-1199 Email: dawnburk@usc.edu Director: Alicia A. McDonough, mcdonoug@usc.edu Participating Faculty: School of Medicine faculty from both basic and clinical departments with research programs. Interested faculty from other schools including Pharmacy, Dentistry, Engineering and USC College are encouraged to petition to join participating faculty. The goal of the Ph.D. program in Systems Biology and Disease (SBD) is to train investigators to develop strategies to implement and integrate the detailed information gained from cellular, molecular and genetic advances into studies of normal system function as well as studies of how and why systems are disrupted in disease. The program applies a multidisciplinary approach to understanding the human organism as a whole. Breadth of interests and training are major features of this track and wide and varied skills in many research areas characterize the faculty. To facilitate application of multidisciplinary approaches, close and regular contact between participating faculty and students is a major theme of the Ph.D. track. Admission Requirements Students routinely enter the SBD program after completing their first year in the interdisciplinary Ph.D. Programs in Biomedical and Biological Sciences (PIBBS) year 1 program (instructions to apply below), through the M.D./Ph.D. program or after completing one year in a related basic science department. A baccalaureate degree in life sciences or sufficient courses in mathematics and the life sciences is required to provide a strong background for studies in biomedical research. Appropriate undergraduate degrees would be biology, physiology, engineering, chemistry or computer science. Successful applicants must have satisfactory performance on the general and advanced portions of the GREs and three letters of recommen dation. Previous research experience in a related field is expected but not required. Applicants who are accepted with minor deficiencies are expected to correct these during the first year.
Graduate Degree Programs
Students enter the systems biology and disease program only after being accepted into a laboratory for graduate work, usually in their second year through the PIBBS program after completing research rotations, through the M.D./Ph.D. program or through a department-based program. Students may petition the systems biology and disease program executive committee for entrance before the second year if they have been accepted into a lab. Online application to PIBBS is available at: www.usc.edu/pibbs. Additional information can be obtained from the PIBBS program, Office of Graduate Affairs, University of Southern California Keck School of Medicine, KAM B-16, 1975 Zonal Ave., Los Angeles, CA 90089-9031; email pibbs@usc.edu. Degree Requirements These degrees are awarded under the jurisdiction of the Graduate School. Refer to the Requirements for Graduation section, page 86, and the Graduate School section, page 97, of this catalogue for general regulations. All courses applied toward the degrees must be courses accepted by the Graduate School. Advisory Committee Students will be advised before their qualifying exam by the PIBBS program director and the systems biology and disease mentor. The purpose of the executive committee is to help students in the selection of courses, selection of research rotations and, ultimately, a mentor and laboratory, to monitor students’ progress, and to ensure preparation for the screening procedure at the end of the first year. Course Requirements A minimum of 60 units is required, consisting of formal courses, seminars and research credits. At least 24 of the 60 units are to be formal graduate course work (lecture or seminar courses). Students must complete 16 units of course work before they are considered for the screening procedure. Additional course work relevant to the research interests of the student may be required by the student’s guidance committee or by the student’s academic adviser in addition to the required 24 units. Lab Rotations During the first year in PIBBS, students sign up for BIOC 790 Research (4 units each semester), and rotate through the labs of three mentor members of the program (potential research advisers). By the first
765
summer of graduate study, but no later than after 18 months in the program, each student is expected to have selected a research adviser. In the first year, in addition to lab rotations, students are also required to take two, fourunit graduate-level courses each semester including one in each of the following areas: biochemistry, cell biology, molecular genetics, systems physiology and disease, or pathology. Substitutions are possible, with approval of the executive committee if a student has already completed advanced course work in one or more of these areas. Suggested courses are provided in the list below. During summer term all students take an ethics class: INTD 500 Ethics and Accountability in Biomedical Research. For these required courses, opting out, delaying or substituting a class requires the approval of the advisory committee of the program. SUGGESTED COURSES
UNITS
Biochemistry BISC 502a Molecular Genetics and Biochemistry 4 INTD 571 Biochemistry 4 Cell Biology INTD 531
Cell Biology
4
Molecular Genetics BISC 502b Molecular Genetics and Biochemistry 4 INTD 561 Eukaryotic Molecular Genetics 4 Systems Physiology and Disease/Pathology INTD 550 Introduction to Pathology INTD 551 Pathobiology of Disease INTD 572 Systems Physiology and Disease I INTD 573 Systems Physiology and Disease II Ethics INTD 500 Ethics and Accountability in Biomedical Research
2 4 4 4
4
In the second year, courses are selected with the approval of the student’s guidance committee with reference to the research area in which the student is working. By the end of the second year all students are required to complete both INTD 572 Systems Physiology and Disease I and INTD 573 Systems Physiology and Disease II. Completion of both INTD 550 (2) and
INTD 551 (6) can be substituted for either INTD 572 or INTD 573. In the second and subsequent years, students are required to take INTD 574 Systems Biology and Disease Seminar. Participation in an organized journal club or working group recognized by the executive committee is required each year. Within the first two years, each student must take a statistics course: PM 510L Principles of Biostatistics or equivalent. Screening Procedures At the end of the first year, each student is required to pass a screening procedure based on the first year’s required courses submitted by reports from the Systems Biology and Disease faculty to the executive committee. This is intended to expose any weaknesses in the student’s abilities. Progress must be judged satisfactory in two areas: maintain satisfactory performance in course work, and satisfactory completion of all research rotations. Qualifying Examination The qualifying examination, taken at the end of the second year, is administered by the guidance committee, should demonstrate a conceptual grasp of the major area of interest chosen and an understanding of the general framework and approaches of hypothesisdriven research. Annual Research Appraisal After advancing to candidacy, progress on dissertation research by each student is evaluated annually with an Annual Research Appraisal (ARA). Dissertation At the last ARA before the defense of the dissertation, the student submits an outline draft to the dissertation committee. Defense An acceptable dissertation based upon completion of an original investigation is required. The candidate must defend an approved draft of the dissertation in a public oral defense. The dissertation committee will then meet with the student in a closed session and complete the oral examination.
766
Keck School of Medicine
Courses of Instruction I N T E R D E PA R T M E N TA L ( I N T D )
The terms indicated are expected but are not guaranteed. For the courses offered during any given term, consult the Schedule of Classes. INTD 500 Ethics and Accountability in Biomedical Research (1, Sm) The purpose of
this course is to engage current (and potential) research trainees in discussions about the responsible conduct of science. The course is designed as an option for meeting current federal regulations which require that all predoctoral and postdoctoral fellows paid from federal contracts and grants have a component of ethical training. Graded CR/NC. INTD 501 Recent Advances in Vision Science (1, max 4, FaSp) Recent advances in
the understanding of the ocular surface are reported and discussed; students will learn how to read papers critically, develop speaking skills to explain a research paper and attend a three-day workshop on NIH proposal development and scientific manuscript preparation. Graded CR/NC. INTD 504 Molecular Biology of Cancer (4, 2 years, Sp) Epidemiology, pathobiology,
carcinogenesis, tumor biology and heterogeneity; retroviruses, oncogenes, cell cycle control, genetics of cancer, tumor immunology; treatment strategies. INTD 522 Infection and Host Responses (4, Sp) Overview of microbes, their life cycles
and the host response they elicit, evade or exploit, including the manipulation and the malfunction of the immune system. INTD 531 Cell Biology (4, Fa) Current
perspectives on major research areas in cell biology. Emphasis will be on in-depth examination of cellular structures, regulatory processes, intra-cellular routing and targeting, and cell/environmental interactions. INTD 535 Continuing Introduction to Clinical Medicine for M.D./Ph.D. Students (1, FaSp) Course for M.D./Ph.D. students in
Ph.D. years designed to allow maintenance and improvement of clinical skills prior to re-entry in clinical rotations in the Year III medical curriculum. Open only to medical students who have completed Years I and II. Graded CR/NC.
INTD 537 The Structure of Scientific Revolutions in Molecular Biology (1, Irregular) A course in how scientists make
breakthrough discoveries and whether there are predictable ingredients for significant changes in perception of the living system. Open only to graduate-level students in any of the biological sciences. Recommended preparation: one year in cell and molecular biology.
INTD 572 Systems Physiology and Disease I (4, Fa) Mammalian organ systems operation
during health, and pathophysiologic analysis of related diseases with focus on muscle, respiratory, cardiovascular and renal systems. Faculty from basic and clinical sciences. Open to graduate students in biomedical science only.
INTD 573 Systems Physiology and Disease II (4, Sp) Mammalian organ systems operation
INTD 549 Protein Chemistry – Structure and Function (4, Sp) Chemistry of peptides and
during health, and pathophysiologic analysis of related diseases with focus on neuroscience, immunology, metabolism, endocrine, reproduction, GI and liver. Faculty from basic and clinical sciences. Open to graduate students in biomedical science only.
INTD 550 Introduction to Pathology (4, Fa)
INTD 574 Systems Biology and Disease Seminar (1, max 16, FaSp) Selected topics in
proteins; protein structure and folding; molecular basis of protein action. (Duplicates credit in former BIOC 549.) Prerequisite: general biochemistry. Normal histology and introduction to basic pathological concepts. Provides a solid and basic understanding of normal structures and how they relate to function. INTD 551 Pathobiology of Disease (4, Sp)
Relationship between histopathological and clinical manifestations of disease and their underlying molecular mechanisms. Topics include inflammatory, developmental, environmental, degenerative, and neoplastic disease processes. Prerequisite: INTD 550. INTD 555 Biochemical and Molecular Bases of Disease (4) Biochemical and molecular
abnormalities in disease states. Prerequisite: general biochemistry.
INTD 561 Molecular Genetics (4, Sp) Prokary-
otic and eukaryotic molecular genetics: DNA and RNA structure and function; biochemistry and molecular biology of replication, transcription, RNA processing, translation, and regulation of gene expression. (Duplicates credit in former BIOC 561.) Prerequisite: INTD 571. INTD 567 Molecular and Cellular Neuro biology (4) (Enroll in NEUR 531) INTD 571 Biochemistry (4, Sp) Physical-
chemical basis of life processes: protein structure and enzyme function; synthesis and metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids, amino acids, and nucleotides. (Duplicates credit in former BIOC 441.) Prerequisite: open to qualified students.
systems biology and disease. Graded CR/NC. Open only to systems biology and disease Ph.D. students. INTD 620 Medical Students Elective Program (0) Opportunities for medical students
as preceptors in research laboratories or in field medical service under guidance of sponsors approved by faculty committees. Graded CR/NC. INTD 621ab Introduction to Clinical Medicine (ICM) for HTE (a: 3, Fa; b: 3, Sp) A
strongly patient-centered course in which both Ph.D. engineering and M.D. students experience how doctors handle communications, basic diagnostic thinking and engineering perspectives. Open only to Health, Technology and Engineering students. Graded CR/NC. INTD 622L Pre-clinical System Block for Health, Technology and Engineering (3-9, FaSp) A three-to-nine week block of lectures
and laboratories focused on particular body system (e.g., cardiovascular, renal, etc.). Open only to Health, Technology and Engineering students. Graded CR/NC. INTD 650 Stem Cell Biology and Medicine (4, Sp) Basic principles, available embryonic
and adult stem cells, principles of organogenesis and regeneration, animal models, delivery of engineered tissues to patients, promise and limitations of stem cells. Open to master’s and Ph.D. students on the Health Sciences Campus and to medical and post-doctoral fellow trainees only. Prerequisite: INTD 531 or INTD 571.
Graduate Degree Programs
767
Master of Academic Medicine Keith Administration Building 211 1975 Zonal Avenue Los Angeles, CA 90033 (323) 442-2372 FAX: (323) 442-2051 Email: nyquist@usc.edu Program Director: Julie G. Nyquist, Ph.D. Faculty
Professors: Donna Elliott, M.D., Ed.D. (Pediatrics); Win May, M.D., Ph.D. (Pediatrics/ Medical Education); Julie G. Nyquist, Ph.D. (Pediatrics/Medical Education); Dwight Warren, III, Ph.D. (Cell and Neurobiology); Beverly Wood, M.D., Ph.D. (Pediatrics/Medical Education) Associate Professors: Kathleen Besinque, Pharm.D., M.S.Ed. (Pharmacy); Jerry Gates, Ph.D. (Family Medicine); Win May, M.D., Ph.D. (Pediatrics/Medical Education) Assistant Professors: Dixie Fisher, Ph.D. (Pediatrics/Medical Education); Lori Marshall, Ph.D., MSN (Pediatrics); Niurka Rivero, M.D. (Pediatrics); Maura Sullivan, Ph.D., MSN (Surgery); Janet Trial, Ed.D., CNM/MSN (Obstetrics/Gynecology); Samuel Yanofsky, M.D., M.S.Ed. (Anesthesiology) The Master of Academic Medicine is offered by the Keck School of Medicine in collabo ration with the Schools of Dentistry and Pharmacy. The goal is to develop leaders who will create and enhance academic and training programs for health care professions globally. Academic medicine is defined in broad terms as relating to those who lead training worldwide in medicine or in other health care related fields. Enacting this vision is possible due to the flexible delivery model selected. The program will employ a hybrid model, combining on-campus face-to-face sessions, blended with online course work. During the 32-unit program, the majority of sessions will be delivered using interactive online delivery methods. All students will also be on campus for one-week intensive sessions in the spring of each year, which focus on community building and the development and evaluation of skills. The program addresses the unique population of medical and health professions faculty who are focused on leading the academic enterprise for health professionals at the undergraduate, graduate and continuing education levels. Our graduates will be positioned to guide future generations of health professionals around the world toward better
meeting the health needs of our global society. For those with a clear focus on the academic enterprise, a complementary degree in academic medicine offers the specialized skills needed to lead worldwide development of enhanced training for health professionals, increases professional capacity and provides new opportunity for promotion. The audiences for this degree will typically have primary professional degrees in health fields (e.g., M.D., DDS, DPT, R.N., MSN, P.A., DVM, D.O., Pharm.D., D.C., DOM). The Master of Academic Medicine will provide the needed complementary training for clinician educators. Admission
Applicants for admission to the Master of Academic Medicine program are generally expected to have an advanced degree in a health profession. Proof of graduation is required. For applicants who do not have a degree in a health profession, a bachelor’s degree or its equivalent from an accredited institution is required, a grade point average of 3.0 (A = 4.0) is usually expected as well as satisfactory scores on the Graduate Record Examinations (GRE) General Test and three letters of recommendation. For specific information on admission and application procedures, contact the Office of Medical Education, (323) 442-2372. Students are admitted for the academic year beginning in the fall, although those admitted prior to March 15 may enroll in summer courses. Although there is no formal application deadline, complete applications received before March 1 will be given priority. Application inquiries should be made to: Master of Academic Medicine Program, University of Southern California, Office of Medical Education, 1975 Zonal Avenue, KAM 211, Los Angeles, CA 90033, telephone (323) 442-2372. Satisfactory Academic Progress
A graduate GPA of at least 3.0 is required at all times. Any student whose graduate GPA falls below 3.0 will be placed on academic probation. Students on academic probation who do not raise their GPA to 3.0 after two semesters of written notification of academic probation will be academically disqualified. A minimum of 32 units of graduate-level course work is required.
Degree Requirements ACADEMIC COURSES (26 UNITS)
UNITS
ACMD 501 Introduction to Academic Medicine Worldwide ACMD 502 Becoming a Leader in Academic Medicine Worldwide ACMD 503 Leading Change in Academic Medical Centers ACMD 511 Competencies in Academic Medicine and Health I ACMD 512 Competencies in Academic Medicine and Health II ACMD 513 Professionalism in Academic Medicine and Health ACMD 514 Accreditation and Program Evaluation in Academic Medicine ACMD 591 Designing Research on Innovations in Academic Medicine ACMD 592 Implementing Research on Innovations in Academic Medicine ACMD 598 Fieldwork: Designing Innovations for the Health Professions
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
1
Electives (6 units)
Six units of electives may be selected from the recommended courses below, or these may be replaced with approved courses at the 500 level or within USC that equal 6 units. ACMD 593 Foundations of Scholarly Writing in Academic Medicine 1 ACMD 598 Fieldwork in Designing Innovations for the Health Professions 1-2 ACMD 604 Supporting the Educational Enterprise in Academic Medicine 3 ACMD 605 Faculty Development for Health Sciences Faculty Educators 2 ACMD 615 Maintenance of Competence in the Health Professions 2 INTB 603 Systematic Approach to Scientific Writing 2 MPTX 517 Structure and Management of Clinical Trials 4 PM 513 Experimental Designs 3
768
Keck School of Medicine
Courses of Instruction ACADEMIC MEDICINE (ACMD)
The terms indicated are expected but are not guaranteed. For the courses offered during any given term, consult the Schedule of Classes. ACMD 501 Introduction to Academic Medicine Worldwide (3) Introduces the master’s
program; includes historical development of training in the health professions; current issues, challenges and opportunities in academic medicine and health worldwide.
ACMD 502 Becoming a Leader in Academic Medicine Worldwide (3) Current approaches
to leadership within the context of global academic medicine and health professions education; individual applications, group dynamics, teamwork, and interpersonal skill enhancement.
ACMD 503 Leading Change in Academic Medical Centers (3) Exploration and practice
of skills for promoting programs within academic medicine and health professions’ education; building trust, organizational change, conflict resolution, negotiation, and managing resources. ACMD 511 Competencies in Academic Medicine and Health I (3) Acquisition of cog-
nitive knowledge and problem-solving skills in health professions worldwide; instructional methods, assessment techniques, designing curricula for health professions education.
ACMD 512 Competencies in Academic Medicine and Health II (3) Learning theory,
ACMD 593 Foundations of Academic Writing (1) Academic writing for conference
ACMD 513 Professionalism in Academic Medicine and Health (3) Acquisition and
ACMD 598 Fieldwork: Designing Innovations for the Health Professions (1-3, max 3) Individual projects designing curricu-
teaching methods, assessment techniques related to acquisition and reinforcement of competencies related to patient care, practice-based learning and improvement and systems-based practice.
evaluation of interpersonal and communication skills and professionalism including ethics and cultural competence; within the context of health care disparities and health initiatives. ACMD 514 Accreditation and Program Evaluation in Academic Medicine (3) Evaluating
health professions training programs within guidelines of relevant accreditation organizations; models of evaluation, designing plans and tools for evaluation of program elements.
ACMD 591 Designing Research on Innovations in Academic Medicine (2) Introduction
to design and scholarly review of innovations in health professions education; needs assessment, problem selection, use of research methods to study an innovation. ACMD 592 Implementing Research on Innovation in Academic Medicine (2) Men-
tored research on an innovation in academic medicine leading to the master’s degree. The project will result in a formal written research report. Prerequisite: ACMD 591.
papers, grant proposals and journal articles. Recommended preparation: A completed study of an innovation in academic medicine or other health-related field that is ready to move to publication.
lar or other innovations for the home program as an application of Year 1 concepts and as part of the capstone experience. Prerequisite: ACMD 591. ACMD 604 Supporting the Educational Enterprise in Academic Medicine (3)
Explores support functions in academic medical centers and health professions schools; financial, scientific, educational, faculty and student affairs departments, and offices of medical education. ACMD 605 Faculty Development for Health Sciences Faculty Educators (2) Role of fac-
ulty development programs in health professions schools; tools for delivering effective continuing education and faculty development; models for mentoring clinical faculty. ACMD 615 Maintenance of Competence in the Health Professions (2) Maintenance
of competence and continuing professional development (CPD) of physicians and other health care professionals; trends, needs, strategies, assessing outcomes, examining effectiveness of CPD programs.
Master of Science in Global Medicine Keith Administration Building 317 1975 Zonal Ave. Los Angeles, CA 90033 Tel: (323) 442-3141 FAX: (323) 442-1766 www.usc.edu/msgm
Program Directors: Elahe Nezami, Ph.D.; Allan Abbott, M.D. The Master of Science in Global Medicine is offered by the Department of Educational Affairs of the Keck School of Medicine. The program aims to train medical, dental and pharmacy students; current physicians and allied health professionals; and those planning to pursue degrees in the allied health professions to analyze and address critical issues in global medicine. The program provides a solid foundation in basic science
while also exposing students to a broad scope of pertinent issues in global medicine. Physicians and current medical students may use previous equivalent course work for 8 units of credit toward GM 503L Core Principles System I and GM 504L Core Principles System II course requirements. By providing the knowledge and training necessary to address current and future global medical challenges, the M.S. in Global Medicine program responds to the Institute of Medicine’s recommendation that the education of health professionals include course work that promotes literacy in global medicine. In addition to gaining a strong medical science foundation, students are immersed in course work that examines methods used to create innovative programming, solutions and
responses to global health challenges, thereby furnishing them with the problem-solving skills and analytical frameworks essential to their future career paths. Through partnerships with the Marshall School of Business and the Viterbi School of Engineering, the M.S. in Global Medicine also includes a management track for students who intend to pursue international health management. Upon completion of the M.S. in Global Medicine, students will be equipped to serve as leaders within the allied health field, including, but not limited to: medicine, pharmacy, dentistry and nursing. In addition, graduates will be prepared to collaborate with or seek employment from a variety of international aid, nonprofit, and global health organizations
Graduate Degree Programs
such as: the United Nations, the International Red Cross, United Nations Joint Programme on HIV/AIDS, United Nations Children’s Fund, World Health Organization, World Bank and the Centers for D isease Control and Prevention. Admission
Applicants for admission to the program must have a bachelor’s degree or its equivalent from an accredited institution and have earned a GPA of 3.0 (A = 4.0) in undergraduate work. Prerequisite undergraduate course work must include one year of general biology, one year of general chemistry, one year of organic chemistry and one semester of calculus. All applicants are required to have taken either the Graduate Record Examinations (GRE) General Test or the Medical College Admission Test (MCAT). A minimum score of 1000 on the GRE or 28 on the MCAT is required. Students must also supply three letters of recommendation from evaluators qualified to assess their potential for graduate work. Applicants must supply a completed application for graduate studies including: transcripts from all institutions previously attended, standardized test scores and three letters of recommendation. Applications are considered for enrollment in both fall and spring semesters. For further information contact: Dr. Elahe Nezami, Master of Science in Global Medicine Program, 1975 Zonal Ave., KAM 317, Los Angeles, CA 90033, Tel: (323) 442-3141, Fax: (323) 442-1766. Advisement
The program recommends that students meet with the academic adviser of the program each semester prior to registration.
769
Satisfactory Academic Progress
A graduate GPA of at least 3.0 is required at all times. Any student whose graduate GPA falls below 3.0 will be placed on academic probation. Students on academic probation who do not raise their GPA to 3.0 after two semesters of written notification of academic probation will be academically disqualified. A minimum of 32 units of graduate level course work is required for graduation. Degree Requirements CORE COURSES (MINIMUM 14 UNITS)
UNITS
Common Core GM 500 Basic Concepts in Global Health 4 GM 502 Global Epidemiology of Diseases and Risk Factors 4 GM Core GM 503L GM 504L
Core Principles System I 4 Core Principles System II 4
GM Management Core GSBA 520 Business Fundamentals for Non-Business Professionals 3 IOM 582 Service Management: Economics and Operations 3 ELECTIVE COURSES (MINIMUM 16 UNITS; GM MANAGEMENT TRACK STUDENTS MUST COMPLETE AT LEAST 12 GM ELECTIVES)*
UNITS
GM Electives GM 501 Critical Issues in Global Health 4 GM 510 Global Health Modules, Malaria 2 GM 511 Global Health Modules, Tuberculosis 2 GM 512 Global Health Modules, Maternal and Child Health I 2 GM 513 Global Health Modules, Maternal and Child Health II 2
GM 514 Global Health Modules, Tropical Diseases 2 GM 515 Global Health Modules, HIV/AIDS 2 GM 516 Cultural Competence in Health and Medicine 2 GM 517 Health and Human Rights 2 GM 521 Emerging and Re-emerging Infectious Diseases 2 GM 522 Human Hepatitis Viruses 2 GM 523 Global Toxicity and Carcinogenesis 2 GM 524 Grantwriting for NonGovernment Organizations 2 GM 526 Alternative and Eastern Medicine: A Biomedical Approach 2 GM 535 Culture, Lifestyle, and Health 2 GM 550 Clinical Medicine and Healthcare Reform in Taiwan 2 GM 551 Clinical Medicine and Socioeconomic Factors in Uganda 2 GM 590 Directed Research 2, 4 GM Management Track Electives MOR 569 Negotiation and Deal-making 3 MOR 470 Global Leadership 4 MKT 565 Global Marketing 3 ISE 507 Six-Sigma Quality Resources for Health Care 3 ISE 508 Health Care Operations Improvement 3 Note: On a case-by-case basis, GM students and GM Management students may take classes outside their particular group. *Students will take 8 units of electives that have a global focus, chosen in consultation with their adviser from among GM courses.
Graduate Certificate in Global Medicine The certificate program in global medicine is for students who do not wish to pursue an M.S. degree in global medicine, but hope to pursue or expand careers in global health care. Students will study current topics in global health and health care, and will have a strong grounding in cultural competence, specific diseases, and creating and implementing health interventions in developing countries.
Students take 16 units of graduate course work that may not be used or have been used for any other degree or certificate program. These units include two core classes and eight units of electives, as follows: CORE COURSES
UNITS
GM 500 Basic Concepts in Global Health 4 GM 502 Global Epidemiology of Diseases and Risk Factors 4
ELECTIVE COURSES:
Students will take 8 units of electives, chosen in consultation with their adviser, from among all GM courses numbered 510 or above. For example, there are groups of courses relevant to women’s and family health; infectious diseases; health care in developing countries; working with diverse populations in the United States, etc.
770
Keck School of Medicine
Courses of Instruction GLOBAL MEDICINE (GM)
The terms indicated are expected but are not guaranteed. For the courses offered during any given term, consult the Schedule of Classes. GM 500 Basic Concepts in Global Health (4, Fa) Exploration of global health issues
facing resource-poor societies; emphasizes contributing factors including behavioral and physiological bases, economic, social, and political context. GM 501 Critical Issues in Global Health (4, FaSpSm) Evaluation of government and
non-government organizations’ new global health responses, and critical issues affecting global health including: environment, workforce conditions, obesity, nutrition, drugs, poverty. GM 502 Global Epidemiology of Diseases and Risk Factors (4, FaSpSm) Survey of
major p opulations’ crises and risk factors accounting for global health challenges. Evaluation of case studies of global health interventions and effective methodologies. GM 503L Core Principles System I (4, Fa)
Introduction to basic medical concepts and biological system functions; examination of core principles of science and medical treatment.
GM 512 Global Health Modules, Maternal and Child Health I (2, FaSpSm) Biopsycho-
social, cultural and economic aspects of women’s health: pregnancy, childbirth, marriage. Examination of health promotion and policy efforts to improve women’s health globally. GM 513 Global Health Modules, Maternal and Child Health II (2, FaSpSm) In-depth
examination of women’s health issues; health promotion and policy efforts to improve women’s health globally. GM 514 Global Health Modules, Tropical Disease (2, FaSpSm) Examination of preva-
lent tropical diseases: epidemiology, clinical manifestations, treatment, impact on economies of tropical countries. Key issues related to these diseases; World Health Organization responses. GM 515 Global Health Modules, HIV/AIDS (2, FaSpSm) HIV epidemiology, basic biology
of transmission and pathophysiology, associated opportunistic infections, and challenges to providing care in the developing world, including government responses.
GM 516 Cultural Competence in Health and Medicine (2, FaSpSm) Practical approach
to the development of professional skills for providing culturally sensitive clinical health services to ethnically and linguistically diverse patients.
GM 504L Core Principles System II (4, Fa)
Continuation of concepts from GM 503L. Basic medical concepts and biological system functions; examination of core principles of science and medical treatment. Prerequisite: GM 503L.
GM 517 Health and Human Rights (2, FaSpSm) The relationship between
GM 510 Global Health Modules, Malaria (2, FaSp) Critical issues in international con-
GM 520 Medical Spanish for the Health Professions (2, FaSpSm) Spanish language
trol and treatment of malaria. Exploration of biological and epidemiological fundamentals of human-parasite interaction, including dynamics of transmission among populations. GM 511 Global Health Modules, Tuberculosis (2, FaSpSm) Exploration of biological and
epidemiological fundamentals of tuberculosis including dynamics of transmission among populations. Overview of clinical manifestations, diagnosis, and treatment of infections.
health and human rights, and the study of human rights issues relevant to healthcare professionals.
course for students planning to enter the health professions. Graded CR/NC.
GM 521 Emerging and Re-emerging Infectious Diseases (2, FaSpSm) Exploration of
the threat of major worldwide epidemics and diseases with a focus on the recent emergence of new plagues. GM 522 Human Hepatitis Viruses (2, FaSpSm) Human hepatitis and the viruses
that cause them, how they are spread, symptoms, treatment, and prevention.
GM 523 Global Toxicity and Carcinogenesis (2, FaSpSm) Covers the occurrences of toxic
substances and the toxicity/diseases they cause, and chemical carcinogens and the types of cancer they cause worldwide.
GM 524 Grantwriting for Non-Government Organizations (2, FaSpSm) Instruction on
the process and methods of writing effective grants from identifying appropriate funders to implementing project upon receipt of funding award. GM 525 Global Mental Health (2, FaSpSm)
Examines the major mental health diagnoses from clinically relevant perspectives and their prevalence in specific geographical regions around the world. GM 526 Alternative and Eastern Medicine: A Biomedical Approach (2, FaSpSm)
Exploration of issues of complementary and alternative medicine (CAM) and traditional Eastern medical views of health and illness from a Western biomedical perspective. GM 530abc Foundation of Medicine: Anatomy, Physiology, and Pathology (4-4-4, FaSpSm) a: Fundamentals of physiol-
ogy, chemistry, anatomy, biochemistry and microbiology, as well as pharmacological issues, mathematical basis of lab instruments or techniques, and computational modeling. b: The basics of human anatomy (gross anatomy, histology, radiographic anatomy), physiology (cellular physiology, organ system areas) and pathology (general, systemic, cellular pathology). c: Continues material from GM 530a and GM 530b, covering human anatomy (gross anatomy, histology, radiographic anatomy), physiology (cellular physiology, organ systems) and pathology (general, systemic, cellular pathology). GM 535 Culture, Lifestyle, and Health (2)
Overview of national and international variations in health status indicators in regard to cultural and lifestyle differences. GM 550 Clinical Medicine and Healthcare Reform in Taiwan (2, Sm) Two-week
in-depth study abroad in Taipei, Taiwan, focused on understanding Taiwan’s health care system, health priorities, and needs.
GM 551 Clinical Medicine and Socioeconomic Factors in Uganda (2, Sm) Two-week
course that provides students with hands-on experience in clinical medicine/public health and exposure to the various socioeconomic factors impacting health in the developing world.
Department of Anesthesiology
GM 590 Directed Research (1-12) Research
leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC.
771
GM 597ab Health Technology Internship (2-2, FaSpSm) Internship course on the use
GM 599 Special Topics (2-4, max 8) Lecture
The nurse anesthesia program prepares qualified nurses in the specialty of nurse anesthesia and qualifies the graduate to sit for the certification examination given by the Council on Certification of Nurse Anesthetists. The graduate attains a high level of clinical competence with an extensive body of didactic knowledge relevant to the specialty and advanced practice nursing. The mission of the USC Program of Nurse Anesthesia is scholarly education and professional development of future nurse anesthetists with the academic strength and leadership skills to advance our profession.
Master of Science (in Nurse Anesthesia)
of new technology based on sensors and wireless communications to the health care industry. Open only to M.S., Electrical Engineering (Wireless Health Technology) students. Graded IP/CR/NC.
and discussion focused on specific topics within global medicine. Course topic will vary from semester to semester.
Department of Anesthesiology Nurse Anesthesia Program 1540 Alcazar Street Suite 205 Los Angeles 90089-9012 (323) 442-2037 FAX: (323) 442-1701 Email: uscnap@usc.edu keck.usc.edu/nurse-anesthesia Program Director: Michele E. Gold Associate Program Director: Teresa Norris Assistant Program Director of Clinical Services: Kären Embrey Faculty
Chair and Professor: Philip Lumb Professor of Pediatrics and Anesthesiology: Randall Wetzel Professors of Clinical Anesthesiology: Mary Joseph; Ronald Katz; Vladmir Zelman Associate Professors of Clinical Anesthesiology: Jack Berger; Jeffrey Lee; Rajesh Patel; David Raphael; Earl Strum Assistant Professors of Clinical Anesthesiology: Rudolfo Amaya; Dimiter Arnaudov; Armin Azad; Maxim Benbassat; Martin Bohorquez; Kari Cole; James Daniel; Barbara Gasior; Gligor Gucev; Samuel Yanofsky Instructors of Clinical Anesthesiology: Roberta Ashley; Deborah Avnet; Brindusa Bauer; James Carey; Jennilyn Casalme; Carey Catania; Johnny Cheng; Nancy Christiano; Geoffrey Edwards; Judy Franco; Charlotte Garcia; Sarah Giron; Elizabeth Glazer; David Godden; Heather Hamza; Jennifer Hogan; Robert Horn; Dina Hunt; Monique Jabbour; Kim Jones-Tang; Rory Keenan; Cathy Kiem; Benjamin Lindsey; Victoria McKinzie; Arthur Norcliffe; Nilu Patel; Margaret Oliveto; Robert Olson; Patty Paik; Erin Peters; Gabriel Punsalan; Ilene Richards; Joseph Sammut; Hil Tantoco; Rhona Wang; Kelly Zhou
Students enrolling in the M.S., Nurse Anesthesia course of study must complete the nurse anesthesia core curriculum and specialty practicum. The program consists of 45 to 49 units and is completed in 24 months of continuous enrollment (six semesters). There is an optional one-semester clinical fellowship offered in the seventh semester of enrollment to provide specialty training in a clinical area of choice: critical care, cardiovascular, neurosurgical, ambulatory anesthesia or pain management. Students may sit for the certification examination during this semester. The program is based in the Department of Anesthesiology, and classroom instruction is provided by nurse anesthesia program faculty and faculty from the Department of Anesthesiology, the Department of Physiology and Biophysics, and the Department of Cell and Neurobiology within the Keck School of Medicine, as well as clinical faculty from the program clinical sites. Clinical training occurs at Los Angeles County + USC Medical Center, Keck Hospital of USC, HarborUCLA Medical Center, Long Beach Veterans’ Administration Medical Center and West Los Angeles Veterans’ Administration Medical Center for the primary rotations. Advanced rotations occur at those sites, as well as Cedars-Sinai Medical Center, Children’s Hospital of Los Angeles, Hallmark Pain Management and Surgery Center, and UCLA Medical Center.
General requirements for admission include a minimum 3.0 undergraduate grade point average, a minimum score on the verbal and quantitative sections of the Graduate Record Examinations of 1000 (or the equivalent score on the GRE after September 2011), current licensure as a Registered Nurse, a bachelor’s degree in nursing or a related field from an accredited university or college, submission of an essay describing the applicant’s career goals, professional resume and three letters of reference. Competitive applicants will be interviewed and must demonstrate an acceptable understanding of the role and responsibilities of certified registered nurse anesthetists. Selections are made on the basis of the formal interview and consideration of a variety of factors that include academic record, type and amount of clinical experience and professionalism. Academic and Scientific Prerequisites The admission requirements also include appropriate undergraduate course work in biology, anatomy, physiology, chemistry, biochemistry, physics and statistics (or nursing research). A minimum of one year of experience in critical care nursing as a registered nurse is required. Licensure as an RN in California and current BCLS, ACLS and PALS certifications are required prior to enrollment. Conversational Spanish is strongly recommended. Computer Skill Requirements During the program, students must have a personal computer or notebook with Internet access and a PDA. The primary mode of program communication is email. Computer accounts are provided by the university to all students and can be activated online. Advisement Prospective students should contact the program’s admission office, (323) 442-2037 or uscnap@usc.edu for evaluation of previous course work and clinical background.
772
Keck School of Medicine
Admission Admission procedures follow the information in the USC Graduate School section of this catalogue. Admission standards for the USC nurse anesthesia program are established jointly by the Keck School of Medicine, the USC Graduate School and the Department of Anesthesiology. Interested students should apply online at www.usc.edu/admission/ graduate/apply. Additional admissions requirements and the supplemental application must be obtained from the nurse anesthesia program and can be requested through email at uscnap@usc.edu or accessed at keck.usc.edu/ nurse-anesthesia.
ANST 503 Advanced Pharmacology of Anesthesia Practice 3 ANST 504 Pathophysiology Related to Anesthesia Practice 4 ANST 506 Advanced Principles of Nurse Anesthesia Practice 4 ANST 508 Research: Investigative Inquiry 2 ANST 510 Professional Aspects of Nurse Anesthesia 3 ANST 512 Research Integration: Capstone Experience 1 INTD 572 Systems Physiology and Disease I 4
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
Academic Courses ANST 500 Human Anatomy ANST 501 Pharmacology of Anesthesia Practice ANST 502 Principles of Nurse Anesthesia Practice
3 4 4
Residency Courses ANST 505 Clinical Residency in Nurse Anesthesia I ANST 507 Clinical Residency in Nurse Anesthesia II ANST 509 Advanced Clinical Residency in Nurse Anesthesia I
3
ANST 511 Advanced Clinical Residency in Nurse Anesthesia II ANST 513 Advanced Clinical Residency in Nurse Anesthesia III Total Units
4-8
1 45-49
Optional Course ANST 514 Specialty Fellowship
2
All students will take the Self-Evaluation Examination (SEE) administered by the Council on Certification of Nurse Anesthetists at the end of the first clinical year. Student scores must be above the national mean for advancement into the research capstone experience.
2
3
Courses of Instruction ANESTHESIOLOGY (ANST)
The terms indicated are expected but are not guaranteed. For the courses offered during any given term, consult the Schedule of Classes. ANST 500 Human Anatomy (3, Fa) Lectures
and laboratory simulation in anatomy emphasizing structure and function of major organs to include brain, cardiovascular, lungs, liver, kidneys and musculoskeletal system. Open to nurse anesthesia students only. ANST 501 Pharmacology of Anesthesia Practice (4, Fa) Pharmacokinetic and pharma-
codynamic principles, uptake and distribution of inhalational anesthetics, and pharmacology of respiratory and cardiovascular drugs. Application of pharmacologic principles to anesthetic management. Open to nurse anesthesia students only. ANST 502 Principles of Nurse Anesthesia Practice (4, Fa) Basic theory of anesthesia
administration, preanesthetic assessment, physical examination, monitoring. Case management including airway and blood/ fluid management, anesthesia machine, and postoperative pain. Lecture/case study format. Open to nurse anesthesia students only.
ANST 503 Advanced Pharmacology of Anesthesia Practice (3, Sp) Pharmacokinetic/
pharmacodynamic principles of drugs covering different organs systems (CNS, hematology, endocrine), herbal therapies, chemotherapeutics, and antimicrobials. Application of pharmacology to anesthetic management using problem-based learning. Prerequisite: ANST 501, ANST 502. ANST 504 Pathophysiology Related to Anesthesia Practice (4, Sp) In-depth
study of cardiovascular, respiratory, renal, liver, endocrine and neuropathophysiology with application of these principles to anesthetic case management using problembased learning. Prerequisite: ANST 501, ANST 502. ANST 505 Clinical Residency in Nurse Anesthesia I (3, Sp) Correlation of tech-
niques of anesthesia administration with application of scientific and pharmacologic theory in the clinical setting with observation and supervised clinical residency. Prerequisite: ANST 501, ANST 502. ANST 506 Advanced Principles of Nurse Anesthesia Practice (4, Sm) Advanced theory
of anesthesia management for general and specialized procedures, diagnostic procedures, pediatrics and obstetrics. Prerequisite: ANST 503, ANST 504, ANST 505.
ANST 507 Clinical Residency in Nurse Anesthesia II (2, Sm) Correlation of tech-
niques of anesthesia administration with application of scientific and pharmacologic theory in the clinical setting with observation and supervised clinical residency. Prerequisite: ANST 505. ANST 508 Research: Investigative Inquiry (2, Fa) Utilization of research, which includes
the evaluation of research, problem identification within the practice setting, awareness of practice outcomes and the clinical application of research. Prerequisite: research course, basic statistics. ANST 509 Advanced Clinical Residency in Nurse Anesthesia I (3, Fa) Correlation of
techniques of anesthesia administration with application of scientific and pharmacologic theory expanded to geriatric, obstetrical, and pediatric anesthesia; anesthetic management to include medically compromised patients. Prerequisite: ANST 506, ANST 507. ANST 510 Professional Aspects of Nurse Anesthesia (3, Fa) Emphasis on the profes-
sional components of nurse anesthesia practice including socialization, regulation, culture, ethics, law, employment, advocacy, and contemporary practice issues. Open to nurse anesthesia students only.
Department of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology
ANST 511 Advanced Clinical Residency in Nurse Anesthesia II (4-8, Sp) Correlation
of techniques of anesthesia administration with application of scientific and pharmacologic theory expanded to neuroanesthesia, cardiac anesthesia, trauma anesthesia, critical care and pain management. Open to nurse anesthesia students only. Prerequisite: ANST 509. ANST 512 Research Integration: Capstone Experience (1, Sm) A capstone course requir-
ing students to demonstrate ability to integrate theory, research and practice through a mentored research experience with direct relevance to graduate specialization. Open to nurse anesthesia students only.
ANST 513 Advanced Clinical Residency in Nurse Anesthesia III (1, Sm) Correlation of
advanced techniques of anesthesia administration with application of scientific and pharmacologic theory in diverse specialty anesthesia rotations. Prerequisite: ANST 511.
773
ANST 590 Directed Research (1-12, FaSpSm)
Research leading to the master’s degree in nurse anesthesia. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Open to nurse anesthesia majors only. Graded CR/NC. Prerequisite: ANST 508.
ANST 514 Specialty Fellowship (2, Fa)
Optional internship to develop advanced skills and critical assessment of anesthesia specialty or clinical research. Graded CR/NC. Prerequisite: ANST 513; graduate of an accredited nurse anesthesia program.
ANST 591 Special Projects (1-4, max 4, FaSpSm) Supervised learning in functional
and/or clinical area of focus reflecting current trends and development in the field of nurse anesthesia. Open to nurse anesthesia majors only. Graded CR/NC.
Department of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology 1333 San Pablo Street, MCA 51-A Los Angeles, CA 90089-9151 (323) 442-1145 FAX: (323) 442-1224 Email: camaren@usc.edu www.usc.edu/medicine/biochemistry www.usc.edu/pibbs Faculty
Michael R. Stallcup, Chair and Professor of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology Zoltan A. Tokes, Vice Chair for Doctoral Education and Master of Science Program Joseph G. Hacia, Vice Chair for Medical Education Catherine and Joseph Aresty Chair in Urologic Research: Chih-Lin Hsieh Ralph Edgington Chair in Medicine: Zea Borok
Professors: N. Arnheim (Biological Sciences); Z. Borok (Medicine); E. Cadenas (Molecular Pharmacology and Toxicology); P.V. Danenberg; Y.A. De Clerck (Medicine); R. Farley (Physiology and Biophysics); P. Farnham; B. Frenkel (Orthopaedics); C.L. Hsieh (Urology); D. Johnson; P.A. Jones (Urology); M. Kahn; V.K. Kalra; R. Langen; A.S. Lee; D. Levy; M. Lieber (Pathology); F.S. Markland, Jr.; R.E. Maxson; M.E. Nimni (Pediatrics); P. Patel; D. Polk (Pediatrics); P. Roy-Burman (Pathology); M.R. Stallcup; Z. Tokes; A. Warshel (Chemistry) Associate Professors: W. An; P. Cannon (Pediatrics); I.S. Haworth (Pharmacy); J. Hacia; Y. Hong (Surgery); I. Laird‑Offringa (Surgery); P. Laird (Surgery); R.D. Mosteller; S. Reddy; J. Rice; H. Sucov (Cell and Neurobiology); T. Ulmer
Judy and Larry Freeman Chair in Basic Science Research: Amy S. Lee
Assistant Professors: R. Bajpai (Dentistry); S. Curran (Bio-Gerontology); M. Frey (Pediatrics); A. Kobielak (Otolaryngology); C. Lien (Pediatrics); A. Merrill (Dentistry); W. Lu
H. Leslie Hoffman and Elaine S. Hoffman Chair in Cancer Research: Peter A. Jones
Assistant Professors of Research: T. Miki; S. Swenson; D. Weisenberger; S. Zhong
William M. Keck Chair in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology: Peggy Farnham
The USC Department of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology prides itself on maintaining a broad-based approach to various aspects of biochemical and molecular biological research. In 2010, the department received more than $10 million in research funding for its primary faculty members.
J. Harold and Edna L. LaBriola Chair in Genetic Orthopaedic Research: Baruch Frenkel Rita and Edward Polusky Chair in Basic Cancer Research: Michael Lieber, Ph.D., M.D. Provost Professor of Medicine and Pharmacy: Michael Kahn
Altogether, the department numbers 49 primary and joint-appointment faculty members, who conduct research in a variety of areas including: molecular biology and
genetics of development and cell differentiation; mammalian and human genetics; DNA methylation, replication, recombination and repair; membrane transport; kinetics and mechanism of enzyme action; protein structure-function interrelationships; carcinogenesis and cancer chemotherapy; and stemcell biology. The department also has major research programs in the molecular basis of control and regulation of gene expression, epigenetics, molecular mechanisms of signal processing and transduction, developmental and stem cell biology, detailed analysis of macromolecular structure and function, the biochemistry and molecular biology of the brain, and genetic medicine including gene therapy. The department’s exceptionally strong research into various aspects of the biochemistry and cell biology of cancer is internationally recognized. Ongoing research programs in this area include mechanism of action of cancer chemotherapeutic agents, tumor cell invasion and metastasis, and cancer cell epigenetics and gene regulation. Many members of the department are members of the USC Norris Comprehensive Cancer Center, USC Institute for Genetic Medicine (IGM), USC Zilkha Neurogenetic Institute (ZNI), Eli and Edythe Broad CIRM Center for Regenerative Medicine and Stem Cell Research at USC, and Children’s Hospital Los Angeles (CHLA). The USC Norris Comprehensive Cancer Center maintains a microchemical core facility that includes capabilities for gas phase protein sequencing, amino acid analysis, peptide synthesis, DNA synthesis and s equencing.
774
Keck School of Medicine
The Institute for Genetic Medicine maintains a customized microarray core facility. Other facilities available to support the research of members of the department include mass spectroscopy, transgenic mice, flow-cytometry, biostatistics, microchemical resource for DNA, and protein sequencing and synthesis core facilities.
Fellowships Students admitted to PIBBS are awarded fellowships which pay for tuition and provide a stipend. No fellowships are available for master’s degree students.
The primary offices and laboratories of the department are located on the Health Sciences Campus. Graduate Programs
Admissions The prerequisite for applicants to the graduate program in biochemistry and molecular biology is a bachelor’s degree with an undergraduate major in one of the natural sciences. Undergraduate course work should have included organic chemistry, the physics and mathematics required of a chemistry major and some courses in the biological sciences. A course in general biochemistry is also required, but may be taken during the period of graduate study. Previous course work in physical chemistry is strongly recommended. A minimum GPA of 3.0 in the natural sciences (including mathematics) is normally required. Applicants must pass satisfactorily the general portions of the Graduate Record Examinations. In addition, the department requires at least three letters of recommendation from faculty members who can evaluate the applicant’s potential for graduate work and independent research. Faculty members of the Department of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology participate in a variety of interdisciplinary Ph.D. programs. Students interested in pursuing a Ph.D. degree in the fields related to biochemistry, molecular and cellular biology, and genetics should apply to USC’s Programs in Biomedical and Biological Sciences (PIBBS). Applications for the Ph.D. Programs in Biomedical and Biological Sciences should be submitted online through the PIBBS Website (www.usc.edu/pibbs). Applications should be submitted before the application due date specified on the PIBBS Website. Applications for the M.S. program in biochemistry and molecular biology can be obtained from the department at the address listed below. In addition to the university application, a supplemental departmental application must be completed and returned with transcripts, GRE scores and letters of recommendation to: Graduate Admissions Committee, Department of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, 1333 San Pablo Street, Los Angeles, CA 90089-9151.
Master of Science The Department of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology offers a program for the Master of Science degree. The primary objectives of this program are to provide the necessary theoretical preparation for biochemical careers and to expose students to biochemistry and molecular biology related research activities culminating with the Master of Science degree. Goals of the program are to train students in preparation for (1) further doctoral study, (2) advanced biochemical research positions in industry and academia and (3) teaching positions at the community college level. In general, admission requirements are the same as for the Doctor of Philosophy degree. The prerequisite for applicants to the graduate program in biochemistry is a bachelor’s degree with an undergraduate major in one of the natural sciences. A minimum GPA of 3.0 in the natural sciences (including mathematics) is normally required. Applicants must satisfactorily pass the general and advanced (chemistry, or biology or molecular biology) portions of the Graduate Record Examinations. In addition, the department requires at least three letters of recommendation from faculty members who can evaluate the applicant’s potential for graduate work and independent research. Demonstrated proficiency in the English language is required. Special circumstances may provide consideration for conditional admission. The master’s degree in biochemistry and molecular biology requires 34 units of elective graduate study to be determined by the student’s Advisory Committee. Fourteen or more course units must be taken in biochemistry and molecular biology; eight units may be pursued outside the department. Students interested in the commercial aspects of biotechnology may take courses focusing on business entrepreneurship, finance, management and marketing in the Marshall School of Business. Master’s students have the option of completing a research thesis allowing stateof-the-art laboratory-based investigation or a non-research-based theoretical thesis. Upon approval, a maximum of 10 units of directed research in biochemistry will be applied to the degree. Up to six units of graduate course work taken outside of USC may be applied toward the M.S. degree. Flexibility exists to plan each student’s program to suit individual needs, ambitions and background.
Master of Science, Molecular Epidemiology A joint program with the Department of Preventive Medicine offers an M.S. degree in Molecular Epidemiology that requires 37 units of graduate study (see page 782 for course requirements). Students must also complete a master’s thesis. Students can register for up to 10 units of master’s research units. Interested students should contact Anne Rice (annvazqu@usc.edu) or the Department of Preventive Medicine. Ph.D. in Genetic, Molecular and Cellular Biology (GMCB) or Ph.D. in Systems Biology and Disease (SYBD) Faculty members in the Department of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology participate in the GMCB and SYBD Ph.D. programs. For admission information and degree requirements, see GMCB (page 763) and SYBD (page 764). Doctor of Philosophy The Department of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology offers graduate degree courses directed toward the Ph.D. degree in this discipline. The objective of this program is to prepare students for careers as independent investigators and instructors in biochemistry, molecular biology and related fields. The program consists of both course work and research and is intended to provide students with a broad conceptual background as well as focused research training. The flexibility of the program is designed to meet the interests of individual students and to prepare them for specialization in any of the major subdivisions of biochemistry. Course Requirements A total of 60 units of graduate credits is required for the Ph.D., including course work, research and dissertation units. At least 24 of these units must be from courses numbered 500 or higher; at least 12 of these units must be taken in biochemistry, while the remaining 12 units may be taken in various related disciplines. Students are expected to take the three seminar courses and additional courses may be required by the Graduate Advisory Committee or by the student’s guidance committee. Students must complete all courses with a cumulative GPA of not less than 3.0 and must maintain this average in order to remain in the graduate program. Students are expected to spend full time during the academic year and summer on course work or research. Screening Procedure The department’s Graduate Advisory Committee, consisting of four faculty members, assesses the educational objectives and research interests of each student admitted to the graduate program. The committee then recommends a program of graduate courses and research suited to the individual student. The advisory committee
Department of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology
evaluates the student’s performance throughout the first year and must approve the student’s progress prior to his or her selection of a research adviser. Guidance Committee To assist students in selecting their research advisers, doctoral students rotate through four research laboratories during their first year in the graduate program. By the first summer of graduate study, each student is expected to have selected a research adviser. Shortly afterward the student should form a five-member guidance committee. Members of the committee must include the student’s research adviser, at least three faculty members from the Depart ment of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology and at least one member from outside the department. Qualifying Examination Students in the Ph.D. program must pass both the written and oral portions of a comprehensive qualifying examination on the major areas of biochemistry. The written portion consists of a comprehensive examination given annually, which must be passed before the oral portion can
be taken. The oral portion must be scheduled within three months of the successful completion of the written examination. The proposition will be focused on the student’s dissertation research and is intended to test the student’s depth and breadth of knowledge in his or her area of research. The student will be asked to prepare a short summary of the dissertation research proposal and submit it within two weeks of the oral defense. The oral examination consists of a defense of both propositions and can include questions dealing with the written examination and other areas of biochemistry. The oral examination will give applicants the opportunity to unravel complex problems and will also test their overall knowledge of biochemistry and molecular biology. Recommendations for advancement to candidacy for the Ph.D. degree are made on the basis of the successful completion of these requirements and the student’s maintenance of at least a 3.0 GPA. A student who has not been recommended for advancement to
775
candidacy at the end of three years will be terminated unless given permission to write a master’s thesis and terminate graduate work with an M.S. degree. Dissertation and Oral Defense The student’s dissertation committee consists of the research adviser, one other member from the department and one member from outside the department. The dissertation must represent an original contribution to biochemistry and should indicate the ability of the student to undertake independent investigation. The defense of the dissertation includes the presentation of a seminar that is open to the public. Ph.D. in Molecular Epidemiology Faculty members in the Department of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology participate in the Molecular Epidemiology Ph.D. program. For admission information and degree requirements, see the Department of Preventive Medicine, page 795.
Courses of Instruction B I O C H E M I S T RY ( B I O C )
The terms indicated are expected but are not guaranteed. For the courses offered during any given term, consult the Schedule of Classes. BIOC 501 Recent Advances in Biochemistry (2-4, max 16, Fa) Lectures on areas of
intermediary metabolism and the chemistry of natural products. Prerequisite: BISC 435, CHEM 430ab.
BIOC 522 Applications of Physical Methods in Biochemistry (2, FaSp) Applications of
physical analytical methods commonly utilized in research in biochemistry and molecular biology. Concurrent enrollment: CHEM 521. (Langen) BIOC 531 Cell Biology (4) (Enroll in INTD 531) BIOC 536 Molecular Biology of Cellular Communication in the Nervous System (2, Sp) Discussion of cellular communications
BIOC 504 Molecular Biology of Cancer (4, Sp) (Enroll in INTD 504)
in the nervous system through neurotrans mitters and their receptors, neuromodulators; biochemical changes during development and the impact of human genomic research. Recommended preparation: one year of general biochemistry or molecular biology. (Tokes)
BIOC 510 Introductory Molecular Biology (2, Sp) Principles of molecular biology with
BIOC 542 Cellular and Molecular Basis of Animal Development (4, Fa) Processes of
BIOC 502 Biochemistry Seminar (1, max 12, FaSp) Formal presentations and discussion by
students of material from research literature.
applications to the medical sciences. Nucleic acid structure, function, and analysis. Recommended preparation: a course in biochemistry. BIOC 512 Molecular Basis of Cell Proliferation and Differentiation (2, Irregular) An
advanced seminar course in molecular cell biology, discussing current literature with significant impact on the understanding of the cell cycle and differentiation of various cell types. Recommended preparation: basic cell biology and molecular biology. (Frenkel)
cell type specification, determination, and morphogenesis in metazoans from vertebrates to insects. Genetic, paragenetic and molecular biological approaches to developmental processes. Prerequisite: INTD 571. (Maxson) BIOC 543 Human Molecular Genetics (4, Fa)
Comprehensive course covering basic principles of human genetics, genetic disease, the Human Genome Project, and gene therapy. Recommended preparation: undergraduate genetics. (Allayee)
BIOC 551 Procaryotic Molecular Genetics (4, Fa) (Enroll in MICB 551) BIOC 555 Biochemical and Molecular Bases of Disease (4) (Enroll in INTD 555) BIOC 561 Molecular Genetics (4, Sp) (Enroll
in INTD 561)
BIOC 571 Biochemistry (4, Fa) (Enroll in
INTD 571)
BIOC 573 Optimal Research Presentations by Ph.D. Students (1, max 12, FaSp) Stu-
dents will attend lectures by peers, and after their first year in the Ph.D. program, prepare and present their own research to an audience of faculty and peers. Open to Ph.D. students in Genetic, Molecular and Cellular Biology Program (GMCB), Biochemistry and Molecular Biology and Molecular Epidemiology only. Graded CR/NC. (Hong) BIOC 574 Systems Physiology and Disease II (4, Sp) (Enroll in INTD 573) BIOC 590 Directed Research (1-10, FaSpSm)
Research leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC.
776
Keck School of Medicine
BIOC 594abz Master’s Thesis (2-2-0, FaSpSm)
BIOC 604 Current Topics in Animal Development (2, Sp) (Enroll in CNB 604)
Credit on acceptance of thesis. Graded IP/CR/NC. BIOC 599 Special Topics (2-4, max 8) BIOC 601 Molecular Biology of Gene Regulation (2, max 8, FaSp) Current techniques
and systems in molecular biology from an interdisciplinary perspective: microbiological, biochemical, and pharmaceutical.
BIOC 790 Research (1-12, FaSpSm) Research
BIOC 794abcdz Doctoral Dissertation (2-2-2-2-0, FaSpSm) Credit on acceptance of
dissertation. Graded IP/CR/NC.
leading to the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC.
Department of Cell and Neurobiology Bishop Medical Teaching and Research Building 401 1333 San Pablo Street Los Angeles 90089-9112 (323) 442-1881 FAX: (323) 442-3466 Email: cnb@hsc.usc.edu Graduate Advisory Committee Chair: Joel Schechter (323) 442-1862 Faculty
Professor and Chair: Pat Levitt William M. Keck Chair in Medicine: Martin Pera Provost Professor of Cell and Neurobiology, Pharmacology and Pharmaceutical Sciences and Psychology: Pat Levitt Professors: M. Fini; T.H. McNeill*; M. Pera; J.E. Schechter*; M. Snow; R. I. Wood*; S.Y. Ying Associate Professors: G.H. Albrecht*; J. Chen; K. Eagleson; J.A. Garner*; R. Gopalakrishna*; J.D. Miller; P. Elyse Schauwecker; B.G. Slavin*; H. Sucov* Assistant Professors: A. Bonnin; K. Chang; G. Crump; L. Ma; Francesca Mariani; H. Tao; B. Thompson; H. Wu; Q. Ying Associate Professor Clinical: J.D. Miller* Assistant Professor Clinical: M. Winfield Adjunct Professor: Vijaya Kumari Emeritus Professors: D.A. Berman*; Dwight Warren III Emeritus Associate Professor: C.K. Haun*
The Department of Cell and Neurobiology provides interdisciplinary training in molecular, cellular and systems biology. Ongoing programs explore basic mechanisms in molecular and cellular neurobiology, neurogenetics, endocrinology, pharmacology, stem cell biology and vertebrate evolution. Diseaseoriented research, bridging basic and clinical disciplines, investigates inherited or acquired disorders in vision, stroke, Parkinson’s disease, Alzheimer’s disease, epilepsy and steroid abuse. The challenge is to weld interdisciplinary activities into a conduit for transferring basic science discoveries into more effective and innovative clinical interventions in the treatment of disease-related disabilities. The Department of Cell and Neurobiology has 34 primary faculty members, including 21 dual appointments in other university departments or research institutes. The graduate program of the Department of Cell and Neurobiology is dedicated to excellence and state-of-the-art training and education in molecular and cellular aspects of normal function and in acquired or genetic disorders that cause human disease. Professional and intellectual development is fostered through a broadly based curriculum from which students can tailor a menu of specialization and by a supportive environment of faculty interactions. Graduate education is designed to prepare the student for a lifetime of learning, exploring the limits of research, teaching and creative activities. Master of Science and Certificate Program in Clinical, Biomedical, and Translational Investigations
Refer to page 760, for certificate and degree requirements.
students training for the Ph.D. degree but study toward the M.S. degree is also possible. Admissions Master of Science The prerequisite for applicants to the M.S. graduate program in cell and neurobiology is a bachelor’s degree with a science major or equivalent. Applicants should have a superior undergraduate record at an accredited college or university. Additional requirements include three letters of recommendation and satisfactory performance on the general and advanced (biology or chemistry) portions of the Graduate Record Examinations. Students are normally admitted for the academic year beginning in the fall; however admission to the master’s program can begin in the spring semester with approval from the Graduate Admission Committee. Application deadline for the following academic year is January 1. Doctor of Philosophy Doctoral candidates interested in working with CNB faculty in the areas of neural, computational, cognitive and behavioral science should apply through either of the two university wide interdisciplinary graduate programs at USC: the neuroscience graduate program or the Program in Biomedical and Biological Science (PIBBS). Applicants interested in working with CNB faculty as part of the M.D./Ph.D. program should apply directly to the Keck School of Medicine. Application deadlines: M.D./Ph.D. program – American Medical College Application Service (AMCAS) – November 1; Supplemental – December 1 Neuroscience – January 15 (see Graduate School, page 97, for Ph.D. student funding deadline information)
Cell and Neurobiology Graduate Program *Recipient of university-wide or school teaching award.
The graduate program offered in cell and neurobiology provides a flexible, individualized course of study directed toward developing independent, resourceful scholars. The major thrust of this program is devoted to
PIBBS – December 15
Department of Cell and Neurobiology
Master of Science The Master of Science degree is awarded for demonstrated competence in the cell biological sciences, broadly defined. Two options are available: (1) a non-thesis M.S. program based entirely on course work followed by a comprehensive examination; and (2) a thesis M.S. program that includes fewer courses but requires a written thesis based on original laboratory research. Students take courses both from the Department of Cell and Neurobiology and other departments to obtain a broad appreciation of structure and function. Students must maintain a minimum GPA of 3.0. The Master of Science candidate may engage in teaching if this is beneficial to the individual program. Students in the non-thesis program must complete a minimum of 34 units of graduate level courses (500 or higher) beyond the baccalaureate degree. Non-thesis students must take 16 units from the following list of courses: BISC 421, BME 552, BME 575L, BME 670, BME 671, CNB 501ab, CNB 511abL, CNB 512L, CNB 513, CNB 521, CNB 525, CNB 534, CNB 631, INTD 504, INTD 531, INTD 555, INTD 561, INTD 571, INTD 572, INTD 573, MICB 551, NEUR 524. All students must pass additional courses totaling 18 units. All course work must be approved by the student’s graduate adviser and the chair of the graduate program. Students in the thesis program must complete a minimum of 38 units of graduate level courses (500 or higher) beyond the bacca laureate degree. The regulations for thesis students are the same as specified above, except the student is required to take only 12 units from the course list and an additional 16 units from other departmental or non-departmental courses. Students will also take 6 units of CNB 590. The thesis M.S. student is required to take at least 4 units of Master’s Thesis (CNB 594). All course work must be approved by the student’s graduate adviser and the chair of the graduate program. Doctor of Philosophy The Ph.D. student develops background knowledge in cellular, molecular and structural biological sciences. The objective of the Ph.D. program is rigorous, original research experience obtained by design and execution of a dissertation project. Active research areas for which guidance is available include
cell and molecular biology, neurobiology of circadian rhythms, visual neuroscience, neuropharmacology, neurodegenerative and neurogenetic diseases, developmental and cellular neuroscience, neuroendocrinology, reproductive endocrinology and evolutionary biology. Research Tool-Statistics Each student must demonstrate competence in statistics. The student must demonstrate competence in the theory and use of statistics including knowledge of regression, correlation and analysis of variance. A student who has prior experience in statistics should consult the faculty adviser and petition the Graduate Advisory Committee to waive the research tool requirement. This requirement may be fulfilled by obtaining a grade of B (3.0) or higher in specified courses. This requirement must be fulfilled before the qualifying examination. Course Requirements A minimum of 60 units of course credit is required for the Ph.D. Course requirements vary according to the specific needs of the student. Graduate students must take at least 16 units from the following list of courses: BISC 421, BME 552, BME 575L, BME 670, BME 671, CNB 501ab, CNB 511abL, CNB 512L, CNB 521, CNB 525, CNB 534, CNB 631, INTD 504, INTD 531, INTD 555, INTD 561, INTD 571, INTD 572, INTD 573, MICB 551, NEUR 524. Ph.D. students must take additional classes or research units totaling 44 units from other departmental or non-departmental courses. All course work must be approved by the student’s graduate adviser and the chair of the graduate program. Prior to the qualifying examination, each student must complete at least three, eight-week periods of introductory research in the laboratories of departmental faculty. The purpose of the laboratory rotations is to encourage oneon-one interactions between new students and departmental faculty while at the same time providing an introduction to research in a sampling of departmental laboratories. Course work outside of the departmental offerings is often encouraged and may be required by the student’s guidance committee. In most instances, a program will include extradepartmental courses such as physiology, biochemistry and molecular biology. A grade point average of a least 3.0 (A = 4.0) must be maintained in both departmental and overall course work.
777
Communication Skills Requirement The department considers teaching experience to be an important part of graduate education. Students in the Ph.D. program are required to serve a teaching practicum during at least one semester of their graduate training. Screening Procedure The Graduate Affairs Committee conducts a screening for each student at the end of one full year in the program. The committee reviews thoroughly all facets of the student’s performance in the graduate program. The student’s progress must be judged satisfactory before a guidance committee can be nominated. Guidance Committee Students are expected to select a general area of research interest and a dissertation adviser as soon as possible but no later than 18 months after entering the graduate program in this department. The dissertation adviser and the Graduate Affairs Committee consult with the student to select a guidance committee. After the student has successfully completed the first-year screening, the guidance committee’s nomination is forwarded to the Graduate School. Qualifying Examination Before the end of their fifth semester of graduate standing, students in the Ph.D. program must pass both the written and oral portions of a qualifying examination. The examination is intended to reveal the student’s insight and understanding of general concepts and the ability to design and defend a dissertation research project. The examination is designed and administered by the student’s guidance committee. Dissertation and Oral Defense After the student has passed the qualifying examination, a dissertation committee (commonly comprising the former guidance committee) is appointed to advise the student regarding the research project and to supervise writing of the dissertation. The dissertation must be an original contribution giving evidence of the student’s ability to perform independent and innovative research. The final oral defense shall be open to the public and the dissertation adviser will entertain questions from the dissertation committee and assembled audience.
778
Keck School of Medicine
Courses of Instruction The terms indicated are expected but are not guaranteed. For the courses offered during any given term, consult the Schedule of Classes.
CNB 550 Cell and Neurobiology Seminar (1, max 6, FaSp) Reports and discussion on
CELL AND NEUROBIOLOGY (CNB)
CNB 561 Molecular Genetics (4, Sp) (Enroll
ogy, electrophysiology) and clinical aspects of the eye: cornea, lens, retina, and optic nerve. USC faculty and authorities from other institutions will lecture.
CNB 571 Biochemistry (4, Fa) (Enroll in
CNB 604 Current Topics in Animal Development (2, 2 years, Sp) Current research
recent advances in anatomy. Graded CR/NC. (Duplicates credit in former ANCB 550.) in INTD 561)
CNB 501ab Gross Human Anatomy (3-4, FaSp) A complete dissection of the adult
human body. Supplementary lectures and demonstrations. Emphasis on correlating development, structure and function. CNB 511abL Microscopic Anatomy (3-3, FaSp) Lectures and laboratory in microscopic
anatomy emphasizing embryonic origin of the basic body plan, cells, tissues, and organs; ultrastructural and functional correlations. CNB 512L Pharmacology I (5, Fa) Actions,
chemical properties, bodily distribution, and toxicology of drugs. Laboratory. (Duplicates credit in former PHNU 510L.)
INTD 571)
CNB 572 Systems Physiology and Disease I (4, Fa) (Enroll in INTD 572) CNB 573 Systems Physiology and Disease II (4, Sp) (Enroll in INTD 573) CNB 590 Directed Research (1-12, FaSpSm)
Research leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. CNB 594abz Master’s Thesis (2-2-0, FaSpSm)
CNB 513 Pharmacology II (3, Sp) Continua-
tion of 512L. (Duplicates credit in former PHNU 511.) Prerequisite: CNB 512L.
CNB 521 Neuroanatomy (3, Sp) Structure
and function of the human nervous system with emphasis on central conduction pathways, especially those of clinical significance. CNB 525 Neural Development (3, Fa) ellular, molecular, and physiological features C
of development and plasticity in the nervous system. Lecture and student presentations and discussion of classic and current research literature. Prerequisite: BISC 524; recommended preparation: background in neurosciences. CNB 530 Anatomy for the Artist (1-2, Irregular) This course includes lectures and dem-
onstrations of human anatomy specifically for the artist, and art instruction on drawing the human figure. CNB 531 Cell Biology (4, Fa) (Enroll in
INTD 531)
CNB 534 Molecular Aspects of Neuropharmacology (2, FaSp) Current advances in
selected areas of molecular neuropharmacology, e.g., mechanisms by which drugs affect neurotransmitter systems, neural plasticity, treatment of neurological and psychiatric diseases.
Credit on acceptance of thesis. Graded IP/CR/NC. CNB 598 Introductory Laboratory Rotations (1-3, FaSp) Introductory laboratory rotations
wherein students are directed in individualized research, reading and discussion to provide perspective and supplemental background in areas of faculty research interests. CNB 599 Special Topics (2-4, max 8, FaSp)
Special topics provides background for instruction and research in the Department of Cell and Neurobiology through lectures, discussions, assigned readings, and student presentations. (Duplicates credit in former ANCB 599 and PHNU 599.) CNB 600 Literature Tutorial (1, max 3, FaSp)
Individualized readings and discussions culminating in a literature-review paper; to promote the acquisition of critical thinking skills in the evaluation of scientific problems. Recommended preparation: background in biological sciences.
CNB 603 Current Topics in Vision Research (2, Sp) Basic science (e.g., anatomy, cell biol-
in selected aspects of mammalian and non mammalian developmental biology, including the molecular genetics and molecular biology of organogenesis, morphogenesis, lineage specification, and differentiation. Prerequisite: INTD 561 and CNB 542. CNB 631 Morphogenesis and Regeneration (2, 2 years, Sp) Analysis of developing and
regenerating systems: historical and recent interpretations of morphogenetic movements, tissue interactions, fields, gradients, differentiation, and determination. CNB 641 Brain-Endocrine Interactions in Reproduction (2, 2 years, Fa) Past and cur-
rent experimental approaches to morphology and endocrinology at hypothalamic, pituitary, and gonadal levels in both males and females. Prerequisite: CNB 511abL or a general endocrinology course. CNB 790 Research (1-12, FaSpSm) Research
leading to the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC.
CNB 794abcdz Doctoral Dissertation (2-2-2-2-0, FaSpSm) Credit on acceptance of
dissertation. Graded IP/CR/NC.
Department of Family Medicine
779
Department of Family Medicine Division of Physician Assistant Studies Primary Care Physician Assistant Program
1000 South Fremont Avenue Unit 7, Building A11, Room 11-150 Alhambra, CA 91803 (626) 457-4240 FAX: (626) 457-4245 Email: uscpa@usc.edu www.usc.edu/pa
Program Director: Kevin Lohenry, Ph.D., PA-C Medical Director: Ignacio DeArtola, M.D. Faculty
Professor of Clinical Family Medicine: D. Lie Assistant Professors of Clinical Family Medicine: I. DeArtola; M. Durham; C. Forest; L. Landry-Taylor; K. Lohenry; J. Mabee
necessary clinical skills as well as learning to work as part of a health care team. The Primary Care Physician Assistant Program is committed to recruiting disadvantaged applicants and preparing graduates to practice in medically underserved communities. The USC Primary Care Physician Assistant Program is accredited by the Accreditation Review Committee on Education for the Physician Assistant (ARC-PA), which is sponsored by seven national medical associations including the American Medical Association. The program is approved by the Physician Assistant Committee (PAC) of the Medical Board of California. Graduates must pass the NCCPA Physician Assistant National Certifying Exam to qualify for licensure in California. Master of Physician Assistant Practice
Instructors of Clinical Family Medicine: L. Kirakosian; M. Maldonado; D. Mayo; A. Schultz; J. Tramel; A. Walsh; J. Wegler The faculty listed above are faculty with the Primary Care Physician Assistant Program. The Primary Care Physician Assistant Program prepares students to practice medicine under the supervision of a physician. Students earn a Master of Physician Assistant Practice (MPAP) upon completion of the program. The program is part of the Department of Family Medicine’s Division of Physician Assistant Studies. Didactic instruction is provided by physician assistant program faculty and faculty from other departments within the Keck School of Medicine, the USC School of Pharmacy, divisions within the Health Sciences Campus, as well as clinicians from the surrounding communities. Emphasis is placed on primary care medicine and caring for medically underserved populations. Clinical training occurs at various clinical sites throughout the greater Los Angeles region, including the Los Angeles County+USC Medical Center, Arrowhead Regional Medical Center, Long Beach Memorial Family Practice Residency, private offices and managed-care settings, communitybased clinics, VA facilities and specialty settings. Opportunities to train in selected off-site settings serving Native American populations in the Southwest are also available to students upon approval. Students complete eight, six-week clinical clerkships in emergency medicine, family medicine, internal medicine/geriatrics, orthopedics/occupational medicine, pediatrics, general surgery and women’s health. These clerkships emphasize the development of
Admission Requirements and Procedures Application to the Physician Assistant Program requires completion of a bachelor’s degree (in any discipline) from a regionally accredited four-year institution and completion of academic prerequisite requirements. Admission to the program is for the fall semester only. Admission is granted by the physician assistant admissions committee after careful review of all applications. Selections are made on the basis of a formal interview (for competitive applicants) and consideration of a variety of factors which include: academic record, type and amount of clinical experience, multicultural sensitivity, community service experience and professional experience. Applicants are required to submit an application through the Central Application Service for Physician Assistants (CASPA) as well as a USC Supplemental Application by December 1 of each year. Further details regarding admission procedures are provided online at www.usc.edu/pa. Transfer Students or Advanced Placement The Physician Assistant Program does not accept transfer students, nor do we allow advanced placement based on prior education or clinical experience. Each applicant who is admitted is required to complete the full Master of Physician Assistant Practice curriculum in residence at USC. No waivers or substitutions are permitted. Registration Students receive information regarding registration procedures during an orientation program held the week before classes begin.
Advisement Monthly information sessions are available for prospective students who would like to receive more information regarding the program. Applicants who are interested in applying to the program are encouraged to visit the PA Program Website at www.usc.edu/pa or call the PA Program Office at (626) 457-4240. Degree Prerequisites A bachelor’s degree from a regionally accredited institution and completion of all prerequisite course work are required for admission to the Physician Assistant Program. Science Prerequisites A one-year general biology sequence with lab and a one-year general chemistry sequence with lab, each for science majors. All science prerequisites must be completed within 10 years of application to the program. Three semester units or 4 quarter units of each of the following: human anatomy with lab; human physiology with lab; and micro biology with lab. Online science courses are not eligible for consideration as a prerequisite. Students are expected to have a strong competency in medical terminology. Non-Science Prerequisites Six semester units or 8 quarter units: English composition (6) or English composition (3) and critical thinking (3) or logic (3). Six semester units or 3 quarter units each: general (introduction to) psychology. Three semester units or 4 quarter units of statistics, preferably statistics for psychology or sociology. Two semester units or 3 quarter units: Spanish language composition and speech. Students who intend to apply to the Physician Assistant Program should contact the admission office for evaluation of previous bacca laureate and/or post-baccalaureate course work. Standardized Tests The GRE (Aptitude) or the MCAT is required. Either test must be taken within five years of application to the program. The program expects that applicants earn a combined quantitative and verbal score of no less than 1000 (a score of 450 or higher on the verbal is expected).
780
Keck School of Medicine
Clinical Experience Prerequisite A minimum of 1,000 hours of “hands-on” patient care experience is strongly recommended. Successful applicants typically have 2,000 hours or more of paid clinical hours and have worked as one of the following: emergency medical technician, licensed vocational nurse, medical assistant, medical scribe, medical technologist, military medical corpsman, paramedic, psychiatric technician, physical therapy aide, radiological technician, respiratory therapist or registered nurse. Other health care experience is equally acceptable as long as the experience is “hands-on” in nature.
Summative Evaluation A summative evaluation is conducted on each student during the sixth and final semester of the program to verify that each student is prepared to enter clinical practice.
Physician Assistant Shadowing Experience Shadowing a physician assistant in a clinical setting is strongly recommended. This activity provides the applicant with the up-close experience needed to understand the role and responsibilities of the PA and may help the applicant make a better informed decision in choosing a career as a PA. Community Service Prerequisite Community service activities/projects are strongly recommended of all applicants. Service which benefits medically underserved or disadvantaged populations is preferred. Curriculum Requirements The completion of a 33-month professional curriculum is required to earn the Master of Physician Assistant Practice degree. Students do not have choices of courses to take nor are they permitted to drop any course or courses during the semester. Progress is permitted only when the prior semester is successfully completed. Students should view the curriculum outlined here as advisory only and subject to modification.
YEAR II, FALL SEMESTER
UNITS
PCPA 509 Behavioral Sciences III PCPA 529 Clinical Skills III PCPA 549 Topics in Medicine III
4 6 6
Degree Requirements All students in the Master of Physician Assistant Practice degree program must meet course and grade point average requirements. All course requirements must be completed with a grade of “B” or better. The degree will not be conferred until the student has successfully completed all degree requirements. Students are subject to the degree requirements in the catalogue current for the semester of their admission into the program. Physician assistant students are enrolled in a standard curriculum during their 33 months in the program. The following courses must be successfully completed in order to earn the Master of Physician Assistant Practice. Only physician assistant students may enroll in these courses. Departmental clearance is required to enroll. YEAR I, FALL SEMESTER
YEAR I, SPRING SEMESTER
3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
14
YEAR II, SUMMER SESSION
UNITS
PCPA 564b Clinical Assignment IV PCPA 565b Clinical Assignment V YEAR III, FALL SEMESTER
4 4 6 4 18 UNITS
PCPA 506 Behavioral Sciences II PCPA 526 Clinical Skills II PCPA 546 Topics in Medicine II
UNITS
PCPA 561 Clinical Assignment I PCPA 562 Clinical Assignment II PCPA 564a Clinical Assignment IV PCPA 565a Clinical Assignment V
0 0 UNITS
PCPA 563 Clinical Assignment III PCPA 566 Clinical Assignment VI PCPA 567 Clinical Assignment VII PCPA 568 Clinical Assignment VIII
3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
14
UNITS
PCPA 503 Behavioral Sciences I PCPA 523 Clinical Skills I PCPA 530 Basic Medical Sciences PCPA 543 Topics in Medicine I
YEAR II, SPRING SEMESTER
16
4 6 6 16
YEAR III, SPRING SEMESTER
UNITS
PCPA 532 Clinical Skills IV 3 PCPA 583 Advanced Topics in PA Studies: Education 4 PCPA 586 Advanced Topics in PA Studies: Research 4 PCPA 589 Advanced Topics in PA Studies: Medical Care Organization 4
15
Requests for further information may be addressed to: USC Primary Care Physician Assistant Program, Keck School of Medicine, University of Southern California, 1000 South Fremont Avenue, Unit 7, Building A11, Room 11-150, Alhambra, CA 91803, or accessed at the program Website at www.usc.edu/pa.
Courses of Instruction P R I M A RY C A R E P H Y S I C I A N A S S I S TA N T ( P C PA )
The terms indicated are expected but are not guaranteed. For the courses offered during any given term, consult the Schedule of Classes. PCPA 503 Behavioral Sciences I (4, Fa) First
of three-semester sequence in current topics in behavioral medicine, psychological and cultural factors in health and illness, inter personal and sociological aspects of patient care, and competencies for PA practice. Open to physician assistant practice majors only.
PCPA 506 Behavioral Sciences II (4, Sp)
PCPA 509 Behavioral Sciences III (4, Fa)
Second of three-semester sequence in current topics in behavioral medicine, psychological and cultural factors in health and illness, interpersonal and sociological aspects of patient care, and competencies for PA practice. Open to physician assistant practice majors only. Prerequisite: PCPA 503.
Last of three-semester sequence in current topics in behavioral medicine, psychological and cultural factors in health and illness, interpersonal and sociological aspects of patient care, and competencies for PA practice. Open to physician assistant practice majors only. Prerequisite: PCPA 506. PCPA 523 Clinical Skills I (4, Fa) Laboratory
experiences with basic clinical skills essential to medical practice. First of four courses. Open to physician assistant practice majors only.
Department of Molecular Microbiology and Immunology
PCPA 526 Clinical Skills II (6, Sp) Laboratory
experiences with basic clinical skills essential to medical practice. Second of four courses. Open to physician assistant practice majors only. Prerequisite: PCPA 523. PCPA 529 Clinical Skills III (6, Fa) Laboratory
experiences with basic clinical skills essential to medical practice. Third of four courses. Open to physician assistant practice majors only. Prerequisite: PCPA 526. PCPA 530 Basic Medical Sciences (6, Fa)
A one-semester overview of clinical anatomy, physiology, pathophysiology, and pathology essential to understanding disease mechanisms commonly encountered in primary care and specialty practices of medicine. Open to physician assistant practice majors only. PCPA 532 Clinical Skills IV (3, SpSm) Labo-
ratory experiences with basic clinical skills essential to medical practice. Last of four courses. Open to physician assistant practice majors only. Prerequisite: PCPA 529.
PCPA 543 Topics in Medicine I (4, Fa) Basic
instruction in normal/abnormal states of organ systems in the study of human disease. The first of three courses that includes instruction in pathophysiology, pharmacology, diagnostic studies, and medicine. Open to physician assistant practice majors only. PCPA 546 Topics in Medicine II (6, Sp) Basic
instruction in normal/abnormal states of organ systems in the study of human disease. The second of three courses that includes instruction in pathophysiology, pharmacology, diagnostic studies, and medicine. Open to physician assistant practice majors only. Prerequisite: PCPA 543.
PCPA 549 Topics in Medicine III (6, Fa) Basic
instruction in normal/abnormal states of organ systems in the study of human disease. The third of three courses that includes instruction in pathophysiology, pharmacology, diagnostic studies, and medicine. Open to physician assistant practice majors only. Prerequisite: PCPA 546. PCPA 561 Clinical Assignment I (3.5, FaSpSm)
One discrete consecutive five-day-a-week intensive field placement under a programapproved supervising preceptor in a programapproved clinical setting. Graded CR/NC. PCPA 562 Clinical Assignment II (3.5, FaSpSm) One discrete consecutive five-day-
a-week intensive field placement under a program-approved supervising preceptor in a program-approved clinical setting. Graded CR/NC.
PCPA 563 Clinical Assignment III (3.5, FaSpSm) One discrete consecutive five-day-
781
PCPA 566 Clinical Assignment VI (3.5, FaSpSm) One discrete consecutive five-day-
a-week intensive field placement under a program-approved supervising preceptor in a program-approved clinical setting. Graded CR/NC.
PCPA 567 Clinical Assignment VII (3.5, FaSpSm) One discrete consecutive five-day-
a-week intensive field placement under a program-approved supervising preceptor in a program-approved clinical setting. Graded CR/NC.
PCPA 568 Clinical Assignment VIII (3.5, FaSpSm) One discrete consecutive five-day-
a-week intensive field placement under a program-approved supervising preceptor in a program-approved clinical setting. Graded CR/NC. PCPA 583 Advanced Topics in PA Studies: Education (4, Sp) Seminar format: students
a-week intensive field placement under a program-approved supervising preceptor in a program-approved clinical setting. Graded CR/NC.
explore educational theories and methods used by PAs in a variety of settings, including clinical practice, classroom and community. Open to physician assistant practice majors only.
PCPA 564ab Clinical Assignment IV (a: 3.5; b: 0, FaSpSm) One discrete consecutive five-
PCPA 586 Advanced Topics in PA S tudies: Research (4, Sp) Seminar format: students
PCPA 565ab Clinical Assignment V (a: 3.5; b: 0, FaSpSm) One discrete consecutive five-
PCPA 589 Advanced Topics in PA Studies: Medical Care Organization (4, Sp) Seminar
day-a-week intensive field placement under a program-approved supervising preceptor in a program-approved clinical setting. Graded CR/NC.
day-a-week intensive field placement under a program-approved supervising preceptor in a program-approved clinical setting. Graded CR/NC.
receive an integrated experience in research methods including methodology, data collection, analysis and evaluation. Open to physician assistant practice majors only.
format: students will explore current topics in medical care organization and physician assistant practice including administration, financing, changing organizational settings, and workforce issues. Open to physician assistant practice majors only.
Department of Molecular Microbiology and Immunology Hoffman Medical Research Center 401 2011 Zonal Avenue, Los Angeles 90089-9094 (323) 442-1713 FAX: (323) 442-1721 Email: mmidept@usc.edu keck.usc.edu/en/Education/Academic_ Department_and_Divisions/Department_of_ Molecular_Microbiology_and_Immunology
Rita and Edward Polusky Chair in Basic Cancer Research: Michael Lieber, Ph.D., M.D.
Faculty
Chair, Graduate Advisory Committee: Stanley M. Tahara, Associate Professor
Professor and Chair: Jae U. Jung, Ph.D. Fletcher Jonas Foundation Chair of Molecular Biology and Immunology: Jae Jung, Ph.D.
Walter A. Richter Chair in Cancer Research: W. Martin Kast, Ph.D. Leslie P. Weiner Chair in Neurology and Richard Angus Grant, Sr., Chair in Neurology: Leslie P. Weiner, M.D.
Professors: S. Chen; L. Comai; S.J. Gao; D.A. Horwitz (Medicine); M. Lieber (Pathology, Biochemistry and Molecular Biology); W.M. Kast; M. McMillan; J.-H. Ou; P. K. Pattengale (Pathology); L.P. Weiner (Neurology) Associate Professors: Omid Akbari; E. Bogenmann (Pediatrics); P. Cannon; G. Coetzee (Urology); R. Duncan (Pharmacy); P. Feng; H.K.W. Fong (Ophthalmology); C. Hill (Radiation Oncology); A. Jong (Pediatrics); J.R. Landolph; H. Lee; A. Schönthal; S. Tahara; E. Zandi Assistant Professors: R.W. DePaolo; X.F. Huang; C. Liang; K. Machida; T. Saito (GI Liver-Medicine); W. Yuan
782
Keck School of Medicine
Associate Professor of Research: S.Y. Park
Training Grants and Fellowships Incoming domestic students may be supported by a departmental training grant or by a research grant to a specific faculty mentor during their first year; subsequently, students are supported by research grants awarded to individual faculty members. International students are supported by research assistantships.
Assistant Professors of Research: H. Jeong; M. Villacres (Pediatrics) Emeritus Professors: F. Aladjem; M. Lieb; G. Dennert Clinical Assistant Professor: Jie Li Distinguished Professor, Emeritus: Michael M.C. Lai The Department of Molecular Microbiology and Immunology is located on the Health Sciences Campus in the Elaine Stevely Hoffman Medical Research Center, in the USC Norris Comprehensive Cancer Center and at the USC Institute for Genetic Medicine. Faculty guidance and specialized facilities are available for advanced research in animal virology, eucaryotic cell biology and cellular differentiation, molecular and cellular immunology, genetic diseases, microbial and molecular genetics, regulation of gene expression, and chemical and viral carcinogenesis. Graduate Programs
Admissions An applicant to the graduate programs in molecular microbiology and immunology must have a bachelor’s degree from an accredited college or university with a major in science — usually biology, chemistry or physics. The applicant must have demonstrated strength in science or mathematics. Undergraduate course work should have included at least one year of biology, chemistry through organic chemistry, mathematics through calculus, physics and physical chemistry. Deficiencies may be made up early in the predoctoral program. The department encourages applicants to contact its office prior to making formal application. Each applicant must pass satisfactorily the general and advanced (biochemistry, cell and molecular biology or biology, chemistry or physics) portions of the Graduate Record Examinations, and must also arrange for three letters of recommendation to be written. In addition, the applicant must provide a onepage statement of career objectives, including the general area of research interest. This statement is intended to facilitate selection of those students who will most benefit from the department’s graduate program. A personal interview is strongly recommended but not required. Applicants who have attended graduate school at another university may be admitted to advanced standing upon recommendation of the department.
Master of Science The primary objective of the Master of Science program is to prepare students for a career in the broad field of biomedical sciences with focus on, but not limited to, microbiology, virology, immunology and cancer research. This program provides extensive theoretical preparation in combination with hands-on research, where students are trained in research laboratories located on the Health Sciences Campus (HSC), comprising the Keck Medical School, the School of Pharmacy and the USC Norris Comprehensive Cancer Center, or located at Children’s Hospital Los Angeles (CHLA). Goals of the program are to prepare students for employment opportunities in: academic research or teaching at universities, institutes or not-for-profit research centers; research and development in industry (biotech, pharma, petrol, dairies, breweries); health care (hospitals and health care providers, medical technology, diagnostic laboratories); law firms (patents, intellectual property rights, technology transfer, toxic torts); environmental organizations (advisory, management, planning); government (public health, waste management, EPA, FDA, NIH, etc.); publishing (journalism, journal editor). Admission Requirements Applicants are expected to have a bachelor’s degree in science (usually biology, chemistry or physics) from an accredited college or university. Generally required courses include: at least one year of college-level biology, chemistry through organic chemistry, mathematics through calculus, and one year of college-level physics. Students who do not meet all requirements may still apply, and admission will be decided on a case-by-case basis. In general, a minimum undergraduate GPA of 3.0 is expected. Additionally, a student must take the Graduate Record Examinations (GRE), and a minimum score of 1000 is expected. International applicants are expected to provide results from the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL; results from Internet-based, computer-based or paperbased tests are acceptable).
Course Requirements A total of 34 units is required. Students may pursue a thesis option which requires completion of MICB 594abz (2-2-0) plus 30 units of approved course work, no more than 8 of which can be MICB 590 Directed Research. Students pursuing a non-thesis option must complete 34 units of approved course work. Students must choose one of these options by the end of the first year of study. Fourteen or more course units must be taken in the Department of Molecular Microbiology and Immunology; 8 units may be pursued outside the department and, upon approval, a maximum of 8 units of directed research in molecular microbiology and immunology may be applied to the degree. No more than 4 units of course work taken outside of USC can be applied toward the M.S. degree requirements. Students considering such an action should submit a petition to the department and document a rigorous academic standard for the course (reading materials, tests and other performance criteria, lecture content, etc.). The graduate advisory committee will review the petition and inform the student of its decision. Doctor of Philosophy The Department of Molecular Microbiology and Immunology offers a Ph.D. degree program geared toward training students for future independent research careers in an academic or industrial setting. The program introduces students to research early in their first year through rotations in laboratories. Subsequent required course work in basic and advanced topics and an intensive research experience are designed to foster independent and critical thinking. Students normally select a faculty research adviser for their dissertation by the end of their first year. Course Requirements A minimum of 60 units of graduate study is required for the Ph.D. degree; at least 30 of these must be taken at USC. Because the background of applicants varies widely, the department’s graduate advisory committee consults with each student to design an individualized schedule of prescribed courses. In the course of their program, all students are expected to become familiar with the principles of m icrobiology and general biochemistry and to study advanced biochemistry, microbial physiology and genetics, immunology, virology, molecular biology, and chemical and viral oncology.
Department of Molecular Microbiology and Immunology
Screening Procedure Before completing more than six courses (24 units) in regular graduate status, each student is required to pass a written screening examination administered at the end of the first year of graduate study. This examination consists of questions submitted by the faculty and is intended to expose any areas of weakness in the student’s abilities. After passing the screening examination, the student is expected to select an area of research and obtain the consent of a member of the department to serve as research adviser. Guidance Committee The department’s graduate advisory committee serves as the advisory committee for all first- and second-year graduate students. To replace the graduate committee, a five-member guidance committee is appointed for each student after the departmental screening examination is passed. The guidance committee is responsible for counseling the student, preparing the student for the qualifying examination, administering the examination, and recommending advancement of the student to candidacy for the Ph.D. degree. The student may recommend a chair for this committee, who must be a departmental faculty member but not the student’s Ph.D. adviser. Appointment of the chair is subject to approval of the student’s research adviser, the department chair and the graduate advisory committee. Other committee members must include three faculty members from within the department (other than the student’s Ph.D. adviser) and one faculty member from another Ph.D. granting department. Members of the committee must be approved by the department chair and the full training committee faculty and are officially appointed by the dean of graduate studies. Qualifying Examination Students in the Ph.D. program must pass both the written and oral portions of the qualifying examination administered by their guidance committee during the second year of graduate study. The examination consists of a research proposition which must be presented in written form and defended orally. The written proposition is an independent research proposal, outside of the student’s immediate area of thesis research and supported by documentary references. The graduate advisory committee and the guidance committee will instruct the student in how to prepare the proposition in appropriate subdisciplines of microbiology. The final draft of the written proposition must be submitted to the department faculty at least two weeks in advance of the oral examination. The oral examination is open, and all members of the department faculty may
participate in questioning the student. The examination will include exploration of the student’s written proposition but need not be restricted to it; faculty may also question the student on relevant areas of science covered in course work or in current scientific literature. All portions of the oral examination must be completed at the same time. Final evaluation of the examination is by vote of the guidance committee alone. If there is more than one dissenting vote from the guidance committee, the student is judged to have failed the examination. At the discretion of the committee, the student may be allowed to repeat the examination once within a period of one year from the date of the original examination but not before six months. Annual Research Appraisal (ARA) Beginning in the second year, each graduate student pre sents a progress report to his or her research committee. For students not yet appointed to candidacy, their major adviser, one faculty member from within the department and one faculty member from outside the department comprise the committee. Students appointed to candidacy meet with their dissertation committee. Prior to the meeting, the student prepares a short written document describing significant experiments, problems and projected studies. This document is distributed to committee members and is included in the student’s file. The ARA meeting is intended to be a working session between the student and his or her committee; experimental results and problems are discussed within this context. In addition the student presents a research plan for the next year of work. A satisfactory ARA is required of every student for each year in residence. A final ARA is required before the student is permitted to write the dissertation. The student collects and organizes all experimental data to be written into the dissertation as the final ARA document. This will be considered a preliminary draft of the dissertation. At the conclusion of the final ARA meeting, the dissertation committee will either recommend further experiments or approve the document and give permission for writing the dissertation. Advancement to Candidacy When the student has successfully passed the qualifying examination, the guidance committee recommends the student’s advancement to candidacy for the Ph.D. degree. Admission is by action of the dean of graduate studies. At this time the guidance committee also approves the student’s dissertation topic.
783
Dissertation Committee After advancement to candidacy and approval of the dissertation topic, and with the unanimous recommendation of the committee to the dean of graduate studies, the guidance committee may be reduced to a three-member dissertation committee. Members of the dissertation committee should include the student’s research adviser as chair, another faculty member from the department and one faculty member from outside the department; additional members may be appointed. This committee is responsible for counseling the student during preparation of the dissertation, and conducting the final oral examination during the dissertation defense. Dissertation and Oral Defense The student’s research is reported in a dissertation written under the guidance of the research adviser. The dissertation must demonstrate the student’s capacity for independent research, scholarly achievement and technical mastery of a special field. When the final draft of the dissertation is ready, the student will take the final oral examination, which is open to the university community. This examination is a defense of the major research conclusions of the dissertation. All doctoral candidates must be registered in 794 Doctoral Dissertation each semester (excluding summer sessions) from the time of their advancement to candidacy until their dissertation is approved for final text preparation. Under exceptional circumstances students may be excused from registration for a semester by petitioning the Graduate School for a leave of absence. The granting of a leave does not alter the student’s responsibility to meet the time schedule for completion of all degree requirements. Time Requirements It is the policy of the department to encourage students to complete the degree program for the Ph.D. as rapidly as possible. Ph.D. degrees are currently taking an average of four-and-a-half to five years. The university requires that the student complete the degree within six or eight years of the date on which USC graduate work commenced, depending upon whether the student was admitted with a prior applicable master’s degree. Extensions may be granted for compelling reasons, but in no case may the time be extended for more than two years.
784
Keck School of Medicine
Courses of Instruction MOLECULAR MICROBIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY (MICB)
MICB 531 Cell Biology (4) (Enroll in
The terms indicated are expected but are not guaranteed. For the courses offered during any given term, consult the Schedule of Classes.
MICB 542 Animal Virology (2, max 6, Irregular) Virus structure and chemistry; virus-cell
MICB 500L Introductory Medical Microbiology (4, Irregular) A survey of microorgan-
INTD 531)
interactions; aspects of virus genetics; molecular biology; pathogenesis, immunology, and evolution of viral infections.
isms which cause human infectious diseases including mechanisms of pathogenesis, principles of antibiotic usage, pertinent microbial genetics; lectures, laboratories and demonstrations. Prerequisite: one year general biology, one semester biochemistry.
MICB 549 Student Seminar Series (1, max 8, FaSp) Microbiology students will present
MICB 501 Introduction to Immunology (1, Irregular) Basic introduction into molec
ments in pathogenesis of select microbial, viral and parasitic agents with particular emphasis on molecular factors and their synergistic (antagonistic) actions.
ular, cellular, and clinical immunology for second year medical students and graduate students in Microbiology. (Duplicates credit in BISC 450L.)
MICB 571 Biochemistry (4, Fa) (Enroll in
INTD 571)
MICB 572 Systems Physiology and Disease I (4, Fa) (Enroll in INTD 572)
MICB 550 Microbial Pathogenesis (2, Irregular) Critical discussion of recent develop-
MICB 573 Systems Physiology and Disease II (4, Sp) (Enroll in INTD 573)
MICB 551 Procaryotic Molecular Genetics (4, Fa) Macromolecular processes and their
be scheduled on a yearly and rotating basis. Prerequisite: MICB 501.
regulation in procaryotes; DNA replication, transcription, and post-transcriptional events in general and as related to operons, phage biology, and eucaryotic organelles.
MICB 503 Current Topics in Immunology (1, max 8, Irregular) Discussion forum on
MICB 560 Recent Advances in Microbiology (1, max 6, Irregular) Intensive examination
MICB 504 Molecular Biology of Cancer (4, Sp) (Enroll in INTD 504)
current research topics. Students present published and unpublished research results for discussion and critique. Prerequisite: current enrollment in Microbiology Ph.D. program.
research seminars describing their thesis progress.
MICB 502 Molecular and Cellular Immunology (2, max 8, Irregular) Specific topics to
the diverse areas of research which constitute modern immunology. Prerequisite: MICB 501.
MICB 570 Microbiology Research Seminar (1, max 10, FaSpSm) Critical discussion of
of selected topics in microbiology. Student presentations and critiques. Required for all graduate students.
MICB 561 Molecular Genetics (4, Sp) (Enroll
in INTD 561)
MICB 522 Infection and Host Responses (4, Sp) (Enroll in INTD 522)
MICB 590 Directed Research (1-12, FaSpSm)
Research leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. MICB 594abz Master’s Thesis (2-2-0, FaSpSm) Credit on acceptance of thesis.
Graded IP/CR/NC.
MICB 601 Molecular Biology of Gene Regulation (2, max 8, FaSp) (Enroll in BIOC 601) MICB 790 Research (1-12, FaSpSm)
Research leading to the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. MICB 794abcdz Doctoral Dissertation (2-2-2-2-0, FaSpSm) Credit on acceptance of
dissertation. Graded IP/CR/NC.
Department of Pathology Hoffman Medical Research Center 204 2011 Zonal Avenue, Los Angeles 90089‑9092 M.S. Student Adviser: Cheng-Ming Chuong, M.D., Ph.D., (323) 442-1296 Ph.D. Student Adviser: Florence M. Hofman, Ph.D., (323) 442-1153 FAX: (323) 442-3049
Kenneth T. Norris Jr. Chair in Medicine and Hastings Professor of Medicine: Edward D. Crandall, M.D., Ph.D. Rita and Edward Polusky Chair in Basic Cancer Research: Michael Lieber, Ph.D., M.D. Rupert and Gertrude Stieger Vision Research Chair: Narsing Rao, M.D.
Faculty
Michael E. Selsted, M.D., Ph.D., Professor and Chair
Gavin S. Herbert Professor of Vision Research: David R. Hinton, M.D.
Renette and Marshall Ezralow Family Chair in Cancer Therapeutics: Parkash Gill, M.D.
Professors: V. Askanas (Neurology); P.T. Chandrasoma*; C.-M. Chuong; T.D. Coates (Pediatrics); E.D. Crandall (Medicine); L. Dubeau; W.K. Engel (Neurology); A.L. Epstein; P.S. Gill (Medicine, Urology); F.H. Gilles (Neurological Surgery, Neurology); S. Govindarajan; D. Hinton (Neurological Surgery,
Harold E. Lee Chair in Cancer Research: Michael F. Press, M.D., Ph.D.
Ophthalmology); F.M. Hofman (Ophthalmology, Neurological Surgery); R.W. Jelliffe (Medicine); M.N. Koss; M.R. Lieber (Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, Molecular Microbiology and Immunology); T.M. Mack (Family and Preventive Medicine); C.A. Miller (Neurology); B.N. Nathwani; A. Ouellette; P.K. Pattengale (Molecular Microbiology and Immunology); M.F. Press; F.P. Quismorio, Jr. (Medicine); N.A. Rao (Ophthalmology); S. Rasheed; P. Roy‑Burman (Biochemistry and Molecular Biology)*; M.E. Selsted; R.P. Sherwin; D.K. Shibata; I.A. Shulman; M.R. Stallcup (Biochemistry and Molecular Biology); C.R. Taylor; T.J. Triche (Pediatrics); H. Tsukamoto
Department of Pathology
Associate Professors: S. Bellusci (Surgery); T.C. Chen (Neurological Surgery); W. Cozen (Preventive Medicine); A. Erdreich-Epstein (Pediatrics); B.H. Gross (Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Medicine); A. Kovacs (Pediatrics); B.W. Kovacs (Obstetrics and Gynecology); J.R. Landolph (Molecular Microbiology and Immunology, Molecular Pharmacology and Toxicology); H.A. Liebman (Medicine); S.E. Martin; S.B. Turkel (Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences, Pediatrics) Assistant Professors: S. Asgharzadeh (Pediatrics); E.P. Kartalov; Y.M. Kim (Pediatrics); K. Kobielak; R.D. Ladner; B. Stiles (Pharmacology and Pharmaceutical Sciences) Adjunct Professor: W.M. Blackmore (Physiology and Biophysics) Clinical Professors: R.D. Aller; C.A. Bell; H.N. Canawati; J.N. Carberry; J. Cicciarelli (Urology); K.A. Frankel; A.M. Gown; D.S. Harrington; R.E. Horowitz; G. Kanel; A. Keyser; L. Khawli; D.V. Kon; O.T. Kuzma (Medicine); D.H. Mills; D.L. Moyer; J. Nelson; P. Nichols; P.N. Rao; C. Rogers; A.A. Roscher; L. Sathyavagiswaran (Medicine); S.-R. Shi; S.V. Sostrin; A. Verity Clinical Associate Professors: C. J. Cobb; M.M. Cosgrove; B.D. Florentine; T.E. Howard; G. Pezeshkpour; M. Pietruszka; A.S.S. Raza; J.S. Wollman Clinical Assistant Professors: A. Baltayan; S.G. Brodie; E. Carpenter, Jr.; J.A. Chan; W. Chick; O. Chinwah; P.D. Colman; E.C. Dinovo; R. Gellibolian; M.D. Haimowitz; L.K. Kelly; M.T. Kiyabu; B. Kwok; B.J. Le Berthon; M.S. Lewis; A.M. Marinovich; K. Matsuda; V. Nelson; M. Osby; L.A. Pena; R. Phan; G. Pinsky; S.T. Pullarkat; V. Richters; L.A. Scheinin; R.A. Soni; K.J. Young; S.K. Young Clinical Instructors: P. Javaherbin; G.N. Pontrelli Professors of Clinical: R.K. Brynes; K.-M. Chan; D.L. Commins; J.F. Emerson; D.B. Endres; J.C. Felix (Obstetrics and Gynecology); E.M. Gomperts (Pediatrics); A.L. Hiti; Y. Iwaki (Urology, Surgery); P. Mhawech‑Fauceglia; W.Y. Naritoku; L.M. Petrovic; A.E. Sherrod; H. Shimada; S. Wu (Pediatrics) Professors of Research: J. Groffen (Pediatrics); E. Heisterkamp (Pediatrics) Associate Professors of Clinical: N.J. Barr; D.B. Casebolt; A.N. Fedenko (Orthopaedic Surgery); D. Hawes; S. He (Ophthalmology); A.R. Judkins; Y. Ma; L.L. Wang (Surgery); P.M. Ward; G.D. Zeger
Assistant Professors of Clinical: J.A.M. Benjamin; M. Burnett (Neurology); A.J. Correa; C.E. Day; W.A. Elatre; X. Fu; G.H. Kim; N.E. Klipfel; I. Knezevic-Maramica; K.K.Y. Lai; F. Ough; K.A. Rich; M. Shamszadeh; M.E. Sibug; I. Siddiqi; R.G. Simental-Pizarro; K.D. Tsoulas; J.D. Vallone; L.Wang; Y. Wang Associate Professors of Research: W. Cozen (Preventive Medicine); R.B. Widelitz; L. Wu Assistant Professors of Research: K. Asahani; Y.-P. Han (Surgery); T. Jiang; R.D. Ladner; S. Lee; R.A. Moats (Radiology); K.A. Nash; P. Tongaonkar; P. Wu; Jun Xu; J.F. Zhong; D. Zhu Research Professor: T. Oki Research Associate Professor: S.M. Brennan Research Assistant Professors: P. Hu; N.W. Marten; Y. Ouyang Resident Clinical Instructors: S. Acree; M. Afkhami; W. Apichairuk; W. Bishop; M. Boonyasampant; E. Broxman; D. Cortez; S. Das; A. D’Auria; N. Ellis; J. Friedman; A. Garcia; Juan Guo; T. Hacopian; A. Hagiya; M. Holden; M. Karunanayake; B. Kay; M. Kennedy; K.I. Kersch; G. Kim; C. Lee; E. Loo; C. Magana; A. Marachan; J. Marchan; A. Mathew; T. Meneses; C. Pang; M. Pessarakli; O. Press; K. Qidwai; X. Qing; N. Rawlinson; D. Samrao; M. Sharifian; B. Shlopov; S. Srivastava; L. Whitledge (Zamis); J. Xie; Y. Xie; E. Yung Emeritus Professors: S.B. Chandor; J.W. Parker; A. Richters; D. Tatter; R. Terry; N.E. Warner; E.T. Wong Emeritus Associate Professor: A.D. Cramer Emeritus Clinical Professors: H.S. Aijian; M. Greenblatt; G.G. Hadley; W.H. Kern; J.A. Kernen; E.B. Reilly; D.S. Shillam; R.J. Schroeder; S.C. Sommers; P.R. Thompson Emeritus Clinical Associate Professor: W.C. Smith Emeritus Clinical Assistant Professors: R.L. McClure; J.K. Waken Emeritus Professors of Clinical: J.F.P. Dixon; T.T. Noguchi (Emergency Medicine) Emeritus Associate Professor of Clinical: W.P. Lewis Emeritus Assistant Professor of Clinical: R.B. Hopper Emeritus Professor of Research: T.L. Lincoln *Recipient of university-wide or school teaching award.
785
The Department of Pathology provides training for both medical and graduate students. Medical students are trained in general, systemic and cellular pathology, providing them with an understanding and visualization of the basic processes underlying symptoms and clinical courses, as well as the ability to evaluate laboratory findings. This department also contributes to the training of residents and fellows at the LAC+USC Healthcare Network, Keck Hospital of USC and USC Norris Cancer Hospital, and the VA Greater Los Angeles Healthcare Network, providing these residents and fellows with an intensive residency program in anatomic and clinical pathology and offering subspecialty fellowship training in surgical pathology, cytopathology, hematopathology and neuropathology. The Department of Pathology has a Master of Science program. The two-year M.S. program provides training in the latest technologies and concepts of biomedical research and provides the graduate with enhanced opportunities for positions in biotechnology companies, teaching colleges and various health department/governmental positions. With more than 87 full-time faculty and more than 40 residents and fellows in training, the USC Department of Pathology is one of the largest pathology departments in the United States. The department is particularly strong in areas of surgical pathology, cytopathology, hematopathology, immunocytochemistry, immunopathology, neuropathology, and AIDS-related research. The department maintains active research programs in hematopathology, neuropathology and translational cancer research and has begun to expand its base in radioimmunoimaging and immunotherapy. It also has ongoing research projects in the new areas of molecular and genetic pathology. Since October 2003, the VA Greater Los Angeles Healthcare System Pathology Residency Training Program has been incorporated with the LAC+USC Medical Center Pathology Residency Training Program. The department provides diagnostic laboratory services for the LAC+USC Medical Center, the USC Norris Cancer Hospital, the Doheny Eye Hospital, Keck Hospital of USC and the USC Clinical Laboratories Group. Approximately 40 of the department’s full-time faculty members work in service laboratories throughout the LAC+USC Medical Center, where they are supported by 40 residents and fellows and a technical and clerical staff numbering in excess of 500. The USC Norris Cancer Hospital and Research Institute and Keck Hospital of USC houses seven full-time pathologists, two fellows, two residents and approximately 25 clerical and support staff.
786
Keck School of Medicine
Graduate Programs
and other specialty areas. The Department of Pathology also offers the Accreditation Council on Graduate Medical Education (ACGME) fully-credited fellowship training in cytopathology (four positions). Hemato pathology (two positions) and neuropathol ogy (one position). The Surgical Pathology Fellowship Training Program recently received five years full accreditation of their program (seven positions).
General Admissions Applicants to the graduate program in pathology must have a bachelor’s degree from an accredited college or university with an undergraduate major in one of the natural sciences; a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 for undergraduate work is required. Applicants must submit undergraduate transcripts and letters of recommendation from two undergraduate teachers with their application. All applicants must take the general portion of the Graduate Record Examinations (GRE). A combined score of at least 1100 for the verbal and quantitative scores is required. International students whose native language is not English must submit scores from the TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) examination. Personal interviews by members of the department’s Graduate Committee may be requested. Original application materials, except letters of recommendation, should be sent to the Office of Admission, University of Southern California. To expedite consideration of the application, applicants should also send photocopies of the application, transcripts, and GRE scores to the Pathology Department’s Graduate Committee secretary, Lisa Doumak. Letters of recommendation should be addressed directly to the secretary, Graduate Committee. Applications are considered for admission to both the fall and spring semesters. Residency and Fellowship Programs The Department of Pathology offers seven first-year residency positions and 28 residency positions in its fully approved four-year training program in anatomic and clinical pathology at the LAC+USC Medical Center. Training is offered in autopsy and surgical pathology, neuropathology, cytology, micro biology, hematopathology, immunohematology, clinical chemistry, toxicology, immunopathology, radioisotopes, cytogenetics, instrumentation, management, computer techniques, electron microscopy, molecular pathology
Master of Science in Experimental and Molecular Pathology The Department of Pathology offers a program for the master of science degree with a major in experimental and molecular pathology. The primary objectives of this program are to provide the necessary theoretical and practical training in experimental pathology that culminates with the master of science degree. Goals of the program are to train students in preparation for senior research staff or senior technician positions in academic or industrial institutes, further M.D. or Ph.D. study, consultantships requiring multidisciplinary backgrounds or advanced teaching positions in community colleges. Admissions The prerequisite for applicants to this program in pathology is a bachelor’s degree with an undergraduate major in one of the natural sciences. A minimum GPA of 3.0 in the natural sciences (including mathematics) is usually required. Applicants must achieve a competitive score on the general portions of the Graduate Record Examinations (GRE). In addition, the department requires at least three letters of recommendation from faculty members who can evaluate the applicant’s potential for graduate work. Demonstrated proficiency in the English language is required. International students whose native language is not English must submit scores from the TOEFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) examination. Special circumstances may provide consideration for conditional admission.
Course Requirements At least 34 units of graduate study are required. The required courses include INTD 522 Infection and Host Responses (4), INTD 531 Cell Biology (4), INTD 550 Introduction to Pathology (4), INTD 551 Pathobiology of Disease (4), INTD 571 Biochemistry (4), PATH 552ab Methods in Experimental Pathology (5) and PATH 570ab Seminar in Pathology (2). Fourteen or more course units must be taken in the Department of Pathology, 8 units may be pursued outside the department, and a maximum of 8 units of directed research in pathology may be applied to the degree. No more than 4 units of course work taken outside of USC should be applied toward the M.S. degree requirements. Students considering such an action should submit a petition to the pathology graduate committee and document a rigorous academic standard for the course (reading materials, texts and other performance criteria, lecture content, etc.). The pathology graduate committee reviews the petition and informs the student of its decision. Master’s Examinations/Master’s Thesis The Master of Science has the option of either an experiment-based thesis or theorybased thesis course of study. Each student’s program will be tailored to suit individual needs and background. Students who require training mainly in the knowledge of pathology may opt for the theory-based thesis course of study. Students also have an opportunity to register for directed research (PATH 590). For the experiment-based thesis option, the stu dent must take PATH 594ab Master’s Thesis. For the theory-based thesis option, the stu dent must take GRSC 810 Studies for Master’s Examination during the semester they plan to graduate if not otherwise enrolled.
Courses of Instruction PAT H O L O G Y ( PAT H )
The terms indicated are expected but are not guaranteed. For the courses offered during any given term, consult the Schedule of Classes. PATH 500ab Basic and Applied Systemic Pathology (3-2, Irregular) Clinical, gross, and
microscopic study of basic disease processes. Pathophysiology of major organ systems; etiology, pathogenesis and histopathology of important diseases; oral manifestations, clinical recognition.
PATH 531 Cell Biology (4) (Enroll in
INTD 531)
PATH 550 Introduction to Pathology (4, Fa)
(Enroll in INTD 550) PATH 551 Pathobiology of Disease (4)
(Enroll in INTD 551)
PATH 552ab Methods in Experimental Pathology (a: 3, Fa; b: 2, Sp) Includes
advanced techniques in: a: cell biology and protein chemistry; b: DNA analysis. The course is a practical approach to acquaint graduate students with current methodologies and applications used in biomedical research. PATH 555 Biochemical and Molecular Bases of Disease (4, Sp) (Enroll in INTD 555)
Department of Pediatrics Division of Medical Education
PATH 561 Molecular Genetics (4, Sp) (Enroll
in INTD 561)
PATH 570abcd Seminar in Pathology (1-1-1-1, FaSp) Recent advances in the
understanding of diseased cells and tissues are reported and discussed using standard seminars, as well as autopsy organ reviews. PATH 571 Biochemistry (4, Fa) (Enroll in
INTD 571)
PATH 572 Systems Physiology and Disease I (4, Fa) (Enroll in INTD 572) PATH 573 Systems Physiology and Disease II (4, Sp) (Enroll in INTD 573)
PATH 581 Essentials of Animal Experimentation (1, Fa) A course providing basic
information on the issues and responsibilities of investigators using animals in biomedical research. Recommended preparation: graduate standing.
787
PATH 630 Viral Oncology (2, Sp) Broad
aspects of RNA and DNA viral oncology from epidemiology to molecular genetics. Prerequisite: INTD 550; corequisite: INTD 551. PATH 650 Stem Cell Biology and Medicine (4, Sp) (Enroll in INTD 650)
PATH 590 Directed Research (1-12, FaSpSm)
Research leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. PATH 594abz Master’s Thesis (2-2-0, FaSpSm) Credit on acceptance of thesis.
Graded IP/CR/NC.
PATH 790 Research (1-12, FaSpSm)
Research leading to the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. PATH 794abcdz Doctoral Dissertation (2-2-2-2-0, FaSpSm) Credit on acceptance of
dissertation. Graded IP/CR/NC.
PATH 599 Special Topics (2-4, max 8, FaSp) PATH 575 Frontiers of Pathology (2, max 8, Sp) Weekly research lectures by lead-
ing investigators in the field of homeostatic response to injury such as cell death, inflammation, fibrosis and regeneration.
PATH 620 Neuropathology (2, max 8, Sp)
Diseases of the nervous system with special emphasis on disease processes exclusive to that organ system. Prerequisite: INTD 550; corequisite: INTD 551.
PATH 580 Cell Cycle Regulation (2, Sp)
The course will focus on recent advances in cell cycle research and discuss its potential significance for human development and health care. Prerequisite: biochemistry and cell biology.
PATH 625 Comparative Pathology (2, Fa)
Unifying concept of diseases common to animals and man. Similarities and differences of diseases affecting certain organ systems of animals as compared to man. Prerequisite: INTD 550; corequisite: INTD 551.
Department of Pediatrics Division of Medical Education Keith Administration Building 211 1975 Zonal Avenue, Los Angeles 90089‑9024 (323) 442-2372 FAX: (323) 442-2051 Program Adviser: Diane Boughton (323) 442-2384 Email: boughton@usc.edu Faculty
Division Head: M.A. Hitchcock Professors: M.A. Hitchcock (Education); J.G. Nyquist; B.P. Wood Associate Professors: J. Gates (Family Medicine); R.A. Girard; W. May Instructor: D. Poole Clinical Faculty: A.M. Alexander; J. Davis; D.L. Fisher; S.A. Lemme (Family Medicine); D. Souder; M. Sullivan Emeritus Professor: S. Abrahamson
Established in 1963 as one of the first medical education units in the United States, the division conducts educational programs for four different types of students: medical students; graduate students in education; those teaching in medical and other health professional education settings; and physicians in the postgraduate study of medical education.
Administratively, the division is an independent unit in Educational Affairs in the Keck School of Medicine. The faculty hold appointments in the Department of Pediatrics. The division also employs 10 staff and research assistants. All activities of the division are conducted at the USC Health Sciences Campus.
The division’s primary mission is to enhance the quality of medical education by serving as a resource of educational expertise for planning, developing, and evaluating medical education programs and conducting educational research. Similar activities and programs are conducted with various government and private organizations outside the university.
Fellowship Programs
Major research and training interests of the faculty include the instruction of lay persons to be used as standardized patients for teaching and evaluation, case-based learning, pre-med programs for minority students and interactive video systems.
Teaching and Learning A Teaching and Learning Fellowship program is offered to health care professionals who are engaged in teaching. The primary goals of this fellowship are to provide participants with multiple ways to teach and evaluate effectively. Through seminars, fellows will gain increased understanding of basic principles of teaching and learning and achieve the skills necessary to apply principles effectively.
788
Keck School of Medicine
Educational Leadership An Educational Leadership Fellowship program is available for health care professionals with two primary goals: to prepare participants for understanding and serving in positions of leadership and enhance fellows’ personal and professional effectiveness. Seminars will explore transformational change, team and community formation, group dynamics, organizational culture and resources.
Master of Academic Medicine
Postgraduate Program
The program addresses the unique population of medical and health professions faculty who are focused on leading the academic enterprise for health professionals at the undergraduate, graduate and continuing education levels. The six-semester program consists of 32 graduate units and employs a hybrid model, combining on-campus faceto-face sessions, blended with online course work. For more information, see page 767.
Individually tailored programs of study in medical education are available to visiting postdoctoral fellows who wish to gain an understanding of principles, problems and practices in medical education. These visiting fellows may spend from a few weeks to a year in residence, participating in ongoing projects, seminars, readings and independent study.
Health Professions Teachers From time to time, the division offers special workshops or seminars in various subject areas related to the improvement of instruction. Division staff members are available to plan these special programs on request.
Department of Physiology and Biophysics Mudd Memorial Research Building 626 1333 San Pablo Street, Los Angeles 90089‑9142 (323) 442-1040 FAX: (323) 442-2283 Email: physiol@hsc.usc.edu Student Adviser: H. Kaslow (323) 442-1244
Associate Professors: Marilyn Ader; Robert H. Chow; Harvey R. Kaslow; Richard L. Lubman (Medicine/Pulmonary Patient Care); Alapakkam P. Sampath; Richard Watanabe; Jang-Hyun Youn; Alan S.L. Yu; Li Zhang Assistant Professors: Steven Mittelman; Joyce Richey; Samuel Yiu Adjunct Professor: Dwight W. Warren III
Faculty
Berislav V. Zlokovic, M.D., Ph.D., Chair of the Department of Physiology and Biophysics and Director of the Center for Neurodegeneration and Regeneration at the USC Zilkha Neurogenic Institute Director, USC Research Center for Liver Diseases, Chief, Division of Gastrointestinal and Liver Diseases, USC Associates/Thomas H. Brem Chair in Medicine, and Veronica P. Budnick, M.D., Chair in Liver Disease: Neil Kaplowitz, M.D. Professors: Michael Arbib (Computer Science/ Engineering); Thomas Buchanan (Medicine/ Obstetrics and Gynecology); Vito M. Campese; Timothy M. Chan (Molecular Pharmacology and Toxicology); Casey Donovan (Exercise Science); Robert A. Farley* (Biochemistry); Caleb Finch (Gerontology and Neurobiology); Michael Goran (Preventive Medicine); Sarah Hamm-Alvarez (Pharmaceutical Sciences); Cage S. Johnson (Medicine/Hematology); Neil Kaplowitz (Medicine/GI Liver/Patient Care); Kwang Jin Kim (Medicine, Biomedical Engineering); Herbert J. Meiselman; Austin K. Mircheff; Dennis O’Leary (Otolaryngology); Janos Peti-Peterdi; Alan G. Watts
*Recipient of university-wide or school teaching award.
The Department of Physiology and Biophysics is located on the Health Sciences Campus, with laboratories and administrative offices in the Seeley Mudd Laboratory, the Doheny Eye Institute, the Parkview Medical Building and the Raulston Building. Faculty of the department are also located at the LAC+USC Medical Center and in research laboratories on the University Park Campus. The graduate program in physiology and biophysics is designed to prepare students for a career in research and teaching in physiology and related fields. Faculty of the department guide students toward becoming effective members of today’s scientific community by providing an integrated knowledge of physiological systems at several levels of organization. The course of study required of each candidate is planned to meet his or her individual interests and needs. Faculty guidance and specialized facilities are available for advanced research in the four broad areas of research represented in the department: endocrinology, reproduction and metabolism; neurophysiology; fluid and electrolyte physiology; and cellular and molecular physiology.
Graduate Programs
Admissions Applicants should have a bachelor’s degree in one of the natural sciences. Undergraduate course work in mathematics (including one and a half years of calculus), physics (one year), organic chemistry (aliphatic and aromatic), and biological sciences (one year) is required. Prospective students should also have completed at least two courses from among the following areas: physical chemistry, advanced physics, electronics, histology, physiology, cell biology, computer science, or biochemistry. Equivalent work will be considered on an individual basis. Students interested in applying must complete a departmental preapplication available from the director of graduate studies. Graduate Record Examinations scores, complete undergraduate transcripts and three letters of recommendation are required before the application can be considered. The preapplication procedure should be completed before May 1 for admission to the following fall semester. All applicants must also apply formally to the university. Final acceptance is contingent upon completion of the official admission procedure. Master of Science Admission requirements are the same as for the Doctor of Philosophy degree. Course Requirements The master’s degree in physiology and biophysics requires completion of 33 graduate level units with a minimum grade point average of 3.0. All students
Department of Physiology and Biophysics
are required to take the following: INTD 500, INTD 572, INTD 573, PHBI 608ab and/or PHBI 550, PM 510L, and two of the following: INTD 531, INTD 571, NEUR 524, NEUR 531. Students enroll in additional graduate level classes with prior approval of their graduate student adviser. The Master of Science candidate has the option of either a thesis or non-thesis course of study; the thesis option is usually required if more than 6 research units make up a 33-unit course plan. The specific program followed by thesisoption students is tailored to suit individual needs and background in consultation with the academic director of the program and the student’s guidance committee. There is no foreign language requirement. Minimum standards for satisfactory performance and continued enrollment in the M.S. program are an average of 3.0 in all non-research courses, an average of 3.0 in all courses and a grade of B or higher in INTD 572, INTD 573 and PHBI 608a. Doctor of Philosophy Course Requirements A total of 60 units of graduate study is required for the Ph.D. degree. All students are required to take INTD 500, INTD 572, INTD 573, PHBI 608ab and/ or PHBI 550, PM 510L, and two of the following: INTD 531, INTD 571, NEUR 524, NEUR 531. The balance of the 60-unit requirement will be drawn from advanced physiology courses and seminars, courses from other departments, research and the dissertation. The specific program to be followed by each student is determined in consultation with the student’s adviser, guidance committee and the department faculty. There is no foreign language requirement.
Screening Procedure An overall GPA of 3.0 or better and a minimum grade of B (3.0) in all courses given by the department and also in INTD 531 are the minimum requirements for continuation in the Ph.D. program. After completion of the first two semesters of study, the eligibility of each student for continuation in the program will be reviewed by a departmental graduate screening committee. At the discretion of the graduate committee, successful completion of a screening examination may be required for progression to the third semester of graduate study. Guidance Committee The guidance committee consists of at least five members, three of whom must be from within the department and at least one of whom must be drawn from the faculty of another department. The chair of the committee will be the student’s dissertation adviser. Qualifying Examination The purpose of the qualifying examination is to give the student a formal opportunity to demonstrate to the faculty that he or she is qualified to conduct independent research. Passing this examination is formal recognition that the student has independently developed a research proposal that is significant and can be reasonably accomplished with available resources. At least 60 days prior to its scheduled date, the student must petition the Graduate School for permission to take the qualifying examination; the examination must be completed by the end of the semester during which application is made. Students must complete this examination no later than the fifth semester of graduate work. If the
789
student fails to take the examination by this time, the guidance committee will report a failure to pass the examination. The student then has one additional chance to take and pass the examination; this may not occur sooner than six months nor later than one year after the first examination. Applications to take the qualifying examination later than the fifth semester may be considered on an individual basis and must be approved by both the guidance committee chair and the department chair. The qualifying examination consists of a written and an oral portion. For the written portion, the student must prepare a proposal for a research project. The proposal must be submitted to the members of the guidance committee not less than 10 days prior to the oral portion of the examination. For the oral defense, the student should prepare an oral presentation of the proposal of approximately 30 minutes duration and be prepared to answer questions regarding any topic related to the proposal. Dissertation and Oral Defense Upon completion of the research project, and with the consent of the dissertation committee, the candidate prepares the written dissertation. After the dissertation has been read by the committee, the candidate must make an oral defense of the work.
Courses of Instruction PHYSIOLOGY AND BIOPHYSICS (PHBI)
PHBI 561 Molecular Genetics (4, Sp) (Enroll
The terms indicated are expected but are not guaranteed. For the courses offered during any given term, consult the Schedule of Classes.
PHBI 571 Biochemistry (4, Fa) (Enroll in
PHBI 524 Advanced Overview of Neuro sciences (4, Fa) (Enroll in NEUR 524) PHBI 531 Cell Biology (4) (Enroll in
INTD 531)
PHBI 550 Seminar in Advanced Cellular, Molecular and Systemic Physiology (1, max 12, FaSp) Lectures and student presentations
on advanced topics in molecular, cellular and systemic physiology. Open to systems biology and disease program, physiology and biophysics, and patholobiology students only. Graded CR/NC.
in INTD 561)
PHBI 594abz Master’s Thesis (2-2-0, FaSpSm)
Credit upon acceptance of thesis. Graded IP/CR/NC.
INTD 571)
PHBI 599 Special Topics (2-4, max 8, Sp)
PHBI 572 Systems Physiology and Disease I (4) (Enroll in INTD 572)
PHBI 608ab Advanced Cellular, Molecular and Systemic Physiology (a: 2 or 4, Fa; b: 2 or 4, Sp) Lectures and student presenta-
PHBI 573 Systems Physiology and Disease II (4) (Enroll in INTD 573)
tions on advanced topics in molecular, cellular and systemic physiology.
PHBI 590 Directed Research (1-12, FaSpSm)
PHBI 618 Mathematical Modeling in Endocrinology and Metabolism (3, Fa) The appli-
Research leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC.
cation of mathematics to problems including hormone-receptor interactions, tracer kinetics, and regulation of hormones and substrates at the level of the whole organism. Prerequisite: Calculus III.
790
Keck School of Medicine
PHBI 650 Mechanisms of Ion and Solute Transport Across Cell Membranes (2, Fa)
PHBI 651 Molecular Modeling and Kinetic Simulations in Membrane Transport (2, Fa)
Biophysical examination of the mechanisms of ion and solute transport across cell membranes; emphasis on the structures of transport proteins and kinetic models of transport. Recommended preparation: graduate level course in biochemistry, physical biochemistry, or cell biology.
Introduction to the principles of mathematical modeling of biological systems and molecular dynamics simulations, with emphasis on membrane transport. Recommended preparation: graduate level courses in biochemistry or physical biochemistry, and cell biology.
PHBI 790 Research (1-12, FaSpSm)
Research leading to the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. PHBI 794abcdz Doctoral Dissertation (2-2-2-2-0, FaSpSm) Credit on acceptance of
dissertation. Graded IP/CR/NC.
PHBI 660 Understanding Diseases of Ion Transport (2, Sp) Examination of the genet-
ics, biochemical mechanisms, and physiological characteristics of diseases caused by inherited mutations in ion channels and ion transport proteins.
Department of Preventive Medicine Biostatistics Division 2001 N. Soto Street, Suite 201-A Los Angeles 90032-3628 Director: W. Gauderman (323) 442-1810 FAX: (323) 442-2993 Email: mtrujill@usc.edu keck.usc.edu/Education/Academic_ Department_and_Divisions/Department_of_ Preventive_Medicine
Health Promotion and Disease Prevention Studies Program 3375 South Hoover Street University Village, Suite E 210 Los Angeles, CA 90089-7798 Director: Elahe Nezami, Ph.D. (213) 740-1060 FAX: (213) 821-1733 Email: bhealthy@usc.edu www.usc.edu/medicine/hp
Health Behavior Research Division c/o USC/IPR 2001 N. Soto Street, Suite 201-B Los Angeles 90032-3628 Director: Mary Ann Pentz, Ph.D. (323) 442-8299 Email: barovich@usc.edu keck.usc.edu/Education/Academic_ Department_and_Divisions/Department_of_ Preventive_Medicine
Global Health Studies 3375 South Hoover Street University Village, Suite E 210 Los Angeles, CA 90089-7798 Director: Elahe Nezami, Ph.D. (213) 740-1060 FAX: (213) 821-1733 Email: bhealthy@usc.edu www.usc.edu/globalhealthprogram
Environmental Health Division 2001 N. Soto Street, Suite 230 Los Angeles 90032-3628 Director: Frank D. Gilliland, M.D., Ph.D. (323) 442-1096 FAX: (323) 442-3272 keck.usc.edu/Education/Academic_ Department_and_Divisions/Department_of_ Preventive_Medicine
AFLAC Chair in Cancer Research: Robert Haile, Ph.D.
Master of Public Health Program 2001 N. Soto Street, Suite 201-D Los Angeles 90032-3628 Director: Louise A. Rohrbach, MPH, Ph.D. (323) 442-8237 Email: oraliago@usc.edu keck.usc.edu/Education/Academic_ Department_and_Divisions/Department_of_ Preventive_Medicine
Faculty
The Dr. Robert C. and Veronica Atkins Chair in Childhood Obesity and Diabetes: Michael I. Goran, Ph.D. Kenneth T. Norris Jr. Chair in Epidemiology: Brian E. Henderson, M.D. Verna R. Richter Chair in Cancer Research: Duncan Thomas, Ph.D. Flora L. Thornton Chair in Preventive Medicine: Jonathan M. Samet, M.S., M.D. Harry J. Bauer and Dorothy Bauer Rawlins Professor of Cardiology: Howard N. Hodis, M.D. Professors: S.P. Azen (Biokinesiology and Physical Therapy, Ophthalmology, Occupational Science); K. Berhane; R. Bluthenthal; G. Casey, C.-P. Chou (Social Work); P. Clarke (Communication); G. Coetzee (Urology, Microbiology); W.J. Gauderman; S. Gayther; F.D. Gilliland;
M. Goran (Physiology/Biophysics and Pediatrics [CHLA]); S. Gruskin; R. Haile; B.E. Henderson; H. Hodis (Medicine); B. Langholz; T.M. Mack (Pathology); Wendy Mack; R. McConnell; B. Meyerowitz (Psychology); M.A. Pentz; B. Portnoy (Pediatrics); J. Richardson; J.M. Samet; D. Stram; S. Sussman; T. Valente; D.C. Thomas; J. Unger; A. Wu; J. Zhang Associate Professors: H. Allayee; L. BaezcondeGarbanati; J.C. Chen; M. Cockburn; D. Conti; W. Cozen (Pathology); C. Haiman; S. Ingles; S. Ramus; L. Rohrbach; T. Seeman (Gerontology); K. Siegmund; D. Spruijt-Metz; P.D. Thomas, Jr.; G. Ursin; R. Watanabe (Physiology/Biophysics) Assistant Professors: B. Berman; C. Breton; C. Curtis; G. Dunton; S. Eckel; M. Franklin; J. Figueiredo; A. Leventhal; J.P. Lewinger; C.L. Pearce; N. Riggs; F. Schumacher; W. Setiawan; H. Wipfli Professors of Clinical: E.L. Avol; J.T. Casagrande; D. Deapen; A. Hricko; J.M. McCoy Associate Professors of Clinical: E. Nezami; D. Van Den Berg Assistant Professors of Clinical: T. BoleyCruz; C. Koprowski; L. Liu; K. Monroe; C. Patino-Sutton Clinical Associate Professor: W.S. Linn Clinical Assistant Professors: K. Dwyer; J. Schmitz Professors of Research: T. Alonzo; J.D. Buckley (Pediatrics); S. Groshen; M. Krailo; B. Langholz; M.C. Pike; R. Sposto; F. Stanczyk (Obstetrics and Gynecology) Associate Professors of Research: A. Hamilton; P. Marjoram; M. Stern
Department of Preventive Medicine
Assistant Professors of Research: D. Barkauskas; G. Chen; V. Cortessis; L. Chen; J. Davis; G. Dunton; S. Fruin; M. Gago; J. Huh; C. Lane; E. Lee; R. McKean-Cowdin; H. Mi; J. Milam; J. Millsten; L. Raskin; M.T. Salam; P. Sun; H. Volk; T. Zhou Adjunct Professor: J. Niland Adjunct Associate Professors: C.N. Bailey-Merz; M.R. Calderon; G. Marks Adjunct Assistant Professors: J. Lawrence; J.A. Longmate; S.V. McKane; S. Montgomery Emeritus Professors: Leslie Bernstein; R.K. Peters (Family Medicine); S. Preston-Martin The Department of Preventive Medicine is responsible for training medical, graduate and undergraduate students in the areas of biostatistics, epidemiology, health behavior research, public health, and preventive medicine. Faculty from the statistical genetics and molecular epidemiology department also perform research in the areas of biostatistics, epidemiology of acute and chronic diseases, and environmental health. The undergraduate and graduate programs offered by the department are noteworthy for the extensive opportunities offered to the students for involvement in faculty research. It is not uncommon for students to begin working closely with faculty members on research projects as early as their first or second year of study. Degree Programs The Department of Preventive Medicine offers the following degree programs: B.S. in Global Health B.S. in Health Promotion and Disease Prevention Studies B.S. in Health Promotion and Disease Prevention/Master of Public Health B.S. in Health Promotion and Disease Prevention/M.S. in Biostatistics B.S. in Health Promotion and Disease Prevention/M.S. in Molecular Epidemiology B.S. in Dental Hygiene/Master of Public Health M.S. in Applied Biostatistics/Epidemiology M.S. in Clinical and Biomedical Investigations M.S. in Molecular Epidemiology M.S. in Biostatistics Master of Public Health Master of Public Health/Doctor of Medicine Master of Public Health (Health Promotion)/ Ph.D. in Psychology (Clinical) Master of Public Health/Pharm.D. Master of Public Health/ Master of Planning Master of Public Health/Doctor of Physical Therapy
Master of Public Health/Master of Social Work Ph.D. in Biostatistics Ph.D. in Epidemiology Ph.D. in Molecular Epidemiology Ph.D. in Preventive Medicine (Health Behavior Research) Ph.D. in Statistical Genetics and Genetic Epidemiology The Department of Preventive Medicine also offers the following undergraduate minor programs: Minor in Cinema-Television for the Health Professions Minor in Cultural Competence in Medicine Minor in Global Health Minor in Health Communication Minor in Public Health Minor in Nutrition and Health Promotion Minor in Substance Abuse Prevention Bachelor of Science in Health Promotion and Disease Prevention Studies
3375 S. Hoover Street University Village, Suite E 210 Los Angeles, CA 90089-7798 Director: Elahe Nezami, Ph.D. (213) 740-1060 FAX: (213) 821-1733 Email: bhealthy@usc.edu www.usc.edu/medicine/hp
The undergraduate program in Health Promotion and Disease Prevention Studies (HP) provides a well-rounded, professionallyfocused education leading to the Bachelor of Science degree. The program is concerned with the sociocultural, behavioral, psychological, and biological factors contributing to wellness and disease. It is an ideal major for students interested in medicine, pharmacy, dentistry, public health, epidemiology, health psychology, and health behavior research. Areas of study include: global health; cultural diversity in medicine; substance abuse prevention and program planning; nutrition and fitness; health promotion of minority and underserved populations; and general public health issues (e.g., HIV/AIDS, violence, health promotion in the workplace and behavioral medicine). Program Requirements The Bachelor of Science degree is awarded after students successfully complete 128 units, consisting of 66 units for the major and fulfillment of USC general education requirements including third semester equivalency in a foreign language.
791
General Education Requirements The university’s general education program requires six courses plus writing and diversity requirements, which provide a coherent, integrated introduction to the liberal arts and sciences. See pages 63 and 250 for more information. Requirements for the Major (66 units) The program is divided into core and elective components. The following core component (42 units) is required of all students. NON-HP COURSES (20 UNITS)
UNITS
BISC 120L General Biology: Organismal Biology and Evolution, or BISC 121L Advanced General Biology: Organismal Biology and Evolution 4 BISC 220L General Biology: Cell Biology and Physiology, or BISC 221L Advanced General Biology: Cell Biology and Physiology 4 CHEM 105aL General Chemistry, or CHEM 115aL Advanced General Chemistry 4 MATH 116 Mathematics for the Social Sciences, or MATH 125* Calculus I 4 PSYC 100 Introduction to Psychology 4 *MATH 125 allows students who have placed out of MATH 116 to take a higher-level math class; it also satisfies the math requirement for premedical students. HP COURSES (22 UNITS)
UNITS
HP 200 Introduction to Health Promotion and Disease Prevention 4 HP 300 Theoretical Principles of Health Behavior 4 HP 320 Biological and Behavioral Basis of Disease 4 HP 340L Health Behavior Statistical Methods 4 HP 350L Health Behavior Research Methods 4 HP 480 Internship in Health Promotion and Disease Prevention, or 2-4 HP 490x Directed Research 2-8
792
Keck School of Medicine
Advanced HP and Health Profession Preparatory Courses A total of 24 units of electives are required of all students (at least 12 of the 24 must be HP courses).
PHYS 135abL Physics for the Life Sciences, or 4-4 PHYS 151L Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics and Thermodynamics, and 4 PHYS 152L Fundamentals of Physics II: Electricity and Magnetism 4 PPD 325 Fundamentals of Health Policy and Management 4 PPD 330 Introduction to Health Care Systems 4 PSYC 336L Developmental Psychology 4 PSYC 355 Social Psychology 4 PSYC 437 Adolescent Development 4 SOCI 350 Social Exclusion, Social Power, and Deviance 4 SOCI 475 Medical Sociology 4
ELECTIVES (24 UNITS)
UNITS
BISC 320L Molecular Biology 4 BISC 330L Biochemistry 4 CHEM 105bL General Chemistry, or CHEM 115bL Advanced General Chemistry 4 CHEM 322abL Organic Chemistry 4-4 EXSC 300L Physiology of Exercise 4 EXSC 301L Human Anatomy 4 EXSC 407aL Advanced Exercise Physiology 4 HP 400 Culture, Lifestyle, and Health 4 HP 401 Cultural Competence in Medicine 4 HP 402 Maternal and Child Health 4 HP 403 Behavioral Medicine 4 HP 404 Religion and Health 4 HP 405 Sexually Transmitted Disease: A Global Public Health Priority 4 HP 408 Environmental Health in the Community 4 HP 410 Issues in Prevention and Cessation of Drug Abuse 4 HP 411 Drug Intervention Program Design and Evaluation 4 HP 412 Health Promotion and Prevention Policy 4 HP 420 Gender and Minority Health Issues 4 HP 421 Violence as a Public Health Issue 4 HP 422 AIDS in Society 4 HP 430 Obesity and Health 4 HP 431 Behavior and Education Strategies for Nutrition and Fitness 4 HP 432 Clinical Nutrition 4 HP 433 Advanced Topics in Nutrition 4 HP 434 Physical Activity and Health 4 HP 441 Health Promotion in the Workplace 4 HP 442 Chronic Disease Epidemiology 4 HP 450 Traditional Eastern Medicine and Modern Health 4 HP 460 Adolescent Health 4 HP 465 Health Status of Indigenous Peoples of America 4 HP 485 Global Health: Obesity and Nutrition 4
Bachelor of Science in Global Health Studies
3375 S. Hoover Street University Village, Suite E 210 Los Angeles, CA 90089-7798 Director: Elahe Nezami, Ph.D. (213) 740-1060 FAX: (213) 821-1733 Email: bhealthy@usc.edu www.usc.edu/globalhealthprogram
The Bachelor of Science in Global Health is a multidisciplinary degree of the Keck School of Medicine’s Department of Preventive Medicine. This undergraduate program offers an examination of public health and policy issues in the context of global affairs. Students complete course work from Health Promotion and Disease Prevention Studies and International Relations in addition to requirements from other schools of the university. The program provides students with a strong background in understanding and evaluating global health issues and prepares students to become health professionals with international competencies. This program is an ideal major for students interested in medicine, pharmacy, dentistry, international relations, public health, epidemiology, health psychology and health behavior research. Program Requirements The Bachelor of Science degree is awarded after students successfully complete 128 units, consisting of 66 units for the major and fulfillment of USC general education requirements including third semester equivalency in a foreign language. General Education Requirements The university’s general education program requires six courses plus writing and diversity requirements, which provide a coherent, integrated introduction to the liberal arts and sciences. See pages 63 and 250 for more information.
Requirements for the Major (66 units) The program is divided into core and elective components. As part of the core research requirements, students must complete a directed research requirement, HP 490x, with a specific international research focus. The core component (42-46 units) is required for all students. CORE COURSES (32 UNITS)
UNITS
BISC 220L General Biology: Cell Biology and Physiology, or BISC 221L Advanced General Biology: Cell Biology and Physiology 4 CHEM 105aL General Chemistry, or CHEM 115aL Advanced General Chemistry 4 ECON 203 Principles of Microeconomics 4 HP 270 Introduction to Global Health 4 HP 320 Biological and Behavioral Basis of Disease 4 HP 470 Case Studies in Global Health 4 IR 308 Globalization: Issues and Controversies 4 MATH 125 Calculus I 4 CORE RESEARCH COURSES (10-16 UNITS)
UNITS
HP 340L Health Behavior Statistical Methods 4 HP 350L Health Behavior Research Methods 4 HP 490x Directed Research 2-8, max 8
Students must choose 24 units of elective course work from the following lists. At least 8 units must be from HP and at least 8 units must be from IR. HP ELECTIVES (MINIMUM 8 UNITS)
UNITS
HP 300 Theoretical Principles of Health Behavior 4 HP 400 Culture, Lifestyle, and Health 4 HP 401 Cultural Competence in Medicine: Promoting Health in Diverse Communities 4 HP 402 Maternal and Child Health 4 HP 403 Behavioral Medicine 4 HP 404 Religion and Health 4 HP 405 Sexually Transmitted Diseases: A Global Public Health Priority 4 HP 420 Gender and Minority Health Issues 4 HP 422 AIDS in Society 4 HP 450 Traditional Eastern Medicine and Modern Health 4
Department of Preventive Medicine
IR ELECTIVES (MINIMUM 8 UNITS)
UNITS
IR 305 Managing New Global Challenges 4 IR 306 International Organizations 4 IR 307 Contemporary International Politics 4 IR 308 Globalization: Issues and Controversies 4 IR 315 Ethnicity and Nationalism in World Politics 4 IR 323 Politics of Global Environment 4 IR 325 Rich and Poor States in the World Political Economy 4 IR 371 Global Civil Society: Non-State Actors in World Politics 4 IR 424 Citizenship and Migration in International Politics 4 IR 444 Issues and Theories in Global Society 4 OTHER ELECTIVES (MAXIMUM 8 UNITS)
UNITS
BISC 120Lx General Biology: Organismal Biology and Evolution, or BISC 121L Advanced General Biology: Organismal Biology and Evolution 4 BISC 320L Molecular Biology 4 BISC 330L Biochemistry 4 CHEM 105bL General Chemistry, or CHEM 115bL Advanced General Chemistry 4 CHEM 322aL Organic Chemistry 4 CHEM 322bL Organic Chemistry 4 GERO 483 Global Health and Aging 4 PHYS 135aL Physics for the Life Sciences, or PHYS 151L Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics and Thermodynamics 4 PHYS 135bL Physics for the Life Sciences, or PHYS 152L Fundamentals of Physics II: Electricity and Magnetism 4 POSC 442 The Politics of Human Differences: Diversity and Discrimination 4 POSC 451 Politics of Resources and Development 4 POSC 456 Women in International Development 4 PPD 250 Third World Cities 4 PPD 382 International Development 4 SOCI 432 Racial and Ethnic Relations in a Global Society 4 SOCI 460 Key Issues in Contemporary International Migration 4 SOCI 470 Development and Social Change in the Third World 4
793
Progressive Degree Programs in Preventive Medicine
The Master of Public Health, the Master of Science in Biostatistics and the Master of Science in Molecular Epidemiology programs admit a limited number of undergraduate students to a progressive degree program which allows them to pursue a master’s level degree while completing the bachelor’s degree. Applicants to the program must have com pleted 64 units of course work and must submit their applications prior to the completion of 96 units of course work. Applicants need not submit GRE scores, but are expected to have a minimum GPA of 3.0 at the time of application. The application for admission to a progressive degree program must be accompanied by an approved course plan proposal and two letters of recommendation. The requirements for both the B.S. and the master’s degrees must be satisfied, including a minimum of 128 undergraduate units. For further details on progressive degree programs, see page 86. Minor in Cinema-Television for the Health Professions
This minor introduces pre-health students to the theory and techniques of the cinematic arts and to a set of media practices useful for the implementation of health promotion strategies. This minor is designed for students who plan to enter careers or professional programs in medicine after graduation and are interested in working with film and television producers to disseminate accurate health information to the public. It complements major programs such as biological sciences, chemistry, kinesiology, health promotion and disease prevention studies, and environmental studies. REQUIRED COURSES (24 UNITS)
UNITS
CTCS 190 Introduction to Cinema HP 345 Health Issues in Entertainment Media Two of the following: HP 370 Introduction to Epidemiology: Methods and Applications HP 401 Cultural Competence in Medicine HP 408 Environmental Health in the Community HP 410 Issues in Prevention and Cessation of Drug Abuse HP 420 Gender and Minority Health Issues HP 421 Violence as a Public Health Issue HP 422 AIDS in Society
4 4
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Eight additional units from the following: CTAN 451 History of Animation 2 CTCS 400 Non-Fiction Film and Television 4 CTPR 301 Creating the Non-Fiction Film 4 CTPR 375 Functions of a Director 4 CTPR 385 Colloquium: Motion Picture Production Techniques 4 CTPR 474 Television Documentary Production 4 CTWR 315x Filmwriting 3 CTWR 412 Introduction to Screenwriting 2 CTWR 416 Motion Picture Script Analysis 2-4 Minor in Cultural Competence in Medicine
This minor is designed for students who plan to enter careers or professional programs in medicine after graduation and are interested in using cultural knowledge to provide more effective health care. The minor focuses on cultural differences in the understanding of health, disease, health care and risk factors unique to specific populations. The minor provides a foundation for students who want to become effective health care providers in an increasingly diverse society. It complements major programs such as biological sciences, chemistry, kinesiology and envi ronmental studies. REQUIRED COURSES (20 UNITS)
UNITS
HP 200 Introduction to Health Promotion and Disease Prevention 4 HP 400 Culture, Lifestyle and Health 4 HP 401 Cultural Competence in Medicine 4 HP 420 Gender and Minority Health Issues 4 One of the following: HP 370 Introduction to Epidemiology: Methods and Applications 4 HP 402 Maternal and Child Health 4 HP 408 Environmental Health in the Community 4 HP 410 Issues in Prevention and Cessation of Drug Abuse 4 HP 421 Violence as a Public Health Issue 4 HP 422 AIDS in Society 4 HP 442 Chronic Disease Epidemiology 4 HP 450 Traditional Eastern Medicine and Modern Health 4 HP 460 Adolescent Health 4 PSYC 462 Minority Mental Health 4
794
Keck School of Medicine
Minor in Global Health
COMM 402 Public Communication Campaigns 4 COMM 480 Nonverbal Communication 4 COMM 486 Human and Technological Systems in Organizations 4 HP 370 Introduction to Epidemiology: Methods and Applications 4 HP 400 Culture, Lifestyle, and Health 4 HP 401 Cultural Competence in Medicine 4 HP 402 Maternal and Child Health 4 HP 403 Behavioral Medicine 4 HP 408 Environmental Health in the Community 4 HP 412 Health Promotion and Prevention Policy 4 HP 420 Gender and Minority Health Issues 4 HP 421 Violence as a Public Health Issue 4 HP 422 AIDS in Society 4 HP 430 Obesity and Health 4 HP 442 Chronic Disease Epidemiology 4
This minor provides students with a basic understanding of the factors that determine the health of populations around the globe. Curriculum focuses on the cultural, environmental and clinical aspects of various health topics such as maternal and child health, aging, obesity, infectious disease and others. By studying these issues, students from majors across the university will be prepared to assess and contribute to the resolution of emerging global health challenges. This minor will appeal to a wide variety of majors, particularly majors centered on international affairs, business and health care. REQUIRED COURSES (20 UNITS)
HP 270 Introduction to Global Health HP 470 Case Studies in Global Health
UNITS
4 4
Three of the following: GERO 483 Global Health and Aging 4 HP 400 Culture, Lifestyle, and Health 4 HP 401 Cultural Competence in Medicine 4 HP 402 Maternal and Child Health 4 HP 422 AIDS in Society 4 Minor in Health Communication
This minor is designed to appeal to students with a wide range of interests, including those with a general interest in promoting healthy lifestyle practices through effective communication. These students will be prepared to seek jobs in areas such as the managed care industry, hospitals, wellness programs, broadcast and cable companies, and private and governmental agencies, as well as other organizations looking for experts with demonstrated knowledge in healthrelated fields.
Minor in Public Health
This minor is designed for students interested in a broad array of health issues. The focus of the minor is on reducing disability and mortality from avoidable injuries and chronic disease, educating the community about healthy lifestyles, assuring access to health care, and measuring changes using various indicators over time. This minor teaches Âstudents to meet the challenges of the changing environment of the health care system. It complements a number of majors including psychology, sociology, American studies and ethnicity, biological sciences, economics, environmental studies, kinesiology, gender studies, international relations, philosophy, religion, gerontology and political science. REQUIRED COURSES (20-24 UNITS*)
REQUIRED COURSES (20 UNITS)
UNITS
COMM 302 Persuasion 4 COMM 385 Survey of Organizational Communication 4 COMM 443 Health Communication Strategies and Evaluation 4 HP 200 Introduction to Health Promotion and Disease Prevention 4 One of the following: COMM 304 Interpersonal Communication 4 COMM 308 Communication and Conflict 4 COMM 315 Health Communication 4 COMM 324 Intercultural Communication 4 COMM 375 Business and Professional Communication 4
UNITS
HP 200 Introduction to Health Promotion and Disease Prevention 4 PPD 330 Introduction to Health Care Systems 4 Three of the following: HP 370 Introduction to Epidemiology: Methods and Applications 4 HP 400 Culture, Lifestyle, and Health 4 HP 401 Cultural Competence in Medicine 4 HP 402 Maternal and Child Health 4 HP 403 Behavioral Medicine 4 HP 408 Environmental Health in the Community 4
HP 410 Issues in Prevention and Cessation of Drug Abuse 4 HP 412 Health Promotion and Prevention Policy 4 HP 420 Gender and Minority Health Issues 4 HP 421 Violence as a Public Health Issue 4 HP 422 AIDS in Society 4 HP 430 Obesity and Health 4 HP 441 Health Promotion in the Workplace 4 HP 442 Chronic Disease Epidemiology 4 HP 460 Adolescent Health 4 Minor in Nutrition and Health Promotion
This minor is designed to appeal to students interested in nutrition, especially in preparation for graduate study in health-related fields (e.g., medicine, public health) or to enter health-related fields of employment. The focus of the minor is on assessing, planning and evaluating dietary intake of individuals or groups under various conditions of health and disease based upon principles of nutrition and behavioral science. Students in this minor will study factors associated with dietary habits and the development of effective individual and group interventions. It complements majors including psychology, gerontology, biological sciences, chemistry, kinesiology and environmental studies. REQUIRED COURSES (20 UNITS)
HP 230 Nutrition and Health HP 430 Obesity and Health HP 431 Behavior and Education Strategies for Nutrition and Fitness
UNITS
4 4
4
Two of the following: HP 370 Introduction to Epidemiology: Methods and Applications 4 HP 400 Culture, Lifestyle, and Health 4 HP 401 Cultural Competence in Medicine 4 HP 402 Maternal and Child Health 4 HP 403 Behavioral Medicine 4 HP 412 Health Promotion and Prevention Policy 4 HP 420 Gender and Minority Health Issues 4 HP 432 Clinical Nutrition 4 HP 433 Advanced Topics in Nutrition 4 HP 460 Adolescent Health 4 HP 480 Internship in Health Promotion and Disease Prevention 2-4, max 4 HP 490x Directed Research 2-8, max 8
Department of Preventive Medicine
Minor in Substance Abuse Prevention
This minor offers students an opportunity to gain an overall understanding of substance abuse as a major modifiable risk factor for illness. It allows students to learn theories of behavior change, to understand the issues in prevention and cessation of drug abuse, and to develop, implement, and evaluate intervention strategies. It complements a number of majors including psychology, sociology, American studies and ethnicity, biological science and gerontology. REQUIRED COURSES (24 UNITS*)
UNITS
HP 200 Introduction to Health Promotion and Disease Prevention 4 HP 300* Theoretical Principles of Health Behavior (Prerequisite: PSYC 100) 4 HP 410 Issues in Prevention and Cessation of Drug Abuse 4 HP 411 Drug Intervention Program Design and Evaluation 4 One of the following: HP 370 Introduction to Epidemiology: Methods and Applications HP 400 Culture, Lifestyle, and Health HP 401 Cultural Competence in Medicine HP 402 Maternal and Child Health HP 403 Behavioral Medicine HP 412 Health Promotion and Prevention Policy HP 421 Violence as a Public Health Issue
4 4 4 4 4 4 4
*Including prerequisite
Graduate Programs – Admissions
Master of Science in Applied Biostatistics/ Epidemiology The department encourages applicants with undergraduate degrees in allied health, pharmacology, public health, medicine, biological and clinical sciences or other related fields. Undergraduate preparation should have included applied statistics, college algebra, an introductory course in calculus and basic computer programming. Applicants should also meet the minimum requirements for admission to the Graduate School. Demonstrated proficiency in the English language is essential. With approval of the Graduate School, applicants not meeting these requirements may be conditionally admitted contingent upon maintaining a GPA of 3.0 for the first 12 units of graduate study.
Master of Science in Biostatistics The department encourages applicants with undergraduate degrees in mathematics, statistics or biostatistics, computer science or other related fields. Undergraduate preparation should have included differential and integral calculus, introduction to mathematical statistics, and basic computer programming. Applicants should also meet the minimum requirements for admission to the Graduate School. Demonstrated proficiency in the English language is essential. With approval of the Graduate School, applicants not meeting these requirements may be conditionally admitted contingent upon maintaining a GPA of 3.0 for the first 12 units of graduate study. Master of Science, Molecular Epidemiology Students with a bachelor’s degree in quantitative biological sciences will be eligible for admission. In addition, the B.A. students must have completed at least one year of general biology, one semester of biochemistry and one semester of statistics to be admitted into the Graduate School. Under unusual circumstances, conditional acceptance will be offered to students who do not meet these requirements — allowing them to complete the missing undergraduate courses prior to their full admission into the Graduate School. An introductory biochemistry class is also available in the School of Pharmacy, which may satisfy the biochemistry prerequisite. A joint departmental admission committee will review all applicants. Master of Public Health The MPH program has seven tracks: Health Education and Health Promotion, Biostatistics/Epidemiology, Health Commu nication, Child and Family Health, Global Health Leadership, Public Health Policy and Environmental Health. The curriculum includes a set of core courses for each track and electives. The program also includes an internship placement that integrates academic and practical experiences and prepares individuals to work in governmental and nongovernmental organizations in health-related fields. The department encourages applicants from the USC undergraduate program in health promotion and disease prevention and throughout the campus, as well as health professionals seeking advanced degrees, medical students who are interested in pursuing an MPH along with their medical degree, nurses who desire a more public health focus, pharmacists and dentists. Applicants should meet the minimum requirements for admission to the Graduate School. Demonstrated proficiency in the English language is essential. With approval of the Graduate School, applicants not meeting these requirements may be conditionally admitted contingent upon maintaining a grade point average of 3.0
795
(A = 4.0) in PM 501, PM 510L and PM 512 (12 units). Doctor of Philosophy in Biostatistics The department encourages applicants with undergraduate degrees in mathematics, statistics or biostatistics, or other related fields. Undergraduate preparation should have included differential and integral calculus, introduction to mathematical statistics and basic computer programming. Applicants should also meet the minimum requirements for admission to the Graduate School. Demonstrated proficiency in the English language is essential. With approval of the Graduate School, applicants not meeting these requirements may be conditionally admitted contingent upon maintaining a GPA of 3.5 for the first 12 units of graduate study. Doctor of Philosophy in Epidemiology The department encourages applicants who have undergraduate degrees in allied health, public health, biological sciences or other related fields. Applicants not meeting these requirements may, with approval of the Graduate School, be conditionally admitted contingent upon maintaining a GPA of 3.5 in the first 12 units of graduate studies. Applicants should also meet the minimum requirements for admission to the Graduate School. Doctor of Philosophy in Molecular Epidemiology The department encourages applicants who have undergraduate or master’s degrees in quantitative biological sciences or other related fields. Undergraduate preparation should include at least one year of general biology, one semester of biochemistry and molecular biology, and one semester of applied statistics. The Ph.D. program is designed to train students for future independent research careers in an academic, government or private sector setting. The objective of the Ph.D. program is to produce a molecular epidemiologist with in‑depth laboratory, statistical and analytic skills in both epidemiology and the molecular bio sciences. To meet this objective, the program introduces students to molecular/laboratory science and research early in their training. The program will consider applicants who satisfy all requirements for admission to the Graduate School and demonstrate proficiency in the English language. Applicants not meeting Graduate School requirements for regular standing may, with approval of the Graduate School, be conditionally admitted. Regular standing is contingent upon maintaining a GPA of 3.5 in the first 12 units of graduate credit.
796
A student in one of the division’s master’s programs in biostatistics, epidemiology or molecular epidemiology may be considered for either the Ph.D. in biostatistics, epidemiology or molecular epidemiology prior to completing the M.S. degree, providing he or she has met the requirements for admission to the Ph.D. program, obtained approval of the department’s Admission Committee, demonstrated research and writing ability, and passed the doctoral-level screening examination. For further information contact: Mary Trujillo, Program Coordinator, Keck School of Medicine, Department of Preventive Medicine, Division of Biostatistics, Center for Health Professions 222, 1540 Alcazar Street, Los Angeles, CA 90089‑9010, (323) 442-1810, FAX: (323) 442-2993. Doctor of Philosophy in Preventive Medicine (Health Behavior Research) Applicants must have a bachelor’s degree from an accredited institution; students entering with an advanced degree may be eligible to transfer course credit. Applicants should also meet the minimum requirements for admission to the Graduate School. Applicants must supply a completed application for graduate studies, including transcripts from all institutions previously attended, a curriculum vitae (if available), a statement of interest, and three letters of recommendation. For further information contact: Director for Graduate Studies, USC Institute for Health Promotion and Disease Prevention Research, 1000 S. Fremont Avenue, Alhambra, CA 91803, (323) 442-2605, (626) 457-4012, FAX: (323) 442-2601. Doctor of Philosophy in Statistical Genetics and Genetic Epidemiology This program is designed to train students for future independent research careers in an academic, government or private sector setting. The department encourages applicants who have undergraduate or master’s degrees in mathematics, statistics or biostatistics; statistical genetics or quantitative biological sciences; or other related fields. The pro gram will consider applicants who satisfy all requirements for admission to the Graduate School and demonstrate proficiency in the English language. Master of Science in Applied Biostatistics/ Epidemiology
Course Requirements General requirements include at least 37 units of required courses as follows: 24 units of core courses and at least 9 units of elective courses. In addition, each student must register for four units of 594ab Thesis and write a master’s thesis.
Keck School of Medicine
CORE COURSES (24 UNITS)
UNITS
PM 510L Principles of Biostatistics 4 PM 511aL Data Analysis 4 PM 512 Principles of Epidemiology 4 PM 517a Research Methods in Epidemiology 3 PM 518a Statistical Methods for Epidemiological Studies 3 PM 523 Design of Clinical Studies 3 PM 527 Epidemiology of Infectious Disease 3 ELECTIVES (AT LEAST 9 UNITS)
UNITS
PM 511bL Data Analysis 4 PM 515 Behavioral Epidemiology 3 PM 516ab Statistical Problem Solving 1-1 PM 517b Research Methods in Epidemiology 3 PM 529 Environmental Health 3 PM 530 Biological Basis of Disease 4 PM 533 Genetic and Molecular Epidemiology 3 PM 590 Directed Research 1-12 PM 611 Advanced Topics in Epidemiology 3 THESIS (4 UNITS)
PM 594ab
UNITS
Thesis
2-2
Electives will be determined by the student’s needs and interests and will be approved by the student’s adviser. When appropriate, courses not listed above may be chosen with approval of the student’s adviser. Sufficient familiarity in computer languages to operate major software packages for data management and analysis is required. Thesis Requirement A master’s thesis is required of all students. This thesis consists of a research project approved by the faculty and chosen from problems encountered within the department, in other departments of the Keck School of Medicine or university or elsewhere in the community. Master of Science in Biostatistics
Course Requirements General requirements include at least 37 units of required courses as follows: 26 units of core courses and at least 7 units of elective courses. Each student must also register for four units of 594ab Thesis and write a master’s thesis.
CORE COURSES (26 UNITS)
UNITS
PM 510L Principles of Biostatistics 4 PM 511abL Data Analysis 4-4 PM 512 Principles of Epidemiology 4 PM 513 Experimental Designs 3 PM 518a Statistical Methods for Epidemiological Studies 3 PM 522a Introduction to the Theory of Biostatistics 4 ELECTIVES (AT LEAST 7 UNITS)
UNITS
PM 516ab Statistical Problem Solving 1-1 PM 518b Statistical Methods for Epidemiological Studies 3 PM 520 Advanced Statistical Computing 3 PM 522b Introduction to the Theory of Biostatistics 4 PM 523 Design of Clinical Studies 3 PM 534 Statistical Genetics 3 PM 544L Multivariate Analysis 3 PM 552 Survival Methods in Clinical Trials 3 PM 590 Directed Research 1-12 PM 603 Structural Equation Modeling 4 PM 604 Health Behavior Research Methods 4 (or MATH 506, MATH 542, MATH 543, MATH 545L, MATH 547, MATH 548, MATH 549, MATH 550) THESIS (4 UNITS)
PM 594ab
UNITS
Thesis
2-2
The student’s choice of elective courses will be directed by needs and interests and must be approved by the student’s graduate adviser. When appropriate, elective courses not listed above may be substituted with approval of the adviser. Sufficient familiarity in computer languages to operate major software packages for data management and analysis is required. Thesis Requirement A master’s thesis is required of all students. This thesis consists of a research project approved by the faculty and chosen from problems encountered within the department, in other departments of the Keck School of Medicine or university or elsewhere in the community.
Department of Preventive Medicine
Master of Science in Molecular Epidemiology
CORE REQUIREMENTS
Course Requirements The M.S. program requires 37 graduate-level units with a minimum grade point average of 3.0 including epidemiology core courses, 14 units; molecular biology core courses, 12 units; at least 3 elective units; laboratory research plus thesis, 8 units. Students must also complete a master’s thesis. Prerequisite: PM 510 Principles of Biostatistics EPIDEMIOLOGY CORE COURSES (14 UNITS)
UNITS
PM 511aL Data Analysis 4 PM 512 Principles of Epidemiology 4 PM 518a Statistical Methods for Epidemiological Studies 3 PM 533 Genetic and Molecular Epidemiology 3
797
UNITS
PM 501 Foundations in Health Education and Promotion 4 PM 508 Health Service Delivery in the U.S., or PM 509 Comparative Health Care Systems 4 PM 510L Principles of Biostatistics 4 PM 512 Principles of Epidemiology 4 PM 529 Environmental Health: An Epidemiological Approach 4
In addition, at least another 24 to 28 units including the practicum must be completed in a selected track of either health education and health promotion, biostatistics/epidemiology, health communication, child and family health, global health leadership, public health policy, or environmental health.
MOLECULAR BIOLOGY CORE COURSES (12 UNITS) UNITS
BIOC 543 Human Molecular Genetics 4 INTD 504 Molecular Biology of Cancer, or INTD 555 Biochemical and Molecular Basis of Disease 4 INTD 571 Biochemistry 4 ELECTIVES (AT LEAST 3 UNITS)
UNITS
INTD 561 Molecular Genetics/ Biology 4 PM 517a Research Methods in Epidemiology 3 PM 523 Design of Clinical Studies 3 LABORATORY RESEARCH + THESIS (8 UNITS)
DPT 590abcd DPT 594ab
Directed Research Thesis
UNITS
1-1-1-1 2-2
(1) DPT refers to the department offering the laboratory/directed research experience and thesis supervision. DPT is one of the following departments (but not restricted to): PM, BIOC, PATH. (2) Laboratories should expose students to: statistical and epidemiological methods, molecular techniques, human genetics, population-based studies. Master of Public Health
Course Requirements The master’s degree program in public health (MPH) requires a minimum of 43-47 semester units of required and elective graduate study.
Track 1: Health Education and Health Promotion REQUIRED COURSES (12 UNITS)
UNITS
PM 526* Communication in Public Health, or PM 562* Intervention Approaches for Health Promotion and Disease Prevention 4 PM 528 Program Design and Evaluation 4 PM 563 Organizing and Mobilizing Communities for Global Health 4 At least 4 units from: PM 505, PM 514, PM 525, PM 526*, PM 530, PM 536, PM 562*, PM 564 (4 unit courses) At least 3 units from any 500- or 600-level course And 8 units of a practicum (PM 593) ending in a final report.
Track 2: Biostatistics/Epidemiology UNITS
PM 511aL Data Analysis
4
Select two courses from the following: PM 527* Epidemiology of Infectious Disease 3 PM 536* Program Evaluation and Research 4 PM 537* Chronic Disease Epidemiology 3 At least 6 units from: PM 511bL, PM 514, PM 517ab, PM 518ab, PM 530, PM 532, PM 536*, PM 542, PM 546, PM 558 (4 unit courses); PM 515, PM 523, PM 527*, PM 537*, PM 538, PM 586 (3 unit courses)
And 8 units of a practicum (PM 593) ending in a final report. *May not receive credit for both track core and track elective category.
The elective courses will be directed by the student’s needs and interests and must be approved by the student’s graduate adviser. Sufficient familiarity in computer languages to operate major software packages for data management and analysis is required. Track 3: Health Communication REQUIRED COURSES (8 UNITS)
UNITS
PM 526 Communications in Public Health 4 PM 536 Program Evaluation and Research 4 At least 8 units from: CMGT 510, CMGT 511, CMGT 528, CMGT 583, CMGT 587 (4 unit courses); PM 530, PM 542, PM 562 (4 unit courses); JOUR 508, JOUR 536 (3 unit courses) At least 3 units from any 500- or 600-level course And 8 units of a practicum (PM 593) ending in a final report.
Track 4: Child and Family Health REQUIRED COURSES (12 UNITS)
UNITS
PM 528 Program Design and Evaluation 4 PM 580 Foundations of Child Health 4 PM 585 Child Health Policy 4 At least 4 units from: PM 530, PM 540, PM 581, PM 582, PM 583, PM 584, PM 585 (4 unit courses)
*May not receive credit for both track core and track elective category.
REQUIRED COURSES (AT LEAST 10 UNITS)
At least 3 units from any 500- or 600-level course
At least 3 units from any 500- or 600-level course And 8 units of a practicum (PM 593) ending in a final report.
Track 5: Global Health Leadership REQUIRED COURSES (12 UNITS)
UNITS
PM 525 Culture and Health: An International Perspective PM 564 Public Health Leadership and Management PM 565 Emerging Trends in Global Health: A Public Health Seminar
4 4
4
798
Keck School of Medicine
At least 4 units from: CMGT 583, PM 530, PM 557, PM 563, PM 566, PM 567, PM 568 (4 unit courses)
and evaluating the outcomes completes the course requirement.
At least 3 units from any 500- or 600-level course And 8 units of a practicum (PM 593) ending in a final report.
Track 6: Public Health Policy REQUIRED COURSES (16 UNITS)
UNITS
PM 547 Public Health Policy and Politics 4 PPD 501ab Economics for Policy, Planning and Development 2-2 PPD 555 Public Policy Formulation and Implementation 4 PPD 560 Methods for Policy Analysis 4 At least 2 units from: PM 514, PM 528, PM 530, PM 536, PM 542, PM 548, PM 555, PM 585, PPD 513, PPD 514, PPD 542, or PPD 560 At least 1 unit from any 500- or 600- level course And 8 units of a practicum (PM 593) ending in a final report
UNITS
PM 553 Human Exposure Assessment for Public Health PM 554 Biological Effects of Environmental Toxins PM 555 Environmental Health, Policy and Practice
Doctor of Philosophy in Psychology (Clinical)/Master of Public Health (Health Promotion)
The Ph.D./MPH dual degree combines knowledge of clinical psychology research and practice with an understanding of health from a population perspective. The student enrolls primarily in the clinical psychology doctoral program and may apply to the MPH program during the first year. During the second and subsequent years, course work is taken in both programs. The dissertation is undertaken through the Department of Psychology. Pharm.D./Master of Public Health
Track 7: Environmental Health REQUIRED COURSES (12 UNITS)
Criteria Students enrolled in one of the MPH professional dual degree programs (e.g., M.D./MPH, Pharm.D./MPH, DPT/ MPH, and Ph.D. (Clinical Psychology)/ MPH, MPl/ MPH) may waive 4 units of the practicum requirement and thus are required a minimum of 43 units to graduate. All other students must complete a minimum of 47 units to graduate.
4 4 4
At least 4 units from: PM 530, PM 556, PM 557, PM 558
At least 3 units from any 500- or 600-level course And 8 units of a practicum (PM 593) ending in a final report The elective courses will be directed by the student’s needs and interests and must be approved by the student’s graduate adviser. Practicum Requirement A practicum, PM 593, is required of all students as part of the culminating experience to the master’s program. It is provided by an internship rotation through an area of public health practice in a county, state, federal or community-based agency. The practicum offers students the opportunity to observe as well as participate in applying their newly acquired skills and tools. All students are expected to participate in at least one internship and attend a corresponding seminar. An electronic portfolio describing the project
The School of Pharmacy and the Master of Public Health program, in recognition of the rapidly changing health care environment and in response to the growing demand for pharmacists who are knowledgeable in both pharmacy and population-based health care issues, have developed a dual degree program. The joint Pharm.D./MPH degree will enable graduates to be more responsive to today’s health care needs and will provide training for pharmacists who seek to be agents of change within the profession and to assume leadership roles in the pharmacy field and in public health at the local, state and national levels. The Pharm.D./MPH program spans five years (four years of pharmacy school courses and one year of public health courses). Students begin the core MPH courses following the successful completion of the first year of pharmacy school. The last three years of the program are devoted to the clinical rotations of the School of Pharmacy and to the completion of the elective courses and practicum (field experience) of the MPH program. All students in the Pharm.D./MPH program must meet course requirements, grade point average requirements and program residency requirements of both programs. Students must have a cumulative GPA of 3.0 in the Pharm.D. curriculum and a 3.0 in the MPH curriculum to meet graduation requirements.
The Pharm.D. and the MPH degrees are awarded simultaneously upon completion of the School of Pharmacy and the Master of Public Health requirements. Application and Admissions Requirements Students may apply to the dual Pharm.D./ MPH degree program in two ways. First, they may apply at the time they submit their Pharm.D. application by concurrently submitting applications to both programs. Students who elect this approach must identify themselves on both applications as potential dual degree students. Students admitted to both programs will be offered admission to the Pharm.D. and will be offered admission to the dual degree program contingent on passing all courses in their first year of the Pharm.D. with a minimum 3.0 G.P.A. Students who are accepted only by one program may choose to attend that program but will not be eligible for the dual degree. Second, students can apply to the dual degree by submitting an application to the MPH program during their first year of enrollment in the Pharm.D. prior to the MPH published application deadline. Students who elect this approach must apply through the School of Pharmacy. Students admitted to the MPH program using this approach will be offered admission to the dual degree contingent on passing all courses in their first year of the Pharm.D. with a minimum 3.0 G.P.A. Students accepted to the dual degree program must maintain a minimum 3.0 G.P.A. in Public Health and Pharm.D. courses. Master of Planning/Master of Public Health
The Master of Planning/ Master of Public Health (MPl/MPH) dual degree is designed for individuals who envision a career that combines urban planning and public health disciplines. This dual degree combines the knowledge of urban planning with an understanding of health from a population perspective. It will provide training for planning, evaluating and guiding healthy community and urban development, and will enable graduates who seek to be agents of change within the profession to assume leadership roles in planning and in public health at the local, state and national levels. A total of 79 units are required for the dual degree. For further information about dual degree requirements, see the Price School of Public Policy, page 897. Master of Social Work/Master of Public Health
The Master of Social Work/Master of Public Health (MSW/MPH) dual degree offers the student interdisciplinary preparation in the fields of public health and social work leading to the Master of Social Work (MSW) and Master of Public Health (MPH) degrees.
Department of Preventive Medicine
The dual degree program is a collaborative effort between the School of Social Work and the Department of Preventive Medicine in the Keck School of Medicine. The objectives of the program are to provide students with the knowledge and skills necessary to promote health, prevent disease, and enhance the delivery of health and social services in the community. Students will build interdisciplinary skills and an interdisciplinary professional identity by developing an understanding of the breadth of each field and their interface, while permitting concentration in particular specialization areas. The program prepares graduates for work in a variety of interdisciplinary settings; and for some, it will provide the basis for doctoral study. Students must complete a minimum of 81 units: 45 units in social work and 36 units in preventive medicine; 16 of these units fulfill requirements for both degrees. Depending on specific social work concentration and public health track requirements, there may be additional courses and an increase in the total number of units. Most students complete both program requirements over three years for full-time students; however, the program can be completed in two years if the student takes a full course load during the two summer sessions. Dual degree students in this program complete the standard foundation year courses during the first year in the School of Social Work with the exception of SOWK 562 Social Work Research. Students may select any one of the social work concentrations: community organization, planning and administration (COPA); families and children; health; mental health; and work and life and any one of the public health tracks: health education and promotion; biostatistics/epidemiology; health communication; child and family health; global health leadership; and public health policy. M.D./Master of Public Health
The joint M.D./MPH program at the Keck School of Medicine is designed for individuals who envision a medical career that combines public health and medical disciplines. For further information about the joint program, refer to page 760. Doctor of Physical Therapy/Master of Public Health
The Post Professional Doctor of Physical Therapy (DPT) and the Master of Public (MPH) dual degree program offers the opportunity for physical therapy clinicians to pursue a doctoral-level education in combination with an integrated approach to health care. The program spans four years. Students begin the first one to two years completing MPH core and elective course work in the Department of Preventive Medicine. The remaining two years are devoted to program requirements in physical therapy.
799
Doctor of Philosophy in Biostatistics
Doctor of Philosophy in Epidemiology
The department offers a degree program leading to the Ph.D. in biostatistics. The program is designed to produce biostatisticians who will have in-depth knowledge of statistical theory and methodology and the ability to apply this knowledge creatively to statistical problems in the biological and health sciences.
The department offers a degree leading to the Ph.D. in epidemiology. This program may be an extension of the applied biostatistics and epidemiology M.S. program and is especially aimed at persons with a strong background in medicine: in particular, students enrolled in the M.D. program of the Keck School of Medicine who wish to interrupt their M.D. studies after two years to complete a Ph.D. degree. This program is designed to produce an epidemiologist with in-depth statistical skills. The program requires a solid core of courses in methodological aspects of statistics and in statistical thinking as applied to medicine, as well as a solid grounding in epidemiological methods and in certain medical disciplines.
Course Requirements A minimum of 60 units of graduate study is required for the Ph.D. degree; a maximum of 19 of these units may be from research and dissertation. In preparation for the screening examination, all students must take the required and elective courses for the M.S. in Biostatistics (33 units). In preparation for the qualifying examination, all students are required to take PM 610 (at least two semesters). The student is also required to take at least six units from the following sequence: PM 543L, PM 544L, PM 550 or PM 552. Screening Procedure A student failing the screening examination will either terminate or will terminate with the M.S. degree upon completion of an acceptable thesis. Guidance Committee A formal guidance committee consisting of five faculty members — four from within the department (one of whom is designated as chair), and one from an outside department offering the Ph.D. degree — will recommend courses in preparation for the qualifying examination. Qualifying Examination The qualifying examination will test the student’s integration of knowledge in biostatistics, mathematical statistics and the health sciences. An oral examination will ascertain the student’s competence in orally communicating this knowledge. Students must pass the written portions and the oral portions in order to pass the qualifying examination. Dissertation and Oral Defense Upon passing the qualifying examination the Ph.D. candidate and his or her chair will recommend a three-member dissertation committee. The dissertation should be completed within two years and should be oriented toward a theoretical-methodological application to a problem area in the biological or health sciences. The oral defense is based on a rough draft or final version of the dissertation. The defense is administered by the dissertation committee, with other faculty invited to attend.
Course Requirements A minimum of 60 course units with a maximum of 20 units of research and dissertation; passing of screening and qualifying examinations; and completion of dissertation and final oral are required. In preparation for the screening examination the student must take the required core course and elective 33 units of master’s level applied biostatistics and epidemiology courses. A student failing the screening examination will either terminate or terminate with the M.S. degree upon satisfactory completion of a master’s thesis. In preparation for the qualifying examination, the student is required to join an on-going research project under the direction of the chair of the guidance committee and directly participate in the conduct of that project. Credit will be given as PM 790 (4 units, two semesters). In addition, it is recommended that the student take PM 610 (at least two semesters). Electives may be selected with the approval of the chair of the guidance committee from courses in the biological sciences or from the medical school. For students in the M.D./Ph.D. program in epidemiology, satisfactory completion of the first two years of the M.D. program will be considered to provide 20 units toward the Ph.D. degree. Guidance Committee A formal guidance committee, consisting of five faculty members, with at least three from the Department of Preventive Medicine (one designated as chair) and one from a department offering a Ph.D. outside of the Department of Preventive Medicine, will recommend courses in preparation for the qualifying examination.
800
Keck School of Medicine
Qualifying Examination The written portion of the qualifying examination will test the student’s integration of knowledge in biostatistics and medicine. In general, the qualifying examination will pre sent plans for implementation and completion of three components: an independent and complete data analysis arising from ongoing epidemiological study, a “review” paper on an area of epidemiological research, and a grant application for a new epidemiological study.
Prerequisites: PM 510 Principles of Biostatistics or the equivalent. INTD 571 Biochemistry or the equivalent.
Dissertation Upon passing the qualifying examination, the Ph.D. candidate and his or her chair will recommend a three-member dissertation committee. The dissertation should be completed within two years and should be oriented toward a methodological application to a problem area in the biological or health sciences.
Suggested Electives (at least 7 units) from: MICB 551, PM 511bL, PM 517b, PM 523, PM 527, PM 529 and PM 534.
The Oral Defense This examination is based on a draft or final version of the dissertation and will be administered by the dissertation committee with other faculty invited to attend. Language and Other Requirements Proficiency in the English language is essential. Doctor of Philosophy in Molecular Epidemiology
The Doctor of Philosophy in molecular epidemiology combines molecular and population-based research. The objective of the Ph.D. program is to produce a molecular epidemiologist with in-depth laboratory, statistical and analytical skills in both epidemiology and the molecular biosciences. Applicants who have undergraduate or master’s degrees in quantitative biological sciences or other related fields and graduate students in the PIBBS program at USC are encouraged to apply. The program is jointly administered by the Departments of Preventive Medicine and Biochemistry and Molecular Biology. Course Requirements Students must complete a minimum of 60 units, with a maximum of 20 units of research and dissertation; pass screening and qualifying examinations; complete the dissertation and the dissertation defense examination. In addition the student is required to join a research project under the direction of one or both of the chairs of the guidance committee and directly participate in the conduct of that project. Credit will be given by the department (DPT) conducting the research project DPT 790 Research (4 units, 2 semesters). In addition, at least two semesters of PM 610 is recommended.
Biochemistry and Molecular Biology Core Courses (16 units): BIOC 543, INTD 531, INTD 561, INTD 504 or INTD 555. Preventive Medicine Core Courses (17 units): PM 522aL, PM 512, PM 517a, PM 518a, PM 533.
Preparation for Screening Examination The screening examination will be taken after two years in the program. Prior to the screening examination a mentor who will serve on the guidance committee must be identified. The screening examination will consist of a written component and an oral component. The written component will be drawn from the core courses. A student failing the screening examination may be given a second opportunity to retake either one or both portions. Students failing the examination for the second time will terminate with the M.S. degree upon satisfactory completion of 37 units and an acceptable master’s thesis. Annual Research Appraisal (ARA) Beginning in the second year, each student must register for PM 610 (1 unit) and pre sent an annual progress report to the program oversight committee. Once a dissertation topic has been selected, the annual progress report is presented to the student’s guidance committee. Once the student has passed the qualifying examination and is appointed to candidacy, the annual progress report is presented to the student’s dissertation committee. The student will meet annually with the dissertation committee, until he or she graduates from the program. The oral portion of the screening examination as well as the qualifying examination and the defense examination will count as ARAs. Guidance Committee A formal guidance committee will be formed, consisting of five faculty members: two from the Department of Preventive Medicine (one member designated as co-chair); two from the basic science departments (one designated as co-chair with an appointment in biochemistry and molecular biology) and one from an outside department offering a Ph.D. degree (neither preventive medicine or biochemistry and molecular biology). The guidance committee will recommend courses in preparation for the qualifying examination based on the student’s research and dissertation topic.
Qualifying Examination The dissertation topic should be both population-based and functional-based; the molecular/epidemiological nature of the dissertation topic must be agreed on by the guidance committee co-chairs. Dissertation and Oral Defense Upon passing the qualifying examination, the Ph.D. candidate and his or her chair will recommend a dissertation committee (typically all five members of the guidance committee). However, the university requires only three members; a three-member dissertation committee must consist of the co-chairs and the outside member. The dissertation should be completed within two years of the qualifying examination. The oral defense examination is based on the final version of the dissertation and will be administered by the dissertation committee and other invited faculty and students. The defense examination should contain a summary of the review article, the completed research and data analyses and the finalized grant proposal. Doctor of Philosophy in Preventive Medicine (Health Behavior Research)
The Department of Preventive Medicine, Division of Health Behavior Research, offers a degree program in preventive medicine (health behavior), leading to attainment of the Ph.D. The program is designed to train exceptional researchers and scholars in the multidisciplinary field of health behavior research. Students receive a thorough grounding in academic and research experience, encompassing theoretical and methodological training in such allied fields as communication, psychology, preventive medicine, biostatistics, public health and epidemiology. Students receive research experience by participating in projects conducted through the USC Institute for Health Promotion and Disease Prevention Research (IPR). The doctoral program is fulltime: students are expected to enroll for fall, spring and summer semesters. Assistantships Financial and educational support is provided to qualified doctoral students in health behavior research. Graduate (research and/or teaching) assistantships are half-time (20 hours per week) and provide tuition remission as well as a monthly stipend. Computer Language Requirement Sufficient familiarity in computer languages to operate major software packages for data management and analysis is required.
Department of Preventive Medicine
Course Requirements The doctoral program in health behavior research is structured as a four to five year course of study for students entering with a bachelor’s degree. Time requirements are subject to review and approval by the division’s Graduate Program Committee and the Graduate School. A total of 60 units of graduate study is required for the Ph.D. in health behavior research. Students are required to complete nine core courses: PM 500, PM 511abL, PM 515, PM 530, PM 601, PM 602, PM 604 and PM 756 (total of 37 units). Other requirements include: two elective PM courses, one not offered by health behavior faculty (minimum of 7 units); and a minimum of 4 units each in PM 590, PM 690abcdz, PM 790 and PM 794abcdz. For students entering with a bachelor’s degree, one of the directed research projects will be equivalent in scope to a master’s thesis. All research experiences/projects must be completed before registering for 794abcdz Doctoral Dissertation. Screening Procedure The progress of each student is reviewed at the end of every academic year. At the end of the second year of study, students who have not made satisfactory progress are advised that they will be dropped from the program unless their progress improves during their second year. Guidance Committee Each student’s guidance committee consists of five members, including: no more than three health behavior faculty members; one other member from the Department of Preventive Medicine; and one member from a doctorate-granting program outside the Department of Preventive Medicine, representing the student’s minor field. Qualifying Examination Following course work and prior to beginning the dissertation, students must demonstrate written and oral mastery of the general field of health behavior research as well as of their chosen area of specialization. The qualifying process includes a written examination on theory and literature relevant to a selected content area. The examination is administered by the student’s guidance committee. In addition to the qualifying examination, each student is expected to produce the following as evidence of qualification to conduct dissertation research: an academic dossier consisting of a summary of the student’s academic record, teaching and research experience, and professional presentations and publications; at least one original empirical research paper of publishable quality,
801
produced in connection with one of the student’s courses or research experiences or developed independently; a dissertation proposal; and an oral defense of all the preceding materials. Doctor of Philosophy in Statistical Genetics and Genetic Epidemiology
The program gives students a solid background in the methodological aspects of biostatistics and statistical genetics as well as solid grounding in molecular/laboratory science. The objective of the Ph.D. program is to produce a statistical geneticist or genetic epidemiologist with in-depth statistical and analytic skills in biostatistics, computational methods and the molecular biosciences. The program combines biostatistics, epidemiology, statistical and molecular genetics and computational methods in order to develop new and cutting-edge statistical methodology appropriate for human genomic studies. Course Requirements Graduation requires the completion of a minimum of 60 units, with a maximum of 20 units of research and dissertation, passing of screening and qualifying examinations, completion of the dissertation and the dissertation defense examination. Because the background of applicants varies widely, the program oversight committee consults with each student to design an individualized schedule of recommended courses. Electives may be selected (with the approval of the chair) from courses in preventive medicine, biological sciences, mathematics, and computational biology. For students in the M.D./ Ph.D. program in statistical genetics and genetic epidemiology, satisfactory completion of the first two years of the M.D. program will be considered to provide 20 units toward the Ph.D. degree. After passing the screening examination, each student should register for at least two semesters of PM 610. Prior to passing the qualifying exam, each student must present an annual progress report (the Annual Research Appraisal, ARA) to the program oversight committee. CORE COURSES (25-26 UNITS)
UNITS
PM 511abL Data Analysis 4-4 PM 518a Statistical Methods for Epidemiological Studies I 3 PM 522a Introduction to Theory of Biostatistics (E), or 4 MATH 541a Introduction to Mathematical Statistics (S) 3 PM 533 Genetic and Molecular Epidemiology 3 PM 534 Statistical Genetics 4 PM 570 Statistical Methods in Human Genetics 4
RECOMMENDED ELECTIVE COURSES
UNITS
BISC 478 Computational Genome Analysis (S, E) 4 BISC 505 Genomics and Molecular Genetics (S, E) 4 BIOC 543 Human Molecular Genetics (S, E) 4 INTD 504 Molecular Biology of Cancer (E) 4 INTD 531 Cell Biology (E) 4 INTD 555 Biochemical and Molecular Bases of Disease (E) 4 INTD 561 Molecular Genetics (E) 4 INTD 571 Biochemistry (E) 4 MATH 505a Applied Probability (S) 3 MATH 541ab Introduction to Mathematical Statistics (S) 3-3 MATH 577ab Computational Molecular Biology Laboratory (S) 2-2 MATH 578 DNA and Protein Sequence Analysis (S) 3 PM 510L Principles of Biostatistics (S, E) 4 PM 512 Principles of Epidemiology (S, E) 4 PM 517ab Research Methods in Epidemiology (E) 3-3 PM 520L Advanced Statistical Computing (S) 3 PM 538 Introduction to Biomedical Informatics (S, E) 3 PM 544L Multivariate Analysis (S) 3 PM 610 Seminar in Biostatistics/ Epidemiology (S, E) 1, max 4 PM 611 Advanced Topics in Epidemiology (S, E) 3 (S) Statistical genetics track (E) Genetic epidemiology track
Screening Procedure The screening examination will be taken after two years in the program. Prior to the screening examination, a mentor who will serve on the guidance committee must be identified. The screening examination will consist of a written and oral component. The written component is a two-day examination that tests the student’s knowledge of both theory and applications, drawn from the core courses. The oral portion comprises a one-hour presentation of a research plan that encompasses the student’s own ideas and will constitute the annual research appraisal. A student failing the screening examination may be given a second opportunity to retake either one or both portions of the screening examination. Students failing the examination for the second time will terminate with the M.S. in Applied Biostatistics and Epidemiology upon satisfactory completion of 37 units (33 course units and 4 units of PM 594ab) and an acceptable master’s thesis.
802
Keck School of Medicine
Guidance Committee A formal guidance committee will be formed, consisting of five faculty members; at least one member from the Department of Preventive Medicine designated as chair, and one from an outside department offering a Ph.D. degree. The guidance committee will recommend courses in preparation for the qualifying examination based on the student’s research and dissertation topic.
approach from a theoretical and/or computational perspective, and (d) application to real data arising from genetic research. Typically, the dissertation proposal should contain a near-completed draft of (a) and (b) and preliminary results from (c) and (d).
Qualifying Examination Prior to the qualifying examination, a written draft of the dissertation proposal must be submitted to the Guidance Committee. The dissertation topic should be both populationbased and functionally-based. The dissertation for the statistical genetics track will typically consist of (a) a “review” paper on current statistical genetic methods, (b) a proposal for a new methodological approach, (c) evaluation of the new methodological
The dissertation for the genetic epidemiology track will typically consist of: (a) a “review” paper on an area of genetic epidemiological research, (b) an independent and complete data analysis arising from an ongoing genetic epidemiological study and (c) a grant application for a new genetic epidemiological study. The review paper (a) typically will provide the rationale and context for the data analysis (b). Typically, the dissertation proposal should contain a nearly completed draft of (a), preliminary results from (b) and preliminary plans for (c).
Dissertation and Oral Defense Upon passing the qualifying examination, the Ph.D. candidate and his or her chair will recommend a dissertation committee (typically all five members of the guidance committee; however, the university requires only three members. (A three-member dissertation committee must consist of the chair and the outside members). The dissertation should be completed within two years of the qualifying examination. The oral defense examination is based on the final version of the dissertation and will be administered by the dissertation committee and other invited faculty and students.
Courses of Instruction HP 300 Theoretical Principles of Health Behavior (4, FaSp) Overview and analysis
The terms indicated are expected but are not guaranteed. For the courses offered during any given term, consult the Schedule of Classes.
of predictors and consequences of healthrelated behaviors; theoretical viewpoints and strategies for behavior change. Recommended preparation: HP 200; prerequisite: PSYC 100.
HP 400m Culture, Lifestyle, and Health (4, Sp) Comparison of national and inter
HP 101 Current Issues in Medical Education and Healthcare (2, Sp) Current critical
HP 320 Biological and Behavioral Basis of Disease (4, FaSp) Examination of the major
HP 401 Cultural Competence in Medicine (4, Fa) Systematic development of specific
HP 340L Health Behavior Statistical Methods (4, FaSp) Intermediate statistics
HP 402 Maternal and Child Health (4, Sp)
H E A LT H P R O M O T I O N A N D D I S E A S E PREVENTION STUDIES (HP)
issues in healthcare delivery; strategies to succeed in medical school and as physicians. HP 200 Introduction to Health Promotion and Disease Prevention (4, Fa) Introduction to
strategies for promoting health and wellness. Includes self monitoring of health risk behavior, goal setting, and behavior changes. HP 230 Nutrition and Health (4, FaSp)
Nutrition as it relates to health promotion across the lifespan and disease prevention. Discussion of nutrients, factors affecting food choices, food safety and global nutrition issues. HP 270 Introduction to Global Health (4, Fa) Introduction to concepts of global
health and disease control. Issues of globalization, global governance, emerging diseases, infectious disease treatment, and outbreak challenges. HP 290 Introduction to Research Apprenticeship (2, max 8, FaSp) Individual research
apprenticeship in health related fields under supervision of a departmental faculty member. Graded CR/NC.
systems of the human body; disease processes and behavioral risk factors. Prerequisite: BISC 220L or BISC 221L.
for health behavior studies; topics include descriptive statistics, hypothesis testing, correlation and regression, and use of computer software in data analysis. HP 345 Health Issues in Entertainment Media (4, FaSpSm) Study of major chronic
illnesses and their risk factors as a foundation for discussions about the portrayal of health and illness in entertainment media. (Duplicates credit in the former CNTV 345.) HP 350L Health Behavior Research Methods (4, FaSp) Introduction to the design,
conduct and evaluation of health behavior research studies; quantitative and qualitative approaches to research and analysis. Recommended preparation: HP 340L. HP 370 Introduction to Epidemiology: Methods and Applications (4) Examines
the primary goals and methods of epidemiology, the study of factors that influence health and disease in individuals and populations.
national differences in health status as influenced by cultural practices and lifestyles within geographic, economic and political environments.
professional skills for providing effective, culturally sensitive health services to diverse populations. Recommended preparation: ANTH 101. Health issues of women of childbearing age from pre-pregnancy through the postpartum period, and of children from their development in utero through early adolescence. Recommended preparation: PSYC 100. HP 403 Behavioral Medicine (4, Sp)
Examines behavioral risk factors for illness, health-enhancing and health-compromising behaviors, stress/coping in promoting health and preventing illness, and behavioral management of chronic illness. Prerequisite: PSYC 100. HP 404 Religion and Health (4, Fa) Differen-
tial relationships of religiosity and spirituality with health and risk behaviors, physical and mental health outcomes, coping skills and well-being across cultures and religions.
Department of Preventive Medicine
HP 405 Sexually Transmitted Diseases: A Global Public Health Priority (4) An
overview of the magnitude and impact of STDs including prevention, diagnosis, and treatment of common STDs, STD/HIV inter- relationship, global burden, trends, public health challenges, and STD/HIV prevention and control strategies and programs worldwide. HP 408 Environmental Health in the Community (4) Survey of occupational and
environmental health. Introduction to epidemiology, exposure assessment, toxicology, policy development, risk assessment, and effects of urban development on health. HP 410 Issues in Prevention and Cessation of Drug Abuse (4, Sp) Examination of fac-
tors related to drug abuse behaviors; overview and assessment of drug abuse prevention and cessation programs; relapse prevention programs. Recommended preparation: HP 300. HP 411 Drug Intervention Program Design and Evaluation (4, Sp) Strategies for drug
abuse prevention and intervention; introduction to techniques and research methods used in designing, conducting, and evaluating drug abuse prevention programs. Recommended preparation: HP 410.
HP 431 Behavior and Education Strategies for Nutrition and Fitness (4, Sp) Examina-
HP 460 Adolescent Health (4, Fa) Survey
HP 432 Clinical Nutrition (4, Irregular)
HP 465 Health Status of Indigenous Peoples of America (4, FaSpSm) Survey of
tion of dietary intake and exercise behaviors as they relate to health and illness; methods for measuring diet and exercise. Recommended preparation: HP 430. Metabolism of carbohydrates, fats and protein; introduction to vitamins, minerals and dietary modifications in various pathological conditions. Prerequisite: CHEM 105a; recommended preparation: HP 230.
HP 470 Case Studies in Global Health (4, Sp)
Case study examination of programs and organizational structure underlying current international efforts addressing problems related to infection disease, chronic disease, global environmental change, emergencies and emerging disease epidemics. Prerequisite: HP 270.
HP 434 Physical Activity and Health (4, FaSpSm) Examination of the health impacts
of physical inactivity; participation rates across subgroups; physical activity determinants; and interventions, programs, and policies to promote physical activity. Recommended preparation: HP 200. HP 440 Happiness, Well-Being, and Health (4, Sp) Explores human strengths that pro-
HP 420m Gender and Minority Health Issues (4, Fa) Examines the nature and roots
HP 441 Health Promotion in the Workplace (4, Fa) Covers phases of worksite health pro-
HP 421 Violence as a Public Health Issue (4, Fa) Patterns and prevalence of violence;
psychosocial, environmental, and biological influences on violent behavior; youth gangs; drugs and violence; family violence; and prevention and intervention strategies. HP 422 AIDS in Society (4, Sp) Provides a
broad examination of issues in HIV/AIDS, including behavioral, social, biological, clinical and ethical dimensions of the pandemic in the U.S. and elsewhere. HP 430 Obesity and Health (4, Fa) Exami-
nation of causes and consequences of obesity, with emphasis on health risks of type II diabetes and cardiovascular disease. Recommended preparation: HP 230.
indigenous people’s health, including health conditions, special cultural and ethical considerations, the Indian health system, and the politics of indigenous health.
In-depth discussion of vitamins and minerals and their role in human nutrition; introduction to the role of vitamins and minerals in selected pathological conditions. Prerequisite: HP 432.
and drug prevention policy at local, state, and federal levels; methods for evaluating policy effectiveness and cost effectiveness.
of health disparities among women, men, and different ethnic and age groups; methods for reducing such disparities; strategies for prevention services.
of the development of healthy and the prevention of health-risk behaviors during adolescence. Prevention and promotion techniques will be explored emphasizing cultural differences.
HP 433 Advanced Topics in Nutrition (4, Sp)
mote happiness/well-being and whether they influence physical health; mind-body relationships; and strategies for promoting hope, resilience, and quality of life. Recommended preparation: HP 200, PSYC 100.
HP 412 Health Promotion and Prevention Policy (4, Sp) Overview of health promotion
803
motion; research, design, implementation and evaluation; concerns regarding escalating medical costs and the role of health promotion in offering solutions. HP 442 Chronic Disease Epidemiology (4, Sp) Overview of causative factors and
demographic distributions of the major chronic diseases in the western world; epidemiologic concepts and research designs. Recommended preparation: HP 320. HP 443 Communicating Health Messages and Medical Issues (4) (Enroll in COMM 443) HP 450 Traditional Eastern Medicine and Modern Health (4, Fa) Overview of traditional
Eastern approaches toward health and disease; relevance to modern health issues, emphasizing a comparison between traditional Chinese and modern Western medicine. Recommended preparation: fundamentals of medicine.
HP 480 Internship in Health Promotion and Disease Prevention (2-4, max 4, FaSpSm)
Field placement in a community agency such as a county health services agency, a not for profit voluntary agency or a health care setting. Open to majors only. Graded CR/NC. Prerequisite: completion or concurrent registration in required core courses. HP 483 Global Health and Aging (4, Fa)
(Enroll in GERO 483.) HP 485 Global Health: Obesity and Nutrition (4, FaSpSm) Overview of the epidemiol-
ogy of obesity and related diseases and the etiology of obesity, including genetic, biological, behavioral, environmental and sociocultural correlations. HP 490x Directed Research (2-8, max 8, FaSpSm) Individual research and readings.
Not available for graduate credit. Open to HP majors only. Corequisite: HP 340L; recommended preparation: HP 350L. HP 499 Special Topics (2-4, max 8) Lecture
and discussion focused on specific topics within health promotion and disease prevention. Course topic will vary from semester to semester. PREVENTIVE MEDICINE (PM)
PM 500 Foundations of Health Behavior (4, Fa) Overview of behavioral theory and
research in disease prevention and health promotion and in adaptation of chronic disease, including an introduction to measures of outcomes. Prerequisite: admission to Ph.D. in Preventive Medicine.
804
Keck School of Medicine
PM 501 Foundations in Health Education and Promotion (4, FaSpSm) Overview and
PM 514 Detection and Control of Sexually Transmitted Infections (4, Sm) Overview of
application of behavioral theories to the field of health education and promotion. Examines the determinants of health behavior and strategies for change at the individual, group and community level. PM 505 Training and Curriculum Design in Public Health (4, Sm) Curriculum writing
and training skills applied to public health needs and settings. Covers adult learning theories, assessment of learning needs, curriculum design, training design, conduct and evaluation. Recommended preparation: PM 500. PM 508 Health Service Delivery in the U.S. (4, FaSpSm) Historical development of the
American health care system; determinants of health care utilization; role of health care providers; health policy; public health services; and health care finance.
PM 509 Comparative Health Care Systems (4, Sp) Macro-level analysis of the structure
and delivery of health care services around the world, including an examination and comparison of health system performance.
PM 510L Principles of Biostatistics (4, FaSp)
Concepts of biostatistics; appropriate uses and common misuses of health statistics; practice in the application of statistical procedures; introduction to statistical software including EXCEL, SPSS, nQuery. Laboratory. PM 511abcL Data Analysis (4-4-4, a: FaSp, b: Sp, c: FaSpSm) a: Major parametric
and nonparametric statistical tools used in biomedical research, computer packages including SAS. Includes laboratory. Lecture, 3 hours; laboratory, 1 hour. Prerequisite: PM 510L. b: Exploratory data analysis, detection of outliers, robust methods, fitting data with linear and nonlinear regression models, computer packages including BMDP. Includes laboratory. Lecture, 3 hours; laboratory, 1 hour. c: Methods and applications for modeling longitudinal, time-to-event and multi-level data. Includes laboratory using R package. Lecture, 2 hours; laboratory, 2 hours. PM 512 Principles of Epidemiology (4, FaSp)
Terminology/uses of epidemiology and demography; sources/uses of population data; types of epidemiologic studies; risk assessment; common sources of bias in population studies; principles of screening. Recommended preparation: algebra.
issues concerning the design and implementation of STI prevention and control programs. Epidemiology, diagnosis, treatment and partner management strategies for common STIs in the U.S. Recommended preparation: PM 501, PM 512. PM 515 Behavioral Epidemiology (3, 2 years, Sp) Basic understanding of behavioral risk
factors in chronic disease and premature mortality; epidemiological methods for studying behavioral risk factors. Recommended preparation: PM 511ab, PM 512. PM 516ab Statistical Problem Solving (1-1, FaSpSm) An overview of the tools used
by statisticians for solving statistical problems. Prerequisite: PM 510L.
PM 517ab Research Methods in Epidemiology (a: 3, Fa, b: 3, Sp) a: Study design,
ascertainment of study objects, questionnaire development, various methodological issues in data analysis and interpretation including bias, measurement error, confounding and effect modification. Prerequisite: PM 511aL, PM 518a. b: Overview of epidemiologic research in cancer. Selected cancer sites will be covered to highlight study design and conduct, exposure assessment, data analysis and interpretation. Prerequisite: PM 517a. PM 518ab Statistical Methods for Epidemiological Studies I, II (3-3, Sp) a: Principles
and methods used in epidemiology for comparing disease frequencies between groups. Restricted to the analysis of binary outcome variables. Prerequisite: PM 512. b: Statistical methods for binary outcomes by introducing techniques for cross classified risks and rates and regression models for individual data. Prerequisite: PM 518a. PM 519 Introduction to Human Nutrition (4, Sp) Dietary role of carbohydrates, pro-
teins, lipids, vitamins, and minerals in metabolism; nutritional assessment; nutritional deficiencies. Focus on the role of nutrition in the prevention and treatment of chronic disease. (Duplicates credit in former PHNU 527.) Recommended preparation: PM 530. PM 520L Advanced Statistical Computing (3, SpSm) Techniques for the solution of sta-
tistical problems through intensive computing; iterative techniques, randomization tests, the bootstrap, Monte Carlo methods.
PM 513 Experimental Designs (3, Sp)
PM 521ab Seminar in Nutrition (2-2, FaSp)
tatistical methods for analysis of various S experimental designs. Parametric analysis of variance (ANOVA), repeated measures methods, crossover designs, non-parametric ANOVA. Prerequisite: PM 510L.
(Duplicates credit in former PHNU 520ab.)
PM 522ab Introduction to the Theory of Biostatistics (a: 4, Fa; b: 4) a: Density
distribution and hazard functions; normal, chi-square, student’s t and F distributions; and sampling procedures for single factor and multiple factor designs, distributions. Prerequisite: undergraduate differential and integral calculus. b: Theory of estimation and testing, determining structure in data, and sampling methods. Prerequisite: PM 522a. PM 523 Design of Clinical Studies (3, Sp)
Design, conduct, and interpretation of results of clinical trials; emphasis on principles affecting structure, size, duration of a trial, and the impact of ethical and practical considerations. Prerequisite: PM 511abL, PM 513. PM 524abc Practicum in Health Behavior (2-2-2, FaSpSm) Practical experience in a
variety of field settings to gain a certain type of skill such as curriculum development, media production, and patient education. a: Practicum in prevention; b: practicum in compliance; c: practicum in health behavior topics. Recommended preparation: PM 500. PM 525 Culture and Health: An International Perspective (4, Fa) International
variations in health status with a focus on the impact of socioeconomic status, politics, environment, education and gender in etiology of illness, access to health care, progression of disease, and recovery. PM 526 Communications in Public Health (4, Sp) Application of communication
theories and methods to community health problems. Includes background assessment, program design, evaluation, social marketing, media advocacy, review of major health campaigns. Recommended preparation: PM 500. PM 527 Epidemiology of Infectious Disease (3, Sp) Survey of natural history of infectious
disease, methods of disease control and outbreak investigation. Prerequisite: PM 512.
PM 528 Program Design and Evaluation (4, Sp) Core concepts, methods and values of
public health program planning and evaluation, including community needs assessment, writing objectives, designing health promotion programs, process and outcome evaluation. Recommended preparation: PM 500. PM 529 Environmental Health: An Epidemiological Approach (4, FaSp) An overview
of environmental health, identifying issues in assessing effects of exposure on health and potential interventions for reducing adverse health risks. Prerequisite: PM 510L, PM 512.
Department of Preventive Medicine
PM 530 Biological Basis of Disease (4, 2 years, Sp) With a physiological overview,
differentiates genetic and environmental disease; emphasis on the relationships between lifestyle, behavior, and health. Prerequisite: admission to Ph.D. in Preventive Medicine, Health Behavior Research or basic biology. PM 531 Research Methods in Nutrition (4, Fa) In-depth discussion of nutrition
research including nutrition assessment, measurement of dietary intake, study design, statistical issues, critical appraisal, and trans lation into practice. Open to M.P.H. nutrition track students only. Prerequisite: PM 510, PM 512. PM 532 Genetics in Public Health and Preventive Medicine (4, Sm) History and
philosophy of public health genetics and mechanisms of genetic diseases. Epidemiologic methods used to identify genetic diseases in individuals, families, and populations. Emphasis on prevention and relevant ethical issues. Recommended preparation: PM 512. PM 533 Genetic and Molecular Epidemiology (3, 2 year, Fa) Genetic principles; design
PM 537 Chronic Disease Epidemiology (3)
Overview of causative factors and demographic distribution of major chronic diseases in the western world. Epidemiologic concepts, methods and research design as applied to chronic disease prevention will be emphasized. Prerequisite: PM 512; recommended preparation: PM 527. PM 538 Introduction to Biomedical Informatics (3, Sm) Overview of current topics,
enabling technologies, research initiatives, and practical considerations in biomedical informatics.
PM 539 Nutrient-Drug Interactions (2, Sm)
Examines the various ways foods, and the nutrients contained in them, interact with medications used to treat chronic health conditions. PM 540 Maternal and Child Nutrition (4)
Physiological basis for good nutrition during pregnancy and childhood through adolescence. Design, implementation and evaluation of public health nutrition programs serving women and children. Recommended preparation: PM 530.
and analysis of family studies; introduction to likelihood estimation; segregation and linkage analysis; biomarkers of exposure, susceptibility, and disease; laboratory methods; susceptibility genes; association and linkage disequilibrium. Prerequisite: PM 510L, PM 511a, PM 512, PM 518a.
PM 541 Obesity, Metabolism and Health (4, Fa) Overview of the epidemiology of
PM 534 Statistical Genetics (4, Sp) Familial
PM 542 Social Network Analysis (4, Sp)
aggregation, segregation analysis, linkage analysis, association, regressive models, geneenvironment interactions, genetic heterogeneity and linkage disequilibrium. Prerequisite: PM 518a, PM 522a.
obesity, related health conditions and mechanisms related to energy balance, food intake and genetics. Discussion of prevention and treatment strategies. Recommended preparation: PM 530. Theory, methods and procedures of network analysis with emphasis on applications to public health programs. PM 543L Nonparametric Statistics (3)
(Enroll in MATH 543L)
PM 535 Nutrition in Public Health (4, Fa)
Principles related to developing effective programs and services to improve the health and nutrition within a community. Attaining and maintaining nutritional health related to biology, lifestyle choices, environments, and health care delivery systems. (Duplicates credit in former PHNU 523.) Recommended preparation: PM 530.
PM 544L Multivariate Analysis (3, 2 years, SpSm) Exploratory and inferential tech-
niques for multivariate data, Hotelling’s T2, multivariate analysis of variance, classification analysis, principle components, cluster analysis, factor analysis. Involves computer use. Prerequisite: PM 510L, PM 522a.
lection, analysis methods and designs used to evaluate health promotion programs. Examples from substance abuse prevention, family planning and reproductive health programs.
PM 547 Public Health Policy and Politics (4, FaSp) Examination of major policy issues
in the U.S. health care delivery system to understand policy options in reforming health care and reducing health care disparities. Prerequisite: PM 508. PM 548 Prevention and Public Policy (2, FaSp) Introduction to prevention policy
framework; examination of how the application of epidemiology and behavioral aspects of diseases shapes the development of public health policy. Prerequisite: PM 508, PM 512. PM 549 Human Molecular Genetics (4, FaSpSm) (Enroll in BIOC 543) PM 550 Sample Surveys (3) (Enroll in
MATH 550)
PM 552 Statistical Methods in Clinical Trials (3, 2 years, Sp) Stochastic failure
process; parametric models for survival data; sample size estimation procedures for clinical trials; multivariate regression models for binary outcome and censored survival data; computer programs; multiple failure modes and competing risks. Prerequisite: PM 518a, MATH 408. PM 553 Human Exposure Assessment for Public Health (4, FaSpSm) Examination of
important routes of exposure to toxic materials; how to measure exposure; strengths and weaknesses of different measurement techniques; design of exposure assessment studies. Prerequisite: PM 510; recommended preparation: one semester of statistics and background in science or engineering for graduate students not in MPH. PM 554 Biological Effects of Environmental Toxins (4, FaSp) Overview of how environ-
mental exposures affect various biological systems and lead to observed health outcomes in populations. Prerequisite: PM 512; recommended preparation: PM 529.
PM 555 Environmental Health, Policy and Practice (4, FaSp) Examination of environ-
(Enroll in MATH 545L)
mental public health policies/regulations, the role of science in assessment and policy initiatives, barriers to change, and competing interests that influence policy adoption. Prerequisite: PM 529.
PM 546 Biological Threats and Terrorism (4, Fa) History of biowarfare and bioterror-
PM 556 Environment and the Brain (4, FaSpSm) An examination of the effects
PM 545L Introduction to Time Series (3) PM 536 Program Evaluation and Research (4, Fa) Overview of concepts, tools, data col-
805
ism; proper surveillance techniques, capacity building for public health and medical communities, and the importance of effective communications. Methods of preparedness, prevention and response are examined. Recommended preparation: PM 512.
of environmental exposures on the brain, addressing both human health and neurobiologic correlates throughout the lifespan.
806
Keck School of Medicine
PM 557 Global Environmental Health (4, Sp) Examination of the health effects
PM 567 Floods, Quakes and Human Folly: An Interdisciplinary Approach to Disaster Study (4, Sp) Definition and chronology of
of global environmental changes, including climate change, globalization, food safety, air pollution, water pollution, and radiation. PM 558 Environmental Epidemiology: Concepts, Methods, and Practice (4, FaSp)
Examine epidemiologic methods, concepts, and statistical approaches; case-study seminars with structured critiques of current literature on human-environment interactions affecting public health. Prerequisite: PM 510 and PM 512. PM 561 Promoting Dietary Change (3, Sp)
Development, implementation, and evaluation of dietary interventions at community and individual levels. Discussion of lifespan, culture, socioeconomic, and environmental factors. Open to M.P.H. nutrition track students only. Prerequisite: PM 501. PM 562 Intervention Approaches for Health Promotion and Disease Prevention (4, Sp)
Approaches for modifying health behavior in various settings and within diverse populations. Emphasis on practical considerations necessary to design and implement interventions with demonstrated effectiveness. PM 563 Organizing and Mobilizing Communities for Global Health (4, Fa) Survey
of effective community organizing and mobilization efforts in the U.S. and abroad, using participatory, organizational, community empowerment and public-private partnership models. PM 564 Public Health Leadership and Management (4, Fa) Examination of future-
focused leadership principles with applications to public health systems. Formulation and implementation of strategy, organizational management and change, and development of public health organizations. PM 565 Emerging Trends In Global Health: A Public Health Seminar (4, Sp) Current
public health issues and research topics relating to 21st century challenges and threats. Lessons learned and best practices to strengthen public health systems and enhance public health readiness and preparedness. PM 566 Public Health in China: A System and Country in Transition (4, Fa) Scientific,
political, economic, social, and historical influences affecting Chinese public health policy and practice. Prerequisite: PM 501, PM 510L; recommended preparation: PM 512.
natural and man-made disasters and their effects on the global community. Structure and organization of disaster management systems and the role of humanitarian organizations. Recommended preparation: PM 501, PM 512. PM 568 Ethical Issues in International Health Research: Promotion and Intervention (4, Fa) Ethical principles in the distribu-
tion of health resources, the conduct of global public health research, and the implementation of public health initiatives and practices across different nations, cultures, religions. Recommended preparation: PM 501.
PM 582 Epidemiology and Prevention of Pediatric Injuries (4, Fa) Examines the inci-
dence and causes of injuries to children from birth to adolescence, risk factor distributions and approaches to prevention. PM 583 Foundations of Early Childhood Mental Health (4, Fa) Overview of major
infant and early childhood mental health issues, relating to the status of child mental health and the importance of comprehensive systems of care for children that support resilience and respond to biological and psycho social mental health risks. PM 584 Systems of Care for Children with Special Needs (4, Sm) Examines and evalu-
the statistical methods used in the analysis of human genetic data. Prerequisite: PM 533.
ates principles, policies, programs and practices (systems) that have evolved to identify, assess and meet the special needs of children and families. Includes both historical and current perspectives.
PM 571 Applied Logistic Regression (3, Sm)
PM 585 Child Health Policy (4, Sp) History
PM 570 Statistical Methods in Human Genetics (4, Sp) An introductory course in
An introduction to the logistic regression model, emphasizing practical data analysis techniques. Prerequisite: PM 510L; PM 512; and PM 511aL or PM 518a. PM 572 Systems Physiology and Disease I (4, Fa) (Enroll in INTD 572) PM 573 Systems Physiology and Disease II (4, Sp) (Enroll in INTD 573) PM 574 Programming In Modern Statistical Software (2, FaSpSm) Programming using
SAS Software, including branching, sub- setting, PDV, looping, by-group processing, array, combining data functions, ODS, and macros.
PM 575 Statistical Methods in Environmental Epidemiology (3, FaSpSm) Study designs,
exposure-time response, longitudinal, spatial, ecologic correlation and mechanistic models, measurement error interactions, measurement error, public policy implications. Prerequisite: PM 511b and PM 518a. PM 580 Foundations of Child Health (4, Sp) Overview of issues related to infant,
of child health and social welfare programs during the past century. Issues examining health status and health service delivery, the role of health care financing and health policy.
PM 586 Reproductive and Perinatal Epidemiology (3, FaSpSm) Introduction to repro-
ductive health, from preconception to the neonatal and early period of human development. Heavy emphasis on the methods and public health implications. Prerequisite: PM 510L and PM 512.
PM 590 Directed Research (1-12, FaSpSm)
Research leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. PM 593 Public Health Practicum (4 or 8, FaSpSm) Field placement in a community
agency, such as a county health department or community-based organization. Open to MPH candidates only. Graded CR/NC. Recommended preparation: completion of all course work. PM 594abz Master’s Thesis (2-2-0, FaSpSm)
child and adolescent health, including special health considerations at different points in the developmental cycle, health care systems and policies and health disparities.
Credit on acceptance of thesis. Graded IP/CR/NC.
PM 581 Quality and Inequality in Health Care: Examination of Health Services (4, Fa) Social inequalities, including racial/
selected issues and areas of health behavior research or other aspects of preventive medicine.
ethnic disparities and income related inequalities are examined in the context of access and delivery of health care in the U.S.
PM 599 Special Topics (2-4, max 8, Irregular) Special topics relevant to the study of
PM 601 Basic Theory and Strategies in Prevention (4, 2 years, Fa) Psychosocial
basis of health-hazardous lifestyle behaviors and preventive strategies. Recommended preparation: PM 500, PM 515.
Department of Preventive Medicine
PM 602 Basic Theory and Strategies for Compliance/Adaptation (4, 2 years, Fa)
Behavioral and psychosocial demands of acute and chronic diseases. Comparison of theoretical models of compliance and adaptation with intervention methods to improve compliance and adaptation. Recommended preparation: PM 500, PM 515. PM 603 Structural Equation Modeling (4, 2 years, Fa) Factor analytic and structural
equation modeling approaches to health behavior research – conceptual, practical and mathematical. Prerequisite: PM 511b.
PM 604 Health Behavior Research M ethods (4, Sp) Health research/evaluation philoso
phies, approaches, and development of skills for development and critique of health behavior research projects/studies. Recommended preparation: PM 511.
PM 610 Seminar in Biostatistics and Epi demiology (1, max 4, FaSpSm) Special top-
ics of current interest to provide background for research in biostatistics and epidemiology. Based largely on student dissertation research. Graded CR/NC. Prerequisite: Ph.D. level. PM 611 Advanced Topics in Epidemiology (3, Irregular) Review of current epidemio-
logic research contained in recent medical literature; emphasis on critique of studies and interpretation of findings. PM 690abcdz Directed Research in Health Behavior (2-2-2-2-0, FaSpSm) Independent
research at an advanced level on a problem in the field of Health Behavior. Graded CR/NC. Recommended preparation: PM 604.
807
PM 756 Research Seminar in Health Behavior (1, max 6, FaSp) Short seminar presenta-
tions and discussions on issues accompanying the development of the field of health behavior and implementation of research in this field. Graded CR/NC. PM 790 Research (1-12, FaSpSm) Research
applicable to the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC.
PM 794abcdz Doctoral Dissertation (2-2-2-2-0, FaSpSm) Credit on acceptance of
dissertation. Graded IP/CR/NC.
USC Thornton School of Music
S
ince its founding in 1884, the USC Thornton School of Music has become the center of higher education in music in the western United States and ranks among the top schools of music in the nation. Situated in the heart of the vital musical life of Los Angeles,
USC Thornton brings together a distinguished faculty and gifted students from around the world. It is in this wonderfully diverse cultural milieu that students are offered instruction in virtually all professional and scholarly branches of music, including instrumental and vocal performance, jazz, early music, conducting, composition, film scoring, music industry, musicology, music education, pedagogy, popular music performance, choral and sacred music, conducting and opera. In addition to its major programs, USC Thornton also offers a wide array of music minors and general interest courses for students majoring in other disciplines. The USC Thornton Symphony, Chamber Choir, Concert Choir, Opera, Wind Ensemble, Trojan Marching Band, Jazz Orchestra, Contemporary Music Ensemble, Early Music Ensemble and a wide variety of large and small choral and instrumental ensembles assure students the broadest performing experience. More than 500 formal and informal concerts and recitals are presented on campus each year and the school regularly presents eminent visiting artists and scholars in master classes, workshops, lectures, seminars and in performance.
The ensembles and orchestras at USC Thornton feature some of the nation’s most accomplished young musicians, such as Sarah Davis, Master of Music student and winner of the national Lyon & Healy harpist competition. USC Thornton consistently ranks among the top one percent of the nation’s music schools, and combines a conservatory-style education with the benefits of a top research university.
Los Angeles is the home of numerous musical organizations whose performances contribute immeasurably to the cultural life of the region, and also the home of the nation’s major recording, radio, film and television industries. All offer abundant opportunities to the serious young musician.
810
USC Thornton School of Music
Music Student Affairs
Organ
Marcia Lucas Post Production Building 200 (213) 740-4721 FAX: (213) 740-5950 Email: studentaffairs@thornton.usc.edu Director: Debra Penberthy
Ramo Hall of Music 112 (213) 740-7703 Director: Ladd Thomas
Music Admissions
Marcia Lucas Post Production Building 200 (213) 740-8986 FAX: (213) 740-8995 Email: uscmusic@thornton.usc.edu Assistant Dean: Phillip Placenti
Marcia Lucas Post Production Building 117 (213) 740-3244 Director: Christopher Sampson
Music Faculty Building 416 (213) 740-7418 Chair: Jo-Michael Scheibe
Ramo Hall of Music 112 (213) 740-7703 Chair: Midori Goto Studio Guitar
Marcia Lucas Post Production Building 115 (213) 740-7399 Chair: Frank Potenza Ramo Hall of Music 112 (213) 740-7704 Chair: Elizabeth Hynes Winds and Percussion
Classical Guitar
Marcia Lucas Post Production Building 115 (213) 740-7399 Chair: Brian Head
Phillip Placenti, M.P.A., Assistant Dean for Admission and Student Affairs Faculty
Strings
Vocal Arts Choral Music
Brian Head, M.M., Assistant Dean for Curriculum
Popular Music Performance
Doctoral Programs
Music Faculty Building 415 (213) 740-2774 FAX: (213) 740-2714 Email: dhuffman@thornton.usc.edu Associate Dean: Debora Huffman
A. Phoenix Delgado, M.M., Assistant Dean for Advancement
Music Faculty Building 308 (213) 740-7416 Chair: Terry Cravens
Jascha Heifetz Chair in Music and Distinguished Professor of Strings/Harp: Midori Goto, M.A. Bowen H. “Buzz� McCoy and Barbara M. McCoy Endowed Chair in Jazz at the Flora L. Thornton School of Music, Honoring President Steven B. Sample, 10th President of the University of Southern California: Bob Mintzer, B.A. Gregor Piatigorsky Chair in Violoncello: Ralph Kirshbaum, B.A. H. Robert Reynolds Chair in Wind Conducting: H. Robert Reynolds, M.M. Alice and Eleanore Schoenfeld Endowed Chair in String Instruction: Alice Schoenfeld, Dipl. Stephen Crocker Professor of Music: Rod Gilfry, M.M.
Keyboard Collaborative Arts Composition
Music Faculty Building 416 (213) 740-7416 Chair: Donald Crockett
Ramo Hall of Music 112 (213) 740-7703 Director: Alan Smith Scoring for Motion Pictures and Television
Music Faculty Building 308 (213) 740-7416 Chair: Larry Livingston
Marcia Lucas Post Production Building 118 (213) 821-4192 Email: smptv@usc.edu Director: TBA
Jazz Studies
All departments may be reached by writing to:
Conducting
Marcia Lucas Post Production Building 115 (213) 740-3119 Keyboard Studies
Ramo Hall of Music 112 (213) 740-7703 Chair: Alan Smith
USC Thornton School of Music Music Faculty Building Los Angeles, CA 90089-0851 FAX: (213) 740-3217 email: uscmusic@usc.edu www.usc.edu/music Administration
Musicology
Music Faculty Building 308 (213) 740-3211 Chair: Joanna Demers Music Education
Music Faculty Building 416 (213) 740-3211 Music Industry
Marcia Lucas Post Production Building 117 (213) 740-3224 Email: scmusind@usc.edu Chair: Richard McIlvery
Robert A. Cutietta, D.Ed., Dean Jeffrey de Caen, MBA, Associate Dean for Operations Debora L. Huffman, Ed.D., Associate Dean for Doctoral Programs Susan Miltner Lopez, MBA, Associate Dean for Administration and Finance Erica Muhl, DMA, Associate Dean for Faculty Affairs Christopher Sampson, M.M., Associate Dean for Division of Popular Music and Industry Studies
Distinguished Professor of Composition: Morten Lauridsen, DMA* Distinguished Professor of Composition: Stephen Hartke, Ph.D. Professors: Arthur C. Bartner, Ed.D.*; Bruce Brown, Ph.D.; Terry Cravens, DMA; Donald Crockett, Ph.D.*; Robert A. Cutietta, D.Ed.; Kevin Fitz-Gerald, Art. Dipl.; Gary Glaze, M.M.; Stewart Gordon, DMA; Norman Krieger, Dipl.; Frederick Lesemann, DMA*; Larry Livingston, M.M.; Thom Mason, DMA; Ronald McCurdy, Ph.D.; Richard McIlvery, M.M.; Donald McInnes, M.M.; Erica Muhl, DMA; Tim Page, B.A.; Alan Pasqua, B.M.; John Perry, M.M.*; Daniel Pollack, M.S.*; Frank Potenza, M.M.; Jo-Michael Scheibe, DMA; Bryan Simms, Ph.D.*; Alan Smith, DMA; Richard Smith, M.M.; John Thomas, M.M.; Ladd Thomas, D.Mus.; Frank Ticheli, DMA Associate Professors: Ken Cazan, BFA; Joanna Demers, Ph.D.; Yehuda Gilad, Dipl.; Adam Gilbert, Ph.D.; Elizabeth Hynes, B.M.; Robert Moore, Ph.D.; Cynthia Munzer, B.M. Assistant Professors: Rod Gilfry, M.M.; Cristian Grases, DMA; Beatriz Ilari, Ph.D.; David Moore, B.M.; Mina Yang, Ph.D. Professors of Practice: Peter Erskine; Boyde Hood, M.M.; Joel Timm, DMA; James Walker, B.M.E.
Degree Programs
Associate Professors of Practice: Bernadene Blaha, M.M.; Lucinda Carver, DMA; Mark Goldstein, J.D.; Henry Gronnier, Art. Dipl.; Brian Head, M.M.; Ken Lopez, B.A.; Brent McMunn, M.M.; Richard Schmunk, DMA; Brian Shepard, DMA; Nick Strimple, DMA; Scott Tennant, M.M.; John Whitener, DMA
Emeritus Professors: Nancy Bricard, M.M.*; James Hopkins, Ph.D.; Arend Koole, D.Litt. et Phil.; William A. Schaefer, M.A.; Margaret Schaper, M.M.*; Alice Schoenfeld*; William Thomson, Ph.D.; James Vail, DMA
Assistant Professors of Practice: Steven Cunningham, B.S.; Andrew Garver, B.S.*; Rotem Gilbert, DMA; Susan Helfter, DMA; William Kanengiser, M.M; Veronika Krausas, DMA; Sharon Lavery, M.M.; Kristy Morrell, DMA; Christopher Sampson, M.M.
Degree Programs
Senior Lecturers (Full-time): William Biersach; Patrick Kelley; Antoinette Perry; Christopher Roze; Nick Stoubis; Stephen Trovato; Paul Young Adjunct Professors: Donald Brinegar; Bruce Broughton; Martin Chalifour; Suzi Digby; Lamont Dozier; Donald Green; Melissa Manchester; Norman Pearson; H. Robert Reynolds; Cherry Rhodes; Pepe Romero; Patrice Rushen; Carl St. Clair; James Self; Jack Smalley; Allan Vogel; William Watrous; Suli Xue; Michele Zukovsky Adjunct Associate Professors: Judith Farmer; David Howard; Andrew Shulman; James Thatcher; Jo Ann Turovsky; David Weiss Adjunct Assistant Professors: Jeffrey Allen; David Arnay; James Babor; Margaret Batjer; Jon Burlingame; Leon Ndugu Chancler; Che-Yen Chen; Neal Desby; Susan Feldman; Russell Ferrante; Parmer Fuller; Adam Kofler; Shigemi Matsumoto; Janice McVeigh; Vincent Mendoza; Leah Morrison; Darek Oleszkiewicz; Joseph Pereira; James Rötter; Aaron Serfaty; Robert Sheppard; Kathleen Roland Silverstein; Andrea Stolpe; Alexander Suleiman; Lisa Sylvester; Mark Weiser; Gary Woodward; Robert Young Adjunct Instructors: Andy Abad; Ted Ancona; Robert Anderson; Adriana Balic; Amy Bowers; Delbert Bowers; Stacy Brightman; Gilbert Castellanos; Paul Chaikin; Joel Clifft; Christina DeMore; Sean Dougall; Barbara Dyer; Bruce Forman; Rachelle Fox; John Fumo; Sara Gazarek; Jason Goldman; Kathleen Grace; Karin Carson; William Hollis; Dean Immel; Alphonso Johnson; Aron Kallay; Dax Kimbrough; Patrick Kirst; Tim Kobza; Edwin Livingston; Mary Mattei; Roy McCurdy; Shawn Mouser; Vicki Muto; Sung-Hwa Park; David Poe; Michael Powers; Otmaro Ruiz; John Schmidt; Gary Schyman; Paul Sherman; Scott Shubeck; William Skeen; Lisa Smith; Douglas Tornquist; Tina Vartanian; Carl Verheyen; David Wilkinson; Tien-Hsin Wu; Shanon Zusman
*Recipient of university-wide or school teaching award.
The Thornton School of Music offers professional and academic degrees at the bachelor’s, master’s and doctoral levels. These degrees are summarized below. Bachelor of Music: Students working toward this professional degree have a wide choice of specializations: composition, music industry, instrumental performance, jazz studies, popular music performance and vocal arts. Students can take either a single major program or double majors in several combinations such as piano and composition, string, or percussion instrument. The two majors must be offered by different departments but lead to the same degree (for example, Bachelor of Music). Double majors consisting of two majors in the same department are not permitted. The degree is granted by the Thornton School of Music. Bachelor of Arts: This degree is for students with a strong music background but who wish to combine professional music training with substantial study in other disciplines. Bachelor of Science: Offered by the Thornton School of Music in the specialized area of music industry. Minors in Music: Seven different minors in music are offered, each approaching the discipline from a unique perspective and with a distinct curriculum: Jazz Studies, Musical Studies (Performance), Musical Theatre, Music Industry, Music Recording, Popular Music Studies, and Songwriting. Master of Music: This is a professional degree that represents proficiency in one area of musical practice and relevant knowledge in musical literature, performance and technique. It requires a minimum of 30 graduate units, of which 15 must be at the 500 level or higher. Students complete either a thesis or recital(s) as part of the degree requirements. The degree can be earned in choral music, composition, conducting, music education, keyboard collaborative arts, guitar, jazz studies, organ, piano, voice or instrumental performance. The degree is granted by the Thornton School of Music. Master of Arts: This degree, offered through the Graduate School in conjunction with the Thornton School of Music, stresses music history or early music performance, with emphasis on scholarly research.
811
Doctor of Musical Arts: This is a professional degree that represents the highest level of expertise in a major field of musical practice and competence in several additional areas. Students may specialize in choral music, composition, jazz studies, music education, vocal or instrumental performance. Doctor of Philosophy: Offered through the Graduate School, this is an academic degree in the field of historical musicology. A substantial background in music, research and languages is required. Entrance to the Degree Programs
Admission to a degree program is granted through USC’s admission process, described in the Admission section of this catalogue. A supplementary application form is also required for students seeking admission to the Thornton School of Music, which can be obtained from the School of Music Office of Admission. Applicants to a program within the school are screened by appropriate faculty selection committees that hold auditions, interviews and examine supportive materials. Letters of acceptance are issued by the USC Office of Admission. Audition A performance audition is required of applicants to most degree and certificate programs in the Thornton School of Music. Refer to individual curriculum listings for details. Graduate Record Examinations Scores from the General Test of the Graduate Record Examinations (GRE) are required for application and admission to the Master of Arts, Doctor of Musical Arts and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. (The Music Subject Test is not required.) Test scores on the GRE that are more than five years old at the time of application are not accepted. Placement Tests Undergraduate transfer students who have had formal study in any of the following areas must take the appropriate placement examination prior to their first registration: aural skills, theory, music history, conducting, analysis, orchestration and performance. The results of these examinations determine placement in appropriate sequential courses. Admission to Graduate Standing Achievement tests in basic musical skills and areas of study (Music Graduate Entrance Examinations) are required of all entering graduate students during the first semester or summer session in residence. If all examinations are not passed by the end of two semesters of course work, then further registration must include remedial courses in all areas
812
USC Thornton School of Music
where deficiencies exist. In degree programs in which one recital is required, all entrance examinations must be passed or corresponding remedial course work completed with a minimum grade of B- before permission to present a graduate recital is given. In programs with two or more recitals, only the first may be given prior to passing all entrance examinations or completing corresponding remedial courses.
both may be required before credit allowance is considered.
Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) All applicants whose native language is not English are required to submit scores from the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). Test scores that are more than two years old at the time of application are not accepted. Advanced Standing Credit for Music Taken in Accredited Schools of Music Music courses completed with satisfactory grades in a member institution of the National Association of Schools of Music are acceptable for transfer. The university reserves the right, however, to require a student to take a placement test (at no cost) to determine the level of achievement in any given aspect of music, and to review the student’s credentials at the end of one semester at USC to determine what credit will in fact be transferred. Advanced Standing Credit for Music Not Taken in Accredited Schools of Music Students who wish credit for music taken in institutions not accredited by the National Association of Schools of Music must provide the Office of Admission with information on their prior work, showing the subjects studied, the number of lessons in each subject, the length of each lesson, number of years of study and the names of instructors. Such special requests are dealt with on an individual basis. Examinations or continuation work or
General Requirements
All curricula leading to the Bachelor of Music, Master of Music and Doctor of Musical Arts degrees require proficiency in performance. This is accomplished by individual instruction in the areas best suited to the student’s ability and interests. Proficiency in piano is required in all curricula and may be achieved through class and/or individual instruction. Some curricula require competency in one additional performance medium. Attendance at recitals in the field of the student’s major is a regular part of the work in applied music for all music majors. Attendance at recitals is recommended for non-music majors who take individual instruction as an elective.
Non-Degree Programs
Students who have highly specialized interests which may not be met through degree programs may apply for admission to one of the following non-degree programs. Artist Diploma Program This program is designed for young artists of exceptional ability and musical sensitivity who plan careers as solo performers. The Artist Diploma Program provides young artists the opportunity to devote their full time to concentrated study and practice for the duration of their assigned programs. This program typically requires two to three consecutive years of study for completion. Graduate Certificate Program in Performance This two-year graduate-level program is designed for students who have completed their undergraduate education in music, or its equivalent, and intend to concentrate their energies on the full-time development of their discipline.
Curriculum Requirements
The curriculum requirements for each major are listed under each degree. The USC course classification and numbering system is explained on page 32. In addition, music courses sometimes carry the following abbreviations: CD = Conducting; CG = Classical Guitar; HC = Harpsichord; OR = Organ; P = Piano; SG = Studio Guitar; VA = Viola; VC = Voice Coaching; VO = Voice.
Graduate Certificate Program in Scoring for Motion Pictures and Television This one-year program is designed for students who hold the Bachelor of Music in Composition or its equivalent. Students in this program must maintain a 3.0 grade point average, with no course grade lower than a C (2.0). Work graded C- or below is not acceptable for credit toward the certificate.
Change of Curriculum
Honor Society
To change from one curriculum to another, a student must obtain written approval of all of the following: the department chair in the curriculum which the student is leaving, the department chair for the new curriculum and the dean of the Thornton School of Music.
Pi Kappa Lambda Pi Kappa Lambda is a national honor society established in 1918 for the promotion and recognition of scholarship and performance in music. Students of the School of Music are eligible for election to Eta chapter at the University of Southern California, established in 1923.
semesters of individual instruction in their major field while in residence.
original compositions. A candidate’s program must be ready for presentation before a faculty committee at least one month before the required public recital. Complete details are available from the Music Operations Office, Thornton School of Music.
Undergraduate Degrees Bachelor of Music The Bachelor of Music (B.M.) is a professional degree granted by the Thornton School of Music. The various majors for the degree are listed subsequently along with special requirements for each. Individual Instruction in Residence
Candidates for the B.M. degree in performance must complete a minimum of three
Senior Recital
All performance majors must present a senior recital consisting of a memorized program one hour long (except in the case of certain wind instruments) in partial fulfillment of the degree requirements. Composition majors present a full-length recital of their
Undergraduate Degrees
General Education Requirements
The university’s general education program provides a coherent, integrated introduction to the breadth of knowledge you will need to consider yourself (and to be considered by other people) a generally well-educated person. This program requires six courses in different categories, plus writing and diversity requirements. The provost has allowed an exception to the rules governing the new general education requirements for certain groups of students pursuing performance degrees in music. Students pursuing the Bachelor of Music in Jazz Studies or the Bachelor of Music in Performance (in all tracks except organ) may satisfy their social issues and first writing requirement separately by taking WRIT 130 (instead of WRIT 140) in the spring of their freshman year. In addition those pursuing the Bachelor of Music in Performance (vocal arts) may satisfy Category I of the new program with MUHL 331 and MUHL 332. In all other respects, students in the Thornton School of Music must satisfy the general education requirements as described on pages 63 and 250. Individual Instruction Limitations Music majors may accumulate a maximum of 16 units of individual instruction at the 300 level toward an undergraduate degree program.
813
MUCO 132ab (4), MUCO 133ab (6), MUCO 135 (2), MUCO 137ab (4), MUCO 232ab (4), MUCO 233ab (6), MUCO 235 (2), MUCO 236 (2), MUCO 237ab (8), MUCO 336ab (4), MUCO 337ab (8), MUCO 434 (2), MUCO 435 (2), MUCO 437ab (4) 58 MUCD 340 (2), MUCD 343 (2) 4 MUEA 474a or MUEA 474b or MUEA 490 2 MUHL 231 (3), MUHL 232 (3), MUHL 331 (3), MUHL 332 (3) 12 Electives in music 2 General electives 4 Senior recital 0 Total required for degree
132
*Transfer credit may not fulfill the large ensemble requirement. **Requirement may be fulfilled with MPKS 301P if proficiency level equivalent to MPKS 350b is demonstrated by examination.
In addition to the above curricular requirements, B.M. candidates in composition must take departmental comprehensive examinations in all six areas: (1) instrumental performance at an intermediate level; (2) theory and analysis; (3) aural skills; (4) instrumentation; (5) music literature; (6) elementary score-reading.
Bachelor of Music in Composition
Entrance Requirements Applicants must submit the Thornton School of Music Supplementary Application, a statement of objectives, resume, complete academic transcripts, three original compositions, and a complete list of all original compositions including dates and media. If available, audio recordings of the submitted scores should also be included. An on-campus interview with the composition faculty is encouraged but not required. Admission to the B.M. in Composition is highly competitive. The program is a four-year program, to which transfer students are rarely admitted. Admission to programs in composition is limited to fall semester only. CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS
General education Writing Large ensemble* Ensemble electives MPKS 250ab (4), MPKS 350ab (4), MPKS 301P (4) **
UNITS
6 courses 2 courses 4 2 12
Students must pass in at least four areas to continue on to the senior year of the major and, in order to graduate, must pass in all six areas. Bachelor of Music in Jazz Studies
Entrance Requirements Applicants must submit the Thornton School of Music Supplementary Application, a statement of objectives, resume and repertoire list. A performance audition is required for admission to this program. Specific audition requirements, along with other entrance requirements, are reviewed on an annual basis and published in the Application Requirements section online at www.usc.edu/music. Most applicants will also be asked to sit for a written examination consisting of listening to excerpts, basic jazz theory and jazz history. Though applicants are strongly encouraged to perform a live audition, a recent video recording may be submitted in lieu of a live audition if necessary.
MUSC 496 (2) Two courses from: MUHL 231 (3), MUHL 232 (3), or MUHL 331 3) MUJZ 153 (4), MUJZ 253 (4), MUJZ 286ab (6), MUJZ 353 (4), MUJZ 400 (2), MUJZ 443 (2), MUJZ 453 (4) Electives Comprehensive exam* Senior recital
2 6
26 18 0 0
Total required for degree
132
*Students must pass a comprehensive performance exam prior to the senior recital, which entails performance and improvisation, from memory, of songs selected from the “Jazz Studies Department Required Tune List.”
Bachelor of Music in Performance (Classical Guitar)
Entrance Requirements Applicants must submit the Thornton School of Music Supplementary Application, a statement of objectives, resume and repertoire list. A performance audition is required for admission to this program. Specific audition requirements, along with other entrance requirements, are reviewed on an annual basis and published in the Application Requirements section online at www.usc.edu/ music. A recent high-fidelity recording may be submitted in lieu of a live audition if necessary. CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
General education 6 courses Writing 2 courses MPGU 153CG (4), MPGU 253CG (4), MPGU 353CG (4), MPGU 453CG (4), MPGU 159 (2), MPGU 257 (8), MPGU 259 (2), MPGU 357 (2), MPGU 457 (6), MPGU 417 (2), MPGU 426 (3), MPGU 427 (3), MPGU 459 (2) 46 MPKS 250ab 4 MUEN 326 (6) 6 Large ensemble* 2 Ensemble electives 2 MUCD 340 (2) or MUCD 343 (2) 2 MUCO 132ab (4), MUCO 133ab (6), MUCO 232ab (4), MUCO 233ab (6), MUCO 338x (2) 22 MUHL 231 (3), MUHL 232 (3), MUHL 331 (3), MUHL 332 (3) 12 Electives 4 Junior recital 0 Senior recital 0 Total required for degree
CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
General education 6 courses Writing 2 courses MUEN 332 (8), MUEN 329 (6) 14 MUJZ 195L (8), MUJZ 395L (8) 16 MUCO 132ab (4), MUCO 133ab (6), MUJZ 141ab (4), MUJZ 305ab (4) 18
*Transfer credit may not fulfill the large ensemble requirement.
132
814
USC Thornton School of Music
Bachelor of Music in Performance (Studio Guitar)
submitted in lieu of a live audition if necessary by applicants living a distance greater than 200 miles from the USC campus.
Entrance Requirements Applicants must submit the Thornton School of Music Supplementary Application, a statement of objectives, resume and repertoire list. A performance audition is required for admission to this program. Specific audition requirements, along with other entrance requirements, are reviewed on an annual basis and published in the Application Requirements section of the Thornton Website (www.usc.edu/music). A recent, highfidelity recording may be submitted in lieu of a live audition if necessary. CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS
General education Writing
UNITS
6 courses 2 courses
Common core: MUCD 343 MPGU 153SG (4), MPGU 253SG (4), MPGU 353SG (4), MPGU 453SG (4), MPGU 158 (2), MPGU 159 (2), MPGU 258 (4), MPGU 358 (4), MPGU 415 (2), MPGU 416 (3), MPGU 426 (3), MPGU 428ab (6), MPGU 458 (2)
2
UNITS
General education 6 courses Writing 2 courses MPKS 153P (4), MPKS 253P (4), MPKS 353P (4), MPKS 453P (4), MPKS 160ab (4), MPKS 170ab (2), MPKS 228 (2), MPKS 260ab (4), MPKS 360ab (4), MPKS 431ab (4), MPKS 472ab (4), MPKS 481 (2) 42 MUCD 340 (2) or MUCD 343 (2) 2 MUCO 132ab (4), MUCO 133ab (6), MUCO 232ab (4), MUCO 233ab (6), MUCO 338x (2) 22 MUEN 328 (4) 4 Large ensemble* 4 MUHL 231 (3), MUHL 232 (3), MUHL 331 (3), MUHL 332 (3) 12 Electives 14 Senior recital 0 Total required for degree
132
*Transfer credit may not fulfill the large ensemble requirement.
44
Traditional emphasis: MPKS 250ab (4) MUCO 132ab (4), MUCO 133ab (6), MUCO 232ab (4), MUCO 233ab (6), MUCO 338x (2), MUEN 326 (6), MUHL 231 (3), MUHL 232 (3), MUHL 331 (3), MUHL 332 (3), Ensemble electives (4), Electives (6)
54
Jazz emphasis: MUCO 132ab (4), MUCO 133ab (6), MUJZ 141ab (4), MUJZ 305ab (4), MUSC 310 or MUCO 338x (2), MUJZ 286ab (6), 6 units chosen from MUHL 231, MUHL 232, MUHL 331 (6), MUEN 326 (6), MPGU 301 (2), Ensemble electives (4), Electives (10) 54 Junior recital 0 Senior recital 0 Total required for degree
CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS FOR PIANO
132
Bachelor of Music in Performance (Piano)
Entrance Requirements for Piano Major Applicants in piano must submit the Thornton School of Music Supplementary Application, a statement of objectives, resume and repertoire list. A performance audition is also required. Current requirements for the audition may be found at www.usc.edu/music. Follow the links to the Keyboard Studies Department and choose “Application Requirements.” Although live auditions are strongly encouraged, a recent, high-fidelity audio or CD recording may be
Bachelor of Music in Performance (Organ)
Entrance Requirements Applicants must submit the Thornton School of Music Supplementary Application, a statement of objectives, resume and repertoire list. A performance audition is required for admission to this program. Specific audition requirements, along with other entrance requirements, are reviewed on an annual basis and published in the Application Requirements section online at www.usc.edu/music. CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
General education 6 courses Writing 2 courses MPKS 153OR (4), MPKS 253OR (4), MPKS 353OR (4), MPKS 453OR (4), MPKS 160ab (4), MPKS 260ab (4) 24 MUCO 132ab (4), MUCO 133ab (6), MUCO 232ab (4), MUCO 233ab (6), MUCO 338x (2) 22 MUCD 340 (2), MUCD 343 (2) 4 Large ensemble* 4 Ensemble electives 2 MUHL 231 (3), MUHL 232 (3), MUHL 331 (3), MUHL 332 (3) 12 Electives in music 21 Electives 11 Senior recital 0 Total required for degree *Transfer credit may not fulfill the large ensemble requirement.
132
Bachelor of Music in Performance (Violin), (Viola), (Violoncello), (Double Bass) or (Harp)
Entrance Requirements (Violin), (Viola), (Violoncello), (Double Bass) or (Harp) Applicants must submit the Thornton School of Music Supplementary Application, a statement of objectives, resume and repertoire list. A performance audition is required for admission to this program. Specific audition requirements, along with other entrance requirements, are reviewed on an annual basis and published in the Application Requirements section online at www.usc.edu/ music. A recent video recording may be submitted in lieu of a live audition if necessary. CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS FOR VIOLIN, VIOLA AND VIOLONCELLO MAJORS
UNITS
General education 6 courses Writing 2 courses Foreign language 2 courses MPKS 250ab (4), MPKS 350ab (4), MPKS 481 (2) 10 MPST 153 (4), MPST 253 (4), MPST 353 (4), MPST 453 (4), MPST 471ab (4), MPST 472 (4) 24 MUCD 343 2 MUCO 132ab (4), MUCO 133ab (6), MUCO 232ab (4), MUCO 233ab (6), MUCO 338x (2) 22 MUEN 327 (8) 8 Large ensemble* 8 MUHL 231 (3), MUHL 232 (3), MUHL 331 (3), MUHL 332 (3) 12 Electives** 6 Junior recital 0 Senior recital 0 Total required for degree
132
*Required each semester in residence. **Violin majors are required to take MPST 301VL (2) as 2 units of the 6-unit elective requirement. CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS FOR DOUBLE BASS MAJORS
UNITS
General education 6 courses Writing 2 courses Foreign language 2 courses MPKS 250ab (4), MPKS 350ab (4), MPKS 481 (2) 10 MPST 153 (4), MPST 253 (4), MPST 353 (4), MPST 453 (4), MPST 262 (4), MPST 462 (4), MPST 472 (4) 28 MUCO 132ab (4), MUCO 133ab (6), MUCO 232ab (4), MUCO 233ab (6), MUCO 338x (2) 22 MUCD 343 (2) 2 MUEN 327 (4) 4 Large ensemble* 8 MUHL 231 (3), MUHL 232 (3), MUHL 331 (3), MUHL 332 (3) 12 Electives 6 Junior recital 0 Senior recital 0 Total required for degree
132
Undergraduate Degrees
CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS FOR HARP MAJORS
UNITS
General education 6 courses Writing 2 courses Foreign language 2 courses MPKS 250ab (4), MPKS 350ab (4), MPKS 481 (2) 10 MPST 153 (4), MPST 253 (4), MPST 353 (4), MPST 453 (4), MPST 263 (4), MPST 463 (4) 24 MUCD 343 2 MUCO 132ab (4), MUCO 133ab (6), MUCO 232ab (4), MUCO 233ab (6), MUCO 338x (2) 22 MUEN 327 (8) 8 Large ensemble* 8 MUHL 231 (3), MUHL 232 (3), MUHL 331 (3), MUHL 332 (3) 12 Electives 6 Junior recital 0 Senior recital 0 Total required for degree
132
*Required each semester in residence.
Bachelor of Music in Performance (Vocal Arts)
CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS
Electives Junior recital Senior recital
UNITS
General education 6 courses Writing 2 courses Foreign language 4 courses FREN 120 (4), GERM 101 (4), ITAL 120 (4); FREN 150 (4) or GERM 102 (4) or ITAL 150 (4) MPKS 250ab (4), MPKS 350ab (4) 8 MPVA 153VO (4), MPVA 203ab (4), MPVA 253VO (4), MPVA 301VC (3), MPVA 353VO (4), MPVA 453VO (4), MPVA 404 (2), MPVA 438 (2), MPVA 439 (2), MPVA 440 (2), MPVA 441 (2), MPVA 479 (4) 37 MUCD 340 2 MUCO 132ab (4), MUCO 133ab (6), MUCO 232ab (4), MUCO 233ab (6) 20 Large ensemble* 4 Ensemble electives 2 MUHL 231 (3), MUHL 232 (3), MUHL 331 (3), MUHL 332 (3) 12
3 0 0
Total required for degree
132
*Transfer credit may not fulfill the large ensemble requirement.
Bachelor of Music in Performance (Flute), (Oboe), (Clarinet), (Bassoon), (Saxophone), (French Horn), (Trumpet), (Trombone), (Tuba) or (Percussion)
Entrance Requirements Applicants must submit the Thornton School of Music Supplementary Application, a statement of objectives, resume and repertoire list. A performance audition is required for admission to this program. Specific audition requirements, along with other entrance requirements, are reviewed on an annual basis and published in the Application Requirements section online at www.usc.edu/ music. A recent, high-fidelity recording may be submitted in lieu of a live audition if necessary. CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS
Entrance Requirements Applicants must submit the Thornton School of Music Supplementary Application, a statement of objectives, resume and repertoire list. A performance audition is required for admission to this program. Specific audition requirements, along with other entrance requirements, are reviewed on an annual basis and published in the Application Requirements section online at www.usc.edu/ music. A recent video recording may be submitted in lieu of a live audition if necessary.
815
UNITS
General education 6 courses Writing 2 courses MPKS 250ab 4 MPWP 153 (4), MPWP 253 (4), MPWP 353 (4), MPWP 453 (4), MPWP 252 (4), MPWP 452 (4) 24 MUCD 343 (2), MUCD 340 (2) or 443 (2) 4 MUCO 132ab (4), MUCO 133ab (6), MUCO 232ab (4), MUCO 233ab (6), MUCO 338x (2) 22 MUEN 323 (8)* 8 MUEN 325 (8)* 8 MUHL 231 (3), MUHL 232 (3), MUHL 331 (3), MUHL 332 (3) 12 Electives 18 Senior recital 0 Total required for degree
132
*Required each semester in residence.
Bachelor of Music in Performance (Popular Music)
Entrance Requirements Applicants must submit the Thornton School of Music Supplementary Application, a statement of objectives, résumé and repertoire list. A performance audition is required for admission to this program. Specific audition requirements, along with other entrance requirements, are reviewed on an annual basis and published in the Application Requirements section of the Thornton Website (www.usc.edu/music).
CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
General Education 6 courses Writing 2 courses MUCO 133ab (3-3), MUCO 131ab (2-2), MUCO 132ab (2-2), MUCO 232ab (2-2), MPPM 325ab (2-2), MUSC 255 (2) 24 MUHL 315 (4) and two courses from the following: MUJZ 100 (4), MUJZ 419 (4), MUSC 400 (4), MUSC 420 (4), MUSC 422 (4), MUSC 444 (4), MUSC 450 (4), MUSC 460 (4) 12 MUIN 270 (4), MUSC 310 (2), MUSC 311 (2), MUSC 496 (2) 10 MPPM 100 (4), MPPM 120 (8), MPPM 153 (4), MPPM 240* (2), MPPM 250** (2), MPPM 253 (4), MPPM 320 (4), MPPM 450ab (1-1) 30 Ensemble 2 Electives 22 Total required for the degree
132
*Drummers will substitute a class in guitar or voice. **Keyboardists will substitute a class in guitar or voice.
Bachelor of Music in the Music Industry
Entrance Requirements Applicants must submit the Thornton School of Music Supplementary Application, a statement of objectives, resume and repertoire list. A performance audition according to the requirements of the department of the applicant’s primary instrument or voice is also required. CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
General education 6 courses Writing 2 courses MPxx 153 (4), MPxx 253 (4), MPxx 353 (4) Individual instruction in primary instrument/voice* 12 MPKS 250ab 4 MUCD 340 (2) or MUCD 343 (2) 2 Ensemble electives 2 MUCO 132ab (4), MUCO 133ab (6), MUCO 232ab (4), MUCO 233ab (6) 20 MUHL 231 (3), MUHL 232 (3), MUHL 331 (3), MUHL 332 (3) 12 MUIN 270 (4), MUIN 280 (4), MUIN 360 (4), MUIN 450 (8) 20 Two courses from the following: MUIN 370 (4), MUIN 385 (4), MUIN 425 (4), MUIN 430 (4), MUIN 435 (4), MUIN 440 (4), MUIN 443 (4), MUIN 445 (4), MUIN 495 (4) 8
816
USC Thornton School of Music
Music Technology requirements: MUIN 275ab (8) and 6 units from the following: MUIN 287 (2), MUIN 340 (4), MUIN 389 (2), MUIN 392ab (2-2), MUIN 442 (2), MUIN 446ab (2-2), MUIN 476ab (2-2), MUIN 477 (2), MUIN 478 (4), MUIN 479 (2), MUIN 494 (4), MUIN 496 (4) 14 Electives 6 Junior recital 0
CORE CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS
132
*All individual instruction units must be taken in the same area in which the students auditioned.
Bachelor of Science in the Music Industry
The Bachelor of Science in the Music Industry is a professional degree that prepares students to enter a variety of careers in the music industry of today. Students must fulfill a series of core requirements for the degree, but they are allowed to choose one of two options for the remainder of their curriculum. The industry option emphasizes classes in the business and legal aspects of the music industry, while the technology option allows students to gain a solid background in the various uses of technology in the modern music industry. Entrance Requirements Applicants must submit the Thornton School of Music Supplementary Application, a statement of objectives, resume and full academic transcripts. A full academic review will be the primary consideration for admission to this program. In some cases, a phone or in-person interview will be requested by the Thornton admission office. General Education Requirements The university’s general education program provides a coherent, integrated introduction to the breadth of knowledge you will need to consider yourself (and to be considered by other people) a generally well-educated person. This program requires six courses in different categories, plus writing and diversity requirements, which comprise the USC Core. See pages 63 and 250 for more information. Business-related Requirements In addition to the above general education requirements, the following courses offered through the Marshall School of Business, the Leventhal School of Accounting and the Dornsife College of Letters, Arts and Sciences are required. ECON 203 ECON 205 BUAD 307 ACCT 410x
1 course 1 course 1 course 1 course
4 courses
General education requirements Writing Business-related requirements School of Music requirements: One course from the following: MUHL 315x (4), MUSC 444 (4), MUSC 450 (4), MUSC 460 (4) MUIN 270 (4), MUIN 275ab (4-4), MUIN 280 (4), MUIN 360 (4), MUIN 450 (8) MPKS 150ab (2-2) MUCO 101x (2) Total core units: INDUSTRY OPTION (42 UNITS)
BUAD 215x Four courses from the following: MUIN 370 (4), MUIN 385 (4), MUIN 425 (4), MUIN 430 (4), MUIN 435 (4), MUIN 440 (4), MUIN 443 (4), MUIN 445 (4), MUIN 495 (4), MUIN 496 (4) 6 units from the following: MUIN 287 (2), MUIN 305 (4), MUIN 340 (4), MUIN 389 (2), MUIN 392ab (2-2), MUIN 442 (2), MUIN 446ab (2-2), MUIN 448 (2), MUIN 476ab (2-2), MUIN 477 (2), MUIN 478 (2), MUIN 479 (2), MUIN 493 (2), MUEA 474ax (2) Electives Total: TECHNOLOGY OPTION (42 UNITS)
MUIN 305 (4), MUIN 446ab (2-2) Three courses from the following: MUIN 370 (4), MUIN 385 (4), MUIN 425 (4), MUIN 430 (4), MUIN 435 (4), MUIN 440 (4), MUIN 443 (4), MUIN 445 (4), MUIN 495 (4), MUIN 496 (4) 12 units from the following: MUIN 287 (2), MUIN 340 (4), MUIN 389 (2), MUIN 392ab (2-2), MUIN 442 (2), MUIN 448 (2), MUIN 476ab (2-2), MUIN 477 (2), MUIN 478 (2), MUIN 479 (2), MUIN 493 (2), MUEA 474ax (2) Electives Total:
UNITS
6 courses 2 courses 4 courses
4
28 4 2 86 UNITS
4
16
General Education Requirements The university’s general education program provides a coherent, integrated introduction to the breadth of knowledge you will need to consider yourself (and to be considered by other people) a generally well-educated person. This program requires six courses in different categories, plus writing, foreign language and diversity requirements, which together comprise the USC Core. See pages 63 and 250 for more information. Curriculum Requirements REQUIRED COURSES
Lower division MPKS 250ab MUCO 132ab (2-2), MUCO 133ab (3-3), MUCO 232ab (2-2), MUCO 233ab (3-3) MUHL 231 (3), MUHL 232 (3)
20 6
Upper division Ensemble electives Individual instruction 301 MUCO 338x MUHL 331 (3), MUHL 332 (3) Music electives
4 6 2 6 16
Total required for degree 6 16 128 UNITS
8
12
12 10 128
Bachelor of Arts
Applicants must submit the Thornton School of Music Supplementary Application, a statement of objectives, resume and repertoire list. A performance audition according to the requirements of the department of the applicant’s primary instrument or voice is also required.
UNITS
General education, writing, foreign language, and electives 64
4
128
Curriculum Areas of Study Within the curriculum for the B.A., students may wish to focus in a particular area of music that suits their interest and the faculty’s expertise. Two of the possible areas are listed below. Students may specialize in one area or may design individual programs of study by choosing various combinations of electives that best meet their needs and career objectives. Relevant courses for each area are posted at www.usc.edu/music. Choral Music Option: This option is designed for students with a strong interest in choral singing and conducting. Students take a course that introduces them to choral music and choral conducting, and may elect to receive instruction in advanced choral conducting, as well as participate in one of the choral ensembles of the Thornton School. Vocal Jazz Option: This option is designed for students with a strong interest in the performance of solo and ensemble vocal jazz music. Students should take two semesters of Vocal Jazz Techniques, as well as individual instruction in jazz voice. Students may also perform in vocal ensembles and with instrumental combos.
Minors
817
Minors in Music Minor in Music Recording
A minor in music recording is offered for undergraduate students to provide them with the background necessary to enter the field of recording engineering and to familiarize them with the design needs of recording equipment. The minor is not available to music industry majors. Prerequisite Acceptance into the program might require a personal interview by the Thornton School of Music to assure that the student has sufficient musical background and skill. Students admitted to this minor will be expected to have a minimum GPA of 2.0 and to maintain that average with no grade lower than a “C” for all courses taken in the minor. REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
MUIN 275ab Recording Arts Workshop 4-4 MUIN 286 Record Production Management 2 MUIN 287 The Business and Economics of the Recording Industry 2 MUIN 446a Computer Assisted Recording and Editing 2 Select 10 units from the following courses: MUIN 389 Digital Equipment and Recording 2 MUIN 392a Acoustics and Speaker Design 2 MUIN 446b Computer Assisted Recording and Editing 2 MUIN 477 Remote Recording Techniques 2 MUIN 478 Advanced Multichannel Remix 2 MUIN 479 Audio Mastering 2 MUIN 493 Audio Signal Processing Equipment 2
24
Minor in Music Industry
A minor in the music industry is offered for undergraduate students to provide them with the background necessary to enter varied fields in the music business and to familiarize them with standard practices and procedures. A minimum of 20 units is required for completion of this minor. The minor is not available to music industry majors.
Prerequisite Acceptance into the program might require a personal interview by the Thornton School of Music. Students admitted to this minor will be expected to have a minimum GPA of 2.0 and to maintain that average with no grade lower than a “C” for all courses taken in the minor. REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
MUIN 277x Introduction to Music Technology 4 MUIN 372abx Business and Legal Aspects of the Music Industry 4-4
REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
MUCO 130a Basics of Music Theory 3 MUEN 329 Jazz Ensemble (1, max 8), or MUEN 332 Jazz Chamber (1, max 8) 4 MUJZ 150x Beginning Jazz Improvisation 2 MUJZ 301 Individual Instruction 4 MUJZ 419 The Jazz Experience: Myths and Culture, or MUSC 450 The Music of Black Americans 4 MUJZ 450 Intermediate Jazz Improvisation 2 Music courses numbered 300-499 2 Total units
21
One course from the following: MUHL 315x Music and Culture 4 MUSC 444 American Roots Music: History and Culture 4 MUSC 450 The Music of Black Americans 4 MUSC 460 Film Music: History and Function from 1930 to the Present 4 MUSC 465 Music, Television and American Culture 4
Minor in Musical Theatre
Select 4 units from the following: MUIN 370 Distribution of Recorded Music and Music Publishing 4 MUIN 385 Radio in the Music Industry 4 MUIN 425 Live Music Production and Promotion 4 MUIN 430 Artist Management and Development 4 MUIN 435 Manufacture and Distribution of Musical Products 4 MUIN 443 The Business of Music for Visual Media 4 MUIN 446ab Computer Assisted Recording and Editing 2-2 MUIN 495 Music Industry, Broadcast and the Internet 4
MUSC 400 The Broadway Musical: Reflection of American Diversity, Issues, and Experiences 4 MPGU 125 Beginning Fingerstyle/ Chord Guitar, and MPGU 126 Easy Fingerstyle Beatles, or MPKS 150ab Beginning Piano, or MUED 330x Fundamentals of Music 4 MPVA 301 Individual Instruction (6), or MPVA 141 Class Voice (2), or MPVA 241 Intermediate Class Voice (2), and MPVA 301 Individual Instruction (4) 6 MPVA 402* Musical Theatre Workshop 8
20
Minor in Jazz Studies
This 20-unit minor program in jazz s tudies incorporates course work in individual instruction, the history of jazz masters, techniques of jazz improvisation and jazz theory for improvisers. The minor is not available to B.M. jazz studies majors. Requirements for admission are: GPA per university regulations and an audition.
The minor in musical theatre, interdisciplinary in nature, is a 27-unit program incorporating the study of acting, dance or movement, vocal arts and related musical subjects. Admission to the minor requires an audition for music but not for theatre. For students majoring in theatre or another non-music discipline: REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
2 units to be selected from: THTR 181-189, or THTR 216 Movement for Actors, or THTR 316 Advanced Movement for Actors 2 THTR 343 Musical Theatre Audition 3 Total units *2 units of MPVA 402 may be satisfied by taking THTR 397 Theatre Practicum I.
27
818
USC Thornton School of Music
For students majoring in music performance (vocal arts):
Minor in Musical Studies
Minor in Songwriting
This 26-unit program in musical studies, with an emphasis in performance, incorporates the study of music theory, music history, performance, ensembles and electives. Students may enter the program in their freshman year. An audition is required for this minor, which is not available to music majors.
The minor in songwriting incorporates practical instruction in the craft of songwriting and in performance skills, instruction in the technology relevant to songwriting, and critical studies in the relevant repertories.
REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
MPVA 402* Musical Theatre Workshop 8 MUSC 400 The Broadway Musical: Reflection of American Diversity, Issues, and Experiences 4 THTR 101 Introduction to Acting 4 THTR 343 Musical Theatre Audition 3 2 units to be selected from: THTR 181-189, or THTR 216 Movement for Actors, or THTR 316 Advanced Movement for Actors
2
6 units to be selected from: THTR 252ab Intermediate Acting I, or THTR 352ab Intermediate Acting II Total units
6 27
For students majoring in music (non-vocal arts performance):
2 units to be selected from: THTR 181-189, or THTR 216 Movement for Actors, or THTR 316 Advanced Movement for Actors
2
2 units to be selected from: THTR 252ab Intermediate Acting I, or THTR 352ab Intermediate Acting II
2
*2 units of MPVA 402 may be satisfied by taking THTR 397 Theatre Practicum I.
Total
26
Minor in Popular Music Studies
This minor consists of four upper division courses, to be chosen from courses that examine different aspects of popular music. The minor focuses on the study of the repertories and their cultural and social context. Students must be in good academic standing to be admitted. No previous musical experience is required.
UNITS
MPVA 301 Individual Instruction 4 MPVA 402* Musical Theatre Workshop 8 MUSC 400 The Broadway Musical: Reflection of American Diversity, Issues, and Experiences 4 THTR 101 Introduction to Acting 4 THTR 343 Musical Theatre Audition 3
Total units
UNITS
MUEN 300-499 2 MUHL 315x Music and Culture 4 MPKS 250a Keyboard Instruction I 2 Individual Instruction at the 301 level 6 MUCO 130abx Basics of Music Theory 6 Music electives * 6
*Must include 4 upper division units.
*2 units of MPVA 402 may be satisfied by taking THTR 397 Theatre Practicum.
REQUIRED COURSES
REQUIRED COURSES
27
COURSE REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
Choose four courses (16 units) from the following: MUSC 400 The Broadway Musical: Reflection of American Diversity, Issues, and Experiences 4 MUSC 420 Hip-Hop Music and Culture 4 MUSC 422 The Beatles: Their Music and Their Times 4 MUSC 444 American Roots Music: History and Culture 4 MUSC 450 The Music of Black Americans 4 MUSC 460 Film Music: History and Function from 1930 to the Present 4 MUSC 465 Music, Television and American Culture 4 MUJZ 419 The Jazz Experience: Myths and Culture 4
Requirements for admission: Successful completion of MUSC 255 Songwriting I and an interview with the admission coordinator. REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
MUCO 130abx Basics of Music Theory 3-3 MUSC 255 Songwriting I 2 MUSC 355 Songwriting II 2 MUSC 455 Songwriting III: The Performing Songwriter 2 MUSC 310 Computer Recording for the Performing Musician 2 MUSC 311 MIDI Techniques for the Performing Musician 2 Choose one of the following courses: COMM 306 The Communication Revolution, Entertainment and the Arts 4 COMM 307 Sound Clash: Popular Music and American Culture 4 COMM 384 Interpreting Popular Culture 4 COMM 440 Music as Communication 4 Choose one of the following courses: MUSC 400 The Broadway Musical: Reflection of American Diversity, Issues, and Experiences 4 MUSC 420 Hip-Hop Music and Culture 4 MUSC 422 The Beatles: Their Music and Their Times 4 MUSC 444 American Roots Music: History and Culture 4 MUSC 450 The Music of Black Americans 4 MUSC 460 Film Music: History and Function from 1930 to Present 4
24
Minor in Performing Arts Studies
The minor in performing arts provides an interdisciplinary inquiry into the nature and aesthetics of the performing arts. It combines the disciplines of cinematic arts, dance, music and theatre. The minor is a unique course of study that looks at how the performing arts contribute to a culturally literate society. See the School of Theatre section of this catalogue, page 943.
Graduate Degrees
819
Graduate Degrees Admission-Audition Requirements Applicants to graduate programs in the Thornton School of Music must submit the music supplementary application in addition to fulfilling all USC graduate a dmission requirements. Applicants to all doctoral programs, the M.A. in Music History and Literature and the M.A. in Early Music must also submit scores from the general test of the Graduate Record Examinations (GRE). Any applicant whose native language is not English must also submit scores from the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). GRE test scores that are more than five years old, and TOEFL scores that are more than two years old, at the time of application, will not be accepted. Additional requirements for specific graduate programs are detailed below. Choral Music
Applicants must submit the following: a brief resume detailing conducting experience; a statement of objectives; a repertoire list divided into categories of works sung, works studied and works conducted; three letters of recommendation; a videotape of both a choral ensemble performance and rehearsal conducted by the applicant, including choral works from several periods and styles, with at least one being a 20th century work. Master of Music applicants should have a minimum of two years’ experience as the regular con ductor of a choral ensemble. Doctor of Musical Arts applicants should have a minimum of four years’ experience.
Composition
Music Education
Applicants must submit the following: three carefully prepared scores and audio recordings of recent works; a complete list of all compositions, including dates and media; a statement of objectives; resume; transcripts from all universities attended. An on-campus interview with the composition faculty is encouraged but not required. Admission to graduate programs in composition is highly competitive and is limited to approximately six new students per year.
Applicants must submit the following: a resume listing group teaching experience (one year experience or more for M.M. applicants, three years’ experience or more for DMA applicants); brief statement of objectives and professional goals; academic transcripts from all universities attended; writing sample (essay or research abstract on a music education topic for M.M. applicants, a copy of the master’s thesis or written project on a music education topic for DMA applicants); an audition tape, approximately 15 minutes in length, of the applicant’s solo performance field; three letters of recommendation.
Conducting
Applicants must submit the following: a repertoire list, clearly indicating both works conducted in rehearsal and those conducted in performance; an unedited videotape from the orchestra’s side of the podium, no less than 30 minutes in length, of which half should be of the applicant in rehearsal; a statement of objectives; three letters of recommendation; resume. Selected applicants will be invited to present a live audition with the university. Such applicants will be contacted to determine repertoire. Jazz Studies
Applicants must submit a statement of objectives, resume and repertoire list. A performance audition is required for admission to this program. Specific audition requirements, along with other entrance requirements, are reviewed on an annual basis and published in the Application Requirements section online at www.usc.edu/music. Most applicants will also be asked to sit for a written examination consisting of listening to excerpts, basic jazz theory and jazz history.
Music History and Literature
Applicants must submit the following: a statement of objectives and professional goals; academic transcripts from all universities attended; three letters of recommendation; writing sample (one or two historical or analytical term papers or a copy of the master’s thesis). Performance
A performance audition is required for all applicants for admission to a performance major. In the case of some programs, additional materials are also required. Specific audition requirements, along with other entrance requirements, are reviewed on an annual basis and published in the Application Requirements section online at www.usc.edu/music.
Master of Music Unit and Grade Requirements
Thirty units of graduate work are required; a minimum of 15 units (excluding thesis) must be at the 500 level or higher. All students must satisfy the special requirements of their major department (see departmental adviser). Students must complete at least 26 semester units at USC, including the thesis or recital.
A grade point average of not less than 3.0 (A = 4.0) is required for all graduate courses in music, and a grade of B or higher is required for all courses in the major department. Students who transfer credits must achieve this average on all combined transferred and residence units.
Transferred Credits
All credits transferred must be the equivalent of corresponding current work at USC. Transfer work must have been completed within seven years from the date of admission to a master’s degree program to be applied toward that degree. Transfer credit petitions must be filed with the appropriate faculty chair and the chair’s decision made no later than the end of the first year in either the master’s or doctoral program.
820
USC Thornton School of Music
Time Limit
Master of Music in Choral Music
Master of Music in Conducting
The time limit for completing the Master of Music degree is five years. Progress is measured from the beginning of the first course at USC applied toward the degree. Extensions will be granted by petition to the Thornton School for only the most compelling reasons.
Prerequisite Applicants must hold a Bachelor of Music degree or its equivalent. Completed course work must include at least the following: Conducting MUCD 340, MUCD 343 and MUCD 441; Music History and Literature MUHL 331 and MUHL 332; Theory and Composition MUCO 232b, MUCO 233b and MUCO 338x. One year of German or French is strongly recommended. Applicants must have attained senior standing in a principal performance medium.
Prerequisite The applicant must hold a bachelor’s degree with a music major and have at least one year of experience conducting an orchestra.
Thesis Requirements and Guidance Committees
A composition portfolio is required of candidates for the Master of Music degree in composition; a thesis or final project is required of candidates for the Master of Music degree in music education. For music education majors, the thesis will consist of a research document written on a topic approved by the music education department, the final project will consist of a creative project that will present the arrangement, production or design of innovative ideas, materials or curricula for specific applications in teaching music. Before registering for 594a Thesis, a student must choose a guidance committee composed of three regular faculty, approved by the department chair, of which at least two come from the home department. The chair of the guidance committee directly supervises the preparation of the thesis, the final acceptance of which is based upon the unanimous recommendation of all three members of the committee. Master’s Recital
At least one public recital is required of all candidates for the Master of Music degree with a major in choral music, composition, organ, strings, vocal arts or wind and percussion instruments. Two public recitals are required for majors in conducting, guitar, jazz studies, keyboard collaborative arts and piano. Candidates should apply at the Music Operations Office for recital dates. Some departments require that a candidate be prepared to play or conduct the program for the approval of a faculty committee in advance of the recital. Students majoring in conducting may complete the recital requirements with a formal public recital or with special projects assigned, approved and attended by faculty from the conducting department, who also judge the acceptability of all such performances. Comprehensive Review
Candidates for the Master of Music must pass a comprehensive review toward the end of their course of study. This review, which is administered by the faculty of the major department, consists of an oral or written examination or a specially designated course; it will cover relevant aspects of musical performance, literature and technique.
Keyboard Proficiency A keyboard proficiency test will be given by the choral faculty during the student’s first semester in residence to determine if additional study in keyboard is required. Comprehensive Review A final oral examination in choral literature, conducting and rehearsal techniques will be administered by the choral music faculty. CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS
CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
MUCD 550 (8) Ensemble (preferably chamber music) MUHL 570 (2), MUHL 575 (2), MUHL 591 (2) One course from MUHL 573 (2), MUHL 574 (2), MUHL 576 (2), MUHL 577 (2) or MUHL 578 (2) MUCO 501 (2), MUCO 502 (2) Electives Two graduate recitals Comprehensive review
8 4
30
6
2 4 6 0 0
Master of Music in Jazz Studies
UNITS
MUCM 440 (2), MUCM 541 (2), MUCM 542 (2), MUCM 543 (2), MUCM 590 (2) MUCD 443 (2), MUCD 541 (6) Ensemble MUHL 570 (2), electives at 500 level (4) MPVA 439 (2), MPVA 501VO (2) Graduate recital Comprehensive review
10 8 2 6 4 0 0
30
Prerequisite The applicant must hold a Bachelor of Music degree with a major in jazz studies or its equivalent. CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
MUEN 505 or MUEN 529 (4), MUEN 532 (4) MUHL 570 (2), MUHL 578 (2), MUHL electives at the 500 level (2) MUJZ 443 (2) or MUJZ 545 (2) MUJZ 547 (2), MUJZ 553 (8) Electives Two graduate recitals Comprehensive review
6 2 10 4 0 0
Master of Music in Composition
30
Prerequisite The applicant must hold a Bachelor of Music degree with a major in composition or theory.
Master of Music in Music Education
CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
Ensemble MUHL 570 (2), electives at the 500 level in MUHL or MUCO (6) Individual instruction 501 in any performance medium (MPxx 501) or applicable MUCD or MUEA instruction MUCO 537 (8), MUCO 592 (2), MUCO 536 (2) Electives Graduate recital Comprehensive review M.M. composition portfolio
2
12 4 0 0 0
30
8
4
8
Prerequisite The applicant must hold a Bachelor of Music degree with a major in music education and have one year of teaching experience beyond supervised student teaching. CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS
MUED 500 (3), MUED 505 (2), MUHL electives at the 500 level (4) MUCD 441 (2) or MUCD 443 (2) MUCO 501 (2) or MUCO 502 (2) MUED 594ab (4), or MUED 590 (2) and MUED 592 (2) Two courses from: MUED 501 (3), MUED 502 (3), MUED 503 (3) or MUED 504 (3) Individual instruction (organ, piano, string instrument, vocal arts, or wind or percussion instrument), courses in conducting, composition or arranging, or ensemble Electives in music Comprehensive review
UNITS
9 2 2 4
6
4 3 0 30
Graduate Degrees
Master of Music in Performance (Keyboard Collaborative Arts)
Prerequisite Applicants must hold the Bachelor of Music degree with a major in piano or keyboard collaborative arts or equivalent background as determined by the collaborative arts faculty. It is strongly suggested that students who have not previously taken courses in Italian, French, English and German diction, or in song literature, enroll in the appropriate course(s) (MPVA 440, MPVA 441, MPVA 479) as part of their electives. CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
MUHL 570 (2), MUHL 578 (2), MUHL electives at the 500 level (4) MPKS 481 (2), 553CP (8), 560 (2), 561 (2) Electives in music Two graduate recitals, one with voice(s), the other with instrument(s) Comprehensive review
14 8
30
8
0 0
Master of Music in Performance (Classical Guitar)
Prerequisite The applicant must hold a bachelor’s degree with a major in music with guitar as the principal instrument. CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
MUEN 526 (2), electives (2) MUHL 570 (2), MUHL 578 (2), MUHL electives at the 500 level (2) MPGU 427 (3), MPGU 553CG (8), MPGU 557 (4) MPKS 481 (2) Electives Two graduate recitals Comprehensive review
4
15 2 3 0 0
30
6
Master of Music in Performance (Studio Guitar)
Prerequisite The applicant must hold a bachelor’s degree with a major in music with guitar as the principal instrument. CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
MUEN 526 (2), electives (2) MUHL 570 (2), MUHL 578 (2), MUHL electives at the 500 level (2) MPGU 553SG (8), MPGU 558 (4) Music electives Electives Two graduate recitals Comprehensive review
4 6 12 4 4 0 0
30
821
Master of Music in Performance (Organ)
Master of Music in Performance (Vocal Arts)
Prerequisite The applicant must hold a Bachelor of Music degree with a major in organ or equivalent.
Prerequisite The applicant must hold a Bachelor of Music degree with a major in vocal arts. Students who have not had formal training in foreign language, diction, vocal pedagogy, acting for singers, song literature and in Italian, French or German languages must show competency in these areas through examination or complete appropriate course work with a grade of B or higher.
CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
Ensemble MUHL 570 (2), MUHL 578 (2), MUHL electives at the 500 level (4) MPKS 481 (2), MPKS 553OR (8) Music electives (at least two from the 500 level) Electives Graduate recital Comprehensive review
2 8 10 6 4 0 0
30
Master of Music in Performance (Piano)
Prerequisite The applicant must hold a Bachelor of Music degree in piano or equivalent. CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS
16 4 0 0
30
2 8
Master of Music in Performance (Violin), (Viola), (Violoncello), (Double Bass) or (Harp)
Prerequisite The applicant must hold a Bachelor of Music degree with a major in a string instrument or equivalent.
MUCD 443 MUEN 527 (2) and MUEN 520, MUEN 530 or MUEN 550 (4) MUHL 570 (2), MUHL 578 (2), MUHL electives at the 500 level (4) MPKS 481 MPST 553 (8) Music electives Graduate recital Comprehensive review
UNITS
Ensemble MUHL 570 (2), electives at 500 level (2) MPVA 443 (2), MPVA 540 (2), MPVA 541 (2), MPVA 553VO (8) Electives in music (400 or 500 level) Electives Graduate recital Comprehensive review
2 4 14 5 5 0 0
30
UNITS
Ensemble MUHL 570 (2), MUHL electives at 500 level (6) MPKS 553P (8), MPKS 450a (2), MPKS 520 (6) Electives Two graduate recitals Comprehensive review
CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS
CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
2 6 8 2 8 4 0 0
Comprehensive Review A final examination in vocal pedagogy, art song and oratorio literature and diction will be administered by the vocal arts faculty. Students are required to write extensive program notes for the degree recital. USC Opera USC Opera is an integral part of the Vocal Arts Department, providing career development opportunities for singers, coach/pianists, conductors and directors. The program includes instruction in opera history and literature, coaching techniques, stage direction, body movement for singers, stage training, role study and analysis. The opera workshop is a repertory experience involving preparation and performance of operatic works and excerpts for performance both on and off the USC campus. Master of Music in Performance (Flute), (Oboe), (Clarinet), (Bassoon), (Saxophone), (French Horn), (Trumpet), (Trombone), (Tuba) or (Percussion)
Prerequisite The applicant must hold a Bachelor of Music degree with a major in a wind instrument or percussion or equivalent.
30 CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
MUCD 443 MUEN 523 (4), MUEN 525 (4) MUHL 570 (2), MUHL 578 (2), MUHL electives at the 500 level (4) MPWP 481 or MPWP 482 (2), MPWP 551 (2), MPWP 553 (8) Graduate recital Comprehensive review
2 8
12 0 0
30
8
822
USC Thornton School of Music
Master of Arts This degree is under the jurisdiction of the Graduate School. Students should also refer to the Graduate School section of this catalogue for general regulations, page 97.
Prerequisites
Degree Requirements for the Early Music Performance Emphasis
Applicants should have an undergraduate degree with a major in music or the equivalent, and a substantial background in languages, arts and letters.
REQUIREMENTS UNITS
2 6
MUEN 550 MUHL 570 (2), MUHL 572 (2), MUHL 574 (2), MUHL 575 (2), MUHL 589 (2), MUHL 591 (2), MUHL 594ab (2-2), MPEM 450 (2), MPEM 553 (5) Elective in music Electives in letters, arts and sciences
16 7 2 4
8
32
Departmental Requirements
Applicants will be evaluated on the basis of scores on the Graduate Record Examinations, transcripts of previous college courses, a research paper and letters of reference. Regular (classified) standing is achieved when the general test of the Graduate Record Examinations has been taken, and when the Music Graduate Entrance Examinations have been completed satisfactorily. Remedial course work, if recommended, may be substituted for repetition of examinations.
Degree Requirements for the Music History and Literature Emphasis REQUIREMENTS UNITS
MUHL 570 MUHL courses numbered 579, 600-699 Courses in history, language, literature or the arts other than music Courses drawn from: MUHL 500-699, MUCO 501 and MUCO 502 Electives Comprehensive examination
8 6 0 30
Language Requirement
Students are required to demonstrate a reading knowledge by passing an examination in one foreign language chosen by the student from among French, German, Italian or Latin. This requirement must be passed prior to the comprehensive examination.
3
The thesis will include the planning, research, preparation and leadership of a full-length program in early music. This practical work will be supported by a written essay that deals, as appropriate, with historical data sources, authentic performance practices and a stylistic assessment of the repertoire that is performed. In lieu of a comprehensive examination, candidates for the Early Music Performance Emphasis will be required to pass periodic reviews to demonstrate progress.
Non-Degree Programs Artist Diploma Program
This program is designed for young artists of exceptional ability and musical sensitivity who plan careers as solo performers. The Artist Diploma Program provides young artists with the opportunity to devote their full time to concentrated study and practice for the duration of their assigned programs. Entrance Requirements Following the recommendation of the student’s major department, a performance audition, consisting of a full-length recital before the Artist Diploma Committee, is required. Curriculum Requirements A minimum of 16 units at the 754 level (from MPEM, MPGU, MPKS, MPST, MPVA or MPWP) and four full-length recitals are required. This program typically requires two to three consecutive years of study for completion.
Graduate Certificate Program in Performance
Graduate Certificate Program in Scoring for Motion Pictures and Television
This two-year graduate-level program is designed for students who have completed their undergraduate education in music, or its equivalent, and intend to concentrate their energies on the full-time development of their discipline.
This one-year program is designed for students who hold the Bachelor of Music in Composition or its equivalent. Students in the SMPTV program must maintain a 3.0 GPA (A = 4.0), with no course grade lower than a C (2.0). Work graded C- or below is not acceptable for credit toward the certificate.
Entrance Requirements A performance audition is required with repertory to be determined by the student’s primary department. Curriculum Requirements The requirements for this program consist of 16 units of Graduate Certificate Performance (4 units per semester of MPEM 554, MPGU 554, MPKS 554, MPST 554, MPVA 554, MPWP 554 or MUJZ 554). G raduate Certificate Performance encompasses individual instruction, studio class and two ensembles or the equivalent as appropriate to the discipline.
Entrance Requirements Specific entrance requirements are reviewed on an annual basis and published in the Application Requirements section online at www.usc.edu/music. CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS
MUCO 440ab (4), MUCO 442ab (4), MUCO 443ab (4), MUCO 520 (2), MUCO 522ab (4), MUCO 523ab (4), MUCO 545 (4), MUCO 560ab (4)
UNITS
30
Graduate Degrees
823
Doctor of Musical Arts Degree Prerequisites
DMA applicants must complete the appropriate master of music degree program or its equivalent. Admission
Refer to School of Music Graduate Degrees, Admission Requirements. Graduate Record Examinations
Scores from the General Test of the Graduate Record Examinations (GRE) are required for application and admission to the Doctor of Musical Arts degree. Test scores on the GRE that are more than five years old at the time of application are not accepted. Graduate Committee Interview
Before the completion of 16 units beyond the master’s degree and before permission to pre sent the second doctoral recital is requested, doctoral students must submit a detailed curriculum vitae to the Graduate Committee of the School of Music summarizing their background and objectives. The student will be evaluated on musicianship and general academic qualifications, teaching experience and the validity and quality of creative, literary or performance projects submitted. The committee determines the student’s continuation in the program, proposed areas of concentration and the guidance committee members.
Required courses for each major curriculum are listed subsequently in this catalogue. Special requirements in any of the four areas of concentration (if any) are determined by the guidance committee member responsible for that area. A minimum of 65 graduate units beyond the bachelor’s degree are required to complete the degree. Fifty-five or more units must be in music, 12 of these beyond the master’s level must be in the major. At least 40 of these must be at the 500 level or higher. All course work earned under these requirements for a doctoral degree is considered to be obsolete after 10 years from the date of completion of such work and may not be used to fulfill degree requirements. Residence Requirement
A minimum of two years of full-time study beyond the Master of Music degree is required for the Doctor of Musical Arts. At least one year of full-time study beyond the master’s degree (8 units or more per semester) must be in residence at USC. Grade Point Average Requirements
A minimum grade point average of 3.0 (A = 4.0) is required for all graduate course units in music. A grade of B or higher is required for all courses in the major. Transfer Credit
Course Requirements
Each student is required to prepare four areas of concentration: the major field, an academic field (chosen from among musicology, theory and analysis, music education, choral music or sacred music), and elective areas selected in consultation with an adviser from two of the following: theory or compositional skills (composition, counterpoint, orchestration, band arranging or choral arranging); performance, early music or jazz studies; music education; sacred or choral music; conducting; performance pedagogy; electroacoustic media; a field outside of music. The academic field may not duplicate a major or an elective field. Admission to elective and academic fields must be approved by the department concerned, prior to the Graduate Committee interview. The elective and academic fields are supported by courses that are determined by the department in which these fields are administered. Six to 8 units are taken in elective fields; 8 to 10 units in the academic field. No more than two of the four fields may be under the guidance of the same department within the School of Music, and at least one of the elective fields must result in a written examination as part of the qualifying examinations.
The Degree Progress Department in the Office of Academic Records and Registrar determines whether course work taken elsewhere is available for transfer credit. A maximum of 30 units of transfer credit may be applied toward a doctoral degree in music. Whether such credit is applicable toward a specific requirement in a major or minor field is determined by the chair of the department in the School of Music in which the subject is taught, pending approval by the dean of the Thornton School of Music. Transfer credit petitions must be filed with the appropriate faculty chair and the chair’s decision made no later than the end of the first year in either the master’s or doctoral program. Transfer work must have been completed within 10 years of admission to the DMA program to be applied toward that degree. Foreign Language
A reading knowledge of French, German, Italian or Spanish is required of all students. Departments within the Thornton School may require additional language skills. All language requirements must be fulfilled one semester before the qualifying examination at the latest.
Guidance Committee
The guidance committee is composed of at least five members: two faculty from the major department, one of whom will serve as chair, and a faculty member from each of the three other areas of concentration. At least three members of a committee must be drawn from tenured and tenure-track faculty. The committee administers the written and oral parts of the qualifying examination. The committee continues to serve until the qualifying examination has been passed, the dissertation topic approved (if applicable) and the student is admitted to candidacy. For students in curricula which require recitals, the guidance committee serves as the recital committee and is responsible for the format, content, scheduling, and approval of the required performances. Qualifying Examination
The qualifying examination for the DMA is administered by the student’s guidance committee. It is comprehensive, partly written and partly oral, and designed in part to test the student’s fitness for independence as a performer, composer, teacher, researcher and/ or scholar. The student must obtain permission from the guidance committee to take the qualifying examination and schedule it at least two months in advance to ensure the committee’s availability. The examination may be taken either during the final semester of course work (except dissertation or individual instruction) or within two semesters immediately after, provided that all members of the guidance committee are available to administer it. In degree programs that require the presentation of four major recitals, at least two major recitals must be presented prior to the administration of the qualifying examination. Qualifying examinations will not be scheduled during summer sessions except under extraordinary circumstances and only with the written approval of all guidance committee members. All portions of the examination must be completed within one month. Written examinations are prepared and read by the guidance committee. All of the student’s areas of concentration, except performance, conducting and composition, will be covered in a written examination or comparable project. The examination in performance, conducting or composition normally is a public recital, evaluated by appropriate members of the guidance committee. If the written examinations, comparable project(s), or recital(s) are judged to be satisfactory, an oral examination is then given. This examination covers in depth topics discussed in the written examinations and/or new material.
824
USC Thornton School of Music
The two representatives of the department and the academic minor representative must be present at the oral examination and render a judgment on the acceptability of the qualifying examinations as a whole. The representatives of the two elective fields, at their discretion, may take part in the oral examination, especially if they feel that the project, recital or written examination passed by the candidate for their field should be explored further. Their presence is not required if they feel that the candidate has demonstrated knowledge and accomplishments appropriate for an elective field in their disciplines. The examinations will be reported as passing if there is no more than one dissenting vote on the guidance committee. A student must pass both the written and oral examinations to pass the qualifying examination. A pass on the examination cannot be made contingent upon any form of additional work.
If the dissertation is not completed and accepted within two semesters, the candidate must register for 794 each semester thereafter until the document has been accepted. No more than 8 units of credit in 794 may be accumulated regardless of the number of semesters the candidate may be required to register.
If a student fails the qualifying examination, the guidance committee may permit the student to repeat it once at a mutually satisfactory time within a period of not less than six months nor more than one year from the date of the first examination. A student may not take the qualifying examination more than twice. Admission to Candidacy
Admission to candidacy occurs after the student has passed the qualifying examination, upon formal action of the dean of the Thornton School. The dissertation or one final recital must be completed after admission to candidacy. Doctoral Dissertation
A dissertation based on original investigation is required of candidates in composition, music education and choral music. The dissertation must reveal scholarly ability, technical mastery, capacity for independent research and originality in creative thought. Dissertation Committee After the guidance committee recommends admission to candidacy and approves the dissertation, it is reduced to three members. This smaller committee guides the student through the completion of the final project. Additional members may be added at the discretion of the chair of the committee if the topic requires special expertise. Registration The student must register in 794 Dissertation each semester after admission to candidacy until degree requirements are completed. Registration for the dissertation in no less than two regular term semesters following admission to candidacy entitles the candidate to supervision by the dissertation committee.
A candidate who must withdraw temporarily from registration in 794 for a semester must formally report this before the beginning of that semester to the Office of Doctoral Programs, Thornton School of Music, requesting by petition a leave of absence. During a leave of absence the candidate will not be entitled to assistance from the guidance committee or to the use of university facilities. Leave will be granted only under exceptional circumstances. Format for Theses and Dissertations All theses and dissertations submitted for requirements for graduate degrees must conform to university regulations in format and method of preparation. See Theses and Dissertations, page 100. Defense of the Dissertation After meeting all requirements including the qualifying examination, the candidate must defend the dissertation. This defense occurs to determine for the committee that the candidate has attained the stage of scholarly advancement and power of investigation demanded for recommendation to the doctorate. While this oral defense is open to the general university community, only the members of the dissertation committee have the authority to recommend its acceptance or denial. The recommendation must be unanimous. At least seven weeks before the scheduled date of the defense of the dissertation, written approval by all members of the candidate’s dissertation committee must be filed with the dean of the Thornton School of Music. The typed copy for the abstract of the dissertation is due at this time. A candidate may defend the dissertation on the basis of an approved preliminary copy. If the defense is satisfactory and the committee is satisfied with the manuscript as presented, the committee then signs the Approval to Submit Defended and Final Copy of the Doctoral Work form. If additional work is required, the form is left unsigned until the work has been approved.
The final electronic PDF copy of the dissertation, together with signed signature sheet and approval forms, must be presented to the Thesis Editor, the Graduate School, GFS 315, by the Graduate School’s submission date and times. Approval of format and acceptance by the Graduate School must be presented to the dean of the Thornton School of Music at least one week before the end of the semester. Abstract of Dissertation Since the abstract of the dissertation is published in Dissertation Abstracts International, it should be written with care and be representative of the final draft of the dissertation. Time Schedule
The DMA is established on the assumption that a well-qualified student can complete it in three years of full-time work. If the student pursues part-time graduate study, or if the field of graduate work is not that of undergraduate study, more time may be required. The time limit for completing the Doctor of Musical Arts degree is eight years. For students who earned an applicable master’s degree within five years prior to admission to the doctoral program, the time limit for completing the Doctor of Musical Arts degree is six years. Progress is measured from the beginning of the first course at USC applied toward the degree. Extensions will be granted by petition to the Thornton School for only the most compelling reasons. Basic DMA Curriculum REQUIRED FOR ALL DMA CANDIDATES
MUCD 441* (2), MUCD 443 (2) MUCO 501 (2), MUCO 502 (2) MUED 505 MUHL 570 MUHL electives numbered 500 through 695 Ensemble
UNITS
4 4 2 2 6 2 20
*Choral music majors are exempt from taking MUCD 441.
Courses with similar content taken for graduate credit in another accredited institution may be substituted, subject to departmental approval. Master’s degree credit for ensemble taken at USC may fulfill this requirement, subject to departmental approval.
Graduate Degrees
Choral Music Major
Music Education Major
A keyboard proficiency test will be given by the choral faculty during the student’s first semester in residence to determine if additional study in keyboard is required. CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS
825
CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
Basic DMA curriculum** MUCM 440* (2), MUCM 541* (2), MUCM 542* (2), MUCM 643 (4), MUCM 794ab (2-2) MUCH 571 MUCD 541 (4), MUCD 641 (2), MUCD 653 (2) Ensemble (500 level; choral music majors must participate in a choral ensemble each semester if enrolled for 4 or more units) Electives Conduct two principal choral concerts (at least one of which will include instrumental ensemble)
20
65
14 2 8
2 19
0
*May be taken as part of the master’s degree. **Choral music majors are not required to take MUCD 441.
UNITS
Basic DMA curriculum* MUED 500 (3), MUED 605 (3), MUED 606 (3), MUED 607 (3), MUED 790 (1), MUED 791 (3), MUED 794ab (4) Two courses from: MUED 501 (3), MUED 502 (3), MUED 503 (3), MUED 504 (3) One course from: MUED 792 (3), MUED 793 (3) Electives
20
65
20
6 3 16
*MUED 500 may be taken as a substitute for MUHL 570 in the basic DMA curriculum.
UNITS
Basic DMA curriculum MUCO 536 (4), MUCO 592 (4), MUCO 637 (4), MUCO 737 (4), MUCO 794ab (4) Electives Graduate recital
20
65
20 25 0
Jazz Studies Major CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS
20 4
65
20 21
0 0
UNITS
Basic DMA curriculum MPKS 481 (2), MPKS 560 (2), MPKS 561 (2), MPKS 653 (12) Electives Four doctoral level recitals; one with voice(s), one with instrument(s), one lecture recital, and other recital as approved
20
65
18 27
0
The exact format, content and scheduling of the four graduate recitals are the responsibility of the candidate’s major professor. Performance Major — Early Music CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS
It is the objective of the performance curriculum to combine high standards of performance with intellectual accomplishments appropriate to a university degree. Candidates electing this major must present at least four major public appearances: two solo recitals and two other appropriate appearances. The exact format, content and scheduling of the four appearances are the responsibility of the candidate’s guidance committee.
Basic DMA curriculum* MPEM 653 (8); MPEM 650 (4) MUHL 572 (2), MUHL 589 (2), MUHL 591 (2) MUEN 650 Electives Four graduate recitals: two as soloist and ensemble director, one lecture-recital, and one recital of the student’s choice
20 12
65
CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS
Basic DMA curriculum Individual instruction 653 (take organ, string instrument, vocal arts, wind instrument or percussion for a maximum of 12 units) Electives Two solo recitals and two other appropriate performances
20
65
6 4 23
0
*Must include MUHL 574 and MUHL 575.
Performance Major — Classical Guitar CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS
12 33 0
String and wind instrument and percussion majors must participate in a large ensemble each semester if enrolled in four or more units.
UNITS
Basic DMA curriculum MPGU 653 (12), MPGU 427 (3) MPKS 481 Electives Two solo recitals and two other appropriate performances
20 15 2 28
65
0
Performance Major — Studio Guitar CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS
Performance Major — Piano CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
UNITS
UNITS
Basic DMA curriculum MUEN 532 MUJZ 443 (2), MUJZ 545 (2), MUJZ 547 (4), MUJZ 653 (8), MUJZ 688 (4) Electives Two recitals of original compositions and arrangements written while in the DMA program Lecture-recital in conjunction with an appropriate research project
CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS
Performance Major
Composition Major CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS
Performance Major — Keyboard Collaborative Arts
UNITS
Basic DMA curriculum MPKS 653 (12), MPKS 520 (6) Electives Four graduate recitals: two solo recitals, one chamber recital, and one lecture-recital
20 18 27
65
0
UNITS
Basic DMA curriculum MPGU 558 (4), MPGU 653 (12) MUEN 526 (4) Electives Four doctoral recitals, one of which must be a lecture recital in conjunction with an appropriate research project.
20 16 4 25
65
0
826
USC Thornton School of Music
Doctor of Philosophy The Doctor of Philosophy degree with a major in music is granted by the Graduate School. Candidates for the Ph.D. in music should also refer to the Graduate School section of this catalogue for general regulations, page 97. A substantial background in music and liberal arts is required. Graduate course requirements for the Ph.D. are adapted to the needs and research interests of the individual student. A minimum of 60 post-baccalaureate units is required. Foreign Language Requirements
Students are required to demonstrate a reading knowledge by passing an examination in German and one other foreign language chosen by the student from among French, Italian or Latin. With the permission of the chair of the guidance committee, a foreign
language relevant to the dissertation may be chosen in place of French, Italian or Latin. The language requirement for the M.A. degree may be applied toward the Ph.D. Doctoral language requirements should be passed as early as possible, but, at latest, during the fourth semester of course work. Screening Procedure
Before the completion of 24 units of graduate work at USC and with the approval of the department chair, students must be interviewed by the curriculum committee of the School of Music. Continuance in course work will be contingent upon approval of the committee. Ph.D. candidates in musicology who did not receive an M.A. degree from USC must take the M.A. comprehensive examination in historical musicology prior to the
interview. Continuance in course work will be contingent upon passing these examinations. Historical Musicology Emphasis REQUIREMENTS UNITS
MUHL 570 2 Courses selected from: MUHL 579, MUHL 600-699 12 Electives in history, language, literature or arts other than music 8 Courses drawn from: MUHL 500-699, MUCO 501, MUCO 502 10 Electives in music, letters, arts and sciences 24 Dissertation (MUHL 794ab) 4
60
Courses of Instruction The terms indicated are expected but are not guaranteed. For the courses offered during any given term, consult the Schedule of Classes.
MUCM 543 Seminar in Choral Music (2, max 4) Advanced choral techniques; histori-
MUCH 473 Hymns and Service Music (2)
cal, analytical and performance problems. Prerequisite: MUCM 641.
History and uses of the hymn and hymn tune; evaluation of anthems and other service music for worship.
CHORAL MUSIC (MUCM)
MUCM 590 Directed Research (1-12) Super-
MUCH 474 The Church Organist (2) Accom-
MUCM 320 Introduction to Choral Music (3, FaSp) An introduction to the many facets
vised research in preparation for the Master’s recital. Graded CR/NC.
of choral music. Grounding in the intellectual and practical issues of choirs, singing, and choral literature. Recommended preparation: ability to read music.
MUCM 641 Choral Literature III (2) Detailed
MUCM 390 Special Problems (1-4) Super
MUCM 643 Seminar in Choral Music II (2, max 4, Sp) Continuation of MUCM 543,
vised, individual studies. No more than one registration is permitted. Enrollment by petition only. MUCM 440 Choral Development (2) Prob-
lems of achieving proper balance, blend, intonation, diction, precision, etc., in choral groups; criteria for selection of repertoire for particular groups. Junior standing in music. MUCM 490x Directed Research (2-8, max 8)
Individual research and readings. Not available for graduate credit. MUCM 541 Choral Literature I (2) Choral
composition from c. 1500 to 1800. Performance and analysis of representative works. MUCM 542 Choral Literature II (2) 19th and
20th century choral works; criteria for program building.
study of selected major choral works; historical context, score analysis, performance practices. Prerequisite: MUCM 541, MUCM 542.
with concentration on the conducting problems in major choral-orchestral works.
MUCM 790 Research (1-12) Research leading
to the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. MUCM 794abcdz Doctoral Dissertation (2-2-2-2-0) Credit on acceptance of disserta-
tion. Graded IP/CR/NC.
panying; hymn playing; transposition; improvisation; vocal score reading; conducting from the console; service repertoire. Basic knowledge of the organ for conductors who are not organists. MUCH 490x Directed Research (2-8, max 8)
Individual research and readings. Not available for graduate credit. MUCH 570 Foundations of Sacred Music (2, Fa) An introduction to the history of
sacred music, liturgical practices and worship traditions from antiquity to present day. MUCH 571 Music of the Great Liturgies (2)
Comparison of the Jewish, Eastern Orthodox, Roman Catholic, Lutheran, and Anglican liturgies and their music; relation to music in the nonliturgical service; the church year. MUCH 572 Sacred Music Administration (2, Sp) Developing, maintaining and admin-
SACRED MUSIC (MUCH)
MUCH 390 Special Problems (1-4) Super-
vised, individual studies. No more than one registration permitted. Enrollment by petition only.
istering the music program of the church or other religious institutions. Programming, staffing, developing budgets, techniques and repertoire for the graded choir program, handbell choir and other ensembles.
Courses of Instruction
MUCH 590 Directed Research (1-12)
Research leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. MUCH 790 Research (1-12) Research leading
to the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC.
MUCO 137ab Introduction to Composition (2-2, FaSp) Beginning exercises in composi-
tion, study and class discussion of assigned scores and recordings.
MUCO 221abx Composition for Non-Majors (2-2, FaSp) Introduction to the composition
tion. Graded IP/CR/NC.
of concert music. Includes set exercises, free composition, study of selected compositions. Intended for interested, qualified students not majoring in composition. Not available for degree credit to composition majors. Prerequisite: MUCO 221a; recommended preparation: MUCO 130bx, MUCO 133b.
COMPOSITION (MUCO)
MUCO 232ab Aural Skills II (a: 2, Fa; b: 2, Sp) Continuation of MUCO 132ab.
MUCH 794abcdz Doctoral Dissertation (2-2-2-2-0) Credit on acceptance of disserta-
827
MUCO 337ab Composition II (4, Fa; 4, Sp)
Continuation of MUCO 237; composition in larger forms. Prerequisite: MUCO 237b. MUCO 338x Elementary Orchestration (2, Fa) Range, techniques, timbre, transpo-
sition of orchestral instruments; exercises in orchestration. Not available for credit to Composition majors. Recommended preparation: MUCO 233b. MUCO 339 Orchestration Review (1, FaSm)
Review of materials covered in elementary orchestration; for students whose entrance examination in orchestration indicates a need for further study. MUCO 341 Counterpoint Review (1, SpSm)
MUCO 101x Fundamentals of Music Theory (2, FaSp) An introductory course in music
theory required for those majors in need of remedial training, and available to the general student who wishes to develop music writing skills. Not available for credit to B.M. and B.A. music majors. Recommended preparation: ability to read music. MUCO 130abx Basics of Music Theory (a: 3, Fa; b: 3, Sp) Introduction to music
theory; scales, intervals, principles of common practice and popular music harmony; melodic, harmonic, and structural analysis; 20th century developments. Not available for credit to B.M. majors. MUCO 131ab Harmony in Popular Music (2, Fa; 2, Sp) Study of harmony used in the
MUCO 233ab Theory II (a: 3, Fa; b: 3, Sp)
a: Analysis of representative pieces from the classic and romantic periods; exercises in composition. b: Survey of 20th century developments; composition utilizing 20th century techniques. Prerequisite: MUCO 133b. MUCO 235 Counterpoint II (2, Sp) Stud-
MUCO 236 Orchestration I (2, Fa) Introduc-
vised, individual studies. No more than one registration permitted. Enrollment by petition only.
tion to the principles of instrumentation; ranges techniques, timbres; transpositions of orchestral instruments; beginning exercises in orchestration. Prerequisite: MUCO 137b.
MUCO 132ab Aural Skills I (a: 2, Fa; b: 2, Sp)
MUCO 300 Theory Review (1, FaSpSm)
Sight‑singing, dictation, related keyboard application.
Review of materials covered in Theory I and II. For students whose entrance examination in music theory indicates the need for further study.
MUCO 135 Counterpoint I (2, Sp) The
study of the techniques of modal counterpoint; exercises in two-, three- and four-part writing in 16th century style. Prerequisite: MUCO 137a.
Development of skills in music calligraphy. MUCO 370ab Arranging for the Recording Media (2-2) Arranging and composing for
MUCO 237ab Composition I (4-4, FaSp)
a: Notation, scales, intervals; introduction to counterpoint; harmonic principles of the common practice period; analysis, written work. b: Continuation of MUCO 133a; elements of form; application of analysis to performance. Concurrent registration in Aural Skills required.
MUCO 360 Music Notation and Copying (1)
ies in tonal counterpoint; two-, three- and four-part counterpoint in 18th century style; polyphonic variations; inventions. Prerequisite: MUCO 137b.
popular music idiom, as well as diminished chord patterns, modulation techniques, basic modal theory, and principles of melodic construction. Prerequisite: MUCO 130b.
MUCO 133ab Theory I (a: 3, Fa; b: 3, Sp)
Review of materials covered in tonal counterpoint. For students whose entrance examination in counterpoint indicates the need for further study. For graduate students only.
Composition in shorter forms, continuation of score analysis and listening assignments. Prerequisite: MUCO 137b.
MUCO 321x Composition for Non-Majors II (1-2, max 8, FaSpSm) Individual instruction
studio recording ensembles.
MUCO 390 Special Problems (1-4) Super-
MUCO 406ab Contemporary Notation (2-2)
Notating new music; study and comparison of representative scores. MUCO 425 Instrumental Music of Debussy and Ravel (2) Critical examination of the
piano, chamber, and orchestral scores; comparison of styles, techniques and aesthetics of these “Impressionist” composers. Prerequisite: MUCO 336a or MUCO 338x; MUHL 331; MUHL 332. MUCO 432ab Advanced Theory (1 or 2; 1 or 2) Special problems in music theory.
in composition for non-composition majors. Continuation of MUCO 221abx. Not open to B.M. in composition majors. Prerequisite: MUCO 221bx.
MUCO 434 Analytical Techniques (2)
MUCO 333 Aural Skills Review (1, FaSp)
and fugue; 19th and 20th century developments. Prerequisite: MUCO 235.
Review of the materials covered in Aural Skills I, II, and III. For students whose entrance examination in aural skills indicates the need for further study. MUCO 336ab Orchestration II (a: 2, Fa; b: 2, Sp) Intermediate exercises in orchestra-
tion, including scoring for chamber ensembles and orchestra; study of the history of orchestration. Prerequisite: MUCO 236.
Selected analytical topics. Prerequisite: MUCO 232b, MUCO 233b. MUCO 435 Counterpoint III (2, Fa) Canon
MUCO 436 Orchestration III (2, Sp) Con
tinuation of Orchestration II. Prerequisite: MUCO 336ab.
828
USC Thornton School of Music
MUCO 437ab Composition III (2-2, FaSp)
MUCO 502 Introduction to the Analysis of Post-Tonal Music (2, FaSp) Introductory
MUCO 540ab Composing Music for Games (a: 2, Fa; b: 2, Sp) Applied techniques of
MUCO 520 Composition Forum (1, max 2, FaSp) Graded CR/NC.
MUCO 545 Individual Instruction in Advanced Film Music Composition (2, max 4, FaSp) Private instruction in composition
Individual instruction in composition; preparation for senior recital. Not intended for SMPTV students. Prerequisite: MUCO 337b. MUCO 438 Arranging for Marching Band (2) Fundamental concepts; instrumental
capabilities; notation; color and scoring; modulation; percussion writing. Prerequisite: MUCO 336b or MUCO 338x. MUCO 439 Band Arranging (2, max 4) Char-
acteristics and use of individual instruments; writing for separate choirs; chamber and solo writing; scoring piano, organ, and orchestral music for band. Prerequisite: MUCO 237b, MUCO 336b or MUCO 338x. MUCO 440ab Composition for Films and Television (2-2) Planning, timing, compos-
ing, and orchestrating music for dramatic and documentary films and television programs. Prerequisite: MUCO 336b or MUCO 338x, MUCO 337b. MUCO 441 Choral Arranging (1 or 2, max 4)
Practice in arranging and composing for chorus. Prerequisite: MUCO 237b. MUCO 442ab History of Film Music Scoring (a: 2, Fa; b: 2, Sp) A comprehensive survey
of the craft of composing music for motion pictures and television, combining film music history and score analysis, geared specifically to composers. Open only to students in the Advanced Studies Certificate Program in Scoring for Motion Pictures and Television and the B.M. in Composition (Film Scoring). MUCO 443ab Film Score Analysis and Preparation (2-2, FaSp) Applied techniques
in film music analysis and preparation for scoring.
MUCO 470 Electroacoustic Composition (2)
Electronic music for the composer: history of means and styles, aesthetic issues and practical problems, computer usages, bibliography and repertoire. Recommended preparation: MUEA 474a. MUCO 490x Directed Research (2-8, max 8)
Individual research and readings. Not available for graduate credit.
survey of 20th/21st century approaches to the organization of pitch (serial, modal, extended tonal, etc.), rhythm, texture and form.
MUCO 521x Composition for Non-Majors III (1-2, max 8, FaSpSm) Individual instruction
in composition. Not open to graduate students in composition. Prerequisite: submission of portfolio of musical compositions.
MUCO 522ab Sketching and Scoring for Film and TV (2-2, FaSp) Applying techniques
of music composition, orchestration and conducting towards creating original dramatic scores for film and TV. MUCO 523ab Advanced Application of Film Music Technology (2-2, FaSp) Applying
advanced state of the art technologies to the art of film music, including synthesizers, samplers, digital audio workstations and hard disk recording. MUCO 533ab Analytical Approaches to Tonal Music (2-2, FaSp) a: Introducing
to essential structural and prolongational aspects of Schenkerian theory. b: Application of the Schenkerian methods to individual movements and short pieces. Prerequisite: MUCO 501. MUCO 536 Advanced Orchestration I (1 or 2, max 4, FaSp) Continuation of
Orchestration III with emphasis on contemporary techniques. Prerequisite: MUCO 436b. MUCO 537 Advanced Composition I (1 or 2, max 8) For graduates with evidence
of preparation for advanced work. Prerequisite: MUCO 437b. MUCO 538ab Analytical Approaches to Post-Tonal Music from 1908-1950 (2-2, FaSp) a: The breakdown of tonality, rise of
atonal/pantonal pitch organization, new and extended approaches to tonality, modality. b: Continuation of 538a; twelve-tone methods, just tuning systems, new approaches to rhythm, texture, timbre. Prerequisite: MUCO 502.
MUCO 499 Special Topics (2-4, max 8)
Selected topics of current interest. MUCO 501 Introduction to the Analysis of Tonal Music (2, FaSp) Survey of common
practice period (1650-1900) approaches to phrase design, tonal organization and typeforms (binary, ternary, rondo, sonata).
MUCO 539ab Theoretical and Aesthetic Issues in Music from 1950 to the Present (2-2, FaSp) a: Anti-rationality and indetermi-
nancy, ultra-rationality and integral serialism, new performance procedures, electronic music and new technologies, minimalism. b: Postmodernism of reaction, post-modernism of resistance, mannerist minimalism, anti- modernism. Prerequisite: MUCO 502.
music composition to video games. Includes conceptual and technical details which differentiate scoring for games.
and conducting for film and television.
MUCO 548 Writer and Composer (3, Sp)
Structured collaboration among composers and poets. Activities include fundamentals of poetry, comparative analysis, creative projects. Open to Literature and Creative Writing and Composition majors only; students with other majors require departmental approval. MUCO 550 Teaching Music Theory (2)
Comparative study of curricula, text materials, and teaching strategies in music theory. MUCO 560ab Music Editing for Film (2-2, FaSp) Develop and implement state of
the art techniques in joining music and film. MUCO 571 Comparative Analytical Studies: Traditional Forms (2, Irregular) Analytical
survey of the development of a specific form or genre. Specific emphasis to be determined by the department. Prerequisite: MUCO 501. MUCO 572 Comparative Analytical Studies: 20th/21st Century and Non-Traditional Forms (2, Irregular) In-depth analysis of
characteristic forms and genres of 20th century music or of other forms and genres that do not figure largely in the “common practice” tradition. Specific emphasis to be determined by the department. Prerequisite: MUCO 501.
MUCO 573 Special Studies in Contrapuntal Music (2, Irregular) In-depth analytical and
historical study of contrapuntal techniques and styles. Emphasis to be determined by the department. Prerequisite: MUCO 501.
MUCO 574 Special Studies in Tonal Analysis (2, Irregular) Analytical study of major
composers and/or problems in tonal music. Emphasis to be determined by the department. Prerequisite: MUCO 501. MUCO 575 Special Studies in Post-Tonal Analysis (2, Irregular) Analytical study of
major composers and/or problems in posttonal music. Emphasis to be determined by the department. Prerequisite: MUCO 502. MUCO 576 Special Studies in Musical Aesthetics (2, Irregular) An investigation
of aesthetics in general and the application of aesthetic theories to music; readings will be selected from pre-modern, modern, and post-modern texts. Prerequisite: MUCO 501, MUCO 502.
Courses of Instruction
MUCO 590 Directed Research (1-12)
Research leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. MUCO 592 Selected Topics in Graduate Composition (2, max 8, Irregular) Seminar
for graduate students in composition that addresses aesthetic, technical and analytical issues from a composer’s perspective. Open only to Composition majors.
MUCD 343 Instrumental Conducting I (2, FaSp) Communicating musical ideas to
instrumental ensembles; reading and conducting from full score of orchestral compositions. Laboratory, 3 hours. Prerequisite: ability to read a music score. vised, individual studies. No more than one registration permitted. Enrollment by petition only.
Seminars in selected areas of study.
efinement of techniques developed in R MUCD 340; study of styles and interpretations of choral music from the Renaissance to the present. Laboratory, 3 hours. Prerequisite: MUCD 340, MUCD 343.
MUCO 633ab Advanced Analysis of Tonal Music (2‑2) a: Application of Schenkerian
MUCD 443 Instrumental Conducting II (2, FaSpSm) Principal composers and repre-
on acceptance of thesis. Graded IP/CR/NC. MUCO 599 Special Topics (2-4, max 8)
techniques to large works. b: Criticisms and extensions of Schenker, semiotic approaches, theories of rhythmic structure. Prerequisite: MUCO 533b. MUCO 636 Advanced Orchestration II (1 or 2, max 4, FaSp) Continuation of
Advanced Orchestration I with emphasis on historical survey of orchestral compositions and advanced orchestration projects. Prerequisite: MUCO 536. MUCO 637 Advanced Composition II (1 or 2, max 4) Continuation of MUCO 537.
For students holding the M.M. degree in composition. Prerequisite: MUCO 537.
MUCO 737 Advanced Composition III (1 or 2, max 8) Continuation of MUCO 637.
Prerequisite: MUCO 536, MUCO 637.
MUCO 790 Research (1-12) Research leading
to the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. MUCO 794abcdz Doctoral Dissertation (2-2-2-2-0) Credit on acceptance of disserta-
tion. Graded IP/CR/NC.
sentative instrumental works since the 18th century; studies of styles and interpretations based on scores and the performance of works in class. MUCD 490x Directed Research (2-8, max 8)
Individual research and readings. Not available for graduate credit. MUCD 499 Special Topics (2-4, max 8)
Selected topics of current interest. MUCD 501 Individual Instruction (1 or 2, max 8, FaSpSm) Secondary instruction for
graduate music majors or instruction for graduate non-music majors.
MUCD 541 Choral Conducting III (2, max 6)
Problems of preparing and conducting contemporary choral music and major choralorchestral works from full score; special projects according to student’s development and interests. Laboratory, 3 hours. Prerequisite: MUCD 441. MUCD 543 Instrumental Conducting III (2, max 4, FaSp) Problems in advanced con-
ducting. Prerequisite: MUCD 443.
MUCD 301 Individual Instruction (1-2, max 16, FaSpSm) Intermediate and advanced
instruction secondary emphasis for music majors and minors. (Duplicates credit in former MUCD 401.) MUCD 340 Choral Conducting I (2) Basic
conducting techniques; score analysis; conducting patterns; problems of tempo, dynamics, articulation and text. Laboratory, 3 hours. Prerequisite: ability to read a music score.
Research leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. Continuation of MUCD 541, including choral conducting pedagogy. Prerequisite: MUCD 541. MUCD 653 Performance (1 or 2, max 12, FaSpSm) Individual or master class instruc-
tion for DMA Performance majors. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 653.)
MUCD 790 Research (1-12) Research leading
to the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. ELECTROACOUSTIC MEDIA (MUEA)
MUEA 105 Electronic Studio Techniques (2)
Electronic Music procedures in a multi-track studio. Computer applications. (Duplicates credit in former MUEA 101.) MUEA 174 Fundamentals of Music Technology (2) Introductory microphone technique,
signal processing, and computer literacy for musical performers. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 174.) MUEA 205ab Music with Computers (4-4)
Computers in music composition, realization and performance. Representative hardware, software and languages. (Duplicates credit in former MUEA 201ab.) Recommended preparation: MUEA 105. MUEA 305ab Electroacoustic Media I (4-4)
Composition, arranging, performance and/or fixed medium realization of electroacoustic music. Critical/analytic listening. History of the medium. (Duplicates credit in former MUEA 301ab.) Prerequisite: MUEA 205b. MUEA 390 Special Problems (1-4, Irregular)
MUCD 550 Orchestral Conducting Seminar (2, max 8, FaSp) Advanced instrumental conCONDUCTING (MUCD)
MUCD 590 Directed Research (1-12)
MUCD 641 Choral Conducting IV (2, max 8) MUCD 390 Special Problems (1-4) Super-
MUCD 441 Choral Conducting II (2) MUCO 594abz Master’s Thesis (2-2-0) Credit
829
ducting techniques. Literature drawn from music of all periods. Prerequisite: MUCD 441, MUCD 443, and admission as candidate for M.M. degree in conducting.
MUCD 553 Individual Instruction (1 or 2, max 8, FaSpSm) (Duplicates credit in former
MUPF 553.)
Supervised, individual studies. No more than one registration permitted. Enrollment by petition only. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 390.) MUEA 405ab Electroacoustic Media II (4-4)
Continuation of MUEA 305ab. (Duplicates credit in former MUEA 401ab.) Prerequisite: MUEA 305b. MUEA 474abx Electronic Synthesizer Techniques (2-4; 2-4, FaSp) a and b: Electronic
music procedures in a multi-track studio. b: Computer applications.
830
USC Thornton School of Music
MUEA 476ab Advanced Electronic Studio Techniques (2-4; 2-4) a: Digital devices and
MUJZ 142ab Jazz Ear Training (2-2, FaSp)
specialized audio processing modules applied to electronic music. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 476ab.) Prerequisite: MUEA 474b. b: Continuation of MUEA 476a. Emphasis on individual projects. MUEA 481 Programming the MIDI Interface (2, FaSp) Programming MIDI Interface Soft-
ware using the C Programming Language. Developing original applications software for sequencing and real-time event processing. Prerequisite: prior experience in electronic music or computers. MUEA 490x Directed Research (2-8, max 8, FaSpSm) Individual research and readings.
Not available for graduate credit. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 490x.) MUEA 499 Special Topics (2-4, max 8)
Selected topics of current interest. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 499.) MUEA 590 Directed Research (1-12, FaSpSm) Research leading to the master’s
degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 590.) MUEA 790 Research (1-12) Research leading
to the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC.
Sight-singing and melodic/rhythmic reading and dictation applied to jazz repertoire. Includes vocalization of scales and chord patterns and study of rhythmic reading and jazz articulation.
ning improvisational skills, including modal and the ii-V7-I chord progression, through instrumental performance. Recommended to non-jazz majors. Not available for credit to jazz studies majors. Recommended preparation: demonstration of major scales of eighth notes at a tempo of 120 mm. MUJZ 153 Individual Instruction (1-2, max 8, FaSpSm) Weekly individual instruction
and performance forum. Open only to jazz studies majors. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 153.) MUJZ 180 Techniques of Jazz Improvisation (2, max 4) Development of improvisational
skills through instrumental performance. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 180.)
MUJZ 195L Jazz Elements I (2, max 8, FaSp)
Study of compositional, improvisational, performance, and arranging elements found in jazz. Students will model influential groups and jazz artists.
MUJZ 101x Non-Major Beginning Individual Instruction (1-2, max 2, FaSpSm) Individual
instruction at the beginning level designed for non-music majors with no previous experience. Not available for credit to music majors. MUJZ 105ab Jazz Theory (2-2, FaSp) Study
of basic and advanced concepts of jazz melody, harmony and form. Includes functional chord idioms and relationships, compositional and improvisational devices, and song forms. MUJZ 141ab Basic Keyboard Skills for the Improviser (2-2, FaSp) Reading skills related
to jazz accompanying, including the ability to identify and play chords on the piano utilizing different voicings.
A study of the evolution of American jazz music from its roots in Africa to the present day. Includes an introduction to world music elements. Prerequisite: MUJZ 105b, MUJZ 142b. MUJZ 300x Non-Major Individual Instruction (1-2, max 16, FaSpSm) Intermediate
and advanced instruction designed for nonmusic majors. Not available for credit to music majors. (Duplicates credit in former MUJZ 201 and MUJZ 401.) MUJZ 301 Individual Instruction (1-2, max 16, FaSpSm) Intermediate and advanced
instruction: secondary emphasis for music majors, principal emphasis for music minors and B.A. music majors. Open only to music majors and minors. (Duplicates credit in former MUJZ 201 and MUJZ 401.) MUJZ 305ab Advanced Jazz Theory (2-2, FaSp) Analysis and transcription of jazz per-
formances and scores, encompassing questions of style, form, harmonic and melodic language, and considerations of rhythm. Prerequisite: MUJZ 105b, MUJZ 142b.
MUJZ 196 Jazz Combo I (2, max 8, FaSp)
Rehearsal and performance of literature for jazz chamber groups. Graded CR/NC. (Duplicates credit in MUEN 332.) MUJZ 200ab Jazz Styles Analysis (2-2)
Studies. Historical evolution of jazz from its origins to present day; elements of musical structures and jazz styles revealed though the study of recorded examples, live performances and video. Not available for credit to jazz studies majors.
and performance forum. Open only to jazz studies majors. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 253.)
MUJZ 286ab The History of Jazz (3-3, FaSp) MUJZ 150x Beginning Jazz Improvisation (2, max 4, FaSp) Development of begin-
JAZZ STUDIES (MUJZ)
MUJZ 100xm Jazz: A History of America’s Music (4) Gateway to the minor in Jazz
MUJZ 253 Individual Instruction (1-2, max 8, FaSpSm) Weekly individual instruction
Theoretical skills and analytical techniques related to jazz styles from Dixieland to the present. a: Styles through Progressive Swing; b: Bebop to the present. (Duplicates credit in former MUCO 200ab.) MUJZ 218ab Afro-Latin Percussion Instruments (2‑2) Instruction in the performance
of percussion instruments associated with African, South American, and Caribbean music traditions, with special emphasis on adaptation to jazz music. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 218ab.) MUJZ 252 Individual Instrument Performance Class I (1, max 4, FaSp) Solo and
orchestra repertoire, professional preparation, reed making, and other matters appropriate to group study. Required of all first and second year wind and percussion majors each semester in residence. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 252.)
MUJZ 311 Vocal Jazz Techniques (2, max 4)
Development of skills needed for the professional vocal jazz musician. Study of the standard jazz repertoire, vocal improvisation, lead sheet writing, and working with rhythm sections. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 311.) Prerequisite: MUJZ 180. MUJZ 341 Keyboard Skills for Improvisers (2) Reading skills related to jazz accompany-
ing; “fake” books, chord progressions commonly used in jazz. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 341.) Prerequisite: MPKS 250ab. MUJZ 342ab Aural Skills for Improvisers (1-1, FaSp) Sight-singing and dictation
applied to jazz repertoire. Vocalization of modal and synthetic jazz scales and chordal qualities. (Duplicates credit in former MUCO 342ab.) Prerequisite: MUCO 132b. MUJZ 347 Jazz Composition (2, max 4)
Composing in the jazz medium. (Duplicates credit in former MUCO 347.) MUJZ 353 Individual Instruction (1-2, max 8, FaSpSm) Weekly individual instruction
and performance forum. Open only to jazz studies majors. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 353.)
Courses of Instruction
MUJZ 390 Special Problems (1-4, Irregular)
Supervised, individual studies. No more than one registration permitted. Enrollment by petition only. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 390.) MUJZ 395 Jazz Elements II (2, max 8, FaSp)
Advanced study of compositional, improvisational, performance, conducting, and arranging elements found in the jazz repertory. Students will be encouraged to forge individual musical expressions. Open to juniors and seniors only. Prerequisite: MUJZ 195.
MUJZ 452 Individual Instrument Performance Class II (1, max 4, FaSp) Solo and
orchestra repertoire, professional preparation, reed making, and other matters a ppropriate to group study. Required of all third and fourth year wind and percussion majors each semester in residence. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 452.) MUJZ 453 Individual Instruction (1-2, max 8, FaSpSm) Weekly individual instruction
and performance forum. Open only to jazz studies majors. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 453.)
MUJZ 396 Jazz Combo II (2, max 8, FaSp)
Preparation and performance of literature for jazz combos. Open to juniors and seniors only. Graded CR/NC. Prerequisite: MUJZ 195. MUJZ 400 Arranging for Jazz Ensemble (2)
Scoring for jazz ensemble with emphasis on writing for sections of like and mixed instruments as well as full ensemble. (Duplicates credit in former MUCO 400.) MUJZ 403 Studio Singing Techniques (2, FaSp) Study of technique, theory and aural
skills as applied to studio singing; critical listening; study of various styles; ear training and sight singing as these apply to working in a studio. Recommended preparation: jazz background; can read music and sing well. MUJZ 419m The Jazz Experience: Myths and Culture (4, FaSp) An examination of
the music, culture, and mythology of jazz revealed through the study of jazz fiction, film, poetry, and recorded examples. MUJZ 443 Jazz Pedagogy (2, 2 years, Sp)
Concepts, methods, and resources; examination and comparison of textbooks, recordings, tapes, and materials related to the study and teaching of jazz. (Duplicates credit in former MUED 443.) MUJZ 450 Intermediate Jazz Improvisation (2, max 4, Sp) Development of intermedi-
ate jazz improvisational skills, starting with dominant seventh chords and progressing through the minor ii-V7-I chord progression. Not open to Jazz Studies majors. Prerequisite: MUJZ 150x. MUJZ 451 Advanced Jazz Improvisation (2, max 4, Sp) Development of advanced
improvisational skills, including Lydianchromatic and bi-modal techniques, through instrumental performance. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 451.) Junior standing.
MUJZ 486 Jazz Masters from World War II to the Present (2) Examination of major jazz
artists from World War II to the present with emphasis on the innovators of each period. Detailed analysis of selected repertoire. (Duplicates credit in former MUHL 486.) Recommended preparation: MUJZ 419. MUJZ 490x Directed Research (2-8, max 8, FaSpSm) Individual research and readings.
Not available for graduate credit. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 490x.) MUJZ 499 Special Topics (2-4, max 8)
Selected topics of current interest. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 499.) MUJZ 501 Individual Instruction (1 or 2, max 8, FaSpSm) Secondary instruction for
831
MUJZ 554 Graduate Certificate Performance (4, max 16, FaSpSm) Individual instruction
and related lab participation for Graduate Certificate students.
MUJZ 588 Special Studies in Jazz Performance (2, max 6) Performance problems,
composers and/or stylistic analysis of music from the jazz idiom. Specific emphasis to be determined by the Jazz Studies department. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 588.) MUJZ 590 Directed Research (1-12, FaSpSm)
Research leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 590.) MUJZ 653 Performance (1 or 2, max 12, FaSpSm) Individual or master class instruc-
tion for DMA Performance majors. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 653.) MUJZ 688 Special Topics in Jazz Performance (2, max 4, Fa) Examination and
analysis of solo and compositional repertory of the jazz idiom through transcription and comparative research. Specific emphasis to be determined by the Jazz Studies department. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 688.) MUJZ 790 Research (1-12) Research leading
graduate music majors or instruction for graduate non-music majors.
to the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC.
MUJZ 545 Jazz Ensemble Development (2, 2 years, Sp) Techniques, approaches,
M U S I C E D U C AT I O N ( M U E D )
teaching materials, and music useful in developing jazz ensembles in educational settings, from junior high school through college. (Duplicates credit in former MUED 547.) MUJZ 547 Jazz Composition (2, max 4, Fa)
Application of theoretical and compositional techniques used in jazz to written music. Analysis and performance of historical and contemporary examples will be included. (Duplicates credit in former MUCO 547.) MUJZ 551 Graduate Jazz Improvisation (2, Sp) Development of proficiency in impro-
vising to advanced jazz concepts, including transposition, substitute harmony, superimposed harmony, atypical harmonic schemes and contemporary chord and scale types. Open to jazz studies and studio guitar majors only. Prerequisite: MUJZ 451.
MUJZ 553 Individual Instruction (1 or 2, max 8, FaSpSm) (Duplicates credit in former
MUPF 553.)
MUED 330x Fundamentals of Music (4, FaSp)
Introduction to the content of music through an investigation of its melodic, rhythmic, and harmonic structure. Not available for credit to music majors. MUED 390 Special Problems (1-4, FaSp)
Supervised, individual studies. No more than one registration permitted. Enrollment by petition only. MUED 402 Teaching Choral Music (2, Sp)
Problems of school choral organizations; the changing and adolescent voice; appropriate repertoire and materials. Corequisite: MUCD 340 or MUCD 343. MUED 403 Teaching Instrumental Music (2, Sp) Problems of school instrumental orga-
nizations; teaching wind, string, and percussion instruments; appropriate repertoire and materials.
832
USC Thornton School of Music
MUED 420 Teaching Beginning Improvisation (2, Irregular) Strategies for teaching
MUED 503 Philosophical Foundations of Music Education (3) Exploration of philo-
beginning improvisation in K-12 music classes; includes playing/singing and teaching in many styles. No improvisation experience necessary. MUED 440ab Music and Movement: The Orff Approach (2-2) Orff Schulwerk tech-
niques in rhythmic and melodic training through speech, singing, body percussion, playing Orff instruments, improvisation, and elemental movement. Certification available. MUED 443 Teaching Vocal Jazz (2) Strate-
gies for teaching the principles of vocal jazz; historical perspective, repertoire, recordings, improvisation, scat, accompaniment, amplification, rehearsing, teaching sequences. No prior jazz experience necessary. (Duplicates credit in former MUED 530.) MUED 449 Teaching Marching Band (2, Fa)
Modern school marching band techniques; precision drill; administration; rehearsal techniques. MUED 452 Introduction to Technology in Music Education (2, Fa) Applications of
computers and electronic music to music education; survey of current approaches and materials. MUED 479x Music for the Elementary Classroom Teacher (2, FaSp) The nature
and structure of music, its processes, and its notational symbols. Not available for credit to music majors. Recommended preparation: MUED 330. MUED 490x Directed Research (2-8, max 8, FaSpSm) Individual research and readings.
sophical thinking in the field of music with emphasis on philosophical foundations for teaching and learning. MUED 504 Psychological Foundations of Music (3) Exploration of theories, research
and practice in psychological foundations of music teaching and learning. MUED 505 Teaching and Learning Music (2, Irregular) Studies of the latest resources
concerning the teaching and learning of music so that musicians can function more effectively as both teachers and performers. MUED 510 Leading a Music Program in a Public School Setting (2, Sm) The phi-
losophy and purposes of music programs combined with early field experiences, varied teaching strategies, and music learning assessment. MUED 515 Using Technology in the Classroom (2, Sm) Study of the tools and knowl-
edge necessary to the music educator to facilitate the application of computers and electronic music in music education.
MUED 520 Early Childhood Music (2, Irregular) An overview of significant developmen-
tal issues, current research, and appropriate practices for children from birth to age eight. Professor-guided practicum teaching.
MUED 522ab Teaching Public School Instrumental Music (a: 3, Fa; b: 2, Sp) Methods
and materials appropriate for teaching and modeling instrumental lessons and instruction in the public and private schools.
MUED 524 Teaching and Conducting Public School Instrumental Ensembles (4, Sp)
MUED 499 Special Topics (2-4, max 8, Irregular) Selected topics of current inter-
est reflective of changing trends in music education.
Study of the methods and materials needed to rehearse an instrumental ensemble in K-12 settings. Includes conducting and rehearsal techniques, literature selection, score analysis.
MUED 500 Research Foundations in Music Education (3, Fa) Introductory exploration of
MUED 526 Teaching General/Choral Music for Instrumentalists (2, Sp) Study of psycho-
MUED 501 Historical Foundations of Music Education (3) A contextual exploration of the
historical development of American music education. MUED 502 Sociological Foundations of Music (3) Study of interdependent rela-
tionship between society, music and music education.
gogical and acoustic aspects for woodwind, brass, string and percussion instruments. Includes hands-on performance, class discussion and practical application. MUED 540 Motivation and Discipline in the Music Classroom (2, Sp) An examina-
tion of the current research into learning theories and motivation with emphasis on the application of these theories to the music classroom. MUED 542 Orchestra Development (2, Irregular) Repertoire and rehearsal tech-
niques appropriate for school and community orchestras useful in solving specific problems of technical and tonal growth. Prerequisite: MUCD 343. MUED 545 String Class Pedagogy (2, Irregular) Approaches to beginning through inter-
mediate string class instruction in school and other group setting derived from principles of Suzuki, Bornoff, Rolland, and other leading teachers. Prerequisite: MUED 345abL.
MUED 546 Wind Band Pedagogy (2, 2 years, Fa) Methods and materials relevant to cur-
rent trends in wind band pedagogy; development of comprehensive pedagogical and performance practices; appropriate wind band music survey. Prerequisite: MUCD 343. MUED 547 Vocal Pedagogy in the Public School Classroom (2, Sp) Development of
technical knowledge, tone production, and performance skills for voice appropriate for public school music teaching. MUED 548 Orchestral Bowing (2, Irregular)
Not available for graduate credit.
types of research linked to research literature in music education; interpreting and organizing research proposals and reports.
MUED 536 Teaching Instrumental Music for Vocalists (2, Sp) An introduction to the peda-
motor and cognitive learning in K-12 classes. Vocal/choral music in classroom settings; techniques and repertoire for use in K-12 choirs. MUED 532 Teaching General Music K-8 (4, Fa) Methods and materials for cognitive
learning and development of music skills in K-8 music classes, featuring Orff, Kodaly, and Dalcroze approaches. MUED 534 Teaching and Conducting Public School Choral Ensembles (4, Sp) Compre-
hensive consideration of the choral music program in grades K‑12. Topics include: development and care of the voice, audition and rehearsal techniques, conducting, lesson planning.
Introduction to bowing function and style with application to typical repertoire; practical experience for teachers and conductors in educational and community settings. MUED 549ab Directed Teaching: Public School Music (2-2) Observation and teaching
under the guidance of a university supervisor and a directing teacher. Open only to MAT, Single Subject (Music Education) majors. MUED 550 Teaching Music Fundamentals and Appreciation Courses (2, 2 years, Fa or Sp) Purpose and objectives of music in gen-
eral education. Survey of current approaches and materials.
MUED 552 Music Education Courseware Development (2, Sp) Development of music
education courseware using current technology. Two lecture hours per week. Prerequisite: MUED 452.
Courses of Instruction
MUED 555 Entering the Music Professoriate (3, Fa) Preparation for academic careers
in music. Methodologies and approaches to teaching, learning, and assessment; statements of teaching philosophies; creation of academic portfolio. Open only to doctoral students (DMA and Ph.D.) in the Thornton School of Music. MUED 590 Directed Research (1-12, FaSpSm)
Research leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. MUED 592 Final Project (2, max 2) Required
MUED 606 Internship in Collegiate Music Education (3) Students intern with USC
professors in training music teachers in traditional and alternative music education practices.
MUED 607 Alternative Models in Music Education (3) Examination of diverse, evolv-
ing settings for music teaching and learning in contemporary society. Emphasis on programming and administrative structures of community-based music providers.
MUED 610 Pedagogy for Collegiate Teaching (2, FaSpSm) A preparation for teaching in
for the Master of Music Education degree. Credit upon acceptance. Graded CR/NC. Prerequisite: MUED 500.
the modern university environment, examining the role of the professor, and focusing on the development of innovative collegiate teaching skills.
MUED 594abz Master’s Thesis (2-2-0, FaSpSm) Credit on acceptance of thesis.
MUED 640 Research and Practice in Orff Schulwerk (2, Sp) Exploring research on the
Graded IP/CR/NC.
MUED 599 Special Topics (2-4, max 8, Irregular) Selected topics of current inter-
est reflective of changing trends in music education.
MUED 601 Field Seminar in Elementary School Music Education (2, 2 years, Fa or Sp) Observation in schools. Identification and
analysis of problems; strategies for improvement; alternative approaches including those of Orff and Kodaly. Readings, examination of teaching materials. MUED 602 Field Seminar in Choral Music Education (2, 2 years, Fa or Sp) Observa-
tion in schools. Current practice; identification and analysis of problems; strategies for improvement; readings, examination of music and teaching materials. MUED 603 Field Seminar in Instrumental Music Education (2, 2 years, Fa or Sp)
Observation in schools. Identification and analysis of problems; strategies for improvement. Readings, examination of music and teaching materials. MUED 604 Preparing School Music Teachers (2, 2 years, Fa or Sp) Analysis of best prac-
philosophical and historical bases of the Orff Schulwerk approach and acquiring skills in pedagogical applications in early childhood through collegiate settings. MUED 650 Pedagogy for Collegiate Music Appreciation and Fundamentals (2, Sp)
Design and teaching strategies for collegiate music appreciation and fundamentals classes developed for the adult, non-music major student. MUED 790 Research (1-12, FaSpSm)
Research leading to the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. MUED 791 Pedagogical Writing and Media in Music Education (3) Development of
MUSIC ENSEMBLE (MUEN)
Large ensemble requirements in undergraduate curricula must be fulfilled by the following ensembles: University Chorus (MUEN 307); Men’s Chorus (MUEN 308); Oriana Choir (MUEN 311); University Concert Choir (MUEN 310); Chamber Choir (MUEN 312); USC Symphony (MUEN 320); USC Concert Orchestra (MUEN 321); University Wind Ensemble (MUEN 323); or University Band (MUEN 324). Exceptions to the above policies include: Contemporary Music Ensemble and Early Music Ensemble may fulfill the large ensemble requirement for instrumental majors, with the approval of the conductor of University Symphony or Wind Ensemble and the chair of the student’s major department. Music Education majors with an instrumental emphasis must take one semester of a choral ensemble. Composition majors must register for at least 2 units in a choral ensemble. Students majoring in Strings, Vocal Arts, or Wind and Percussion may not count USC Concert Orchestra toward their large ensemble requirement. Vocal Arts majors must register for University Concert Choir, USC Chamber Choir, or USC Oriana Choir to fulfill their large ensemble requirement. Further exceptions may be made subject to departmental approval and approval of the conductor of the appropriate large ensemble.
skills in pedagogical writing for professional journals, text books, and multimedia publications, and knowledge of publishing procedures for compositions and arrangements.
MUEN 222 Trojan Marching Band (1, max 4)
MUED 792 Quantitative Research in Music Education (3) Survey of theories, concepts
MUEN 305 Vocal Jazz Ensemble (1, max 8, FaSp) Study and performance of vocal
and procedures for designing and evaluating quantitative research studies. Prerequisite: MUED 500.
tices in teacher training; faculty, curriculum, schedule, materials, methods, and supervision of directed teaching. Prerequisite: three years of teaching music in public schools or two years of college teaching.
MUED 793 Qualitative Research in Music Education (3) Survey of theories, concepts
MUED 605 College Teaching in Music Education (3) Exploration of music education
MUED 794abcdz Doctoral Dissertation (2-2-2-2-0, FaSpSm) Credit on acceptance of
faculty duties at the collegiate level, including teacher training, working with local school systems, leading professional organizations, and conducting research.
833
and procedures for designing and evaluating qualitative research studies. Prerequisite: MUED 500.
dissertation. Graded IP/CR/NC.
Rehearsal and participation in performances for athletic and other university functions. Graded CR/NC. Open to all students by audition.
ensemble literature from the Jazz idiom, with emphasis on improvisational techniques. Open to all students by audition. Graded CR/NC. MUEN 307 University Chorus (1, max 8, FaSp) Rehearsal and performance of choral
literature from all periods of music history. Open to all students. Graded CR/NC.
MUEN 308 USC Men’s Chorus (1, max 8, FaSp) Rehearsal and performance of choral
repertoire from all periods written for male voices. Open to all students. Graded CR/NC. MUEN 310 University Concert Choir (1, max 8, FaSp) Performance of choral works of all
styles and periods. Open to all students by audition. Graded CR/NC.
834
USC Thornton School of Music
MUEN 311 USC Oriana Choir (1, max 8, FaSp) Rehearsal and performance of
MUEN 328 Keyboard Collaboration (1, max 4, FaSp) Preparation and performance
advanced chamber music written for women’s voices. Open to all students by audition. Graded CR/NC. MUEN 312 USC Chamber Choir (1, max 8, FaSp) Performance of vocal chamber music
and choral masterworks from the 16th century to the present. Open to all students by audition. (Duplicates credit in former MUEN 212 and MUEN 412.) Graded CR/NC.
of literature for piano with voice and string, woodwind, brass and percussion instruments. (Duplicates credit in former MUEN 428.) Graded CR/NC. MUEN 329 Jazz Ensemble (1, max 8, FaSp)
Rehearsal and performance of literature written for large jazz ensemble. Open to all students by audition. (Duplicates credit in former MUEN 229 and MUEN 429.) Graded CR/NC.
MUEN 314 Opera Chorus (1, max 8, FaSp)
Study and performance of operatic choruses and extended ensembles of all styles and periods. Open to all students by audition. (Duplicates credit in former MUEN 214 and MUEN 414.) Graded CR/NC. MUEN 320 USC Symphony (1, max 8, FaSp)
Rehearsal and performance of orchestra repertoire. Open to all students by audition. (Duplicates credit in former MUEN 220 and MUEN 420.) Graded CR/NC. MUEN 321 USC Concert Orchestra (1, max 8, FaSp) Rehearsal and performance of
orchestra repertoire. Open to all students, faculty, staff, and members of the community. Audition not required. Graded CR/NC. MUEN 322 Trojan Marching Band (1, max 4)
Continuation of MUEN 222. Graded CR/NC. MUEN 323 University Wind Ensemble (1, max 8, FaSp) Rehearsal and participation
in concert programs. Open to all students by audition. (Duplicates credit in former MUEN 223 and MUEN 423). Graded CR/NC. MUEN 324 University Band (1, max 8, FaSp)
Rehearsal and performance of standard repertoire. Open to all students by audition. Graded CR/NC. MUEN 325 Wind and Percussion C hamber Music (1, max 8, FaSp) Performance of
chamber music for wind and percussion instruments. Open to all students by audition. (Duplicates credit in former MUEN 225 and MUEN 425.) Graded CR/NC. MUEN 326 Guitar Ensemble (1, max 8, FaSp) Rehearsal and performance of litera-
ture composed, transcribed and arranged for small ensembles, including literature for small ensembles of guitar and other instruments, as well as voice. (Duplicates credit in former MUEN 226 and MUEN 426.) Graded CR/NC. MUEN 327 String Chamber Music (1, max 8, FaSp) Preparation and performance of small
ensemble literature for strings. (Duplicates credit in former MUEN 227 and MUEN 427.) Graded CR/NC.
MUEN 330 Contemporary Music Ensemble (1, max 8, FaSp) Performance of 20th-
century music; readings of student and faculty compositions; experimental music; guest conductors, composers, performers; annual concert series. (Duplicates credit in former MUEN 230 and MUEN 430.) Graded CR/NC. MUEN 331 Guitar Big Band (1, max 8, FaSp) Rehearsal and preparation of big band
literature adapted for large guitar ensemble. Guitarists perform in place of the traditional trumpet, trombone and sax sections. Graded CR/NC. MUEN 332 Jazz Chamber Music (1, max 8, FaSp) Preparation and performance of
literature for jazz chamber groups. Open to all students by audition. (Duplicates credit in former MUEN 232 and MUEN 432.) Graded CR/NC. MUEN 335 University Brass Band (1, max 8, FaSp) The study, rehearsal and performance
of standard brass choir and brass band literature. (Duplicates credit in former MUEN 235 and MUEN 435.) Graded CR/NC. MUEN 344 Vocal Chamber Music (1, max 8, Fa) Study of solo ensemble vocal literature
such as duets, trios, quartets, madrigals, etc. Open to all students by audition. (Duplicates credit in former MUEN 244 and MUEN 444.) Graded CR/NC.
MUEN 350 Early Music Ensemble (1, max 8, FaSp) Rehearsal and performance of vocal
and instrumental ensemble music of the Renaissance and Baroque, with emphasis on chamber music for solo voices and bowed and plucked strings. Instrumentalists are required to perform on either their own or the school’s historical instruments. Open to all students by audition. (Duplicates credit in former MUEN 250 and MUEN 450.) Graded CR/NC. MUEN 505 Vocal Jazz Ensemble (1, max 4, FaSp) Study and performance of vocal
ensemble literature from the Jazz idiom, with emphasis on improvisational techniques. Open to graduate students by audition.
MUEN 507 University Chorus (1, max 8, FaSp) Rehearsal and performance of choral
literature from all periods of music history. Open to all graduate students.
MUEN 508 USC Men’s Chorus (1, max 4, FaSp) Rehearsal and performance of choral
repertoire from all periods written for male voices.
MUEN 510 University Concert Choir (1, max 4, FaSp) Performance of choral works of all
styles and periods. Open to all graduate students by audition.
MUEN 511 USC Oriana Choir (1, max 4, FaSp) Rehearsal and performance of advanced
chamber music written for women’s voices. Open to all graduate students by audition.
MUEN 512 USC Chamber Choir (1, max 4, FaSp) Performance of vocal chamber music
and choral masterworks from the 16th century to the present. Open to all graduate students by audition. (Duplicates credit in former MUEN 412.)
MUEN 514 Opera Chorus (1, max 4, FaSp)
Study and performance of operatic choruses and extended ensembles of all styles and periods. Open to all graduate students by audition. (Duplicates credit in former MUEN 414.) MUEN 520 USC Symphony (1, max 4, FaSp)
Rehearsal and performance of orchestra repertoire Open to all graduate students by audition. (Duplicates credit in former MUEN 420.) MUEN 521 USC Concert Orchestra (1, max 4, FaSp) Rehearsal and performance
of orchestra repertoire. Open to all graduate students. Audition not required. MUEN 523 University Wind Ensemble (1, max 4, FaSp) Rehearsal and participation
in concert programs. Open to all graduate students by audition. (Duplicates credit in former MUEN 423.) MUEN 525 Wind and Percussion Chamber Music (1, max 4, FaSp) Performance
of chamber music for wind and percussion instruments. Open to all students by audition. (Duplicates credit in former MUEN 425.) MUEN 526 Guitar Ensemble (1, max 4, FaSp) Rehearsal and performance of litera-
ture composed, transcribed and arranged for small ensembles, including literature for small ensembles of guitar and other instruments, as well as voice. (Duplicates credit in former MUEN 426.)
Courses of Instruction
MUEN 527 String Chamber Music (1, max 4, FaSp) Preparation and performance of small
ensemble literature for strings. (Duplicates credit in former MUEN 427.)
MUEN 528 Keyboard Collaboration (1, max 4, FaSp) Continuation of MUEN 328. MUEN 529 Jazz Ensemble (1, max 4, FaSp)
Rehearsal and performance of literature written for large jazz ensemble. Open to all graduate students by audition. (Duplicates credit in former MUEN 429.) MUEN 530 Contemporary Music Ensemble (1, max 4, FaSp) Performance of 20th-
century music; readings of student and faculty compositions; experimental music; guest conductors, composers, performers; annual concert series. (Duplicates credit in former MUEN 430).
M U S I C H I S T O R Y A N D L I T E R AT U R E (MUHL)
MUHL 231 Music History (3, Fa) A study
of the musical styles and genres from antiquity to c. 1680 within their historical context. Detailed analysis of selected works. (Duplicates credit in MUHL 385a.) Prerequisite: MUCO 132b, MUCO 133b. MUHL 232 Music History II (3, Sp) A study of
the musical styles and genres from c. 1680 to c. 1850 within their historical context. Detailed analysis of selected works. (Duplicates credit in MUHL 385b.) Prerequisite: MUCO 132b, MUCO 133b.
MUHL 302 Musical Cultures of the World (4, FaSp) Survey of the world’s major musical
cultures; aesthetic and social values, theoretical systems, musical style and structure, instruments, and performance traditions.
MUEN 531 Guitar Big Band (1, max 4, FaSp)
Rehearsal and preparation of big band liter ature adapted for large guitar ensemble. Guitarists perform in place of the traditional trumpet, trombone and sax sections. MUEN 532 Jazz Chamber Music (1, max 4, FaSp) Preparation and performance of
advanced literature for jazz chamber groups. Open to graduate students, by audition. MUEN 535 University Brass Band (1, max 4)
The study, rehearsal and performance of standard brass choir and brass band literature. (Duplicates credit in former MUEN 435). MUEN 544 Vocal Chamber Music (1, max 4, Fa) Study of solo ensemble vocal literature
such as duets, trios, quartets, madrigals, etc. Open to all graduate students by audition. (Duplicates credit in former MUEN 444.)
MUEN 550 Early Music Ensemble (1, max 4, FaSp) Rehearsal and performance of vocal
and instrumental ensemble music of the Renaissance and Baroque, with emphasis on chamber music for solo voices and bowed or plucked strings. Instrumentalists are required to perform on either their own or the school’s historical instruments. Open to all graduate students by audition. (Duplicates credit in former MUEN 450.) Graded CR/NC. MUEN 628 Keyboard Collaboration (1, max 4, FaSp) Continuation of MUEN 328. MUEN 650 Early Music Ensemble (1, max 8, FaSp) Rehearsal and public performance of
vocal and instrumental music of the Renaissance and Baroque era; emphasis is on largeand small-scale chamber works. Instrumentalists are required to perform on historical instruments.
MUHL 315x Music and Culture (4, FaSpSm)
Gateway to the B.A. degree in music. Western and non-Western music in its sociocultural context. Not available for credit to B.M. majors. Ability to read music highly recommended. MUHL 331 Music History III (3) A study of
the musical styles and genres from c. 1850 to the present within their historical context. Detailed analysis of selected works. (Duplicates credit in former MUHL 280a.) Prerequisite: MUCO 132b, MUCO 133b; recommended preparation: MUCO 232b, MUCO 233b. MUHL 332 Studies in Musical Culture (3)
Special musical repertoires, issues, and critical problems; emphasis determined by the department. (Duplicates credit in former MUHL 280b.) Recommended preparation: MUHL 231, MUHL 232, MUHL 331, MUCO 232b, MUCO 233b. MUHL 333 Music History Review (1-2, FaSpSm) Supervised review of the materi-
als covered in undergraduate music history courses for students whose music history examinations indicate the need for further study. MUHL 390 Special Problems (1-4) Super-
vised, individual studies. No more than one registration permitted. Enrollment by petition only.
835
MUHL 476 Music Criticism (2) Procedure
and practice in forming critical judgments of music and in writing music criticism; practical journalism; professional and community ethics. Prerequisite: for music majors, MUHL 331, MUHL 332; for nonmusic majors, MUHL 315x. MUHL 490x Directed Research (2-8, max 8, FaSpSm) Individual research and readings.
Not available for graduate credit.
MUHL 499 Special Topics (2-4, max 8, FaSpSm) Selected topics of current interest. MUHL 560 Studies in World Music I (2, Fa)
The indigenous and syncretic musics of Africa, India, Indonesia, and the Balkan countries. Prerequisite: MUHL 570. MUHL 561 Studies in World Music II (2, Sp)
The indigenous and syncretic musics of the post-Soviet political landscape, the Far East, the Middle East, and Latin America. Prerequisite: MUHL 570. MUHL 570 Research Materials and Techniques (2, FaSpSm) Introduction to music
research, information science and technical writing. Required of all graduate students majoring in music. MUHL 572 Seminar in Historical Musical Notation (2, Fa) Performing, reading, and
editing historical notation from original sources. Prerequisite: MUHL 570.
MUHL 573 Music of the Middle Ages (2, Sp; 2 years, Sm) Chief musical developments
in Western Europe from the beginning of the Christian era to the middle of the 14th century. Prerequisite: MUHL 570.
MUHL 574 Music of the Renaissance (2, Sp; 2 years, Sm) Chief musical developments in
Western Europe from the middle of the 14th century to the end of the 16th. Prerequisite: MUHL 570. MUHL 575 Music of the Baroque Era (2, Fa; 2 years, Sm) Styles, forms, composers, and
compositions of the Baroque era. Prerequisite: MUHL 570. MUHL 576 Music of the Classical Period (2, Sp; 2 years, Sm) Development of classical
style in symphonic music, opera, and chamber music. Prerequisite: MUHL 570.
MUHL 403 Armenian Musical Culture (2)
Study of the four branches of Armenian music within the context of past and present Armenian culture.
MUHL 577 Music of the 19th Century (2, Fa; 2 years, Sm) Vocal and instrumen-
tal music of the Romantic era from late Beethoven through Brahms. Prerequisite: MUHL 570.
836
USC Thornton School of Music
MUHL 578 Music since 1900 (2, FaSpSm)
MUHL 590 Directed Research (1-12, FaSpSm)
MUHL 790 Research (1-12, FaSpSm)
Musical developments in Europe and the Americas from 1900 to the present. Prerequisite: MUHL 570.
Research leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. Prerequisite: MUHL 570.
Research leading to the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. Prerequisite: MUHL 570.
MUHL 591 Seminar in Baroque Repertories and Performance Practice (2) Study and
MUHL 794abcdz Doctoral Dissertation (2-2-2-2-0, FaSpSm) Credit on acceptance of
MUHL 579 Studies in Music History (4, max 16, FaSp) Intensive study of major problems,
issues, and interpretations in the history of music. Prerequisite: MUHL 570.
MUHL 580 Historical Perspectives in Jazz (2)
Chief musical developments in the principal styles of Jazz from their inception to the present. Prerequisite: graduate standing or departmental approval. MUHL 583 Special Studies in Medieval Music (2, max 4, Irregular) Music problems
and composers of the period. Specific emphasis to be determined by the department. Prerequisite: MUHL 570. MUHL 584 Special Studies in Renaissance Music (2, max 4, Irregular) Music problems
and composers of the period. Specific emphasis to be determined by the department. Prerequisite: MUHL 570. MUHL 585 Special Studies in Baroque Music (2, max 6, Irregular) Music problems and
composers of the period. Specific emphasis to be determined by the department. Prerequisite: MUHL 570. MUHL 586 Special Studies in the Music of the Classical Period, 1730-1800 (2, max 6, Irregular) Music problems and composers
of the period. Specific emphasis to be deter mined by the department. Prerequisite: MUHL 570. MUHL 587 Special Studies in the Music of the 19th Century (2, max 6, Irregular)
Music problems and composers of the period. Specific emphasis to be determined by the department. Prerequisite: MUHL 570. MUHL 588 Special Studies in Music since 1900 (2, max 6) Music problems and com-
posers of the period. Specific emphasis to be determined by the department. Prerequisite: MUHL 570. MUHL 589 Seminar in Renaissance Repertories and Performance Practice (2, Sp) Study
and discussion of Renaissance music sources and performance practice treatises. Corequisite: MUHL 570.
discussion of Baroque music sources and performance practice treatises. Corequisite: MUHL 570.
dissertation. Graded IP/CR/NC. M U S I C I N D U S T RY ( M U I N )
MUHL 594abz Master’s Thesis (2-2-0) Credit
on acceptance of thesis. Graded IP/CR/NC. MUHL 595 Seminar in Performance Practices (2, max 4) Scholarly preparation and
authentic performance of music written before c. 1770. Ornamentation and improvisation, tunings and temperaments, early language pronunciation, historical instruments, etc. Prerequisite: MUHL 570. MUHL 599 Special Topics (2-4, max 8, Irregular) Selected topics of current interest. MUHL 681 Studies in Musicology (4, max 16, FaSp) Close study of musical repertories
and issues (particularly ones transcending period divisions), with emphasis on recent scholarship and methodologies. Prerequisite: MUHL 570.
MUHL 683 Seminar in Medieval Music (2-3, max 6, Irregular) Problems and composers of
the period; specific emphasis determined by the department. Prerequisite: MUHL 570. MUHL 684 Seminar in Renaissance Music (2-3, max 6, Irregular) Problems and com-
MUIN 270 Introduction to the Music Industry (4, FaSp) A survey of the music business
with emphasis on distribution of recorded music, music publishing, performance rights societies, record companies, agents, personal managers and contracts. Open to music majors (B.M. and B.S. degrees) only. MUIN 275ab Recording Arts Workshop (4-4, FaSp) Principles, techniques, and aes-
thetic possibilities of the recording studio chain and its application to various media. Open to recording arts and music industry majors only.
MUIN 277x Introduction to Music Technology (4, FaSp) A survey of the technology
used to create, prepare, perform, and distribute music, with an emphasis on recording, MIDI, music production, mastering, and Internet technologies. Not available for major credit to B.M. and B.S. music industry majors. MUIN 280 Communications in the Music Industry (4) A survey of the music industry
posers of the period; specific emphasis determined by the department. Prerequisite: MUHL 570.
communications including radio, television, film, satellite communications, records, compact disc, cassette, cable and any future forms of transmission and delivery systems.
MUHL 685 Seminar in Baroque Music (2-3, max 6, Irregular) Problems and composers of
MUIN 286 Record Production Management (2, FaSp) Function of the record producer,
the period; specific emphasis determined by the department. Prerequisite: MUHL 570.
MUHL 686 Seminar in Classical Music (2-3, max 6, Irregular) Problems and composers of
the period; specific emphasis determined by the department. Prerequisite: MUHL 570.
MUHL 687 Seminar in Romantic Music (2-3, max 6, Irregular) Problems and composers of
the period; specific emphasis determined by the department. Prerequisite: MUHL 570. MUHL 688 Seminar in Music since 1900 (2-3, max 6, Irregular) Problems and com-
posers of the period; specific emphasis determined by the department. Prerequisite: MUHL 570.
studio procedures, music business law, union relations, artist management, copyright and publishing agreements, record company structure. MUIN 287 The Business and Economics of the Recording Industry (2, Fa) Economic
considerations of home, studio and location recording. Equipment, labor, facilities, media, legal and tax considerations will be explored. MUIN 291 The Mixing Console (2, Fa)
Professional mixing console design, layout, operation, mic preamps, switching, VCAs, automation, computerized recall. Prerequisite: MUIN 275b.
Courses of Instruction
MUIN 305 MIDI and Computer Music Production (4, FaSp) Recording and editing
MIDI and digital audio using computer software. Modern MIDI sequencing techniques for the music, film and television industries. Recommended preparation: MUIN 270, MUIN 275b, MUIN 280. MUIN 340 Introduction to Sound Reinforcement (4, Sp) An introduction to the practical
MUIN 425 Live Music Production and Promotion (4) A survey of the presentation
of the live musical experience. Both classical and popular concert presentation will be examined including venue selection, promotion and security. MUIN 430 Artist Management and Development (4) A study of issues relating to
application of large scale sound reinforcement for concerts, sporting events, church services and convention situations.
the personal management of music artists including negotiating contracts, image, career development, agents, touring, merchandising, fees and duties.
MUIN 360 Introduction to Music Law (4, FaSp) A study of entertainment law with
MUIN 435 Manufacture and Distribution of Musical Products (4, Sp) An in-depth study
a focus on the music industry. Areas of study include contracts, domestic practices, inter national practices, copyright protection, trademarks. Prerequisite: MUIN 270; corequisite: MUIN 280. MUIN 370 Distribution of Recorded Music and Music Publishing (4, Sp) A survey of
various methods used to distribute music to the public. Record distribution, manufacturing, retail outlets, accounting, publishing and performance rights. Prerequisite: MUIN 360 or MUIN 372bx. MUIN 372abx The Business and Legal Aspects of the Music Industry (4-4, FaSp)
A survey of the major elements that support the music industry. History, copyright, music contracts, radio, record companies, managers, music publishing and communication. Not available for major credit to B.M. and B.S. music industry majors. MUIN 379ab Recording Studio Theory (a: 2, Fa; b: 2, Sp) Basic electronic concepts
needed to understand operational parameters of a state-of-the-art recording studio; schematics, interface, capacitance, resistance, and problem solving. Prerequisite: MUIN 275b. MUIN 385 Radio in the Music Industry (4, Fa) A survey of radio; its operation and
effect on the music industry. Topics include advertising, playlists, program direction, FCC, networks, news, promotion, payola and format development. MUIN 389 Digital Equipment and Recording (2, Fa) Digital equipment including
computers, sequencers, digital signal processors, digital synthesizers, MIDI, and rotary and stationary digital recording. Prerequisite: MUIN 275b. MUIN 392ab Acoustics and Speaker Design (2, FaSp) Principles of acoustics relating to
studio construction, wall treatment and furnishings; natural reverberation, speaker materials, passive and active crossovers, and time alignment. Prerequisite: MUIN 275b.
of musical instrument manufacture and distribution in the United States. Topics covered include sheet music, instrument rentals, lessons and band operations. MUIN 440 Arts Management (4, Fa) A sur-
837
MUIN 450 Practicum in Music Industry Issues (Internship) (2-4, max 8, FaSp) Field
application of music industry theories and practices; part-time employment. Project jointly defined by student, employer and professor. Junior or senior standing. Graded CR/ NC. Prerequisite: MUIN 360 or MUIN 372bx. MUIN 475 Advanced Concert Management (4, Sp) Application of theories, technolo-
gies, and practices of the live music industry. Focus on the business, management, marketing, promotion, and production of professional concert events. Prerequisite: MUIN 425. MUIN 476ab Advanced Sound Reinforcement (2‑2, FaSp) Special problems of multi
media mixing with simultaneous audio re-processing for live performance situations including rigging, house mix, monitor mix, venues and power distribution.
vey of the management of non-profit and for-profit arts organizations with emphasis on funding, donor development tax status and promotion.
MUIN 477 Remote Recording Techniques (2, Sp) Special problems of location recording;
MUIN 442 Operation of the Radio Studio (2, Fa) An in-depth study of radio studio
MUIN 478 Advanced Multichannel Remix (2, FaSp) Special problems of multichan-
technical operations. Topics include consoles, microphones, transmission considerations, networks, satellites, and digital and analog production situations. Prerequisite: MUIN 275b.
MUIN 443 The Business of Music for Visual Media (4, Sp) Introduction to music designed
for synchronization to picture including history of music in cinema, music editing, supervision, performance rights licensing, production and music scoring procedures. Prerequisite: MUIN 360 or MUIN 372bx.
MUIN 445 International Music Industry (4, Sp) A survey of international operations of
music distribution, publishing, touring, law, promotion, customs and practices. Prerequisite: MUIN 360. MUIN 446ab Computer Assisted Recording and Editing (2-2, FaSp) Techniques and
applications of recording and editing sound on personal computers. Hardware, software, editing for song, sound effects and dialog for film.
specialized equipment; microphone design and operation. Prerequisite: MUIN 275b.
nel remixing with simultaneous audio re-processing. Album, film, television and multimedia formats will be covered. Prerequisite: MUIN 446a. MUIN 479 Audio Mastering (2, Fa) A survey
of the final creative steps of an audio CD. Concepts of acoustics, mastering suite design, critical listening, frequency, dynamics and sequencing. Prerequisite: MUIN 275b; recommended preparation: MUIN 446a. MUIN 486 Computer-Assisted Music Editing for Picture (2, Fa) Techniques and applica-
tions of recording, editing and synchronizing music and sounds to film, video or games, using time code and personal computers. Prerequisite: MUIN 446b.
MUIN 488ab Recording Studio Maintenance (2-2) Fundamentals needed to perform
aintenance on professional audio equipm ment including trouble-shooting, interface, and alignment procedures. Prerequisite: MUIN 275ab. MUIN 490 Directed Research (2-8, max 8)
MUIN 448 Computer Music Notation and Preparation (2, FaSp) Techniques and prin-
ciples of computer music notation including conventions of music notation, idiomatic practices, preparation of significant score types, and MIDI basics.
Individual research and readings. Not available for graduate credit. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 490.) MUIN 493 Audio Signal Processing Equipment (2, FaSp) Principles and design charac-
teristics of digital and analog signal processing equipment including plate and digital reverbs, synchronizers, digital editing systems and mastering systems. Prerequisite: MUIN 275b.
838
USC Thornton School of Music
MUIN 494 Classical Music Recording (4, FaSm) Principles of classical music record-
MPEM 390 Special Problems (1-4, Irregular)
P E R F O R M A N C E ( G U I TA R ) ( M P G U )
Supervised, individual studies. No more than one registration permitted. Enrollment by petition only. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 390.)
MPGU 101x Non-Major Beginning Individual Instruction (1-2, max 2, FaSpSm) Individual
ing with emphasis on history, equipment, techniques, and locations. Differences in orchestral, choral, opera, and small ensemble recording. MUIN 495 Music Industry, Broadcast and the Internet (4, Fa) An exploration of the effects
of new technologies, laws, economic models, media (Internet, mobile, satellite), the decline of traditional broadcasting, and convergence with the music industry. Recommended preparation: MUIN 360 or MUIN 372bx. MUIN 496 Music Media Solutions (4, FaSp)
Group study of one current music media issue, focusing on possible solutions with practical applications. Stress on leadership, critical thinking, and professional practices. By application only. Open only to junior level and above. MUIN 498 Final Project (1, max 4, FaSp)
Required for students who are working on recording projects. Booking of studios, weekly review of projects and advice on procedures and progress. MUIN 499 Special Topics (2, max 8) Selected
topics of current interest.
MUIN 570 The Music Industry (4, FaSpSm)
A graduate level survey of the music business with emphasis on distribution of recorded music, music publishing, performance rights societies, musical products and live music. MUIN 575 Music Technology and Production (4, Fa) Fundamentals of audio recording.
Focuses on the principles and applications of sound and hearing, recording systems and their components, and production techniques. MUIN 590 Directed Research (1-12)
Research leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 590). Graded CR/NC. MUIN 790 Research (1-12) Research leading
MPEM 450 Collegium Workshop (1, max 8, FaSp) Study and rehearsal of music of the
Middle Ages, Renaissance, and Baroque; technique, interpretation, improvisation, and ornamentation. Open to all students. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 450.) MPEM 490x Directed Research (2-8, max 8, FaSpSm) Individual research and readings.
Not available for graduate credit. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 490x.) MPEM 499 Special Topics (2-4, max 8)
Selected topics of current interest. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 499.) MPEM 501 Individual Instruction (1 or 2, max 8, FaSpSm) Secondary instruction for
graduate music majors or instruction for graduate non-music majors.
MPEM 553 Individual Instruction (1 or 2, max 8, FaSpSm) (Duplicates credit in former
MUPF 553.)
mance technique of pop/rock guitar as well as music theory fundamentals, exploring repertoire by artists such as The Beatles and Dave Matthews. MPGU 121 Intensive Beginning Pop/Rock Guitar (4, FaSp) Introduction to the perfor-
mance technique of pop/rock guitar as well as music theory fundamentals, exploring repertoire by artists such as The Beatles and Dave Matthews. MPGU 125 Beginning Fingerstyle/Chord Guitar (2, FaSp) Basic fingerstyle guitar,
learned through the study of such pieces as “Greensleeves,” “Malaguena,” and “Minuet” (Bach); song accompaniment patterns and music notation for the beginner. MPGU 126 Easy Fingerstyle Beatles (2, FaSp)
Techniques of classical guitar applied to the study of five to eight Beatles songs, from “Hey Jude” to “Blackbird.” No guitar or background music required.
MPEM 590 Directed Research (1-12, FaSpSm)
MPGU 153 Individual Instruction (1 or 2, max 8, FaSpSm) (Duplicates credit in former
instruction and related lab participation for Graduate Certificate students. Research leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 590.) MPEM 650 Collegium Directing (2, max 4)
Practical training in the direction of a Collegium Musicum or other early music ensemble; program planning, repertory search and preparation, historical instrumentation and arranging, rehearsal procedure, improvisational techniques, and maintenance of instruments. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 650.) MPEM 653 Performance (1 or 2, max 12, FaSpSm) Individual or master class instruc-
P E R F O R M A N C E ( E A R LY M U S I C ) (MPEM)
MPEM 754 Artist Diploma Performance (4, max 16, FaSpSm) Individual instruc-
lower division students. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 201.)
MPGU 120abcd Beginning Pop/Rock Guitar (2‑2‑2‑2, FaSpSm) Introduction to the perfor-
MPEM 554 Graduate Certificate Performance (4, max 16, FaSpSm) Individual
to the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC.
MPEM 201 Individual Instruction (1 or 2, max 8, FaSpSm) Secondary instrument for
instruction at the beginning level designed for non-music majors with no previous experience. Not available for credit to music majors.
tion for DMA Performance majors. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 653.)
tion and related lab participation for Artist Diploma students. MPEM 790 Research (1-12) Research leading
to the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC.
MUPF 153.)
MPGU 158 Guitarists in the U.S. (2) Study
of the lives and music of influential guitarists; analysis of musical and technical details. Open to all university students. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 158.) MPGU 159 Functional Skills for Studio Guitarists I (2) Study of technique, theory
and aural skills as applied to guitar; fingerboard organization of melodic and chordal topics; sight reading. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 159.) MPGU 253 Individual Instruction (1 or 2, max 8, FaSpSm) (Duplicates credit in former
MUPF 253.)
MPGU 257 Classical Guitar Performance Class (2, max 8, FaSp) Technical problems;
solo and ensemble literature; interpretation; professional preparation. Required of first and second year Classical Guitar majors each semester in residence. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 257.)
Courses of Instruction
MPGU 258 Functional Skills for Studio Guitarists I (2, max 4, FaSp) Melodic and
chordal topics applied to the total fingerboard; successful completion required for junior standing. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 258.) Prerequisite: MPGU 159. MPGU 259 Functional Skills for Classical Guitarists I (2, Fa) Fundamentals of music
theory experienced through the medium of the classical guitar. Topics include analysis of important guitar works, basso continuo realization, arranging, and improvisation. Recommended preparation: MUCO 232a. MPGU 300x Non-Major Individual Instruction (1-2, max 16, FaSpSm) Intermediate
and advanced instruction designed for nonmusic majors. Not available for credit to music majors. (Duplicates credit in former MPGU 201 and MPGU 401.) Recommended preparation: MPGU 101x. MPGU 301 Individual Instruction (1-2, max 16, FaSpSm) Intermediate and advanced
instruction on secondary instrument for music majors, on principal instrument for music minors and B.A. music majors. Open only to music majors and minors. (Duplicates credit in former MPGU 201 and MPGU 401.) MPGU 335 Jazz Guitar Master Class (1, FaSp) Explore the music of Joe Diorio,
Wes Montgomery and John Coltrane in a master class setting.
MPGU 353 Individual Instruction (1 or 2, max 8, FaSpSm) (Duplicates credit in former
MUPF 353.)
MPGU 357 Advanced Classical Guitar Techniques (2, Sp) An in-depth exploration of the
most advanced facets of classical guitar technique. Recommended preparation: MPGU 257.
MPGU 358 Performance Practices for Studio Guitarists (2, max 4) Rehearsal procedures;
stage deportment; interpretation of solo and ensemble literature; preparation for recitals and professional performance. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 358.) Prerequisite: MPGU 258.
MPGU 390 Special Problems (1-4, Irregular)
Supervised, individual studies. No more than one registration permitted. Enrollment by petition only. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 390.) MPGU 415 Studio Guitar Pedagogy (2)
Teaching techniques and literature; function of the hands; acoustical properties of instruments. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 415.)
MPGU 416 Evolution of the Guitar in the United States (3) Historical survey of styles,
literature and performance practice; emphasis on playing technique and interpretation. A time-line study relating guitar to popular music and historical events. (Duplicates credit in former MUHL 416.)
839
MPGU 490x Directed Research (2-8, max 8, FaSpSm) Individual research and readings.
Not available for graduate credit. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 490x.) MPGU 499 Special Topics (2-4, max 8)
Selected topics of current interest. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 253.)
MPGU 417 Classical Guitar Pedagogy (2)
Teaching techniques and literature; function of the hands; acoustical properties of instruments. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 417.)
MPGU 501 Individual Instruction (1 or 2, max 8, FaSpSm) Secondary instruction for
MPGU 426 Classical Guitar History and Literature (3, Fa) A survey of music for
MPGU 553 Individual Instruction (1 or 2, max 8, FaSpSm) (Duplicates credit in former
the guitar, lute and vihuela from 1500 to the present. (Duplicates credit in former MPGU 426a and former MUHL 426a.) Recommended preparation: MUHL 332. MPGU 427 Advanced Topics in Classical Guitar History and Literature (3, Sp) An in-
depth study of major works for lute, vihuela and classical guitar, with emphasis on early music and the music of the 20th century. (Duplicates credit in former MPGU 426b and former MUHL 426b.) Recommended preparation: MPGU 426. MPGU 428ab Improvisation and Arranging for Guitarists (3-3) Principles of improvisa-
tion and impromptu arranging; comparison and application of techniques and musical styles of the various kinds of guitars and related fretted instruments. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 328ab.)
graduate music majors or instruction for graduate non-music majors.
MUPF 553.)
MPGU 554 Graduate Certificate Performance (4, max 16, FaSpSm) Individual
instruction and related lab participation for Graduate Certificate students. MPGU 557 Advanced Classical Guitar Performance Class (1, max 4) Study of
advanced classical guitar solo and ensemble literature; interpretation; professional prep aration and other topics appropriate for group study. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 557.) Prerequisite: bachelor’s degree with music major; principal instrument, classical guitar. MPGU 558 Advanced Studio Guitar Performance Class (1, max 4) Study of advanced
MUPF 453.)
studio guitar and ensemble literature; interpretation; professional preparation and other topics appropriate for group study. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 558.) Prerequisite: bachelor’s degree with music major; principal instrument, studio guitar.
MPGU 457 Classical Guitar Performance Class (2, max 8, FaSp) Technical problems;
MPGU 590 Directed Research (1-12, FaSpSm) Research leading to the master’s
MPGU 458 Current Electric Guitar Styles (2)
MPGU 653 Performance (1 or 2, max 12, FaSpSm) Individual or master class instruc-
MPGU 453 Individual Instruction (1 or 2, max 8, FaSpSm) (Duplicates credit in former
solo and ensemble literature. Required of all third and fourth year classical guitar majors each semester in residence. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 457.) Analysis and performance of music and techniques currently in use in the recording, TV and motion picture studios; includes study of recordings, videos and guitar equipment. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 458.) MPGU 459 Functional Skills for Classical Guitarists II (2, Sp) Advanced theory and
composition on the guitar. Weekly analysis exercises, arranging projects and studies in improvisation and ornamentation are directed toward creating an original solo or chamber work for guitar. Recommended preparation: MUCO 232b, MUCO 233b.
degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 590.)
tion for DMA Performance majors. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 653.) MPGU 754 Artist Diploma Performance (4, max 16, FaSpSm) Individual instruc-
tion and related lab participation for Artist Diploma students. MPGU 790 Research (1-12) Research leading
to the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC.
840
USC Thornton School of Music
PERFORMANCE (KEYBOARD STUDIES) (MPKS)
MPKS 301 Individual Instruction (1-2, max 16, FaSpSm) Intermediate and advanced
ing, and basic musicianship. Not open to music majors.
instruction on secondary instrument for music majors, on principal instrument for music minors and B.A. music majors. Open only to music majors and minors. (Duplicates credit in former MPKS 201 and MPKS 401.)
MPKS 153 Individual Instruction (1 or 2, max 8, FaSpSm) (Duplicates credit in former
MPKS 350ab Keyboard Instruction II (2-2, FaSp) Intermediate and advanced instruction;
MPKS 150abcd Beginning Piano (2-2-2-2, FaSp) Techniques of performance, note read-
MUPF 153.)
MPKS 160ab Functional Skills for Keyboard Majors I (a: 2, Fa; b: 2, Sp) Sight-reading and
principles of style as related to intermediate literature; c-clef and open score reading; improvisation and functional harmony. Introduction to standard reference works, periodicals. Required of all keyboard majors. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 160ab.) MPKS 170ab Introduction to Piano Repertoire and Performance (a: 1, Fa; b: 1, Sp)
Survey of basic piano repertoire and styles through lecture, discussion, and performance. a: Late Baroque through Beethoven; b: Schubert to the present. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 170ab.) Prerequisite: piano performance major status. MPKS 228 Four-Hand Keyboard Repertoire (1, max 4, FaSp) Preparation and performance
of literature for piano duets and duo-piano. (Duplicates credit in former MUEN 228.)
MPKS 250ab Keyboard Instruction I (2-2, FaSp) Beginning and elementary instruction;
emphasis on reading skills, harmonization, transposition, score reading, improvisation; group instruction in a keyboard laboratory facility.
MPKS 253 Individual Instruction (1 or 2, max 8, FaSpSm) (Duplicates credit in former
MUPF 253.)
MPKS 260ab Functional Skills for Keyboard Majors II (2-2, FaSp) Sight-reading and prin-
ciples of style as related to lower advanced literature; extended score reading; improvisation and functional harmony. Mini-survey; basic keyboard literature. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 260ab.) Prerequisite: MPKS 160b. MPKS 300x Non-Major Individual Instruction (1-2, max 16, FaSpSm) Intermediate
and advanced instruction designed for nonmusic majors. Not available for credit to music majors. (Duplicates credit in former MPKS 201 and MPKS 401.)
development of reading, performance and improvisation skills necessary for proficiency examinations. Group and individualized instruction in a keyboard laboratory facility. Prerequisite: MPKS 250b.
MPKS 353 Individual Instruction (1 or 2, max 8, FaSpSm) (Duplicates credit in former
MUPF 353.)
MPKS 360ab Accompanying (a: 2, Fa; b: 2, Sp) Techniques of vocal and instru-
mental accompanying. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 360ab.)
MPKS 472ab Piano History and Literature (a: 2, Fa; b: 2, Sp) Solo piano literature;
emphasis on composers’ influences, performance practices and the development of the pianoforte. a: Late Baroque through Beetho ven. b: Schubert to the present. (Duplicates credit in former MUHL 472ab.) Prerequisite: for music majors, MUHL 331, MUHL 332; for nonmusic majors, MUHL 315x. MPKS 481 Interpretation of Baroque Music (2, max 6, FaSp) Repertoire and performance
practice in music of the period: style, phrasing, embellishments, dynamics, improvisation, tempi. Performance in class of solo and ensemble works, instrumental and vocal. MPKS 490x Directed Research (2-8, max 8, FaSpSm) Individual research and readings.
Not available for graduate credit. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 490x.) MPKS 499 Special Topics (2-4, max 8)
Selected topics of current interest. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 499.)
MPKS 390 Special Problems (1-4, Irregular)
Supervised, individual studies. No more than one registration permitted. Enrollment by petition only. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 390.)
MPKS 501 Individual Instruction (1 or 2, max 8, FaSpSm) Secondary instruction for
MPKS 431ab Piano Pedagogy: Introduction and Practicum (2-2, FaSp) The learning
MPKS 520 Special Studies in Solo Repertoire for Piano (2, max 12, FaSp) Historical,
process at the keyboard; pedagogy and methodology of beginning methods. Studio/group instruction: children/adults. MPKS 431a: survey and observation. MPKS 431b: practice teaching: beginners. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 431ab.) Prerequisite: MPKS 253, MPKS 260b. MPKS 435 Technology of the Pianoforte and Harpsichord (2, Irregular) Analysis of
technical innovations and maintenance of the pianoforte and harpsichord as related to musical performance. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 436.) MPKS 450ab Piano Pedagogy: Intermediate Literature and Functional Skills (a: 2, Fa; b: 2, Sp) Methods, study of college curriculum
keyboard classes. Studio/group instruction. Business practices; audition, interview techniques. 450a: Survey and observation. 450b: practice teaching; secondary piano classes. (Duplicates credit in former MUED 450ab.) Prerequisite: a: MPKS 431b; b: MPKS 450a.
graduate music majors or instruction for graduate non-music majors.
stylistic and pedagogical aspects of solo repertoire. Special emphasis to be determined by the department. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 520.) MPKS 553 Individual Instruction (1 or 2, max 8, FaSpSm) (Duplicates credit in former
MUPF 553.)
MPKS 554 Graduate Certificate Performance (4, max 16, FaSpSm) Individual
instruction and related lab participation for Graduate Certificate students. MPKS 560 Song Interpretation Master Class (2, max 12, FaSp) For advanced singers
and pianists. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 560.)
MPKS 561 Chamber Music Interpretation Master Class (2, max 12, FaSp) For advanced
pianists and instrumentalists. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 561.)
MPKS 590 Directed Research (1-12, FaSpSm) MPKS 453 Individual Instruction (1 or 2, max 8, FaSpSm) (Duplicates credit in former
MUPF 453.)
Research leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 590.)
Courses of Instruction
MPKS 653 Performance (1 or 2, max 12, FaSpSm) Individual or master class instruc-
tion for DMA Performance majors. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 653.) MPKS 754 Artist Diploma Performance (4, max 16, FaSpSm) Individual instruc-
tion and related lab participation for Artist Diploma students.
MPPM 325ab Arranging in Popular Music (2, Fa; 2, Sp) a: Principles and techniques of
arranging for voice and rhythm section in the popular music idiom. Prerequisite: MUSC 310 and MUSC 311 or MUIN 446b; b: writing and arranging for small groups of brass, wind, and/or string instruments with rhythm section in the popular music idiom.
841
MPST 353 Individual Instruction (1 or 2, max 8, FaSpSm) (Duplicates credit in former
MUPF 353.)
MPST 390 Special Problems (1-4, Irregular)
Supervised, individual studies. No more than one registration permitted. Enrollment by petition only. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 390.)
MPPM 450ab Final Project (1, Fa; 1, Sp) MPKS 790 Research (1-12) Research leading
to the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. PERFORMANCE (POPULAR MUSIC) (MPPM)
MPPM 100 Popular Music Forum (1, max 4, FaSp) A weekly lecture series address-
ing a wide range of special topics and issues confronting the popular musician. Graded CR/NC. MPPM 120 Popular Music Performance I (2, FaSp) Study of musical elements appro-
priate to the performance of popular music in a collaborative, interactive environment. MPPM 153 Individual Instruction (1, 2, max 8, FaSp) Weekly individual instruction. MPPM 240 Drumming Proficiency for the Popular Musician (2, FaSp) Beginning
and elementary instruction in drum set techniques.
MPPM 250 Keyboard Proficiency for the Popular Musician (2, FaSp) Development of
practical keyboard skills, including reading and realizing chord symbols, basics of voice leading, study of various harmonic and rhythmic styles. MPPM 253 Individual Instruction (1, 2, max 8, FaSp) Weekly individual instruction. MPPM 301 Individual Instruction (1-2, max 16, FaSpSm) Intermediate and advanced
instruction on secondary instrument for all majors and minors except MPPM. Not open to B.M. in Popular Music Performance students. MPPM 320 Popular Music Performance II (2, max 8, FaSp) Development of ensemble
and communication skills through the performance and interpretation of American popular music in concert and studio settings. Development of original compositions. Open only to juniors and seniors. Prerequisite: MPPM 120.
Major collaborative performance project in popular music. Graded CR/NC.
MPST 453 Individual Instruction (1 or 2, max 8, FaSpSm) (Duplicates credit in former
PERFORMANCE (STRINGS) (MPST)
MPST 462 Double Bass Performance Class (1, max 8, FaSp) Continuation of MPST 262.
MPST 101x Non-Major Beginning Individual Instruction (1-2, max 2, FaSpSm) Individual
instruction at the beginning level designed for non-music majors with no previous experience. Not available for credit to music majors.
MUPF 453.)
Required of all third and fourth year double bass majors each semester in residence. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 462.) Prerequisite: music major.
MPST 463 Harp Performance Class (1, max 8, FaSp) Continuation of MPST 263. Required
MPST 153 Individual Instruction (1 or 2, max 8, FaSpSm) (Duplicates credit in former
of all third and fourth year harp majors each semester in residence. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 463.) Prerequisite: music major.
MPST 163 Beginning Harp (2, max 8, FaSp)
MPST 471ab String Pedagogy (a: 2, Fa; b: 2, Sp) Survey of teaching literature; tech-
MUPF 153.)
Basic instruction in the fundamentals of solo harp playing, note reading, and basic musicianship. Open to music and non-music majors. MPST 253 Individual Instruction (1 or 2, max 8, FaSpSm) (Duplicates credit in former
MUPF 253.)
MPST 262 Double Bass Performance Class (1, max 4, FaSp) Study of solo and orches-
tra repertoire, professional preparation, and teaching techniques. Required of all first and second year double bass majors each semester in residence. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 262.) Prerequisite: music major. MPST 263 Harp Performance Class (1, max 4, FaSp) Study of solo and orchestra r epertoire,
professional preparation, and teaching technique. Required of all first and second year harp majors each semester in residence. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 263.) Prerequisite: music major. MPST 300x Non-Major Individual Instruction (1-2, max 16, FaSpSm) Intermediate
niques of teaching beginning, intermediate, and advanced students. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 471ab.) MPST 472 Orchestra Repertoire – Strings (2, max 8, FaSp) Orchestral literature for
string players, covering a broad spectrum of the repertoire; emphasis on preparation for auditions. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 472.)
MPST 490x Directed Research (2-8, max 8, FaSpSm) Individual research and readings.
Not available for graduate credit. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 490x.) MPST 499 Special Topics (2-4, max 8)
Selected topics of current interest. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 499.) MPST 501 Individual Instruction (1 or 2, max 8, FaSpSm) Secondary instruction for
graduate music majors or instruction for graduate non-music majors.
and advanced instruction designed for nonmusic majors. Not available for credit to music majors. (Duplicates credit in former MPST 201 and MPST 401.) Recommended preparation: MPST 101x.
MPST 553 Individual Instruction (1 or 2, max 8, FaSpSm) (Duplicates credit in former
MPST 301 Individual Instruction (1-2, max 16, FaSpSm) Intermediate and advanced
and related lab participation for Graduate Certificate students.
instruction on secondary instrument for music majors, on principal instrument for music minors and B.A. music majors. Open only to music majors and minors. (Duplicates credit in former MPST 201 and MPST 401.)
MUPF 553.)
MPST 554 Graduate Certificate Performance (4, max 16, FaSpSm) Individual instruction
842
USC Thornton School of Music
MPST 590 Directed Research (1-12, FaSpSm)
MPVA 300x Non-Major Individual Instruction (1-2, max 16, FaSpSm) Intermediate
Research leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 590.) MPST 653 Performance (1 or 2, max 12, FaSpSm) Individual or master class instruc-
tion for DMA Performance majors. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 653.) MPST 754 Artist Diploma Performance (4, max 16, FaSpSm) Individual instruc-
tion and related lab participation for Artist Diploma students. MPST 790 Research (1-12) Research leading
to the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. PERFORMANCE (VOCAL ARTS) ( M P VA )
MPVA 101x Non-Major Beginning Individual Instruction (1-2, max 2, FaSpSm)
Individual instruction at the beginning level designed for non-music majors with no previous experience. Not available for credit to music majors.
and advanced instruction designed for nonmusic majors. Not available for credit to music majors. (Duplicates credit in former MPVA 201 and MPVA 401.) Recommended preparation: MPVA 101x. MPVA 301 Individual Instruction (1-2, max 16, FaSpSm) Intermediate and advanced
instruction: secondary emphasis for music majors, principal emphasis for music minors and B.A. music majors. Open only to music majors and minors. (Duplicates credit in former MPVA 201 and MPVA 401.)
MPVA 153 Individual Instruction (1 or 2, max 8, FaSpSm) Weekly individual instruc-
tion and vocal performance forum. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 153.)
MPVA 203ab Acting for Singers I (2-2, FaSp)
Use of dramatic techniques in the interpretation and performance of music; basic acting techniques for the operatic and recital stages; sensory exercises, movement, improvisation, relaxation and make-up. (Duplicates credit in former MPVA 303 and former MUPF 303.) Recommended preparation: MPVA 153.
physiology and function. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 438.) MPVA 439 Vocal Pedagogy Practicum (2, Sp)
Pedagogical approaches and methodology; practice teaching. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 441b.) Prerequisite: MPVA 438.
tion and vocal performance forum. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 353.)
Principles of pronunciation and enunciation; use of international phonetic alphabet. (Duplicates credit in former MPVA 442a.)
MPVA 390 Special Problems (1-4, Irregular)
MPVA 441 English and German Diction (2)
Supervised, individual studies. No more than one registration permitted. Enrollment by petition only. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 390.)
Principles of pronunciation and enunciation; use of international phonetic alphabet. (Duplicates credit in former MPVA 442b.)
MPVA 402 Musical Theatre Workshop (2, max 8, Irregular) Stylistic and technical
features of dramatic and musical elements involved in performance of American musical and standard operetta repertoire; staging of scenes. MPVA 403 Acting for Singers II (2, max 8, FaSp) Continuation of MPVA 203ab. Acting of
operatic roles in different periods and styles; specific recital and audition techniques. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 403.) ÂRecommended preparation: MPVA 203ab. MPVA 404 Word and Music in Opera (2, max 8, Irregular) Performance class for
singers and pianists; analysis of recitatives, arias, and ensembles of various operatic styles; study of the technique of effective musical delivery. By audition only. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 404.) Recommended preparation: MPVA 203ab. MPVA 405 USC Opera (2, max 12, FaSp)
fundamentals of singing, diction, and repertoire building. Prerequisite: MPVA 141.
MPVA 253 Individual Instruction (1 or 2, max 8, FaSpSm) Weekly individual instruc-
MPVA 406 Opera Coaching Techniques (2, max 8, Irregular) Score study for pianists,
tion and vocal performance forum. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 253.)
MPVA 438 Vocal Pedagogy (2, Fa) Voice
MPVA 440 Italian and French Diction (2)
Preparation, rehearsal, and performance of operatic works and excerpts; study of different operatic styles; public appearances. By audition only. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 405.)
MPVA 241 Intermediate Class Voice (2, max 4, FaSp) Continued development of the
atic style; basic blocking; stage management. Student direction of scenes produced in USC Opera. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 407.)
MPVA 353 Individual Instruction (1 or 2, max 8, FaSpSm) Weekly individual instruc-
MPVA 141 Class Voice (2, max 4, FaSp)
Introduction to the fundamental principles of singing: breath control, tone production, diction, and the use of appropriate song material.
MPVA 407 Directing for the Operatic Stage (2, max 8, FaSp) Various approaches to oper-
coaches, and conductors; role analysis; transcription techniques for one or two pianos of an orchestral score. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 406.)
MPVA 443 Cantata and Oratorio (2, 2 years, Fa) Historical survey of literature, style and
performance practice; emphasis on performing solo and small ensemble sections of larger works. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 443.) MPVA 453 Individual Instruction (1 or 2, max 8, FaSpSm) Weekly individual instruc-
tion and vocal performance forum (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 453.)
MPVA 479 Song Literature (2, max 4, FaSp)
Song literature of Italy, France, Germany, Russia, Norway, Sweden, England, America; comparative analysis of various composers and their influence on song literature. (Duplicates credit in former MUHL 479.) Recommended preparation: for music majors, MUHL 331; for non-music majors, MUHL 315x. MPVA 490x Directed Research (2-8, max 8, FaSpSm) Individual research and readings.
Not available for graduate credit. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 490x.) MPVA 499 Special Topics (2-4, max 8)
Selected topics of current interest. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 499.) MPVA 501 Individual Instruction (1 or 2, max 8, FaSpSm) Secondary instruction for
graduate music majors or instruction for graduate non-music majors.
MPVA 540 Special Studies in Vocal Literature (2, max 6, Sp) Art song, concert and
operatic repertoire. Emphasis to be determined by the department. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 540.)
Courses of Instruction
MPVA 541 Comparative Vocal Pedagogy (2, 2 years, Sp) Survey of pedagogical sources
from early 17th century to present; major historic figures, terminologies and methods; relevance to modern-day singing and teaching practice. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 541.) MPVA 553 Individual Instruction (1 or 2, max 8, FaSpSm) Weekly individual instruc-
tion and vocal performance forum. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 553.) MPVA 554 Graduate Certificate Performance (4, max 16, FaSpSm) Individual
instruction and related lab participation for Graduate Certificate students. MPVA 590 Directed Research (1-12, FaSpSm)
Research leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 590.) MPVA 653 Individual Instruction (1 or 2, max 12, FaSpSm) Weekly individual instruc-
tion and vocal performance forum. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 653.) MPVA 754 Artist Diploma Performance (4, max 16, FaSpSm) Individual instruc-
tion and related lab participation for Artist Diploma students. MPVA 790 Research (1-12) Research leading
to the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC.
MPWP 300x Non-Major Individual Instruction (1-2, max 16, FaSpSm) Intermediate
and advanced instruction designed for nonmusic majors. Not available for credit to music majors. (Duplicates credit in former MPWP 201 and MPWP 401.) Recommended preparation: MPWP 101x.
MPWP 301 Individual Instruction (1-2, max 16, FaSpSm) Intermediate and advanced
instruction on secondary instrument for music majors, on principal instrument for music minors and B.A. music majors. Open only to music majors and minors. (Duplicates credit in former MPWP 201 and MPWP 401.) MPWP 353 Individual Instruction (1 or 2, max 8, FaSpSm) (Duplicates credit in former
MUPF 353.)
MPWP 101x Non-Major Beginning Individual Instruction (1-2, max 2, FaSpSm)
Individual instruction at the beginning level designed for non-music majors with no previous experience. Not available for credit to music majors. MPWP 153 Individual Instruction (1 or 2, max 8, FaSpSm) (Duplicates credit in former
MUPF 153.)
MPWP 252 Individual Instrument Performance Class I (1, max 4, FaSp) Solo and
orchestra repertoire, professional preparation, reed making, and other matters appropriate to group study. Required of all first and second year wind and percussion majors each semester in residence. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 252.) MPWP 253 Individual Instruction (1 or 2, max 8, FaSpSm) (Duplicates credit in former
MUPF 253.)
MPWP 501 Individual Instruction (1 or 2, max 8, FaSpSm) Secondary instruction for
graduate music majors or instruction for graduate non-music majors.
MPWP 551 Individual Instrument Performance Class III (1, max 2, FaSp) Solo and
orchestra repertoire, professional preparation, reed making, and other matters appropriate to group study. Intended for M.M. wind and percussion majors. MPWP 553 Individual Instruction (1 or 2, max 8, FaSpSm) (Duplicates credit in former
MUPF 553.)
MPWP 554 Graduate Certificate Performance (4, max 16, FaSpSm) Individual
instruction and related lab participation for Graduate Certificate students.
MPWP 390 Special Problems (1-4, Irregular)
Supervised, individual studies. No more than one registration permitted. Enrollment by petition only. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 390.) MPWP 452 Individual Instrument Performance Class II (1, max 4, FaSp) Solo and
MPWP 590 Directed Research (1-12, FaSpSm) Research leading to the master’s
degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 590.)
orchestra repertoire, professional preparation, reed making, and other matters a ppropriate to group study. Required of all third and fourth year wind and percussion majors each semester in residence. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 452.)
MPWP 653 Performance (1 or 2, max 12, FaSpSm) Individual or master class instruc-
MPWP 453 Individual Instruction (1 or 2, max 8, FaSpSm) (Duplicates credit in former
tion and related lab participation for Artist Diploma students.
MUPF 453.)
MPWP 481 Interpretation of Baroque Music (2, max 6, FaSp) Repertoire and performance PERFORMANCE (WIND AND PERCUSSION) (MPWP)
843
practice in music of the period: style, phrasing, embellishments, dynamics, tempi. Performance in class of solo and ensemble works, instrumental and vocal. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 481.) MPWP 482 Interpretation of Classic, Romantic, and 20th Century Wind and Percussion Music (2) Analysis and performance
of 18th, 19th, and 20th century ensemble music, octet through symphonic band; historical perspectives of instruments including technical developments. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 482.) MPWP 490x Directed Research (2-8, max 8, FaSpSm) Individual research and readings.
Not available for graduate credit. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 490x.) MPWP 499 Special Topics (2-4, max 8)
Selected topics of current interest. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 499.)
tion for DMA Performance majors. (Duplicates credit in former MUPF 653.) MPWP 754 Artist Diploma Performance (4, max 16, FaSpSm) Individual instruc-
MPWP 790 Research (1-12) Research leading
to the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. SCHOOL OF MUSIC (MUSC)
MUSC 110 Freshman Forum (1, FaSp) I ntroduction to issues and skills relevant to
the professional musical world of today. Open only to music majors. Graded CR/NC. MUSC 255 Songwriting I (2, FaSp) Develop-
ment of musical and lyrical skills, composing, listening, analysis, and critiques of popular original music. MUSC 310 Computer Recording for the Performing Musician (2, FaSp) Fundamen-
tals of computer music production for music students. Recording and editing multitrack digital audio using computer software. Open to music majors only, with the exception of majors in music industry.
844
USC Thornton School of Music
MUSC 311 MIDI Techniques for the Performing Musician (2, Sp) Techniques of sequenc-
MUSC 430m Music and the Holocaust (4, FaSp) Study of the creation and perfor-
ing and recording musical compositions via MIDI on personal computers. Includes study of hardware, software, processes, functions, editing and orchestration techniques. Not open to music industry majors.
MUSC 355 Songwriting II (2, FaSp) Continu-
ation of Songwriting I; particular emphasis on the analysis of the techniques of important popular songwriters and the application of these techniques to original songs. (Duplicates credit in former MUCO 252.) Prerequisite: MUSC 255. MUSC 400m The Broadway Musical: Reflection of American Diversity, Issues, and Experiences (4, FaSpSm) Selected
Broadway musicals serve as a catalyst for inquiry into human diversity, cross-culturalism, and significant social and political issues. MUSC 420m Hip-Hop Music and Culture (4)
A history of hip-hop music from its inception to the present: its musical processes and styles, as well as attendant social, political, and cultural issues. MUSC 422 The Beatles: Their Music and Their Times (4) Music, lyrics, recordings,
production techniques, career strategy, social ramifications, and especially the technological impact of the musical group known as The Beatles. MUSC 423 Classic Rock: Popular Music of the Sixties and Seventies (2) Critical
examination of the lyrics, structure, associated mythology, technology, and evolving styles of popular music reflecting the turbulent societal changes during the Sixties and Seventies. MUSC 424 Iconic Figures of Popular Music (2, max 8, FaSp) Music, life, recordings, and
attendant musical, cultural and political influences of a seminal musician or group in 20th or 21st century popular music.
mance of Holocaust-related music from 1933 to the present, including interaction with other arts. MUSC 444 American Roots Music: History and Culture (4, Irregular) The history, genre,
styles, songs, lyrics, and influences of American vernacular music in the 20th century, including the background that spawned these musical genres. MUSC 450m The Music of Black Americans (4, FaSp) The musical contribution of
MUSC 496 Careers in Music (2, Sp) A study
of the practical aspects of the music business, including the history, procedures, standard practices, economics and technologies employed by the music industry. Open to juniors and seniors only.
MUSC 498x Internship in Music (1-4, max 8, FaSpSm) Practical work experience in the
student’s field of study, at an off-campus location. Students are individually supervised by faculty. Open only to Bachelor of Music and Bachelor of Arts, Music majors only. Not available for graduate credit. Graded CR/NC.
Africans and African Americans to American society. Musical genres and the relationship between music and society will be topics for examination.
MUSC 499 Special Topics (2, 3, 4, max 8, FaSpSm) Selected topics of current interest.
MUSC 455 Songwriting III: The Performing Songwriter (2) Continuation of Songwriting I
student’s field of study, at an off-campus location. Students are individually supervised by faculty. Open only to music majors. Graded CR/NC.
and II with emphasis on the development of performance skills of original popular music in preparation for songwriting showcases. (Duplicates credit in former MUCO 254.) Prerequisite: MUSC 355.
MUSC 460 Film Music: History and Function from 1930 to the Present (4, Fa) A survey of
the art and craft of film music as practiced by outstanding composers in motion pictures. MUSC 465 Music, Television and American Culture (4, Sp) An exploration of the social
and cultural impact of music written for, popularized by, or exploited by American television from the 1950s through today.
MUSC 470 Contemporary Popular Music: A Global Perspective (2, Sm) Contemporary
popular music in global culture; includes performance and collaboration opportunities with local musicians.
MUSC 598 Internship in Music (1-4, max 4, FaSpSm) Practical work experience in the
MUSC 798 Internship in Music (1-4, max 4, FaSpSm) Practical work experience in the
student’s field of study, at an off-campus location. Students are individually supervised by faculty. Open only to doctoral students in music. Graded CR/NC. MUSC 800 Studies for the Qualifying Examination in Music (0, FaSpSm) Studies
for the qualifying examination. Duplicates credit in GRSC 800. Graded Credit/No Credit. Open only to Doctor of Musical Arts students.
USC School of Pharmacy
F
ounded in 1905, the USC School of Pharmacy is the oldest and foremost pharmacy school in Southern California. The school is a national leader known for its progressive curriculum and research excellence. Approximately 50 percent of the practicing phar-
macists in Southern California are graduates of USC. The school has an average student body of 739 full-time students in the Pharm.D. program, 220 students in Master of Science, Doctor of Philosophy and Doctor of Regulatory Science programs, a full-time faculty of 76 and more than 400 part-time and volunteer faculty. The school occupies state-of-the-art facilities on the USC Health Sciences Campus in metropolitan Los Angeles, adjacent to the Los Angeles County+USC Medical Center (one of the largest teaching hospitals in the country), the USC Norris Cancer Hospital, the Doheny Eye Institute and the Keck Hospital of USC. USC pharmacy students receive clinical training at these facilities and many other affiliated hospitals, health care clinics, skilled nursing facilities, home health care agencies and pharmacies in the Southern California region. The school also owns and operates two campus
Graduates of the USC School of Pharmacy — ranked tenth nationwide and first among private pharmacy programs by U.S. News & World Report — go on to careers in clinics, community pharmacies, hospitals, industry and government. Students begin clinical experiences early, receiving intensive, hands-on training in immunizations and health screening tests in the first three weeks of the program. The school offers a diverse and broad range of clinical experiences at over 300 sites.
pharmacies. Recognized as one of the most innovative schools of pharmacy in the nation, the USC School of Pharmacy serves as a model for other progressive schools. In 1950, USC was the first to establish a Doctor of Pharmacy program. Additional national “firsts” that distinguish the school include: first clinical pharmacy program and first M.S. in radiopharmacy (both in 1968); first Pharm.D./MBA dual degree program (1988); first M.S. and Ph.D. programs in pharmaceutical economics and policy (1994) and first professional doctorate in regulatory science (2008). The Pharm.D. program is complemented by dual/joint degree options, including the Pharm.D./J.D., Pharm.D./Ph.D., Pharm.D./ M.S. in regulatory science, Pharm.D./MPH and Pharm.D./M.S. in gerontology. The school also offers Ph.D. and M.S. degrees in pharmaceutical s ciences, molecular pharmacology and toxicology, and pharmaceutical economics and policy. In regulatory science, the school offers an M.S. and a D.R.Sc. Consistently the top-ranked private school of pharmacy, the school is second in the nation in funding from the National Institutes of Health. The School of Pharmacy is a member of the American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy, and the Pharm.D. program is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education.
846
USC School of Pharmacy
Health Sciences Campus John Stauffer Pharmaceutical Sciences Center 1985 Zonal Avenue Los Angeles, CA 90089-9121 (323) 442-1369 FAX: (323) 442-1681 Office of Admission and Student Affairs (323) 442-1466 Email: pharmadm@usc.edu Email: pharmfa@usc.edu pharmacyschool.usc.edu
Gavin S. Herbert Professor in Pharmaceutical Sciences: Sarah F. Hamm-Alvarez, Ph.D.
Administration
R. Pete Vanderveen, Ph.D., R.Ph., Dean Sarah F. Hamm-Alvarez, Ph.D., Vice Dean, Research and Graduate Affairs; Interim Chair, Department of Pharmacology and Pharmaceutical Sciences Kathleen A. Johnson, Pharm.D., MPH, Ph.D., Vice Dean, Clinical Affairs and Outcome Sciences; Chair, Titus Family Department of Clinical Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Economics & Policy Ronald L. Alkana, Pharm.D., Ph.D., Associate Dean, Graduate Affairs and Interdisciplinary Graduate Programs Fred G. Weissman, Pharm.D., J.D., Associate Dean, Student/Faculty Affairs and Admission Cynthia C. White, B.A., Associate Dean, Administrative Affairs
Charles Krown/Pharmacy Alumni Professor in Pharmaceutical Sciences: Enrique Cadenas, M.D., Ph.D. Provost Professor of Cell and Neurobiology, Pharmacology and Pharmaceutical Sciences, and Psychology: Pat Levitt, Ph.D. Provost Professor of Medicine and Pharmacy: Michael Kahn, Ph.D. Professors: Ronald L. Alkana, Pharm.D., Ph.D.; Enrique Cadenas, M.D., Ph.D.; Roberta Diaz-Brinton, Ph.D.; Dana Goldman, Ph.D.; Sarah F. Hamm-Alvarez, Ph.D.; Nouri Neamati, Ph.D.; Michael B. Nichol, Ph.D.; Wei-Chiang Shen, Ph.D.; Jean C. Shih, Ph.D.; Rajindar Sohal, Ph.D.; R. Pete Vanderveen, Ph.D.; Walter W. Wolf, Ph.D. Associate Professors: James D. Adams, Jr., Ph.D.; Julio A. Camarero, Ph.D.; Jason N. Doctor, Ph.D.; Roger F. Duncan, Ph.D.; Ian S. Haworth, Ph.D.; Geoffrey Joyce, Ph.D.; Jeffrey S. McCombs, Ph.D.; Curtis T. Okamoto, Ph.D.; Neeraj Sood, Ph.D.; Clay C.C. Wang, Ph.D. Assistant Professors: J. Andrew MacKay, Ph.D.; Bogdan Z. Olenyuk, Ph.D.; Bangyan Stiles, Ph.D. Lecturer: Rebecca Romero, Ph.D.
Michael Z. Wincor, Pharm.D., Associate Dean, Global Initiatives and Technology
Research Professor: Ian Hutchinson, Ph.D., D.Sc.
Kathleen H. Besinque, Pharm.D., M.S.Ed., Assistant Dean, Curriculum and Assessment
Research Associate Professors: Kevin J.Y.H. Shin Chen, Ph.D.; Liquin Zhao, Ph.D.; Julie Zissimopoulos, Ph.D.
Faculty
John Stauffer Dean’s Chair in Pharmaceutical Sciences: R. Pete Vanderveen, Ph.D., R.Ph. University Professor and Boyd P. and Elsie D. Welin Professor in Pharmaceutical Sciences: Jean Chen Shih, Ph.D. Distinguished Professor: Walter Wolf, Ph.D. William A. Heeres and Josephine A. Heeres Endowed Chair in Community Pharmacy: Kathleen A. Johnson, Pharm.D., MPH, Ph.D. Hygeia Centennial Chair in Clinical Pharmacy: Steven Chen, Pharm.D. R. Pete Vanderveen Endowed Chair in Therapeutic Discovery and Development: Roberta Diaz Brinton, Ph.D. John A. Biles Professor in Pharmaceutical Sciences: Wei-Chiang Shen, Ph.D.
Research Assistant Professors: Marco Bortolato, Ph.D.; Julianna Hwang, Pharm.D., Ph.D.; Jennica Krankel, Ph.D. Professors of Pharmacy: Kathleen A. Johnson, Pharm.D., MPH, Ph.D.; Frances Richmond, Ph.D.; Glen L. Stimmel, Pharm.D.; Bradley R. Williams, Pharm.D. Associate Professors of Pharmacy: Melvin F. Baron, Pharm.D., MPA; Paul M. Beringer, Pharm.D.; Kathleen H. Besinque, Pharm.D., M.S.Ed.; Steven Chen, Pharm.D.; Alfred Chin, Pharm.D.; Daryl L. Davies, Ph.D.; Julie A. Dopheide, Pharm.D.; Kevin L. Forrester, Pharm.D.; Jeffery Goad, Pharm.D., MPH; William C. Gong, Pharm.D.; Jack W. Kern, Pharm.D.; Cynthia L.L. Lieu, Pharm.D.; Stanley G. Louie, Pharm.D.; Gladys H. Mitani, Pharm.D.; Tien Ng, Pharm.D.; Kathleen Rodgers, Ph.D.; Irving Steinberg, Pharm.D.; Gregory A. Thompson, Pharm.D.; Fred G. Weissman, Pharm.D., J.D.;
Michael Z. Wincor, Pharm.D.; Annie Wong-Beringer, Pharm.D.; Frances S. Wong, Pharm.D. Assistant Professors of Pharmacy: Betty Chan, Pharm.D.; Marc Cosep, Pharm.D.; Jennifer H. Cupo-Abbott, Pharm.D.; Shetal Desai, Pharm.D.; Melissa Durham, Pharm.D.; Emily Han, Pharm.D.; Kevin Kaneko, Pharm.D.; Jiwon Kim, Pharm.D.; Kum Ja K. Lee, Pharm.D.; May C. Mak, Pharm.D.; Edith Mirzaian, Pharm.D.; Susie Park, Pharm.D.; Paula Phongsamron, Pharm.D.; Florence H. Wong-Yu, Pharm.D. Distinguished Emeritus Professor and Dean: John A. Biles, Ph.D. Emeritus Professor and Dean: Timothy M. Chan, Ph.D. Emeritus Professor: Eric J. Lien, Ph.D. Programs
The School of Pharmacy offers curricula leading to the Doctor of Pharmacy (Pharm.D.) and Doctor of Regulatory Science (D.R.Sc.) degrees. Through the Graduate School, graduate degrees offered are: Master of Science (M.S.) and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) in pharmaceutical sciences, Master of Science (M.S.) and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) in molecular pharmacology and toxicology, Master of Science (M.S.) and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) in pharmaceutical economics and policy, Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) in clinical and experimental therapeutics and Master of Science (M.S.) in regulatory science. Five dual degree programs, one joint program and numerous certificate programs are also offered: Pharm.D./J.D., Pharm.D./MBA, Pharm.D./MPH, Pharm.D./ M.S. in regulatory science, Pharm.D./M.S. in gerontology, Pharm.D./Ph.D., Pharm.D./ graduate certificate in gerontology, certificate in clinical research design and management, certificate in food safety, certificate in preclinical drug development, and certificate in patient and product safety. The USC School of Pharmacy Doctor of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education, 20 North Clark Street, Suite 2500, Chicago, IL 60602, Phone: (312) 664-3575, FAX (312) 664-4652. Tuition and Fees (Estimated)
Tuition for School of Pharmacy degree programs (Pharm.D.; M.S. and Ph.D. in pharmaceutical sciences; M.S. and Ph.D. in molecular pharmacology and toxicology; M.S. and Ph.D. in pharmaceutical economics and policy) is charged at the following rate (which differs from standard USC tuition): per semester (15-18 units) $21,663; for less than 15 units and each unit above 18 units,
Professional Degrees
$1,497 per unit. See the Tuition and Fees section, page 41, for fee information. These fees are based upon current information available at the time of publication and are subject to possible later change. Doctor of Pharmacy students must pay a $500 non-refundable acceptance deposit that is applicable toward tuition. For deposit information in other degree programs in the School of Pharmacy, please consult appropriate offices.
All candidates selected for membership must have completed two years of college work, and they must be approved by the Dean of the School of Pharmacy.
residence information, phone (323) 442-1576; for bookstore information call (323) 442-2674.
Phi Lambda Sigma The Phi Lambda Sigma chapter was established at USC in 1988. This national pharmacy leadership society is devoted to identifying, supporting and recognizing the contribution of pharmacy students to their colleges, their classmates, their campuses, their communities and to their chosen profession.
Services of the Student Health Center, covered by the mandatory student health fee, include the usual ambulatory care health services given by the faculty of the USC Department of Family Medicine and the Student Health Center nursing staff. Hours are from 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding USC holidays. The Student Health Center is located in the USC Health Care Consultation Center, 1500 San Pablo Street, Suite 104, adjacent to the USC University Hospital, one block northeast of the School of Pharmacy. The telephone number is (323) 442-5980. In addition to the student health fee, all Pharm.D. students must have major medical insurance coverage from the USC Health Plan. A student may request a waiver of the USC Health Plan if covered by a personal medical plan acceptable to the Health Insurance Office.
Honor Societies
Rho Chi Theta chapter of Rho Chi, national honorary pharmaceutical society, was established at USC in 1925. Charters for chapters of this organization are granted only to student groups in those colleges that are members in good standing of the American Association of Colleges of Pharmacy. Eligibility for membership is based on high attainment in scholarship, character, personality and leadership.
847
Student Housing and Service Facility, Health Sciences Campus
There are limited university-managed accommodations on the Health Sciences Campus. Students may wish to live in student housing on the University Park Campus, located about eight miles from the Health Sciences Campus. The Blanche and Frank R. Seaver Student Residence, adjacent to the John Stauffer Pharmaceutical Sciences Center, provides dining facilities and a book store. For
Student Health Services, Health Sciences Campus
Professional Degrees Doctor of Pharmacy A four-year curriculum, following appropriate college prerequisite work, leading to the Doctor of Pharmacy (Pharm.D.) is offered to students admitted to the School of Pharmacy. A sample outline of the curriculum is listed in the following pages. The degree will be conferred when the student has successfully completed all Doctor of Pharmacy degree requirements.
be received by the Office of Admission and Student Affairs before the evaluation process can begin. All documents mailed directly to the School of Pharmacy and received from PharmCAS by the Office of Admission become the property of the university and cannot be returned or duplicated for other than university purposes.
Application Procedure
The School of Pharmacy uses the Pharmacy College Application Service (PharmCAS) and a supplemental application for its admission process. Applications are available at pharmacyschool.usc.edu. The PharmCAS and supplemental application deadline is November 1. Applications are due November 1. Priority interview consideration is given when the PharmCAS and supplemental application are submitted and all necessary criteria have been met. Follow the instructions carefully for the PharmCAS application and the supplemental application for the USC School of Pharmacy. Both applications must
Admission Guidelines
The Admission Committee considers several factors in making admissions decisions: strong academics; competitive performance in the interview; recommendation forms; and written comments specified in the application. The committee also considers a candidate’s motivation to pursue pharmacy, strong interpersonal skills, excellent oral and written communication skills, and leadership abilities. While the School of Pharmacy gives equal consideration to every qualified applicant, the school cannot accommodate all qualified candidates who apply for admission.
Admission of International Students
Applicants for the School of Pharmacy’s Doctor of Pharmacy (Pharm.D.) program holding international visas should contact the USC School of Pharmacy for information. Entrance Requirements
Admission to the School of Pharmacy requires completion of a baccalaureate degree, com pletion of the prerequisite college courses, a minimum 3.0 (A = 4.0) cumulative grade point average and a minimum 3.0 grade point average in the prepharmacy prerequisites. Prepharmacy Requirements
To be eligible for admission to the School of Pharmacy, students must take the required prerequisite college courses, including general chemistry, organic chemistry, general biology, physics, biochemistry, molecular biology or cell biology, microbiology, mammalian physiology, calculus, statistics, a social sciences course related to human behavior, and a course in microeconomics. These science requirements should be completed at
848
USC School of Pharmacy
an accredited four-year university. All other requirements may be completed at a two-year college.
Molecular or cell biology: one upper division course in molecular or cell biology for science majors is required. The recommended course at USC is BISC 320L or BISC 411.
Grades of pass/no pass or credit/no credit will not be accepted (unless a course is only offered on a pass/no pass basis). Mathematics and Physical Sciences Courses must include calculus, statistics, general chemistry, organic chemistry and physics. Only courses for science majors are acceptable. It is highly recommended that math and science courses be completed during the regular academic year and not during a summer term. Calculus: one semester or two quarters of calculus are required. The course should include differential and integral calculus for science majors. The recommended course at USC is MATH 125. Statistics: One course in statistics (not business statistics) is required. General chemistry: a one-year course for science majors, including laboratory, is required. The course should include inorganic chemistry and qualitative analysis. The recommended courses at USC are CHEM 105aLbL. Organic chemistry: a one-year course for science majors, including laboratory, is required. If the school offers less than a one-year course, the student must complete the second semester at another institution. The recommended courses at USC are CHEM 322abL. Physics: a one-semester (two quarters) course in physics for science majors with laboratory is required (inclusion of thermodynamics and electromagnetism is recommended). The recommended courses at USC are PHYS 135abL or PHYS 151L and PHYS 152L. Biological Sciences General biology: a one-year course (two semesters, three quarters) for science majors is required in general biology with laboratory (excluding courses in human anatomy, human physiology, botany and microbiology). If the school offers less than a one-year course, the student must complete the second semester at another institution. The recommended courses at USC are BISC 120Lx and BISC 220L. Microbiology: one course in fundamental microbiology for science majors is required. The recommended course at USC is BISC 300L. Lab is recommended.
Biochemistry: one upper division course in biochemistry for science majors is required. The recommended course at USC is BISC 330L. Mammalian physiology: one course in mammalian physiology for science majors is required (human physiology is preferred; courses in plant physiology, cell physiology and marine physiology cannot be used to meet this requirement). The recommended course at USC is BISC 307L. Social and Behavioral Sciences One course in human behavior (psychology, sociology, cultural anthropology or related courses is required). Economics: one course in microeconomics is required. If a one-year course is offered, both semesters may be taken and excess units may be applied to either the remainder of the unit requirements for the subject area or as elective units. The equivalent course at USC is ECON 203. Students who have earned a baccalaureate degree and meet the prerequisites described above (including general psychology or introduction to sociology and microeconomics) at the time of admission will have fulfilled the requirement for social and behavioral sciences. Advanced Placement and International Baccalaureate Examinations
Applicants can use AP and IB courses to meet USC School of Pharmacy prerequisites with the following provisos. AP results are acceptable with scores of 4 or 5. IB results are acceptable with a score of 5. Science courses must include respective laboratory courses taken at the college/university level. AP/IB courses used to meet prerequisites will be for course credit only (i.e., they will not count toward the GPA). The Admission Committee recommends that applicants enroll in all of the required pre-pharmacy courses. Please contact the School of Pharmacy Office of Admission for specific information. Entrance Examination
An in-person interview is required for admission. The PCAT is not required. Special Admission Program for Entering Freshmen and Current Undergraduates
The Trojan Admission Prepharmacy (TAP) program provides admission to the USC School of Pharmacy’s four-year Doctor of Pharmacy (Pharm.D.) program for USC undergraduates who meet preset performance standards. The TAP program is designed to
attract highly qualified, mature high school seniors applying to USC. A specific listing of USC courses and a recommended program for TAP participants can be obtained from the School of Pharmacy Office of Admission or online at pharmacyschool.usc.edu/programs/ pre/tap. General Education Requirements (TAP Students Only) TAP students must meet the university’s general education requirements; see pages 63 and 250 for details. Pharm.D. Curriculum Requirements
The completion of a four-year professional curriculum is required to earn the Doctor of Pharmacy degree. The curriculum, except for the fourth year, is a “block” program. All students must enroll in 18 units each semester in courses designated for the fall or spring. Students do not have choices of courses to take nor are they permitted to drop any one course or courses during the semester. (Year III and IV students have elective course choices). Progress is permitted only when the prior semester is completed in full. Students should view the curriculum outlined here as advisory only and subject to modification. Aggregate hours must equal a minimum of 144 units to meet graduation requirements. The pharmacist of tomorrow will provide preventive and therapeutic pharmaceutical care, provide drugs to patients, communicate in health care matters, meet the ethical and legal requirements of the practice of pharmacy and maintain professional expertise. The curriculum committee of the School of Pharmacy has developed guidelines and patient care competencies consistent with interpretations of this new role. An appropriate and dynamic educational program is needed to develop these competencies, and curriculum changes are necessary and desirable in order to meet scientific advances, population profile changes, increasing health expectations, technological advances, the increasing role of the government in health services and other influences. Program of Courses YEAR I, FALL (18 UNITS)
UNITS
PHRD 501 Pharmaceutics I 4 PHRD 503 Biological Systems I 4 PHRD 507 Health Care Delivery Systems 2 PHRD 509 Pharmacy Practice and Experience I 4 PHRD 555 Biochemical and Molecular Sites of Drug Action 4
Professional Degrees
YEAR I, SPRING (18 UNITS)
UNITS
PHRD 502 Pharmaceutics II 3 PHRD 504 Biological Systems II 6 PHRD 505 Molecular Genetics and Therapy 3 PHRD 510 Pharmacy Practice and Experience II 4 PHRD 554 Public Health and Epidemiology 2 YEAR II, FALL (18 UNITS)
UNITS
PHRD 506 Self Care and NonPrescription Therapies 5 PHRD 508 Pharmacy Literature Analysis and Drug Information, or PHRD 561 Parenteral Therapy Externship 3 PHRD 551 Immunology 3 PHRD 557 Therapeutics I: Introductory Principles 4 PHRD 559 Therapeutics II: Pharmacokinetics 3 YEAR II, SPRING (18 UNITS)
UNITS
PHRD 552 Pharmaceutics III 3 PHRD 553 Management within Health Care Organizations 2 PHRD 560 Therapeutics III 6 PHRD 561 Parenteral Therapy Externship, or PHRD 508 Pharmacy Literature Analysis and Drug Information 3 PHRD 562 Therapeutics IV 4 YEAR III, FALL (18 UNITS)
UNITS
PHRD 601 Therapeutics V PHRD 603 Therapeutics VI PHRD 605 Therapeutics VII PHRD 607 Nutrition Elective YEAR III, SPRING (18 UNITS)
6 3 4 2 3 UNITS
PHRD 606 Therapeutics VIII PHRD 608 Therapeutics IX PHRD 610 Therapeutics X PHRD 612 Therapeutics XI PHRD 614 Pharmaceutical Economics and Outcome Studies PHRD 616 Pharmacy Law and Ethics Elective
2 2 3 2 3 3 3
Year III students must choose their electives from the following (3 units each): PHRD 651 Community Pharmacy I PHRD 652 Community Pharmacy II PHRD 653 Health Systems Pharmacy I PHRD 654 Health Systems Pharmacy II PHRD 655 Geriatric Pharmacy I PHRD 656 Geriatric Pharmacy II PHRD 657L Basic Research Design PHRD 658 Sleep and the Pharmacologic Management of Its Disorders PHRD 659 Molecular Therapeutics: Signal Transduction
PHRD 660 Disease State Management I PHRD 661 Pharmacy Practice in Women’s Health PHRD 662 Psychiatric Pharmacy Practice PHRD 663 Pharmaceutical Development PHRD 664 Clinical Problem Solving PHRD 665 Complementary/Alternative Therapeutics PHRD 666 Therapeutic Drug Monitoring PHRD 667 Drugs of Abuse PHRD 668 Computing Application PHRD 669 Health Care Needs of Special Populations PHRD 670 Marketing and Development in the Pharmaceutical Industry PHRD 675 Travel Medicine PHRD 677 Risk Assessment and Management in Pharmacy Practice YEAR IV, FALL (18 UNITS)
Required Clerkships Elective Clerkships YEAR IV, SPRING (18 UNITS)
Required Clerkships Elective Clerkships Required Clerkships (6 units each) — four rotations: PHRD 701 Acute Care Clinical APPE PHRD 705 Community Pharmacy APPE PHRD 704 Primary Care APPE, or PHRD 718 Hospital Pharmacy Practice Clerkship An inpatient practice elective must be satisfied by PHRD 702 if the student selects PHRD 707 Outpatient Psychiatric Pharmacy Clerkship. If the student selects PHRD 702, the student may take elective clerkships marked * to satisfy the requirement.
849
PHRD 714* Radiopharmacy Clerkship PHRD 715* Oncology Clerkship PHRD 716* Ob-Gyn Clerkship PHRD 717 Dermatology Clerkship PHRD 719 Pain Management Clerkship PHRD 720* Critical Care Clerkship PHRD 721* Drug Utilization and Evaluation Clerkship PHRD 722 Home Health Care Clerkship PHRD 723* Nutritional Support Clerkship PHRD 724 Advanced Community Pharmacy Clerkship PHRD 725* International Pharmacy Clerkship PHRD 726* Directed Clinical Clerkship Project I PHRD 727 Directed Clinical Clerkship Project II PHRD 728 Directed Clinical Clerkship Project III PHRD 729 Directed Clinical Clerkship Project IV PHRD 730 Acute Care Geriatrics Clerkship PHRD 731 Advanced Geriatrics Clerkship PHRD 732* Pharmacy Administration Clerkship PHRD 733* Anticoagulation Therapy Clerkship PHRD 734* Antimicrobial Therapy Clerkship PHRD 735* Clinical Pharmacy Research Clerkship PHRD 736* Chemical Dependency Clerkship PHRD 737* Clinical Transplantation Clerkship PHRD 738* Pharmaceutical Industry Clerkship PHRD 739 AIDS/Immune Disorders Clerkship PHRD 740* Health Care Systems Administration Clerkship PHRD 741 Advanced Primary Care Clerkship *Indicates course does not involve direct patient care.
Elective Clerkships — two rotations (limit of one course that does not involve direct patient care): PHRD 702* Inpatient Psychiatric Pharmacy Clerkship PHRD 703 Long Term Care Clerkship PHRD 706 Geriatrics Clerkship PHRD 707 Outpatient Psychiatric Pharmacy Clerkship PHRD 708* Inpatient Clinical Practice Clerkship PHRD 709* Pediatric Drug Therapy Clerkship PHRD 710* Surgery Clerkship PHRD 711* Cardiovascular Drug Therapy Clerkship PHRD 712* Applied Clinical Pharmacokinetics Clerkship PHRD 713* Drug Information Clerkship
Total for Pharm.D. degree: 144 semester units. Degree Requirements
All students in the Doctor of Pharmacy degree program must meet course requirements, grade point average requirements and program residency requirements. All course requirements must be completed with a grade of “C” or better. The degree will not be conferred until the student has successfully completed all Doctor of Pharmacy degree requirements. Students are subject to the degree requirements in the USC Catalogue current for the semester of their admission into the Doctor of Pharmacy program.
850
USC School of Pharmacy
Students must have a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 in the Pharm.D. curriculum to meet graduation requirements.
Cancellation of Registration
Affairs for withdrawal guidelines. Procedures for readmission into the program or makeup of incomplete courses and clerkships are included in the school’s brochure on academic policies and procedures.
Applicants who do not meet all the specific requirements indicated above, but who show unique potential, may be considered for admission with conditions which may be fulfilled during the first semester of enrollment. See the Graduate School section of this catalogue, page 97.
Admission Requirements for the Doctor of Philosophy in Clinical and Experimental Therapeutics
Registration
Details of the School of Pharmacy registration procedure will be included in the orientation program prior to the first week of classes.
During the first three years of the Doctor of Pharmacy program (Years I, II and III), a student will only be permitted to withdraw from all courses enrolled in a semester and may not selectively withdraw from a single course or group of courses. During the fourth year, students must contact the School of Pharmacy Office of Admission and Student
Graduate Degrees The School of Pharmacy, through the Graduate School, offers curricula leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in pharmaceutical sciences and in molecular pharmacology and toxicology as well as a Ph.D. in clinical and experimental therapeutics. The school also offers interdisciplinary M.S. degrees in regulatory science and in the management of drug development. The Ph.D. degree in pharmaceutical economics and policy is offered jointly with the Department of Economics. The M.S. degree in pharmaceutical economics and policy is offered jointly with the USC Price School of Public Policy and the Department of Economics. In addition, the school offers dual degrees with the schools of law, business and gerontology as well as other programs. Instructions given in the Admission section of this catalogue are to be followed, but the application and the supplemental information requested should first be submitted to: Graduate Programs Office, USC School of Pharmacy, 1985 Zonal Avenue, Los Angeles, CA 90033. Additional information may be obtained by calling (323) 442-1474 or sending email to pharmgrd@usc.edu. Admission Requirements for the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in Pharmaceutical Sciences
Applicants should possess a bachelor’s degree or equivalent from an accredited college or university. A minimum grade point average of 3.0 and qualifying scores on the GRE in the verbal and quantitative tests are required. In addition to excellent communication skills, applicants should possess knowledge and competence equivalent to one year of acceptable course work in at least three of the following disciplines: mathematics, organic chemistry, physical chemistry, biochemistry, physiology and pharmacology. In addition to the application for admission, three letters of recommendation from faculty members who can evaluate the promise of the applicant for graduate study and a personal statement summarizing career objectives and research interests must be submitted.
Admission Requirements for the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in Molecular Pharmacology and Toxicology
Applicants should possess a bachelor’s degree or equivalent from an accredited college or university. A minimum grade point average of 3.0 and qualifying scores on the GRE in verbal and quantitative tests are required. In addition to excellent communication skills, applicants should possess knowledge and competence equivalent to one year of work in at least three of the following disciplines: mathematics, organic chemistry, physical chemistry, biochemistry, molecular b iology, cell biology, physiology, pharmacology, economics, statistics and computer sciences. In addition to the application for admission, the candidate must submit three letters of recommendation from faculty members who can evaluate the promise of the applicant for graduate study and a personal statement summarizing the candidate’s career objectives and research interests. Students will be selected for admission on the basis of their academic and scientific record, and, whenever possible, interviews (in person or by phone) with one or more members of the faculty. Admission Requirements for the Master of Science in Pharmaceutical Economics and Policy
Applicants for admission must have achieved a minimum 3.0 GPA in undergraduate or professional school and adequate scores on the GRE. In addition, applicants will be required to have completed upper division courses in statistical methods, calculus and microeconomics.
Applicants should possess a bachelor’s degree in quantitative/biological sciences (or health profession) or an advanced health profes sional degree (i.e., Pharm.D., M.D., DDS) from an accredited college or university. A minimum grade point average of 3.0 and qualifying scores on the GRE in the verbal and quantitative tests are required. A student currently enrolled in the Pharm.D. program may pursue a Pharm.D./Ph.D. dual degree following the admission procedure in the Catalogue. In addition to the application for admission, three letters of recommendation from faculty members who can evaluate the promise of the applicant for graduate study and a personal statement summarizing career objectives and research interests must be submitted. Applicants who do not meet all the specific requirements indicated above, but who show unique potential, may be considered for admission with conditions, which may be fulfilled during the first semester of enrollment. See the Graduate School section, page 97, of this catalogue for further information. Admission Requirements for the Doctor of Philosophy in Pharmaceutical Economics and Policy
Candidates with a bachelor’s, master’s or Pharm.D. degree are invited to apply. Applicants must have demonstrated proficiency in verbal and written English and aptitude in economics, mathematics, statistics and computer science. Deficiencies in economics and statistical background can be addressed through preliminary course work after admission to the program.
Graduate Degrees
A minimum grade point average of at least 3.0 (A = 4.0) is required. Special attention is given to the grades achieved in economics, statistics and mathematics courses relevant to the program. A qualifying score on the GRE in verbal and quantitative areas is required. Students with GRE scores of 1200 or better will be given priority for financial aid support. Admission Requirements for the Master of Science in Regulatory Science
Applicants should possess a bachelor’s degree or equivalent from an accredited college or university. Applicants with graduate or professional degrees are encouraged to apply. A minimum grade point average of 3.0 or qualifying scores on the GRE or equivalent examination are required. The program encourages the participation of part-time students with work experience.
Acceptance criteria for those individuals will be assessed on a case-by-case basis. English proficiency is essential. Students will be selected for admission, whenever possible, after interviews with one or more members of faculty. Admission Requirements for the Master of Science in Management of Drug Development
Applicants should possess a bachelor’s degree or equivalent from an accredited college or university. Applicants with graduate or professional degrees are encouraged to apply. A minimum grade point average of 3.0 or equivalent and qualifying scores on the GRE or equivalent examination are required.
851
The program encourages the participation of part-time students with work experience. Acceptance criteria for those individuals will be assessed on a case-by-case basis. English proficiency is essential. Admission of International Students to Graduate Degree Programs
All requirements described in this section are also applicable to the admission of international students. In addition, special application and admission procedures are required of international students. Refer to the section on Admission of International Students in this catalogue.
Degree Requirements These degrees are under the jurisdiction of the Graduate School. Students should also refer to the Requirements for Graduation section, page 86 and the Graduate School section of this catalogue for general regulations, page 97. All courses applied toward the degrees must be courses accepted by the Graduate School. Master of Science in Pharmaceutical Sciences
A Master of Science in the pharmaceutical sciences will be granted on the basis of completion of at least 24 units of formal course work and presentation of an acceptable thesis (PSCI 594ab, 4 units) based on the results of an original investigation. Master of Science in Molecular Pharmacology and Toxicology
A Master of Science in molecular pharma cology and toxicology will be granted on the basis of completion of 32 units: 24 units of formal course work, MPTX 594ab (4 units over two semesters), MPTX 700 (4 units over four semesters) and a presentation of an acceptable thesis based on the results of an original investigation. Master of Science in Pharmaceutical Economics and Policy
The Department of Pharmaceutical Economics and Policy (School of Pharmacy) offers a program of study leading to the M.S. degree. Applicants must apply to the Graduate School and meet the admissions requirements of the program. This program requires students to demonstrate skills in the analysis of pharmaceutical and health technology innovations, as well as an understanding of contemporary health policy issues.
A minimum of 36 units of graduate level courses is required. Grade Point Average A grade point average of at least 3.0 (A = 4.0) must be achieved on graduate course work at USC. Course Requirements The student is required to complete the following 36 units of graduate level course work: ECON 414 (4 units), ECON 500 (4 units) or PPD 501 (4 units), PM 511aL (4 units), PM 512 (4 units) or approved elective, PMEP 509 (4 units), PMEP 519 (4 units), PMEP 529 (4 units), PMEP 538 (4 units) and PMEP 539 (4 units). Students must complete all requirements for the degree within five years of entry into the program. Additional Degree Requirements The student must satisfactorily complete the specified courses in economics, preventive medicine and public administration prior to enrolling in PMEP 538 or PMEP 539. The student is also required to complete an empirical research project on a topic relevant to pharmaceutical economics and policy. Master of Science in Regulatory Science
Regulatory science relates the regulatory and legal requirements of biomedical product development to the scientific study needed to establish product safety and efficacy. A Master of Science degree in regulatory science will be granted upon completion of at least 30 units of formal course work and
6 units of research project work in an internship setting (MPTX 630). Students with experience in industry or government can substitute an equivalent amount of formal course work for the research project with the permission of the admissions committee. Course requirements normally include a minimum of three courses concerned with regulatory aspects of medical product development and a minimum of one course each in quality assurance, clinical research, business, statistics and law. Recommended course work includes some courses available in other departments of the university. Students should develop a specific plan of study in consultation with the graduate advisers before beginning the program. Master of Science in Management of Drug Development
A Master of Science degree in the management of drug development will be granted upon completion of at least 32 units of course and research project work. The program is offered on both a full-time and part-time basis, and courses are also available in distance formats. Most students will take six units of directed research as part of this program. Students with appropriate industry or laboratory experience can substitute an equivalent amount of formal course work for the research project with the permission of the program director. Course requirements normally include a minimum of three courses concerned with translational aspects of medical product development. Recommended courses to satisfy this core requirement include RSCI 530, RSCI 531, RSCI 532, PSCI 664 or CXPT 609. The program must also include a minimum of one course in
852
USC School of Pharmacy
each of: regulatory science, quality assurance, clinical research, business and statistics. Students should develop a specific plan of study in consultation with graduate advisers before beginning the program.
research to complete the requirements for graduation. The course work requirements will be determined on an individual basis in consultation with the program director and participant’s advisers.
Doctor of Regulatory Science
Curriculum Requirements The Doctor of Regulatory Science is administered by the School of Pharmacy. It requires participants to complete 64 units that include the following elements:
The Doctor of Regulatory Science program cultivates research, leadership and inquiry skills for advanced students in the emerging profession of global regulatory science. It is designed to produce graduates with expertise in strategic management, policy development and research assessment who can play leadership roles in the public sector, academia and the medical products industry. Participants in this program will take a set of interdependent courses that extend from a strong core of basic regulatory science course work and additionally focus on three main areas — global product strategy, product lifecycle strategy, and project and personnel management. After students have completed foundational course work, they will participate as a cohort that typically has a two-year cycle of classes and an additional year of dissertation research. The program has been designed to meet the needs of individuals who are already working full-time outside of the university. The doctoral degree will be administered by the School of Pharmacy. Admission The program is designed for individuals with strong professional experience and demonstrated intellectual and leadership capabilities. Applicants are expected to have a GPA of 3.0 on university-level course work and five or more years of professional experience. Admission requirements include university transcripts, a resume, at least three letters of reference, and a one-page personal statement that outlines the background and goals of the applicant. Students are encouraged even at this early stage to identify areas in which they are interested in conducting research. Additional requirements for international students are outlined by university regulations under Admission of International Students, page 81. Students are not required to provide GRE scores unless indicated by the program director. Students with an appropriate graduate or professional degree may use some previous graduate courses as transfer units toward the overall credit requirements of the Doctor of Regulatory Science program with the approval of the program director and under the normal rules of the university. Students who have graduated from the M.S. program in Regulatory Science can apply all of the previously taken course work toward the doctoral degree. Students with graduate degrees from outside of the regulatory science program are required to take a minimum of 32 units of course work and 4 units of dissertation
REQUIREMENTS UNITS
Foundation courses Product lifecycle strategy Global strategy Project/personnel management Research methods Dissertation
15 8 8 8 4 4
Additional elective course work will be selected in consultation with the program advisers according to the areas of intended specialization of the participant in order to meet the credit requirements of the program. Typically foundational courses and some electives will be taken in the first two years of the program. Advanced courses in product lifecycle strategy, global strategy and project/personnel management will normally be taken by the doctoral cohort of students during the third and fourth years of the program. Dissertation planning and research will typically commence in the third year of the program, and extend until the successful completion of the dissertation. Foundation Courses Fifteen or more units of foundation courses may be taken as part of the master’s program in regulatory science, or with prior approval, from another graduate program with similar objectives. Required foundational courses normally include: MPTX 511 Introduction to Medical Product Regulation; two from MPTX 512 Regulation of Pharmaceutical and Biological Products, MPTX 513 Regula tion of Medical Devices and Diagnostics, MPTX 514 Regulation of Food and Dietary Supplements; MPTX 515 Quality Systems and Standards; MPTX 516 Medical Products and the Law; MPTX 517 Structure and Management of Clinical Trials. Other courses may be substituted after the participant’s background preparation has been considered. Product Lifecycle Strategy Eight or more units of course work related to product lifecycle management, from discovery to commercialization, will be drawn from a broad list of courses offered in regulatory science or through the Titus Family Department of Clinical Pharmacy and Pharmaceutical Economics and Policy. Included in this list are: PMEP 538 Pharma ceutical Economics; PMEP 539 Economic Assessment of Medical Care; RSCI 601 Biomedical Commerce. Other courses may
also be considered in consultation with the supervisors and program director. Students are also encouraged to take courses outside the School of Pharmacy when more specialized courses fit their professional research or development plans. Global Regulatory Strategy and Policy Eight or more units of course work related to global regulatory strategy could include some of the following courses: MPTX 519 Global Regulation of Medical Products; PPD 571 International Public Policy and Management Seminar; RSCI 604 Regulatory Strategy in Asia; RSCI 608 Regulatory Strategy in Europe and the Americas. Project and Personnel Management Eight or more units of relevant course work should typically include: MPTX 602 Science, Research and Ethics; RSCI 603 Managing Complex Projects; RSCI 605 Managing Organizations and Human Resources. Graduate courses in other university departments or schools can be substituted with the approval of the program director. Research Methods Participants will typically take PMEP 509 Research Design or MPTX 522 Introduction to Clinical Design and Statistics. Student Progress and Assessments In the third year, students are expected to identify a pair of advisers including one USC faculty member and one adviser from industry or the private sector. Students are typically placed in study groups of three or four whose dissertation interests are most similar and whose collective supervisors will oversee their academic and research progress. This committee will form the dissertation committee. At the completion of the foundational course work, students will undergo a competency review that will include considerations of academic progress. Students are expected to maintain a GPA of 3.0 and will be required to pass a written examination designed to assure the professional competence of the student prior to advancing further in the program. Students who do not pass this preliminary review, administered prior to entering the dissertation and advanced course work phase of the program, will be notified of dismissal from the program in writing by the associate dean for graduate studies in the School of Pharmacy. Doctoral Dissertation Students must enroll in RSCI 794 Doctoral Dissertation for at least two terms, during which time they will develop a dissertation proposal and conduct the necessary research and analysis in collaboration with the super visory team. The dissertation committee
Graduate Degrees
will approve the thesis plan and monitor its progress. Each student will be required to produce and defend an independent dissertation as a requirement for graduation. A maximum of 6 dissertation units can be applied to satisfy the degree requirement, but students should register for the dissertation units in each term subsequent to the completion of their course work requirements. Institutional Review Board approval is required for all human studies. Doctor of Philosophy in Clinical and Experimental Therapeutics
The goal of the Ph.D. program in Clinical and Experimental Therapeutics is to develop a scientist who is engaged in team science through interdisciplinary education; competent in conducting research across clinical and basic science disciplines; and integrates basic investigations and clinical observations in applied research to better understand disease process, advance drug development and evaluate efficacy and toxicity of therapeutic regimens with the goal of improving the safe, effective and economical use of therapeutic modalities by patients. The program applies an interdisciplinary approach that focuses the graduate studies directly toward translational, rather than basic science, aiming to educate students with the perspective and skill set to identify important connections between fundamental biomedical research and human disease. This program emphasizes cross-training between clinical and basic sciences focusing on the investigation of disease processes, drug development and the efficacy and toxicity of therapeutic regimens. Course requirements and research opportunities for graduate students enrolled in the program provide both experimental (basic) and disease-focused experiences that complement the graduate’s research focus. Course Requirements A minimum of 60 units is required. At least 26 of the 60 units are to be formal graduate course work at the 500-level or above, exclusive of seminars and directed research. Students must complete 14 units of course work before they are eligible for the screening procedure. Additional course work relevant to the research interests of the student may be required by the student’s advisers or the student’s guidance committee, with an emphasis on cross-training and taking into account the amount and level of previous scientific preparation and the nature of the research dissertation that will be the major endpoint of the program. Specifically, course work requirements differ between students who have an advanced professional degree
(Track I) and those who do not (Track II). A maximum of 12 units may be transferred from graduate studies elsewhere. In the first year, all students (Tracks I and II) are required to take 14 units of course work in translational medicine (RSCI 530, 2 units), research design (PMEP 509, 4 units), biostatistics (PM 510L, 4 units), and clinical trial design (MPTX 517, 4 units). In the second year, Track I students will take the remaining 12 units of course work as electives based on the background of the student and the proposed research focus of the student. Track II students who do not have an advanced professional degree will need to select from the following courses as part of their electives: systems physiology and disease (INTD 572 and INTD 573, 4 units each) or pathology (INTD 550 and INTD 551, 4 units each). Other electives that can be chosen are INTD 531, INTD 561, PATH 580, PM 533, PM 538, PM 570, PSCI 661L and PSCI 665. The remaining 34 of the 60 units required for the Ph.D. degree may be fulfilled with other courses including ethics, interdisciplinary seminar, directed research and dissertation. Note that to become eligible to take the qualifying exam, Track II students must fulfill the prescribed clinical experiences that match the disease-related topic of the student’s thesis work as approved by the student’s advisers and advisory committee. Students with a bachelor’s degree in a health care subject area (e.g., nursing, pharmacy, medicine) will be evaluated on a case basis and may be required to meet the therapeutic course work or clinical experience component described above, as determined by their background and previous experiences. Foreign Language Requirement There is no formal language requirement. However, an individual guidance committee can require competency in a foreign language or a computer language if it is relevant for the student’s area of research. Guidance Committee Upon admission, the student will be assigned to a member of the graduate faculty who will serve as his or her temporary adviser until a permanent adviser has been identified. The student’s program of study will be under the direction of the guidance committee composed of at least five members, one of whom must be from outside the department. Because of the centrality of research in the Ph.D. program, the student is encouraged to get acquainted with the participating faculty mentors from the day they enter the program, and have selected a research direction, paired graduate advisers (clinical and basic scientists), and guidance committee no later than the third semester of study. The graduate affairs committee will serve as the guidance committee until one is selected.
853
Screening Procedure The performance of each student will be evaluated no later than the end of the second semester of enrollment in the graduate program. This screening procedure is conducted by the student’s guidance committee or, if a student has not yet selected a guidance committee, by the graduate affairs committee. The committee reviews the student’s progress to date in various areas including course work, research interests, and laboratory performance on his or her research project or laboratory rotations. If a performance deficiency is determined, specific goals will be established that the student must fulfill to continue in the program. Passing this screening procedure is prerequisite to continuation in the Ph.D. program. Qualifying Examination Students will be required to pass a comprehensive written and oral examination on the chosen disease-focused area of research emphasis. The examination will encompass basic scientific concepts relevant to the disease under study and the laboratory techniques in that discipline, fundamental principles of clinical research and design, biostatistics, and therapeutics in the chosen disease-focused area of research. The examination is administered by the guidance committee and consists of two parts: a written examination administered to all students at the end of their second year of study and a detailed written proposal and its oral presentation and defense by the student to the guidance committee. The examination process is conducted by the student’s advisory committee with oversight by the graduate affairs committee. All course and qualifying examination requirements for the Doctor of Philosophy must be completed within twoand-a-half years after admission. After passing these examinations, the student is admitted to candidacy for the Ph.D. degree. Dissertation A dissertation based on original investigation in a relevant scientific area is required for the Ph.D. The dissertation research must represent a significant contribution to science and should demonstrate the candidate’s scholarly advancement and competence to undertake independent research. An oral defense of the dissertation will be held after the candidate submits the final draft of the dissertation to the dissertation committee. (See Theses and Dissertations in the Graduate School section, page 100.) Student Teaching Teaching experience is considered an integral part of the training of graduate students. As part of the general requirements for the Ph.D. degree, each student is required to participate in the teaching program of the School of Pharmacy.
854
USC School of Pharmacy
Doctor of Philosophy in Pharmaceutical Sciences
Qualifying Examination Students will be required to pass a comprehensive qualifying examination in major areas of the pharmaceutical sciences. The examination is administered by the guidance committee and consists of two parts: a written examination and a written proposition outlining a research project, followed by an oral examination based on the proposition and questions dealing with the written examination.
This program emphasizes basic as well as applied research in drug delivery and targeting, utilizing medicinal chemistry, computational chemistry, pharmaceutics, pharmacodynamics, molecular pharmacology, immunology and cell biology. A minimum of 60 units is required for the Doctor of Philosophy degree. At least 24 units of course work are required at the 500-level or above, exclusive of seminar and directed research. The guidance committee may require more than 24 units of course work. A minimum of 12 units is to be taken in courses in the Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences and a minimum of 8 units must be taken in various related disciplines outside the department. The remaining 36 units may be fulfilled with other courses, directed research and dissertation. Foreign Language Requirement There is no formal foreign language requirement. However, an individual guidance committee can require competency in a foreign language or some other research tool such as computer language, if this is relevant for the student’s area of research. Guidance Committee Upon admission, the student will be assigned to a member of the graduate faculty who will serve as his or her temporary adviser until a permanent adviser has been identified. The student’s program of study will be under the direction of a guidance committee composed of at least five members, one of whom must be from outside the department granting the degree. The student should select a graduate adviser and guidance committee no later than the third semester in residence. Screening Procedure The performance of each student will be evaluated no later than the end of the second semester of enrollment in the graduate program. This screening procedure is conducted by the student’s guidance committee or, if a student has not selected his or her research adviser at that time, by the Graduate Review Committee of the department. The committee reviews thoroughly the student’s progress up to that point in various areas including course work, research interests and laboratory performance on his or her research project or laboratory rotations. If a performance deficiency is detected at that point by the committee, the student will be recommended to either take additional course work or transfer to the Master of Science program. Passing this screening procedure is prerequisite to continuation in the Ph.D. program.
All course and qualifying examination requirements for the Doctor of Philosophy must be completed within two and one half years after admission. Dissertation A dissertation based on original investigation is required. The research should make a contribution to science and should demonstrate the candidate’s scholarly advancement and competence to undertake independent research. An oral defense of the dissertation will be held after the candidate submits the final draft of the dissertation to the dissertation committee (see Theses and Dissertations, page 100). Student Teaching Teaching experience is considered an integral part of the training of graduate students. Thus, as part of the general requirements for the Ph.D., each student is required to participate in the teaching program of the School of Pharmacy. Doctor of Philosophy in Molecular Pharmacology and Toxicology
This program emphasizes basic as well as applied research in various aspects of drug discovery and molecular and behavioral mechanisms of action. Research opportunities span investigations of fundamental molecular and cellular physiological mechanisms, including receptor activity, intracellular signaling and the regulation of gene expression, to the molecular bases of disease and aging, including avenues of pharmacological intervention. A minimum of 60 units is required. At least 24 units of course work are required at the 500-level or above, exclusive of seminars and directed research. The guidance committee may require more than 24 units of course work in some cases. The specific requirements will depend on the student’s background and research area and will be determined by the student’s adviser and advisory committee. A minimum of 12 units is to be taken in appropriate courses offered by the School of Pharmacy. The remaining 36 units may be fulfilled with other courses, directed research and dissertation. A maximum of 12 units can be transferred from graduate studies elsewhere.
Foreign Language Requirement There is no formal language requirement. However, an individual guidance committee can require competency in a foreign language or a computer language if it is relevant for the student’s area of research. Guidance Committee Upon admission, the student will be assigned to a member of the graduate faculty who will serve as his or her temporary adviser until a permanent adviser has been identified. The student’s program of study will be under the direction of a guidance committee composed of at least five members, one of whom must be from outside the department. The student should select a graduate adviser and guidance committee no later than the third semester in residence. The graduate affairs committee will serve as the guidance committee until one is selected. Screening Procedure The performance of each student will be evaluated no later than the end of the second semester of enrollment in the graduate program. This screening procedure is conducted by the student’s guidance committee or, if a student has not yet selected a guidance committee, by the graduate affairs committee. The committee reviews the student’s progress to date in various areas including course work, research interests and laboratory performance on his or her research project or laboratory rotations. If a performance deficiency is determined, specific goals will be established that the student must fulfill to continue in the program. Passing this screening procedure is prerequisite to continuation in the Ph.D. program. Qualifying Examination Students will be required to pass a comprehensive qualifying examination in major areas of molecular pharmacology, including fundamental principals of molecular and cellular biology. The examination is administered by the guidance committee and consists of two parts: a written examination administered to all students at the end of their second year of study and a written proposal outlining the dissertation goals, and its oral presentation and defense by the student to the guidance committee. The examination process is conducted by the student’s advisory committee with oversight by the graduate affairs committee. The qualifying examination must be completed within three years after admission, unless an extension is obtained from the guidance committee. Annual Research Appraisal (ARA) Beginning in the third year, each graduate student will meet with the guidance com mittee and present a progress report on his or her research. Prior to the meeting the student will present a short written document describing significant experiments during the
Graduate Degrees
past year, problems and projected studies. This document is distributed to the committee members and is included in the student’s file. The oral ARA meeting is intended to be a working session between the student and the guidance committee. Experimental results and problems are discussed in this context, as well as a research plan for the next year of work. A satisfactory ARA is required for each year in the graduate program. Dissertation A dissertation based on original investigation in a relevant scientific area is required for the Ph.D. The dissertation research should demonstrate the student’s ability to undertake independent research through planning, conducting and evaluating experiments. The dissertation research must represent a significant contribution to knowledge. A public oral defense of the dissertation will be held after the candidate submits the final draft of the dissertation to the dissertation committee, and it is approved by the graduate adviser and dissertation committee. For additional details, see Theses and Dissertations, page 100. Student Teaching Teaching experience is considered an integral part of the training of graduate students. As part of the general requirements for the Ph.D. degree, each student is required to participate in the teaching program of the School of Pharmacy. Doctor of Philosophy in Pharmaceutical Economics and Policy
The Department of Pharmaceutical Economics and Policy (School of Pharmacy) offers a program of study leading to the Ph.D. degree. This program focuses on economic assessment of pharmaceuticals and medical technology and research into the finance and delivery of pharmaceuticals and pharmacy services. A minimum of 64 units of graduate level courses numbered 500 or higher (excluding 794) and a minimum of four units of 794 is required. Foreign Language Requirement There is no formal foreign language requirement. However, competence in the use of one computer programming language is required for the graduate degrees. Such competence can be demonstrated either by course work or examination. Grade Point Average A grade point average of at least 3.0 (A = 4.0) must have been achieved on graduate course work at USC. ECON 615 or a higher level course in econometrics must be completed with a grade of B or higher.
Unit Requirements and Recommended Courses Students are required to complete a minimum of 64 units of graduate level course work. The following courses are recommended towards fulfilling the 64-unit requirement: ECON 401, ECON 500, ECON 511, ECON 513, ECON 514, ECON 615, PM 511a, PMEP 509, PMEP 519, PMEP 529, PMEP 538, PMEP 539, PMEP 549 and PMEP 698. Students may transfer and substitute up to 24 units of graduate course work from other universities to fulfill the required 64 units of graduate credit subject to the approval of the department. Guidance Committee The student will be assigned to a member of the graduate faculty who will serve as his or her temporary adviser until the formation of a guidance committee. The student should consult the pharmaceutical economics and policy director of graduate studies on the appointment of a Ph.D. guidance committee after taking the written qualifying examination. The chairman of the student’s Ph.D. guidance committee advises the student on matters of curriculum and graduate opportunities. The guidance committee comprises three to five members, at least one of whom must be from outside the department; at least two members must specialize in the student’s area of emphasis; and at least three of the members must be suitable for service on the student’s dissertation committee. The composition of all Ph.D. guidance committees must be approved by the pharmaceutical economics and policy director of graduate studies. The student must form his or her guidance committee within one month after passing the departmental screening procedure. Screening Procedure The student’s progress will be reviewed after each semester and before registration for any additional course work to determine if progress has been satisfactory.
855
essay becomes part of the student’s written dissertation proposal which is presented and critiqued during the oral portion of the qualifying examination. Qualifying Examination Upon successful completion of the first two years of course and grade requirements, the student takes a general written and oral examination on the chosen area of research emphasis after presenting a detailed written dissertation proposal. After passing these examinations, the student is admitted to candidacy for the Ph.D. degree. Dissertation After admission to candidacy, the student forms a dissertation committee comprising three faculty members, one of whom must be from an outside department. The chair of this committee is the dissertation supervisor. The student must register for PMEP 794 each semester, excluding summer sessions, until the dissertation and all other degree requirements are completed. The student is expected to complete a dissertation based on original investigation. The dissertation must represent a significant contribution to knowledge and must be defended in an oral examination administered by the dissertation committee (see the section on Theses and Dissertations, page 100). Student Teaching Teaching experience is considered an integral part of the training of graduate students. As part of the general requirements for the Ph.D., all students are required to undergo training as an educator. This will include participating in seminars on educational techniques and hands-on teaching experiences through participation in didactic and small group teaching in the School of Pharmacy. Pharm.D./Juris Doctor
Seminar Requirements Every student is required to take and satisfactorily complete 8 units of research seminars chosen from PMEP 698 or the equivalent. At least one of these seminars must be related to the student’s major field and the same seminar may be taken more than once. Before completing the dissertation, the student must present at least one original research paper in a seminar of his or her choice. This paper should typically consist of original results contained in the student’s dissertation. It becomes part of the student’s permanent file. Dissertation Proposal Preparation The student is required to register for two units of PMEP 790 and write a research paper on a topic suitable for a dissertation. Typically, the chair of the student’s guidance committee directs this work. The resulting
Admission Requirements Admission to the dual Pharm.D./J.D. program is competitive, and involves meeting admission requirements and gaining acceptance to both the School of Pharmacy and the USC Gould School of Law. Students will not be given special consideration for admission to either program because they are applying for the dual degree. Students who have a baccalaureate degree may apply to the dual Pharm.D./J.D. degree program in two ways. First, they may apply at the time they submit their Pharm.D. application by concurrently submitting applications to both schools. Students who elect this approach must identify themselves on their Pharm.D. applications as potential dual Pharm.D./J.D. degree students. Students who are admitted to both schools will be offered admission to the dual degree contingent on passing all courses in
856
USC School of Pharmacy
their first year of the Pharm.D. with a minimum 3.0 GPA. Students pursuing the dual Pharm.D./J.D. degree must notify the law school in a timely fashion that they will be enrolling in the dual Pharm.D./J.D. degree program and will not matriculate at the law school until the following year. Students who are accepted by only one school may choose to attend that school but will not be eligible for the dual degree. Second, students can apply to the dual degree by submitting an application to the Gould School of Law during their first year of enrollment in the Pharm.D. program prior to the law school’s published application deadline. Students who elect this approach must apply through the School of Pharmacy. Students who are admitted to the law school using this approach would be offered admission to the dual degree contingent on passing all courses in their first year of the Pharm.D. with a minimum 3.0 GPA. See the admissions section of the School of Pharmacy and the Gould School of Law for specific requirements.
with their Pharm.D. degrees at the completion of the first semester of the sixth academic year of the dual degree program. Students will be eligible to sit for the Pharmacy Board Exams after completion of the Pharm.D. degree requirements. However, dual degree students will not actually be awarded their Pharm.D. degrees until they complete requirements for both degrees.
Degree Requirements The professions of pharmacy and law are distinctly different, yet pharmacists are often involved in legal issues and lawyers frequently deal with pharmacy, drug, health care, product development and toxin-related matters. This dual degree program provides qualified students with an efficient mechanism for obtaining the expertise and professional credentials that will enable them to develop professional practices that bring together expertise in both areas. Overall Requirements A student is required to complete all work for both degrees within six years of the date of matriculation at the School of Pharmacy (Pharm.D.) and five years of matriculation at the Gould School of Law (J.D.). The entire dual degree program will take six years to complete. Dual degree students will be allowed to use 12 units of approved J.D. course work (elective or required) to meet 12 units of Pharm.D. electives and 12 units of approved Pharm.D. course work (elective or required) to meet J.D. electives. A faculty guidance committee will determine the exact program for each student, including the appropriateness of courses in one program used to meet elective requirements for the other program. A total of 208 units are required for the dual degree. Pharm.D. Requirements Dual degree students must successfully complete 144 units of Pharm.D. and acceptable J.D. units to receive the Pharm.D. degree. The 144 units must include 132 units of required and elective pharmacy course work plus 12 units of J.D. course work deemed acceptable to meet Pharm.D. elective requirements. Dual degree students should graduate
Juris Doctor Requirements Dual degree students must successfully complete 88 units of J.D. and acceptable Pharm.D. course work during the second to sixth years of the dual degree program to receive the J.D. degree. The 88 units must be composed of 76 units of J.D. course work, including satisfaction of the upper-division writing requirement and any other substantive requirements, plus 12 units of Pharm.D. course work deemed acceptable to meet J.D. elective requirements. No J.D. credit will be awarded for Pharm.D. course work completed prior to matriculation in the law school. Students cannot receive the J.D. degree under requirements for the dual degree program without prior or simultaneous completion of the Pharm.D. degree. Both professions require passing a state board or bar exam to practice the respective professions. Neither of these professional doctoral degrees requires a thesis or comprehensive final exam. Recommended Program Pharm.D./J.D. dual degree students will begin with the first year of the Pharm.D. curriculum (36 units). During the second year, students will take the first year law core (33 units), plus 3-5 Pharm.D. units. Due to the rigor of the law school core, pharmacy courses during the first year of law school are limited to nonscience courses. The third through fifth years of the program focus on Pharm.D. courses with sufficient law courses to maintain students’ educational momentum in law. Students should complete their Pharm.D. requirements during the fall of their sixth year of the program and their law course work also during the sixth year. Students must complete both degree requirements by the end of the sixth year of the program. Pharm.D./MBA Dual Degree Program
Responding to the growing demand on pharmacists to be knowledgeable in both science and business administration, the USC School of Pharmacy in 1988 helped pioneer an innovation in pharmaceutical education by offering this unique five-year dual degree program. The Pharm.D./MBA dual degree program is offered cooperatively by the School of Pharmacy and the USC Marshall School of Business. Students must complete
concurrently all requirements established by both schools for their respective degrees. The program involves completion of the first year in the School of Pharmacy, the second in the Marshall School of Business, and then completion of the balance of both degrees during the third through fifth years. A total of 48 units must be completed in the Marshall School of Business. First Year: Required Pharmacy School courses. Second Year: Required MBA courses and graduate business electives. Third to Fifth Years: 108 units of Pharmacy courses and graduate business electives suf ficient to bring the total units completed in the Marshall School of Business to at least 48. Dual degree students may not count courses taken outside the Marshall School of Business toward the 48 units. The Pharm.D. and the MBA are awarded simultaneously upon completion of the School of Pharmacy and the Marshall School of Business requirements. Admission Requirements Applicants to this program must have a bacca laureate degree from an accredited college or university and should apply during their first year of pharmacy studies. Only students who have successfully completed one year in the School of Pharmacy will be considered for admission to the Marshall School of Business. See the Marshall School of Business, page 154, for admission requirements. Pharm.D./M.S., Gerontology
The emerging impact of the elderly on the health care system has created a need for health care providers who understand the unique health-related needs of the elderly. As drug therapy remains the primary therapeutic option for chronic disease, the demand for prescription drugs will continue to rise. There is a demand for pharmacists who are equipped to meet the pharmaceutical care needs of this population. Geriatric pharmacy is becoming increasingly recognized as a specialty. Pharmacists with expertise in gerontology and geriatrics are in an excellent position to play a leading role in health policy and direct patient care. The Pharm.D./M.S., Gerontology program will provide extensive education and training in the unique health care needs of older adults. It will allow student pharmacists with a career interest in geriatrics or gerontology to work with health care planning or delivery organizations to develop and implement progressive pharmaceutical care programs for the elderly.
Graduate Degrees
Application and Admission Requirements Students who would like to pursue the dual Pharm.D./M.S. degree must be accepted by both programs. Students applying for the dual degree program must meet the respective admission requirements for each program. This includes having completed a bacca laureate degree from an accredited college or university with a minimum GPA of 3.0 and a minimum GRE score of 1000. Students will not be given special consideration for admission to either program because they are applying for the dual degree. Students may apply to the dual Pharm.D./M.S. degree program in two ways. First, they may apply at the time they submit their Pharm.D. application by concurrently submitting applications to both programs. Students who elect this approach must identify themselves on both applications as potential dual degree students. Students who are admitted to both programs will be offered admission to the Pharm.D. and will be offered admission to the dual degree program contingent on passing all courses in their first year of the Pharm.D. with a minimum 3.0 GPA. Students who are accepted only by one program may choose to attend that program, but will not be eligible for the dual degree. Second, students can apply to the dual degree by submitting an application to the M.S. program during their first year of enrollment in the Pharm.D. prior to the M.S. published application deadline. Students who elect this approach must apply through the School of Pharmacy. Students admitted to the M.S. program using this approach will be offered admission to the dual degree contingent on passing all courses in their first year of the Pharm.D. with a minimum 3.0 GPA. Students accepted to the dual degree program must maintain a minimum 3.0 GPA in their Gerontology and Pharm.D. courses. Recommended Program First year: Required Year I Pharm.D. course work Second year: Required Gerontology course work Third year: Required Year II Pharm.D. course work Fourth year: Required Year III Pharm.D. course work Fifth year: Required Year IV Pharm.D. course work Graduation Requirements Students must complete all requirements for the Pharm.D. (see page 847) and M.S., Gerontology degrees as listed in the current catalogue with a minimum cumulative 3.0 GPA. The specific M.S. course requirements for the dual Pharm.D./M.S. degree are listed on page 706.
Pharm.D./Master of Public Health
The School of Pharmacy and the Master of Public Health program, in recognition of the rapidly changing health care environment, and in response to the growing demand for pharmacists who are knowledgeable in both pharmacy and population-based health care issues, have developed a dual degree program. The joint Pharm.D./MPH degree will enable graduates to be more responsive to today’s health care needs and will provide training for pharmacists who seek to be agents of change within the profession and to assume leadership roles in the pharmacy field and in public health at the local, state and national levels. Students who are enrolled in the School of Pharmacy must apply to the Master of Public Health program no later than January of their first year. All requirements for admission to the regular MPH program must also be fulfilled by dual degree applicants. The Pharm.D./MPH program spans five years (four years of pharmacy school courses and one year of public health courses). Students begin the core MPH courses following the successful completion of the first year of pharmacy school. The last three years of the program are devoted to course work and the clinical rotations of the School of Pharmacy and to the completion of the elective courses and practicum (field experience) of the MPH program. All students in the Pharm.D./MPH program must meet course requirements, grade point average requirements and program residency requirements of both programs. Students must have a cumulative GPA of 3.0 in the Pharm.D. curriculum and a 3.0 in the MPH curriculum to meet graduation requirements. The Pharm.D. and the MPH degrees are awarded simultaneously upon completion of the School of Pharmacy and the Master of Public Health requirements. Admission Requirements and Procedures Students applying for the dual degree program must meet the respective admission requirements for each program. This includes having completed a baccalaureate degree from an accredited college or university with a minimum GPA of 3.0 and having acceptable GRE and TOEFL scores as applicable. Students will not be given special consideration for admission to either program because they are applying for the dual degree. Students may apply to the dual Pharm.D./MPH degree program in two ways. First, they may apply at the time they submit their Pharm.D. application by concurrently submitting applications to both programs. Students who elect this approach must identify themselves on both
857
applications as potential dual degree students. Students who are admitted to both programs will be offered admission to the Pharm.D. and will be offered admission to the dual degree program contingent on passing all courses in their first year of the Pharm.D. with a minimum 3.0 GPA. Students who are accepted by only one program may choose to attend that program, but will not be eligible for the dual degree. Second, students can apply to the dual degree by submitting an application to the MPH program during their first year of enrollment in the Pharm.D. prior to the MPH published application deadline. Students who elect this approach must apply through the School of Pharmacy. Students admitted to the MPH program using this approach will be offered admission to the dual degree contingent on passing all courses in their first year of the Pharm.D. with a minimum 3.0 GPA. Pharm.D./M.S., Regulatory Science
Regulatory science is that branch of knowledge which relates the regulatory and legal requirements of biomedical product development to the scientific testing and oversight needed to ensure product safety and efficacy. The program provides an opportunity for advanced preparation in the fields of regulatory affairs, quality assurance and clinical research. Students must complete concurrently all of the requirements established for the respective degrees. The program alternates the courses required for the Pharm.D. program during the fall and spring terms with courses required in summer terms for the M.S. program. Students will typically take courses in the summers of years two-four. Up to 12 appropriate units of course work from the Pharm.D. program can be applied toward the M.S. degree. The Pharm.D. and the M.S., Regulatory Science degrees will be awarded simultaneously upon completion of requirements for the two programs. Admission Requirements and Procedures Students applying for the dual degree program must meet the respective admission require ments for each program and must have a bacca laureate degree. Students will not be given special consideration for admission to either program because they are applying for the dual degree. Students may apply to the dual Pharm.D/M.S., Regulatory Science degree program in two ways. First, they may apply at the time they submit their Pharm.D. application by concurrently submitting applications to both programs. Students who elect this approach must identify themselves on both applications as potential dual degree students. Students who are admitted to both programs will be offered admission to the Pharm.D. and will be offered admission to the dual degree program contingent on passing all courses in their first
858
USC School of Pharmacy
year of the Pharm.D. with a minimum 3.0 GPA. Students who are accepted by only one program may choose to attend that program but will not be eligible for the dual degree. Second, students can apply to the dual degree by submitting an application to the M.S. in Regulatory Science program during their first or second year of enrollment in the Pharm.D. prior to the M.S. in Regulatory Science published application deadline. Students who elect this approach must apply through the School of Pharmacy. Students admitted to the M.S. in Regulatory Science using this approach will be offered admission to the dual degree contingent on passing all courses in their Pharm.D. studies with a minimum 3.0 GPA.
a minimum GPA of 3.0 and a minimum GRE score of 1000. Students will not be given special consideration for admission to either program because they are applying for the dual degree. Students may apply to the dual Pharm.D./Ph.D. degree program in two ways. First, they may apply at the time they submit their Pharm.D. application by concurrently submitting applications to both programs. Students who elect this approach must identify themselves on both applications as potential dual degree students. Students who are admitted to both programs will be offered admission to the Pharm.D. and will be offered admission to the dual degree program contingent on passing all courses in their first year of the Pharm.D. with a minimum 3.0 GPA. Students who are accepted by only one program may choose to attend that program but will not be eligible for the dual degree. Second, students can apply to the dual degree by submitting an application to one of the Ph.D. programs in the School of Pharmacy during their first two years of enrollment in the Pharm.D. prior to the respective published application deadlines for the Ph.D. programs. Students who elect this approach must apply through the Pharm.D. program. Students admitted to the Ph.D. program using this approach will be offered admission to the dual degree contingent on their having maintained a minimum 3.0 GPA in the Pharm.D. program.
Pharm.D./Doctor of Philosophy
The Doctor of Pharmacy/Doctor of Philosophy (Pharm.D./Ph.D.) program is designed to permit qualified Pharm.D. students with a bachelor of science or equivalent degree to pursue research training in the pharmaceutical sciences and toxicology. A student accepted into the joint program must meet all requirements for the Pharm.D., as well as the requirements for the Ph.D. in the pharmaceutical sciences or toxicology sections listed in this catalogue. A maximum of 20 units from the Pharm.D. program may be credited toward the Ph.D. Up to 12 units of these Pharm.D. courses may, at the discretion of the student’s Ph.D. adviser, be counted toward the required 24 units of core course work. Admission Procedure Students applying for the dual degree program must meet the respective admission requirements for each program. This includes having completed a baccalaureate degree from an accredited college or university with
Post-Pharm.D. Graduate Studies
Qualified students who wish to continue graduate studies within the School of Phar macy upon completion of the Pharm.D. may, with permission of the dean, substitute certain Pharm.D. courses with courses necessary for the graduate degree so that the graduate program will not be delayed. These
units cannot, however, be substituted for the 24 units of core course work. Pharm.D./Graduate Certificate in Gerontology
This integrated program in pharmacy and gerontology prepares students with an interest in geriatric pharmacy to assume leadership roles at academic, administrative or policy levels within the profession. The program involves the completion of 16 units of core area courses in physiology, psychology, sociology and social policy aspects of aging offered by the USC Davis School of Gerontology. In addition, students are required to complete 8 units of approved elective courses in gerontology or geriatric pharmacy to be credited toward the requirements for the Pharm.D. and the Graduate Certificate in Gerontology. It is expected that the program can be successfully completed by candidates taking electives in geriatric pharmacy or gerontology during the regular semester and completing one core course in gerontology during each summer in the four year Pharm.D. program. See the Davis School of Gerontology, page 705, for complete requirements. Admission Requirements Students who have a baccalaureate degree from an accredited college or university must submit separate applications to the School of Pharmacy and the Davis School of Gerontology. All requirements for admission to the regular Pharm.D. program must be fulfilled by the candidate. GRE scores are not required for admission to the certificate program.
Certificate Programs Regulatory Science Program USC School of Pharmacy 1540 Alcazar St., CHP G32 Los Angeles, CA 90089 (323) 442-3102 Email: regsci@usc.edu regulatory.usc.edu Certificate in Clinical Research Design and Management
The graduate certificate in clinical research design and management is designed to strengthen the statistical, research and project management skills of clinical researchers and their associated clinical team members.
Students must complete at least 12 units of course work including at least two courses in clinical design and trial management, one course in ethics and one course in a specialized aspect of design, management or statistics, subject to the approval of the program director. The program will include course work delivered in nontraditional formats such as intensive weekend sessions and will use distance learning tools, Webcast lectures and study materials. Courses can be taken on site, by distance or as a blended combination.
Students should confirm their specific course work plan in consultation with the graduate advisers before beginning the program. Students who have bachelor’s degrees from accredited colleges or universities must submit an application for graduate study through the regulatory science program of the School of Pharmacy. GRE scores are not required for admission to the certificate program. Students are expected to enroll each semester until the program is completed.
Certificate Programs
859
REQUIREMENTS UNITS
REQUIREMENTS UNITS
REQUIREMENTS UNITS
Introduction to Clinical Trials MPTX 517 Structure and Management of Clinical Trials 4
MPTX 514 Regulation of Food and Dietary Supplements MPTX 524 Introduction to Food Science and Technology RSCI 525 Introduction to Drug and Food Toxicology
MPTX 602 Science, Research and Ethics 2 RSCI 520 Introduction to Risk Management for Health Care Products 2 RSCI 527 Medical Product Safety 3 RSCI 528 Safety in the Health Care Environment 3 RSCI 529 Application of Risk Management Tools and Techniques 2
Clinical Design/Statistics (choose one) PM 510L Principles of Biostatistics 4 MPTX 522 Introduction to Clinical Trial Design and Statistics 3 Biomedical Ethics MPTX 602 Science, Research and Ethics
2
Additional options in specialized aspect of design or management (choose one): MPTX 511 Introduction to Medical Product Regulation 3 MPTX 520 Risk Management for Health Care Products 3 PM 510L Principles of Biostatistics 4 PM 511a Data Analysis 4 PM 512 Principles of Epidemiology 4 PM 523 Design of Clinical Studies 3 RSCI 527 Medical Product Safety 3 RSCI 528 Safety in the Health Care Environment 3 Certificate in Food Safety
The graduate certificate in food safety is a 12-unit program of course work designed to strengthen the knowledge base and functional “toolkit” of individuals who deal with the production and management of food in industry and government. Students are required to take an entry level course that focuses on regulatory requirements for foods and dietary supplements and two additional courses that focus on food science and food/ drug toxicology respectively. Final course work will be selected from a small grouping of electives that deal with quality systems or risk management. The program will include course work delivered in nontraditional formats, such as intensive weekend sessions, and will use distance learning tools, Webcast lectures and study materials. Courses can be taken on site, by distance or as a blended combination. Students should confirm their specific course work plan in consultation with the graduate advisers before beginning the program. Students who have bachelor’s degrees from accredited colleges or universities must submit an application for graduate study through the regulatory science program of the School of Pharmacy. GRE scores are not required for admission to the certificate program. Students are expected to enroll each semester until the program is completed.
Quality/Risk Management Option: MPTX 515 Quality Systems and Standards MPTX 526 Chemistry Manufacturing and Controls RSCI 520 Introduction to Risk Management for Health Care Products RSCI 529 Application of Risk Management Tools and Techniques
3 3 3
3 3
Certificate in Preclinical Drug Development 2
2
Certificate in Patient and Product Safety
The graduate certificate in patient and product safety is a 12-unit program that educates students in the emerging field of safety and risk management in the health care environment. It is designed to produce graduates who have a particular expertise in the evaluation and mitigation of medical errors and health-care product problems. Course work is typically delivered in nontraditional formats such as intensive weekend sessions and will use distance learning tools, Webcast lectures and study materials. Courses can be taken on site, by distance or as a blended combination. Students should confirm their specific course work plan in consultation with the graduate advisers before beginning the program. Students who have bachelor’s degrees from accredited colleges or universities must submit an application for graduate study through the regulatory science program of the School of Pharmacy. GRE scores are not required for admission to the certificate program. Students are expected to enroll each semester until the program is completed. Students must complete 12 units of specified course work, that normally will include an introductory course in the basic principles of risk management, a second course in the use of risk management tools, and two additional courses in patient and product safety respectively as listed below. In addition, a course in medical ethics is recommended. Most students will take the courses that are listed in the sample student program below, but if students have already strong previous experience in risk management or safety, other statistical or quality courses taught in graduate programs at USC may be substituted with the permission of the program director. The certificate can be completed on a part-time basis but must be finished within five years.
The graduate certificate in preclinical drug development provides advanced foundational training in preclinical aspects of drug development, translational research and regulatory control. Students must complete at least 12 units of course work including at least three courses in preclinical design and development (typically, RSCI 530 Translational Medicine: An Overview; RSCI 531 Drug Discovery; RSCI 532 Early Stage Drug Development) and one course in a related aspect of research design, regulation or ethics, subject to the approval of the program director. The program will include course work delivered in nontraditional formats such as intensive weekend sessions and will use distance capabilities, Webcast lectures and study materials. Courses can be taken on site, by distance or as a blended combination. Students should confirm their specific course work plan in consultation with graduate advisers before beginning the program. Students who have baccalaureate degrees from accredited colleges or universities must submit an application for graduate study through the regulatory science program of the School of Pharmacy. GRE scores are not required for admission to the certificate program. Students are expected to enroll each semester until the program is completed. Certificate in Regulatory and Clinical Affairs
The graduate certificate in regulatory and clinical affairs is designed to provide specialized education for individuals interested in developing a systematic understanding of the U.S. regulatory system for medical products. Students must complete at least 12 units of course work including an introductory course in regulatory affairs:
REQUIREMENTS UNITS
One introductory course in regulatory affairs MPTX 511 Introduction to Medical Product Regulation 3 RSCI 530 Translational Medicine: An Overview 2 RSCI 532 Early Stage Drug Development 3
860
USC School of Pharmacy
At least one specialized course in regulatory management of a particular product type MPTX 512 Regulation of Pharmaceutical and Biological Products MPTX 513 Regulation of Medical Devices and Diagnostics MPTX 514 Regulation of Food and Dietary Supplements
one course in quality systems or risk management MPTX 515 Quality Systems and Standards 3 MPTX 526 Chemistry Manufacturing and Controls 3 MPTX 520 Risk Management for Health Care Products 3 RSCI 525 Introduction to Drug and Food Toxicology 3
3 3 3
at least one course in clinical design MPTX 517 Structure and Management of Clinical Trials, or 4 MPTX 522 Introduction to Clinical Trial Design and Statistics 4
Other courses may be substituted with the approval of the program director. The program will include course work delivered in nontraditional formats such as intensive weekend sessions and will use distance capabilities to capture and Webcast lectures and study materials. Courses can be taken on
site, by distance or as a blended combination. Students should confirm their specific course work plan in consultation with the graduate advisers before beginning the program. Students who have a baccalaureate degree from an accredited college or university must submit an application for graduate study through the regulatory science program of the School of Pharmacy. This program is particularly directed at Ph.D. students who wish to take the certificate during their USC studies. GRE scores are not required for admission to the certificate program. Students are expected to enroll each semester until the program is completed.
Non-Degree Programs Office of Continuing Professional Development 1985 Zonal Avenue Los Angeles, CA 90089-9121 (323) 442-2403 FAX: (323) 442-3600 Email: pharmce@usc.edu www.usc.edu/schools/pharmacy/ continuing_education
Continuing Education
The School of Pharmacy, Office of Continuing Professional Development, is a recognized provider of continuing pharmacy education and certificate programs accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) and recognized by the California State Board of Pharmacy and throughout the United States. The school serves as a primary educational resource for pharmacists in California and as a supplementary resource for other health professionals and pharmacists, nationally and internationally.
Programs are designed to educate pharmacists about current issues in pharmaceutical care, practice management, therapeutics and other topics of professional interest. Continuing education programs are held at the School of Pharmacy, other campus locations, and annually in Las Vegas and Hawaii. For information concerning continuing education programs contact: Office of Continuing Professional Development.
Courses of Instruction The terms indicated are expected but are not guaranteed. For the courses offered during any given term, consult the Schedule of Classes. C L I N I C A L A N D E X P E R I M E N TA L THERAPEUTICS (CXPT)
CXPT 609 Preclinical Experimental Therapeutic Development (4, FaSpSm) Evolution
of a chemical entity as it is transformed into a drug candidate. Open only to students in clinical and experimental therapeutics and management of drug development. CXPT 664 Clinical Problem Solving (3, Sp)
(Enroll in PHRD 664)
MOLECULAR PHARMACOLOGY AND TOXICOLOGY (MPTX)
MPTX 500 Molecular Pharmacology and Toxicology I (4, Fa) This is the first part of a
two-semester introductory and survey course for the molecular pharmacology and toxicology degree program. Prerequisite: knowledge of biochemistry. MPTX 501 Molecular Pharmacology and Toxicology II (4, Sp) The second part of
the two-semester course covers the general aspects of molecular pharmacology and toxicology on the basis of biochemical, molecular, biological and environmental approaches. Prerequisite: MPTX 500.
MPTX 502 Pharmacology (4, Fa) Funda-
mentals of pharmacology in the context of the rapidly developing knowledge of related disciplines. MPTX 511 Introduction to Medical Product Regulation (3, Sm) Introduction to regulatory
environments surrounding medical product development, manufacturing and marketing; operation of federal, state and international regulatory bodies. Recommended preparation: undergraduate degree in pharmacy, medicine or independent health sciences, engineering or equivalent mix of post-secondary training and industry experience.
Courses of Instruction
MPTX 512 Regulation of Pharmaceutical and Biological Products (3, Sm) Ensur-
ing safety and effectiveness of new drugs and biologics; marketing and monitoring approved pharmaceutical/biological products; management of genetically engineered products. Recommended preparation: undergraduate degree in pharmacy, medicine or independent health sciences, engineering or equivalent mix of post-secondary training and industry experience. MPTX 513 Regulation of Medical Devices and Diagnostics (3, Sm) Development and
testing of new medical products according to U.S. and international regulatory requirements. Recommended preparation: undergraduate degree in pharmacy, medicine or independent health sciences, engineering or equivalent mix of post-secondary training and industry experience. MPTX 514 Regulation of Food and Dietary Supplements (3, Sm) Regulation and testing
of foods, food additives and dietary supplements in the U.S. and abroad. Recommended preparation: undergraduate degree in pharmacy, medicine or independent health sciences, engineering or equivalent mix of postsecondary training and industry experience. MPTX 515 Quality Systems and Standards (3, Sm) Principles of quality assurance and
quality control for medical-product development and manufacture. Recommended preparation: undergraduate degree in pharmacy, medicine or independent health sciences, engineering or equivalent mix of post- secondary training and industry experience.
MPTX 519 Global Regulation of Medical Products (3, Fa) Regulatory requirements
governing medical products in European Union, Asia and other global markets.
MPTX 520 Risk Management for Health Care Products (3, Sp) Risk assessment and
management techniques, including FMEA, HACCP, HAZAP, human factors analysis; policies, regulations, requirements and standards; loss control and liability prevention. MPTX 522 Introduction to Clinical Trial Design and Statistics (3) Clinical designs
and statistics commonly used to test medical products in general populations and special patient groups. MPTX 524 Introduction to Food Science and Technology (3, Sm) Discusses the basic and
applied concepts of food science and food safety, and demonstrates the principles of food chemistry, sensory evaluation, and product development. Recommended preparation: undergraduate degree in biological sciences or related disciplines.
MPTX 526 Chemistry Manufacturing and Controls (3, Fa) Provides a firm foundation in
the domestic and international CMC process, from concept to commercialization of new active pharmaceutical ingredients and products. Recommended preparation: undergraduate degree in pharmacy, medicine or independent health science, engineering or equivalent. MPTX 531 Cell Biology (4) (Enroll in
INTD 531)
861
MPTX 602 Science, Research and Ethics (2, Fa) A discussion of the unique technologi-
cal and philosophical issues that challenge modern scientists and a discernment of ethical responses to those challenges. MPTX 603 Molecular Mechanisms for Biological Signals (4, Fa) Biological mecha-
nisms of hormone, neuro-transmitter, growth factor and xenobiotic actions from ligandreceptor interactions, signal transductions, modification processes to regulation of gene expression and cellular growth. Prerequisite: knowledge of physiology and biochemistry. MPTX 630 Directed Field-Research Project (6, FaSpSm) Research/policy analysis con-
ducted under preceptor supervision in an industrial or governmental setting. Open to students who have completed the majority of course credits in the Regulatory Science program. Graded CR/NC. MPTX 700 Seminar in Molecular Pharma cology and Toxicology (1, max 8, FaSp)
Contemporary advances in molecular pharmacology and toxicology research. Registration required during each year of residency. MPTX 790 Research (1-12, FaSpSm)
Research leading to the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. MPTX 794abcdz Doctoral Dissertation (2-2-2-2-0, FaSpSm) Credit on acceptance of
dissertation. Graded IP/CR/NC.
MPTX 561 Molecular Genetics (4, Sp) MPTX 516 Medical Products and the Law (3, Fa) Legal issues affecting intellectual
property, medical product development, marketing and safety, taught through case studies and lectures. Recommended preparation: undergraduate degree in pharmacy, medicine or independent health sciences, engineering or equivalent mix of post-secondary training and industry experience. MPTX 517 Structure and Management of Clinical Trials (4, FaSpSm) Development and
execution of clinical trials: bioethical principles, good clinical practices, project management and documentation. MPTX 518 Writing Regulatory Drug Submissions (3, Sp) Developing form and con-
tent for investigational drug applications, new drug applications, biologic licensing applications to FDA; common technical documents; considerations of writing style.
(Enroll in INTD 561)
PHARMACY (PHRD)
MPTX 571 Biochemistry (4, Sp) (Enroll in
PHRD 501 Pharmaceutics I (4, Fa) Introduc-
INTD 571)
MPTX 573 Systems Physiology and Disease II (4, Sp) (Enroll in INTD 573)
tion to physiochemical principles of dosage forms; properties of molecules in dosage forms, stability of pharmaceuticals and their interactions in body tissue, including computational approaches. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 303.)
MPTX 590 Directed Research (1-12, FaSpSm)
PHRD 502 Pharmaceutics II (3, Sp) Principles
MPTX 572 Systems Physiology and Disease I (4, Fa) (Enroll in INTD 572)
Research leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. MPTX 594abz Master’s Thesis (2-2-0, FaSpSm) Credit on acceptance of thesis.
Graded IP/CR/NC.
involved in molecules movement across biological barriers. Properties, characteristics, application of homogeneous and heterogeneous dosage forms, liquid, semi-solid and solid. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 306L.) PHRD 503 Biological Systems I (4, Fa)
MPTX 599 Special Topics (2-4, max 8)
pecial topics in Molecular Pharmacology S and Toxicology.
Integrated teaching of anatomy, histology, physiology and pathophysiology using an organ-based approach. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 309, PHAR 313, PHAR 314 and PHAR 419.)
862
USC School of Pharmacy
PHRD 504 Biological Systems II (6, Sp) ontinued integrated teaching of anatomy, C
PHRD 551 Immunology (3, Fa) Basic prin-
histology, physiology and pathophysiology, using an organ-based approach. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 310 and PHAR 419.) PHRD 505 Molecular Genetics and Therapy (3, Fa) Principles of gene expression, and
recombinant DNA methods and applications. Focus on human genetics and influence of genetic background on the utilization and effectiveness of drugs. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 316.) PHRD 506 Self Care and Non-Prescription Therapies (5, Fa) Facilitate patient selection
of self-care health care products: OTC drugs, dosages, pharmacology, efficacy, cost, side effects, adverse reactions, contraindications, and interactions with other medications. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 331 and PHAR 332.) PHRD 507 Health Care Delivery Systems (2, Fa) Introduction to understanding the
structure of the health care system. Includes health care financing and the role of pharmacy and the pharmacist in health systems. PHRD 508 Pharmacy Literature Analysis and Drug Information (3, FaSp) Literature
evaluation and biostatistics of clinical and health services research, and drug information services. Emphasis on drug therapy, patient outcomes, and formulary development. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 319 and PHAR 366.) PHRD 509 Pharmacy Practice and Experience I (4, Fa) Introduction of principles and
the application of pharmaceutical care in community or hospital pharmacy setting. Includes communications, basic practice skills, career pathways and leadership. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 361, PHAR 363, PHAR 365 and PHAR 450.) PHRD 510 Pharmacy Practice and Experience II (4, Sp) Introduction of principles
and the application of pharmaceutical care in community or hospital pharmacy setting. Includes calculations, drug information, and basic practice skills. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 362, PHAR 368 and PHAR 450.)
ciples of immunology and their application to the understanding and treatment of immunologically-mediated diseases. Provides the scientific basis of immunotherapy and immunodiagnosis. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 441.) PHRD 552 Pharmaceutics III (3, Sp) Prin-
ciples and applications of controlled, targeted, and self-regulating drug delivery. Methods to deliver therapeutic peptides, proteins and genetic materials. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 406.) PHRD 553 Management within Health Care Organizations (2, Fa) Management of the
professional practice of pharmacy in organized health care systems. Introduction to formulary development and outcome analysis. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 431 and PHAR 432.) PHRD 554 Public Health and Epidemiology (2, Sp) Introduction to epidemiology, envi-
ronmental health, health education, health care organizations and financing. Orientation to social and governmental controls on the health care system. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 437.)
PHRD 555 Biochemical and Molecular Sites of Drug Action (4, Fa) Basic principles of
drug action and receptor actions. Includes their application to the understanding and treatment of disease. Provides the scientific basis of pharmaceutical action.
PHRD 557 Therapeutics I: Introductory Principles (4, Fa) Integrated teaching of the
principles of pharmacology, biomedicinal chemistry, pharmacogenomics and clinical therapeutics. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only.
PHRD 559 Therapeutics II: Pharmacokinetics (3, Fa) Integrated teaching of basic and
c linical pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic concepts. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only.
PHRD 560 Therapeutics III (6, Sp) Integrated
teaching of biomedicinal chemistry, pharmacology, clinical pharmacokinetics, and therapeutics of drugs, with emphasis on pharmaceuticals treating diseases associated with the central nervous system. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only.
PHRD 561 Parenteral Therapy Externship (3, FaSpSm) Drug weight/volume concen-
trations, dilutions and additive volumes are calculated in compounding of parenteral products in various patient-care settings using aseptic technique. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 414, PHAR 460 and PHAR 545.) PHRD 562 Therapeutics IV (4, Sp) Integrated
teaching of biomedicinal chemistry, pharmacology, clinical pharmacokinetics, and therapeutics of drugs with an emphasis on treating diseases of the renal, GI and pulmonary systems. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 548 and PHAR 549.) PHRD 601 Therapeutics V (6, Fa) Inte-
grated teaching of biomedicinal chemistry, pharmacology, clinical pharmacokinetics, and therapeutics of drugs, with emphasis on pharmaceuticals affecting cardiovascular and circulatory diseases. CPR certification. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 546.) PHRD 603 Therapeutics VI (3, Fa) Integrated
teaching of biomedicinal chemistry, pharmacology, clinical pharmacokinetics and therapeutics of drugs with an emphasis on pharmaceuticals affecting the endocrine diseases, systems and women’s health. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 548 and PHAR 549.) PHRD 605 Therapeutics VII (4, Fa) Integrated
teaching of the biomedicinal chemistry, pharmacology, clinical pharmacokinetics, and therapeutics of drugs; with emphasis on chemotherapy of infectious disease: bacterial, microbial, viral, parasitic, and fungal. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 411L, PHAR 418.) PHRD 606 Therapeutics VIII (2, Sp)
Advanced topics and clinical therapeutics of drugs, with emphasis on the treatment of infectious disease: bacterial, microbial, viral, parasitic and fungal. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 411L, PHAR 418.) PHRD 607 Nutrition (2, Fa) Biomedical
knowledge is correlated with assessments of clinical case-management problems to understand the interrelationship between nutrition and health in both hospitalized and healthy patients. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 422.)
Courses of Instruction
PHRD 608 Therapeutics IX (2, Sp) Integrated
teaching of biomedicinal chemistry, pharmacology, clinical pharmacokinetics and therapeutics of drugs, with emphasis on pharmaceuticals for managing oncological diseases. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 550 and PHAR 562.) PHRD 610 Therapeutics X (3, Sp) Focuses
on the pharmacology, pharmacokinetics, medicinal chemistry and clinical therapeutics that apply to pharmaceutical care of pediatric, geriatric and chronic pain patients. PHRD 612 Therapeutics XI (2, Sp) Updates
students on recent advances in clinical areas, prepares students for advanced practice experiences and assessment of clinical readiness via a final examination. Graded CR/NC. PHRD 614 Pharmaceutical Economics and Outcome Studies (3, Sp) Economic analysis
of the U.S. health care system, the pharma ceutical industry, and the profession; economic assessment of drug therapy costs and health care outcomes applying pharmaco economic research methodologies. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only. (Duplicates credit in PHAR 406 and PHAR 553.)
PHRD 616 Pharmacy, Law and Ethics (3, Sp)
To provide students with an understanding of ethical issues that arise in pharmacy practice along with state and federal statutes, regulations, and pharmacy-related cases. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 552 and PHAR 554.) PHRD 651 Community Pharmacy I (3, Fa)
Development of specialized knowledge and skills in community pharmacy practice involving location analysis, pharmacy management principles, and introduction to business law concepts. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 541 and PHAR 555.) PHRD 652 Community Pharmacy II (3, Sp)
A continuation of pharmacy business law concepts encompassing contract principles and forms of ownership, including a review of pharmacy laws, compounding principles, and OTC agents. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 556.) Prerequisite: PHRD 651. PHRD 653 Health Systems Pharmacy I (3, Fa) Understanding formal and informal
organizations in institutions, managed care, disease management, health care policy and financing, patients’ chart organization, and clinical monitoring parameters. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 541 and PHAR 557.)
PHRD 654 Health Systems Pharmacy II (3, Sp) Recognizing resources available for
drug information, familiarity with institu tional formularies, medication counseling, writing chart notes, and clinical activities at an off-campus health care institution. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 558.) Prerequisite: PHRD 557. PHRD 655 Geriatric Pharmacy I (3, Fa) pecialized knowledge and skills in geriatric S
pharmacy, pharmacology of aging, and unique functions of health care team providing care to the elderly patient. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 559.) PHRD 656 Geriatric Pharmacy II (3, Sp)
Specialized knowledge and skills in gerontology and geriatric pharmacy including the pathophysiology of selected cardiovascular, endocrine, genitourinary gastrointestinal disorders, osteoarthritis, and osteoporosis. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 560.) Prerequisite: PHRD 559. PHRD 657L Basic Research Design (3, max 6, FaSp) Research experience to integrate
research into Doctor of Pharmacy program. Research focuses on industrial, academic, or governmental issues. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only. PHRD 658 Sleep and the Pharmacologic Management of Its Disorders (3, FaSp)
Overview of normal sleep manifestations, and treatment of common sleep disorders, and the pharmacist’s role in assessment, treatment, and referral. Open to Level III Doctor of Pharmacy students only. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 570.) PHRD 659 Molecular Therapeutics: Signal Transduction (3, FaSp) Principles of molecu-
lar therapeutics against signaling pathways; emphasis on biological mechanisms underlying hormone, growth factor, and neurotransmittermediated gene regulation, proliferation, and cell death. Open to Level III Pharm.D. students only. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 573.) PHRD 660 Disease State Management I (3, FaSp) The processes required to develop
disease state management protocols based on data drawn from the medical research literature. Open to Level III Doctor of Pharmacy students only. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 571.)
863
PHRD 661 Pharmacy Practice in Women’s Health (3, FaSp) The pharmaceutical care of
women patients is emphasized. Therapeutic, psychosocial factors and current research in women’s health. Open to Level III Pharm.D. students only. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 577.) PHRD 662 Psychiatric Pharmacy Practice (3, Sp) Specialized knowledge and skills in
psychiatric pharmacy practice including child, adult, and geriatric psychopharmacology applied to inpatient and outpatient treatment. Open to Level III Pharm.D. students only. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 578.) PHRD 663 Pharmaceutical Development (3, FaSp) Examination of pharmaceutical
product development process including discovery, preclinical/clinical studies, regulatorylegal issues, and marketing. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 566.) PHRD 664 Clinical Problem Solving (3, Sp)
Integration of physical assessment, laboratory tests, history-taking, and diagnosis to formulate decisions for optimal treatment plans in specific disease states. Open to graduate pharmacy students only. PHRD 665 Complementary/Alternative Therapeutics (3, FaSp) Examines the thera-
peutic use of complementary/alternative medicines, such as herbal medicines, homeopathic drugs, vitamins and other nutritional supplements. Open to Level III Pharm.D. students only. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 579.) PHRD 666 Therapeutic Drug Monitoring (3, FaSp) Application of pharmacokinetic and
pharmacodynamic principles to individualize patient drug regimens. Open to Level III Pharm.D. students only. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 575.) PHRD 667 Drugs of Abuse (3, FaSp) Spe-
cialized knowledge and skills in specific substance abuse-related areas. Each area will include addiction, wellness, and prevention components. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 568.) PHRD 668 Computing Application (3, FaSp)
Specialized knowledge and skills using computers in professional practice: telecommunication protocols, typical patient databases in hospital and community pharmacies, drug interactions, insurance billing, inventory control. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 568.)
864
USC School of Pharmacy
PHRD 669 Health Care Needs of Special Populations (3, FaSp) Health care needs of
PHRD 704 Primary Care APPE (6) Disease
the poor will be examined through participation in a multidisciplinary community clinic setting focusing on medication counseling and compliance. Open to Level III Pharm.D. students only. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 576.) PHRD 670 Marketing and Development in the Pharmaceutical Industry (3, FaSp) Basic
and advanced strategies for marketing and development of new compounds or indication in the pharmaceutical industry. Recommended preparation: PHRD 663. PHRD 671 Pharmacy Education Seminar (3, FaSp) A seminar course with a focus on
educational methods and teaching skills providing career development for students interested in academia. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only. PHRD 675 Travel Medicine (3, FaSp) An
e lective course for emphasizing the role of the pharmacist in preventing and treating travel related medical conditions. Open only to pharmacy majors. PHRD 677 Risk Assessment and Management in Pharmacy Practice (3, FaSp)
Specific risk management issues, legal and professional expectations of pharmacists, and assessing and avoiding risk. Open only to Doctor of Pharmacy students. PHRD 701 Acute Care Clinical APPE (6, FaSpSm) Application of pharmaceutical care
principles to the adult patient population in an acute care environment. Pharmacology, pharmacokinetics, and disease state management will be emphasized. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only. Graded CR/NC. PHRD 702 Inpatient Psychiatric Pharmacy Clerkship (6, FaSpSm) Application of phar-
maceutical care principles to the inpatient psychiatric patient. Understanding of the treatment of common psychiatric disorders, patient interviewing skills and health care teams. Open to Level IV Doctor of Pharmacy students only. PHRD 703 Long Term Care Clerkship (6, FaSpSm) Application of pharmaceutical care
to patients in long term care environments. Understanding of the therapeutic, legal and special needs of this patient population. Open to Level IV Doctor of Pharmacy students only.
state management and a primary care setting. Modification and design of drug therapy regimens and primary patient care using a team based approach. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only. Graded CR/NC. PHRD 705 Community Pharmacy APPE (6, FaSpSm) Pharmaceutical care principles
applied to the community pharmacy environment. Participating in the development, implementation and outcome evaluation of patient care services in the community. Open to Level IV Doctor of Pharmacy students only. Graded CR/NC. PHRD 706 Geriatrics Clerkship (6, FaSpSm)
Drug therapy and management of geriatric patients with a focus on unique medical, economic, and psycho-social problems of this population. Open to Level IV Doctor of Pharmacy students only.
PHRD 707 Outpatient Psychiatric Pharmacy Clerkship (6, FaSpSm) Disease state manage-
PHRD 713 Drug Information Clerkship (6, FaSpSm) Practical experience and training
in the use of information resources and technology to improve patient care. Experience in information retrieval, literature evaluation, problem solving skills and communication skills emphasized. Open to Level IV Doctor of Pharmacy students only. PHRD 714 Radiopharmacy Clerkship (6, FaSpSm) Provides practical and theoreti-
cal aspects of radiopharmacy services delivery. Open only to Pharm.D. students.
PHRD 715 Oncology Clerkship (6, FaSpSm)
Directed experiences in the use and monitoring of oncological drugs. Open only to Pharm.D. students. PHRD 716 Ob-Gyn Clerkship (6, FaSpSm)
Provides experiences in disease states common to this area and the drug therapy management employed. Open only to Pharm.D. students.
ment and pharmaceutical care in ambulatory mental health care. Modification and design of psychiatric therapy regimens, participation in multidisciplinary teams and patient care. Open to Level IV Doctor of Pharmacy students only.
PHRD 717 Dermatology Clerkship (6, FaSpSm) Provides experiences in disease
PHRD 708 Inpatient Clinical Practice Clerkship (6, FaSpSm) Drug therapy in a variety
training in the practice of hospital pharmacy. Administrative, practice-based and therapeutic competencies emphasized. Open to Level IV Doctor of Pharmacy students only.
of inpatient clinical settings. Emphasis: patient monitoring, evaluation of therapeutic response, and provision of drug information. PHRD 709 Pediatric Drug Therapy Clerkship (4-6, FaSpSm) Clinical therapeutic and phar-
macokinetic concepts applied to the pediatric patient. Unique aspects of pediatric c linical pharmacology emphasized in treating a variety of organ system diseases.
states common to this area and the drug therapy management employed.
PHRD 718 Hospital Pharmacy Practice Clerkship (6, FaSpSm) Practical experience and
PHRD 719 Pain Management Clerkship (6, FaSpSm) Pharmaceutical care principles
applied to patients requiring treatment in pain management. Pharmacology, patient counseling and management emphasized. Open to Level IV Doctor of Pharmacy students only. PHRD 720 Critical Care Clerkship (6, FaSpSm)
PHRD 710 Surgery Clerkship (6, FaSpSm)
Drug therapy in clinical situations common to surgical patients. The use of drugs and monitoring for response to treatment in surgical settings. Open to Level IV Doctor of Pharmacy students only. PHRD 711 Cardiovascular Drug Therapy Clerkship (6, FaSpSm) Pharmaceutical care
applied to cardiac patients. The use of cardiac drugs with an emphasis on physiologic response, pharmacokinetic principles and desired treatment outcomes. Open to Level IV Doctor of Pharmacy students only. PHRD 712 Applied Clinical Pharmacokinetics Clerkship (6, FaSpSm) Practical experience
in applying pharmacokinetic principles to patients in the health care system. A variety of disease states and therapeutic agents will be reviewed. Open to Level IV Doctor of Pharmacy students only.
Drug therapy in a critical care setting. Emphasizes therapeutic management in critically ill patients, often with multisystem failure. PHRD 721 Drug Utilization and Evaluation Clerkship (6, FaSpSm) Practical experience
and training in the design, implementation and evaluation instruments (DUE/MUE) to measure the appropriate use of therapeutic agents and the evaluation of desired therapeutic outcomes. Open to Level IV Doctor of Pharmacy students only.
Courses of Instruction
PHRD 722 Home Health Care Clerkship (6, FaSpSm) Practical experience in the pro-
vision of comprehensive home intravenous and nutritional support services, including fluid and electrolyte therapy, chemotherapy, antibiotics, pain control and nutrition support. Open to Level IV Doctor of Pharmacy students only. PHRD 723 Nutritional Support Clerkship (6, FaSpSm) Experiential training in the
pharmacy specialty of nutritional support. Activities include: patient evaluation, developing treatment plans, formula composition and design, integration with nutritional support team and consult services. Open to Level IV Doctor of Pharmacy students only.
PHRD 732 Pharmacy Administration Clerkship (6, FaSpSm) Principles and practices of
PHRD 741 Advanced Primary Care Clerkship (6, FaSpSm) Advanced experience in disease
PHRD 733 Anticoagulation Therapy Clerkship (6, FaSpSm) Management of patients
PHRD 790 Directed Research (1-12, max 12)
hospital pharmacy administration, management and departmental relationships. Practical experiences and projects emphasized. Open to Level IV Doctor of Pharmacy students only.
requiring anticoagulation. Applied knowledge of disease pathophysiology, anticoagulant pharmacology, and laboratory methods toward safe and effective patient outcomes. Open to Level IV Doctor of Pharmacy students only.
community pharmacy.
ing antibiotic selection, dosage adjustment, and outcomes assessment of patients in the health care setting. Open to Level IV Doctor of Pharmacy students only.
PHRD 725 International Pharmacy Clerkship (6, FaSpSm) Practical experience and
PHRD 735 Clinical Pharmacy Research Clerkship (6, FaSpSm) Drug research administra-
PHRD 726 Directed Clinical Clerkship Project I (6, FaSpSm) Directed educational
tion: research design; ethics; record-keeping; and institutional review. Practical experience and projects are emphasized. Open to Level IV Doctor of Pharmacy students only. PHRD 736 Chemical Dependency Clerkship (6, FaSpSm) The psychiatric, social, and
opportunities not presently offered as electives, e.g., research projects or new and evolving clerkships.
pharmacological management of chemical dependency. Emphasizes the inpatient, day treatment, and outpatient components of detoxification and recovery.
PHRD 727 Directed Clinical Clerkship Project II (6, FaSpSm) Directed educational
PHRD 737 Clinical Transplantation Clerkship (6, FaSpSm) Drug therapy to organ transplanta-
opportunities not presently offered as electives, e.g., research projects or new and evolving clerkships.
tion. Emphasizes pre- and post-transplantation therapy designed to minimize organ rejection, prevent infection, and improve survival.
PHRD 728 Directed Clinical Clerkship Project III (6, FaSpSm) Directed educational
PHRD 738 Pharmaceutical Industry Clerkship (6, FaSpSm) Train within a pharmaceu
PHRD 729 Directed Clinical Clerkship Project IV (6, FaSpSm) Directed educational
PHRD 739 AIDS/Immune Disorders Clerkship (6, FaSpSm) A multidisciplinary
opportunities not presently offered as electives, e.g., research projects or new and evolving clerkships.
opportunities not presently offered as electives, e.g., research projects or new and evolving clerkships. PHRD 730 Acute Care Geriatrics Clerkship (6, FaSpSm) Pharmaceutical care principles
applied to the acutely ill geriatric patient population. Emphasis on drug therapy problem solving, physiology, pharmacokinetics and compliance problems. Open to Level IV Doctor of Pharmacy students only. PHRD 731 Advanced Geriatrics Clerkship (6, FaSpSm) Directed projects and experi-
ences in geriatric drug therapy. (Duplicates credit in former PHAR 632.)
state management in the primary care setting. Design drug therapy regimens using a teambased approach at an advanced level of practice. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only. Prerequisite: PHRD 704. Research leading to doctorate in Clinical and Experimental Therapeutics. Graded CR/NC. PHRD 794abcdz Doctoral Dissertation (2-2-2-2-0) Dissertation research required for
completion of Doctor of Philosophy in Clinical and Experimental Therapeutics.
PHRD 734 Antimicrobial Therapy Clerkship (6, FaSpSm) Antimicrobial therapy, includ-
PHRD 724 Advanced Community Pharmacy Clerkship (6, FaSpSm) Directed project in
training in the practice of pharmacy in the international setting. Students will visit an international pharmacy practice setting and complete a project. Open to Level IV Doctor of Pharmacy students only.
865
tical company to develop an understanding of the drug development, research, marketing process.
approach to the management of AIDS and other immuno-compromised patients. Pharmacologic management is directed toward opportunistic infections, disease modifiers, and adjuvant therapy. PHRD 740 Health Care Systems Administration Clerkship (6, FaSpSm) Practical experi-
ence and training in managed care settings and health care systems. Emphasis on administrative principles, management and health outcomes. Students will complete a project. Open to Doctor of Pharmacy students only.
PHARMACEUTICAL ECONOMICS AND POLICY (PMEP)
PMEP 509 Research Design (4, Fa) Intro
duction to the concept of research design and examples of the variant research methods utilized in the field. Both the conceptual and practical issues of research including development of the research question, selection of appropriate methods, data sources and analytic approaches to address the research question will be addressed. PMEP 519 Survey Research and Quality of Life Assessment (4, Sp) Skills to develop and
assess surveys which are integral in Pharmaceutical Economics and Policy research. Prerequisite: PMEP 509; recommended preparation: biostatistics, econometrics. PMEP 529 Risk, Probabilities and Preferences (4, Sp) Analysis of economic and psy-
chological constructs of risks, probabilities, and health related preferences and utilities.
PMEP 538 Pharmaceutical Economics (4, Sm)
Introduction to pharmacoeconomics with special emphasis on the role of pharmaceuticals and the pharmaceutical industry, insurance, managed care, regulation and pricing. Prerequisite: ECON 500.
PMEP 539 Economic Assessment of Medical Care (4, Fa) Principles of cost-benefit analysis
and medical cost-effectiveness analysis with applications in medical care and the pharma ceutical field. Prerequisite: ECON 500 and ECON 581.
PMEP 549 Applied Pharmacoeconometrics (4, Sp) Use of quantitative models to describe
and analyze pharmaceutical and health care markets; experimental design/power calculations; survival models; multiple indicator models; qualitative and limited dependent variables models; estimation and application of such models to selected problems. Prerequisite: ECON 615.
866
USC School of Pharmacy
PMEP 590 Directed Research (1-12, FaSpSm)
PSCI 594abz Master’s Thesis (2-2-0, FaSp)
Research leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC.
Credit on acceptance of thesis. Graded IP/CR/NC. Prerequisite: completion of all required course work for the M.S. degree.
PSCI 599 Special Topics (2-4, max 8, FaSp) PMEP 594abz Master’s Thesis (2-2-0, FaSp)
Credit on acceptance of thesis. Graded IP/CR/NC. Prerequisite: completion of all required course work for the M.S. degree.
Topics in advanced pharmaceutical sciences. PSCI 601 Molecular Biology of Gene Regulation (2, max 8) (Enroll in BIOC 601)
PSCI 756ab Seminar in Pharmaceutical Sciences (1-1, FaSpSm) Review of current
pharmaceutical and related research topics. PSCI 790 Research (1-12, FaSpSm) Research
leading to the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. PSCI 791L Research (2-12, no max)
PMEP 698 Seminar in Pharmaceutical Economics and Policy (4, max 8, FaSp) Current
research in pharmaceutical economics and policy presented by outside scholars, faculty and students. Graded CR/NC.
PMEP 790 Research (1-12) Research leading
to the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC.
PSCI 655 Immunopharmaceutics (2, 2 years, Fa) Lectures and discussion sessions on
pharmaceutics-related immunology, including drugs affecting the immune system, antibodies and cytokines as drugs, and new developments in immunobiotechnology. PSCI 661L Advanced Pharmaceutical Analysis (4, 2 years, Fa) Theory and application of
tion. Graded IP/CR/NC.
quantitative instrumental techniques to the pharmaceutical sciences. Includes principles of chromatography, spectrophotometry, fluorescence, mass spectrometry and immunologic assays. Lecture and laboratory.
PHARMACEUTICAL SCIENCES (PSCI)
PSCI 662 Advanced Pharmacokinetics/ Pharmacodynamics (2, max 4, FaSp) Prin-
PMEP 794abcdz Doctoral Dissertation (2-2-2-2-0) Credit on acceptance of disserta-
PSCI 531 Cell Biology (4) (Enroll in
INTD 531)
PSCI 556 Principal Research Approaches in PPSI (2, Fa) Familiarize new graduate
students with basic approaches used in bio medical research with focus on data interpretation and experimental approaches. Graded CR/NC. PSCI 557 Introduction to Tools and Techniques for Chemical Biology (2, Sp) Multi
disciplinary science where the knowledge of chemistry is utilized to solve problems in biology, and biological systems are evolved to gain new functions. This course aims to establish a great opportunity for graduate students at the interface of biology and chemistry. Recommended preparation: formal course work in chemistry and biochemistry. PSCI 561 Molecular Genetics (4, Sp) (Enroll
in INTD 561)
PSCI 571 Biochemistry (4, Fa) (Enroll in
INTD 571)
PSCI 590 Directed Research (1-12, FaSpSm)
Research leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC.
ciples of advanced pharmacokinetics/pharmacodynamics. Mathematical description of drug disposition processes. Design and evaluation of pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamic studies. Advanced approaches to parameter estimates. PSCI 663 Advanced Drug Delivery Systems (2, Fa) Design and applications of polymers,
liposomes, micro/nanoparticles, prodrugs, and macromolecules for parenteral, oral, transdermal, respiratory and CNS drug delivery. Prerequisite: PSCI 665; recommended preparation: college level chemistry and biology. PSCI 664 Drug Discovery and Design (4, FaSpSm) Principles of drug discovery,
design and characterization. Mechanisms of action of major classes of drugs. Open only to students in management of drug development. Recommended preparation: c ollege level chemistry and biology. PSCI 665 Drug Transport and Delivery (4, Fa) Principles of cellular drug transport,
in vivo drug transport, and modern drug delivery, including drug targeting. Recommended preparation: college level chemistry and biology. PSCI 667 Intracellular Drug Delivery and Targeting (2, 2 years, Sp) Mechanisms of
membrane trafficking and intracellular transport and the utilization of these mechanisms in drug delivery and targeting. Recommended preparation: college level chemistry and biology, INTD 531.
Directed research for the M.S. thesis or Ph.D. dissertation. PSCI 794abcdz Doctoral Dissertation (2-2-2-2-0, FaSpSm) Credit on acceptance of
dissertation. Graded IP/CR/NC.
R E G U L AT O R Y S C I E N C E ( R S C I )
RSCI 520 Introduction to Risk Management for Health Care Products (2) Historical
development, formal language and theoretical approaches to risk management in health care and medical product environment; policies, regulations, standards; liability prevention and loss control. (Duplicates credit in MPTX 520.) Recommended preparation: undergraduate degree in pharmacy, medical or independent health sciences, engineering or equivalent mix of post-secondary training and industry experience. RSCI 521 Seminars in Regulatory Science (1, max 6, FaSpSm) Current problems in
regulatory affairs, legal management, preclinical and clinical testing, scientific evaluation and quality assurance. (Duplicates credit in former MPTX 521.) Graded CR/NC. Recommended preparation: undergraduate degree in pharmacy, medical or independent health sciences, engineering or equivalent mix of post secondary training and industry experience; enrollment in M.S., Regulatory Science program. RSCI 523 Advanced Concepts in Risk Management for Medical Products (3) Managing
risk in demanding health-care and medicalproduct situations: clinical trials, emerging technologies, counterfeit prevention, hardto-reach populations. Recommended preparation: undergraduate or professional degree in p harmacy, medicine or independent health sciences, engineering or equivalent mix of post-secondary training and industry experience; enrollment in M.S. (Regulatory Science), Certificate in Patient and Product Safety, or permission of instructor.
Courses of Instruction
RSCI 525 Introduction to Drug and Food Toxicology (3) Factors affecting toxic
RSCI 531 Industrial Approaches to Drug Discovery (4, FaSpSm) Examines the process
RSCI 527 Medical Product Safety (3)
RSCI 532 Early Stage Drug Development (3, FaSpSm) Explores the activities involved
responses to foods and drugs: dose-response relationships, absorption, distribution, biotransformation, elimination of toxicants; target organ toxicity, teratogenesis, mutagenesis, carcinogenesis, food allergies, risk assessment. Recommended preparation: undergraduate degree in pharmacy, medical or independent health sciences, engineering or equivalent mix of post-secondary training and industry experience.
of drug discovery from selection of disease and therapeutic target to characterization and validation of lead drug candidates. Recommended preparation: undergraduate degree in pharmacy, medical or independent health sciences, engineering or equivalent mix of postsecondary training and industry experience; enrollment in M.S., Regulatory Science, Certificate in Preclinical Drug Development and M.S., Management of Drug Development.
867
RSCI 603 Managing Complex Projects (3)
Theory and methods to manage complex projects in medical products sectors; timelines, intellectual property, security, contracts, budgets, review activities, reports, electronic tools, cross-cultural communication. Recommended preparation: undergraduate or professional degree in pharmacy, medical or independent health sciences, engineering or equivalent mix of post-secondary training and industry experience. RSCI 604 Regulatory Strategy in Asia (4)
Management of medical product safety by manufacturers/suppliers including: safe manufacturing, labeling, packaging; pharmaco vigilance, field observations, complaint handling; record-keeping, safety issues documentation; crisis management/recalls. Recommended preparation: undergraduate degree in pharmacy, medical or independent health sciences, engineering or equivalent mix of postsecondary training and industry experience. RSCI 528 Safety in the Health Care Environment (3) Regulatory expectations for health
care facilities and services: JCAHO certification, environmental risk management, management of medical and medication errors, reduction of health hazards. Recommended preparation: undergraduate degree in pharmacy, medical or independent health sciences, engineering or equivalent mix of postsecondary training and industry experience. RSCI 529 Application of Risk Management Tools and Techniques (2) Use of risk man-
agement tools in the medical products arena: functional analysis, fault-tree analysis, failure modes and effects analysis, HACCP and six sigma methods. Recommended preparation: undergraduate degree in pharmacy, medical or independent health sciences, engineering or equivalent mix of post-secondary training and industry experience. RSCI 530 Translational Medicine: An Overview (2, FaSpSm) An overview of principles
and concepts underlying drug discovery and development, including terminology of translational science. Recommended preparation: undergraduate degree in pharmacy, medical or independent health sciences, engineering or equivalent mix of post-secondary training and industry experience; enrollment in M.S., Regulatory Science, Certificate in Preclinical Drug Development and M.S., Management of Drug Development.
in transforming an early drug or biological candidate to a drug approved for marketing by regulatory authorities. Recommended preparation: undergraduate degree in pharmacy, medical or independent health sciences, engineering or equivalent mix of postsecondary training and industry experience; enrollment in M.S., Regulatory Science, Certificate in Preclinical Drug Development and M.S., Management of Drug Development. RSCI 596 Internship for Curricular Practical Training in Regulatory Science (1, FaSpSm)
Part-time or full-time practical work experience in Regulatory Science. The internship must be located at an off-campus facility. Students are individually supervised by faculty. Graded CR/NC. Recommended preparation: undergraduate or professional degree in pharmacy, medicine or independent health sciences, engineering or equivalent mix of post-secondary training and industry experience; enrollment in M.S. (Regulatory Science). RSCI 601 Biomedical Commerce (4) Intro-
duction to business principles appropriate to medical products, including: supply and demand, product entry-exit strategies, financing, reimbursement, marketing and pricing in global marketplace. Recommended preparation: undergraduate degree in pharmacy, medical or independent health sciences, engineering or equivalent mix of post-secondary training and industry experience; enrollment in M.S., Regulatory Science.
Regulatory policy, standards and practices in different Asian markets: product licensing, import/export management, m aterials sourcing, quality systems compliance, reimbursement, prescribing practices. Travel may be required. Prerequisite: MPTX 519; recommended preparation: undergraduate or professional degree in pharmacy, medical or independent health sciences, engineering or equivalent mix of post-secondary training and industry experience. RSCI 605 Managing Organizations and Human Resources (3) Theory and practice of
personnel management, organizational structure and industrial relations in small, growing enterprises and large global companies typical of pharmaceutical and medical device sectors. Recommended preparation: undergraduate or professional degree in pharmacy, medical or independent health sciences, engineering or equivalent mix of post-secondary training and industry experience. RSCI 608 Regulatory Strategy in Europe and the Americas (4) Regulatory strategy
in EU, Canada, Mexico and South America; culture, health-care practices, reimbursement, product registration, quality systems, trade restrictions, import/export requirements. Travel may be required. Recommended preparation: undergraduate or professional degree in pharmacy, medical or independent health sciences, engineering or equivalent mix of post-secondary training and industry experience. RSCI 794abcdz Doctoral Dissertation (2-2-2-2-0) Dissertation research required for
completion of doctoral degree in regulatory science. Graded IP/CR/NC.
USC Price School of Public Policy
T
he USC Price School of Public Policy provides a dynamic learning environment where interdisciplinary education abounds. At USC Price, students choose a program of study from the independent yet related fields of public administration, public policy,
health management and policy, urban planning, real estate development and executive leadership. Students are supported by a committed faculty who contribute to the strong sense of community present in the school. The school’s mission is to improve the quality of life for people and their communities, here and abroad. Faculty across all its academic programs engage in solving some of society’s most pressing issues — and challenge students to do the same. USC Price is renowned for its expertise in areas such as: sustainability and the environment, health care policy, nonprofit management, housing and real estate, transportation, infrastructure, urban development and land use, social policy, governance, civic engagement, community development, immigration and risk analysis, among others. Defining characteristics of USC Price are the depth of its academic classroom experience and
Confetti rained down on the Trojans gathered to celebrate the naming of the USC Price School of Public Policy, which recently received a $50 million gift from the Price Family Charitable Fund. “Through this gift, we can advance our scholarship on major issues and our work in educating the next generation of leaders in government, in business and in the nonprofit sector,” said Jack H. Knott, dean of the school, which is ranked sixth among public administration graduate programs by U.S. News & World Report.
connecting classroom theory to professional practice through practicums, internships and laboratory work locally, nationally and around the globe. Students graduate with the knowledge, skills and experiences to lead in their chosen field of practice. Today’s complex challenges call for leaders who are able to work across disciplines and across the public, private and nonprofit sectors to find solutions. It is for this multidisciplinary reality that USC Price prepares its students. USC Price students go on to hold high-ranking appointments in our nation’s capital, analyze and determine public policy, design new transportation systems, and redesign city, county, state and federal governance structures — in the United States and abroad. They lead health care reform efforts and manage the delivery of our health care services. They oversee operational aspects of our airports, railroad systems and harbors. They build healthy, sustainable communities, lead major nonprofit organizations, and shape our world for the better.
870
USC Price School of Public Policy
Ralph and Goldy Lewis Hall 312 (213) 740-0350 FAX: (213) 740-5379 Email: price@usc.edu www.usc.edu/schools/price
Norman Topping/National Medical Enterprises Chair in Medicine and Public Policy: Dana Goldman, Ph.D.* Maria B. Crutcher Professor of Citizenship and Democratic Values: Terry L. Cooper, Ph.D.
Administration
Jack H. Knott, Ph.D., Dean Elizabeth Graddy, Ph.D.*, Vice Dean
Frances R. and John J. Duggan Distinguished Professor of Public Administration: Shui Yan Tang, Ph.D.*
Genevieve Giuliano, Ph.D.*, Senior Associate Dean, Research and Technology
Houston Flournoy Professor of State Government: Juliet Musso, Ph.D.*
Regina T. Nordahl, J.D., MBA, SPHR, Associate Dean, Administration
William M. Keck Professor of Energy Resources: Donald Paul, Ph.D. (Engineering and Earth Sciences)
Carol A. Rush, MPA, Associate Dean, Student Affairs John Sonego, M.A., Associate Dean for Development and External Relations
Dr. Chester A. Newland Endowed Professor of Public Administration: Janet Denhardt, DPA Presidential Professor of Health Economics: Daniel McFadden, Ph.D.
Faculty
C. Erwin and Ione L. Piper Dean’s Chair: Jack H. Knott, Ph.D. University Professor: Kevin Starr, Ph.D. (History) Wallis Annenberg Chair in Communication Technology and Society: Manuel Castells, Ph.D. (Communication) Judith & John Bedrosian Chair in Governance & Public Enterprise: Raphael Bostic, Ph.D. Blue Cross of California Chair in Health Care Finance: Glenn A. Melnick, Ph.D. C.C. Crawford Professor of Management and Performance: Anthony Bertelli, Ph.D. Margaret and John Ferraro Chair in Effective Local Government: Genevieve Giuliano, Ph.D.* James Irvine Chair in Urban and Regional Planning: Tridib Banerjee, Ph.D., FAICP* James Irvine Chair in Urban and Regional Planning: Harry W. Richardson, M.A. Edward G. Lewis Endowed Chair in Law: Nancy Staudt, J.D., Ph.D. (Law) Lusk Chair in Real Estate: Richard K. Green, Ph.D. (Business) Jeffrey J. Miller Chair in Government, Business and the Economy: Elizabeth Graddy, Ph.D.* Emery Evans Olson Chair in Nonprofit Entrepreneurship & Public Policy: James M. Ferris, Ph.D
Provost Professor of Business, Law and Political Economy: Mathew McCubbins, Ph.D. (Finance and Business Economics) Judge Widney Professor: Leonard D. Schaeffer Judge Widney Professor of Poetry and Public Culture: Dana Gioia, M.A., MBA Professors: Marlon Boarnet, Ph.D.; Raphael Bostic, Ph.D.; Gerald Caiden, Ph.D.*; Ann Crigler, Ph.D. (Political Science); Elizabeth Garrett, J.D. (Law); Peter Gordon, Ph.D. (Economics); Howard Greenwald, Ph.D.; Eric Heikkila, Ph.D.; Alan Kreditor, MCP, AICP; Dan Mazmanian, Ph.D.; Martin Krieger, Ph.D.; Jacquelyn McCroskey, Ph.D. (Social Work); James Moore II, Ph.D. (Engineering); Dowell Myers, Ph.D.; Robert C. Myrtle, DPA*; Michael Nichol, Ph.D. (Pharmacy); Gary Painter, Ph.D.; Manuel Pastor, Ph.D. (Geography and American Studies and Ethnicity); Jane Pisano, Ph.D.; Jon Pynoos, Ph.D. (Gerontology); Alison D. Renteln, Ph.D.* (Political Science); David Sloane, Ph.D.; Robert Suro (Journalism); Detlof von Winterfeldt, Ph.D. (Engineering); Priscilla Wohlstetter, Ph.D. (Education) Associate Professors: Elizabeth Currid-Halkett, Ph.D.; Darius Lakdawalla, Ph.D.; Christian Redfearn, Ph.D.; Peter Robertson Ph.D.*; Lisa Schweitzer, Ph.D.; Jeffrey Sellers, Ph.D., (Political Science); Kathleen Wilber, Ph.D. (Gerontology) Assistant Professors: Nicole Esparza, Ph.D.; Marco Huesch, Ph.D.; Mark D. Phillips, Ph.D.; Jenny Schuetz, Ph.D.; David Suarez, Ph.D.; Vivian Wu, Ph.D. Distinguished Fellow: Stan Ross, Honorary J.D.
Senior Fellows: Robert Denhardt, Ph.D.; William B. Fulton, Ph.D.; Sherry Bebitch Jeffe, Ph.D.; Richard G. Little, AICP; Mark Pisano; Frank Zerunyan, J.D. Research Professors: Hilda Blanco, Ph.D.; Stephen Hora, D.B.A.; Donald L. Paul, Ph.D. (Engineering and Earth Sciences); Adam Rose, Ph.D. Research Associate Professors: Michael Cousineau, Ph.D. (Medicine); Christopher Weare, Ph.D. Research Assistant Professors: John Romley, Ph.D.; Heather Rosoff, Ph.D.; Dan Wei, Ph.D. Clinical Professor: Leonard Mitchell, M.A., MBA, J.D. Teaching Professor: LaVonna B. Lewis, Ph.D. Teaching Assistant Professors: Elizabeth Falletta, MRED; T.J. McCarthy, Ph.D.; Jennifer Miller, Ph.D.; Michael Thom, Ph.D. Adjunct Professors: Jonathan Brown, DPA; Garrett Capune, Ph.D.; Robert Champion, MRED; Charles Cicchetti, Ph.D.; Thomas Collins, Ed.D.; Tim Gage, MPP; Patrick G. Hays, MHA; Lori Howard, Ph.D.; Stanley Iezman, J.D.; Jong S. Jun, Ph.D.; Patrick Kapsner, MPA, FACMPE; Catherine Kay, J.D.; Michael Keston, MBA; Dora Kingsley, DPA; Allan Kotin, M.A.; Ehud Mouchly, M.A.; Ira Norris, MBA; Tomson Ong, J.D., Ph.D., LLM; James Osterling, MBA; Robert Smythe, B.S.; Erroll Southers, MPA; Henry Zaretsky, Ph.D. Adjunct Associate Professors: Austin Anderson, MBA; Bruce Baltin; William Barcellona, MHA, J.D.; Janis Breidenbach, M.A.; Ali Farahani, Ph.D.; James Fawcett, Ph.D.; Richard Garcia, DPA; Guillermo Gil, MBA; Daniel Haverty, DPA; Robert Ingenito, M.A.; Bryan Jackson, J.D.; Daniel Jordan, Ph.D.; Steven Kellenberg, M.A.U.D.; Michael Kodama, M.A.; Carl Meyer, M.Arch.; Maurice Rahimi, Ph.D.; Ellen Riley, MBA; Jeffrey Schaffer, MPA; Susan Sinclair, MBA; Jeffrey Smith, Ph.D.; Helene Smookler, Ph.D.; Donna Staal, DPA; Halil Toros, Ph.D.; Deborah Torres, M.Arch.; Clyde Wesp, M.D.; Jack Wong, M.A. Adjunct Assistant Professors: Deepak Bahl, MPl; Michael Carter, MPH; Terri Dickerhoff, MRED; Matt Gainer, MFA; Jeffrey Green, MHA; Earl Greenia, Ph.D.; Richard A. Hagy, Ph.D.; Kathy Kolnick, Ph.D.; Donald Morgan, Ph.D.; Mark E. Oliver, MRED; Deike Peters, Ph.D.; Chris Van Gorder, MPA; Chris Wilson, MBA; Diane Yoder, Ph.D. Frances R. and John J. Duggan Professor Emeritus in Public Administration: Chester A. Newland, Ph.D.
Undergraduate Degrees
Emeritus Professors: William C. Baer, Ph.D., AICP; Robert M. Carter, D.Crim.; T. Ross Clayton, Ph.D.; Lois Friss, Dr.P.H.; David Lopez-Lee, Ph.D.; David Mars, Ph.D.; Alexander McEachern, M.A.; E.K. Nelson, DPA; William Petak, DPA; Francine Rabvinovtiz, Ph.D., AICP; Warren Schmidt, Ph.D.; Gilbert Siegel, Ph.D.; Robert Stallings, Ph.D.; Richard A. Sundeen, Ph.D.*; Robert E. Tranquada, M.D.; Joseph S. Wholey, Ph.D.; William J. Williams, DPA Emeritus Associate Professors: Wesley E. Bjur, Ph.D.; Catherine Burke, Ph.D. *Recipient of university-wide or school teaching award.
Degrees Offered
The Price School of Public Policy offers the following degrees: • B achelor of Science in Policy, Planning and Development • Master of Health Administration • Executive Master of Health Administration • Master of Science in Health Systems Management Engineering (with Industrial and Systems Engineering) • Executive Master of Leadership • Master of Public Policy and Management • Master of Planning • Master of Planning and Development Studies • Master of Public Administration • Master of Public Policy • Master of Real Estate Development • Doctor of Philosophy in Public Policy and Management
871
• Doctor of Philosophy in Urban Planning and Development • Doctor of Policy, Planning, and Development
The Master of Real Estate Development is offered as a dual degree with the Master of Business Administration, Juris Doctor and Master of Planning.
The Bachelor of Science and the school’s master’s degrees are also offered jointly as a progressive five-year program and the school participates in the following interdisciplinary minors:
The Master of Health Administration is offered as a dual degree with the Master of Science in Gerontology.
• C hildren and Families in Urban America • Construction Planning and Management • Environmental Planning and Development • Health Policy and Management • International Policy and Management • Law and Public Policy • Nonprofits, Philanthropy and Volunteerism • Real Estate Development • Urban Policy and Planning The Master of Planning is offered as a dual master’s degree with programs in architecture, landscape architecture, art and curatorial practices in the public sphere, business administration, economics, gerontology, international relations, public administration, public health, public policy, real estate development and social work.
The Master of Public Policy is offered as a dual degree with programs in law and planning. National Honor Societies
Pi Alpha Alpha Pi Alpha Alpha is the national honor society for public affairs and administration. Graduate students in the Price School of Public Policy who have completed at least 18 semester units and have earned a 3.7 grade point average are eligible for membership. Pi Sigma Alpha Pi Sigma Alpha is the national honor society for students in public administration, political science, and international relations. Students who have completed at least three courses from among these fields and have earned at least a 3.5 grade point average are eligible to apply.
The Master of Public Administration is offered as a dual master’s degree with programs in planning, gerontology, international relations, Jewish nonprofit management, law and social work.
Undergraduate Degrees The Price School of Public Policy offers a suite of degrees that allow undergraduate students to gain the skills and knowledge necessary to understand complex health, environmental and urban issues, as well as to potentially enter the professional fields of health and nonprofit management, public policy, real estate development, and urban planning. Students may enroll in the Bachelor of Science in Policy, Planning, and Development, or a challenging set of minors, or possibly the very competitive progressive degrees associated with the Master of Health Administration, Master of Planning and Master of Public Administration.
Admission
Advisement
Freshman and transfer students may indicate their desire to declare policy, p lanning, and development as a major on their university application. Students enrolled at USC wishing to declare the major or to be admitted into the minors must be in good academic standing. Interested current USC students should contact the Admissions and Recruitment Office in RGL 111 for more information.
Students must discuss courses of study with the appropriate undergraduate advisers throughout their college enrollment and need to develop their own individual programs with faculty and staff advisers at the time of first enrollment and throughout their college careers.
872
USC Price School of Public Policy
Bachelor of Science in Policy, Planning, and Development The Bachelor of Science in Policy, Planning, and Development is an interdisciplinary major that prepares students for graduate study and/or professional careers by engaging them in the analysis of society’s political, social and economic issues in such areas as environment, health care and urban life. The major introduces students to theoretical foundations and practical applications through a set of cross-cutting introductory courses and specialized courses in one of five tracks: health policy and management, public policy and law, nonprofits and social innovation, real estate development, or sustainable planning. Students will be introduced to analytical and research tools, including economics, Geographic Information Systems, statistics, urban design, and applied field research. Throughout, the students’ education will be connected to professional practice, as exemplified by the mandatory internship. Finally, the major is structured to provide students with sufficient elective credits to explore minors or other programs at USC so they can broaden their education to better prepare themselves for the next stage of their lives. General Education Requirements
The university’s general education program provides a coherent, integrated introduction to the breadth of knowledge you will need to consider yourself (and to be considered by other people) a generally well-educated person. This program requires six courses in different categories, plus writing and diversity requirements, which together comprise the USC Core. See pages 63 and 250 for more information.
General Electives (26 units*) Policy, Planning, and Development Core Courses CORE COURSES (30 UNITS)
PPD 225 Public Policy and Management (gateway course) 4 PPD 227 Urban Planning and Development (gateway course) 4 PPD 240 Citizenship and Public Ethics 4 PPD 245 The Urban Context for Policy and Planning 4 PPD 357 Government and Business 4 PPD 301 PPD Practices: Internship Seminar 2 PPD 303 Statistics for Policy, Planning and Development 4 PPD 373 Public Policy and Planning Analysis 4
Students select one track for degree emphasis; they take 28 units (seven courses) from the track selected. Each track includes four required courses and three elective courses. During advisement, students will be given a list of recommended elective courses particularly appropriate for the chosen track, but students have the flexibility to craft the electives out of Price School courses to meet their academic needs. The four requirement courses for each track are listed below.
A minimum grade of C- 1.7 (A=4.0) must be earned in each PPD course specifically listed as a degree requirement. In addition, a minimum grade point average of C (2.0) or higher must be achieved to earn all Price degrees. The GPA for all upper division PPD courses applied toward the major must also be a C (2.0) or higher. No more than 16 units of PPD course work may be taken prior to the successful completion of pre-major requirements. Pre-major Requirements (8 units)
A minimum grade of C, 2.0 (A=4.0), must be earned in each of the pre-major courses. All pre-major requirements must be taken for a letter grade. Math MATH 117 (4) Economics ECON 203 Microeconomics (4)
UNITS
Required courses: PPD 325 Fundamentals of Health Policy and Management
4
Health Policy Focus: PPD 314 Public Policy and Law 4 PPD 315 Analytical Foundations for Public Policy 4 PPD 415 Health Policy 4 Health Management Focus: PPD 320 Organizational Behavior in Public Administration 4 PPD 407 Financial Management of Public and Nonprofit Organizations 4 PPD 413 Administration of Health Care Organizations 4 Electives (select 3): Health Policy Focus: GERO 416 Health Issues in Adulthood 4 HP 408 Environmental Health in the Community 4
4 4 4 4
Health Management Focus: PPD 318 Financial Accounting in Public and Nonprofit Organizations 4 PPD 330 Introduction to Health Care Systems 4 PPD 403 Management Analysis I 4 PPD 414 Community Health Policy and Planning 4 PPD 478 Social Innovations 4 (Study abroad if applicable to track) PUBLIC POLICY AND LAW
UNITS
Required courses: PPD 313 Finance of the Public Sector PPD 314 Public Policy and Law PPD 315 Analytical Foundations for Public Policy POSC 340 Constitutional Law
Tracks
HEALTH POLICY AND MANAGEMENT
Major Requirements
UNITS
HP 412 Health Promotion and Prevention Policy PPD 330 Introduction to Health Care Systems PPD 413 Administration of Health Care Organizations PPD 414 Community Health Policy and Planning (Study abroad if applicable to track)
4 4 4 4
Electives (select 3): ECON 434 Economic Analysis of Law 4 LAW 200x Law and Society 4 POSC 444 Civil and Political Rights and Liberties 4 PPD 342 Crime and Public Policy 4 PPD 410 Comparative Urban Development 4 PPD 415 Health Policy 4 PPD 439 Housing and Community Development 4 PPD 461 Sustainable Communities, Policy and Planning 4 PPD 478 Social Innovations 4 PPD 485 U.S. Immigration Policy and Liberties 4 Washington, D.C. Semester (Study abroad if applicable to track) NONPROFITS AND SOCIAL INNOVATION
Required courses: PPD 371 PPD 402 PPD 407 PPD 478
UNITS
The Nonprofit Sector and the Public Interest 4 Management of Public and Nonprofit Organizations 4 Financial Management of Public and Nonprofit Organizations 4 Social Innovations 4
Progressive Degrees
Electives (select 3): BUCO 485 Business Communication Management for Nonprofits 4 IR 371 Global Civil Society: Non-State Actors in World Politics 4 PPD 318 Financial Accounting in Public and Nonprofit Organizations 4 PPD 320 Organizational Behavior in Public Administration 4 PPD 353 Introduction to Philanthropy and Grant-Writing 4 PPD 372 Public Service in an Urban Setting 4 PPD 382 International Development 4 PPD 403 Management Analysis I 4 (Study abroad if applicable to track) REAL ESTATE DEVELOPMENT
UNITS
Required courses: FBE 400x Introduction to Real Estate Finance and Development 4 PPD 362 Real Estate Fundamentals for Planning and Development 4 PPD 417 History of Planning and Development 4 PPD 437 Advanced Finance and Investment for Planning and Development 4 Electives (select 3): CE 460* Construction Engineering 3 FBE 427 Real Estate Law 4 PPD 410 Comparative Urban Development 4 PPD 420 Environmental Impact Assessment 4 PPD 425 Designing Livable Communities 4 PPD 435 Analyzing Real Estate Markets for Planning and Development 4
873
PPD 438 Local Economic Development 4 PPD 439 Housing and Community Development 4 (Study abroad if applicable to track) *Students in the real estate track who select CE 460 as an elective will earn 27 units rather than 28 in the track and will require 27 units of general electives rather than 26 to reach 128 units total.
Capstone
All students will take four units of a capstone experience during their senior year. This may be fulfilled by taking PPD 431L Undergraduate Policy, Planning, and Development Studies (4) or PPD 497ab Senior Thesis (2-2). Students wishing to enroll in PPD 497ab must have a 3.7 GPA in PPD courses and an overall 3.5 GPA. Internships
SUSTAINABLE PLANNING
UNITS
Required courses: PPD 417 History of Planning and Development 4 PPD 420 Environmental Impact Assessment 4 PPD 427L Geographic Information Systems and Planning Applications 4 PPD 461 Sustainable Communities, Policy and Planning 4 Electives (select 3): PPD 306 Visual Methods in Policy, Management, Planning and Development 4 PPD 358 Urban and Regional Economics 4 PPD 360 Urban Transportation Planning and Policy 4 PPD 362 Real Estate Fundamentals for Planning and Development 4 PPD 410 Comparative Urban Development 4 PPD 414 Community Health Policy and Planning 4 PPD 425 Designing Livable Communities 4 PPD 438 Local Economic Development 4 PPD 439 Housing and Community Development 4 (Study abroad if applicable to track)
The faculty director of the undergraduate program may approve students’ petitions to substitute or mix track classes if based on an appropriate academic/career rationale.
Policy, Planning and Development majors are required to complete 140 hours of internship by enrolling in PPD 301 PPD Practices: Internship Seminar or the Washington, D.C., Semester internship. Internships are matched as closely as possible to the student’s interests and skills. PPD 301 and the internship in a position provide numerous opportunities to develop and formulate future career goals, as well as to gain personal and professional experience while completing the undergraduate degree. Honors
Price School honors are available at graduation to qualified PPD majors and result in a special designation of departmental honors on a s tudent’s transcript. Achievement of PPD honors requires a 3.7 GPA in PPD major courses and a 3.5 overall GPA as well as nomination by the professor in the capstone experience. In addition, students must earn an A in their capstone course (PPD 497ab or PPD 431). Washington, D.C., Semester
The Washington, D.C., Semester program provides an intensive semester of confrontation with the political center of the nation and its complex components. The program offers opportunities for behind-the-scenes work in national government agencies and related organizations, combined with an academic environment and the chance to explore, share and learn with a group of fellow students.
Progressive Degrees in the Price School of Public Policy The Price School of Public Policy offers students who have demonstrated exceptional academic success the opportunity to earn both bachelor’s and master’s degrees in a progressive degree program. This program allows students to earn both the Bachelor of Science and a master’s degree in five years. Further details about progressive degrees can be found on page 87.
Admission
Admission is available after the completion of 64 units of course work toward the undergraduate degree. Students must apply for admission to the progressive degree program after completing 64 units of applicable course work to their undergraduate programs, but prior to the completion of 96 units of course
work (not including AP, IB or courses taken prior to high school graduation). The application for admission to the progressive degree plan must be accompanied by a course proposal plan and two letters of recommendation with one at least from a Price School faculty member.
874
USC Price School of Public Policy
Awarding of Degrees
32 units of upper division Price course work (including any graduate Price classes).
The Bachelor of Science and master’s degree may be awarded separately upon completion of all degree requirements, but the master’s degree will not be awarded before the bachelor’s degree. Students who elect not to complete the master’s, must complete 128 units to earn the bachelor’s degree, including
Transfer of Credits
Time Limits
All requirements for the progressive degree must be completed within 12 semesters. If not completed within that time, students will no longer be eligible for the master’s degree but may still earn the bachelor’s.
Graduate courses will not be accepted for transfer credit. Undergraduate classes may be transferred in accordance with university guidelines.
Minor Programs Minor in Children and Families in Urban America
What’s happening to children and families in urban America? Students will examine changing demographics, economics, and cultures and the challenges of building communities that support families. They will assess innovative ways to improve access to and utilization of human services, including inter-professional practice, integrated services and community-based initiatives. Analysis of current social policies and policy reform initiatives will provide a framework for students who want to help improve student outcomes for children and families. This minor includes courses from social work, planning, psychology, communication, education and other academic areas. It requires 22 units. See the USC School of Social Work section (page 929) for course requirements. Minor in Construction Planning and Management
This program covers the most current theories and practice of construction planning and management. The program provides a valuable adjunct credential to professional school students pursuing careers in business administration, public administration, environmental studies, and other areas; and a unique opportunity for professional focus to students in the USC Dornsife College of Letters, Arts and Sciences. Construction activities are complex. In contemporary society, effective planning and management of these activities requires specialized knowledge of the technical, economic and political environment. This program couples the knowledge of how construction activities are organized with a broader understanding of the urban system in which construction projects are embedded. With the exception of statistics, all of the required courses are within the Department of Civil Engineering and the Price School of Public Policy.
Any USC undergraduate who has completed the equivalent of two full-time semesters in good standing is eligible to pursue the minor program. This minor program is rigorous enough to serve as an introductory credential for students subsequently electing to pursue advanced studies in development, urban planning, construction management or allied fields. See the Department of Civil Engineering (page 624) for course requirements. Minor in Health Policy and Management
This 24-unit minor in health policy and management provides students with a background in the institutions, policy and management issues in the field of health care and the skills necessary to pursue a range of health-related management and/or policy opportunities in the for-profit, nonprofit and governmental sectors. This minor is appropriate for students interested in pursuing careers in the health care field, especially students majoring in pre-health services fields, business, gerontology or the social sciences. REQUIRED COURSES
*Prerequisite required
Minor in International Policy and Management
UNITS
PPD 325* Fundamentals of Health Policy and Management PPD 330 Introduction to Health Care Systems PPD 415* Health Policy
4 4 4
ELECTIVES UNITS
Choose three courses from one of the two tracks: Health Issues Track ECON 472* Economics of Medical Care GERO 416 Health Issues in Aging GERO 421 Managed Care for an Aging Society HP 412 Health Promotion and Prevention Policy HP 420 Gender and Minority Health Issues HP 422 AIDS in Society PPD 414 Community Health Policy and Planning SOCI 475 Medical Sociology
Health Management Track ECON 472* Economics of Medical Care 4 PPD 316 Human Resource Management for Public Organizations 4 PPD 318 Financial Accounting in Public and Nonprofit Organizations 4 PPD 320 Organizational Behavior in Public Administration 4 PPD 407* Financial Management of Public and Nonprofit Organizations 4 PPD 413 Administration of Health Care Organizations 4
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
The minor in international policy and management brings together courses from the School of International Relations, dealing with the new global challenges, specific regions of the world, and international organizations and policies, and the Price School of Public Policy, dealing with core management skills and public policy processes. Students will examine the changes and challenges which are transforming the world, and the policy and management skills used to deal with them. To increase their understanding of the context and application of these concepts, students must complete a semesterlong internship either in Washington, D.C. (through participation in the Washington, D.C. semester program) or in Los Angeles with an organization that has an international focus. Students minoring in international policy and management take three courses in international relations, including the gateway course, IR 305 Managing New Global Challenges; three courses in public policy and management; and an approved internship through the School of International Relations (IR 491 Field Study). For additional course information, see International Relations (page 378).
Minor Programs
Minor in Law and Public Policy
The minor in law and public policy draws upon four fields of study: public policy and management, law, economics and political science. It provides students with an understanding of the political and economic contexts in which laws are made as well as how legal institutions shape policy formulation. Students learn to analyze the consequences of policy and alternatives; the roles played by government, business and nonprofit organizations in public decision making; and the legal bases for various areas of public policy. Students minoring in law and public policy take six required courses, including the gateway class, PPD 225 Public Policy and Management, and one elective. The latter enables the student to focus on a specific area of law. REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
And one of the following: ECON 434 Economic Analysis of Law FBE 403 Introduction to the Legal Environment of Business POSC 345 International Law POSC 347 Environmental Law POSC 432 The Politics of Local Criminal Justice POSC 440 Comparative Law and the Judicial Process POSC 441 Cultural Diversity and the Law POSC 444 Civil and Political Rights and Liberties POSC 452 Critical Issues in Law and Public Policy PPD 314* Public Policy and Law PPD 315* Analytic Foundations for Public Policy
(2) a focus on voluntary action and service as one means for social change and problemsolving; and (3) insights into the management of nonprofit organizations. Students select an elective that extends their understanding to the role of nongovernmental organizations in international affairs or to the role of public relations for nonprofits. This minor is intended for students who plan (1) to work in a nonprofit or charitable organization, whether it is a large organization such as United Way, a small social service agency, an environmental advocacy group, a museum or a religious organization, (2) to participate with nonprofits as a volunteer throughout their lives or (3) pursue further graduate work in a service-related profession. REQUIRED COURSES
ECON 203 Principles of Microeconomics 4 LAW 200x Law and Society 4 POSC 340 Constitutional Law 4 PPD 225 Public Policy and Management 4 PPD 303 Statistics for Policy, Planning, and Development 4 PPD 373* Public Policy and Planning Analysis 4
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
*Prerequisite required
Minor in Nonprofits, Philanthropy and Volunteerism
This four-course minor enables students to learn about the nonprofit sector – its organizations, philanthropy and voluntary action. The three course core provides: (1) an overview of the nonprofit sector and philanthropy and its role in the United States, including its historical and theoretical foundations, its various components and its relation to public policy;
875
UNITS
PPD 371 The Nonprofit Sector and the Public Interest 4 PPD 402 Management of Public and Nonprofit Organizations 4 PPD 478 Social Innovations 4 Electives (select one) BUCO 485 Business Communication Management for Nonprofits 4 JOUR 455* Public Relations for Non-Profit Organizations 4 IR 371 Global Civil Society: Non-State Actors in World Politics 4 PPD 318 Financial Accounting in Public and Nonprofit Organizations 4 PPD 320 Organizational Behavior in Public Administration 4 PPD 353 Introduction to Philanthropy and Grant Writing 4 PPD 372 Public Service in an Urban Setting 4 PPD 382 International Development 4 PPD 403 Management Analysis I 4 *Prerequisite: JOUR 350
Minor in Real Estate Development
This minor provides students with an overview of the field of real estate development – its principles, market analysis, finance and history, as well as the opportunity to pursue more specialized interests and skills through a set of electives (including courses in architecture, civil engineering and business). It is a 23-24 unit minor, requiring four core courses and two electives. The minor is intended for any students with interests in careers in real estate development or other areas that might be related to real estate development, such as local government, non-profit housing and land use enterprises, urban economics,
public-private partnerships or related entrepreneurial ventures. REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
FBE 400x Introduction to Real Estate Finance and Development 4 PPD 362 Real Estate Fundamentals for Planning and Development 4 PPD 417 History of Planning and Development 4 PPD 437* Advanced Finance and Investment for Planning and Development 4 Electives (select two): CE 460** Construction Engineering 3 FBE 427 Real Estate Law 4 PPD 410 Comparative Urban Development 4 PPD 420 Environmental Impact Assessment 4 PPD 425 Designing Livable Communities 4 PPD 435 Analyzing Real Estate Markets for Planning and Development 4 PPD 438 Local Economic Development 4 PPD 439 Housing and Community Development 4 PPD 461 Sustainable Communities, Policy and Planning 4
23-24
*Prerequisite: MATH 117 and PPD 362 **7 units if CE 460 is selected
Minor in Urban Policy and Planning
The 28-unit minor in urban policy and planning focuses on the application of public policy, urban planning and public management to the analysis and solution of urban problems. It draws upon the interdisciplinary faculty and programs of the Price School of Public Policy and includes foundational courses that introduce students to the nature of urban phenomena and the analysis and solution of urban problems. The minor also introduces students to the professional and academic fields of either urban planning and development or public policy and public management. Additionally, based on their specific interests, students have the opportunity to explore in greater depth three areas and approaches of urban problem-solving. This minor is appropriate for students interested in expanding their understanding of the fields of urban planning and public policy and management as potential professional careers as well as increasing their comprehension of the analysis and solution of urban problems.
USC Price School of Public Policy
876
REQUIRED COURSES (20 UNITS)
UNITS
Foundational Courses (12 units) PPD 225 Public Policy and Management 4 PPD 245 The Urban Context for Policy and Planning 4 PPD 303 Statistics for Policy, Planning, and Development 4 Organizations in the Urban Context (4 units) PPD 314* Public Policy and Law
4
ELECTIVE COURSES (8 UNITS)
UNITS
Students select two courses from this list. They are encouraged through advisement to consider course clusters that reflect special interests. PPD 315* Analytical Foundations for Public Policy 4 PPD 342 Crime and Public Policy 4 PPD 360 Urban Transportation Planning and Policy 4 PPD 362 Real Estate Fundamentals for Planning and Development 4 PPD 371 The Nonprofit Sector and the Public Interest 4
PPD 372 Public Service in an Urban Setting 4 PPD 425 Designing Livable Communities 4 PPD 439 Housing and Community Development 4 PPD 461 Sustainable Communities, Policy and Planning 4 *Prerequisite required
Aerospace Studies Physical Education Building 112 (213) 740-2670 Administration
Jason Ohta, Lieutenant Colonel, USAF Faculty
Professor: Jason Ohta, MPA (Lieutenant Colonel, USAF) Assistant Professors: Jorge Avila, M.S. (Captain, USAF); Daniel Hampton, B.A. (Captain, USAF) The Department of Aerospace Studies offers a two to four-year program of instruction leading directly to commissioning as an officer in the United States Air Force. To obtain a commission, qualified students must pass an aptitude and physical fitness test and a medical examination, complete the program of instruction and concurrently receive an undergraduate or graduate degree. Credits earned in aerospace studies courses count as electives in some degree programs. Those students who qualify for and are selected to enter Air Force pilot training will be given flight instruction. Qualified applicants may compete for Air Force scholarships. Scholarships may pay for full tuition, books and associated fees. See page 46 for additional scholarship information.
Program Requirements
Academic Year Program This program consists of up to eight semesters of aerospace studies courses (AEST 100ab through AEST 400ab) plus a fourto six-week summer field training course. Students enroll in the first four semesters of aerospace studies (AEST 100ab and AEST 200ab) in the same manner as in any other course of instruction at USC. Application to enroll in the last four semesters (AEST 300ab and AEST 400ab) must be made after completion of the summer field training course. The program can be tailored for students who join after the beginning of their freshman year. Summer Training Courses Field training is offered during the summer months at selected Air Force bases throughout the United States. Students participate in four to six weeks of intensive training, normally between their sophomore and junior years. The major areas of study in the four-week field training course include junior officer leadership training, career orientation, sur足 vival training, weapons training, base functions and Air Force environment, and physical training.
The major areas of study included in the six-week field training course are the same as those conducted at four-week field training, plus the equivalent of the AEST 100ab and AEST 200ab courses. Additional summer training courses at locations around the world are available to interested students to help them gain knowledge of the management challenges in leadership and human relations, provide a general orientation in Air Force specialties and motivate cadets toward an Air Force career. The training opportunities vary each year but may include parachute and glider training, cultural and language immersion programs, engineering research and apprentice experience, and orientation programs related to space and other Air Force specialties.
Military Science
877
Enrolled Cadets
for the first two years of the ROTC program by attending the ROTC Leaders Training Course or by previous junior ROTC participation. Transfer students who meet the same criteria are also eligible for scholarships. Upon acceptance, students then follow the military science program described for junior and senior cadets in the four-year program.
Military Science Physical Education Building 110 (213) 740-4026 Administration
Robert O. Kirkland, Ph.D. (Lieutenant Colonel, U.S. Army) Faculty
Professor/Commander: Robert O. Kirkland, Ph.D. (Lieutenant Colonel, U.S. Army) Assistant Professor: Heath E. Papkov, B.A. (Captain, U.S. Army) The Department of Military Science provides professional training for students leading to a commission, upon graduation, in the Active Army, Army Reserve or the Army National Guard. Through the Army Reserve Officers’ Training Corps Program (AROTC), scholarship benefits include full tuition, fees and book stipends. Scholarships are also available for Guaranteed Reserve Forces Duty. Military Science instruction is focused on hands-on leadership development and the practical application of military skills needed to produce America’s future leaders. Additionally, military science courses count as electives in many degree programs. MS 101 and MS 102 are open to students who are not enrolled in the program, but have an interest in leadership, management, military history or military training. Enrollment in the Army ROTC program is open to qualified full-time students. Scholarship Program
The majority of Army ROTC cadets attend USC on Army scholarships. All Army scholarships are merit-based and are not dependent on individual financial need. Scholarships are available for both Active Duty and Guaranteed Reserve Forces Duty. Scholarships are awarded on a competitive basis to qualified applicants for two-, threeor four-year periods depending on the applicant’s academic level and program of study. Scholarship cadets receive benefits that cover full tuition, fees and a book stipend, and are available to all majors. See page 46 for additional scholarship information.
Contracted scholarship and non-scholarship cadets can receive a monthly stipend of up to $300-$500 per month subsistence allowance, based on academic class. Contracted scholarship cadets receive an annual $1,200 book allowance. All enrolled scholarship and non-scholarship cadets receive uniforms and military science textbooks from the department. Four-Year Program
The four-year military science curriculum is designed to be part of the student’s undergraduate degree program. During the freshman and sophomore years, students receive introductory instruction in the theory of warfare, military history, military leadership and basic military skills. Cadets participate during their junior and senior years in a professional development program with instruction in leadership, management, military justice and advanced military skills. Three-Year Program
The three-year program is available to qualified sophomore undergraduate students. Students may compress the first two years of the ROTC program by attending two ROTC classes per semester during their sophomore year. Scholarships are available, on a competitive basis, for students with three years remaining toward the completion of their undergraduate degree. Transfer students who meet the same criteria are also eligible for scholarships. Upon acceptance, students then follow the military science program described for the four-year program. Two-Year Program
The two-year program is available to qualified junior and senior undergraduate students and graduate students who have two years of academic work remaining. Veterans who have achieved junior academic status and meet enrollment criteria are also eligible for this program. Students may receive credit
Field Training
Several military training programs are available to qualified cadets. A five-week paid Leaders Training Course at Fort Knox, Kentucky, qualifies students for the twoyear program. All cadets attend a 32-day paid ROTC Leadership Development and Assessment Course at Fort Lewis, Washington, after their junior year. This course provides practical application of advanced military and leadership skills required for commissioning. Adventure Training
Qualified candidates may also receive training in Airborne school, Air Assault school (rappelling from helicopters), Cadet Troop Leadership Training (training in Army units around the world), Northern Warfare school (Arctic survival) and Mountain Warfare school.
878
USC Price School of Public Policy
Naval Science Physical Education Building 101 (213) 740-2663 Administration
Alvah E. Ingersoll III, M.A., M.S. (Colonel, U.S. Marine Corps), Commanding Officer
All naval science courses, from ship systems and management to naval operations and amphibious warfare, are open to students who are not in the program but have an interest in the Navy and related fields, such as engineering, navigation and naval operations, history and management.
Faculty
Professor: Alvah E. Ingersoll III, M.A., M.S. (Colonel, U.S. Marine Corps) Associate Professor: Rommel M. Esteves, M.S.Eng. (Commander, U.S. Navy) Assistant Professors: Scott Carr, B.S. (Lieutenant, U.S. Navy); M. Craig Palmer, B.S., M.S. (Major, U.S. Marine Corps); Tiana Tafua, B.A. (Lieutenant, U.S. Navy); Matthew Thatcher, B.S. (Lieutenant, U.S. Navy) The Department of Naval Science provides professional training for students leading to a reserve commission, upon graduation, in the United States Navy or the United States Marine Corps. Through the Naval Reserve Officers Training Corps Program (NROTC), scholarship students receive full tuition, fees, book stipend and $250-$400 per month subsistence allowance. The university also provides an additional automatic scholarship of $4,000 per year for each NROTC scholarship recipient. Non-scholarship students may apply to participate as members of the midshipman battalion with limited financial assistance, earning a reserve commission upon completion of the baccalaureate degree. Because of the rapid development of highly technical ship systems, aviation and other military equipment, science and engineering majors are highly desirable; however, Navy scholarships are currently available to students pursuing any major offered by the university, as long as they complete basic technical requirements. In addition to university requirements, midshipmen must complete 22 units of naval science courses, a physical fitness test and three summer cruises, each about four to eight weeks long. The department also conducts a sail training program for all midshipmen.
Program Requirements
Scholarship Program The majority of naval science students attend the university on Navy scholarships. Scholarships are awarded primarily on a fouryear basis to high school seniors selected in nationwide competition. A two-year upper division scholarship program is also available with a similar selection process to students who have not yet begun their junior year in college. Applications for both types of scholarships are due by December 1 and March 1, respectively, each year. In addition to tuition and fees, books and uniforms, students receive subsistence allowance of $250-$400 per month. Navy Option midshipmen starting their freshman year of college in the fall of 2010 or later will be required upon graduation to serve a minimum of five years of active military service. Additional requirements may be required for specific job assignments. College Program College program non-scholarship students are selected by the professor of naval science at the beginning of each academic year from among applicants of the freshman and sopho more classes. These students receive uniforms, naval science textbooks, and if selected for advanced standing, subsistence pay of $150 per month in their junior and senior years. Upon graduation, a non-scholarship student receives a reserve commission in the U.S. Navy or U.S. Marine Corps, and serves on active duty for a minimum of three years. College Program students may be recommended for scholarship benefits based on superior academic performance and participation in NROTC. See page 46 for additional scholarship information.
Marine Corps Option Highly motivated NROTC students may request designation as Marine Corps option students, and may also pursue any USC academic degree. Marine Corps option students are required to take NSC 135, NSC 137, NSC 343, NSC 392, NSC 453 and NSC 454. In addition, their final summer cruise involves intensive Marine training. Marine Corps option students also participate, on a limited basis, in field training exercises during the academic year. Marine Corps Option midshipmen will be required upon graduation to serve at least four years on active duty. Requirements for Commissioning Students must meet USC degree requirements in their chosen fields and complete the prescribed naval science courses. In addition, scholarship students must include in their programs MATH 125 Calculus I and MATH 126 Calculus II and PHYS 151L Fundamentals of Physics I: Mechanics and Thermodynamics and PHYS 152L Fundamentals of Physics II: Electricity and Magnetism; two courses of English, one course in American history/national s ecurity policy and one course in world cultural regional studies. College program students may take a year of both college-level algebra and physical science in lieu of the calculus and physics requirements.
Graduate Degrees
879
Graduate Degrees Admission
Applicants for admission to the Master of Health Administration; Executive Master of Health Administration; Executive Master of Leadership; Master of Planning; Master of Planning and Development Studies; Master of Public Administration; Master of Public Policy; Master of Public Policy and Management; Master of Real Estate Development; Doctor of Policy, Planning, and Development; Doctor of Philosophy in Public Policy and Management; and Doctor of Philosophy in Urban Planning and Development must have a bachelor’s degree or its equivalent from an accredited educational institution. In recognition of the increasing diversity of capabilities required as the theories and practices of policy, planning, and development evolve, students from a variety of undergraduate and graduate backgrounds are encouraged to apply. Applicants for admission will be expected to have completed a broad range of undergraduate courses in addition to their academic major or professional concentration. Generally, this will be reflected in completion of courses from the following fields: English; economics (basic theory); political science, history or sociology; physical or natural science; art or philosophy. In addition, mathematics (algebra, calculus, probability theory) and a course in statistics are strongly recommended. Application for Admission
Admission to graduate programs in the Price School of Public Policy is highly selective and competitive. Preference is given to those with a record of high educational achievement and personal qualities favoring success in the fields of planning or development. Applicants must have achieved superior grades during undergraduate and any graduate education. A grade point average of at least 3.0 (A = 4.0) is normally expected as well as satisfactory scores on the Graduate Record Examinations (GRE). The GRE and GMAT are neither accepted nor required for the DPPD or executive MHA programs. Students applying for admission to the Master of Planning, Master of Planning and Development Studies or the Master of Real Estate Development program may also submit either the Graduate
Management Administration Test (GMAT) or the Law School Admission Test (LSAT). In exceptional cases, an applicant who has not met these scholarship requirements may be admitted with conditions of admission. For specific information on admission requirements and application procedures, contact the Price School of Public Policy, Office of Recruitment and Admissions, at (213) 740-0550. Certificate in Transportation Systems applicants should apply to the USC Viterbi School of Engineering. For additional information, contact the school at (213) 740-0587. Transfer Credit
The Degree Progress Department determines whether work done elsewhere is available for consideration for credit toward the USC degree. That office requires official transcripts of all course work done before entering USC. A Graduate Transfer Credit Statement of these official transcripts, done after a student has been admitted to regular status at USC, will indicate which units are available for transfer. These courses do not apply toward the degree unless, and until, the student’s major department approves and submits transfer credit to the Degree Progress Department in the Office of Academic Records and Registrar. Application of any available transfer credits toward a graduate degree will be determined by the director of the particular degree program, based on the semester units available for transfer as shown on the Transfer Credit Statement. These general guidelines are followed by the admissions evaluator and by faculty members: (1) the work must be completed at an accredited graduate school; (2) the grade must be B or better; (3) the work must be a fair and reasonable equivalent to current USC course work at the graduate level which fits into the logical program for the degree;
(4) the units are not more than seven years old at the time of admission to their master’s program (or 10 years old for a doctoral program); (5) the units must reflect current knowledge in the field; and (6) the work must be completed prior to admission to the USC program. USC does not give transfer credit for life experience, credit by examination, noncredit extension courses or thesis course supervision. Please consult with your degree director before enrolling in courses outside of USC. In many of the Price School’s master’s degree programs, only courses taken outside of USC prior to admission may be applied to your degree. Waiver of Course Content
The school recognizes that some applicants may have covered the material contained in core courses or courses required for a particular specialization. Under these circumstances, one particular course requirement may be waived, allowing the student to complete a more advanced course in the same area. Students who have a background in a particular area of study may be allowed to substitute other courses. In these situations students do not receive unit credit but are permitted to take course work which does not repeat earlier academic experiences. Waiver of content is usually given only in the case of previous academic study of the subject, not in the case of experiential background in the area. Students who believe they are eligible for content waiver decisions must petition the faculty of the school, providing evidence of the previous work through transcripts, syllabi and other pertinent material. Con tact the school’s Student Affairs Office for information.
880
USC Price School of Public Policy
Master of Health Administration The issues surrounding the delivery and financing of health services have an enormous impact on individuals and the com munities in which we live. The health care industry now accounts for more than 15 percent of the U.S. economy. Fast-moving developments in technology, economics, ethics, finance, policy, management and globalization are driving changes in the health sector. Effective health leadership requires an understanding of governance systems and the complex interplay between the public, private and nonprofit sectors as well as the dual imperatives of both the clinical and business facets of health care delivery. As the health care system changes, career opportunities abound. The field has a tremendous need for leaders, managers and analysts – in hospitals, health plans, physician practices, health-related enterprises, community health organizations, social advocacy groups, and regulatory and legislative agencies. The Price School of Public Policy’s multidisciplinary nature, with degree programs in public policy, public administration, urban planning, and international policy, adds breadth that distinguishes USC’s MHA degree, providing students with an understanding of the larger social context in which the health sector is embedded and how it intersects and interacts with other social policy issues. The Price School programs in health management and policy offer two degree options – the Master of Health Administration and the Executive Master of Health Administration. These degrees position the student to acquire the knowledge, skills and applied experience to shape health policy and lead health organizations. Requirements for the Executive MHA differ from those of the traditional MHA and are found on page 881. The Master of Health Administration builds a solid foundation emphasizing managerial, analytical and public policy skills for those entering the health field, while the Executive Master of Health Administration deepens professional skills and permits those already working in the health field to advance to higher levels of leadership. The MHA curriculum incorporates five major areas of competence: management/ operations/leadership; health policy analysis; health finance; health information technology; and, health care quality. Each student will be exposed to these core areas and will specialize in two of them. The program prepares students for management positions in hospitals; managed care systems; physician
groups; ambulatory care systems, government agencies concerned with health care policy, planning, quality assurance and regulation; and private firms involved in health care consulting, finance, performance assessment and evaluation. Requirements for Admission
General Applicants must have a bachelor’s degree from an accredited college or university. Applicants may take courses on limited standing pending formal admission to the master’s degree program. Applicants with bachelor’s degrees must have a minimum grade point average of 3.0 in their undergraduate course work and a score of at least 500 on the verbal and at least 500 on the quantitative sections of the GRE. Deviations from these minimums will be allowed when justified by exceptional work experience, letters of recommendation or improvement in academic performance during the third and fourth years of undergraduate study. Prerequisites
Statistics A basic competence in descriptive and inferential statistics is also required for the MHA program. The statistics prerequisite must be satisfied within the first 12 units or before enrolling in PPD 557 Modeling and Operations Research. This prerequisite may be met in one of two ways: (1) entering students must have passed an undergraduate inferential statistics class, with a grade of “B” or better, at an approved university within three years of matriculation, or (2) completing PPD 502x Statistical Foundations for Public Management and Policy with a grade of “B” or better (this course credit may not count toward the MHA degree). Limited Status Students (Preadmission) Students taking courses who have not been admitted to the school are designated limited status students. These students may be waiting for part of their application package materials to arrive; or they may be investigating whether an MHA may be right for them. To be considered for limited status reenroll ment, interested students need to complete the Price School of Public Policy Limited Student Application for Enrollment form and submit official or unofficial copies of their transcripts from their bachelor’s degree granting institution. Students with a 3.0 grade point average (A = 4.0) may enroll in up to 8 units of graduate courses in the Price School of Public Policy.
Price School of Public Policy Limited Student Application for Enrollment forms may be obtained from the Admissions Office, USC Price School of Public Policy, University of Southern California, RGL 111, Los Angeles, CA 90089-0626, telephone (213) 740-6842. Limited students may only enroll during the in-person registration period (the week before classes begin). Limited status students may apply only 8 units of appropriate graduate work toward the MHA after admission. Units beyond these first 8 must be petitioned for through the school. Students on limited status are encouraged to complete the application and admission process before completing those first 8 units. Certificate Program
Information regarding the Certificate Program in Health Management and Policy Programs can be found on page 892. Curriculum
Curriculum for the MHA includes 48 units (40 required units and 8 elective units). In addition, a supervised field placement (residency) in a health service organization is required. The MHA degree is designed to be completed in two years of full-time study, but can be extended for those who work while going to school. Evening classes and classes that meet in an intensive, workshop format of two to four sequential days of training are designed to accommodate working professionals. REQUIRED CORE (40 UNITS)
UNITS
PPD 500 Intersectoral Leadership 2 PPD 501a Economics for Policy, Planning and Development 2 PPD 509 Problems and Issues in the Health Field 4 PPD 510a Financial Management of Health Services 4 PPD 511 Health Information Systems 2 PPD 513 Legal Issues in Health Care Delivery 2 PPD 514 Economic Concepts Applied to Health 4 PPD 515 Strategic Management of Health Organizations 4 PPD 516 Financial Accounting for Health Care Organizations 4 PPD 517 Concepts and Practices in Managing Health Care Organizations 2 PPD 518 Quality of Care Concepts 2 PPD 545 Human Behavior in Public Organizations 4 PPD 557 Modeling and Operations Research 4
Graduate Degrees
Electives In addition to the 40 required units, students are required to take 8 units of electives. Elective courses will be taken in two of the five specialization areas: management/ operations/leadership; health policy analysis; health finance; health information technology; and health care quality. The two specializations will be selected by the student with
881
the advice and written consent of the MHA program director and faculty adviser. Residency
The MHA student is required to complete a 1,000 hour residency at a health care organization, generally during the second year of study. This residency may be reduced, but
must include at least 500 hours, depending on the health care experience of the student. The residency is designed to provide the student with practical administrative experience that complements program course work.
Executive Master of Health Administration The Executive MHA Program offers clinical and management professionals an opportunity to advance their careers in health care and to more effectively improve health services within their communities. Mid- to senior-level professionals who have the ambition and potential to serve as industry leaders in the highly dynamic and competitive health care environment are encouraged to consider the Executive MHA degree. The Executive MHA is geared to those who have demonstrated capabilities, yet who will benefit from expanded skills and competencies that will enable them to lead. Participants sharpen their business acumen by gaining exposure to and in-depth knowledge of the latest theories and the best in contemporary health management practice. A practical, problem-solving approach ensures that skills can immediately be applied on the job. Requirements for Admission
Applicants for the Executive Master of Health Administration apply directly to the program. A minimum of five years of experience with progressively greater levels of responsibility in health care or a related field is required for entry into the Executive MHA program. Applicants must have earned a bachelor’s degree from an accredited college or university. A minimum grade point average of 3.0 in undergraduate course work is required. Allowances may be made when justified by exceptional work experience and letters of recommendation. Prerequisites
Accounting A basic competence in accounting is required for the Executive MHA program. The accounting prerequisite must be satisfied before enrolling in HMGT 565 Managing the Organization’s Financial Health. This prerequisite may be met in one of three ways: (1) completing the non-credit Executive MHA accounting workshop with a passing score; (2) demonstrating prior work experience or (3) completing prior course work at an accredited academic institution in accounting and finance.
Curriculum
The Executive MHA offers a hybrid online/ in-residence executive education program that will prepare the graduate to meet career objectives. The program provides students with the flexibility to meet program requirements while maintaining full-time administrative positions, but also emphasizes the importance of an integrated approach to executive education. In addition to the synchronous and asynchronous learning modules included in each course, students will participate in five-day, in-residence sessions at the University Park Campus twice during the program. The first in-residence session will occur before the midpoint of the program, and the second session will be a capstone experience in the last semester of the program. The Executive MHA degree program does not require a supervised field placement (residency) in a health care organization. The curriculum of the EMHA is organized around five themes: thriving in transformational times through innovative leadership; delivering cost-effective care in an era of value-based purchasing; providing efficient management and administration; developing and implementing strategies to enhance patient safety and quality of care; and demonstrating organizational and clinical effectiveness through health information technology. These integrated themes and the associated content provide graduates with a comprehensive approach that expands their understanding of the key principles and applications necessary to function in a senior administrative leadership role. REQUIRED COURSES (36 UNITS)
UNITS
HMGT 520 Leading People and Health Care Organizations 4 HMGT 540 Health Economics, Financing and Reimbursement 2 HMGT 565 Managing the Organization’s Financial Health 4 HMGT 570 Strategic Management 4
HMGT 575 Managing and Improving Health 4 HMGT 600 Managing Risk 2 HMGT 601 Operations Management for Accountability 4 HMGT 602 Operational Efficiency Processes in Health Care Organizations 2 HMGT 603 Developing and Monitoring of Quality and Patient Safety Outcomes 2 PPD 511 Health Information Systems 2 PPD 518 Quality of Care Concepts 2 PPD 521a Information Technology Management Systems in Health Care 2 PPD 605 Frontline Issues in Health Services Administration and Policy 2
Participants in the executive program gain practical skills. Emphasis is given to executive decision-making; development of sound planning, analytical and leadership capabilities; and strong interpersonal communication. More specifically, Executive MHA graduates will achieve advanced competency in disciplines which include economics and finance, health care regulation, business development, operations, strategic analysis and management, organizational design, quality and outcomes assessment, and information management. Our graduates will model effective leadership and management in a rapidly evolving health care environment. The core faculty is drawn from the USC Price School of Public Policy and includes senior, experienced faculty, along with nationally-renowned academic specialists and health care experts. The opportunity to interact with health care’s leading thinkers, policymakers and practitioners is an essential component of the Executive MHA program. The Executive MHA office is located in Ralph and Goldy Lewis Hall, Room 307, Price School of Public Policy, (213) 740-2984, email emha@usc.edu.
882
USC Price School of Public Policy
Master of Science in Health Systems Management Engineering This program is jointly sponsored by the Epstein Industrial and Systems Engineering Department and the Price School of Public Policy, and administered by the Epstein Industrial and Systems Engineering Department. This degree is designed for students with sufficiently quantitative bachelor’s degrees in engineering, the sciences or applied social science who are interested in operations management and health care applications, and whose career objectives lead to increasing technical management responsibilities in large health
care organizations, particularly hospitals. Students with less quantitative social science or other non-technical backgrounds interested in health administration objectives may also want to consider the Master of Health Administration program in the Price School of Public Policy. For degree requirements, see Industrial and Systems Engineering, page 665.
Executive Master of Leadership The Executive Master of Leadership Program offers professionals from a variety of fields including public administration, public policy, planning, law enforcement, transportation and other public, nonprofit and business organizations, with at least five years of professional experience, the opportunity to build leadership skills at five levels: individual, team, organizational, community and institutional. The program design offers participants insight into the mechanisms that facilitate effective personal and organizational networks, as well as collaborative problemsolving strategies and practices.
Requirements for Admission
The program follows a cohort model for the four required core courses. The degree curriculum has three distinguishing features: a design to connect ethics with leading through core values; an interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary problem-solving approach; and transformational leadership that connects the public, private and nonprofit sectors.
Applicants must submit a standard USC graduate application and fee along with official transcripts from all undergraduate and graduate institutions attended. Letters of recommendation, a current resume, an essay and an interview will also be required.
Applicants for the Executive Master of Leadership apply directly to the program. A minimum of five years of experience with progressively greater levels of responsibility is required for entry into the program. Candidates for admission must have earned a bachelor’s degree from an accredited college or university with a minimum 3.0 grade point average. Exceptions to the minimum GPA requirement may be made when justified by exceptional work experience and letters of recommendation.
Degree Requirements
Students are required to complete 28 units of graduate work – 16 units of required core courses and 12 units of electives.
REQUIRED CORE COURSES (16 UNITS)
UNITS
PPD 640 Leadership Foundations: Competencies and Core Values 4 PPD 641 Leading Individuals, Groups and Teams 4 PPD 642 Strategic Leadership of Organizations 4 PPD 643 Leading Transformations Across Sectors: Integrative Seminar 4
Electives In addition to these 16 required units, students are required to take 12 units of electives. Elective courses will be selected in consultation with the faculty adviser based on the student’s individual learning/development plan. Students will choose these electives in order to concentrate in a particular area of study. The following are examples of concentrations that are available: public management, nonprofit policy and management, urban planning, transportation, public policy and political management. The Price School of Public Policy offers a wide range of electives to students each semester.
Master of Planning The planning of cities is as old as urban civilization. The contemporary planning profession has expanded to include a broad range of applications that draws upon emphases of foresight, common good and interconnections of elements in human settlements. Planners are engaged in evaluating and guiding community and urban development at geographic scales, ranging from the local American
eighborhood to the global village utilizing n the public, private and nonprofit sectors. Planners play an increasingly important role in managing the pressing problems and competing demands of change and growth in shaping a better future. The Master of Planning (MPl) curriculum reflects this forward-looking and constantly evolving role.
The MPl curriculum provides a core of knowledge underlying the key forms and applications of planning. This core sets the foundation for a wide choice of specific careers in the field and extends the relevance and value of graduate education over an extended period of time. A goal of the MPl curriculum is to prepare planners to practice anywhere in the world.
Graduate Degrees
The Planning Accreditation Board of the American Planning Association and the Association of Collegiate Schools of Planning accredit the MPl program. All persons pursuing the MPl will complete core courses which present basic theories, techniques and methods. Concentrations are available in five broad areas: economic development; preservation and design of the built environment; social and community planning; sustainable land use planning; and transportation and infrastructure planning. After students register, the faculty will suggest specializations that allow students to focus their concentrations even further or span planning more broadly. A concentration in any of these areas qualifies graduates for a wide range of private, public and nonprofit sector careers with government agencies, consulting firms, corporations, utilities, international technical assistance programs, nonprofit and special interest organizations and joint public-private ventures. Curriculum Requirements
The program of study for this professional graduate degree requires completion of 48 units, including 16 units of core curriculum, 8 units of planning studios, 4 units of methodology related to the student’s concentration, a required concentration gateway course and 16 units of electives, including two additional courses related to a student’s concentration. A comprehensive examination and an approved non-credit internship are also required. The degree may be pursued on either a full-time or part-time basis. Statistics Prerequisite A basic competence in descriptive and inferential statistics is required. This prerequisite may be fulfilled by successfully completing PPD 525 or by having completed a previous course (within five years) with a grade of B or higher (A= 4.0). Core Curriculum THE CORE CURRICULUM COMPRISES EIGHT LECTURE-SEMINAR COURSES:
UNITS
PPD 500 Intersectoral Leadership 2 PPD 501a Economics for Policy, Planning and Development 2 PPD 524 Planning Theory 2 PPD 525 Statistics and Arguing from Data 2 PPD 526 Comparative International Development 2 PPD 527 The Social Context of Planning 2
PPD 529 Legal Environment of Planning PPD 533 Planning History and Urban Form
883
2 2 16
Note: 2-unit courses may be offered in seven-and-ahalf week blocks.
Planning Studios Planning studios are an integral part of the curriculum of the Price School of Public Policy, providing the essential educational link between academic education and preparation for professional practice. The planning studios require that students learn to work together as a team by applying their respective capabilities and knowledge to a real-world common problem and to produce a professional project. Students must complete 8 units of domestic or international planning studios under PPD 531L (4) to satisfy this requirement. A maximum of 12 units may be taken. Local agencies, communities and firms often sponsor planning studios to obtain research and analysis. Community groups seek assistance as a means of informing themselves more thoroughly on community problems and issues or for obtaining planning analysis otherwise unavailable to them. The products of planning studios are usually in the form of policy recommendations, a suggested plan or alternative plans, databases, background information, base maps, or any one of many specific contributions. MPl planning studios can either be situated in the United States or around the world. Past courses have examined the tragedy around Katrina in New Orleans, developed economic development plans for local Southern California cities, and studied changing public spaces in Germany. Price International Laboratories (PPD 613ab) can be taken as an elective in the MPl program. The program strongly encourages students to enroll in one laboratory during their course of study. In recent years, Price lab courses have been offered in China, Brazil and England. Concentrations (16 units) Students must declare their concentration during the fall semester prior to taking the comprehensive examination in the spring semester. Students are required to complete the gateway course and methodology course related to their concentration as part of their preparation for their comprehensive examination. The student’s concentration must contain a 4-unit methodology course, a 4-unit gateway course and 8 other units. At least 12 of these units must be selected from Price
School curriculum. Courses outside the Price School should be selected by the student with the approval of an academic adviser and must be directly concerned with the subject matter of the concentration. After students register, the faculty will provide them with a series of specializations they may take in association with the concentrations. These specializations are not required; they are provided as guidance for students interested in these subject areas. The specializations vary. Some suggest ways that students can more deeply study a single area within planning, while others provide a broad overview of planning and policy issues. The specializations draw upon courses within the MPl program, the Price School sister programs and courses from other USC units. Economic Development is the basis for prosperous community development. Job creation and the development of service or employment sites are the core of economic development. At a higher geographical scale, development of regional economies provides a focus for planning in an international context. Suggested courses for students selecting this concentration include PPD 622, PPD 624, PPD 625, PPD 626, RED 509 and RED 542. Preservation and Design of the Built Environment addresses the architecture of the city, viewed not as a series of individual buildings, but as a set of visual and functional connections between buildings on a street front or in a district. In contemporary settings, planning and construction do not begin with a blank slate. Rather, new structures are inserted into an existing built environment, which must be respected for its historical heritage and its contributions to the new. Students in this concentration are encouraged to draw from courses related to landscape architecture and historic preservation in the School of Architecture. Suggested courses for students selecting this concentration include PPD 530, PPD 615, PPD 618, PPD 619, PPD 623, PPD 631 and PPD 692. Social and Community Planning gives specific attention to the changing needs of neigh borhood residents and to the ways in which different planning policies, programs and activities contribute to resident well-being. Community planning is a process of organizational change that links residents and services to produce communities that are safe, healthy and socially connected. Achieving these goals demands that residents actively advocate for their communities. Suggested courses for students selecting this concentration include PLUS 611, PPD 606, PPD 617, PPD 618, PPD 619, PPD 620, PPD 621, PPD 686 and PPD 690.
884
USC Price School of Public Policy
Sustainable Land Use Planning centers on community land use planning set in the context of regional growth or decline. The planning process involves forecasting transportation means, population growth and housing needs, together with providing comprehensive planning to accommodate that growth in a way that preserves and enhances local quality of life. Envisioning better futures, livability, environmental protection accessibility, mobility and affordable housing production are all part of smart growth strategies for sustainable regional growth. Suggested courses for students selecting this concentration include PLUS 611, PPD 615, PPD 618, PPD 620, PPD 621, PPD 627, PPD 631, PPD 692 and PPD 694.
Concentration Methodology Courses Students are required to complete one methodology course related to their concentration. Students are encouraged to complete a second methodology course among their electives. The following courses are required for their concentration:
Transportation and Infrastructure Planning is the combination of vital functions that determine the efficiency and productivity of a city. Issues of access and mobility of urban residents must be addressed. Circulation of workers from home to workplace, and of residents to shopping and services, are fundamental determinants of land use and urban form. Students in this concentration acquire mastery of the basics of transportation analysis, with emphasis on analysis of different policies that serve transportation and infrastructure needs within urban areas. Suggested courses for students selecting this concentration include PPD 557, PPD 588, PPD 589, PPD 621, PPD 630, PPD 631, PPD 635 and PPD 692.
Sustainable Land Use Planning: PPD 617 Urban Demography and Growth
Concentration Gateway Courses Students are required to complete their gateway course prior to participating in the comprehensive examination. The following courses are required for their concentration: Economic Development: PPD 639 Introduction to Community and Economic Development Preservation and Design of the Built Environment: PPD 644 Shaping the Built Environment Social and Community Planning: PPD 628 Urban Planning and Social Policy Sustainable Land Use Planning: PPD 619 Smart Growth and Urban Sprawl: Policy Debates and Planning Solutions Transportation and Infrastructure Planning: PPD 634 Institutional and Policy Issues in Transportation
Economic Development: PPD 625 Planning and Economic Development Finance Preservation and Design of the Built Environment: PPD 627 Design Skills for Urban Planners Social and Community Planning: PPD 616 Participatory Methods in Planning and Policy
Transportation and Infrastructure Planning: PPD 633 Urban Transportation Planning and Management Comprehensive Examination Successful completion of a comprehensive examination is required of each student seeking the Master of Planning degree (except for students pursuing the dual degree with either economics or gerontology). Students pursuing the dual degree with real estate development can choose the MPl or MRED examination. The comprehensive examination integrates accumulated lessons of the core courses and planning studios. Students are also expected to utilize material covered in their concentration and electives. The comprehensive examination is given only in the spring semester of each year. Students usually take the examination in the last semester of their second year. Students must declare their concentration during the fall semester prior to completing the comprehensive examination in the spring semester. They must have completed the gateway and methodology courses in the declared concentration prior to taking the comprehensive examination. The MPl Program degree committee administers the comprehensive examination. Examinations are graded on a pass/fail basis. Students who fail the examination may take it a second time the next year. The examination may only be repeated once. Planning Electives Students are encouraged to select electives related to their course of study. A Price international laboratory course is especially encouraged.
Internship Students working toward the Master of Planning degree must complete an internship of at least 10 weeks duration and 400 hours in an organization engaged in planning or a closely related activity. Students must submit a report to the director of career services describing and evaluating the internship experience. Arrangements must also be made for an evaluative report of the internship by the student’s supervisor submitted directly to the academic adviser. The internship is not for unit credit. Students often fulfill their internship while working part-time in a planning-related job during their course of study in the program or in the summer between the two academic years. If a student has had equivalent career experience prior to admission to the program, the MPl director may waive the internship requirement on the recommendation of the student’s academic adviser. The Price Office of Career Services actively works with school alumni and area planning organizations to assist students in obtaining appropriate internships. Numerous internship opportunities are available in the greater Los Angeles area. The student is responsible for securing the internship and fulfilling the requirement. Directed Research With the advice of the faculty, a student may elect to enroll in directed research as an elective. Working directly with a faculty member, the student pursues an interest or problem appropriate to the student’s program of study. The faculty member supervising the student must approve the final product of directed research. The final product may be a written report, article, graphic formulation, physical model, mathematical-statistical analysis, computer output or film — depending on the most appropriate expression of the research undertaken. General Requirements
Residence and Course Load The Master of Planning normally requires two academic years of full-time study. Courses are also scheduled to allow completion on a part-time basis. At least 36 units of graduate-level study must be done in residence at USC. The residency requirement may not be interrupted without prior permission from the Price School of Public Policy. Students accepted into the program with academic deficiencies will require a correspondingly longer time to complete their course work. Students seeking the degree on a part-time basis must take at least one course each semester.
Graduate Degrees
Students must be enrolled at USC for the fall and spring semesters each year until all degree requirements have been met. Students who find it necessary to be excused from a semester of registration must request a leave of absence from the Academic Programs Office by the last day to drop/add courses of the semester in question; such leaves may be granted for up to one year. For additional information refer to USC policies governing continuous enrollment, readmission, and leaves of absence in the Academic Policies section of this catalogue. Time Limits All requirements for the Master of Planning must be completed within five calendar years from the beginning of the semester in which the student was admitted to the program. University regulations prohibit the acceptance of credits for courses taken toward the Master of Planning degree more than seven years after the date they were successfully completed. Grade Point Average Requirement While enrolled in the program a student must maintain a grade point average of at least a 3.0 for all courses taken toward the degree.
Probation and Disqualification Any student with a cumulative grade point average below 3.0 for all courses taken in the program will be placed on academic probation. A student whose semester grade point average is below 3.0, but whose cumulative grade point average is 3.0 or higher, will be placed on academic warning. A student may be disqualified to continue toward a graduate degree if the student has been on academic probation for two consecutive semesters. Whether or not on academic probation or warning, a student may be disqualified at any time from continuing in the program if the dean of the school, after consultation with the faculty, determines that the student is deficient in academic achievement or in another qualification required for the attainment of the Master of Planning degree. Course Exemptions and Transfer of Credits Graduate work by transfer may be accepted from approved graduate schools as determined by the USC Articulation Office upon recommendation of the dean of the school.
885
Not more than 12 units of graduate work, with grades of B or better may be transferred for credit to the Master of Planning degree. The following courses, or their equivalents, cannot normally be transferred for unit credit from other institutions: PPD 500, PPD 501a, PPD 524, PPD 525, PPD 526, PPD 527, PPD 529, PPD 531L, PPD 533, PPD 590, PPD 594ab. Undergraduate work will not be credited for advanced or graduate standing. Students may petition to receive subject credit for these courses; but unit requirements must be met through the completion of additional electives. Some applicants for admission to the school have been engaged in work in planning, development or closely related activities. Although this experience may have been beneficial to the students involved and may satisfy the internship requirement, it may not be considered equivalent to academic education.
Master of Planning and Development Studies The Master of Planning and Development Studies degree is designed for mid-career professionals in planning, development or related disciplines who desire to update and/or redirect their professional skills and careers. The program is very flexible, allowing students to pursue areas of expertise that they find valuable in their present or future careers. Entering students must have a minimum of five years of planning, development or related professional work experience. Curriculum Requirements
The Master of Planning and Development Studies program requires completion of 28Â units. Basic degree requirements consist of two core courses; 16 units in a concentration area approved by an adviser; and an integrative seminar course during which the student completes a written and oral comprehensive examination. REQUIRED COURSES
Concentration Area(s) Students elect a concentration area from one of three already defined or, with prior approval by an adviser, design a concentration from Price School of Public Policy courses and USC graduate courses. A minimum of eight units must be Price School of Public Policy courses. The three defined concentration areas are: Community Economic Development Select 16Â units from the following courses: PPD 618 (4), PPD 623 (4), PPD 624 (4), PPD 625 (4), PPD 626 (4), PPD 629 (4), PPD 631 (2); RED 509 (4), RED 542 (3), RED 546 (3) Environmental Policy and Planning Select 16 units from the following courses: PLUS 600 (4), PLUS 633 (4), PPD 531L (4), PPD 617 (4), PPD 619 (4), PPD 620 (4), PPD 621 (4), PPD 622 (4), PPD 631 (2), PPD 634 (4), PPD 712 (4)
UNITS
PPD 611 Policy Issues in Planning and Development 4 PPD 612 Research and Analytical Techniques 4 PPD 638 Integrative Seminar (normally in the last semester in conjunction with the comprehensive examination) 4
International Planning and Development Select 16 units from the following courses: PLUS 631 (4), PLUS 632 (4), PLUS 633 (4), PLUS 635 (4), PLUS 640 (4); PPD 626 (4); RED 583 (2), RED 585 (4)
Integrative Seminar and Comprehensive Examination Successful completion of a comprehensive examination is required of all students seeking the Master of Planning and Development Studies degree. The integrative seminar course (PPD 638) and comprehensive exam should be taken during the semester of intended graduation. During the seminar class, students identify a practice-oriented problem covering the core courses and concentration area, which ideally is sponsored by a planning and/or development office or firm. The student will: (1) prepare a professional-quality document; (2) present the solution to a faculty committee with invited sponsor guests; and (3) have an oral defense. Students who fail the examination may take it again within one year, but it may only be repeated once. General Requirements
Residence and Course Load The Master of Planning and Development Studies may be completed in one academic year of 12 units in the fall and spring semesters and the four-unit integrative seminar/ comprehensive examination the following summer semester. At least 18 units of graduate study must be done in residence at the University Park Campus, the USC State Capital Center or at an approved off-campus study center.
886
USC Price School of Public Policy
Time Limit Students in the program must complete all requirements for the Master of Planning and Development Studies within five calendar years from the beginning of the semester in which the student was admitted to the program.
A student may be disqualified to continue toward a graduate degree if the student has been on academic probation for two consecutive semesters. Whether or not on academic probation or warning, a student may be disqualified at any time from continuing in the program if the dean of the school, after consultation with the faculty, determines the student is deficient in any degree requirement.
Grade Point Average Requirement While enrolled in the program, a student must maintain a grade point average of at least 3.0 (A = 4.0) for all courses taken toward the degree. Probation and Disqualification Any student with a cumulative grade point average below 3.0 for all courses taken in the program will be placed on academic probation. A student whose semester grade point average is below 3.0, but whose cumulative grade point average is 3.0 or higher, will be placed on warning.
Course Exemption and Transfer of Credits Credit for graduate work may be transferred from approved graduate schools as determined by the USC Degree Progress Department in the Office of Academic Records and Register on recommendation of the dean of the school. Not more than four units of graduate work, with grades of B or better, can be transferred for credit toward the Master of Planning and Development Studies degree.
The following courses, or their equivalents, may not normally be transferred for unit credit from other institutions: PPD 611, PPD 612 and PPD 638. Undergraduate work may not be transferred into the degree program for unit credit. Some applicants for admission to the school will have been engaged in work in planning, development or closely related activities. Although this experience should be beneficial to the students involved, it may not be considered equivalent to academic education.
Master of Public Administration Admission
The Master of Public Administration programs are under the jurisdiction of the Price School of Public Policy. All admissions decisions are made by the school, following guidelines set by the university. See the Admission section of this catalogue. All questions about the programs and all materials required for admission should be submitted to: MPA Programs, Admissions Office, RGL 111, University Park, University of Southern California, Los Angeles, CA 90089-0626. Admission to each of these programs is determined by the faculty and admissions committees connected with those areas. Application packages should be sent directly to the program office.
Each candidate should submit the following to the school: (1) official transcripts of all previous college and university work, showing an awarded degree where appropriate; (2) copies of GRE or GMAT scores; (3) an essay answering questions on the admission questionnaire provided by the school; (4) an up-to-date resume which includes academic and professional accomplishments; (5) three or more letters of evaluation from previous instructors and from professional associates who can attest to the applicant’s potential; (6) completed USC Graduate Admission Application, along with the nonrefundable processing fee; and (7) completed Price School of Public Policy Supplemental Graduate Application. International applicants may be asked to supply additional information. See the Graduate Admission section of this catalogue.
Applications
The admission decision is made using criteria which include verification that the applicant has completed a bachelor’s degree from an accredited college, has maintained a B average in undergraduate course work and has earned an acceptable score on the verbal and quantitative portions of the Graduate Record Examinations (GRE) or the Graduate Management Admissions Test (GMAT). Other elements of the applicant’s educational and experiential background are also evaluated. International students whose native language is not English must also submit a Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) score.
Deadlines Applications for admission are evaluated monthly. Those students who are also applying for financial aid, or who must meet other deadlines for admission, should submit application materials early enough to allow the admissions decision to be made in advance of those other deadlines. The admissions process generally takes about four to six weeks after all necessary materials have been submitted.
Pre-Service/In-Service Designation Most MPA students are classified as preservice or in-service students at the time of admission. Pre-service students are those who enter the program with less than two years of professional work experience. In addition to course work, pre-service students complete an internship. Students pursuing the Intergovernmental Management specialization or one of the dual degree programs are not classified as pre-service or in-service. Appeals for reclassification of this designation must be submitted during the first semester of enrollment. Prerequisites
Social Science Any undergraduate major is acceptable as preprofessional background, provided the applicant has had at least 12 semester units (16 quarter units) of undergraduate course work in cultural anthropology, economics, ethnic studies, social and human geography, political science, sociology or related social science area courses; no more than two of these courses may be in the same field. Deficiencies in the social science prerequisite may be met while in residence by taking appropriate courses in other departments, but such course work may not be counted toward the course requirements for the master’s degree.
Graduate Degrees
Statistics A basic competence in descriptive and inferential statistics is also required for the MPA programs. This prerequisite may be met in one of two ways: 1. Entering students must have passed an undergraduate inferential statistics class, with a grade of “B” or better, at an approved university within three years of matriculation. 2. If students do not satisfy this prerequisite, they will be required to take PPD 502x Statistical Foundation for Public Manage ment and Policy, a two-unit graduate level inferential statistics course. They must complete the course with a grade of “B” or better. The units associated with this class may not be used toward the MPA degree. All prerequisites must be fulfilled within the first 12 units of graduate course work. The statistics prerequisite must also be met before enrolling in PPD 541, PPD 542, PPD 557, PPD 638 or PPD 666. International Students
Students applying for graduate programs should send applications and appropriate documents to the MPA Programs Admissions Office, which processes all such applications. Admission A student is accepted for admission only for the semester indicated on the letter of admission. If the student desires to enter at another time, or if the student cannot arrive on campus in time for the semester in which he or she was admitted, the student must contact the MPA Programs Admissions Office in writing. That office will contact the Office of International Admissions. Students who do not enroll for the semester indicated on the letter of admission cannot be guaranteed admission to a later session. They will need to work with the MPA Programs Admissions Office to determine procedures to follow. Registration Requirements International students on student visas must be registered as full-time students as arranged by the Office of International Services. Doctoral students must carry a load of at least 6 units to be considered full-time students. A full-time graduate load is eight units. Such students are not eligible to be considered students without formal registration and may be in violation of immigration laws when not properly registered.
International students who have questions about registration requirements should contact the Office of Recruitment and Student Affairs.
887
MPA Curriculum
MPA applicants may be permitted to take courses before the admission process is completed or they may be admitted before certain conditions have been met; each student must, however, attain regular status (standing) admission to the school prior to or upon completion of 8 graduate units.
The MPA course requirements are designed to address current and future professional competencies for accomplishment; to establish a sequence of basic required courses; and to maximize student choice and depth in specialized studies. The curriculum requires 40 units for completion (41 for pre-service students). Pre-service students, that is, those who have less than 25 months’ employment experience in a professional level position, are also required to take an internship that includes a one-unit seminar.
Limited Status Students (Preadmission)
CORE COURSES
Admission Status
Students taking courses who have not been admitted to the school are designated limited status students. These students may be taking courses to meet prerequisites; they may be waiting for part of their application package materials to arrive; or they may be investigating whether an MPA is the best choice for them. To be considered for limited status enrollment, interested students need to complete the Price School of Public Policy Limited Student Application for Enrollment form and submit official or unofficial copies of their transcripts from their bachelor’s degree granting institution. Students with a 3.0 grade point average (A = 4.0) may enroll in up to 8 units of graduate courses in the Price School of Public Policy. Price School of Public Policy Limited Student Application for Enrollment forms may be obtained from the Admissions Office, Price School of Public Policy, University of Southern California, RGL 111, Los Angeles, CA 90089-0626; (213) 740-6842. Limited students may only enroll during the in-person registration period (the week before classes begin). Limited status students may apply only 8 units of appropriate graduate work toward the MPA after admission. Units beyond these first 8 must be petitioned for through the school. Students on limited status are encouraged to complete the application and admission processes before completing those first 8 units. Ph.D. Candidates
Ph.D. students who pass the qualifying examinations and complete the MPA course requirements or their equivalent during their course work at USC may, with the recommendation of the coordinator of the MPA program, apply for and receive the MPA degree.
UNITS
PPD 500 Intersectoral Leadership 2 PPD 501ab Economics for Policy, Planning and Development 2-2 PPD 540 Public Administration and Society 4 PPD 546 Professional Practice of Public Administration 4
Three of the required core courses (PPD 500, PPD 501ab and PPD 540) provide the foundation to the field and the fourth (PPD 546) serves as a capstone course. PPD 540 must be taken in the first semester or within the first 12 units and PPD 546 must be taken in the final semester or last 12 units of the student’s program. Management Competencies
MPA students are expected to develop managerial competencies in three areas by taking at least one course in each of the following areas: MANAGEMENT COMPETENCIES
UNITS
Analytic Methods PPD 542* Policy and Program Evaluation, or PPD 557* Modeling and Operations Research, or PPD 666* Administrative Research and Analysis
4
Organizational Behavior PPD 545 Human Behavior in Public Organizations
4
(With the approval of the MPA or center director, the student may choose a human resource management elective to fulfill this requirement.)
Finance PPD 541* Public Financial Management and Budgeting
4
(With the approval of the MPA or center director, the student may choose a financial management elective to fulfill this requirement.) *The statistics requirement must be met before enrolling in PPD 541, PPD 542, PPD 557 or PPD 666.
888
USC Price School of Public Policy
Area Cluster Electives
contract is available from the MPA director. All theses and dissertations submitted in fulfillment of requirements for graduate degrees must conform to university regulations with regard to form and method of preparation.
Students may elect to devote their elective courses (14 units) to gain depth in a designated area cluster. These areas include the following: community and economic development, environmental management and land-use policy, financial management, health administration, human resources management, information technology management, intergovernmental management, international policy and management, local government, nonprofit management, planning, public policy, real estate development, transportation, and urban form and design. Students may elect to follow a more generalist perspective and take their elective courses from the array of elective offerings. Thesis Option
Thesis option, PPD 594ab Master’s Thesis (4 units), may be taken as part of the elective category. Information regarding the thesis
Internships
Pre-service students – that is, those with fewer than 25 months’ employment in a professional level position – are required to complete at least 300 hours of an internship and an internship seminar (PPD 543). MPA students may enroll in the internship seminar during their first semester. Students complete internships in conjunction with the internship seminar. Specialization in Intergovernmental Management
Students enroll in courses and serve in internships in at least two levels of governance. A student may take courses toward this specialization at either the Los Angeles or USC State Capital Center. Internships may be taken through either of these centers. Students electing this specialization meet with the intergovernmental management coordinator at either the Los Angeles or the USC State Capital Center to design their program. To complete this specialization, students complete three courses from the following lists (with at least two drawn from the first list): (1) PPD 661, PPD 662, PPD 663, PPD 669, PPD 670; (2) PPD 688, PPD 689, PPD 690.
In addition to the substantive area cluster, MPA students may choose the specialization in intergovernmental management.
Master of Public Policy The Master of Public Policy (MPP) program is designed to prepare students for careers as professional policy analysts. Through an interdisciplinary curriculum and real world experience, students gain an understanding of the policy process, and develop the capacity to formulate, analyze and implement public policy. The MPP degree is offered at the University Park Campus only.
Management and Policy and complete with a grade of “B” or better. If students select to take PPD 502x, the units associated with this class may not be used toward the MPP degree. Degree Requirements
Students are required to complete 48 units of graduate work, with 28 units of core and 20 elective units divided between management, analytic and specialization areas.
Requirements for Admission
Candidates for admission must have maintained a minimum B (3.0) average during their undergraduate degree work and attain a score of at least 500 on the verbal and at least 500 on the quantitative sections of the GRE. Exceptions to these requirements are allowed if justified by outstanding work experience, letters of recommendation, or demonstrated improvement in academic performance during undergraduate studies. Applicants must have a bachelor’s degree from an accredited institution and have a basic competence in descriptive and inferential statistics. This prerequisite may be met in one of two ways: (1) entering students must have passed an undergraduate inferential statistics class, with a grade of “B” or better, at an approved university within three years of matriculation, and must pass the MPP lab associated with PPD 554 Foundations of Policy Analysis, or (2) take PPD 502x Statistical Foundations for Public
REQUIRED CORE COURSES
UNITS
PPD 500 Intersectoral Leadership 2 PPD 501ab Economics for Policy, Planning and Development 2-2 PPD 554 Foundations of Public Policy Analysis 2 PPD 555 Public Policy Formulation and Implementation 4 PPD 557 Modeling and Operations Research 4 PPD 558 Multivariate Statistical Analysis 4 PPD 560 Methods for Policy Analysis 4 PPD 561ab* Policy Analysis Practicum 1, 3 *During a student’s final semester of the program, the Policy Analysis Practicum is required as a component of the program’s 48 units of course work. The practicum is an opportunity for students to apply their analytic skills to a current problem for an actual client. Admission to the practicum is granted on the approval of the MPP director, and normally requires prior completion of most required courses.
Electives Students complete 4 units of management elective, 4 units of analytic elective and 12 units of specialization elective. These electives typically are selected to support specialization in a substantive policy area (e.g., environment or community economic development). MANAGEMENT ELECTIVE (CHOOSE 4 UNITS)
UNITS
PPD 516 Financial Accounting for Health Care Organizations 4 PPD 541 Public Financial Management and Budgeting 4 PPD 545 Human Behavior in Public Organizations 4 PPD 654 Information Technology Management in the Public Sector 4 PPD 656 Political Management: Theory and Applied Techniques 4 PPD 661 Intergovernmental Management: Local Perspective 4 PPD 662 Intergovernmental Management: State Perspective 4 PPD 675 Nonprofit Management and Leadership 4 PPD 687 Strategic Managment in the Nonprofit Sector 4 PPD 690 Alternative Dispute Resolution 4
Graduate Degrees
ANALYTIC ELECTIVE (CHOOSE 4 UNITS)
UNITS
PPD 542 Policy and Program Evaluation 4 PPD 587 Risk Analysis 4 PPD 617 Urban Demography and Growth 4 PPD 647 Finance of the Public Sector 4
In addition, students take 12 units of additional electives selected by the students with the advice of the academic adviser or director of the MPP program. These electives typically are taken in an area of policy specialization, such as: community economic development, education policy, environmental policy, health, infrastructure, international policy and development, media and communications, philanthropy and nonprofit, and transportation.
889
Students may not take more than 12 course units outside of the Price School of Public Policy without written consent of the director of the MPP program.
Master of Public Policy and Management The International Public Policy and Management (IPPAM) Program offers a Master of Public Policy and Management (MPPM). The degree is designed for managers, planners and analysts involved in social sector programs who want to strengthen their management skills and further develop their policy analysis capabilities. For professionals working in the social sectors, IPPAM offers an opportunity to deepen their conceptual understanding of the forces driving change in their sectors and to develop an analytical approach for accessing and reshaping social policy. The program is well-suited for midcareer professionals working in the social sectors, such as physicians, nurses and pharmacists in the health professions; educators and administrators in the teaching professions; government regulators, managers and staff; community organizers, aid workers and others working in the NGO sector; and reporters and others in the news professions interested in covering social issues. This program is specifically designed for international students and U.S. students who wish to work in international settings, including the Pacific Rim, Latin America and countries in other regions with evolving social systems. Students are required to complete a minimum of 32 units. All students must fulfill core requirements (18 units) in fundamental policy analysis and management disciplines and an additional 14 units in an area of concentration chosen by the student. The core requirements include: PPD 501a Economics for Policy Planning and Development; PPD 542 Policy and Program Evaluation; PPD 569 Applied International Policy Analysis and Management Project; PPD 570 Applied Statistics for Planning, Policy and Management; and PPD 571 International Public Policy and Management Seminar.
Students select an area of concentration in which they complete a set of recommended elective courses. Each concentration allows students to pursue in depth one or more areas of particular relevance to their career goals. The concentration areas enable students in the interdisciplinary IPPAM program to establish a second “home” in one of the school’s programs, such as health administration or urban planning. Students are required to consult with IPPAM faculty advisers to choose elective courses from a recommended list of courses relevant to the MPPM degree. Through the integrated curriculum, participants gain practical skills which are developed within an appropriate conceptual context. Many of the courses and applied projects integrate examples and data from the student’s home countries. Program graduates will have achieved advanced competency in disciplines that include public sector economics, applied methods for public policy analysis, evaluation and management. Core faculty are drawn from the Price School of Public Policy and include senior, experienced faculty along with leading practitioners and experts in applied fields such as community development, international trade policy, health care policy, and so forth. In addition to the participation of distinguished visiting scholars as guest lecturers in class sessions, the program features an international seminar on public policy and management with guest lectures by policy makers. The opportunity to interact with leading scholars, policy makers, and practitioners from the United States and abroad is an essential component of the program.
The program begins in mid-June with intensive English language workshops and the course in applied statistics. The language workshop can be waived for students with 250+ computer-based TOEFL scores or 600+ paper-based TOEFL scores. In the fall semester, international students transition into the regular program consisting of required courses and electives in their chosen concentration area. Some international students may be required to enroll in additional English language workshops depending on how they score on required English exams. Most students can expect to complete the program in 13 months. The intensive nature of the program is designed for full-time students who take a leave from work while enrolled in the program. This approach minimizes the amount of time that professionals must be away from their full-time careers to pursue an advanced degree. Applicants should have at least a bachelor’s degree from an accredited university and three to seven years of significant professional experience. The IPPAM Program office is located in the Price School of Public Policy, Von KleinSmid Center, Room 253, phone (213) 740-0547, fax (213) 821-1331, email: ippam@usc.edu.
USC Price School of Public Policy
890
Master of Real Estate Development The Master of Real Estate Development program is a carefully integrated program that brings together the three main elements of real estate development: design, finance and policy. It is a one-year full-time or two-year evening executive program of study designed to provide students with the knowledge and skills they require to compete successfully in the development industry. The curriculum encompasses eight areas of study with which developers must be conversant, including real estate law, economics, finance, market analysis, negotiation, planning, architecture and engineering. Courses are taught by full-time faculty members from the Price School of Public Policy. In addition, practicing developers, lawyers, planners and other professionals make regular contributions to the course of study, helping students link learning to practice. Curriculum Requirements
The program of graduate study for the professional degree requires successful completion of the core curriculum (36 units), elective courses (8 units) and a comprehensive examination. Students must complete a total of 44 units. Core Curriculum The core comprises 13 lecture-seminar courses that combine lectures, projects, case analyses, and exercises which allow students to experience all facets of the developer’s tasks and problems. The integrative project, RED 575L, provides problem solving exercises and the evaluation of actual development situations. Courses emphasize various design, regulatory and fiscal problems associated with urban development and the developer’s role in improving development standards in the industry. CORE COURSES
UNITS
PPD 500 Intersectoral Leadership 2 PPD 501a Economics for Policy, Planning and Development 2 RED 509 Market Analysis for Real Estate 4 RED 542 Finance of Real Estate Development 3 RED 544 Real Estate Capital Markets 2 RED 546 Application of Real Estate Finance to Problems of Development 3
RED 547 Project Management and Construction 2 RED 551 The Approval Process 4 RED 562 Legal Issues in Real Estate Development 4 RED 573 Design History and Criticism 2 RED 574 Building Typologies 2 RED 575L Community Design and Site Planning 4 RED 598 Real Estate Product Development 2
Eight units of elective course work are required for the Master of Real Estate Development. These courses may be taken in the Schools of Public Policy, Architecture, Business, Law and the Department of Civil Engineering. Admission to some classes requires advanced prerequisites and is subject to availability and approval of the instructor. Comprehensive Examination Successful completion of a comprehensive written and oral examination is required of all students seeking the Master of Real Estate Development degree. The examination explicitly covers the core courses. It is normally administered late in the spring semester by a faculty committee appointed by the dean. Students who fail the examination once may take it again within one year. The examination may not be repeated more than once. General Requirements
Residence and Course Load The Master of Real Estate Development may be completed on either a full-time or part-time basis. Both options begin in the summer session in June. The full-time program requires 11 months of study. The evening executive option is completed over a two-year period. Students are also expected to participate fully in all extracurricular activities associated with the Master of Real Estate Development program, including the weekly speaker series. Students who wish a leave of absence for a semester or longer must request it from the dean in writing; such leaves may be granted for up to one year.
Students must have an approved laptop computer as required by instructors and must demonstrate calculator and spreadsheet skills. Time Limit The time limit within which students in the program must complete the requirements for the Master of Real Estate Development is governed by the following regulations: All requirements for the Master of Real Estate Development must be completed within five calendar years from the first course at USC applied toward the degree. University regulations prohibit the acceptance of credits for courses taken toward a Master of Real Estate Development degree more than seven years after the date they were successfully completed. Grade Point Average Requirement While enrolled in the program, a student must maintain a grade point average of at least 3.0 for all courses taken toward the degree. Probation and Disqualification Any student with a cumulative grade point average of below 3.0 for all courses taken in the program will be placed on academic probation. A student may be disqualified to continue toward a graduate degree if the student has been on academic probation for two consecutive semesters. Whether or not on academic probation or warning, a student may be disqualified at any time from continuing in the program if the dean of the school, after consultation with the faculty, determines that the student is deficient in academic achievement or in another qualification required for the attainment of the Master of Real Estate Development degree. Course Exemptions and Transfer of Credits Courses taken toward other degree programs, if determined by the dean to be equivalent to courses in the curriculum, may be accepted for subject credit only. All students are required to complete 44 units while enrolled in the Master of Real Estate Development program. The acceptance of previous course work for subject credit will enable the student to take additional elective courses.
Graduate Degrees
891
Graduate Professional Labs USC’s Price School of Public Policy offers professional consulting-like experience for graduate students in its core master’s degree programs. Participants are presented with a challenging professional assignment and a well-defined client and terms of reference. Students typically work in teams to produce a professional report and related materials that are presented to the client at the close of the assignment. The terms of reference for the lab vary each year depending upon the client, the instructor and the setting, among other considerations. In principle, these professional labs may be held anywhere, either in Los Angeles, elsewhere in the United States or abroad. The Price School professional laboratory teaches students to integrate scholarly knowledge with professional practice. Likewise, it helps participants make the transition from the classroom back to a “real world” setting.
In the case of international labs, participants also gain a deeper and more direct understanding of how the culture of professional practice can vary from one setting to the next. Through the Price School professional laboratory students build their credentials and experience while also extending their network of professional contacts. These professional labs are intended primarily for graduate students in public administration, planning, real estate development, public policy and health administration. A distinctive feature of the professional laboratory is that it is intended as an integrative professional experience across the school, so that students from any of these programs may participate fully. Each summer the Price School offers one or more international labs/workshops. Recent international labs have been held in China,
Brazil, Germany, Morocco, Italy and Vietnam. All students are encouraged to take at least one international lab course. Exchange Program The Hertie School of Governance exchange program is a one-semester exchange program offered during the fall semester. The program will provide opportunities for students to acquire knowledge and skills necessary to become global leaders and succeed in a global market. All instruction is in English; proficiency in a foreign language is not required. Courses completed at the Hertie School of Governance are graded credit/no credit on the student’s USC transcript. The courses are selected from a list approved by the Price School of Public Policy. Students must work with their program administrator to understand how the courses will return to their degree.
Graduate Certificate Programs Certificate in Transportation Systems
The graduate Certificate in Transportation Systems is an interdisciplinary program administered by the Department of Civil Engineering. The certificate program allows students to specialize in transportation applications, while simultaneously receiving a degree in their home department. The certificate in transportation systems combines elements of transportation engineering with transportation policy, planning and project management. The program is especially appropriate for students intending to pursue careers as developers of transportation technologies or as implementors of technologies within government agencies. Students electing the certificate program apply to the Department of Civil Engineering. Course prerequisites for the program are: 1) one course in statistics or uncertainty, equivalent to CE 408, ISE 225 or PPD 404x; 2) one course in engineering economy, equivalent to ISE 460; 3) one course in microeconomics, equivalent to ECON 203; and 4) one course in a high level programming language, such as C or Fortran. These prerequisites may be satisfied after enrollment in the certificate program by taking the indicated courses or their equivalent.
Graduate students cannot receive credit for courses numbered below 400. Detailed admissions requirements are published by the Department of Civil Engineering.
students the knowledge needed to understand the increasing importance of nonprofits in society and their role in forming and influencing public policy.
Requirements for Completion The curriculum consists of five graduate courses for a total of 17 units.
Applicants for the Certificate in Nonprofit Management and Policy who are currently enrolled in a graduate program at USC and are in good standing with a 3.0 GPA only need to submit the appropriate paperwork for adding the certificate program, which may be obtained from the student services adviser.
REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
CE 519 Transportation Engineering 3 CE 585 Traffic Engineering and Control 3 ISE 515 Engineering Project Management 3 PPD 633 Urban Transportation Planning and Management 4 PPD 634 Institutional and Policy Issues in Transportation 4
Qualified students holding a bachelor’s degree also have the option of enrolling in the certificate program without receiving a separate graduate degree. Certificate in Nonprofit Management and Policy
This graduate certificate program provides students with a foundation in nonprofit management and policy. The certificate develops nonprofit management skills and provides
Applicants for the Certificate in Nonprofit Management and Policy who have not matriculated at USC must make a formal application for admission to the certificate program, provide transcripts of all college work, a resume and one letter of recommendation. The certificate in nonprofit management and policy consists of 16 units of graduate course work. Required courses (16 units) CORE COURSES (12 UNITS)
UNITS
PPD 675 Nonprofit Management and Leadership PPD 687 Strategic Management in the Sector PPD 689 The Nonprofit Sector and Philanthropy
4 4 4
USC Price School of Public Policy
892
Elective Course Students select 4 elective units. The elective course(s) may be taken from within the Price School of Public Policy course offerings or other USC units. The elective selection must be approved by the faculty adviser for the certificate program. Up to 10 units of the certificate may be applied to both the certificate and the core requirements or electives in the Master of Public Administration program. Up to 12 units may be applied toward both the certificate and the core or electives in the Master of Public Policy program. The Master of Public Administration director will provide advisement. This graduate certificate program provides students with a foundation in political management. It is designed to provide expertise for students who wish to work in public policy advocacy, in political relations, with elected officials and with the public, nonprofit or private sectors.
Applicants who have not matriculated at USC must make a formal application for admission to the certificate program, as well as provide transcripts of all college work, a resume and one letter of recommendation. The Certificate in Political Management consists of 14-16 units of graduate course work depending on the courses selected. UNITS
Advocacy in Public Administration
FOUNDATION COURSE
4 UNITS
Select one: 2 or 4 units PPD 500 Intersectoral Leadership PPD 540 Public Administration and Society PPD 554 Foundations of Public Policy Analysis PPD 684 Leadership Development in the Public and Nonprofit Sectors
Participatory Methods in Planning and Policy Political Management: Theory and Applied Techniques Political Leadership in Public Organizations Communicating Public Policy
4
4 4 4
Up to 10 units of the certificate may be applied toward both the certificate and to the core requirements or electives in the Master of Public Administration. Up to 12 units may be applied toward both the certificate and toward core or electives in the Master of Public Policy or Master of Planning.
Certificate Programs in Public Financial Management
Applicants who are currently enrolled in a graduate program at USC and are in good standing with a 3.0 GPA only need to submit the appropriate paperwork for adding the certificate program which may be obtained from the student services adviser.
PPD 658
PPD 616 PPD 656 PPD 657 PPD 693
UNITS
The director of the graduate programs in public policy and management will provide advisement.
Certificate in Political Management
CORE COURSE (4 UNITS)
CHOOSE TWO OF THE FOLLOWING (8 UNITS)
2 4 2
2
Students enrolled in the Public Financial Management certificate program are required to take 52 graduate units of course work (53 for pre-service students). Fourteen of these units are MPA core courses (PPD 500, PPD 501ab, PPD 540 and PPD 546); and 12 units of management competencies (PPD 541, PPD 542 or PPD 557 or PPD 666, and PPD 545). In addition, students must take 16 units of course work in finance and related subjects (PPD 516, PPD 554* or PPD 555, PPD 647 and PPD 661 or PPD 662 or PPD 669). Ten units of approved electives will be selected from among: PPD 510b, PPD 542, PPD 652, PPD 660, PPD 661, PPD 662, PPD 669, PPD 679 and PPD 688. Pre-service students must also serve an internship and be enrolled in PPD 543. Students may receive this certificate with a specialization in intergovernmental management provided they complete the three course sequence (PPD 661, PPD 662, PPD 669). Students may satisfy this requirement if they apply two of these courses toward the 10-unit elective requirement and apply the third course toward the 16-unit finance and related subjects requirement.
Long Term Care Programs and Management of Ambulatory Care Systems. Applicants for the certificate programs must make formal application for admission to the certificate program, provide transcripts of all college work, supplemented by three letters of recommendation, including one from a former instructor, a resume and a personal statement describing their career goals and the relationship of the certificate to those ends. It is expected that applicants to the certificate programs should have graduated from a recognized college with an approximate grade point average of B in the last 60 units of college work. Non-graduates may be admitted if the director believes that there is evidence to suggest that the applicant is capable of graduate level work. Successful completion of the certificate will not be a deciding factor in the admission decision for the degrees offered by the Health Management and Policy Programs or the Price School of Public Policy. The Ambulatory Care program requires 20 units of graduate credit including a 16-unit core and a four-unit specialized seminar in the area of the certificate concentration. Core courses (16 units) are: PPD 509; PPD 510a or PPD 516; PPD 545 or PPD 557; one elective. One specialized seminar as follows (four units): PPD 600, PPD 601 or GERO 550. The Certificate in Administration of Long Term Care Programs requires 16 units of course work. The required courses are GERO 500; PPD 513; PPD 518; PPD 601; PPD 510a or PPDE 645. The program can be completed via distance learning. Completing a certificate program does not constitute completion of or admission to the Master of Health Administration (MHA) or Executive Master of Health Administration (EMHA) degree programs nor will it be a deciding factor in the admission decision to those programs. Students in the MHA program, however, may qualify for award of these certificates if they complete the applicable course requirements. Certificate in Public Management
*Students who select PPD 554 (rather than PPD 555) must select an additional 2-unit elective.
Certificate Programs in Health Management and Policy Programs
The Health Management and Policy Programs of the Price School of Public Policy offers certificate programs in specialized areas of health care administration. The certificates are designed to provide practitioners with means for improving or updating their knowledge and experience in a challenging and professionally relevant course of study. Certificates are offered in Administration of
This program provides students with a solid foundation of training and skills in management. Individuals who need training in public administration but who are unable to enroll for the Master of Public Administration (MPA) degree may find this certificate program of particular interest. Key to the program’s success is the close integration of the academic curriculum and the application of skills and theory to managerial work assignments. Students may enroll at any time throughout the year.
Graduate Degrees
The program consists of four courses: PPD 540, PPD 542, PPD 545, and one elective selected from any 500-level offering in the Price curriculum.
893
interest in the field. The certificate develops risk analysis skills and provides students with the knowledge needed to understand the issues surrounding the increasingly important issues of homeland security and public policy.
This program seeks to equip graduate students with both the requisite knowledge of other fields and the political, interpersonal and communication skills necessary to succeed in research and practical contexts.
Applicants for the Certificate in Homeland Security and Public Policy who are currently enrolled in a graduate program at USC in good standing with a 3.0 GPA only need to submit the appropriate paperwork for adding the certificate program which may be obtained from the student services adviser.
Applicants for the Certificate in Sustainable Cities who are currently enrolled in a graduate program at USC and are in good standing with a 3.0 GPA only need to submit the appropriate paperwork for adding the certificate program, which may be obtained from the student services adviser.
Applicants for the Certificate in Homeland Security and Public Policy who have not matriculated at USC must make a formal application for admission to the certificate program, provide transcripts of all college work, a resume and one letter of recommendation.
Applicants for the Certificate in Sustainable Cities who have not matriculated at USC must make a formal application for admission to the certificate program, provide transcripts of all college work, a resume and one letter of recommendation.
Certificate in Public Policy
This graduate certificate program provides students with a foundation in public policy analysis. It is designed to provide expertise in public policy to individuals who do not want to pursue the Master of Public Policy degree. Potential students include those who are pursuing another degree and want to complement that work with a specialization in public policy, as well as qualified students holding a bachelor’s degree who have not matriculated at USC. The certificate develops policy analytic skills and their integration with a policy issue area of interest to the student. Applicants for the Certificate in Public Policy who have not matriculated at USC must make a formal application for admission to the certificate program, provide transcripts of all college work, a resume and one letter of recommendation.
The certificate in homeland security and public policy consists of 15-16 units of graduate course work depending on the course selected. REQUIRED CORE COURSE
The program consists of 16 units of graduate course work.
PPD 683 Homeland Security and Public Policy
Required courses (16 units) CORE COURSES (8 UNITS)
UNITS
PPD 500 Intersectoral Leadership 2 PPD 554 Foundations of Public Policy Analysis 2 PPD 555 Public Policy Formulation and Implementation 4 Choose 4 units from: PPD 501ab Economics for Policy, Planning and Development 2-2 PPD 557 Modeling and Operations Research 4 PPD 558 Multivariate Statistical Analysis 4 PPD 560 Methods for Policy Analysis 4 Choose one course from a policy area. There are many policy issues courses from which to choose (e.g., health, nonprofit, transportation, environment, housing).
(4 UNITS)
4
The Master of Public Policy director will provide advisement. Certificate in Homeland Security and Public Policy
This graduate certificate program provides students with a foundation in homeland security and public policy. It is designed to provide expertise to individuals working in the field with an interest in refining their risk and security analysis skills as well as others with
4
Choose three of the following (11-12 units): PPD 501ab Economics for Policy, Planning, and Development 4 PPD 557 Modeling and Operations Research 4, or ISE 530 Introduction to Operations Research 3, or ISE 562 Value and Decision Theory 3 PPD 587 Risk Analysis 4 Sustainable Cities Graduate Certificate
The Sustainable Cities Graduate Certificate program is a multidisciplinary certificate program open to USC students pursuing graduate degrees in many disciplines including anthropology, architecture, biology, chemistry, communication, earth sciences, economics, education, engineering, geography, international relations, political science, public policy, sociology, urban planning and others. Creating sustainable cities for the 21st century is a major challenge for society. The growth of cities, caused by natural population increase and massive rural-to-urban population flows, poses critical environmental problems that reach far beyond municipal boundaries and transcend national borders. Resolving such problems requires contributions from natural scientists, engineers, behavioral scientists and policy experts. To solve problems of national concern, such scientists must work productively with public administrators, political decision-makers and diverse interest groups.
REQUIRED COURSES (14-15* UNITS)
UNITS
ARCH 519 Sustainability in the Environment: Infrastructure, Urban Landscapes, and Buildings 3 CE 564* Methods for Assessment and Protection of Environmental Quality (3), or ENE 502* Environmental and Regulatory Compliance (3), or PPD 587 Risk Analysis (4) 3-4 PPDE 632 Sustainable Cities 4 *Students who select CE 564 or ENE 502 will complete 14 units for the certificate.
Four units from: PPD 568 Environmental Governance and Sustainability 2 PPD 619 Smart Growth and Urban Sprawl: Policy Debates and Planning Solutions 4 PPD 621 Environmental Impacts 4 PPD 692 Transportation and the Environment 4 PPDE 660 Environmental Policy Design and Analysis 2
Each academic unit, department or program will determine the number of units completed that may be applied to the student’s master’s or doctoral degree. Certificate in Health Systems Operations
This 17-unit graduate certificate is jointly sponsored by the Epstein Industrial and Systems Engineering Department and the Price School of Public Policy (Master of Health Administration program), and administered by the Epstein Industrial and Systems Engineering Department. See Industrial Systems and Engineering Department on page 667 for course requirements.
894
USC Price School of Public Policy
Certificate in Real Estate Development
The certificate in real estate development consists of 12 units of graduate course work: RED 510, RED 511 and RED 512.
This graduate certificate program provides students with a foundation of the key elements of real estate development. It is designed to provide these foundations for non-Master of Real Estate Development students who wish to obtain this knowledge to complement their graduate program of study as well as their careers. For admissions information, visit the Price School Website.
Non-Credit Programs Offered by the Center for International Training and Development
Management Effectiveness Program This is a four-week intensive training program in the art and science of management. The program is designed to enhance leadership effectiveness and the development of a management generalist perspective.
International Executive Development Laboratory This five-week laboratory focuses on issues in executive leadership, strategic management, environmental analysis, international finance and economics, computer-based project planning, and implementation of planned change strategies.
Dual Degree Programs A dual degree program is an academic option which allows a student to enroll in two graduate programs simultaneously. Application must be made to both schools, and if accepted to both, the student pursues a specially designed program which combines selected courses from the two academic units. Students are required to seek advisement from both schools. The student will have the opportunity to acquire the knowledge and skills from two fields of study. The dual degree program enables the student to integrate a closely related field with planning or development. The purpose of the dual program is to provide an enriched educational experience; accordingly, concurrent course work in the two fields is required. Since the unit requirements of dual degrees depend upon the mutual transfer of units between the two academic units, no other transfer of credits will be allowed. Students who decide, at any point, to earn only one of the two degrees must meet all the regular requirements for earning that degree alone. Students in Master of Planning dual degree programs must fulfill the comprehensive examination and appropriate internship requirements except where noted otherwise. Master of Planning/Master of Architecture
The Master of Planning/Master of Architec ture dual degree program facilitates highly related cross-disciplinary studies in architecture (through the USC School of Architecture) and in planning at the master’s level. This program offers students interested in developing a career in urban design an opportunity to make more substantial commitments in both disciplines and to achieve a more
coherent and extensive knowledge in the design of built environments and public policy. Candidates must already possess a degree in architecture. This dual degree program normally requires five semesters in residence. Requirements Requirements for completion of the dual degree program are 72 units, including 36 units in architecture and 36 units in planning. See the School of Architecture, page 128, for course requirements. Master of Planning/Master of Business Administration
The Master of Planning/Master of Business Administration dual degree program enables the student to understand the conduct and requirements of business, accounting, corporate and strategic planning, real estate marketing, and finance. Further, students gain expertise in public policy, city planning and the interpretation of government regulations. Exposure to both fields becomes an educational as well as a professional asset for careers in either public service or private enterprise. This dual degree program normally requires five semesters in residence. Requirements A total of 84 units is required for the dual degree: 48 units of work in the Marshall School of Business and 36 units in the Price School of Public Policy. Required courses that must be taken in the Marshall School of Business include: all required courses in an MBA program and graduate business electives sufficient to bring the total units completed in the Marshall School of Business to at least 48. Dual degree students must not count courses taken outside the Marshall School of Business toward the 48 units.
PLANNING UNITS
PPD 500 Intersectoral Leadership 2 PPD 501a Economics for Policy, Planning and Development 2 PPD 524 Planning Theory 2 PPD 525 Statistics and Arguing from Data 2 PPD 526 Comparative International Development 2 PPD 527 The Social Context of Planning 2 PPD 529 Legal Environment of Planning 2 PPD 533 Planning History and Urban Form 2 Note: 2-unit courses may be offered in seven-and-ahalf week blocks.
Concentration Methodology: A 4-unit course selected from the concentration list shown in the MPl program. Planning Studios: PPD 531L (4, 4) to total 8 units. Electives: 8 units of elective courses taken within the Price School of Public Policy. Dual degree students, like all other MPl students, must take a comprehensive examination and fulfill the internship requirement. Master of Planning/Master of Arts in Economics
The USC Price School of Public Policy and the Department of Economics jointly offer a two-year program leading to the MPl and M.A. degrees. Applicants must apply to the Price School of Public Policy and the USC Graduate School and meet the admission requirements of both.
Dual Degree Programs
895
Requirements Requirements for completion of the dual degree program are 58 units, including 24 units in economics and 34 units in planning.
Requirements for the dual degree program are 56 units, including 24 units in the School of International Relations and 32 units in the Price School of Public Policy.
ECONOMICS UNITS
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
ECON 500 Microeconomic Analysis and Policy 4 ECON 501 Macroeconomic Analysis and Policy 4 ECON 513 The Practice of Econometrics 4 ECON 594abz Master’s Thesis 4 Electives Economics 8
IR 517 International Policy Analysis 4 one course that focuses on a specific region 4 one functional course from the following: 4 IR 502 Conflict and Cooperation IR 509 Culture, Gender and Global Society IR 521 Introduction to Foreign Policy Analysis IR 541 Politics of the World Economy three IR electives 12
PLANNING UNITS
PPD 500 Intersectoral Leadership 2 PPD 524 Planning Theory 2 PPD 526 Comparative International Development 2 PPD 527 The Social Context of Planning 2 PPD 529 Legal Environment of Planning 2 PPD 533 Planning History and Urban Form 2 Note: 2-unit courses may be offered in seven-and-ahalf week blocks.
Planning Studios: PPD 531L (4, 4) to total 8 units. Electives: 14 units of elective courses taken within the Price School of Public Policy.
UNITS
PLANNING UNITS
PPD 500 Intersectoral Leadership 2 PPD 501a Economics for Policy, Planning and Development 2 PPD 524 Planning Theory 2 PPD 525 Statistics and Arguing from Data 2 PPD 526 Comparative International Development 2 PPD 527 The Social Context of Planning 2 PPD 529 Legal Environment of Planning 2 PPD 533 Planning History and Urban Form 2
Dual degree students in this program must fulfill the internship requirement.
Note: 2-unit courses may be offered in seven-and-ahalf week blocks.
Thesis: A thesis is required on a subject interrelating economics and urban planning and development. Students must register in a minimum of 4 units of ECON 594abz (2-2-0) and maintain continuous registration until completion of the thesis.
Planning Studios: PPD 531L (4, 4) to total 8 units
During the summer after the first year of graduate study, the student normally serves an internship in a planning organization. The student must complete a thesis acceptable to both faculties.
Dual degree students, like all other MPl students, must take a comprehensive examination and fulfill the internship requirement. Students in the dual degree program must complete a substantive paper or alternative project. The requirements, standards and evaluation procedure for the substantive paper are identical to those listed for the M.A. in Political Science and International Relations except that one member of the examining committee must come from the Price School of Public Policy.
Master of Planning/Master of Arts in International Relations
The USC Price School of Public Policy and the School of International Relations jointly offer a three-year program leading to both M.A. and MPl degrees. Applicants must apply to the Price School of Public Policy and the School of International Relations and meet the requirements for admission to both. Students interested in this program are required to take the Graduate Record Examinations (GRE).
Electives: 8 units of elective courses in planning (including one methods class) taken within the Price School of Public Policy.
Master of Planning/Master of Real Estate Development
The Master of Planning/Master of Real Estate Development dual degree program enables students to expand their skills in planning, land development, market analysis, finance and economics. Exposure to both fields becomes an educational as well as a
professional asset for careers in either real estate development or planning. This dual degree program normally requires five semesters, including one summer, in residence. Requirements A total of 74 units is required for the dual degree, all from within the Price School of Public Policy. REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
PPD 500 Intersectoral Leadership 2 PPD 501a Economics for Policy, Planning and Development 2 PLANNING CORE
UNITS
PPD 524 Planning Theory 2 PPD 525 Statistics and Arguing from Data 2 PPD 526 Comparative International Development 2 PPD 527 The Social Context of Planning 2 PPD 531L Planning Studio 4 PPD 533 Planning History and Urban Form 2 REAL ESTATE CORE
UNITS
RED 509 Market Analysis for Real Estate 4 RED 542 Finance of Real Estate Development 3 RED 544 Real Estate Capital Markets 2 RED 546 Applications of Real Estate Finance to Problems of Development 3 RED 547 Project Management and Construction 2 RED 551 The Approval Process 4 RED 562 Legal Issues in Real Estate Development 4 RED 573 Design History and Criticism 2 RED 574 Building Typologies 2 RED 575L Community Design and Site Planning 4 RED 598 Real Estate Product Development 2 Note: 2-unit courses may be offered in seven-and-ahalf week blocks.
Electives: 12 units of PPD courses and 12 additional units of elective courses taken within the Price School of Public Policy. Students are also required to complete a comprehensive examination. Students have the option of selecting either the existing MPl or existing MRED examination. The internship requirement is waived for students who enter the program with professional experience in either planning, real estate or a related field.
896
USC Price School of Public Policy
Master of Planning/Master of Science in Gerontology
Thesis: A thesis is required on a subject interrelating gerontology and planning. Students must register in a minimum of 4 units of PPD 594abz (2,2,0) or GERO 594abz (2,2,0). Students must maintain continuous registration until completion of the thesis.
The M.S./MPl dual degree is one of a few in the nation which combines the knowledge of the older population with the skills needed to plan services for older people. The MPl prepares the graduate for the responsibilities involved in development of public and private institutions and programs. The M.S. indicates a special focus on the older person and the skills to analyze and design programs for this growing population. The M.S. is offered through the USC Davis School of Gerontology. Requirements Requirements for completion of the dual degree program are 66 units including 26 units in gerontology, 36 units in planning and a minimum of 4 units of thesis in either gerontology or planning, as follows: GERONTOLOGY UNITS
GERO 510 Physiology of Development and Aging GERO 520 Life Span Developmental Psychology GERO 530 Life Span Developmental Sociology GERO 540 Social Policy and Aging GERO 591 Field Practicum Gerontology elective
4 4 4 4 6 4
PLANNING UNITS
PPD 500 Intersectoral Leadership 2 PPD 501a Economics for Policy, Planning and Development 2 PPD 524 Planning Theory 2 PPD 525 Statistics and Arguing from Data 2 PPD 526 Comparative International Development 2 PPD 527 The Social Context of Planning 2 PPD 529 Legal Environment of Planning 2 PPD 533 Planning History and Urban Form 2 Note: 2-unit courses may be offered in seven-and-ahalf week blocks.
Concentration Methodology: A 4-unit course selected from the concentration list shown in MPl program. Planning Studios: PPD 531L (4, 4) to total 8 units. Electives: 8 units of elective courses taken within the Price School of Public Policy.
Program Adaptation: The USC Davis School of Gerontology waives GERO 589 Case Studies in Leadership and Change Management because students enrolled in this program will have a primary professional focus in planning. Master of Planning/Master of Landscape Architecture
The dual degree option in planning and landscape architecture (in the USC School of Architecture) trains professionals in policy and design, and to be competent with design problems at different scales, but with a distinctly urban focus. Candidates must be independently admitted to the Master of Planning and Master of Landscape Architecture programs. The dual degree program normally requires between five and seven semesters in residence. Requirements Completion of the dual degree requires 24 units of courses in urban planning, 10 units of thesis option I or II and either 32 units of landscape architecture (for those students admitted with advanced standing); 48 units of landscape architecture (for those students admitted with advanced placement); or 74 units of landscape architecture (for those students admitted to the three-year curriculum). See School of Architecture, page 128, for course requirements. Master of Planning/Master of Public Administration
The Master of Planning/Master of Public Administration dual degree program is designed for the study of the relationships between planning and public administration. Administrative skills, budgeting and fiscal analysis, a knowledge of operations services of local governments, and formulation and conduct of planning operations within the context of municipal management are required. This dual degree program normally requires five semesters in residence. Requirements Requirements for completion of the dual degree program are 60 units, including 26 units in public administration, 20 units in planning and 14 units of electives (8 in planning), as follows: Prerequisites: 12 undergraduate course credit units of social science, not more than 8 units in any one field, are required. Students must also satisfy the MPA statistics prerequisite and other prerequisites. PPD 525 satisfies
the Price School of Public Policy prerequisite in descriptive and inferential statistics for students in the Master of Planning/Master of Public Administration dual degree program. Dual degree students completing PPD 525 with a grade of B or higher (A = 4.0) need not take PPD 502x Statistical Foundations for Public Management and Policy. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
UNITS
PPD 500 Intersectoral Leadership 2 PPD 501ab Economics for Policy, Planning and Development 2-2 PPD 540 Public Administration and Society 4 PPD 541 Public Financial Management and Budgeting 4 PPD 542 Policy and Program Evaluation, or PPD 557 Modeling and Operations Research, or PPD 666 Administrative Research and Analysis 4 PPD 545 Human Behavior in Public Organizations 4 PPD 546 Professional Practice of Public Administration 4 PLANNING UNITS
PPD 524 Planning Theory 2 PPD 525 Statistics and Arguing from Data 2 PPD 526 Comparative International Development 2 PPD 527 The Social Context of Planning 2 PPD 529 Legal Environment of Planning 2 PPD 533 Planning History and Urban Form 2 Note: 2-unit courses may be offered in seven-and-ahalf week blocks.
Planning Studios: PPD 531L (4, 4) to total 8 units. Electives: 14 units of elective courses taken within the Price School of Public Policy. Eight of these elective units must be taken in the planning program. Dual degree students who complete PPD 502x with a grade of C or higher need not take PPD 525. Instead, they should take 2 additional elective units for a total of 16. Dual degree students, like all other MPl students, must take a comprehensive examination and fulfill the internship requirement.
Dual Degree Programs
Master of Planning/Master of Public Health
The Master of Planning/ Master of Public Health (MPl/MPH) dual degree is designed for individuals who envision a career that combines urban planning and public health disciplines. This dual degree combines the knowledge of urban planning with an understanding of health from a population perspective. It will provide training for planning, evaluating and guiding healthy community and urban development, and will enable graduates who seek to be agents of change within the profession to assume leadership roles in planning and in public health at the local, state and national levels. A total of 79 units are required for the dual degree.
PREVENTIVE MEDICINE – PUBLIC HEALTH CORE REQUIREMENTS
PPD 500 PPD 501a PPD 524 PPD 527 PPD 529 PPD 533
UNITS
Intersectoral Leadership Economics for Policy, Planning and Development Planning Theory The Social Context of Planning Legal Environment of Planning Planning History and Urban Form
2
2 2 2 2 2
Concentration Students must select 16 units in a concentration from one of the five concentrations in the planning program. Students are required to complete the gateway course and methodology course related to their concentration as part of their preparation for their comprehensive examination. The student’s concentration must contain a 4-unit methodology course, a 4-unit gateway course and 8 other units. See further details on the concentrations in the Master of Planning section of the catalogue. Planning Studios Students will complete a total of 8 units of domestic or international planning studios under PPD 531L (4) to satisfy this requirement. Dual degree students, like all other MPl students, must take a comprehensive examination and fulfill an internship requirement. Students will take 200 hours of planning internship placement in addition to 4 units of PM 593. See below for further internship details for this dual degree.
UNITS
PM 501 Foundations in Health Education and Promotion 4 PM 508 Health Service Delivery in the U.S. 4 PM 510L Principles of Biostatistics 4 PM 512 Principles of Epidemiology 4 PM 529 Environmental Health: An Epidemiological Approach 4 PM 593* Public Health Practicum 4 or 8 *PM 593 is a variable unit course, 4 or 8 units. Students are required to take 4 units for this dual degree. HEALTH PROMOTION TRACK REQUIREMENTS
PLANNING CORE REQUIREMENTS
897
UNITS
PM 528 Program Design and Evaluation 4 PM 562 Intervention Approaches for Health Promotion and Disease Prevention 4 PM 563 Organizing and Mobilizing Communities for Global Health 4 Health Promotion Track Electives 4 Other Electives 3
All students admitted into the dual degree program must complete all requirements for each program. Students in the dual degree may substitute two MPl core courses with PM courses. PPD 525 may be substituted with PM 510 and PPD 526 may be substituted with PM 563. Students enrolled in the dual degree are not required to take PPD 525 (as opposed to the stand alone MPl degree students) because they develop the necessary proficiencies in statistics in PM 510L, which provides them the opportunity to learn biostatistics, health statistics and the application of statistics necessary for success in this dual degree and for their future career. Dual degree students are not required to take PPD 526 and may take PM 563 as this course covers global health and international issues and will provide students with the information needed for success in their career. In addition, for PM 593, a variable unit course depending on experience (4 or 8 units), students complete an internship specific to meet the competencies of the health promotion track. Dual degree students would enroll in 4 units, completing a 200-hour placement. The other 4 units would be waived because students will spend 200 hours during their planning internship, acquiring additional
relevant practical experience. (Note: This is consistent with the established dual degree programs with medicine, pharmacy and clinical psychology). The skeleton curriculum is described by these requirements. In fact, students will tend to take additional courses specific to their planning concentration and will enroll in additional units. Master of Planning/Master of Arts, Art and Curatorial Practices in the Public Sphere
The Master of Planning/Master of Arts, Art and Curatorial Practices in the Public Sphere dual degree program offers an unusually rich opportunity for students interested in developing a new knowledge base to become successful professionals working in the arena of organizing art projects in urban public space, planning and community development. Los Angeles and the facilities at USC provide a unique learning laboratory to educate a more competitive professional with a better understanding of both the administration of public art and issues of urban planning. Students must complete the following requirements in this program: 70 units, including 28 units in the Master of Arts, Art and Curatorial Practices in the Public Sphere program, 22 in policy, planning, and development, and 20 in a field of study with no more than 8 units taken from other USC programs. MASTER OF ARTS, ART AND CURATORIAL PRACTICES IN THE PUBLIC SPHERE (28 UNITS)
UNITS
PAS 549 Methodologies of Art Writing 3 PAS 555abc Curatorial Practicum 2-2-2 PAS 561 Curatorial/Organizational Models 2 PAS 571 Histories of Art in the Public Sphere 3 PAS 572 Contemporary Art in the Public Sphere 3 PAS 581 Critical Conversations 3 PAS 585 Theorizing the Public Realm 3 PAS 591 Field Internship Experience 1 PAS 594ab Master’s Thesis 2, 2 MASTER OF PLANNING (22 UNITS)
PPD 500 PPD 501a PPD 524 PPD 525 PPD 526
UNITS
Intersectoral Leadership 2 Economics for Policy, Planning and Development 2 Planning Theory 2 Statistics and Arguing from Data 2 Comparative International Development 2
898
USC Price School of Public Policy
PPD 529 Legal Environment of Planning 2 PPD 531L Core Laboratory Workshop 4 PPD 533 Planning History and Urban Form 2 PPD 627* Design Skills for Urban Planners 4
Requirements Completion of the dual degree requires 72 units, including: PPD 500 and PPD 501a, 32 units in public policy, 22 units in planning, 6 units in electives and 8 units in planning studios/practicum.
Note: 2-unit courses may be offered in seven-and-ahalf week blocks. *PPD 627 is the methodology course for the Preservation and Design of the Built Environment concentration. Students who choose to do a concentration other than Preservation and Design of the Built Environment need to take the respective methodology course.
Dual degree students, like all other MPl students, must take a comprehensive examination and fulfill the internship requirement. Field of Study (20 units) Students may include no more than 8 units from outside the Roski School of Fine Arts and the Price School of Public Policy. The MPl program requires students to declare their concentration during the fall semester prior to taking the comprehensive examination in the spring semester. Students are required to complete the gateway course and methodology course related to their concentration as part of their preparation for their comprehensive examination. The student’s concentration must contain a 4-unit methodology course, a 4-unit gateway course and 8 other units directly concerned with the subject matter of the concentration. Capstone Projects Students must complete a master’s thesis or final thesis project through the Roski School of Fine Arts and the MPl comprehensive examination through the Price School of Public Policy. Internship All students must complete 400 hours of internship through the Price School of Public Policy. This internship may be partially or completely fulfilled through prior professional experience. Master of Public Policy/Master of Planning
The Master of Public Policy/Master of Planning dual degree program gives students the opportunity to develop a depth of analytic and design skills with which to effectively address the problems of urban communities. The dual degree program normally requires six semesters in residence.
Prerequisites Applicants must have a basic competence in descriptive and inferential statistics. This prerequisite may be met in one of two ways: (1) entering students must have passed an undergraduate inferential statistics class, with a grade of “B” or better, at an approved university within three years of matriculation, and must pass the MPP lab associated with PPD 554 Foundations of Policy Analysis, or (2) take PPD 502x Statistical Foundations for Public Management and Policy and complete with a grade of “B” or better. If students select to take PPD 502x, the units associated with this class may not be used for graduate credit. REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
PPD 500 Intersectoral Leadership 2 PPD 501a Economics for Policy, Planning and Development 2 PUBLIC POLICY COURSES
UNITS
PPD 501b Economics for Policy, Planning and Development 2 PPD 554 Foundations of Public Policy Analysis 2 PPD 555 Public Policy Formulation and Implementation 4 PPD 557 Modeling and Operations Research 4 PPD 558 Multivariate Statistical Analysis 4 PPD 560 Methods for Policy Analysis 4 Public policy elective 4 Analytic elective (PPD 542, PPD 587, PPD 617 or PPD 647) 4 One management elective from the following list: 4 PPD 516 Financial Accounting for Health Care Organizations PPD 541 Public Financial Management and Budgeting PPD 545 Human Behavior in Public Organizations PPD 654 Information Technology Management in the Public Sector PPD 656 Political Management: Theory and Applied Techniques PPD 661 Intergovernmental Management: Local Perspective
PPD 662 Intergovernmental Management: State Perspective PPD 675 Nonprofit Management and Leadership PPD 687 Strategic Management in the Nonprofit Sector PPD 690 Alternative Dispute Resolution
32
PLANNING UNITS
PPD 524 Planning Theory 2 PPD 526 Comparative International Development 2 PPD 527 Social Context of Planning 2 PPD 529 Legal Environment of Planning 2 PPD 533 Planning History and Urban Form 2 Concentration electives in planning from the Price School (includes 4 units of methodology to be selected with adviser from the following list) 12 PPD 612 Research and Analytical Techniques PPD 616 Participatory Methods in Planning and Policy PPD 617 Urban Demography and Growth PPD 627 Design Skills for Urban Planners PPD 634 Institutional and Policy Issues in Transportation
22
Electives Students are required to take 6 units of electives from the curriculum offered by the university. Non-Price School courses may be selected by the students with the approval of an academic adviser. Practicum/Planning Studios After finishing the core courses of both programs, students are required to take 8 units in practicum/planning studios: 4 units from the public policy program (PPD 561ab) and 4 units from the planning program (PPD 531L). Comprehensive Exam and Internship Dual degree students, like all other MPl students, must take a comprehensive examination and fulfill the internship requirement.
Dual Degree Programs
Master of Planning/Master of Social Work
The dual degree program between the USC School of Social Work and the USC Price School of Public Policy offers unique opportunities for students who want to devote their professional careers to social policy, social planning or social services delivery. Students with a dual degree will have broader employment options beyond those in traditional planning or social work. The schedule of courses allows students to experience direct service in the first year so that course work planning is supplemented by a knowledge of consumers, service delivery, etc. Courses for both schools are taken simultaneously, intermingling social work and planning content. Two years of field practicums in social work provide in-depth exposure to social service issues from both planning and direct service perspectives, thus satisfying some of the planning laboratory/workshop requirements and eliminating the need for a separate planning internship requirement. Requirements Requirements for completion of the MSW/ MPl degree are 83 units including 51 units in social work and 32 units in planning. Students must select a community organization, planning and administration concentration in the second year of their social work program. SOCIAL WORK
and one of the following: SOWK 603 Merging Policy, Planning, and Research for Change in Families and Children’s Settings 3 SOWK 636 Social Policy: Health Care 3 SOWK 672 Improving Work Life Through Social Policy and Managing Organizational Development and Change 3 *Students who have taken a leadership course in PPD are not required to take SOWK 611. PLANNING UNITS
PPD 500 Intersectoral Leadership 2 PPD 501a Economics for Policy, Planning and Development 2 PPD 524 Planning Theory 2 PPD 525 Statistics and Arguing from Data 2 PPD 526 Comparative International Development 2 PPD 527 The Social Context of Planning 2 PPD 529 Legal Environment of Planning 2 PPD 533 Planning History and Urban Form 2 PPD 628 Urban Planning and Social Policy 4 Note: 2-unit courses may be offered in seven-and-ahalf week blocks.
899
Students must apply to, and be accepted by, both schools. They may be accepted to the dual degree at the time of their acceptance to the law school or at the beginning of their second year of law school. Dual degree students spend the first year of the program completing the required first year of law school. The remaining units of law school courses and the required 36 units of core MPP courses are taken by students in the second through fourth years. Students are required to complete 114 units of course work, 78 units in the law school and 36 units in the Price School of Public Policy. To earn the J.D., all students (including dual degree students) must complete 35 numerically graded law units at USC after the first year. The associate dean may make exceptions to this rule for students enrolled in law school honor programs. In addition, the MPP program has a statistics prerequisite. Please see the MPP degree in the Price School of Public Policy section of the catalogue for the requirements. The required MPP courses are PPD 500, PPD 501ab, PPD 554, PPD 555, PPD 557, PPD 558, PPD 560, PPD 561ab; 4 units of a management elective (PPD 516, PPD 541, PPD 545, PPD 654, PPD 656, PPD 661, PPD 662, PPD 675, PPD 687 or PPD 690); and 4 units of an analytic elective (PPD 542, PPD 587, PPD 617 or PPD 647).
UNITS
SOWK 503 Human Behavior and the Social Environment I 3 SOWK 505 Human Behavior and the Social Environment II 3 SOWK 534 Policy and Practice in Social Service Organizations 3 SOWK 543 Social Work Practice with Individuals 4 SOWK 545 Social Work Practice with Families, Groups and Complex Cases 2 SOWK 562 Social Work Research 3 SOWK 586ab Field Practicum 3-3 SOWK 587ab Integrative Learning for Social Work Practice 2-2 SOWK 599 Special Topics (approved by concentration) 3 SOWK 611* Leadership in the Social Work Profession and Organization: Theory and Practice 3 SOWK 629 Evaluation of Research: Community Organization, Planning and Administration 3 SOWK 648 Management for Community and Social Services 3 SOWK 686ab Field Practicum II 4-4
Planning Studios: PPD 531L (4) for 4 units.
Master of Real Estate Development/Juris Doctor
Electives: 8 units of elective courses taken within the Price School of Public Policy.
The Juris Doctor/Master of Real Estate Development dual degree program provides the opportunity for in-depth study of legal issues and real estate development. The increasingly regulatory environment developers work within demands that professionals in the real estate industry have a strong understanding of the legal system. Lawyers who plan to specialize in real estate law will benefit from a thorough u nderstanding of the development process, including financial, planning, marketing and design issues. Application must be made to both the USC Gould School of Law and the USC Price School of Public Policy. This program normally requires three years (including one summer) of full-time study in residence to complete.
Dual degree students, like all over MPl students, must take a comprehensive examination and fulfill the internship requirement. Master of Public Policy/Juris Doctor
The Price School of Public Policy and the USC Gould School of Law offer a dual degree that enables qualified students to earn both a Juris Doctor and a Master of Public Policy in approximately four years of study. The dual degree allows students to acquire a blend of the analytic skills of public policy and an understanding of legal institutions and processes. This combination of knowledge is well suited for law students who want to affect the policy-making process and craft legislation to aid in the achievement of public policy goals. It is equally appropriate for prospective policy analysts who are interested in law and public policy.
Requirements for completion of the dual degree program are 112 units, including 78 units in law and 34 units in planning and development. To earn the J.D., all students (including dual degree students) must complete 35 numerically graded law units at USC after the first year. The associate dean may make exceptions to this rule for students enrolled in law school honors programs.
USC Price School of Public Policy
900
LAW SCHOOL
LAW 502 Procedure I LAW 503 Contracts LAW 504 Criminal Law LAW 505 Legal Profession LAW 507 Property LAW 508 Constitutional Law I LAW 509 Torts I LAW 512 Law, Language, and Ethics LAW 515 Legal Research, Writing, and Advocacy I LAW 516 Legal Research, Writing and Advocacy II LAW electives including fulfillment of the upper division writing requirement and skills course REAL ESTATE DEVELOPMENT
UNITS
4 4 3 3 4 4 4 3 2 2
45 UNITS
PPD 500 Intersectoral Leadership 2 PPD 501a Economics for Policy, Planning and Development 2 RED 509 Market Analysis for Real Estate 4 RED 542 Finance of Real Estate Development 3 RED 544 Real Estate Capital Markets 2 RED 546 Applications of Real Estate Finance to Problems of Development 3 RED 547 Project Management and Construction 2 RED 551 The Approval Process 4 RED 573 Design History and Criticism 2 RED 574 Building Typologies 2 RED 575L Community Design and Site Planning 4 RED 598 Real Estate Product Development 2 Elective from the Price School of Public Policy 2
Students are required to complete a comprehensive examination administered by faculty members from both the law school and the Price School of Public Policy. Students must have an approved laptop computer as required by instructors and must demonstrate calculator and spreadsheet skills. Master of Real Estate Development/ Master of Business Administration
The Master of Real Estate Development/ Master of Business Administration dual degree program enables students to expand their skills in planning, land development, marketing, decision sciences, accounting, management, finance and economics. The program is targeted for students who have a clear career goal of becoming real estate developers but who lack formal training in business. The program normally requires two
years (including summers) of full-time study in residence to complete. Requirements A total of 82 units is required. Required courses include: all required courses in an MBA program; FBE 565 Economics of Urban Land Use – Feasibility Studies (3 units); FBE 588 Advanced Real Estate Law (3 units); graduate business electives sufficient to bring the total units completed in the Marshall School of Business to at least 48; and Policy, Planning, and Development courses (34 units). Dual degree students may not count courses taken outside the Marshall School of Business toward the 48 units. Students must have an approved laptop computer as required by instructors and must demonstrate calculator and spreadsheet skills. REAL ESTATE DEVELOPMENT
UNITS
PPD 500 Intersectoral Leadership 2 RED 509 Market Analysis for Real Estate 4 RED 542 Finance of Real Estate Development 3 RED 544 Real Estate Capital Markets 2 RED 546 Applications of Real Estate Finance to Problems of Development 3 RED 547 Project Management and Construction 2 RED 551 The Approval Process 4 RED 573 Design History and Criticism 2 RED 574 Building Typologies 2 RED 575L Community Design and Site Planning 4 RED 598 Real Estate Product Development 2 Elective from the Price School of Public Policy 4
Comprehensive Examination: Students are required to complete a comprehensive examination administered by faculty members from both the Marshall School of Business and the Price School of Public Policy. Master of Public Administration/Master of Science in Gerontology
The Master of Public Administration/Master of Science in Gerontology (MPA/M.S.) dual degree offers students interested in management of agencies and institutions the opportunity to gain in-depth knowledge of the administrative and organizational processes and management skills necessary for the effective delivery of services to older persons. In the MPA/M.S. dual degree, students spend their first year taking the required courses in the USC Davis School of Gerontology.
The research course, GERO 593 Research Methods and the capstone course GERO 555 Integrating Gerontology: A Multidisciplinary Approach, are taken in the USC Davis School of Gerontology. The student begins courses in the Price School of Public Policy during the second semester of the first year. Two versions of this dual degree are available, one with a general orientation and one with an emphasis on health services administration. Students must apply to both schools and, if accepted to both, participate in a specially designed program combining course work from both schools. Curriculum requirements for the general focus dual degree are detailed in the USC Davis School of Gerontology section of this catalogue. Students are encouraged to seek advisement as they plan their actual programs, since curriculum changes may occur. GERONTOLOGY REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
GERO 510 Physiology of Development and Aging 4 GERO 520 Life Span Development Psychology 4 GERO 530 Life Span Development Sociology 4 GERO 540 Social Policy and Aging 4 GERO 550 Administration and System Management in Programs for Older Adults 4 GERO 555 Integrating Gerontology: A Multidisciplinary Approach 4 GERO 591 Field Practicum 8 GERO 593 Research Methods 4 Gerontology elective 4 PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION REQUIREMENTS
40 UNITS
PPD 500 Intersectoral Leadership 2 PPD 501ab Economics for Policy, Planning and Development 2-2 PPD 540 Public Administration and Society 4 PPD 541 Public Financial Management and Budgeting 4 PPD 542 Policy and Program Evaluation, or PPD 557 Modeling and Operations Research, or PPD 666 Administrative Research and Analysis 4 PPD 545 Human Behavior in Public Organizations 4 PPD 546 Professional Practice of Public Administration 4 Elective 2 28
Dual Degree Programs
Program Adaptation For the M.S. in Gerontology, 12 units of electives are waived as well as GERO 589 Case Studies in Leadership and Change Management because students enrolled in this program have a primary professional focus in public administration. For the Master of Public Administration, 12 units of gerontology courses are used as the substantive specialization. Master of Health Administration/Master of Science in Gerontology
Gerontology and health administration students can specialize in health care administration (profit and non-profit) through the dual degree with the USC Davis School of Gerontology and the USC Price School of Public Policy’s Health Administration Program. Students in the dual degree program must be admitted by both academic units and complete 78 units of post-graduate academic work. GERONTOLOGY REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
GERO 510 Physiology of Development and Aging 4 GERO 520 Life Span Developmental Psychology 4 GERO 530 Life Span Developmental Sociology 4 GERO 540 Social Policy and Aging 4 GERO 550 Administration and System Management in Programs for Older Adults 4 GERO 555 Integrating Gerontology: A Multidisciplinary Approach 4 GERO 591 Field Practicum 8 GERO 593 Research Methods 4 HEALTH ADMINISTRATION REQUIREMENTS
36 UNITS
PPD 500 Intersectoral Leadership 2 PPD 501a Economics for Policy, Planning and Development 2 PPD 509 Problems and Issues in the Health Field 4 PPD 510a Financial Management of Health Services 4 PPD 513 Legal Issues in Health Care Delivery 2 PPD 514 Economic Concepts Applied to Health 4 PPD 515 Strategic Management of Health Organizations 4 PPD 516 Financial Accounting for Health Care Organizations 4 PPD 517 Concepts and Practices in Managing Health Care Organizations 2
901
PPD 518 Quality of Care Concepts 2 PPD 545 Human Behavior in Public Organizations 4 PPD 557 Modeling and Operations Research 4 PPD 601 Management of LongTerm Care Organizations 4
42
Statistics: The statistics requirement for dual degree students is the same as those that apply to the Master of Health Administration (see page 880). Program Adaptation: The USC Davis School of Gerontology will waive GERO 589 Case Studies in Leadership and Change Management because students enrolled in this program will have a primary professional focus in health administration. Students enrolled in the dual degree are not required to take PPD 511 (as opposed to the stand alone MHA degree students) because they develop the necessary proficiencies related to their career goals in long term care administration through other courses such as GERO 550, GERO 591 and GERO 593. In addition, PPD 601 is required for the dual degree (and not the stand alone MHA program) because most of these students will work in long-term care facilities and this course is critical for success in that market. Any course substitutions are done by petition on an individual basis and should be part of a carefully developed course of study. The USC Price School of Public Policy should be consulted concerning this program of study. Master of Public Administration/Master of Arts, International Relations
INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
UNITS
IR 517 International Policy Analysis 4 one course that focuses on a specific region 4 one functional course from the following: 4 IR 502 Conflict and Cooperation IR 509 Culture, Gender and Global Society IR 521 Introduction to Foreign Policy IR 541 Politics of the World Economy three IR electives 12 PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
24 UNITS
PPD 500 Intersectoral Leadership 2 PPD 501ab Economics for Policy, Planning and Development 2-2 PPD 540 Public Administration and Society 4 PPD 541 Public Financial Management and Budgeting 4 PPD 542 Policy and Program Evaluation, or PPD 557 Modeling and Operations Research, or PPD 666 Administrative Research and Analysis 4 PPD 545 Human Behavior in Public Organizations 4 PPD 546 Professional Practice of Public Administration 4 Elective 2
28
Electives: 12 units of elective courses taken from the School of International Relations.
The Price School of Public Policy and the School of International Relations jointly offer a three-year program leading to both M.A. and MPA degrees (students may extend the dual degree program to four years). Applicants must apply to the Price School of Public Policy and the School of International Relations and meet requirements for admission to both. Students interested in this program are required to take the Graduate Record Examinations (GRE).
Like all other M.A. students, students in the dual degree program must complete a substantive paper or alternative project. The requirements, standards and evaluation procedure for the substantive paper are identical to those listed for all M.A., International Relations students except that one member of the examining committee must come from the Price School of Public Policy. Students must also meet the statistics prerequisite and internship requirement of the MPA.
Requirements Students pursuing the dual degree must complete the degree requirements at the Price School of Public Policy and at least 24 units within the School of International Relations.
Master of Public Administration/Juris Doctor
The dual degree program with the USC Gould School of Law and the USC Price School of Public Policy enables qualified students to earn a Juris Doctor/ Master of Public Administration (J.D./MPA) in approximately four years of study.
902
USC Price School of Public Policy
Some of the topics covered in the law school are also covered in the program of the Price School of Public Policy, so some credit toward the law degree may appropriately be given for specified graduate work taken in the Price School of Public Policy. Similarly, some credit toward the master’s degree may appropriately be awarded for certain work completed in the law school. The goal of the program is to encourage law students to gain a recognized competence in administration, which has a direct relevance for the roles lawyers are asked to play in society.
Master of Public Administration/Master of Social Work
Students must apply to, and be accepted by, both schools. They may be accepted to a dual degree program at the time of their acceptance to the law school or at the beginning of their second year of law school. The program requires the completion of the required first year of law school and the fulfillment of a statistics prerequisite, which can be met by passing an undergraduate inferential statistics class with a grade of B or better at an approved university within three years of matriculation or taking PPD 502x Statistical Foundations for Public Management and Policy and completing with a grade of “B” or better. To earn the J.D., all students (including dual degree students) must complete 35 numerically graded law units at USC after the first year. The associate dean may make exceptions to this rule for students enrolled in law school honors programs. Credit toward the law degree may not be given for graduate work completed prior to the completion of the first year of law school. The Price School of Public Policy, on the other hand, may allow some credit toward the MPA for approved work completed prior to the first year of law school. Students are required to complete 97 units of course work. Curriculum Requirements First Year Required law school courses Second and Third Year The remaining 39 units of law school courses, 32 additional units of public administration courses. These courses are from the MPA core (PPD 500, PPD 501ab, PPD 540 and PPD 546) and management competencies (PPD 542 or PPD 557 or PPD 666, PPD 541, PPD 545) and 6 units of PPD electives.
The Master of Public Administration/Master of Social Work (MPA/MSW) dual degree offers students interested in careers as administrators of social agencies the opportunity to prepare for social work while developing the administrative capabilities necessary in the public sector. The MPA/MSW will require two calendar years of full-time study. The first academic year is devoted to the standard social work first year curriculum. During the second year, the curriculum combines social work and public administration course work. The curriculum for both summers will be in public administration. Students can enter this program only with the written consent of both schools. Students who apply initially to the USC School of Social Work must declare their intention to pursue the MPA/MSW dual degree at the time of their application. If admission is approved, such students will be admitted to the dual degree program. Social work students selecting this program are required to select the Community Organization, Planning and Administration concentration in their second year program. Students must complete 82 units (54 in social work and 28 in public administration). SOCIAL WORK (54 UNITS)
UNITS
SOWK 503 Human Behavior and the Social Environment I 3 SOWK 505 Human Behavior and the Social Environment II 3 SOWK 534 Policy and Practice in Social Service Organizations 3 SOWK 535 Social Welfare 3 SOWK 543 Social Work Practice with Individuals 4 SOWK 545 Social Work Practice with Families, Groups and Complex Cases 2 SOWK 562 Social Work Research 3 SOWK 586ab Field Practicum 3-3 SOWK 587ab Integrative Learning for Social Work Practice 2-2 SOWK 599 Special Topics (approved by concentration) 3 SOWK 611* Leadership in the Social Work Profession and Organizations: Theory and Practice 3 SOWK 629 Evaluation of Research: Community Organization, Planning and Administration 3
SOWK 639 Social Policy for Managers, Planners, and Community Organizers 3 SOWK 648 Management for Community and Social Services 3 SOWK 686ab Field Practicum II 8 *Students who have taken a Price leadership course are not required to take SOWK 611. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION (28 UNITS)
UNITS
PPD 500 Intersectoral Leadership 2 PPD 501ab Economics for Policy, Planning and Development 2-2 PPD 540 Public Administration and Society 4 PPD 541 Public Financial Management and Budgeting 4 PPD 546 Professional Practice of Public Administration 4 PPD electives** 10 **Electives in public administration need to be approved by the graduate adviser in the Price School of Public Policy.
Master of Public Administration/Master of Arts in Jewish Nonprofit Management
The Master of Public Administration/Master of Arts in Jewish Nonprofit Management (MPA/M.A.) has been developed, in cooperation between the USC Price School of Public Policy and the HUC-JIR School of Jewish Nonprofit Management, to prepare those students who want to make a career in Jewish nonprofit management. Students receive a solid academic and experiential foundation in the American Jewish experience — its history, culture and structure — combined with the theory and practice of community organization and administration. Students must complete 88 units of course work, 36 in public administration, and must serve two academic years in supervised fieldwork. There is an opportunity to spend either 12 months in Sacramento, California, or Washington, D.C. At these sites, students attend classes while serving internships in the offices of politicians, lobbyists or other advocates. Students must meet admission requirements and be admitted by both the Price School of Public Policy and HUC-JIR’s School of Jewish Nonprofit Management (formerly the HUC-JIR School of Jewish Communal Service).
Joint Degree Programs
Curriculum Requirements The program begins in June of each year and continues for the next 24 months. Students are expected to work out individual course plans with advisers from each school. In addition to applying to the Price School of Public Policy, those interested in the program should contact the Office of Admissions, Hebrew Union College — Jewish Institute of Religion, 3077 University Avenue, Los Angeles, CA 90007-3796, for comprehensive information about its requirements. Public administration course work may be taken in Los Angeles or Sacramento. In Sacramento, a student will complete the Price core and elective courses, will take independent study with an HUC professor, and will serve in an internship while enrolled in HUC fieldwork classes. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
PPD 500 Intersectoral Leadership 2 PPD 501ab Economics for Policy, Planning and Development 2-2 PPD 540 Public Administration and Society 4 PPD 541 Public Financial Manage ment and Budgeting 4 PPD 545 Human Behavior in Public Organizations 4 PPD 546 Professional Practice of Public Administration 4 PPD electives* 14
AN ELECTIVE IS DEFINED AS ONE OF THE FOLLOWING COURSES:
PPD 516x Financial Accounting for Health Care Organizations 4 PPD 668 Entrepreneurship and the Public Sector 4 PPD 675 Nonprofit Management and Leadership 4 PPD 689 The Nonprofit Sector and Philanthropy 4 *Two of the above electives and an additional 6 units of elective classes offered within the Price School must be taken. Substitutions for the two electives may be requested by petition to the graduate adviser in the Price School of Public Policy.
Fieldwork Requirement Throughout the program, students are expected to serve in supervised internships. Fieldwork is administered cooperatively by the faculties of HUC-JIR School of Jewish Nonprofit Management and the Price School of Public Policy. Program Adaptation Students enrolled in the dual degree are not required to take a research methods course (PPD 542, PPD 557 or PPD 666) in the MPA program (as opposed to the stand alone MPA degree students) because they develop the necessary proficiencies in research methods in the course offered in the HUC-JIR School of Jewish Nonprofit Management (CS 562 Jewish Social Research: Trends and Analysis). Students in the dual degree may elect an alternative four units within the Price School.
Joint Degree Programs Master of Long Term Care Administration
This program is designed to prepare competent individuals to administer the long term care needs of America’s elderly population. It is jointly offered by the Davis School of Gerontology, the Marshall School of Business, and the Price School of Public Policy. For information see the Davis School of Gerontology, page 705.
Master of Science in Health Systems Management Engineering
For information, see Industrial and Systems Engineering, page 665.
903
Regulations Concerning a Second Master’s Degree
For rules governing a second master’s degree, see page 88 of this catalogue. In accordance with these policies, transfer credits will be granted only on the basis of a written petition to the MPA program coordinator and on the basis of credits recognized by USC in a Transfer Credit Statement. Teaching Opportunities
Students may want to prepare for teaching as well as for public service. By careful planning in the upper division of the undergraduate degree and during the graduate years, requirements for a bachelor’s degree, a master’s degree and the university recommendation for a community college instructorship may be met without unnecessary duplication of effort and waste of time. Those interested in teaching should consult advisers in both the USC Price School of Public Policy and the USC Rossier School of Education before beginning upper division and graduate work. Public Administration Professional Sequence with the Viterbi School of Engineering
Regulations governing the Master of Science in Civil Engineering permit some candidates for this degree to take 12 units outside the School of Engineering. Those who wish to do so may take 12 units in public administration. Two courses in this sequence must be selected from among PPD 500, PPD 501ab, PPD 540, PPD 541, PPD 545, PPD 546. One course in this sequence must be selected from among PPD 542, PPD 557, PPD 666. PPD 541 requires PPD 502x and statistics as prerequisites. PPD 546 should be taken last if elected.
904
USC Price School of Public Policy
Doctoral Degrees The USC Price School of Public Policy offers the Doctor of Philosophy in Public Policy and Management (Ph.D.), the Doctor of Philosophy in Urban Planning and Development (Ph.D.) and the Doctor of Policy, Planning, and Development (DPPD). The Ph.D. degrees are designed to prepare individuals for university level teaching and research. The DPPD degree is intended to develop a high level of conceptual and research competence for professional leadership in planning and development. The DPPD is administered by the Price School of Public Policy; the Ph.D. programs are administered by the Graduate School and the faculty of the Price School of Public Policy. Ph.D. students must consult the Graduate School section of this catalogue for regulations and requirements pertaining to its degrees. Students should also consult the Academic Policies section of this catalogue. Completion of the requirements for all these degrees is assumed to take a minimum of three years of approved graduate study and research beyond the bachelor’s degree. For the Ph.D. student, a minimum of 24 graduate units completed in residence on the University Park Campus in Los Angeles is required. DPPD students are required to complete a minimum of 24 units at the University Park Campus. Full-time study is represented by enrollment in 6 units during the semester. Usually the school and the student’s guidance committee insist on a clear and mutually understood commitment of time and energy by the student to ensure significant involvement in the doctoral learning experience. For university policies regarding continuous enrollment, leave of absence and readmission, see pages 88-89. Application and Admission
Admission to graduate standing for the Ph.D. or DPPD is recommended by the school’s admissions committee acting under guidelines established by the Graduate School as outlined in the Graduate School section, page 97, and the Graduate Admission section, page 80. In addition to those guidelines, DPPD stu dents are expected to have a minimum of five years of substantial relevant experience. Students intending to apply should direct questions about the program and all materials for the admission application to Doctoral Programs, Office of Student Affairs, RGL 111, Price School of Public Policy, University of Southern California, University Park, Los Angeles, CA 90089-0626.
The deadline for applications for admission to the Ph.D. and DPPD programs is December 1. Applications for admission are made once each year for fall semester admission. The admission decision for Ph.D. students is made using criteria which include verification that the applicant has a bachelor’s degree from an accredited college or university, has maintained a high grade point average in the last 60 units of undergraduate work, and has earned a competitive score on the verbal and quantitative portions of the Graduate Record Examinations (GRE). Other elements of the applicant’s educational and experiential background are also evaluated, including performance in other advanced degrees. DPPD applicants must also provide evidence of at least five years of practical administrative or other relevant experience. The GRE and GMAT scores are neither accepted nor required for the DPPD program. Each applicant should submit the following: (1) one copy of official transcripts of all previous college and university work (be sure that these official transcripts show an awarded degree where appropriate); (2) copies of GRE scores; (3) a 1,000-word essay discussing the applicant’s background and reasons for wanting to pursue a Ph.D. degree and identifying his or her personal, educational and professional goals; (4) an up-to-date resume, including academic and professional accomplishments; (5) three letters of recommendation, two from previous instructors, the other from an instructor or from a professional supervisor or colleague. The letters should indicate the applicant’s academic and professional accomplishments and potential; (6) a completed USC Graduate Admission Application, along with the nonrefundable application fee; (7) a writing sample of approximately 1,000 words (in addition to the applicant essay); and (8) a completed Price School of Public Policy Supplemental Graduate Application. International applicants are asked to submit additional information. Applicants should carefully choose, and clearly state, the degree objective (Ph.D. or DPPD) for which they are applying, since different sets of admissions criteria exist for each of them.
Transfer Credits
The application of any available transfer credits toward a graduate degree at USC will be determined by the faculty and the dean of the Price School of Public Policy, based on the semester units available for transfer as shown in the Transfer Credit Statement (determined by the USC Office of Academic Records and Registrar). Refer to Admission with Advanced Standing, page 906, for more information. Deferral of Enrollment
Admission to the university is granted for a specified semester, and it is expected that students will begin their programs during that semester. The school will normally allow students to defer their enrollment up to one year from the admission semester. Students who wish to defer enrollment should notify the school in writing no more than 30 days after the beginning of the semester of admission. Students who do not inform the school in a timely manner of their intent to defer enrollment may be required to reapply for admission. Please note that more stringent regulations apply to international students. See the Admission section of this catalogue, page 81. Admission to Candidacy
Acceptance to graduate standing does not in itself imply that the student is admitted or will be admitted to candidacy for an advanced degree. Application for admission as a candidate for an advanced degree is a separate and subsequent step. See the Graduate School section of this catalogue, page 97. Admission of International Students
All international applicants for admission to doctoral programs should submit materials to Doctoral Programs, Recruitment and Admissions Office, RGL 111, Price School of Public Policy, University of Southern California, University Park, Los Angeles, CA 90089-0626. See the Admission of International Students section of this catalogue, page 81.
Doctoral Degrees
Screening
Ph.D. students are required to have a 3.3 overall G.P.A. in first-year courses to continue in the program. DPPD students are required to pass a screening procedure after 16 units of course work. The procedure is designed to ensure that only those students who have demonstrated intellectual and scholarly potential continue in the program. There are differences between the screening process for Ph.D. and DPPD students. Students should consult the relevant faculty director of the doctoral program in which they are enrolled. Guidance Committee (for the Ph.D. programs)
A guidance committee assists the student in outlining an academic program leading toward the degree. Students will form an initial guidance committee by the end of the first fall semester. The committee might not yet include the Graduate School representative from outside the Price School, but must include at least three tenure track the Price
905
School faculty members, one of whom is identified as the chair. This committee bears responsibility for counseling the doctoral student, for approving a course schedule and preliminary and qualifying examinations, and for recommending the student for admission to candidacy. After approval of the student’s program and proposed time schedule, the program is submitted in writing to the relevant director. This should be accomplished by the beginning of the second year, following successful screening. The complete guidance committee must be in place no later than the third semester. The chair should have recognized expertise in the qualifying area and should be a regular participant in the qualifying examination committee for that area. The majority of the members of the guidance committee (typically at least three out of five) should be experts in the area in which the student is qualifying and should be regular participants in the qualifying examination committee.
The remaining members should have a clear interest in this area with the exception of the outside member whose primary responsibility is to serve as the representative of the Graduate School, ensuring the university’s commitment to the equitable treatment of all students and that the highest quality education standards are upheld. Students will formalize their relationship with their committees through the development of a work plan which specifies all courses, degree progress, seminar attendance and what was learned from these sessions as well as a research plan that articulates major research questions being explored. At the end of the first year of study, the guidance committee chair reviews and approves the work plan. At the end of the second year, the full guidance committee reviews the work plan and the second year paper.
Doctor of Philosophy in Public Policy and Management Doctor of Philosophy in Urban Planning and Development The Price School offers two Ph.D. programs. Both the Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) in Public Policy and Management and the Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) in Urban Planning and Development degree programs are under the jurisdiction of the Graduate School. Students should also refer to the Graduate and Professional Education, page 79, and Graduate School, page 97, sections of this catalogue for general regulations. All courses applied toward the degrees must be courses accepted by the Graduate School. The Ph.D. programs in the Price School both emphasize rigorous programs of advanced study and research, stressing qualitative or quantitative analysis and the theoretical foundations of their field of study. The programs are designed to provide students with the opportunity to develop their own specialization and expertise in either major field – public policy and management or urban planning and development – while also offering them a breadth of knowledge in an especially rich intellectual environment. Curriculum Requirements
The Doctor of Philosophy in Public Policy and Management and the Doctor of Philosophy in Urban Planning and Development are administered by the doctoral committee of the school. The Ph.D. program in Public Policy and Management requires the completion of
60 units of course work, comprising the following elements: master’s core in a substantive field (15-17 units), doctoral core (11 units), methodology (10-12 units), field/specialization courses (9-12 units), teaching seminar (2 units), research seminar (4 units) and dissertation (4 units minimum). The Ph.D. program in Urban Planning and Development requires the completion of 60 units of course work, comprising the following elements: master’s core (14-16 units), doctoral core (8 units), methodology (10-12 units), field/specialization courses (16 units), teaching seminar (2 units), research seminar (4 units), and dissertation (4 units minimum). Ph.D., Public Policy and Management
Core Curriculum THEORETICAL CORE (11 UNITS)
UNITS
MOR 602 Organization Theory 3 PPD 712 Seminar in Public Policy 4 PUAD 675 Institutional Context of the Public Sector 4 METHODOLOGY (10-12 UNITS)
UNITS
PPD 558 Multivariate Statistical Analysis, or ECON 511 Econometric Methods 4 PPD 706 Paradigms of Research and the Design Inquiry 4 One additional methods course selected with guidance committee approval 2-4
Field Courses (9-12 units) Students select three courses of field courses which can be used to develop disciplinary expertise related to specialization interest or additional methodological expertise. Fields are developed with guidance committee approval, can include any combination of the Price School and outside courses and are unique to each student. Research Seminar (4 units) Students will take PPD 710ab (2 units each, 4 total units), the Price School research seminar course. Teaching Seminar (2 units) Students will take two semesters of the teaching seminar, PPD 700ab (1 unit each, 2 total units). Students entering the doctoral program without a relevant master’s degree in public administration or public policy or a related field will be required to complete prerequisites (15-17 units) relevant to their program.
906
USC Price School of Public Policy
For the Ph.D. in Public Policy and Management, possible courses include: PPD 500 Intersectoral Leadership 2 PPD 501ab Economics for Policy, Planning and Development 2-2 PPD 525 Statistics and Arguing from Data 2 PPD 540 Public Administration and Society 4 PPD 542 Policy and Program Evaluation 4 PPD 554 Foundations of Public Policy Analysis 2 PPD 555 Public Policy Formulation and Implementation 4
PPD 526 Comparative International Development PPD 527 The Social Context of Planning PPD 533 Planning History and Urban Form PPD 634 Institutional and Policy Issues in Transportation
Ph.D., Urban Planning and Development
Core Curriculum THEORETICAL CORE (8 UNITS)
UNITS
PPD 713 Advanced Planning Theory 4 PPD 714 Advanced Urban Development 4 METHODOLOGY (10-12 UNITS)
UNITS
PPD 706 Paradigms of Research and the Design of Inquiry Two additional methods courses selected with guidance committee approval
4 6-8
Specialized Field Courses (16 units) Students take a minimum of four courses to develop their specialized area of study. Courses may be taken in the Price School or other USC units. Students, working with their guidance committees, have considerable flexibility in forming specializations. Research Seminar (4 units) Students will take PPD 710ab (2 units each, 4 total units), the Price School research seminar course. Teaching Seminar (2 units) Students will take two semesters of the teaching seminar, PPD 700ab (1 unit each, 2 total units). Students entering the doctoral program without a relevant master’s degree in urban planning or a related field will be required to complete prerequisites (16-18 units) relevant to their program. For the Ph.D. in Urban Planning and Development, possible courses include: PPD 500 Intersectoral Leadership 2 PPD 501ab Economics for Policy, Planning and Development 2-2 PPD 524 Planning Theory 2 PPD 525 Statistics and Arguing from Data 2
Work Plans 2 2 2 4
Admission with Advanced Standing
Students entering the doctoral program with a master’s degree from an accredited institution in public management/administration, public policy, planning, or urban development or related field may be admitted with advanced standing to either Ph.D. program. In the Public Policy and Management program, students must complete a minimum of 39-41 units of doctoral classes beyond that graduate degree, exclusive of 794ab doctoral dissertation units, for a minimum of 43-45 semester units. In the Urban Planning and Development program, students must complete a minimum of 40-42 units of doctoral classes beyond that graduate degree, exclusive of 794ab doctoral dissertation units, for a minimum of 44-46 semester units. Additional course work may be required if deemed necessary by the student’s faculty following the screening examination. A maximum of 6 units of transfer credit may be applied toward a doctoral degree with advanced standing. Only course work not used to complete the master’s degree described above is available for transfer credit. No exceptions are allowed. Guidance Committee
Students will form an initial guidance committee by the end of the first fall semester, which officially oversees the development of the student’s academic program through the qualifying examination. Five tenure or tenure track committee members are designated to provide guidance in the field developed by the student. A minimum of three members, including at least one tenured member, must be from among the faculty participating in this Doctor of Philosophy program, and at least one member must be from outside the Price School of Public Policy. Students should refer to the Graduate School section, page 102, regarding the guidance committee and the outside member. The complete Guidance Committee must be in place no later than the third semester. Screening Procedures
Students must have a 3.3 overall GPA in firstyear courses to continue in the program.
At the end of each spring semester, the student submits an academic work plan for the coming year to his or her guidance committee chair. The plan should include courses, degree progress, seminar attendance and what was learned from those, and a research plan that articulates the major research questions being explored. At the conclusion of year one, the Chair reviews and approves the work plan and at the end of year two, the chair reviews the work plan and the second year paper. Qualifying Examination
The guidance committee prepares a comprehensive written examination covering the fields of study. Following completion of the written portion, the entire committee conducts an oral examination of the student, focusing on material both complementary and supplementary to the written examination but relevant to the field and overall program selected by the student. Upon passing both portions of the qualifying examination, the student becomes a candidate for the Doctor of Philosophy degree. The qualifying exam will occur in the fall of year three. Proposal Defense
Students are expected to have a proposal defense within one year of passing the qualifying exam. Doctoral Dissertation
The dissertation is based on original research. The research is supervised by a dissertation committee of three or more regular USC faculty, at least one of whom must be from outside the Price School of Public Policy. A two-semester minimum registration in PPD 794 is required of all candidates. Students must maintain continuous registration until completion of the dissertation. Defense of the Dissertation
Oral defense of the dissertation before the dissertation committee is usually made on a preliminary draft. Format for Theses and Dissertations
All theses and dissertations submitted in fulfillment of requirements for graduate degrees must conform to university regulations with regard to format and method of preparation. Regulations for Format and Presentation of Theses and Dissertations is available from the Graduate School, Grace Ford Salvatori 315, or online at the Graduate School Website. General Requirements
Refer to the Graduate School, page 97, section in this catalogue for policies regarding time limits, leave of absence, scholarship standing and probation.
Doctoral Degrees
907
Doctor of Policy, Planning, and Development Planning and development are critical concerns of the nation and the world today. Whether redesigning the health care system, reproducing economic innovation in our central cities, or facilitating economic and social relationships across the globe, planners and developers are on center stage. Leading the way into the next century will be a group of experienced practitioners who have updated and expanded their professional achievements by developing additional conceptual and research competency through the Doctor of Policy, Planning, and Development (DPPD). The goals of the program are: to create a unique educational environment that will forge these professionals into a cadre for urban change; to develop urban professionals who can merge development and planning tools to design new integrative policy planning and implementation systems; to establish a set of new problem solving paradigms for examining and altering planning and development decision-making and to equip professionals with sophisticated analytical tools and a sharper cultural awareness so they can practice planning and development anywhere in the world. Admission
The program is intended for people with considerable professional experience and intellectual interests. Requirements for admission include: GPA of 3.0 (A = 4.0) for all post-high school academic work, and, for international students, submission of TOEFL scores; five letters of recommendation, including at least one academic and one professional; five or more years of professional experience; a resume and, if appropriate, a portfolio; and a study prospectus detailing a proposed field of study. Guidelines for preparing the prospectus are included in the application package. Additional requirements for international students are listed under Admission of International Students, page 81. The GRE and GMAT are neither accepted nor required for the DPPD program. Each application will be examined with the aim of admitting an applicant whose study prospectus suggests the ability and focus to produce an innovative approach to professional practice. Applicants are expected to hold a master’s degree in architecture, landscape architecture, public administration, real estate development, urban/city/regional planning, urban design or a closely related field. Applicants with master’s degrees in other fields will be expected to complete foundation courses prior to entering the degree’s core classes.
Upon admission to the program, each student will be assigned a faculty adviser who will oversee his or her program. Curriculum Requirements
The Doctor of Policy, Planning, and Development is administered by the Price School of Public Policy for full-time and parttime students. The DPPD requires completion of 60 units of course work comprising the following elements: REQUIREMENTS
Foundation courses Core courses Methods course Field of study Conspectus preparation Planning, design and development project
UNITS
20 8 4 20 4 (minimum) 4
Foundation Courses Up to 20 units of foundation courses are required. These courses may be taken from the school’s master’s degree programs or, with prior approval, from other USC graduate degree programs. Students who hold a related master’s degree may be admitted with advanced standing. Students are required to complete 36 units of course work and 4 units of PLUS 694 (project units). REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
Core Courses PLUS 603 Planning and Development Paradigms 4 PLUS 623 Politics of Planning and the Urban Environment 4 Conspectus Preparation PLUS 692 Conspectus Preparation
4
Methods A student’s methods course should be approved by the student’s Professional Advisory Committee. Possible courses include: PLUS 612 Analysis of Quantitative Data for Planning and Development 4 PPD 627 Design Skills for Urban Planners 4 PPD 632 Planning Analysis and Evaluation 4 PPD 707 Survey Research Methods 4 PPD 708 Qualitative Methods 4
Screening Process As quickly as possible, the student will form a Professional Advisory Committee consisting of the student’s adviser and two other school and/or USC faculty and up to five professionals whose activities are related to the student’s. This committee shall oversee the student’s program to its conclusion. At the completion of no more than 16 units beyond the foundation courses and/or PLUS 603 and PLUS 623, students will complete a written examination which will consist of responding to a short list of specific planning and development problems using appropriate professional paradigms. The student will then meet with the Professional Advisory Committee to formally review the student’s progress toward the degree. Field of Study In consultation with their faculty adviser and Professional Advisory Committee, students will craft a field of study related to the professional arena of practice. The field may or may not reflect standard academic boundaries, such as transportation and land use planning. Students should take advantage of USC’s resources in developing the field, especially taking into consideration the relationship of practice to theory and context. Twenty units of course work are required for the field of study, 8 of which may be taken outside the Price School of Public Policy. Conspectus Preparation In PLUS 692 students complete a professional conspectus that defines their field of study, its structure and place within professional practice, and other related questions. The conspectus will be presented to the student’s Professional Advisory Committee for acceptance. Only after it is accepted may the student proceed to the Planning, Design and Development Project. Planning, Design and Development Project The capstone project of the DPPD is the student’s completion of the Planning, Design and Development Project (PDDP). The PDDP is a study of an aspect, site, issue or other such element of professional practice. Each PDDP should be designed to present an innovative or original contribution to the practice of planning and development. The parameters of the PDDP are intentionally left wide, allowing the project to be produced as solely text, or text in conjunction with film, computer program, design or another multimedia format.
908
USC Price School of Public Policy
The PDDP is supervised by the student’s Professional Advisory Committee. Students must maintain continuous registration in the PLUS 694 series until completion of the PDDP. Upon completion of an approved draft of the PDDP, students will present their findings in an open session, but the Professional Advisory Committee is the sole evaluator.
General Requirements
This degree is administered by the Price School of Public Policy. At least 24 units must be fulfilled in residence at USC. The total length of the study must not exceed six academic years. Students are encouraged to actively participate in a noncredit Price School of Public Policy doctoral workshop. Policies regarding time limits, leave of absence, scholarship standing,
academic warning, and other issues not directly addressed are consistent with those of the Graduate School. Please consult the Academic Policies (page 29), Graduate and Professional Education (page 79) and Graduate School (page 97) sections for additional information.
Courses of Instruction The terms indicated are expected but are not guaranteed. For the courses offered during any given term, consult the Schedule of Classes.
HMGT 560 Customer-Focused Health Care Organization (2) Strategies for gaining and
using customer-derived data in planning, marketing and managing health care organizations. Open to EMHA students only.
H E A LT H C A R E M A N A G E M E N T ( H M G T )
HMGT 510 The Dynamics of Health Care Leadership (4) A five-day residential provides
an intensive, multi-faceted learning experience in leadership, communication, managed care, systems thinking, and the health care environment. Open to EMHA students only.
HMGT 520 Leading People and Health Care Organizations (4, Fa) An exploration of con-
temporary work force issues and skills development in organizational design, performance measurement, teamwork, conflict resolution, leadership, and change management. Open to EMHA students only. HMGT 525 Managed Care Operations (4)
Focuses on managerial, operational, and organizational aspects of managed care for integrated delivery systems, health plans, and medical groups. Open to EMHA students only. HMGT 540 Health Economics, F inancing and Reimbursement (2, Fa) Provides a
framework for the economic analysis of health care issues and provides students with an opportunity to apply economic methods to a number of actual health care problems. Open to EMHA students only. HMGT 545 Systems Thinking and the Analysis of Data (4) Quality improvement
and statistical tools for health managers. Covers analyzing processes; collecting and analyzing operational data; drawing valid conclusions from data. Open to EMHA students only. HMGT 550 Law, Regulation, and Ethics (4)
An intensive introduction to business and health care law, ethics and regulation; gives executives practical knowledge regarding legal consideration in business transactions. Open to EMHA students only.
HMGT 565 Managing the Organization’s Financial Health (4, Fa) Executives con-
front and solve problems requiring use of accounting, finance, and management control principles; provides core financial skills for non-finance professionals. Open to EMHA students only. HMGT 570 Strategic Management (4, Sm)
Provides skill development and application in the integrative discipline of strategic management including assessment, strategy formulation, implementation and control. Open to EMHA students only. HMGT 575 Managing and Improving Health (4, Sp) Methods for monitoring and improv-
ing the health of populations. Topics include outcomes management, risk-adjustment, development and implementation of practice guidelines. Open to EMHA students only. HMGT 600 Managing Risk (2, FaSp) Over-
view of reimbursement models in clinical and institutional settings; legal, financial and clinical assumption of risk pursuant to new and evolving federal and state statutory and regulatory provisions. Open only to EMHA students. HMGT 601 Operations Management for Accountability (4, FaSp) Hospital opera-
tions in the inpatient/outpatient setting; special emphasis on the growing requirement to more effectively manage across the continuum of care while assuming greater accountability in the delivery of care. Open only to EMHA students.
HMGT 602 Operational Efficiency Processes in Health Care Organizations (2, FaSp) Improving productivity and efficiency
of health care organizations combining the application of key operational analysis principles to improve quality, speed and productivity in the delivery of health care. Open only to EMHA students. HMGT 603 Developing and Monitoring of Quality and Patient Safety Outcomes (2, Sm) Overview of contemporary methods
used to develop and monitor patient quality and safety outcomes; develop skill in data collection and analysis of clinical care outcomes; focus on operationalizing outcomes that matter to payers, organizations, and clinicians. Open only to EMHA students. URBAN AND REGIONAL PLANNING (PLUS)
PLUS 600 Environmental Goods in Planning and Development (4, Irregular) Production,
distribution, and valuation of environmental goods with attention to amenity concepts, externalities, public goods, consumer behavior; as characterized in economics, political science, sociology, psychology. PLUS 601 Advanced Planning Theory I (4, Fa) Value hierarchies, means-ends con-
tinuums, and the nature of social action; problems of prediction and choice under conditions of uncertainty; alternative planning strategies. PLUS 603 Planning and Development Paradigms (4, Sp) Introduction to historic,
prevalent, and alternative paradigms of professional planning and development practice; seminar format and case studies. PLUS 611 Sustainable Cities: Problems and Policies (3, Fa) (Enroll in GEOG 601)
Courses of Instruction
PLUS 612 Analysis of Quantitative Data for Planning and Development (4, Fa) Planning
and development case study approach to identifying data needs, acquisition, evaluation, manipulation, analysis, and multimedia presentation. Prerequisite: PPD 525.
PLUS 615 Behavioral Issues in Environmental Design (4, Irregular) Planning and design
of the physical environment for human activities, e.g., user preferences, privacy, territoriality, stress and adaptation, cognitive mapping, lifestyles. PLUS 623 Politics of Planning and the Urban Environment (4, Sp) Historic roots
of property rights and obligations related to public policy, focus on current issues and discourse. PLUS 626 Information Systems for Planning and Development (4, 2 years, Sp) Structure,
content, and applications of formal information systems in planning and policy making emphasizing social accounts and indicators, censuses, social reporting, and “futures” research. PLUS 631 Seminar in Physical Planning and Design in Developing Countries (4, Irregular)
Issues in comparative urbanism; planning and design in developing countries: slums and squatters, housing and infrastructure, new towns, land policy, conservation and redevelopment, city design. PLUS 632 National Urban Policy in Developing Countries (4, Irregular) The problems of
the primate city, the role of intermediate cities, and the implicit spatial impacts of macro and sectoral policies. PLUS 633 Seminar in Comparative Housing Policy and Urban Planning Programs (4, Irregular) Comparative examination of
urbanization experience in selected areas and cities throughout the world; housing policies, urban planning approaches, financial, administrative, legal, and other techniques. PLUS 635 Urban Finance (4, Irregular)
The theory of fiscal federalism and municipal finance, with examples from the USA and other countries, public/private partnerships in urban development, and government decentralization. PLUS 640 International Urban Development (4, Irregular) Study of urbanization in
developing countries; special attention to urban growth, migration, city size, land use, and urban management. Comparative case studies. PLUS 680 Advanced Urban and Regional Transportation Planning (4, 2 years, Fa)
Social and environmental impacts; incentive structures; alternate travel; investment guidelines; technological change.
PLUS 692 Conspectus Preparation (4, FaSpSm) Preparation of a case study of a
specific planning and/or development project that defines the student’s field of study. PLUS 694abcdz Planning, Design and Development Project (2-2-2-2-0, FaSp)
Credit on acceptance of planning, design and development project. Graded IP/CR/NC. P O L I C Y, P L A N N I N G , A N D DEVELOPMENT (PPD)
PPD 100m Los Angeles, The Enduring Pueblo (4, FaSp) Gateway to the minor in
Planning and Development. Ethnic history of Los Angeles, emphasis placed on architecture, planning, and development. Multiplicity of cross-connections shaped by race, ethnicity, religion, gender, and sexual orientation. (Duplicates credit in former PLDV 100.) PPD 225 Public Policy and Management (4, FaSp) Institutions, legal context, and
processes of public policy and management. Contemporary theories of public policy formulation, implementation, and evaluation. Public managerial challenges and reforms. PPD 227 Urban Planning and Development (4, FaSp) Gateway to B.S., Public Policy,
Management and Planning and minor in Planning and Development. City building and development process; who plans, politics of planning and development; major topics include land use, fiscal policy, transportation, sustainability, and economic development. PPD 240 Citizenship and Public Ethics (4, Fa, Sp) Review of legal and ethical tradi-
tions of citizenship with emphasis on the latter; consideration of implications for current practice of public policy-making and management. (Duplicates credit in former PPMT 240.)
PPD 245 The Urban Context for Policy and Planning (4, Fa) The urban context for plan-
ning and policy decisions. Socioeconomic, physical, and spatial structure of cities; and the underlying demographic, economic, and social processes that drive their ongoing transformation.
PPD 250m Third World Cities (4, FaSp) ateway to the B.S., Planning and DevelopG
ment. The transition from traditional to modern cities in the developing world. Primacy and dualism; comparative urbanism as an expression of cultural variation; contrast in Western cities. (Duplicates credit in former PLDV 250.)
909
PPD 301 PPD Practices: Internship Seminar (2, FaSpSm) Policy, planning, and develop-
ment skills for practice; internship seminar; leadership, group dynamics and presentation skills; application of management; organizational diversity; reflection on experiences. (Duplicates credit in the former PPD 401.) PPD 303 Statistics for Policy, Planning, and Development (4, FaSpSm) Statistical applica-
tions applied to the real world; techniques including probability, sampling; hypothesis formation and testing; correlation, and linear regression. (Duplicates credit in the former PPD 404.) PPD 306 Visual Methods in Policy, Management, Planning and Development (4, FaSp) Introduction to graphic design,
photodocumentation, and geographic information systems as employed in planning, policy, and development. Visual explanations. Computer and by-hand applications. (Duplicates credit in former PLDV 410.) PPD 313 Finance of the Public Sector (4, FaSp) Justifications for and effects of gov-
ernment policies; tax and spending sides of government budgets; public goods; externalities; social insurance; redistribution and welfare; tax policy. (Duplicates credit in former PPMT 313.) Prerequisite: ECON 203. PPD 314 Public Policy and Law (4, Fa) I nstitutional foundations and analysis of
public policy issues; policy formulation and implementation; application of theories; case analyses. PPD 315 Analytic Foundations for Public Policy (4, Sp) Qualitative methods of analysis;
ethical and political implications of policy choices; issue diagnosis and policy design skills; critical reasoning and ethics; policy leadership. Prerequisite: PPD 314.
PPD 316 Human Resource Management for Public Organizations (4, FaSp) Human
resource development and management; values and processes in civil service career systems; training practices; human relations in supervision; personnel theory. (Duplicates credit in former PPMT 316.) PPD 318 Financial Accounting in Public and Nonprofit Organizations (4, FaSp) Basic
accounting principles and concepts necessary for the preparation and understanding of financial statements; accounting for service organizations in the public/nonprofit sector; fund accounting. (Duplicates credit in former PPMT 351.)
910
USC Price School of Public Policy
PPD 320 Organizational Behavior in Public Administration (4, FaSp) Understanding
PPD 358 Urban and Regional Economics (4, Fa) Basic concepts of urban and regional
human behavior in public organization: motivation, roles, communication; group behavior and decision-making in public context; managing conflict; leadership and change in public complex organizational systems. (Duplicates credit in former PPMT 485.) PPD 325 Fundamentals of Health Policy and Management (4, FaSp) Institutions, policies,
and processes affecting health care policy and management; historical and philosophical roots; management of health care delivery; access and quality issues; responsiveness to public needs. (Duplicates credit in the former PPD 230.) PPD 330 Introduction to Health Care Systems (4, Sp) Concepts and determinants
of health and illness; health care delivery organizations and programs; the role of the administrator; issues in health care financing and access; quality evaluation; future trends. (Duplicates credit in former PPMT 330.) PPD 340 The American System of Justice (4, Irregular) Introduction to the system of
justice administration: components — police services, judiciary, corrections; interrelationships and issues; management strategies for change. (Duplicates credit in former PPMT 340.) PPD 342 Crime and Public Policy (4, Fa)
ublic policy agenda-setting, alternatives P formulation, and implementation for crime and criminal justice; analysis of specific issues including crime control, death penalty and gun control. (Duplicates credit in former PPMT 342.) PPD 343 Terrorism, Homeland Security, and Public Policy (4, Fa) Overview of terrorism,
government policies and practices, issues of civil liberties, challenges to public sector management.
PPD 353 Introduction to Philanthropy and Grant-writing (4, Fa) History, theories, phi-
losophies, and practices of philanthropy; relationship between philanthropy and nonprofit world; grant-making procedures and relation to social innovation. PPD 357 Government and Business (4, FaSp) Interrelated roles of business and
ublic institutions; effects of public policies p and laws on business sector; incorporates public and business perspectives. (Duplicates credit in former PPMT 357.) Prerequisite: ECON 203.
economies; how planners intervene in the urban market; housing, transportation, public goods; land use politics; fiscal issues; costbenefit analysis. (Duplicates credit in former PLDV 402.) PPD 360 Urban Transportation Planning and Policy (4, Sp) Current transportation
planning and policy critiques. Transportation planning; the relationship to urban structure; conventional and para-transit modes; analysis of local plans. (Duplicates credit in former PLDV 480.)
PPD 390 Special Problems (1-4) Supervised,
individual studies. No more than one registration permitted. Enrollment by petition only. (Duplicates credit in former PLDV 390 and PPMT 390.) PPD 402 Management of Public and Nonprofit Organizations (4, Fa) Contemporary
management theory; the nature of complex organizations; organizational and intergovernmental arrangements; roles and responsibilities of managers; managerial and organizational effectiveness; organizational structure and dynamics. PPD 403 Management Analysis I (4, Sp)
PPD 362 Real Estate Fundamentals for Planning and Development (4, Fa) Urban
markets, government role and influences; capital markets and financing environment; mortgage instruments and analytic tools for decision-making. (Duplicates credit in former PLDV 406.) PPD 371 The Nonprofit Sector and the Public Interest (4, Fa) Theories of the volun-
tary nonprofit sector in society and its relationship to government and business; public policies toward the sector. (Duplicates credit in former PPMT 371.)
PPD 372m Public Service in an Urban Setting (4, Sp) Voluntary service in an urban,
multicultural context: diverse meanings and practices, history, motivations, relationship to charity and change, dilemmas, public policies; service learning project required. (Duplicates credit in former PPMT 372.) PPD 373 Public Policy and Planning Analysis (4, FaSp) Applied analytic modeling and data
manipulation; visual presentation; interpretation of data; needs assessment and market failure analysis; indexing; extrapolation and simple forecasting; simple risk analysis; benefit-cost analysis. (Duplicates credit in the former PPD 473.) Prerequisite: ECON 203, PPD 225, PPD 303. PPD 380ab International Perspectives on Urban Problem Solving (4-4, Irregular)
Research on comparative urban public policy and administration utilizing case study approach; field research includes study in various foreign cities. (Duplicates credit in former PPMT 412ab.) PPD 382 International Development (4, FaSp) Definitions and measurements
of development; impact of globalization; concept and practice of international and development administration and planning at local, national, and global governance levels. (Duplicates credit in former PLDV 405.)
Introduction to organizational and systems analysis; historical perspective; systems theory; information systems, procedure analysis; management planning; introduction to models. (Duplicates credit in former PPMT 403.) PPD 407 Financial Management of Public and Nonprofit Organizations (4, Sp) Time
value of money, risk, government bonds and tax-exempt financing, cost of capital, budgeting, financial statement analysis, and working capital management. PPD 410 Comparative Urban Development (4, Sp) Urbanization and urban development
and growth through an international scope; globalizing cities.
PPD 411abcd Sacramento Semester (4-4-4-4, Irregular) Exploration of political, economic,
and administrative climate of the state government; basic processes and functions considered through seminars, research projects, visitations, group discussions, and internships. (Duplicates credit in former PPMT 411abcd.) PPD 413 Administration of Health Care Organizations (4, Sp) Theory and practice;
role of governing bodies, medical staffs and quality review committees; current trends; community responsibility; regulatory and oversight agencies. (Duplicates credit in former PPMT 439.) PPD 414 Community Health Policy and Planning (4, Sp) Historical perspectives on
and the contemporary practice of community health planning; impact of culture, socio economics, and environment; policy dimensions; urban planning’s role in enhancing and sustaining health. PPD 415 Health Policy (4, Sp) Health policy
analysis and challenges; price of health; structure of major sectors in health care; role of insurance in policy debates; trade-offs with policy decisions. Prerequisite: PPD 325.
Courses of Instruction
PPD 417 History of Planning and Development (4, Sp) Historical evolution of planning
and development. How changing modes of planning and development have shaped the built landscape throughout the century. (Duplicates credit in former PLDV 485.)
PPD 420 Environmental Impact Assessment (4, Sp) Exploration of the role of the National
Environmental Policy Act and the California Environmental Policy Act; study of environmental impact assessments including the regulatory aspects, stakeholder and participatory processes, and legal framework.
PPD 425 Designing Livable Communities (4, Fa) Theories and concepts of livable com-
munities and good city form; case studies of historical and current best practices; field visits; collaborative design project. (Duplicates credit in former PLDV 407.) PPD 427L Geographic Information Systems and Planning Applications (4, Fa) Basic GIS
concepts, ArcView and other GIS software, planning applications and databases, basic cartography; students select, research and prepare a planning GIS analysis project.
PPD 429 Urban Design Practicum (4, Irregu lar) Application of design concepts and
graphic skills to a local design problem sponsored by a local public or private client in a studio setting; site visits, community contact, presentations. (Duplicates credit in former PLDV 414.) Prerequisite: PPD 306, PPD 425. PPD 431 Undergraduate Policy, Planning, and Development Studio (4, FaSp) Applica-
tion of methods in the exploration of a specific project, policy, or organization from the multiple perspectives of the five tracks in the undergraduate program. Open only to seniors. PPD 435 Analyzing Real Estate Markets for Planning and Development (4) Macro-
PPD 439 Housing and Community Development (4, Fa) Evolution of government hous-
ing and community development programs; present practices, e.g., housing elements, economic development, neighborhood rehabilitation; housing needs and market analysis; housing and health. (Duplicates credit in former PLDV 440.) PPD 440 Management of Justice Systems (4, Irregular) Social controls and delivery
of justice administration services; comparative systems; organization theory and justice administration; system adaptation and change; system performance measurement: economy, efficiency, effectiveness. (Duplicates credit in former PPMT 440.) PPD 441 Judicial Administration (4, Irregular) Local, state, federal judicial systems;
constitutional, legislative, judicial influences on administrative action. Administrative problems associated with judicial functions including district attorney, public defender, the courts. (Duplicates credit in former PPMT 441.) PPD 442 Administration of Police Services (4, Irregular) Police and society; the structure
and organization of American policing, current managerial problems; police research and development; future planning; administration of police juvenile programs. (Duplicates credit in former PPMT 442.) PPD 452 Organization and Interface of Juvenile Justice Subsystems (2, FaSp)
ffective interface among juvenile justice E subsystems (police and social service agencies, schools, courts); legal/jurisdictional parameters, resource constraints; strategies for joint intervention and problem resolution. (Duplicates credit in former PPMT 452.) PPD 453 Program, Policy, and Legislative Trends in Juvenile Justice (2, Irregular)
and micro-analysis of urban property markets (residential, commercial, and industrial) with regard to their location and dynamics. (Duplicates credit in former PLDV 446.) Recommended preparation: PPD 362.
Examination of current research findings and legislation in juvenile justice; relations of new information to operating assumptions of agencies; impacts, trends; implications for management practice. (Duplicates credit in former PPMT 453.)
PPD 437 Advanced Finance and Investment for Planning and Development (4, FaSpSm)
PPD 454 Problems and Issues in the Delivery of Youth Services (2, Irregular) Strate-
Advanced real estate principles. The nature, operation, and role of U.S. mortgage markets. Mortgage financing of residential and incomeproducing property types. (Duplicates credit in former PLDV 456.) Prerequisite: PPD 362, MATH 117. PPD 438 Local Economic Development (4, Fa)
Economic development in a capitalist system, historic review, sectoral review, funding, strategizing, partnerships, evaluation; class project. (Duplicates credit in former PLDV 447.)
gies for coordinated mobilization of diverse juvenile justice agencies; resolution of conflicting agency objectives (e.g., enforcement vs. rehabilitation). Information and resource needs; organizational skills, techniques. (Duplicates credit in former PPMT 454.)
911
PPD 461 Sustainable Communities, Policy and Planning (4, FaSp) Policy and plan-
ning as shaped by sustainability theories; sustainability indicators; topics include water resources, air quality, land use regulations, environmental design, carrying capacity, ecological footprint analysis. PPD 466 Urban Government and Management (4, Irregular) Preparation and discus-
sion of cases dealing with selected policy areas including transportation, housing, poverty, and environmental quality. (Duplicates credit in former PPMT 427.) PPD 468 Cross-Cultural Negotiations: Communication and Strategy (4) (Enroll in COMM 468) PPD 475 The Future of California (4) (Enroll in MDA 475) PPD 476 Politics and Administration (4, Sp)
Administrative relationships to the policy processes; influence of political and economic pressures on administrative policy determination; political behavior by administrators; case analysis. (Duplicates credit in former PPMT 486.) PPD 478 Social Innovations (4, Fa) Strate-
gies and processes of social innovation and change; examination of social change in the market, government, and within the nonprofit sector; dynamics; civic action and activism. PPD 482 Comparative Public Administration (4, Sp) Methodology, theories, and mod-
els of comparison; functional processes of administration in developing and developed nations compared; role of bureaucracy in development and nation-building; ecology of administration. (Duplicates credit in former PPMT 482.) PPD 485m U.S. Immigration Policy (4, Fa)
Examination of the historical and contemporary components of U.S. immigration policy with emphasis on policies addressing legal permanent immigrants, refugees, asylees, the undocumented. PPD 490x Directed Research (2-8, max 8, FaSpSm) Individual research and readings.
Not available for graduate credit. (Duplicates credit in former PLDV 490x and PPMT 490x.) PPD 497ab Senior Thesis (a: 2, Fa; b: 2, Sp)
Writing of the honors capstone project in an area of interest related to the track of study; research and writing skills. Open only to seniors.
912
USC Price School of Public Policy
PPD 498 Senior Honors Seminar (4, FaSpSm)
PPD 511 Health Information Systems (2, FaSm) Conceptual framework for data
Concepts, theories, and methods of analysis of a selected topic within the fields of public policy, management and planning. Students must have a 3.5 GPA in PPD courses; 3.0 GPA overall. PPD 499 Special Topics (2-4, max 8, FaSpSm)
Selected topics in Policy, Management and Planning. (Duplicates credit in former PLDV 499 and PPMT 499.) PPD 500 Intersectoral Leadership (2) Roles
of public, private, nonprofit, and civil society sectors in policy, planning, and development. Leadership skills in negotiation, conflict resolution, institutional design, problem solving. PPD 501ab Economics for Policy, Planning and Development (2-2) a: Microeconomic
theory as applied to policy, planning, and development; concepts of efficiency; macroeconomic issues. b: Microeconomic analysis and modeling to incorporate Market failure and issues of uncertainty and information failure; organization models; policy instruments; policy and planning applications. PPD 502x Statistical Foundations for Public Management and Policy (2, FaSp) Statistical
analysis concepts and reasoning; sampling and data sources; focus on basic statistical applications in public management and policy analysis. Not for graduate credit for MHA, MPA, MPP and affiliated degrees. PPD 507 Six-Sigma Quality Resources for Health Care (3, Fa) (Enroll in ISE 507) PPD 508 Health Care Operations Improvement (3, Sp) (Enroll in ISE 508) PPD 509 Problems and Issues in the Health Field (4, FaSp) Principles of epidemiology;
disease trends, treatment efficacy, influences on utilization; health promotion, disease prevention and health protection; intergovernmental relationships; management of public health programs. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 530.) PPD 510ab Financial Management of Health Services (4-2, FaSp) a: Account-
ing principles, financial reports, managerial finance, financial planning, capital investments, working capital analysis; elements of budgeting and reimbursement; performance standards; reporting; developing a management system. Open only to graduate students. Prerequisite: PPD 516; recommended preparation: PPD 502x or competence in statistics. b: Changing practices, emerging issues, strategies and innovations in financial planning, management, and regulation; federal and state policies and requirements.
base development; relational data management; use of health statistics; health indicators; confidentiality, security, privacy. Recommended preparation: PPD 502x or competence in statistics and PPD 516 or competence in accounting. PPD 512 Health Administration Residency Seminar (2, max 4, Sp) Supervised study
of health care administration, governance, professional staff relations, internal operations and controls, legal and regulatory requirements, management policy and strategy. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 533.) Prerequisite: PPD 509, PPD 510a, PPD 545; minimum of 20 graduate level units. PPD 513 Legal Issues in Health Care Delivery (2, FaSp) Rights of consumers; health-
related powers of governments; rights and responsibilities of health care providers; interrelationships of rights, powers, and responsibilities. Open only to graduate students. Recommended preparation: PPD 509 or substantial prior work experience in health care organizations. PPD 514 Economic Concepts Applied to Health (4, FaSpSm) Relationships between
economic characteristics and health status; impact of economy on health services industry; demand and resources for health services; utilization, prices, costs, health insurance. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 537.) Prerequisite: PPD 501a. PPD 515 Strategic Management of Health Organizations (4, FaSpSm) Application
of principles of health administration in several practice settings. Decision-making; strategic management; organizational performance; communication; provider comparisons. Prerequisite: PPD 510a or HMGT 565, PPD 545 or HMGT 520; recommended preparation: PPD 509, PPD 511, PPD 513, PPD 514, PPD 557. PPD 516 Financial Accounting for Health Care Organizations (4) Accounting as a
management tool; accounting systems; basic accounting concepts and procedures; budgets; financial statements. Open only to graduate students. PPD 517 Concepts and Practices in Managing Health Care Organizations (2, FaSm)
Application of principles of health administration. Role of managers; managing people and programs; human resource management concepts and applications; working with professionals; governance; public relations.
PPD 518 Quality of Care Concepts (2, Sp)
Quality issues and complexities affecting health care; fundamentals of quality improvement programs; examination of quality issues and improvement programs in various health care venues; strategies. PPD 519 Methods and Applications of Health Services Research (2, Fa) Examina-
tion of policy and management issues for empirical research; indicators and measurement of outcomes; impact on policy and management decisions; methodology; analysis of quantitative and qualitative data. Prerequisite: PPD 514. PPD 520 Economic Approaches to Health Policy Analysis (2, Sp) Evaluation of current
major health policy challenges and issues; economic analysis of behavioral responses to change in health care policy; new legislation; policy trade-offs. Prerequisite: PPD 514. PPD 521ab Information Technology Management Systems in Health Care (2-2, Sm)
Principles and methods of systems analysis; assessment; strategic planning, design consideration; e-health and e-commerce system trends; health care information systems application areas; regulatory requirements. Prerequisite: PPD 511. b: Analytic methods used to develop data-driven solutions; specific problems in health care organizations; integrating data; communicating data; interpretation; exploration of new approaches for improvement. PPD 524 Planning Theory (2, Fa) Develop-
ment of a critical perspective by becoming more aware of the intellectual roots of the planning profession, with a focus on practical outcomes of actions. (Duplicates credit in former PLUS 501.) PPD 525 Statistics and Arguing from Data (2, FaSp) Fundamentals of probability and
statistics, planning analysis techniques, computing standards, and understanding of the rhetoric related to statistical analysis. (Duplicates credit in former PLUS 502.) PPD 526 Comparative International Development (2, Fa) Introduction to com
parative international development with a focus on regional growth and urban development. (Duplicates credit in former PLUS 505.)
PPD 527 The Social Context of Planning (2, Sp) Examination of the formation of the
modern urban environment with its consumer culture, social classes, and racial and ethnic diversity. (Duplicates credit in former PLUS 506.)
Courses of Instruction
PPD 529 Legal Environment of Planning (2, Sp) Understanding of the legal system
PPD 543 Internship Seminar (1, FaSp)
and its processes and laws applicable to land use and development and the legal nature of powers of public and private entities. (Duplicates credit in former PLUS 509.)
Supervised study of management, analytical, or other professional activities in government; integration of theory, practice and relevant literature. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 544.)
PPD 530 Historical Analysis of Urban Form and Planning Practice (2, Sp) Awareness,
PPD 545 Human Behavior in Public Organizations (4, FaSpSm) Behavior in organiza-
913
PPD 559 Policy Implementation and Evaluation (4, FaSp) Theoretical approaches, critical
issues, and research methods in public policy implementation. Field-based research project. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 570.)
PPD 560 Methods for Policy Analysis (4, Sp)
analysis, understanding, and influencing the city building process locally and regionally; isolate and exercise tools and methods of visual literacy. (Duplicates credit in former PLUS 510.) PPD 531L Planning Studio (4, 8, 12, max 12, FaSp) Application of methods in plan-
ning, programming, research, and evaluation in a professional context; data collection and analysis; case studies; practical applications. (Duplicates credit in former PLUS 576L and PLUS 676L.) PPD 532L International Planning and Development Laboratory Workshop (4-8, Sm) Application of planning principles and
methods to specific urban planning problems abroad; involves preparation in the spring semester and an overseas field visit and a collaborative practicum. (Duplicates credit in former PLUS 575L.) PPD 533 Planning History and Urban Form (2) History of urban planning with an empha-
sis on the evolution of how planning shaped the physical environment in response to political, economic, and social issues.
PPD 540 Public Administration and Society (4, FaSpSm) Administrative concepts, institu-
tions, legal systems, and practices; values; facilitation of responsibilities and rights; professional applications for personal, private sector, and public achievement. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 500.) PPD 541 Public Financial Management and Budgeting (4, Fa) Financial management
applied to public and nonprofit organizations; financial valuation, financial markets, budgeting, tax administration, debt financing, cost-benefit analysis and financial analysis. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 514.) Prerequisite: PPD 502x. PPD 542 Policy and Program Evaluation (4, Sp) Methods and models for policy and
program evaluation; methods of collecting and analyzing evaluation data; processes for linking evaluation to policy formulation and program management. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 525 and former PUAD 529.) Prerequisite: PPD 502x.
tions; focus on personal, interpersonal, and group level factors that influence such behavior. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 585.) PPD 546 Professional Practice of Public Administration (4, FaSpSm) Practice of public
management; use of management theories; strategic thinking and planning; understanding organizations; management skills and techniques; management in a public setting; ethics. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 597.) Prerequisite: PPD 501b, PPD 540, PPD 545. PPD 552 Managing and Financing Public Engineering Works (3, FaSpSm) (Enroll in
CE 552)
PPD 554 Foundations of Public Policy Analysis (2, Fa) Introduction to public policy
analysis; issue diagnosis and policy design; analytic reasoning and argumentation; the role of the public policy professional; ethical issues in policy analysis. Open only to MPP students and Certificate in Public Policy students.
PPD 555 Public Policy Formulation and Implementation (4, Sp) Political and organi-
zational perspectives on policy making process; agenda setting, policy design, adoption, implementation, evaluation, modification or termination. Policy leadership skills: negotiation and strategic mapping. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 528 and PPD 554 and PPD 559.) PPD 557 Modeling and Operations Research (4, FaSpSm) Management science methods
that support decision making in policy, management, and planning settings. Includes linear programming, queuing theory, decision analysis, and forecasting. Open only to master’s or doctoral students. Prerequisite: PPD 502x or PPD 525. PPD 558 Multivariate Statistical Analysis (4, FaSp) Applied multivariate statistics in
support of policy, management, and planning problem solving. Includes regression analysis, logit models, and an introduction to timeseries models and multi-equation estimation. Open only to master’s and doctoral students. Prerequisite: PPD 502x or PPD 525.
Examination of methods used in the analysis of policy methods, including cost benefit analysis, decision and risk analysis, and applied social science methods. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 572.) Prerequisite: PPD 502x and PPD 554 and PPD 501b. PPD 561ab Policy Analysis Practicum (1, 3, FaSp) Application and integration of
the knowledge and techniques of analytic, quantitative, managerial, political and ethical analyses to specific public policy problems. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 589.) PPD 568 Environmental Governance and Sustainability (2, Fa) Introduction to lead-
ing issues of environmental governance and policy in looking toward a more sustainable future; normatively important concerns and the social, cultural, and political dimensions; thematic look from values to action. PPD 569 Applied International Policy Analysis and Management Project (4, Sp)
Enables students to integrate theory, research and practice into an applied project of their own choosing. The output of this course is a professional report in a selected public policy or management area. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 507.) PPD 570 Applied Statistics for Planning, Policy and Management (4, Sm) Use of sta-
tistical reasoning to answer questions related to public policy and management. Students will review and understand selected statistical techniques for analyzing data and for addressing public policy and management questions of interest using applied data analysis. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 523.) PPD 571 International Public Policy and Management Seminar (4, Fa) An introduc-
tion to the concepts and methods of public policy analysis and management. Highlights some of the constraints of the policy process. Includes examples from the United States but also presents comparative views of the contours of public policy in both developed and developing nations. The course applies public policy and management frameworks to selected areas of social policy. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 524.)
914
USC Price School of Public Policy
PPD 572 Special Issues in International Public Policy (1-4, max 12, FaSpSm) Current
PPD 603 Marketing of Health Services (4, Sm) Assessing community needs and
international public policy on issues such as governmental reform, regulation, social welfare, poverty alleviation and international aid. Policy framework and in-depth analysis of specific topics of relevance to governmental agencies and international organizations. PPD 587 Risk Analysis (4) Concepts of risk
analysis, risk in engineered systems, environmental risk, security risks; fault trees, event trees, risk simulations; risks and decisionmaking. Recommended preparation: MATH 108 or MATH 116. PPD 588 Introduction to Transportation Planning Law (3) (Enroll in CE 579) PPD 589 Port Engineering: Planning and Operations (3) (Enroll in CE 589) PPD 590 Directed Research (1-12, FaSpSm)
Research leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC.
organizational service capabilities; evaluating competition; qualitative and quantitative market research methods; market communications and advertising; developing marketing plans. Recommended preparation: PPD 502x or competence in statistics. PPD 604 Seminar in Hospital Administration (4, Sm) Hospital systems and functions;
anagerial processes, theory, and practice; m governance structures; legal, regulatory, administrative, and professional requirements; medical and professional staff; multi-institutional arrangements; controls. Open only to graduate students. Prerequisite: PPD 545 or HMGT 520; recommended preparation: PPD 516. PPD 605 Frontline Issues in Health S ervices Administration and Policy (2, max 6, FaSpSm) Emphasis on current or emergent
issues in the health care industry. Focus on impact of recent health legislation and/or health care system responsiveness.
PPD 611 Policy Issues in Planning and Development (4, Fa) Overview of policy issues in
planning and development professions in the U.S. and abroad. Special attention to collective decision making, role of institutions, and ethics. (Duplicates credit in former PLUS 503.) PPD 612 Research and Analytical Techniques (4, Sp) Professional practice-oriented
analytic skill; fundamentals of data manipulation; spreadsheet applications and forecasting; and communication of results. (Duplicates credit in former PLUS 504.) PPD 613ab Policy, Planning, and Development International Laboratory (a: 1, max 2, Sp; b: 3, max 6, Sm) Research methods for
intensive practical field research and evaluation; policy, management and planning practice in intercultural contexts; preparation for professional-level consulting abroad.
PPD 614 Management in Planning Practice (2 or 4, 2 years, Sp) Administrative, manage-
ment, political, and other problems faced by the practicing professional planner. (Duplicates credit in former PLUS 521.)
PPD 606 Urban Health Policy (4, Fa) PPD 594abz Master’s Thesis (2-2-0, FaSp)
Credit on acceptance of thesis. Graded IP/CR/NC.
Addresses current U.S. health policy issues and the critical processes that shape them, with an emphasis on urban populations; institutional, economic, social, ethical, and political factors.
PPD 599 Special Topics (2-4, max 8, FaSpSm)
Selected topics in public policy, management and planning. PPD 600 Management of Managed Care Organizations (2, FaSpSm) Managed care
PPD 607 Introduction to Public Health Policy (4, Sp) Public health policy and analysis meth-
ods; evaluation of the public health system and safety net programs.
arrangements, interorganizational relations, management practices and controls, medical staff relations, strategic planning, marketing, utilization review, quality assurance, outcomes measures. Prerequisite: PPD 545 or HMGT 520; recommended preparation: PPD 516, PPD 510a or HMGT 565.
PPD 608 Leadership Symposium in Health Management and Policy (1, max 3, FaSpSm)
PPD 601 Management of Long-Term Care Organizations (4, Fa) History, development,
PPD 609 Physician Practice Management (2, Sp) Overview of medical practice manage-
trends; major policy issues; organization of systems; principles and techniques of administration; management of institutional and community based programs. Open only to graduate students.
A forum for leading executives and policy makers to address ways they or their organizations improve healthcare financing, delivery and management, in the U.S. and internationally.
ment issues, structures, systems and strategies for effective clinical and financial performance of physician organizations. Recommended preparation: PPD 509. PPD 610 Managed Care Contracting (2, Fa)
PPD 602 Strategic and Operational Planning for Health Services (4, 2 years, Fa)
Strategic, institutional, and program planning theory and methods; governmental and legal requirements, certificate of need processes, reimbursement controls; financing and marketing considerations, practices, and methods. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 535.)
Provides practical and strategic decision- making skills in managed care contracting, including contract types, terms and conditions; financial assessment; proposal development and analysis; and negotiation. Prerequisite: PPD 600; recommended preparation: PPD 510a or HMGT 565, PPD 514.
PPD 615 Comparative Urbanization, Development, and Inequality (4, Irregular) Theo-
ries of inequality, dependency and dualism in relation to urbanization, growth, and poverty in developing countries; development and underdevelopment; core-periphery linkages. (Duplicates credit in former PLUS 534.) PPD 616 Participatory Methods in Planning and Policy (4) Approaches to community
participation, introducing students to the theories behind participatory methods as well as to the skills to implement them. PPD 617 Urban Demography and Growth (4, Fa) Theory and policy regarding popula-
tion change in urban areas; housing; cohort analysis; immigration; ethnicity; employment; education. Methods of graphic representation; census data manipulation, interpretation, forecasting. (Duplicates credit in former PLUS 539.) PPD 618 Housing Facilities and Community Development (4, Irregular) Structure of the
building industry and technology. Housing markets and programs; environmental standards. Community development and redevelopment. Planning, program development, finance, and coordination of public facilities and services. (Duplicates credit in former PLUS 540.)
Courses of Instruction
PPD 619 Smart Growth and Urban Sprawl: Policy Debates and Planning Solutions (4, Irregular) Determinants and analytical
models of land use; interaction of land uses with environmental quality and natural resources, land use policy instruments; regulation, taxation, public services. (Duplicates credit in former PLUS 562.) PPD 620 General Plans (4, Fa) Assessment of
915
PPD 628 Urban Planning and Social Policy (4, Irregular) Urban planning and social
PPD 637 Forecasting and Urban Planning: A Survey of Theory and Methods (4, Sp)
PPD 629 Planning in the Voluntary Nonprofit Sector (4, Irregular) Structure of
PPD 638 Integrative Seminar (4, FaSpSm)
work: theory, values, techniques of inquiry, and problem-solving methods appropriate to urban planning and social work. (Duplicates credit in former PLUS 552.)
Overview of forecasting methods and applications in urban planning processes used to determine urban futures; includes theoretical and institutional factors as well as quantitative methods.
a recently adopted general plan, analysis of the general plan process, and detailed review of each major element and issue. (Duplicates credit in former PLUS 563.)
voluntary nonprofit sector; role in social, economic, and spatial planning; corporate philanthropy; foundations; pass-through organizations; nonprofit planning requirements. (Duplicates credit in former PLUS 545.)
Individual research and preparation of an integrated comprehensive study coordinated with a sponsor such as a government agency or development firm. (Duplicates credit in former PLUS 591.) Prerequisite: PPD 611, PPD 612.
PPD 621 Environmental Impacts (4, Sp)
PPD 630 Urban Economic Analysis (4, Sp)
Legal, political/institutional, and technical aspects of environmental impact reports for urban planning. (Duplicates credit in former PLUS 561.)
Economic models of cities and city development and structure; housing and land markets; transportation systems; problems of congestion and pollution; evaluation of urban policies. (Duplicates credit in former PLUS 566.)
PPD 639 Introduction to Community and Economic Development (4, FaSp) Theories
PPD 622 Seminar in Urban Development (4, Irregular) Central city housing and
renewal problems and policies. Site selection, organization; land valuation, acquisition, disposition; relocation and management; reuse; site planning and development; politics; financing. (Duplicates credit in former PLUS 541.) PPD 623 Community Development and Site Planning (4, Sp) Urban form and emerging
PPD 631 Geographic Information Systems for Policy, Planning, and Development (2)
Introduction to GIS systems and usage in the public sector; spatial data; understanding software and the application of technology; analysis of data using GIS. PPD 632 Planning Analysis and Evaluation (4, Sp) Methods of policy, program, and
community design practices; design project development; evaluation and assessment of site planning in cities and local communities.
plan evaluation: economic principles and theoretical concepts introduced, followed by case studies. (Duplicates credit in former PLUS 574.)
PPD 624 Local Economic Development: Theory and Finance (4, Sp) Socioeconomic
PPD 633 Urban Transportation Planning and Management (4, 2 years, Fa) Back-
change, economic development theory, assessment techniques, and economic indicators in the context of planning and development policies and programs. (Duplicates credit in former PLUS 547.) PPD 625 Planning and Economic Development Finance (4, Fa) Fundamentals for eco-
nomic development professionals and policy makers including feasibility analysis and the financing of facilities, social services, and community-based enterprises. (Duplicates credit in former PLUS 546.) PPD 626 Public/Private and Mixed Enterprises Planning (2, Sp; 4, Fa) Case studies of
planning and public/private and mixed enterprises; public production of private goods; privatization of public services; public/private partnerships; mixed enterprises. PPD 627 Design Skills for Urban Planners (4, Fa) Develop observation, description,
analysis, and conceptualization skills related to urban spatial conditions; advance professional communication proficiencies. (Duplicates credit in former PLUS 573.)
ground applications of established urban travel forecasting procedures; land use; trip-generation, trip-distribution, modalchoice, trip-assignment; evaluation; criticisms. (Duplicates credit in former PLUS 580.) PPD 634 Institutional and Policy Issues in Transportation (4, Sp) Analysis of policies
relating to transportation alternatives; institutional environment and background; federal, state, regional, and local agency responsibilities and interactions. (Duplicates credit in former PLUS 581.) PPD 635 Principles of Transportation Systems Analysis (4, Fa) Planning, design, mod-
eling, and operation of inter- and intra-urban transportation networks. Analysis of contemporary engineering-economic issues relevant to transport, especially questions pertaining to infrastructure. (Duplicates credit in former PLUS 582.)
PPD 636 Infrastructure and Modern Society (2, Sp) Survey of infrastructure issues that
relates principles from multiple disciplines to the provision of vital services and encourages critical thinking within a systems context.
of community and economic development and a contextual understanding of the forces that change the development and community life of urban areas. PPD 640 Leadership Foundations: Competencies and Core Values (4, Sm) An intensive
introduction to leading through core values. Focuses on developing leadership skills at the personal level to build a foundation for leadership at all levels. Open only to Executive Master of Leadership students. PPD 641 Leading Individuals, Groups and Teams (4, Fa) Leadership styles in various
settings; team demographics, and dynamics; problem-solving; decision-making; diversity and critical thinking skills; effect of culture on small group communication; managing conflict. Open only to Executive Master of Leadership students. Prerequisite: PPD 640. PPD 642 Strategic Leadership of Organizations (4, Sp) Strategic analysis; strategic plan-
ning; leadership; performance measurement and management; control systems; organizational structure and networks; organizational culture; organizational learning and change. Open only to Executive Master of Leadership students. Prerequisite: PPD 641.
PPD 643 Leading Transformations Across Sectors: Integrative Seminar (4, Sm) Appli-
cation and practice of leadership skills working across the public, private and nonprofit sectors. Skills include negotiation, collaboration, communication, political management and ethical responsibilities. Open only to Executive Master of Leadership students. Prerequisite: PPD 642. PPD 644 Shaping the Built Environment (4)
Introduction to the theories and concepts and good city form. Explores the options for designing more livable and sustainable urban communities.
916
USC Price School of Public Policy
PPD 645 Professional Development (1-4, max 8, Irregular) Selected topics in the prac-
PPD 654 Information Technology Management in the Public Sector (4, FaSpSm)
tical application of administrative concepts. Graded CR/NC. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 502.) PPD 646 Fieldwork (1-4, max 8, Sp) Super-
vised study of management activities in governmental agencies. Graded CR/NC. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 503.)
PPD 647 Finance of the Public Sector (4, Sp)
Sources of government revenue, intergovernmental financial relations, budgeting, public goods theory. Theoretical and applied skills in analysis of equity and efficiency issues. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 513.) Prerequisite: PPD 501b. PPD 648 Concepts and Practices of Public Budgeting (4, Irregular) Budget planning,
budget formulation, tools for budget analysis and budget implementation. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 515.) PPD 649 Concepts and Practices in P ublic Personnel Administration (4, FaSm)
oncepts of man and of work; workforce; C government personnel systems, including merit concepts, classification, and compensation; collective bargaining; organizational justice; training and development. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 516.) PPD 650 Organization Development in Public Administration (4, FaSp) Overview
of concepts and methodologies of organization development; diagnosing organizational needs; developing change strategies; selecting appropriate interventions. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 517.) PPD 651 Seminar in the Administration of Local Government (4, Irregular) Intensive
consideration of the functions of the municipal executive and his environment. Research preparation and discussion of cases. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 520.) PPD 652 Financial Administration in Local Government (4, Irregular) Revenue sources,
fees and charges, benefit assessments; financing economic development and redevelopment, issuing and managing debt, current asset management, and state-local relations. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 521.) PPD 653 Training in the Public Sector (4, Fa) Emergence of public service train-
ing; learning theories; program development process — assessing needs, design, delivery, and evaluation; role of media; individual, group, organization development; managing training. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 522.)
Application of computer and information technology in government; e-government; information technology architecture; systems project management. (Duplicates credit in former PPD 518.) PPD 655 Administrative Law (4, Sm)
dministrative perspectives on legal prinA ciples of agency rule-making and adjudication; distinctions between the two; informal administrative actions; decision-making; judicial review; public control of administrative decisions. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 543.)
PPD 662 Intergovernmental Management: State Perspective (4, FaSp) Role of state
government in intergovernmental relations, emphasis on California experience; financial aspects of intergovernmental system. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 553.) PPD 663 Intergovernmental Management: Federal Perspective (4, Irregular) Role of
national government in intergovernmental process; impact of federal legislative, executive, and judicial actions on state and local government; intergovernmental policymaking process. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 554.) PPD 664 Contract Management (2, Sp)
PPD 656 Political Management: Theory and Applied Techniques (4, Sm) Political manage-
ment theories; strategy formation; research and data collection approaches; computer applications; electronic databases; issue management; problem-solving techniques; ethical considerations. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 545.) PPD 657 Political Leadership in Public Organizations (4, Sp) Concepts and skills
for public executives and senior managers; understanding the dynamics of governmental institutions and policy processes; organizational and personal assessment skills. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 546.) PPD 658 Advocacy in Public Administration (4, Fa) Perspectives on advocacy in the policy
process; practice of advocacy; accessing the policy process; simulation of the advocacy process; ethical considerations. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 547.)
PPD 659 National Security Administration and the Domestic and International Environment (4, Irregular) Interplay of domestic
and international environments; resultant constraints upon national security program administration; administrative and organizational implications for future scenarios. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 549.) PPD 660 Local Agency Debt and Cash Administration (4, Irregular) Overview of
methods of debt and cash administration including official statement analysis; mechanics of different types of issues; and cash management principles. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 550.) PPD 661 Intergovernmental Management: Local Perspective (4, Fa) Role of city, special
district, and metropolitan governments in intergovernmental relations; intergovern mental impacts on local policy process and service delivery; management problems and alternatives. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 552.)
ontract management techniques in the C public and private sectors; micro and macro management; compliance and negotiation; conflicts of interest and ethical issues. PPD 665 Contemporary Issues in Philanthropy (4) Motivations and strategies of phi-
lanthropists; philanthropic foundations and emerging institutions for philanthropy; issues of philanthropic stewardship, public policy and public accountability. PPD 666 Administrative Research and Analysis (4, Irregular) Theory and methods
for study of administrative effectiveness: problem solving, performance measurement, administrative and organizational research, quality improvement, and change implementation. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 506.) Prerequisite: PPD 502x. PPD 667 Public Ethics (4, Sp) Following an
introduction to the study of ethics, relationships among administrative, political and policy ethics are examined, emphasizing the ethics of the administrative role. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 560.) PPD 668 Entrepreneurship in the Public Sector (4, Irregular) Providing public services
through the private and nonprofit sectors; public-private partnerships; political and organizational skills required for public entrepreneurship. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 561.) PPD 669 Federal Management Systems (4, FaSp) Principal institutions and pro-
cesses in federal government for overhead leadership and control; examines Office of Management and Budget, Office of Personnel Management, Merit Systems Protection Board, General Services Administration, and General Accounting Office. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 564.)
Courses of Instruction
PPD 670 Management of Intergovernmental Programs (4, Sp) Analysis of relationships
among governmental units in delivery of governmental programs; historical development of intergovernmental relations; present status and future implications. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 566.) PPD 671 Decision-Making in Regulatory Agencies (4, Irregular) Risk assessment,
management, and communication concepts and practices; comparisons of regulatory decision making in regulatory agencies; emerging benefit assessment, cost-effectiveness, and communication issues. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 567.) PPD 672 Presidency, Congress, and the Bureaucracy (4, SpSm) Relationships in
PPD 678 Processes of Change in Developing Societies (4, Irregular) Nature of traditional
and transitional societies; theories and practice of developmental change; role of bureaucracy in development; institution building; public enterprise; technology assessment and transfer. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 582.) PPD 679 Financial Administration in Developing Countries (4, Sm) Public sec-
tor finance; tax policy and administration; budgeting and auditing; debt management; public enterprise and development banks; planning; techniques; project assessment. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 583.) PPD 680 Development of Effective Groups and Organizations (4, Fa) Theories and
national government among political executive, legislative, and administrative units; reviews institutions, formal processes, and political dynamics. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 568.)
techniques of assessing and improving interpersonal relationships and group dynamics in an organizational context; action researchbased approaches to implementing organizational change. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 586.)
PPD 673 Strategic Planning in the Public Sector (4, Sp) Analysis/field application of
PPD 681 Public Organization and Management Theory (4, FaSp) Nature and manage-
action research models for strategic planning in public agencies; design of effective public systems; citizens/administrators’ roles in strategic decision-making. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 574.) PPD 674 Science, Technology, and Government (4, Irregular) Impact of science/
technology on governmental policy, processes, institutions; critical policy areas in science/ technology; machinery for formulating science policy; governmental impact on science/ technology. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 575.) PPD 675 Nonprofit Management and Leadership (4) Issues in nonprofit management
and leadership including: the role of boards; strategic planning; marketing and fund- raising; financial management; and volunteer and human resource management. Prerequisite: PPD 689. PPD 676 Comparative Public Administration (4, Irregular) Methodologies, theories and
models of comparison; administrative systems; role and functions of the public sector; administrative cultures. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 579.)
PPD 677 International Development Administration (4, Sp) Development of theories;
role of international institutions in resource exchanges; foreign investment and trade policies; national planning and allocation systems; development and modernization strategies and implementation. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 581.)
917
PPD 687 Strategic Management in the Nonprofit Sector (4, Sp) Strategic man-
agement of nonprofit organizations, social entrepreneurship, and management practice. Prerequisite: PPD 675 and PPD 689. PPD 688 Business and Public Policy (4, Irregular) The business-government relationship;
effects of selected public policies (antitrust, economic, and social regulation, industrial policies, legal policy) on firm and industry behavior. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 557.) Prerequisite: PPD 501b.
PPD 689 The Nonprofit Sector and Philanthropy (4, FaSp) Nonprofit organizations and
their relation to government and business; the role of philanthropy, social enterprise and public support; and implications for policy, strategy and management.
PPD 690 Alternative Dispute Resolution (4, Fa) Theory and methods of conflict analy-
sis, negotiation, facilitation and mediation in the public sector. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 519.)
ment of public organizations; examination of organizational characteristics, forms, and processes, including the relationship with the broader environment. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 595.)
PPD 691 Methods for Assessment and Protection of Environmental Quality (3, Sp)
PPD 682 Justice Administration: A Management Perspective (4, 2 years, Fa) Justice
costs of urban transportation; concepts of social costs; benefits and externalities; environmental costs; social justice issues; policy and planning alternatives for sustainable transportation. (Duplicates credit in former PPD 584.) Prerequisite: PPD 501a.
administration as an interactive system: law, etiology of crime, police, the judiciary and corrections. Interface of offenders with community and political force fields. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 540.)
(Enroll in CE 564) PPD 692 Transportation and the Environment (4, Sp) Analysis of the benefits and
PPD 693 Communicating Public Policy (4) PPD 683 Homeland Security and Public Policy (4, FaSp) Definition and history of
t errorism, counterterrorism, domestic policy and public sector management; intelligence/ information sharing and analysis; e mergency preparedness planning, response and recovery. PPD 684 Leadership Development in the Public and Nonprofit Sectors (2, Fa) An
overview of leadership concepts, frameworks and skills; application of leadership in complex or inter-sectoral settings. PPD 685 Human Resources Management in Public and Non-Profit Sectors (2, Fa)
Merit principles, position classification, recruitment and selection, compensation, organizational development, labor relations; challenges and strategies for managing a diverse workforce. PPD 686 U.S. Immigration Policy (4, Sp)
Overall understanding of contemporary U.S. immigration policy.
Exploring the complex relationships that exist among policies, policymakers, and the media; analyzing the role of journalists and policy analysts in the public policy process. PPD 694 Coastal Policy and Planning (4, Sp)
Coastal management issues in the context of public and private users competing for land resources, the costs and benefits of seaports, compare coastal development models. PPD 695 Clinical Issues for Managers (1, Fa)
Introduces key information and concepts for managers of clinical services. Examines problems and issues facing health care managers and clinician relations. PPD 696 Health Care Venture Development (2, SpSm) Focuses on developing the
resourcefulness, know-how and decision support skills needed to identify, assess and develop new health ventures. Includes business planning, financing, strategy, entrepreneurship. Recommended preparation: PPD 510a or HMGT 565.
918
USC Price School of Public Policy
PPD 697 Cultural Proficiency in Health Management and Policy (2, Sp) Provides
PPD 712 Seminar in Public Policy (4, Fa)
PPD 698 Strategic Management and Change (4) Theory and applied skills in management
PPD 713 Advanced Planning Theory (4, Fa)
an understanding of what social factors contribute to racial/ethnic, socioeconomic, and gender disparities in health and the culturally proficient provision of health care.
of social sector organizations with applications in international settings. Strategic management and planning; communication strategies, marketing and promotion; leadership skills; organizational development and change. PPD 700ab Teaching Seminar (1-1, FaSpSm)
Pedagogy: learning objectives, curriculum design, teaching methods, evaluation. Open only to doctoral students. Graded CR/NC. PPD 706 Paradigms of Research and the Design of Inquiry (4, FaSp) Philosophy
of social science; applied social research; research design; sampling and validity; overview of qualitative and quantitative methods. Open only to doctoral students.
Critical analysis of the policy field; theoretical foundations; integration of quantitative, organizational, and political considerations; policy research. (Duplicates credit in former PUAD 626.) Prerequisite: PPD 501b, PPD 554. Positive and normative attitudes of public plans, policies, programs, organizational and institutional settings; policy analysis; modeling of social choices; evaluation; applied welfare analysis; performance assessment. (Duplicates credit in former PLUS 605.) PPD 714 Advanced Urban Development (4, Fa) Urbanization, urban economics, land
use, the politics of growth, governance, regulation, and the state, immigration, and place promotion. PPD 790 Research (1-12, FaSpSm) Research
leading to the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/ NC. (Duplicates credit in former PLUS 790 and PUAD 790.)
PPD 707 Survey Research Methods (4, Sp)
Collection and use of survey data: basic orientation, mechanics of using SAS, and interpretation of survey tabulations. Graduate standing. (Duplicates credit in former PLUS 608.) Prerequisite: PPD 525.
PPD 794abcdz Doctoral Dissertation (2-2-2-2-0, FaSpSm) Credit on acceptance of
PPD 708 Qualitative Methods (4, Sp) eflective and critical approach that quesR
PPD 795 Law of the Political Process (2-4, max 8) (Enroll in LAW 795)
tions data collection techniques, positions relative to those being studied, and explanatory methods. (Duplicates credit in former PLUS 609.) Recommended preparation: PPD 525 or PPD 612. PPD 709 Applications in the Advanced Quantitative Methods (4, Sp) Statistical
and econometric modeling in real estate finance, urban economics, public policy, and planning research. Building, estimating and adjusting models for real-world. Prerequisite: PPD 525. PPD 710ab Research Seminar (a: 2, Fa; b: 2, Sp) Research fields and design; litera-
ture reviews; critical reading and critiquing; project development. Open only to doctoral students. Graded CR/NC. Prerequisite: PPD 706. PPD 711 Theoretical Foundation of Public Management (4, Fa) Theories of the role,
structure, and growth of the public sector; political economy of public bureaucracies; the voluntary nonprofit sector. Prerequisite: PPD 501b.
dissertation. Graded IP/CR/NC. (Duplicates credit in former PLUS 794abcdz and PUAD 794abcdz.)
PPD 797 Public Policy in Law: Analysis and Advocacy (1-4) (Enroll in LAW 797)
PPDE 645 Financial Management of Nonprofit Organizations (4) Accounting and
financial management principles and practices in nonprofit organizations: budgeting financial analysis, internal controls, financial policies, grant making and financial reporting. PPDE 646 Grant Writing Practicum (2) Grant
making process and proposal development; philanthropic foundations; strategies for funding; budgeting, logic models, and evaluation; peer review. PPDE 660 Environmental Policy Design and Analysis (2, Sp) Analytical foundation for
design of institutions and policies; environmental policy; welfare economics and market failure; policy evaluation; economic policy instruments; climate change policy issues; other policy issues. Prerequisite: PPD 501a; recommended preparation: PPD 501b. P U B L I C A D M I N I S T R AT I O N ( P U A D )
Frequency of course offerings varies from campus to campus. Check with individual campuses regarding availability. PUAD 613 Seminar in Financial Policy (4, Irregular) Historical development and
trends in public revenues and expenditures. Political, economic, and administrative significance of decisions in the field of financial management. Prerequisite: PPD 647. PUAD 617 Seminar on Behavioral Aspects of Training and Development (4, Irregular)
P O L I C Y, P L A N N I N G , A N D D E V E L O P M E N T – E X PA N D E D ( P P D E )
Theoretical concepts governing the administration of socio-technical systems, organization development, action training and research, and other development and change processes utilized in public service.
PPDE 630 Community Health Planning (4, Sp) The role of planning in sustaining
PUAD 675 Institutional Context of the Public Sector (4, Sp) Theories of the role,
PPDE 631 Public Space: Theory, Policy, and Design (4) Examination of contemporary
PUAD 685 Seminar on Organizational Behavior in Public Systems (4, FaSp) Organiz-
PPDE 632 Sustainable Cities (4, FaSp)
PUAD 692 Multivariate Statistical Analysis (4, Fa) Multivariate analysis of qualitative
community health; examines relationship between health and environment; historical development, conceptualization and practice of community health planning.
issues and practices in the design, production, and uses of public space in a comparative perspective; implications for future design and public policy. xploration of environmental problems E linked to urbanization, drawing on historical analysis, social theory, scientific research, and city planning/design practice. Alternative policy options for urban sustainability. (Duplicates credit in the former GEOG 601.)
structure and growth of the public sector; public choice processes; political economy of public bureaucracies; the voluntary nonprofit sector. Prerequisite: PPD 501b.
ing processes; decision-making; communication; leadership; behavioral models; political and social behavior in organizations. Prerequisite: PPD 545.
and quantitative variables including multiple linear regression, multiple contingency table analysis, log-linear and logit models, and path analysis. Prerequisite: PPD 502x.
Courses of Instruction
919
PUAD 695 Seminar in Administrative Theory (4, FaSp) Assessment of current
RED 542 Finance of Real Estate Development (3, FaSm) Theory and methods of real
RED 571 Introduction to Appraisal Principles, Procedures, and Standards (4, Fa)
PUAD 697 Seminar in Public Management (4, Irregular) Public management research
RED 544 Real Estate Capital Markets (2, Fa)
RED 572 Advanced Appraisal Approaches and Applications (2, Sp) Highest and
normative and descriptive theories of public administration; variety of conceptual systems; operationalism; levels of organizational analysis. Prerequisite: PPD 540.
and theory; differences between private and public organizations: contextual influences on public management; contemporary empirical studies; bibliographic research. Prerequisite: admission to the DPA program. PUAD 791ab Public Administration Research Seminar (1, 1, FaSp) Presentation and discus-
estate finance and investment. Real estate investment analysis, real estate entities, taxation; introduction to securization of real estate equities, debt. Prerequisite: RED 541. Explore structure, instruments and institutions of real estate capital markets. Consider linkages between real estate and capital markets. Assess role of Real Estate Investment Trusts. Prerequisite: RED 542.
solving using computerized modeling. Complex debt financing, including lender participation, subordination, joint venture structuring, systematic treatment of real estate portfolios. Prerequisite: RED 542.
R E A L E S TAT E D E V E L O P M E N T ( R E D )
RED 546 Applications of Real Estate Finance to Problems of Development (3, Sp)
and regional economies and the performance of the real estate sector. Anticipating development trends. Public policy applications. RED 509 Market Analysis for Real Estate (4, Fa) Explores macro and micro aspects of
residential, retail, office, and industrial markets and examines methodologies for analyzing such markets for real estate development/ investment purposes. Prerequisite: RED 542. RED 510 Real Estate Practice and Principles (4, FaSp) Fundamental principles of real
estate analysis; economics; capital markets; development decision-making; relationships between real estate markets and federal, state and local government policies; property value. RED 511 Foundations of Real Estate Analysis (4, FaSp) Principles of real estate analysis;
capital markets; importance of uncertainty and metrics of risk; investments; valuation techniques; use of debt and equity, leases, taxes. Prerequisite: RED 510.
RED 512 Real Estate Project Analysis (4, FaSp) Fundamental economic theories; ana-
lytical techniques; practical applications for market analysis of various forms of real estate. Prerequisite: RED 511. RED 541 Finance Fundamentals for Real Estate Development (2, Sm) Introduction to
the general principles of finance with application to real estate development, including capital markets, financial institutions, valuation and risk management.
best use. Advanced income capitalization. Advanced cost and sales comparison approaches. Advanced applications. Recommended preparation: RED 571.
RED 573 Design History and Criticism (2, Sm) RED 545 Advanced Real Estate and Financial Modeling (2, Sp) Quantitative problem
sion of research histories and current research projects of members of the faculty and distinguished guest scholars. Open only to Ph.D. and DPA students. Graded CR/NC.
RED 500 Real Estate Development and the Economy (2, Sm) Linkages between national
Valuation concepts. Theory and problem solving. Cost, sales comparison, and income approaches.
Advanced topics in finance applied to cases and problems of real estate development; emphasis on structuring, finance and evaluation of various types of development projects. Prerequisite: RED 542. RED 547 Project Management and Construction (2, Sm) Managing the building
phase of development. Architectural and engineering aspects of construction management for the real estate developer. RED 551 The Approval Process (4, FaSpSm)
Approval process for real estate development including land use entitlement, site selection, zoning, environmental review, community and government relations, infrastructure financing, ethical issues, negotiation skills. RED 562 Legal Issues in Real Estate Development (4, FaSp) Ownership and transfer of real
estate; formation and enforcement of contracts; business associations; environmental regulation; taxation of property transfers; acquiring, financing, leasing of commercial property. (Duplicates credit in former RED 662.)
RED 563 Introduction to the Asset Manage ment of Real Estate (2, Fa) Overview of
institutional asset management: creating and implementing investment and portfolio strategies through the development, acquisition, underwriting, and operational stages of the investment, asset disposition. RED 564 Issues in Asset Management of Real Estate (2, Sp) Advanced issues in insti-
tutional asset management. How value is created during investment process with focus on tactical, operational, and strategic goals of asset and owner. Prerequisite: RED 563.
The concepts, language and metaphors of design-related disciplines are examined in relation to design and construction values and choices in real estate development. (Duplicates credit in former RED 673.) RED 574 Building Typologies (2, Fa) The
exploration of categories of building types, including retail, industrial, residential, office and institutional, using key examples or case studies from each. (Duplicates credit in former RED 674.) RED 575L Community Design and Site Planning (2-4, max 8, Sp) Physical implementa-
tion of development projects. Students will develop concept plan, preliminary design and marketing plan for selected domestic and/or international development sites. (Duplicates credit in former RED 675L.) RED 583 International Development Opportunities (2, Sp) A survey of v arious
markets prominent in the global real estate community. Protocols for analyzing international development opportunities and cultural, political, and socioeconomic considerations.
RED 585 Comparative International Development Workshop (2-4, Sm) Comparative
study tour focused on understanding international real estate development practices and markets, site visits and meeting with principals. RED 590 Directed Research (1-12, FaSpSm)
Research leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. RED 598 Real Estate Product Development (2-4, max 12, FaSpSm) An evaluation of
v arious real estate development types. Case studies and site visits. RED 599 Special Topics (2-4, max 8) Cur-
rent issues, trends, and developments in real estate development.
920
USC Price School of Public Policy
Military Courses of Instruction A E R O S PA C E S T U D I E S ( A E S T )
AEST 100ab Aerospace Studies I: Air Force Mission and Organization (1-1, FaSp)
a: Introduction to U.S. Air Force and the military profession; USAF organization and functions; Strategic Air Command organization, command, control, and weapons systems; communication skills. b: Organization and function of NORAD; tactical air, military airlift, systems, logistics, air training and communications commands; Army, Navy, Marines; reserves; separate operating agencies. AEST 110ab Leadership Laboratory I (1-1, FaSp) Introduction to the military expe-
rience focusing on customs and courtesies, drill and ceremonies, and the environment of an Air Force officer. Graded CR/NC. AEST 200ab Aerospace Studies II: Air Force History (1-1, FaSp) a: Development of aero-
space power in the U.S. through World War II; emphasis on the Army Air Corps; communication skills. b: Development of aerospace power since World War II; emphasis on international confrontations involving the United States; communication skills. AEST 210ab Leadership Laboratory II (1-1, FaSp) Introduction to the military experience
focusing on customs and courtesies, drill and ceremonies, and the environment of an Air Force officer. Graded CR/NC.
AEST 220ab Advanced Leadership Laboratory II (a: 1, Fa; b: 1, Sp) Additional exposure
to the military experience for continuing AFROTC cadets, focusing on customs and courtesies, drill and ceremonies, and the environment of an Air Force officer. Graded CR/NC.
AEST 300ab Aerospace Studies III: Air Force Management and Leadership (3-3, FaSp)
Air Force management focusing on the new manager in the Air Force milieu. Emphasis on communication skills peculiar to the Air Force. AEST 310ab Leadership Laboratory III (1-1, FaSp) Practical introduction to Air Force
leadership focusing on military communicative skills, group dynamics, and application of theories of leadership and management. Graded CR/NC.
AEST 400ab Aerospace Studies IV: National Security Forces in Contemporary American Society (3-3, FaSp) Military professionalism
and the context in which defense policy is formulated and implemented; national security policy, political/ social constraints, and military justice. AEST 410ab Leadership Laboratory IV (1-1, FaSp) Advanced Air Force leadership
experience focusing on the practical development of the Air Force officer through command and staff positions within the Cadet Corps. Graded CR/NC.
MS 301 Leadership and Problem Solving (3, Fa) Students conduct self-assessment of
leadership style, develop personal f itness regimen, and learn to plan and conduct individual/small unit tactical training while testing reasoning and problem-solving techniques. Students receive direct feedback on leadership abilities. (Duplicates credit in former MS 300.) MS 302 Leadership and Ethics (3, Sp)
for AFROTC continuing cadets. Graded CR/NC.
xamines the role communications, values, E and ethics play in effective leadership. Topics include ethical decision-making, consideration of others, spirituality in the military, and survey Army leadership doctrine. Emphasis on improving oral and written communication abilities. (Duplicates credit in former MS 310.)
M I L I TA R Y S C I E N C E ( M S )
MS 401 Leadership and Management I (3, Fa) Develops student proficiency in plan-
AEST 420ab Leadership Laboratory V (1-1, FaSp) Advanced leadership experiences
MS 101 Foundations of Officership (1, Fa)
Introduces students to issues and competencies that are central to a commissioned officer’s responsibilities. Establish framework for understanding officership, leadership, and Army values followed and “life skills” such as physical fitness and time management. (Duplicates credit in former MS 100.) MS 102 Basic Leadership (1, Sp) Establishes
foundation of basic leadership fundamentals such as problem solving, communications, briefings and effective writing, goal setting, techniques for improving listening and speaking skills and an introduction to counseling. (Duplicates credit in former MS 110.) MS 201 Individual Leadership Studies (2, Sp) Students identify successful leader-
ship characteristics through observation of others and self through experimental learning exercises. Students record observed traits (good and bad) in a dimensional leadership journal and discuss observations in small group settings. (Duplicates credit in former MS 200.) MS 202 Leadership and Teamwork (2, Sp)
Study examines how to build successful teams, various methods for influencing action, effective communication in setting and achieving goals, the importance of timing the decision, creativity in the problem solving process, and obtaining team buy-in through immediate feedback. (Duplicates credit in former MS 210.)
ning and executing complex operations, functioning as a member of a staff, and mentoring subordinates. Students explore training management, methods of effective staff collaboration, and developmental counseling techniques. (Duplicates credit in former MS 400.) MS 402 Leadership and Management II (3, Sp) Study includes case study analysis
of military law and practical exercises on establishing an ethical command climate. Students must complete a semester long Senior Leadership Project that requires them to plan, organize, collaborate, analyze, and demonstrate their leadership skills. (Duplicates credit in former MS 410.) MS 499 Special Topics (2-4, max 8, FaSpSm)
Selected topics in military science. NAUTICAL SCIENCE (NAUT)
NAUT 001abx Deepwater Cruising (2-2, FaSp) An experiential approach to the sail
ing ship and seafaring, introducing offshore sailing theory and techniques, navigation, and basic oceanography as relevant to seamanship. Lecture and lab. Not available for degree credit. a: Crew level. b: Watch captain.
Courses of Instruction
NAUT 002abx Advanced Deepwater Cruising (2-2) Responsibilities and opera-
tions commanding an offshore sailing vessel including sailing theory and advanced techniques, advanced navigation, ships engineering, and oceanography relevant to seamanship. Not available for degree credit. a: Senior skipper. b: Advanced senior skipper. (Duplicates credit in former NAUT 302ab.) Prerequisite: NAUT 001bx. N A VA L S C I E N C E ( N S C )
NSC 135 Introduction to Naval Science (2, Fa) Introduction to the structure, prin-
ciples, and practices, lines of command and control, and functions of the various components of the naval service. Lecture, 2 hours; laboratory, 2 hours. NSC 137 Seapower and Maritime Affairs (4, Sp) Analysis of U.S. Navy development
and campaigns; evolution of strategic, tactical, and maritime doctrines; interaction of naval affairs with national security and domestic policies. Lecture, 3 hours; laboratory, 2 hours. (Duplicates credit in former NSC 282.)
NSC 251 Seamanship and Ship Operations (3, Fa) Vector solutions of relative motion,
tactical problems; tactical communications, instructions; fleet communications, organizations; rules of the Nautical Road; aviation and maritime meteorology; operation plans and orders. Lecture, 3 hours; laboratory, 1 hour. (Duplicates credit in former NSC 336.)
921
NSC 343 Evolution of Warfare (3, Fa)
Causes and practice of warfare from ancient times; impact of changes in strategy, tactics, and technology; modern revolutionary warfare, global conflict, and politico-military relationships. Lecture, 3 hours; laboratory, 2 hours. NSC 392 Amphibious Warfare (3, Sp)
NSC 283 Naval Ships Systems I (Engineering) (3, Sp) Types, structure, and purpose of
Naval ships, compartmentation, propulsion systems, auxiliary power systems, interior communications, ship control; ship design and stability. Lecture, 3 hours; laboratory, 2 hours. (Duplicates credit in former NSC 136.) NSC 335 Navigation (3, Fa) Purposes,
methods, and instruments of navigation; terrestrial and celestial navigation and nautical astronomy; time diagrams; lines of position by observation of celestial bodies. Lecture, 3 hours; laboratory, 2 hours. NSC 337 Naval Ships Systems II (Weapons) (3, Sp) Systems approach to naval weapons;
linear analysis of ballistics; weapons control systems configurations and dynamics. Field trips. Lecture, 3 hours; laboratory, 2 hours. (Duplicates credit in former NSC 250.)
Concepts of seaborne military operations; relationship of factors involved; characteristic operations of World War II; amphibious operation planning. Lecture, 3 hours; laboratory, 2 hours. NSC 453 Leadership and Management I (2, Fa) Principles of human relationships;
principles of decision-making and management at the junior officer level; theory and techniques of leadership. Lecture, 2 hours; laboratory, 2 hours. NSC 454 Leadership and Management II (2, Sp) Introduction to primary duties of
junior naval officers; counseling and interviewing techniques; review of basic administrative responsibilities at the division officer level. Lecture, 2 hours; laboratory, 2 hours.
USC School of Social Work
T
he USC School of Social Work offers programs of study leading to the Master of Social Work (MSW) and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) in social work. These programs provide the student a broad background of knowledge about health and welfare p roblems,
the meaning of programs past and present that have been established to meet them, and current issues and policy trends in the field. At the same time, the student is helped to become a professional person through development of a philosophy in harmony with that of the profession: to prevent and mitigate severe social problems that challenge the viability of culturally diverse and complex urban settings; to build on the strengths of individuals, families and communities; and to lead the scholarly search for innovative, efficacious and just solutions.
The USC School of Social Work, a leader in education and research that improves the lives of veterans and their families, launched the Building Capacity in Military-Connected Schools project in partnership with eight school districts near Camp Pendleton. During an on-campus roundtable discussion, Jill Biden — wife of U.S. Vice President Joe Biden — met some of the people who have benefited from the four-year, $7.6 million national effort, which encourages civilian schools to support military children and parents.
924
USC School of Social Work
Montgomery Ross Fisher Building 214 Main: (213) 740-2711 Admissions: (213) 740-2013 FAX: (213) 740-0789 Email: sswadm@usc.edu www.usc.edu/socialwork
William Vega, Ph.D., Executive Director, USC Roybal Institute on Aging Marlene Wagner, Ph.D., Associate Dean, External Relations Joshua Watson, Ed.D., Director, Student Services
Administration
Marilyn L. Flynn, Ph.D., Dean R. Paul Maiden, Ph.D., Vice Dean, Academic and Student Affairs Judy Axonovitz, M.S., Director, Skirball Academic Center Janine Braun, EMBA, M.Ed., Director, Admissions and Financial Aid Paul Carlo, Ph.D., Director, USC Center on Child Welfare Carmen Frierson, Associate Dean, Administration John Gaspari, MSW, Executive Director, USC Center for Work and Family Life Mary Beth Harris, Ph.D., Director, San Diego Academic Center Anthony Hassan, Ed.D., Director, Center for Innovation and Research on Veterans and Military Families
June Wiley, Ph.D., Director, Virtual Academic Center Leslie Wind, Ph.D., Director, Orange County Academic Center Terris Wolff, MBA, MSBA, Director, Information Technology Marleen Wong, Ph.D., Assistant Dean, Field Education Faculty
The Golden Age Association/Frances Wu Chair in Chinese Elderly: Iris Chi, DSW Driscoll/Clevenger Professor of Social Policy and Administration: Bruce Jansson, Ph.D.* Albert G. and Frances Lomas Feldman Professor of Social Policy and Health: Lawrence Palinkas, Ph.D. Ernest P. Larson Professor of Health, Ethnicity and Poverty: Kathleen Ell, DSW
Dan Hester, Director, International Programs
Frances G. Larson Professor of Social Work Research: John Brekke, Ph.D.*
Steve Hong, B.S., Director, Management Information Systems
John Milner Professor of Child Welfare: Jacquelyn McCroskey, DSW*
Jehoon Lee, Ph.D., Director, Center for AsianPacific Leadership
Provost’s Professor of Social Work, Preventive Medicine, Psychiatry, Family Medicine and Gerontology: William Vega, Ph.D.
Carrie Lew, Ed.D., Director, Professional Development and Alumni Relations Cindy Monticue, M.A., Director, Marketing Communications Michàlle Mor Barak, Ph.D., Director, Ph.D. Program Scarlett Powers Osterling, MSW, Senior Associate Dean, External Relations Elizabeth Pringle-Hornsby, MSW, National Field Coordinator, Virtual Academic Center Cherry Short, M.Sc., Assistant Dean, Global and Community Initiatives Haluk Soydan, Ph.D., Director, Hamovitch Center for Science in the Human Services Donna Toulmin, J.D., Director, USC/DCFS Training Program, USC Center on Child Welfare
David Lawrence Stein/Violet Goldberg Sachs Professor: Penelope K. Trickett, Ph.D.* Lenore Stein-Wood and William S. Wood Professor of Social Work and Business in a Global Society: Michàlle E. Mor Barak, Ph.D.* Richard M. and Ann L. Thor Endowed Professor of Urban Social Development: Ron Avi Astor, Ph.D. Professors: Ron Avi Astor, Ph.D.; John Brekke, Ph.D.*; Iris Chi, DSW; Kathleen Ell, DSW; Marilyn L. Flynn, Ph.D.; Bruce Jansson, Ph.D.*; R. Paul Maiden, Ph.D.; Jacquelyn McCroskey, DSW*; Michàlle E. Mor Barak, Ph.D.*; Lawrence Palinkas, Ph.D.; Penelope K. Trickett, Ph.D.*; Avelardo Valdez, Ph.D.; William Vega, Ph.D.; Wynne Waugaman, Ph.D.; Suzanne Wenzel, Ph.D.
Associate Professors: Maria Aranda, Ph.D.*; Concepcion Barrio, Ph.D.; Devon Brooks, Ph.D.; Maryalice Jordan-Marsh, Ph.D.; Helen Land, Ph.D.*; Karen Lincoln, Ph.D.; Ferol Mennen, DSW*; Ramon Salcido, DSW*; Ann Marie Yamada, Ph.D. Assistant Professors: Julie Cederbaum, Ph.D.; Alice Cepeda, Ph.D.; Tamika Gilreath, Ph.D.; Erick Guerrero, Ph.D.; Michael Hulburt, Ph.D.; Seth Kurzban, Ph.D.; Emily Putnam-Hornstein, Ph.D.; Eric Rice, Ph.D.; Dorian Traube, Ph.D. Senior Clinical Fellow: Mary Gress, Ph.D. Clinical Professors: Margarita Artavia, MSW; Ralph Fertig, J.D.; Stephen Hydon, MSW; Jolene Swain, MSW; Doni Whitsett, Ph.D.; Marleen Wong, MSW; Gary J. Wood, Ph.D. Clinical Associate Professors: Jane Allgood, Ph.D.; Rafael Angulo, MSW; Judy Axonovitz, MSW; Annalisa Enrile, Ph.D.; Kim Goodman, MSW; Heather Halperin, MSW; Mary Beth Harris, Ph.D.; Anthony Hassan, Ed.D.; Shelley Levin, Ph.D.; Gokul Mandayam, Ph.D.; Shannon Mayeda, Ph.D.; Sam Mistrano, J.D.; Tyan Parker Dominguez, Ph.D.; Elizabeth Pringle-Hornsby, MSW; Jon Simon Sager, Ph.D.; Michal Sela-Amit, Ph.D.; Eugenia Weiss, Psy.D.; June Wiley, Ph.D.; Leslie Wind, Ph.D.; Deborah Winters, MSW; Darlene Woo, MSW Clinical Assistant Professors: Rosemary Alamo, MSW; Juan Araque, Ph.D.; Suh Chen Hsiao, MSW; Tory Cox, MSW; Laurel Davis, MSW; Pamela Franzwa, MSW; Conrad Fuentes, MSW; Michael Johnson, Ed.D.; Dawn Joosten, Ph.D.; Omar Lopez, MSW; Elizabeth Phillips, MSW, Ph.D.; Vivien Villaverde, MSW Adjunct Professors: Lucia Aparicio, MSW; Margaret Fetting, Ph.D.; Michael Jackson, Ph.D.; Wanda Jewell, MSW; Sheri Kelfer, MSW; Diane Meadow, Ph.D.; Rose Monteiro, MSW; Pat Sable, Ph.D. Adjunct Associate Professors: Linda Cox, MSW; Rita Davis, MSW; Nancy Flax-Plaza, MSW; Herbert Hatanaka, DSW; Martha LyonLevine, Ph.D.; Leigh Miller, MSW; CarolAnn Peterson, Ph.D.; Monika White, Ph.D.; Marcia Wilson, Ph.D.; Mara Ziegler, MSW Adjunct Assistant Professors: Steven Bush, MSW; Sara McSweyn, MSW; Erik Schott, MSW; Carlos Sosa, MSW Research Professors: Charles Kaplan, Ph.D.; John Landsverk, Ph.D.; Haluk Soydan, Ph.D. Research Associate Professors: Jehoon Lee, Ph.D.; Donald Lloyd, Ph.D.; Janet Schneiderman, Ph.D.
Master of Social Work
Research Assistant Professors: Jan Nissly, Ph.D.; Hazel Atuel, Ph.D. Emeritus Professors: Howard J. Parad, DSW*; Rino Patti, DSW*; Barbara Solomon, DSW* Emeritus Field Education Faculty: Rhoda G. Sarnat, M.A.
Degree Programs
The School of Social Work offers the Master of Social Work (MSW), the Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.) and the dual Master of Social Work/Doctor of Philosophy, Social Work (MSW/Ph.D.) degrees. In addition, the school offers dual degrees with the schools of business; gerontology; law; medicine;
925
public policy; and Hebrew Union College. Undergraduate students in the university may earn a minor in Children and Families in Urban America.
*Recipient of university-wide or school teaching award.
Master of Social Work The program of study which leads to the Master of Social Work degree consists of 60 units (46 units of course work and 14 units of field practicum). The program is available at these locations: University Park, Orange County Academic Center in Irvine, Skirball Academic Center in West Los Angeles, San Diego Academic Center in Rancho Bernardo and Virtual Academic Center via the Internet and can be completed in a full-time (two-year) program or part-time (three- or four-year) program. In addition, some classes are offered at City Center in downtown Los Angeles. The basic foundation curriculum introduces students to the range of social welfare problems and programs, and to the varieties of human behavior with which social work is concerned. At the same time, students learn the methods by which the social worker, the social agency and the organized community work with people and problems. Field instruction, under supervision in a social agency, is scheduled for two or three days a week, enabling students to apply theory to practice. All content areas include content on diversity, social work values and ethics, and economic justice and populations at risk. At the completion of foundation requirements, students are expected to have acquired a sense of professional responsibility and the ability to use knowledge on behalf of the individual, the group and the community. The concentration curriculum builds on the generic social work knowledge obtained in the foundation study by offering a choice of five advanced practice concentrations: families and children; health; mental health; community organization, planning and administration (COPA); and social work and business in a global society. Students can complete all foundation courses in Orange County, as well as course work for the concentrations offered, which is determined by student interest but is typically families and children; health; and mental health concentrations. If a student’s concentration is not offered, classes must be taken at the University Park Campus.
The San Diego Academic Center offers all foundation courses, as well as all course work for the mental health and COPA concentrations. Students in the Virtual Academic Center may select the COPA; families and children; and mental health concentrations. The Skirball Academic Center and City Center locations offer selected courses in the concentrations. Students who attend firstyear courses at the Skirball Academic Center will take some or all concentration courses at University Park. There are also five sub-concentrations at University Park: social work practice (1) with older adults; (2) for systems of mental illness recovery; (3) in school settings, which meets the academic requirements for the Pupil Personnel Services Credential necessary for social work practice in the public schools of California; (4) in public child welfare; and (5) in military social work and veteran ser vices. The San Diego Academic Center offers the social work practice in school settings and the military social work and veteran services sub-concentrations. Students in the Virtual Academic Center may select the military social work and veteran services sub-concentration. Students designate their choice of concentration in the final semester of the foundation year. The basic secondyear curriculum (required courses and field instruction placement) will be determined by this choice of concentration; elective courses are available as part of the concentrationyear curriculum. Students in all concentrations are required to enroll in SOWK 611 Leadership in the Social Work Profession and Organizations: Theory and Practice. This system of curriculum offerings provides a strong educational program with a continuing commitment to a generalist base and a focused set of concentrations, in combination with a range of options to meet special interests. This program enables graduates to move into the social work community with a combination of knowledge and skills in a broad arena, as well as in-depth knowledge and skills in a particular method, population or area of service.
The curriculum builds on a liberal arts foundation which all entering students are required to have. The applicant should have a range of undergraduate courses in the humanities and the social and physical sciences. General Requirements
The Master of Social Work degree requires a minimum of 60 semester units of courses, including field education (1000 clock hours). The degree is not awarded solely on the basis of credits earned but also requires evidence of competence in both theory and practice. At their discretion, the faculty may require courses or fieldwork or both beyond the minimum requirements. Time Limit
The master’s degree program requires two academic years of full-time study or a structured part-time program which must be completed in a maximum of four years. Grade Point Average Requirement
In accordance with the requirements of the Graduate School, a grade point average of 3.0 (A = 4.0) is required for admission to the School of Social Work. Likewise, the university requires an overall GPA of 3.0 for graduation from the master’s degree program. Course Requirements
Course requirements are organized in five interdependent content areas that continue throughout the two years: social work practice; social welfare, policy and services; human behavior and the social environment; research; and fieldwork. A typical foundation program includes two courses in social work practice; two courses in social welfare, policy and organizations; two courses in human behavior; two semesters of fieldwork; two semesters of fieldwork seminars; and one course in research methods.
926
USC School of Social Work
Students typically choose their concentration in the final semester of the foundation year and must enroll in three courses required by the concentration they select. Additionally, students in all concentrations must take two semesters of field instruction, three elective courses and SOWK 611 Leadership in the Social Work Profession and Organizations: Theory and Practice. Each student completes an individualized study plan, which is approved by the concentration faculty.
Each placement in field education is made on an individual basis which takes into consideration the following: geographic location, previous experiences, future goals, professional interests, special needs and stipend requirements. In these placements, students engage in selected and organized social work activities that provide practical experience in applying skills learned in the classroom.
Academic credit is not granted for life experience or work experience in lieu of the field practicum or any other courses in the curriculum. REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
SOWK 503 Human Behavior and the Social Environment I 3 SOWK 505 Human Behavior and the Social Environment II 3 SOWK 534 Policy and Practice in Social Service Organizations 3 SOWK 535 Social Welfare 3 SOWK 543 Social Work Practice with Individuals 3 SOWK 545 Social Work Practice with Families, Groups and Complex Cases 3 SOWK 562 Social Work Research 3 SOWK 586ab Field Practicum 3-3 SOWK 587ab Integrative Learning for Social Work Practice 2-2 SOWK 611 Leadership in the Social Work Profession and Organizations: Theory and Practice 3 SOWK 686ab Field Practicum II 4-4 Plus 9 additional units of concentration courses and 9 additional units of Social Work electives. Field Education
Field education is an integral part of the Master of Social Work curriculum. Two yearlong field education courses are required. In the foundation year, the field courses include: 16 hours per week in field placement and participation in a field seminar on campus. In the concentration year, students are typically in placement 20 hours per week. Field education takes place in selected agencies and centers, which represent the complete range of social services. Field placements are approved on the basis of the quality of their professional practice, commitment to social justice and to addressing social work problems, interest in participating in professional education, and ability to make personnel and resources available. Field instructors, who are employed by either the agency or the school, are responsible for teaching students in their field placements. The assistant dean for field education is administratively responsible for all field assignments.
Foundation field placement is arranged by the school with the view of building a generalist foundation in direct services through providing practice experiences in a continuum of modalities including work with individuals, families, small groups and communities and with a diversity of client populations and treatment issues. All students are also required to complete an assignment related to the organization in which they are placed. The generalist experience also encompasses a range of theoretical concepts and models to develop breadth of learning and establish a broad base for practice. The foundation year field course is a prerequisite for entry into the concentration placement. The school, the agency and the student collaboratively decide on the concentration field placement with the view of developing the special knowledge and depth of skill needed for professional practice in a designated area of concentration. This advanced experience is designed to build on the student’s foundation year and to develop knowledge and skills within the concentration the student has selected. Students must participate in an appropriate practice class concurrently with the field course and in a field seminar during the foundation field course. Satisfactory performance in both foundation and advanced field courses is required for all students earning the Master of Social Work degree, including those enrolled in dual degree programs. The number of field placement options for non-driving students is limited. Students are encouraged to have access to an automobile for field placement. A student must complete and receive credit for a minimum of 450 hours in the foundation year and 550 hours in the concentration year of field placement in order to be awarded the Master of Social Work degree. Research Requirement
The research requirement consists of one foundation course. In the foundation year of study, SOWK 562 is designed to impart knowledge of research methodology and statistics. In the concentration year, students are required to enroll in core concentration courses that combine research skills acquired in the foundation year with evaluation and
program development in their concentration field of study. Transfer Students
Applicants who have recently completed part or all of the first half of graduate study at a Council on Social Work Education-accredited school of social work may apply as transfer students. In addition to materials described in the section on application procedures, transfer students should forward course syllabi and a bulletin of the school for the year in which the course or courses were taken. Transfer credits may be applied for those courses determined to be equivalent to USC’s first-year courses or to meet the expectation of the second-year electives. The grade point average for any course taken at another school of social work must be at least 3.0 on a 4.0 grading scale. Where foundation courses are similar, but not equivalent, transfer students may be permitted to take a waiver examination for possible exemption from those courses. Transferred credit for fieldwork will be computed on the basis of clock hours completed as well as on the breadth and depth of contents covered. Military Social Work and Veteran Services
The School of Social Work offers a Military Social Work and Veteran Services sub- concentration in the MSW curriculum targeting military personnel, spouses and other military dependents and military retirees who wish to maintain a post-military career affiliation with the armed forces; military veterans who wish to provide professional services to their military comrades; and civilian personnel who are committed to assisting military personnel, their families and military veterans with adapting, coping and managing the stresses and strains of military life and postmilitary life. Course Requirements Beyond the basic professional social work foundation course requirement of the Master of Social Work degree, the sub-concentration in Military Social Work and Veteran Services will offer a series of highly specialized courses focusing on the needs of military personnel, veterans and their families. Students will take three courses in special topics that focus on this sub-concentration. Individuals pursuing the Military Social Work and Veteran Services sub-concentration will also be able to select from a variety of highly relevant elective courses that will serve to enhance their training and future service delivery capabilities. Field Instruction Students must complete a 600-clock hour internship in a military hospital, base/ installation family services unit, Veterans Affairs, Vet Center, etc.
Dual Degree Programs
Advanced Standing Option
The School of Social Work offers an advanced standing option for students who have graduated with a Bachelor of Social Work (BSW) degree from a Council on Social Work Education (CWSE)-accredited BSW program within the past five years. To be eligible for the advanced standing option, students must have successfully completed their BSW with a minimum GPA of 3.25 for the last 60/90 units of undergraduate work. A cumulative 3.5 GPA for all social work courses with a grade of B or better is required for admission. Students admitted to advanced standing must successfully complete three 2-unit intensive courses (SOWK 600 Assessment in Social Work Practice, SOWK 606 Neuropsychological Development and SOWK 604 The Role of Evidence-Based Practice in Social Work) in one six-week session prior to their first academic semester. Students who successfully complete these courses will be given credit for foundation year requirements (31 units) and advance
into the concentration year or second year of study to complete the additional 29 units required for graduation. Students who do not pass the bridge courses will not be given the 31 units of credit, but may opt for the 60-unit MSW program and enter the foundation year or first year of the program. Advanced standing allows students to bypass the foundation year and enter the concentration year of studies. The concentration curriculum builds on the generic social work knowledge, which they obtained through their BSW experience, by offering a choice of five advanced practice concentrations: (1) community organization, planning and administration (COPA); (2) families and children; (3) health; (4) mental health; and (5) work and life. Students in all concentrations are required to enroll in SOWK 611 Leadership in the Social Work Profession and Organizations: Theory and Practice. Advanced standing students may also complete one of the following five sub-concentrations at the University Park
927
Campus: (1) social work practice with older adults; (2) systems of mental illness recovery; (3) school social work, which meets the academic requirements for the Pupil Personnel Services Credential necessary for social work practice in the public schools of California; (4) public child welfare; and (5) military social work and veteran services. Please note, some academic centers do not offer all concentration and/or sub-concentration areas of studies. The advanced standing option consists of 35 units (27 units of course work and 8 units of field practicum). The option is available at these locations: University Park Campus, Orange County Academic Center in Irvine, San Diego Academic Center in Rancho Bernardo and Virtual Academic Center via the Internet and can be completed in three semesters. In addition, some classes are offered at City Center in downtown Los Angeles.
Dual Degree Programs The School of Social Work currently offers dual degree programs with a number of other USC professional schools. In addition, the school maintains a dual degree program at Hebrew Union College located adjacent to the USC campus. The goal of these programs is to encourage graduate students to gain a recognized competence in another discipline which has direct relevance to the roles filled by social workers in society. Dual degree programs are based on the premise that some topics covered in the school are also addressed in the curricula of other departments, so that some credit toward an MSW degree may be given for specific courses in the cooperating department. Similarly, these departments have recognized that some credit toward their corresponding degree may be awarded for work completed in the School of Social Work. For this reason, students enrolled in dual degree programs can obtain both degrees with a reduced number of total units. Students wishing to enroll in dual degree programs must apply for and be admitted to both schools.
Master of Social Work/Doctor of Philosophy, Social Work (MSW/Ph.D.)
The MSW/Ph.D. dual degree program is a course of study leading to both a graduate degree (Master of Social Work) and doctor of philosophy (Ph.D.) in social work. This course of study is offered to exemplary students seeking advanced research based study in social work to become professional leaders who will make significant contributions to the knowledge base of the profession in the social work academic world. Prospective students must meet both the MSW and Ph.D. standing admission requirements. Requirements A total of at least 90 units is required for the dual degree with at least 42 units in the MSW program and at least 48 units in the Ph.D. program (exclusive of SOWK 794 Doctoral Dissertation). Students who select the mental health concentration will be required to complete at least 93 units (at least 45 MSW units and at least 48 Ph.D. units). The program can be completed within four years.
REQUIRED MSW COURSES
UNITS
SOWK 505 Human Behavior and the Social Environment II, or a graduate-level course in developmental psychology in Department of Psychology or another department 3 SOWK 543 Social Work Practice with Individuals 3 SOWK 545 Social Work Practice with Families, Groups and Complex Cases 3 SOWK 562 Social Work Research 3 SOWK 586ab Field Practicum 3-3 SOWK 587ab Integrative Learning for Social Work Practice 2-2 SOWK 611 Leadership in the Social Work Profession and Organizations 3 SOWK 686ab Field Practicum II 4-4
Students in the COPA, Families and Children, Health, and Work and Life concentrations will be required to complete an additional 9 units of MSW core concentration specific courses, while students in the Mental Health concentration will be required to complete an additional 12 units of MSW core concentration specific courses.
USC School of Social Work
928
REQUIRED PH.D. COURSES
UNITS
SOWK 702 Theories of Human Behavior in the Contexts of Social Environments 3 SOWK 703 Explanatory Theories for Larger Social Systems, or SOWK 743 Theories for Practice with Small Systems 3 SOWK 733 Policy Analysis and Advocacy in a Comparative Social Policy Context 3 SOWK 744 Theories for Practice with Large Systems 3 SOWK 760L Introduction to Social Work Statistics 3 SOWK 761L Multiple Regression for Social Work Research 3 SOWK 762 Social Work Research Methods I 3 SOWK 763 Social Work Research Methods II: Issues in Research for Social Work Practice 3 SOWK 764 Advanced Multivariate Statistics 3
Dual degree students will develop an Individualized Study Plan (ISP) at two points in their educational process. They will develop a plan with their mentor before the fall semester begins in year 1 to identify courses they plan to take in years 1 and 2. It will be approved by the doctoral committee. Students will develop a plan with their mentor in the spring semester of their second year to identify courses and tutorials they will take in their third and fourth years. Program Adaptation The USC School of Social Work waives the following 9 units of the MSW foundation curriculum for students in the MSW/Ph.D. Dual Degree Program: SOWK 503, SOWK 534 and SOWK 535. Content and theory from these courses will be more rigorously covered during the first year in the following Ph.D. courses: SOWK 702, SOWK 733 and SOWK 744. The MSW and the Ph.D. degrees are awarded separately upon completion of all program requirements. Master of Social Work/Master of Science, Gerontology
The M.S./MSW dual degree offers the student interested in direct service or community organization the credentials most valued in clinical and therapeutic practice. Students enrolled in this dual degree receive an MSW as well as an M.S. in Gerontology. This dual degree requires completion of 72 units: 32 units of work in the Davis School of Gerontology and 40 units in the School of Social Work. The course work is usually completed over a 24-month period for
full-time students. Dual degree students in this program complete the standard foundation year courses in the School of Social Work, with the exception of SOWK 535 Social Welfare. Students may select any concentration, with the exception of Families and Children. In the concentration year, students must complete the three required core concentration courses as well as SOWK 611 Leadership in the Social Work Profession and Organizations: Theory and Practice. See the Davis School of Gerontology, page 707, for course requirements. Master of Social Work/Master of Planning, Public Policy
The dual degree program between social work and planning offers unique opportunities for students who want to devote their professional careers to social policy, social planning or social services delivery. Dual degree students in this program receive an MSW as well as a Master of Planning (MPl). The MPl/MSW degree requires completion of a total of 83 units: 51 units in social work and 32 units in planning. The course work is normally completed over a period of 28 months for full-time students. Dual degree students in this program complete the standard foundation year courses in the School of Social Work, with the exception of SOWK 535 Social Welfare. Students must select the Community Organization, Planning and Administration (COPA) c oncentration. In the concentration year, s tudents must complete the following SOWK courses: SOWK 599, SOWK 611, SOWK 629, SOWK 648, SOWK 686ab, as well as one of the following courses: SOWK 603, SOWK 636 or SOWK 672. Students must apply to both programs prior to matriculation. See the USC Price School of Public Policy, page 899, for course requirements. Master of Social Work/Master of Public Administration, Public Policy
The Master of Public Administration/Master of Social Work (MPA/MSW) dual degree program provides those students interested in careers as administrators of social service agencies the opportunity to combine preparation in the substantive field of social work with the acquisition of the administrative capabilities necessary in the public sector. Students must complete 82 units: 54 units in social work and 28 units in public admin istration. Dual degree students in this program complete the standard foundation year courses in the School of Social Work. Students must select the Community Organization, Planning and Administration (COPA) concentration. In the concentration year, students must complete the following SOWK courses: SOWK 599, SOWK 611, SOWK 629, SOWK 639, SOWK 648 and SOWK 686ab. Most students complete both
program requirements over a 24-month period for full-time students. See the USC Price School of Public Policy, page 902, for course requirements. Master of Social Work/Master of Public Health, Medicine
The Master of Social Work/Master of Public Health (MSW/MPH) dual degree offers the student interdisciplinary preparation in the fields of public health and social work leading to the Master of Social Work (MSW) and Master of Public Health (MPH) degrees. The dual degree program is a collaborative effort between the School of Social Work and the Department of Preventive Medicine in the Keck School of Medicine. The objectives of the program are to provide students with the knowledge and skills necessary to promote health, prevent disease and enhance the delivery of health and social services in the community. Students will build interdisciplinary skills and an interdisciplinary professional identity by developing an understanding of the breadth of each field and their interface, while permitting concentration in particular specialization areas. The program prepares graduates for work in a variety of interdisciplinary settings; and for some, it will provide the basis for doctoral study. Students must complete a minimum of 81 units: 45 units in social work and 36 units in preventive medicine; 16 of these units fulfill requirements for both degrees. Depending on specific social work concentration and public health track requirements, there may be additional courses and an increase in the total number of units. Most students complete both program requirements over three years for full-time students; however, the program can be completed in two years if the student takes a full course load during the two summer sessions. Dual degree students in this program complete the standard foundation year courses during the first year in the School of Social Work with the exception of SOWK 562 Social Work Research. Students may select any one of the social work concentrations: community organization, planning and administration (COPA); families and children; health; mental health; and work and life; and any one of the public health tracks: health education and health promotion; biostatistics/epidemiology; health communication; child and family health; global health leadership; and public health policy. Master of Social Work/Juris Doctor, Law
The Juris Doctor and Master of Social Work (J.D./MSW) dual degree program with the USC Gould School of Law is a four-year program in which students complete a total of 123 units. This includes 47 units in social work and 76 units in law.
Undergraduate Minor Program
To earn the J.D., all students (including dual degree students) must complete 35 numerically graded law units at USC after the first year. The associate dean may make exceptions to this rule for students enrolled in law school honors programs. Students must apply to both programs prior to matriculation. The program of study is as follows: First and Second Years: Complete both the first year J.D. program of study and the first year MSW course of study. Third Year: Complete the second year J.D. program. Fourth Year: Complete the core required concentration courses and one semester of field instruction and the final semester of the J.D. program in the spring. The law school gives credit for the third semester in the School of Social Work, while the latter recognizes law courses as substitutions for a one-semester practice course, special topics courses, a third semester of social policy and one semester of field instruction (for which a clinical law semester is substituted). Master of Social Work/Master of Arts, Jewish Nonprofit Management
The dual degree program combines in-class learning and fieldwork under the auspices of the Hebrew Union College-Jewish Institute of Religion’s School of Jewish Nonprofit Management (formerly the School of Jewish
Communal Service) and the University of Southern California’s School of Social Work. Students in this dual degree program simultaneously pursue graduate studies leading to the MSW and an M.A. in Jewish Nonprofit Management over a 24-month period for full-time students. A total of 90 units must be completed to meet the requirements of both degrees (44 units in social work and 46 units at the HUC-JIR School of Jewish Nonprofit Management). Dual degree students in this program complete the standard foundation year course in the School of Social Work, including the foundation field instruction. Students may select any concentration of interest. During their concentration year, students must enroll in the following: core required concentration courses: two SOWK 599 Special Topics courses (to be approved for the concentration). Students must apply to both programs prior to matriculation. Master of Social Work/Master of Business Administration, Business
The MSW/MBA dual degree develops knowledge and skills in working with individuals, families and groups, as well as organizational dynamics, marketing, decision sciences, accounting and human relations. Students interested in working in the management of human services and not-for-profit organizations will develop knowledge of human resources, philanthropic and corporate social responsibility, organizational development and information management.
929
Prospective students must apply to both the School of Social Work and the Marshall School of Business. The MSW/MBA requires completion of a total of 96 units: 48 in the Marshall School of Business and 48 in the School of Social Work. This dual degree program is typically completed in a three-year period, including summer, for full-time students. Dual degree students in this program complete the standard foundation year courses in the School of Social Work. Students must select the work and life concentration. During their concentration year, students must enroll in the following: three core required concentration courses and SOWK 686ab Field Practicum. Course requirements in the Marshall School of Business include all required courses in an MBA program and graduate business electives sufficient to bring the total units completed in the Marshall School of Business to at least 48. Dual degree students may not count courses taken outside the Marshall School of Business toward the 48 units. The MBA and the MSW degrees are awarded simultaneously upon completion of all program requirements.
Undergraduate Minor Program Minor in Children and Families in Urban America
Twenty-two units of course work are required for the completion of the minor; a total of 16 of these units must be upper division course work. REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
SOWK 304 Children and Families in Urban America (gateway course) 4 SOWK 305L Children and Families in Urban America Integrative Seminar 2 SOWK 400 Children and Families in Urban America Capstone Course 4
Students choose three elective (4-unit) courses, one from each of the following three content areas. Of the three electives, only two may be taken from the same school or department.
Families and Children
Professions and Partnerships
OT 330 Perspectives on the Daily Life of Families 4 PSYC 336L Developmental Psychology 4 PSYC 437 Adolescent Development 4 SOCI 305 Sociology of Childhood 4 SOCI 369 The Family in a Changing Society 4
COMM 320 Small Group and Team Communication 4 COMM 388 Ethics in Human Communication 4 EDPA 308 Politics and American Education 4 PPD 342 Crime and Public Policy 4 PPD 402 Management of Public and Nonprofit Organizations 4
Communities and Culture ANTH 370 Family and Kinship in Cross-Cultural Perspective 4 COMM 324 Intercultural Communication 4 PPD 245 The Urban Context for Policy and Planning 4 PPD 439 Housing and Community Development 4 PPD 478 Social Innovations 4 SOWK 200x Institutional Inequality in American Political and Social Policy 4
930
USC School of Social Work
Doctor of Philosophy With the enrollment of a small group of highly qualified experienced social workers, the School of Social Work established the first social work doctoral program in the Western United States in 1953. Over the years, the school has continued the tradition of providing opportunities for learning in small classes, seminars and tutorials. The major goal of the doctoral program in social work is to produce social work scholars who will have the capacity to make valuable and significant contributions to the knowledge base of the profession. Students acquire the skills necessary to become professional scholars and develop a significant capacity for professional leadership. Toward this end, the school is committed to pursuing excellence in education with persons of definite promise and to seeking gifted students of varied social, ethnic and economic backgrounds. Through training in specific areas, graduates of the program develop theoretical, conceptual, critical and analytic skills which can be applied to social, organizational, interpersonal and personal problems. They emerge from the program with substantive knowledge and analytic skills that enable them to contribute to understanding social problems and ways of solving them. With these skills, they are able to take a disciplined approach to the issues confronting the profession of social work and the field of social welfare and are prepared to make a significant contribution to the research and scholarship that informs society’s effort to improve the human condition. The Ph.D. program in social work is administered by the Doctoral Committee of the School of Social Work in accordance with the policies set by the Graduate School. The requirements listed below are special to the School of Social Work and must be read in conjunction with the general requirements of the Graduate School listed in this catalogue on page 97. Admission Requirements
Applicants for admission to the doctoral program must meet the following requirements: (1) A master’s degree from a program accredited by the Council on Social Work Education or from another field related to social work. (2) Academic promise, as evidenced by above average achievement in undergraduate and professional education and a personal statement outlining the applicant’s scholarly goals.
(3) Professional competence as demonstrated through substantial experience in responsible social work, internships or other positions either during or subsequent to the master’s program. (4) Personal qualities compatible with performance in social work and indicating a potential for leadership in the field: skill in relationships, flexibility and openness to new ideas, maturity, identification with the profession of social work, and commitment to furthering the development of the profession. (5) Satisfactory performance on the Graduate Record Examinations – existing test scores may be submitted if the GRE has been completed no more than five years prior to the date of application. Information may be obtained from the USC Testing Bureau, YWCA 104, 857 W. 36th Place, Los Angeles, CA 90089-0052, (213) 740-7166, or from the Educational Testing Service at www.ets.org. (6) Satisfactory performance on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) for all international students prior to the date of application. Existing test scores may be submitted if the TOEFL has been c ompleted no more than two years prior to the date of application. Information may be obtained from the USC Testing Bureau, YWCA 104, 857 W. 36th Place, Los Angeles, CA 900890052, (213) 740-7166, or from the Educational Testing Service at www.ets.org. (7) Submission of application materials as required. Instructions for application to the Doctor of Philosophy in Social Work program may be obtained by writing to the director of the program. Under unusual circumstances, a pplications from persons who do not meet these requirements, including those who have just been awarded the MSW degree, will be considered. In cases where the MSW (or its equivalent) has recently been granted and the applicant does not have the prerequisite post-master’s degree employment experience, it may be required that such experience be acquired concurrent with enrollment in the doctoral program. Under very unusual circumstances, applications to the doctoral program in social work will be considered from those who do not hold the MSW or an equivalent degree. Such applicants, in order to be admitted to the program, must have a master’s degree (or its equivalent) in a field related to social work and a demonstrated commitment to the field of social work as evidenced by substantial contribution to the knowledge base of the
profession. Admission decisions on applicants who do not hold an MSW or equivalent degree will be made by the full Doctoral Program Committee of the School of Social Work rather than by a subcommittee of that body. Priority will be given to applications that are completed by January 1. Application Procedure
All applicants to the doctoral program must submit the following information: (1) graduate admission application using the university’s online system; (2) statement of purpose which is submitted as part of the online application; (3) current resume which is uploaded as part of the online application; (4) all undergraduate and graduate transcripts; (5) four letters of reference, at least three of which are from persons who can assess the student’s scholarly potential; (6) recent GRE scores; (7) recent TOEFL scores; (8) documented evidence of financial support is required of all international applicants; (9) Ph.D. Information Form for the School of Social Work; (10) career plans and goals; and (11) scholarly writing sample. Foreign Language/Research/English Language Requirements
There is no foreign language requirement for the Ph.D. degree. Competence in advanced research methodology and statistics is required through satisfactory completion of required courses. All international students are required to submit their TOEFL scores from a test date prior to application and to meet university requirements for teaching. Course Requirements
Students must complete a minimum of 48 course units beyond the master’s degree (exclusive of SOWK 794 Doctoral Dissertation). Students must complete at least 24 units within the School of Social Work and at least three courses in other departments or schools within the university. At least 8 of these 12 units must be in courses with a substantive rather than a researchmethodology or statistic focus. Students must also take at least one 3-unit elective and one additional research or statistics course either in the School of Social Work or elsewhere in the university. Each student must develop a concentration either in another discipline outside the School of Social Work (such as gerontology; sociology; psychology; preventive medicine; business; policy, planning and development; or political science) or in a problem area where different external courses in different departments or schools bear on a specific social problem like homelessness.
Doctor of Philosophy
An overall grade point average of B (3.0) on all graduate work attempted in the doctoral program is required for graduation. Core Content All students are expected to master core content. They must also complete 12 units from the substantive five core courses. REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
24 units from the following: SOWK 702 Theories of Human Behavior in the Contexts of Social Environments SOWK 703 Explanatory Theories for Larger Social Systems SOWK 733 Policy Analysis and Advocacy in a Comparative Social Policy Context SOWK 743 Theories for Practice with Small Systems SOWK 744 Theories for Practice with Large Systems
3 3
3 3 3
Core Courses: SOWK 760L Introduction to Social Work Statistics 3 SOWK 761L Multiple Regression in Social Work Research 3 SOWK 762 Social Work Research Methods I 3 SOWK 763 Social Work Research Methods II: Issues in Research for Social Work Practice 3 SOWK 764 Advanced Multivariate Statistics 3 Macro focus: students with a macro focus in policy, community organization or administration must complete either SOWK 702 or SOWK 743 as part of their core curriculum. Micro focus: students with a micro focus in direct practice must complete either SOWK 703, SOWK 733 or SOWK 744. OTHER REQUIREMENTS
UNITS
Elective* Research or statistics course* SOWK 790 Research
3 3 6
*Must be taken in School of Social Work or elsewhere at USC
Students must complete a minimum of 12 units per semester in their first semester and second semester of their first year in the program to maintain their status as full-time students and eligibility for financial support from the School of Social Work.
Individualized Course of Study The second year of the curriculum is largely individualized to meet each student’s educational goals. It is organized around a specific field of social work practice or a problem area. In the case of fields of practice or problem area, students gain knowledge of that field’s development and policies; one level of comparative practice theory applicable to that field; comparative explanatory theory appropriate to the field and the chosen practice level; and advanced research methods which can be used to explore field-specific questions. Field of Practice is defined as a field of activity in which there is an identifiable service delivery system, a continuum of care for clients, and a defined or established role for social workers. Given the current expertise of the faculty and available faculty resources, students may choose from the following fields of practice specializations: (1) families and children, (2) mental health, (3) health, (4) occupational/ industrial employment, (5) aging/gerontology, or (6) economic security/income maintenance. Additional fields of practice can be added to the above choices depending on faculty interest, expertise and availability. Problem Area is defined as a social or service delivery problem that is relevant to the field of social work such as homelessness or urban health systems. Practice Theory is defined as advanced knowledge of comparative practice theories at one point on the intervention continuum as they relate to the field of practice chosen. The practice intervention continuum is defined to include practice with individuals, families and groups, as well as community practice, administration, planning, and policy practice. Explanatory Theory is defined as advanced knowledge of comparative social science theories as they relate to the field of practice and level of intervention chosen. Specialized Research Skills is defined as advanced skills in research methodology and statistics which support the student’s dissertation within the field of practice. Students fulfill the requirement for the mastery of the content of their individualized course of study through a combination of at least three (2-unit) directed tutorials (SOWK 790) with members of the social work faculty, at least three university courses in other departments of the university and an elective.
931
Students prepare an individualized course study plan with their faculty adviser in the spring of the first year that is approved by the doctoral committee. It details classes and tutorials that each student will take during the second year of the program. Opportunities for Further Skill Development
The program offers students skills training in both teaching and research. Teaching Skills All doctoral students must teach for two semesters before they graduate. Requirements may be fulfilled by co-teaching, teaching as an assistant or solo teaching. Before beginning these teaching experiences, students must take a teaching course approved by the doctoral committee. International students must meet the English proficiency standards set forth by the American Language Institute and participate, if necessary, in specialized training offered by the Center for Excellence in Teaching. Additional Research Skills Students are also offered the opportunity for enhanced skills building in research through a research internship. The one- or twosemester internship (SOWK 785), starting typically in the spring of the second year, is designed to provide students with hands-on, practical experience with an ongoing faculty research project prior to the start of their own dissertation research. Typically, activities include data collection and/or analysis. The practicum is expected to yield a paper of publishable quality co-authored by the student and the faculty member. Students may enroll in SOWK 599 Special Topics by petitioning the doctoral committee in writing. The decision to grant or deny admission will be based on each applicant’s learning and research interests and permission of the instructor. The usual program includes two years of fulltime course work, plus an additional period for completing the qualifying examinations and dissertation. In rare cases, students who are not able to take the full-time program because of employment may spread course work over three years. They must, however, have the equivalent of full-time study in residence for at least one year. Students should specify whether they are applying for the full-time or part-time program at the time they apply to the program. Part-time students usually carry two courses per semester during the academic year. They may wish to accelerate their progress by enrolling in appropriate courses when available during the summer session.
932
USC School of Social Work
The time limit for completing all requirements for the Ph.D. degree is eight years from the first course taken at USC to be applied toward the degree. Students who have completed an applicable master’s degree at USC or elsewhere (almost all students in the social work doctoral program) must complete the Ph.D. in six years.
The topic of the paper will be chosen in conjunction with the student’s chair and must be defended before and agreed to by the entire examination committee. The content of the paper is to go beyond products developed for tutorials and must be an independent effort. Further details for completing the paper and oral examination are provided as needed. When students pass the written and oral portions of the qualifying examination, they advance to candidacy.
Transfer of Credit
The transfer of post-master’s doctoral course work from another institution will only be considered if a grade of B or better (A = 4.0) has been obtained, and the course has been completed within the last five years. Transfer of credits must be petitioned and approved by both the School of Social Work and the Graduate School.
In accordance with university policy, since the two portions of the qualifying examination are considered part of a single examination, only one retake of either portion of the examination is permitted. When the oral examination has been passed, the student is formally admitted to candidacy.
Screening Procedures
When students have completed a minimum of 16 units (but not more than 24 units) of doctoral course work, the doctoral committee assesses their performance and makes a decision about their readiness to continue in the program. If the decision is to deny permission to continue, the students are so notified. If permission is granted, a guidance committee is established. Guidance Committee
The guidance committee is composed of five faculty members, four of whom, including the chair, are from the School of Social Work and one from an academic unit of the university other than the School of Social Work. The function of the guidance committee is to oversee the development of the student’s academic program through the qualifying examination. Qualifying Examination
As a prerequisite to candidacy for the Ph.D. degree, students must pass written and oral qualifying examinations. In order to take the examinations, students must complete all core courses, at least 6 units of SOWK 790 tutorials and at least 32 units of course work in the doctoral program with a minimum grade point average of 3.0. All students must pass a qualifying examination by completing a paper that the examination committee judges to be of publishable quality and passing an oral examination on subject matter related to the paper. The paper must deal with a substantive theoretical, model-building or methodological issue in the student’s chosen area. Critical reviews of the literature or reports of empirical studies conducted by the student specifically for the qualifying examination are acceptable.
Doctoral Dissertation
When the student is admitted to candidacy, a dissertation committee is established consisting of three members of the guidance committee, one of whom must be from outside the School of Social Work. The dissertation committee has the responsibility of p roviding consultation in research, approving the dissertation, conducting the final oral examination and recommending the candidate for the Ph.D. degree. The doctoral dissertation should make a contribution to knowledge and theory related to the profession of social work. Dissertations must not only show technical mastery of the subject and research methodology but must also demonstrate the candidate’s ability to work independently as a scholar. The first step in the dissertation process is the development of a dissertation proposal. Normally about 25-30 pages, the proposal should contain a clear statement of purpose, a rationale for the research, research questions or hypotheses, a review of pertinent literature, and an explication of the research methods to be used including the design, instrumentation, sampling procedures and plan for analysis. The proposal must include human subject clearances for the anticipated research obtained from the appropriate school and university committees. The dissertation proposal is submitted to the student’s dissertation committee and defended. Upon approval of the proposal, a copy is filed with the director of the doctoral program. It is expected that students will begin work on their dissertation prospectus as soon as possible after completion of the qualifying examinations, and that an acceptable proposal will be presented within three months of the completion of the examination.
Abstract of Dissertation Since the abstract of the dissertation is also published in Dissertation Abstracts International, it should be written with care and must be representative of the final draft of the dissertation. A shorter abstract for publication in Social Work Research and Abstracts is also required. Final Oral Examination Upon approval of the final draft of the dissertation by all members of the dissertation committee, the candidate must pass a general final oral examination. After the candidate successfully completes the final oral examination, the committee recommends the candidate to the Graduate School for the Ph.D. degree. Hamovitch Center for Science in the Human Services
The Hamovitch Center for Science in the Human Services, located in the School of Social Work, serves as the administrative umbrella for the school’s centers of research excellence. These centers of interdisciplinary research include the areas of mental health, health, corporate and industrial social work, child abuse, interpersonal violence and other projects of interest to individual faculty. The center hosts seminars and colloquia which are open to the university and community. Research projects are supported by federal, state, county and school resources. The center engages faculty in research, demonstration and application in building and testing theory, developing research instruments, testing models of service and treatment modalities, evaluating programs and service policy. The center also provides opportunities for doctoral students to acquire research training through ongoing and newly initiated faculty research projects. Doctoral students are encouraged to apply to participate in such projects which often lead to dissertation possibilities. Predoctoral fellowships and/ or research assistantships for projects conducted at the center are sometimes available to incoming and ongoing doctoral students. The center also enables doctoral students to conduct their own research through the auspices of the center, including their dissertation research. All doctoral students are encouraged to attend and participate in the center’s colloquia and programs to enhance their involvement with and skills in research and knowledge development.
Courses of Instruction
933
Courses of Instruction SOCIAL WORK (SOWK)
The following courses may be offered during any given term; consult the Schedule of Classes. SOWK 200xm Institutional Inequality in American Political and Social Policy (4)
Historic and philosophical roots of inequality for minority groups in the United States and implications for public policy. Not available for major credit. SOWK 303 Crises in Human Development (4) Issues, concepts, and methodology related
to understanding human behavior, growth and development from infancy through old age; developmental crises at each stage of the life cycle. SOWK 304 Children and Families in Urban America (4) Gateway to the minor
in Children and Families in Urban America. Provides foundation for principles on the conditions of children, families and communities, partnerships between families and human service professionals, and interprofessional practice in urban American communities. SOWK 305L Children and Families in Urban America Integrative Seminar (2) Introduc-
tion to human service professionals, agencies and institutions in the greater Los Angeles area which serve children and families who reside there. SOWK 350 Adolescent Gang Intervention (4) The incidence of gangs (particularly in
the Los Angeles area), gang interventions, and policies developed to address the growing gang situation. SOWK 390 Special Problems (1-4) Super-
vised, individual studies. No more than one registration permitted. Enrollment by petition only. SOWK 400 Children and Families in Urban America Capstone Course (4) The cap-
stone course for the “Children and Families in Urban America” minor will provide an opportunity to understand the relationship between federal, state, and local policies which provide services to children and families. It will apply the knowledge learned in previous minor-related courses.
SOWK 499 Special Topics (2-4, max 8)
Selected topics in various specialty areas within social work. SOWK 503 Human Behavior and the Social Environment I (3) The ecological systems
paradigm is the lens through which theories of personality, family, group, organization, community and culture and the interaction among these systems are explored.
SOWK 505 Human Behavior and the Social Environment II (3) The course of human life,
including the factors which impinge on the developmental continuum between normal and pathological conditions. Prerequisite: SOWK 503.
SOWK 587ab Integrative Learning for Social Work Practice (2-2) Integrative con-
tent from Policy, Research, Human Behavior, Social Work Practice and Field Practicum. Graded CR/NC. Concurrent enrollment: a: SOWK 586a, SOWK 543; b: SOWK 586b, SOWK 545. SOWK 590 Directed Research (1-12)
Research leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. SOWK 599 Special Topics (1-4, max 13) SOWK 600 Assessment in Social Work Practice (2, Sm) Theory and principles underlying
SOWK 522 Global Violence Against Women (3) This course provides a broad understand-
ing of violence against women within a global context.
generic social work practice with primary emphasis on psychosocial assessment. Open only to master’s students in the School of Social Work.
SOWK 525 Social Work Practice with Transitional Youth (3) Students will be introduced
SOWK 601 Advanced Theories and Interventions with Children and Adolescents (3)
to policies affecting transitional youth and use a biopsychosocial perspective to work with them on macro, meso, and micro levels. SOWK 534 Policy and Practice in Social Service Organizations (3) Study of social
work organizations with emphasis on their policy contexts, organizational theory, and the development of delivery systems. SOWK 535 Social Welfare (3) Structure and
operation of current American social welfare programs (social policy analysis). Prerequisite: SOWK 534.
SOWK 543 Social Work Practice with Individuals (3) Theory and principles underlying
generic social work practice with primary emphasis on working with individuals.
SOWK 545 Social Work Practice with Families, Groups and Complex Cases (3)
Theories and principles with primary emphasis on families and groups with application to problems requiring multi-level interventions. Prerequisite: SOWK 503, SOWK 534, SOWK 543. SOWK 562 Social Work Research (3)
Introduction to research methods, including conceptualization of research problems, literature review, research design, sampling, measurement, data collection and data analysis. SOWK 586ab Field Practicum (3-3) Super-
vised field placement to develop generalist practice skills in working with individuals, families, groups, communities and organizations. Graded IP/CR/NC.
Advances students’ knowledge and clinical skills working with children and adolescents. Emphasis on problems affecting children, including developmental derailments and dis ruptions. Prerequisite: SOWK 505, SOWK 545; or SOWK 600, SOWK 604, and SOWK 606. SOWK 602 Advanced Theories and Clinical Interventions with Families (3) Advances
students’ knowledge and clinical skills working with diverse urban families experiencing various stressors. Exploration and applica tion of a range of family therapy models. Prerequisite: SOWK 505, SOWK 545; or SOWK 600, SOWK 604, and SOWK 606. SOWK 603 Merging Policy, Planning and Research for Change in Families and Children’s Settings (3) Development
and evaluation of service programs for children and families incorporating social welfare policy, macro practice and research skills. P rerequisite: SOWK 534, SOWK 535, SOWK 562; or SOWK 600, SOWK 604, and SOWK 606. SOWK 604 The Role of Evidence-Based Practice in Social Work (2, Sm) Study of the
important role research plays in the development of evidence-based practice methods. Open only to doctoral and master’s students in the School of Social Work.
934
USC School of Social Work
SOWK 605 Human Development and Mental Health (3) Understanding problem-
SOWK 618 Systems of Recovery from Mental Illness in Adults (3, FaSpSm) Focus
producing behaviors and their ramifications on individuals, families, and groups that comprise the clientele in mental health settings. Required for students in Mental Health concentration. Prerequisite: SOWK 503, SOWK 505; or SOWK 600, SOWK 604, and SOWK 606. SOWK 606 Neuropsychological Development (2, Sm) Study of human neuropsycho-
logical development within the context of social work. Open only to doctoral and master’s students in the School of Social Work. SOWK 607 Feminist Theory, Social Action, and Social Work: Philippines (4, Sm)
Understanding and awareness of the political, economic, social, and cultural contexts through a feminist perspective, using the Philippines as a case study. Prerequisite: SOWK 505, SOWK 535. SOWK 611 Leadership in the Social Work Profession and Organizations: Theory and Practice (3) Through didactic and experien-
tial methods, students learn to interpret and apply leadership theory and research. Covers skills of effective leadership at all organizational levels. SOWK 612 Psychopathology and Diagnosis of Mental Disorder (3) Assessment of psy-
on the multi-level impact of mental illness on adults and families. Evidence-based interventions promoting increased quality of life and stability are emphasized. SOWK 619 Social Work in Public Child Welfare Settings (3) This advanced seminar
will provide tools to enhance the practitioner’s response to the special challenges ( substance abuse, HIV/AIDS, domestic v iolence) in public child welfare. SOWK 622 Social Work Practice with African American Families (3, FaSpSm) Presents
various theories for understanding African American families and addresses an Afri centric framework for clinical practice and intervention with individuals and families. Prerequisites: SOWK 503, SOWK 505, SOWK 534, SOWK 535. SOWK 625 Evaluation of Research: Mental Health (3) Range of research conducted in
mental health; evaluation of selected research reports and their application to social work practice. Required for students in Mental Health concentration. Prerequisite: SOWK 562; or SOWK 600, SOWK 604, and SOWK 606. SOWK 626 Social Conflict, Empowerment and Creative Practice in Israel (4, Sm) The
chopathology, and the rationale and organization of the system for diagnosis of mental disorders. Emphasis is on developing differential diagnostic skills.
summer global immersion program in Israel focuses on understanding social problems and alleviating them through empowerment approaches and the utilization of expressive practices. Open only to social work students.
SOWK 614 Social Work Practice in School Settings (3) Based on ecosystems perspec-
SOWK 628 Social Work with Latino Populations (3, Fa) Current issues, trends and devel-
tives, this course examines policies, theories and principles of social work practice in school settings. SOWK 615 Brief Therapy and Crisis Intervention (3) Theory and multimodal
approaches for brief therapy and crisis intervention with diverse clientele in a range of mental health and health settings. SOWK 616 Clinical Practice with Older Adults (3) Developmental tasks of adulthood
and later life, as well as assessment and intervention for problems and disorders associated with aging. SOWK 617 Substance Abuse with Consid eration of Other Addictive Disorders (3)
Exploration of nature and treatment of substance abuse and other addictive disorders as well as relevant treatment models for individuals, groups and families.
opments in social work practice with Latino populations.
SOWK 629 Evaluation of Research: Community Organization, Planning and Administration (3) Research for macro-practice,
emphasizing qualitative methods, participatory action research, program evaluation, needs assessment; mapping and GIS to understand urban environments. Prerequisite: SOWK 562; or SOWK 600, SOWK 604, and SOWK 606.
SOWK 631 Advanced Theories and Clinical Interventions in Health Care (3) Evaluation
of theory, best practices, emerging issues, and skill development in health settings; interaction among cultural, socioeconomic, and organizational factors. Prerequisite: SOWK 505, SOWK 545; or SOWK 600, SOWK 604, and SOWK 606.
SOWK 632 Program Planning and Evaluation in Health Care (3) Program and inter-
vention development and evaluation research in health settings. Issues and skill development in program design and methods for evaluation. Prerequisite: SOWK 562; or SOWK 600, SOWK 604, and SOWK 606. SOWK 636 Policy in the Health Care S ector (3) Analysis of behavioral, practice and
research considerations in addressing a range of health problems and the policy-making process. Required for students in Mental Health in Health Settings concentration. Prerequisite: SOWK 535; or SOWK 600, SOWK 604, and SOWK 606. SOWK 639 Social Policy for Managers, Planners and Community Organizers (3)
Analysis of efforts to improve local human services organizations and agencies with con sideration of political, social, demographic and organization contexts. Prerequisite: SOWK 535; or SOWK 600, SOWK 604, and SOWK 606. SOWK 640 Clinical Practice with the Military Family (3) Theoretical and practical
approaches to clinical practice with military families. Overview of common social issues in the military system and demands on the family dynamic. Prerequisite: SOWK 505, SOWK 535. SOWK 641 Clinical Practice with Service Members and Veterans (3) Theoretical
and practical approaches to trauma for use in treatment of PTSD. Advances students’ knowledge of best practices and current evidence-based models on PTSD. Prerequisite: SOWK 505, SOWK 535. SOWK 642 Military Culture as a Workplace Environment (1) Examination of complex
issues of the military as a workplace environment including gender, the role of rank structure, psychological development of basic training, and ethics of counseling. SOWK 645 Clinical Practice in Mental Health Settings (3) Social work processes
from intake to termination; emphasis on clinical skills required for social work practice in a broad spectrum of mental health settings. Required for students in Mental Health concentration. SOWK 648 Management for Community and Social Services (3) Methods and prin-
ciples of management in urban settings with primary emphasis on strategic management, finance analysis, and innovative project development. SOWK 653 Social Work Practice With and In Behalf of Older Adults (3) Integrates foun-
dation and advanced knowledge and skill for practice with and in behalf of older adults. Graded CR/NC.
Courses of Instruction
SOWK 654 Social Work Practice with Severely and Persistently Mentally Ill (1)
Integrates foundation and advanced knowledge and skill for practice with severely and persistently mentally ill. Graded CR/NC. SOWK 655 Global Immersion in Military Culture: U.S. Forces Abroad (4, Sm) This
course will enhance students’ understanding of the delivery of human services on overseas military installations. SOWK 660 Health Care Delivery Systems: Planning for Health and Social Services (3)
Evaluating health care delivery systems in the U.S. and internationally including community social capital, health disparities, access to care, and policy implications for diverse populations. SOWK 661 Case Management as a Service Model (3) Case management as a service
model for increasing cost effectiveness and quality of care for diverse populations including transitional planning, utilization management and resource utilization. SOWK 662 Information Technology for Human Services (3) Information technology
as a resource for quality health and human services. Implications for interagency collaboration, empowerment of clients and professionals, evidence-based practice, education and ethics. SOWK 663 Clinical Practice with Couples (3) Examination of major models and diverse
intervention strategies to ameliorate common presenting problems of couples. Prerequisite: SOWK 503, SOWK 505, SOWK 534, SOWK 535. SOWK 664 Consultation, Coaching and Social Entrepreneurship (3) Expanding
roles that social workers play within both non-profit and for profit corporations. Prerequisite: SOWK 503, SOWK 505, SOWK 534, SOWK 535. SOWK 665 Program Development and Grant Writing for Social Workers (3)
lanning and program development that are P generalized to any setting and relevant to direct and macro social work practice expertise. Prerequisite: SOWK 503, SOWK 505, SOWK 534, SOWK 535. SOWK 666 Domestic Violence (3) Recogni-
tion of domestic violence and examination of effective intervention measures and preventive methods. Prerequisite: SOWK 503, SOWK 505, SOWK 534, SOWK 535.
935
SOWK 667 Information Systems for Program Development (3) Theoretical frame-
SOWK 675 Play Therapy in Social Work with Children and Adolescents (3) Advances
SOWK 668 Social Work and Law (3) Exami-
SOWK 676 Psychopharmacology for Therapists and Counselors (1, FaSpSm) Overview
work and practical skills in the use of some of the most common and up-to-date applications today of computers and electronic communication. Prerequisite: SOWK 503, SOWK 505, SOWK 534, SOWK 535. nation of roles, opportunities, and concerns for the practice of social work in the structures and procedures of the law. Prerequisite: SOWK 503, SOWK 505, SOWK 534, SOWK 535.
SOWK 669 Managing Change and Organization Development (3) Conceptual frame-
work and practical skills needed to design, implement and evaluate effective change and organization development programs. Prerequisite: SOWK 503, SOWK 505, SOWK 534, SOWK 535. SOWK 670 Global Dimensions in Social Policy and Social Work Practice (3) Explora-
tion and critique of how political, economic, cultural, religious and environmental factors impact social welfare policies, social work practice, and social development globally. Prerequisite: SOWK 505, SOWK 535. SOWK 671 Clinical Intervention and Advanced Theories in Work Settings (3) Clinical intervention strategies and
theories emphasizing crisis intervention, task-centered, and short-term interventions with individuals, families, and social networks effective in work settings. Prerequisite: SOWK 505, SOWK 545; or SOWK 600, SOWK 604, and SOWK 606. SOWK 672 Improving Work Life Through Social Policy and Managing Organizational Development and Change (3) Advances
students’ ability to formulate social policy and conceptual understanding of workplace issues. Intervention strategies for organizational development. Prerequisite: SOWK 535; or SOWK 600, SOWK 604, and SOWK 606.
SOWK 673 Program Development, Training, Grant Writing, and Program Evaluation in Work Settings (3) Focus on the role of social
workers in program development and evaluation, supervision and training, and research in workplace settings. Prerequisite: SOWK 562; or SOWK 600, SOWK 604, and SOWK 606. SOWK 674 Human Sexuality in Clinical Social Work Practice (3) Explores physi-
ological, psychological, and sociocultural variables associated with sexual identity, sexual orientation, and sexual behavior to increase student understanding and appreciation for human sexual behavior. Prerequisite: SOWK 505, SOWK 535.
student theoretical knowledge and clinical practice skills in working with children, adolescents, and their families and explores the process of child psychotherapy. Prerequisite: SOWK 505, SOWK 535.
of various classes of basic psychotherapeutic medications. Useful to social workers, counselors, therapists, and other individuals who counsel and treat mentally ill patients.
SOWK 677 Mental Health Practice with Children and Adolescents (3) The assessment
and treatment of children with serious emotional disturbance, including the service delivery models and policies that influence service delivery. Prerequisite: SOWK 505, SOWK 535. SOWK 678 Child Abuse and Neglect: Intervention and Treatment (3) Advanced
practice course focusing on interventions with and treatment of complex family systems where the effects of child maltreatment are the presenting problems. Prerequisite: SOWK 505, SOWK 535. SOWK 680 Social Work Spanish for Culturally Competent Services (3) Integration of
cross-cultural practice skills with Spanish language development through the class instruction and practice development. Prerequisite: SOWK 503, SOWK 505, SOWK 534, SOWK 535. SOWK 681 Managing Diversity in a Global Context (3) Interdisciplinary approach to
innovative practices that make the workplace more inclusive and productive. Prerequisite: SOWK 503, SOWK 505, SOWK 534, SOWK 535. SOWK 682 Spirituality, Religion, and Faith in Clinical Practice (3) Examination
of diverse spiritual and religious traditions. Spiritually-sensitive treatment approaches applied to psychological and spiritual clinical problems of individuals, couples, and families. Prerequisite: SOWK 505, SOWK 535. SOWK 683 Hypnosis Social Work Practice (3) Examination of major theoretical and
practice applications of hypnosis in social work practice and development of a beginning level of competency. Prerequisite: SOWK 503, SOWK 505, SOWK 534, SOWK 535. SOWK 684 Community Practice for Social Change (3) Prepares students to work
e ffectively within complex and diverse community settings. Prerequisite: SOWK 503, SOWK 505, SOWK 534, SOWK 535.
936
USC School of Social Work
SOWK 685 Working with Adolescents: Practice, Systems and Advocacy (3)
SOWK 694 Group Psychotherapy in Mental Health Settings (3) Focus on group therapy
SOWK 760L Introduction to Social Work Statistics (3) Foundation course covering
SOWK 695 Research Project I (2) Credit on acceptance of professional research project proposal. Graded CR/NC. Prerequisite: SOWK 562.
SOWK 761L Multiple Regression for Social Work Research (3) Multivariate statistical
Enhance knowledge and skill in working with adolescents involved in the child welfare, juvenile justice and other systems. Prerequisite: SOWK 505, SOWK 535. SOWK 686abc Field Practicum II (4-4-4)
Supervised field placement to develop depth of skill and practice in area of concentration. Graded CR/NC/IP. Open only to Social Work students. Prerequisite: SOWK 586ab. SOWK 687 Media in Social Work (3)
Creation of short documentaries for social change. Techniques in media production, strategies for media outreach, and development of media literacy skills to deconstruct media messages. Prerequisite: SOWK 505, SOWK 535. SOWK 688 School Violence (3) Examines
theoretical, empirical and practice-based literature on school violence including how students’ physical well-being, academic functioning, social relations, and emotional and cognitive development are affected. Prerequisite: SOWK 505, SOWK 535. SOWK 689 Models of Family Therapy: Theory and Practice (3) Expand students’
theoretical and practical competence in systemic and narrative family therapy models for work with 21st century families. Prerequisite: SOWK 505, SOWK 535
for clinical social workers as practiced in various mental health settings. The entire process of group development is examined. Prerequisite: SOWK 505, SOWK 535.
SOWK 696 LGBT Psycho/Social/Political Issues (3) Overview of clinical, social and polit-
ical issues with which social workers should be familiar when working with lesbian, gay, bisexual and transgender clients. Prerequisite: SOWK 505, SOWK 535.
SOWK 697 Research Project II (1) Credit on
acceptance of professional research project. Graded CR/NC. Prerequisite: SOWK 695.
SOWK 700 Innovations in Interactive Media and Informatics (3, SpSm) Theory, design,
and analysis of interactive media research applications and informatics resources relevant to behavior and neurobiology within global interdisciplinary practice and policy settings. Open only to doctoral students. Recommended preparation: advanced research methods classes and grounding in discipline. SOWK 702 Theories of Human Behavior in the Contexts of Social Environments (3)
individual study of specific problems. Graded CR/NC.
A focus on human behavior in interaction with the social environment; major paradigms including general systems theory, ego psychology, and role theories are examined.
SOWK 691 Psychosocial Issues in Health and Mental Health (3) Course examines
SOWK 703 Explanatory Theories for Larger Social Systems (3) Theories of organizational
SOWK 690ab Research (1-4; 1-4) Intensive
psychosocial issues in health, including coping and social support, chronic illness, patient-provider communication, stigma and discrimination, quality of life, religion/ spirituality, and social justice. Prerequisite: SOWK 505, SOWK 535. SOWK 692 Loss, Grief and Bereavement (3)
Focus on the experiences of loss, death and bereavement as it is viewed by individuals, families and loved ones. Prerequisite: SOWK 505, SOWK 535. SOWK 693 Diagnosing Psychopathology: Introduction to DSM IV-TR (1) Advanced
exposure to several issues in the area of adult psychopathology and diagnostics through didactic and experiential modalities. Prerequisite: SOWK 505, SOWK 535.
and community behavior are examined in relation to their influence on the development of social services.
SOWK 733 Policy Analysis and Advocacy in a Comparative Social Policy Context (3)
Examination of the evolution of American and other welfare states in selected nations. Analysis of global welfare institutions. Engaging in policy analysis in a comparative context. SOWK 743 Theories for Practice with Small Systems (3) Early practice theories and their
historical roots are examined. Implications for evolving current practice theories with individuals, families, and groups are discussed. SOWK 744 Theories for Practice with Large Systems (3) Examination of the development
and utility of theories, models and approaches to social work community and administrative practice.
univariate and bivariate descriptive and inferential statistics. Required lab covering basic computer skills and utilization of statistical software.
methods including descriptive and inferential statistics, parametric and non-parametric tests of hypotheses; correlation, analysis of variance, multiple regression, and factor analysis; utilization of computer programs for statistical analysis. SOWK 762 Social Work Research Methods I (3) Models of research, the nature of inquiry,
and the research process including problem formulation, measurement, designs, sampling and data sources. Prerequisite: doctoral standing. SOWK 763 Social Work Research Methods II: Issues in Research for Social Work Practice (3) Research methods to provide
students with advanced methodological knowledge in two areas related to social work practice: psychotherapy outcome research and program research. Prerequisite: SOWK 762. SOWK 764 Advanced Multivariate Statistics (3) Introduction to single equation s tatistical
modeling using limited dependent variables (categorical and ordered categorical). Methods are drawn from statistics and econometrics.
SOWK 770 Introduction to Qualitative and Mixed Research Methods (3) Overview of
the use of qualitative and mixed methods in social, clinical and health services research.
SOWK 781 Guided Teaching Experience (2)
Mentorship with a member of the teaching faculty; discussions of curriculum design; observation; preparation and delivery of selected course sessions. Graded CR/NC. SOWK 785 Guided Research Internship (2)
Research practicum designed to provide students with hands-on practical experience with an ongoing faculty research project. Graded CR/NC. Prerequisite: SOWK 763. SOWK 790 Research (1-12) Research leading
to the doctorate. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC. SOWK 794abcdz Doctoral Dissertation (2-2-2-2-0) Credit on acceptance of disserta-
tion. Graded IP/CR/NC.
USC School of Theatre
O
ne of the premier theatre schools in the United States, the USC School of Theatre provides the necessary education and training for graduates to excel in the professional theatre and related fields. Theatre also provides an ideal foundation to a liberal educa-
tion that prepares students for a wide range of career interests. The school promotes and supports innovative and flexible ways to achieve students’ educational and professional goals. Theatre is both a collaborative endeavor and a universal means of communication. The school educates students in the history of theatre, while preparing them to add to that history, to use their talents, skill and imagination to explore the limitless possibilities the art of theatre offers. The USC School of Theatre is significantly enhanced by its location in Los Angeles, the entertainment capital of the world. Theatre professionals frequently teach seminars, mentor students and participate in School of Theatre productions. Graduates of the school work professionally in all aspects of theatre, film and television. The school’s performance and design faculty are dynamic teachers who also regularly work in the theatre and entertainment industry.
The USC School of Theatre took a page from the Western canon with a 2011-2012 season of literary adaptations of works by Jane Austen, Ivan Turgenev, George Bernard Shaw and James Joyce. From left, BFA students Keelin Woodell and Bryce McBratnie play aristocrats behaving badly in Les Liaisons Dangereuses, an adaptation of Choderlos de Laclos’ 18th century novel of revenge.
The breadth of learning opportunities offered at the school prepares students for the spectrum of careers in the professional theatre, including performance, production, design, sound design, management and teaching. The School of Theatre also strives to instill confidence, integrity, excellence and artistic sensitivity into each of its students — traits that are essential to success in any field. The USC School of Theatre has been renamed to the USC School of Dramatic Arts effective July 1, 2012.
938
USC School of Theatre
Drama Center 104 (213) 740-1286 FAX: (213) 740-8888 Email: thtrinfo@usc.edu theatre.usc.edu
Assistant Professors: Luis Alfaro; Angus Fletcher, Ph.D.; Christina Haatainen-Jones; Tom Ontiveros, MFA; Sibyl Wickersheimer, MFA
Administration
Madeline Puzo, Dean Sharon M. Carnicke, Ph.D., Associate Dean Velina Hasu Houston, Ph.D., Associate Dean Jack R. Rowe, Associate Dean Faculty
Professors: Sharon M. Carnicke, Ph.D.; Velina Hasu Houston, Ph.D. Associate Professors: Margo Apostolos, Ph.D.; Meiling Cheng, DFA; Don Llewellyn, Jr., MFA; Oliver Mayer, MFA
Professors of Theatre Practice: Andrei Belgrader; Natsuko Ohama; Brian Parsons; Andrew J. Robinson Associate Professors of Theatre Practice: Paul Backer, Ph.D.; Brent Blair, M.A.; David Bridel; Elsbeth M. Collins; Joseph Hacker, MFA; Duncan Mahoney; Mary-Joan Negro; Jack R. Rowe; Stephanie Shroyer, MFA; Eric Trules; L. Zane, MFA Assistant Professors of Theatre Practice: Philip G. Allen; Anita Dashiell-Sparks, MFA Adjunct Faculty: Tony Abatemarco; Joe Anthony; Robert Bailey; Corbett Barklie; Joe Bays; Jason Robert Brown; Anne Burk; Louis Butelli; Frank Catalano; Julian Cha; Stacie Chaiken; Paula Cizmar; Anastasia
Coon, MFA; Debra DeLiso; Barbara Dodge; Kathleen Dunn-Muzingo; Frank Dwyer; Dan Fishbach; Laura Flanagan; Jeff Flowers; Jay Fuentes; Parmer Fuller; Julianne Gale, M.A.; Rafael Garcia; Miranda Garrison; Terry Gordon; Alexander Greschenko; Elizabeth Hogan; Paula Holt; Takeshi Kata; Michael Keenan; Mary K Klinger; Shishir Kurup; Nikolaos Lagousakos; Edgar Landa; Rachael Lawrence; Joey Letteri; Victoria Looseleaf; Helene Lorenz; Heather Lyle, M.M.; Marjo‑Riikka Makela, MFA; Kevin McCorkle; Babette Markus; Laural Meade; Randy Mell; Ntare Guma Mbaho Mwine; Angeliki Papadakis, J.D.; Jacqueline Pavlich; Leah Piehl; Debra Piver; Ron Popenhagen, Ph.D.; Bradley Rapier; Jon Lawrence Rivera; John Rubinstein; Mady Schutzman; Doug Tompos; Matt Walker; Julie Welch; Kenji Yamaguchi Emeritus Professors: Eve Roberts, MFA; Robert R. Scales, Ph.D.; James Wilson, MFA
General Information Degree Programs
Bachelor of Fine Arts
The School of Theatre offers professional and academic degrees at the Bachelor and Master of Fine Arts levels as well as a Master of Arts in Applied Theatre Arts. USC offers two degree programs to undergraduate students interested in the study of theatre arts. The professional degree programs, the Bachelor of Fine Arts (BFA) in Acting, Design/Technical Direction, Sound Design, and Stage Management, offer a conservatory approach to training for students committed to pursuing careers in the professional theatre, film and television industries. The Bachelor of Arts degree program (B.A.) incorporates a broad, general education in addition to a thorough study of drama. The Bachelor of Arts in Visual and Performing Arts Studies provides students with a broad understanding of the various disciplines. The School of Theatre also offers minor programs in applied theatre arts, theatre, dance, musical theatre, performing arts studies and playwriting.
Acting: The BFA acting degree is a four-year professional training program with opportunities for performances beginning with the sophomore year. The program comprises an integrated sequence of training in acting, voice and body movement, based on the belief that an actor’s emotional and imagi native abilities cannot be released without control over vocal and physical resources. This training is combined with course work in critical and historical studies, stagecraft, technical theatre, scenic design, costume and lighting. An audition is required for admission. The BFA acting program is highly competitive.
Bachelor of Arts
The Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) degree is ideal for students who want a broad education in addition to production and performance experience. The degree is offered in cooperation with the USC Dornsife College of Letters, Arts and Sciences.
Design/Technical Direction: The BFA program in design/technical production offers two areas of study: design — incorporating study in scenic, lighting and costume design; and technical production — incorporating the study of theatrical design with training in the professional skills needed to execute stage designs. An interview is required for admission. Sound Design: The BFA program in sound design offers the student a combination of technical, management and design training in sound design. The student is also introduced to sound recording and mixing through a series of courses offered by the USC Thornton School of Music. Students begin using this training as early as the second
semester of the second year of enrollment. The skills acquired in the classroom are further explored through sound design assignments on School of Theatre public productions in each subsequent semester of the student’s program. Students in the sound design program build and design the sound component for the majority of the School of Theatre’s productions under the supervision of a professional staff of designers and theatre technicians. An interview is required for admission. Stage Management: The BFA program in stage management offers the student a combination of technical, management and design training. Students begin using this training as early as the first year of enrollment. The skills acquired in the classroom are further explored through stage management assignments in each year of the student’s program. An interview is required for admission. Students in the design/technical production and stage management programs design, build and stage manage the majority of the School of Theatre’s productions under the supervision of a professional staff of designers and theatre technicians.
General Information
Bachelor of Arts in Visual and Performing Arts Studies
The Bachelor of Arts in Visual and Perform ing Arts Studies is an interdisciplinary degree offered jointly by the School of Theatre, the School of Architecture, the School of Cinematic Arts, the Roski School of Fine Arts, the Thornton School of Music, and the Dornsife College of Letters, Arts and Sciences. Minor Programs
Theatre This general minor in theatre invites students to explore the many facets of this exciting field. Students have the opportunity to take a variety of classes in acting, applied theatre arts, applied theatre arts/education, playwriting, literature, stage management, directing, costume design and production. The curriculum is very flexible and encourages students to develop a primary interest for upper-division course work. All minor students are eligible to participate in performance and production projects. Dance The dance minor is designed to present undergraduate students with a focus on the discipline of dance as an educational tool for studies and research. The dance program has a variety of courses in dance technique, dance history and philosophy, choreography, production and performance. This minor will offer each student a unique interdisciplinary experience; it is compatible with a variety of majors designated by the students. Student choreography, performances and productions include work with international dances and dances in the Southern California/ Los Angeles region. Applied Theatre Arts The minor in applied theatre arts addresses the theory and practice of applying theatre arts in non-traditional settings with emphases that include education, therapy and social change. Musical Theatre The minor in musical theatre, interdisciplinary in nature, is a 27-unit program incorporating the study of acting, dance or movement, vocal arts and related musical subjects presented in association with the Thornton School of Music. Performing Arts Studies The minor in performing arts provides an interdisciplinary inquiry into the nature and aesthetics of the performing arts. It combines the disciplines of cinematelevision, dance, music and theatre. The minor is a unique course of study that looks at how the performing arts contribute to a culturally literate society.
939
Playwriting The minor in playwriting presents undergraduate students who are not theatre majors with a concentration in the discipline of playwriting as a means for broadening and deepening expression using the literary and performing arts. This minor offers a foundation for extended expression in dramatic writing and creative writing genres in general.
In addition to submitting a USC application for admission, a theatre supplementary application and an in-person audition are required for the BFA and MFA programs. Auditions are held during January and February. Appli cants should contact the School of Theatre directly to obtain supplementary application materials and to arrange for their audition.
Master of Fine Arts
The acting audition requires two monologues: one contemporary and one classical (preferably verse).
The Master of Fine Arts with a major in theatre requires 48-64 units of course work at the 400 or 500 level. The areas of emphasis include acting, theatrical design, dramatic writing and directing. These programs provide a high level of practical experience. To ensure this, the number of students accepted in each area of emphasis is strictly limited. An interview is required for admission. Master of Arts, Applied Theatre Arts
The Master of Arts in Applied Theatre Arts explores the intersection of theatre arts and cultural fieldwork, encompassing the fields of theatre and therapy, theatre in education and theatre for social change/community-based theatre. Practitioners of applied theatre arts supplement their work as classroom teachers, therapists, social workers, case managers, community organizers and social activists. Dance Program
The school offers dance classes for all university students at the beginning, intermediate and advanced level, including ballet, jazz and modern. Additional offerings in tap and choreography are also available. A minor is also offered in dance. Auditions and Entrance to the Degree Programs
Admission to the various degree programs is granted through the university’s regular admission procedures in conjunction with the School of Theatre supplementary application procedure. See the Admission section of this catalogue, page 48 (undergraduate) and page 80 (graduate). Admission to the B.A. program is determined by academic record, experience in theatre, and information required on the USC application for admission and the School of Theatre supplementary application. Students applying for the B.A. program must contact the School of Theatre directly to obtain the theatre supplementary application. However, no audition is required.
Auditions and interviews for all programs are held in major cities around the country including Los Angeles, Chicago and New York. Students wishing to transfer from a community college or another four-year college or university into the Bachelor of Fine Arts curriculum must present training equivalent to their level of transfer or be prepared to take remedial work in acting, voice, movement, dramatic literature and stagecraft. Admission to the BFA and MFA Design/ Technical Direction, Stage Management and Sound Design programs is based on a personal interview and/or review of a portfolio. In addition, the student must submit a USC application for admission and a theatre supplementary application. Applicants for the design programs must present a portfolio of their work at the time of their interview with the design faculty. Interviews are held beginning in January for the following fall semester. Admission to full graduate standing will be granted after the satisfactory completion of one semester. A satisfactory test score on the Graduate Record Examinations and a satisfactory grade point average are also required. Application materials and details about audition dates and locations may be obtained from the Office of Admissions and Recruitment, School of Theatre, University of Southern California, Los Angeles, CA 90089-0791, (213) 740-1286. International Study
In conjunction with Sarah Lawrence College and the British American Drama Academy, USC students have the opportunity to study theatre in London. For additional information, see International Study Options, page 71.
940
USC School of Theatre
Degree Requirements Bachelor of Arts The Bachelor of Arts with a major or minor in theatre is a comprehensive theatre degree offered in cooperation with the USC Dornsife College of Letters, Arts and Sciences. Candi dates for the degree must complete the university general education requirements in addition to the courses in the major prescribed by the School of Theatre. A total of 128 units is required for completion of the degree. General Education Requirements
The university’s general education program provides a coherent, integrated introduction to the breadth of knowledge you will need to consider yourself (and to be considered by other people) a generally well-educated person. This program requires six courses in different categories, plus writing, foreign language and diversity requirements, which together comprise the USC Core. See pages 63 and 250 for more information.
THTR 232 Stage Lighting THTR 335 Scenic Construction
School Majors
Students who choose the school major are required to complete a minimum of 52 units in theatre as specified: REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
THTR 101 Introduction to Acting 4 THTR 125 Text Studies for Production 4 THTR 130 Introduction to Theatrical Production 4 THTR 210 Theory and Practice of World Theatre I 4 THTR 211 Theory and Practice of World Theatre II 4 THTR 212 Theory and Practice of World Theatre III 4 THTR 305a Directing 4
28
One course (3 units) from: THTR 230 Communicating Theatrical Design Concepts 3 THTR 231a Costume Construction 3
3 3
One course (4 units) from: THTR 300 Introduction to Modern Drama 4 THTR 301 Greek and Roman Theatre 4 THTR 302 Shakespeare in His World 4 THTR 313 Comedy of Manners 4 THTR 314 Advanced Topics in Modern Drama 4 THTR 395 Drama as Human Relations 4 THTR 396 God, Drama and Entertainment 4 THTR 403 The Performing Arts 4 THTR 404 Acting Theory 4 THTR 405 Performing Identities 4 THTR 406 Theatre on the Edge 4 THTR 476 African American Theatre, Dance and Performance 4 Required upper division theatre electives: 17 Total required theatre units: 52
Bachelor of Fine Arts The Bachelor of Fine Arts provides four years of intensive training at the undergraduate level in performance studies including acting, design, sound design, stage management and technical direction. A total of 128 units of course work is required for this degree, including a minimum range of 75-84 theatre units depending on the requirements of each program. All BFA Theatre majors are required to earn a grade point average of 2.75 (A = 4.0) in their theatre courses each semester. BFA students who fail to earn a GPA of 2.75 in their theatre courses will be placed on probation the following semester. Students who remain on probation for a consecutive second semester will be disqualified from the BFA program. A student disqualified from continued study in the BFA program for failing to meet the GPA standards outlined above will be given the option of transferring into the B.A. program.
General Education Requirements
The university’s general education program provides a coherent, integrated introduction to the breadth of knowledge you will need to consider yourself (and to be considered by other people) a generally well-educated person. This program requires six courses in different categories, plus writing and diversity requirements, which together comprise the USC Core. See pages 63 and 250 for more information. REQUIRED COURSES FOR THE ACTING EMPHASIS (84 UNITS)
THTR 110 Dramatic Analysis THTR 115 Movement I THTR 120ab Acting I THTR 130 Introduction to Theatrical Production THTR 140ab Voice I THTR 210 Theory and Practice of World Theatre I THTR 211 Theory and Practice of World Theatre II
UNITS
2 2 2-2 2-2 2-2 4 4
THTR 212 Theory and Practice of World Theatre III 4 THTR 215ab Movement II 2-2 THTR 220ab Intermediate Acting I 2-2 THTR 240ab Voice II 2-2 THTR 315ab Physical Theatre I 2-2 THTR 320ab Intermediate Acting II 2-2 THTR 340ab Intermediate Voice 2-2 THTR 397 Theatre Practicum 2-2-2 THTR 415ab Physical Theatre II 2-2 THTR 420ab Advanced Acting 2-2 THTR 440ab Advanced Voice 2-2 THTR 471 Senior Showcase 2 THTR 480a Performance for Camera 2 THTR 497 Advanced Theatre Practicum 2 One course from: THTR 305a Directing THTR 365 Playwriting I
4 4
One course from: THTR 300 Introduction to Modern Drama 4 THTR 301 Greek and Roman Theatre 4
Degree Requirements
THTR 302 Shakespeare in His World 4 THTR 313 Comedy of Manners 4 THTR 314 Advanced Topics in Modern Drama 4 THTR 395 Drama as Human Relations 4 THTR 396 God, Drama and Entertainment 4 THTR 403 The Performing Arts 4 THTR 404 Acting Theory 4 THTR 405 Performing Identities 4 THTR 406 Theatre on the Edge 4 THTR 476 African American Theatre, Dance and Performance 4 Required Theatre units General education units Electives Total:
84 36 8 128
REQUIRED COURSES FOR THE DESIGN EMPHASIS (84 UNITS)
UNITS
THTR 101 Introduction to Acting 4 THTR 125 Text Studies for Production 4 THTR 130 Introduction to Theatrical Production 4 THTR 132ab Art of Theatrical Design 2-2 THTR 210 Theory and Practice of World Theatre I 4 THTR 211 Theory and Practice of World Theatre II 4 THTR 212 Theory and Practice of World Theatre III 4 THTR 241 Methods and Materials 2 THTR 305a Directing 4 THTR 330 Scene Design I 4 THTR 331 Costume Design I 4 THTR 332 Lighting Design I 4 THTR 397 Theatre Practicum 1-1-2-2 THTR 407ab Drawing and Rendering for the Theatre 2-2 THTR 431 Seminar in Theatre Design 2 THTR 435 Advanced Theatrical Drafting 3 THTR 437 Scene Painting 3 THTR 493ab Periods and Styles 2-2 THTR 497 Advanced Theatre Practicum 4 Two courses (6 units) from: THTR 432a Scene Design II THTR 433a Costume Design II THTR 434a Lighting Design II
3 3 3
Two courses (6 units) from: THTR 432b Scene Design II THTR 433b Costume Design II THTR 434b Lighting Design II
3 3 3
Required Theatre units General education units Electives Total:
84 36 8 128
941
REQUIRED COURSES FOR THE SOUND DESIGN EMPHASIS (84 UNITS)
UNITS
MUIN 275ab Recording Arts Workshop 4-4 MUIN 340 Introduction to Sound Reinforcement 4 MUIN 389 Digital Equipment and Recording 2 THTR 101 Introduction to Acting 4 THTR 125 Text Studies for Production 4 THTR 130 Introduction to Theatrical Production 4 THTR 132ab Art of Theatrical Design 2-2 THTR 210 Theory and Practice of World Theatre I 4 THTR 211 Theory and Practice of World Theatre II 4 THTR 212 Theory and Practice of World Theatre III 4 THTR 236 Stage Sound 2 THTR 241 Methods and Materials 2 THTR 305a Directing 4 THTR 332 Lighting Design I 4 THTR 333 Stage Management I 3 THTR 336 Introduction to Sound Design 3 THTR 397 Theatre Practicum 5 THTR 431 Seminar in Theatre Design 2 THTR 435 Advanced Theatrical Drafting 3 THTR 436 Sound for Theatre 3 THTR 441 Advanced Sound Design 3 THTR 497 Advanced Theatre Practicum 4 One course (4 units) from: THTR 330 Scene Design I THTR 331 Costume Design I Required Theatre and Music units General education units Electives Total
4 4 84 36 8 128
REQUIRED COURSES FOR THE STAGE MANAGEMENT EMPHASIS (84 UNITS)
UNITS
MUCO 101x Fundamentals of Music Theory 2 THTR 101 Introduction to Acting 4 THTR 125 Text Studies for Production 4 THTR 130 Introduction to Theatrical Production 4 THTR 132ab Art of Theatrical Design 2-2 THTR 210 Theory and Practice of World Theatre I 4 THTR 211 Theory and Practice of World Theatre II 4 THTR 212 Theory and Practice of World Theatre III 4 THTR 232 Stage Lighting 3 THTR 302 Shakespeare in his World 4 THTR 305a Directing 4 THTR 330 Scene Design I 4 THTR 333 Stage Management I 3
THTR 336 Introduction to Sound Design 3 THTR 397 Theatre Practicum 8 THTR 430 Stage Management II 3 THTR 431 Seminar in Theatrical Design 2 THTR 491 Theatre Organization and Administration 4 THTR 492 Producing Theatre 4 THTR 493ab Periods and Styles 2-2 THTR 497 Advanced Theatre Practicum 4 One class (4 units) from: THTR 405 Performing Identities THTR 406 Theatre on the Edge Required Theatre and Music units General education units Electives Total:
4 4 84 36 8 128
REQUIRED COURSES FOR THE TECHNICAL DIRECTION EMPHASIS (84 UNITS)
UNITS
THTR 101 Introduction to Acting 4 THTR 125 Text Studies for Production 4 THTR 130 Introduction to Theatrical Production 4 THTR 132ab The Art of Theatrical Design 2-2 THTR 210 Theory and Practice of World Theatre I 4 THTR 211 Theory and Practice of World Theatre II 4 THTR 212 Theory and Practice of World Theatre III 4 THTR 231a Costume Construction 3 THTR 232 Stage Lighting 3 THTR 236 Stage Sound 2 THTR 241 Methods and Materials 2 THTR 305a Directing 4 THTR 330 Scene Design I 4 THTR 332 Lighting Design I 4 THTR 333 Stage Management I 3 THTR 335 Scenic Construction 3 THTR 336 Introduction to Sound Design 3 THTR 397 Theatre Practicum 6 THTR 435 Advanced Theatrical Drafting 3 THTR 437 Scene Painting 3 THTR 438 Technical Theatre 3 THTR 490 Directed Research 2 THTR 493ab Periods and Styles 2-2 THTR 497 Advanced Theatre Practicum 4 Required Theatre units General education units Elective units Total:
84 36 8 128
USC School of Theatre
942
Bachelor of Arts in Visual and Performing Arts Studies The Bachelor of Arts in Visual and Performing Arts Studies is an interdisciplinary degree offered jointly by the School of Theatre, the School of Architecture, the School of Cinematic Arts, the Roski School of Fine Arts, the Thornton School of Music, and the Dornsife College of Letters, Arts and Sciences. Candidates for the degree must complete the university general education requirements in addition to the courses in the major. Students in this major complete a core of required courses that provides them with a broad understanding of the various disciplines. The work in the major is completed by choosing courses from a wide array of course offerings from all the participating schools. A total of 128 units is required for completion of the degree. General Education Requirements
The university’s general education program provides a coherent, integrated introduction to the breadth of knowledge you will need to consider yourself (and to be considered by other people) a generally well-educated person. This program requires six courses in different categories, plus writing, foreign language and diversity requirements, which together comprise the USC Core. See page 63 and page 250 for more information. REQUIRED CORE COURSES (SURVEY OF THE ARTS) UNITS
AHIS 120 Foundations of Western Art 4 ARCH 304x Intensive Survey: Prehistory to the Present 4 CTCS 393 History of the American Film, 1946-1975 4 FACS 150 Visual Culture and Literacy I 4 MUHL 315x Music and Culture 4 THTR 125 Text Studies for Production 4 THTR 380 Historical Approaches to Dance 4 Total:
28
CASE STUDIES IN THE ARTS:
12 units of upper division course work from the following: Architecture: ARCH 314 History of Architecture: Contemporary Issues 3 ARCH 432 People, Places and Culture: Architecture of the Public Realm 4 ARCH 434 City Cine: Visuality, Media and Urban Experience 3
ARCH 440 Literature and the Urban Experience ARCH 444 Great Houses of Los Angeles ARCH 454 Contemporary Asian Architecture Cinematic Arts: CTAN 451 History of Animation CTCS 392 History of the American Film, 1925-1950 CTCS 394 History of the American Film, 1977-present CTCS 406 History of American Television CTCS 407 African-American Cinema CTCS 409 Censorship in Cinema CTCS 411 Film, Television, and Cultural Studies CTCS 412 Gender, Sexuality, and Media CTCS 414 Latina/o Screen Cultures ENGL 471 Literary Genres and Film PHIL 446 Aesthetics and the Film
4 4 4
2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Fine Arts: AHIS 319 Mesoamerican Art and Culture 4 AHIS 321 Greek Art and Archaeology 4 AHIS 322 Roman Art and Archaeology 4 AHIS 330 Medieval Art 4 AHIS 343 Renaissance Art 4 AHIS 364 Myths, Arts, Realities: Visual Culture in California 1849 to the Present 4 AHIS 368 Modern Art I: 1700-1850 4 AHIS 369 Modern Art II: 1851-1940 4 AHIS 370 Modern Art III: 1940 to the Present 4 AHIS 373 History of Photography 4 AHIS 384 Early Chinese Art 4 AHIS 385 Later Chinese Art 4 FACS 350 Art Theory and Criticism 4 FAIN 330 Ideas in Intermedia 4 PAS 371 Art in the Public Realm: Contemporary Issues 4 PAS 400 New Models of Art in City-Space 4
Music: MUHL 331 Music History III 3 MUHL 332 Studies in Musical Culture 3 MUHL 476 Music Criticism 2 MUJZ 419 The Jazz Experience: Myths and Culture 4 MUSC 400 The Broadway Musical: Reflection of American Diversity, Issues, and Experiences 4 MUSC 420 Hip-Hop Music and Culture 4 MUSC 444 American Roots Music: History and Culture 4 MUSC 460 Film Music: History and Function from 1930 to the Present 4 MUSC 465 Music, Television and American Culture 4 Theatre: COLT 354 Revolutions in Theater THTR 301 Greek and Roman Theatre THTR 302 Shakespeare in His World THTR 313 Comedy of Manners THTR 314 Advanced Topics in Modern Drama THTR 403 The Performing Arts THTR 405 Performing Identities THTR 406 Theatre on the Edge THTR 476 African-American Theatre, Dance and Performance THTR 481 From the Border to Broadway
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Other Courses: COLT 381 Psychoanalysis and the Arts 4 PHIL 445 Philosophy of the Arts 4 Overseas Study Opportunities: FREN 432 French Theatre (Paris Semester) SPAN 464 Introduction to Contemporary Spanish Theatre (Madrid Center)
4
4
Degree Requirements
943
Minor Programs Minor in Applied Theatre Arts
Minor in Dance
Minor in Performing Arts Studies
Applied theatre arts is a field of study addressing the theory and practice of applying theatre arts in non-traditional settings with emphases that include education, therapy and social change. The minor in applied theatre arts addresses the theory and practice of applying theatre skills in these environments to promote engaged and enlivened interactive critical thinking and community development from a performative perspective. ATA minors learn how to turn passive spectators into more active participants through the process of theatre.
The minor in dance is open to all undergraduates, including theatre majors, and is a 27-28 unit program. Students applying to this minor must have a minimum GPA of 2.0 (A = 4.0).
The minor in performing arts provides an interdisciplinary inquiry into the nature and aesthetics of the performing arts. It combines the disciplines of cinematic arts, dance, music and theatre. The minor is a unique course of study that looks at how the performing arts contribute to a culturally literate society. The minor in performing arts studies is a 20-unit program.
UPPER DIVISION REQUIRED COURSES (16 UNITS)
ELECTIVES (11-12 UNITS)
Courses taken for this minor may not duplicate requirements for a student’s major or other minor program requirements: FOUNDATION SKILLS COURSES (8 UNITS)
UNITS
It is recommended these be taken first: THTR 101 Introduction to Acting THTR 305a Directing ATA FOCUS COURSES (12 UNITS)
4 4 UNITS
It is recommended these be taken after foundation skills courses: THTR 468 Theatre in Education 4 THTR 477 Theatre and Therapy 4 THTR 488 Theatre in the Community 4 Minor in Theatre
This general minor in theatre invites students to explore the many facets of this exciting field. Students have the opportunity to take a variety of classes in acting, playwriting, literature, state management, directing, costume design and production. The curriculum is very flexible and encourages students to develop a primary interest for upper-division course work. All minor students are eligible to participate in performance and production projects. REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
THTR 280 Dance as an Art Form 4 THTR 282 Activities for Professional Preparation: Dance 1 (concurrent enrollment in a 2-unit, 100-level technique course* required) THTR 285 Elements of Dance Production 4 THTR 385 Choreography and Performance 4 *TECHNIQUE COURSES
UNITS
THTR 181a Modern Dance THTR 181b Modern Dance THTR 182a Advanced Modern Dance THTR 182b Advanced Modern Dance THTR 183a Ballet THTR 183b Ballet THTR 183c Ballet THTR 183d Ballet THTR 184a Jazz Dance THTR 184b Jazz Dance THTR 184c Jazz Dance THTR 188a International Style Ballroom Dance (to include folk and square dance) THTR 188b International Style Ballroom Dance
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2
UNITS
THTR 101 Introduction to Acting, or THTR 125 Text Studies for Production 4 THTR 130 Introduction to Theatrical Production 2 One of the following: THTR 301 Greek and Roman Theatre THTR 302 Shakespeare in His World THTR 313 Comedy of Manners THTR 314 Advanced Topics in Modern Drama THTR 476 African American Theatre Required upper-division THTR electives: Required theatre units:
UNITS
THTR 380 Historical Approaches to Dance 4 THTR 388 Senior Seminar in Dance 4 THTR 482 Choreography for Television 4 THTR 483 Dance Performance 4
4 4 4 4 4
14 24
Minor in Musical Theatre
The minor in musical theatre, interdisciplinary in nature, is a 27-unit program incorporating the study of acting, dance or movement, vocal arts and related musical subjects. Admission to the minor requires an audition for music but not for theatre. See the Thornton School of Music, page 817, for requirements.
REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
Required capstone course: THTR 403 The Performing Arts
4
Plus a minimum of four courses (16 units) from the following list. Three courses (12 units) must be upper division. One course (4 units) must be selected from each school. CTCS 190 Introduction to Cinema 4 CTCS 200 History of the International Cinema I 4 CTCS 201 History of the International Cinema II 4 CTCS 392 History of the American Film, 1925-1950 4 CTCS 393 History of the American Film, 1946-1975 4 CTCS 404 Television Criticism and Theory 4 CTCS 464 Film and/or Television Genres 4 CTCS 469 Film and/or Television Style Analysis 4 MUHL 302 Musical Cultures of the World 4 MUJZ 100x Jazz: A History of America’s Music 4 MUSC 400 The Broadway Musical: Reflection of American Diversity, Issues, and Experiences 4 THTR 201 Introduction to the Theatre 4 THTR 280 Dance as an Art Form 4 THTR 300 Introduction to Modern Drama 4 THTR 301 Greek and Roman Theatre 4 THTR 302 Shakespeare in His World 4 THTR 380 Historical Approaches to Dance 4 THTR 385 Choreography and Performance 4 THTR 404 Acting Theory 4 THTR 493ab Periods and Styles 2-2 Total units required:
Note for cinematic arts, music and theatre majors: cinema majors take 8 units of music and 8 units of theatre; music majors take 8 units of cinema and 8 units of theatre; theatre majors take 8 units of cinema and 8 units of music.
20
944
USC School of Theatre
Minor in Playwriting
writing and creative writing genres in general; fostering skills in research, development, communication, collaboration and craftsmanship in the process of preparing a play for its realization on stage. The minor in playwriting is a 20-unit program.
The minor in playwriting presents undergraduate students who are not theatre majors with a concentration in the discipline of playwriting as a means for broadening and deepening expression using the literary and performing arts. This minor offers a foundation for extended expression in dramatic
REQUIRED COURSES
UNITS
THTR 101 Introduction to Acting, or THTR 125 Text Studies for Production 4 THTR 305a Directing 4 THTR 365 Playwriting I 4 THTR 366 Playwriting II 4 THTR 479 Solo Performance 4
Master of Fine Arts The Master of Fine Arts in theatre allows the choice of an area of emphasis in theatre performance studies including acting, directing, dramatic writing or theatrical design. Seventy-two units of study at the 400- or 500‑level are required for the acting emphasis, 72 units for the dramatic writing emphasis and 48 units for the directing and theatrical design emphases. Regardless of the emphasis, at least two-thirds of the units must be at the 500 level or higher. In design, instead of a conventional thesis, the MFA student completes a final project in the area of design and defends it orally before the design faculty. A grade point average of 3.0 must be achieved in all graduate work taken in the School of Theatre. Graduate candidates whose undergraduate degrees are in disciplines other than theatre may be required to satisfy undergraduate prerequisites in theatre as determined by School of Theatre faculty. Curricula for the Master of Fine Arts Degree ACTING EMPHASIS
UNITS
THTR 480ab Performance for the Camera 2-2 THTR 504 The Art of Collaboration and Ensemble 2 THTR 512 Studies in Dramatic Analysis 2 THTR 515abcde Advanced Movement 10 THTR 520abcde Advanced Acting 16 THTR 529ab Textual Studies for Performance 8 THTR 540abcdef Advanced Voice Diction 12 THTR 541 Diction and Dialects 2 THTR 554 Visual and Spacial Relationship 2 THTR 571 Professional Seminar 2 THTR 575 Creative Production Projects 4 THTR 597 Theatre Practicum 8 DIRECTING EMPHASIS
72 UNITS
THTR 520ab Advanced Acting 8 THTR 525 Seminar in Contemporary Theatre 4 THTR 528 Seminar in Dramatic Analysis 4
THTR 555 Directing Fundamentals 2 THTR 556ab Directing 4 THTR 558ab Design for Directors 4 THTR 567a Studies in Playwriting 4 THTR 591 Seminar in Producing Theatre 4 THTR 593 MFA Project 4 Electives by advisement 10 THEATRICAL DESIGN EMPHASIS
48 UNITS
Two courses from: THTR 550a Seminar in Scene Design 3 THTR 552a Seminar in Costume Design 3 THTR 553a Seminar in Lighting Design 3 Two continuing courses from: THTR 550b Seminar in Scene Design 3 THTR 552b Seminar in Costume Design 3 THTR 553b Seminar in Lighting Design 3 One remaining course from: THTR 550a Seminar in Scene Design 3 THTR 552a Seminar in Costume Design 3 THTR 553a Seminar in Lighting Design 3 All of the following: THTR 407ab Drawing and Rendering for the Theatre 2-2 THTR 435 Advanced Theatrical Drafting 3 THTR 493ab Periods and Styles 2-2 THTR 593 MFA Project 4 Two seminars, one of which must be THTR 528 Seminar in Dramatic Analysis (4)
8
400- or 500-level electives by advisement, 5 units of which must be at the 500 level
10
48
DRAMATIC WRITING EMPHASIS
UNITS
CTWR 513 Writing the Short Script 2 CTWR 514ab Basic Dramatic Screenwriting 2-2 THTR 486 Creating Characters 4 THTR 501 Poetry and Prose into Drama 4 THTR 504 The Art of Collaboration and Ensemble 2 THTR 510 Writing the Short Drama 2 THTR 512 Studies in Dramatic Analysis 2 THTR 525 Seminar in Contemporary Theatre 4 THTR 529a Textual Studies for Performance 4 THTR 554 Visual and Spatial Relationship 2 THTR 567ab Studies in Playwriting 4-4 THTR 572 Global Dramatic Writing 4 THTR 574 Dramatic Writing Across Media for the Playwright 4 THTR 575 Creative Production Projects 4 THTR 593 MFA Project 4 THTR 595ab Graduate Playwrights’ Workshop 4-4 Electives 10 72
A minimum of 72 units of graduate course work must be completed prior to the degree being granted. Thesis Requirement: The student is required to complete a thesis portfolio consisting of four theatre projects: (1) a full-length original play, (2) a full-length original play or an adaptation, (3) a full length screenplay, (4) a project that is either a play of any length, or a short subject or feature length script, a set of television speculative scripts (either in three half-hour short form of drama from the same TV program or a set of characters; or one-hour long form) or an interdisciplinary/multimedia project (approved in advance by the dramatic writing faculty.) An oral defense and review by program faculty and the developing portfolio is required when the student has completed two-thirds of the program, generally in the fall term of the student’s third year.
Courses of Instruction
945
Master of Arts, Applied Theatre Arts The Master of Arts in Applied Theatre Arts explores the intersection of theatre and cultural fieldwork, encompassing the fields of theatre and therapy, theatre in education and theatre for social change/community-based theatre. This combined area of study weaves all three disciplines together under the aegis of training practitioners in the art of popular theatre with primarily marginalized communities. Practitioners of applied theatre arts supplement their work as classroom teachers, therapists, social workers, case managers, community organizers and social activists to engage public groups to obtain their goals and desires by using the tools of theatre to expedite dialogue and foster an atmosphere of greater critical consciousness and increased agency. A written and oral examination is required upon completion of course work.
International Study
All students will participate in an interna tional externship during the summer following their academic year. This externship takes place in an approved overseas site where the practice of applied theatre arts is well established, with whom the university has a contractual agreement for supervised observation. This externship intends to provide a supervisory, logistical and theoretical container for students to explore cultural fieldwork in the international arena. Curricula for the Master of Arts Degree APPLIED THEATRE ARTS
UNITS
THTR 505 Staging Communitybased Theatre THTR 521 Engaging Community Narratives THTR 544 Embodied Poetics THTR 568 Popular Theatre for Education and Development
3 3 2
THTR 577 Theatre and Therapy for Cultural Fieldwork 3 THTR 578 Theatre of the Oppressed Theory, Games, and Techniques 4 THTR 579 Writing Culture 3 THTR 586ab Applied Theatre Arts: Los Angeles Residency 2-2 THTR 587 Liberation Arts and Community Engagement — Theory 4 THTR 588 Liberation Arts and Community Engagement — Praxis 3 THTR 592ab Participatory Action Research for Communitybased Theatre 2-2 THTR 598 Applied Theatre Arts: International Externship 2
38
3
Courses of Instruction T H E AT R E ( T H T R )
The terms indicated are expected but are not guaranteed. For the courses offered during any given term, consult the Schedule of Classes. THTR 101 Introduction to Acting (4, FaSp)
Study of genres, terminology, and disciplines of acting; fundamental techniques necessary for performance; scene study from contemporary plays. THTR 110 Dramatic Analysis (2, Fa) Actors
work on the text: analysis in rehearsal of scripts drawn from contemporary realism for dramatic characterization. Corequisite: THTR 115, THTR 120a, THTR 140a.
THTR 115 Movement I (2, Fa) Basic training
for the actor’s body for expression and communication. Awareness and control through mind-body techniques. Corequisite: THTR 110, THTR 120a, THTR 140a. THTR 120ab Acting I (2-2, Sp) Basic prin-
ciples and techniques of acting through theatre games and improvisation. Intro duction to contemporary texts, basic characterization and cold reading techniques. Open to BFA majors only. Corequisite: a: THTR 110, THTR 115, THTR 140a; b: THTR 140b.
THTR 121abx Fundamentals of Acting (2-2, FaSp) a: The elements of the actor’s
imaginative skills. b: Continuation of THTR 121a. Not available for credit to theatre majors.
THTR 122 Improvisation and Theatre Games (2, max 4, FaSp) Individual and group exer-
cise to free the actor physically and emotionally and to stimulate creativity, imagination, and self-expression. THTR 124abx Character Acting (2-2, FaSp)
a: Concentration of imaginative processes which develop the individual characteristics of a dramatic role. b: Continuation of THTR 124a. Not available for credit to theatre majors. THTR 125 Text Studies for Production (4, Fa)
Focuses on the questions, artistic choices, methodologies, and approaches of an actor/ director/designer in the preparation of a production score prior to rehearsal. THTR 130 Introduction to Theatrical Production (2, max 4, FaSp) Introduction to the
non-performance areas of theatrical production (administrative, design, and technical fields) through hands-on participation in USC productions.
THTR 132ab Art of Theatrical Design (2-2, FaSp) a: A guided student exploration
of the fundamentals of applied design elements and their use as creative tools in the design process; b: Development of the artistic process and theatrical design vocabulary of the individual within the environment of collaborative storytelling. THTR 140ab Voice I (2-2, Fa) Physiological
mechanism of voice: breath control, phonation, resonance, articulation of language for the stage; expressive use of stress, intonation and rhythm. Corequisite: a: THTR 110, THTR 115, THTR 120a; b: THTR 120b. THTR 152 Introduction to Scene Study (2, FaSp) Application and consolidation of the
skills, knowledge and techniques acquired in the study of fundamentals of acting encountered in THTR 101. Prerequisite: THTR 101. THTR 181ab Modern Dance (2-2, FaSpSm)
a: Techniques of modern dance; elements of dance composition. b: Advanced techniques of modern dance; elements of choreography and production.
946
USC School of Theatre
THTR 182ab Advanced Modern Dance (2-2, FaSpSm) a: A continuing study of mod-
THTR 201 Introduction to the Theatre (4, Sp) Gateway to the majors and minors
ern dance skills toward an advanced level of competency. b: Advanced technique and composition. THTR 183abcd Ballet (2-2-2-2, FaSpSm)
a: Beginning techniques of classical ballet consisting of basic barre and center work; basic body and arm positions, port de bras, allegro and elementary adagio. b: Intermediate techniques of classical ballet with intermediate barre, adagio, allegro combinations and pirouettes; development of a working knowledge of ballet terminology. c: Advanced techniques of classical ballet; emphasis on clarity and precision with execution of movement. Study of beats, tours, advanced adagio and allegro, grand combinations, pointe-work. d: Elementary to intermediate level ballet technique en pointes for women and men; conditioning and barre exercises; variations from classical and modern ballets. THTR 184abc Jazz Dance (2-2-2, FaSpSm)
a: Beginning techniques and practice of jazz dance. b: Continuing study in the techniques of jazz dance. c: Advanced techniques of jazz dance: advanced warm up, rhythmic and isolation exercises, turns and advanced jazz sequences or combinations. THTR 185 Hip-Hop Dance (2, max 4, FaSpSm) Elements of Hip-Hop dance,
including technique, movement, musical rhythm, tempo and phrasing required to develop the skills needed to perform this unique dance form. THTR 188ab International Style Ballroom Dance (2-2, FaSpSm) Representative ball-
room dances: waltz, slow foxtrot, tango, and quickstep. a: Beginning. b: Intermediate. Graded CR/NC. THTR 189ab Tap Dance (2-2, FaSpSm)
a: Basic tap rhythms developed into elementary dances with progression of time steps and other combinations of sound. b: Continuing study of tap dancing including more complicated rhythmic patterns and combinations; polishing technique; combinations to varied music and introduction to advanced steps and combinations. Prerequisite: THTR 189a or departmental approval. THTR 195 Theatre on Film (4, FaSp) Intro-
duction to the theatre and its relationship to society through major plays in film versions. Separate screenings to be arranged.
in theatre. Introduction to and exploration of the creative elements of theatre art: playwriting, acting, directing, and design of scenery, lighting, and costume. Research on a selected area. (Duplicates credit in former THTR 100.) THTR 210 Theory and Practice of World Theatre I (4, Fa) A multicultural and trans
national examination of the history, theory and practice of theatre from its origins to the age of Shakespeare and Zeami. Recommended preparation: THTR 125. THTR 211 Theory and Practice of World Theatre II (4, Sp) A multicultural and trans-
national examination of the history, theory and practice of theatre from the Renaissance to the 19th Century. (Duplicates credit in former THTR 311.) Recommended preparation: THTR 125. THTR 212 Theory and Practice of World Theatre III (4, Sp) A multicultural and trans-
THTR 231ab Costume Construction (3-3, FaSp) Historical survey, theory and practice
in construction of costume, emphasis on period and style. Recommended preparation: THTR 125, THTR 201.
THTR 232 Stage Lighting (3, FaSp) Theory
and practice of theatrical lighting design including electricity, radiant energy, refraction, reflection, absorption, chromatic varia tion, and electronic controls. Prerequisite: THTR 131.
THTR 236 Stage Sound (2, FaSp) Basic audio
engineering science, how sound is measured, basic transducers and signal flow. Operation of recording and playback equipment used in theatrical sound design/mixing. THTR 240ab Voice II (2-2, FaSp) Develop-
ment of the voice using material which explores the techniques of Shakespeare and his contemporaries. Prerequisite: THTR 140b; corequisite: a: THTR 215a, THTR 220a; b: THTR 215b, THTR 220b.
national examination of the history, theory and practice of theatre from the late 19th century to the present date. Recommended preparation: THTR 125.
THTR 241 Methods and Materials (2, FaSp)
THTR 215ab Movement II (a: 2, Fa; b: 2, Sp)
THTR 252ab Intermediate Acting I (2-2, FaSp) a: Polishing the actor’s skills through
a: Training of the actor’s body with focus on development of precision and strength. Prerequisite: THTR 115; corequisite: THTR 220a, THTR 240a. b: Training of the actor’s body with focus on mask work for the development of precision, strength and expressiveness. Prerequisite: THTR 215a; corequisite: THTR 220b, THTR 240b. THTR 216 Movement for Actors (2, FaSp)
Training and practice in the coordination of the physical apparatus of the actor utilizing various movement techniques through improvisation. THTR 220ab Intermediate Acting I (2-2, FaSp) Continuing development of imagina-
tion leading to an increased range of dramatic expression through the formalized text of William Shakespeare. Prerequisite: THTR 120b. THTR 222 Stage Make-up (2, FaSp) Prin-
ciples of stage make-up materials and skills allowing the actors to enhance their features and techniques for moderate and extreme aging, injuries, and character roles. THTR 230 Communicating Theatrical Design Concepts (3, FaSp) The visualization and
communication of design ideas through free-hand and mechanical drawing, including orthographics, isometrics, perspective, shades and shadows, plans, sections and elevations.
Cutting-edge and traditional methods and materials that enhance both the planning stages and realization of the theatrical design.
analysis and class performance of scenes from plays. b: Continuation of THTR 252a. THTR 280 Dance as an Art Form (4, FaSpSm)
Gateway to the minor in dance. Concepts of art exemplified in dance; origins and evolution of classic and contemporary dance forms; elements of art criticism applied to dance productions. Required attendance at dance concerts and art exhibits. THTR 282 Activities for Professional Preparation: Dance (1) Fundamental movements
and composition in modern and aerobic dance; study of popular social dance forms; teaching and evaluation methodologies; course and class planning.
THTR 285 Elements of Dance Production (4)
Theoretical aspects of creativity, choreography, accompaniment, dance notation, and production; application in individual and group composition. Lecture, 2 hours; performance laboratory, 6 hours. THTR 295 Theatre in America (2, max 8, FaSp) Current state of American theatre,
through a study of acting, playwriting, criticism, stage design, lighting, and dramatic styles.
Courses of Instruction
947
THTR 300 Introduction to Modern Drama (4, Fa) An investigation of the ideas, forms,
THTR 331 Costume Design I (4, Sp) Histori-
genres, and thematic concerns of modern drama. Equal emphasis is placed on the plays and their historical contexts. (Duplicates credit in former THTR 200.)
cal styles, methods, and dramatic analysis in costume design as applied in contemporary practice. Execution of costume designs for assigned works. Recommended preparation: THTR 231.
THTR 301 Greek and Roman Theatre (4, Fa)
THTR 332 Lighting Design I (4, FaSp) His-
torical styles, methods, and dramatic analysis in lighting design as applied in contemporary practice.
Basic approach to the acting and analysis of the highly formalized texts of William Shakespeare. Prerequisite: THTR 101; recommended preparation: THTR 252b.
THTR 333 Stage Management I (3, Fa) Basic
THTR 365 Playwriting I (4, FaSp) Essential
THTR 335 Scenic Construction (3, FaSp)
THTR 366 Playwriting II (4, FaSp) Continua-
THTR 352ab Intermediate Acting II (2-2, FaSp) a: Building and sustaining character
in drama. b: Continuation of world drama. Class performance and critique. Prerequisite: THTR 252b. THTR 354 Acting Shakespeare (2, FaSp)
Examines the function of theatre, production and acting conventions, and the drama of classical Greece and Rome. (Duplicates credit in former THTR 213.) Recommended preparation: THTR 125, THTR 201. THTR 302 Shakespeare in His World (4, Sp)
The plays and theatre of Shakespeare, the influences on his work and his contemporary world. (Duplicates credit in former THTR 214.) Recommended preparation: THTR 201, THTR 210, THTR 211. THTR 305ab Directing (4-4, FaSp) Exami-
nation of basic directorial principles. Preproduction analysis and rehearsal procedures; relationship of the director to actor; integration of technical aspects of production. Prerequisite: THTR 305a before b. THTR 313 Comedy of Manners (4, Fa)
Study of the development of Comedy of Manners, with primary focus on Restoration Comedy of Manners. Recommended preparation: THTR 201, THTR 210, THTR 211. THTR 314 Advanced Topics in Modern Drama (4, Sp) 20th century realism and
the avant-garde. Recommended preparation: THTR 201, THTR 210, THTR 211. THTR 315ab Physical Theatre I (2-2, FaSp)
Actor training anchored by rigorous physical movements. Activities include comedy, clowning, juggling, and mask work. Open to BFA Acting majors only. THTR 316 Advanced Movement for Actors (2, FaSp) Advanced physical training for
the B.A. actor utilizing various movement techniques through improvisation. For B.A., Theatre (Acting) students only. Prerequisite: THTR 216. THTR 320ab Intermediate Acting II (2-2, FaSp) Further development of range and
breadth of performance skills with emphasis on texts of heightened language and style. Open to BFA acting majors only. Prerequisite: THTR 220b; corequisite: a: THTR 315a, THTR 340a; b: THTR 315b, THTR 340b. THTR 330 Scene Design I (4, Fa) Histori-
cal styles, methods, and dramatic analysis for scene design as applied in contemporary practice. Recommended preparation: THTR 130ab.
skills, including assembly of prompt book, blocking notation, and organizational and communication procedures applied in theatre production. Technology, organization, and operation of the theatrical scene shop centered around the proper and safe use of tools, the choosing of materials, and methods of construction. (Duplicates credit in former THTR 131.) THTR 336 Introduction to Sound Design (3, FaSp) The art and techniques of theatrical
sound design. The use of music and ambient sound in theatrical presentations. Design elements as metaphor. THTR 340ab Intermediate Voice (2-2, FaSp)
Extended development of vocal freedom and range, acquisition of articulate speech. Enhancement of vocal power and resonance, techniques for performing with a dialect. Open to BFA Acting majors only. Concurrent enrollment: THTR 315ab, THTR 320ab. THTR 341x Voice for the Non-Theatre Major (2, Fa) Designed for the non-theatre major
elements of playwriting through weekly assignments, students’ initiative, occasional productions of scenes, and extensive classroom analysis.
tion of the work begun in THTR 365. Prerequisite: THTR 365. THTR 380 Historical Approaches to Dance (4) Roles of dance in pre-technological socie
ties; development of classic and romantic ballet from medieval, baroque, and renaissance periods to contemporary forms. THTR 385 Choreography and Performance (4) Aesthetic concepts in dance and related
arts; integration of concepts in choreography, performance, and production; philosophical bases of dance criticism; critical analysis of performances. Lecture, 3 hours; performance laboratory, 3 hours. THTR 388 Senior Seminar in Dance (4)
ynthesis of principles, philosophy, and S history of dance, culminating in senior individual project.
focusing on the range, color, texture, and projection of the human voice in a variety of situations. Not available for credit to theatre majors.
THTR 390 Special Problems (1-4, FaSp)
THTR 342ab Basic Voice (2-2, FaSp) a: Exam-
THTR 395m Drama as Human Relations (4)
ination of the individual voice centering on resonance, tone, flexibility, and support through dramatic selections for transmitting meaning and emotion of character. b: Continuation of THTR 342a. THTR 343 Musical Theatre Audition (3, FaSpSm) Designed to give students confi-
dence and integrity for auditions in musical theatre. Choosing appropriate material and preparation for the audition and performance. Audition required.
Supervised, individual studies. No more than one registration permitted. Enrollment by petition only. A focus on American ethnic and multicultural diversity from the perspectives of gender, race, and myth as revealed in plays, film, and other performance media. THTR 396 God, Drama and Entertainment (4, FaSp) An exploration of money, power, sex
and love in relation to secular and spiritual values represented by contemporary theatre media.
THTR 397 Theatre Practicum (1-4, max 12, FaSpSm) Substantive participation in produc-
tions sponsored by the school and supervised by the faculty.
948
USC School of Theatre
THTR 403 The Performing Arts (4, FaSp)
THTR 431 Seminar in Theatre Design (2, FaSp) Research into the application of
THTR 444 Applied Voice: Speech and Text (3, Fa) Intensive study of speech and voice
An interdisciplinary inquiry into the aesthetics of the performing arts. Examines a dramatic classic and its adaptation into musical theatre, opera, ballet, and film. (Duplicates credit in the former THTR 303.)
contemporary topics relevant to theatrical design within the diverse cultural environment of the greater Los Angeles area.
regarding text, context, environment, dynamics, range, and accent. Recommended preparation: THTR 342ab.
THTR 432ab Scene Design II (3-3, FaSp)
THTR 452ab Advanced Acting (4-4, FaSp)
THTR 404 Acting Theory (4, FaSp) Examina-
tion of the theoretical foundations of acting as an art form through the reading of primary historical texts.
Continuation of THTR 330. Evolution of scene design through analysis of script, environmental factors, and styles. Prerequisite: THTR 330.
Intensive investigation and performance of audition techniques. Scene study skills developed, including cold readings, first readings, rehearsal procedure, performance process, camera/taping. Prerequisite: THTR 352b.
THTR 405m Performing Identities (4, FaSp)
THTR 433ab Costume Design II (3-3, FaSp)
This course explores the live performance medium as a creative means of social redress and personal expression. (Duplicates credit in the former THTR 393m.)
Evolution of costume design through analysis of script, environmental factors, and styles. Prerequisite: THTR 331. THTR 434ab Lighting Design II (3-3, FaSp)
THTR 406 Theatre on the Edge (4, FaSp)
An exploration of the art of theatre at the edge of possibilities. THTR 407ab Drawing and Rendering for the Theatre (2-2, FaSp) Drawing and ren-
Continuation of THTR 332. Evolution of lighting design through analysis of script, environmental factors, and styles. Prerequisite: THTR 332. THTR 435 Advanced Theatrical Drafting (3)
dering techniques appropriate for theatre designers. a: Drawing and drawing theory. b: Drawing and rendering. (Duplicates credit in former FA 407ab.)
Drafting style and complex graphic communication. Emphasis on creating professional plates, developing an individual style and graphic problem solving.
THTR 408ab Dialects (2-2, FaSpSm) a: The
THTR 436 Sound for Theatre (3, Fa) Intro-
study of standard American stage dialect using the international phonetic alphabet. b: The study of accents and regional dialects. Prerequisite for b: THTR 408a. THTR 415ab Physical Theatre II (2-2, FaSp)
Advanced Physical Acting focusing on principles of verbal/non-verbal improvisation and communication. Elements of textual analysis, including development of character mask and of the ensemble. Open to BFA Acting majors only. Prerequisite: THTR 315b. THTR 417 Stage Combat (2, FaSp) Intro-
duction to safe and effective portrayals of violence for the stage. Training and practice of unarmed stage combat skills. Recommended preparation: THTR 216.
duction to electronic sound and sound reinforcement, including basic equipment, recording, editing, and show operation. THTR 437 Scene Painting (3, Sp) Tech-
niques, materials, and equipment of the scenic artist, including both historic and modern methods. Recommended preparation: paint and drawing experience. THTR 438 Technical Theatre (3, Sp) Theory
and practice of technical theatre. Emphasis is on technical problem solving and graphic solutions to technical theatre. Prerequisite: THTR 230.
THTR 439 Stage Properties (3, Sp) Organiza-
tion, management, and construction of properties for the theatre.
THTR 420ab Advanced Acting (2-2, FaSp)
Contemporary material from plays and screenplays with an emphasis on individual challenges and problems. Open to BFA acting majors only. Prerequisite: THTR 320b; corequisite: a: THTR 415a, THTR 440a; b: THTR 415b, THTR 440b.
THTR 440ab Advanced Voice (2-2, FaSp)
Continuation of exercises related to the individual student for the stage. Open to BFA students only. Prerequisite: THTR 340ab. THTR 441 Advanced Sound Design (3, Sp)
mance skills necessary to give an effective oral presentation.
Advanced exploration of theatrical sound design theory and related technology; creative uses of music, sound effects, and audio equipment in modern theatres. Prerequisite: THTR 436.
THTR 430 Stage Management II (3, Sp)
THTR 442 Voice-over Acting (2, FaSp)
Application of stage management procedures required in the professional theatre. Prerequisite: THTR 333.
Acting techniques, recording studio technology and editing for the field of voice acting and voice-overs. Prerequisite: THTR 342a or THTR 408a.
THTR 421 Effective Oral Presentation (2, FaSp) Developing and practicing perfor-
THTR 458 Visiting Artist Workshop (2, max 4, FaSp) A workshop course taught by
the visiting artist holding the George Burns chair. Course topics will be determined by the instructor. THTR 459 Songwriting for the Musical Theatre (2, FaSp) Structure, character and
intention in songwriting for the musical theatre. Writing for the voice and examination of how form follows content. Portfolio submission required. THTR 465 Playwriting III (4) Analysis of a
full-length play or its equivalent with con tinued production opportunity. Prerequisite: THTR 366. THTR 466 Playwriting IV (4) Continuation of
the work begun in THTR 465. Prerequisite: THTR 465. THTR 468 Theatre in Education (4, Sp)
Exploration of the theory and practice of theatre arts in the learning environment. Design and implement projects to support elementary and secondary education. Recommended preparation: THTR 201, EDUC 200. THTR 471 Senior Showcase (2) Designed
to provide the graduating students with an opportunity to select, prepare and perform for agents, directors and producers in film, tele vision and theatre. Audition required. Open to Theatre majors only. THTR 472 Professional Preparation for Actors (2, FaSp) Introduction to the skills,
knowledge, and promotional materials that will enable the student to manage an independent career in the performing arts. Open only to theatre majors at the senior level. Recommended preparation: THTR 101, THTR 252ab. THTR 475 Acting on Camera: The Collaborative Process (4, max 8) Acting students will
learn to develop on-camera acting skills and to collaborate with student directors and cine matographers from the School of Cinematic Arts. Recommended preparation: 300-level acting course.
Courses of Instruction
949
THTR 476m African American Theatre, Dance, and Performance (4) A survey of
THTR 485 Advanced Solo Performance (4, Sp) An advanced writing and performance
THTR 497 Advanced Theatre Practicum (2, max 4, FaSp) Intensive participation
THTR 477 Theatre and Therapy (4, Fa)
THTR 486 Creating Characters (4) A writing
THTR 498 Production Analysis and Performance (4) Investigation and analysis of the
African American theatre and cultural per formance traditions as a reflection of both African American culture and American history. Explores theatre as a healing art form. Techniques include games, improv, playback theatre, Boal’s and Moreno’s drama therapy, and Jungian dream theatre to name a few. Work with incarcerated youth, gay/lesbian/bi teens, elderly, disabled and other populations. THTR 478ab Theatre for Youth (2-2)
a: Theory and practice of youth theatre, including development and rehearsal of mainstage productions. Emphasis on multicultural and bilingual pieces. Enroll by audition or interview only. b: Continuation of a, bringing developed pieces into production for regional K-12. THTR 479 Solo Performance (4, Fa) A
riting-performance workshop in which stuw dents write, develop, and rehearse original, autobiographical and character monologues and perform them at the end of the semester. THTR 480ab Performance for Camera (2-2, FaSpSm) a: Structured to address the dynam-
ics of acting in relation to film/television. Refining the students’ understanding of the similarities/differences between acting on stage/film. (Duplicates credit in former THTR 480.) b: Continued exploration of acting for film/television. Furthering the student’s understanding of the similarities/ differences between acting on stage/film. THTR 481 From The Border to Broadway (4, Fa) An investigation of the role that
Latina/o plays and performances have played in creating and documenting a contemporary American experience of the theatre. THTR 482 Choreography for Television (4)
Creative choreography of theatrical dance for television. Emphasis on rhythmic analysis, versatility, composition, notation techniques, and stylizing. THTR 483 Dance Performance (2, max 8, Sm) Preparation, rehearsal, and performance
of experimental choreography in main stage repertory.
THTR 484 Acting in Television Commercials (2, FaSm) An on-camera, workshop-style
introduction to techniques, perspectives and theories unique to performing in television commercials. Recommended preparation: a 300‑level acting or voice class.
workshop. Students will write and rehearse an extended personal monologue to be presented at the end of the semester. Prerequisite: THTR 479. workshop devoted to the creation of living, breathing characters, exploring a range of techniques designed to develop authenticity. THTR 487 Promotion for the Performing Arts (4, Fa) Introduction and overview of all
aspects of marketing the arts including both non-profit and commercial organizations. THTR 488m Theatre in the Community (4, Fa) Research and actively develop the
theory of theatre as a moving political, social, economic and spiritual force of change within the local community. THTR 489 Theatre Internship (2-6, max 12, FaSpSm) Practical experience in the enter-
tainment industry.
THTR 490x Directed Research (2-8, max 8, FaSpSm) Individual research and readings.
Not available for graduate credit.
THTR 491 Theatre Organization and Administration (4, Fa) Budgets, contracts, box-office
procedures, public relations; personnel and executive policies of the school, community, and professional theatre.
in a production sponsored by the school and supervised by the faculty, to increase and develop artistic growth. Prerequisite: THTR 397.
work of a major dramatist and his milieu; production of one of his plays.
THTR 499 Special Topics (2-4, max 8, FaSp)
Studies in selected areas of theatre art. Intensive practice in role and script interpretation and its psychological relationship to the audience. THTR 501 Poetry and Prose into Drama (4, Sp) Plays for the stage shall be written
using public-domain poetry and prose as inspiration and source material, complemented with exploring poetry, prose, and varied dramas as context for the student writer. Students should be well-versed in literature, and have written in one or more genres. Recommended preparation: reading poetry and novels. THTR 504 The Art of Collaboration and Ensemble (2, FaSp) An investigation of
the role that collaboration plays in making ensemble work. MFA Actors will collaborate with MFA Dramatic Writers in creating an ensemble company.
THTR 492 Producing Theatre (4, Sp) Analy-
THTR 505 Staging Community-based Theatre (3, Sp) Explores the theory and
THTR 493ab Periods and Styles (2-2, FaSp)
THTR 510 Writing the Short Drama (2, FaSp)
A survey of the influence of historical and cultural events on the evaluation of theatrical styles. a: Classical to Jacobean. b: Restoration to 20th century.
The art and craft of dramatic writing. In particular exploring its dimensions with regard to character and story development in the ten minute play.
THTR 494 Raising Money for the Arts (4, Sp) Overview of fundraising techniques
THTR 512 Studies in Dramatic Analysis (2, FaSp) A skill-based workshop that uses a
THTR 495 Experimental Theatre Workshop I (4, max 8, FaSp) Guidance and direction
THTR 513 Seminar in History of the Theatre (4) Bibliography, historical evolution, patterns,
THTR 496 Experimental Theatre Workshop II (4, max 8, FaSp) Continuation of THTR
THTR 515abcdef Advanced Movement (2-2-2-2-2-2, FaSp) Advanced exercises in
sis of all procedures involved in producing theatre (commercial or non-profit) including legal and business guidelines and contracts. Prerequisite: THTR 491.
for non-profit theatre including grantsmanship, board development, direct mail soliciting, and money raising activities and events.
in the production of new and experimental plays for a public audience.
495ab. Enrollment by audition only.
practice of staging community-based popular theatre, including Theatre of the Oppressed, street theatre, witness theatre, agit-prop and festival theatre events.
historical survey of theatre texts to develop critical reading skills along two different tracks: Acting and Dramatic Writing.
and techniques of the theatre from primitive to modern times.
movement for the use of the body in relation to the stage. Corequisite for e: THTR 480, THTR 540e, THTR 555, THTR 575; corequisite for f: THTR 520e, THTR 540f, THTR 597.
950
USC School of Theatre
THTR 520abcde Advanced Acting (4-4-2-4-2, FaSp) Advanced training in acting skills;
THTR 545 Visiting Artists Master Seminar (4, Sp) A workshop taught by a master visit-
emphasis upon individual needs. Corequisite for e: THTR 515f, THTR 540f, THTR 571, THTR 597.
THTR 521 Engaging Community Narratives (3, Fa) Provides training for actor/artists who
partner with non-actors in community-based theatre projects. THTR 525 Seminar in Contemporary Theatre (4, SpSm) Analysis of trends, prob-
lems, and the work of major figures in the contemporary theatre.
THTR 526 Seminar in Dramatic Literature (4) Study and analysis of world drama best
representing changes in philosophies, aesthetics, and tastes of audiences.
THTR 528 Seminar in Dramatic Analysis (4, Fa) Drama as a living art; reading, analysis,
and discussion of plays which best illustrate principles of effective playwriting.
THTR 529ab Textual Studies for Performance (a: 4, Fa; b: 4, Sp) Close textual read-
ing of dramatic texts as a fundamental tool for rehearsal and performance. THTR 530 Seminar in Dramatic Criticism (4)
Dramatic criticism from the classical Greek period to the modern.
ing artist, concentrating on his/her specific expertise in relation to dramatic writing. Course topics determined by the instructor. Recommended preparation: reading or viewing the work of the visiting master artist. THTR 550ab Seminar in Scene Design (3-3, FaSp) Theory and practice of scene design;
an intensive investigation into the relationship of a script to the visual statement.
THTR 552ab Seminar in Costume Design (3-3, FaSp) Theory and practice of costume
design; intensive investigation into the relationship of a script to the visual statement. THTR 553ab Seminar in Lighting Design (3-3, FaSp) Theory and practice of lighting
design; intensive investigation into the relationship of a script to the visual statement. THTR 554 Visual and Spatial Relationship (2, FaSp) The illustration and understanding
of how space can be used to add emotional undertone, contextual information and strong staging ideas to a production. THTR 555 Directing Fundamentals (2)
To provide the basic foundations for the conceptualization and execution of works for the stage. THTR 556ab Directing (2-2) A seminar/
THTR 533 Seminar in the American Theatre (4, 2 years, SpSm) History and literature of
workshop in developing and testing directorial skills: text, design, acting, producing, and communication with an audience. Prerequisite: a: THTR 555; b: THTR 556a.
THTR 535 Seminar in Aesthetics of the Theatre (4) Aesthetic theories which apply to
THTR 558ab Design for Directors (2-2)
the American theatre from its beginning to the present day.
the art of the theatre; emphasis upon acting and play direction.
THTR 540abcdef Advanced Voice Diction (2-2-2-2-2-2, FaSp) Advanced individual vocal
development and application to a variety of professional and performance circumstances. Corequisite for e: THTR 515e, THTR 575, THTR 480, THTR 555; corequisite for f: THTR 515f, THTR 520e, THTR 571, THTR 597. THTR 541 Diction and Dialects (2, Fa) Fun-
damentals of speech, diction, dialects and accents, including work in the International Phonetic Alphabet.
THTR 544 Embodied Poetics (2, Fa) Explores
the relationship between vocal and physical expression and the spontaneity of human impulse within the community-based context.
Basic elements of scenic, costume, props, lighting, sound, and make-up design, as they apply to the art of directing. Prerequisite: a: THTR 555; b: THTR 558a. THTR 567ab Studies in Playwriting (4-4)
a: Extensive examination of playwriting, dramaturgical development process, and readings of work toward the completion of professionally promising plays. b: Continued extensive examination of playwriting, dramaturgy, development, and readings of work toward the completion of professionally promising plays. THTR 568 Popular Theatre for Education and Development (3, Sp) Theory and prac-
tice of Theatre in Education and Theatre for Development as resources for conscientization and liberation of communities at the margins of power.
THTR 571 Professional Seminar (2, Sp)
Introduction to the world of the professional actor. THTR 572 Global Dramatic Writing (4, FaSp)
“Tour” of non-European and non-European American cultures with regard to their dramatic subject matter and traditions. THTR 574 Dramatic Writing Across Media for the Playwright (4, FaSp) Intensive over-
view of career paths for playwrights in a wide array of media as they exist now, and as new opportunities arise. THTR 575 Creative Production Projects (4)
Advanced creative projects for production with emphasis on theatre as a synthesis of the performing arts. THTR 577 Theatre and Therapy for Cultural Fieldwork (3, Sp) Explores the theory and
practice of theatre and therapy in the cultural fieldwork and community development settings. Recommended preparation: THTR 587. THTR 578 Theatre of the Oppressed Theory, Games, and Techniques (4, FaSpSm) Basic
theoretical foundations of game playing for populations at the margins of power. Recommended preparation: THTR 521, THTR 544.
THTR 579 Writing Culture (3, FaSpSm) Bor-
rows from anthropology, popular/communitybased theatre, cultural studies, and literature to provide an array of methodologies and approaches to artistic collaboration across cultures and difference. THTR 586ab Applied Theatre Arts: Los Angeles Residency (2-2, FaSp) a: Academic
and group process context for students’ work in their chosen local internships to help students engage with communities as cultural fieldworkers. b: Supervisory, logistical, and theoretical container for THTR 586a. Engages students in their curricular experiences in the cultural field in partnership with their community-based organizations. THTR 587 Liberation Arts and Community Engagement – Theory (4, Fa) Historical
foundations of liberatory movements using expressive arts towards community-based goals of reciprocal and collaborative empowerment, civil rights, psychological or political freedom and justice. THTR 588 Liberation Arts and Community Engagement – Praxis (3, Sp) Theory
and practice of developing liberatory and Theatre of the Oppressed events, from first community contact to staged public event. Prerequisite: THTR 587.
Courses of Instruction
THTR 590 Directed Research (1-12, FaSpSm)
THTR 593 MFA Project (2, max 4, FaSpSm)
Research leading to the master’s degree. Maximum units which may be applied to the degree to be determined by the department. Graded CR/NC.
Credit awarded upon completion of project. Graded CR/NC.
THTR 591 Seminar in Producing Theatre (4)
Graded CR/NC.
A seminar in the theories and processes of producing theatre (commercial and non-profit). THTR 592ab Participatory Action Research for Community-based Theatre (a: 2, FaSp; b: 2, Sm) a: Examination of theories and
practices of Participatory Action Research (PAR) to better understand its various forms in community-based contexts using theatre as the research mode. b: Implements the theories and practices of THTR 592a towards the creation of a summative research paper on the local and international applied theatre arts experience.
THTR 594abz Master’s Thesis (2-2-0, FaSpSm) Credit on acceptance of thesis.
THTR 595ab Graduate Playwrights’ Workshop (4-4) a: Development of thesis plays
utilizing faculty dramaturgical support and involvement of student actors/directors. Includes readings with/without audiences. Simulates professional development process. b: Continued development of thesis plays in a simulated professional development workshop process utilizing dramaturgy and involvement of student actors/directors. Culminates in staged readings.
951
THTR 597 Theatre Practicum (1-4, max 12, FaSpSm) Preparation, rehearsal, and per-
formance of dramatic works in main stage repertory.
THTR 598 Applied Theatre Arts: International Externship (2) Supervisory, logisti-
cal and theoretical container for students exploring cultural fieldwork in international settings. Prerequisite: THTR 588. THTR 599 Special Topics (2-4, max 8) Studies
in selected areas of theatre art.
General Index and Course Index
954
USC Catalogue 2012-2013
A Academic calendar, 30 Academic dishonesty sanctions, 38 Academic eligibility for financial aid, 51, 54, 82 Academic integrity, 34 Academic medicine, master of, 767 Academic policies, 29 Academic probation, undergraduate, 38 Academic programs, 14, 38 Academic progress, graduate, 84 monitoring, 52, 84 professional, 84 undergraduate, 52 Academic standards, 37 Academic support, 21 Academic Support, Center for, 21 Academic warning and dismissal, graduate, 39, 100 Accounting, bachelor of, 191 bachelor of/master in business taxation, 194 bachelor of/master of, 194 master of, 195 minor in, 193 progressive degrees in, 194 Accounting, Leventhal School of, 189 courses of instruction, 198 dual degree program, 197 faculty, 190 graduate admission, 193 graduate degrees, 193 undergraduate degree, 191 Accreditation, 14 ACCT, accounting courses, 198 Acting, theatre, bachelor of, 940 master of, 944 Adding courses, 34 Administrative officers, 7 Admission, 48, 80 conditional, 80 from colleges and universities, 50 from secondary schools, 49 graduate programs, 80 international students, 81 school and professional programs, 80 undergraduate, 48 Admission credit evaluation, graduate, 85 international students, 82 Admission requirements for schools, Accounting, 191, 193 Annenberg, 491, 495 Architecture, 114 Biokinesiology and physical therapy, 714, 716 Business, graduate, 154 Cinematic Arts, 206 Dentistry, 527, 530, 532, 533, 534, 543 Education, 561 Engineering, 582 Fine Arts, 686
Law, 735 Music, 811 Pharmacy, 850 Public Policy, 871, 879 Social Work, 930 Theatre, 939 Admission status, the Graduate School, 98 ADNT, advanced dental education conjoint program courses, 545 Advanced instruction, master of, 562 Advanced operative dentistry, certificate in, 536 Advanced placement examinations, 50 mathematics, 403 Advancement to candidacy, Ph.D., 103 Advertising, minor in, 511 Advisement, the Graduate School, 100 Advising and academic services, Dornsife College, 248 AEGD, advanced education in general dentistry courses, 546 Aerospace and mechanical engineering, 588 computational fluid and solid mechanics, master of, 589 courses of instruction, 592 dynamics and control, master of, 592 faculty, 588 Aerospace engineering, bachelor of, 589 doctorate, 590 engineer in, 590 master of, 589 Aerospace studies, 876 courses of instruction, 920 AEST, aerospace studies courses, 920 African American studies (American studies and ethnicity), bachelor of, 257 AHIS, art history courses, 275 Air Force, aerospace studies, 876 ALI, American Language Institute courses, 254 Ambulatory care systems, management of, certificate in, 892 AME, aerospace and mechanical engineering courses, 592 AMED, anesthesia and medicine courses, 546 American Language Institute, 82, 254 courses of instruction, 254 American popular culture, minor in, 259 American studies and ethnicity, 255 African American studies program, 257 Asian American studies program, 258 bachelor of, 256 Chicano/Latino studies program, 258 courses of instruction, 262 doctorate, 260 faculty, 255 graduate degrees, 260 honors program, 256 minor programs, 259 undergraduate degrees, 256 AMST, American studies and ethnicity courses, 262 ANAT, anatomy courses in dentistry, 546
Index
Anatomy courses in dentistry, 546 Anesthesia and medicine courses, 546 Anesthesia, nurse, master of, 771 Anesthesiology, 771 Animation, 3-D, minor in, 671 Animation and digital arts, bachelor of, 214 master of, 215 minor in, 228 Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism, 481 admission requirements, 491, 512 certificate programs, 496 courses of instruction, 500, 516 degree requirements, 491, 510 dual degrees, 499 minor programs, 492, 511 progressive degree, 492 School of Communication, 490 School of Journalism, 509 ANST, anesthesiology courses, 772 ANTH, anthropology courses, 268 Anthropology, 264 bachelor of, 265 courses of instruction, 268 cultural, minor in, 266 doctorate, 268 faculty, 264 master of, 267 medical, minor in, 266 minor programs, 266 policy on films/videos produced by students, 267 undergraduate degrees, 265 visual, bachelor of, 265 certificate in, 267 master of, 268 Anthropology, Visual, Center for, 267 Application requirements, 48 Applied and computational mathematics, bachelor of, 403 Applied biostatistics/epidemiology, master of, 796 Applied mathematics, doctorate, 406 master of, 404 Applied mechanics, bachelor of, 597 Applied theatre arts, master of, 945 minor in, 943 Appropriate course enrollment, 32 Aptitude test requirements for undergraduate admission, 50 Arabic and Middle East studies, minor, 396 ARCH, architecture courses, 132 Archaeology, interdisciplinary, bachelor of, 460 Architectural studies, bachelor of, 115 Architecture, bachelor of, 114 doctorate, 130 landscape, bachelor of, 117 master of, 124
master of/master of planning, 128, 896 minor in, 118 master of, 123 master of, +2 program, 123 master of, post-professional, 123 master of/master of planning, 128, 894 minor in, 118 Architecture, certificate in, 121 Architecture, School of, 111 admission, graduate, 120 admission, undergraduate, 114 certificate programs, 121 courses of instruction, 132 degree requirements, graduate, 120 undergraduate, 114 dual degrees, 128 faculty, 112 minor programs, 118 Area of emphasis, 67, 92 ARLT, arts and letters courses, 253 Art and curatorial practices in the public sphere, master of, 691 master of/planning, master of, 692, 897 Art history, 271 bachelor of, 272 certificate programs, 274 courses of instruction, 275 doctorate, 274 faculty, 271 history of collecting and display, certificate in, 274 honors program, 272 master of, 273 minor in, 272 minor programs, 272 Artist diploma, program in, 822 Arts and letters courses, 253 Art, theories of, minor in, 423 Asian American studies (American studies and ethnicity), bachelor of, 258 Asian Pacific American student services, 22 ASTE, astronautics and space techology courses, 600 ASTR, astronomy courses, 435 Astronautical engineering, 598 bachelor of, 598 certificate in, 600 courses of instruction, 600 degrees, 598 doctorate, 600 engineer in, 600 master of, 599 minor in, 599 Astronomy, 430 bachelor of, 431 courses of instruction, 435 minor in, 432 Athlete academic services, student, 24 Athletics, 17 Auditing courses, 33
955
B Bachelor of music in performance (popular music), 815 Bachelor’s degree, second, financial aid eligibility, 52 residence requirements, 60 BAEP, business entrepreneurship courses, 173 Band, Marching, 27 Bassoon performance, bachelor of, 815 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 Billing information, 43 BIOC, biochemistry courses, 775 Biochemical engineering, biomedical engineering, bachelor of, 604 chemical engineering, bachelor of, 611 Biochemistry and molecular biology, 773 courses of instruction, 775 doctorate, 774 faculty, 773 master of, 774 Biochemistry, bachelor of, 282 Biochemistry courses in dentistry, 546 Biokinesiology, doctorate, 717 master of, 714 Biokinesiology and physical therapy, 714 certificate programs, 716 courses of instruction, 719 doctorate, 718 faculty, 714 graduate degrees, 714 Biological sciences, 278 bachelor of, 280 courses of instruction, 288 faculty, 278 graduate degrees, 284 minor programs, 283 pre-medical and other pre-professional programs, 280 undergraduate degrees, 280 Biology, computational biology and bioinformatics, doctorate, 287 computational molecular, master of, 405 doctorate, 285 integrative and evolutionary biology, doctorate, 287 marine and environmental, master of, 284 master of, 284 molecular and computational biology, master of, 286 molecular biology, doctorate, 286 Biology and disease, systems, doctorate of, 764 Biology, craniofacial, certificate in, 544 Biology, genetic, molecular and cellular, doctorate of, 763 Biomedical engineering, 602 bachelor of, 603 biochemical engineering, bachelor of, 604 courses of instruction, 608 doctorate, 607
956
USC Catalogue 2012-2013
electrical engineering, bachelor of, 604 faculty, 602 master of, 605 mechanical engineering, 605 medical imaging and imaging informatics, master of, 606 Viterbi integrated master of, 606 Biophysics and physiology, doctorate, 789 master of, 788 Biophysics, bachelor of, 432 Biostatistics, doctorate, 795 master of, 795 progressive degree in, 793 Biostatistics and epidemiology, applied master of, 796 Biotechnology, minor in, 283 BISC, biological sciences courses, 288 BKN, biokinesiology courses, 719 Black cultural and student affairs, center for, 22 BME, biomedical engineering courses, 608 Board of Trustees, 6 Broadcast journalism, bachelor of, 511 BUAD, business administration courses, 172 BUCO, business communication courses, 174 Building science, certificate in, 121 master of, 127 Business, environmental studies, bachelor of, 347 minor in, 148 Business administration, bachelor of, (cinematic arts), 146 bachelor of/computer science, bachelor of, 639 bachelor of, (East Asian studies), 146 bachelor of, (international relations), 147 master of/dental surgery, doctor of, 160 master of/doctor of education, 160, 564 master of/gerontology, master of, 160 master of/industrial and systems engineering, master of, 667 master of/juris doctor, 159 master of/planning, master of, 894 master of/real estate development, master of, 900 master of/social work, master of, 929 Business communication courses, 174 Business entrepreneurship courses, 173 Business for veterans, master of, 165 Business fundamentals for non-business professionals, certificate in, 168 Business law, minor in, 148 Business, Marshall School of, 139 admission, graduate, 151 admission, undergraduate, 143 certificate programs, 153 courses of instruction, 172 doctorate of, 169 dual degree programs, 159 executive MBA, 157 faculty, 140 global executive MBA program, 158 master of medical management, 164
master of science, 162 minor programs, 148 undergraduate, degree requirements, 143 Business taxation, master of, 196 master of/juris doctor, 197 progressive degree in, 194 Business technology fusion, minor in, 149
C Cal grants, 52 Calculus prerequisite for MBA, 154 Calendar, academic, 30 Cancellation refunds, 44 Career Center, 21 Catalogue, USC, 31 regulations, policies and procedures, 61, 86 CBY, craniofacial biology courses, 547 CE, civil engineering courses, 627 Cell and neurobiology, 776 certificate programs, 776 courses of instruction, 778 doctorate, 777 faculty, 776 master of, 776 Center for Excellence in Teaching, 90 Certificate programs, 92 CHE, chemical engineering courses, 613 CHEM, chemistry courses, 296 Chemical engineering, 610 bachelor of, 610, 611 biochemical engineering, bachelor of, 611 courses of instruction, 613 doctorate, 613 engineer in, 613 environmental engineering, bachelor of, 611 faculty, 610 master of, 613 nanotechnology, bachelor of, 612 petroleum engineering, bachelor of, 612 polymer/materials science, bachelor of, 612 Chemistry, 292 bachelor of, 293 chemical physics, doctorate, 296 courses of instruction, 296 doctorate, 295 faculty, 292 graduate degrees, 295 master of, 295 minor programs, 294 undergraduate degrees, 293 Chicano/Latino studies (American studies and ethnicity), bachelor of, 258 Child care, 24 Children and families in urban America, minor in, 929 Choral music, courses of instruction, 826 doctorate, 825 master of, 820
Index
Cinematic arts, critical studies, bachelor of, 207 critical studies, doctorate, 209 master of, 208 Cinematic arts, business administration, bachelor of, 146 Cinema-television for the health professions, minor in, 230, 793 Cinematic arts, animation courses, 231 Cinematic arts, critical studies courses, 233 Cinematic arts, interactive media courses, 235 Cinematic arts, media arts and practice, doctorate, 225 Cinematic arts, production courses, 237 Cinematic Arts, School of, 203 animation and digital arts, 215 certificate program, 219 courses of instruction, 230 critical studies, 207 degree programs, 205 faculty, 204 film and television production, 210 interactive media, 221 interdivisional program in media arts and practice, 225 minor programs, 228 Peter Stark producing program, 220 policy on films and videos produced by students, 207 producing for film, television and new media, 220 transfer credit policy, 206 waiver of course requirements, 206 writing for screen and television, 217 Cinematic arts, writing courses, 241 Civic and community relations, office of (USC-CCR), 16 Civil engineering, 620 bachelor of, 621 building science, bachelor of, 622 construction engineering, bachelor of, 622 master of, 625 courses of instruction, 627 doctorate, 626 engineer in, 626 environmental engineering, bachelor of, 623 master of, 625 faculty, 620 geotechnical engineering, master of, 625 master of, 625 structural engineering, bachelor of, 622 master of, 625 transportation engineering, master of, 625 water resources, bachelor of, 622 Clarinet performance, bachelor of, 815 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 CLAS, classics courses, 300 Classes, Schedule of, 31 Classical guitar performance, bachelor of, 813 doctorate, 825 master of, 821
Classics, 299 bachelor of, 299 courses of instruction, 300 doctorate, 300 faculty, 299 graduate degrees, 300 master of, 300 minor in, 299 undergraduate degrees, 299 Classification of admission status, the Graduate School, 99 Classification of courses, 32 Clinical and biomedical investigations, certificate in, 760 master of, 760 Clinical and experimental therapeutics, doctorate in, 853 Clinical psychology, doctorate/public health (health promotion), master of, 455 Clinical psychology, doctorate/public health (health promotion), master of, 798 Clinical research design and management, certificate in, 858 CMDT, community dentistry courses, 547 CMGT, communication management courses, 506 CMPP, motion picture producing courses, 243 CNB, cell and neurobiology courses, 778 CNTV, cinema-television courses, 230 Cognitive science, bachelor of, 451 Collaborative learning projects, 392 Collecting and display, history of, certificate in, 274 College level examination program (CLEP), 50 College of Letters, Arts and Sciences (see Letters, Arts and Sciences, Dornsife College of), 245 College-wide courses, 253 COLT, comparative literature courses, 305 Combined program, 67 COMM, communication courses, 500 Committee on Academic Policies and Procedures (CAPP), 39 Communication, bachelor of, 491 doctorate of, 498 health communication, minor in, 494 master of, 498 Communication and the entertainment industry, minor in, 492 Communication, Annenberg School for, (see Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism), 489 Communication design, minor in, 688 Communication, global, master of, 497 minor in, 378 Communication law and media policy, minor in, 493 Communication management, courses of instruction, 506 entertainment, certificate in, 496 health, certificate in, 496 international and global, certificate in, 497 marketing, certificate in, 497
957
master of, 496 master of/Jewish nonprofit management, master of, 499 master of/juris doctor, 499 strategic corporate and organizational, certificate in, 497 Communication, School of, 490 courses of instruction, 500 dual degrees, 499 faculty, 490 graduate degrees, 495 minor programs, 492 progressive degree, 492 undergraduate degrees, 491 Communication skills requirement, 99 Communication technologies, new, certificate in, 497 Community colleges, articulation agreements with, 58 Community dentistry courses, 547 Comparative law, master of, 735 Comparative literature, 303 bachelor of, 304 courses of instruction, 305 faculty, 303 graduate degrees, 307 minor in, 304 undergraduate degrees, 304 Comparative studies in literature and culture, 307 courses of instruction, 311 doctor of philosophy, comparative literature, 308 comparative media and culture, 308 French and Francophone studies, 309 Slavic languages and literatures, 310 Spanish and Latin American studies, 310 master of arts, comparative literature, 308 comparative media and culture, 308 French and Francophone studies, 309 Slavic languages and literatures, 309 Spanish and Latin American studies, 310 Composition, bachelor of, 813 courses of instruction, 827 doctorate, 825 master of, 820 Comprehensive and qualifying examinations, 89 Computational biology and bioinformatics, doctorate, 287 Computational fluid and solid mechanics, aerospace and mechanical engineering, master of, 589 Computational molecular biology, master of, 405 Computer engineering, 634 doctorate, 636 master of, 635 Computer engineering and computer science, bachelor of, 634 Computer networks, computer science, master of, 640 electrical engineering, master of, 651
958
USC Catalogue 2012-2013
Computer proficiency requirement for MBA, 154 Computer science, 636 bachelor of, 637 bachelor of/business administration, bachelor of, 639 computer networks, master of, 641 computer security, master of, 641 courses of instruction, 644 doctorate, 643 faculty, 636 game development, master of, 641 games, bachelor of, 638 high performance computing and simulations, master of, 642 human language technology, master of, 642 intelligent robotics, master of, 643 master of, 640 minor in, 639 multimedia and creative technologies, master of, 678 software architecture, certificate in, 643 software engineering, master of, 643 Computer science/physics, bachelor of, 431 Computer security, computer science, master of, 641 Computing, academic, 15 Concurrent enrollment, graduate, 86 Conducting, courses of instruction, 829 master of, 820 Construction management, master of, 625 Construction planning and management, minor in, 624 Consumer behavior, minor in, 338 Continuing education, dentistry, 545 legal, 735 pharmacy, 860 Continuous enrollment, 88 Cooperative education program, engineering, 581 CORE, thematic option courses, 486 Corequisites, 33 Correction of grades, 37 Cost of attending USC, 42 cinematic arts, 207 dental school, 526 law school, 735 medical school, 754 pharmacy school, 846 tuition and fees, 42 Counseling courses in education, 568 Counseling, school, credential in, 568 master of, 563 Course numbering system, 32 Course requirements, upper division major, 62 Courses, repeating, 32 not available for graduate credit, 32 numbered 490x and 390, 33 Course work, repeated, 38 taken elsewhere, 58, 85 upper division major, 62
Craniofacial and dental technology, minor in, 529 Craniofacial biology, 543 certificate in, 544 courses in dentistry, 547 doctorate, 544 master of, 544 Creative writing, bachelor of English, 338 Credentials, teaching and service, 567 Credit by examination, 50, 85 Credit evaluation, transfer, 85 Credit for military education, 58 Credit/no credit courses, 33 Credit report, transfer, 59 Credit, undergraduate for graduate work, 34 Critical approaches to leadership, minor in, 375 Critical studies, cinematic arts, bachelor of, 207 doctorate, 209 master of, 208 Cross-registration, USC-UCLA, 34 CSCI, computer science engineering courses, 644 CSLC, comparative studies in literature and culture courses, 311 CTAN, cinematic arts animation courses, 231 CTCS, cinematic arts critical studies courses, 233 CTIN, cinematic arts interactive media courses, 235 CTPR, cinematic arts production courses, 237 CTSE, curriculum, teaching and special education courses, 575 CTWR, cinematic arts writing courses, 241 Cultural anthropology, minor in, 266 Cultural competence in medicine, minor in, 793 Cultural studies, minor in, 340 Cultures and politics of the Pacific Rim, minor in, 323 Curriculum, teaching and special education courses, 575
D Daily Trojan, 27 Dance, minor in, 943 restriction on units, 61 Daniel J. Epstein Department of Industrial and Systems Engineering, 661 Davis School of Gerontology (see Gerontology, Davis School of), 697 DBIO, biochemistry courses in dentistry, 546 Dean’s list, 38 Definition of grades, 37 Degree credit, by special examination, 36 definition, 59 preparatory courses, 32 Degree programs, discontinued, 61, 86 Degree programs, list of, graduate degrees, 92 interdisciplinary, 108
Index
minors, 69 undergraduate degrees, 68 Degree requirements (see curriculum requirements for individual schools and departments), graduate, 86 undergraduate, 61 Dental education, advanced, conjoint program courses, 545 advanced, in general dentistry courses, 546 advanced programs in, 535 certificate in, 535 Dental hygiene, bachelor of, 527 courses of instruction, 548 Dental insurance, 42 Dental materials courses in dentistry, 548 Dental problem based learning, 533 courses in dentistry, 548 Dental surgery, doctor of, 529 doctor of/business administration, master of, 532 doctor of/gerontology, master of, 532, 706 DENT, dentistry courses of instruction, 545 Dentistry, advanced pediatric, certificate in, 539 general, advanced education, certificate in, 543 Dentistry, Ostrow School of, 523 advanced programs, 536 certificate programs, 535 continuing education, 545 courses for relicensure, 545 courses of instruction, 545 craniofacial biology, 543 dean’s list, 526 dental education, advanced programs, 535 dental hygiene, 527 dental problem based learning, 533 doctor of dental surgery, 529 dual degrees, 532 endodontics, 536 faculty, 524 general practice residency, 542 grading system, 525 graduate degrees, 543 international student program, 534 master of science, 544 minor program, 529 oral and maxillofacial surgery, 537 orofacial pain and oral medicine, 538 orthodontics, 539 pediatric dentistry, 539 periodontology, 540 Ph.D., 544 probation and disqualification, 525 professional degrees, 529 prosthodontics, 541 tuition and fees, 526 undergraduate degree, 527 withdrawal from, 526 Design, communication, minor in, 688 DHIS, histology courses, 550 DHYG, dental hygiene courses, 548
DIAG, oral diagnosis and radiology courses, 548 Digital arts, cinematic arts, 215 Digital media-based imaging, minor in, 688 Digital studies, minor in, 224 Digital supply chain management, master of, 163 Directed government and political leadership internship, Jessie M. Unruh Institute of Politics, 445 Directed research courses, 33 Directing, theatre, master of, 944 Disabilities, applicants with, 48, 80 disability services and programs, 24 policy on accommodations for students with, 35 Discontinued degree programs, 61, 86 Discrimination, policy on non-discrimination, inside back cover Dissertation, 100 committee, 103 defense of, 104 Diversity requirement, 62, 252 course list, 66 DMAT, dental materials courses, 548 Doctoral dissertation, Graduate School regulations, 104 Doctor of philosophy, advancement to candidacy, 103 general requirements, 102 guidance committee, 102 qualifying examinations, 103 screening procedures, 102 Dornsife College of Letters, Arts and Sciences (see Letters, Arts and Sciences, Dornsife College of), 245 Double bass performance, bachelor of, 814 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 Double major, 67 DPBL, dental problem based learning courses, 548 DPHR, pharmacology dentistry courses, 556 Drawing, minor in, 689 Dropping courses, 34 Dual degree programs, 87 admission to, 81 Dynamics and control, aerospace and mechanical engineering, master of, 592
E EALC, East Asian languages and cultures courses, 325 Early music, courses of instruction, 838 performance, doctorate, 825 Earth sciences, 311 bachelor of, 313 courses of instruction, 315 faculty, 311 graduate degrees, 314 interdisciplinary programs, 315 undergraduate degrees, 312
959
EASC, East Asian studies courses, 321 East Asian area studies, 318 bachelor of, 319 courses of instruction, 321 faculty, 318 master of, 320 master of/business administration, master of, 159, 320 minor in, 319 East Asian languages and cultures, 322 bachelor of, 322 courses of instruction, 325 doctorate, 324 faculty, 322 graduate degrees, 324 master of, 324 minor in, 322 progressive degree, 324 study abroad programs, 323 East Asian languages and cultures/linguistics, bachelor of, 396 East Asian Studies Center, 319 East Asian studies, certificate in, 321 ECON, economics courses, 334 Economic developmental programming, master of, 331 Economics, bachelor of, 329 courses of instruction, 334 doctorate, 332 faculty, 329 graduate degrees, 330 master of, 331 master of/juris doctor, 332 master of/planning, master of, 332, 894 minor in, 330 progressive degree, 330 social sciences, bachelor of, 329 undergraduate degrees, 329 Economics/mathematics, bachelor of, 330, 404 EDCO, counseling courses in education, 575 EDHP, higher and postsecondary education courses, 576 EDPA, education policy, planning and administrative courses, 575 EDPT, education psychology and technology courses, 575 EDUC, education courses, 569 Education, courses of instruction, 569 doctor of, 565 doctor of/business administration, master of, 564 doctor of philosophy in urban education policy, 565 educational counseling, master of, 563 higher education counseling, master of, 563 marriage and family therapy, 564 master of, 562 postsecondary administration and student affairs, master of, 563 school counseling, master of, 563
960
USC Catalogue 2012-2013
teaching English to speakers of other languages, master of arts in teaching, 562 teaching, multiple subject, single subject and single subject (music education), master of arts in teaching, 561 Educational policy, planning and administration courses, 575 Educational psychology and technology courses, 575 Education, Rossier School of, 559 career center, 568 courses of instruction, 569 credential programs, 567 doctoral degrees, 565 dual degree program, 564 faculty, 560 graduate degrees, 561 language academy, 568 professional development, 568 teaching credential, 567 EE, electrical engineering courses, 654 El Centro Chicano, 21 Electrical engineering, 649 bachelor of, 650 computer networks, master of, 651 courses of instruction, 654 doctorate, 653 engineer in, 653 faculty, 649 master of, 651 multimedia and creative technologies, master of, 678 Viterbi integrated master of, 653 VLSI design, master of, 652 Wireless health technology, master of, 652 Electroacoustic media, courses of instruction, 829 El Rodeo, 27 Emergency medical services, 25 Emphasis, area of, 67, 92 ENDO, endodontics courses in dentistry, 549 Endodontics, advanced certificate in, 536 courses in dentistry, 549 Endowed chairs, endowed professors, 8 ENE, environmental engineering courses, 633 Engineering Diversity, Center for, 580 Engineering, environmental engineering, doctorate of, 626 Engineering management, master of, 665 minor in, 664 Engineering technology commercialization, certificate in, 586 minor in, 581 Engineering, Viterbi School of, 577 aerospace and mechanical engineering, 588 applied mechanics, 597 astronautics and space technology, 598 biomedical engineering, 602 building science, 622 center for engineering diversity, 580 chemical engineering, 610 civil engineering, 620
computer engineering, 634 computer science, 636 construction management, 625 cooperative education, 581 courses of instruction, 587, 592, 608, 613, 616, 618, 627, 633, 644, 654, 668, 673, 684 degrees and requirements, 578 electrical engineering, 649 engineering management, 664 environmental engineering, 632 graduate degrees, 582 industrial and systems engineering, 662 information technology, 671 manufacturing engineering, 677 materials science, 615 mechanical engineering, 588 merit research program, 580 minor programs, 615, 618, 624, 632, 664, 677 multimedia and creative technologies, 677 overseas programs, 581 petroleum engineering, 617 progressive degree programs, 582 systems architecting and engineering, 681 transportation systems, 626 undergraduate degrees, 579 ENGL, English courses, 343 English, 337 bachelor of, 338 courses of instruction, 343 creative writing, bachelor of, 338 doctorate, 341 double major in, 340 faculty, 337 graduate degrees, 341 honors program, 341 literature and creative writing, doctorate, 342 master of, 341 minor in, 338 undergraduate degrees, 338 English language requirements, 82 ENGR, engineering courses, 587 ENST, environmental studies courses, 351 Entertainment communication management, certificate in, 496 Entertainment, interactive, bachelor of, 221 master of, 222 Entrepreneurship, minor in, 149 Environmental chemistry and sustainability minor, 294 Environmental engineering, 632, 633 bachelor of, 624 chemical engineering, bachelor of, 611 civil engineering, bachelor of, 632 master of, 632 courses of instruction, 633 faculty, 632 master of, 625 minor in, 632 Environmental risk anaylsis, master of, 350
Index
Environmental studies, 347 courses of instruction, 351 graduate degrees, 349 master of, 349 minor in, 349 minor programs, 349 Epidemiology, doctorate of, 799 Epidemiology, molecular, doctorate, 800 master of, 797 Epstein, Daniel J. Department of Industrial and Systems Engineering, 662 Equity and Diversity, Office of, inside back cover Equivalency examinations, 36 Ethics and moral philosophy, minor in, 423 Ethics guidelines for graduate studies, 39 Evaluations, transfer credit, 85 Examination, final make-up, 36 Examinations, administrative, 36 composition placement, 36 comprehensive and qualifying, 89 equivalency, 36 placement, 36 special, 36 university writing, 36 Excellence in Teaching, Center for, 90 Exception procedures, 39 Excessive withdrawals, 38 Executive master of health administration, 881 Executive master of leadership, 882 Exercise science (see Kinesiology), 388 Experimental and molecular pathology, master of, 786 EXSC, exercise science courses, 391
F Faculty, 8 endowments, 8 university professors, 7 FA, fine arts courses, 693 FACE, ceramics courses, 693 FACS, critical studies courses, 693 FADN, design courses, 694 FADW, drawing courses, 694 FAIN, intermedia courses, 694 Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, 34, 526 Family medicine, 779 FAPH, photography courses, 694 FAPR, printmaking courses, 695 FAPT, painting courses, 695 FASC, sculpting courses, 695 FBE, finance and business economics courses, 175 Federal financial aid, 56 student responsibilities, 56 Fees, 42 Film and television production, bachelor of, 211 master of, 212 FIM, food industry management courses, 179 Final examinations, 36
Finance and business economics courses, 175 Financial aid, academic eligibility, 51, 54, 82 federal, cancellation of charges, 56 federal, falsification of documents, 55 loans, graduate, 83 non-credit grades, 54 undergraduate, 51 work-study, 52 Financial analysis and valuation, certificate in, 166 Financial management, public, certificate in, 892 Financing tuition, 43 Fine arts, bachelor of, 687 master of, 691 Fine Arts, Roski School of, 685 admission, 686 art and curatorial practices in the public sphere, 691 courses of instruction, 693 dual degree, 692 faculty, 686 graduate degrees, 691 minor programs, 688 undergraduate degrees, 687 Fixed prosthodontics courses in dentistry, 550 Flute performance, bachelor of, 815 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 Folklore and popular culture, minor in, 266 Food industry management courses, 179 Food safety, certificate in, 859 Foreign language, placement tests, 36, 252 requirements, 100, 252 Foreign language teaching, certificate in, 310, 479 Forensics and criminality, minor in, 470 FPRO, fixed prosthodontics courses in dentistry, 550 Fraternities, 24 Fraternity and Sorority Leadership Development Office, 24 FREN, French courses, 355 French, bachelor of, 353 minor in, 353 French and Italian, 352 courses of instruction, 355 faculty, 352 minor programs, 353, 354 undergraduate degrees, 353 French courses, 355 French horn performance, bachelor of, 815 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 Freshman seminars courses, 358 FSEM, freshman seminars courses, 358 Full-time enrollment status, 32
961
G Game development, computer science, master of, 641 Games, computer science, bachelor of, 638 Gateway course, 62 Gender studies, 358 bachelor of, 359 certificate in, 359 faculty, 358 honors program, 359 minor in, 359 undergraduate degrees, 359 General dentistry, advanced education, certificate in, 542 General education program, 63, 250 categories, 250 course list, 64 diversity requirement, 252 foreign language requirement, 252 petitions, 39 requirements, 62, 63, 250 writing requirement, 251 General information about USC, 29 Genetic, molecular and cellular biology, doctorate of, 763 Genetics, statistical and genetic epidemiology, doctorate of, 801 Geobiology, minor in, 313 GEOG, geography courses, 361 Geographic information science and technology, certificate in, 484 master of, 483 Geography, courses of instruction, 361 Geohazards, minor in, 314 GEOL, earth sciences courses, 315 Geological sciences, bachelor of, 312 doctorate, 315 master of, 314 progressive degree in, 314 Geotechnical engineering, civil engineering, master of, 625 Geriatric and special patient dentistry courses, 550 GERM, German courses, 363 German, 362 courses of instruction, 363 faculty, 362 minor in, 362 GERO, gerontology courses, 709 Gerontology, advanced placement, master of, 703 certificate in, 704 master of arts in, 704 master of/business administration, master of, 706 master of/dental surgery, doctor of, 532, 706 master of/health administration, master of, 707 master of/juris doctor, 707 master of/pharmacy, doctor of, 706 master of/planning, master of, 896, 707
962
USC Catalogue 2012-2013
master of/public administration, master of, 707, 900 master of science in, 702 master of/social work, master of, 707 online certificate in, 705 online master of, 703 specialization in the health service area, master of, 703 Gerontology, Davis School of, 697 Andrus Gerontology Center, 699 bachelor degrees, 699 certificate programs, 704 courses of instruction, 709 doctorate, 708 dual degrees, 706 faculty, 698 graduate degrees, 702 minor programs, 702 online master’s degrees, 704 undergraduate programs, 699 Gifted education, certificate in, 564 Global communication, international and, certificate in, 497 master of, 497 minor in, 378 Global executive, doctor of, 565 Global executive MBA program, 158 Global health, bachelor of, 792 Global medicine, courses of instruction, 770 master of, 768 GM, global medicine courses, 770 Gould School of Law (see Law, Gould School of), 733 Government, undergraduate student, 26 GR, Greek courses, 302 Grade disputes, 38 Grade point average requirement, Dornsife College majors, 248 for dean’s list, 38 for financial aid, 53 for graduate transfer work, 85 for honors at graduation, 63 undergraduate, 61 Grades, defined, 37 incomplete, 37 Grading policy, university, 37, 59 dental school, 525 grade for repeated course, 59 law school, 736 Graduate certificates, university, 95 Graduate credit, courses not available for, 32 Graduate degree programs, list of, 92 Graduate degrees, general requirements for, 99 Graduate level courses for undergraduate credit, registration, 34 Graduate Record Examinations (GRE), 98 Graduate school of business administration courses, 179 Graduate School, The, 98 admission, 98 advancement to candidacy for Ph.D., 103 advisement, 100 application for master’s degree, 101 communication skills requirement, 99
conditional admission, 99 course requirements for Ph.D., 102 departmental requirements, 100 dissertation committee, 103 doctoral dissertation, 104 exceptions to policy, 99 foreign language requirements, 100 general requirements for graduate degrees, 99 general requirements for progressive degrees, 99 guidance committee for Ph.D., 102 guidance committe for master’s degree, 101 letters, arts and sciences degrees, graduate studies, 246 limited status students, 99 master’s thesis, 101 policies and requirements, 86 publication, 101 qualifying examination, 103 required enrollment in GRSC 800, 103 residence requirements, 99 screening procedures for Ph.D., 102 theses and dissertations, 100 thesis/dissertation fees, 101 unit requirements, 99 warning and dismissal, 100 Graduate study abroad, 89 Graduate transfer credit, 85 Graduation date, 61, 86 Graduation requirements, 61 Graduation with honors, 63 Grants, 52 GRE, Graduate Record Examinations for graduate school admission, 98 Greek, courses of instruction, 302 Green technologies, master of science, 661 GRSC, graduate studies courses, 105 GSBA, graduate school of business administration courses, 179 GSG, Graduate Student Government, 26 GSPD, geriatric and special patient dentistry courses, 550 Guaranteeing a space in a class, 33 Guidance committee, graduate school regulations for master’s, 101 Guitar courses, 838 Guitar performance, classical, bachelor of, 813 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 Guitar performance, studio, bachelor of, 814 doctorate, 825 master of, 821
H Hamovitch Center for Science in the Human Services, 932 Harp performance, bachelor of, 815 doctorate, 825 master of, 821
Index
HBHV, human behavior courses in dentistry, 550 Health administration, executive, master of, 881 master of, 880 master of/gerontology, master of, 707 Health and humanity, bachelor of, 364 Health behavior research, preventive medicine, doctorate of, 796 Health care management courses, 908 Health communication management, certificate in, 496 Health communication, minor in, 494, 794 Health insurance, 45 Health policy and management, minor in, 874 Health promotion and disease prevention, bachelor of, 791 courses of instruction, 802 Health promotion, public health, master of/ psychology (clinical), doctorate, 798 Health Sciences Campus, 17 Health services administration, certificate programs, 892 Health systems management engineering, 665 master of, 665 Health systems operations, certificate in, 667 Health, technology and engineering (HTE@USC), certificate in, 762 HEBR, Hebrew courses, 387 Hebrew courses, 387 Hebrew Union College, 462 dual degree program in communication, 499 Judaic studies, 462 Heritage conservation, certificate in, 122 master of, 126 Higher and postsecondary education courses, 576 High performance computing and simulations, computer science, master of, 640 High school, college courses taken prior to graduation, 58 Hispanic linguistics, doctorate, 397 master of, 397 Hispanic student services, 21 HIST, history courses, 369 Histology courses, 550 Historical musicology, doctorate, 826 History, 365 bachelor of, 366 doctorate, 368 faculty, 365 graduate degrees, 367 honors program, 367 master of, 367 minor in, 367 undergraduate degrees, 367 History and literature, music, master of, 822 History of collecting and display, certificate in, 274
History of USC, 18 HMGT, health care management courses, 908 Homeland security and public policy, certificate in, 893 Honors, graduation with, 63 Honor societies, 26 Honors program, resident, 51 Honors programs, 62 Honors research apprenticeship, 253 Hospitals and patient care, 16 HP, health promotion and disease prevention courses, 802 Human behavior courses in dentistry, 550 Human biology, bachelor of, 277 Human development and aging, bachelor of, 699 Human language technology, computer science, master of, 642 Human performance, bachelor of, 389 Human resource management, minor in, 149 Human rights, minor in, 438 Human subjects, research, 39 Hygiene, dental, bachelor of, 527
I IBEAR, international business education and research program, 157 IML, multimedia scholarship courses, 244 Immunology, 781 Incompletes, completion of, 37 INDD, interdisciplinary-developmental dentistry courses, 551 Independent health professions, 713 biokinesiology and physical therapy, 714 courses of instruction, 719, 728 occupational science and occupational therapy, 722 Individual programs of study, 392 Individuals, societies and aging minor, 702 INDS, interdisciplinary major program courses, 376 Industrial and systems engineering, 662 bachelor of, 663 courses of instruction, 668 doctorate, 667 engineer in, 667 faculty, 662 information systems engineering, bachelor of, 663 master of, 666 master of/business administration, master of, 667 Information and operations management courses, 181 Information systems and supply chain management, certificate in, 164 Information systems engineering, bachelor of, 663 Information technology, 671 courses of instruction, 673 minor programs, 671 Innovation, diploma in, 104 Innovation: the digital entrepreneur, minor in, 672
963
Insurance, dental, 42 health, 45 INTB, interdisciplinary-basic sciences courses in dentistry, 550 INTD, interdepartmental courses, medical school, 766 Integrative and evolutionary biology, doctorate, 287 Intelligent robotics, computer science, master of, 643 Interactive entertainment, bachelor of, 221 master of, 222 Interactive media and the culture of new technologies, minor in, 493 Interactive media, master of, 222 Interactive multimedia, minor in, 677 Interdepartmental medicine, courses of instruction, 766 Interdisciplinary archaeology, bachelor of, 460 Interdisciplinary major program courses, 376 Interdisciplinary programs, 108 graduate and professional, 109 minors, 108 undergraduate, 108 Interdisciplinary studies, bachelor of, 375 International and global communication management, certificate in, 497 International baccalaureate, 50 International business, 152, 157 International MBA, 157 International policy and management, minor in, 378, 874 International relations, bachelor of, 377 business administration, bachelor of, 147 courses of instruction, 381 doctorate/juris doctor, 380 faculty, 376 global business, bachelor of, 377 graduate degrees, 379 honors program, 377 master of, 380 master of/juris doctor, 380 master of/planning, master of, 380, 895 master of/public administration, master of, 901 minor in, 378 progressive degrees, 378 undergraduate degrees, 377 International Student English examination (ISE), 82 International students, admission, 51, 81 English examination, 82 limited status enrollment, 33 services, 22 International study, graduate, 89 International study programs, 71 Annenberg, 515 architecture, 118 business, 145 communication, 512 engineering, 581 International teaching assistants, 82
964
USC Catalogue 2012-2013
Internships, government, 445 law, 738 INTP, interdisciplinary-practice dynamics courses in dentistry, 551 INTR, interdisciplinary-restorative dentistry courses, 551 Intramural sports, 23 INTS, interdisciplinary-surgical sciences courses in dentistry, 551 INTX, interdisciplinary-diagnostic sciences courses in dentistry, 552 IOM, information and operations management courses, 181 IR, international relations courses, 381 ISE, industrial and systems engineering courses, 668 ISE, International Student English Examination, 82 ITAL, Italian courses, 356 Italian, bachelor of, 354 courses of instruction, 356 minor in, 354 ITP, information technology program courses, 673
J Jazz studies, bachelor of, 813 courses of instruction, 830 doctorate, 825 master of, 820 minor in, 817 JEP, Joint Educational Project, 386 Jesse M. Unruh Institute of Politics, 445 Jewish American studies, minor in, 260, 387 Jewish nonprofit management, master of/business administration, master of, 162 master of/communication management, master of, 499 master of/public administration, master of, 902 master of/social work, master of, 929 Job opportunities, 21 Joint Educational Project, 386 JOUR, journalism courses, 516 Journalism, School of, 509 broadcast and digital, bachelor of, 511 master of, 514 courses of instruction, 516 faculty, 509 graduate degrees, 512 master of, 513 print and digital, bachelor of, 511 specialized, master of, 512 specialized (the arts), master of, 515 undergraduate degrees, 510 JS, Judaic studies courses, 387 Judaic studies, 386 courses of instruction, 387 minor in, 386 religion, bachelor of, 460
Judicial affairs, student, 24 Juris doctor, 736 Juris doctor/business administration, master of, 159 Juris doctor/business taxation, master of, 740 Juris doctor/communication management, master of, 741 Juris doctor/economics, master of, 739 Juris doctor/gerontology, master of, 707, 739 Juris doctor/international relations, master of, 380, 741 Juris doctor/pharmacy, doctor of, 740 Juris doctor/philosophy, master of, 741 Juris doctor/political science, master of, 742 Juris doctor/politics and international relations, doctorate, 441, 742 Juris doctor/public administration, master of, 901 Juris doctor/public policy, master of, 740, 899 Juris doctor/real estate development, master of, 741, 899 Juris doctor/social work, master of, 741, 928
K Keyboard collaborative arts performance, doctorate, 825 master of, 821 Keyboard studies, courses of instruction, 840 Kinesiology, 388 bachelor of, 388 courses of instruction, 391 doctorate, 390 faculty, 388 human performance, bachelor of, 389 master of, 390 minor in, 389 Korean studies, minor in, 320
L Landscape architectural studies, certificate in, 122 Landscape architecture, 117 bachelor of, 117 master of, 124 master of/planning, master of, 128, 896 minor in, 118 Language academy, 82 LAT, Latin courses, 302 Latin American studies, minor in, 479 Latin, courses of instruction, 302 Law and public policy, minor in, 875 Law and society, minor in, 439 Law, comparative, master of, 735 Law, Gould School of, 733 admission requirements, 735 continuing legal education program, 735 courses of instruction, 743 dual degrees, 735 externships and internships, 738 faculty, 734 graduate degrees, 742 juris doctor (J.D.), 736
Index
master of comparative law (MCL), 735 master of laws (LL.M.), 735 minor programs, 743 tuition and fees, 735 Law, juris doctor, 736 LAW, Law School courses, 743 Laws, master of, 735 LBST, master of liberal studies courses, 393 Leadership, executive master of, 882 Learner centered curricula, 392 Learning assistance, 21 Leaves of absence, graduate, 89 undergraduate, 60 Letters, Arts and Sciences, Dornsife College of, 245 administration, 246 advisement, 248 college-wide courses, 253 departmental majors, 247 departments and schools, 246 diversity requirement, 252 double major, 247 dual degrees, 247 general education requirements, 250 graduate studies, 246 interdepartmental majors, 247 minor program, 247 physical sciences major, 247 postbaccalaureate premedical program, 249 program major, 247 progressive degrees, 247 second bachelor’s degree, 247 substitution for major requirements, 247 undergraduate programs, 247 Leventhal School of Accounting (see Accounting, Leventhal School of), 189 Liberal arts modules, 486 Liberal studies, courses of instruction, 393 master of, 393 Libraries, 14 Lifespan health, bachelor of, 701 Limited status enrollment, 33 LING, linguistics courses, 398 Linguistics, bachelor of, 395 courses of instruction, 398 doctorate, 397 East Asian linguistics, doctorate, 398 faculty, 395 graduate degrees, 396 Hispanic linguistics, doctorate, 397 master of, 397 honors, 395 master of, 396 minor in, 396 Slavic linguistics specialization, doctorate, 398 undergraduate degrees, 395 Linguistics/East Asian languages and cultures, bachelor of, 396 Linguistics/philosophy, bachelor of, 395 bachelor of (with honors), 395
Linguistics/psychology, bachelor of, 395, 451 Literature and creative writing, doctorate, 342 Literature, comparative (see Comparative literature), 303 LL.M. degree, 735 Loans, 52 Long term care, administration of programs in, certificate in, 892 master of, 705
M Major, declaring, 32 recording with academic records office, 32 requirements for Dornsife College, 247 Management and organization courses, 184 Management consulting, minor in, 150 Management of drug development, master of, 851 Management, medical, master of, 164 Management, public, certificate in, 892 Management studies, master of, 165 Managing human relations, minor in, 472 Mandatory advisement, 38 Manufacturing engineering, master of, 677 Marching Band, 27 Marine Corps option, 878 Marketing, courses of instruction, 186 minor in, 150 Marketing communication management, certificate in, 497 Marriage and family therapy, master of, 564 MASC, materials science engineering courses, 616 Master’s degree, 101 application for, 101 general requirements, 101 guidance committee, 101 second, 88 thesis, 101 Materials engineering, master of, 616 Materials science, 615 courses of instruction, 616 doctorate, 616 engineer in, 615 faculty, 615 master of, 615 minor in, 615 MATH, mathematics courses, 407 Mathematical finance, master of, 331, 401 minor in, 401, 403 Mathematics, 402 applied, doctorate, 406 master of, 404 applied and computational, bachelor of, 403 bachelor of, 403 courses of instruction, 407 doctorate, 406 faculty, 402, 412
965
graduate degrees, 404 honors program, 404 master of, 405 master of/applied mathematics, master of, 405 minor in, 404 progressive degrees, 404 undergraduate degrees, 403 Mathematics/economics, bachelor of, 404 MBA, (see Business administration) dual degrees, 159 MBIO, microbiology and immunology courses in dentistry, 552 MCL degree, 735 M.D., 752, 755 MDA, multidisciplinary activities courses, 414 M.D./oral and maxillofacial surgery certificate, 538 M.D./Ph.D. program, 753 Mechanical engineering, 588 bachelor of, 590 doctorate, 592 engineer in, 592 master of, 591 petroleum engineering, bachelor of, 590 Media arts and practice, cinematic arts, doctorate, 225 Media, interactive, master of, 222 Media organizations, student, 27 Medical anthropology, minor in, 266 Medical device and diagnostic engineering, master of, 606 Medical education, 787 Medical management, master of, 164 Medicine, academic, master of, 767 baccalaureate/doctor of, 758 cultural competence in, minor in, 793 doctor of/business administration, master of, 759 doctor of/doctorate, 753 doctor of (M.D.), 752, 755 doctor of/public health, master of, 760 preventive (health behavior research), doctorate, 800 Medicine, Keck School of, 751 admission, 752 anesthesiology, 771 baccalaureate/doctor of medicine program, 758 biochemistry, 773 biomedical and biological sciences, doctorate programs, 762 biostatistics, 796, 799 cell and neurobiology, 776 clinical and biomedical investigations, 760 degrees and requirements, 755 epidemiology, 796, 799 family medicine, 779 grading and evaluation, 754 graduate degree programs, 754, 763 interdepartmental courses, 766 medical education, 787 microbiology, 781
966
USC Catalogue 2012-2013
minor programs, 793 molecular biology, 773 molecular microbiology and immunology, 781 pathology, 784 pediatrics, 787 physician assistant practice, 779 physiology and biophysics, 788 preventive medicine, 790 tuition and fees, 754 Merit research program, engineering, 580 MICB, molecular microbiology and immunology courses, 784 Microbiology, 781 courses of instruction, 784 faculty, 781 Middle East studies, bachelor of, 412 minor in, 412 Military education, credit for, 58 Military science, 877 courses of instruction, 920 Military social work and veteran services, 926 Minor, applying to, 62 declaring, 32 Minor programs, 69 2-D art for games, 690 3-D animation, 671 3-D art for games, 690 accounting, 193 advertising, 511 American popular culture, 259 American studies and ethnicity, 259 animation and digital arts, 228 applied theatre arts, 943 Arabic and Middle East studies, 396 architecture, 118 art history, 272 astronautical engineering, 599 astronomy, 432 biotechnology, 283 business, 148 business law, 148 business technology fusion, 149 chemistry, 294 children and families in urban America, 929 cinematic arts, 228 cinema-television for the health professions, 230, 793 classics, 299 communication and the entertainment industry, 492 communication design, 688 communication law and media policy, 493 comparative literature, 304 computational biology and bioinformatics, 283 computer and digital forensics, 671 computer science, 639 construction planning and management, 624 consumer behavior, 149 craniofacial and dental technology, 529 critical approaches to leadership, 375 cultural anthropology, 266
cultural competence in medicine, 793 cultural studies, 340 cultures and politics of the Pacific Rim, 323 dance, 943 digital media-based imaging, 688 digital studies, 224 drawing, 689 early modern studies, 340 East Asian area studies, 319 East Asian languages and cultures, 322 economics, 330 engineering management, 664 engineering technology commercialization, 581 English, 338 enterprise information systems, 672 entrepreneurship, 149 environmental chemistry and sustainability, 294 environmental engineering, 632 environmental studies, 349 ethics and moral philosophy, 423 folklore and popular culture, 266 forensics and criminality, 470 French, 353 gender studies, 359 geobiology, 313 geohazards, 314 German, 362 global communication, 378 global health, 794 health communication, 494 health policy and management, 874 history, 367 human resource management, 149 human rights, 438 individuals, societies and aging, 702 innovation: the digital entrepreneur, 672 interactive media and the culture of new technologies, 493 interactive multimedia, 677 international policy and management, 378, 874 international relations, 378 Italian, 354 jazz studies, 817 Jewish American studies, 260 Judaic studies, 386 kinesiology, 389 Korean studies, 320 landscape architecture, 118 Latin American studies, 479 law and public policy, 875 law and society, 439 linguistics, 396 management consulting, 150 managing human relations, 471 marketing, 150 materials science, 615 mathematical finance, 401 mathematics, 404 medical anthropology, 266 Middle East studies, 412 multimedia and creative technologies, 677 musical studies, 818
Index
music industry, 817 music recording, 817 musical theatre, 817 natural science, 283 neuroscience, 417 news media and society, 511 nonprofits, philanthropy and volunteerism, 875 nutrition and health promotion, 794 occupational science, 724 operations and supply chain management, 150 organizational leadership and management, 150 painting, 689 performing arts studies, 943 petroleum engineering, 618 philosophy, 423 photography, 689 photography and social change, 471 physics, 432 playwriting, 944 political organizing in the digital age, 439 political science, 438 popular music studies, 818 professional and managerial communication, 493 psychology, 452 psychology and law, 452 public health, 794 race, ethnicity and politics, 439 real estate development, 875 religion, 460 Russian, 466 Russian area studies, 466 science, health and aging, 702 science, technology and society, 472 science visualization, 228 screenwriting, 229 sculpture, 689 social entrepreneurship, 151 sociology, 470 songwriting, 818 southeast Asia and its people, 266 Spanish, 478 sports media studies, 492 statistics, 403 substance abuse prevention, 795 theatre, 943 thematic approaches to humanities and society, 486 theories of art, 423 two-dimensional studies, 689 urban policy and planning, 875 video game design and management, 672 video game programming, 673 visual culture, 272 web technologies and applications, 673 Missing grades, 37 MKT, marketing courses, 186 Molecular and computational biology, master of, 286 Molecular biology, doctorate, 286 Molecular epidemiology, doctorate, 800 master of, 797
Molecular microbiology and immunology, doctorate, 782 master of, 782 Molecular pharmacology and toxicology, courses of instruction, 860 doctorate, 854 master of, 851 Mork Family Department of Chemical Engineering and Materials Science, 610 Motion picture producing, courses of instruction, 243 Motion pictures and television, scoring for, certificate in, 822 MPEM, early music performance courses, 838 MPGU, guitar courses, 838 MPKS, keyboard studies courses, 840 MPPM, performance (popular music) courses, 841 MPST, strings courses, 841 MPTX, molecular pharmacology and toxicology courses, 860 MPVA, vocal arts courses, 842 MPW, professional writing program courses, 448 MPWP, wind and percussion courses, 843 MS, military science courses, 920 MUCD, conducting courses, 829 MUCH, sacred music courses, 826 MUCM, choral music courses, 826 MUCO, composition courses, 827 MUEA, electroacoustic media courses, 829 MUED, music education courses, 831 MUEN, music ensemble courses, 833 MUHL, music history and literature courses, 835 MUIN, music industry courses, 836 MUJZ, jazz studies courses, 830 Multidisciplinary activities courses, 414 Multimedia and creative technologies, computer science, master of, 678 electrical engineering, master of, 678 minor in, 677 Multimedia literacy, institute for, 224 Multimedia scholarship, courses of instruction, 244 honors in, 224 Multiple subject teaching, credential in, 567 master of, 561 MUSC, school of music courses, 843 Musical arts, doctorate, 823 Musical studies, minor in, 818 Musical theatre, minor in, 817 Music, bachelor of, 812, 816 Music, choral, doctorate, 825 master of, 820 Music education, courses of instruction, 831 doctorate, 825 master of, 820 teaching, master of, 562 Music ensemble, courses of instruction, 833 Music history and literature courses, 835
967
Music industry, bachelor of, 815, 816 courses of instruction, 836 minor in, 817 Musicology, historical, doctorate, 826 Musicology, major requirements for Ph.D., 826 Music performance, early, doctorate, 825 Music recording, minor in, 817 Music, Thornton School of, 809 admission, 811, 819 advanced standing, 812 audition, 811, 819 certificate programs, 822 courses of instruction, 826 doctor of musical arts, 823 doctor of philosophy, 826 faculty, 810 foreign language requirement, 823 graduate admission requirements, 819 graduate degrees, 819 master of arts programs, 822 master of music programs, 819 minor programs, 817 non-degree programs, 812, 822 restriction on units, 61 undergraduate degrees, 812
N Nanotechnology, chemical engineering, bachelor of, 612 Narrative studies, 338 Natural science, minor in, 283 NAUT, nautical science courses, 920 Nautical science, courses of instruction, 920 Naval Reserve Officers Training Corps (ROTC), 46, 878 Naval science, 878 courses of instruction, 921 NEUR, neuroscience courses, 418 Neurologic physical therapy, certificate in, 716 Neuroscience, bachelor of, 416 courses of instruction, 418 doctorate, 417 master of, 417 minor in, 417 New communication technologies, certificate in, 497 News media and society, minor in, 511 New student orientation, 31 Non-collegiate sponsors, 58 Non-credit grades, financial aid, 54 Non-degree option work, conversion, 34 Non-discrimination policy, inside back cover Nonprofit management and policy, certificate in, 891 Nonprofits, philanthropy and volunteerism, minor in, 875 NSC, naval science courses, 921 Numbering of courses, 32
968
USC Catalogue 2012-2013
Nurse anesthesia, master of, 771 Nutrition and health promotion, minor in, 794
O Obligation for payment of tuition and fees, 43 Oboe performance, bachelor of, 815 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 OCCL, occlusion dentistry courses, 552 Occupational science, doctorate, 727 minor in, 724 Occupational science and occupational therapy, 722 courses of instruction, 728 faculty, 722 graduate programs, 725 minor program, 724 undergraduate program, 723 Occupational therapy, bachelor of, 723 doctorate, 726 master of, 725 Ocean sciences, 419 courses of instruction, 421 doctorate, 420 graduate degrees, 420 interdisciplinary programs, 420 master of, 420 OFPM, orofacial pain and oral medicine courses in dentistry, 552 OMOD, oral medicine oral diagnosis courses in dentistry, 553 OPER, operative dentistry courses, 553 Operations and supply chain management, minor in, 150 Operations research engineering, master of, 666 Optimization and supply chain management, certificate in, 164 Oral and maxillofacial surgery, advanced certificate in, 537 certificate in/medical doctor, 538 Oral diagnosis and radiology courses in dentistry, 548 Oral surgery courses in dentistry, 557 Organizational leadership and management, minor in, 150 Organ performance, bachelor of, 814 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 Orientation, new student, 31 Orofacial pain and oral medicine, certificate in, 538 courses in dentistry, 552 master of, 538 Orthopedic physical therapy, certificate in, 716 ORTH, orthodontics dentistry courses, 554 OS, ocean sciences courses, 421 Ostrow School of Dentistry (see Dentistry, Ostrow School of), 523
OT, occupational therapy courses, 728 Overseas studies, 71
P Painting, minor in, 689 PAS, public arts studies courses, 695 Pass/no pass, enrollment, 33 graded work, 61 PATH, pathology courses, 786 Pathology, 784 courses of instruction, 786 experimental and molecular, master of, 786 faculty, 784 Patient and product safety, certificate in, 859 Payment of tuition and fees, 43 PCPA, primary care physician assistant courses, 780 Pediatric dentistry, advanced certificate in, 539 Pediatrics, 787 PEDO, pediatric dentistry courses, 554 Percussion performance, bachelor of, 815 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 Performance, bassoon, bachelor of, 815 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 certificate in, 822 clarinet, bachelor of, 815 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 classical guitar, bachelor of, 813 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 doctorate, 825 double bass, bachelor of, 814 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 early music, doctorate, 825 flute, bachelor of, 815 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 french horn, bachelor of, 815 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 harp, bachelor of, 815 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 keyboard collaborative arts, doctorate, 825 master of, 821
Index
oboe, bachelor of, 815 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 organ, bachelor of, 814 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 percussion, bachelor of, 815 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 piano, bachelor of, 814 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 popular music, bachelor of, 815 saxophone, bachelor of, 815 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 studio guitar, bachelor of, 814 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 trombone, bachelor of, 815 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 trumpet, bachelor of, 815 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 tuba, bachelor of, 815 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 viola, bachelor of, 814 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 violin, bachelor of, 814 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 violoncello, bachelor of, 814 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 vocal arts, bachelor of, 815 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 Performance, popular music, courses, 841 Performing arts studies, minor in, 943 PERI, periodontics dentistry courses, 555 Periodontology, advanced certificate in, 540 Peter Stark motion picture producing program, 220 Petition for exception to graduate school policies, 99 Petitions, general education, 40 registration, 40 Petitions to CAPP, 33, 40 extension of incomplete, 37 for enrollment in 390 courses, 33
readmission from academic disqualification, undergraduate, 38 Petroleum engineering, 617 chemical engineering, bachelor of, 612 courses of instruction, 618 doctorate, 618 engineer in, 618 faculty, 617 master of, 618 mechanical engineering, bachelor of, 590 minor in, 618 smart oilfield technologies, master of, 618 Pharmaceutical economics and policy, courses of instruction, 865 doctorate, 333, 855 master of, 851 Pharmaceutical sciences, courses of instruction, 866 doctorate, 854 master of, 851 Pharmaceutical sciences and toxicology, doctorate/pharmacy, doctor of, 858 Pharmacology and toxicology, molecular, doctor of, 854 master of, 851 Pharmacy, doctor of, 847 doctor of/business administration, master of, 856 doctor of/gerontology, master of, 706, 856 doctor of/juris doctor, 855 doctor of/pharmaceutical sciences and toxicology, doctorate, 858 doctor of/public health, master of, 857 doctor of/regulatory science, master of, 857 Pharmacy/public health, 798 Pharmacy, School of, 845 admission, 847 certificate programs, 859 courses of instruction, 860 faculty, 846 graduate degrees, 850 non-degree programs, 860 professional degrees, 847 special programs, 860 tuition and fees, 846 PHBI, physiology and biophysics courses, 789 Ph.D. general requirements, 102 PHED, physical education courses, 429 PHIL, philosophy courses, 425 Philosophy, 421 bachelor of, 422 courses of instruction, 425 doctorate, 424 ethics, law and value theory, bachelor of, 422 faculty, 421 graduate degrees, 424 master of, 424 master of/juris doctor, 424 minor in, 423 philosophy, politics and law, bachelor of, 422 undergraduate degrees, 422
969
Philosophy and law, master of, 424 Philosophy/linguistics, bachelor of, 395 Philosophy, politics and law, bachelor of, 438 Photography, minor in, 689 Photography and social change, minor in, 471 PHRD, pharmacy courses, 861 PHYS, physics courses, 435 Physical education, 428 courses of instruction, 429 faculty, 428 restriction on units, 61 Physical sciences, bachelor of, 432 Physical therapy, 714 courses of instruction, 720 doctorate, 715 doctorate/public health, master of, 716 neurologic, certificate in, 716 orthopedic, certificate in, 716 Physician assistant practice, master of, 779 Physics, 430 bachelor of, 430, 431 courses of instruction, 435 doctorate, 434 faculty, 430 for business applications, master of, 433 graduate degrees, 433 master of, 433 minor in, 432 Physics and astronomy, 430 Physics/computer science, bachelor of, 431 Physiology and biophysics, 788 courses of instruction, 789 doctorate, 789 faculty, 788 master of, 788 Piano performance, bachelor of, 814 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 Placement examinations, 36 Planning, master of, 882 master of/architecture, master of, 894 master of/art and curatorial practices in the public sphere, 692 master of/business administration, master of, 894 master of/economics, master of, 894 master of/gerontology, master of, 896, 707 master of/international relations, master of, 895 master of/landscape architecture, master of, 896 master of/master of arts, art and curatorial practices in the public sphere, 897 master of/master of real estate planning, 895 master of/master of social work, 899 master of/public administration, master of, 896 master of/public health, master of, 897 progressive degree, 874 Planning and development studies, master of, 885 Playwriting, minor in, 944
970
USC Catalogue 2012-2013
PLUS, urban and regional planning courses, 908 PM, preventive medicine courses, 803 PMEP, pharmaceutical economics and policy courses, 865 POIR, political science and international relations courses, 446 Policies, university, 34 Policy and planning, urban, certificate in, 875 Policy, planning, and development, bachelor of, 872 doctor of, 907 Political management, certificate in, 892 Political organizing in the digital age, minor in, 439 Political science, 437 bachelor of, 438 faculty, 437 graduate degrees, 440 minor in, 438 minor programs, 438 undergraduate degrees, 438 Political science and international relations, doctorate, 445 doctorate/juris doctor, 441 master of, 380, 440 Politics, Jesse M. Unruh Institute of, 447 Polymer/materials science, chemical engineering, bachelor of, 612 Popular music peformance, bachelor of, 815 courses of instruction, 841 PORT, Portuguese courses, 482 POSC, political science courses, 441 Postbaccalaureate premedical program, 249 Postdoctoral Affairs, Office of, 91 Postsecondary administration and student affairs, master of, 563 PPD, policy, planning, and development courses, 909 Practitioner and mid-career professional, public diplomacy, master of, 498 Preclinical development, certificate in, 859 Pre-Health Advisement, Office of, 248 Premedical program, postbaccalaureate, 249 Preparatory courses, 32 Prerequisites, 33 President’s message, 5 Preventive medicine, 790 faculty, 790 health behavior research, doctorate of, 796 progressive degrees, 793 Price School of Public Policy (see Public Policy, Price School of), 869 Primary care physician assistant, courses of instruction, 780 PRIME, business practices in the Pacific Rim, 155 Principles of community, 21 Print and digital journalism, bachelor of, 511 Prior degrees, proof of, 85 Private and federal financing, 45 Probation, academic, undergraduate, 38 Producing for film, television and new media, master of, 220 Product development engineering, master of, 679
Professional and managerial communication, minor in, 493 Professional courses, limitations for Dornsife College majors, 58 Professional managers, MBA program, 156 Professional writing, courses of instruction, 448 master of, 447 progressive degree, 448 Professors, distinguished, 8 endowed, 8 university, 7 Program major, Dornsife College, 247 Programs, interdisciplinary, 108 of study, individual, 392 Progressive degrees, requirements for, 87, 99 Progress, satisfactory academic, 52 graduate, 84 undergraduate, 52 Prosthodontics, advanced certificate in, 541 PSCI, pharmaceutical sciences courses, 866 PSYC, psychology courses, 455 Psychology, 449 bachelor of, 451 clinical, doctorate/public health (health promotion), master of, 455 cognitive science, bachelor of, 451 courses of instruction, 455 doctorate, 454 faculty, 449 human behavior, master of, 454 master of, 454 minor in, 452 minor programs, 452 social sciences, bachelor of, 451 undergraduate degrees, 451 Psychology and law, minor in, 452 Psychology/linguistics, bachelor of, 395, 451 PT, physical therapy courses, 720 PTE, petroleum engineering courses, 618 PTHL, pathology dentistry courses, 554 PUAD, public administration courses, 918 PUBD, public diplomacy courses, 508 Public administration, certificate in long term care, 892 courses of instruction, 918 master of, 886 master of/gerontology, master of, 707, 900 master of/international relations, master of, 901 master of/Jewish nonprofit management, master of, 902 master of/juris doctor, 901 master of/planning, master of, 896 master of/social work, master of, 902 professional sequence, 903 Public art studies, courses of instruction, 695 Public diplomacy, courses of instruction, 508 master of, 498 practitioner and mid-career professional, master of, 498
Index
Public financial management, certificate in, 892 Public health, health promotion, master of/psychology (clinical), doctorate, 455 master of, 797 master of/medicine, doctor of, 760 master of/pharmacy, doctor of, 857 master of/physical therapy, doctor of, 716 master of/social work, master of, 798, 928 minor in, 794 progressive degree, 529 Public management, certificate in, 892 Public Policy, Price School of, 869 aerospace studies, 876 certificate programs, 891 courses of instruction, 909 doctoral degrees, 904 dual degrees, 894 faculty, 870 graduate degrees, 879 health administration, 892 health care management, 908 international students, 887 military science, 877 minor programs, 874 naval science, 878 Ph.D., 904 policy, planning, and development, 876 progressive degree programs, 874 public administration, 886 public policy, 888 public policy and management, 888 real estate development, 890 undergraduate degrees, 871 Public policy, certificate in, 893 master of, 888 master of/juris doctor, 899 master of/planning, master of, 898 Public policy and management, doctorate, 905 master of, 889 Public policy, management and planning, bachelor of, 872 Public relations, bachelor of, 511 strategic, master of, 513, 514 Publications, university, 31
Q Qualifying examinations, 89
R Race, ethnicity and politics, minor in, 439 Radio station, 27 Readmission from academic disqualification, undergraduate, 38 Readmission, graduate school, 89 Real estate development, certificate in, 894 courses of instruction, 919
master of, 890 master of/business administration, master of, 900 master of/juris doctor, 899 master of/planning, master of, 895 minor in, 875 Recommended preparation, 33 Records, retention of, 48, 80 Recreational sports, 22 RED, real estate development courses of instruction, 919 Refund of tuition, 44 Registration, 32 at another institution, 34, 59 petitions, 40 undergraduate students in graduate-level courses, 34 Regulatory and clinical affairs, certificate in, 859 Regulatory science, master of, 851 master of/doctor of pharmacy, 857 Regulatory science, courses of instruction, 866 REL, religion courses, 462 Religion, 459 bachelor of, 459 courses of instruction, 462 faculty, 459 graduate degrees, 460 interdisciplinary archaeology, 460 Judaic studies, bachelor of, 460 minor in, 460 minor programs, 460 undergraduate degrees, 459 Religion and social ethics, doctorate, 461 Judaic studies, doctorate, 462 master of, 461 Removable prosthodontics courses in dentistry, 557 Repeated course work, at USC, 38 transfer credit, 59 Repeating courses, 32 Reports, transfer credit, 59 Requirements for graduation, 86 Research courses, 33 Research involving human subjects, 39 Research, sponsored, 19 Research tool requirements, 100 Residence requirements, 88 graduate and professional degrees, 88 second bachelor’s degree, 60 undergraduate, 60 Resident honors program, 51 Residential colleges, 23 Residential education office, 23 Residential life, 23 REST, restorative dentistry courses, 556 Restorative dentistry courses, 556 Risk analysis, environmental, master of, 350 Rossier School of Education (see Education, Rossier School of), 559 ROTC programs, 876 aerospace studies, 876 air force, 876 army, 877
971
marine corps, 878 military science, 877 ROTC scholarships, 46 RPRO, removable prosthodontics courses in dentistry, 557 RSCI, regulatory science courses, 866 Russian, bachelor of, 466 minor in, 466 Russian area studies, minor in, 466
S Sacred music courses, 826 SAE, systems architecture and engineering, 684 Satisfactory academic progress, 52 Saxophone performance, bachelor of, 815 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 Schedule of Classes, 31 Scholarships, 51 School counseling, certificate in, 564 education, master of, 563 Science, health and aging, minor in, 702 Science, natural, minor in, 283 Science, technology, and society, minor in, 472 Science visualization, minor in, 228 Sciences, physical, bachelor of, 294, 432 Scoring for motion pictures and television, certificate in, 822 Screenwriting, minor in, 229 Sculpture, minor in, 689 Secondary schools, admission from, 49 Second bachelor’s degree, 52 Second master’s degree, 88 Semester allowances for financial aid, maximum, 53 Senate, student (see Undergraduate student government), 26 Single subject teaching, credential in, 567 master of, 562 music education, master of, 562 Slavic languages and literatures, 465 courses of instruction, 466 faculty, 465 graduate degrees, 466 master of, 466 minor programs, 466 undergraduate degrees, 466 SLL, Slavic languages and literatures courses, 466 Smart oilfield technologies, certificate in, 618 petroleum engineering, master of, 618 SOCI, sociology courses, 474 Social entrepreneurship, minor in, 151 Social sciences, economics, bachelor of, 329 history, bachelor of, 367 psychology, bachelor of, 451
972
USC Catalogue 2012-2013
Social work, doctorate of, 930 master of, 925 master of/business administration, master of, 929 master of/gerontology, master of, 707 master of/Jewish nonprofit management, master of, 929 master of/juris doctor, 928 master of/planning, master of, 899, 928 master of/public administration, master of, 928 master of/public health, master of, 798, 928 Social Work, School of, 923 courses of instruction, 933 dual degree programs, 925, 927 faculty, 924 graduate degrees, 925 Hamovitch Center for Science in the Human Services, 932 minor program, 929 Sociology, 469 bachelor of, 469 courses of instruction, 474 doctorate, 473 faculty, 469 graduate degrees, 473 master of, 473 minor in, 470 minor programs, 470 undergraduate degrees, 469 Software architecture, certificate in, 643 Software engineering, computer science, master of, 643 Sonny Astani Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering, 620, 632 Songwriting, minor in, 818 Sophomore seminars, 477 Sororities, 24 Southeast Asia and its people, minor in, 266 SOWK, social work courses, 933 SPAN, Spanish courses, 479 Spanish, 477 bachelor of, 478 courses of instruction, 479 minor in, 478 Spanish and Portuguese, 477 courses of instruction, 479 faculty, 477 graduate degrees, 479, 488 undergraduate degrees, 478 Spatial Sciences Institute, 483 Specialist instruction and service credentials, 567 Specialized journalism, (the arts), master of, 515 Specialized journalism, master of, 513 Special problems courses, 33 Sponsored research, 19 Sports media studies, minor in, 492 SSEM, sophomore seminars courses, 477 Standardized test requirement, 50 Statistical genetics and genetic epidemiology doctorate, 801 Statistics, minor in, 403
Strategic corporate and organizational communication management, certificate in, 497 Strategic public relations, master of, 514 Strings, courses of instruction, 841 Student affairs, postsecondary administration and, master of education, 563 Student athlete academic services, 24 Student counseling services, 25 Student involvement, 26 Student judicial affairs and community standards, 24 Student records, access to, 34 Student senate (see Undergraduate student government), 26 Students, USC, 14 Students with disabilities, 24, 35 Studio arts, 687 Studio guitar performance, bachelor of, 814 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 Subject credit, 59 by special examination, 36 Substance abuse prevention, minor in, 795 Supply chain strategy, certificate in, 164 SURG, oral surgery courses, 557 Sustainable cities, certificate in, 893 Sustainable infrastructure systems, 680 SWMS, gender studies courses, 359 Systems architecting and engineering, 681 certificate in, 683 courses of instruction, 684 faculty, 681 master of, 682 Systems biology and disease, doctorate of, 764
T Taxation, business, master of, 196 master of/juris doctor, 197 Teaching, foreign language, certificate in, 479 master of, 561 multiple subject, master of, 561 single subject, master of, 562 single subject (music education), master of, 562 Teaching and service credentials, 567 Teaching, Center for Excellence in, 90 Teaching English to speakers of other languages, master of, 564 Technology commercialization, certificate in, 167 Theatre, acting, bachelor of, 940 master of, 944 bachelor of, 940 design, bachelor of, 941 directing, master of, 944 dramatic writing, master of, 944 minor in, 943 musical, minor in, 817
Index
sound design, bachelor of, 941 stage management, bachelor of, 941 studio design, master of, 941 technical direction, bachelor of, 941 theatrical design, master of, 944 Theatre, School of, 937 admission, 939 audition, 939 courses of instruction, 945 degree requirements, 940 faculty, 938 minor programs, 943 Thematic approaches to humanities and society, minor in, 486 Thematic option, 485 Theories of art, minor in, 423 Therapy, marriage and family, master of, 564 Therapy, occupational (see Occupational therapy), 722 Therapy, physical (see physical therapy), 714 Theses and dissertations, 89, 104 fees, 101 Graduate School, 100 publication, 101 Thornton School of Music (see Music, Thornton School of), 809 3-D animation, minor in, 671 3-D art for games, minor in, 690 Three-two plan with liberal arts colleges, engineering, 613 THTR, theatre courses, 945 Time limits for degree completion, graduate, 86 Title IX coordinator and AgeDA coordinator, inside back cover Transfer credit, for financial aid, 54 for repeated course work, 59 report, 59 unit limitations, 59 Transfer credit evaluation, international students, 82 undergraduate, 59 Transfer policies, 59 Transfer students, admission procedures, 50 Transportation services, 22 Transportation systems, certificate in, 626, 891 Travel service, 27 Trojan admission pre-pharmacy, 848 Trombone performance, bachelor of, 815 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 Trumpet performance, bachelor of, 815 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 Tuba performance, bachelor of, 815 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 Tuition and fees, 42 cinematic arts, 207 dental school, 526 law school, 735
medical school, 754 pharmacy school, 846 Tuition financing, 43 Tuition prepayment program, 44 Tuition refund insurance, 44 Tutoring, 21 2-D art for games, minor in, 690 Two-dimensional studies, minor in, 689
U Undergraduate credit for graduate courses, 34 Undergraduate programs, list of, 68 Undergraduate student government, 26 Undergraduate study, diversity courses, 66 general education courses, 64 Unit allowances for financial aid, maximum, 54 Unit credit for preparatory courses, 32 Unit limitation, Dornsife College, 247 Unit requirements, each semester, Dornsife College, 248 graduate, 87 undergraduate, 61 Unit value of courses, 32 University administration, 7 University professors, 7 Unruh, Jesse M. Institute of Politics, 447 Upper division major course requirements, 62 Urban and regional planning, courses of instruction, 908 Urban planning and development, doctorate, 905 Urban policy and planning, minor in, 875 USC payment plan, 44 USC today, 14 USC, University of Southern California courses, 253
V Veterans benefits, 45 Video game design and management, minor, 672 Video game programming, minor, 673 Viola performance, bachelor of, 814 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 Violin performance, bachelor of, 814 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 Violoncello performance, bachelor of, 814 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 Visual and performing arts studies, bachelor of, 942 Visual anthropology, bachelor of, 265 certificate in, 267
973
Visual Anthropology, Center for, 267 Visual anthropology, certificate in, 267 Visual culture, minor in, 272 Visual studies, certificate in, 274 VLSI design, electrical engineering, master of, 652 Vocal arts, courses of instruction, 842 Vocal arts performance, bachelor of, 815 doctorate, 825 master of, 821 Volunteer center, 26
W Waiver and substitution of course requirements, graduate, 88 Wind and percussion, courses of instruction, 843 Work-study, 52 WRIT, writing courses, 488 Writing, creative, bachelor of English, 338 Writing exam, 36 Writing for screen and television, bachelor of, 217 certificate in, 219 master of, 218 Writing program, 487 courses of instruction, 488 Writing requirement, 251
Y Yearbook, 27
974
USC Catalogue 2012-2013
Course Index Index by Academic Unit
Accounting, Leventhal School of Accounting (ACCT), 198 American Language Institute (ALI), 254 American Studies and Ethnicity (AMST), 262 Anthropology (ANTH), 268 Architecture, School of (ARCH), 132 Art History (AHIS), 275 Biokinesiology and Physical Therapy Biokinesiology (BKN), 719 Physical Therapy (PT), 720 Biological Sciences (BISC), 288 Business, Marshall School of Business Administration (BUAD), 172 Business Communication (BUCO), 174 Business Entrepreneurship (BAEP), 173 Finance and Business Economics (FBE), 175 Food Industry Management (FIM), 179 Graduate School of Business Administration (GSBA), 179 Information and Operations Management (IOM), 181 Management and Organization (MOR), 184 Marketing (MKT), 186 Chemistry (CHEM), 296 Cinematic Arts, School of Animation (CTAN), 231 Cinema-Television (CNTV), 230 Critical Studies (CTCS), 233 Interactive Media (CTIN), 235 Motion Picture Producing (CMPP), 243 Multimedia Scholarship (IML), 244 Production (CTPR), 237 Writing (CTWR), 241 Classics (CLAS), 300 Greek (GR), 302 Latin (LAT), 302 College-wide Courses Arts and Letters (ARLT), 253 University of Southern California (USC), 253 Communication and Journalism, Annenberg School for Communication (COMM), 500 Communication Management (CMGT), 506 Public Diplomacy (PUBD), 508 Journalism (JOUR), 516 Comparative Literature (COLT), 305 Comparative Studies in Literature and Culture (CSLC), 311 Dentistry, Ostrow School of Advanced Dental Education Conjoint Program (ADNT), 545 Advanced Education in General Dentistry (AEGD), 546 Anatomy (ANAT), 546 Anesthesia and Medicine (AMED), 546 Biochemistry (DBIO), 546 Craniofacial Biology (CBY), 547 Community Dentistry (CMDT), 547
Dental Hygiene (DHYG), 548 Dental Materials (DMAT), 548 Dental Problem Based Learning (DPBL), 548 Dentistry (DENT), 545 Endodontics (ENDO), 549 Fixed Prosthodontics (FPRO), 550 Geriatric and Special Patient Dentistry (GSPD), 550 Histology (DHIS), 550 Human Behavior (HBHV), 550 Interdisciplinary - Basic Sciences (INTB), 550 Interdisciplinary - Developmental Dentistry (INDD), 551 Interdisciplinary - Practice Dynamics (INTP), 551 Interdisciplinary - Restorative Dentistry (INTR), 551 Interdisciplinary - Surgical Sciences (INTS), 551 Interdisciplinary - Diagnostic Sciences (INTX), 552 Microbiology and Immunology (MBIO), 552 Occlusion (OCCL), 552 Operative Dentistry (OPER), 553 Oral Diagnosis and Radiology (DIAG), 548 Oral Medicine Oral Diagnosis (OMOD), 553 Oral Surgery (SURG), 557 Orofacial Pain Oral Medicine (OFPM), 552 Orthodontics (ORTH), 554 Pathology (PTHL), 554 Pediatric Dentistry (PEDO), 554 Periodontics (PERI), 555 Pharmacology (DPHR), 556 Restorative Dentistry (REST), 556 Removable Prosthodontics (RPRO), 557 Earth Sciences (GEOL), 315 East Asian Studies (EASC), 321 East Asian Languages and Cultures (EALC), 325 Economics (ECON), 334 Education, Rossier School of Education (EDUC), 569 Education Counseling (EDCO), 575 Curriculum, Teaching and Special Education (CTSE), 575 Educational Policy, Planning and Administration (EDPA), 575 Educational Psychology and Technology (EDPT), 575 Higher and Postsecondary Education (EDHP), 576 Engineering, Viterbi School of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering (AME), 592 Astronautics and Space Technology (ASTE), 600 Biomedical Engineering (BME), 608
Index
Chemical Engineering (CHE), 613 Civil Engineering (CE), 627 Computer Science (CSCI), 644 Electrical Engineering (EE), 654 Engineering (ENGR), 587 Environmental Engineering (ENE), 633 Industrial and Systems Engineering, (ISE), 668 Information Technology Program (ITP), 673 Materials Science (MASC), 616 Petroleum Engineering (PTE), 618 Systems Architecting and Engineering (SAE), 684 English (ENGL), 343 Environmental Studies (ENST), 351 Fine Arts, Roski School of Ceramics (FACE), 693 Critical Studies (FACS), 693 Design (FADN), 694 Drawing (FADW), 694 Intermedia (FAIN), 694 Painting (FAPT), 695 Photography (FAPH), 694 Printmaking (FAPR), 695 Fine Arts (FA), 693 Public Arts Studies (PAS), 695 Sculpture (FASC), 695 French and Italian French (FREN), 355 Italian (ITAL), 356 Freshman Seminars (FSEM), 358 Gender Studies (SWMS), 359 Geography (GEOG), 361 Gerontology, Davis School of Gerontology (GERO), 709 German (GERM), 363 Graduate School, The Graduate Studies (GRSC), 105 History (HIST), 369 Interdisciplinary Major Program (INDS), 376 International Relations (IR), 381 Judaic Studies Hebrew (HEBR), 387 Judaic Studies (JS), 387 Kinesiology (EXSC), 391 Law, Gould School of Law (LAW), 743 Liberal Studies (LBST), 393 Linguistics (LING), 398 Mathematics (MATH), 407 Medicine, Keck School of Academic Medicine (ACMD), 768 Anesthesiology (ANST), 772 Biochemistry (BIOC), 775 Cell and Neurobiology (CNB), 778 Global Medicine (GM), 770 Primary Care Physician Assistant (PCPA), 780 Interdepartmental (INTD), 766 Molecular Microbiology and Immunology (MICB), 784 Pathology (PATH), 786 Physiology and Biophysics (PHBI), 789 Preventive Medicine Health Promotion and Disease Prevention Studies (HP), 802 Preventive Medicine (PM), 783
Middle East Studies (MDES), 413 Military Aerospace Studies (AEST), 920 Military Science (MS), 920 Nautical Science (NAUT), 920 Naval Science (NSC), 921 Multidisciplinary Activities (MDA), 414 Music, Thornton School of Choral Music (MUCM), 826 Composition (MUCO), 827 Conducting (MUCD), 829 Electroacoustic Media (MUEA), 829 Jazz Studies (MUJZ), 830 Music Education (MUED), 831 Music Ensemble (MUEN), 833 Music History and Literature (MUHL), 835 Music Industry (MUIN), 836 Performance (Early Music) (MPEM), 838 Performance (Guitar) (MPGU), 838 Performance (Keyboard Studies) (MPKS), 840 Performance (Popular Music) (MPPM), 841 Performance (Strings) (MPST), 841 Performance (Vocal Arts) (MPVA), 842 Performance (Wind and Percussion) (MPWP), 843 Sacred Music (MUCH), 826 School of Music (MUSC), 843 Neuroscience (NEUR), 418 Occupational Science and Occupational Therapy (OT), 728 Ocean Sciences (OS), 421 Pharmacy, School of Clinical and Experimental Therapeutics (CXPT), 860 Molecular Pharmacology and Toxicology (MPTX), 860 Pharmacy (PHRD), 861 Pharmaceutical Economics and Policy (PMEP), 865 Pharmaceutical Sciences (PSCI), 866 Regulatory Science (RSCI), 866 Philosophy (PHIL), 425 Physical Education (PHED), 429 Physics and Astronomy Astronomy (ASTR), 435 Physics (PHYS), 435 Political Science (POSC), 441 Political Science and International Relations (POIR), 446 Professional Writing Program (MPW), 448 Psychology (PSYC), 455 Public Policy, Price School of Health Care Management (HMGT), 908 Policy, Planning, and Development (PPD), 909 Policy, Planning, and Development Expanded (PPDE), 918 Public Administration (PUAD), 918 Real Estate Development (RED), 919 Urban and Regional Planning (PLUS), 908 Religion (REL), 462
975
Slavic Languages and Literatures (SLL), 466 Social Work, School of Social Work (SOWK), 933 Sociology (SOCI), 474 Sophomore Seminars (SSEM), 477 Spanish and Portuguese Portuguese (PORT), 482 Spanish (SPAN), 479 Spatial Sciences Institute (SSCI), 485 Theatre, School of Theatre (THTR), 945 Thematic Option (CORE), 486 Writing Program (WRIT), 488 Index by Course Prefix
ACCT Accounting, 198 ACMD Academic Medicine, 768 ADNT Advanced Dental Education Conjoint Program, 545 AEGD Advanced Education in General Dentistry, 546 AEST Aerospace Studies, 920 AHIS Art History, 275 ALI American Language Institute, 254 AME Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering, 592 AMED Anesthesia and Medicine (Dentistry), 546 AMST American Studies and Ethnicity, 262 ANAT Anatomy (Dentistry), 546 ANST Anesthesiology, 772 ANTH Anthropology, 268 ARCH Architecture, 132 ARLT Arts and Letters, 253 ASTE Astronautics and Space Technology, 600 ASTR Astronomy, 435 BAEP Business Entrepreneurship, 173 BIOC Biochemistry, 775 BISC Biological Sciences, 288 BKN Biokinesiology, 719 BME Biomedical Engineering, 608 BUAD Business Administration, 172 BUCO Business Communication, 174 CBY Craniofacial Biology, 547 CE Civil Engineering, 627 CHE Chemical Engineering, 613 CHEM Chemistry, 296 CLAS Classics, 300 CMDT Community Dentistry, 547 CMGT Communication Management, 506 CMPP Motion Picture Producing (Cinematic Arts), 243 CNB Cell and Neurobiology, 778 CNTV Cinema-Television, 230 COLT Comparative Literature, 305 COMM Communication, 500 CORE Thematic Option, 486 CSCI Computer Science, 644 CSLC Comparative Studies in Literature and Culture, 311 CTAN Animation (Cinematic Arts), 231 CTCS Critical Studies (Cinematic Arts), 233
976
USC Catalogue 2012-2013
CTIN Interactive Media (Cinematic Arts), 235 CTPR Production (Cinematic Arts), 237 CTSE Curriculum, Teaching, and Special Education, 575 CTWR, Writing (Cinematic Arts), 241 CXPT, Clinical and Experimental Therapeutics, 860 DBIO Biochemistry (Dentistry), 546 DENT Dentistry, 545 DHIS Histology, 550 DHYG Dental Hygiene, 548 DIAG Oral Diagnosis and Radiology (Dentistry), 548 DMAT Dental Materials, 548 DPBL Dental Problem Based Learning, 548 DPHR Pharmacology (Dentistry), 556 EALC East Asian Languages and Cultures, 325 EASC East Asian Studies, 321 ECON Economics, 334 EDCO Education Counseling, 575 EDHP Higher and Postsecondary Education, 576 EDPA Educational Policy, Planning and Administration, 575 EDPT Educational Psychology and Technology, 575 EDUC Education, 569 EE Electrical Engineering, 654 ENDO Endodontics (Dentistry), 549 ENE Environmental Engineering, 633 ENGL English, 343 ENGR Engineering, 587 ENST Environmental Studies, 351 EXSC Exercise Science, 391 FA Fine Arts, 693 FACE Ceramics, 693 FACS Critical Studies (Fine Arts), 693 FADN Design, 694 FADW Drawing, 694 FAIN Intermedia (Fine Arts), 694 FAPH Photography, 694 FAPR Printmaking, 695 FAPT Painting, 695 FASC Sculpture, 695 FBE Finance and Business Economics, 175 FIM Food Industry Management, 179 FPRO Fixed Prosthodontics (Dentistry), 550 FREN French, 355 FSEM Freshman Seminars, 358 GEOG Geography, 361 GEOL Earth Sciences, 315 GERM German, 363 GERO Gerontology, 709 GM Global Medicine, 770 GR Greek, 302 GRSC Graduate Studies, 105 GSBA Graduate School of Business Administration, 179 GSPD Geriatric and Special Patient Dentistry, 550 HBHV Human Behavior (Dentistry), 550 HEBR Hebrew, 387 HIST History, 369 HMGT Health Care Management, 908
HP Health Promotion and Disease Prevention Studies, 802 IML Multimedia Scholarship, 244 INDD Interdisciplinary - Developmental Dentistry, 551 INDS Interdisciplinary Major Program, 376 INTB Interdisciplinary - Basic Sciences (Dentistry), 550 INTD Interdepartmental Courses (Medicine), 766 INTP Interdisciplinary - Practice Dynamics (Dentistry), 551 INTR Interdisciplinary - Restorative Dentistry, 551 INTS Interdisciplinary - Surgical Sciences, (Dentistry), 551 INTX Interdisciplinary - Diagnostic Sciences (Dentistry), 552 IOM Information and Operations Management, 181 IR International Relations, 381 ISE Industrial and Systems Engineering, 668 ITAL Italian, 356 ITP Information Technology Engineering, 673 JOUR Journalism, 516 JS Judaic Studies, 387 LAT Latin, 302 LAW Law, 743 LBST, Liberal Studies, 393 LING Linguistics, 398 MASC Materials Science (Engineering), 616 MATH Mathematics, 407 MBIO Microbiology and Immunology (Dentistry), 552 MDA Multidisciplinary Activities, 414 MDES Middle East Studies, 413 MICB Molecular Microbiology and Immunology, 784 MKT Marketing, 186 MOR Management and Organization, 184 MPEM Performance (Early Music), 838 MPGU Performance (Guitar), 838 MPKS Performance (Keyboard Studies), 840 MPPM Performance (Popular Music), 841 MPST Performance (Strings), 841 MPTX Molecular Pharmacology and Toxicology, 860 MPVA Performance (Vocal Arts), 842 MPW Professional Writing Program, 448 MPWP Performance (Wind and Percussion), 843 MS Military Science, 920 MUCD Conducting, 829 MUCH Sacred Music, 826 MUCM Choral Music, 826 MUCO Composition, 827 MUEA Electroacoustic Media, 829 MUED Music Education, 831 MUEN Music Ensemble, 833 MUHL Music History and Literature, 835 MUIN Music Industry, 836 MUJZ Jazz Studies, 830 MUSC School of Music, 843 NAUT Nautical Science, 920 NEUR Neuroscience, 418 NSC Naval Science, 921
OCCL Occlusion (Dentistry), 552 OFPM Orofacial Pain Oral Medicine, 552 OMOD Oral Medicine Oral Diagnosis, 553 OPER Operative Dentistry, 553 ORTH Orthodontics, 554 OS Ocean Sciences, 421 OT Occupational Science and Occupational Therapy, 728 PAS Public Arts Studies, 695 PATH Pathology, 786 PCPA Primary Care Physician Assistant, 780 PEDO Pediatric Dentistry, 554 PERI Periodontics, 555 PHBI Physiology and Biophysics, 789 PHED Physical Education, 429 PHIL Philosophy, 425 PHRD Pharmacy, 861 PHYS Physics, 435 PLUS Urban and Regional Planning, 908 PM Preventive Medicine, 803 PMEP Pharmaceutical Economics and Policy, 865 POIR Political Science and International Relations, 446 PORT Portuguese, 482 POSC Political Science, 441 PPD Policy, Planning, and Development, 909 PPDE Policy, Planning, and Development Expanded, 918 PSCI Pharmaceutical Sciences, 866 PSYC Psychology, 455 PT Physical Therapy, 720 PTE Petroleum Engineering, 618 PTHL Pathology (Dentistry), 554 PUAD Public Administration, 918 PUBD Public Diplomacy, 508 RED Real Estate Development, 919 REL Religion, 462 REST Restorative Dentistry, 556 RPRO Removable Prosthodontics, 557 RSCI Regulatory Science, 866 SAE Systems Architecting and Engineering, 684 SLL Slavic Languages and Literatures, 466 SOCI Sociology, 474 SOWK Social Work, 933 SPAN Spanish, 479 SSCI Spatial Sciences Institute, 485 SSEM Sophomore Seminars, 477 SURG Oral Surgery, 557 SWMS Gender Studies, 359 THTR Theatre, 945 USC University of Southern California, 253 WRIT Writing, 488
Legend
977
Legend D5 Admission Center (Tutor Campus Center) D6 Ahmanson Center, ACB F3 Ahn House, AHN F6 Alumni House, ALM E5 Alumni Park A5 Andrus Gerontology Center, GER D4 Annenberg Auditorium D4 Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism, ASC B7 Arts and Humanities Residential College at Parkside, PRB D5 Associates Park C5 Biegler Hall, BHE D4 Bing Theatre, BIT D5 Bookstore, BKS E3 Booth Hall, BMH E5 Bovard Administration Building, ADM E5 Bovard Auditorium D7 Bridge Hall, BRI B3 Brooks Pavilion (Dedeaux Field) C2 Café 84 (King Hall) E3 Carson Center, CTV B4 Childs Way Building I, CWO B4 Childs Way Building II, CWT D3 Cinematic Arts, USC School of, SCA, SCB, SCC, SCE, SCX D3 Coffee Bean and Tea Leaf (Cinematic Arts) F4 College Academic Services Building, CAS E3 College House, CLH G5 College Residence Hall (New Residential College) C4 Cromwell Field/Field House, CFH H4 Davidson Continuing Education Center, DCC B2 Dedeaux Field A4 Denney Research Center, DRB B5 Dept. of Public Safety (Parking Structure A) F5 Doheny Library, DML C4 Dornsife Cognitive Neuroscience Imaging Center, DNI B3 Drama Center, DRC I6 East Library Building, ELB E4 E. F. Hutton Park D6 Electron Microscopy and Microanalysis, Center for, CEM F6 Enrollment Services (Hubbard Hall) G4 EVerybody’s Kitchen (University Residential College at Birnkrant) C3 Facilities Management Services, FMS A2 Facilities Planning and Management, FPM G6 Figueroa Building, FIG C7 Fisher Museum (Harris Hall) G4 Fisher, Montgomery Ross Building, MRF C2 Fluor Tower, FLT E4 Founders Park D3 Galen Athletic Center (dining near Heritage Hall) H5 Galen Center, GEC B2 Golf Practice Facility C5 Grace Ford Salvatori Hall, GFS J2 Graduate Fine Arts Building, IFT G6 Ground Zero Performance Café E5 Hahn Central Plaza D5 Hall Building, HSH E6 Hancock Foundation Building, AHF C6 Harris Hall, HAR H5 Harris Residence Hall (North Residential College) B5 Hedco Chemical Engineering, HED C5 Hedco Neurosciences Building, HNB
D3 Heritage Hall, HER E7 Hoffman Hall, HOH G5 Housing Services (Parking Structure X) C3 Howard Jones Field F6 Hubbard Hall, JHH B6 Hughes Aircraft Electrical Engineering Center, EEB B4 Human Relations Center, HRC A6 Int’l Residential College at Parkside, IRC B4 Irani, Ray R., Hall, RIH D2 Jefferson Building, JEF C3 John McKay Center, JMC F3 Joint Educational Project House, JEP A4 Kaprielian Hall, KAP B4 Kennedy, Brian Field C2 Kennedy Family Aquatics Building, KAB C2 King Hall, KOH D5 KXSC Radio (Tutor Campus Center) H6 The Lab Gastropub (University Gardens) E7 Law School (Musick Law Building), LAW F7 Law School Café (Musick Law Building) F4 Leavey Library, LVL D5 Lemonade (Tutor Campus Center) E6 Leventhal School of Accounting, ACC F6 Lewis Hall, RGL C6 Lindhurst Architecture Gallery (Watt Hall) C6 Lindhurst Fine Arts Gallery (Watt Hall) F5 LiteraTea Teahouse (Doheny Library) E3 Lloyd Stage, CSS C6 Loker Hydrocarbon Research Institute, LHI C4 Loker Track Stadium (Cromwell Field) C5 The Lot D3 Lucas, Marcia Building, LPB C2 Lyon Center, LRC C6 MacDonald Becket Center, MBC E3 MacDonald Recital Hall (Raubenheimer Bldg.) G6 Marks Residence Hall, DXM A3 Marks Tennis Stadium G6 Marks Tower, DMT B3 Massman Theatre (Drama Center) C4 McAlister Academic Resource Center, MAR F0 McAlister Soccer Field F5 McCarthy Quad C1 McClintock Building & Theatre, MCC C2 McDonald’s Olympic Swim Stadium, MAC H6 McKay’s (Radisson Hotel) G4 Montgomery Ross Fisher Building, MRF D6 Moreton Fig (Tutor Campus Center) D6 Moulton Organic Chemistry Wing, OCW D7 Mudd Hall, MHP B4 Mudd, Seeley G. Building, SGM F6 Nazarian Pavilion C5 Neely Petroleum Engineering, PCE E6 Newman Recital Hall (Hancock Foundation) G5 New Residential College, NEW E4 Norris Cinema Theatre, NCT D2 Norris Dental Science Center, DEN H5 North Residential College, NRC B5 Olin Hall, OHE E1 Oral Health Center (University Village), OHC F6 Pardee Tower, PTD B6 Parkside Apartments, PKS A6 Parkside International Residential College, IRC B7 Parkside Arts and Humanities Residential College, PRB
D4 Physical Education Building, PED E2 Physical Therapy Associates (University Village) F6 Popovich Hall and Café, JKP B6 Powell Hall, PHE B5 Public Safety (Parking Structure A) H6 Purchasing Services (University Gardens Building) E4 Queens Courtyard G6 Radisson Mid-City Hotel, RMH E3 Ramo Hall, RHM C6 Rapp Engineering Building, RRB E3 Raubenheimer Music Faculty Building, MUS G7 Registration Building, REG J2 Roski Master of Fine Arts Gallery (Graduate Fine Arts Building) G6 Rosso’s Pizzeria (Radisson Hotel) B6 Salvatori Computer Science Center, SAL C5 Salvatori, Grace Ford Hall, GFS A5 Scene Dock Theatre, SCD B6 Seaver Science Center, SSC C6 Seaver Science Library, SSL D5 Seeds Marketplace (Tutor Campus Center) B4 Seeley G. Mudd Building, SGM C6 Shop Café (Harris Hall) F4 Social Sciences Building, SOS G4 Social Work Center, SWC E3 Spielberg Stage, SSS D6 Stabler Hall, LJS D6 Stauffer Hall, SHS C6 Stauffer Science Lecture Hall, SLH D5 Stonier Hall, STO E3 Student Health Center, SHC G4 Student Health Insurance Office, PSD D5 Student Union, STU E4 Taper Hall, THH A5 Technical Theatre Laboratory, TTL A2 Tennis Courts E6 Town & Gown, TGF D5 Traditions (Tutor Campus Center) G5 Transportation Services (Parking Structure X) F5 Trojan Grounds G6 Trojan Residence Hall, TRO D5 Tutor Campus Center, TCC B6 Tutor Hall and Café, RTH G7 Tyler Building, TYL E3 United University Church, UUC F3 University Club at King Stoops Hall, KSH H6 University Gardens Building, UGB J5 University Parking Center, UPX E3 University Religious Center, URC G4 University Residential College at Birnkrant, BSR E1 University Village Food Court D5 USC Bookstore, BKS D7 Verle Annis Gallery (Harris Hall) E1 Village Gate Theatre and Gallery C5 Vivian Hall, VHE F5 Von KleinSmid Center, VKC F4 Waite Phillips Hall, WPH C6 Watt Hall, WAH C2 Webb Tower, WTO C7 Wong Conference Center (Harris Hall) D3 Wood, Robert Plaza I2 Zemeckis Center for Digital Arts, RZC D6 Zumberge Hall, ZHS
7
6
5
4
3
2
N
Technical Theatre Laboratory
A
Stever Courtyard
Jesse Brewer Jr. Park
Café
Parkside International Residential College
Public Safety
Parking Structure A
Childs Way Building II
Parking Lot 6
Irani Hall
We st
B
Exposition Boulevard
hP lac e
37t
Cromwell Field
Loker Track Stadium
Wa y
Biegler Hall
The Lot
Robert Wood Plaza
Parking
University Village
Norris Lot V Dental Science Center Coffee Bean and Tea Leaf
D
Physical Education Building
Jaques Plaza
F
Norris Cinema Theatre
Ahn House
Alumni Park
Bogardus Courtyard
Taper Hall
Booth Hall
MacDonald Recital Hall
Founders Park
Bovard Administration Building
Associates Park
E. F. Hutton Park
Queens Courtyard
Spielberg Stage
Ramo Hall
K
F
Physical Therapy Associates
32nd Street/ USC Magnet Center
Von KleinSmid Center
Tyler Pavilion
Social Sciences
Social Work Center
Entrance 4
Jefferson Blvd at Royal St
Trojan Grounds
Leavey Library
et
hS tre
34t
G
Housing Services
et
Shrine Auditorium
hy Wa y
Car t
Mc
New Residential College
Davidson Continuing Education Center
Exposition Blvd at Watt Way
C
D
Exposition Park
E
Entrance 2
F
Exposition Blvd at Pardee Way
Parking Structure 1
G
Tyler Building
H
To USC Credit Union
I
Zemeckis Center for Digital Arts
Purchasing Services
Galen Center
Scale
0
We st
33r dS tre et
30t hS tre et
University Park Campus
University Gateway Apartments
Str eet
H
ule var d
32n d
Bo
We st
Jeff ers on
North Residential College
et
Student Health Insurance Office
Parking Structure D
EVerybody’s Kitchen
University Residential College at Birnkrant
Gabilan Court
Parking Montgomery Lot B Ross Fisher We st
McCarthy Quad
College Academic Waite Services Phillips Hall
University Club at King Stoops Hall
Joint Educational Project House
Gavin Herbert Plaza
Catholic Center
Hebrew Union CollegeJewish Institute of Religion
McAlister Soccer Field
Hillel Jewish Center
To USC Community House
Village Gate Theatre and Gallery
South Hoover Street
United University Church
Parking Lot 23
University Religious Center
A
J
Lloyd Stage College Carson Center Raubenheimer House Music Jeanette
Student Health Center
Parking Lot M
Fire Station #15
C
University B Village Food Court and Restaurants
E
G
E
Ro yal Str e
Tommy Ch Hall ilds Transportation Trojan Closed for Bldg Wa y Parking Services Entrance 3 Construction Vivian Stonier Ronald Tea Lemonade Structure X Figueroa St at Hahn Hall Tutor Hall House McCarthy Way Central Doheny Student Campus Rapp Open 24 Hours Neely Plaza Library Union Center Engineering Pardee Petroleum Building The Tower Engineering Herklotz Stabler Traditions Nazarian Lab Courtyard Hall Moreton Figueroa Pavilion University Electron Fig Newman Ch Building Marks Loker ilds Gardens Microscopy and Hancock Recital Tower Stauffer W Stauffer Marks Hydrocarbon ay Seaver He Microanalysis Foundation Hall Hall llm Lecture Residence Institute Science an Center Argue W Hall Hall Moulton a Library y Plaza Radisson Ground Zero Hubbard Rosso’s Blo Organic Alumni om Performance Hall Pizzeria Hotel Chemistry Wa House Restaurant Café Trojan lk Leventhal Ahmanson Lewis Watt School of Center Hall Zumberge Residence McKay’s Powell Hall Accounting Crocker Hall Hall Hall Plaza Town & Exposition Harris Lindhurst Gown Parking Hall Galleries Shop Structure Hoffman Closed for Café Verle Bridge Construction Hall MacDonald Annis Hall Musick George Becket Gallery Tirebiter Law Café Registration Center Building Wong Popovich Conference Mudd Hall Center Hall Fisher Café Museum Entrance 1
Bookstore Seeds Marketplace
Construction Pertusati
Hedco Neurosciences Building Closed for
Lazzaro Plaza
Meyer Plaza
Bing Theatre
H
Oral Health Center
Annenberg School for Communication and Journalism
Marcia Lucas Bldg
Noble Plaza
Heritage Hall
Galen Athletic Center
McAlister Academic Resource Center
John McKay Center
Jefferson Building
D
ue
USC School of USC School of Cinematic Arts Cinematic Arts Complex II
Parking Lot SSRI
Closed for Construction
Intramural Field
Café 84
King Webb Hall Tower
Open 24 Hours
Cardinal Garden Apartments kA ven
McClintock Entrance 5 Building Jefferson Blvd at Theatre McClintock Ave
Dornsife Neuroscience Imaging Center Grace Ford Salvatori Child sW Hall ay
Hedco Chemical Engineering
Seaver Science Center
Fluor Tower
Lyon Center
Cromwell Field House
Howard Jones Field
Archimedes Plaza
Do wn ey
Seeley G. Mudd
Human Relations Center
Salvatori Computer Science
Café
Parkside Arts & Humanities Residential College
Ogasawara Plaza
Parkside Apartments
Hughes Electrical Engineering Center
Tutor Hall
Kennedy Family Aquatics Building
McDonald’s Olympic Swim Stadium
Brian Kennedy Field
Olin Hall
Childs Way Building I
Massman Theatre
Drama Center
Brooks Pavilion
Dedeaux Field
Golf Practice Facility
Parking Structure B
Closed for Construction
Jefferson Boulevard
Century Apartments
La Sorbonne Apartments
nto c Cli Mc
30th Place
Entrance 8
Parking Lot 1
Andrus Gerontology Center
Denney Research Center
Kaprielian Hall
Marks Tennis Stadium
Tennis Courts
Facilities Planning & Management
Scene Dock Theatre
Entrance 6
Vermont Ave at 36th Place
Vermont Ave at Parking Lot 1
Vermont Avenue
Entrance 7
Map Design: reineckandreineck.com San Francisco 2008
ity
Wa lk ity niv ers
Jefferson Blvd Parking Structure B
e
ive rs Un th Sou
e/U
1
Ave nu
nto ck
So
eP lac e
0
Mc Cli
irn Sh
Orchard Avenue
Wa tt W ay
et
C
wa y
le P ark
aS tre
B
sda
Tro u
ero Fig u
Ave nu Wa y
Par dee
I
To Research Annex
We st
et Flo we r St re
Ro yal Str e et
Fre e
wa y 110
uth Str e
Fig uer oa
35t hS tre et
East Library
(not open to public)
J
Graduate Fine Arts Building
Roski Master of Fine Arts Gallery
et Str e To Grand Building
Café
Parking Center
pe Ho th Sou
A
J
500 ft
G Averand nu e
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
978
University Park Campus
University of Southern California Non-Discrimination Policy
The University of Southern California is an equal opportunity employer and educator, proudly pluralistic and firmly committed to providing equal opportunity for outstanding men and women of every race, creed and background. The university strives to maintain a community in which each person respects the rights of other people to live, work and learn in peace and dignity, be proud of who and what they are, and to have equal opportunity to realize their full potential as individuals and members of society. To this end, the university places great emphasis on those values and virtues that bind us together as human beings and members of the Trojan Family. The university enthusiastically supports this policy in its entirety, and expects that every person associated with the university will give continuing support to its implementation. The university is committed to complying with all applicable laws and governmental regulations at every level of government which prohibit discrimination against, or which mandate that special consideration be given to, students and applicants for admission, or faculty, staff and applicants for employment, on the basis of any protected category, including race, color, national origin, ancestry, religion, gender, sexual orientation, age, physical disability, mental disability, marital status, veteran status, genetic information, or any other characteristic which may be specified in such laws and regulations. Gender includes both the actual sex of an individual and that person’s gender identity, appearance or behavior, whether or not that identity, appearance or behavior is traditionally associated with that person’s sex at birth. This policy applies to all of the university’s educational programs and activities including admissions, and all personnel actions including but not limited to recruiting, hiring, promotion, demotion, compensation, benefits, transfers, layoffs, return from layoff, provision of leaves, training, education, tuition assistance and other programs. In addition, an otherwise qualified individual must not be discriminated against in, or excluded from, admissions, participation in educational programs and activities, or employment solely due to his or her disability.
The university seeks compliance with all statutes prohibiting discrimination in education, including Title VI and Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, and the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 which respectively prohibit discrimination. This good faith effort to comply is made even when such laws and regulations conflict with each other. The university will make reasonable accommodations for qualified individuals with known disabilities unless doing so would result in an undue hardship. Further information is available from Human Resources Administration at uschr@usc.edu or (213) 821-8111. The Disabled/Veterans Affirmative Action Plan may be reviewed by employees and applicants upon request. For further information or to make an appointment during regular business hours, contact OED (see below).
The USC Catalogue is published by the Division of Student Affairs, Office of University Publications, (213) 740-2200. The catalogue is published in June 2012 as the document of authority for the following academic year. It is also available on USCweb, www.usc.edu/catalogue. Director: Sue Vogl Editor: Diane Ver Steeg Anderson Editorial Staff: Nathan Carter, Cristy Lytal, Alexis Young Contributing Editor: Julie Wood Photo Editor: Nathan Carter Cover design by Rick Simner Design
Questions regarding the application of the various rules and regulations concerning equal employment opportunity, affirmative action, and non-discrimination should also be addressed to OED (see below). The university’s Title IX Coordinator and the university’s AgeDA Coordinator is Jody Shipper, Executive Director of the OED, University Park Campus, Los Angeles, California 90089.
Photography by Mark Berndt; Ed Carreon; Nathan Carter; Philip Channing, © 2006, 2007, 2010, 2011 University of Southern California; Enoch Chow; Steve Cohn; Beth Dunham; Brian Goodman; Kathy Hernandez; Maria Iacobo; Kimberly Kelton; Kent Lamm; Dennis Martinez; Dietmar Quistorf; Craig Schwartz; Maggie Smith/USC Annenberg; William Vasta; Liz Wolfenden; Carin Wong
Responsible Office: Office of Equity and Diversity (OED), www.usc.edu/dept/hr/ equity_diversity/, oed@usc.edu, (213) 740-5086
Printed by Sinclair Printing Typesetting production by The Oak Co. Catalogues may be ordered by writing: Catalogue, c/o Distribution Center, 3401 S. Grand Avenue, Los Angeles, CA 90007-4314 or by telephone. Within the 213 area code and international (213) 740-9101 Outside the 213 area code inside the United States (800) 447-8620 Cover and text printed on recycled paper.
University of Southern California University Park Campus Los Angeles, CA 90089 (213) 740-2311
University of Southern California Catalogue 2012/13
usc.edu/catalogue
Catalogue
Creating Scholarship with Consequence
2012/13